UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 

COLLEGE  OF  MEDICINE 


61971 

.  CALIFORNIA  92664 


MATERIA  MEDICA, 
PHARMACY,   PHARMACOLOGY 

AND 

THERAPEUTICS. 


MATER1A  MEDICA, 


PHARMACY,  PHARMACOLOGY 


AND 


THERAPEUTICS. 


W.  HALE  WHITE,  M.D.,  F.R.C.P., 

PHYSICIAN   TO   AND    LECTURER   ON    MEDICINE   AT   GUY'S   HOSPITAL,  LONDON  ;   AUTHOR    OP 
A   TBXT-BOOK   OF   GENERAL   THERAPEUTICS. 


EDITED  BY 

REYNOLD  W.  WILCOX,  M.A.,  M.D.,  LL.D., 

PROFESSOR  OF  MEDICINE  AND  THERAPEUTICS  AT  THE  NEW  YORK  POST-GRADUATE  MEDICAL 

SCHOOL  AND  ATTENDING  PHYSICIAN  TO  THB  HOSPITAL;  VISITING  PHYSICIAN 

TO  ST.  MARK'S  HOSPITAL  ;  PRESIDENT  OF  THE  AMERICAN  THERAPEUTIC 

SOCIETY  ;  FELLOW  OF  THB  AMERICAN  ACADEMY  OF  MEDICINE,  ETC. 


FIFTH   AMERICAN   EDITION 

THOROUGHLY  REVISED 


PHILADELPHIA 

P.   BLAKISTON'S    SON    &    CO., 
1012  WALNUT  STREET. 
1911. 


Dr.  J.  Gayiord  Goodrich 


Copyright,  1901,  by 
P.  BLAKISTON'S  SON  &  CO. 


PREFACE  TO  THE  FIFTH  EDITION. 


ENDEAVORING  to  keep  this  edition  abreast  of  the  times,  I 
have  revised  the  whole  and  added  twelve  pages  of  ne.w  matter. 
To  Dr.  E.  C.  Perry  and  other  friends  I  am  indebted  for  having 
directed  my  attention  to  some  misprints. 

[In  presenting  this  edition  the  EDITOR  would  acknowledge 
his  indebtedness,  for  numerous  and  valuable  suggestions,  to  the 
many  teachers,  and  especially  to  Dr.  R.  H.  M.  Dawbarn,  who 
have  used  the  previous  editions  in  their  classrooms,  to  the  re- 
viewers who  have  courteously,  but  critically,  examined  the  book, 
and  to  Dr.  Henry  H.  Rusby  and  the  late  Dr.  Charles  Rice  for 
important  aid,  particularly  in  regard  to  the  definitions.  The 
writings  of  most  American  and  foreign  authorities  have  been 
freely  consulted.  To  bring  this  work  up  to  date,  his  own  journal 
files,  which  comprise  all  the  periodicals  devoted  to  the  subjects 
upon  which  it  treats,  have  been  carefully  studied.  The  unofficial 
preparations  have  been  reviewed  after  consideration  of  the  re- 
cent literature,  and  his  practical  experience  with  them.  Not- 
withstanding careful  condensation  this  edition  is  forty  pages 
larger  than  its  predecessor.  For  the  convenience  of  the  student 
a  very  complete  index  has  been  prepared  by  Dr.  Ernest  V.  Hub- 
bard,  who  has  also  kindly  read  the  proof.  Brackets  [  ]  are  used 

throughout  the  book  to  indicate  additions  by  the  Editor.] 

(5) 


CONTENTS. 


PACK 

DEFINITIONS •        • 

PHARMACY 

PHARMACOLOGY  AND  THERAPEUTICS, 38 

Prescribing,         .»•••• 

Actions  of  Drugs, 4 

Drugs  acting  on  Processes  outside  the  Body,  .         .         •         •  4° 

Drugs  acting  on  the  Blood, 51 

Drugs  acting  on  the  Cardiac  Mechanism, 55 

Drugs  acting  on  the  Vessels, 59 

Drugs  acting  on  the  Skin, 

Drugs  acting  on  the  Urinary  System 

Drugs  acting  on  Bodily  Heat 71 

Drugs  acting  on  Respiration 74 

Drugs  acting  on  the  Digestive  Apparatus, 79 

Drugs  acting  on  the  Nervous  [and  Muscular]  Systems, ...       99 

Drugs  acting  on  the  Organs  of  Generation, 1 12 

Drugs  acting  on  Metabolism 

PHARMACOPCEIAL  INORGANIC  MATERIA  MEDICA— 

GROUP  I.  Water, •         •         •         •  II6 

II.  The  Alkaline  Metals, .         .         .         •         •         •         .122 

III.  The  Alkaline  Earths, X55 

IV.  Lead,  Silver,  Zinc,  Copper,  Bismuth,  Aluminum, .         .  165 

t  OQ 

V.  Iron  and  Manganese, 

VI.   [Gold  and]  Mercury, 2O9 

VII.   Arsenic,  Antimony,  Chromium, 223 

VIII.   Phosphorus 236 

IX.  Chlorine,  Iodine,  Bromine, 243 

X.  Sulphur  [and  its  Compounds], 2S$ 

XI.  Acids 263 

XII.  Carbon  and  its  Compounds, 276 


8  CONTENTS. 

PACK 

FHARMACOPCEIAL  ORGANIC  VEGETABLE  MATERIA  MEDICA — 

GROUP  I.  Drugs  acting  on  the  Nervous  System,    .         .         .         .349 

II.  Drugs  acting  on  the  Heart, ......  420 

III.  Drugs  acting  on  the  Respiratory  Organs,       .         .         .  448 

IV.  Drugs  which  are  Antiperiodic  and  Antipyretic,      .         .  463 
V.  Purgatives, 483 

VI.  Volatile  Oils, 514 

VIL  Bitters, 580 

VIII.  Astringents, 592 

IX.  Demulcents 605 

X.  Parisiticides, 622 

XI.  Diuretics,   .         .         . 631 

XII.  Drugs  acting  upon  the  Uterus,      .....  637 

XIII.  [Colchicura], 64$ 

XIV.  Drugs  Related  to  Volatile  Oils, 648 

XV.   Drugs  containing  Important  Acids,       ....  654 

XVI.   [Flavoring  Agents], 661 

XVII.  Coloring  Agents, 664 

XVIII.  Drugs  whose  Action  is  Mechanical,      ....  665 

XIX.   Drugs  [acting  on  Metabolism],    .....  669 
PHARMACOPCEIAL  ORGANIC  ANIMAL  MATERIA  MEDICA — 

[GROUP  I.  Drugs  acting  on  the  Nervous  System,  ....  679 

II.  Purgatives, 680 

III.  Digestants, 682 

IV.  Drugs  which  are  also  Foods,         .....  684 
V.  Emollients,          ........  690 

VI.  Coloring  Agents,         . 692 

VII.  Drugs  whose  Action  is  Mechanical,      ....  692 

VIII.  Organic  Extracts  (not  official),     .....  701 

IX.  Antitoxins  and  Serums  (not  official),   ....  705] 

APPENDIX     I.  VEGETABLE  NATURAL  ORDERS 713 

[II.  ANIMAL  NATURAL  ORDERS 718] 

III.  LATIN  PHRASES  USED  IN  PRESCRIPTIONS,    .        .        .  719 

INDEX, 721 


MATERIA  MEDICA 
PHARMACY,  PHARMACOLOGY 

AND 

THERAPEUTICS. 


DEFINITIONS. 

Materia  Medica.  —  [The  materials  used  in  the  treatment  of 
disease. 

Therapeutics. — The  application  of  remedial  agents  in  the 
treatment  of  disease.  It  includes  : 

General  Therapeutics. — The  application  of  curative 
agents  other  than  drugs  and  medicines.  E.g.,  diet, 
climate,  baths,  venesection. 

Rational  Therapeutics. — Therapeutics  based  upon 
Pharmaco -dynamics.  E.g.,  the  use  of  digitalis  for 
mitral  disease. 

Empirical  Therapeutics. — Therapeutics  based  upon 
clinical  experiences  only.  E.g. ,  the  use  of  colchicum 
for  gout. 

In  this  work  we  shall  consider  only  that  part  of  Thera- 
peutics which  is  concerned  with  drugs. 

Pharmacology. — The  study  of  Materia  Medica  and  Thera- 
peutics, including  the  origin,  history,  properties  and  uses  of 
drugs  and  medicines.  It  includes  : 

Pharmacognosy. — The  study  of  the  physical  and 
chemical  characters  of  drugs,  and  the  art  of  identify- 

(9) 


IO  DEFINITIONS. 

ing  and  selecting  them  in  accordance  with  those  char- 
acters. 

Pharmaco-Dynamics. — The  study  of  the  action  of 
remedial  agents  upon  the  organism  of  man,  or  the 
lower  animals  in  a  state  of  health. 

Therapeutics. — Although  the  correct  definition  of  this 
term  is  as  given  above,  yet  it  is,  for  want  of  a  better 
one,  often  used  as  the  name  of  the  branch  of  study 
which  deals  with  Therapeutics.  Therapo-Dynamics 
has  been  used  in  the  same  sense,  but  is  faulty.  Expe- 
rimental Therapeutics  has  been  suggested,  but  is 
not  comprehensive. 

Toxicology.— The  study  of  the  nature,  effects  and  detection 
of  poisons,  substances  which,  introduced  into  the  body  inoppor- 
tunely or  in  excessive  amounts,  are  capable  of  destroying  life. 
Courses  of  study  and  treatises  upon  Toxicology  are,  for  conveni- 
ence, commonly  made  to  include  the  subject  of  antidotes  and 
treatment,  although  this  is,  strictly  speaking,  a  part  of  Thera- 
peutics. 

Pharmacy. — The  art  of  preparing  drugs  in  a  form  suitable 
for  use  as  remedial  agents  and  of  dispensing  them. 

Pharmacopoeia. — A  code  of  remedial  agents,  usually  with 
descriptions,  definitions  or  directions,  prepared  by  experts  ap- 
pointed by  an  authority  of  some  kind,  and  intended  to  serve 
as  a  standard  until  superseded  by  a  new  one.  By  admitting 
certain  articles  to  its  pages,  it  declares  them  to  be  of  importance, 
through  the  extent  of  their  use,  or  to  be  entitled  to  confidence 
because  of  their  value,  or  both,  in  the  practice  of  medicine,  but 
does  not,  necessarily,  deny  these  properties  to  articles  not  ad- 
mitted. It  fixes  their  official  title  or  titles,  and  often  their  lead- 
ing synonym  or  synonyms.  Usually  it  defines  them,  describes 
them  with  sufficient  completeness  to  provide  for  identification 
and  determination  of  the  proper  degree  of  purity,  or  strength, 
or  both,  and  details  and  recommends  such  operations  in  prepar- 
ing them  as  pertain  to  a  dispensing  pharmacy.  It  may,  in  addi- 
tion, fix  or  limit  doses  and  provide  rules,  formulae,  tables,  and 
other  information  and  directions  of  importance  in  the  practice 


PHARMACY.  1 1 

of  pharmacy  and  medicine.  It  also  fixes  a  date  upon  which  its 
authority  shall  commence.  Everything  contained  in  the  United 
States  Pharmacopoeia  (abbreviation  "  U.  S.  P.")  is  said  to  be 
"  official."  "  Not  official,"  as  used  in  this  work,  refers  only  to 
the  U.  S.  P.  Many  drugs  and  preparations  are  so  designated 
which  are,  however,  official  in  the  British  Pharmacopoeia  (abbre- 
viation "  B.  P.") 

The  United  States  Pharmacopoeia  is  prepared  by  a 
committee,  meeting  at  the  beginning  of  each  decade,  consisting 
of  delegates  appointed  by  invitation  extended  by  the  President 
of  the  preceding  Convention,  to  all  incorporated  medical  and 
pharmaceutical  societies  and  medical  and  pharmaceutical  colleges, 
and  to  the  United  States  Army,  Navy,  and  Marine  Hospital 
Service.  By  Congressional  action  the  U.  S.  P.  is  made  a  legal 
authority  in  the  conduct  of  the  Department  of  Customs,  of  the 
Army,  Navy,  and  Marine  Hospital  Service,  and  of  the  District 
of  Columbia  and  other  Territories  within  the  jurisdiction  of  the 
United  States  laws.  By  legislative  enactment  it  is  also  made  a 
legal  authority  within  the  jurisdiction  of  many  States.  With 
these  exceptions  its  authority  is  but  moral.  The  last  edition 
became  official  on  January  i,  1894.] 

PHARMACY. 

[Pharmacy  covers  a  field  of  nearly  as  much  importance, 
breadth  and  difficulty  as  that  of  medicine  itself,  and  requires  a 
special,  extensive  and  thorough  preparation.  It  should  never 
be  practiced  by  the  physician,  when  the  services  of  a  competent 
manufacturing  or  dispensing  pharmacist  can  be  utilized.  The 
physician  should,  however,  be  acquainted  with  the  general  prin- 
ciples and  most  details  of  the  science  and  art  of  Pharmacy,  that 
he  may  judge  intelligently  of  the  services  rendered  him  by  the 
pharmacist,  and  also  be  prepared  to  act  with  safety  himself  in 
cases  of  emergency.  A  pharmaceutical  education  to  this  extent, 
accompanied  by  dispensary  practice,  should  be  provided  for  in 
every  thorough  course  of  medical  study.  The  more  important 
terms  pertaining  to  Pharmacy  are  defined  and  explained  below. 


12  PHARMACY. 

DEFINITION  OF  TERMS  AS  APPLIED  TO  SUBSTANCES  OF 
VEGETABLE  ORIGIN. 

Alkaloids. — (Their  English  names  terminating  in  ine,  their 
Latin  names  terminating  in  ina. )  Compounds  of  carbon,  hydro- 
gen and  nitrogen,  and  usually  containing  also  oxygen,  either 
existing  in  the  plant  as  proximate  principles,  or  being  derived 
from  other  alkaloids,  having  basic  properties,  and  forming  salts, 
usually  crystallizable,  with  acids,  without  displacing  any  of  the 
hydrogen  of  the  latter.  The  chief  characters  are  as  follows  : 

(1)  Either 

(a)  solid,  mostly  crystalline  and  colorless,  non-volatile,  or 
(^)  liquid  and  volatile.] 

(2)  They  turn  red  litmus  paper  blue. 

[(3)  They  are  soluble  in  alcohol,  chloroform,  benzin,  benzol,  and  often  in 
ether.  They  are  insoluble  in  water,  but  not  so  their  salts,  while  the  latter  are 
insoluble  in  chloroform,  ether,  benzin  and  benzol. 

(4)  They  are  usually  precipitated  from  saline  solutions  by  alkalies. 

(5)  [One  or  more  of  the  following  will  precipitate  them  :  tannic,  phospho- 
molybdic  or  picric  acid,  potassio-mercuric  iodide  or  auric  chloride.] 

(6)  Their  solutions  are  usually  [intensely]  bitter. 

[Alkaloids  are,  as  a  class,  the  most  energetic  and  important  medicinal  con- 
stituents of  plants.  Examples  in  U.  S.  P.  :  Atropine,  Morphine,  Strychnine. 

Glucosides. — (Their  English  names  terminating  in  in,  their 
Latin  names  terminating  in  inum. )  Bodies  which,  heated  with 
a  diluted  mineral  acid  and  water,  or  by  the  action  of  a  ferment, 
split  up  into  glucose  and  some  other  substances  (alcohols,  alde- 
hydes, phenols).  Examples  in  U.  S.  P. :  Salicinum,  Picrotoxinum. 

Amaroids  or  Bitter  Principles  (their  names  ending  in/* 
and  inum  as  above)  are  of  such  varied  nature  that  they  do  not 
admit  of  any  chemical  diagnosis.  The  term  includes  all  distinctly 
bitter  extractives  of  definite  chemical  composition  other  than 
alkaloids  and  glucosides. 

Glucosides  and  Amaroids  are  not  the  only  principles  whose  names  end 


Fixed  Oils  are  ethers  of  the  higher  fatty  acids  which]   at 
ordinary  temperatures  remain  liquid.       The  usual  fatty  acids 


DEFINITIONS.  1 3 

entering  into  the  composition  of  fixed  oils  are  oleic,  palmitic, 
and  stearic. 

Example :  Olive  oil  consists  of  a  mixture  of  a  combination  of  oleic  acid 
(C18H34O2)  with  glyceryl  (CSH5)  and  palmitic  acid  (C16HMO2)  with  glyceryl. 
That  is  to  say,  ordinary  olive  oil  is  a  mixture  of  two^ils  having  the  formulae 
CjH5  (C18H33O2)3  and  C3H5  (C16H31O.,)3  respectively.  When  acted  upon  by 
caustic  alkalies  or  metallic  oxides  they  form  soaps  (oleates,  palmitates,  or 
stearates  of  metals)  and  glycerin.  This  process  is  called  saponification,  e.g.^ 
CSH5  (C-H-0,)rf3N«OH=3^»GvlH-pl  +C,H,(OH)r 

Sodium  oleate  ( Hard  soap. )     Glycerin. 

Fixed  oils  are  obtained  by  expression  or  by  boiling  with 
water  and  skimming  off  the  melted  oil,  from  the  fruits  or  seeds 
of  plants,  or  from  animal  tissues.  When  pure  they  are  usually 
[colorless  or  pale]  yellow  ;  they  float  on  water  and  cause  a  greasy 
mark  on  paper.  They  are  called  fixed  because  they  cannot  be 
distilled  without  decomposition.  They  are  soluble  in  ether, 
chloroform,  [turpentine  and  volatile  oils. 

ffi^W- 

Those  in  U.  S.  P.  are  Oleum  Amygdalae  Expressum^  Lini,  Morrhuse, 
Olivae,  Ricinix  and  Tiglii.]  ^v^*r*»  VJU'X  . 

C%^fcrtlj»Jl* 
Fats  are  fixed  oils  which  are  solid  at  ordinary  temperatures ; 

if  extracted  by  expression,  sufficient  heat  to  melt  them  must  be 

used. 

C»fo*-  d*ffo£-f 
[Examples  in  U.  S.  P.  :  Oleum  Theobromatis,  Adeps. 

The  same  definitions  will  apply  to  fixed  oils  and  fats  of  animal  origin.  ] 

Waxes  are  chiefly  composed  of  fatty  acids  combined  with 
monohydric  alcohols  homologous  with  methyl  alcohol. 

Volatile  or  Essential  Oils  only  resemble  fixed  oils  in 
being  soluble  in  the  same  media.  They  do  not  leave  a  greasy 
mark  on  paper.  They  are  mostly  inflammable,  and  mostly  lighter 
than  water.  They  are  highly  aromatic,  and  sufficiently  soluble 
in  water  to  impart  their  odor  and  taste  to  it.  Most  are  prepared 
by  distillation — that  is,  by  passing  a  current  of  steam  through  the 
substance  from  which  they  are  extracted,  the  steam  is  condensed, 
and  the  oil  either  floats  to  the  top  or  sinks  to  the  bottom  of  the 
water.  A  few,  as  oil  of  lemon,  are  obtained  by  expression. 
Their  composition  varies  [greatly,  and  they  are  of  four  classes : 


14  PHARMACY. 

(a)  Terpenes,  which  consist  of  carbon  and  hydrogen  ;  e.g.,  Oil  of  tur- 
pentine. 

(6)  Oxygenated,  containing  oxygen  ;  e.g.,  Oil  of  eucalyptus. 

(c]  Sulphurated,  containing  sulphur;  e.g.,  Volatile  oil  of  mustard. 

(</)  Nitrogenated,  containing  hydrocyanic  acid ;  e.g.,  Oil  of  bitter 
almond.  ] 

They  may  contain  aldehydes,  phenol  derivatives,  ethers  or 
ethereal  salts,  alcohols  or  ketones,  generally  associated  with 
terpenes  of  varying  composition. 

[Elaeoptens,  their  names  ending  in  ene,  are  liquid  hydro- 
carbons isomeric  with  terpene  (C10H,6). 

Stearoptens,  their  names  usually  ending  in  ol,  are  oxidized 
hydrocarbons,  usually  solid  and  crystalline. 

Examples  in  U.  S.  P.  :  Camphora,  Menthol.  ] 

Resins  [are  of  very  indefinite  composition] .  They  are  among 
the  products  of  oxidation  of  volatile  oils,  [being  usually  oxidized 
terpenes.  They  are  solid,  most  uncrystallizable,  fusible,  not 
volatile,  combustible,  insoluble  in  water,  mostly  soluble  in  alka- 
lies and  volatile  oils,  and  also  in  one  or  more  of  the  following : 
alcohol,  ether,  chloroform,  and  fixed  oils.  Since]  they  are  in- 
soluble in  water,  but  not  in  alcohol,  they  may  be  prepared  by 
extraction  with  alcohol  and  precipitation  with  water.  This  is 
the  reason  for  the  precipitate  which  falls  when  water  is  added  to 
a  resinous  tincture.  Those  which  combine  with  alkalies  form 
resin  soaps.  Hence  the  alkali  in  Tinctura  Guaiaci  Ammoniata, 
and  Tinctura  Valerianse  Ammoniata.  [When  occurring  nat- 
urally, there  are  usually  two  or  more  resins  mixed. 

The  U.  S.  P.  resins  are  Resina  Copaibse,  Jalapae,  Podophylli,  and  Scam- 
monii,  Pix  Burgundica,  and  Mastiche.] 

Oleoresins  are  natural  solutions  of  resins  in  volatile  oils. 

[Those  in  the  U.  S.  P.  are  Oleoresina  Aspidii,  Capsici,  Cubebse,  Lupulini, 
Piperis,  and  Zingiberis.] 

Balsam,  [is  a  term  used  in  several  different  ways.  As  to  the 
U.  S.  P.  articles,  they  are  liquid  or  soft  products  containing  resin, 
an  odorous  principle,  and  benzoic,  or  cinnamic  acids,  or  both. 


PHARMACEUTICAL   PROCESSES.  I  5 

Those  in  U.  S.  P.  are  Balsamum  Peruvianum,  and  Tolutanum,  Benzoi- 
num,  and  Styrax. 

Resins  containing  benzoic  or  cinnamic  acids  are  sometimes 
called  solid  balsams.] 

Gums,  are  exudations  from  plants,  [having  an  insipid  taste, 
insoluble  in  ether  and  alcohol,  in  water  either  dissolving  to  form 
a  mucilage  or  swelling  to  form  an  adhesive  jelly.]  They  consist 
of  one  or  more  of  [the  following]  : 

(a)  Arabin  or  soluble  gums,  e.g.,  Acacia. 

(6)  Bassorin  or  partially  soluble  gums,  e.g.,  Tragacantha. 

(6)  Cerasin  or  insoluble  gum. 

Solutions  of  gum  are  precipitated  by  alcohol. 

Gum-resins  are  exudations  from  plants  consisting  of  a  mix- 
ture of  [one  or  more]  gums  and  [one  or  more]  resins.  When 
they  are  rubbed  with  water  the  gum  dissolves  and  the  resin  re- 
mains mechanically  suspended  in  the  solution,  [forming  an 
emulsion. 

The  U.  S.  P.  gum-resins  are  Ammoniacum,  Asafcetida,  Cambogia,  Myrrha, 
and  Scammonium.] 

<z 

PHARMACEUTICAL  PROCESSES. 

Many  of  these,  as  filtration,  precipitation,  etc.,  need  no  ex- 
planation, but  the  following  require  a  few  words. 

[Dialysis. — The  process  of  separating  crystalloids  from  col- 
loids by  bringing  them  in  a  mixed  solution,  into  contact  with 
one  side  of  a  membrane,  such  as  a  bladder,  parchment  or  a  parch- 
ment paper,  which  has  water  in  contact  with  its  other  side,  and 
resulting  in  the  passage  into  the  water  of  the  crystalloid  to  form 
the  ' '  diffusate, ' '  the  remainder  constituting  the  ' '  dialysate. ' '  In 
this  way  dialysed  iron  is  prepared  by  diffusing  the  excess  of  the 
crystalloid  acid  solution. 

Displacement. — Another  name  for  Percolation.] 

Elutriation  consists  in  diffusing  an  insoluble  powder  in 
water,  letting  the  heavier  part  settle,  then  decanting  the  super- 
natant fluid.  The  heavier  powder  in  this  is  allowed  to  settle,  the 


1 6  PHARMACY. 

* 

fluid  decanted,  and  so  on  until  a  fluid  containing  powder  of  the 
required  fineness  is  obtained. 

Levigation  consists  in  reducing  a  drug  to  powder  by  tritur- 
ating it  with  a  little  water  and  drying  the  resulting  paste. 

Lixiviation  consists  in  the  extraction  with  water  of  the  sol- 
uble matter  of  the  ashes  of  anything  which  has  been  ignited,  the 
solution  being  called  a  "  lye." 

Maceration. —  [The  extraction  of  the  soluble  portions  of  a 
substance  which  is  not  wholly  soluble  in  the  menstruum,  by  pro- 
longed contact  therewith. 

Percolation. — The  extraction  in  a  suitable  vessel  (the  "per- 
colator "  )  of  the  soluble  constituents  of  a  powder  by  the  descent 
through  it  of  a  solvent  (the  "menstruum"),  the  resulting  solution 
being  called  the  "percolate."]  The  marc  is  the  material  after 
its  exhaustion  by  maceration  or  percolation.  [Percolation  enters 
into  the  manufacture  of  a  great  majority  of  the  official  prepara- 
tions of  organic  drugs.] 

Repercolation  consists  in  using  the  liquid  obtained  by  a 
substance  as  the  menstruum  for  percolating  a  second  portion  of  the 
same  substance,  and  using  the  liquid  from  this  second  percolation 
as  a  menstruum  for  percolating  a  third  portion  of  the  same  sub- 
stance, and  so  on  as  often  as  may  be  desired. 

Scaling. — Scale  preparations  are  made  by  drying  concentrated 
solutions  of  drugs  on  glass  plates.  The  solid  left  behind  forms 
a  thin  film  on  the  plate,  and  this  film  is  broken  up.  Some  prep- 
arations of  iron  are  [obtained  by  scaling] . 

Standardizing. —  [Specifying  an  upper  or  lower  limit,  or 
both,  of  the  active  constituent  which  a  drug  or  its  preparation 
must  contain  in  order  to  be  official,  and  prescribing  an  appro- 
priate process  for  its  determination.  Satisfactory  processes  for 
standardizing  are  extremely  difficult  to  establish,  and  have  been 
adopted  for  the  following  only : 

Cinchona,  not  less  than  5  per  cent,  of  total  alkaloids. 

Cinchona  rubra,    "         5       "  "  " 

Extractum  nucis  vomicae,  15  "  "  " 

Extractum  nucis  vomicae  fluidum,  1 . 5  per  cent,  of  total  alkaloids. 

Tinctura  nucis  vomicse,  0.3  per  cent,  of  total  alkaloids. 


WEIGHTS,    MEASURES   AND   SYMBOLS.  I/ 

Opium,  not  less  than  9  per  cent,  of  crystallized  morphine. 
Opii  pulvis,  not  less  than   13  nor  more  than  15  per  cent,  of  crystallized 
morphine. 

Extractum  opii,  1 8  per  cent,  of  crystallized  morphine. 

Tinctura  opii, 

Tinctura  opii  deodorati,    }-  1.3  to  1.5  per  cent,  of  crystallized  morphine.] 

Vinum  opii,  44 

^      K 
WEIGHTS,  MEASURES,  AND  SYMBOLS. 

Weights  [(Apothecaries'  or  Troy  weight). 

I  grain symbol  gr. 

480  grains  =  one  OUNCE "      % 

12  ounces  =  one  POUND "      ft] 

The  scruple  (20  grains,  symbol  9 )  is  rarely  used,  and  the  drachm  (60 
grains,  symbol  3)  is  commonly  used. 

Measures  of  Capacity. 

I  minim symbol,  fl 

60  minims  =  one  FLUID  DRACHM       "        3 

8  fluid  drachms  —  one  FLUID  OUNCE  "        ^ 

[16  fluid  ounces     =  one  PINT    ...          "        O] 

8  pints  =  one  GALLON    .     .         "        C 

Usually  3  and  J  are  written  fl  3  and  fl  J  when  they  stand  for  fluid  drachms 
and  fluid  ounces. 

Relations  of  Measures  to  Weights. 

I  minim  is  the  measure  of  [O-95  grains  of  water. 

I  fluid  drachm     "  "  56.96       "  " 

i  fluid  ounce        "  "  455-69       "  " 

I  pint  "  "  7291.04]     "  " 

A  I  per  cent,  solution  is  approximately  a  grain  in  no  minims. 
A  fluid  grain  is  the  volume  of  one  grain  of  water  at  60°  F.  ;  [15.5°  C]  ; 
that  is  to  say,  it  is  a  little  over  a  minim  [(1.05  ""I).] 

In  the  pharmacopoeial  description  of  the  various  proportions  which  several 

parts  of  a  compound  bear  to  one  another,  the  word  parts  means  parts  by  weight ; 

the  term  fluid  parts  signifies  the  volume  of  an  equal  number  of  parts  of  water. 

Metrical  System. — This,  which  is  as  follows,  is  official  on  the  Continent 

and  in  the  [U.  S.  P.  and]  B.  P.  for  the  making  of  drugs  and  preparations. 

WEIGHTS. 

I  milligramme    =     o.ooi  gramme. 
I  centigramme  =     o.oi          " 
I  decigramme    =     o.  I  " 

I  gramme  =  weight  of  i  cubic  centimetre  of  distilled  water  at  4°  C.  ; 

39.2°  F.     Abbreviation,  gm. 

2 


1 8  PHARMACY. 

I  dekagramme  =      10.0  grammes. 

I  hektogramme  =    100.0        " 

I  kilogramme     =  looo.o        "  Abbreviation,  kilo. 

MEASURES. 

I  millilitre  =  I  cubic  centimetre  ( abbreviation,  c.  c. )  =  the  measure  of  I 
I  centilitre  =  loc.c.=  the  measure  of  logm.  of  water,  [gm.  of  water, 
i  decilitre  =  looc.c.—  "  "  100  "  " 

I  litre  =  ioooc.c.==  "  "    1000    "    (i  kilo  of  water). 

Conversion  of  [United  States]  to  Metrical  System. 
WEIGHTS. 

I  grain    =      0.0648  gm. 
[i  ounce  =    31.103  gm. 
I  pound  =  373.250]  " 

MEASURES. 

minim  =      [0.0616  c.c. 

fluid  drachm  =  3.75  " 
fluid  ounce  =  29.57  " 
pint  =  473. 18  " 

gallon  =  3785.43]      " 

Conversion  of  Metrical  to  [United  States  Weights  and  Measures.] 

WEIGHTS. 

I  milligramme  =  0.015432  grain. 
I  gramme  =  1 5.43235  grains. 
I  kilogramme  =  15432.356  " 

MEASURES. 

I  cubic  centimetre  =  [16.23  minims. 
i  litre  ( 1000  c.c.)  =    33.81  ]  fluid  ounces. 
In  prescribing  on  the  Continent  all  liquids  are  weighed. 
The  weight  used  for  liquids  and  solids  is  grammes,  and  this  word  is  not 
expressed.     Thus  — 

Magnesii  sulphas  20.0  =  20  grammes  of  magnesium  sulphate. 

Hydrargyri  chloridum  mite  0.5  =  half  a  gramme  of  mild  mercurous  chloride. 
Tinctura  rhei  1.5=3  gramme  and  a  half  of  tincture  of  rhubarb. 

Domestic  Measures. 

A  TEA-SPOONFUL  is  about  a  fluid  drachm,  [4  c.c].  Usually  it  is  a  little 
more,  viz.,  nearly  5  c.c. 

A  DESSERT-SPOONFUL  is  about  two  fluid  drachms,  [8  c.c.]. 

A  TABLE-SPOONFUL  is  about  half  a  fluid  ounce,  [15  c.c.  Usually  it  is 
almost  20  c.c.]. 


PHARMACOPCEIAL   PREPARATIONS   AND   DOSES.  19 

A  WINE-GLASSFUL  is  about  one  and  a  half  to  two  fluid  ounces,  [45  to 
60  c.c.]. 

A  TEA-CUPFUL  is  about  five  fluid  ounces,  [150  c.c.]. 

A  BREAKFAST-CUPFUL  is  about  eight  fluid  ounces,  [240  c.c.]. 

A  TUMBLERFUL  is  about  eleven  fluid  ounces,  [330  c.c.]. 

A  DROP  is  often  taken  as  being  a  minim,  but  drops  vary  so  much  in  size 
that  they  should  never  be  used  for  children,  nor  as  a  measure  of  powerful 
drugs.  For  example,  the  number  of  drops  in  a  fluid  drachm  of  the  United 
States  Syrup  of  Acacia  is  44,  of  Water  60,  of  Alcohol  146,  of  Chloroform  250. 

[Spoons,  glasses  and  cups  vary  so  much  in  capacity  that  it  is  never  safe  to 
prescribe  solutions  of  powerful  drugs  to  be  measured  by  them.  The  use  of 
glass  graduates,  which  can  be  obtained  accurately  marked,  should  be  insisted 
upon.  ] 

PHARMACOPGEIAL  PREPARATIONS  AND  THEIR  DOSES. 

Most  drugs  are  not,  in  their  natural  state,  suitable  for  administration.  They 
are  either  too  bulky,  too  nauseous,  or  contain  noxious  principles.  Preparations 
suitable  for  administration  are,  therefore,  prepared  from  them  according  to 
"official"  pharmacopoeial  directions.  The  doses  of  the  various  drugs  and 
their  preparations  which  may  safely  be  given  to  an  adult  [are  taken  from  the 
"Tables  for  Doctors  and  Druggists,"  ad  ed.,  compiled  by  Eli  H.  Long, 
M.D.  ;]  but  these  doses  are  often  not  rigorously  adhered  to  in  prescribing. 
They  vary  with  the  purpose  for  which  the  drug  is  required  and  the  age  of  the 
patient  (see  Doses,  p.  39).  The  following  is  an  account  of  the  preparation  of 
the  pharmacopoeial  preparations,  and  the  attempt  has  been  made  to  arrange 
the  doses  so  as  to  make  them  easy  of  remembrance. 

[Unless  otherwise  specified,  the  preparations  are  for  internal  use.] 

Aceta  [(Vinegars). — Liquid  preparations  resulting  from  the 
extraction  of  the  drug  with  dilute  acetic  acid,  and  filtering. 
The  U.  S.  P.  contains  two. 

Dose. 

Acetum  Opii 3 — 20^;     .20 — 1.20  c.c. 

Acetum  Scillae 10—45*11;     .60 — 3.00  c.c.] 

Aquae  [(Waters). — Preparations  made  by  impregnating 
water  with  a  volatile  substance. 

Mostly  made  by  triturating  the  substance  with  precipitated 
calcium  phosphate  and  filtering.  Those  in  the  U.  S.  P.  thus 
made  are — 

-uAanfsr.niculi :         : 


2O  PHARMACY. 


Dose. 

Aqua  Cinnamomi ^ — I  flj  •  15. — 30.  c.c. 

—  Camphorae •) 

. —  Menthae  Piperitae    ....       [•  % — 2  flg  ;  15. — 60.  c.c. 

—  Menthae  Viridis  .     .     .      J 

Three  are  made  by  distillation  : 

Dose. 
Aqua  Aurantii  Florum  Fortior  .     .   indetenninate. 

—  Destillata indeterminate. 

—  Rosae  Fortior indetenninate. 

Six  are  simple  solutions  in  cold  water  : 

Dose. 
Aqua  Hydrogenii  Dioxidi    .     .     .         I — 3^3',     4- — 12.  c.c. 

}i— 4fl3;     4--I5-C.C. 

—  Amygdalae  Amarae      ....         2 — 46"  3;     8. — 15.  c.c. 

—  Rosae indefinite. 

—  Aurandi  Florum " 

Three  are  made  by  passing  gases  through  water : 

Dose. 
Aqua  Ammoniae  Fortior       .     .     .         3 —  61Tl;  .20 —  .40   c.c. 

—  Ammoniae 10 — 20  ™-  ;  .60 — 1.20  c.c. 

—  Chlori I —  4fl3;  4-  —    15.  c.c. 

•f  Cerata  (Cerates). — Adhesive  preparations  for  external  use, 
containing  wax,  capable  of  being  spread  at  ordinary  tempera- 
tures, and  not  melting  at  the  temperature  of  the  body.  Six  are 
official  in  U.  S.  P. 


Ceratum 

—  Camphorae 


Ceratum  Cantharidis          I  Ceratum  Resinae 

—  Cetacei  I  —  Plumbi  Subacetatis 


Charta  (Papers). — Non-absorbent  papers  coated  with  plas- 
ter-like preparations  and  used  like  plasters.  The  U.  S.  P. 
contains  two : 

Charta  Sinapis,  made  from  mustard. 

—  Potassii  Nitratis,  made  from  potassium  nitrate. 

*   Collodia  (Collodions). — Preparations  for  external  use,  either 
simple  collodion,  a  solution  of  pyroxylin  in  ether  and  alcohol, 


PHARMACOPCEIAL    PREPARATIONS    AND    DOSES.  21 

or  impregnated  with  an  active  substance.]  When  applied  ex- 
ternally a  protective  film  is  formed  owing  to  the  rapid  volatili- 
zation of  the  solvent.  [The  U.  S.  P.  contains  four : 

Collodium.  I      Collodium  Gantharidatum. 

—  Flexile.  I      —  Stypticum. 

7  Confectiones  (Confections). — Synonym. — Electuaries.  In 
England  also  called  Boluses  or  Conserves.  Permanent  pasty 
preparations  of  powdered  drugs  thoroughly  triturated  with  syrup 
or  honey.  The  U.  S.  P.  contains  two  : 

Confectio  Rosse,  used  as  a  basis  for  pills. 
—  Sennse   .   .   .  dose,  I — 25;  4. — 8.  gm. 

7  Decocta  (Decoctions). — Liquid  preparations  of  organic 
drugs,  5  grammes  of  drug  to  100  c.c.  of  decoction  unless  other- 
wise specified  by  the  physician  or  Pharmacopoeia,  made  by  ex- 
hausting the  drug  by  boiling  in  water,  straining  the  resulting 
liquid,  and  adding  sufficient  cold  water  to  secure  the  required 
ratio.  The  U.  S.  P.  contains  two  : 

Dote. 
Decoctum  Cetrariae •» 

—  Sarsaparillse  Compositum      .     .      j    "     •     o »     3  • 

Decoctions  should  be  freshly  made,  as  they  are  liable  to  de- 
compose. 

[Elixira  (Elixirs). — Sweet  and  aromatic  liquid  preparations, 
/      containing  20  to  25  per  cent,  of  alcohol.     There  are  two  in  the 
U.  S.  P.  : 

Elixir  Aromaticum dose,  indeterminate. 

Elixir  Phosphori dose,  ^-2^63;    2. — IO.  c.c. 

+  Emplastra  (Plasters). — Tenacious  preparations  for  external 
application,  solid  at  ordinary  temperatures,  but  pliable  and  ad- 
hesive at  the  temperature  of  the  body.  Those  of  the  U.  S.  P. 
are: 


22  PHARMACY. 

\  Lead  oxide   olive  oil  and  water.     Lead  oleate  and 
Emplastrum  Plumbi          >         ,        .  ,          , 

J        glycerin  are  formed. 

—  Anunoniaci  cum 

Hydrargyro 

—  Hydrargyri  f  Lead  Plaster  ^  the  basis' 

—  Opii 

—  Saponis 

—  Resinae  Lead  plaster  and  wax  as  the  basis. 

—  Arnicas  \  Resin  plaster,  which  is  made  from  Lead  plaster,  as 

—  Capsici  /      the  basis. 

—  Belladonnas  Resin  and  soap  plaster  as  the  basis. 

—  Picis  Burgundicas  Wax  the  basis. 

—  Ichthyocollse  Court  plaster. 

—  Picis  Cantharidatum       Wanning  plaster. 

Emulsa  (Emulsions). — Liquid  preparations  consisting  of 
oily  or  resinous  substances  held  suspended  in  water  which  has 
been  rendered  mucilaginous  or  viscid.  Mucilago  Acacige  and 
Tragacanthae  are  frequently  used  to  form  emulsions.  Mucilago 
^  Aca'ciae  should  be  recently  prepared.  It  is  incompatible  with 
ferric  chloride,  borax,  and  lead  subacetate. 

Emulsions  are  coagulated  by  acids,  an  undue  proportion  of 
metallic  salts,  and  spirituous  liquids.  There  are  in  U.  S.  P.  : 

Dose. 
Emulsum  Chloroformi I — 4^3;    4. — 15.0,0. 

—  Ammoniaci    ...  ' .     .    ) 

-Asafcetidae /*-»•!»  «*-***» 

—  Amygdalae indeterminate. 

Extract  a  (Extracts). — Solid  or  soft-solid  preparations  not 
agreeing  in  strength,  made  by  evaporating  solutions  of  the  active 
constituents  of  organic  drugs  to  the  required  consistency. 

The  drug  is  first  powdered,  then  macerated  and  percolated  with  the  appro- 
priate menstruum  to  exhaustion.  The  first  third  of  the  percolate  is  reserved, 
the  remainder  is  evaporated  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  122°  F.  ;  50°  C. ; 
until  its  weight  is  ten  per  cent,  of  that  of  the  drug  used,  then  mixed  with  the 
reserved  portion,  and  both  are  evaporated  at  or  below  the  above-named  tempera- 
ture until  an  extract  of  a  pilular  consistence  remains.  For  converting  extracts 
into  powdered  extracts  it  is  sometimes  necessary  to  add  an  inert  dry  substance. 
The  menstrua  used  are  : 


PHARMACOPCEIAL    PREPARATIONS    AND    DOSES. 


(a)  Alcohol  ;  Extractum  Aconiti,  Cannabis  Indicae,  Cimicifugae,  Colo- 
cynthidis Compositum,  Iridis,  Jalapae,  and  Physostigmatis. 

(£)  Alcohol  and  water;  Extractum  Belladonnae  Foliarum  Alcoholicum, 
Digitalis,  Euonymi,  Leptandrae,  Podophylli,  Rhei,  and  Uvae  Ursi. 

(f)  Alcohol,  water  and  diluted  alcohol ;  Extractum  Cinchonae,  Hyoscyami. 
(</)  Diluted  alcohol ;  Extractum  Arnicae  Radicis,  Cinchonae,  Colocynthi- 
dis, Juglandis,  and  Stramonii  Seminis. 

(e)  Water;  Extractum  Aloes,  Gentianae,  Glycyrrhizae,  Haematoxyli,  Kra- 
meriae,  Opii,  and  Quassiae. 

(/")  Water  and  Aqua  Ammonise  ;  Extractum  Glycyrrhizae  Purum. 

(g)  Acetic  Acid  and  water  ;  Extractum  Colchici  Radicis. 
(^)  Acetic  Acid  and  diluted  alcohol ;  Extractum  Conii. 

(*')  Acetic  Acid,  alcohol,  and  water  ;  Extractum  Nucis  Vomicae. 

Extractum  Taraxaci  is  an  inspissated  juice. 

Extractum  Ergotae  is  obtained  by  evaporating  the  fluid  extract. 

They  are  in  the  U.  S.  P. 

Dose. 
Extractum  Aconiti -fa — %  gr-  >  .006 — .015  gm. 

—  Physostigmatis -fa — |£  gr.  ;  .006 — .03  gm. 

—  Belladonnae  Foliarum  Alcoholicum       ^ — ^  gr.  ;  .008 — .03  gm. 

—  Nucis  Vomicse    .  .     .     ) 

_  opii ;  l/*—  '  &•  '•  •°°8— -06  &*• 

—  Cannabis  Indicae y& — %  gr.  ;  .01  — .045  gm. 

—  Stramonii  Seminis % — /£  gr-  J  .015 — .03  gm. 

—  Digitalis % —  I  gr.  ;  .015 — .06  gm. 

—  Conii y$ —  I  gr.  ;  .02  — .06  gm. 

—  Colocynthidis ~) 

—  Colchici  Radicis \  \/L —  2  er.  :  .01—  .12  em. 

.  J   /•*  &     »      ••>  ° 

—  Hyoscyami 

f  /4 —  3  gr-  ;  -°3 —  -2O  g™- 

—  Aloes ) 

—  Leptandrae  1 

f     I~  3  gr-  5  -°6 —  -20  g™. 

—  Indis ) 

—  Euonymi    .  1  , 

r-  •  -c  r    J—  5  gr- ;  -06—  .30  gm. 

—  Cimicifugae ) 

—  Jalapae 2 —  8  gr.  ;  .12 —  .50  gm. 

.  —  Gentianae  .  1 

V     2 — 10  gr.  ;  .12 —  .oogm. 

—  Podophylli f 

—  Rhei 3 — 15  gr.  ;  .20 — l.oo  gm. 

—  Arnicas  Radicis    .  1  , 
-Krameri. }     5~io  gr.  ;  .30-  .60  gm. 

—  Colocynthidis  Compositum      .     .     "j 

—  Haematoxyli  . 

-Ergotae '     5-15  gr- 5  .30-1.00  gm. 

—  Uvae  Ursi  . 


PHARMACY. 


Extractum  Cinchonae , 

—  Taraxaci    .     , 

—  Juglandis  . 

—  Glycyrrhizae   . 
Purum  . 


Dose. 
5—3°  gr-  5  -3° — 2-°°  gm. 


|       Freely. 


Extracta  Fluida  (Fluid  Extracts). — Liquid  preparations  of 
organic  drugs,  made  by  completely  exhausting  the  drug  by  suit- 
able menstrua,  and  concentrating  the  resulting  filtered  solution, 
so  that  there  shall  be  i  c.c.  of  the  latter  for  each  gramme  of  drug 
extracted.  They  are  made  by  percolation  and  partial  evapora- 
tion, the  menstruum  employed  being  usually  alcohol,  diluted 
alcohol,  or  alcohol  and  water  in  various  proportions.  They  are 
in  the  U.  S.  P.  : 


FLUID   EXTRACTS. 


Extractum  Aconiti  Fluidum .... 

—  Digitalis  Fluidum     .... 

—  Belladonnae  Radicis  Fluidum  . 

—  Stramonii  Seminis          "         .     , 

—  Nucis  Vomicae  "        .     , 

—  Ipecacuanhae  Fluidum  (expect.) 

"  "      (emetic,) 

—  Sanguinariaa  Fluidum  (expect. )  . 

"  "          (emetic,) 

—  Veratri  Viridis  Fluidum    . 


—  Colchici  Seminis 

—  Conii 

—  Cannabis  Indicse 

—  Capsici 

—  Colchici  Radicis 


—  Apocyni 

—  Gelsemii 

—  Zingiberis 

—  Mezerei 

—  Sabinae 

—  Hyoscyami 

—  Arnicae  Radicis 

—  Podophylli 


Dose. 


I—  4m; 


15  —  60  "I; 


}   - 


2— 10  m; 
2 — 20  TTl  ; 

5— 10  m; 


.03 .12  C.C. 

.03 —  .20  c.c. 
.06 —  .20  c.c. 

.06 —  .25  c.c. 
.06 —  .30  c.c. 

I.OO 2 .OO  C.C. 

.06 —  .30  c.c. 
i.oo — 4.00  c.c. 

.06 —  .30  c.c. 

.12 —   .30  C.C. 

.12 .50  C.C. 

.12 —   .60  C.C. 
.12 — 1. 2O  C.C. 

.30—  .60  c.c. 


5 — 15  ftl ;     .30 — i.oo  c.c. 


|      5 — 20  ""I;    .30 — 1. 20  c.c. 


PHARMACOPCEIAL    PREPARATIONS    AND    DOSES. 


FLUID   EXTRACTS. 


Dost. 


Extractum   Gentians    Fluidum 

—  Krameriae  " 

—  Aspidospermatis  "     . 

—  Convallariae  " 

—  Menispermi  "     . 

—  PhytolaccaeRadicis"     . 

—  Calumbae  " 

—  Lupulini  "     . 

—  Pilocarpi  " 

—  Hydrastis  ' '     . 

—  Senegae  "     . 

—  Aromaticum  "     . 

—  Valerianae  ' '     . 

—  Iridis  "     . 

—  Serpentariae  "     . 

—  Xanthoxyli  "     . 

—  Cinchonas  "     . 

—  Buchu  "     . 

—  Eriodictyi  " 

—  Cypripedii  "     . 

—  Calami  " 

—  Eupatorii  "     . 

—  Gossypii  Radicis  "     . 

—  Grindelias  "     . 

—  Guaranae  " 

—  Quassiae  ' «     . 

—  Rhamni  Purshiance ' '     . 

—  Scoparii 

—  Rhei 

—  Rhois  Glabrae 

—  Rosae 

—  Rumicis 

—  Stillingise 

—  Uvae  Ursi 

—  Viburni  Prunifolii 

—  Leptandrse 

—  Geranii 

—  Ergotae 

—  Pareirae 

—  Pruni  Virginianae 

—  Sarsaparillae 

—  "    Compositum 


5 — 30  tn. ;  .  30 — 2.  oo  c.  c. 


5— 60  m;  .30— 4.00C.C. 

10 — 20  m;  .60 — 1.20  c.c. 

IO — 30  "HI  ;  .60 — 2.OO  C.C. 

IO — 60  ttl ;  .60— 4.00  C.C. 

IS— 30  m;  1.00— 2.00C.C. 


26 


PHARMACY. 


FLUID   EXTRACTS. 


Extractum  Chiratae  Flui 
—  Cimicifugae 
—  Cubebae 
—  Lappae 
—  Spigeliae 
—  Rubi 
—  Aurantii  Amari 
—  Hamamelidis 
—  Castaneae 
—  Asclepiadis 
—  Chimaphilae 
—  Eucalypti 
—  Frangulae 
—  Matico 
—  Scutellariae 
—  Viburni  Opuli 
—  Dulcamarae 
—  Sennae 
—  Taraxaci 
—  Cocae 
—  Cusso 
—  Triad 
—  Glycvrrhizae 

dum     .     .     .     .     • 

< 

Dose 

•    X-ifl3 

X—  2fl3 

•    l/2—  2fl3 

I—  2fl3 

i-3  fl  3 
i—  4fl3 

1-8  fl  S 

Freelv.  1 

< 

< 





; 

::::•;,  j 

i 

:  :  :  :  :  J 

l.oo —  8.00  c.c. 


2.00 —  8.00  c.c. 


4.00  —  8.00  c.c. 


4.00  —  12.00  c.c. 


4.00  —  15.00  c.c. 


4.00  —  30.00  c.c. 


Glycerita  (Glycerites). — Solutions  of  drugs  in  glycerin. 
They  are  all  liquid  preparations,  [mostly]  used  for  external 
application.  [In  the  U.  S.  P.  are  six  : 


Glyceritum  Acidi  Carbolici. 

—  Acidi  Tannici. 

—  Amyli. 


Glyceritum  Boroglycerini. 

—  Hydrastis. 

—  Vitelli. 


Infusa  (Infusions). — Liquid  preparations  of  organic  drugs, 
5  grammes  of  drug  to  100  c.c.  of  infusion,  unless  otherwise 
specified  by  the  physician  or  Pharmacopaeia,  made  by  exhausting 
the  drug  for  a  specified  time  in  a  covered  vessel,  by  water  poured 
upon  it  at  a  boiling  temperature  (excepting  Infusum  Cinchonse 
and  Pruni  Virginianae  which  are  made  with  cold  water),  straining 
and  adding  sufficient  water  to  secure  the  required  ratio. 

The  infusions  of  the  U.  S.  P.  are : 


Infusum  Digitalis  . 

—  Cinchonas     .     . 

—  Pruni  Virginianae 


fls;  4-— '5- c.c. 

fl  3  ;  30. — 60.  c.c. 


PHARMACOPCEIAL    PREPARATIONS    AND    DOSES.  2/ 

Infusum  Sennae  Compositum     .     .     .        I — 2J^  fl  J  ;  30. — 75.  c.c. 

One  is  compound  :  Infusum  Sennae  Compositum. 

One  contains  acid  :  Infusum  Cinchonae.  ] 

Infusions  should  be  freshly  made,  as  they  readily  decompose. 

-7       Linimenta  [(Liniments). — Solutions  or  mixtures  for  external 
'  application,  liquid,  at  least  upon  application.     All  of  which  are* 

intended  to  be  rubbed  into  the  skin  except  Linimentum  Calcis. 

Those  in  the  U.  S.  P.  are : 

Linimentum  Ammoniae  .     .  Ammonia  water  and  cotton  seed  oil. 

—  Calcis Solution  of  lime  and  linseed  oil. 

—  Camphorae Camphor  and  cotton  seed  oil. 

—  Plumbi  Subacetatis     .     .  Solution  of , lead  subacetate  and  cotton  seed  oil 

—  Belladonnas      ....  Fluid  extract  of  drug  and  camphor. 

—  Cantharidis      ....  Cantharides  and  oil  of  turpentine. 

—  Chloroformi     ....  Chloroform  and  soap  liniment. 

—  Saponis Soap,  camphor,  oil  of  rosemary,  and  alcohol. 

—  Saponis  Mollis  .  (  Soft  soaP'  oil  of  lavender  flowers,  alcohol,  and 

I      water. 

—  Sinapis  Compositum  .     .  j  Oil  of  mustard>  fluid  extrac*  °f  mezereum,  cam- 

I      phor,  castor  oil,  and  alcohol. 

—  Terebinthinae  ....     Resin  cerate  and  oil  of  turpentine. 

Liquores  (Liquors). — Solutions  of  chemical  substances  in  a 
menstruum  consisting  chiefly  or  wholly  of  water.  The  following 
are  the  liquors  of  the  U.  S.  P.  : 

Dose. 
Liquor  lodi  Compositus       .     .     . 

—  Sodii  Arsenatis \     I — 10  ^H. ;  .06 —     .60  c.c. 

—  Arseni  et  Hydrargyri  lodidi 

—  Potassii  Arsenitis 

—  Ferri  Acetatis 

Chloridi 

Nitratis , 

Subsulphatis     .... 

—  Acidi  Arsenosi 5 — IO  ""1  •  .30 —     .60  c.c. 

—  Ferri  Citratis S — TS  ^  >  -3° —  i.oo  c.c. 

—  Sodae 5 — 20  Ttl  •  .30 —  1.20  c.c. 

—  Potassae 5 — 30  ™l ;  .30 —  2.00  c.c. 

—  Sodae  Chloratae }4 —  '  fl^J     2. —  4.00  c.c. 

—  Ferri  et  Ammonii  Acetatis  .     .  I —  463;     4. — 15.00  c.c. 

'.'.'. 1     I —  8flz;     4. — 30.00  c.c. 

—  Potassi  Citratis / 

—  Ammonii  Acetatis      ....  2 —  8  fl^;     8. — 30.00  c.c. 

—  Magnesii  Citratis 2 —  8  fl^  ;  60. —  240  c.c. 


2 — IO   ftl .12 —     .60  c.c. 


28  PHARMACY. 


The  following  are  not  used  internally  : 

Liquor  Ferri  Tersulphatis. 

—  Hydrargyri  Nitratis. 

—  Plumbi  Subacetatis. 


Liquor  Plumbi  Subacetatis  Dilutus. 

—  Sodii  Silicatis. 

—  Zinci  Chloridi. 


^     Massae  (Masses). — Pill-masses  intended  for  preservation  in 
/  bulk  until  required  for  use.     Three  are  official  in  the  U.  S.  P.  : 

Dase. 

Massa  Hydrargyri J^ — 15  gr.  ;  .03 — i.oogm. 

—  Ferri  Carbonatis I —  5  gr.  ;  .06 —  .30  pm. 

—  Copaiba* j^ —  I    3  ;  i.oo — 4.00  gin. 

Me  Hit  a  (Honeys). — Mixtures  of  medicinal  substances  with 
clarified  honey.  The  U.  S.  P.  contains  only  two,  one  of  these 
being  simply  honey  purified. 

Mel  Despumatum.  |  Mel  Rosae. 

*f  Misturae  (Mixtures). — Liquid  preparations  of  insoluble, 
suspended,  active  substances,  or  solutions  containing  more  than 
one  liquid  of  therapeutic  activity.  The  mixture  is  usually  fla- 
vored, and  is  for  internal  administration.  Examples  in  U.  S.  P.  : 

Dose. 
Mistura  Rhei  et  Sodae     .     .     .         # — 2fl3;  *• —  8.  c.c. 

—  Glycyrrhizaa  Composita   .     .  I — 4  fl£  ;  4. — 15.  c.c. 

—  Crete     . •»     2_4fl-.  8.— 15.  c.c. 

—  Ferri  Composita     .     .     .     .     / 

«x»  Mucilagines  (Mucilages). — Adhesive  liquids  or  jelly-like 
preparations,  consisting  of  gum  or  starch  dissolved  in  or  fully 
charged  with  water.  The  U.  S.  P.  contains  four : 

Mucilago  Acacia.  Mucilago  Tragacanthae. 

—  Sassafras  Medullae.  — Ulmi.] 
There  is  no  fixed  dose  ;  it  is  usually  I  fl  5  ;  [4.  c.c. 

^        Oleata. — Oleates  are  solutions  in  oleic  acid,  intended  for 
external  application.     The  U.  S.  P.  contains  three  : 

Oleatum  Hydrargyri  (20  per  cent  of  yellow  mercuric  oxide). 

—  Veratrinae  (2  per  cent,  of  veratrine). 

—  Zinci  (5  per  cent,  of  zinc  oxide)]. 


PHARMACOPCEIAL   PREPARATIONS   AND    DOSES. 


29 


Olea. — There  are  many  oils  in  the  Pharmacopoeia.  They 
are  all  obtained  by  distillation  or  by  expression  except  Oleum 
Phosphoratum,  which  is  a  solution  of  phosphorus  in  almond  oil. 
[The  U.  S.  P.  olea  are  : 


!>U**Ct-rL   Oleum  Sinafiis  Volatile  .     . 
AmyEJualae  Amarae    .     . 

CA^SHc-Ti^f 

(jk"0-*^*—  Aurantii  Florum   .     .     . 

•'  ^t^v'  r — Myristicae 

*•*&*•  «A£  *—  Cajuputi 

—  Can 

—  Anisi 

—  Caryophylli      .... 
-y  Cinnamomi      .... 

—  Lavandula/  Florum    . 
Menthae  Piperitae .     .     . 

Viriais 

—  Pimentaa 

—  Rosmarini 

—  Betulae  Volatile    .     .     . 

—  Sassafras 

—  Thymi 

—  Sabinae 

—  Phosphoratum 

—  Foeniculi 

—  Gaultherise      .... 

—  Hedeomaa 

—  Coriandri 

—  Chenopodii      .... 

—  Santali 

—  Juniperi 

—  Copaibae 

—  Erigerontis       .... 

—  Cubebae 

—  Eucalypti 

—  Terebinthinae  .... 
Rectificatum     .     .     . 

—  Morrrfuae 

—  Amygdalae  Expression  . 

—  Ricini 

—  Lani 

—  Sesami 

—  Olivae    . 


Dose. 


—  yz    ""1  ; 


'—  3 


.008 — 
.01  — 

.015— 
.06  — 


.015  c.c. 

.03  c.c. 

.12  C.C. 

.20  C.C. 


f    »— 5 


( 


<A«-H) 


.06  —    .30    c.c. 


i—  5 


2—  5    m; 


!~ 


5  —  20 


•    5—30 


.06  —    .30    c.c. 


.12   .30  C.C. 

.12   .60  C.C. 

.30  —  i.oo  c.c. 

.30  —  1. 20  c.c. 

.30  2.OO  C.C. 


C.C. 
C.C. 


V    i — 4-fl3;  4-°° — 15.00 
% —  2  fl£  ;    8.00  — 60.00 

yz —  2fl3;  15.00  — 60.00     c.c. 

indefinite. 

freely. 


3<D  PHARMACY. 

Oleum  Gossypii  Seminis      .     .     . 

-Picis  Liquid* I  externally. 

—  Cadim 


—  Theobromatis 

—  Adipis 1   .      , 

v  m  pharmacy. 

—  ^Ethereum J 

—  Myrcise as  perfume. 

—  Aurantii  Corticis  .... 

—  Bergamottse 


—  Limonis 

—  Rosse     . 


as  flavoring  agent. 


Pilulae  (Pills). — Solid  bodies,  usually  spherical  or  oval,]  con- 
taining medicinal  agents,  and  intended  to  be  swallowed  whole. 
A  mass  of  the  consistence  of  firm  clay  is  made  by  beating  medica- 
ments together  in  a  mortar.  This  mass  is,  with  a  machine, 
divided  up  and  rolled  into  pills.  In  order  that  they  may  not 
possess  a  disagreeable  taste,  they  are  varnished,  gilded,  or  sugar- 
coated.  Unless  the  constituents  are  very  heavy,  each  pill  should 
not  exceed  5  grains  [.30  gm.]  in  weight,  and  the  smaller  they 
are  the  better.  [Soap,  mucilage  of  acacia  or  tragacanth] ,  and 
confection  of  rose  are  common  excipients  for  pills.  Glycerin  is 
often  added,  for  it  attracts  moisture  and  prevents  the  pill  from 
getting  hard,  but  pills  made  of  it  alone  are  too  soft.  Soap  is 
useful  for  creosote  and  for  essential  oils  if  calcium  phosphate  and 
wheaten  flour  be  added.  Liquorice  powder  is  a  good  absorbent. 
All  pills  are  useless  unless  so  made  that  they  will  dissolve  in  the 
gastro-intestinal  canal.  If  it  is  required  that  they  should  not  be 
acted  upon  until  they  reach  the  intestine  they  should  be  coated 
with  keratin.  Pills  [except  when  sugar-  or  gelatin-coated]  are 
often  kept  in  some  powder,  as  lycopodium,  to  prevent  their 
sticking  together.  [The  pills  in  the  U.  S.  P.  are  : 

Dose. 
Pilulae  Phosphori   .       r  ^^  gr.  ;  .00065  g™-  'n  each.  \       .^ 

—  Opii   .     .     .     .      -j  i  gr.  ;  .065  gm.  in  each.          / 

—  Asafoetidae  .  1 3  gr.  ;  .20    gm.  in  each.          •» 

T-     •  T   j-j-  V  I — 2  pills. 

—  Fern  lodidi J 

—  Cathartic*  Composite    . 

—  Antimonii          "  ... 

—  Aloes  et  Mastiches    . 


—  Rhei  Composite 


PHARMACOPCEIAL   PREPARATIONS   AND    DOSES.  3! 

Pilulae  Aloes •»          Dose. 

—  Aloes  et  Ferri /  1~ 

—  Rhei 

—  Catharticae  Vegetabiles  .     . 


—  Ferri  Carbonatis 


-I —  5  pills. 


—  Aloes  et  Asafcetidae  .... 

—  Aloes  et  Myrrhae 2 — 10  pills. 

Pulveres  (Powders). — Preparations  consisting  of  finely- 
powdered  drugs,  or  (compound  powders)  mixtures  of  the  same, 
and  frequently  consisting  in  part  of  a  suitable  diluent  or  ex- 
cipient.]  The  best  diluent  for  powders  is  sugar  of  milk,  because 
of  its  hardness  and  comparative  insolubility.  [The  powders 
of  the  U.  S.  P.  are  : 

Dose. 

Pulvis  Antimonialis ^ —  2  gr.  ;  .03 —  .12  gm. 

—  Ipecacuanhae  et  Opii     .     .     .  3 — 15  gr.  ;  .20 — i.oo  gm. 

—  Morphinae  Compositus  .     .     .  5 — 15  gr.  ;  .30 — I.oo  gm. 

—  Cretse                "           ...  5 — 60  gr.  ;  .30 — 4.00  gm. 

—  Aromaticus IO — 30  gr.  ;  .60 — 2.00  gm. 

—  Jalapae  Compositus  ....  % —  I    g  ;  i.oo — 4.00  gm. 

—  Rhei                   "      ....  }4 —  I    3  ;  2.OO — 4.00  gm. 

—  Glycyrrhizae      "            ...  )4 —  2    £  ;  2.00 — 8.00  gm. 

For  Pulvis  Effervescens  Compositus  (Seidlitz  Powder)  see  Sodium.  Pulvis 
Ipecacuanhae  et  Opii  is  practically  a  trituration. 

Spiritus  (Spirits). — Solutions  of  volatile  substances  in  alco- 
hol or  diluted  alcohol.  The  spirits  of  the  U.  S.  P.  are  : 

By  solution  :  DOM. 

Spiritus  Glonoini I —  5  ttl ;  .06 —     .300.0. 

—  Athens  Compositus    .     .     .  5 — 60  TTl  ;  .30 —  4.00  c.c. 

—  Phosphori 8 — 40  "m. ;  .50 —  2.500.0. 

—  Cinnamomi 10 — 30  "HI  ;  I.OO —  2.00  c.c. 

—  Amygdala?  Amarae      .     .     .  15 — 45  '"I ;  I.oo —  3.00  c.c. 

—  Athens 15 — 60  ""I ;  I.oo —  4.00  c.c. 

—  Camphorae " 

—  Chloroformi 

—  Juniperi 30 — 60  in. ;  2.00 —  4.00  c.c. 

—  Lavandulae 

—  Myristicse 

—  Ammoniac  Aromaticus      .     .  % —  2n<3;  2-°° —  8.00  c.c. 

"Anif- \     I—  2flz;  4.00—  8.00  c.c. 

—  Gaultheriae / 


32  PHARMACY. 

Dose. 
Spiritus  Juniperi  Compositus     .  I —  4  flj  ;  4.00—15.000.0. 

—  Aurantii  .  •>  ,.  , 

I  as  vehicle. 
Compositus / 

—  Myrciae as  perfume. 

By  solution  with  maceration  : 

Spiritus  Limonis as  flavoring  agent. 

—  Menthse  Piperitae    . 

Viridis 

By  gaseous  solution  : 

Spiritus  Ammoniac      ....         10 — 60   Tn.  •     .60 —  4.00  c.c. 
By  chemical  reaction  : 

Spiritus  yEtheris  Nitrosi  .     .     .         *£ —  2n3;  2-°o —  8.00  c.c. 
By  distillation : 

Spiritus  Frumenti indefinite. 

—  Vini  Gallici indefinite. 

Suppositorise  (Suppositories). — Preparations  in  suitable 
form]  for  introduction  into  [and  retention  in]  the  rectum  or 
vagina  [and  so  mixed  with  a  base  (generally  Oleum  Theobro- 
matis)  that  they  shall  be  solid  under  ordinary  conditions,  but 
shall  melt  or  liquefy  after  introduction.  One  only  is  official 
in  U.  S.  P.  : 

Suppositoria  Glycerini ;  base,  stearic  acid. 

Syrupi  (Syrups). — Liquid  preparations  of  drugs  consisting 
chiefly  of  a  concentrated  aqueous  solution  of  sugar.  There  are 
30  official  in  U.  S.  P. 

Examples  :  Syrupus  Aurantii,  Syrupus  Rhei.  ] 

The  dose  of  all  is  about  I  fl  g  ;  4  c.c.,  or  rather  more  [excepting  Syrupus 
Ferri  Bromidi,  Ferri  lodidi,  and  Scillse  Compositus,  when  it  is  5  to  30  m, ; 
.30 — 2.00  c.c. 

Tincturse  (Tinctures). — Solutions  in  alcohol  or  diluted 
alcohol  of  the  soluble  constituents  of  substances  which  are  not 
volatile.  (The  U.  S.  P.  includes  also,  as  an  exception,  the  alco- 
holic solution  of  iodine. )]  They  are  prepared  by — 

(a)  Maceration;  e.g.  [Tinctura  Opii  Camphorata.] 

(6)  Percolation;  e.g.  [Tinctura  Lavandulse  Composita.] 

(c)  Maceration  and  percolation  ;  e.g.  [Tinctura  Opii.  ] 


PHARMACOPCEIAL   PREPARATIONS   AND    DOSES. 


33 


(d)  Simple  mixing  of  ingredients  ;  e.g.  [Tinctura  Ipecacuanhae  et  Opii.] 

Tinctures  containing  only  one  active  substance  are  simple.  The  rest  are 
compound  ;  e.g.,  [Tinctura  Catechu  Composita. ] 

Some  are  compound,  although  it  is  not  expressed  in  their  name ;  [e.g., 
Tinctura  Aloes. 

The  tinctures  of  the  U.  S.  P.  are  : 

Dote. 

Tinctura  Aconiti ^ —  5  "R\. ;  .03 —  .30  c.c. 

—  lodi i —  5^1;  .06 —  .3oc.c. 

—  Cantharidis I — 15  ™l;  .06 —  l.ooc.c. 

—  Veratri  Viridis )  ,. 

>      2 — ID™,-     .12 —    .6oc.c. 

—  htrophanthi ) 

—  Ipecacuanhas  et  Opii     ....  3 — 1 5 '"I;     .20 —  l.ooc.c. 

P"        '       ' \        3 — 20™.;      .20 —    I.20C.C. 

Deodorati J 

—  Arnicae  Radici 5  —  IO™1;     .30 —     .6oc.c. 

—  Nucis  Vomicse 5 — 20  ^l ;     .30 —  i.aoc.c. 

-OpiiCamphorata     .     .      {  child  3-20™-;     .20-  i.aoc.c. 

ladult  I — 4%;  4.00 — I5.00C.C. 

—  Belladonnse  Foliarum   .     .     .     . 

—  Scills: 

—  Stramonii  Seminis    . 

/-        u-   T  A-  r      5 — 3o7Tt;    .30—  2.00 c.c. 

—  Cannabis  Indicae 

—  Digitalis 

—  Lobeliae 

—  Ferri  Chloridi 

„      .  .  >       5 — 60  m;     .30 —  4.00  c.c 

—  Capsici J 

—  Physostigmatis ) 

—  Colchici  Seminis •     10 — 30™.;     .60 —  2.00  c.c. 

—  Amicse  Florum j 

—  Gelsemii 

—  Moschi 

—  Zingiberis j-     15 — 60  TO.;     i.oo — 4.00  c.c. 

—  Aloes 

—  Myrrhae     .      • 

—  Guaiaci 

Ammoniata 

—  Lavandulae  Compo.-ata  .     . 

-Asafoetidae ^     30-60  m ;     2.00-  4.00  c.c, 

—  Benzoin! 

Composita 

—  Kino     .  1 

-Lactucarii }    ^-2fi3',     LOO-  8.00 c.c. 

3 


34 


PHARMACY. 


Dote. 
Tinctura  Chiratse 

—  Cimicifuga 

—  Cinchonas 

• —  Valerianae 

Ammoniata 

—  Quassia \-     *4—2fi3;     2.00—  8.00  c.c. 

—  Quillaja 

—  Hydrastis 

—  Serpentaria 

—  Krameria 

—  Catechu  Composita  .     .      •     .     . 

-Cubebae 1     ^_3fl3;     2.oo— 12.00  c.c. 

—  Sanguinarise J 

—  Tolutana 

—  Croci 

—  Humuli 

-Cinnamomi          ,  4.00-  8.00  c.c. 

—  Aurantn  Dulcis 

—  Galla 

—  Aurantii  Amari 

—  Cardamomi 

—  Rhei  Aromatica I — 3&3;     4.00— 12.00  c.c. 

—  Cinchonas  Composita          .     . 

—  Rhei i— 46*3;     4.00— 15.00  c.c. 

—  Calendula 

—  Aloes  et  Myrrhre I— 2)4  fi^;  4.00— 10.00 c.c. 

—  Calumbae 

— —  xiyoscyami     .......  a  —       .  ^^^     r  P  r\f\r-  r- 

J      J  L       i — 4    113,    4.00     I5.00C.C. 

—  Sum  1  ail 

—  Gentianae  Composita     .... 

-Bryonia         |                            8. 00-15.00  c.c. 

—  Cardamomi  Composita  .     .     .     .  J 

—  Rhei  Dulcis ^ — i    fl^;    8.00 — 3O.ooc.c. 

—  Matico YZ — i    6*3515.00 — 30.00C.C. 

—  Vanillaa Flavoring. 

—  Pyrethri Externally. 

Triturationes  (Triturations). — Solid  preparations  made  by 
triturating  a  medicinal  substance  with  a  definite  percentage  of 
sugar  of  milk  (Saccharum  Lactis).  The  U.  S.  P.  contains  one: 

Dose. 

Trituratio  Elaterini yz  to  I  gr.  ;  .O3-.o6  gm. 


PHARMACOPCEIAL    PREPARATIONS    AND    DOSES.  35 

Trochisci  (Troches). — Solid  preparations,  usually  in  flat- 
tened form,  consisting  of  one  or  more  medicinal  substances 
mixed  with  sugar  or  extract  of  liquorice  and  held  in  form  by  the 
addition  of  mucilage.  Fifteen  are  official  in  U.  S.  P. 

Examples  :  Trochisci  Catechu,  Trochisci  Sodii  Bicarbonatis.  The  dose  of 
each  is  from  I  to  6  troches  in  the  course  of  the  day.  ] 

Unguenta  (Ointments).  —  [Unctuous  preparations,  either 
soft  or  solid  at  ordinary  temperatures,  but  liquid  upon  being 
rubbed  upon  the  skin.]  They  are  generally  spread  over  the  skin, 
or  may  be  rubbed  into  it.  They  are  only  intended  for  external 
use.  The  basis  is  either  lard,  olive  oil,  expressed  oil  of  almond, 
lard  oil,  wax,  suet,  spermaceti,  or  paraffin.  When  it  is  required 
that  the  active  ingredient  should  be  absorbed,  lard,  which  melts 
at  about  the  temperature  of  the  body,  or  hydrous  wool  fat,  is 
the  best  basis ;  when  the  ointment  is  required  for  sores,  paraffin 
is  a  good  basis,  as  it  only  softens  a  little  at  the  temperature  of 
the  body.  In  hot  countries,  if  the  ointment  would  otherwise  be 
too  soft,  the  basis  may  be  replaced  by  indurated  lard,  prepared 
suet,  white  or  yellow  wax.  Benzoinated  lard  is  often  used  to 
prevent  decomposition.  [Twenty -seven  are  official  in  U.  S.  P. 

Examples:  Unguentum  Hydrargyri,  Unguentum  lodi.] 

Vina. — Wines  are  weak  tinctures,  [the  drug  being  extracted 
with  white  wine,  containing  twenty  to  twenty-five  per  cent,  by 
weight  of  absolute  alcohol.] 

Dose. 

Vinum  [Opii 3 — 20^;  .20 —  i.aoc.c. 

—  Colchici  Radicis 5 — 15  ^  ;  .30 —  i.ooc.c. 

—  Antimonii 5 — 60 ™l ;  .30 —  4.00  c.c. 

—  Ipecacuanhse I — ooTfl;  .06 — 4.00  c.c. 

—  Colchici  Seminis 10 — 30 '"I;  .60 —  2.00  c.c. 

—  Ferri  Citratis I — 2  fig;  4.00 —  S.ooc.c. 

—  Ergotse ") 

-  Ferri  Amarum I    l~^  3  '•  4.oo-i5.ooc.c. 

—  Album as  menstruum. 

—  Rubrum " 

—  Aromaticum as  lotion.  ] 


36  PHARMACY. 

With  Vinum  Antimonii  and  Vinum  Ipecacuanhae  the  dose  depends  upoiv 
the  purpose  for  which  the  drug  is  used. 

The  following  preparations  [not  occurring  in  the  U.  S.  P.]  are  used  : 

Abstracta.  —  [(Abstracts)  solid,  dry,  powdered  extracts  of  double  the 
strength  of  the  crude  drug.  They  are  prepared  by  spontaneous  evaporation 
of  an  alcoholic  tincture  at  a  low  temperature,  mixing  with  it  enough  Sugar  of 
Milk  to  make  the  product  weigh  one-half  of  the  original  weight  of  the  drug, 
and  then  reducing  it  to  a  fine  powder.] 

Bougies. — Solid  cylinders  impregnated  with  various  drugs,  and  used  for 
introduction  into  the  urethra,  [  uterus,]  or  nose.  They  are  made  either  of 
gelatin  (to  be  dipped  in  warm  water  before  use)  or  cacao  butter  (to  be  dipped 
in  oil  before  use). 

Cachets,  made  of  wafer  paper,  consist  of  two  watch-glass  shaped  halves, 
enclosing  the  drug,  which  adhere  when  moistened.  The  cachet  is  swallowed, 
and  thus  nauseous  drugs  are  not  tasted. 

Capsules,  [usually  made  of  gelatin,  are  also  used  for  enclosing  medicines 
so  that  they  shall  not  be  tasted,  and  they  are  now  made  for  containing  both 
solid  and  liquid  substances.  They  are  either  soft  and  elastic  or  hard.  The 
"  empty  capsule"  is  of  the  hard  form  and  is  made  in  two  parts,  the  body  to 
be  rilled  when  required  for  use,  and  the  cap  to  fit  tightly  over  it  when  filled]. 
Pills,  cachets  and  capsules  should  be  immediately  followed  by  enough  water  to 
wash  them  down. 

Cataplasm ata  [(Poultices). — Soft,  pasty  masses  used  as  a  medium  for 
the  external  and  local  application  of  a  moist  heat,  with  or  without  the  addition 
of  active  medicaments.  Any  bland  substance  which  will  retain  its  heat  and 
moisture  for  a  long  time  is  applicable  for  this  purpose,  a  little  oil  or  glycerin 
being  often  added  to  prevent  caking.  The  substances  chiefly  used  are  flax- 
seed,  elm  bark,  bread  and  milk,  bran,  and  oatmeal. 

To  make  a  poultice  properly,  the  bowl  in  which  it  is  mixed,  the  water,  the 
spatula  for  mixing  and  spreading  the  flannel  or  cheese-cloth  on  which  it  is 
laid,  must  all  be  as  hot  as  possible.  The  meal  should  be  added  gradually 
to  the  boiling  water,  which  is  continually  stirred.  It  should  not  be  spread  so 
thick  as  to  make  it  inconveniently  heavy.  ] 

Cigarettes. — The  drug  replaces  the  tobacco  of  an  ordinary  cigarette. 

Clysters. — [Another  name  for  Enemata.  ] 

Collunaria. — Fluids  used  as  nasal  douches.  [This  term  is  rarely  used  in 
the  United  States.] 

Collyria. — Fluids  used  as  eye  washes. 

Cremora. — [Obsolete  in  the  United  States.]  Creams  are  preparations 
having  glycerin,  vaseline,  or  some  substance  as  a  basis,  and  used  for  external 
application. 

[Enemata  (Enemas). — Liquids  intended  for  injection  into  the  rectum  and 
designed  to  act  medicinally,  to  evacuate  the  bowel  mechanically,  or  to  serve 
as  nutrients.]  When  their  object  is  to  empty  the  bowel,  they  are  large  in 
bulk,  to  to  20  fl  3  [300  to  600  c.c.]  ;  when  it  is  wished  that  they  should  be 


PHARMACEUTICAL    PREPARATIONS    AND    DOSES.  37 

retained,  they  are  small  in  bulk,  2  to  5  fl  ^  [60  to  150  c.c.  ],  and  after  injec- 
tion a  towel  may  be  pressed  against  the  anus.  Mucilage,  made  with  starch, 
is  a  good  basis. 

[Essentiae  (Essences). — Preparations  of  B.  P.  corresponding  to  Spirits, 
U.  S.  P.,  but  of  20  per  cent,  strength.] 

Fomenta. — Fomentations  consist  of  flannels  wrung  out  in  hot  water,  to 
which  drugs  may  or  may  not  have  been  added. 

Gargarismata  (Gargles)  are  fluid  preparations  for  gargling. 

Granules  are  small  pills. 

Guttae  [(Drops). — In  England  this  term  is  used  to  designate  liquid] 
preparations  to  be  dropped  jnto  the  eye. 

Haustus  (Draught). — This  term  is  used  when  only  a  single  dose  of  a  fluid 
preparation  is  required. 

[Injectiones  (Injections). — These  are  of  two  kinds,  Rectal  (see  Enemata), 
and  Hypodermatic.  The  latter  are  highly  concentrated  solutions  intended  for 
use  by  means  of  a  hypodermatic  needle.  (See  p.  38.) 

Inhalations. — A  common  name  for  Vapors.] 

Insufflationes. — Powdered  medicines  or  medicated  powders  designed  for 
blowing  into  the  [nares],  larynx  or  throat. 

Lamellae  (B.  P.). — Small,  thin  discs  made  with  gelatin  and  glycerin,  and 
used  to  drop  into  the  eye.  They  each  weigh  ^th  of  a  grain  [.0013  gm.]. 

Lanolinum  is  an  ointment  having  hydrous  wool  fat  as  a  basis. 

Linctus. — [(Never  used  in  the  United  States.)  A  sweet  mixture  of  a 
thick,  syrupy  consistence.]  It  is  to  be  swallowed  slowly,  being  retained  some 
time  in  the  mouth. 

[Lotiones  (Lotions). — Liquid,  usually  aqueous  preparations  for  external 
use,  commonly  applied  upon  lint  or  muslin]. 

Mollinum. — An  ointment  having  for  its  basis  mollin,  a  superfatted  soap. 
It  is  readily  absorbed,  and  also  readily  washed  off  with  water. 

Nebulae  [Sprays]. — Solutions  sprayed  into  the  throat  by  means  of  an 
atomizer. 

[Oxymellita. — Mellita  containing  acetic  acid.] 

Paste. — A  preparation  to  be  applied  as  an  ointment. 

Pastillus  (Pastils). — [A  name  often  applied  to  troches,  and  in  England 
limited  to]  those  having  glyco-gelatin  as  a  basis. 

Perles  are  small  pills. 

Pessus. — Pessaries  are  solid  preparations  made  like  suppositories  for  in- 
troduction into  the  vagina.  [This  term  is  rarely  used  in  the  United  States.] 

Pigmentum  (A  paint). — A  [liquid]  preparation  adapted  for  painting  on 
the  skin,  throat,  etc. 

Succi  [(Juices). — Expressed  vegetable  juices  preserved  by  the  addition 
of  a  definite  proportion  of  alcohol.] 

Tabellae. — (Tablets  or  Tabloids,  [the  latter  of  British  usage].)  Solid, 
disc-like  or  lenticular  bodies  made  by  compression.  ["Tablet  triturates" 
are  composed  of  drugs  which  have  been  triturated  before  compression.]  They 


3  PHARMACOLOGY   AND   THERAPEUTICS. 

are  very  popular,  but  are  often  useless,  for  they  may  be  so  hard  and  insoluble 
that  they  are  found  in  the  faeces  quite  unaltered.  [Tablets  should  always  be 
prescribed  extemporaneously  and  freshly  made.] 

Vapores. — [Liquid  preparations  intended  for  administration  by  inhalation 
in  form  of  vapor.] 

Vaselinum. — This  term  [in  England]  is  applied  to  an  ointment  of  which 
the  base  is  vaseline. 

PHARMACOLOGY  AND  THERAPEUTICS. 

Before  describing  the  actions  and  uses  of  drugs  we  must  con- 
sider the  manner,  quantity  and  form  in  which  to  give  them. 

MODES  OF  ADMINISTRATION  OF  DRUGS. 

(a)  Into  the  blood-vessels  by  injection.  This  method  is  rarely  used  in 
man,  excepting  for  transfusion  of  physiological  saline  solution  (a  teaspoonful 
of  common  salt  to  the  pint  of  sterilized  water  at  the  temperature  of  the  body) 
in  cases  of  great  loss  of  blood. 

(6)  Into  the  subcutaneous  tissues  by  hypodermatic  injection.  The  skin 
of  the  patient,  where  it  is  lax,  should  be  raised  between  the  thumb  and  fore- 
finger of  the  operator's  left  hand  ;  the  skin  of  the  external  surface  of  the  fore- 
arm is  often  selected.  In  his  right  hand  he  takes  a  perfectly  clean  syringe 
containing  the  quantity  of  fluid  to  be  injected,  and  fitted  with  an  aseptic, 
hollow,  silver  needle,  which  is  thrust  under  the  raised  piece  of  skin,  but  not 
into  the  muscles,  for  about  an  inch,  care  being  taken  to  avoid  wounding  a 
vein.  The  syringe  is  slowly  emptied,  then  withdrawn,  and  the  thumb  pressed 
lightly  upon  the  seat  of  injection  for  a  few  seconds.  The  advantage  of  this 
method  is  that  the  drug  is  surely  and  quickly  absorbed.  The  fluid  used  must 
not  contain  solid  particles,  nor  be  irritating,  or  abscesses  will  result ;  it  must 
be  aseptic,  and  therefore,  if  it  is  not  freshly  prepared,  it  may  contain  a  little 
carbolic  acid — or,  better  still,  boric  acid,  for  this  is  non-poisonous  and  non- 
irritating.  The  bulk  injected  should,  if  possible,  be  about  five  minims;  [.30 
c.c.].  For  injections  that  are  not  in  constant  use  it  is  advisable  to  keep  the 
drugs  in  the  form  of  [soluble  tablets  or]  lamellae,  and  to  dissolve  one  in  a  few 
minims  of  water  as  required. 

(f)  Into  serous  cavities  by  injection.  This  method  is  rarely  used  in 
man  except  when  the  object  is  antiseptically  to  wash  out  a  serous  cavity,  as 
the  pleura  which  has  been  opened,  or  to  produce  adhesive  inflammation,  as  in 
the  injection  of  irritants  into  the  tunica  vaginalis. 

(</)  Into  mucous  cavities. — Drugs  are  most  frequently  given  by  the 
mouth,  to  be  absorbed  from  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  stomach  or  intestines, 
but  the  rate  of  absorption  is  much  slower  than  from  the  subcutaneous  tissue, 
and  will  depend  upon  whether  the  drug  is  readily  soluble  in  the  gastro-intes- 
tinal  secretions,  and  whether  it  is  given  on  an  empty  stomach,  in  which  ca^e 
it  will  be  quickly  absorbed  ;  or  on  a  full  one,  when  it  will  be  slowly  absorbed. 


MODES    OF    ADMINISTRATION    OF    DRUGS.  39 

[When  it  is  intended  that  the  drug  shall  act  only  in  the  intestine,  pills,  made 
purposely  insoluble  in  the  gastric  fluids,  are  administered.]  Some  drugs,  given 
by  the  mouth  and  absorbed  from  the  stomach,  probably  never  reach  the  general 
circulation,  as  they  are  excreted  in  the  bile  by  the  liver.  The  drug  must  be  in 
a  pleasant,  palatable  form,  and  generally  so  combined  as  not  to  irritate. 

Drugs  are  sometimes  given  by  the  rectum — in  a  solid  form  as  supposi- 
tories, in  a  liquid  form  as  enemata  or  clysters  ;  but  they  are  not  dissolved 
nor  absorbed  here  so  quickly  as  in  the  upper  part  of  the  gastro-intestinal 
canal. 

For  local  effects  they  may  be  given  by  the  urethra  or  vagina  (injections, 
bougies,  pessaries),  or  by  the  respiratory  passages  (inhalations,  cigar- 
ettes, sprays  or  nebulae  for  inhalations ;  insufflations  for  blowing  into 
the  throat  and  larynx  ;  pigmenta,  gargarismata,  trochisci,  for  a  local  effect 
on  the  mouth  and  pharynx  ;  nasal  douches  for  the  nose).  For  sprays  an 
atomizer  is  required.  Sometimes  volatile  drugs,  as  chloroform  or  amyl  nitrite, 
are  inhaled  for  their  general  effect. 

(e)  By  the  skin. — Some  drugs  may  be  absorbed  from  the  skin  if  mixed 
with  some  fatty  substance,  [especially  hydrous  wool  fat.]  In  this  way  mer- 
cury may  be  absorbed  by  being  rubbed  in  ;  but  drugs  are  chiefly  applied  to 
the  skin  as  ointments,  plasters,  etc.,  for  their  local  effect. 

[Some  drugs  may  be  absorbed  from  the  skin  when  they  are  volatilized.  In 
this  way  mercury  is  introduced  into  the  system  by  fumigation.] 

They  are  also  applied  to  the  eye  and  ear  as  drops  and  washes. 


The  study  of  doses  is  termed  Posology.     In  determining  the  dose  the 
following  considerations  have  to  be  borne  in  mind  : 

1.  Age. — The  adult  dose  is  that  for  a  person  between  twenty  and  sixty 
years  old.     [For  women  the  dose  should  be  somewhat  smaller  than  for  men.] 

For  children  under  twelve,  add  twelve  to  the  age,  and  divide  the  age 
by  the  number  thus  obtained.     Thus,  for  a  child  aged  eight  the  dose  will  be 

8  2 

—  =     of  an  adult  dose.     From  twelve  to  sixteen  years  from  £  to  i  the 
a  -(-  12       5 

adult  dose  is  required,  and  from  seventeen  to  twenty  years  from  £  to  |.  There 
are  exceptions  to  this  rule  for  individual  drugs  ;  e.g.,  children  take  iron,  cod 
liver  oil,  arsenic,  and  chloral  hydrate  very  well,  but  they  can  take  only  very 
small  doses  of  opium.  [Cowling's  rule — divide  age  at  next  birthday  by 
twenty-four — requires  rather  less  calculation  and  is  generally  of  sufficient 
exactness.] 

Above    sixty   years  of  age    the   dose   should   slightly   diminish   as   age 
increases. 

2.  Weight. — In  pharmacological  experiments  the  dose  should  always  be 
expressed  as  a  proportion  of  the  weight  of  the  animal.     In  man  the  weight  is 
not  often  considered,  for  it  depends  so  much  upon  bone  and  fat,  which  are  not 
active  tissues. 


4O  PHARMACOLOGY   AND   THERAPEUTICS. 

3.  Habit. — A  man  who  is  constantly  under  the  action  of  a  drug  becomes 
very  insusceptible  to  it.      Thus  an  opium-eater  requires  enormous  doses  of 
opium  to  produce  any  effect.     A  person  who  habitually  takes  purgatives  re- 
quires very  strong  ones  to  open  the  bowels. 

4.  Idiosyncrasy. — The  susceptibility  to  drugs  varies  very  much.     Some 
persons  are  salivated  by  minute  doses  of  mercury,  others  bear  it  very  well,  and 
there  is  hardly  a  drug  to  which  some  people  are  not  exceptionally  indifferent 
or  susceptible. 

5.  Time  of  Administration.— Drugs  all  act  to  greatest  advantage  when 
given  so  that  their  effect  will  be  produced  at  its  natural  time.     Thus  soporifics 
act  best  when  given  in  the  evening,  slowly  acting  purgatives  when  given  over- 
night, quickly  acting  ones  when  given  before  breakfast,  ergot  when  given  dur- 
ing labor.      [Drugs  which  are  readily  decomposed  by  the  contents  of  the  stom- 
ach should  be  given  when  that  viscus  is  empty,  preferably  a  half  hour  before 
the  meal  time.  ] 

6.  Mode  of  Administration. — We  have  seen  that  drugs  are  rapidly  ab- 
sorbed from  the  subcutaneous  tissues.     Therefore  a  smaller  dose  is  required  for 
subcutaneous  injection  than  when  the  same  drug  is  given  by  the  stomach,  for 
absorption  is  slow  from  the  upper  gastro-intestinal  tract.     It  is  slower  still  from 
the  rectum  [therefore,  to  produce  effects  more  immediately,  the  dose  must  be 
larger].     Also  certain  drugs  are  excreted  by  the  liver  or  destroyed  in  it  when 
given  by  the  stomach.     Absorption  takes  place  quickly  from  an  empty,  slowly 
from  a  full  stomach. 

7.  Mental  Emotion.  —  Sometimes  if  the  patient's  mind  is  particularly 
fixed  on  the  action  of  the  drug,  a  small  dose  is  powerful.     For  example,  often 
if  the  patient  is  convinced  he  will  sleep,  a  very  small  dose  of  morphine  is  all 
that  may  be  required. 

8.  Temperature. — As  the  action  of  the  drug  on  the  organism  is  often 
partly  chemical,  the  temperature  must,  in  cold-blooded  animals  and  excised 
structures,  as  muscle,  etc.,  help  to  determine  its  action  ;  but  the  temperature  of 
man  varies  within  so  few  degrees  that  this  is  not  an  important  factor  in  medicine. 

9.  Preparation  of  Drug. — A  smaller  dose  of  a  soluble  preparation,  as  a 
tincture,  will  be  required  than  of  a  solid  preparation,  as  a  pill,  which  will  have 
to  be  slowly  dissolved  before  absorption  [although  in  the  latter  case  much  de- 
pends upon  the  process  of  manufacture]. 

10.  Rate  of  Excretion. — It  is  obvious  that,  other  things  being  equal,  for 
prompt  action  a  smaller  dose  will  be  required  of  a  drug  that  is  rapidly  excreted 
than  of  one  which  is  slowly  excreted.      [It  is  also  true  that,  in  order  to  main- 
tain a  continuous  effect  from  drugs  which  are  rapidly  excreted,  the  doses  must 
be  repeated  at  shorter  intervals.] 

ii.  Cumulative  Action.  —  Sometimes  it  is  found  that  if  a  person  has 
been  taking  a  drug  regularly,  but  without  the  production  of  any  poisonous 
symptoms,  these  will  suddenly  develop.  This  is  said  to  be  due  to  the  cumula- 
tive action  of  the  drug.  It  may  be  caused  by  the  following  circumstances  : 

(a)  The  drug  may  be  absorbed  more  rapidly  than  it  is  excreted.     This  is 


PRESCRIBING.  41 

the  cause  of  the  cumulative  action  of  mercury  and  lead,  both  of  which  are 
excreted  with  difficulty  by  the  kidney. 

(l>)  There  may  be  a  sudden  arrest  in  the  excretion  of  the  drug.  It  is 
probable  that  digitalis  and  strychnine,  when  the  quantity  of  them  in  the  tissues 
reaches  a  certain  amount,  contract  the  renal  vessels,  and  hence  excretion  is 
arrested. 

(c)  It  is  possible  that,  owing  to  an  alteration  in  the  intestinal  contents,  a 
drug  which  was  previously  very  slowly  dissolved  becomes  quickly  dissolved, 
and  hence  rapidly  absorbed. 

12.  Disease. — The  physiological  action  of  drugs,  and  consequently  the 
dose,  are  profoundly  modified  by  disease.  For  example,  a  patient  with  peri- 
tonitis will  bear  enormous  doses  of  opium.  Antipyretics,  which  do  not  affect 
normal  temperature,  powerfully  depress  a  febrile  temperature. 

[The  tendency  of  modern  therapeutics  is  towards  smaller  and  more  fre- 
quently repeated  doses.  ] 

PRESCRIBING. 

The  more  complex  prescriptions  consist  of — 

(1)  The  Basis,  or  principal  active  ingredient  [curare\. 

(2)  The  Adjuvans,  or  that  which  assists  its  action  \_cito\. 

(3)  The  Corrigens,  or  that  which  corrects  its  operation  \_tuto~\. 

(4)  The  Constituens,  vehicle,  or  excipient,  which  imparts  an  agreeable 
form  [jucunde\. 

Thus -the  object  of  every  prescription  is  to  cure  quickly,  safely  and  pleas- 
antly. For  example  [in  Pilula  Rhei  Composita  the  rhubarb  is  the  basis,  the 
aloes  and  myrrh  form  the  adjuvans,  and  the  oil  of  peppermint  is  the  corrigens 
to  prevent  the  griping].  In  Mistura  Cretse  the  cinnamon  water  is  the  vehicle. 
Many  drugs  do  not  require  anything  to  assist  their  action  or  correct  their  op- 
eration. [The  scientific  physician  usually  prefers  to  administer  the  remedies 
separately,  in  order  to  more  accurately  observe  their  effect,  and  as  well  to  dis- 
continue, or  change  the  dose  of,  any  one  which  may  be  necessary.] 

Incompatibility  of  ingredients  should  be  particularly 
avoided  in  prescriptions.  There  are  three  kinds  of  incompatibility: 

(a)  Chemical  Incompatibility ;  e.g.,  Glucosides  should  not  be  ordered 
with  free  acids,  which  decompose  them  ;  nor  Alkaloids  or  Alkaloidal  Salts 
with  alkalies,  alkaline  salts,  tannic  acid,  iodides,  or  bromides,  for  they  precipi- 
tate them. 

Examples  of  chemical  incompatibility  are  the  prescribing  of  (i)  tannic  acid 
or  substances  containing  it  with  alkaloids  or  metallic  salts,  especially  those  of 
iron  ;  (2)  vinegars  or  syrups  containing  acetic  acid  prescribed  with  carbonates 
lead  to  the  evolution  of  carbon  dioxide ;  (3)  strychnine  sulphate  is  decomposed 
by  potassium  bromide,  and  strychnine  is  precipitated  ;  (4)  chloral  hydrate  and 
alkalies  form  chloroform  ;  (5)  quinine  sulphate  and  potassium  acetate  together 
cause  a  voluminous  precipitate  of  quinine  acetate  ;  (6)  lime  water  with  mer- 


42 


PHARMACOLOGY    AND    THERAPEUTICS. 


cury  salts  (this  incompatibility  is  intentional  in  Lotio  Nigra  and  Lotio  Flava), 
precipitates  mercuric  oxides;  it  decomposes  carbonates  and  bicarbonates  of 
alkalies  ;  it  precipitates  solutions  of  quinine  and  morphine  salts;  (7)  corrosive 
mercuric  chloride  is  incompatible  with  most  substances. 

The  following  table,  drawn  up  by  Potter  \_Materia   Medic  a,  Pharmacy  and 
Therapeutics,  jth  Ed.,  p.  540]  shows  the  most  important  instance* 
of  solutions  which  mutually  precipitate  each  other.      The  letter  "  /"' 
means  "forms  a  precipitate  with" 


a 

JO 

a 

0     . 

IH 

O 

g 

£ 
1 

umin 

3—  • 

s  * 

*«J 

r^        * 

3  jj. 

•3J 

u  . 

sr  . 

<-2 

SOLUTIONS  OF 

3% 

C/)  t, 
—   C 

"e5 

8* 

Sj2 
wlS 

o  **> 

0   M 

a  oa 

I 

O  o 

3~ 

s 

p 
1 

_3 

_3 

_3 

"o 

Alkalies  

p 

p 

p 

P 

P 

Tannic  acid  

p 

p 

p 

p 

Carbonic  acid  and  Carbonates    .     . 

P 

p 

P 

P 

P 

Sulphuric  acid  and  Sulphates     . 

p 

P 

Phosphoric  acid  and  Phosphates     . 

P 

p 

P 

P 

P 

. 

Boric  acid  and  Borates     .... 

p 

p 

p 

Hydrochloric  acid  and  Chlorides    . 

p 

Hydrobromic  acid  and  Bromides 

p 

Hydriodic  acid  and  Iodides  .     .     . 

p 

p 

Sulphides                                            . 

p 

p 

Arsenical  Preparations     .... 

p 

p 

Albumin            

p 

p 

With  the  following  drugs  it  is  particularly  difficult  to  avoid  chemical 


incompatibility. 
Antipyrin. 
Chlorine  in  solution. 
Liquid  preparations  of  Iron. 
Lead  salts. 
Zinc  salts. 
Silver  salts. 
Corrosive  Mercuric  Chloride 

(especially). 
Iodine  and  the  Iodides. 
All  Bromides. 


Potassium  Permanganate. 

Potassium  Acetate. 

Nitrites. 

Tannic  Acid. 

Gallic  Acid. 

Acidum  Hydrocyanicum  Dilutum. 

Mineral  Acids. 

Liquor  Potassae. 

Quinine  Sulphate. 

Tincture  of  Guaiacum. 


Substances  rich  in  oxygen,  as  chlorates,  iodates,  permanganates,  picrates, 
nitrates  and  bichromates  should  not  be'mixed  with  readily  oxidizable  sub- 


PRESCRIBING.  43 

stances,  such  as  charcoal,  sulphur,  iodine,  carbolic  acid,  glycerin,  turpentine, 
and  organic  compounds  generally,  for  explosive  compounds  are  very  liable  to 
be  formed. 

Poisonous  compounds  may  be  formed  by  the  admixture  of  substances 
in  solution:  e.g.,  potassium  chlorate  and  the  syrup  of  ferrous  iodide  liberate 
iodine ;  diluted  hydrocyanic  acid  and  calomel  form  mercuric  cyanide ;  potas- 
sium chlorate  and  potassium  iodide  form,  at  the  temperature  of  the  body,  a 
poisonous  compound,  probably  potassium  iodate.  Death  has  occurred  owing 
to  patients  having  taken  some  of  these  careless  prescriptions. 

If,  in  a  mixture,  incompatibles  are  inevitable,  they  should  both  be  diluted 
with  the  vehicle  before  they  are  added  to  each  other.  The  careful  prescriber 
will  avoid  combining  any  of  the  above  incompatible  substances. 

(&)  Physical  Incompatibility. — This  occurs  when  the  mixture  of  the  sub- 
stances will  not  form  a  clear  solution  ;  e.g.,  insoluble  powders  and  oils  will  not 
mix  with  water,  the  addition  of  which,  to  some  spirits  and  all  resinous  tinctures, 
and  to  [fluid]  extract  of  male  fern  causes  a  precipitate  ;  if  an  acid  mixture  is 
flavored  with  liquorice,  the  acid  precipitates  glycyrrhizin  ;  an  alcoholic  solu- 
tion added  to  chloral  hydrate  causes  all  the  chloral  to  rise  to  the  top. 

In  such  cases  the  aqueous  solution  may  be  thickened  so  that  the  precipitate 
is  suspended  in  it  to  form  an  emulsion,  but  even  then  the  mixture  must  be 
shaken  before  a  dose  is  taken.  Mucilage  of  acacia,  freshly  made,  is  the 
best  emulsifying  agent.  The  substances  incompatible  with  it  are  mentioned 
on  p.  22.  It  should  be  made  perfectly  fresh.  The  addition  of  a  little  almond 
oil  improves  its  appearance. 

I  pt.  of  most  fixed  oils  requires  of  acacia  ^  pt.,  water  I  pt. 
i  pt.  of  balsam  of  Peru  "  2  "     i^ 

X  pt.  of  oil  of  turpentine         "  I  "I 

Tragacanth  [because  its  preparations  keep  better]  is  often  used  to  form  an 
emulsion  or  a  suspension,  and  sometimes  yolk  of  egg  or  milk  are  employed. 
Liquor  Potassae  much  facilitates  the  admixture  of  fixed  oils  and  water 
[although]  it  often  acts  chemically  on  the  ingredients  of  the  prescription. 
Tincture  of  senega  aids  the  emulsification  of  any  oil,  even  in  small  quantities, 
itl  x  ;  .60  c.c.,  being  sufficient  for  an  ounce  ;  30.  c.c.,  of  a  fixed  oil.  [Ex- 
tractum  quillajse,  one  grain;  .06  gm.,  dissolved  in  one  ounce;  30.  c.c.,  of 
water,  will  make  a  tolerably  permanent  emulsion  with  one  ounce  ;  30.  c.c.  of 
fixed  oil,  or  one  drachm;  4.  c.c.,  of  oleoresin.]  Magnesium  carbonate  is 
employed  to  aid  the  diffusion  of  an  oil  in  water  through  which  air  is  to  be  in- 
haled. Resinous  tinctures  require  an  emulsifying  agent  ;  an  equal  part  of 
mucilage  of  acacia  is  the  best.  The  suspension  of  oil  of  turpentine  in  mucilage 
of  acacia  is  a  very  common  non-official  example  of  an  emulsion. 

(t)  Pharmacological  Incompatibility ;  e.g.,  the  combination  of  purgatives 
with  astringents.  Sometimes  this  is  intentional,  as  in  the  occasional  addition 
of  atropine  to  a  hypodermatic  solution  of  morphine.  After  the  description  of 
each  drug,  those  that  are  incompatible  with  it  will  be  enumerated. 


44  PHARMACOLOGY  AND   THERAPEUTICS. 

THE  PRESCRIPTION. 

The  details  of  a  prescription  should  be  written  in  the  follow- 
ing order : 

Theyfrrf  part  is  the  Superscription,  which  is  the  sign  R ,  an  abbreviation 
for  Recipe,  "Take." 

The  second  part  is  the  Inscription,  consisting  of  the  names  of  the  drugs  in 
the  genitive  case  (the  vehicle  in  the  accusative  if  ad  is  used  with  it),  and  their 
doses  in  the  accusative. 

The  third  part  is  the  Subscription,  that  is  to  say,  the  directions  to  the  dis- 
penser. This  in  England  and  most  other  countries  is  written  in  Latin,  but  in 
France  it  is  in  the  language  of  the  country. 

The/ourtA  part  is  the  Signature,  that  is  to  say,  the  directions  to  the  patient 
(from  the  Latin  "  Signelur,"  let  it  be  labelled).  This  is  written  in  English. 

Theyf/?A  part  consists  of  the  [physician's]  name  or  initials  at  the  bottom 
on  the  right,  the  patient*  s  name  at  the  bottom  on  the  left,  and  under  it  the 
date ;  thus  : 

Superscription. — R . 

Inscription. — Tincturae  Ferri  Chloridi,  flj  iij  ;  [12.  c.c.],  (basis). 

Quininae  Hydrochloratis,  gr.  xxx  ;  [2.  gm.  ],  (adjuvans). 
Magnesii  Sulphatis,  ^ij;   [60.  gm.],  (corrigens). 
Glycerini,  fl  ^  ij ;  [60.  c.c.],  (corrigtns). 
Infusum  [Cinchonae],  ad  fl^  viij ;  [240.  c.c.],  (excipient). 
Subscription. — Fiat  mistura. 

Signature. — Take  one  table-spoonful  three  times  daily,  two  hours  after 
meals.  A.  B.  C.  (physician's  initials). 

William  Smith,  Esq.  (patient's  name). 

1 6th  June,  1901  (date). 

[On  the  continent  and  in  countries  where  the  metric  system  is  generally 
employed]  the  quantities,  either  of  fluids  or  solids,  are  expressed  in  grammes, 
so  that  the  abbreviation  is  omitted ;  [60.  meaning  60.  gm.  or  60.  c.c.  as  the 
substance  may  be  solid  or  liquid.  ] 

Abbreviations. — Although  abbreviations  are  objectionable,  yet  this  pre- 
scription could  be  written  thus  : 

R.     Tinct.  Fer.  Chlor.,  83 iij;  [12.  c.c.] 
Quin.  Hydrochlor.,  gr.  xxx.  ;  [2.  gm.] 
Mag.  Sulphat,  £ij  5  [°°-  g111-] 
Glycer.,  fl  J  ij  ;  [60.  c.c.] 
Inf.  [Cinch.]  ad  fl  J  viij  ;  [240.  c.c.] 
F.  m. 

S.     Take  one  table-spoonful  thrice  daily,  two  hours  after  meals. 
William  Smith,  Esq.  A.  B.  C. 

1 6th  June,  1901. 
S,  ts.  and/r.  are  abbreviations  for  semi,  a  half,  and  aa  for  ana,  of  each. 


THE   PRESCRIPTION.  45 

The  following  is  a  prescription  for  a  pill : 

R.   Extract!  Nucis  Vomicse,      gr.  ^  ;  [.015  gm.]. 
Extracti  Euonymi. 

Aloini,  aa  gr.  ss. ;   [.03  gm.]. 

Hydrargyri  Chloridi  [Mitis],  gr.  j.  ;  [.06  gm.  ]. 
Extractum  Hyoscyami,  ad  gr.  v-. ;  [.30  gm.]. 
Fiat  Pilula.  Mitte  24. 

[S.  ]     Take  one  immediately  before  dinner  every  evening. 
William  Smith,  Esq.  A.  B.  C. 

1 6th  June,  1901. 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  quantities  in  the  prescription  are  for  one  pill 
only,  and  the  [apothecary]  is  directed  to  send  24.  Often,  however,  the  pre- 
scription is  written  with  the  quantity  of  each  ingredient  necessary  to  make  the 
full  number  of  pills.  Thus  : 

R.   Extracti  Nucis  Vomicae,  gr.  vj.  ;  [.36  gm.]. 

Extracti  Euonymi. 

Aloini,  aagr.  xij.;    [.75  gm.]. 

Hydrargyri  Chloridi  [  Mitis  J,  gr.  xxiv. ;  [1.50  gm.]. 
Extractum  Hyoscyami,  ad  gr.  cxx.  ;  [8  gm.]. 

Fiat  Pilulse  24. 

[S.]  Take  one  immediately  before  dinner  every  evening. 
William  Smith,  Esq.  A.  B.  C. 

1 6th  June,  1901. 

Prescriptions  for  powders  are  also  written  in  either  way. 
The  medicine  may  be  prescribed  as  a  pill  when  it  is  required  that  the 
patient  shall  carry  it  about  with  him,  when  only  a  small  dose  is  needed,  when 
it  is  desirable  that  it  shall  act  slowly,  when  it  is  required  to  act  on  the  lower 
bowel,  when  it  is  insoluble  or  nauseous,  or  when  it  is  difficult  to  prescribe  in 
the  liquid  form.  Kaolin  is  the  best  basis  for  substances,  as  potassium  perman- 
ganate, which  are  decomposed  by  contact  with  organic  matter. 

Oils,  and  volatile,  deliquescent  or  bulky  substances  should  not  be  prescribed 
as  pills,  as  they  require  much  solid  excipient ;  nor  should  pills  be  used  for 
substances  required  to  act  immediately.  Insoluble  or  very  [disagreeable] 
powders  are  often  given  in  cachets. 

Abbreviations  should  be  employed  as  little  as  possible.  Serious  mistakes 
have  happened  because  the  abbreviations  have  been  ambiguous.  The  follow- 
ing are  especially  to  be  avoided  : 

Acid.    Hydroc.   (may  be  Acidum    Hydrochloricum  or  Acidum    Hydrocy- 

anicum). 

Ext.  CoL  (   "     "    Extractum  Col chici  or  Extractum  Colocynthidis). 

Hyd.  Chlor.        (    "     "   Calomel,  Corrosive  sublimate  or  Chloral  hydrate). 


46  PHARMACOLOGY   AND   THERAPEUTICS. 

Hyd.  (may  be  Hydrargyrum,  Hydras,  Hydriodas,  Hydrochloras 

or  Hydrocyanicus). 
Sulph.  (   "     "   Sulphur,  Sulphide,  Sulphate,  or  Sulphite). 

Sometimes  the  signature  is  written  in  Latin,  and  it  is  often  abbreviated.  A 
list  of  such  abbreviations  is  given  in  the  appendix. 

In  Great  Britain  [and  in  the  United  States]  it  is  always  understood,  unless 
otherwise  stated,  that  the  preparations  are  those  of  the  Pharmacopoeia. 

Ad. — The  prescriber  should  be  careful  in  deciding  whether  or  not  to  use 
this  word  before  the  vehicle.  If  it  had  been  left  out  in  the  prescription  given 
[on  p.  44],  the  bulk  of  the  mixture  would  have  been  nearly  10%  fluid  ounces ; 
[315.  c.c.],  and  the  amount  of  the  ingredients  in  each  dose  would  have  been 
less  than  was  intended. 

Dispensing  the  Prescription. — The  dispenser  should  bear  the  following 
rules  in  mind  :  (l)  Read  the  prescription  through  first.  (2)  Next  write  the 
directions,  so  that  they  have  time  to  dry.  (3)  Solution  by  heat  should  not  be 
used  if  more  of  the  salt  is  ordered  than  will  dissolve  in  cold  water.  In  such 
case  it  must  be  suspended.  (4)  With  fluids,  measure  them  in  such  an  order 
that  the  measuring  glass  shall  be  finally  rinsed  out  with  the  vehicle.  (5)  Use 
glass  scale  pans.  (6)  Clean  and  put  away  everything  directly  after  use. 
(7)  If  in  the  slightest  doubt  ask  the  prescriber.  (8)  If  finally  the  prescription 
contains  any  insoluble  matter,  label  "Shake  the  bottle."  (9)  If  the  medicine 
is  very  poisonous,  label  it  as  such  and  use  a  distinctive  bottle.  (10)  If  for 
outward  application  only,  [label  it  as  such].  (li)  In  dispensing  substances 
chemically  incompatible,  if  there  is  any  likelihood  that  the  new  body  formed 
is  dangerous,  communicate  with  the  prescriber  before  dispensing  (e.g.,  Potas- 
sium Iodide  prescribed  with  Spiritus  ./Etheris  Nitrosi  forms  free  iodine  ;  alka- 
loids are  precipitated  by  alkalies).  Should  there  be  no  such  reason  against 
dispensing  the  prescription  (e.g.,  Liquor  Potassae  and  Ferrum  Dialysatum), 
keep  the  incompatibles  as  far  apart  as  possible  by  diluting  each  with  the 
vehicle  before  mixing. 

PHARMACOLOGICAL  AND  THERAPEUTICAL  ACTIONS. 

When  the  action  of  a  drug  is  spoken  of,  the  physiological 
action  is  usually  understood. 

The  primary  action  is  that  due  to  the  unaltered  drug ;  e.g.,  the  emetic 
action  of  zinc  sulphate. 

The  secondary  action  is  that  due  to  compounds  formed  from  the  drug 
whilst  it  is  in  the  body  ;  e.g.,  the  antiseptic  effect  on  the  urine  of  Uva  Ursi 
taken  by  the  mouth  is  probably  due  to  the  fact  that  arbutin,  the  active  principle 
of  Uva  Ursi,  is  in  its  passage  througlf  the  kidney  decomposed  into  a  glucoside 
and  hydroquinone,  and  the  latter  is  a  powerful  antiseptic. 

The  direct  or  local  action  of  a  drug  is  that  produced  on  any  organ  with 


PHARMACOLOGICAL   AND   THERAPEUTICAL   ACTIONS.        47 

which  it  comes  in  contact ;  e.g. ,  the  cantharidin  in  cantharides,  in  being  ex- 
creted through  the  kidney,  causes  inflammation  of  it. 

The  indirect  or  remote  action  is  a  secondary  effect,  the  result  of  the 
direct  effect ;  e.g. ,  curare  paralyzes  the  respiratory  muscles,  consequently  the 
blood  becomes  venous,  and  therefore  convulsions  take  place.  In  this  case  the 
venosity  of  the  blood  and  the  convulsions  are  each  of  them  indirect  actions 
of  curare. 

It  is  clear  that  among  drugs  acting  on  the  same  parts,  the  total  effect  will 
depend  very  much  upon  which  part  is  first  affected.  For  example,  atropine 
and  curare  will  paralyze  motor  nerves,  but  atropine  first  affects  the  terminations 
of  the  vagus,  and  only  late  in  its  action  the  motor  nerves  of  the  voluntary  and 
respiratory  muscles  ;  hence  paralysis  and  asphyxia  are  late  symptoms,  and  a 
rapid  pulse  is  an  early  symptom.  Curare,  however,  early  affects  the  nerve- 
endings  of  the  voluntary  and  respiratory  muscles,  and  the  heart  towards  the 
end  ;  therefore  asphyxia  and  paralysis  occur  early,  and  a  rapid  pulse  is  a  late 
symptom. 

Relation  between  Chemical  Constitution  and  Physiological  Action. 
— There  is  no  doubt  that  the  physiological  action  of  a  drug  often  depends  upon 
its  chemical  constitution.  Naturally,  substances  which  are  broken  up  in  the 
body  in  such  a  way  as  to  lead  to  the  liberation  of  a  common  element  or  group 
will  have  a  similar  action.  Probably,  also,  the  action  of  a  drug  depends  upon 
electrolytic  dissociation  of  its  solutions. 

Instances  in  which  chemical  constitution  influences  action  are  the  similarity 
of  effects  of  nitrites,  the  fact  that  all  chlorides,  bromides,  and  iodides  of  ethane 
and  methane  are  anaesthetic,  the  similarity  of  action  of  the  iodides  of  many 
metals  and  the  similai  ity  of  action  of  bromides  of  many  metals. 

Substitution  of  one  radical  for  another  in  organic  compounds  often  strikingly 
modifies  their  action  ;  for  example,  if  strychnine,  brucine  and  thebaine  are 
converted  into  meihyl-strychnine,  methyl-brucine  and  methyl-thebaine,  the 
convulsive  action  of  each  of  the  first  three  substances  is  replaced  by  a  para- 
lyzing action.  The  effect  of  substitution  may  be  also  well  seen  in  the  various 
derivatives  of  atropine  and  cocaine,  and  in  the  relation  of  aconitine  to  benz- 
aconine  and  aconine.  Another  very  interesting  case  in  point  is  that  methyl- 
glucoside  is  sweet,  ethyl-glucoside  is  somewhat  sweet,  phenyl-glucoside  is 
bitter,  and  benzyl-glucoside  is  intensely  bitter. 

Sometimes  the  position  of  the  radicals  in  the  molecule  is  of  great  physio- 
logical importance ;  thus  resorcin  (metadihydroxy-benzene)  is  very  sweet, 
while  pyrocatechin  (orthodihydro-benzene)  is  bitter. 

Sometimes  the  atomic  weight  appears  to  influence  the  intensity  of  action, 
for  the  relative  toxicity  of  various  alcohols  is  as  follows  :  Methyl-alcohol,  O.8  ; 
ethyl-alcohol,  i.o ;  propyl-alcohol,  2.0;  butyl-alcohol,  3.0;  amyl-alcohol, 
4.0.  The  difficulty  of  the  whole  subject  is,  however,  so  great  that  it  is  impos- 
sible at  present  to  lay  down  laws  sufficiently  general  to  be  of  any  use  to  the 
beginner.  It  must  be  remembered  that  dissimilarity  of  action  is  often  more 
apparent  than  real,  for  it  may  be  due  to  varying  solubility,  digestibility,  rate 


48  PHARMACOLOGY   AND   THERAPEUTICS. 

of  absorption,  rate  of  elimination,  or  rate  of  osmosis,  also  to  the  organ  which 
happens  to  be  first  affected,  and  the  degree  to  which  the  drug  can  dissolve  the 
constituents  of  tissues. 

Drugs  may  be  classified  according  to  the  parts  on  which  they  act,  and 
before  describing  each  individual  drug,  a  classification  on  this  principle  will  be 
given. 

DIVISION  I. — DRUGS  ACTING  UPON  ORGANISMS  WHICH  INFECT  THE 
HUMAN  BODY,  OR  UPON  PROCESSES  GOING  ON  OUTSIDE  IT. 

Antiseptics  are  drugs  which  arrest  putrefaction,  either  by 
preventing  the  growth  of,  or  completely  destroying  the  micro- 
organism on  which  decomposition  depends.  Some  authors  limit 
the  use  of  the  word  to  those  drugs  which  [restrain  the  devel- 
opment] of  micro-organisms,  and  call  those  substances  which 
destroy  the  [vitality  of]  micro-organisms,  [germicides  or]  dis- 
infectants. [The  term  disinfectant,  by  extension,  is  applied  to 
those  agents  which  kill  non-pathogenic  bacteria  as  well  as  to  those 
which  destroy  disease  germs.] 

Statements  are  most  discordant  as  to  whether  certain  substances 
are  antiseptics,  and  as  to  the  strength  of  their  antiseptic  power. 
This  is  because  antiseptics  act  differently  on  different  organisms ; 
and  the  distinction  has  not  been  drawn  between  preventing  the 
growth  of,  and  destroying  micro-organisms.  Also  because  the 
power  of  antiseptics  depends  upon  the  temperature  at  which 
they  act,  the  medium  in  which  they  are  dissolved,  the  strength 
of  the  solution,  the  time  given  them  to  act,  and  the  number  of 
micro-organisms  present  in  the  substances  to  which  they  are 
added. 

To  properly  test  the  value  of  an  antiseptic  the  above  condi- 
tions must  be  noted.  All  instruments  and  substances — except  the 
fluid  containing  the  micro-organisms  to  be  tested — are  heated  so 
that  any  adventitious  micro-organisms  are  destroyed.  A  cultivat- 
ing medium,  such  as  agar-agar  jelly,  in  which  the  micro  organisms 
will  grow,  is  selected,  and  two  test-tubes,  each  containing  some 
of  it,  are  taken  ;  to  one  of  these  the  supposed  antiseptic  is  added. 
Some  fluid  containing  the  micro-organisms  is  then  added  to  both 
test-tubes ;  both  are  plugged  with  sterilized  cotton  to  prevent  the 
entrance  of  germs  from  the  air,  and  it  is  observed  whether  the 


DRUGS    ACTING    UPON    ORGANISMS    INFECTING   THE    BODY.       49 

micro-organisms  will  grow  in  the  tube  containing  no  antiseptic, 
but  not  in  that  containing  the  antiseptic.  As  the  power  of  an 
antiseptic  depends  on  so  many  circumstances,  no  exact  order  of 
their  potency  can  be  given,  but  roughly  the  more  powerful  are 
placed  first  in  the  following  list ;  the  last  are  very  feeble. 

1.  Heat. — This  is  the  best  antiseptic,  but  a  temperature  of  at  least  212°  F. 
[100°  C. ]  is  required.     After  an  infectious  fever,  clothing,  bedding,  etc.,  may 
be  heated  in  a  dry-air  chamber  to  between  200°  and  300°  F.  [93.5°  and  149° 
C.]  ;  or  what  is  far  better,  as  dry  air  does  not  penetrate  the  spores  nearly  so 
well  as  moist,  and  the  interior  of  the  rolls  of  fabrics  often  hardly  gets  heated 
at  all,  steam  under  pressure  may  be  driven  through  them.     Another  useful  way 
is  to  boil  the  infected  things  in  water.     Surgical  instruments  are  disinfected  in 
this  way  [but  one  per  cent,  of  washing  soda  (sodium  carbonate)  should  be 
added  to  the  water  to  prevent  their  rusting]. 

2.  Corrosive  Mercuric  Chloride. — A  solution  of  i  in  1000  is  constantly 
used  for  washing  hands,  and  for  many  other  purposes  connected  with  midwifery 
and  surgical  operations.      [For  most  uses  one  part  to  3  or  5000  of  water  or 
even  weaker,  is  the  limit  of  safety.     Gauze  of  the  strength  of  I  to  2000  will 
blister,  if  the  skin  is  damp. 

3.  Formaldehyde,  of  which  the  forty  per  cent,  solution  is  known  as  For- 
malin, has  extraordinary  power  as  a  surface  disinfectant,  greater  than  that  of 
any  known  substance.     It  is  especially  useful  for  the  disinfection  of  rooms  and 
their  contents  when  volatilized  from  a  specially  constructed  lamp.] 

4.  Chlorine  is,  as  a  rule,  too  irritating.     Chlorine  gas,  disengaged  by  the 
action  of  hydrochloric  acid  on  manganese  dioxide,  may  be  used  to  disinfect  a 
room,  the  windows,  chimneys  and  doors  of  which  are  sealed.       It  must  be 
remembered  that  it  attacks  and  bleaches  many  substances. 

5.  Chlorinated  Lime  [is  the  best  antiseptic  for  all  excreta  (Sternberg)]. 

6.  Bromine,  and,  7,  Iodine  are  rarely  used,  as  they  are  too  irritating. 

8.  Carbolic  acid  is  used  [but  infrequently.     If  surgical  instruments  have 
been  previously  sterilized,  the  use  of  carbolic  acid  indicates  a  distrust,  on  the 
part  of  the  surgeon,  of  his  assistants.] 

9.  Quinine,  and,  10,  Salicylic  acid  are  too  expensive  for  ordinary  use. 

11.  lodoform  is  commonly  used  to  dust  upon  wounds,  etc. 

12.  Boric  acid  is  used  for  many  surgical  purposes. 

13.  Zinc  chloride,  and,  14,  Potassium  permanganate,  are  much  used 
domestically. 

15.  Solution  of  Hydrogen  dioxide  is  the  ingredient  of  [various  popular 
disinfectants]. 

16.  Oleum  Eucalypti  is  used  in  surgery. 

17.  Sulphurous  acid,  disengaged  by  the  burning  of  sulphur,  is  used  to 
disinfect  rooms. 


5O  PHARMACOLOGY    AND    THERAPEUTICS. 

18.  Creosote,  ig.  Benzoin,  20.  Zinc  sulphate,  21.  Ferric  oxide,  22. 
Thymol,  23.  Alcohol,  24.  Balsam  of  Tolu,  25.  Balsam  of  Peru,  are  none 
of  them  much  used. 

26.  Lysol,  Creolin  [and  various  cresol  compounds]  are  not  pharmacopceial, 
but  they  are  powerful  and  much  employed. 

We  do  not  know  of  any  drugs  which,  when  taken  internally 
or  inhaled,  will  certainly  destroy  micro-organisms,  either  in  the 
gastro-intestinal  tract  or  respiratory  passages,  unless  they  are  suf- 
ficiently concentrated  to  be  fatal  to  the  patient.  Some  authori- 
ties, however,  consider  that  naphtol,  calomel,  and  some  other 
substances  will  destroy  many  varieties  of  micro-organisms  in  the 
stomach  and  intestines.  [The  fact  is  often  lost  sight  of  that  an 
infinitely  small  amount  of  a  remedy  which  could  not  be  admin- 
istered in  sufficient  amounts  to  destroy,  will  often  completely  in- 
hibit the  growth  of  micro-organisms,  and  thus  should  be  classed 
as  an  antiseptic.] 

Deodorants,  or  deodorizers,  are  substances  which  destroy 
disagreeable  smells.  There  are  too  many  for  enumeration. 
Many  antiseptics  are  deodorizers.  [Charcoal  is  often  called  a 
disinfectant,  but  it  is  merely  a  deodorizer ;  it  is  powerless  if  it 
is  wet.] 

Antizymotics. — This  is  a  word  sometimes  applied  to  drugs 
which  arrest  fermentation. 

Anthelmintics  are  drugs  which  kill  such  parasitic  worms  as 
infest  the  alimentary  canal.  Three  kinds  only  are  commonly 
met  with  in  the  temperate  zone. 

(1)  Tape- worm  (  Tania  solium  and  Tctnia  mediocanellafa}.     Anthelmin- 
tics :  [Aspidium]  (mostly  used),  Oleum  Terebinthinae,  [Kamala,]  Ctfsso, 
Granatum,  [and  Pepo.]. 

(2)  Round-worm  (Ascaris  lumbricoides).      Anthelmintics  :    Sanfonin, 
[and  Spi^elia  and  Senna.] 

(3)  Thread-worm   (Oxyuris  vermicularis}.      Anthelmintics:  Rectal  in- 
jections of  salt  water,  infusion  of  quassia,  solutions  of  iron  salts,  or  di- 
luted oil  of  turpentine.     It  is  doubtful  whether  these  drugs  (except  turpen- 
tine) relieve  the  patient  by  killing  the  thread-worms  which  inhabit  the  rectum, 
or  merely,  by  removal  of  mucus,  render  this  part  unfit  for  them.     [It  is  prob- 
able that  rectal  injections  are  useless.     Large  soap  and  water  enemata,  the 
patient  being  in  the  knee  chest  position,  give  the  best  results.     (Whittaker.)]. 


DRUGS   ACTING   ON    THE    BLOOD.  5  I 

Anthelmintics  for  the  tape  or  round-worm  should  be  given 
when  the  alimentary  tract  is  empty.  Hence  it  is  a  good  plan  to 
give  a  dose  of  castor  oil  a  few  hours  before  the  anthelmintic,  so 
as  to  ensure  that  the  drug  comes  in  contact  with  the  worm.  To 
expel  the  dead  parasite  a  purgative  should  be  given  a  few  hours 
after  the  anthelmintic.  [Castor  oil  should  not  be  used  if  aspidium 
has  been  administered.]  Purgatives  used  for  this  purpose  are 
called  Vermifuges.  Vermicide  is  a  term  sometimes  applied 
to  drugs  which  kill  intestinal  entozoa. 

Antiparasitics  or  parasiticides  are  substances  which  destroy 
parasites.  The  term  is  usually  applied  to  those  which  destroy 
parasites  infesting  the  skin. 

(1)  For  the  various  forms  of  tinea  the  following  are  used  :  Mercurial 
preparations,  especially  the  oleate,  tincture  of  iodine,  [glycerite]  of  carbolic 
acid,  an  ointment  of  pyrogallic  acid,  a  boric  acid  lotion,  a  salicylic  acid 
lotion,  acidum  sulphurosum,  [formaldehyde]  and  thymol;  and  if  the 
patches  are  small,  severe  irritants,  as  croton  oil,  cantharides,  and  chrysa- 
robin  ointment.      Tinea  versicolor  never  requires  severe  irritants. 

(2)  As  a  parasiticide  for  itch,  sulphur  ointment  is  generally  used.     Bal- 
sam of  Peru  and  [Styrax]  are  also  effectual. 

(3)  Pediculi  vestimentorum   will  be  killed   by  any  mild  parasiticide. 
Unguentum  Staphisagriae  [unofficial ;   i  part  powdered  seed,  2  parts  each, 
olive  oil  and  lard],  is  often  used. 

(4)  Pediculi  capitis  and  pediculi  pubis  are  also  easily  killed  by  mild 
parasiticides;  mercurials   are  commonly  employed,   so  also  is  Unguentum 
Staphisagriae. 

Antiperiodics  are  drugs  which  arrest  the  return  of  diseases 
which  recur  periodically.  Some,  and  probably  all,  act  as  direct 
poisons  to  the  micro-organism  causing  the  disease. 

They  are  cinchona  bark,  quinine  and  its  salts  (by  far  the  most  powerful), 
cinchonine,  arsenous  acid,  eucalyptus,  hydrastis,  salicin,  salicylic  acid 
[and  berberine].  They  are  used  for  all  forms  of  intermittent  fever  and 
neuralgia. 

DIVISION  II. — DRUGS  ACTING  ON  THE  BLOOD. 

A.  Drugs  acting  on  the  Plasma. — Many  substances  must 
after  absorption  exist  in  solution  in  the  plasma,  and  purgatives, 
diuretics  and  diaphoretics  must  alter  the  composition  of  the 
plasma  by  abstracting  substances  from  it ;  but  while  drugs  are 


$2         PHARMACOLOGY  AND  THERAPEUTICS. 

given  with  the  object  of  acting  on  the  plasma  it  is  in  order  to 
render  it  more  alkaline  :  we  know  no  drugs  which  will  make  it 
acid,  or  even  markedly  reduce  the  natural  alkalinity  of  the 
plasma,  as  the  mineral  acids  can  only  exist  in  it  in  the  form  of 
neutral  salts. 

The  alkalizers  of  the  plasma  are  salts  of — 

(1)  Potassium.  (4)  Lithium. 

(2)  Sodium.  (5)  Magnesium. 

(3)  Ammonium.  (6)  Calcium. 

This  is  approximately  the  order  of  their  alkalizing  power.  Potassium  is 
certainly  the  most  powerful,  while  calcium  is  very  feeble. 

The  citrates  and  tartrates  of  these  metals  are  decomposed  in 
the  plasma  into  alkaline  carbonates.  As  alkalies  unite  with 
uric  acid  and  form  soluble  urates,  they  are  given  with  the  hope 
that  this  will  occur  in  the  plasma.  The  diuretic  effect  of  the 
alkali  aids  the  excretion  of  the  urates. 

Therapeutics. — The  chief  use  of  alkalies  is  their  adminis- 
tration in  jjout,  in  which  disease  the  uric  acid  is  greatly  in  ex- 
cess in  the  plasma.  As  the  treatment  has  to  be  continued  for 
some  time,  a  preparation  which  does  not  [disturb]  digestion, 
such  as  potassium  citrate,  is  usually  preferred,  or  lithium  citrate, 
for  the  lithium  compound  of  uric  acid  is  very  soluble  in  water ; 
but  the  value  of  lithium  is  doubtful,  as  it  does  not  increase  the 
solubility  of  urates  in  the  plasma.  For  the  same  purpose  the 
[numerous]  natural  alkaline  waters  are  frequently  prescribed. 

In  lead-poisoning  the  lead  is  locked  up  in  the  tissues  in  a 
very  sparingly  soluble  form.  Potassium  iodide  was  given  be- 
cause some  authorities  believed  it  increased  the  solubility  of  lead 
in  the  plasma,  and  consequently  facilitated  its  excretion  by  the 
kidneys. 

Alkalies  have  been  largely  used  in  rheumatic  fever,  on  the 
assumption  that  there  is  a  deleterious  agent  in  the  plasma,  and 
that  its  solubility  is  increased  by  increasing  the  alkalinity  of  the 
plasma ;  but  this  treatment  has  now  been  abandoned  in  favor  of 
that  by  salicylates.  For  the  same  theoretical  reason  alkalies  have 
been  given  in  rheumatoid  arthritis. 


DRUGS    ACTING    ON    THE    BLOOD.  53 

Purgatives,  diaphoretics  and  diuretics  necessarily  alter 
the  composition  of  the  plasma,  and  are  largely  used  when  there 
is  much  oedema  of  any  part,  or  effusion  into  serous  cavities,  in 
the  hope  that  as  fast  as  these  remedies  drain  off  fluid  from  the 
plasma  it  will  be  replaced  by  that  which  is  effused  pathologically. 
Also  they  are  given  in  conditions,  as  uraemia,  in  which  it  is 
thought  that  there  are  poisons  in  the  blood,  in  order  that  their 
excretion  may  be  hastened. 

The  composition  of  the  plasma  can  also  be  altered  directly 
either  by  venesection  or  transfusion. 

B.  Drugs  acting  on  the  Red  Corpuscles. — The  most 
important  are  those  which  can  increase  the  amount  of  haemo- 
globin when  that  is  deficient.  Strictly  speaking,  all  these  have 
a  pathological  and  not  a  physiological  action,  for  we  know  of  no 
drugs  which  will  increase  the  amount  of  iron  in  perfectly  healthy 
blood.  These  drugs  are  called  hsematinics. 


They  are — 

(1)  Iron  and  its  salts. 

(2)  Arsenous  acid. 

(3)  Potassium  permanga- 

nate (doubtful). 


(4)  Copper  salts  ~| 

(5)  Hydrochloric  acid 

(6)  Potassium  salts 

(7)  Phosphorus 


j-  (doubtful). 


They  not  only  increase  the  quantity  of  haemoglobin  in  each 
corpuscle,  but  also  the  number  of  red  corpuscles.  Their  action  is 
much  aided  by  good  food,  fresh  air,  and  attention  to  the  general 
health,  and  especially  to  the  digestive  organs.  The  mode  of 
action  of  these  haematinics  is  very  obscure,  and  will  be  discussed 
under  each  drug.  Iron  is  by  far  the  most  important  and  effectual. 

Indirect  haematinics  are  drugs  which  benefit  the  patient 
by  removing  some  obvious  cause  for  his  deficiency  in  haemoglobin, 
or  anaemia,  as  it  is  generally  termed.  Such  are  mercury,  given 
for  syphilis,  quinine  for  ague,  etc. 

Alcohol  and  quinine  diminish  the  oxygenating  power  of  the  blood,  for 
they  render  oxy  haemoglobin  a  more  stable  compound  than  it  usually  is,  but 
their  action  in  this  direction  is  slight.  Citrates  and  tartrates  of  the  alkaline 
metals  are  partially  oxidized  to  carbonates  at  the  expense  of  the  oxygen  of  th«> 
red  blood-corpuscles. 


54  PHARMACOLOGY  AND   THERAPEUTICS. 

The  size  of  the  red  blood-corpuscles  is  said  to  be  diminished  by  carbon 
[dioxide],  quinine  and  morphine,  and  to  be  increased  by  oxygen,  hydrocyanic 
acid,  and  quinine  ;  and  their  number  is  said  to  be  increased  by  small  doses  of 
mercury. 

A  large  amount  of  sodium  chloride  causes  the  red  corpuscles  to  pass 
rapidly  through  the  walls  of  the  capillaries. 

Quinine  and  hydrocyanic  acid  diminish  the  ozonizing  power  of  the  blood. 

There  are  some  drugs  which  are  not  employed  therapeutically 
for  their  action  on  the  blood,  which  are  nevertheless  very  im- 
portant physiologically  and  toxicologically,  for  they  kill  by  alter- 
ing the  composition  of  the  haemoglobin,  thus  preventing 
its  uniting  with  oxygen.  Such  are  carbonic  oxide,  which  turns 
out  the  oxygen  from  oxyhaemoglobin,  hydrocyanic  acid,  which 
forms  cyano-haemoglobin,  and  potassium  chlorate.  Acetanilid, 
antipyrin,  phenacetin,  and  nitrites,  especially  amyl  nitrite,  con- 
vert the  haemoglobin  into  methaemoglobin ;  acetanilid,  amyl 
nitrite,  potassium  chlorate,  and  pyrogallic  acid  destroy  the  red 
corpuscles. 

Phosphorus,  arsenic,  hydrogen  [sulphide],  turpentine,  iodine,  and  sulphur 
also  reduce  oxyhaemoglobin.  Phosphorus  is  especially  destructive  to  the  blood. 

When  freshly  drawn  blood  is  exposed  to  the  air  its  oxidization  is  dimin- 
ished by  hydrocyanic  acid,  alcohol,  chloroform,  quinine,  morphine,  nicotine, 
strychnine,  and  brucine. 

C.  Drugs  acting  on  the  White  Corpuscles. — Most  if 
not  all  drugs  which  are  poisonous  to  amoebae  are  poisons  to  white 
corpuscles  when  applied  in  sufficient  strength,  which,  however, 
is  rarely  the  case  in  the  human  body.  All  irritants  which  set 
up  inflammation  cause  the  white  blood-corpuscles  to  wander 
through  the  capillary  walls ;  and  all  the  cinchona  alkaloids, 
viz.,  quinine,  quinidine,  cinchonine,  and  cinchonidine,  have  the 
power  of  arresting  this  migration  ;  of  these,  quinine  is  the  most 
powerful.  [Berberine  sulphate  and]  acetanilid  are  also 
powerful.  If  the  quinine  is  circulating  in  the  capillaries,  it  pre- 
vents the  white  corpuscles  from  wandering  out ;  if  it  is  applied 
to  the  outside  of  the  vessels,  it  prevents  the  corpuscles  from 
wandering  away  from  the  vessel  through  the  wall  of  which  they 
have  passed. 


DRUGS    ACTING    ON    THE    CARDIAC    MECHANISM.  55 

Veratrine  applied  to  white  corpuscles  outside  the  body  kills  them. 

Camphor,  myrrh  and  other  aromatics  are  said  to  increase  their  production 
by  increasing  absorption  from  the  intestine. 

The  following  facts  do  not  fall  under  any  of  the  previous  headings  : — Poi- 
sonous doses  of  mercury  increase  the  fluidity  of  the  blood,  impair  its  power 
of  coagulation,  and  diminish  the  solids  in  it.  Cod-liver  oil  increases  the  solids 
of  the  blood.  Potassium  iodide  and  calcium  salts  [especially  the  chloride]  are 
said  to  increase  the  power  of  coagulation  ;  other  substances  doing  this  will  be 
described  under  astringents. 

DIVISION  III. — DRUGS  ACTING  ON  THE   CARDIAC   MECHANISM. 

The  heart  is  capable  of  spontaneously  originating  impulses 
which  in  health  begin  in  the  sinus  venosus,  and  spread  down- 
wards over  the  auricle  and  the  ventricle  to  the  apex.  It  used  to 
be  considered  that  these  movements  were  due  to  spontaneous 
impulses  proceeding  from  the  cardiac  ganglia  surrounding  chiefly 
the  entrance  of  the  superior  and  inferior  venae  cavae,  the  entrance 
of  the  pulmonary  veins,  and  the  auriculo-ventricular  groove  ;  but 
we  now  know  that  there  is  no  certain  evidence  that  these  ganglia 
originate  impulses,  and  most  of  the  evidence  goes  to  show  that 
the  contraction  of  the  muscular  fibres  is  due  to  spontaneous  im- 
pulses arising  in  them.  This  contractile  power  of  the  muscular 
fibres  can  be  inhibited  by  the  vagus,  the  fibres  of  which  proceed 
from  the  vagal  nucleus  in  the  medulla,  and  can  be  augmented  by 
the  augmentor  or  accelerator  nerve-fibres,  which  proceed  down- 
wards in  the  cervical  spinal  cord  to  the  upper  dorsal  nerves,  from 
which  they  pass  through  the  first  thoracic  ganglion  to  the  sym- 
pathetic, and  so  to  the  cardiac  plexus,  and  thence  to  the  heart. 
We  are  ignorant  of  any  function  for  the  cardiac  ganglia ;  we 
know  that  medullated  nerve-fibres  lose  their  medulla  in  them, 
and  that  more  fibres  proceed  from  them  than  enter  them.  Possi- 
bly they  have  a  nutritive  function.  We  have,  therefore,  only  to 
consider  the  action  of  drugs  on  the  muscular  substance  of  the 
heart,  on  the  vagal  or  inhibitory  fibres,  on  the  vagal  centre,  on 
the  augmentor,  accelerator,  or  sympathetic  fibres,  and  on  the 
accelerator  centre.  The  centres  are  remarkably  easily  affected 
by  afferent  impulses,  proceeding  from  the  heart  itself  or  from 
almost  any  part  of  the  body.  Our  information  concerning  the 


56  PHARMACOLOGY   AND    THERAPEUTICS. 

action  of  drugs  on  the  heart  of  man  is  necessarily  rather  inexact, 
for  many  experiments  are  difficult  to  perform  upon  the  mammalian 
heart,  consequently  the  cold-blooded  animals  have  been  largely 
used  ;  and  as  some  differences  a^e  observed  among  them — for 
example,  between  the  ftog  and  the  tortoise — it  is  probable  that 
the  deductions  drawn  from  experiments  upon  the  hearts  of  warm- 
blooded animals  are  not  wholly  applicable  to  man.  In  the  fol- 
lowing account  of  drugs  the  action  described  is  that  of  a  moderate 
dose ;  the  action  of  a  large  dose  is  generally  the  reverse  of  that 
of  a  moderate  dose. 

A.  Drugs  acting  upon  the  Heart  directly. — Our  knowl- 
edge of  these  has  been  gained  by  studying  the  action  of  drugs 
upon  excised  hearts  or  pieces  of  the  heart,  and  the  action  of 
drugs  locally  applied  to  the  heart,  either  by  gently  applying  a 
solution  externally,  or  by  means  of  a  [transfusion]  cannula.  It  is 
difficult  to  decide  whether  a  drug  acts  upon  the  muscular  fibre 
itself,  or  upon  the  fine  nerves  between  these  fibres,  so  that  no 
attempt  will  here  be  made  to  distinguish  between  these  actions. 
As  the  apex  of  the  heart  contains  fewer  nerves  than  the  rest 
of  the  organ,  it  has  been  concluded  that  if  a  drug  acts  upon  the 
apex,  when  it  is  cut  off  from  the  remainder  of  the  heart,  it  acts 
upon  the  muscle  only ;  but  it  would  be  difficult  absolutely  to 
deny  the  existence  of  fine  nerve-fibres  in  the  apex.  The  vagus 
or  inhibitory  nervous  mechanism  has  been  much  more  studied 
than  the  accelerating.  The  effect  of  stimulating  the  muscle  may 
be  either  to  increase  the  rate  or  the  force  of  the  beat,  or  to  do 
both  ;  that  of  stimulating  the  minute  branches  of  the  vagus  or 
its  terminations  in  the  heart  will  be  either  to  diminish  the  rate 
or  the  force  of  the  beat,  or  both  ;  and  the  effect  of  stimulating 
the  accelerator  fibres  will  be  just  the  opposite ;  and  in  each 
of  these  cases  the  effect  of  paralyzing  will  be  the  reverse  of  stimu- 
lating. The  distinction  between  a  stimulating  effect  on  the  ter- 
minations of  the  vagus  and  a  depressing  effect  on  the  termina- 
tions of  the  accelerator  nerves  might  be  determined  by  observing 
the  effect  of  stimulation  of  each  of  these  nerves  before  and  after 
the  local  application  of  the  drug,  provided  that  it  has  been 
shown  that  the  muscle  itself  is  not  affected  by  the  drug ;  but  this 


DRUGS    ACTING    ON    THE    CARDIAC    MECHANISM. 


57 


is  often  difficult  to  prove.  It  is  easily  seen  that  the  complexity 
of  the  problem  is  so  great  that  it  will  be  most  convenient  to 
classify  the  drugs  which  act  locally  on  the  heart  by  the  effect 
they  produce,  without  attempting  to  say  whether  they  act  on  the 
muscle  or  nerve  terminations. 


Drugs  increasing  the  force  of  the  contraction  : 

^(i)  Digitalis.  *Q-  ^>  (6)  Convallaria  Majaais. 

(2)  Strophanthus.g),.  X.  i  '     j?  (7)  Caffeine. 

(3)  [Spa/teine.] 
7  (4;  Squill,  f^ 

(5)  Sapo'nin. 


^  \-j  I    v*«iiiciiic. 

S  (8)  Veratrine. 

(9)  Erythrophlceum. 
(10)  Barium  Salts. 


In  large  doses  these  drugs  in  frogs  always  cause  arrest  of  heart  in  systole  ; 
in  mammals  the  final  arrest  may  be  in  diastole  with  some,  e.g.,  digitalis. 
They  all  slow  the  pulse. 


(13)  Dilute    solutions  of   zinc 

double  salts. 

Dilute  solutions  of  chloral. ; 
Physostigfeine.  t* 
Camphor.  <$.  /t!^.^ 


>. 


n     Dilute    solutions  of  salts 
of  the  alkaline  metals. 
(12)  Dilute  solutions  of  copper 
double  salts. 


These  drugs  have  the  same  action  without  the  final  arrest  in  systole.     The 
rate  of  the  pulse  is  not  markedly  altered. 

Drugs  the  chief  action  of  which  is  to  decrease  the  force  of  the  contraction, 
usually  with  stoppage  in  diastole:  .n,  '  V~)V  (JjL  f,  "H  *tA?- 

^  (I)  Diluted  acids.  +  ®*™       ^(7)  Mu/carine.  '. 

-(8)  Pilocarpine. 
(9)  Sapdnin  (large  doses). 


(2)  Strong  solutions  of  salts  of 
the  alkaline  metals. 


(4) 
(5) 
(6)  Strong  solutions  of  chloral. 


.  . 

(3).   "     of  barium  salts.  'Xio)  Apomorphine.  ffxJ^i.  k°^ 

(11)  Errfetine.  — 


of  copper  double  salts. 

of  zinc  double  salts.       *  ^(12)  Salicylic  acid  (large  doses). 


Drugs  an  important  action  of  which  is  to 
beat: 


(1)  Atropine. 

(2)  Hyoscyamine. 

(3)  Daturine. 


V 


^   /iVW 
'e  the  rate  of  the  cardiat 


(4)  Duboisine 

(5)  Cocaine. 

(6)  Saponin. 


PHARMACOLOGY   AND   THERAPEUTICS. 


Drugs  an  important  action  of  which  is  to  slow  the  rate  of  the  cardiac  beat 
(see  also  first  list  given  above): 

(i)  Muscarine.  |          (2)  Pilocarpine. 

Drugs  which  increase  both  the  force  and  the  number  of  the  beats  : 


(1)  [Ammonium  salts.] 

(2)  Alcohol. 

(3)  Ether. 

(4)  Chloroform. 

(5)  [Cactus.] 


(6)  Anaesthetics. 
w  (7)  Arsenical  salts. 
'     (8)  Quinine. 
•    (9)  Strychnine. 


Drugs  which  decrease  both  the  force  and  the  number  of  the  beats  : 


(i)  Antimony  salts. 
V  (2)  Aconite. 

(3)  Hydrocyanic  acid. 


(4)  Ergot.  t4#J»fa 

(5)  Veratrum  Viride. 

(6)  [Cevadilla.] 


B.  Drugs  acting  on  the  Vagus  Centre. — If  we  observe 
that  the  giving  of  a  drug  to  an  animal  alters  the  beat  of  the  heart, 
but  that  this  alteration  can  be  done  away  with,  either  by  cutting 
the  vagi  or  stimulating  the  peripheral  end  of  the  nerve, — if  one 
only  of  them  be  cut, — we  may  conclude  that  the  drug  acted  on 
the  vagus  centre  in  the  medulla. 


Drugs  which  stimulate  the  vagus 
slowed,  but  this  slowing  disappears  on 

(1)  Chloroform. 

(2)  Chloral  hydrate. 

(3)  Butyl-chloral  [hydrate.] 

(4)  Aconite. 

(5)  Veratrum  Viride. 

(6)  Nicotine. 

(7)  Digitalis. 

(8)  [Sparteine.] 

(9)  Strophanthus. 


centre :   that  is  to   say,  the  pulse  is 
section  of  the  vagi : 

(10)  Squill.-  tyl- 

mi   Convallaria  Majalis. 

(12)  Hydrocyanic  acid. 

(13)  Cocaine  (large  doses). 

(14)  Staphisagria  (Delphinine.) 

(15)  Atropine.  \  Only       very 

(16)  Hyoscyamine.   \  early  in  their 

(17)  Daturine.  )  action. 

(1 8)  Increased  blood-pressure. 

(19)  Venous  blood. 


Drugs  which  depress  the  vagus  centre  :  Large  doses  of  the  drugs  men- 
tioned in  the  last  list,  and  drugs  which  diminish  the  blood-pressure,  such  as 
amyl  nitrite  [nitroglycerin,  and  the  nitrites.] 

C.  Drugs  acting  on  the  Accelerating  Centre. — We  do 
not  know  anything  of  drugs  which  depress  this.  Probably  some 


DRUGS   ACTING   ON   THE   VESSELS.  59 

stimulate  it,  for  their  administration  renders  the  pulse  still  more 
rapid  after  the  vagi  have  been  cut. 


They  are — 

(1)  Ammonia. 

(2)  Caffeine. 

(3)  Picrotoxin. 

(4)  [Cactus.] 


(5)  Delphinine. 

(6)  Any  drugs  which  make  the 

blood  venous. 


Therapeutics. — The  drugs  most  used  for  their  action  on  the 
heart  are  digitalis,  strophanthus,  [ammonium  salts,  sparteine], 
squill,  convallaria  majalis,  caffeine,  alcohol,  ether,  chloroform, 
[cactus] ,  strychnine,  belladonna,  aconite,  antimony,  and  hydro- 
cyanic acid.  The  therapeutic  indication  for  each  of  these  drugs 
will  be  found  given  under  the  individual  drug. 

DIVISION  IV. — DRUGS  ACTING  ON  THE  VESSELS. 

These  are  usually  studied  either  by  directly  observing  altera- 
tions in  the  size  of  the  vessels  in  some  thin  structure,  such  as  the 
ear  of  a  rabbit,  the  mesentery,  tongue,  lung,  web,  or  mylo-hyoid 
[muscle]  of  a  frog,  or  the  wing  of  a  bat ;  or  the  rate  of  the  flow 
may  be  observed.  This  can  be  conveniently  done  by  cutting 
some  part,  as  the  toe  of  a  frog,  and  noticing  the  rate  at  which 
the  blood  flows  from  the  cut  vessels  with  and  without  the  admin- 
istration of  the  drug  to  the  animal.  It  is  often  necessary  that  an 
artificial  circulation  should  be  maintained ;  for  if  not,  it  might 
be  difficult  to  prove  that  the  alteration  in  the  quantity  of  blood 
flowing  from  the  cut  surface  was  not  due  to  influences  acting  on 
the  cardiac  mechanism.  In  order  to  determine  if  the  changes 
are  due  to  local  or  central  effects,  it  is  necessary  to  destroy  the 
spinal  cord,  or  to  cut  the  nerves  going  to  the  part.  When  a  drug 
is  applied  locally,  as  to  the  mesentery,  and  the  vessels  alter,  if  the 
nerves  going  to  the  part  are  not  cut,  it  is  difficult  to  say  whether 
this  alteration  is  direct  or  reflex. 

Drugs  are  applied  to  the  interior  of  vessels  by  injecting  them 
into  the  circulation. 

We  know  that  each  vessel  is  controlled  by  vaso-constrictor  and 
vaso-dilator  nerves,  and  that  these  proceed  by  different  paths 


6o 


PHARMACOLOGY    AND    THERAPEUTICS. 


from  the  central  nervous  system,  but  we  do  not  know  by  which 
set  of  nerves  drugs  act ;  probably  some  by  the  vaso -constrictor, 
and  some  by  the  vaso-dilator.  We  can  only  classify  the  drugs 
into  those  which  dilate  or  contract  the  vessels  by  local  action, 
and  those  which  produce  these  effects  through  their  action  on  the 
central  nervous  system.  When  a  drug  acts  locally  we  cannot 
tell  whether  it  "acts  on  the  muscle  in  the  wall  of  the  vessel,  or 
on  the  nerve  terminations. 

It  of  course  follows  that  drugs  acting  on  the  heart,  or  on  a 
large  area,  will  considerably  modify  the  blood -pressure. 

A.   Drugs  acting  locally  on  Vessels. 


Drugs  which,  when  locally  applied  to 

(1)  Liquor  Ammoniac. 

(2)  Silver  nitrate        •» 

(3)  Zinc  chloride         [•  (strong). 

(4)  Copper  sulphate  J 

(5)  Mercuric  nitrate. 

(6)  Arsenous  acid. 

(7)  Antimony  and  potassium 

tartrate. 

(8)  Iodine. 

(9)  Chlorine. 

(10)  Mineral  acids  (strong), 
(n)  Alcohol.         •)     If  prevented 

(12)  Ether.  [•  from  evaporat- 

(13)  Chloroform.  J  ing. 

(14)  Carbolic  acid. 

(15)  Creosote. 


•vessels,  dilate  them  : 

(16)  All  volatile  oils,  as  oils  of 

turpentine,  and  many  sub- 
stances containing  them,  as 
mustard,  [horse-radish]  etc. 

(17)  Senega. 

(18)  Chrysarobinum. 

(19)  Ipecacuanha. 

(20)  Capsicum. 

(21)  Croton  oil. 

(22)  Camphor. 

(23)  Cantharides. 

(24)  Phosphorus. 

(25)  Warmth,   however    applied, 

but  usually  as  a  poultice. 
[This  is  true  if  its  evanes- 
cent effect  is  desired.  When 
long  applied  it  contracts 
blood-vessels.  ] 


Irritants. — All  of  the  above,  as  they  dilate 
of  as  vascular  irritants. 


the  vessels,  are  often  spoken 


Rubefacients  are  drugs  which,  when  locally  applied  to  the 
skin,  cause  it  to  become  red  because  of  the  vascular  dilatation 
induced.  All  the  above  drugs  are  rubefacients. 

Vesicants. — Many  of  these  drugs  are  sufficiently  powerful 
irritants  to  cause  inflammation.  If  this  goes  no  further  than  the 
exudation  of  plasma  from  the  vessels,  and  this  plasma  collects 


DRUGS    ACTING    ON    THE    VESSELS.  6 1 

under  the  epidermis  to  form  vesicles,  the  drug  causing  the  pro- 
duction of  vesicles  is  said  to  be  a  vesicant ;  e.g.,  cantharides. 

Pustulants  are  such  of  the  above  drugs  as  are  sufficiently 
powerful  irritants  to  cause  the  inflammatory  process  to  proceed  to 
the  passage  of  leucocytes  through  the- walls  of  the  capillaries. 
They  collect  in  the  vesicles,  which  consequently  become  pus- 
tules ;  e.g. ,  croton  oil. 

Escharotics  or  caustics  are  the  most  powerful  of  all  the 
above  drugs.  Their  local  application  destroys  the  vitality  of  the 
part  to  which  they  are  immediately  applied,  and  sets  up  vascular 
dilatation  of  the  surrounding  area  ;  e.g.,  strong  nitric  acid,  zinc 
chloride,  silver  nitrate,  and  arsenous  acid. 

Counter-irritants. — It  has  been  shown  by  experiments  on 
animals  that  when  the  vessels  of  the  skin  are  dilated  by  the  appli- 
cation of  an  irritant,  those  of  the  subjacent  viscera  are  often 
reflexly  altered  in  size.  The  same  is  probably  true  of  man.  An 
irritant  is  called  a  counter-irritant  when  it  is  applied  to  the  skin 
with  the  object  of  altering  the  size  of  the  vessels  of  the  subjacent 
viscera.  It  is  particularly  to  be  remembered  that  the  action  is  a 
reflex  nervous  one,  and  is  in  no  way  due  to  the  withdrawal  of 
blood  into  the  dilated  vessels  of  the  skin. 

The  following,  when  inhaled,  dilate  peripheral  vessels  by  acting  locally  on 
them  : 


(1)  Amyl  nitrite. 

(2)  [Nitroglycerin.] 

(3)  Sodium  nitrite. 


(4)  Ethyl  nitrite. 

(5)  Spiritus  aetheris  nitrosi. 

(6)  Erythrol  tetranitrate. 


Drugs  which,  taken  by  the  mouth,  dilate  arterioles  by  acting  locally  on 
them  : 


(1)  Caffeine. 

(2)  Amyl  nitrite. 

(3)  [Nitroglycerin.] 

(4)  Sodium  nitrite. 


(5)  Ethyl  nitrite. 

(6)  Spiritus  aetheris  nitrosi. 

(7)  Erythrol  tetranitrate. 

(8)  Nicotine. 


Drugs  which,  taken  by  the  mouth,  contract  arterioles  by  acting  locally  on 
them  : 


(1)  Ergot. 

(2)  Caffeine  (early  in  its  action). 


(3)  Digitalis. 

(4)  Physostigmine. 


The  following  have  been  shown  by  experiments  in  the  laboratory  to  cause 
contraction  of  small  arteries  through  which  they  circulate  :  copper,  zinc,  tin, 


62 


PHARMACOLOGY  AND  THERAPEUTICS. 


platinum  salts  all  cause  powerful  contraction.     Lithium,  calcium,  strontium, 
magnesium,  cadmium,  nickel,  cobalt  and  iron  salts  cause  slight  contraction. 

Drugs  which,  when  locally  applied  to  vessels,  contract  them  : 

These  may  act  in  two  ways,  either  by  contracting  the  muscular 
coat  of  the  vessels,  or  by  coagulating  the  albuminous  fluids 
around  them,  the  coagulum  by  its  contraction  constricting  the 
vessels. 

Those  which  act  on  the  muscular  coat  of  the  -vessels  : 


(1)  Cold,  however  produced ;  hence 

rapidly  volatilizing  substances 
as  ether.  [This  effect  is  but 
temporary.  If  cold  is  long 
continued  it  dilates  blood-ves- 
sels. 

(2)  Cocaine.] 

(3)  Lead  salts. 


(4)  Dilute  solutions  of  silver  salts. 

(5)  Diluted  sulphuric  acid. 

(6)  Alum. 

(7)  Hamamelis. 

(8)  [Ergot. 

(9)  Hydrastis.] 

(10)  Acetanilid. 

(11)  [Antipyrin.] 


Those  which  coagulate  the  albuminous  fluids  around  the  vessels  : 


(1)  Tannic    acid  and    all    sub- 
stances   containing    it  :    e.g., 
[nutgall,]  krameria,kino,h3em- 
atoxylon,     hamamelis,     cinna- 
mon,   eucalyptus    gum,    and 
catechu. 

(2)  Lead  salts. 


(3)  Silver  salts. 

(4)  Zinc  salts. 

(5)  Copper  salts. 

(6)  Alum. 

(7)  Ferric  salts. 

(8)  Bismuth  salts  to  a  slight  ex- 
tent. 


B.  Drugs  which  act  on  the  Vaso-motor  Centres. 

Drugs  which,  by  their  action  on  the  vaso-motor  centres,  dilate  the  vessels . 


(1)  Belladonna. 

(2)  Stramonium. 

(3)  Hyoscyamus. 

(4)  Alcohol. 

(5)  Ether. 

(6)  Chloroform. 

(7)  Chloral  hydrate. 

(8)  [Antimony  and  Potassium 

Tartrate.] 


(9)  Aconite. 

(10)  Ipecacuanha. 

(11)  Lobelia. 

(12)  Tobacco. 

(13)  Veratrine. 

(14)  Hydrocyanic  acid. 

(15)  Opium. 


Some  of  the  substances,  which  in  small  doses  contract  the  vessels  by  cen- 
tral action,  in  large  doses  dilate  them  ;  viz.,  digitalis  and  squill. 


DRUGS    ACTING    ON    THE   VESSELS.  63 

Drugs  which,  by  their  action  on  vaso-motor  centres,  cause  contraction  of 
vessels  : 


(1)  Ergot. 

(2)  Digitalis. 

(3)  Strophanthus. 

(4)  [Sparteine.] 

(5)  Squill. 

(6)  Physostigmine. 


(7)  Cocaine. 

(8)  Hydrastis. 

(9)  Hamamelis. 
(ID)  Strychnine. 
(n)  Lead  salts 
(12)  Ammonia 


|  (slightly.) 


Also,  for  a  very  short  early  period  of  their  action,  some  substances  whose 
main  action  is  to  dilate  the  vessels  by  their  central  action  ;  viz.,  belladonna, 
stramonium,  hyoscyamus,  alcohol,  ether,  chloroform,  hydrocyanic  acid  and 
veratrine. 

Astringents  are  drugs  which  diminish  the  size  of  the  vessels, 
and  thus  decrease  the  amount  of  exudation  from  them. 

Styptics,  or  Haemostatics,  are  drugs  which  stop  bleeding. 
They  comprehend  all  astringents,  especially  cold,  lead  and 
copper  salts,  hamamelis,  ergot,  [hydrastis],  tannic  acid,  and, 
above  all,  ferric  salts,  for  they  coagulate  the  blood  which  is 
flowing  from  the  vessel,  and  the  clot  prevents  further  bleeding. 
Matico  leaves,  because  of  the  numerous  hairs  on  their  under  sur- 
face, favor  coagulation  of  blood  when  locally  applied  to  a  bleed- 
ing surface.  Cobwebs  act  in  the  same  way. 

Therapeutics. — Drugs  which  locally  dilate  vessels  are  [fre- 
quently] applied  to  stimulate  sores  to  heal,  and  to  promote  ab- 
sorption of  inflammatory  products,  as  seen  in  the  application 
of  iodine  over  joints  in  certain  forms  of  joint  disease;  and  as 
counter-irritants  in  many  forms  of  disease  of  deep-seated  organs, 
as  in  the  application  of  a  blister  in  pleurisy.  Drugs  whffch  by 
their  central  action  cause  dilatation  of  all  the  vessels  of  the  body 
are  used  in  certain  forms  of  heart  disease,  as  in  the  use  of  amyl 
nitrite  in  angina  pectoris  ;  and  some  suppose  that  the  good  they 
do  is  brought  about  by  dilating  the  vessels,  and  so  rendering  the 
work  of  the  heart  easier.  Amyl  nitrite  and  nitroglycerin  are 
much  used  for  this  purpose.  Drugs  causing  general  vascular 
dilatation  are  also  employed  to  cause  dilatation  of  the  vessels 
of  the  skin  with  the  object  of  thereby  leading  to  an  increase 
of  perspiration  and  an  increased  radiation  of  heat.  Alcohol, 


64  PHARMACOLOGY   AND   THERAPEUTICS. 

Spiritus  ^theris  Nitrosi,  and  Ipecacuanha,  amongst  others,  are 
used  in  this  way. 

The  most  important  use  of  astringents  is  as  styptics ;  they  are 
ilso  used  to  check  excessive  discharges  of  all  sorts,  as  in  diarrhoea, 
leucorrhcea,  etc.,  and  in  relaxed  conditions  of  vessels,  such  as  are 
i)ften  seen  in  pharyngitis. 

There  is  perhaps  no  better  opportunity  than  this  of  mention- 
ing emollients  and  demulcents. 

Emollients  are  substances  which  soften  and  protect  parts. 
The  word  is  usually  employed  for  substances  applied  to  the  skin. 

Common  emollients  are  substances  soaked  in  warm  water,  as  hot  fomenta- 
Sons  and  poultices,  fats  of  various  sorts,  as  lard  and  lanolin  (hydrous  wool  fat), 
non-irritating  oils,  as  olive  oil,  spermaceti,  [petrolatum,]  vaseline,  etc. 

Demulcents  are  substances  which  protect  and  soothe  parts. 
They  are  generally  applied  to  mucous  membranes,  especially 
when  unduly  dry,  and  thus  they  are  often  used  for  the  mouth. 

Instances  of  them  are  gelatin,  isinglass,  glycerin,  gum,  honey,  flaxseed, 
starch,  and  white  of  egg. 

DIVISION  V. — DRUGS  ACTING  ON  THE  SKIN. 

All  those  described  in  the  last  section  act  on  the  cutaneous 
vessels,  but  in  addition  we  have — • 

A.  Diaphoretics,  or  drugs  which  increase  the  amount  of 
perspiration.  These  may  do  so  either  by  stimulating  the  sweat 
centres  in  the  spinal  cord,  the  nerves  proceeding  from  the  centres 
to  the*glands,  the  terminations  of  the  nerves  in  the  gland,  or  the 
glandular  cells  themselves ;  or  dilatation  of  the  cutaneous  vessels 
may,  by  the  increase  in  the  amount  of  blood  and  the  greater 
warmth,  stimulate  the  glands  and  lead  to  an  increase  of  sweat. 
It  is  difficult  to  tell  whether  drugs  acting  on  the  vessels  do  not 
also  act  on  the  other  parts  of  the  mechanism  ;  and  it  is  also  diffi- 
cult to  decide  whether  a  drug  acts  on  the  gland-cells  or  the  ter- 
mination of  the  nerves,  so  we  will  consider  diaphoretics  under 
two  headings,  those  which  act  centrally  and  those  which  act  pe- 
ripherally. These  are  differentiated  by  observing  whether  the 


DRUGS   ACTING   ON   THE  SKIN.  65 

drug  acts  after  the  spinal  cord  is  destroyed,  [or]  on  a  part  of  the 
skin  after  the  nerves  going  to  it  are  cut. 

(a)  Diaphoretics  acting  peripherally :  Pilocarpine  greatly  increases  the 
amount  of  sweat,  acting  in  all  probability  on  the  nerve  terminations  in  the 
gland-cells,  but  certainly  not  on  the  vessels.  Nicotine  also  acts  peripherally. 
Local  applications  of  warmth,  and  alcohol  taken  internally  perhaps  act  in 
the  same  way  in  addition  to  their  vascular  action. 


(b)  Diaphoretics  acting  centrally  : 

(1)  Antimony  salts. 

(2)  Ammonium  acetate. 

(3)  Ammonium  citrate. 


(4)  Ipecacuanha. 

(5)  Opium. 

(6)  Camphor. 


(f)  Diaphoretics  whose  mode  of  action  is  doubtful :  Senega,  cubeb,  col- 
chicum,  salicin,  lobelia,  arnica,  aconite,  potassium  citrate  and  acetate.  All 
these,  except  the  last  two,  are  very  feeble. 

When  a  diaphoretic  acts  very  powerfully  it  is  called  a  Sudorific. 

B.  Anhidrotics,  or  Antihidrotics,  drugs  which  diminish 
the  amount  of  perspiration.  The  part  on  which  these  act  is  de- 
termined in  the  same  way  as  in  the  case  of  diaphoretics. 

(a)  Anhidrotics  acting  peripherally  :  Atropine  is  very  powerful ;  it  acts 
on  the  terminations  of  the  nerves  in  the  glands  ;  and  hyoscyamus  and 
stramonium  probably  act  in  the  same  way.  The  local  application  of  cold 
has  a  similar  action. 

(6)  Anhidrotics  the  mode  of  action  of  which  is  doubtful : 


(1)  Acids. 

(2)  Muscarine. 

(3)  Nux  vomica. 

(4)  Quinine. 


(5)  Picrotoxin. 

(6)  Zinc  salts. 

(7)  Salicylic  acid. 
[(8)  Camphoric  acid.] 


Therapeutics. — Diaphoretics  are  used  for  three  purposes: 
either  to  increase  the  amount  of  sweat  because  that  of  the  urine  is 
failing,  and  for  this  purpose  pilocarpine  is  largely  used  ;  or  in  the 
hope  that  poisons  may  be  excreted  by  the  sweat,  hence  the  use 
of  pilocarpine  in  uraemia ;  or  as  mild  antipyretics,  in  order  to 
increase  the  loss  of  heat  by  increased  evaporation  ;  for  this  pur- 
pose alcohol,  ipecacuanha,  ammonium  acetate,  and  opium  were 
formerly  much  employed,  but  of  late  years  much  more  efficient 
antipyretics  have  been  discovered. 

5 


66 


PHARMACOLOGY   AND   THERAPEUTICS. 


Anhidrotics  are  used  either  for  general  conditions,  as  phthisis, 
or  for  local  conditions,  as  sweating  of  the  feet ;  but  they  are  not 
of  great  use  in  medicine. 

We  do  not  know  of  any  drugs  which  will  alter  the  composi- 
tion of  the  sweat,  except  in  so  far  as  that  certain  drugs  may  be 
excreted  in  the  sweat  when  taken  internally ;  such  are  iodine, 
potassium  iodide,  succinic,  tartaric,  and  benzoic  acids,  the  last 
in  the  form  of  hippuric  acid. 

We  have  no  knowledge  of  the  effects  of  drugs  on  the  seba- 
ceous secretion. 

Certain  drugs,  when  taken  internally  in  large  doses,  pro- 
duce a  rash  on  the  skin,  possibly  because  in  the  course  of  their 
excretion  through  the  skin  they  irritate  it.  Such  are — 


(1)  Copaiba. 

(2)  Cubeb. 

(3)  Bromides. 

(4)  Iodides. 

(5)  Turpentine. 

(6)  Belladonna. 

(7)  Chioral  [hydrate.] 

(8)  Opium. 

(9)  Quinine. 

(10)  Salicylic  acid. 


n     Arsenical  Salts. 

(12)  Acetanilid. 

(13)  [Antipyrin.] 

(14)  Phenacetin. 

(15)  Chloralamide. 
1. 1 6    Antitoxins. 

(17)  Serums. "^ — 

(18)  Silver   salts    may   discolor 

the  skin. 

(19)  [Sulphonal.] 


[The  following  quite  rarely  produce  an  eruption  : 


DIVI 


(1)  Iron. 

(2)  Strychnine. 

(3)  Creosote. 

(4)  Mercury. 

(5)  Veratrum. 


(6)  Digitalis. 

(7)  Sulphur. 

(8)  Antimony. 
9    Santonin. 

(10)  Cod  Liver  Oil.] 


SIGN  VI. — SUBSTANCES  ACTING  ON  THE  URINARY  SYSTEM. 

I.  Drugs  increasing  the  quantity  of  urine  secreted. — These  are 
called  diuretics.  The  kidney  is  a  double  organ  with  two  dis- 
tinct varieties  of  epithelium  ;  it  is  particularly  well  supplied  with 
vessels  and  vaso-motor  nerves,  and  is  also  profoundly  under  the 
influence  of  variations  in  the  quantity  of  blood  flowing  through 
it ;  hence  it  is,  with  our  present  state  of  knowledge,  impossible 
to  say  how  many  diuretics  act,  but  the  following  table  modified, 


SUBSTANCES   ACTING   ON   THE   URINARY   SYSTEM. 


67 


from  Brunton's  work,  shows  the  various  ways  in  which  they 
probably  act,  many  in  more  ways  than  one : 


• 

f  Digitalis, 

Caffeine, 
Increased  car-   1   Alcohol; 

diac  action          [Strophanthus, 

Generally    .     .     .     .  • 

[  Sparteine, 

General    vas- 

Erythrophloeum,] 
Digitalis, 

cular  contrac- 

Squill, 

P  Q1CA 

tion 

Convallaria, 

ivaise 

Strychnine, 

arterial     . 

Cold  to  skin. 

pressure 

-  Act   on   vaso-   f  ,  same  ag  aboye> 

motor   centres   I 

-  Contract 

f  Broom, 

efferent    • 

. 

Caffeine  (large 

vessels 

Locally  on 

doses), 
Buchu, 
Uva  ursi, 

Locally 
in  kidney 

kidney. 

Juniper, 
Turpentine, 
Copaiba, 

t  Cantharides. 

Dilate,  chiefly   f 

,  '     ,,            ,        Caffeine, 
locally,  renal    j    Ufea 

-  — 

vessels         [ 

f  Urea, 

|   Caffeine, 

Increase  water  excreted     .  i 

[Theobromine  So- 

dio-salicylate, 

Calomel, 

Act  on  secreting 

Colchicum,] 

nerves  or  renal  cells 

Liquor  Potassae, 

Increase  water  and  solids 

Potassium  Acetate, 
Potassium  Citrate, 

excreted 

Potassium  Nitrate, 

Sodium  Citrate  and 

. 

other  salines. 

Therapeutics. — Diuretics  are  used  in  cardiac  'and  pulmon- 
ary diseases  when,  owing  to  the  general  vascular  disturbance,  the 
quantity  of  urine  falls  below  the  normal  standard.  Also,  in  dis- 
eases in  which  there  is  excess  of  fluid  in  certain  parts  of  the  body ; 
for  example,  pleuritic  effusion  and  ascites,  with  the  object  of  get- 
ting rid  of  as  much  fluid  as  possible  by  the  kidneys.  Also,  they 
may  be  used  to  dilute  the  urine,  e.g. ,  when  it  is  prone  to  deposit 


68 


PHARMACOLOGY   AND   THERAPEUTICS. 


its  solids.  Lastly,  in  certain  forms  of  kidney  disease,  although 
in  these  maladies  it  is  always  a  question  how  far  it  is  desirable  to 
stimulate  diseased  organs.  It  is  of  great  importance  to  remem- 
ber that  diuretics  may  act  in  many  different  ways ;  that  there  are 
many  causes  for  diminution  in  the  quantity  of  urine  secreted, 
and  that  it  is  difficult  to  say  in  any  particular  case  what  is  the 
cause  of  the  decrease  in  the  quantity  secreted.  Therefore,  it  is 
usual  to  give  diuretics  in  combination,  in  the  hope  that  if  one 
of  them  does  not  have  the  desired  result  another  will. 

2.  Drugs  diminishing  the  quantity  of  urine  secreted. — These 
are  such  as  produce  acute  inflammation  of  the  kidney  when  given 
in  large  doses  ;  e.g.,  turpentine,  cantharides,  phosphorus.     [Ex- 
algin  is  reputed  to  diminish  the  quantity  of  urine.]     They  are 
never  given  for  this  purpose  in  medicine. 

3.  Drugs  rendering  the  urine  acid. — There  is  one  drug  that 
can  do  this,  and  that  is  benzoic  acid,  for  in  its  passage  through 
the  kidney  it  is  converted  into  hippuric  acid.     Benzoic  acid  is, 
therefore,  given  when  from  any  cause  the  urine  undergoes  alka- 
line decomposition  anywhere  within  the  urinary  passages.     Sali- 
cylic acid  will,  to  a  slight  extent,  increase  the  acidity  of  the 
urine,  as  will  very  large  doses  of  citric  acid,  tartaric  acid  [borax, 
and  possibly  saccharin.     The  free  use  of  carbonated  water  also 
increases  the  urinary  acidity  (Ultzmann).       Urotropin  is  the 
most  reliable  remedy  to  render  an  alkaline  urine  acid]. 

4.  Dntgs  which  render  the  urine  alkaline. — [Some]  salts  of 
the  metals,  potassium,  sodium,  lithium,  calcium,  will  do 
this   [e.g.,  the  carbonates,   berates  and  hydroxides];  even  the 
tartrates,  citrates,  [malates,  lactates,]  and  acetates,  for  they  es- 
cape by  the  kidney  as  carbonates.    Nitric  acid  is  said  to  increase 
the  amount  of  ammonia  in  the  urine,  and  thus  to  render  it 
slightly  alkaline.      Ammonium  salts   given   internally  do   not 
render  the  urine  alkaline,  because  they  are  decomposed  in  the 
body,  urea  being  probably  formed  ;  [they  may  even  increase  the 
acidity  from  the  larger  amount  of  nitric  acid  excreted.] 

Lithontriptics  are  drugs  which  prevent  the  decomposition, 
in  the  urinary  passages,  of  the  solids  of  the  urine.  If  this  fluid 
be  acid,  uric  acid  often  crystallizes  out,  forming  gravel  or  uric 


SUBSTANCES    ACTING    ON    THE    URINARY   SYSTEM.  69 

acid  calculus  ;  less  often  lime  oxalate  crystallizes,  giving  rise  to 
lime  oxalate  calculus.  When  there  is  any  likelihood  of  the  for- 
mation of  either  of  these  calculi,  alkalies  should  be  given.  If 
the  urine  is  undergoing  alkaline  decomposition  phosphates  are 
liable  to  crystallize  out.  In  this  case  the  object  will  be  to  render 
the  urine  acid  and  aseptic.  This  will  be  attained  by  giving 
benzoic  acid  or  benzoates,  salicylic  acid  or  the  salicylates,  [uro- 
tropin,  or  the  other]  urinary  antiseptics. 

Therapeutics. — The  chief  use  of  alkalies  is  to  diminish  the 
acidity  of  the  urine,  so  as  to  render  the  precipitation  of  uric  acid 
unlikely  ;  or  to  render  it  alkaline,  so  as  to  attempt  to  dissolve  a 
uric  acid  calculus.  We  know  of  no  drug  which  will  dissolve  a 
lime  oxalate  calculus.  Alkalies  are  also  given  to  gouty  subjects, 
partly  to  alkalize  the  blood,  but  also  partly  to  alkalize  the  urine, 
for  such  persons  are  very  prone  to  deposit  uric  acid  in  the  urine. 
Potassium  urate  is  much  more  soluble  than  sodium  urate,  and 
lithium  urate  is  perhaps  even  more  soluble  ;  citrates  and  acetates 
are  not  likely  to  upset  the  digestion,  consequently  the  drugs 
most  used  are  the  potassium  and  lithium  citrates.  Copious 
draughts  of  water,  by  diluting  the  urine,  aid  in  preventing  the 
deposition  of  uric  acid  or  lime  oxalate  calculi.  Natural  alkaline 
waters  are  largely  used  [especially  those  containing  lithium] . 

5.  Drugs  preventing  the  urine  from  decomposing. — If  the  urine 
is  retained  in  the  bladder  by  stricture  or  from  any  other  cause,  it 
will  undergo  alkaline  decomposition,  and  the  same  result  may  be 
brought  about  by  the  admixture  of  pus  with  the  urine.  This  is 
generally  due  to  inflammation  of  the  pelvis  of  the  kidney  or  the 
bladder.  This  decomposition  of  the  urine  may  be  prevented  by 
giving  drugs  which  in  their  excretion  by  the  urine  render  it  asep- 
tic. Such  are — 


(1)  Urotropin. 

(2)  Benzoic  acid. 

(3)  Salicylic  acid. 

(4)  Uva  Ursi. 

(5)  Copaiba. 


(6)  Cubeb. 

(7)  Oil  of  Sandal  Wood. 

(8)  [Saccharin.] 

(9)  Many  volatile  oils. 
(10)  Boric  acid. 


6.  Drugs  altering  the  composition  of  the  urine. — Almost  any 
drug  will  do  this,  either  because  it  is  excreted  in  the  urine,  or 


7<D  PHARMACOLOGY   AND   THERAPEUTICS. 

because  it  sets  up  some  changes  in  the  body,  the  products  of 
which  are  excreted  in  the  urine  ;  but  here  we  shall  only  refer  to 
certain  striking  ones. 

Turpentine,  cantharides  and  salicylic  acid  in  large  doses  will  cause  blood 
to  appear  in  the  urine,  because  they  set  up  inflammation  of  the  kidney. 

Potassium  chlorate,  all  nitrites,  acetanilid,  pyrogallic  acid,  poisoning  by 
the  mushroom,  (Helvella  esculenta)  and  transfusion  of  animal's  blood,  break 
up  red  blood -corpuscles,  and  the  products  are  excreted  by  the  urine  rendering 
it  dark.  Large  doses  of  mineral  acids,  arsenic,  naphtol  [and  naphtalin]  are 
said  occasionally  to  produce  the  same  result. 

Phosphorus  in  large  doses  causes  leucin  and  tyrosin  to  appear  in  the  urine, 
and  the  urea  is  greatly  increased. 

The  saline  diuretics  increase  the  solids  of  the  urine. 

The  chrysophanic  acid  in  rhubarb  and  senna  makes  the  urine,  if  it  is  acid, 
a  brownish  color  ;  if  it  is  alkaline,  a  purplish  red.  Logwood  renders  alkaline 
urine  reddish  or  violet  Santonin  colors  acid  urine  yellow  or  greenish-yellow, 
and  alkaline  urine,  reddish.  Carbolic  acid,  naphtalin,  creosote  and  other 
preparations  of  tar,  as  well  as  the  arbutin  in  uva  ursi,  [chimaphila  and  gaul- 
theria]  make  it  dark  greenish- brown.  Picric  acid  makes  it  a  bright  yellow, 
and  methyl  violet  a  dark  blue.  The  urine  of  persons  poisoned  with  carbonic 
oxide  remains  sweet  for  months. 

Poisoning  by  carbonic  oxide,  [curare,]  amyl  nitrite  and  turpentine,  and 
sometimes  [chloroform,  camphor,]  mercury,  morphine,  chloral,  [hydrocyanic] 
acid,  sulphuric  acid,  alcohol,  lead  compounds,  and  salicylic  acid  lead  to  the 
appearance  in  the  urine  of  a  body  which  like  sugar  reduces  Fehling'  s  copper 
solution.  Some  authorities  state  that  the  urine,  after  the  administration  of 
these  drugs,  does  not  contain  glucose,  but  glycuronic  acid  ;  for  although  it  re- 
duces blue  copper  solutions,  it  does  not  undergo  alcoholic  fermentation  on  the 
addition  of  yeast  [or  give  the  phenyl-hydrazin  test].  The  administration 
of  phloridzin,  [a  glucoside  from  the  bark  of  stem  and  root  of  the  apple,  pear, 
plum  and  cherry,  which,  when  continuously  heated  with  dilute  mineral  acids, 
is  resolved  into  glucose  and  phloretin],  leads  to  the  production  of  genuine 
glucose  in  the  urine. 

Other  drugs  cause  a  peculiar  odor  in  the  urine  ;  for  example,  the  smell  of 
violets  is  produced  by  turpentine.  The  aromatic  odor  of  cubeb  and  copaiba 
can  be  detected  in  the  urine  after  the  administration  of  these  bodies. 

Lead,  if  taken  for  long  periods,  produces  chronic  interstitial  inflammation 
of  the  kidney.  It  is  stated  that  rarely  mercury  will  do  the  same. 

7.  Drugs  acting  on  the  bladder  and  urethra. — The  only  ones 
of  any  practical  value  are  sedatives  to  the  urinary  tract. 

If  the  urine  is  decomposing,  drugs  preventing  its  decomposition  come 


DRUGS    ACTING    ON    THE    BODILY    HEAT.  /I 

under  this  head.  Other  sedatives  are  opium,  belladonna,  hyoscyamus, 
pareira,  buchu  and  uva  ursi,  which  are  direct  sedatives  to  the  vesical  and 
urethral  mucous  membrane.  If  the  urine  is  excessively  acid,  alkalies  are 
urinary  sedatives. 

Urinary  sedatives  are  used  very  largely  in  cases  of  cystitis  and  urethritis, 
whatever  the  cause  may  be.  Local  astringent  and  antiseptic  injections  are 
also  employed. 

DIVISION  VII. — DRUGS  ACTING  ON  THE  BODILY  HEAT. 

A.  Antipyretics,  or  Drugs  which  decrease  the  Bodily 
Temperature. — There  are  few  if  any  drugs  which  can  lower 
the  temperature  in  health.  Some,  it  is  true,  will  cause  the  tem- 
perature to  fall  below  normal,  if  given  to  a  healthy  man  in  large 
enough  doses  to  induce  severe  collapse.  The  word  antipyretic  is 
limited  to  those  drugs  which  bring  down  the  temperature  when 
it  is  raised  owing  to  disease.  We  know  that  the  greatest  amount 
of  heat  is  produced  in  the  muscles,  and  that  there  is  a  special 
part  of  the  corpus  striatum  presiding  over  this  production  ;  that 
heat  is  lost  mostly  by  radiation  from  the  vessels  of  the  skin  and 
by  the  evaporation  of  sweat,  and  that  these  vessels  and  the  sudo- 
riparous glands  are  under  the  control  of  the  central  nervous 
system.  Heat  is  also  lost  through  the  lungs.  As  the  produc- 
tion and  loss  are  in  health  so  accurately  adjusted,  many  observers 
believe  that  there  is  a  part  of  the  cerebrum  whose  function  is  to 
maintain  the  balance  between  the  production  and  the  loss.  Also, 
all  parts  of  this  complex  mechanism  are  supplied  with  blood- 
vessels, alterations  in  the  calibre  of  which  must  affect  the  activity 
of  the  parts  they  supply. 

There  is  every  reason  for  believing  that  the  part  of  the  central 
nervous  system  which  presides  over  the  loss  of  heat  (thermo- 
lysis), that  which  presides  over  the  production  of  heat  (ther- 
mogenesis),  and  that  which  possibly  presides  over  the  balance 
between  the  production  and  the  loss  (thermotaxis),  can,  each 
of  them  be  influenced  by  afferent  impulses  reaching  them  from 
various  parts  of  the  body,  and  thus  we  see  each  of  these  three 
functions  can  probably  be  reflexly  affected  (see  diagram  on  next 
page). 

Antipyretics  which  increase  the  loss  of  heat. — All  sudorifics  and 


72  PHARMACOLOGY  AND   THERAPEUTICS. 

all  dilators  of  the  cutaneous  vessels  act  as  antipyretics.     Cold, 
such  as  a  cold  bath,  increases  the  loss  of  heat  by  direct  abstraction. 


Balance 
'  between  produffym\ 

and  loss 

\Thermotaxis 

Cortical'?' 


froducfit 


Drugs  which  probably  diminish  the  production  of  heat. — Our 
knowledge  about  these  is  at  present  uncertain,  but  it  is  very 
probable  that  phenacetin,  antipyrin,  and  acetanilid  dimin- 


DRUGS   ACTING   ON   THE   BODILY    HEAT.  73 

ish  the  production  by  their  action  on  the  corpus  striatum  ;  and 
that  quinine,  salicylic  acid,  and  salicin,  also  diminish  the 
production ;  but  we  do  not  know  upon  what  part  of  the  thermo- 
genetic  apparatus  they  act.  A  cold  bath  not  only  abstracts  heat, 
but,  after  it  has  been  in  operation  some  little  time,  diminishes 
the  production. 

Antimony,  aconite,  and  digitalis  are  probably  antipyretic  through  their 
effect  on  the  circulation,  but  precisely  how  they  act  is  not  known.  Sometimes 
the  removal  of  some  irritation  which  is  acting  reflexly  may  lower  the  tempera- 
ture. In  this  way  purgatives  are  occasionally  antipyretics. 

Therapeutics. — The  sole  use  of  antipyretics  is  to  lower  the 
temperature  in  fever. 

Drugs  which  increase  the  loss  of  heat  were  formerly  popular 
as  antipyretics,  especially  alcohol,  spirit  of  nitrous  ether,  anti- 
mony, ipecacuanha,  and  opium,  but  now  they  are  not  much  used. 
Cold  is  more  often  employed,  either  by  cold  sponging,  ice,  or  a 
cold  bath.  Sponging  with  hot  water  will,  by  the  vascular  dila- 
tation and  subsequent  sweating  it  induces,  reduce  a  febrile  tem- 
perature. 

Of  the  drugs  which  probably  alter  the  production,  acetanilid 
and  [antipyrin]  are  dangerous  because  of  the  collapse  they  may 
produce ;  quinine  and  salicylic  acid  are  rather  uncertain,  except 
in  ague  and  rheumatic  fever  respectively.  [Antipyrin]  and 
phenacetin  are  most  in  demand ;  they  are  certain  antipyretics. 
Phenacetin  is  very  safe,  but  is  less  powerful.  They  are  quickly 
absorbed,  and  so  act  promptly ;  they  are  far  more  powerful  anti- 
pyretics than  any  drugs  which  act  by  increasing  the  loss  of  heat, 
and  these  are  very  uncertain  in  their  action,  often  not  lowering 
the  temperature  at  all.  Another  reason  for  preferring  drugs 
which  diminish  thermogenesis  is  that  it  is  much  more  rational 
to  lower  the  temperature  by  decreasing  the  production  of  heat 
than  by  increasing  the  loss,  for  then  the  production  will,  if  any- 
thing, go  on  faster  than  before,  in  consequence  of  the  attempt 
to  compensate  for  the  increased  loss.  Antipyretics  should  be 
rarely  given,  for  probably  fever  is  often  beneficial. 

B.  Drugs  which  cause  a  rise  of  Temperature. — Bella- 


74  PHARMACOLOGY   AND   THERAPEUTICS. 

donna,  picrotoxin,  and  cocaine  in  poisonous  doses  may  do  this. 
How  they  act  is  not  known. 

Tuberculin,  various  albumoses  and  certain  animal  poisons,  such  as  that  of 
shell-fish,  will  cause  a  rise  of  temperature.  Their  mode  of  action  is  unknown. 

We  know  of  no  drugs  acting  on  thermotaxis. 

DIVISION  VIII. — DRUGS  ACTING  ON  RESPIRATION. 

Respiration  can  be  modified  by  such  very  various  influences 
that  it  is  difficult  to  decide  upon  the  exact  mode  of  action  of  any 
drug  which  affects  it.  For  example,  alterations  in  the  blood  and 
in  the  air  will  modify  it ;  the  respiratory  centre  itself  may  be 
influenced,  either  directly  or  reflexly,  from  almost  any  organ  in 
the  body ;  or,  again,  the  movements  of  the  respiratory  muscles 
themselves  may  be  interfered  with ;  and,  lastly,  respiration  is 
much  under  the  influence  of  the  circulatory  apparatus.  Further- 
more, the  chief  object  in  medicine  is  to  remove  the  cause  of  the 
respiratory  ^difficulty  rather  than  to  act  upon  respiration  itself. 

We  have  already  spoken  of  those  drugs  which  produce  changes 
in  the  blood  and  the  circulation,  and  the  consideration  of  those 
modifications  of  the  temperature,  moisture,  and  pressure  of  the 
air  which  are  of  value  in  medicine,  belongs  to  a  book  on  general 
therapeutics.  We  will,  therefore,  now  consider  the  respiratory 
drugs  under  the  following  heads  : 

A.  Drugs  altering  the  Composition  of  the  Air  in- 
haled.—  [This  division  is  devoted  to  drugs  which,  inhaled,  have 
some  direct  effect  on  the  respiratory  mucous  membrane,  on  bron- 
chial and  pulmonary  contents,  and  have  certain  remote  effects.] 
It  is  found  convenient  to  administer  some  drugs,  although  they 
are  not  given  for  their  influence  on  respiration,  by  making  the 
patient  inhale  them  ;  such  are  anaesthetics  and  amyl  nitrite. 

Some  drugs  when  inhaled  are  particularly  irritating  to  the 
bronchial  mucous  membrane,  causing  dilatation  of  the  vessels, 
increased  secretion,  and  reflexly,  cough  from  the  stimulation  of 
the  sensory  nerves  of  the  bronchial  mucous  membrane. 

Such   are   cold  dry  air,  iodine,  bromine,  chlorine,  senega,  ipecacuanha, 


DRUGS   ACTING   ON    RESPIRATION.  75 

sulphurous  anhydride,  nitric  acid  fumes,  ammonia,  and  tobacco.  These  are 
rarely  used  therapeutically  as  inhalations,  and  their  inhalation  is  to  be  particu- 
larly avoided  in  irritable  conditions  of  the  bronchi. 

The  drugs  which,  when  inhaled,  are  soothing  to  the  bron- 
chial mucous  membrane,  [but]  are  rarely  employed,  are — 

Hydrocyanic  acid.  |          Conium. 

Inhalations  which  are  used  to  stimulate  the  bronchi,  that 
is  to  say,  to  increase  their  vascularity,  secretion,  and  muscular 
power,  are — 


(l)  Carbolic  acid  •» 
(2)OilofcajuPut}TTlxx-;  E1-20^-] 
(3)  Oleum  pini   sylvestris,  TH.XXX.  ; 
[2.00  c.c.] 


(4)  Tinctura  ben-  -> 
zoini  composita, 

(5)  Creosote,  U^ss.;  [I5c.cj 

(6)  Oil  of  cubeb.    J 


The  amounts  given  after  each  are  the  quantities  that  should  be  added  to  a 
pint  [500  c.c.]  of  water  at  140°  F.  ;  [60°  C.  ] 

Inhalations  which  are   used   to  disinfect  foul  secretions 
from  the  bronchial  mucous  membrane  are  those  of — 


(1)  Creosote. 

(2)  lodoform. 

(3)  Mild  solutions  of  benzoin. 

(4)  Carbolic  acid. 


(5)  Sulphurous  anhydride. 

(6)  Oil  of  juniper. 

(7)  Oil  of  cubeb. 

(8)  [Oil  of  eucalyptus.] 


Inhalations  for  relieving  spasm  of  the  bronchial  tubes  are 
those  of — 


(1)  Coniura.  - 

(2)  Stramonium.  - 

(3)  Chloroform. 


(4)  Ether. 

(5)  Amyl  nitrite. 


B.    Drugs  acting  on  the  Respiratory  Centre. — If  the 

drug,  when  injected  into  the  carotid  artery,  very  quickly  produces 
its  effect  on  respiration,  it  is  concluded  that  it  acts  on  the  res- 
piratory centre.  Another  experiment  often  used  to  determine 
whether  the  drug  acts  on  the  centre,  or  on  the  vagal  terminations 
in  the  lung,  is  to  cut  the  vagi  and  to  observe  whether  it  acts  sim- 
ilarly before  and  after  the  section. 


PHARMACOLOGY   AND   THERAPEUTICS. 
Drugs  which  directly  stimulate  the  respiratory  centre  are — 


(1)  Strychnine. 

(2)  Ammonia  (very  powerful). 

(3)  Apomorphine. 


(4)  Belladonna. 

(5)  Stramonium. 

(6)  Hyoscyamus. 


Drugs  which  depress  the  respiratory  centre  are — 


(1)  Physostigmine  (very  pow- 

erful). 

(2)  Chloral  [hydrate.] 

(3)  Chloroform. 

(4)  Ether. 

(5)  Alcohol. 

(6)  Opium. 

(7)  Hydrocyanic  acid. 

(8)  Codeine. 


(9)  Aconite. 
(10)  Veratrine. 
(n)  Conium. 

(12)  Caffeine. 

(13)  Quinine. 

(14)  Ipecacuanha. 

(15)  Antimony  salts  (very 

weak). 


Alcohol,  ether,  chloroform,  caffeine,  and  quinine  slightly  excite,  before 
they  depress  [the  respiratory  centre]. 

Therapeutics. — The  drugs  which  excite  the  respiratory  cen- 
tre may  be  used  when  there  is  any  difficulty  in  respiration,  espe- 
cially with  the  view  of  increasing  the  force  of  the  respiratory  act 
whilst  other  means  are  employed  to  get  rid  of  the  cause  of  the 
difficulty.  They  are,  of  course,  most  frequently  required  in  dis- 
eases of  the  lungs,  especially  bronchitis.  Ammonia  and  apomor- 
phine  are  often  employed,  as  they  are  also  powerful  expectorants ; 
and  belladonna  is  useful  when  there  is  too  much  secretion  from 
the  bronchial  tubes. 

Substances  which  depress  the  respiratory  centre  are  very  little 
needed  for  this  action  ;  but  the  centre  for  the  reflex  act  of  cough- 
ing is  in  the  close  neighborhood  of  the  respiratory  centre,  and 
opium,  hydrocyanic  acid,  codeine,  conium,  and  ipecac- 
uanha are  often  very  valuable  in  allaying  the  continual  hacking 
cough  wh»ch  so  frequently  accompanies  disease  of  the  heart  and 
lungs. 

The  drugs  which  relieve  cough  are  very  numerous,  for  it  may 
be  reflexly  set  up  by  irritation  of  so  many  peripheral  parts,  viz., 
nose,  throat,  pharynx,  ear,  teeth,  larynx,  trachea,  bronchi,  lungs, 
pleura,  stomach,  and  liver ;  and  consequently  its  removal  may 


DRUGS    ACTING    ON    RESPIRATION.  77 

depend  upon  the  removal  of  peripheral  irritation  in  any  of  those 

organs. 

C.  Drugs  affecting  the  Bronchial  Secretion. 

(a)    Those  increasing  it : 


(1)  [Apomorphine.] 

(2)  All  alkalies,  especially  am- 

monium    carbonate     and 
other  salts. 

(3)  [Cocillana.] 

(4)  Ipecacuanha. 

(5)  Senega 

(6)  Squill.- 

(7)  Turpentine. 

(8)  [Terebene.] 


(9)  Camphor. 

(10)  Benzoin. 

(11)  Balsam  of  Peru. 

(12)  "        "    Tolu. 

(13)  Antimony  salts. 

(14)  Sulphur. 

(15)  Iodine. 

(16)  Tobacco. 

(17)  Pilocarpus. 

(18)  Many  volatile  oils. 


[It  is  probable  that  volatile  oils  and  substances  containing  them  decrease 
the  amount  of  bronchial  secretion  as  a  later  effect]. 

(6)   Those  decreasing  it : 


(1)  Acids. 

(2)  Belladonna. 


(3)  Stramonium. 

(4)  Hyoscyamus. 


Many  authorities  think  that  under  some  circumstances  alkalies  decrease  the 
secretion. 

(c)  Those  disinfecting  it: — Drugs  which,  when  inhaled,  act  in  this  way 
have  already  been  mentioned.  Copaiba,  cubeb,  [eucalyptus,]  and  many  vola- 
tile oils  are  excreted  partly  by  the  bronchial  mucous  membrane,  and  thus  will 
disinfect  the  secretion. 

Therapeutics. — In  bronchitis,  remedies  which  increase  the 
secretion  are  used  when  it  is  so  viscid  that  it  sticks  to  the  tubes 
and  cannot  be  coughed  up ;  and  those  which  decrease  it  are 
employed  when  it  is  too  watery  to  be  easily  expectorated.  The 
use  of  the  disinfectants  is  obvious. 

D.  Drugs  relaxing  spasm  of  the  Muscular  Coat  of 
the  Bronchial  Tubes,  or  Antispasmodics. — It  is  believed 
that  [the  symptom]  asthma  is  due  to  a  spasmodic  contraction  of 
the  bronchial  tubes,  and  as — 


(1)  Stramonium. 

(2)  Belladonna. 


(4)  Grindelia. 

(5)  [Aspidosperma.] 


(3)  Hyoscyamus. 
relieve   [this  symptom],  it  is  concluded  that  these  drugs  relax 


78  PHARMACOLOGY   AND   THERAPEUTICS. 

spasm  of  the  muscular  coat  of  the  bronchial  tubes.  Stramonium 
is  the  most  powerful.  It  is  very  likely,  judging  by  their  anal- 
ogous action  in  other  parts  of  the  body,  that  the  following  drugs 
act  in  the  same  way  : 

Chloroform,  ether,  opium,  chloral  [hydrate],  cannabis  indica,  amyl  nitrite, 
and  conium. 

Therapeutics. — Stramonium  is  of  great  use  [for  relief  of  the 
symptom]  asthma,  and  this  and  the  other  drugs  may  be  employed 
for  cases  of  bronchitis  in  which  it  is  probable  that  the  irritation 
caused  by  the  inflammation  of  the  tubes  sets  up  spasm  of  them. 
Many  of  these  muscular  depressants  in  all  probability  depress  the 
nerves  at  the  same  time. 

E.  Drugs  acting  on  the  Vessels  of  the  Bronchi. — 
These  are  the  same  as  have  been  already  described  (p.  56)  as 
acting  on  the  vascular  system  generally, 

F.  Expectorants. — The  modes  of  action  of  drugs  acting 
on  the  respiratory  system  are  so  complex  that  it  is  usual  to  regard 
most  of  them  clinically,  simply  as  drugs  which  hinder  or  aid  the 
expectoration  of  the  contents  of  the  bronchial  tubes.     Those 
which  aid  it  are  divided  into  two  groups,  named  after  their 
action,  not  on  the  lungs,  but  on  the  circulation. 

I.  Stimulating  expectorants. — These  are  stimulants  to  the  circulation  gen- 
erally. They  are — 


(1)  Acids. 

(2)  Ammonium  salts. 

(3)  [Cocillana.] 

(4)  Senega. 

(5)  Squill. 

(6)  Benzoin. 

(7)  Benzoic  acid. 

(8)  Balsam  of  Tolu. 


(9)  Balsam  of  Peru. 

(10)  Turpentine  preparations. 

(11)  Terebene. 

(12)  Oleum  Pini  Sylvestris. 

(13)  Nux  Vomica. 

(14)  Sulphur. 

(15)  Quillaja. 


2.  Depressing    expectorants. — These    depress    the    general    circulation. 
They  are — 


(1)  Alkalies. 

(2)  Antimony  salts. 

(3)  Ipecacuanha. 

(4)  Lobelia. 


(5)  Pilocarpus. 

(6)  Apomorphine. 

(7)  Potassium  Iodide. 


DRUGS    ACTING    ON    THE    DIGESTIVE    APPARATUS.  79 

Therapeutics. — It  is  almost  impossible  to  lay  down  any  gen- 
eral directions.  The  prescriber  must  consider  in  any  case  before 
him  whether  he  wishes  to  stimulate  or  to  depress  the  circulation, 
to  increase  or  to  diminish  or  to  disinfect  the  expectoration,  to 
stimulate  the  respiratory  centre,  to  overcome  spasm  of  the  bron- 
chial tubes,  or  to  allay  a  hacking  cough  ;  and  he  must  combine 
his  remedies  according  to  the  answer  he  makes  to  these  ques- 
tions. Warmth  to  the  chest  and  warm  drinks  are  sedative,  and 
increase  the  amount  of  secretion.  Cold  and  cold  drinks  have  an 
opposite  effect. 

G.  Drugs  which  in  Man  sometimes  produce  Cheyne- 
Stokes  Breathing. — These  are  morphine,  potassium  bromide, 
and  chloral  hydrate.  In  animals  the  following  in  addition  may 
do  it :  picrotoxin,  muscarine,  digitalin,  strychnine  and  ammo- 
nium carbonate. 

DIVISION  IX. — DRUGS  ACTING  ON  THE  DIGESTIVE  APPARATUS. 

A.  Drugs  acting  on  the  Teeth. — Soaps  and  powders  are 
used  for  cleaning  the  teeth.     The  basis  of  most  tooth  powders 
is  chalk,  which  acts  mechanically  ;  charcoal  is  sometimes  used  in 
the  same  way.     As  the  food  is  very  liable  to  collect  and  decom- 
pose between  the  teeth,  antiseptics,  as  quinine,  borax  and  car- 
bolic acid,  are  often  mixed  with  tooth  powders.     Astringents 
such  as  [krameria]  are  employed  if  the  gums  are  too  vascular. 
Mineral  acids  and  alum  are  injurious  to  the  teeth  if  used  for  a 
long  time,  and  iron  is  liable  to  stain  them  ;  therefore  these  sub- 
stances are  best  taken  through  a  [glass  tube,]  and  should  not  be 
used  as  gargles  for  long  [periods.] 

Toothache  may  be  relieved  by  local  anodynes,  as  creosote,  or 
[pure]  carbolic  acid.  The  tooth  is  plugged  with  [absorbent] 
cotton  soaked  in  one  of  these.  A  piece  of  clean  cotton  must  be 
placed  over  the  carbolized  cotton  to  prevent  the  carbolic  acid 
from  reaching  the  mouth.  This  method  may  damage  the  tooth- 
pulp. 

B.  Drugs  acting  on  the  Salivary  Gland. — Much  atten- 
tion has  been  devoted  to  the  submaxillary  gland  of  the  dog,  and 
there  is  no  reason  for  supposing  that  the  other  salivary  glands 


8O  PHARMACOLOGY    AND    THERAPEUTICS. 

of  that  animal  or  of  other  creatures,  differ  markedly  from  it.  We 
know  that  the  submaxillary  gland  is  under  the  influence  of  the 
chorda  tympani  nerve,  which  contains  vaso-dilator  fibres,  and 
also  some  which  directly  modify  the  secretion  of  the  gland  apart 
from  the  secondary  effects,  due  to  the  alterations  in  the  vessels, 
obtained  when  the  chorda  tympani  is  stimulated.  This  nerve 
has  its  centre  in  the  medulla,  and  is  capable  of  being  excited  re- 
flexly  by  stimulation  of  many  nerves,  even  the  sciatic,  but  espe- 
cially by  stimulation  of  the  gastric  branches  of  the  vagus,  and 
by  the  terminations  in  the  tongue  and  mouth  of  the  glosso- 
pharyngeal  and  gustatory  nerves.  The  gland  is  also  supplied 
with  sympathetic  branches  which  proceed  from  the  cervical 
sympathetic  trunk ;  these  are  vaso-constrictor,  and  can  also 
modify  the  quality  of  the  secretion ;  but  we  do  not  know  so 
much  about  them  as  we  do  about  the  chorda  tympani.  Drugs 
which  increase  the  amount  of  saliva  have  been  called  sia- 
logogues  ;  those  which  decrease  it,  anti-sialogogues.  It  is 
clear  that  there  are  very  many  ways  in  which  each  of  these  might 
act,  but  here  it  will  suffice  to  enumerate  only  those  ways  in  which 
they  are  known  to  act. 

i .  Sialogogues  acting  either  on  the  secretory  cells  or  upon  the 
terminations  of  the  nerves  in  them. — Of  these  [pilocarpus]  has 
been  most  studied,  and  by  means  of  the  experiments  it  has  been 
proved  to  act  either  on  the  cells  themselves  or  the  terminations 
of  the  nerves  in  them.  It  acts  equally  well  after  section  of  all 
the  nerves  going  to  the  gland.  It  acts  when  it  is  injected  directly 
into  the  gland,  but  is  prevented  from  reaching  the  general  cir- 
culation. If  it  has  been  given,  stimulation  of  the  chorda  or  of 
the  sympathetic  produces  no  more  effect  on  the  amount  of  secre- 
tion than  can  be  easily  explained  by  the  vascular  effects. 


Sialogogues  falling  under  this  heading  are — 


(1)  Pilocarpus. 

(2)  Muscarine. 

(3)  Iodine  compounds. 


(4)  Mercury. 

(5)  Nicotine. 

(6)  Physostigmine. 


The  last  two  probably  act  also  by  stimulating  the  centre  in   the  medulla, 
for  section  of  the  chorda  tympani  decidedly  lessens  the  secretion  caused  by 


DRUGS   ACTING   ON   THE    DIGESTIVE   APPARATUS.          8 1 

them.     Physostigmine  soon  ceases  to  cause  an  increase  of  the  secretion,  for  it 
tightly  contracts  the  vessels  of  the  gland. 

2 .  Sialogogiies  acting  reflexly  by  stimulating  the  peripheral  ends 
of  afferent  nerves. — Of  these  there  are  two  important  varieties  : 

(a)  Those  stimulating  the  gustatory  and  glosso-pharyngeal  nerves  in  the 
mouth  : 


(1)  All  Acids  and 

(2)  Acid  Salts. 

(3)  Chloroform. 

(4)  Alcohol. 


(5)  Ether. 

(6)  All  pungent  substances,  as 

mustard,  ginger,  etc. 


(b)  Those  stimulating  the  vagus  in  the  stomach  : 

Most  emetics,  especially  Antimony  and  Ipecacuanha. 

3.  Anti-sialogogties  acting  either  on  the  secreting  cells  or  the 
terminations  of  the  nerves  in  them. — Of  these  atropine  has  been 
most  studied,  and  it  is  proved  to  act  directly  on  the  gland  by  the 
fact  that  the  administration  of  it  prevents  any  increase  of  salivary 
secretion  on  stimulation  of  the  chorda,  although  the  vessels  dilate 
as  usual.  It  is  highly  probable  that  it  acts  upon  the  nerve  ter- 
minations, because,  even  after  considerable  doses,  quite  para- 
lyzing the  secretion  of  chorda  tympani  saliva,  stimulation  of  the 
sympathetic  will  still  induce  secretion. 

Anti-sialogogues  falling  under  this  heading  are — 


(1)  Belladonna. 

(2)  Hyoscyamus. 


(3)  Stramonium,  and 

(4)  Nicotine  in  excess. 


4.  Anti-sialogogues  acting  reflexly  by  depressing  the  peripheral 
ends  of  afferent  nerves. — Alkalies,  opium,  and  any  substances 
which  allay  irritation  of  the  mouth.  Part  of  the  effect  of  opium 
is  due  to  its  depressing  action  on  the  medullary  centre. 

Therapeutics.  —  A  deficiency  in  the  amount  of  saliva 
secreted  is  seen  most  markedly  in  fever,  when  the  mouth  becomes 
very  dry,  and  the  patient  complains  of  thirst.  Sometimes  it  is  a 
disease  in  itself,  and  the  origin  of  this  malady  is  then  probably 
nervous.  It  is  a  prominent  symptom  of  belladonna  poisoning. 
In  fever,  acid  drinks,  especially  those  containing  carbon  dioxide 
gas,  lemonade,  etc.,  are  of  use  as  sialogogues.  Drinks  which 

6 


82          PHARMACOLOGY  AND  THERAPEUTICS. 

relieve  this  febrile  thirst  are  called  Refrigerants.  For  [the  con- 
dition known  as]  "  dry  mouth  "  [pilocarpus]  has  been  used,  and 
it  will  relieve  the  dryness  due  to  belladonna  poisoning.  Excessive 
salivary  secretion  is  hardly  met  with  except  as  a  symptom  of  poi- 
soning, especially  by  mercury,  [iodine  or  pilocarpus] .  In  some 
forms  of  indigestion  the  saliva  has  a  very  unpleasant  taste,  and 
may  even  be  diminished  in  quantity,  but  then  the  indication  is  to 
treat  the  indigestion. 

C.  Drugs  acting  on  the  Stomach. — Strictly  speaking, 
we  ought  to  consider  these  under  the  following  heads  :  (0).  Those 
drugs  which,  by  modifying  the  secretion  of  hydrochloric  acid  or 
pepsin,  influence  the  conversion  of  proteids  into  peptones  and 
albumoses.  (<5).  Those  which  influence  the  property  possessed 
by  the  gastric  juice  of  curdling  milk.  (V).  Those  which  affect 
its  antiseptic  power  by  modifying  the  secretion  of  acid.  (</). 
Those  which  modify  the  secretion  of  mucus.  (*?).  Those  which 
influence  the  nerves,  the  vessels,  or  the  movements  of  the  stom- 
ach. (/).  Lastly,  those  which  are  emetics.  Our  knowledge, 
however,  is  not  sufficient  to  enable  us  to  do  this,  and  the  most 
useful  classification  is  into  those  affecting  the  secretion  of  gastric 
juice  as  a  whole,  the  secreted  contents,  the  vessels,  the  nerves, 
the  movements,  and  emetics. 

i.  Drugs  increasing  the  amount  of  gastric  juice  secreted. — 
These  are  usually  called  Stomachics,  and  include  a  great  many 
substances.  Stimulants  to  the  mouth  reflexly  increase  the  secre- 
tion of  gastric  juice ;  all  bitter  and  aromatic  substances  act  in 
this  way,  and  they  also  increase  the  appetite.  The  mere  presence 
of  food  in  the  stomach  stimulates  the  gastric  flow.  Probably 
aromatics  and  bitters  act  also  on  the  stomach  itself. 

The  drugs  which  increase  the  flow  of  gastric  juice  are — 


(1)  Aromatics. 

(2)  Bitters. 

(3)  All  alkalies  (especially  potas- 

sium and  sodium  bicarbon- 
ates,  and  Spiritus  Ammoniac 
Aromaticus). 

(4)  Alcohol. 


(5)  Ether. 

(6)  Chloroform. 

(7)  Magnesia. 

(8)  Magnesium  carbonate. 

(9)  Pungent    substances   (pep- 

per, mustard,  horse-radish). 


DRUGS    ACTING    ON    THE    DIGESTIVE    APPARATUS.  83 

Therapeutics. — Stomachics  are  very  largely  used  for  the 
purpose  of  increasing  the  secretion  of  gastric  juice  in  cases  of 
dyspepsia. 

2.   Drugs  decreasing  the  amount  of  gastric  juice  secreted. 


(1)  Mineral  acids. 

(2)  Acetic  acid. 


(3)  Many  of  those  in  the  last  list  if 
given  in  large  doses,  e.g., 
alcohol,  ether  and  chloroform. 


Therapeutics. — These  drugs  are  never  employed  for  this 
effect.  It  is  particularly  to  be  observed  that  while  alkalies 
increase  the  secretion  of  the  gastric  juice,  which  is  acid,  they 
diminish  that  of  the  saliva,  which  is  alkaline ;  but  acids  increase 
the  secretion  of  the  alkaline  saliva,  but  diminish  that  of  the  acid 
gastric  juice. 

3.  Drugs  altering  the  composition  of  the  gastric  contents. — 
Acids  and  alkalies  naturally  modify  the  reaction  of  the  gastric 
contents.  For  this  purpose  diluted  mineral  acids  are  often  pre- 
scribed to  be  taken  about  two  hours  after  a  meal,  in  cases  in 
which  the  cause  of  indigestion  is  thought  to  be  that  the  amount 
of  hydrochloric  acid  secreted  is  deficient.  If  the  acid  were  given 
at  meal-time  it  would  prevent  the  secretion  of  the  natural  acid ; 
but  by  giving  it  after  the  meal,  when  all  the  acid  that  the  gastric 
juice  is  capable  of  forming  has  been  secreted,  the  drug  carries 
on  the  act  of  digestion.  In  case  of  indigestion  in  which,  from 
the  nature  of  vomited  matters  or  from  any  other  reason,  it  is  con- 
sidered that  there  is  an  excess  of  acid  in  the  stomach,  alkalies  are 
given  at  meal-times,  the  favorite  drug  being  sodium  bicarbonate. 

Pepsin  is  given,  usually  in  combination  with  diluted  hydro- 
chloric acid,  when  it  is  probable  that  the  cause  of  the  indigestion 
is  the  secretion  of  too  small  an  amount  of  pepsin ;  but  in  this, 
as  in  every  other  variety  of  dyspepsia,  it  is  far  more  important 
to  remove  the  cause  of  indigestion  than  to  endeavor  to  modify 
the  composition  of  the  secreted  gastric  juice. 

Many  attempts  have  been  made  to  try,  by  the  administration 
of  antiseptics,  to  prevent  fermentation  and  putrefaction  from 
going  on  in  the  stomach,  but  with  a  limited  success,  for  a  suffi- 
cient dose  of  any  antiseptic  [may  be]  frequently  deleterious. 


84         PHARMACOLOGY  AND  THERAPEUTICS. 

Here,  even  more  than  in  the  last  case,  the  right  treatment  is  to 
remove  the  cause  of  the  putrefaction. 

Drugs  that  have  been  used  for  this  purpose  are — 


(1)  Carbolic  acid. 

(2)  I  o  do  form. 

(3)  Boric  acid. 

(4)  Creosote. 

(5)  Eucalyptus. 

(6)  Thymol. 

(7)  [Resorcin.] 


(8)  [Salicin. 

(9)  Bismuth  salicylate.] 

(10)  Salol. 

(11)  Sodium  hyposulphite. 

(12)  Sodium  sulpho-carbolate. 

(13)  Sulphurous  Anhydride. 

(14)  Naphtol. 


Charcoal  has  been  employed,  but  when  it  is  moist  it  is  useless. 

4.  Drugs  which  dilate  the  vessels  of  the  stomach. — The  vessels 
of  the  stomach  are  very  sensitive  to  irritation.  They  easily  dilate 
upon  mechanical  irritation,  and  the  presence  of  food,  especially 
peptones,  causes  the  vascularity  of  the  mucous  membrane  to  in- 
crease. Within  limits  greater  vascularity  is  an  advantage,  for  it 
not  only  favors  the  secretion  of  gastric  juice,  but  it  facilitates 
absorption. 

The  substances  which  increase  the  vascularity  of  the  stomach 
are  all  stomachics  (except  alkalies),  diluted  mineral  acids,  the 
drugs  which  have  been  already  enumerated  as  irritants  generally, 
and  squill,  digitalis,  colchicum,  senega,  copaiba,  gamboge,  guai- 
acum,  and  veratrine.  This  is  a  very  long  list,  and  many  of  the 
substances  in  it  are  never  employed  for  their  irritant  effect ;  in 
fact,  the  only  ones  in  common  use  are  the  stomachics ;  the  others 
are  far  too  powerful ;  even  small  doses  of  them  set  up  inflammation 
of  the  gastric  wall,  which  is  also  produced  by  over  indulgence  in 
stomachics,  as  we  constantly  see  in  the  gastritis  induced  by  alco- 
hol. The  therapeutic  indications  for  this  class  of  drugs  are  the 
same  as  those  for  stomachics  generally. 

Gastro-intestinal  irritants. — In  describing  the  individual  ac- 
tions of  drugs  the  statement  is  frequently  made  that  they  are 
gastro-intestinal  irritants,  and  this  is  a  convenient  opportunity 
for  describing  the  symptoms  produced  in  health  by  these  drugs. 
If  the  drug  has  a  caustic  action,  as  many  gastro-intestinal  irri- 
tants have,  the  swallowing  of  it  will  cause  considerable  pain  in 


DRUGS    ACTING    ON    THE    DIGESTIVE    APPARATUS.  85 

the  mouth  and  pharynx ;  in  a  short  time  these  parts  will  become 
severely  inflamed,  and  consequently  very  much  reddened,  swol- 
len and  painful.  The  tongue  will  be  often  much  enlarged.  If 
the  drug  is  corrosive,  sloughs,  generally  white  in  color  at  first, 
with  a  severely  inflamed  area  around  them,  will  be  seen  ;  as  they 
fall  off  they  will  leave  ulcers.  Owing  to  the  pain  and  swelling, 
it  will  for  some  time  be  impossible  to  take  any  food,  or  at  the 
best  only  that  of  a  soft  or  fluid  nature.  Directly  [after]  the 
drug  reaches  the  stomach,  intense  irritation  is  set  up ;  conse- 
quently the  patient  feels  severe  abdominal  pain,  and  there  is  vio- 
lent retching  and  vomiting.  As  the  poison  passes  on,  it  pro- 
duces its  severe  irritant  effects  on  the  intestine,  and  diarrhoea 
sets  in.  Both  the  vomited  matters  and  the  motions  often  con- 
tain blood.  The  general  symptoms  are  an  anxious  countenance, 
small  feeble  pulse,  scanty  urine,  a  low  temperature,  and  all  the 
symptoms  of  collapse.  Later  on,  the  gastro-intestinal  irritation 
may  be  severe  enough  to  set  up  general  peritonitis,  or  a  gastric 
ulcer  may  form,  and  then  there  may  be  added  to  the  case  all  the 
symptoms  of  gastric  ulcer  and  its  sequelae.  The  inflammation 
of  the  resophagus  may  lead  to  its  contraction.  At  the  post- 
mortem examination,  if  the  patient  has  died  soon  after  the  ad- 
ministration of  the  poison,  the  stomach  will  be  very  red  and 
ecchymosed,  with  a  swollen  mucous  membrane.  Parts  of  the 
intestine  will  be  in  the  same  condition.  This  severe  inflamma- 
tion may,  in  many  places,  have  led  to  the  formation  of  sloughs. 
It  must  be  remembered  that  many  gastro-intestinal  irritants  have 
no  action  on  the  mouth. 

5.  Drugs  which  contract  the  gastric  vessels. — These  are  the 
same  as  those  which  have  already  been  enumerated  as  being 
generally  astringent.     They  are  much  used,  more  for  the  intestine 
than  the  stomach,   and  will  therefore  be  considered  in  detail 
presently.      (Seep.  95.) 

6.  Drugs  acting  on  the  nerves  of  the   stomach. — All    drugs 
powerfully  irritant  to  the  stomach  cause  pain  in  it ;  those  that 
are  only  slightly  irritant  give  rise  to  a  sensation  of  warmth.     It 
is  never  desired  to  produce  gastric  pain'. 

Gastric  sedatives. — These  drugs  are  the  same  as  those  which 


86  PHARMACOLOGY   AND   THERAPEUTICS. 

are  local  sedatives  to  other  parts  of  the  body.     Those  most  used 
for  the  stomach  are — 


(1)  Bismuth  subcarbonate. 

(2)  Bismuth  subnitrate. 

(3)  Bismuth  salicylate. 

(4)  Opium. 

(5)  Hydrocyanic  acid. 


(6)  Carbon  [dioxide.] 

(7)  Ice. 

(8)  Belladonna. 

(9)  Hyoscyamus. 
(10)  Stramonium. 


They  are  employed  in  the  Very  many  painful  forms  of  dyspepsia. 

All,  except  perhaps  stramonium,  are  in  frequent  use. 

7.  Drugs  acting  on  the  movements  of  the  stomach. — It  has  been 
observed  that  the  movements  of  the  stomach  increase  as  the  acidity 
of  the  contents  increases.  If  it  be  that  the  acidity  is  the  cause 
of  the  movements,  anything  which  causes  an  increase  of  acidity 
will  lead  to  more  powerful  movements.  Apart  from  this,  strych- 
nine appears  directly  to  stimulate  the  [unstriped]  muscle  of  the 
gastric  wall.  Stomachics  also  probably  aid  the  movements,  so 
that  our  complete  list  will  be  mineral  acids,  nux  vomica,  and  the 
stomachics. 

The  proper  churning  up  of  the  gastric  contents  is  so  necessary, 
that  the  value  in  dyspepsia,  of  drugs  which  aid  the  gastric  move- 
ments, is  very  great.  Hence  the  frequency  with  which  nux 
vomica  enters  into  anti-dyspeptic  acid  mixtures. 

Carminatives. — This  term  is  often  applied  to  substances  which 
aid  the  expulsion  of  gas  from  the  stomach  and  intestines.  They 
act  by  stimulating  the  gastric  and  intestinal  movements.  It  has 
been  found  from  clinical  observation  that  the  most  efficient  car- 
minatives are — 


(1)  Stomachics  generally,  espe- 

cially— 

(2)  Aromatics, 

(3)  Bitters, 

(4)  Pungent  substances, 


(5)  Asafoetida, 

(6)  Ammoniacum, 

(7)  Valerian, 

(8)  Camphor  and 

(9)  Volatile  oils. 


8.  Emetics. — It  is  well  known  that  the  many  complicated 
mechanisms  involved  in  the  act  of  vomiting  are  under  the  con- 
trol of  a  centre  in  the  medulla,  which  is  capable  of  being  stimu- 
lated by  afferent  impulses  reaching  it  from  many  sources,  such  as 


DRUGS   ACTING   ON   THE    DIGESTIVE   APPARATUS.  87 

the  cerebrum,  as  when  sights  or  smells  cause  sickness,  the  mouth, 
the  pharynx,  the  oesophagus,  the  lungs,  the  heart,  the  stomach, 
the  intestines,  the  biliary  passages,  the  kidney,  the  peritoneum, 
and  the  uterus  ;  so  that  the  drugs  acting  on  any  of  these  organs, 
or  on  the  centre  itself,  might  be  emetics.  But  it  is  usual,  in 
describing  drugs  which  cause  vomiting,  to  mention  only  those 
which  do  so  either  by  acting  on  the  stomach  or  on  the  centre  in 
the  medulla,  and  they  are  divided  into  two  corresponding  classes. 
Those  acting  on  the  stomach  are  sometimes  called  direct  emetics, 
because  they  act  directly  on  the  stomach ;  and  those  influencing 
the  medulla  are  called  indirect;  but  some  authors  reserve  the 
word  direct  for  those  acting  on  the  medulla,  and  speak  of  those 
affecting  the  stomach  as  indirect.  Considering  this  confusion, 
it  is  better  to  divide  emetics  into  gastric  and  central.  By  means 
of  the  following  experiments  we  determine  to  which  group  any 
drug  belongs : 

(1)  The  emetic  is  injected  directly  into  the  circulation.     If 
very  shortly  after  this  vomiting  takes  place,  the  drug  must  have 
acted  on  the  medulla,  to  which  it  has  been  carried  by  the  circu- 
lation ;  but  if  some  time  elapses  we  conclude  it  acted  on  the 
stomach,  and  that  it  was  first  excreted  into  this  organ  before 
vomiting  took  place.     This  experiment  may  be  made  still  more 
striking  by  injecting  directly  into  the  carotid,    for   then   the 
medulla  is  quickly  reached. 

(2)  If  the  least  quantity  of  the  drug  which,  when  injected 
into  the  circulation,  will  produce  vomiting  is  larger  than  is  neces- 
sary when  it  is  introduced  directly  into  the  stomach,  the  infer- 
ence is  that  the  drug  acts  primarily  on  the  stomach,  and  that 
when  it  produces  vomiting  after  injection  into  the  circulation  it 
only  does  so  because  some  of  it  has  been  excreted  into  the 
stomach. 

(3)  If  the  drug  will  not  produce  vomiting  after  injection  into 
the  circulation  when  the  stomach  is  replaced  by  a  bladder,  it 
shows  that  it  acted  directly  on  the  stomach ;  but  if  vomiting  is 
produced  it  shows  that  the  drug  acted  on  the  medulla,  and  that 
the  vomiting  is  caused  by  the  contraction  of  the  abdominal 
muscles. 


88         PHARMACOLOGY  AND  THERAPEUTICS. 

(4)  If  the  drug  takes  a  long  while  to  act  after  its  introduction 
into  the  stomach,  it  probably  acts  centrally ;  and  the  reason  for 
the  delay  is  that  sufficient  time  must  elapse  for  the  drug  to  be 
absorbed. 

In  spite  of  these  experiments  it  is  difficult  to  be  sure  about 
the  action  of  emetics,  for  some  act  in  both  ways,  and  some  may, 
in  the  course  of  their  circulation  through  the  blood,  act  upon 
some  of  the  many  parts  of  the  body  from  which  the  vomiting 
centre  receives  afferent  impulses. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  those  emetics  which  are  commonly  used. 
Emetics  acting  on  the  stomach  : 


(1)  [Yellow  mercuric  subsul- 

phate.] 

(2)  Alum. 

(3)  Ammonium  carbonate. 


(5)  Zinc  sulphate. 

(6)  Sodium  chloride. 

(7)  Mustard. 

(8)  Warm  water. 


(4)  Copper  sulphate. 
Of  these  zinc  and  copper  sulphate  act  slightly  on  the  medulla. 

Emetics  acting  on  the  medullary  centre  : 

(1)  Apomorphine.  (4)  Senega. 

(2)  Tartar  emetic.  (5)  Squill. 

(3)  Ipecacuanha. 

Of  these  tartar  emetic  and  ipecacuanha  act  partly  on  the  stomach.  The 
first  three  are  very  powerful  emetics,  and  are  much  more  depressant  in  their 
action  than  the  gastric  emetics. 

Therapeutics. — Emetics  have  two  uses.  Firstly,  to  remove 
the  contents  of  the  stomach.  Thus  when  that  organ  is  over-full, 
and  there  is  a  feeling  of  nausea,  an  emetic  by  emptying  the 
stomach  may  relieve.  Emetics  are  largely  used  to  empty  the 
stomach  in  cases  of  poisoning,  and  they  may  benefit  certain 
cases  of  sick  headache.  An  emetic  occasionally  aids  the  expul- 
sion of  a  foreign  body  which  has  become  impacted  in  the  fauces 
or  oesophagus.  Secondly,  emetics  are  used  to  expel  the  contents 
of  the  air-passages,  especially  in  children,  for  they  cannot  expec- 
torate well.  For  this  purpose  these  drugs  are  given  to  help  chil- 
dren to  expel  the  morbid  products  in  bronchitis,  laryngitis,  and 


DRUGS   ACTING   ON   THE    DIGESTIVE   APPARATUS. 


89 


diphtheria.  They  also  aid  the  expulsion  of  foreign  bodies  that 
have  become  impacted  in  the  larynx.  In  choosing  an  emetic  it 
will  be  remembered  that  although  apomorphine,  ipecacuanha, 
and  tartar  emetic  are  the  most  powerful  they  are  the  most 
depressant,  and  are  therefore  not  suitable  in  many  cases — such, 
for  instance,  as  poisoning  accompanied  by  severe  collapse.  When 
the  poison  is  a  powerful  gastro -intestinal  irritant,  if  the  condi- 
tion of  the  mouth  and  oesophagus  will  allow  of  it,  it  is  preferable 
to  wash  out  the  stomach  rather  than  to  use  an  emetic. 

Emetics  are  not  permissible  for  patients  suffering  from 
aneurism,  hernia,  prolapse  of  uterus  or  rectum,  peritonitis,  or  a 
tendency  to  haemorrhage,  because  of  the  straining  induced  by 
the  vomiting,  which  should  make  us  cautious  in  giving  them  to 
those  who  have  disease  of  their  vessels  or  high  tension  in  them, 
for  the  straining  may  lead  to  haemorrhage. 

9.  Anti-emetics. — The  causes  of  vomiting  are  so  numerous  that 
the  number  of  drugs  which  may  stop  vomiting  is  very  large ; 
therefore,  as  in  the  case  of  emetics,  we  can  only  consider  those 
which  act  either  on  the  stomach  or  on  the  centre  in  the  medulla. 

Anti-emetics  acting  on  the  stomach. — These  are  all  those  sub- 
stances which  have  been  already  enumerated  as  having  a  seda- 
tive influence  on  the  gastric  nerves,  viz.  : 


(1)  Ice. 

(2)  Bismuth  subcarbonate. 

(3)  Bismuth  subnitrate. 


(4)  Opium. 

(5)  Hydrocyanic  acid. 

(6)  Carbon  dioxide. 


Also  some  drugs  which  occasionally  appear  to  have  a  specific  local  action 
in  arresting  vomiting  ;  such  are: 


(i)  Cocaine. 
•  (2)  Cerium  oxalate.  \j 

(3)  [Menthol.] 

(4)  Wine  of  ipecac. 

(5)  Tincture  of  iodine. 

(6)  Arsenous  acid. 


In 

minute 
doses. 


(7)  Alcohol. 

(8)  Carbolic  acid. 

(9)  Chloroform. 

(10)  Creosote. 

(11)  Ether. 

(12)  Silver  nitrate. 

(13)  The  sulphocar- 

bolates. 


In 
j-    small 
doses. 


9O  PHARMACOLOGY   AND   THERAPEUTICS. 

Anti-emetics  acting  centrally — 


(1)  Opium. 

(2)  Ammonium, 

(3)  Potassium,  and 

(4)  Sodium  bromides. 


(6)  Amyl  nitrite. 

(7)  Nitroglycerin. 

(8)  Diluted  hydrocyanic  acid. 

(9)  Alcohol. 


(5)  Chloral  hydrate. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  some  drugs  fall  under  both  headings. 

Therapeutics. — The  very  name  of  these  drugs  indicates 
their  therapeutical  application.  At  the  best  they  are  only  pallia- 
tive ;  the  right  way  to  treat  vomiting  is,  if  possible,  to  remove 
the  cause.  Of  anti-emetics,  ice,  diluted  hydrocyanic  acid,  car- 
bon dioxide,  bismuth  salts,  morphine,  [menthol]  and  iodine  are 
perhaps  the  most  reliable,  but  all  are  very  uncertain. 

D.  Drugs  acting  on  the  intestines. — Many  secretions 
are  poured  into  the  intestine,  the  food  is  much  altered  by  the 
time  it  arrives  there,  and  it  is  changed  in  its  course  down  the 
intestine ;  the  physiology  of  intestinal  digestion,  of  the  move- 
ments and  the  nervous  mechanism  of  the  intestine  are  imper- 
fectly known  ;  drugs  may  be  considerably  altered  by  the  time 
they  come  to  this  part  of  the  alimentary  canal,  and  its  diseases 
are  little  understood  ;  consequently  we  cannot  arrange  the  action 
of  drugs  in  a  physiological  classification.  We  know,  in  fact, 
of  only  [three]  important  divisions :  purgatives,  [antiseptics] 
and  astringents. 

The  methods  of  experiments  which  have  been  used  to  deter- 
mine the  mode  of  action  of  purgatives  are  chiefly  those  of  Thiry 
and  Moreau.  The  first-named  observer  cut  the  intestine  across 
in  two  places  a  short  distance  apart ;  the  isolated  part  which  was 
still  attached  to  the  mesentery  was  sewn  up  at  one  end ;  the 
other,  the  open  end,  was  attached  to  the  abdominal  wall,  and 
thus  there  was  a  test-tube-like  piece  of  intestine  into  which  drugs 
could  be  placed.  The  parts  of  intestine,  on  either  side  of  the 
excised  piece,  were  sewn  together,  so  that  the  whole  intestine 
was  the  same  as  before,  but  a  little  shorter.  This  method  did 
not  give  very  satisfactory  results,  and  consequently  Moreau  de- 
vised his  experiments,  which  seem  more  trustworthy.  He  put 
four  ligatures  around  the  intestine  at  equal  distances  apart,  so 


DRUGS    ACTING    ON    THE    DIGESTIVE    APPARATUS.  9 1 

that  he  shut  off  from  the  rest  of  the  [intestine]  and  from  each 
other  three  pieces  of  intestine,  each  of  the  same  length.  With 
a  fine  syringe  he  injected  into  the  middle  piece  the  drug  to  be 
experimented  upon,  and  returned  the  whole  into  the  abdominal 
cavity.  In  a  few  hours  the  animal  was -killed,  and  the  state  of  the 
interior  of  the  middle  piece  was  contrasted  with  that  of  the  pieces 
either  side  of  it.  Before  Moreau's  experiments  there  had  been 
much  discussion  as  to  whether  some  purgatives  did  not  act  only 
by  increasing  the  action  of  the  muscular  coat,  and  others  only  by 
stimulating  the  secretions,  but  from  these  experiments  it  appears 
that  probably  the  majority  act  in  both  ways,  some  very  slightly 
on  the  secretion  and  powerfully  on  the  muscle,  and  others 
slightly  on  the  muscle  and  powerfully  on  the  secretion.  We  will 
first  consider  intestinal  purgatives,  [then  intestinal  antiseptics] 
and  [finally]  intestinal  astringents. 

Purgatives  are  divided  into  the  following  classes. 

Laxatives. — These  are  substances  which  slightly  increase  the 
action  of  the  bowels  chiefly  by  stimulating  their  muscular  coat. 


They  are — 

(1)  Whole  meal  bread. 

(2)  Honey. 

(3)  Treacle. 

(4)  Most  fruits,  especially — 

(5)  Tamarind, 

(6)  Fig, 

(7)  Prune,  and 


(8)  Stewed  apples. 

(9)  Manna. 

(10)  Cassia  [Fistula]. 

(11)  Sulphur. 

(12)  Magnesia. 

(13)  Olive  oil. 

(14)  Castor  oil  (small  doses). 


These  are  all  domestic  remedies  employed  for  slight  cases  of 
constipation,  especially  in  children ;  some,  as  brown  bread, 
fruits,  honey,  form  articles  of  diet  with  persons  who  are  liable 
to  constipation.  [Ergot,  physostigma,  nux  vomica,  belladonna, 
hyoscyamus,  and  stramonium  are  also  laxatives,  but  are  not  used 
except  under  medical  orders.]  Nux  vomica  is  most  valuable ; 
it  is  probably  a  direct  stimulant  to  the  muscular  coat,  hardly  in- 
fluencing secretion.  It  is  largely  used  in  cases  of  chronic  con- 
stipation, especially  when  occurring  in  anaemic  persons,  or  in 
those  in  whom,  for  any  reason,  it  is  likely  that  the  intestinal 
peristalsis  is  feeble. 


92  PHARMACOLOGY   AND   THERAPEUTICS. 

Belladonna  in  small  doses  increases  peristaltic  movements 
because  it  paralyzes  the  inhibitory  fibres  of  the  splanchnics,  but 
in  moderate  doses  it  completely  arrests  peristaltic  movements. 
It  is  chiefly  employed  for  this  latter  purpose,  especially  in  com- 
bination with  opium.  Hyoscyamus  acts  on  the  intestines  in  the 
same  way,  and  small  doses  of  it  are  often  given  with  other  pur- 
gatives to  prevent  griping,  for  it  gives  an  orderly  rhythm  to  the 
irregular  contractions  which  the  stronger  purgatives  produce. 

Ergot  and  physostigma  are  hardly  ever  used  for  their  laxative 
effect.  [Ergot,  however,  so  often  produces  diarrhoea  that  its 
purgative  action  should  be  kept  in  mind.] 

Simple  purgatives. — These  are  rather  more  powerful  in  their 
action  than  laxatives.  They  stimulate  peristalsis  and  also  increase 
secretion.  Some  of  the  laxatives,  as  castor  oil  and  magnesia, 
when  given  in  large  doses  become  simple  purgatives. 


The  simple  purgatives  are — 

(1)  Aloes. 

(2)  Rhubarb. 

(3)  Rhamnus  Frangula. 


(4)  [Rhamnus  Purshiana.] 

(5)  Senna. 

(6)  Pel  Bovis. 


These  are  all  in  common  use.  The  indications  for  each  will 
be  given  under  the  individual  drug. 

Drastic  purgatives,  often  called  cathartics. — These  excite 
greatly  increased  secretion  and  peristaltic  movements,  and  if 
given  in  large  doses  cause  severe  irritation  of  the  intestine,  with 
much  secretion  of  mucus,  great  vascular  dilatation,  and  even 
haemorrhage,  severe  abdominal  pain  and  collapse,  with  profuse 
diarrhoea.  The  peristaltic  contractions  are  often  irregular,  and 
hence  there  may  be  much  griping  pain  ;  therefore  it  is  usual  to 
prescribe  hyoscyamus  with  these  drugs,  which  are  in  order  of 
efficiency — 


(1)  Calomel. 

(2)  Podophyllum. 

(3)  [Leptandra.] 

(4)  Aloes. 

(5)  Jalap- 

(6)  Scammony. 


(7)  Gamboge. 

(8)  Oleum  Terebinthinae. 

(9)  Colocynth. 

(10)  Elaterium. 

(11)  Croton  oil. 


DRUGS    ACTING    ON    THE    DIGESTIVE    APPARATUS. 


93 


The  most  powerful  are  placed  last.  Some,  as  jalap,  elaterium,  scammony, 
are  often  called  hydragogue,  because  of  the  large  amount  of  secretion  they 
excite. 

Therapeutics. — Drastic  purgatives  are  employed  in  obsti- 
nate constipation,  and  also  to  produce  very  watery  evacuations 
with  the  object  of  removing  as  much  fluid  from  the  body  as  pos- 
sible. Hence  the  frequent  use  of  jalap  in  Bright' s  disease. 

Saline  purgatives. — The  action  of  these  is  obscure,  but  it 
seems  certain  that  they  very  greatly  increase  the  secretion  of 
intestinal  fluid,  and  hinder  its  reabsorption,  so  that  a  large 
amount  of  it  accumulates  in  the  intestine.  The  distension  due 
to  this  accumulation  excites  gentle  peristalsis,  and  consequently 
an  easy,  painless  evacuation  of  the  bowels.  Secretion  goes  on 
till  the  fluid  in  the  intestine  has  become  a  5  or  6  per  cent,  solu- 
tion of  the  drug,  so  that  if  a  very  concentrated  solution  is  given, 
much  intestinal  fluid  is  secreted.  There  is  some  doubt  whether 
osmosis  plays  any  part  in  the  process.  The  action  is  entirely 
local,  for  no  purgation  follows  if  the  salts  are  injected  into  the 
blood.  [Magnesium  sulphate,  administered  hypodermatically, 
purges.  It  is  possible  that  other  salines  may  act  similarly.]  The 
saline  purgatives  are — 


(1)  Potassium    [and   sodium] 

tartrate. 

(2)  Potassium  bitartrate. 

(3)  Potassium  sulphate. 

(4)  Sodium  sulphate. 


(5)  Sodium  tartrate. 

(6)  Sodium  citro-tartrate. 

(7)  Sodium  phosphate. 

(8)  Magnesium  sulphate  and 

other  salts. 


Therapeutics. — These  are  very  largely  used  as  habitual  pur- 
gatives, especially  for  persons  suffering  from  any  form  of  gout. 
They  form  the  essential  ingredient  of  most  purgative  mineral 
waters,  as  Hunyadi  Janos,  [Apenta],  Pullna,  Friedrichshall, 
^sculap,  Rubinat,  [Villacabras],  etc.  The  best  way  of  taking 
them  is  to  put  the  required  dose  of  the  salt,  or  the  mineral 
water,  in  a  tumbler,  add  some  [hot]  water,  and  sip  it  slowly 
while  dressing  in  the  morning. 

Cholagogue  purgatives  will  be  described  when  speaking  of  the 
liver. 


94         PHARMACOLOGY  AND  THERAPEUTICS. 

Enemata. — Any  fluid  preparation,  injected  into  the  rectum, 
is  called  an  enema.  When  a  purgative  is  liable  to  produce  sick- 
ness, or  it  is  inadvisable,  because  of  peritonitis,  intestinal  ob- 
struction, ulceration,  or  other  diseases,  to  give  it  by  the  mouth, 
it  may  be  given  by  the  rectum.  Castor  oil,  aloes,  olive  oil, 
magnesium  sulphate,  soap,  etc.,  may  be  administered  in  this 
way.  Enough  of  a  vehicle  must  always  be  used  to  make  a  pur- 
gative enema  up  to  three-quarters  of  a  pint  or  a  pint  [350.  or  500. 
c.c.],  for  distension  of  the  rectum  greatly  aids  purgation.  A 
teaspoonful  [4  c.c.]  of  glycerin  injected  into  the  rectum,  or  the 
same  amount  given  as  a  suppository,  often  unlocks  the  bowels. 

[Intestinal  Antiseptics. — These  are  believed  to  check  fer- 
mentation and  putrefaction  in  the  intestines  and  are — 


(1)  Naphtol. 

(2)  Bismuth  Naphtolate. 

(3)  Naphtalin. 

(4)  Bismuth  Salicylate. 

(5)  Salol. 

(6)  Chlorine. 


(7)  Creosote. 

(8)  Corrosive   Mercuric  Chlo 

ride. 

(9)  Oil  of  Turpentine. 
(10)  Silver  Nitrate. 


Naphtol  has  been  shown  to  destroy  micro-organism  in  situ. 
Bismuth  naphtolate  has  not  the  irritating  properties  of  naphtol, 
but  appears  to  be  equally  effective.  When  pure,  naphtalin  is 
not  absorbed,  it  does  not  cause  toxic  symptoms,  nor  is  there 
any  change  in  the  urine.  Salol,  a  combination  of  salicylic  and 
carbolic  acids,  decomposes  only  in  an  alkaline  solution,  and  this 
is  useful  for  action  in  the  small  intestine.  Chlorine  water  has 
been  used  for  the  disinfection  of  the  intestine  in  typhoid  fever. 
Creosote  is  valuable  if  administered  in  the  form  of  enteric  pills, 
which  are  soluble  only  in  the  intestinal  fluids.  Corrosive  mer- 
curic chloride  is  too  poisonous  for  use,  save  in  exceptional  cases. 
The  late  George  B.  Wood,  of  Philadelphia,  achieved  brilliant 
success  with  oil  of  turpentine  in  the  treatment  of  typhoid  fever. 
Silver  nitrate  has  a  limited  use  as  an  antiseptic,  in  its  local  appli- 
cation to  dysenteric  ulcerations  within  reach  in  the  rectum  and 
sigmoid  flexure.  The  intelligent  use  of  the  foregoing  drugs  has 
greatly  improved  the  success  of  the  treatment  of  enteritis,  diar- 
rhoea, colitis,  dysentery  and  typhoid  fever.] 


DRUGS    ACTING   ON    THE    DIGESTIVE    APPARATUS. 


95 


Intestinal  Astringents. — These  may  be  described  under 
the  following  heads  : 

Astringents  acting  on  the  vessels  of  the  intestine. — These  are 
the  same  as  those  acting  on  vessels  generally.  Those  employed 
for  their  action  on  the  intestine  are — 


(1)  Lead  salts. 

(2)  Dilute  solutions  of  silver  salts. 


(3)  Alum. 

(4)  Diluted  sulphuric  acid. 


Astringents  coagulating  albuminous  fluids  and  thus  constricting 
the  vessels : — 


(1)  Tannic  acid,  and  all  sub- 

stances containing  it,  as — 

(2)  Krameria, 

(3)  Kino, 

(4)  Haematoxylon, 

(5)  Cinnamon, 

(6)  Catechu,  and 


(7)  Eucalyptus  gum. 

(8)  Lead  salts. 

(9)  Silver  salts. 

(10)  Zinc  salts. 

(11)  Bismuth  salts. 

(12)  Copper  salts,  and  especially 

(13)  Ferric  salts. 


Astringents  diminishing  the  amount  of  intestinal  fluid  secreted : 

(1)  Opium.  (3)  Lead  salts. 

(2)  [Goto.]  (4)  Calcium  salts. 

The  precise  action  of  these  is  obscure,  but  it  is  probable  that  they  operate 
in  the  way  indicated. 

Astringents  diminishing  the  contractions  of  the  muscular  coat 
of  the  intestines  : 


(1)  Opium. 

(2)  Belladonna. 

(3)  Hyoscyamus. 

(4)  Stramonium. 


(5)  Lead  salts. 

(6)  Lime. 

(7)  Bismuth  salts. 


Therapeutics. — The  first  proceeding  in  every  case  of  diar- 
rhoea is  to  remove  its  cause  ;  if  this  can  be  done,  it  will  probably 
subside.  Often  the  cause  is  some  irritating,  indigestible  food, 
and  then  it  is  advisable  to  give  a  mild  purge,  as  castor  oil,  rhu- 
barb, etc. ,  to  get  rid  of  it.  The  majority  of  cases  of  ordinary 
diarrhoea  are  probably  due  to  some  slight  enteritis,  and  then  any 
one  of  the  astringents  that  have  been  named  will  be  valuable,  for 


96         PHARMACOLOGY  AND  THERAPEUTICS. 

it  is  desirable  to  constrict  the  dilated  vessels,  and  to  diminish  the 
secretion  and  the  movements.  Intestinal  astringents  are,  there- 
fore, often  combined,  and,  when  the  diarrhoea  is  at  all  serious, 
opium  is  of  great  service.  If  there  is  a  persistent  cause,  as  tuber- 
culous ulceration,  the  hope  of  doing  good  is  slight.  But  the  treat- 
ment by  drugs  is  only  a  small  part  of  the  battle ;  if  the  diarrhcea 
is  severe,  absolute  rest  is  necessary,  food  must  be  very  simple 
and  given  in  small  quantities  at  a  time,  not  much  fluid  should 
be  drunk,  and  the  patient  must  be  kept  warm. 

E.  Drugs  acting  on  the  Liver. — The  liver  has  several 
distinct  functions,  viz.  :  (a)  to  secrete  bile ;  (/$)  to  form  and 
store  up  glycogen  ;  (V)  to  form  urea ;  (//)  to  excrete  substances 
absorbed  from  the  intestine ;  and  (<?)  to  destroy  poisonous  sub- 
stances absorbed  from  the  intestine. 

i.  Drugs  influencing  the  secretion  of  bile. — It  does  not  follow 
because  more  bile  appears  in  the  faeces  that  more  is  secreted,  for 
it  may  be  that  the  gall-bladder  and  ducts  have  been  thoroughly 
emptied,  or  that  the  bile  which  has  been  poured  into  the  duode- 
num has  been  swept  along  quickly  before  reabsorption,  which  is 
ordinarily  brisk,  has  had  time  to  take  place.  Drugs  which 
increase  the  amount  of  bile  actually  secreted  are  called  direct 
cholagogues,  or  hepatic  stimulants ;  but  this  is  a  bad  name, 
as  the  liver  has  so  many  distinct  -functions  :  those  which  simply 
lead  to  a  larger  amount  of  bile  being  found  in  the  faeces  without 
any  extra  secretion  are  called  indirect  cholagogues. 

DIRECT  CHOLAGOGUES. — These  have  been  studied  in  fasting, 
curarized  dogs.  A  cannula  is  inserted  into  the  bile-duct,  and  is 
brought  out  of  the  body,  the  drug  to  be  experimented  upon  is 
administered,  and  the  amount  of  bile  is  secreted  before  and  after 
the  administration  is  noted.  No  food  must  be  given 'during  the 
experiment,  as  that  alone  causes  a  considerable  increase  in  the 
biliary  flow. 

Direct  cholagogues  (the  most  powerful  being  placed  first)  are — 


(1)  Euonymus. 

(2)  Sodium  benzoate. 

(3)  Sodium  salicylate. 

(4)  Podophyllin. 


(5)  Iridin. 

(6)  [Leptandra.] 

(7)  [Corrosive]  mercuric  chlo- 

ride. 


DRUGS   ACTING   ON   THE    DIGESTIVE   APPARATUS. 


(8)  Sodium  sulphate. 

(9)  Sodium  phosphate. 

(10)  Aloes. 

(11)  Ipecacuanha. 

(12)  Diluted  nitric  acid. 

(13)  Diluted    nitrohydrochloric 

acid. 


(14)  Colocynth. 

(15)  Colchicum. 

(16)  Potassium  sulphate. 

(17)  Rhubarb. 

(18)  Ja>p. 

(19)  Scammony. 

(20)  Diluted  arsenous  acid. 


There  are  individual  differences  among  direct  cholagogues.  Some,  as 
sodium  salicylate,  make  the  flow  very  watery,  others,  as  toluylendiamine, 
which  is  not  given  to  man,  make  it  so  thick  that  it  flows  through  the  duct  with 
the  greatest  difficulty.  Euonymin,  sodium  benzoate,  sodium  salicylate,  Harro- 
gate  old  sulphur  spring  and  Carlsbad  water,  all  markedly  increase  both  the 
total  quantity  and  the  solids.  Podophyllin  and  iridin,  on  the  other  hand, 
increase  the  solids  without  affecting  the  quantity. 

INDIRECT  CHOLAGOGUES. — These  cause  no  increase  in  the 
amount  of  bile  secreted ;  they  act  by  stimulating  the  upper  part 
of  the  jejunum  and  the  lower  part  of  the  duodenum,  thus  sweep- 
ing the  bile  on  before  there  is  time  for  it  to  be  re-absorbed. 

They   are — (i)    Mercury;    (2)    most   Cathartic  purgatives,  especially 
Calomel. 

Therapeutics. — Cholagogues  are  used  for  cases  of  dyspepsia 
in  which  there  is  reason  to  believe  that  the  liver  is  the  organ 
at  fault,  and  certainly  they  often  have  a  very  markedly  beneficial 
effect.  It  is  clearly  an  advantage  to  combine  direct  and  indirect 
cholagogues  in  order  to  insure  that  the  bile  shall  be  excreted. 
As  bile  itself  is  a  stimulant  to  the  peristaltic  movements  of  the 
intestine,  all  cholagogues  are  purgatives,  and  form  a  distinct  class 
of  purgatives.  In  cases  of  hepatic  dyspepsia  attention  to  diet  is 
of  the  greatest  importance,  and  muscular  movements,  as  riding, 
rowing,  etc.,  aid  in  the  expulsion  of  bile  from  the  gall-bladder 
and  ducts. 

ANTI -CHOLAGOGUES. — These  are  often  called  hepatic  depres- 
sants. They  decrease  the  quantity  of  the  bile  secreted.  Calomel, 
castor  oil,  gamboge,  magnesium  sulphate,  opium  and  lead  acetate 
have  this  effect,  but  it  is  not  sufficiently  marked  to  interfere  with 
their  therapeutic  use  for  other  purposes,  and  they  are  never  em- 
ployed for  this  action. 

7 


98  PHARMACOLOGY   AND   THERAPEUTICS. 

2.  Drugs  modifying  the  glycogenic  ftmction  oj  the  liver. — [We 
will  here  refer  to  those  drugs  which  cause  sugar  to  appear  in  the 
urine,  and  to  those  drugs  which  diminish  the  glycogenic  function 
of  the  liver. 

DRUGS  CAUSING  SUGAR  TO  APPEAR  IN  THE  URINE. — Until  re- 
cently it  was  assumed  that  all  these  drugs  acted  on  the  liver, 
probably  by  increasing  the  amount  of  sugar  made  from  the  hepa- 
tic store  of  glycogen ;  but  now  we  have  reasons  for  thinking  that 
sometimes  the  pancreas  may  be  the  organ  at  fault  in  diabetes,  for 
its  excision  causes  sugar  to  appear  in  the  urine,  and  other  symp- 
toms of  diabetes ;  also  it  has  been  suggested  that  perhaps  some 
perversion  of  processes  going  on  in  muscles  may  cause  diabetes, 
therefore  it  is  rash  to  assume  that  all  drugs  causing  sugar  to 
appear  in  the  urine  (glycosuria)  must  act  on  the  liver.  What 
little  can  be  stated  as  to  the  mode  of  action  of  these  drugs  will 
be  given  when  each  individual  drug  is  considered. 

The  drugs  stated  to  cause  glycosuria  have  already  been  mentioned  ( See 
p.  70).] 

DEPRESSANTS  OF  THE  GLYCOGENIC  FUNCTION. — Phosphorus,  arsenic, 
and  antimony  diminish  and' even  stop  the  formation  of  glycogen  by  the  liver  ; 
they  also  cause  fatty  degeneration  of  it.  In  certain  forms  of  diabetes,  opium, 
morphine,  and  codeine  have  a  most  marked  effect  in  diminishing  the  quan- 
tity of  sugar  in  the  urine. 

3.  Drugs  modifying  the  formation  of  urea  by  the  liver. — It  is 
believed  that  some  of   the  nitrogenous   substances,   especially 
leucin,  arriving  at  the  liver,  are  there  converted  into  urea.     The 
quantity  of  urea  excreted  by  the  urine  is  increased  by  phosphorus, 
arsenic,  antimony,  ammonium  chloride,  and  iron.     Phosphorus 
may  also  lead  to  the  appearance  in  the  urine  of  leucin  and  tyro- 
sin.     There  is  some  evidence  that  this  drug  causes  an  increase  of 
the  urea  through  its  action  on  the  liver,  for  in  phosphorus  poison- 
ing that  organ  undergoes  extreme  fatty  degeneration,  and  jaun- 
dice supervenes.     Whether  the  other  drugs  act  through  the  liver 
is  doubtful.     Antimony  and  arsenic,  if  given  in  large  doses  for 
some  time,  both  produce  general  fatty  degeneration.     All  these 
substances  must  be  administered  in  almost  poisonous  doses  in 


DRUGS   ACTING   ON    NERVOUS   AND    MUSCULAR   SYSTEMS.       99 

order  to  increase  the  urea  in  the  urine,  and  they  are  not  employed 
therapeutically  for  this  purpose. 

Opium,  colchicum,  alcohol,  and  quinine  are  said  to  increase 
the  quantity  of  urea  excreted. 

DIVISION  X. — DRUGS  ACTING  ON  THE  NERVOUS  AND  MUSCULAR 

SYSTEMS. 

A.  Drugs  acting  on  the  Muscles. — Pharmacologists  have 
devoted  much  attention  to  this  class  of  drugs ;  but  as  the  facts 
ascertained  are  not  used  in  medicine,  we  need  not  stop  to  con- 
sider them.     Brunton  gives  the  following  classification,  founded 
on  that  of  Kobert : 

Class  I.  Irritability  of  muscle  unaffected ;  total  amount  of  work  it  can 
do  diminished. — The  following  produce  this  effect :  Apomorphine,  delphine, 
saponin,  copper,  zinc,  and  cadmium,  and  in  large  doses,  antimony,  arsenic, 
platinum,  and  iron. 

Class  II.  Both  the  irritability  and  the  capacity  for  work  diminished. — 
The  following  produce  this  effect :  Potassium,  lithium,  ammonium,  quinine, 
alcohol,  chloral  [hydrate],  and  chloroform. 

Class  III.  Diminish  the  capacity  for  work,  and  make  the  excitability  very 
irregular. — Lead,  emetine,  and  cocaine. 

Class  IV.  Alter  the  form  of  the  muscle  curve. — Veratrine,  barium,  stron- 
tium, and  calcium  salts,  digitalis,  and  squill. 

Class  V.   Increases  the,  excitability. — Physostigmine. 

Class  VI.   Increase  the  capacity  for  work. — Caffeine  and  theobromine. 

Small  doses  of  strychnine  and  veratrine  shorten  the  latent  period ;  large 
doses  lengthen  it. 

Dilute  alkalies  diminish  the  extensibility  ;  dilute  acids  increase  it. 

B.  Drugs  acting  on  the  Peripheral  Endings  of  Motor 
Nerves. — Of  the  drugs  belonging  to  this  group  the  action  of 
curare  has  been  worked  out  most  fully.     If  curare  is  given  to  an 
animal,  it  is  found  that  the  muscles  will  respond  to  a  mechanical 
stimulus,  although  they  will  not  contract  when  the  motor  nerve  is 
stimulated.     If  a  single  muscle  be  removed  from  the  circulation 
by  ligature  of  its  vessels  before  the  administration  of  curare, 
afterwards  it  will  be  the  only  one  .that  will  respond  to  stimula- 
tion of  its  motor  nerve.     As  this  was  the  only  muscle  of  the  body 
that  the  drug  could  not  reach,  and  it  is  the  only  one  not  poi- 


IOO  PHARMACOLOGY   AND   THERAPEUTICS. 

soned,  the  poison  clearly  acts  locally  on  the  muscles ;  but  as  the 
curarized  muscle  will  respond  to  mechanical  stimulation,  curare 
must  paralyze  the  motor  nerves  within  the  muscle,  probably  the 
end  plates. 

Drugs  paralyzing  the  termination  of  the  motor  nerves  in  muscle  : 


(1)  Curare. 

(2)  Conium. 

(3)  Belladonna  (atropine). 

(4)  Stramonium. 
-=-  (5)  Hyoscyamus. 

(6)  Saponin. 

(7)  Sparteine. 

^  (8)  Amyl  nitrite. 
(9)  Diluted  hydrocyanic  acid. 

(10)  Cocaine. 

(11)  Camphor. 


(12)  Lobeline. 

(13)  Nicotine. 

(14)  Methyl -brucine. 

(15)  Methyl-cinchonine. 

(1 6)  Methyl-codeine. 

(17)  Methyl-morphine. 

(1 8)  Methyl- quinine. 

(19)  Methyl-nicotine. 

(20)  Methyl-strychnine, 

and  many  others. 


Curare  and  conium  are  by  far  the  most  important.      Therapeutically  we 
never  desire  to  paralyze  motor  nerve  endings. 

Drugs  stimulating  the  termination  of  motor  nerves  in  muscle  : 


(1)  Aconite. 

(2)  Nicotine. 


(4)  Pyridine. 

(5)  Strychnine  (slightly). 


(3)  Pilocarpine. 

Excepting  that  perhaps  some  of  the  beneficial  action  of  strychnine  in 
certain  cases  may  be  due  to  its  slight  action  on  motor  nerves,  we  do  not  em- 
ploy these  drugs  for  this  action. 

C.  Drugs  acting  on  the  Peripheral  Endings  of 
Sensory  Nerves  (other  than  those  of  special  sense). — Our 
knowledge  of  these  is  derived  almost  entirely  from  observations 
on  man,  for  it  is  very  difficult  to  experiment  upon  animals,  as 
they  have  such  imperfect  means  of  communicating  their  sensa- 
tions to  us. 

Drugs  which  stimulate  the  termination  of  sensory  nerves, — 
These,  when  applied  locally,  cause  pain.  They  are  the  same  as 
the  local  vascular  irritants  which  have  already  been  enumerated 
(p.  60)  ;  in  fact,  most  of  them  give  rise  to  pain  by  causing  local 
inflammation.  There  is  no  need  to  repeat  the  list. 

Therapeutics. — Local   irritants  are   chiefly  employed   for 


DRUGS   ACTING   ON    NERVOUS    AND    MUSCULAR   SYSTEMS.       IOI 

their  action  on  the  vessels,  but  as  they  are  also  counter-irritants, 
their  application  to  the  skin,  while  causing  some  pain  there,  will 
often  relieve  a  deep-seated  pain.  Although  pain  is  always  referred 
to  the  periphery,  it  is  appreciated  centrally,  and  therefore  periph- 
eral stimulation  of  nerves,  which  also  reflexly  excites  the  heart 
and  respiration,  is  used  to  rouse  people  from  unconsciousness, 
such  as  that  of  fainting,  opium  poisoning,  etc.  For  these  pur- 
poses the  stimulus  must  be  prompt,  hence  the  application  of  the 
faradic  current  to  the  skin  is  a  good  means  to  employ. 

Drugs  which  depress  the  terminations  of  sensory  nerves. — Of 
these  there  are  two  kinds :  those  which  only  relieve  pain,  or 
local  anodynes ;  and  those  which  diminish  sensibility,  or 
local  anaesthetics. 

Local  Anodynes. — These  have  no  action  unless  pain  be  present.  They 
are — 


(1)  Aconite. 

(2)  Carbolic  acid. 

(3)  Menthol. 

(4)  Diluted  hydrocyanic  acid. 

(5)  Vera trine. 

(6)  Ether.  -v     These  must  be 

(7)  Alcohol.         tallowed  to  eva- 

(8)  Chloroform.  J  porate. 


(9)  Chloral  [hydrate.] 

(10)  Belladonna. 

(11)  Stramonium. 

(12)  Hyoscyamus. 

(13)  Opium. 

(14)  Sodium  bicarbonate. 

(15)  Zinc  oxide. 


In  the  above  list  the  most  powerful  are  placed  first.  Many  other  sub- 
stances are  said  to  be  local  anodynes,  but  their  claim  to  the  title  is  doubtful. 
Cold  is  a  powerful  depressant  of  sensibility,  and  therefore  it  is  an  excellent 
local  anodyne ;  so  also  is  warmth,  for  heat  primarily  dilates  the  vessels,  and 
thus  relieves  tension,  which  is  a  very  powerful  factor  in  causing  pain. 

Therapeutics. — It  is  clear  that  the  scope  for  the  employ- 
ment of  local  anodynes  is  very  wide.  If  possible,  the  first  thing 
is  to  remove  the  cause  of  the  pain,  but  often,  as  in  neuralgia  and 
many  forms  of  pruritus,  we  cannot  do  this. 

Local  Anaesthetics. — These  are  [ethyl  chloride,  rhigolene],  cocaine, 
[eucaine],  carbolic  acid,  and  extreme  cold,  whether  produced  by  ice  or 
the  ether  spray.  This  spray  was  formerly  employed  to  produce  local  anaes- 
thesia before  doing  small  operations,  but  it  has  [the  disadvantage  of  stiffening 
the  parts  so  that  it  is  only  useful  for  single  incision  as  for  opening  furuncles. 


IO2        PHARMACOLOGY  AND  THERAPEUTICS. 

Upon  a  damp  day  it  is  ineffectual.  Ethyl  chloride  sprayed  from  tubes  by  the 
heat  of  the  hand  is  the  best  method  and  the  one  most  frequently  employed  at 
present.  Eucaine  and]  cocaine,  which  produce  a  high  degree  of  local  insen- 
sibility, [are  largely  employed]. 

D.  Drugs  acting  on  the  trunks  of  Nerves. — These  are 
of  greater  pathological  than  pharmacological  interest.     If  taken 
for  a  long  time  they  produce  chronic  inflammation  of  the  nerves, 
which  is  shown  by  the  great  increase  of  the  fibrous  tissue  between 
the  nerve-fibres  and  the  fatty  degeneration  of  the  fibres  them- 
selves.    During  the  earlier  stages  the  irritation  of  the  nerves 
causes  much  pain  and  tingling  ;  later,  as  they  lose  their  function, 
numbness,  with  loss  of  sensation,  and  paralysis  set  in,  often  ac- 
companied  by  trophic  lesions.     For  further  details  books  on 
medicine  must  be  consulted. 

The  drugs  producing  peripheral  neuritis  are — 

(1)  Lead.  I  (3)  Arsenic. 

(2)  Mercury.  (4)  Alcohol. 

E.  Drugs  acting  on  the   Spinal  Cord. — The  difficulties 
of  experiment  are  so  great  that  we  know  nothing  of  the  action 
of  drugs  on   the  sensory  portions  of  the   cord.     We  are  also 
ignorant  of  the  action  of  drugs  on  the  motor  fibres.    The  follow- 
ing method  is  adopted  to  discover  whether  a  drug  acts  on  the 
cells  of  the  anterior  cornua.     Suppose  we  are  studying  a  drug 
which  stimulates  them.     After  the  drug  has  been  given,  a  slight 
peripheral  stimulus  will  produce  such  marked  reflex  action  that 
convulsions  will  ensue  upon  the  stimulation.     If  the  cord  is  cut 
across  and  the  convulsions  follow  the  stimulus  as  before,  it  is 
clear  that  these  cannot  be  of  cerebral  origin,  for  in  that  case 
they  would  not  take  place  below  the  point  of  section.     Again, 
if  before  injection  of  the  drug  into  the  circulation,  the  vessels  of 
the  cord  are  ligatured,  and  then  the  drug  causes  no  convulsion, 
it  is  clear  that  it  acts  on  the  cord,  and  not  on  the  muscles  Oi 
nerves.     These  results  are  confirmed,  if,  when  the  drug  is  in- 
jected into  vessels  by  which  it  reaches  the  cord  quickly,  convul- 
sions occur  sooner  than  when  it  is  thrown  into  other  vessels ; 
also  if  convulsions  do  not  take  place  when  the  cord  is  destroyed ; 


DRUGS    ACTING    ON    NERVOUS    AND    MUSCULAR   SYSTEMS.         1 03 


and  lastly  if,  when  the  destruction  is  gradually  caused  by  pushing 
a  wire  down  the  vertebral  canal,  the  convulsions  cease  from 
above  downwards  as  the  cord  is  destroyed. 

The  drugs  increasing  the  irritability  of  the  anterior  cornua  are — 


(1)  Strychnine. 

(2)  Brucine. 

(3)  Ammonia. 

(4)  Thebaine. 


(5)  Chloroform. 

(6)  Ether. 

(7)  Ergot. 

(8)  Opium. 


(The  last  four  only  slightly,  and  early  in  their  action.) 

Therapeutics. — It  is  very  rarely  that  we  can  do  any  good 
in  spinal  diseases  by  attempting  to  stimulate  the  anterior  cornua ; 
but  strychnine  is  occasionally  given  for  cases  of  paralysis  due  to 
diseases  of  the  spinal  cord. 

Drugs  which  depress  the  activity  of  the  anterior  cornua  : 


(1)  Physostigmine. 

(2)  Bromides. 

(3)  Alcohol. 

(4)  Chloroform. 

(5)  Ether. 

(6)  Ergot. 

(7)  Opium. 

(8)  Mercury. 

(9)  Zinc  salts. 
(10)  Silver  salts. 

ii     Sodium  salts. 

(12)  Potassium  salts. 

(13)  Lithium  salts. 

(14)  Antimony  salts. 


(15)  Arsenical  salts. 

(16)  Camphor. 

(17)  Amyl  nitrite. 

(1 8)  Sodium  nitrite. 

(19)  Chloral  [hydrate.] 

(20)  Carbolic  acid. 

(21)  Apomorphine. 

(22)  Veratrine. 

(23)  Turpentine. 

(24)  Saponin. 

(25)  Emetine. 

(26)  Gelsemium. 

(27)  Colchicum. 


Of  these,  apomorphine,  alcohol,  chloroform,  ether,  arsenic,  camphor,  mor- 
phine, carbolic  acid,  chloral  [hydrate,]  nicotine,  and  veratrine  first  excite 
slightly  before  depressing. 

Therapeutics. — These  drugs  are  of  very  little  use  in  medi- 
cine for  their  action  on  the  spinal  cord.  Physostigmine  is  by 
far  the  most  powerful,  and  has  been  occasionally  used  in  obscure 
nervous  diseases  accompanied  by  convulsions,  as  tetanus. 

Ergot  has  a  very  peculiar  action  in  producing  sclerosis  of  the 


1O4  PHARMACOLOGY   AND    THERAPEUTICS. 

posterior  columns  of  the  cord.  Lead  sometimes  causes  atrophy 
of  the  anterior  cornual  cells,  and  long-continued  abuse  of  alcohol 
probably  causes  slight  degeneration  of  the  cord  as  a  whole. 

F.  Drugs  act-ing  on  the  Brain. — The  action  of  these  can- 
not be  localized  nearly  so  accurately  as  can  that  of  drugs  acting 
on  the  spinal  cord  and  nerves.  Drugs  acting  on  the  brain  illus- 
trate two  very  important  general  laws. 

First,  the  law  of  dissolution,  which,  when  stated  as  it 
applies  in  pharmacology,  is  as  follows:  When  a  drug  affects 
functions  progressively,  those  first  affected  are  the  highest  in 
development ;  that  is  to  say,  they  are  the  last  acquired  by  the 
individual  and  the  last  to  appear  in  the  species.  The  next  af- 
fected are  those  next  to  highest,  and  so  on  ;  till  finally  the  lowest 
of  all  from  an  evolutionary  point  of  view,  that  is  to  say,  the 
functions  of  respiration  and  circulation,  are  affected.  This  law 
is  very  well  exemplified  in  the  case  of  alcohol,  for  the  first  func- 
tions to  be  disordered  are  those  of  the  intellect,  especially  the 
highest,  such  as  judgment  and  reason ;  then  follow  disorders  of 
movement,  and  finally  death  from  failure  of  respiration  and 
circulation. 

Another  law  very  well  exemplified  by  drugs  which  act  on 
the  brain  is  that  when  a  drug  in  moderate  doses  excites  a  func- 
tion, in  large  doses  it  often  paralyzes  it.  For  example,  a  person 
under  the  influence  of  chloroform,  soon  after  its  administration, 
tosses  his  arms  about  in  a  disorderly  way,  but  they  subsequently 
become  motionless,  and  cerebral  stimulants  may  also  be  hyp- 
notics. 

Drugs  acting  on  the  motor  centres  of  the  brain. — To  investigate 
these,  the  motor  area  of  the  cortex  is  exposed  by  trephining,  and 
the  strength  of  current  which  it  is  necessary  to  apply  to  the  motor 
area  to  produce  corresponding  movements,  is  noted  before  and 
after  the  administration  of  the  drug.  Another  method  is  to 
observe  the  strength  of  current  necessary  to  evoke  a  movement, 
then  to  allow  the  wound  [made  by  the  trephine]  to  close,  after- 
wards the  animal  is  made  to  take  the  drug  regularly  for  some 
weeks.  The  opposite  motor  area  is  then  exposed,  and  the  strength 
of  current  required  to  call  forth  movements  is  noted. 


DRUGS    ACTING   ON    NERVOUS    AND    MUSCULAR    SYSTEMS.        IC>5 

It  has  been  found  that  [the  following]  diminish  the  activity  of  the  motor 
area. 


(1)  Alcohol. 

(2)  Anaesthetics. 

(3)  Chloral  [hydrate.] 


(4)  Potassium  bromide. 

(5)  Sodium  bromide. 

(6)  Ammonium  bromide. 


Bromides  are  largely  used  in  epilepsy  and  other  convulsive 
disorders  on  account  of  this  function. 

Drugs  exciting  the  motor  cells  of  the  cortex  are — 


(1)  Atropine. 

(2)  Absinthium. 


(3)  Strychnine. 

(4)  Physostigmine. 


They  have  no  therapeutical  application  in  virtue  of  this  property. 

General  cerebral  stimulants. — It  is  impossible  to  know  any- 
thing of  these  by  experiments  on  animals.  In  man  they  cause 
general  excitation  of  the  mental  faculties,  followed  in  many  cases 
by  delirium  and  incoherence.  The  exact  form  of  delirium  differs 
a  little  in  each  case. 


Such  drugs  are  — 

(1)  Belladonna. 

(2)  Stramonium. 

(3)  Hyoscyamus. 

(4)  Alcohol. 

(5)  Chloroform. 

(6)  Ether. 

(7)  Nitrous  oxide. 

(8)  Coffee. 

(9)  Tea. 
(10)  Guarana. 


(11)  Coca. 

(12)  Cannabis  Indica. 

(13)  Lupulus. 

(14)  Opium. 

(15)  Camphor. 

(1 6)  Santonin. 

(17)  Quinine. 

(18)  Salicylic  acid. 

(19)  Tobacco. 


Therapeutics. — Many  of  these  are  taken  habitually  as  cere- 
bral stimulants ;  for  example,  alcohol,  tea,  coffee,  tobacco,  in 
England  ;  opium  in  the  East ;  cannabis  indica  in  many  parts  of 
Asia ;  coca  in  parts  of  South  America ;  and  if  it  is  wished  to 
give  a  cerebral  stimulant  as  a  drug,  one  of  these  is  usually  chosen. 
The  rest,  which  are  very  important,  are  commonly  employed  for 
some  other  action.  With  very  many  of  this  class  of  drugs,  as 
will  be  seen  directly,  the  stimulant  action  soon  gives  way  to  a 
paralyzing  influence. 


IO6  PHARMACOLOGY   AND   THERAPEUTICS. 

General  cerebral  depressants. — These  are  commonly  divided  into 
three  classes  :  Hypnotics  or  Soporifics,  Narcotics  and  Anaesthetics. 

HYPNOTICS  OR  SOPORIFICS  are  drugs  which  produce  sleep, 
closely  resembling,  if  not  identical  with,  natural  sleep.  The 
brain  during  sleep  is  anaemic,  and  it  is  thought  that  this  anaemia 
is  the  cause  of  sleep ;  possibly  some  soporifics  act  by  producing 
cerebral  anaemia. 


The  hypnotics  are — 

(1)  Opium. 

(2)  Morphine. 

(3)  Chloral  hydrate. 

(4)  Chloralamide. 

(5)  Butyl-chloral  hydrate. 

(6)  Bromides. 

(7)  [Trional. 

(8)  Pellotine.] 


(9)  Sulphonal. 

(10)  Paraldehyde. 

(11)  Alcohol. 

(12)  Hyoscine. 

(13)  Cannabis  Indica. 

(14)  Urethane. 

(15)  Lupulus. 

(16)  Lactucarium. 


Therapeutics. — These  drugs  are  often  used  for  persons  suf- 
fering from  sleeplessness,  but  it  is  far  more  important  to  remove 
the  cause  of  the  sleeplessness.  Sleep  is  often  promoted  by  dila- 
ting the  vessels  of  other  parts  of  the  body  than  the  brain ;  for 
example,  a  warm  bath  or  an  abundant  meal  conduces  to  sleep. 
The  use  of  hypnotics  is  greatly  abused.  Those  who  take  them 
become  habituated  to  them,  so  that  at  last  even  large  doses  do 
not  cause  sleep.  Chloral  [hydrate  if  used  with  great  caution, 
pellotine,  paraldehyde,  trional],  and  chloralamide  are  perhaps 
the  most  satisfactory. 

NARCOTICS  are  substances  which  not  only  produce  sleep,  but 
also  in  large  doses  depress  the  functions  of  respiration  and  circu- 
lation. Many  of  them  fall  also  under  the  head  of  general  anaes- 
thetics ;  others  are,  in  smaller  doses,  hypnotics.  All  must  be 
given  in  considerable  doses. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  them. 


(1)  General  Anaesthetics. 

(2)  Opium. 

(3)  Chloral  hydrate. 

(4)  Belladonna. 

(5)  Stramonium. 

All  must  be  given  in  considerable  doses. 


(6)  Hyoscyamus. 

(7)  Alcohol. 

(8)  Cannabis  Indica. 

(9)  Lupulus. 


DRUGS   ACTING   ON    NERVOUS   AND   MUSCULAR   SYSTEMS.       IO/ 

Therapeutics. — They  are  of  great  use  in  calming  excite- 
ment of  any  kind  ;  many  of  them,  such  as,  for  example,  opium 
and  belladonna,  are  beneficial  in  relieving  distress  and  producing 
sleep  in  heart  disease. 

GENERAL  ANAESTHETICS. — These  are  drugs  which  lead  to  a 
total  loss  of  consciousness,  so  that  pain  is  no  longer  felt ;  at  the 
same  time  reflex  action  is  abolished.  They  illustrate  admirably 
the  law  of  dissolution,  and  also  the  fact  that,  after  excitement, 
paralysis  often  succeeds ;  and  the  stages  consequent  upon  these 
laws  can  be  readily  observed  in  any  one  who  is  taking  an  anaes- 
thetic. Firstly,  in  obedience  to  the  law  of  dissolution  the  highest 
faculty,  the  imagination,  becomes  excited,  the  patient  sees  visions 
and  hears  noises.  He  next  begins  to  chatter  wildly  and  inco- 
herently, for  in  the  excitement  of  any  function  by  a  drug  the 
exaltation  is  usually  irregular,  and  confusion  results.  Next,  the 
other  motor  centres  of  the  cortex  are  stimulated  irregularly,  so 
that  he  gesticulates,  throws  his  arms  about  wildly,  and  tosses  his 
body.  By  this  time  the  brief  stimulation  of  the  higher  intellec- 
tual faculties  has  probably  ceased,  and,  in  obedience  to  the 
second  law,  vision,  hearing,  and  touch  are  dulled,  and  he  has 
lost  control  over  his  reason,  so  that  he  feels  light-headed,  as  he 
expresses  it,  crying  and  laughing  easily  ;  now  he  is  totally  irre- 
spoasible  for  his  actions  and  careless  as  to  their  results.  It  will 
be  noticed  that  the  functions  are  paralyzed  in  the  order  stated  in 
the  law  of  dissolution.  Next  there  follows  upon  the  stimulation 
of  the  motor  areas,  stimulation  of  the  heart  and  respiration.  The 
pulse  and  respiration  both  increase  in  number,  the  blood-pressure 
rises,  the  face  flushes.  Then  comes  depression  of  all  the  functions 
previously  excited ;  first  the  higher  parts  of  the  cerebrum  give 
way,  and  the  patient  loses  consciousness — neither  bright  lights, 
sounds,  nor  painful  impressions  arouse  him  ;  he  becomes  quiet, 
and  ceases  to  throw  his  arms  and  legs  about ;  the  reflexes  disap- 
pear, and  consequently  touching  the  conjunctiva  does  not  pro- 
duce closing  of  the  eyelids ;  the  feet  do  not  move  when  they  are 
tickled,  the  pupil  is  contracted,  and  the  previous  quickening  of 
the  pulse  and  respiration  are  succeeded  by  a  slowing  of  their  rate. 
It  is  at  this  period  that  the  patient  cannot  feel  pain,  and  that 


IO8  PHARMACOLOGY   AND   THERAPEUTICS. 

therefore  operations  are  performed.  The  depression  of  the  motor 
centres  is  followed  by  the  depression  of  the  muscular  tone,  and 
the  muscles  become  quite  flaccid  and  cease  to  respond  to  me- 
chanical stimulation.  This  is  the  degree  of  narcosis  that  is  re- 
quired for  the  easy  reduction  of  dislocations  and  for  the  easy 
manual  examination  of  the  abdominal  viscera.  Anaesthetics 
should  not  be  pushed  beyond  this  stage.  If  they  are,  even  the 
involuntary  muscles  lose  their  tone  and  reflex  excitability,  so  that 
the  sphincters  of  the  rectum  and  the  bladder  relax.  The  depres- 
sion of  the  pulse  and  respiration  continues,  the  movements  of 
the  chest  become  weaker  and  weaker,  and  slower  and  slower, 
the  pulse  becomes  very  feeble,  slow,  and  irregular,  and  the  heart 
finally  stops  in  diastole.  Death  occurs  partly  by  the  heart  and 
partly  by  the  respiration.  At  any  period  of  the  administration 
during  which  recovery  is  possible,  the  functions  of  the  body  will 
return  in  just  the  reverse  order  to  that  in  which  they  were  lost, 
thus  again  illustrating  the  law  of  dissolution.  It  is  often  many 
hours  before  the  mental  faculties  have  recovered  their  equilibrium, 
and  long  after  the  patient  can  move  his  muscles,  he  cannot  co- 
ordinate them.  There  are  individual  differences  in  the  different 
anaesthetics  and  in  different  persons. 


The  general  anaesthetics  are — 

(1)  Chloroform. 

(2)  Ether. 

(3)  Nitrous  oxide. 

(4)  [Pental. 


(5)  Ethyl  bromide.] 

(6)  Many   other   substitution 

products     derived     from 
alcohols  and  ethers. 


Therapeutics. — Anaesthetics  are  given  to  cause  uncon- 
sciousness, so  that  pain  may  not  be  experienced  during  opera- 
tions, to  relax  muscles  in  cases  of  dislocations,  abdominal  exami- 
nations, phantom  tumors,  etc.,  to  relieve  severe  pain,  such  as 
that  of  parturition,  biliary  and  renal  colic,  to  quiet  the  body 
during  convulsions,  as  in  tetanus  and  hydrophobia. 

The  chief  dangers  of  anesthetics  are — i.  Death  from  shock. 
This  usually  takes  place  before  the  patient  is  fully  under  the 
influence  of  the  anaesthetic ;  reflex  action  is  not  yet  quite  abol- 
ished, and  the  heart  is  stopped  reflexly  from  the  peripheral 


DRUGS  ACTING   ON    NERVOUS    AND    MUSCULAR    SYSTEMS. 

stimulus  of  the  operation.  This  is  one  of  the  greatest  and  most 
common  dangers  of  anaesthetics,  especially  of  chloroform.  It  is, 
to  a  large  extent,  avoidable  if  care  be  taken  that  the  patient  is 
fully  under  the  influence  of  the  anaesthetic  before  the  operation  is 
begun ;  often,  when  it  is  trivial,  the  operator  is  in  too  great  a 
hurry  to  begin,  and  the  patient  suddenly  dies  from  failure  of  the 
heart. 

2.  Death  from  paralysis  of  respiration.     This  is  usually  due 
to  a  combination  of  circumstances.     Too  much  of  the  anaesthetic 
may  have  been  given,  respiration  may  be  difficult  because  the 
patient  suffers  from  some  disease  of  the  lungs,  or  the  operation 
may  demand  that  he  should  lie  on  his  side  or  in  some  other  posi- 
tion which  hampers  respiration.     It  is  not  a  very  great  danger, 
for  it  is  heralded  by  lividity  ;  and  if  then  the  posture  is  changed, 
the  administration  of  the  anaesthetic  is  stopped,  and  artificial 
respiration   is  performed,  the  patient  usually  quickly  recovers ; 
even  if  he  does  not,  artificial  respiration,  with  the  head  thrown 
back  and  the  tongue  pulled  out,  should  be  carried  on  as  long  as 
there  is  any  evidence  that  the  heart  is  beating,  or  if  the  patient 
draws  a  breath  when  artificial  respiration  is  stopped  for  half  a 
minute.      [Patients]  have  recovered,  although  it  has  been  neces- 
sary to  keep  up  artificial  respiration  for  hours. 

3.  Cardiac  failure  may  occur  if  the  vapor  is  too  concentrated. 
The  patient  almost  suddenly  becomes  pale,  and  the  pulse  stops. 
In  such  a  case  no  more  of  the  anaesthetic  should  be  given,  artifi- 
cial respiration  must  be  kept  up  in  the  manner  just  mentioned, 
[after]  the  patient  [has  been]  inverted  so  that  the  head  is  lowest. 
The  heart  may  be  stimulated  [by  large  rectal  injections  of  hot 
normal  saline  solution  or  of  coffee,  if  at  hand] ,  by  the  inhalation 
of  amyl  nitrite,  by  the  plunging  of  electric  needles  into  the  heart, 
or  [if  the  reflexes  are  not  abolished,]  by  flicking  the  chest  over 
the  heart  with  hot  towels  and  placing  hot  compresses  over  it. 
[The  use  of  brandy  subcutaneously  is  to  add  the  effect  of  one 
poison  to  that  of  another.     The  application  of  the  faradic  cur- 
rent over  the  cardiac  region  is  also  objectionable.] 

4.  Vomited  matter  and,  if  the  operation  is  about  the  mouth, 
blood  may  suffocate  the  patient.     To  avoid  the  first  contingency 


IIO  PHARMACOLOGY    AND    THERAPEUTICS. 

no  food  should  be  taken  for  some  time  before  the  operation,  and 
if  the  patient  is  sick,  he  should  be  turned  on  his  side  ;  to  avoid 
the  latter  special  precautions  must  be  taken,  which  are  described 
in  books  on  operative  surgery. 

For  the  relative  advantages  of  the  different  anaesthetics  and 
the  mode  of  giving  each,  the  account  of  the  different  individual 
drugs  must  be  consulted. 

G.  Drugs  acting  on  the  Eye. 

i.  DRUGS  ACTING  ON  THE  PUPIL. — The  first  thing  to  deter- 
mine is  whether  any  drug  which  dilates  or  contracts  the  pupil  acts 
locally  or  centrally.  It  is  dropped  into  one  eye  :  if  it  only  acts 
feebly  and  after  some  time  on  both  eyes,  it  follows  that  it  has 
acted  centrally  after  absorption  from  the  conjunctiva  into  the 
general  circulation ;  but  if  it  acts  quickly,  powerfully,  and  only 
on  the  eye  into  which  it  was  dropped,  its  action  is  local.  If  it 
acts  on  an  excised  eye  its  action  must  be  local.  If,  when  all  the 
vessels  going  to  the  eye  are  ligatured,  the  drug  will  act  when 
dropped  into  the  eye,  but  will  not  when  thrown  into  the  general 
circulation,  this  again  shows  that  its  action  is  local,  and  that 
when  it  acts  after  being  thrown  into  the  circulation  when  no 
vessels  are  ligatured,  it  does  so  because  it  is  circulating  locally 
through  the  eye.  If  all  the  arteries  and  veins  of  the  eye  are  liga- 
tured, and  the  drug  will  not  act  when  locally  applied,  although  it 
would  before  and  will  now,  when  thrown  into  general  circulation, 
it  shows  that  its  action  is  central,  and  that  it  acts  when  dropped 
into  the  eye  because  some  of  it  is  absorbed.  If  it  has  been 
proved  by  these  means  to  act  centrally,  the  further  investigation 
is  difficult,  for  the  central  mechanism  is  complex. 

If  it  has  been  proved  to  act  locally,  it  may  act  either  on  the 
muscular  fibres  of  the  iris,  on  the  terminations  of  the  third  nerve 
in  them,  or  on  the  terminations  of  the  cervical  sympathetic  in 
them.  Stimulation  of  the  third  nerve  causes  the  pupil  to  con- 
tract ;  section  of  it  causes  the  pupil  to  dilate.  Stimulation  of  the 
sympathetic  causes  the  pupil  to  dilate ;  section  of  it  causes  the 
pupil  to  contract.  If  the  pupil  is  dilated  by  the  local  action  of 
a  drug,  and  stimulation  of  the  third  nerve  will  not  cause  it  to 


DRUGS    ACTING    ON    NERVOUS    AND    MUSCULAR    SYSTEMS.        I  IT 

contract,  but  yet  the  muscle  is  responsive  to  mechanical  stimula- 
tion, it  shows  that  the  endings  of  the  third  nerve  are  paralyzed. 
If  the  pupil  is  contracted  by  the  drug,  and,  although  responsive 
to  mechanical  stimulation,  will  not  dilate  when  the  third  nerve  is 
cut,  it  shows  that  the  ends  of  the  third  nerve  are  stimulated.  If 
a  drug  locally  dilates  the  pupil,  but  not  as  powerfully  as  stimula- 
tion of  the  sympathetic,  it  is  clear  that  its  whole  effect  is  not  due 
to  a  stimulation  of  the  sympathetic ;  and  if  the  muscle  remains 
locally  irritable,  the  third  nerve  ending  must  be  paralyzed.  A 
series  of  similar  experiments  may  be  made  with  regard  to  the 
sympathetic.  By  these  means  the  mode  of  action  of  many  drugs 
has  been  made  out,  but  often  they  act  both  on  the  sympathetic 
and  the  third  nerve.  In  the  following  list  they  will  be  classified 
under  their  main  actions  : 

Mydriatics  {dilate  the  pupil} — 


A.   Paralyze  the  termination  of  the  third  nerve. 


(1)  Atropine. 

(2)  Homatropine. 

(3)  Daturine. 

(4)  Hyoscyamine. 

(5)  Coniine. 


(6)  Gelsemine. 

(7)  Muscarine. 

(8)  Hydrocyanic  Acid. 

(9)  Aconite. 
(10)  Amyl  nitrite. 


[pro- 
bably.] 


B.  Stimulate  the  terminations  of  the  sympathetic. — Cocaine. 

C.  Act  centrally. — Anaesthetics  (late  in  their  action). 

Myotics  {contract  the  pupil}. 

A.  Stimulate  the  terminations  of  the  third  nerve. — Pilocarpine,   and 
nicotine  (probably). 

B.  Stimulate  the  muscle. — Physostigmine. 

C.  Act  centrally. — Anaesthetics  (early  in  their  action),  Opium. 

Therapeutics. — Dilators  of  the  pupils,  especially  atropine 
and  homatropine,  are  used  to  dilate  the  pupil  for  ophthalmoscopic 
examination,  and  to  prevent  or  break  down  adhesions  of  the  iris. 
Contractors  of  the  pupil,  especially  physostigmine,  are  used  to 
overcome  the  effects  of  atropine,  [to  prevent  or  break  down 
adhesions  of  the  iris] ,  and  to  prevent  too  much  light  entering 
the  eye  in  painful  diseases  of  it. 


112  PHARMACOLOGY    AND    THERAPEUTICS. 

2.  DRUGS  ACTING  ON  THE  CILIARY  MUSCLE. — The  following 
drugs  impair  or  paralyze  accommodation  : 


(1)  Atropine. 

(2)  Daturine. 

(3)  Hyoscyamine. 

(4)  Homatropine. 

(5)  Cocaine. 


(6)  Physostigmine. 

(7)  Pilocarpine. 

(8)  Gelsemine. 

(9)  Coniine. 


Intra-ocular  tension  is  increased  by  atropine  (large  doses), 
hyoscyamine,  and  daturine.  It  is  decreased  by  cocaine,  hyos- 
cine,  and  physostigmine. 

Gelsemine  paralyzes  the  external  ocular  muscles,  especially 
the  elevator  palpebrse  and  the  external  rectus,  by  its  action  on 
the  terminal  nerve  filaments. 

Cocaine,  [by]  stimulating  the  unstriped  fibres  in  the  orbital 
membrane  and  the  eyelids,  causes  the  eye  to  protrude.  Coniine 
produces  ptosis  [when  given  in  large  doses] . 

The  capacity  for  seeing  blue  is  increased  by  strychnine.  San- 
tonin causes  first  violet,  then  yellow  vision. 

H.  Drugs  acting  on  the  Ears. — We  know  very  little 
about  the  action  of  drugs  on  them.  Quinine  and  salicylic  acid 
cause  noise  and  buzzing. 

I.  Drugs  acting  on  the  Sympathetic  System. — Much 
of  this  subject  has  already  been  discussed  when  speaking  of  the 
action  of  drugs  on  vessels.  The  curious  fact  has  been  made  out 
that  if  an  animal  be  treated  with  a  large  dose  of  nicotine,  or  if 
this  be  applied  locally  to  the  superior  cervical  ganglion,  stimula- 
tion of  the  nerve  below  the  ganglion  no  longer  produces  its  char- 
acteristic effects,  although  stimulation  above  the  ganglion  does. 

DIVISION  XI. — DRUGS  ACTING  ON  THE  ORGANS  OF  GENERATION. 

A.  Aphrodisiacs. — These  are  substances  which  increase 
sexual  desire.  There  are  conceivably  many  ways  in  which  this 
might  take  place.  There  is  a  centre  in  the  lumbar  spinal  cord, 
irritation  of  which  causes  erection,  and  this  is  capable  of  being 
excited  by  afferent  impulses  proceeding  from  many  parts  of  the 
body,  but  especially  from  the  cerebrum,  and  the  genital  organs 


DRUGS  ACTING  ON  THE  ORGANS  OF  GENERATION.   113 

themselves,  or  the  parts  in  their  immediate  neighborhood.  The 
lumbar  centre  appears  to  be  very  dependent  upon  the  general 
health,  and  therefore  substances  which  improve  this  are  indirectly 
aphrodisiacs. 

The  following  drugs  are  known  as  aphrodisiacs ;  their  mode  of  action  is 
not  certainly  known  : 


(1)  Strychnine. 

(2)  Cantharides. 

(3)  Alcohol. 

(4)  Cannabis  Indica. 


(5)  Camphor. 

(6)  Phosphorus. 

(7)  Damiana. 


B.  Anaphrodisiacs. — We  do  not  know  for  certain  of  any 
drugs  which  have  a  depressant  effect  upon  the  lumbar  centre. 
Most  anaphrodisiacs  act  by  decreasing  or  removing  some  irrita- 
tion which  is  reflexly  producing  an  aphrodisiac  effect,  but  some 
probably  act  centrally. 


Drugs  used  as  anaphrodisiacs  are — 

(1)  Bromides. 

(2)  Potassium  iodide. 

(3)  Opium. 

(4)  Belladonna. 


(5)  Hyoscyamus, 

(6)  Stramonium. 

(7)  Digitalis. 

(8)  Purgatives. 


C.  Ecbolics  or  Oxytocics  are  remedies  which  during  or 
immediately  after  parturition  increase  uterine  action. 


They  are — 

(1)  Ergot. 

(2)  Quinine. 

(3)  Hydrastis. 


(4)  Savine. 

(5)  Rue. 

(6)  Powerful  purgatives. 


Of  these  ergot  is  by  far  the  most  important.  Occasionally  some  of  these 
drugs  will  act  upon  the  gravid  uterus  to  produce  abortion  before  parturition  has 
begun.  They  have  all  of  them  been  used  criminally  for  this  purpose. 

D.  Emmenagogues  are  substances  used  to  increase  the 
menstrual  flow.  Diminution  of  the  menstrual  flow  is  a  symptom 
of  so  many  diseases  that  a  large  number  of  drugs  which  remedy 
these  are  indirect  emmenagogues,  but  the  substances  which  seem 
to  have  a  special  action  in  increasing  the  menstrual  flow  are — 


114        PHARMACOLOGY  AND  THERAPEUTICS. 


(1)  All  Ecbolics. 

(2)  [Manganese  dioxide.] 

(3)  Asafoetida. 

(4)  Apiol. 

(5)  Myrrh. 


(6)  Guaiacum. 

(7)  Cantharides. 

(8)  Borax. 

(9)  [Tansy.] 


Among  the  many  indirect  emmenagogues  the  commoner  are  purgatives, 
iron,  cod-liver  oil  and  strychnine,  which  act  by  improving  the  general  health. 
Hot  foot-  or  hip-baths,  especially  if  mustard  be  added,  often  aid  the  onset  of 
menstruation. 

E.    Substances   which    depress    Uterine    Action. — 

These  are  employed  to  restrain  the  contractions  of  the  gravid 
uterus. 


They  are — 

(1)  Bromides. 

(2)  Opium. 

(3)  Chloral  [hydrate. 

(4)  Viburnum.] 


(5)  Cannabis  Indica. 

(6)  Chloroform. 

(7)  Antimony  and  potassium 

tartrate. 


F..  Drugs  acting  on  the   Secretion  of  Milk. 
Galactagogues  [are]  drugs  which  increase  the  secretion  of 
milk. 

[Pilocarpus,  Leaves  of  Ricinus  Communis,]  and  Alcohol. — Of  these 
[pilocarpusj  is  the  most  powerful,  but  its  effects  soon  pass  off.  [The  leaves  of 
the  castor-oil  plant  are  used,  applied  as  a  poultice,  and  a  decoction,  or  the  fluid 
extract  of  them,  given  internally  at  the  same  time.]  Alcohol  is  very  feeble. 
The  secretion  is  so  much  under  the  control  of  the  general  health  that  the  best 
way  to  insure  an  abundant  secretion  is  to  keep  the  general  health  as  good  as 
possible. 

Antigalactagogues  [are]  drugs  which  decrease  the  secre- 
tion of  milk. 

Belladonna,  either  given  internally  or  applied  locally,  is  very  efficient, 
probably  acting  on  the  mammary  gland  as  on  the  sweat  glands. 

The  following  drugs,  if  given,  are  excreted  by  the  milk,  and  are  therefore 
taken  in  by  the  child  : — Oil  of  anise,  oil  of  dill,  garlic,  oil  of  turpentine,  oil  of 
copaiba,  and  probably  all  volatile  oils,  sulphur,  rhubarb,  senna,  jalap,  scam- 
mony,  castor  oil,  opium,  iodine,  indigo,  antimony,  arsenic,  bismuth,  iron,  lead, 
mercury,  zinc  and  potassium  iodide.  It  is  clear  that  these  must  be  administered 


DRUGS    ACTING    ON    METABOLISM. 

with  care  to  the  mother  ;  for  example,  copaiba  or  turpentine  will  make  the 
milk  so  [unpleasant]  that  the  child  will  not  take  it.  The  above  purgatives, 
given  to  the  mother,  may  cause  diarrhrea  in  the  child.  Opium  should  not  be 
given  in  large  doses  to  the  mother.  On  the  other  hand,  mercury,  arsenic,  and 
potassium  iodide  may  be  administered  to  the  child  by  being  given  to  her. 

DIVISION  XII. — DRUGS  ACTING  ON  METABOLISM. 

Our  knowledge  of  the  normal  metabolism  of  the  body  is  very 
imperfect,  consequently  we  know  very  little  more  than  has  already 
been  stated  under  other  divisions,  about  the  action  of  drugs  on 
metabolism.  Any  further  remarks  which  are  necessary  will  be 
made  when  the  individual  drugs  are  considered.  Two  words  in 
common  use  are  alterative  and  tonic. 

Alterative  is  a  vague  term  of  which  no  definition  can  be  given.  It  is 
often  used  to  cloak  our  ignorance,  when  we  have  no  exact  knowledge  of  the 
action  of  a  drug.  Many  drugs  comprehended  under  this  term  have  the  pro- 
perty of  profoundly  altering  the  body,  especially  if  it  be  diseased  ;  for  example, 
mercury  will,  if  the  patient  be  suffering  from  syphilis,  generally  cause  the 
absorption  of  syphilitic  exudations,  but  we  do  not  know  how  this  takes  place. 
All  that  can  be  said  about  such  drugs  will  be  stated  under  each,  for  their  mode 
of  action  is  probably  so  different  that  no  useful  purpose  would  be  served  by 
considering  them  together. 

Tonic. — This  is  a  term  even  more  vague  than  alterative.  So  ill-defined 
is  it  that  it  is  advisable  never  to  use  it  if  it  can  be  avoided.  As  commonly 
employed,  it  means  a  drug  which  makes  the  patient  feel  in  more  robust  health 
than  he  did  before  he  took  it.  Obviously  this  may  happen  in  many  ways,  such 
as,  for  instance,  by  improving  the  digestion  or  the  quality  of  the  blood.  [This 
definition  is  evidently  inadequate,  and  none  thus  far  proposed  is  entirely  sat- 
isfactory. The  following  is  suggested  (Wood)  :  A  drug  which  so  influences 
nutrition  as  to  increase  the  reconstruction  or  upbuilding  of  the  tissue  or  tissues 
concerned.] 


PHARMACOPOEIAL  MATERIA  MEDICA. 

(All  the  substances  about  to  be  described  are  pharmacopoeial  unless  the  con- 
trary is  stated. ) 


PART  I.— INORGANIC  MATERIA  MEDICA. 

GROUP  I. 

Aqua,  Hydrogenii  Dioxidum,  Oxygenium. 

I.  AQUA,  [Water,  H2O=I7.96. — Natural  water  in  its  purest  attainable 
state. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless,  limpid  liquid,  without  odor  or  tasle  at  ordi- 
nary temperature,  and  remaining  odorless  while  being  heated  to  boiling. 

II.  AQUA  DESTILLATA.— Distilled  water,  ^0=17.96. 
SOURCE. — Take   1000  volumes  of  water,  distill  from  a  suitable  apparatus 

provided  with  a  block  tin  or  glass  condenser,  reject  the  first  loo  volumes, 
which  contain  volatile  impurities,  and  preserve  the  next  800  in  glass- stoppered 
bottles,  rinsed  with  hot  distilled  water  immediately  before  being  filled. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless,  limpid  liquid,  without  odor  or  taste,  and  per- 
fectly neutral  to  litmus  paper. 

TESTS. — Evaporated  in  a  clean  glass  capsule  on  a  water  bath,  no  residue 
should  remain.  It  is  not  affected  by  Hydrogen  or  Ammonium  Sulphide 
(absence  of  metallic  impurities),  Ammonium  Oxalate  (Calcium'),  Silver  Nitrate 
(Chlorides),  Barium  Chloride  (Sulphates),  or  Mercuric  Chloride  (Ammonia), 
nor  should  its  transparency  be  affected  when  mixed  with  twice  its  volume  of 
Calcic  Hydrate  test  solution  (absence  of  Carbon  Dioxide).  In  heating  to 
boiling  and  acidulating  with  diluted  Sulphuric  Acid  and  adding  a  one-tenth 
of  one  per  cent,  solution  of  Potassium  Permanganate,  the  color  produced  is 
not  entirely  destroyed  by  boiling  five  minutes  nor  by  afterwards  setting  the 
vessel  aside,  well  covered,  for  ten  hours  (absence  of  organic  or  other  oxidizable 
matters)\.  Aqua  Destillata  is  always  to  be  used  for  making  up  prescriptions. 
(116) 


WATER.  117 

ACTION  OF  WATER.* 

External.— An  indifferent  bath  (88° — 98°  F.)  [31.1° — 
36.6°  C.] ,  or  one  in  which  the  bather  feels  neither  hot  nor  cold, 
produces  no  particular  effect. 

Cold  baths  increase  the  production  of  heat,  and  abstract  heat 
from  the  body  if  they  are  prolonged ;  therefore,  at  first  the 
bodily  temperature  may  rise  slightly,  but  when  the  loss  exceeds 
the  production  it  falls.  The  amount  of  carbon  [dioxide]  ex- 
pired is  increased.  The  rate  of  the  pulse  and  respiration  at  first 
rise,  but  they  soon  fall.  The  skin  becomes  pale,  and  the  con- 
dition of  goose-skin  is  seen.  After  the  bath  (the  duration  and 
temperature  suitable  for  different  persons  vary  widely)  there  is  a 
feeling  of  warmth  and  exhilaration,  and  the  cutaneous  vessels 
dilate,  [reaction]. 

A  warm  bath,  if  sufficiently  prolonged,  may  cause  a  slight  rise 
of  the  bodily  temperature,  the  skin  becomes  red,  the  pulse  and 
respiration  are  more  frequent,  the  amount  of  urine  secreted  is 
diminished,  and  after  the  bath  there  is  profuse  perspiration. 

Internal. — Warm  water  gives  rise  to  nausea  and  vomiting ; 
hot  water,  taken  in  small  quantities  at  frequent  intervals,  may 
check  both.  Water  is  quickly  absorbed  from  the  stomach,  and 
very  soon  afterwards  the  amount  of  urine  secreted  is  greatly 
increased,  and  to  a  less  degree  the  amount  of  bile,  pancreatic 
juice,  and  saliva.  Large  quantities  of  fluid  should  not  be  drunk 
during  meal  times,  as  that  impairs  digestion.  If  a  considerable 
amount  of  water  is  drunk  daily,  the  amount  of  urea  excreted  is 
increased,  and  that  of  uric  acid  is  diminished.  Water  not  only 
washes  out  the  tissues,  but  apparently  renders  tissue  metamor- 
phosis more  complete. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  WATER. 

External. — Cold  baths  are  used  for  the  subsequent  exhila- 
rating effects,  which  may  be  increased  by  [brisk]  rubbing  with 
a  rough  towel.  Persons  in  whom  a  feeling  of  warmth  does  not 

*  Unless  otherwise  stated,  the  word  action  will  in  this  book  always  be 
taken  to  mean  physiological  action,  or  action  in  health. 


I  1 8  INORGANIC   MATERIA    MEDICA. 

immediately  follow  a  cold  bath  should  not  use  it.  The  constant 
daily  use  of  a  cold  bath  probably  diminishes  the  liability  to  catch 
cold.  Cold  baths  are  said  to  arrest  attacks  of  laryngismus  strid- 
ulus.  They  have  been  largely  used  to  reduce  the  temperature  in 
fever,  especially  typhoid  fever.  The  first  effect  of  putting  the 
patient  in  the  cold  water  is  to  cause,  reflexly  from  the  stimulation 
of  the  skin  by  the  cold,  an  increased  production  of  heat ;  for 
this  reason  and  because  of  the  cessation  of  radiation,  the  rectal 
temperature  at  first  rises  a  little,  but  soon,  owing  to  the  direct 
abstraction  of  heat,  and  to  the  diminished  production  of  heat 
which  quickly  sets  in,  it  falls  rapidly,  and  continues  to  do  so 
after  the  patient  is  taken  out.  The  temperature  of  a  bath  for  a 
patient  with  typhoid  fever  should  be  between  68°  and  58°  F. 
[20°  and  14.4°  C.];  he  should  be  lowered  into  it  by  a  sheet, 
and  remain  in  ten  minutes,  unless  before  that  time  he  shows 
signs  of  collapse  ;  he  is  then  lifted  back  to  bed,  where  a  blanket 
is  thrown  loosely  over  him.  If  this  treatment  is  adopted,  the 
bath  ought  to  be  given  whenever  the  axillary  temperature  is  103° 
F.  [39.4°  C.].  Sometimes  the  patient  is  placed  in  a  bath  at  a 
temperature  of  10°  F.  [5.5°  C.]  below  his  own,  and  the  water 
is  cooled  by  putting  in  cold  water  or  ice,  till  it  has  fallen  to 
about  68°  F.  [20°  C.],  when  he  is  taken  out.  [Brisk  rubbing 
of  the  whole  body  should  be  carried  out  during  the  bath  and  the 
feet  kept  warm.  Cold  baths  are  no  longer  used  in  the  treatment 
of  typhoid  fever  with  the  notion  that  they  reduce  temperature. 
They  are  useful  for  the  stimulation  of  the  nervous  system  which 
they  may  pjjssjbjy  bring  about  to  some  degree  and  for  the 
marked  diuresis  which  they  produce  thus,  supposedly,  favoring 
the  elimination  of  toxins  in  the  urine.]  Often,  instead  of  having 
a  bath,  he  is  sponged  with  cold  water  as  he  lies  in  bed ;  this 
saves  trouble,  but  both  sponging  and  a  cold  pack  (which  con- 
sists of  a  sheet  four  folds  thick,  wrung  out  in  cold  water  and 
wrapped  round  the  naked  body  for  five  or  ten  minutes)  are  in- 
ferior to  a  bath.  Pneumonia  is  often  treated  by  the  applica- 
tion of  cold,  generally  by  means  of  ice  poultices  applied  to  the 
chest.  To  make  an  ice  poultice,  put  on  a  piece  of  [rubber] 
tissue  a  layer  of  wood  wool,  then  one  of  powdered  ice  sprinkled 


WATER.  119 

with  a  little  salt,  turn  over  the  edge  of  the  [rubber  tissue]  — 
which  has  been  left  wide  enough — so  as  to  cover  in  the  poultice, 
and  seal  the  edges  with  a  little  chloroform  or  turpentine.  Put 
the  poultice  in  a  flannel  bag,  and  bind  it  on  the  body  when  de- 
sired, with  lint  between  it  and  the  skin.  [The  term  "poul- 
tice ' '  is  hardly  a  proper  one  to  designate  this  method  of  apply- 
ing cold.  See  definition  of  poultice  on  p.  36.]  The  immediate 
action  of  very  cold  baths  is  far  the  best  treatment  for  any  sudden 
hyperpyrexia. 

Cold  is  applied  locally  either  by  cold  water  in  Leiter's  coils 
or  by  ice  bags,  in  a  number  of  conditions,  with  the  object  of 
arresting  inflammation.  Thus  ice  bags  are  put  on  the  head  in 
meningitis,  or  concussion,  and  on  the  knee-joint  for  acute  syno- 
vitis,  etc.  According  to  most  authorities,  cold  contracts  not 
only  the  vessels  of  the  skin  to  which  it  is  applied,  but  by  reflex 
action  those  of  the  organs  underneath  it.  This  explains  the  ap- 
plication of  an  ice  bag  to  the  chest  to  arrest  pulmonary  haemor- 
rhage. Cold  locally  applied  is,  therefore,  haemostatic. 

Warm  baths,  as  they  liquefy  the  fatty  secretions,  are  more 
cleansing  than  cold.  Hot  baths,  like  any  other  application  of 
heat,  soothe  pain ;  hence  they  are  useful  for  rheumatoid  ar- 
thritis and  colic,  whether  renal,  biliary  or  intestinal.  By  bring- 
ing blood  to  the  skin  and  lessening  the  amount  in  the  internal 
organs,  they  relieve  muscular  spasm,  such  as  we  find  in 
[spasmodic]  stricture  of  the  urethra,  colic,  laryngismus  stridulus, 
other  forms  of  laryngeal  spasm,  and  infantile  convulsions.  In 
the  same  way  they  are  of  service  in  weariness  from  muscular  or 
cerebral  activity,  and  are  useful  in  many  inflammatory  affections ; 
as,  for  example,  a  cold  in  the  head.  A  warm  bath  immediately 
before  going  to  bed  may  sometimes  cure  insomnia.  [The  prac- 
tice in  asylums  for  the  insane  is  to  give  a  hot  bath  (104°  F. ; 
40°  C.)  as  a  remedy  for  sleeplessness.]  The  subsequent  in- 
creased perspiration  makes  hot  baths  and  hot  packs  of  great 
value  in  the  various  forms  of  nephritis  and  in  uraemia.  Great 
care  must  be  taken,  after  a  hot  bath  which  has  been  given  to 
induce  sweating,  to  see  that  the  patient  is  kept  warm  by  being 
wrapped  quickly  in  a  hot  blanket  and  put  into  a  warm  bed ;  if 


I2O  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

not,  the  cutaneous  vessels  soon  contract,  and  there  is  no  diapho- 
resis. A  local  hot  bath  has  the  same  effects,  but  to  a  less  de- 
gree. A  hot  foot-bath  is  often  used  for  a  cold  in  the  head,  or 
for  amenorrhoea.  Sponging  with  hot  water  will,  by  the  vascular 
dilatation  and  sweating  it  causes,  reduce  the  temperature  slightly 
in  fever. 

A  cold  bath  is  one  the  temperature  of  which  is  below  70°  F. 
[21°  C.],  one  between  88°  and  98°  F.  [31.1°  and  36.6°  C.]  is 
properly  speaking  indifferent,  but  it  is  often  called  a  warm  bath. 
A  tepid  bath  is  intermediate  between  warm  and  cold.  Anything 
above  98°  F.  [36.6°  C.]  is  a  hot  bath.  Few  people  can  bear  a 
temperature  much  over  102°  F.  [38.9°  C.]. 

Internal. — The  chief  therapeutic  use  of  water  is  to  wash  out 
the  tissues,  especially  the  kidneys,  and  to  keep  the  urine  diluted. 
Some  persons  who  are  liable  to  the  formation  of  gravel  or  urin- 
ary calculi  can,  by  drinking  plenty  of  pure  water,  prevent  their 
formation,  for  the  minute  collection  of  crystals  which  are  the 
beginning  of  all  calculi,  are  washed  out  of  the  ordinary  system 
before  they  have  time  to  grow  to  any  size,  and  if  they  are  com- 
posed of  uric  acid,  the  copious  drinking  of  water  diminishes  the 
liability  of  their  formation,  for  it  dgfirgggps  thp  amount  of  uric 
acid  exyreted.  The  liability  to  the  formation  of  gall-stones  may 
also  be  kept  in  check  by  the  drinking  of  plenty  of  water,  [since] 
then  the  bile  becomes  less  concentrated  and  flows  more  quickly. 
When  large  quantities  of  water  are  drunk  it  should  be  p_ure  dis- 
tilled  water,  and  should  be  taken  between  meals.  A  glass  of  cold 
water  taken  on  rising  in  the  morning  will  with  some  persons  cause 
the  bowels  to  be  opened.  Warm  water  is  an  emetic.* 

[III.  AQUA  HYDROGENII  DIOXIDI.— Solution  of  Hydrogen 
Dioxide.  Synonym. — Solution  of  Hydrogen  Peroxide. 

A  slightly  acid,  aqueous  solution  of  Hydrogen  Dioxide  (H2O,  =  33.92), 
containing,  when  freshly  prepared,  about  3  per  cent.,  by  weight,  of  the  pure 
Dioxide,  corresponding  to  about  ten  volumes  of  available  oxygen. 

SOURCE. — By  solution  of  Barium  Dioxide,  300  ;   in  cold  distilled  water 

*  It  is  impossible  in  this  book  to  give  more  than  a  brief  sketch  of  baths 
and  the  drinking  of  water  and  mineral  waters.  Further  information  will  be 
found  in  works  on  "  General  Therapeutics." 


HYDROGEN    DIOXIDE.  121 

500,  and  refrigeration  to  50°  F.  ;  10°  C.  Phosphoric  Acid,  96  ;  is  dissolved  in 
distilled  water  320.  The  magma  is  added  to  the  latter  solution  and  thoroughly 
mixed,  being  kept  acid  by  Phosphoric  Acid.  Filter  and  wash  with  distilled 
water.  Add  diluted  Sulphuric  Acid  to  the  nitrate,  and  starch,  10  ;  by  agita- 
tion. Filter  and  re- filter  until  a  clear  solution  is  obtained.  The  bottle  should 
be  kept  tightly  corked. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless  liquid,  without  odor,  slightly  acidulous  to  the 
taste,  and  producing  a  peculiar  sensation  and  soapy  froth  in  the  mouth  ;  liable 
to  deterioriate  by  age,  exposure  to  heat,  or  protracted  agitation.  Sp.  gr.  :  about 
1. 006  to  I.OI2. 

Dose,  i  to  3  fl.  dr. ;  4  to  12  c.c. 

ACTION  OF  HYDROGEN  DIOXIDE. 

Hydrogen  dioxide  readily  yields  oxygen  to  all  oxidizable 
substances.  When  taken  internally  it  gives  oxygen  to  the  blood, 
stimulates  the  nervous  system  and  increases  urinary  secretion.  It 
is  a  non-poisonous  antiseptic,  destroying  organized  fermentations 
and  liberating  oxygen.  It  decomposes  pus  and  probably  destroys 
the  microbes  of  suppuration. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  HYDROGEN  DIOXIDE. 

Hydrogen  dioxide  seems  to  have  a  favorable  action  in  some 
forms  of  dyspepsia,  and  to  improve  digestion.  In  diphtheria  it  is 
useful  as  a  cleansing  agent  and  to  absorb  false  membranes,  but 
should  be  used  in  glass  or  hard  rubber  instruments.  Some  com- 
mercial preparations  are  very  acid,  and  therefore  too  irritating 
for  this  purpose.  This  acidity  can  be  neutralized  by  adding 
twice  its  quantity  of  lime  water.  It  will  check  bleeding,  but  from 
small  vessels  only.  It  is  of  great  value  in  cleansing  wounds,  ulcers 
and  fistulous  tracts,  and  for  surgical  dressings ;  the  cessation  of 
frothing  indicates  the  destruction  of  pus.  But  the  converse  of 
this  is  not  true,  for  it  will  froth  with  perfectly  normal  blood.  It 
should  not  be  injected  into  a  suppurating  cavity  unless  there  is 
a  free  outlet  for  the  escape  of  the  gas  which  is  formed.  Its  most 
popular  use  is  for  bleaching  the  hair.]  Internally  it  has  been 
recommended  for  many  diseases,  especially  diabetes,  epilepsy, 
and  uraemia,  but  there  is  no  proof  of  its  efficacy.  It  is  danger- 
ous when  given  subcutaneously,  for  it  is  broken  up  by  the  blood  ; 
and  if  more  oxygen  is  formed  than  the  blood  can  dispose  of, 


122  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

gas  emboli  are  produced,  and,  these  lodging  in  the  lungs,  cause 
death  from  asphyxia. 

IV.  [OXYGENIUM,  Oxygen  (not  official)  O  =  15.96. 

SOURCE. — By  exposing  manganese  dioxide  with  potassium  chlorate  to  a 
strong  heat.  KC1O,  =  KC1  -f  Oy 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless,  odorless  gas,  slightly  soluble  in  water  and 
alcohol.  ] 

Compressed  oxygen  gas  is  sold  in  [metallic]  cylinders. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  OXYGEN. 

Oxygen  inhalations  are  used  in  pneumonia,  bronchitis,  heart 
disease,  convulsions,  and  any  other  condition  accompanied  by 
great  lividity.  This  they  will  often  relieve,  and  they  may  help 
a  patient  to  tide  over  a  temporary  risk  of  death  from  asphyxia, 
and  even  if  they  fail  to  avert  death,  they  often  render  the  end 
less  distressing.  The  gas  should  be  allowed  to  issue  in  a  gentle 
stream,  and  the  inhaler  should  not  be  held  too  near  the  patient. 
[In  various  chronic  conditions  as  anaemia,  albuminuria,  glycosuria 
and  various  forms  of  sub -oxidation,  the  persistent  use  of  oxygen 
has  given  excellent  results.] 


GROUP  II. 

THE  ALKALINE  METALS. 

Potassium,  Sodium,  Ammonium,  Lithium. 

I.  POTASSIUM. 
K  =  [39-03- 

I.  POTASSA.— KOH  =  55.99.  Synonyms.—  Potassium  Hydrate.  Po- 
tassium Hydroxide.  Caustic  Potash. 

SOURCE. — Evaporate  Liquor  Potassae,  fuse  the  residue  and  pour  into  clean 
cylindrical  moulds  which  have  been  previously  warmed. 

CHARACTERS. — Dry,  white,  translucent  pencils,  or  fused  masses,  hard  and 
brittle,  showing  a  crystalline  fracture ;  odorless,  or  having  a  faint  odor  of  lye, 
and  of  a  very  acrid  and  caustic  taste.  Great  caution  is  necessary  in  tasting  and 
handling  it,  as  it  rapidly  destroys  organic  tissues.  Exposed  to  the  air,  it  rapidly 


THE    ALKALINE    METALS POTASH.  123 

absorbs  Carbon  Dioxide  and  moisture,  and  deliquesces.     Solubilit    ^-In  about 
0.5  part  of  water  and  in  2  parts  of  alcohol. 

IMPURITIES. — Organic  matter,  arsenic,  lead,  iron,  soda,  aluminum,  cal- 
cium, chlorides,  sulphates,  silicates,  carbonates,  and  nitrates. 

Preparations. 

x.  Liquor  Potassae.  Solution  of  Potassa.  Synonym. — Solution  of  Potas- 
sium Hydrate.  An  aqueous  solution  of  Potassium  Hydrate  (KOH  =55.99), 
containing  about  5  per  cent,  of  the  hydrate. 

SOURCE. — Dissolve  Potassium  Bicarbonate  in  distilled  water  ;  slake  Lime, 
dissolve  in  distilled  water  and  boil,  add  this  to  the  first  solution,  continue  to 
boil,  strain  when  cold  ;  when  it  has  become  clear  from  subsidence,  decant  or 
siphon  off  the  clear  solution.  K2CO3  +  Ca(OH )2  =  2KOH  +  CaCO3.  Or  it 
may  be  prepared  from  a  solution  of  Potassa,  56  parts  of  the  full  strength,  di- 
rected by  the  U.  S.  P.  (90  per  cent. ),  in  distilled  water  (944  parts). 

CHARACTERS.  — A  clear  colorless  liquid,  odorless,  having  a  very  acrid  and 
caustic  taste,  and  a  strong  alkaline  reaction.  Sp.  gr.  about  1.036. 

IMPURITIES. — See  Potassa.] 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Acids,  acid  salts,  metallic  salts  and  preparations  of  am- 
monia, belladonna,  hyoscyamus  and  stramonium,  the  alkaloids  of  these  three 
being  decomposed  by  caustic  potash.  All  alkaloids  are  precipitated  by 
alkalies. 

Dose,  5  to  30  m. ;  [.30  to  2.00  c.c.],  freely  diluted. 

2.  Potassa  cum  Calce. — [Potassa  with  Lime.  Synonyms. — Vienna 
Caustic.  Vienna  Paste.  Potassa,  500 ;  Lime,  500.  Rubbed  together  in  a 
warm,  iron  mortar. 

CHARACTERS. — A  grayish-white  powder,  deliquescent,  having  a  strongly 
alkaline  reaction,  and  responding  to  the  tests  for  Calcium  and  Potassium. 
Solubility. — In  diluted  hydrochloric  acid  without  leaving  more  than  a  small 
residue.  ] 

ACTION  OF  POTASH. 

External. — It  is,  if  concentrated,  a  powerful  irritant  and 
caustic,  acting  by  abstracting  water  from  the  part  to  which  it  is 
applied.  It  dissolves  fatty  matters  that  may  be  present  on  the 
surface.  It  is  antacid,  and,  if  freely  diluted,  sedative. 

Internal. — Mouth. — As  alkalies  check  alkaline  secretions, 
potash  momentarily  checks  the  secretion  of  saliva. 

Stomach. — Because  alkalies  stimulate  acid  secretions,  the  flow 
of  gastric  juice  is  excited,  if  alkalies  are  given  before  a  meal, 
but  if  at  the  end  of  or  after  a  meal  the  gastric  juice  already 


124  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

secreted  is  neutralized.  Being  readily  diffusible,  alkalies  are 
quickly  absorbed. 

Blood. — This  is  rendered  more  alkaline.  Probably  all  alkalies 
circulate  in  the  blood  as  carbonates,  but  their  action  as  alkalizers 
of  the  blood  is  very  transitory,  for  they  are  quickly  excreted. 
The  amount  of  haemoglobin,  if  it  is  deficient,  is  said  to  be  in- 
creased. The  continual  use  of  alkalies  diminishes  the  quantity 
of  fat. 

Heart. — Large  amounts  of  potassium  salts  are  depressant 
to  all  muscular  tissues,  and  therefore  decrease  the  force  of  the 
heart,  ultimately  causing  diastolic  arrest  by  direct  action  on  the 
cardiac  muscle. 

Kidney. — Potassium  salts  are  diuretic,  acting  directly  on  the 
renal  epithelium.  They  are  quickly  excreted  in  the  urine,  ren- 
dering it  alkaline,  and  thus  increasing  its  power  of  holding  uric 
acid  in  solution. 

Respiratory  passages. — The  bronchial  secretion  is  increased 
in  quantity,  and  it  is  rendered  less  viscid,  but  in  some  cases  of 
bronchitis  it  is  diminished. 

Muscle. — The  prolonged  contraction  produced  by  veratrine, 
or  barium  salts,  is  abolished  by  potassium  salts.  They  are  direct 
muscular  depressants,  and  depress  also  the  nervous  system, 
especially  the  brain  and  spinal  cord. 

Metabolism. — Potassium  salts,  like  all  alkalies,  if  given  in 
large  doses,  increase  metabolism,  leading  to  a  greater  oxidation 
of  proteids  and  fats. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  POTASH. 

External. — Caustic  potash  is  used  to  destroy  lupus,  and  it 
was  formerly  employed  to  make  issues.  Care  must  be  taken  to 
limit  its  action,  for  it  diffuses  very  rapidly.  Liquor  potassae  is 
used  to  dissolve  off  the  fatty  matters  and  thoroughly  cleanse  the 
skin  before  operations,  and  weaker  solutions  of  it  are  employed 
to  remove  the  epidermis  in  certain  chronic  skin  diseases.  A  40 
per  cent,  solution  is  recommended  to  remove  an  ingrowing  toe- 
nail,  which  is  painted  with  the  fluid,  and  in  a  few  seconds  is  so 
softened  that  much  can  be  scraped  off.  The  procedure  is 


THE   ALKALINE   METALS POTASH. 

repeated  till  the  nail  that  remains  is  sufficiently  thin  to  be  re- 
moved with  a  pair  of  fine  scissors.  Dilute  solutions,  acting  as 
sedatives,  relieve  itching. 

Internal. — To  obtain  the  effects  of  alkalies  upon  internal 
organs,  potassium  bicarbonate,  citrate  and  acetate  are  preferable 
to  potash,  for  that  is  apt  to  irritate  the  stomach  ;  but  it  is  occa- 
sionally used  in  small  doses  as  a  gastric  sedative  for  dyspepsia. 

Toxicology. — See  Soda,  p.  139. 

2.  POTASSII  CARBON  AS.— [Potassium  Carbonate.  K,CO,== 
137.91.]  Synonym. — Salt  of  Tartar. 

SOURCE. — Pearlash,  which  is  a  product  of  the  lixiviation  of  wood  ashes,  is 
treated  with  water,  which  dissolves  little  but  potassium  carbonate,  and  the 
solution  is  evaporated. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white,  [granular  powder,  odorless,  having  a  very  strong 
alkaline  taste  ;  very  deliquescent.  Solubility. — In  1. 1  parts  of  water,  and  in 
0.65  part  of  boiling  water;  insoluble  in  alcohol. 

IMPURITIES. — Sulphates,  chlorides,  nitrates,  cyanides,  earthy  and  metallic 
matters. 

Potassium  Carbonate  is  used  in  preparing  Mistura  Ferri  Composita, 
Pilulae  Ferri  Carbonatis  (in  which  Ferrous  Carbonate  is  formed),  and  Potassa 
Sulphurata. 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr.  ;  .30  to  2.00  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  POTASSIUM  CARBONATE. 

These  are  the  same  as  those  of  potash ;  but  the  carbonate  is 
less  caustic. 


3.  POTASSII  BICARBONAS.— [Potassium  Bicarbonate.  KHCO, 
=  99.88. 

SOURCE. — Pass  Carbon  Dioxide]  through  a  solution  of  Potassium  Car- 
bonate, and  let  the  bicarbonate  crystallize  out.  K2CO3  -j-  CO,  -f-  H,O  = 
2KHCO3. 

CHARACTERS. — [Colorless,  transparent,  monoclinic  prisms,  odorless,  and 
having  a  saline  and  slightly  alkaline  taste.  Permanent  in  the  air.  Solubility. 
— In  3.2  parts  of  water  ;  almost  insoluble  in  Alcohol. 

IMPURITIES. — The  carbonate,  chlorides,  and  iron. 

Potassium  Bicarbonate  is  used  in  preparing  Liquor  Potassii  Arsenitis, 
Liquor  Potassii  Citratis,  and  Potassii  Citras  Effervescens. 

Dose,  5  to  60  gr. ;  .30  to  4.00  gm.] 


126  INORGANIC  MATERIA  MEDICA. 

ACTION  OF  POTASSIUM  BICARBONATE. 

Potassium  bicarbonate  is  too  feebly  caustic  to  be  of  any  use 
for  this  purpose.  Otherwise  its  actions  are  those  of  potash. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  POTASSIUM  BICARBONATE. 

Stomach. — Potassium  bicarbonate  may  be  given  before  meals 
to  stimulate  the  flow  of  gastric  juice ;  and  as  it  is  a  gastric  seda- 
tive, it  is  useful  in  painful  dyspepsia  accompanied  by  a  scanty 
secretion  of  gastric  juice.  The  increase  of  the  antiseptic  acid 
secretion  is  valuable  in  cases  of  dyspepsia  associated  with  fer- 
mentation in  the  stomach.  It  may  be  taken  after  meals  if  too 
much  acid  is  secreted,  and  the  patient  suffers  from  acid  eruc- 
tations, especially  if  pain  be  present  also  ;  but  it  is  better  treat- 
ment to  remove  the  cause  of  the  dyspepsia.  It  is  not  a  common 
remedy  for  dyspepsia,  sodium  bicarbonate  being  usually  pre- 
ferred. Either  is  beneficial  when  much  mucus  is  present,  for 
this  is  rendered  less  viscid  by  alkalies.  It  should  not  be  used  as 
an  alkali  in  cases  of  poisoning  by  mineral  acids,  because  of  the 
evolution  of  carbon  [dioxide,]  gas.  Bicarbonates  are  used  in 
preference  to  carbonates,  as  the  latter  are  far  too  strongly 
alkaline  for  the  stomach.  Potash  water  is  often  drunk  as  an 
effervescing  water  instead  of  soda  water.  It  should  be  a  [half 
of  a  one  per  cent.]  solution  of  potassium  bicarbonate  in  water, 
into  which  [carbon  dioxide]  gas  under  a  pressure  of  four  atmos- 
pheres has  been  passed. 

Blood. — Potassium  bicarbonate  circulates  in  the  blood  as  the 
carbonate.  It  was  formerly  much  used  in  rheumatic  fever,  but 
is  now  superseded  by  the  salicylates.  Probably  it  did  no  good. 
In  gout  it  is  given  to  increase  the  alkalinity  of  the  blood,  which 
contains  an  excess  of  uric  acid,  but  there  is  no  evidence  that  it 
benefits  gout,  and  the  many  alkaline  mineral  waters  used  for  this 
disease  are  efficacious  because  they  dilute  the  plasma,  and  so  ren- 
der it  more  capable  of  holding  uric  acid  in  solution.  Potassium 
bicarbonate  is  believed  to  be  haematinic,  that  is  to  say,  it  is 
thought  to  increase  the  amount  of  haemoglobin ;  but  as  for  this 


THE    ALKALINE    METALS  -  POTASH. 

purpose  it  is  usually  given  with  iron,  its  haematinic  power  has 
not  yet  been  proved. 

Kidneys,  —  It  is  not  much  used  for  its  diuretic  effect  and  its 
alkalizing  power  over  the  urine,  as  the  vegetable  salts  are  prefer- 
able. 

4.  POTASSII  ACETAS.—  [Potassium  Acetate.     KC2H3O2  =  97.89. 
SOURCE.  —  Add  Acetic  Acid  in  excess  to  Potassium  Carbonate  or  Bicarbon- 

ate. Evaporate  to  dryness  and  fuse  the  residue.  K2CO3  -f-  2HC2H3Oj  = 
2KC2H3O2  +  H2O  +  CO2.  Or,  if  the  bicarbonate,  which  is  preferable,  is 
used,  KHCO3  +  HC2H3O2  =  KC2H3O2  +  H2O  +  CO2. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  white  powder  or  crystalline  masses  of  a  satiny  lustre, 
odorless  and  having  a  warming  saline  taste  ;  very  deliquescent.  Solubility.  — 
In  0.36  part  of  water,  and  1.9  parts  of  Alcohol. 

IMPURITIES.  —  The  carbonate  and  metallic  impurities. 

Dose,  5  to  60  gr.  ;  .30  to  4.00  gm.] 

5.  POTASSII  CITRAS.—  [Potassium  Citrate.      K3C6H5OT  -f-  H,O  = 

323-59. 

SOURCE.  —  Neutralize  Potassium  Carbonate  with  a  solution  of  Citric 
Acid,  and  evaporate  to  dryness.  3K2CO3  +  2H3C6H5O7  =  2K3C6H5O7-f- 


CHARACTERS.  —  Transparent,  prismatic  crystals  or  a  white,  granular  pow- 
der, odorless  and  having  a  cooling,  saline  taste.  Deliquescent  on  exposure  to 
the  air.  Solubility.  —  In  0.6  part  of  water  ;  sparingly  in  Alcohol. 

IMPURITIES.  —  Carbonates,  chlorides,  and  tartrates. 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr.  ;  .30  to  2.00  gm.] 

Preparation. 

Liquor  Potassii  Citratis.  —  Solution  of  Potassium  Citrate.  Syn- 
onym. —  Mistura  Potassii  Citratis.  Citric  Acid,  6  ;  Potassium  Bicarbon- 
ate, 8  ;  water  to  loo.  The  acid  and  the  bicarbonate  are  dissolved 
separately  and  the  solutions  mixed.  It  contains  about  9  per  cent,  of 
anhydrous  Potassium  Citrate. 

Dose,  i  to  8  fl.  dr.  ;  4.  to  30.  c.c. 

6.  POTASSII  CITRAS    EFFERVESCENS.—  Effervescent  Potas- 

sium Citrate.     Citric  Acid,  63  ;  Potassium  Bicarbonate,  90  ;  Sugar,  47. 

SOURCE.  —  Powder  the  ingredients  separately,  and  mix  them  thoroughly  in 
a  warm  mortar.  Dry  the  resulting,  uniform  paste  rapidly,  and  when  it  is  per- 
fectly dry,  reduce  it  to  a  powder  of  the  desired  degree  of  fineness.  H3C,,H6Oj 
+  3KHC03  +  H20  =  K3C8H507  +  3CO2  -f  4H2O. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  fine,  white  powder,  odorless,  and  having  a  sweetish, 
saline  taste.  Solubility.  —  Completely  in  water,  with  effervescence. 

Dose,  5  to  60  gr.  ;  .30  to  4.00  gm.] 


128  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

ACTION  OF  POTASSIUM  CITRATE  AND  ACETATE. 

External. — No  action.  Being  neutral,  they  are  not  even 
antacid. 

Internal. — These  are  the  least  irritating  to  the  stomach  of 
all  potassium  salts  ;  being  neutral,  they  have  no  action  on  gastric 
juice.  They  circulate  as  potassium  carbonate.  Both  are  more 
powerfully  diuretic  than  any  other  potassium  salts,  and  act  by 
directly  stimulating  the  renal  cells.  They  are  diaphoretic, 
especially  the  citrate ;  but  neither  of  them  causes  a  great  increase 
of  the  perspiration..  How  they  produce  this  effect  is  not  certainly 
known. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  POTASSIUM  CITRATE  AND  ACETATE. 

As  neither  impairs  digestion,  they  are  chiefly  used  for  remote 
effects. 

Blood. — They  have  been  largely  given  for  rheumatic  fever,  but 
are  now  rarely  employed.  Many  believe  both  salts  are  of  great 
value  in  gout ;  if  that  is  so,  it  is  doubtful  how  they  act,  for 
they  do  not  increase  the  power  of  blood  plasma  to  dissolve  so- 
dium biurate.  They  are  powerfully  antiscorbutic  ;  that  is  to 
say,  they  prevent  scurvy ;  but  they  are  not  so  efficacious  as 
lemon-juice,  lime-juice,  and  fresh  vegetables. 

Kidneys. — Although  in  health  the  diuresis  produced  by  the 
potassium  citrate  and  acetate  is  slight,  and  the  urea  and  other 
solids  of  the  urine  are  actually  decreased,  yet  clinical  experience 
points  clearly  to  the  fact  that  both  these  salts  are,  in  chronic 
Bright's  disease,  powerful  diuretics.  They  are  frequenly  used 
in  this  disease  and  in  feverish  conditions,  and  also  to  increase  the 
amount  of  urine,  and  thus  to  remove  pathological  fluids  in  cases 
of  pleuritic  effusion,  ascites,  etc.  Diuretics  are  best  combined, 
and  the  following  is  a  good  mixture  :  Potassium  acetate,  20  gr. 
[i.2ogm.]  ;  tincture  of  squill,  10  m  [.6oc.c.]  ;  spirit  of  nitrous 
ether,  30  m  [2.00  c.c.]  ;  juice  of  broom,  i  fl.  3  [4.00  c.c.]  ; 
water  to  8  fl^  [30.00  c.c.  ;  juice  of  broom,  B.  P.,  is  obtained 
by  bruising  fresh  broom  tops,  expressing  the  juice,  adding  one- 
third  part  of  alcohol  and  filtering  after  seven  days] . 

They  render  the  urine  alkaline,  and  are  much  employed  for 


THE    ALKALINE    METALS POTASH.  129 

this  purpose,  having  the  advantage  over  other  potassium  salts 
that  they  do  not  derange  digestion.  Not  only  do  they  prevent 
the  precipitation  of  uric  acid,  and  thus  hinder  the  formation  of 
uric  acid  gravel,  but  they  will  dissolve  small  uric  acid  calculi. 
Roberts  states  that  to  keep  the  urine  at  the  alkalinity  necessary 
for  this  purpose,  40  to  60  gr.  [2.50^0  4.00  gm.]  of  the  acetate 
or  citrate  should  be  dissolved  in  four  ounces  [120.  c.c.]  of  water, 
and  taken  every  four  hours.  If  more  than  this  is  used,  harm  is 
done ;  for  an  insoluble  biurate  forms  on  the  surface  of  the  cal- 
culus. With  many  patients  it  suffices  if  such  a  dose  in  a  tumbler 
of  water  be  taken  at  bed-time  ;  for  during  the  night  the  acidity 
of  the  urine  is  highest,  as  there  is  no  alkaline  tide  due  to  meals. 
Owing  to  the  depressing  action  of  potassium  salts,  they  should 
be  used  with  care  in  persons  suffering  from  heart  disease. 

Skin. — Both  these  salts  may  be  used  in  slight  pyrexia,  such 
as  that  of  a  common  cold,  on  account  of  their  diaphoretic 
properties. 

Lungs. — These  salts,  like  the  carbonates  and  bicarbonates, 
are  mild  saline  expectorants,  especially  suitable  for  cases  of  bron- 
chitis with  viscid,  scanty  expectoration,  as  they  increase  the 
secretion  and  lessen  the  viscidity.  The  iodide  is,  however,  still 
more  efficacious. 

7.  POTASSII  SULPHAS.— [Potassium  Sulphate.     K2SO4=  173.88. 
SOURCE. — Add  Potassium  Carbonate  to  Acid  Potassium  Sulphate,  which 

is  a  bye-product  of  the  manufacture  of  Nitric  Acid.  K2CO3-f-2KHSO4  = 
2KaSO4+CO,-f-H2O. 

CHARACTERS. — Hard,  colorless,  transparent,  six-sided,  rhombic  prisms 
terminated  by  pyramids,  or  a  white  powder,  odorless,  and  having  a  somewhat 
bitter,  saline  taste.  Solubility. — In  9.5  parts  of  water  ;  insoluble  in  Alcohol. 

IMPURITIES. — Sodium,  arsenic,  lead,  copper,  zinc,  iron,  aluminum,  cal- 
cium, magnesia  and  chlorides. 

Dose,  yz  to  4  dr. ;  2.  to  15.  gm. 

8.  POTASSII   BITARTRAS.— Potassium  Bitartrate.     KH4C4HO,= 
187.67.     Synonyms. — Acid  Potassium  Tartrate.     Cream  of  Tartar. 

SOURCE. — Obtained  from  crude  Tartar  (argol)  deposited  on  the  sides  of 
wine  casks  during  the  fermentation  of  grape  juice,  and  purified  by  boiling 
water,  filtration  through  charcoal  and  crystallization. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless  or  slightly  opaque  rhombic  crystals  ;  or  a  fine, 
white,  somewhat  gritty  powder,  odorless,  and  having  a  pleasant,  acidulous 
taste.  Solubility. — In  201  parts  of  water;  very  sparingly  soluble  in  Alcohol. 

9 


I3O  INORGANIC    MATERIA   MEDICA. 

IMPURITIES. — Calcium  tartrate,  copper,  lead,  and  iron. 
Potassium  Bitartrate  is  contained  in  Pulvis  Jalapae  Compositus.  ] 
Dose,  20  to  60  gr. ;  [1.20  to  4.00  gin.]  (diuretic  and  refrigerant) ;   j£  to 
4  dr. ;  [a.  to  15.  gm. ;]  (purgative). 

ACTION  OF  POTASSIUM  BITARTRATE  AND  SULPHATE. 

External. — One  of  these  being  only  slightly  acid  and  the 
other  neutral,  they  have  none  of  the  external  caustic  or  antacid 
properties  of  other  potassium  salts. 

Internal. — Intestines. — Both  salts  are  typical  hydragogue 
saline  purges,  producing  easy,  soft,  watery  motions  without 
griping.  They  abstract  fluid  from  the  blood,  and  cause  it  to  be 
poured  into  the  intestine.  Their  mode  of  action  has  already 
been  fully  described  {see  p.  93). 

Liver. — Potassium  sulphate  is  a  moderate  cholagogue, 
slightly  increasing  the  biliary  flow. 

Kidney. — The  bitartrate  is  diuretic,  because  a  small 
amount  of  it  is,  in  the  intestine,  converted  into  a  carbonate  and 
absorbed,  and  this  acts  directly  on  the  renal  cells.  Hence  it 
renders  the  urine  alkaline.  But  all  the  sulphate  and  most  of 
the  bitartrate  is  excreted  with  the  faeces,  and  if,  as  seems  proba- 
ble, some  is  absorbed  by  the  small  intestine  in  the  form  in  which 
it  is  taken,  it  is  excreted  again  into  the  colon. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  POTASSIUM  BITARTRATE  AND  SULPHATE. 

Internal. — Intestines. — These  excellent  purgatives  are  fre- 
quently used,  especially  for  habitual  sluggishness  of  the  bowels. 
A  dose  should  be  dissolved  in  a  tumbler  of  [hot]  water,  and 
sipped  during  dressing.  They  may  be  employed  to  open  the 
bowels  in  cases,  such  as  dropsy  or  uraemia,  in  which  we  wish  to 
eliminate  as  much  fluid  as  possible.  They  should  for  this  pur- 
pose be  given  in  a  concentrated  form,  for  then  a  large  amount 
of  fluid  will  be  secreted  from  the  intestine  to  bring  the  solution 
of  the  salt  to  that  degree  of  dilution  at  which  it  will  act.  Com- 
pound jalap  powder  [which  contains  potassium  bitartrate]  is  also 
much  used  for  this  class  of  cases.  The  sulphate  having  some 
cholagogue  action,  is  to  be  preferred  when  it  is  believed  that  the 
liver  is  at  fault. 


THE    ALKALINE    METALS POTASH.  13! 

Liver. — These  salts  are  often  given  to  those  who  suffer  from 
gall-stones,  although  no  potassium  salts  have  any  power  to  dis- 
solve gall-stones,  but  the  sulphate  does  good  as  a  cholagogue. 

Kidney. — The  bitartrate  is  sometimes  used  as  a  diuretic  in 
the  same  class  of  cases  as  the  acetate  and  citrate.  A  very  pleas- 
ant drink  for  feverish  patients  is  Imperial  drink.  It  contains 
potassium  bitartrate,  60  gr.  [4.00  gm.]  ;  saccharin,  i  gr.  [.06 
gm.]  ;  oil  of  lemon,  3m  [.20  c.c.]  ;  to  a  pint  [500.  c.c.]  of 
boiling  water. 

9.  POTASSII  NITRAS.— [Potassium  Nitrate.  KNOS  =  100.92. 
Synonyms. — Nitre.  Saltpetre. 

SOURCE. — Purified  native  Saltpetre. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  transparent,  six-sided  rhombic  prisms  or  a  crys- 
talline powder,  odorless,  and  having  a  cooling,  saline  and  pungent  taste. 
Solubility. — In  3.8  parts  of  water  ;  very  sparingly  soluble  in  Alcohol. 

IMPURITIES. — Sulphates,  chlorides  and  lime,  and  the  metals. 

Potassium  Nitrate  is  used  to  prepare  Argenti  Nitras  Dilutus. 

Dose,  5  to  20  gr. ;  .30  to  1.20  gm. 

Preparation. 

Charta  Potassii  Nitratis. — Potassium  Nitrate  Paper.  Potassium 
Nitrate,  200  ;  distilled  water,  800.  Dissolve  the  Potassium  Nitrate  in 
the  Distilled  Water.  Immerse  strips  of  white,  unsized  paper  in  the  solu- 
tion, and  dry  them.] 

ACTION  OF  POTASSIUM  NITRATE. 

External. — Nothing  noteworthy. 

Internal. — Stomach  and  Intestines. — It  is  liable  to  cause 
nausea,  vomiting,  diarrhoea,  symptomatic  of  the  gastritis  and 
enteritis  produced  by  it. 

Blood. — Owing  to  its  high  diffusion  power  it  quickly  passes 
into  the  blood  unchanged.  External  to  the  body,  nitrates  pre- 
vent the  coagulation  of  the  blood,  or  dissolve  the  clot  if  it  be 
already  formed ;  but  it  is  not  known  that  they  have  any  effect 
on  the  blood  in  the  body. 

Heart. — Potassium  nitrate  is  a  powerful  cardiac  depressant, 
causing  the  beats  to  become  feeble  and  few.  Large  doses  lead 
to  great  weakness,  fainting,  and  death. 

Kidneys. — Small  doses  are  diuretic  from  their  direct  action 


132  INORGANIC   MATERIA    MEDICA. 

on  the  renal  cells,  but  large  ones  are  liable  to  inflame  the  urinary 
passages,  causing  haematuria.  The  drug  is  excreted  unchanged 
in  the  urine. 

Skin. — Potassium  nitrate  is  a  mild  diaphoretic. 

[Lungs. — Large  doses  retard  respiration  and  tend  to  paralyze 
unstriped  muscular  fibre.] 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  POTASSIUM  NITRATE. 

Internal. — Blood. — On  account  of  its  supposed  action  in 
preventing  the  coagulation  of  the  living  blood,  it  has  been  used 
in  rheumatic  fever  and  many  inflammatory  conditions,  but  it  is 
now  discarded.  Probably,  as  it  is  a  cardiac  depressant,  it  only 
does  harm. 

Kidneys  and  Skin. — It  is  sometimes  employed  as  a  diuretic 
and  diaphoretic  in  febrile  conditions,  but  the  acetate  and  the 
citrate  are  much  preferable. 

Asthma. — [Potassium  nitrate  is  an  and -spasmodic  for  the  rea- 
son given  above.]  For  the  treatment  of  this  [symptom]  potas- 
sium nitrate  paper,  in  pieces  about  i^  inches  [4.  cm.]  square, 
is  lighted,  one  at  a  time,  and  the  patient  inhales  the  fumes. 
Ringer  considers  it  better  to  dip  the  paper  also  into  a  solution 
of  potassium  chlorate,  and  to  burn  a  piece  large  enough  to  fill  a 
whole  room  with  the  fumes.  This  treatment  often  relieves,  and 
nitre  is  a  common  ingredient  of  [so-called]  asthma  powders. 

10.  POTASSII  CHLORAS.— [Potassium  Chlorate.     KClOj=l22.28. 

SOURCE. — Pass  Chlorine  into  a  mixture  of  Potassium  Carbonate  and  Slaked 
Lime  ;  then  treat  the  result  in  boiling  water  and  separate  the  Chlorate  by  re- 
crystallization.  K,COS  -f  6Ca(OH ),  -f  6C1,=2KC1O,  -f  sCaCl,  -f-  CaCO8-f 
6H,0. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  lustrous  monoclinic  prisms  or  plates,  or  a  white 
powder,  odorless  and  having  a  cooling,  saline  taste.  Easily  explodes  on  tritu- 
ration  with  many  substances,  especially  Sugar,  Sulphur,  Tannic  Acid,  Metallic 
Sulphides,  Phosphorus,  Charcoal,  and  Glycerin.  Solubility. — In  16.7  parts 
of  water  ;  insoluble  in  absolute  Alcohol. 

IMPURITIES. — Calcium  chloride  and  lime. 

Dose,  3  to  20  gr. ;  .20  to  1.20  gm.] 

Preparation. 

Trochisci  Potassii  Chloratis. — [Troches  of  Potassium  Chlorate. 
Potassium  Chlorate,  30;    Sugar,    120;  Tragacanth,  6  gm.  ;    Spirit  of 


THE    ALKALINE    METALS POTASH.  133 

Lemon,  r  c.c.  ;  water,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  100  troches.  Mix 
the  Sugar  with  the  Tragacanth  and  the  Spirit  of  Lemon  by  trituration  in 
a  mortar  ;  then  transfer  the  mixture  to  a  sheet  of  paper,  and,  by  means 
of  a  bone  spatula,  mix  with  it  the  Potassium  Chlorate,  being  careful,  by 
avoiding  trituration  or  pressure,  to  prevent  the  mixture  from  igniting  or 
exploding.  Lastly,  with  water,  form  a  mass.  Each  troche  contains  5 
gr.  ;  .30gm.] 

Dose,  i  to  6  troches. 

ACTION  OF  POTASSIUM  CHLORATE. 

External. — It  is  easily  decomposed  by  septic  tissues,  and  the 
nascent  oxygen  given  off  acts  as  a  stimulant  and  antiseptic  to 
them. 

Internal. — Stomach  and  Intestines. — Small  doses  have  no 
effect ;  poisonous  ones  produce  symptoms  similar  to  those  in- 
duced by  the  nitrate. 

Blood. — Here  also  small  doses  have  no  effect,  but  several 
cases  of  poisoning  show  that  in  large  doses  potassium  chlorate 
disintegrates  the  red  corpuscles,  and  converts  haemoglobin  into 
methaemoglobin.  The  altered  blood  causes  the  skin  to  be 
cyanotic,  it  is  passed  by  the  urine,  which  is,  therefore,  dark- 
colored,  and  contains  granular  debris,  and  thus  the  urine  is  ex- 
actly like  that  met  with  in  paroxysmal  haemoglobinuria. 
The  liver  and  spleen  are  enlarged.  There  may  be  jaundice  and 
haematemesis,  and  the  marrow  of  the  bones  becomes  very  vas- 
cular. Nephritis  is  induced,  the  tubules  are  blocked  by  the 
debris  of  the  blood,  and  so  the  urine  is  scanty.  Death  occurs 
from  cardiac  weakness  or  uraemia. 

As  potassium  chlorate  easily  yields  up  its  oxygen,  some  believe 
that  it  gives  off  part  of  its  oxygen  to  the  tissues  while  it  is  cir- 
culating in  the  blood,  but  much  of  it  is  excreted  unchanged  in 
the  urine  and  other  excretions. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  POTASSIUM  CHLORATE. 

This  drug  is  used  empirically  for  stomatitis,  tonsillitis,  and 
pharyngitis  of  all  varieties,  either  as  lozenges,  gargle  ( i  to  50 
parts  of  water  or  decoction  of  cinchona),  or  to  be  swallowed  in 
solution,  for  it  is  then  excreted  by  the  saliva.  Its  action  is  there- 


134  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

fore  always  local,  as  it  is  beneficial  [by]  virtue  of  the  nascent 
oxygen  given  off  from  it.  It  is  especially  valuable  for  ulcer- 
ative  stomatitis.  It  has  been  given  to  women  liable  to 
miscarry. 

11.  POTASSII  PERMANGANAS,  see  Manganese. 

12.  [POTASSII  ET  SODII  TARTRAS,  set  Sodium.] 

13.  POTASSII  I ODIDUM.j^  Iodine. 

14.  POTASSII  BROMIDUM,  see  Bromine. 

15.  POTASSA  SULPHURATA,  see  Sulphur. 

16.  POTASSII    FERROCYANIDUM.— [Potassium     Ferrocyanide. 
K4Fe(CN)6-f-  3H2O  =  421. 76.     Synonym.—  Yellow  Prussiate  of  Potash. 

Potassium  Ferrocyanide  is  used  to  prepare  Acidum  Hydrocyanicum  Di- 
lutum,  and  Potassii  Cyanidum  ;  also  as  a  test  for  iron,  copper  and  zinc.] 

17.  POTASSII    CYANIDUM.— [Potassium  Cyanide.    KCN  =  65.01. 
SOURCE. — Heat  in  an  iron  crucible  dried  Potassium  Ferrocyanide,  8  ;  with 

Potassium  Carbonate,  3  ;  until  effervescence  ceases. 

CHARACTERS. — White,  opaque,  amorphous  pieces,  or  a  white,  granular 
powder,  odorless  when  perfectly  dry,  but  in  moist  air  exhales  the  odor  of  Hy- 
drocyanic Acid.  This  salt  is  very  poisonous.  Solubility. — In  about  2  parts 
of  water  and  sparingly  in  alcohol. 

Dose,  -fa  to  %  gr. ;  .003  to  .015  gm. 

Preparation. 

Acidum  Hydrocyanicum  Dilutum. — Diluted  Hydrocyanic 
Acid. — HCN  [=  26.98.  Synonym. — Prussic  Acid.  A  liquid  com- 
pound of  2  per  cent.,  by  weight,  of  absolute  Hydrocyanic  Acid,  and 
98  per  cent,  of  water.] 

SOURCE. — Distil  a  mixture  of  Potassium  Ferrocyanide,  20 ;  Sulphuric 
Acid,  8  ;  and  water,  65,  into  distilled  water.  K4FeC8N, -f-  2H2SO4  =  2K2SO4 
-(-  H4FeC6N6.  On  the  application  of  heat  the  Hydroferrocyanic  Acid  reacts 
with  the  remaining  Potassium  Ferrocyanide  and  Sulphuric  Acid,  and  Hydro- 
cyanic Acid  distils  over.  H4FeC6N6-f  K4FeC6N6-f  HjSO^eHCN-l- 
K.jSO^  K2Fe(FeC6N6).  The  distillate  is  diluted  with  distilled  water  until 
the  official  strength  is  obtained.  [Diluted  Hydrocyanic  Acid  may  also  be  pre- 
pared, extemporaneously,  in  the  following  manner :  Mix  Hydrochloric  Acid, 
5,  with  distilled  water,  55  ;  add  Silver  Cyanide,  6,  and  shake  the  whole  to- 
gether in  a  glass-stoppered  bottle.  When  the  precipitate  has  subsided,  pour 
off  the  clear  liquid.]  Scheele's  Prussic  Acid  is  a  4  or  5  per  cent,  solution. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless  [liquid,  of  a  characteristic  odor  and  taste, 
resembling  that  of  bitter  almond].  Very  unstable ;  to  preserve  it  best,  it 
should  be  kept  in  inverted  blue-stoppered  bottles.  Old  specimens  may  be 
inert. 


THE   ALKALINE    METALS POTASH.  135 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Salts  of  silver,  copper  and  iron,  red  mercuric  oxide  and 
sulphides. 

IMPURITIES. — Sulphuric  and  hydrochloric  acids. 

Dose,  i  to  3  m. ;  [.06  to  .20  c.c. 

Hydrocyanic  acid  belongs  chemically  to  the  Carbon  compounds,  but  on  ac- 
count of  its  physiological  and  therapeutical  relationship  to  Potassium  Cyanide 
it  is  considered  at  this  place.] 

ACTION  OF  POTASSIUM    CYANIDE  AND   DILUTED   HYDROCYANIC 

ACID. 

External. — Hydrocyanic  acid  can  pass  through  the  epider- 
mis, and  then  it  paralyzes  the  terminations  of  the  sensory  nerves ; 
thus  it  is  a  local  anaesthetic  and  sedative.  It  is  very 
rapidly  absorbed  from  raw  surfaces,  and  may  cause  poisoning  if 
applied  to  them.  [Potassium  cyanide  may  possibly  give  the 
same  results.  It  also  produces  a  dermatitis  on  local  application 
to  the  epidermis.] 

Internal. — Alimentary  tract. — Hydrocyanic  acid  is  quickly 
[and  potassium  cyanide  less  rapidly]  absorbed  by  mucous  mem- 
branes, and  has  the  same  anaesthetic  and  sedative  effect  on  the 
mouth  and  stomach  as  on  the  skin.  It  must  always  be  employed 
[well  diluted] .  A  single  drop  of  the  pure  acid  placed  inside  the 
eye  of  even  a  moderately  large  animal  will  kill  it  instantly. 

Blood. — If  death  takes  place  almost  immediately  after  the 
administration  of  the  drug,  all  the  blood  in  the  body  is  a  bright 
arterial  tint ;  but  if  death  does  not  occur  for  some  little  time 
(within  half  an  hour),  the  blood  is  of  a  dark  venous  color.  The 
primary  transitory  reddening  of  the  venous  blood  is  due  to  the 
fact  that  the  haemoglobin  in  it  is  oxidized ;  we  do  not  know  the 
cause  of  this.  The  subsequent  darkening  of  the  arterial  blood  is 
due  to  the  fact  that  it  has  lost  its  oxygen,  and  contains  carbon 
[dioxide]  gas  ;  why  this  should  be  is  not  certain,  but  probably  it 
depends  upon  the  asphyxia  consequent  upon  the  action  of  hydro- 
cyanic acid  on  the  respiratory  centre.  If  blood  be  shaken  up 
with  [hydrocyanic]  acid,  after  some  time  oxyhaemoglobin  is  con- 
verted into  cyanohsemoglobin,  the  oxygen  being  turned  out. 
[Hydrocyanic]  acid  added  to  drawn  blood  alters  the  shape  of 
the  red  blood-corpuscles.  Neither  of  these  actions  is  seen  in 


136  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

life,  for  sufficient  [hydrocyanic]  acid  to  cause  them  would  kill 
before  they  could  take  place. 

Heart. — Large  doses  cause  instantaneous  diastolic  arrest. 
As  this  is  also  true  if  the  drug  is  applied  locally,  we  may  con- 
clude that  large  doses  paralyze  the  heart  directly.  But  [hydro- 
cyanic] acid  acts  also  on  the  cardiac  centre  in  the  medulla.  A 
small  dose  will  cause  a  slowing  of  the  pulse  from  stimulation  of 
the  vagus  centre,  and  the  stoppage  from  larger  doses  is  due  both 
to  the  direct  action  on  the  heart  and  to  that  on  the  medulla. 

Vaso-motor  system. — The  vaso-motor  centre  in  the  medulla  is 
first  briefly  stimulated,  but  soon  profoundly  paralyzed  ;  blood- 
pressure  therefore  falls  very  low. 

Respiration. — The  respiratory  centre  is  paralyzed  even  more 
readily  than  the  cardiac  or  vaso-motor  centres,  consequently 
the  respirations  quickly  diminish  both  in  force  and  frequency. 
Unless  the  heart  has  been  instantaneously  stopped  by  a  large 
dose,  asphyxia  is  the  cause  of  death,  and  the  heart  goes  on  beat- 
ing after  the  respirations  have  stopped.  Occasionally,  if  the 
dose  be  small,  all  three  centres  may  be  at  first  very  transitorily 
stimulated,  so  that  for  a  few  seconds  the  pulse  and  respiration 
may  be  increased  in  frequency,  and  blood -pressure  may  rise. 

Nervous  system. — Cerebrum. — Medicinal  doses  of  [hydro- 
cyanic] acid  have  no  effect  on  the  cerebrum.  Toxic  doses  cause 
deep  insensibility  and  coma.  In  man  convulsions  are  rarely 
seen ;  in  animals  they  are  common.  It  is  probable  that  the 
coma  and  convulsions  are  due  to  the  direct  effect  on  the  brain, 
but  they  may  in  part  be  due  to  the  altered  circulation  through 
it,  or  the  asphyxia. 

Peripheral  nerves  and  muscles. — In  animals  dead  of  [hydro- 
cyanic] acid  poisoning  these  are  unexcitable.  This  paralyzing 
effect  is  due  to  direct  action  on  the  nerves  and  muscles  them- 
selves, for  it  does  not  occur  in  the  peripheral  part  of  a  limb  if  it  is 
connected  with  the  rest  of  the  body  only  by  its  nerve.  In  this 
case,  as  no  blood  is  circulating  through  the  distal  part  of  the  limb, 
no  [hydrocyanic]  acid  reaches  it ;  but  if  the  acid  be  applied 
locally  to  the  severed  limb,  the  nerve  and  muscles  are  paralyzed. 
This  explains  the  local  anaesthetic  effect  of  [hydrocyanic]  acid. 


THE   ALKALINE    METALS POTASH.  137 

Shortly  before  death  the  spinal  cord  is  paralyzed.  The  pupil 
is  dilated.  We  do  not  know  of  any  effect  of  [hydrocyanic]  acid 
on  the  kidneys,  nor  how  it  is  excreted.  It  slightly  reduces  the 
temperature. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  POTASSIUM  CYANIDE  AND  DILUTED  HYDRO- 
CYANIC ACID. 

External. — Lotions  of  a  strength*of  about  [i  to  48]  of  the 
diluted  acid  in  water  are  valuable  for  allaying  itching  due  to  any 
cause.  If  the  skin  is  abraded  they  must  not  be  used. 

Internal. —  [Hydrocyanic  acid  may  be  administered  as  the 
official  diluted  acid,  oil  of  bitter  almond  (3  to  14  per  cent,  of 
acid),  bitter  almond  water,  cherry  laurel  water  (B.  P.),  the  fluid 
extract,  infusion  and  syrup  of  wild  cherry,  and  as  potassium 
cyanide.  Reference  should  be  made  to  each  of  these.]  Small 
doses,  2  to  3  minims  [.  12  to  .20  c.c.]  of  the  diluted  acid,  are  used 
for  their  sedative  effect  on  the  nerves  of  the  stomach,  to  allay 
vomiting,  and  to  relieve  gastric  pain,  whatever  be  their  cause, 
and  often  with  good  effect.  A  useful  way  of  giving  it  is  in  an 
effervescent  draught.  [Since  the  effect  of  the  remedy  is  tran- 
sient, it  should  be  given  at  frequent  intervals.]  It  is  a  common 
ingredient  of  cough  mixtures,  for  by  its  depressing  effect  on  the 
central  nervous  system  it  diminishes  reflex  excitability,  and  is 
consequently  most  serviceable  for  a  dry,  hacking  cough  by  means 
of  which  nothing  is  expectorated.  [The  uses  of  potassium 
cyanide  are  similar  to  those  of  hydrocyanic  acid.] 

TOXICOLOGY. 

Symptoms. — With  a  large  dose  [of  hydrocyanic  acid]  the  symptoms  usually 
begin  in  a  few  seconds  ;  it  is  rare  for  them  to  be  delayed  more  than  two  minutes. 
The  patient  is  perfectly  insensible  ;  the  eyes  are  fixed  and  glistening,  the  pupils 
dilated,  the  limbs  flaccid,  the  skin  cold  and  clammy.  The  respiration  is  slow, 
deep  and  convulsive ;  the  pulse  almost  imperceptible.  [Hydrocyanic  acid  kills 
by  respiratory  failure,  j  Post-mortem. — There  may  be  an  odor  of  [hydrocyanic] 
acid  about  the  body,  which  is  very  livid.  The  fingers  are  clenched,  the  jaws 
firmly  closed  and  there  is  froth  at  the  mouth  ;  the  eyes  are  fixed  and  glistening 
and  the  pupils  dilated.  The  stomach  may  be  a  little  reddened  ;  the  blood  is 
very  dark. 

Treatment.  — Wash  out  the  stomach  immediately  ;  [the  physician  almost 


138  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

never  has  the  opportunity.]  If  emetics  are  available,  large  doses  must  be 
given  promptly,  for  every  moment  is  important.  [Vomiting  may  be  induced 
by  inserting  the  finger  into  the  throat.  ]  Give  ether  or  brandy  and  -^  gr. 
[.0013  gin.]  of  atropine  subcutaneously.  Use  inhalations  of  Ammonia  and 
artificial  respiration.  [Cold  affusions,  or  alternately  hot  and  cold,  may  be 
available.  Antal,  from  an  experience  of  forty  instances  of  poisoning,  believes 
that  Cobalt  nitrate  is  the  best  chemical  antagonist.  A  thirty  per  cent,  solu- 
tion of  hydrogen  dioxide  may  be  employed  to  wash  out  the  stomach.  Intra- 
venous injections  of  sodium  hyposulphite  (producing  theoretically  the  rela- 
tively harmless  sulphocyanide)  enable  animals  to  survive  an  otherwise  lethal 
dose.  ] 

18.  POTASSII  BICHROMAS,  see  Chromium. 

19.  POTASSII  HYPOPHOSPHIS,  see  Phosphorus. 

II.    SODIUM. 
Na=23.o. 

I.  [SODA. — NaOH=39.86.  Synonyms. — Caustic  Soda.  Sodium  Hy- 
drate. Sodium  Hydroxide. 

SOURCE. — Dissolve  Sodium  Carbonate  in  boiling  distilled  water.  Slake 
Lime  and  dissolve  in  distilled  water,  adding  this  in  small  portions  at  a  time  to 
the  solution  of  Sodium  Carbonate,  boil,  strain  when  cold,  set  aside  until  clear 
and  remove  the  clear  solution.  Evaporate  this  solution  to  an  oily  consistence 
and  pour  into  moulds.  Na!CO3-fCa(OH)2=2NaOH-f-CaCO3. 

CHARACTERS. — Dry,  white,  translucent  pencils,  or  fused  masses,  showing 
a  crystalline  fracture,  odorless,  and  having  an  acrid  and  caustic  taste. 

IMPURITIES. — Lime,  sulphates,  chlorides  and  carbonates. 

Preparation. 

Liquor  Sodae.  —  Solution  of  Soda.  Synonym.  —  Solution  of 
Sodium  Hydrate. 

SOURCE. — An  aqueous  solution  of  Sodium  Carbonate  is  boiled  with 
slaked  Lime.  The  supernatant  liquid  is  then  siphoned  off.  Na.jCO34- 
Ca(OH  )2=2NaOH-fCaCO3.  Or  it  may  be  prepared  by  dissolving  Soda, 
56  ;  in  distilled  water,  944.  The  Soda  must  be  of  the  full  strength,  as 
directed  by  the  U.  S.  P.  (90  per  cent. ). 

CHARACTERS. — A  clear,  colorless  liquid,  odorless,  having  a  very 
acrid  and  caustic  taste,  and  a  strong  alkaline  reaction.  Sp.  gr.,  1.059. 
Strength,  about  5  per  cent,  of  the  Hydrate. 

IMPURITIES. — As  of  Soda. 

INCOMPATIBLE. — The  same  as  of  Potassa.     (Set  p.  122.) 

Dose,  5  to  20  m. ;  .30  to  1.20  c.c.,  freely  diluted. 

ACTION  OF  SODA. 

It  is  in  all  respects,  save  one,  similar  in  its  action  to  potash. 
The  difference  is,  that  sodium  salts  are  all  much  less  depressant 


THE   ALKALINE    METALS SODA.  139 

to  the  cardiac,  muscular,  and  nervous  systems,  and  therefore  far 
less  poisonous  than  potassium  salts. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  SODA. 
It  is  very  little  used.     Potash  is  almost  always  preferred.] 

TOXICOLOGY. 

Poisoning  by  caustic  alkalies  is  very  rare  ;  usually  it  takes  place  either  by 
Potash,  Soda,  Pearlash  (Potassium  Carbonate),  or  soap  lees  (Sodium  Carbon- 
ate). ( Both  the  last  are  impure.  They  contain  caustic  Soda  or  Potash. ) 

Symptoms. — A  caustic  taste  is  experienced,  and  is  quickly  followed  by 
symptoms  of  gastro-intestinal  irritation,  viz.,  burning  heat  in  the  throat,  vom- 
iting, diarrhoea,  and  abdominal  pain,  together  with  those  of  depression,  viz.,  a 
feeble,  quick  pulse,  and  a  cold  clammy  skin.  Soon  the  lips,  tongue,  and 
throat  become  swollen,  soft  and  red.  Post-mortem  appearances. — The  mucous 
membrane  of  the  mouth,  tongue,  stomach  and  oesophagus,  and  occasionally 
that  of  the  larynx,  is  excoriated,  dark,  softened  and  inflamed. 

Treatment. — Wash  out  the  stomach  or  give  emetics,  as  Zinc  Sulphate, 
20  gr.  [1.20  gm.]  ;  or  powdered  Ipecacuanha,  30  gr.  [2.00  gm.]  ;  or  Copper 
Sulphate,  5  gr.  [.30  gm.],  in  half  a  pint  [240.  c.c.]  of  tepid  water  ;  or  Vinum 
Ipecacuanhoe,  fl.^j  [30.  c.c.]  ;  or  mustard,  a  tablespoonful  [16.  gm.]  in  half  a 
pint  [240.  c.c.]  of  tepid  water  ;  or  common  salt,  2  tablespoonfuls  [30.  gm.]  in 
half  a  pint  [240.  c.c.]  of  tepid  water ;  or  -fa  gr.  [.006  gm.]  of  apomorphine 
[hydrochlorate]  hypodermatically.  If  none  of  these  are  handy,  give  plenty 
of  warm  water  and  tickle  the  back  of  the  throat.  Then  give  feeble  acids,  as 
diluted  Lemon  juice,  diluted  solution  of  Citric  Acid,  Vinegar,  [or]  diluted 
Acetic  Acid.  Then  demulcents,  as  oil,  [flaxseed]  tea,  or  water  and  white 
of  egg. 

2.  SODII  CARBONAS.  —  [Sodium  Carbonate,  Na^CO,  +  loH2O  = 
285.45.  Synonyms. — Sal]  Soda.  Washing  Soda. 

SOURCE. — Made  thus  :— First  stage,  Sodium  Chloride  and  Sulphuric  Acid 
are  heated  together.  2NaCl  -(-  H2SO4  =  Na.,So4  +  2HC1.  Second  stage,  the 
Sodium  Sulphate  is  heated  with  Carbon.  Na.jSO4  -j-  4C  =  Na.jS  -f-  4CO.  Third 
stage,  the  Sodium  Sulphide  is  heated  with  chalk.  Na,S  -f-  CaCOs  =  NajCOj 
+  CaS. 

[It  is  also  made  from  Cryolite,  a  mineral  found  in  Greenland.  Cryolite 
and  chalk  are  heated  to  redness,  producing  Calcium  Fluoride  and  Sodium 
Albuminate ;  the  latter  is  soluble  in  water,  and  is  decomposed  by  Carbon 
Dioxide,  which  precipitates  Aluminum  Hydroxide,  retaining  a  little  Sodium 
Carbonate,  while  the  pure  Sodium  Carbonate  remains  in  solution. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Colorless,  monoclinic  crystals,  odorless,  and  having  a 
strong  alkaline  taste.  In  dry  air  the  salt  effloresces,  and  if  left  exposed  soon 


I4O  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

loses  about  one-half  of  its  water  of  crystallization  and  becomes  a  white  powder. 
Solubility. — In  1.6  parts  of  water ;  insoluble  in  Alcohol  and  in  Ether.] 

IMPURITIES. — Sulphates,  chlorides  [and  metals. 

Sodium  Carbonate  is  used  to  prepare  Liquor  Sodae  Chloratse,  Massa  Ferri 
Carbonatis,  and  Suppositoria  Glycerini. 

Dose,  5  to  15  gr. ;  .30  to  i.oo  gm. 

Preparation. 

Sodii  Carbonas  Exsiccatus. — Dried  Sodium  Carbonate. 

SOURCE. — 200  parts  of  Sodium  Carbonate  are  broken  into  small 
fragments,  allowed  to  effloresce,  then  gently  heated  until  it  becomes  a 
white  powder,  weighing  100  parts. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  loose,  white  powder,  conforming  to  the  tests 
and  reactions  given  under  Sodii  Carbonas.] 

Dose,  5  to  15  gr. ;  [.30  to  i.oo  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  SODIUM   CARBONATE  AND  THE 
DRIED  CARBONATE. 

The  same  as  those  of  [soda,]  except  that  the  carbonate  is  less 
caustic.  [A  one  per  cent,  solution  of  sodium  carbonate  is  used 
for  boiling  surgical  instruments  in  the  process  of  sterilization  in 
order  to  prevent  their  rusting.] 

3.  SODII  BICARBONAS.— [Sodium  Bicarbonate.  NaHCOs  =  83. 
85.  Synonyms. — Baking  Soda.  Sodium  Sesquicarbonate.  Soda. 

SOURCE. — Made  from  the  Carbonate  in  the  same  way  as  the  Potassium 
Bicarbonate  is  made.  Na^CO,  -f  CO4  +  H,O  =  2NaHCO3.  Or  by  treating 
Sodium  Chloride  at  the  same  time  with  Ammonia  gas  and  Carbon  Dioxide. 
NaCl  -f  NH,  +  CO,  +  HSO  =  NaHCO,  +  NH4C1. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white  opaque  powder,  odorless,  and  having  a  cooling 
mildly  alkaline  taste. 

Solubility. — In  11.3  parts  of  water;  insoluble  in  Alcohol  and  Ether. 

IMPURITIES. — The  carbonate. 

INCOMPATIBLES. — It  is  decomposed  by  acids  and  acid  salts,  e.g..  Bismuth 
Subnitrate. 

Sodium  Bicarbonate  is  used  to  prepare  Mistura  Rhei  et  Sodae,  Ferri  Car- 
bonas Saccharatus,  and  Pulvis  EfTervescens  Compositus. 

Dose,  5  to  60  gr. ;  .30  to  4.00  gm. 

Preparation. 

Trochisci  Sodii  Bicarbonatis. — Troches  of  Sodium  Bicarbonate. 
Sodium  Bicarbonate,  20 ;  Sugar,  60 ;  Nutmeg,  I  gm.  ;  Mucilage  of 
Tragacanth,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  100  troches.  Triturate  the 


THE    ALKALINE    METALS SODA. 

Nutmeg  with  the  Sugar,  gradually  added,  until  they  are  reduced  to  a 
fine  powder,  and  mix  this  intimately  with  the  Sodium  Bicarbonate  ; 
then  with  the  Mucilage  of  Tragacanth,  form  a  mass.       Each  troche 
contains  3  gr.  ;  .20  gm.,  of  Sodium  Bicarbonate.] 
Dose,  i  to  6  troches. 

ACTION  OF  SODIUM  BICARBONATE. 

The  same  as  that  of  potassium  bicarbonate,  except  that  it  is 
much  more  slowly  absorbed  from  the  gastro-intestinal  tract, 
and  like  all  sodium  salts  it  is  only  feebly  depressant.  Sodium 
salts  are  much  less  depressant  to  the  cardiac,  muscular,  and  ner- 
vous systems,  and  therefore  are  far  less  poisonous  than  potassium 
salts. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  SODIUM  BICARBONATE. 

External. — A  lotion  of  7  gr.  [.50  gm.]  to  i  fl.  oz.  [30.  c.c.] 
of  water  is  employed  as  a  sedative  to  relieve  itching.  [Either  in 
saturated  solution  or  as  a  fine  powder  sodium  bicarbonate  locally 
applied  is  the  best  remedy  to  relieve  the  pain  from  burns.  Of 
late  it  has  been  strongly  recommended  to  be  used  for  packing 
to  prevent  pain  after  operations  upon  the  vagina.] 

Internal. — Stomach. — Its  use  in  disease  is  very  similar  to 
that  of  the  corresponding  potassium  salt,  but  on  account  of  the 
two  differences  just  mentioned,  it  is  much  more  frequently  given. 
Hence  it  is  a  very  common  ingredient  of  medicines  designed  to 
relieve  dyspepsia,  being  taken  at  or  a  little  before  meals  lo 
increase  the  flow  of  gastric  juice,  or  some  time  afterwards  to 
neutralize  excessive  acidity  in  the  cases  in  which  the  patient 
complains  of  heartburn  and  acid  eructations.  Its  value  is  also 
partly  due  to  its  sedative  action  on  the  gastric  nerves,  whereby 
it  relieves  gastric  pain,  and  partly  also  to  its  power  of  liquefying 
tenacious  mucus.  A  very  favorite  gastric  sedative  mixture  con- 
sists of  about  10  gr.  [.60  gm.]  of  sodium  bicarbonate,  together 
with  the  same  quantity  of  bismuth  [subcarbonate,]  suspended  in 
mucilage.  A  grain  or  two  [.06  to  .12  gm.]  of  sodium  bicar- 
bonate with  a  grain  [.06  gm.]  of  powdered  rhubarb,  and  some 
sugar,  forms  a  common  stomachic  powder  for  children.  Sodium 
bicarbonate  and  gentian  are  also  often  combined  together  in 


142  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

stomachic  mixtures.  Effervescing  soda  water  (made  in  the  same 
way  as  potash  water,  see  p.  122)  is  a  mild  gastric  sedative.  In 
commerce  these  waters  contain  neither  potash  nor  soda,  but  even 
then  the  carbon  [dioxide]  gas  acts  as  a  sedative. 

Sodium  bicarbonate  is  so  slowly  absorbed,  and  is,  in  comparison 
with  potassium  salts,  so  poor  a  solvent  of  uric  acid,  that  it  is 
rarely  used  for  any  effects  it  may  have  after  absorption.  It  is 
stated  that  large  doses  (150  to  500  grains  [10.  to  32.  gm.])  are 
useful  for  diabetic  coma. 

4.  SODII  PHOSPHAS.—  [Sodium  Phosphate.     Na3HPO4+l2H,O= 
357.32.     Synonym.  —  Sodium  Orthophosphate. 

SOURCE.  —  Digest  Bone  Ash  with  Sulphuric  Acid  ;  Acid  Calcium  Phos- 
phate is  formed.  Ca3(PO4)2+2H2SO4=CaH4(PO4)2+2CaSO4.  Filter  and 
add  Sodium  Carbonate  to  the  solution.  CaH4(PO4)2+Na2COJ=NaJHPO44- 
H2O-f-COu+CaHPO4.  The  filtrate  requires  to  be  evaporated  and  the  salt  is 
obtained  by  crystallization. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Large,  colorless,  monoclinic  prisms,  odorless,  and  having 
a  cooling  saline  taste.  The  crystals  effloresce  on  exposure  to  the  air,  and 
gradually  lose  5  molecules  of  their  water  of  crystallization.  Solubility.  —  In 
5  parts  of  water.  ] 

IMPURITIES.  —  Lime  phosphate  [sulphates  and  carbonates. 

Sodium  Phosphate  is  used  to  prepare  Ferri  Phosphas  Solubilis. 

Dose,  5  gr.  to  i  oz.  ;  .30  to  30.  gm.] 

5.  SODII     SULPHAS.  —  Sodium    Sulphate.       Na.,SO4-f  [ioH,O== 
321.42.]     Synonym.  —  Glauber's  Salt. 

SOURCE.  —  Neutralize  with  Sodium  Carbonate,  the  residue  left  in  the  manu- 
facture of  Hydrochloric  Acid  from  Salt.  2NaHSO4+Na2COs=2Na2SO4+ 


CHARACTERS.  —  [Large,  colorless,  transparent  monoclinic  prisms,  odorless, 
and  having  a  bitter,  saline  taste,  efflorescing  on  exposure  to  air,  and  losing  all 
of  their  water  of  crystallization.]  Solubility.  —  In  3  parts  of  water. 

IMPURITIES.  —  Ammonium  and  Iron  salts. 

Dose,  i  to  8  dr.  [4.  to  30.  gm. 

6.  POTASSII  ET  SODII  TARTRAS.—  Potassium  and  Sodium  Tar- 
trate.  [KNaC4H4O,-|-4H,O=258.5i.  Synonyms.—  Rochelle  Salt.  Tartrated 
Soda. 

SOURCE.  —  Add  Acid  Potassium  Tartrate  to  a  hot  solution  of  Sodium  Car- 
bonate. 2KHC4H4O6+Na2CO,=2KNaC4H4O6+H2O+COil. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Colorless,  transparent,  rhombic  prisms,  or  a  white  pow- 
der, odorless,  and  having  a  cooling  saline  taste.  The  crystals  are  slightly 
efflorescent.  Solubility.  —  In  2  parts  of  cold  water. 


THE    ALKALINE    METALS SODA.  143 

IMPURITY. — Acid  Potassium  Tartrate. 

Dose,  %  to  i  oz. ;  8.  to  30.  gm.  (purgative)  30  to  60  gr. ;  2.  to  4.  gm. 
(diuretic). 

Preparation. 

Pulvis  Effervescens  Compositus.  —  Compound  Effervescing 
Powder.  Synonym. — Seidlitz  Powder.  Take  Potassium  and  Sodium 
Tartrate,  93  gm.,  and  Sodium  Bicarbonate,  31  gm. ;  mix,  divide  into 
twelve  equal  parts,  and  wrap  each  part  in  a  separate  paper  of  some  pro- 
nounced color,  as  blue.  Tartaric  Acid,  27  gm. ,  divided  into  twelve 
equal  parts,  and  wrap  each  part  in  a  separate  paper  of  a  color  distinctly 
different  from  that  used  for  wrapping  the  mixture,  as  white.  Each  pow- 
der in  blue  paper  contains  about  120  gr.,  7.75  gm.,  of  Potassium  and 
Sodium  Tartrate  with  40  gr.,  2.58  gm.,  of  Sodium  Bicarbonate.  The 
white  paper  contains  35  gr, ,  2.25  gm.,  of  Tartaric  Acid. 

Dose. — Dissolve  the  powder  in  the  blue  paper  in  nearly  half  a 
pint  [240.  c.c.]  of  cold  or  warm  water,  and  then  add  that  in  the  white 
paper,  and  drink  while  effervescing. 

ACTION  OF  SODIUM  SULPHATE  AND  PHOSPHATE,  AND  OF 
POTASSIUM  AND  SODIUM  TARTRATE. 

Internal. — Intestines. — Owing  to  the  slowness  with  which, 
compared  to  the  corresponding  potassium  salts,  these  sodium 
salts  are  absorbed,  they  pass  on  into  the  intestines  and  there  act 
more  efficiently  than  potassium  salts.  They  are  typical  saline 
purgatives,  abstracting  fluid  from  the  blood  until  they  form  a 
5  per  cent,  solution,  and  then  exerting  a  painless  laxative  effect, 
produce  a  soft  motion  about  two  or  three  hours  after  administra- 
tion (see  p.  93).  The  sulphate,  which  is  the  most  active  purga- 
tive, and  the  phosphate  are  mild  cholagogues,  and  Carlsbad 
waters  (see  p.  144)  have  been  shown  to  increase,  in  the  human 
subject,  the  amount  of  bile  and  the  solids  in  it. 

Blood  and  Kidneys. — Owing  to  their  tardy  absorption  the 
action  of  these  salines,  as  alkalizers  of  the  blood  and  urine  and 
as  diuretics,  is  more  feeble  than  that  of  the  corresponding  potas- 
sium salts. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  SODIUM  SULPHATE  AND  PHOSPHATE,  AND  OF 
POTASSIUM  AND  SODIUM  TARTRATE. 

Internal. — Intestines. — These  salts  of  sodium  are  some  of 
the  best  purgatives  we  possess,  being  especially  useful  for  habitual 


144  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

constipation,  and  for  constipation  associated  with  gout,  with 
hepatic  dyspepsia,  or  with  any  of  the  manifestations  of  an  excess 
of  uric  acid  in  the  blood  or  the  urine.  The  best  way  to  take 
them  is  to  dissolve  the  required  amount  in  half  a  tumbler  of 
[hot]  water,  and  to  drink  it  in  successive  small  draughts  while 
dressing  in  the  morning.  The  bowels  are  then  usually  com- 
fortably opened  soon  after  breakfast.  These  salts,  especially  the 
phosphate  and  sulphate,  are  also  cholagogues ;  these  two  are 
therefore  to  be  preferred  in  cases  of  disease  of  the  liver.  The 
sulphate  is  the  most  powerful  purgative  of  all.  It  is  the  chief 
constituent  of  Carlsbad,  Marienbad,  Tarasp,  [Villacabras  and 
Rubinat]  Condal  waters,  and  it  occurs  associated  with  much 
magnesium  sulphate  in  ^Esculap,  Hunyadi  Janos,  Seidlitz,  Pullna, 
Friedrichshall,  Apenta,  and  Kissingen  waters.  A  powder  con- 
sisting of  30  gr.  [2.  gm.]  of  each  of  sodium  sulphate  and  mag- 
nesium sulphate  and  a  grain  [.06  gm.]  of  sodium  chloride  and 
sodium  bicarbonate  (dose  i  to  4  dr. );  [4. — 15.  gm.]  forms 
when  dissolved  a  good  imitation  of  ^Esculap,  Hunyadi  Janos, 
and  Franz  Joseph  waters.  The  phosphate  is  a  milder  and  less 
unpleasant  purgative  than  the  others ;  it  is  often  given  to  chil- 
dren. The  effervescing  preparation  [Seidlitz  Powder  (see  p. 
143)]  is  a  palatable  form.  If  large  doses  are  used,  the  evacua- 
tions are  very  watery,  and  therefore  these  drugs  are  useful  to 
remove  fluid  in  cases  of  dropsy  or  ascites  (especially  if  due  to 
disease  of  the  liver).  Sufferers  from  gall-stones  are  undoubtedly 
benefited  by  a  course  of  water  containing  sodium  sulphate,  and 
therefore  frequently  go  to  Carlsbad. 

7.  SODII  CHLORIDUM.— Sodium  Chloride.  NaCl  [=  58.37.] 
Synonym. — Common  Salt. 

SOURCE. — Occurs  native. 

CHARACTERS. — [Colorless,  transparent,  cubical  crystals,  or  a  white,  crys- 
talline powder,  odorless,  and  having  a  purely  saline  taste.  Solubility. — In 
2.8  parts  of  water;  almost  insoluble  in  Alcohol. 

IMPURITY. — Potassium  Chloride.] 

Dose,  5  to  60  gr. ;  [.30  to  4.00  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  SODIUM   CHLORIDE. 

Common  salt  forms  an  article  of  diet  with  all  creatures  living 
on  vegetable  food,  especially  if  it  contains  large  amounts  of  po- 


THE    ALKALINE    METALS  -  SODA.  145 

tassium,  but  is  not  used  either  by  carnivorous  animals  or  by 
tribes  living  solely  on  flesh.  The  importance  of  it  is  seen  in  the 
long  distances  herbivorous  animals  will  wander  to  salt  licks,  and 
by  the  fact  that  tribes  living  on  vegetables  will  go  to  war  for  the 
possession  of  it.  Bunge's  explanation  of  this  desire  for  salt  is  as 
follows  :  Blood  plasma  contains  much  sodium  chloride,  vegetable 
foods  contain  a  large  amount  of  potassium  salts  ;  when,  there- 
fore, these  salts  of  potassium  reach  the  blood,  potassium  chloride 
and  the  sodium  salt  of  the  acid  which  was  combined  with  the 
potassium  are  formed.  This  and  the  potassium  chloride  are  ex- 
creted by  the  kidneys,  and  the  blood  loses  its  sodium  chloride, 
which  loss  is  therefore  made  up  by  taking  sodium  chloride  with 
the  food.  The  deprivation  of  salt  leads  to  general  weakness, 
oedema  and  anaemia,  a  series  of  symptoms  often  seen  in  France 
before  the  repeal  of  the  salt  tax.  Quantities  of  a  tablespoonful 
[15.  gm.]  and  upwards  act  as  an  emetic,  and  may  also  purge. 
Rectal  injections  of  solutions  of  salt  [by  removing  mucus  may 
make  the  rectum  unfit  for  the  habitation  of]  the  Oxyuris  ver- 
micularis. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  SODIUM  CHLORIDE. 

It  is  occasionally  used  as  an  emetic,  also  as  an  anthelmintic. 
Bathing  in  sea  water  acts  as  a  mild  general  stimulant,  and  very 
concentrated  hot  salt  baths,  such  as  those  of  Droitwich  and 
Nantwich,  are  useful  for  chronic  rheumatism  and  sciatica. 
Sixty  grains  [4.  gm.]  of  common  salt  in  a  pint  [500  c.c.]  of 
boiled  water  allowed  to  cool  to  100°  F.  [37.7°  C.]  form  a 
normal  saline  solution,  which  is  frequently  injected  into  any 
convenient  vein  —  or  sometimes  into  loose  connective  tissue  —  in 
cases  of  collapse  from  haemorrhage,  often  with  strikingly  good 
results.  Such  injections  have  also  been  used  for  diabetic  coma, 
and  may  render  the  patient  sensible  again  for  a  little  while,  but 
they  do  not  avert  the  end. 


8.  SODII  SULPHIS.—  [Sodium  Sulphite. 
SOURCE.  —  Saturate  a  solution  of  Sodium  Carbonate  or  Caustic  Soda  with 
Sulphur  Dioxide  gas.     Na^CO,  -f  SO2  =  Na2SO3  +  CO,. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Colorless,  transparent,  monoclinic  prisms;  odorless,  and 

10 


146  INORGANIC    MATERIA   MEDICA. 

having  a  cooling,  saline,  sulphurous  taste  ;  efflorescent  in  air.  Solubility. — 
In  4  parts  of  water. 

IMPURITIES. — Sulphates  and  chlorides.] 

Dose,  5  to  60  gr. ;  [.30  to  4.00  gm. 

9.  SODII  BISULPHIS.— Sodium  Bisulphite.     NaHSO,  =  103.86. 
SOURCE. — From  Sodium  Carbonate  or  Bicarbonate  and  Sulphur  Dioxide 

gas.  NaHCO3  +  SO2  =  NaHSOs  +  COr  Solubility.— In  4  parts  of  water ; 
and  in  -J2  parts  of  Alcohol. 

CHARACTERS. — Opaque,  prismatic  crystals,  or  a  granular  powder,  exhaling 
an  odor  of  Sulphur  Dioxide,  and  having  a  disagreeable,  sulphurous  taste. 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr.  ;  .30  to  2.00  gm. 

10.  SODII    HYPOSULPHIS.— Sodium    Hyposulphite.      Na,SsO,+ 
5^0  =  247.64.     Synonym. — Sodium  Thiosulphate. 

SOURCE. — From  Sodium  Bisulphate  in  solution  with  Metallic  Zinc.  3Na 
HSO,  +  Zn  =  NaHSOj  +  Na,S,Os  -f  ZnO,  +  H2O.  Or  pass  Sulphurous  An- 
hydride into  a  solution  of  Soda  (or  Sodium  Carbonate)  with  Sulphur.  SOZ  -\- 
2Na(OH )  +  S  =  NajSjO,  +  H,O. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Colorless,  transparent,  monoclinic  prisms,  odorless  and 
having  a  cooling,  afterwards  bitter  taste.  Solubility. — In  0.65  part  of  water ; 
insoluble  in  Alcohol. 

Dose,  5  to  20  gr. ;  .30  to  1.20  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  SODIUM  SULPHITE,  BISULPHITE 
AND   HYPOSULPHITE. 

Sodium  sulphite  solutions  (i  in  8)  may  be  used  externally  as 
mild  antiparasitics.  This  body  is,  in  the  stomach,  decomposed 
by  the  acids  there  and  gives  off  sulphurous  anhydride.  It  may, 
therefore,  be  given  to  arrest  fermentation.  If  any  remains  un- 
decomposed,  it  is  absorbed  as  a  sulphite.  No  other  action  is 
known.  They  are  very  rarely  given  in  medicine,  but  in  suf- 
ficient doses  might  produce  the  effects  of  sodium  sulphate. 

11.  SODII  BROMIDUM,  see  Bromine. 

12.  SODII  IODIDUM,  see  Iodine. 

13.  SODII  HYPOPHOSPH  IS,  ^Phosphorus. 

14.  SODII  ARSENAS,  see  Arsenic. 

15.  SODII  SULPHOCARBOLAS,  see  Acidum  Carbolicum. 

16.  [SODII  NITRAS.— Sodium  Nitrate.     NaNO3  =  84.89. 
SOURCE. — Imported  from  Chili  and  Peru. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  transparent,  rhombohedral  crystals,  odorless, 
having  a  cooling,  saline  and  slightly  bitter  taste.  Deliquescent  in  moist  air. 


THE  ALKALINE  METALS SODA.  147 

Solubility. — In  1.3  parts  of  water  ;  soluble  in  100  parts  of  Alcohol. 
Sodium  Nitrate  is  used  for  preparing  Sodium  Arsenate. 
Dose,  yz  to  i  oz. ;  15.  to  30.  gm. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  SODIUM  NITRATE. 
Sodium  nitrate,  in  moderate  doses,  does  not  directly  lessen 
the  force  or  frequency  of  the  pulse^  nor  lower  the  animal  tem- 
perature, nor  decrease  the  elimination  of  urea ;  in  large  doses, 
acting  as  a  purgative,  it  may  produce  these  effects.  It  is  some- 
what diuretic,  but  its  chief  medicinal  virtue  is  that  of  a  mild 
purgative. 

17.  SODII  ACETAS.— Sodium  Acetate.  NaC2HsO2  -f  3H2O  =  135.74. 
SOURCE. —  From  Sodium  Carbonate  and  Acetic  Acid.       Na.jCO3  -j-  2HC2 

H3O2  =  2NaC2HsO2  -f  H2O  -f  CO2.     By  evaporation  to  crystallization. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  transparent,  monoclinic  prisms,  or  a  granular, 
crystalline  powder,  odorless,  and  having  a  cooling  saline  taste.  Efflorescent 
in  warm,  dry  air.  Solubility. — In  1.4  parts  of  water  ;  and  in  30  parts  of  Al- 
cohol. 

IMPURITIES. — Silica,  metals  and  calcium. 

Sodium  Acetate  is  used  for  preparing  Acetic  Ether  and  Acetic  Acid. 

Dose,  10  to  60  gr. ;  .60  to  4.00  gm. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  SODIUM  ACETATE. 
Sodium  acetate  is  diuretic,  but  it  is  rarely  used  as  a  medicine.] 

18.  SODII  BENZOAS,  see  Acidum  Benzoicum. 

19.  SODII  NITRIS,  j^  Nitrites. 

20.  SODII  VALERIANAS  [not  official],  see  Valeriana. 
31.  SODII   S ALICYL AS,  see  Acidum  Salicylicum. 

22.  SODII  BORAS,  see  Acidum  Boricum. 

23.  [SODII  CHLORAS.— Sodium  Chlorate.     NaClOs=  106.25. 

SOURCE. — From  Acid  Sodium  Tartrate  and  Potassium  Chlorate  in  solu- 
tion ;  by  nitration,  evaporation  and  crystallization.  NaHC4H4O6  -{-  KC1OS 
=  NaClOj  -f  KHC4H4O6. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  transparent  crystals  (principally  regular  cubes 
with  tetrahedral  facets),  or  a  crystalline  powder;  odorless,  having  a  cooling, 
saline  taste.  Solubility. — In  1. 1  parts  of  water  ;  and  in  100  parts  of  Alcohol. 

Dose,  5  to  15  gr. ;  .30  to  i.oo  gm. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  SODIUM  CHLORATE. 
Sodium  chlorate  has  medicinal  properties  similar  to  those  of 
the  potassium  chlorate,  whilst  its  greater  solubility  permits  the 


148  INORGANIC   MATERIA   MEDICA. 

use  of  stronger  solutions.     It  has  recently  been  recommended  in 
large  doses  for  malignant  diseases  of  the  stomach. 

24.  SODII    PYROPHOSPHAS.  — Sodium   Pyrophosphate.      Na4P, 
O7  -f-  ioHzO  =  445.24. 

SOURCE. — From  beating  Sodium  Phosphate.  2NajHPO4  -f  i2H.jO  =  Na4 
PfOT+i3HtO. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  transparent,  monoclinic  prisms,  or  a  crystalline 
powder,  odorless,  having  a  cooling,  saline  and  feebly  alkaline  taste.  Solubil- 
ity.— In  12  parts  of  water  ;  insoluble  in  Alcohol. 

Sodium  Pyrophosphate  is  used  to  prepare  Ferri  Pyrophosphas  Solubilis. 

Dose,  yz  to  4  dr. ;  2.  to  15.  gm. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  SODIUM  PYROPHOSPHATE. 

Sodium  pyrophosphate  has  the  same  therapeutical  action  as 
sodium  phosphate,  but  its  principal  use  is  in  pharmacy.] 

25.  SODII    ETHYLAS.— [Sodium  Ethylate.— NaC2H5O  =  67.90. 
(Not  official.) 

SOURCE. — By  solution  of  Metallic  Sodium  in  Ethylic  Alcohol  and  crys- 
tallization. 2Na  +  2CsH5OH  =  2NaC,H6O  +  Hr 

CHARACTERS. — A  deliquescent,  caustic  salt  in  white  or  whitish  crystals.] 

Preparation.     [B.  P.  not  official.] 

Liquor  Sodii  Ethylatis,  [ Solution  of  Sodium  Ethylate.] — Sodium, 
I  ;  Ethylic  Alcohol,  20.  Characters. — A  clear,  syrupy  liquid,  changing 
to  brown  in  keeping.  [This  preparation  has  a  sp.  gr.  of  0.567.]  It 
should  be  freshly  made  when  wanted. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  SODIUM  ETHYLATE. 

This  is  used  locally  as  a  mild  caustic  to  remove  naevi  and 
other  growths.  It  is  applied  with  a  pointed  glass  rod  for  two 
or  three  days ;  then  a  scab  forms  ;  when  this  has  fallen  off,  the 
treatment  may  be  repeated.  Sodium  ethylate  is,  perhaps,  our 

best  caustic. 

HI.  AMMONIUM. 

NHS  =  17.01. 

I.  AQUA  AMMONIA  FORTI OR.  —  [Stronger  Ammonia  Water. 
28  per  cent,  by  weight  of  the  gas  (NHS  =  17.01 )  dissolved  in  water. 

SOURCE. — -Generate  Ammonia  gas  by  heating  Ammonium  Chloride  with 
Slaked  Lime,  and  pass  it  into  water.  2NH4C1  -f  Ca(OH),  =  NH,  -j-  2H,O 


THE   ALKALINE    METALS AMMONIA.  149 

CHARACTERS.  — A  colorless,  transparent  liquid,  having  an  excessively 
pungent  odor,  and  very  acrid  and  alkaline  taste  and  a  strongly  alkaline  reac- 
tion. Sp.  gr.  0.901.] 

IMPURITIES. — Ammonium  chloride,  sulphide  and  sulphate. 

Dose,  3  to  6  m.  ;  [.20  to  .40  c.c.],  well  diluted. 

Preparation. 

[Spiritus  Ammoniae. — Spirit  of  Ammonia.    Contains  10  per  cent., 
by  weight,  of  the  gas  dissolved  in  Alcohol. 
Dose,  10  to  60  m. ;  .60  to  4.00  c.c.] 

2.  AQUA  AMMONITE. — [Ammonia  Water.  ( 10  per  cent,  by  weight 
of  the  gas  (NH3—  17.01 )  dissolved  in  water). 

SOURCE. — The  same  as  for  Aqua  Ammoniae  Fortior. 

CHARACTERS. — Like,  but  less  pungent  than,  the  stronger  solution.  Sp. 
gr.  0.960. 

Dose,  10  to  20  m. ;  .60  to  1.20  c.c.,  well  diluted. 

Preparations. 

1.  Linimentum    Ammoniae. — Ammonia   Liniment.      Synonym. 
— Volatile  Liniment.       Ammonia  Water,  350 ;   Alcohol,  50 ;    Cotton 
Seed  Oil,  600.] 

2.  Spiritus  Ammoniae  Aromaticus,  see  Ammonium  Carbonate. 

ACTION  OF  SOLUTIONS  OF  AMMONIA. 

External. — A  solution  of  ammonia  produces  rubefaction 
with  a  sensation  of  heat,  and,  if  strong,  a  sensation  of  pain  and 
burning.  If  the  vapor  is  confined,  it  causes  vesication. 

Internal. — Nose. — When  inhaled,  the  vapor  of  ammonia  is 
irritating  to  the  nose  and  air  passages,  causing  a  pungent  sensa- 
tion and  sneezing.  The  eyes  and  nose  water.  The  pulse  and 
respiration  are  reflexly  accelerated.  If  very  concentrated, 
it  produces  swelling  and  inflammation  of  the  nose,  glottis  and 
respiratory  tract. 

Stomach. — Like  other  alkalies,  given  before  meals,  ammonia 
increases  the  flow  of  gastric  juice ;  given  after  meals,  it  neutral- 
izes it.  It  dilates  the  gastric  vessels,  and  produces  a  feeling  of 
warmth  in  the  epigastrium.  It  reflexly  stimulates  the  heart  and 
respiration. 

Blood. — Its  action  on  the  blood  is  not  known  ;  but  it  is  sup- 
posed to  diminish  its  local  liability  to  clot  in  cases  of  thrombo- 
sis, and  to  dissolve  [a  clot  which  has]  already  formed. 


I5O  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

Heart. — Ammonia  causes  a  rise  of  blood -pressure  with  an  in- 
creased pulse  rate,  due  probably  to  stimulation  of  the  accelerator 
mechanism. 

Respiration. — It  increases  greatly  the  frequency  of  respira- 
tion, probably  from  stimulation  of  the  respiratory  centre  in  the 
medulla. 

Newous  system. — The  brain  is  unaffected,  and  the  nerves  also, 
except  for  the  tingling  produced  when  a  strong  solution  of 
ammonia  is  locally  applied.  Convulsions  are  often  produced  in 
animals  poisoned  by  ammonia  ;  these  are  certainly  central,  and 
are  probably  due  to  stimulation  of  the  spinal  cord. 

Kidneys. — Ammonia  and  its  salts  are  oxidized  in  the  body, 
and  the  nitric  acid,  uric  acid,  and  urea  in  the  urine  are  increased. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  SOLUTIONS  OF  AMMONIA. 

External. — The  liniment  is  used  as  a  counter-irritant  in  nu- 
merous conditions,  such  as  chronic  joint  disease,  chronic  rheuma- 
tism, etc. ,  and  is  often  rubbed  on  the  chest  in  bronchitis.  Am- 
monia is  a  very  uncertain  vesicant.  Weak  solutions  of  it  are 
often  applied  to  the  bites  of  insects.  [Aqua]  ammoniae  is  very 
valuable  when  held  to  the  nose  of  any  one  who  has  fainted,  for  it 
almost  instantly  reflexly  produces  its  stimulating  effect  on  the 
heart  and  respiration. 

Internal. — Ammonia  in  some  form  may  be  given  before 
meals  as  a  gastric  stimulant  in  dyspepsia.  Sal  volatile  (see  below) 
is  often  used  for  this  purpose,  and  also  for  its  general  stimulating 
effect  on  the  cardiac,  respiratory  and  spinal  systems,  especially 
in  sudden  collapse  from  any  cause.  [For  collapse  it  may  be  used 
intravenously.]  Ammonia  has  been  injected  subcutaneously  in 
cases  of  snake-bite,  [but  it  almost  invariably  produces  a  slough.] 

3.  AMMONII  CARBON'AS.— [Ammonium  Carbonate,  NH4HCO8— 
NH4NH,CO,  =  156.77.  Synonyms. — Bakers'  Ammonia.  Hartshorn.  Sal 
Volatile. 

SOURCE.  —  A  mixture  of  Ammonium  Sulphate  or  Chloride  and  Calcium 
Carbonate  is  subjected  to  sublimation  and  resublimation.  4NH4C1  -)-  2CaCOs 
==  2CaCl,  +  NH4HCOS  —  NH4NH,CO,  -f  NHS  -f  2H,O. 

CHARACTERS. — White,  hard,  translucent,  striated  masses,  having  a  strongly 


THE   ALKALINE    METALS AMMONIA.  151 

ammoniacal  odor  without  empyreuma,  and  a  sharp  saline  taste.  On  exposure 
to  the  air  it  loses  both  Ammonia  and  Carbon  Dioxide,  becoming  opaque,  and 
is  finally  converted  into  friable,  porous  lumps,  or  a  white  powder.  Solubility. 
— Slowly  but  completely  in  5  parts  of  water.] 

IMPURITIES. — Sulphates  and  chlorides. 

Dose,  2  to  15  gr. ;  [.12  to  i.oo  gm.]  ^(Stimulant  or  expectorant.) 

Preparation. 

Spiritus  Ammonias  Aromaticus. — [Aromatic  Spirit  of  Ammo- 
nia. Ammonium  Carbonate,  34  ;  Ammonia  Water,  90  ;  Oil  of  Nut- 
meg, I  ;  Oil  of  Lemon,  10 ;  Alcohol,  700 ;  Oil  of  Lavender  Flowers, 
i  ;  water  to  make  looo.  Sp.  gr.  about  0.905.] 

Aromatic  Spirit  of  Ammonia  is  used  in  making  Tinctura  Guaiaci  Am- 
moniata  and  Tinctura  Valerianae  Ammoniata. 

Dose,  yz  to  2  fl.  dr.  [2.  to  8.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  AMMONIUM  CARBONATE. 

The  external  and  internal  actions  of  the  carbonate  are  the 
same  as  those  of  [Aqua]  Ammoniae.  It  is  not  used  externally, 
but  Spiritus  Ammoniae  Aromaticus  is  inhaled  for  its  reflex  effects, 
is  taken  as  a  gastric  stimulant  and  carminative  in  dyspepsia, 
and  as  a  cardiac  and  general  stimulant  in  syncope,  etc. 
The  carbonate  is,  in  addition,  an  excellent  expectorant,  stimu- 
lating the  respiratory  movements,  and  by  its  general  stimulating 
effect  aiding  the  expulsion  of  thick  mucus.  It  is  most  used  for 
bronchitis  in  children  and  the  aged.  It  is  an  emetic  acting 
directly  on  the  stomach. 

TOXICOLOGY. 

Symptoms. — Liquor  Ammonise  and  the  Carbonate  produce  symptoms  like 
other  alkalies,  but  are  more  corrosive.  The  air-passages  are  often  inflamed, 
and  the  inhalation  of  the  vapor  has  been  known  to  kill  from  this  cause. 

Treatment  as  for  other  alkalies.     (See  p.  139.) 

4.  AMNONII  CHLORIDUM.— [Ammonium  Chloride.  NH4C1  = 
53.38.]  Synonyms. — Sal  Ammoniac,  [Ammonium  Muriate. 

SOURCE. — Neutralize  Gas  Liquor  with  Sulphuric  Acid,  converting  all  to 
Ammonium  Sulphate.  2NH4HO  +  H2SO4=  (NH4)ilSOi  + 2HaO.  After 
crystallization,  sublime  with  Sodium  Chloride.  (NH4)2SO4  -f-  2NaCl  = 
2NH4C1  +  N^SO,. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white,  crystalline  powder,  without  odor,  having  a  cool- 


INORGANIC    MATERIA    >IEDICA. 

ing,  saline  taste,  and  permanent  in  the  air,  but  volatile  when  heated.     Solu- 
bility.— In  3  parts  of  water  ;  almost  insoluble  in  Alcohol. 

IMPURITIES. — Chiefly  tarry  matters. 

Dose,  I  to  30  gr. ;  .06  to  2.00  gm. 

Preparation. 

Trochisci  Ammonii  Chloridi. — Troches  of  Ammonium  Chloride. 
Ammonium  Chloride,  10  ;  Extract  of  Glycyrrhiza,  25  ;  Tragacanth,i2  ; 
Sugar,  50  gm. ;  Syrup  of  Tolu,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  loo  troches. 
Each  troche  contains  two  grains ;  .12  gm. 

Dose,  i  to  6  troches.] 

ACTION  OF  AMMONIUM  CHLORIDE. 

Locally  applied,  ammonium  chloride  increases  the  secretion 
of  mucous  membranes,  and  to  a  slight  extent  it  does  the  same 
after  absorption.  It  is  a  feeble  cholagogue,  diaphoretic,  diuretic, 
[and  a  general  stimulant,  but  of  less  power  than  the  carbonate.] 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  AMMONIUM  CHLORIDE. 

It  is  a  very  favorite  remedy  for  local  application,  by  means 
of  inhalation  of  the  vapor,  to  increase  the  secretion  of  mucus 
from  the  pharynx,  Eustachian  tubes,  larynx,  trachea  and  bronchi 
in  cases  of  chronic  pharyngitis,  otitis  media,  laryngitis,  and 
bronchitis.  Many  forms  of  apparatus  for  its  inhalation  are  in 
the  market.  In  most  of  them  it  is  generated  by  the  action  of  hy- 
drochloric acid  on  ammonia.  It  is  occasionally  given  by  the 
mouth,  either  as  a  cholagogue,  gastric  stimulant,  diaphoretic,  or 
diuretic,  but  it  is  too  feeble  to  be  recommended,  and  it  is  very 
[unpleasant]  ;  the  taste  may  to  some  extent  be  concealed  by 
liquorice.  It  is  useful  in  chronic  bronchitis  with  much  expec- 
toration and  is  then  best  given  as  a  [troche  or  compressed  tablet 
with  chocolate] .  Some  authorities  consider  it  to  be,  [in  large 
doses,]  a  specific  for  neuralgia. 

5.  LIQUOR  AMMONII  ACETATIS.— [Solution  of  Ammonium 
Acetate.  Synonym. — Spirit  of  Mindererus.  An  aqueous  solution  of  Ammo- 
nium Acetate  (NH4CjHsO2  =  76.87),  containing  about  7  per  cent,  of  the  salt, 
together  with  small  amounts  of  Acetic  and  Carbonic  Acids. 

SOURCE. — Ammonium  Carbonate  is  gradually  added  to  diluted  Acetic 
Acid  until  it  is  neutralized.  ] 


THE    ALKALINE    METALS LITHIUM. 

INCOMPATIBLE. — Potash,  soda,  and  their  carbonates,  acids,  lime-water, 
lead  and  silver  salts. 

[Solution  of  Ammonium  Acetate  is  used  in  preparing  Liquor  Ferri  et  Am- 
monii  Acetatis.] 

Dose,  2  to  8  fl.  dr. ;  [8.  to  30.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  AMMONIUM  ACETATE. 

It  is  a  mild  diaphoretic  and  diuretic,  and  is  used  only  for 
these  effects.  It  probably  acts  in  both  cases,  either  on  the  secre 
tory  cells  or  the  nerves  connected  with  them.  It  does  not  irri- 
tate the  kidneys,  but  increases  both  the  water  and  the  solids 
excreted.  It  is  employed  in  Bright' s  disease  as  a  diuretic,  and 
in  febrile  conditions  as  a  diaphoretic. 

6.  AMMONII  BENZOAS,  see  Acidum  Benzoicum. 

7.  AMMONII  BROMIDUM,  see  Bromine. 
[8.  AMMONII  IODIDUM,  see  Iodine. 

9.  AMMONII  NITRAS.— Ammonium  Nitrate.  NH4NO3  =  97.9. 

SOURCE. — By  treating  commercial  Ammonium  Carbonate  with  Nitric 
Acid,  filtration  and  evaporation.  NH4HCOS  — NH4NH2CO2  +  3HNO3  = 
3NH4NO3  -f  2CO2  +  H2O. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless  crystals,  generally  in  the  form  of  long,  thin 
rhombic  prisms,  or  in  fused  masses,  without  odor,  having  a  sharp,  bitter  taste, 
and  somewhat  deliquescent.  Solubility. — In  o.  5  part  of  water  ;  and  in  20 
parts  of  Alcohol. 

Ammonium  Nitrate  is  used  to  prepare  Nitrous  Oxide  gas,  freezing  mix- 
tures and  artificial  cold  applications.  ] 

10.  AMMONII  VALERIANAS,  see  Valeriana. 

IV.  LITHIUM. 
Li  =  7.oi. 

1.  LITHII  CARBONAS.— [Lithium  Carbonate.     Li2CO3  =  73. 87. 
SOURCE. — By  action  of  Lithium   Chloride   upon   Ammonium  Carbonate, 

filtration,  washing  with  Alcohol,  and  drying.  2LiCl-(-  NH3HCO3=  Li2CO3 
4-  NH4C1  +  HC1. 

CHARACTERS. — A  light,  white  powder,  odorless,  and  having  an  alkaline 
taste  ;  permanent  in  the  air.  Solubility. — In  80  parts  of  water  ;  insoluble  in 
Alcohol.] 

IMPURITIES. — Lime  and  aluminum. 

Dose,  2  to  10  gr. ;  [.12  to  .60  gm.] 

2.  LITHII  CITRAS.— [Lithium  Citrate.     Li3C8H5OT  =  2oa.57. 


154  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

SOURCE. — By  action  of  Lithium  Carbonate  upon  Citric  Acid,  evaporation 
and  crystallization.  3U2COS  +  2H3C6H5O7  =  2Li3C6H5O,  3H2O-f3CO,. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white  powder,  odorless  and  having  a  cooling,  faintly 
alkaline  taste;  deliquescent  on  exposure  to  air.  Solubility. — In  2  parts  of 
water  ;  almost  insoluble  in  Alcohol  or  Ether. 

Dose,  5  to  20  gr. ;  .30  to  1.20  gm. 

Preparation. 

Lithii  Citras  Effervescens. — Effervescent  Lithium  Citrate. 

SOURCE.  — Lithium  Carbonate,  70  ;  Sodium  Bicarbonate,  280  ;  Citric  Acid, 
370 ;  Sugar,  a  sufficient  quantity,  to  1000.  Triturate  the  Citric  Acid  with 
Sugar,  and  dry  the  mixture  thoroughly.  Then  incorporate  with  it,  by  tritura- 
tion,  Lithium  Carbonate  and  Sodium  Bicarbonate,  and  enough  Sugar  to  make 
the  product  weigh  looo  parts. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white  powder  having  a  cooling,  saline  and  sweetish 
taste.  Solubility. — Completely  in  water  with  effervescence. 

Dose,  10  to  45  gr. ;  .60  to  3.00  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  LITHIUM  CARBONATE  AND  CITRATE. 

These  lithium  salts  closely  resemble  in  their  actions  the  cor- 
responding potassium  salts,  in  large  doses  leading  to  muscular 
and  cardiac  depression  with  gastro-intestinal  irritation  ;  but,  as 
lithium  has  a  strong  affinity  for  uric  acid,  and  lithium  biurate  is 
very  soluble,  they  are  more  powerful  solvents  of  uric  acid. 
They  are  also  efficacious  as  diuretics  and  render  the  urine 
very  alkaline. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  LITHIUM  CARBONATE  AND  CITRATE. 

Lithium  salts  are  much  used  internally  in  acute  and  chronic 
gout,  to  promote  the  elimination  of  sodium  biurate.  They  are 
also  given  as  solvents  to  patients  suffering  from  uric  acid  gravel 
and  calculus.  Those  suffering  from  gravel  are  said  often  to  derive 
great  benefit.  A  lotion  of  the  carbonate  (i  to  120  of  water) 
applied  on  lint  and  covered  with  gutta-percha  relieves  the  pain 
of  gouty  inflammation,  promotes  the  healing  of  gouty  ulcers, 
and  aids  the  disappearance  of  tophi  [although  it  does  seem  to 
prevent  their  formation] .  Lithium  salts  should  always  be  freely 
diluted.  The  citrate  has  the  advantage  of  greater  solubility. 
Although  there  is  no  doubt  that  the  salt  of  lithium  and  uric  acid 
is  very  soluble  in  water,  much  doubt  has  recently  been  cast  upon 


METALS    OF    THE   ALKALINE    EARTHS CALCIUM.         155 

the  efficacy  of  lithium  salts  administered  for  gout,  because  the 
addition  of  a  lithium  salt  to  blood  serum  does  not  enhance  its 
solvent  power  on  sodium  biurate. 

3.  [LITHII  BENZOAS,  see  Acidum  Benzoicum. 

4.  LITHII  BROMIDUM,  see  Bromine. 

5.  LITHII  SALICYLAS,  see  Acidum  Salicylicum. ] 


GROUP  III. 

METALS  OF  THE  ALKALINE  EARTHS. 

Calcium,  Strontium,  Barium,  Magnesium,  Cerium. 

I.   CALCIUM. 


1.  CRETA    PR^EPARATA.—  [Prepared    Chalk.        CaCO,=99.76. 

Synonym.  —  Drop  Chalk. 

SOURCE.  —  From  Chalk  by  levigation,  elutriation  and  drying. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  white,  amorphous  powder,  often  moulded  into  conical 
drops,  odorless  and  tasteless  ;  permanent  in  the  air.  Solubility.  —  Almost  in- 
soluble in  water  ;  insoluble  in  Alcohol.] 

INCOMPATIBLES.  —  Acids  and  sulphates. 

Dose,  10  to  60  gr.  [.60  to  4.00  gm.] 

Preparations. 

1.  Pulvis   Cretse    Compositus.  —  [Compound   Chalk    Powder. 
Prepared  Chalk,  30  ;  powdered  Acacia,  20  ;  powdered  Sugar,  50. 

Dose,  5  to  60  gr.  ;  .30  to  4.00  gm. 

2.  Mistura  Cretae.  —  Chalk  Mixture.     Compound  Chalk  Powder, 
200  ;  Cinnamon  Water,  400  ;  Water  to  make  1000. 

Dose,  2  to  4  fl.  dr.  ;  8.  to  15.  c.c. 

3.  Hydrargyrum  cum  Creta,  see  Hydrargyrum. 

4.  Trochisci  Cretae.  —  Troches  of  Chalk.     Prepared  Chalk,  25  ; 
Acacia,  7  gm.  ;  Spirit  of  Nutmeg,  3  c.c.  ;  Sugar,  40  gm.  ;  Water  to 
make  100  troches.     Each  troche  contains  4  gr.  ;  .25  gm. 

Dose,  ad  libitum.} 

2.  CALCII   CARBONAS   PR^CIPITATUS.—  [Precipitated  Cal- 
cium Carbonate.     CaCO3=99.76. 

SOURCE.  —  From  Calcium  Chloride  and  Sodium  Carbonate,  and  drying  the 
precipitate.  CaCVf-Na,COI=2NaCl+CaCO,. 


1  56  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

CHARACTERS. — A  fine,  white  power,  odorless  and  tasteless,  permanent  in 
the  air.  Solubility. — Nearly  insoluble  in  water. 

Precipitated  Calcium  Carbonate  is  used  to  prepare  Pulvis  Morphinre  Com- 
positus  and  Syrupus  Calcii  Lactophosphatis.  ] 

Dose,  5  to  60  gr. ;  [.30  to  4.00  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  GRETA  PRJEPARATA  AND  CALCIUM  CARBONATE. 

External. — It  is  mildly  astringent  and  helps  to  dry  moist 
surfaces. 

Internal. — Stomach  and  Intestines. — Calcium  carbonate  is 
antacid.  It  is  a  mild  but  certain  astringent.  How  it  acts  as 
an  instringent  is  unknown.  It  is  excreted  unchanged  in  the  faeces. 

Kidneys.  Because  certain  mineral  waters  containing  calcium 
bicarbonates  and  sulphates  amongst  other  salts,  have  been  used 
successfully  in  cases  of  urinary  gravel  and  calculi,  it  has  been 
asserted  that  these  salts  are  diuretic,  and  solvent  for  uric  acid,  but 
it  is  more  likely  that  the  beneficial  effects  of  these  waters  are  due 
merely  to  the  large  amount  of  water  drunk  ;  [at  least] ,  there  is  no 
proof  that  it  is  due  to  the  salts.  Such  waters  are  those  of  Con- 
trexeville, Vittel,  [Clarendon,  and  Waukesha] . 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  CRETA  PR^EPARATA  AND  CALCIUM  CARBONATE. 

External. — Prepared  chalk  forms  an  excellent  dusting  pow- 
der for  moist  eczema. 

Internal. — Alimentary  canal. — Because  of  its  mechanical 
action  it  is  a  good  tooth  powder.  The  following  is  a  good  for- 
mula :  Potassium  chlorate,  4  ;  powdered  soap,  8  ;  carbolic  acid, 

2  ;  oil  of  cinnamon,    i  ;  precipitated  calcium  carbonate  to  48 
parts.     Chalk  mixture  and  [compound]  chalk  powder,  particu- 
larly the  former,  are  very  valuable  for  checking  mild  diarrhoea, 
especially  in  children. 

Kidneys. — There  is  no  doubt  that  persons  passing  gravel  or 
urinary  calculi,  especially  if  composed  of  uric  acid,  are  benefited 
by  drinking  the  waters  of  Contrexeville  and  Vittel.  They  should 
be  taken  in  quantities  of  3  to  6  pints  [1500.  to  3000.  c.c.]  a  day 
and  between  meals,  to  avoid  the  large  amount  of  fluid  causing 
indigestion.  At  Contrexeville  the  great  bulk  is  drunk  before 
breakfast. 


METALS    OF   THE   ALKALINE   EARTHS CALCIUM.         157 

3.  CALX.— [Lime.     CaO=$5.87.     Synonym. — Burned  Lime. 

SOURCE. — Made  by  burning  white  marble,  oyster  shells,  or  the  purest 
varieties  of  natural  Calcium  Carbonate,  to  expel  Carbon  Dioxide. 

CHARACTERS. — Hard  white  or  grayish-white  masses,  which  in  contact 
with  air  gradually  attract  moisture  and  Carbon  Dioxide,  and  fall  into  a  white 
powder  (slaked  lime)  ;  odorless;  of  a  sharp,  caustic  taste.  Solubility. — In 
750  parts  of  water ;  insoluble  in  Alcohol.  „ 

Preparations. 

1.  Liquor  Calcis. — Solution  of  Lime.     Synonyms. — Lime  Water.     Solu- 
tion of  Calcium  Hydrate. 

SOURCE. — Made  from  slaked  lime  by  solution.  A  saturated,  aqueous 
solution  of  Calcium  Hydrate.  The  percentage  of  Calcium  Hydrate  varies  with 
the  temperature,  being  somewhat  over  0.17  per  cent,  at  59°  F.  ;  15°  C.,  and 
diminishing  as  the  temperature  rises. 

Dose,  i  to  8  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  30.  c.c. 

2.  Linimentum    Calcis. — Lime    Liniment.     Synonym. — Carron    OiL 
Solution  of  Lime,  Linseed  Oil,  of  each,  one  volume.     Mix  them  by  agitation. 

3.  Syrupus  Calcis. — Syrup  of  Lime.     Lime,  60 ;  Sugar,  400;  Water,  to 

IOOO. 

Dose,  15  to  60  m.  ;  i.  to  4.  c.c. 

4.  Potassa  cum  Calce. — See  Potassium,  p.  122.] 

| 

ACTION  OF  LIME. 

External. — Slaked  lime  is  caustic.     Lime  water  is  astringent. 

Internal. — Alimentary  tract. — Lime  is  antacid.  It  prevents 
milk  from  forming  solid,  bulky  curds  in  the  stomach.  It  allays 
vomiting,  and  is  an  antidote  for  poisoning  by  mineral  acids, 
oxalic  acid,  and  zinc  chloride.  It  acts  as  a  mild  intestinal  astrin- 
gent. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  LIME. 

External. — Slaked  lime,  employed  as  a  caustic,  is  usually 
mixed  with  caustic  potash,  when  it  forms  Vienna  paste  (see  p. 
123),  [or  with  caustic  soda  known  as  London  paste  and  is]  used 
to  destroy  warts  and  other  small  growths.  Lime  water  applied  to 
weeping  eczema  is  especially  serviceable  if  mixed  with  glycerin. 
Linimentum  Calcis  is  very  valuable  for  burns. 

Internal. — Lime  water  is  much  used  to  mix  with  milk  to 
prevent  its  forming  thick  curds  in  the  stomach,  especially  when, 


I  $8  INORGANIC   MATERIA    MEDICA. 

as  is  often  the  case  with  children,  the  curds  cause  vomiting.  It 
is  difficult  to  understand  how  it  acts,  for,  although  lime  water 
contains  so  little  lime,  it  is  often  efficacious.  In  severe  cases  of 
infantile  vomiting  equal  parts  of  milk  and  lime  water  may  be 
ordered.  Lime  water  will  check  slight  diarrhoea.  It  is  a  useful 
injection  for  thread-worms,  for  leucorrhoea,  and  for  gleet. 

4.  CALCII  PHOSPHAS  PR^ECIPITATUS.- [Precipitated  Cal- 
cium Phosphate.  Caj(PO4)2=3O9.33.  Synonym. — Precipitated  Lime  Phos- 
phate. 

SOURCE. — Made  from  Bone  Ash  (impure  Calcium  Phosphate)  digested 
with  diluted  Hydrochloric  acid,  made  alkaline  with  solution  of  Ammonia,  and 
by  precipitation. 

CHARACTERS. — A  light,  white  amorphous  powder,  colorless  and  tasteless, 
and  permanent  in  the  air.  Solubility. — Almost  insoluble  in  water. 

Precipitated  Calcium  Phosphate  is  contained  in  Pulvis  Antimonialis. 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr. ;  .30  to  2.00  gm. 

Preparation. 

Syrupus  Calcii  Lactophosphatis. — Syrup  of  Calcium  Lactophosphate. 
Precipitated  Calcium  Carbonate,  25  ;  Phosphoric  Acid,  36 ;  Lactic  Acid,  60  ; 
Orange  Flower  Water,  25  ;  Sugar,  700 ;  Water,  to  iooo. 
Dose,  i  to  a  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  8.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  CALCIUM  PHOSPHATE. 

Calcium  phosphate  is  a  most  important  constituent  of  bones, 
and  therefore  it  is  necessary  that  food  should  contain  it.  If  not, 
the  bones  become  soft.  Calcium  salts  are  abundant  in  milk, 
yolk  of  egg,  vegetables,  and  the  bones  that  carnivora  eat.  They 
are  absorbed  from  the  intestine,  and  the  excess  is  excreted  into 
the  intestine  and  passed  with  the  faeces.  Calcium  phosphate 
has  been  given  for  rickets,  and  for  the  anaemia  and  feebleness 
often  seen  in  young  children,  but  it  is  not  certain  that  it  does 
any  good.  [It  is  important  that  calcium  phosphate  should  be 
made  from  bones  when  used  in  the  treatment  of  rickets.]  Tt 
may  be  given  to  pregnant  and  [nursing]  women  in  order  to  pro- 
vide the  child  with  sufficient  calcium  salts  for  its  bones. 

It  is  used  as  a  diluent  for  powders,  as  it  is  inert,  and  it  prevents 
their  agglutination.  For  these  reasons,  and  because  it  is  [almost] 
insoluble,  it  is  a  useful  constituent  of  pills  containing  essential 


METALS   OF  THE   ALKALINE    EARTHS CALCIUM.       159 

oils.  The  syrup  of  calcium  lactophosphate  is  with  many  a  fa- 
vorite prescription  for  tuberculosis  and  other  conditions  of  anae- 
mia and  weakness. 

5.  CALX  SULPHURATA,  «*  Sulphur. 

6.  CALCII  CHLORIDUM.— [Calcium  Chloride.     CaO2=ilo.65. 
SOURCE.  —  Obtained   by   neutralizing   Hydrochloric   Acid   with   Calcium 

Carbonate  and  evaporating.  CaCO3+2HCl=CaCl2+CO2-(-H2O.  This  is 
rendered  anhydrous  by  fusion  at  the  lowest  possible  temperature. 

CHARACTERS.  —  White,  slightly  translucent,  hard  fragments,  odorless, 
having  a  sharp  saline  taste  and  very  deliquescent.  Solubility. — In  1.5  parts 
of  water  and  in  8  parts  of  Alcohol.] 

Dose,  5  to  20  gr. ;  [.30  to  1.20  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  CALCIUM  CHLORIDE. 
Calcium  chloride,  outside  of  the  body,  increases  the  rate 
of  coagulation  of  the  blood  [and  produces  a  firmer  clot.  It 
has  been  employed  in  the  treatment  of  chronic  bronchitis  and 
pneumonia,  and  has  been  recommended  by  See  for  gastric  catarrh 
and  fermentative  dyspepsia.  Its  most  important  use  is  for  the 
haemorrhages  of  scurvy  and  haemophilia.  If  maximum  doses  are 
administered  for  several  days  previously,  it  is  often  possible  to 
perform  operations  upon  bleeders.  It  may  be  of  use  in  haema- 
temesis  and  haemoptysis,  and,  possibly,  also  for  aneurism.] 

7.  CALX  CHLORATA,  see  Chlorine. 

8.  CALCII  HYPOPHOSPHIS,  see  Phosphorus. 
g.  [CALCII  BROMIDUM,  see  Bromine. 

10.  CALCII  SULPHAS  EXSICCATUS.— Dried  Calcium  Sulphate. 
Synonyms. — Dried  Gypsum.  Plaster  of  Paris. 

SOURCE. — A  powder  containing  about  95  per  cent.,  by  weight,  of  Calcium 
Sulphate  (CaSO4=l35-73),  and  about  5  per  cent,  of  water,  prepared  from  the 
purer  varieties  of  native  Gypsum  (CaSO4-|-2H2O=l7l.65),  by  heating  until 
about  three- fourths  of  the  water  has  been  expelled. 

CHARACTERS. — An  amorphous  white  powder,  without  taste  or  odor,  and 
when  mixed  with  half  its  weight  of  water  it  forms  a  smooth  paste,  which  rap- 
idly hardens.  Solubility. — In  about  410  parts  of  water  ;  insoluble  in  Alcohol. 

Dried  Calcium  Phosphate  is  used  to  prepare  Calx  Sulphurata. 

USES  OF  DRIED  CALCIUM  SULPHATE. 

Dried  Calcium  sulphate  is  used  for  making  casts  of  deformi- 
ties and  injuries,  and  for  making  immovable  bandages  and  ap- 
paratus for  injuries  and  diseases  when  immobilization  is  necessary. 


l6o  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

II.  STRONTIUM. 

Sr=87.3. 

1.  STRONTII   LACTAS.— Strontium  Lactate.      Sr(C3H5Oj)a4-3H2O 
=318.76. 

SOURCE. — From  the  carbonate,  by  dissolving  it  in  lactic  acid  somewhat 
diluted  with  water  ;  if  necessary,  heat  is  applied  to  effect  solution.  After  ni- 
tration the  solution  is  evaporated  with  moderate  heat,  to  dryness.  SrCOs-f- 
2HC3H603=Sr(CsH6Os)2+HJ0+C01. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white,  granular  powder  or  crystalline  nodules,  odorless 
and  having  a  slightly  bitter  taste.  Permanent  in  the  air.  Solubility. — In 
about  4  parts  of  water  ;  soluble  in  Alcohol. 

INCOMPATIBLE. — Solutions  of  carbonates  and  sulphates,  and  potassium 
chromate. 

IMPURITIES. — Barium  carbonate,  oxalates,  metallic  and  organic  impurities. 

Dose,  %  to  2  dr. ;  x.  to  8.  gm. 

ACTION  OF  STRONTIUM  LACTATE. 

The  strontium  salts  were  demonstrated  by  Laborde  to  be 
harmless  to  animals  and  men.  He  also  ascribed  to  them  a 
diuretic  action.  If  given  for  some  time  and  in  large  quantities 
they  impair  gastric  digestion  and  subsequently  the  general  nutri- 
tion. The  lactate  reduces  the  amount  of  albumin  in  albumi- 
nuria,  and  it  is  claimed  to  have  a  sedative  effect  on  the  heart  in 
diseases  of  the  valves  and  of  the  muscular  tissue.  It  also  checks 
fermentation  and  putrefaction  in  the  small  intestines. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  STRONTIUM  LACTATE. 

The  strontium  salts  in  gastric  affections  improve  the  appetite 
and  facilitate  digestion,  and  are  useful  in  chronic  intestinal  ca- 
tarrh. The  lactate  is  diuretic  and  is  useful  in  albuminuria,  due 
to  renal  atony,  but  not  in  uraemia,  nor  in  interstitial  nephritis, 
nor  in  the  high  fever  of  acute  parenchymatous  nephritis.  In  the 
chronic  form  due  to  scrofula,  rheumatism  or  gout  it  is  useful.  It 
has  had  a  decidedly  beneficial  action  in  diabetes  of  hepatic 
origin,  and  in  cirrhosis  of  the  liver. 

2.  STRONTII  BROMIDUM,  see  Bromine. 

3.  STRONTII  IODIDUM,  w  Iodine.] 


METALS   OF  THE   ALKALINE    EARTHS  -  BARIUM.          l6l 
III.   BARIUM. 


BARII  DIOXIDUM.—  Barium  Dioxide.  BaO2=i68.82.  Synonym.— 
Barium  Peroxide. 

SOURCE.  —  By  conducting  oxygen  over  Barium  Oxide,  heated  to  full  red- 
ness. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  heavy,  grayish-white,  or  pale,  yellowish-white,  amor- 
phous, coarse  powder,  odorless  and  tasteless.  When  exposed  to  the  air  it 
slowly  attracts  moisture  and  Carbon  Dioxide,  and  is  gradually  decomposed. 
Solubility.  —  Almost  insoluble  in  water. 

IMPURITIES.  —  Sulphates  and  nitrates. 

INCOMPATIBLES.  —  Hydrochloric,  phosphoric  and  most  other  mineral  acids. 

Barium  Dioxide  is  used  in  preparing  Aqua  Hydrogenii  Dioxidi. 

ACTION  OF  BARIUM  SALTS. 

Barium  chloride  (not  official)  causes  the  cardiac  contractions 
to  become  slower  and  more  forcible,  acting  like  digitalis.  The 
blood-vessels  are  constricted,  and  the  blood  pressure  rises. 
The  plain  muscular  fibres  of  the  intestine  may  be  excited,  and 
the  peristalsis  is  increased.  In  these  respects  it  resembles  ergot 
as  well  as  digitalis.  It  acts  like  veratrine  when  applied  locally 
to  voluntary  muscles,  prolonging  the  contraction  ;  but  this  effect 
is  done  away  with  by  the  application  of  potassium  salts. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  BARIUM  SALTS. 

These  are  not  often  given,  but  the  chloride  (dose,  ^  to  ^ 
gr.,  .006  to  .03  gm.)  has  been  used  for  mitral  insufficiency 
accompanied  by  irregularity  of  the  heart,  for  haemorrhage, 
and  as  a  stimulant  in  atony  of  the  bladder  or  intestine. 
Formerly  it  was  given  in  nervous  diseases.]  The  waters  of 
Llangammarch  wel)s  contain  6.7  gr.  [.40  gm.]  to  the  [Imper- 
ial] gallon  [4545  c.c.]  of  barium  chloride,  and  have  been  used 
in  cardiac  cases.  [The  sulphide  (not  official)  has  been  used  as 
a  depilatory. 

TOXICOLOGY. 

Symptoms.  —  Poisonous  doses  cause  salivation,  thirst,  vomiting,  purging, 
difficulty  of  breathing,  a  slow  pulse,  and,  from  its  action  on  the  spinal  cord, 
paralysis  of  the  limbs.  The  heart  is  arrested  in  systole. 


1  62  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA, 

Treatment.  —  Poisoning  should  be  treated  by  non-irritant  emetics  and 
draughts  of  weak  solution  of  sodium  or  magnesium  sulphate,  followed  by 
albuminous  drinks,  and  diffusible  stimulants.  ] 

IV.  MAGNESIUM. 


1.  MAGNESII  SULPHAS.—  [Magnesium  Sulphate.     MgSO4+H2O 
=245.84.     Synonym.  —  Epsom  Salt. 

SOURCE.  —  It  is  obtained  from  (l)  Dolomite  (native  Calcium  and  Magne- 
sium Carbonate)  ;  or  (2)  Magnesite  (native  Magnesium  Carbonate),  by  the 
action  of  Sulphuric  Acid,  (i)  MgCO,+MgSO4+2H2SO4=CaSO4-|-MgSO4 
+2H2O  or  (2)  MgCOg+H2SO4—  MgSO4+H2O-f-CO2.  Treat  with  water, 
filter  and  evaporate  the  filtrate  to  crystallization. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Small,]  colorless,  rhombic  prisms  or  acicular  crystals,  very 
like  Zinc  Sulphate,  but  moister,  and  of  a  bitter  taste,  whilst  that  of  the  Zinc 
Salt  is  metallic.  Solubility.  —  In  1.5  parts  of  cold  water. 

INCOMPATIBLES.  —  Alkaline  carbonates,  phosphoric  acid,  phosphates,  lime 
water,  lead  acetate  and  silver  nitrate. 

IMPURITIES.  —  Lime  and  Iron. 

[Magnesium  Sulphate  is  contained  in  Infusum  Sennae  Compositum.] 

Dose,  %  to  i  oz.  ;  8.  to  30.  gm. 

2.  MAGNESII  CARBONAS.—  [Magnesium  Carbonate.     (MgCOs)4, 

Mg(OH)2+5  H20=484.62. 

SOURCE.  —  Mix  strong,  boiling  aqueous  solutions  of  Magnesium  Sulphate 
and  Sodium  Carbonate,  and  evaporate.  4MgSO4-f4Na2CO3-f-H2O:=(Mg 
COS)4,  Mg(OH)24-4NajSO4+CO2.  Digest  with  water,  filter  and  dry. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Light,  white  friable  masses,  or  a  light  white  powder, 
without  odor,  and  having  a  slightly  earthy  taste.  Solubility.  —  Almost  insolu- 
ble in  water. 

IMPURITIES.  —  Lime  and  sulphates. 

Magnesium  Carbonate  is  used  to  prepare  Magnesia. 

Dose,  ]^  to  2  dr.  ;  i.  to  8.  gm.] 

Preparations. 

i.  Magnesii  Citras  Effervescens.  —  [Effervescent  Magnesium 
Citrate.  Magnesium  Carbonate,  10  ;  Citric  Acid,  46  ;  Sodium  Bicar- 
bonate, 34;  Sugar,  8  ;  Alcohol  and  distilled  water,  a  sufficient  quantity. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  white,  coarsely  granular  salt,  without  odor,  and 
having  a  mildly  acidulous,  refreshing  taste,  deliquescent.  Solubility.  — 
With  copious  effervescence,  in  2  parts  of  water  ;  almost  insoluble  in 
Alcohol. 

Dose,  '4   to  i  oz.  ;  8.  to  30.  gm. 


METALS  OF  THE  ALKALINE  EARTHS MAGNESIA.   163 

2.  Liquor  Magnesii  Citratis. — Solution  of  Magnesium  Citrate. 
Dissolve  Magnesium  Carbonate,  15  ;  in  a  solution  of  Citric  Acid,  30; 
add  Syrup  of  Citric  Acid,  60  ;  then  crystals  of  Potassium  Bicarbonate, 
25.  Cork  and  wire  immediately.  It  effervesces  when  uncorked. 

Dose,  2  to  8  fl.  oz. ;  60.  to  240.  c.c.] 

3.  MAGNESIA. — Light  Magnesia.     MgO  [=40.26.]    Synonym. — Cal- 
cined Magnesia. 

SOURCE. — [By  heating  the  official  Magnesium  Carbonate  ;  water  and  Car- 
bon Dioxide  are  given  off,  and  Magnesium  Oxide  remains  behind.  4(MgCO3), 
Mg(OH  )2+5  H20=5  MgO-f 4C02-f6H20. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white,  very  light  and  very  fine  powder,  without  odor, 
and  having  an  earthy,  but  not  saline  taste.  Solubility.  — Almost  insoluble  in 
water ;  insoluble  in  Alcohol. 

Light  Magnesia  is  used  to  prepare  Heavy  Magnesia  and  is  contained  in 
Massa  Capaibae,  Pulvis  Rhei  Compositus  and  Ferri  Oxidum  Hydratum  cum 
Magnesia. 

Dose,  5  to  60  gr. ;  .30  to  4.00  gm.] 

4.  MAGNESIA  PONDEROSA.— Heavy  Magnesia.     [MgO=4O.26. 
SOURCE. — From  Magnesia  by  trituration  for  some  time  in  the  presence  of 

strong  Alcohol,  drying,  and  rubbing  to  powder. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white,  dense  and  very  fine  powder,  which  should  cor- 
respond to  the  tests  for  Magnesia,  from  which  it  differs  in  not  readily  uniting 
with  water  to  form  a  gelatinous  hydrate.  ] 

Dose,  5  to  60  gr. ;  [.30  to  4.00  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  MAGNESIUM  SALTS. 

External. — None. 

Internal. — Stomach  and  Intestines. — Magnesia  and  magne- 
sium carbonate  are  antacid,  acting  in  many  ways  like  the  potas- 
sium and  sodium  alkalies.  Carbon  [dioxide]  is  given  off,  if  the 
carbonate  has  been  given,  and  is  sedative  to  the  stomach.  They 
are  both  decomposed  by  the  gastric  juice,  magnesium  chloride, 
lactate  and  bicarbonate  being  formed.  These  salts,  or  the  sul- 
phate, if  that  has  been  taken,  act  in  the  intestine,  as  typical 
saline  purgatives.  The  sulphate  is  most  powerful.  The 
mode  of  action  of  this  group  of  purgatives  has  been  discussed 
on  p.  93. 

Blood  and  Urine. — Like  other  alkaline  remedies,  these  mag- 
nesium salts  increase  the  alkalinity  of  the  blood,  alkalize  the 
urine,  help  to  keep  uric  acid  in  solution,  and  are  diuretic.  But 


164  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

their  action  on  the  blood  and  urine  is  feebler  than  that  of  potas- 
sium and  sodium  salts,  for  they  are  with  difficulty  absorbed. 
Large  doses  injected  into  the  blood  of  animals  are  toxic,  killing 
by  their  action  on  the  heart. 

THERAPEUTICS   OF   MAGNESIUM   SALTS. 

Internal. — 'Stomach. — Magnesia  and  the  carbonate  are  mild 
alkaline  remedies,  and  may  be  used  in  the  same  class  of  cases  as 
other  alkalies.  They  form  insoluble  compounds  with  mineral 
acids,  oxalic  acid,  and  mercury,  arsenic  and  copper  salts.  By 
alkalizing  the  gastric  contents  they  hinder  the  absorption  of 
alkaloids.  They  are,  therefore,  antidotes  to  all  these  substances ; 
the  objection  to  them  is  their  bulk.  Magnesia  is  to  be  preferred, 
as  the  carbonate  gives  off  carbon  [dioxide]  gas.  They  must  be 
freely  given.  The  sulphate  is  an  antidote  to  lead  and  barium 
salts,  forming  insoluble  sulphates. 

Intestines. — The  magnesium  salts  are  very  common  purga- 
tives. Magnesia,  the  carbonate,  and  the  citrate  are  excellent 
for  children.  The  sulphate  is  one  of  our  best  saline  purgatives. 
It  is  very  largely  used,  especially  for  the  varieties  of  constipation 
that  are  associated  with  hepatic  disorder,  gout  or  excessive  uric 
acid.  Its  use  is  then  spread  over  some  time,  and  it  may  conve- 
niently be  taken  as  one  of  the  mineral  waters  which  contain  it 
and  sodium  sulphate  {see  p.  144).  A  concentrated  solution, 
causing  as  it  does  an  increased  secretion  of  intestinal  fluid,  is  a 
useful  purge  for  dropsy  or  ascites.  [It  is  useful  with  glycerin  in 
concentrated  enema  for  thorough  cleansing  of  the  bowels  before 
surgical  operations  (glycerin,  i  oz.  ;  30.  c.c.,  in  a  saturated 
solution  of  magnesium  sulphate,  in  hot  water  3  oz.  ;  90.  c.c., 
which  is  allowed  to  cool).  It  can  also  be  used  hypodermatically 
in  dose  of  3  gr.  ;  .20  gm.,  which  frequently  will  cause  a  watery 
evacuation.  In  operations  during  which  the  abdomen  is  opened, 
the  subsequent  intestinal  paralysis  can  be  prevented  from  causing 
constipation  by  injecting  into  the  small  intestine  through  a  cannula 
one  ounce;  30.  c.c.  of  a  saturated  solution  of  magnesium  sul- 
phate. The  wound  in  the  bowel  should  be  closed  by  a  Lembert 
stitch.] 


THE   SALTS   OF   LEAD.  165 

Blood  and  kidneys. — So  little  of  these  salts  is  absorbed  that 
they  are  only  to  be  given  for  their  alkaline  effects  on  the  blood 
and  urine  in  those  cases  of  gout  and  uric  acid  gravel  in  which 
potassium  or  sodium  salts  cannot  be  borne. 

V.    CERIUM. 
€6=139.9. 

CERII  OXALAS.— [Cerium  Oxalate.  Ce.j(C2O4)3+9  ^0=704.78. 
Synonym. — Cerous  Oxalate. 

SOURCE. — The  powdered  mineral  is  heated  with  concentrated  Sulphuric 
Acid,  ignited,  then  dissolved  in  dilute  Nitric  Acid  and  treated  with  Hydrogen 
Sulphide  to  remove  copper;  the  calcium  salt  is  held  in  solution  by  a  little  Hy- 
drochloric Acid,  and  the  ce'rite  metals  are  precipitated  as  oxalates  by  Oxalic 
Acid.  It  is  purified  by  calcination  and  solution,  reduced  to  a  cerous  salt  and 
precipitated  by  Oxalic  Acid. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white  granular  powder,  without  odor  or  taste.  Solu- 
bility.— Insoluble  in  water,  Alcohol  or  Ether.] 

IMPURITIES. — Aluminum  and  lanthanum  and  didymium  oxalates. 

Dose,  i  to  8  gr. ;  [.06  to  .50  gm.] 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  CERIUM  OXALATE. 

It  is  given  empirically  for  vomiting,  especially  for  that  of 
pregnancy,  and  occasionally  with  benefit.  No  physiological 
action  is  known.  [The  dose  above  given  is  often  exceeded ;  30 
gr.  (2.  gm.)  ;  have  been  frequently  given  with  good  results,] 

GROUP  IV. 

Plumbum,  Argentum,  Zincum,  Cuprum,  Bismuthum, 
Aluminum. 

The  pharmacopceial  Salts  of  these  metals  are  powerful  astringents. 
Many  of  them  have  some  Salts  which  are  emetic,  and  others  which,  when 
applied  locally,  are  Caustic.  Aluminum  pharmacologically  falls  into  this 
group. 

I.  PLUMBUM. 

Pb=2o6.4. 

i.  PLUMBI  OXIDUM.— [Lead  Oxide.  PbO=222.36.]  Synonym. 
— Litharge. 

SOURCE. — Made  by  roasting  Lead  in  air. 


1 66  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

CHARACTERS. — [A  heavy,  yellowish  or  reddish-yellow  powder  or  minute 
scales,  without  odor  or  taste.  Solubility. — Almost  insoluble  in  water ;  soluble 
in  Nitric  and  Acetic  Acids. 

IMPURITIES. — Copper,  iron  and  carbonates. 

Lead  Oxide  is  used  to  make  Liquor  Plumbi  Subacetatis.  ] 

Preparations. 

1.  Emplastrum  Plumbi. — Lead  Plaster.     This  is  LEAD  OLEATE, 
and   is   sometimes   called    Diachylon   Plaster.       [Lead  Oxide,  3200, 
is  boiled  in  water,  and  Olive  Oil,  6000.     When  the  mass  has  acquired 
a  whitish  color  and  is  perfectly  homogeneous,  it  is  well  kneaded  to 
remove  the  Glycerin  and  divided  into  rolls  of  suitable  size.  ]     3  PbO-f- 
3H20-f2(C3H6(C18H3302)3)=3(Pb2(C18H3302)2)+2(C3H.(OH)3). 

[Lead  Oxide  or  its  Plaster  is  contained  in  Emplastrum  Ammoniac! 
cum  Hydrargyro,  Ferri,  Hydrargyri,  Opii,  Resinse,  and  Saponis. 

2.  Unguentum    Diachylon. — Diachylon  Ointment.     Lead  Plas- 
ter, 500;  Olive  Oil,  490  ;  Oil  of  Lavender  Flowers,  lo.  ] 

2.  PLUMBI  ACETAS.— Lead  Acetate.  Pb(C2H3O.!)2-f 3H2O[= 
378.0.]  Synonym. — Sugar  of  Lead. 

SOURCE. — [Metallic  Lead  is  dissolved,  in  the  presence  of  air,  in  Acetic 
Acid.  PbO+2C2H4O24-2H2O=Pb(C2H3O2)2+3H2O.  To  obtain  well-de- 
fined crystals  'the  solution  must  have  a  distinctly  acid  reaction. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Colorless,  shining,  transparent,  monoclinic  prisms  or 
plates,  or  heavy,  white,  crystalline  masses,  or  granular  crystals,  having  a  faintly 
acetous  odor,  and  a  sweetish,  astringent,  afterwards  metallic  taste.  Efflores- 
cent, and  absorbing  Carbon  Dioxide,  on  exposure  to  the  air.  Solubility. — In 
1.8  parts  of  water.] 

INCOMPATIBLES.  —  Hard  water,  mineral  acids  and  salts,  alkalies,  lime 
water,  potassium  iodide,  vegetable  astringents,  preparations  of  opium,  and 
albuminous  liquids. 

IMPURITY. — Lead  carbonate. 

Dose,  yz  to  5  gr. ;  [.03  to  .30  gm.] 

Preparations  made  from  the  Acetate  in  which  Lead  exists  as  the  SUBACE- 
TATE,  Pb20(C2H302)2=546.48. 

[i.  Liquor  Plumbi  Subacetatis. — Solution  of  Lead  Subacetate. 
Synonym. — Goulard's  Extract.  Lead  Acetate,  170  ;  and  Lead  Oxide, 
loo  ;  are  boiled  together  in  distilled  water,  to  make  1000.  An  aqueous 
liquid  containing  approximately  25  per  cent,  of  Lead  Subacetate. 

2.  Liquor   Plumbi  Subacetatis  Dilutus. — Diluted  Solution  of 
Lead  Subacetate.     Synonym. — Lead  Water.     Liquor  Plumbi  Subaceta- 
tis \  30  ;  distilled  water  to  1000. 

3.  Ceratum   Plumbi  Subacetatis.— Cerate  of  Lead  Subacetate. 


THE    SALTS    OF    LEAD.  l6/ 

Synonym. — Goulard's   Cerate.      Solution  of  Lead   Subacetate,  200; 
Camphor  Cerate,  800.] 

3.  PLUMBI    CARBONAS. — [Lead  Carbonate.     A  mixture  of  Car- 
bonate and  Hydrate.    (PbCO3),Pb(OH }2=772.82.     Synonym. — White  Lead. 

SOURCE. — Expose  Lead  to  the  vapor  of  Acetic  Acid  and  to  air  charged 
with  Carbon  Dioxide.  6Pb+6HC2HjOj-f302-f2CO2=(PbCO3),  Pb(OH),-f 
2H2O+2Pb(C2H3O2)2. 

CHARACTERS. — A  heavy,  white,  opaque  powder,  or  a  pulverulent  mass, 
without  odor  or  taste. 

IMPURITY. — Lime. 

Preparation. 

Unguentum    Plumbi   Carbonatis. — Ointment  of  Lead  Carbon- 
ate.     Lead  Carbonate,  10  ;  Benzoinated  Lard,  90.] 

4.  PLUMBI  NITRAS. -[Lead  Nitrate.     Pb(NO3)2=33O.i8. 
SOURCE. — Dissolve  Lead  in  warm  diluted]  Nitric  Acid. 
CHARACTERS.  —  [Colorless,    transparent,    octahedral    crystals,    or    white 

opaque  crystals  ;  without  odor,  and  having  a  sweetish,  astringent,  afterwards 
metallic  taste. 

Ledoyen's  Disinfecting  Fluid  is  Lead  Nitrate,  I  ;  dissolved  in  water,  8 
parts.] 

5.  PLUMBI  IODIDUM.— [Lead  Iodide.     PbI2=43O.46. 

SOURCE. — Mix  solutions  of  Lead  Nitrate  and  Potassium  Iodide  and  dry 
the  precipitate.  Pb(NO3)2+2KI=2KNO3-f-PbI2. 

CHARACTERS. — A  heavy,  bright-yellow  powder,  without  odor  or  taste. 
Solubility. — In  about  2000  parts  of  water. 

Preparation. 

Unguentum  Plumbi  lodidi.— Ointment  of  Lead  Iodide.     Lead 
Iodide,  10  ;  Benzoinated  Lard,  90.] 

ACTION  OF  LEAD  SALTS. 

External. — The  action  of  lead  salts  on  the  unbroken  skin, 
if  they  have  any,  is  very  slight ;  but  when  applied  to  the  abraded 
skin,  to  sores  and  to  ulcers,  they  coagulate  the  albumin  of  the 
discharge,  thus  forming  a  protective  coat ;  they  coagulate  the 
albumin  in  the  tissues  themselves ;  and  they  contract  the  small 
vessels ;  for  these  three  reasons  they  are  powerfully  astrin- 
gent. They  also  soothe  pain,  and  are  therefore  excellent  local 
sedatives.  It  is  obvious  that  substances  so  markedly  astringent 


1 68  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

will  be  haemostatics.     Any  salt  may  be  irritant  and  caustic  if 
enough  be  used,  and  it  is  sufficiently  concentrated. 

Internal. — Lead  salts  act  on  mucous  membranes  precisely 
as  on  the  unbroken  skin,  and  are  therefore  powerfully  astringent 
and  haemostatic  to  all  parts  of  the  alimentary  canal,  from  the 
mouth  downwards.  In  the  stomach  they  are  converted  into  a 
chloride.  (For  other  actions  see  Toxicology.) 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  LEAD  SALTS. 

External. — Lead  salts  are  applied  as  lotions  or  ointments  in 
many  conditions  for  which  an  astringent,  sedative  effect  is  de- 
sired, as  in  weeping  eczema  and  many  varieties  of  ulceration. 
The  glycerin  of  the  subacetate  [B.  P.,  lead  acetate,  10  ;  lead 
oxide,  7 ;  glycerin,  40 ;  water,  24 ;  boiled  together]  diluted 
fourfold  with  glycerin  or  milk  is  useful  for  these  conditions. 
The  lotions  may  be  injected  in  vulvitis,  leucorrhoea,  gleet  and 
otorrhoea,  but  should  not  be  applied  for  ulceration  of  the  cornea, 
lest  the  white  precipitate  formed  should  lead  to  permanent 
opacity.  The  sedative  effect  is  well  seen  in  their  use  in  pruritus ; 
but  of  course  the  cause  of  the  itching  should,  if  possible,  be  re- 
moved. The  Liquor  Plumbi  Subacetatis  is  rarely  used,  as  it  is 
strong  enough  to  irritate ;  the  diluted  form  is  that  usually  em- 
ployed when  a  lotion  is  desired.  It  is  often  applied  to  bruises 
when  the  skin  is  unbroken,  but  is  doubtful  if  it  is  absorbed. 
The  ointment  is  an  excellent  remedy,  and  a  lotion  of  lead  and 
opium  is  a  favorite  preparation.  It  may  be  made  by  mixing  5  gr. 
[.30  gm.]  of  extract  of  opium  with  i  oz.  [30.  c.c.]  of  Liquor 
Plumbi  Subacetatis  Dilutus  and  i  oz.  [30.  c.c.]  of  water.  Di- 
achylon ointment  mixed  with  an  equal  quantity  of  zinc  oleate 
and  mercuric  oleate  ointments  forms  a  transparent  ointment  ex- 
cellent for  many  purposes. 

Internal. — The  chief  uses  of  lead  salts  (the  acetate  is  the 
only  one  given  internally)  are  as  astringents  in  severe  diarrhoea, 
such  as  that  of  typhoid  fever,  and  as  haemostatics,  as  in  gastric 
ulcer,  or  in  haemorrhage  from  the  intestine,  especially  if  severe, 
as  in  typhoid  fever  or  tuberculosis.  For  these  purposes  the 
Pilula  Plumbi  cum  Opio  [B.  P.,  lead  acetate,  3  gr.;  .20  gm.; 


THE   SALTS    OF    LEAD.  169 

opium,  i  gr. ;  .06  gm.]  is  very  valuable,  and  suppositories  con- 
taining the  same  amount  of  the  ingredients  may  be  employed  for 
rectal  haemorrhage.  Lead  salts  produce  marked  constipation. 
Other  preparations  are  generally  preferred,  but  lead  subacetate 
may  be  used  as  a  gargle  when  an  astringent  effect  on  the  mouth 
or  pharynx  is  desired. 

TOXICOLOGY. 

ACUTE  LEAD  POISONING. — As  when  applied  externally,  so  when  taken  in- 
ternally,  the  lead  salts,  if  concentrated,  are  powerful  irritants.  Cases  of  acute 
poisoning  are  rare.  The  Acetate  is  most  frequently  taken.  There  is  a  burn- 
ing, sweetish  taste  in  the  mouth,  thirst,  vomiting  [of  whitish  fluid  due  to  lead 
chloride],  abdominal  colic,  and  usually  constipation,  but  if  the  bowels  are 
open  the  faeces  are  black  [due  to  lead  sulphide] :  the  skin  is  cold,  and  there  is 
collapse.  If  the  patient  live  long  enough,  cramps  in  the  legs,  giddiness,  torpor, 
coma,  and  convulsions  are  present.  Post-mortem. — The  stomach  and  intes- 
tines show  signs  of  irritant  poisoning. 

Treatment. — Give  emetics  (see  p.  139),  or  wash  out  the  stomach.  Give 
Sodium  or  Magnesium  Sulphate  to  form  an  insoluble  sulphate,  and  to  open 
the  bowels.  If  collapse  is  present,  stimulants  and  warmth  should  be  used. 

CHRONIC  LEAD  POISONING. — This  is  so  common  [that  the  sources  of  acci- 
dental poisoning  should  be  borne  in  mind.  The  most  important  are :  soft 
water,  carbonated  waters  and  alcoholic  drinks  (beer)  which  have  passed 
through  lead  pipes  or  been  stored  in  receptacles  lined  with  lead.  Occupations 
as  painters  (colica  pictonum),  plumbers,  type-setters,  gold-miners,  white  lead 
workers,  potters,  glaziers  (Devonshire  colic)  because]  they  will  not  wash  their 
hands  before  meals  [nor  use  ordinary  care ;  lead  hair  dyes  and  face  powders, 
biting  leaded  white  thread,  eating  certain  canned  fruits  (lead  solder),  sheet- 
lead  (tin-foil)  about  tobacco,  filling  holes  in  mill-stones  with  lead,  giving  of  tin 
(lead)  soldiers  to  children,  use  of  lead  carbonate  ointment  on  burns,  lead 
bullets  in  flesh,  white  or  red  lead  used  for  preparing  rubber  for  Vulcanizing, 
lead  plates  in  dentistry  (Osier),  the  use  of  lead  chromate  to  color  buns  yellow- 
ish, have  all  been  followed  by  chronic  plumbism.] 

Symptoms. — The  earliest  are  constipation  and  intestinal  colic.  Lead  is 
certainly  absorbed,  for  it  circulates  in  the  blood  and  is  excreted,  chiefly,  by 
the  kidneys.  It  is  supposed  to  be  taken  up  as  an  albuminate,  but  it  cannot 
exist  in  the  blood  as  such,  for  it  would  be  precipitated  by  the  alkali  of  that 
fluid.  After  absorption  it  diminishes  the  amount  of  haemoglobin  and  the  num- 
ber of  red  blood -corpuscles,  and  produces  a  sallow  anaemia ;  it  checks  the 
separation  of  urates  from  the  blood  and  their  excretion  by  the  kidneys,  hence 
gout  is  very  common  in  those  poisoned  by  lead.  As  it  circulates  in  the  gums, 
and  the  lead-impregnated  plasma  bathes  the  epithelium,  through  which  some 
of  the  sulphur  in  the  food  and  in  the  tartar  of  the  teeth  has  diffused,  a  Lead 
Sulphide  is  precipitated  in  the  gums,  and  forms  the  well-known  very  dark-blue 


I/O  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

line  [known  as  Burton's  line],  at  the  base  of  the  teeth.  For  the  same  reason 
a  blue  line  may  occasionally  be  seen  round  the  anus,  and,  after  death,  deposits 
of  pigment  in  the  intestines.  Circulating  in  the  nervous  system,  lead  very  often 
produces  chronic  inflammation  of  the  peripheral  nerves,  especially  those  sup- 
plying the  extensors  of  the  hand,  and  hence  wrist-drop  is  a  very  common 
symptom  ;  but  any  muscle,  and  sometimes  almost  all  the  muscles  of  the  body, 
may  be  paralyzed  from  neuritis  [it  is  a  clinical  observation  that  such  muscles 
are  very  refractory  to  electricity].  It  is  noteworthy  that  the  supinator  longus 
usually  escapes,  [the  reason  apparently  being  that  the  supinator  is  not  an  ex- 
tensor muscle] .  The  sensory  fibres  of  the  nerves  are  not  often  affected,  hence 
pain  and  anaesthesia  are  rare ;  but  pains,  especially  round  the  joints,  may  occur. 
In  exceptional  cases  the  anterior  cornua  of  the  spinal  cord  wasle,  and  lead 
often  affects  the  brain,  causing  saturnine  lunacy,  and  also  convulsions,  known 
as  saturnine  epilepsy.  Inflammation  of  the  optic  nerve  or  optic  neuritis,  some- 
times occurs,  leading  to  blindness,  which,  however,  may  be  present  without 
any  change  in  the  nerve.  The  kidneys  are  often  the  seat  of  chronic  inflam- 
mation ;  whether  this  is  due  to  the  passage  of  the  lead  through  them,  or  to  the 
gout  caused  by  the  lead,  is  an  open  question. 

Treatment. — The  treatment  consists  chiefly  in  avoidance  of  the  source  of 
poisoning,  [the  use  of  Sulphuric  Acid  lemonade,  and  in  the  administration  of 
Potassium  Iodide  which]  is  often  given,  as  it  is  supposed  to  increase  the  ex- 
cretion of  lead  in  the  urine.  This  is  probably  incorrect  as  very  little  lead 
passes  out  by  the  urine  ;  most  leaves  the  body  by  the  faeces.  It  is  said  also  to 
be  excreted  in  the  bile,  sweat,  and  milk.  For  a  clinical  account  of  the  symp- 
toms and  treatment  a  text-book  of  medicine  must  be  consulted. 

[The  following  method  may  be  employed  to  determine  the  presence  of  lead 
in  the  urine.  Administer  potassium  iodide  for  four  days,  collecting  the  urine. 
Evaporate  to  a  pint;  500  c.c. ,  and  filter.  Pass  hydrogen  sulphide  gas 
through  the  urine  thus  concentrated,  when  a  black  precipitate  will  form  if  lead 
is  present.  Other  substances  give  a  black  precipitate  with  hydrogen  sulphide, 
but  none  are  likely  to  be  present  in  the  urine.  A  simple  test  is  to  paint  a 
small  area  of  skin  with  a  six  per  cent,  solution  of  sodium  sulphite.  If  lead  is 
present  the  painted  area  will  darken  after  a  few  days,  (Cicconardi).  Patients 
using  face  enamels  containing  lead  will  find  the  skin  blackened  on  taking 
baths  in  water  containing  hydrogen  sulphide  (Richfield  Springs).] 

II.  ARGENTUM. 

Ag.=[u>7.66. 

i.  ARGENTI  NITR AS.— Silver  Nitrate.  AgNO,=l69.55.]  Syn- 
onym.— Lunar  caustic. 

SOURCE. — Dissolve  Silver  in  Nitric  Acid  with  the  aid  of  heat.  Evaporate 
and  crystallize.  [6HNO,+3Ag,=6AgNO3+3Hr 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  transparent,  tabular,  rhombic  crystals,  becom- 
ing gray  or  grayish-black  on  exposure  to  light  in  the  presence  of  organic 


THE    SALTS    OF   SILVER.  I /I 

matter  ;  without  odor,  but  having  a  bitter,  caustic  and  strongly  metallic  taste. 
Solubility. — In  0.6  part  of  water  ;  and  in  26  parts  of  Alcohol.]  It  should  be 
kept  in  the  dark,  as  light  blackens  it. 

INCOMPATIBLE.  —  Alkalies  and  their  carbonates,  chlorides,  acids  (except 
nitric  and  acetic),  potassium  iodide,  solutions  of  arsenic  and  astringent  infu- 
sions. 

IMPURITIES. — Other  nitrates. 

Dose,  ^  to  i  gr. ;  [.015  to  .06  gm.]  in  a  pill. 

Preparations. 

[i.  Argenti  Nitras  Dilutus. — Diluted  Nitrate  of  Silver.  Syn- 
onym.— Mitigated  caustic. 

SOURCE. — It  is  a  mixture  made  by  fusing  together  Silver  Nitrate, 
30,  and  Potassium  Nitrate,  60.  The  product  is  poured  into  moulds. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white,  hard  solid,  generally  in  the  form  of  pencils 
or  cones  of  a  finely  granular  fracture,  becoming  gray  or  grayish-black 
on  exposure  to  light  in  the  presence  of  organic  matter ;  odorless,  hav- 
ing a  caustic,  metallic  taste,  and  neutral  to  litmus  paper. 

2.  Argenti  Nitras  Fusus. — Moulded  Nitrate  of  Silver.  Syn- 
onyms.— Lunar  caustic.  Lapis  infernalis. 

SOURCE. — By  melting  Silver  Nitrate,  IOO  ;  Hydrochloric  Acid,  4  ; 
cooling  in  moulds. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white,  hard  solid,  generally  in  the  form  of  pen- 
cils of  a  fibrous  fracture,  becoming  gray  or  grayish-black  on  exposure 
to  light.] 

2.  ARGENTI  OXIDUM.— [Silver  Oxide.     Ag2O=23i.28. 
SOURCE. — Shake  a  solution  of  Silver  Nitrate  with  a  solution  of  Potassa  and 

wash  the  precipitate.     2AgNO34-2KOH=Ag2O+KNOs+H2O. 

CHARACTERS. — A  heavy,  dark  brownish-black  powder,  having  a  metallic 
taste.  Solubility. — Slightly  in  water.] 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Chlorides  and  organic  substances,  especially  creosote, 
for  it  rapidly  oxidizes  them  and  forms  explosive  compounds. 

IMPURITY. — Metallic  silver. 

Dose,  y2  to  2  gr. ;  [.03  to  .12  gm.]  in  a  pill  with  kaolin. 

3.  [ARGENTI  CYANIDUM.— Silver  Cyanide.     AgCN=l33.64. 
SOURCE. — From  Potassium  Cyanide,  which  reacts  with  Silver  Nitrate, 

producing  the  precipitate  of  Silver  Cyanide.     KCN-f  AgNO3=AgCN+KNO3. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white  powder,  odorless  and  tasteless,  permanent  in  dry 
air,  but  gradually  turning  brown  on  exposure  to  light.  Solubility. — Insoluble 
in  water  and  Alcohol. 

Silver  Cyanide  is  used  to  prepare  extemporaneously  Acidum  Hydrocyani- 
cuin  Dilutum. 


INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

4.  ARGENTI  IODIDUM.— Silver  Iodide.     Agl=234.i9. 

SOURCE. — From  Silver  Nitrate  and  Potassium  Iodide,  washing  and  drying 
the  precipitate.  AgNO3+Kl=AgI+KNO3. 

CHARACTERS. — A  heavy,  amorphous,  light-yellowish  powder,  without 
odor  and  taste.  Solubility. — Insoluble  in  water  and  Alcohol. 

Dose,  ^  to  i  gr. ;  .015  to  .06  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  SILVER  SALTS. 

External. — The  action  of  silver  salts  is  very  like  that  of  lead 
salts,  but  they  are  more  powerful.  Therefore  silver  nitrate  is 
much  used  as  a  caustic,  but  it  does  not  act  deeply ;  it  is  conse- 
quently an  admirable  agent  when  we  wish  a  limited  caustic  action 
on  any  particular  part.  Lotions  of  it  may  be  used  as  astrin- 
gents, but  they  are  not  so  useful  as  lead  lotions,  for  they  are 
more  irritating  and  cause  pain.  Silver  salts,  like  lead  salts,  are 
haemostatic,  acting  in  precisely  the  same  way.  Weak  solutions 
of  the  nitrate  stimulate  to  healthier  action  indolent  ulcers  and 
other  inflamed  surfaces. 

Internal. — Silver  salts,  when  locally  applied  to  the  mucous 
membrane  of  the  mouth,  act  as  upon  the  abraded  skin.  In  the 
stomach  the  nitrate  is  decomposed ;  we  do  not  know  what  com- 
pound is  formed,  but  it  is  said  to  have  no  astringent  action. 
Silver  is  absorbed  from  the  alimentary  tract,  for  its  long-continued 
use  leads  to  a  bluish-slate  color  of  the  skin  (argyria).  This  color 
is  due  to  the  deposition  of  minute  granules  of  metallic  silver. 
Very  little  is  known  about  its  further  action.  In  acute  poison- 
ing severe  vomiting  and  nervous  symptoms,  as  convulsions,  are 
met  with ;  in  the  chronic  form,  seen  more  often  when  silver  was 
frequently  prescribed  internally,  is  shown  by  paralysis  like  that 
due  to  lead,  albuminuria,  and  the  discoloration  above  mentioned. 
Some  is  passed  in  the  faeces  as  the  sulphide ;  some  is  deposited 
in  the  internal  organs,  especially  the  kidney. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  SILVER  SALTS. 

External. — Silver  nitrate  is  much  used  because  it  is,  from  its 
limited  action,  one  of  the  best  caustics,  and  may  be  employed  to 
destroy  warts  and  exuberant  granulations,  or  to  apply  to  bites  ; 
but  it  must  be  remembered  that  it  is  of  no  use  when  an  extensive 


THE    SALTS    OF    SILVER.  173 

or  deep  action  is  required.  [Silver  nitrate  is  a  dangerous  caustic 
to  employ  in  deep  bites,  for  the  pellicle  of  silver  albuminate  re- 
tains the  poison  in  the  wound.]  Because  of  its  combination  of 
an  irritant  stimulating  effect  with  an  astringent  influence,  lotions 
of  it,  of  generally  about  5  gr.  ;  [.30  gm.]  to  the  fluid  ounce  ;  [30. 
c.c.]  of  water  are  of  much  benefit  when  applied  as  a  paint  to 
weak  ulcers,  to  bedsores,  to  the  affected  parts  in  chronic  pharyn- 
gitis or  laryngitis,  or  as  an  injection  in  gleet  or  inflammation  of 
the  [cervix]  uteri.  [An  useful  injection  in  gonorrhoea  is  silver 
caseinate  (Argonin,  not  official)  in  1.5  per  cent,  solution  which 
causes  the  speedy  disappearance  of  gonococci,  but  since  this  is 
not  astringent,  other  remedies  must  be  employed  to  relieve  the 
inflammation.  Silver  lactate  (Actol,  not  official)  is  used  as  an 
antiseptic  in  sore  throat,  gonorrhoea,  etc. ,  in  a  2  per  cent,  solu- 
tion. Silver  citrate  (Itrol,  not  official)  in  i  to  4000  solution  is 
employed  for  the  same  purpose].  Weaker  solutions  (i  to  240) 
are  employed  for  granular  lids  and  various  forms  of  ophthalmia. 
[Ophthalmia  neonatorum  is  best  treated  by  early  applications  of 
a  i  per  cent,  aqueous  solution  of  silver  nitrate.  This  is  com- 
monly known  as  C  rede's  method,  but  the  original  formula  as 
prescribed  by  him  was  double  this  strength.]  Solutions  of  the 
nitrate  will  sometimes  relieve  pruritus,  and  may  be  applied  to 
the  red  skin  of  a  threatening  bedsore ;  very  strong  solutions 
have  been  recommended  as  a  local  application  in  erysipelas. 
Tinea  tarsi  is  often  treated  by  the  application  of  solid  silver 
nitrate,  and  ulcers  of  the  mouth  and  other  parts  may  be  touched 
with  it.  It  is  an  excellent  haemostatic  for  leech-bites.  It  is  also 
applied  to  smallpox  vesicles  to  prevent  pitting,  to  boils,  and  to 
the  uterus  in  chronic  cervical  catarrh.  Protargol  [not  official] , 
a  proteid  compound  containing  8  per  cent,  of  silver  easily  solu- 
ble in  water,  is  used  as  an  injection  for  gonorrhoea.  The  usual 
strength  is  i  per  cent.  [Argentamine  (not  official)  a  10  percent, 
solution  of  silver  nitrate  in  a  10  per  cent,  solution  of  ethylen- 
diamine  has  been  used  in  gonorrhoea  and  conjunctivitis  in  a  i  to 
4000  solution ;  also  as  a  disinfectant.  This  sterilizes  a  pure 
culture  of  gonococci  in  from  five  to  seven  minutes.  It  can  be 
used  in  as  strong  a  solution  as  i  to  1000  in  the  urethra,  it  pene- 


174  INORGANIC   MATERIA    MEDICA. 

trates  deeply  into  the  tissues  without  altering  them,  and  by  the 
seventh  day  the  discharge  is  usually  quite  thin  and  gonococci 
can  hardly  be  found.  It  then  disappears  rapidly.  The  iodide 
possesses  the  general  properties  of  the  nitrate. 

Silver,  soluble  in  water,  an  allotropic  form  discovered  by  Lea 
about  1890,  now  termed  colloidal  silver  (not  official),  has  re- 
cently been  well  received  and  has  obtained  a  permanent  place 
in  therapeutics.  It  is  employed  as  a  15  per  cent,  ointment 
(Crede)  by  inunction.  It  has  been  used  successfully  for  chronic 
furunculosis,  phlebitis  and  other  septic  processes.] 

Internal. — Silver  salts  are  not  much  used  internally,  and 
their  continuous  employment  is  objectionable  on  account  of  the 
[discoloration  of  the  skin]  produced.  They  were  formerly  often 
given  in  nervous  diseases ;  but  there  is  no  evidence  that  they  did 
any  good.  Although  it  is  said  that  the  compound  of  silver  formed 
in  the  stomach  is  non -astringent,  silver  nitrate  will  certainly 
check  severe  diarrhoea,  especially  that  of  children.  [Colloidal 
silver  is  entirely  soluble  in  water,  and  in  albuminous  fluids  is 
unirritating,  so  that  it  can  be  administered  hypodermatically  and 
intravenously  as  well  as  by  inunction,  as  is  mentioned  above. 
For  internal  use,  to  prevent  its  conversion  into  a  chloride  in  the 
stomach,  it  is  first  dissolved  in  equal  parts  of  albumin  and  gly- 
cerin. The  dose  is  £  gr. ,  .01  gm. ,  two  or  three  times  daily.  Crede 
claims  that  it  has  a  very  beneficial  influence  and  often  affords  a 
rapid  cure  in  recent  and  also  in  chronic  sepsis,  when  secondary 
changes  in  the  vital  organs  have  not  occurred.  It  seems  to  in- 
hibit the  action  of  staphylococci  and  streptococci  or  destroy 
them  altogether.  It  has  been  used  in  various  conditions  :  osteo- 
myelitis, so-called  gonorrhceal  rheumatism,  puerperal  fever, 
cerebro-spinal  meningitis,  and  diverse  septic  processes.  Thus 
far  no  instance  of  argyria  from  its  use  has  been  reported.] 
Sixty  grains  [4.  gm.]  of  silver  nitrate  dissolved  in  three  pints 
[1500.  c.c.]  of  tepid  water,  and  injected  high  up  the  rectum, 
have  been  used  with  great  benefit  in  dysentery. 

[TOXICOLOGY. 

The  nitrate  sometimes  causes  acute  poisoning. 
Symptoms. — These  are  intense  pain  in  the  abdomen  and  muscular  spasm, 


THE   SALTS    OF    ZINC.  175 

followed  by  vomiting  and  purging.  The  face  is  livid  and  covered  with  per- 
spiration. The  vomited  matter  is  black  and  contains  coagulated  mucus. 
Chronic  poisoning  or  argyria  shows  itself  by  a  permanent  slaty  discoloration 
of  the  skin,  conjunctiva  and  labial  mucous  membrane  and  ulcerations  in  the 
digestive  tract. 

Treatment. — This  consists  of  administering  a  solution  of  sodium  chloride 
(common  salt),  soothing  the  mucous  membranes  by  injection  of  milk  and  reliev- 
ing pain  with  opium.  The  chronic  form  is  avoided  by  interrupting  the  treat- 
ment, using  eliminating  remedies,  and  preventing  staining  of  the  skin  by  baths 
of  sodium  hyposulphite.  ] 

III.  ZINCUM. 
Zn.=65.[io]. 

1.  ZINCUM.— Zinc.     Zn. [=65.10. 

SOURCE. — Roast  the  native  Zinc  Sulphide  or  Carbonate,  and  reduce  the 
resulting  Oxide  with  Charcoal.  . 

CHARACTERS. — A  bluish-white  metal  in  the  form  of  thin  sheets,  or  irreg- 
ular, granulated  pieces,  or  moulded  into  thin  pencils,  or  in  a  state  of  fine 
powder.] 

2.  ZINCI  CHLORIDUM.— [Zinc  Chloride.     ZnCl2=i35.84. 
Synonym. — Butter  of  Zinc. 

SOURCE. — Dissolve  Zinc  in  Hydrochloric  Acid  by  boiling.  The  solution 
contains  Zinc  Chloride,  with  Iron  and  Lead  Chlorides  as  impurities.  These 
are  precipitated  by  adding  first  Nitric  Acid,  then  Zinc  Carbonate.  Filter  and 
finally  evaporate.  Zn-^HC^aZnCl-f-zHj. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white,  granular  powder,  or  porcelain-like  masses  irreg- 
ular, or  moulded  into  pencils  ;  odorless,  of  such  intensely  caustic  properties  as 
to  make  tasting  dangerous,  unless  the  salt  be  dissolved  in  much  water,  when  it 
has  an  astringent,  metallic  taste.  Very  deliquescent.  Solubility. — In  0.3  part 
of  water  ;  very  soluble  in  Alcohol. 

IMPURITIES. — Iron  and  lead  chlorides,]  calcium  and  sulphates. 

3.  LIQUOR  ZINCI  CHLORIDI.— Solution  of  Zinc  Chloride. 
SOURCE. — [Prepared  as  above,  but  with  the  addition  of  water. 
CHARACTERS. — A  clear,  colorless  liquid  of  an  astringent,  sweetish  taste. 

Sp.  gr.  about  1.535.     I*  contains  about  50  per  cent,  by  weight  of  the  salt.] 

ACTION  OF  ZINC  CHLORIDE. 

External.  —  It  is  very  caustic,  penetrating  deeply,  and 
limited  in  its  effect  to  the  seat  of  application.  It  is  strongly 
antiseptic,  and  a  solution  of  it  of  sp.  gr.  2.0,  known  as  Bur- 
nett's fluid,  is  used  as  a  domestic  antiseptic. 

Internal,  see  Toxicology. 


1/6  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  ZINC  CHLORIDE. 

External. — It  is  used  as  a  powerful  caustic,  and  is  often 
made  into  sticks  with  plaster  of  Paris  to  destroy  warts,  nsevi, 
condylomata,  lupoid  patches,  etc.  For  the  same  purpose  it  may 
be  made  into  a  paste  with  equal  parts  of  starch  or  flour.  [Can- 
quoin's  paste  is  a  mixture  of  zinc  chloride  in  varying  strength 
with  wheat  flour  and  water.]  Either  the  liquor,  or  Burnett's 
fluid,  may  be  employed  to  wash  out  bed-pans,  closets,  etc.,  but 
zinc  chloride  is  not  so  commonly  used  as  other  antiseptics. 
[Platt's  chlorides  are  said  to  consist  of  various  salts  of  zinc, 
chiefly  of  the  chloride,  in  saturated  solution.]  Zinc  chloride  is 
not  given  internally. 

4.  ZINCI  SULPHAS.— [Zinc  Sulphate.     ZnSO4+7H2O=286.64. 
Synonym. — White  Vitriol. 

SOURCE. — Made  with  Zinc  and  Sulphuric  Acid  as  the  chloride  was  made 
from  Hydrochloric  Acid,  and  with  the  same  precautions  for  removing  impuri- 
ties. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  transparent  rhombic  crystals,  without  odor,  very 
like  Magnesium  Sulphate  (see  p.  162),  but  having  an  astringent,  metallic  taste. 
Solubility. — In  0.6  part  of  water  ;  insoluble  in  Alcohol.] 

IMPURITIES. — Lead,  iron,  copper  and  arsenic. 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Alkalies  and  other  carbonates,  lime  water,  lead  acetate, 
silver  nitrate,  astringent  vegetable  infusions  or  decoctions,  and  milk. 

Dose,  yz  to  2  gr. ;  [.03  to  .12  gin.]  (tonic)  :  10  to  30  gr.  ;  [.60  to  2.00 
gin.]  (emetic). 

5.  ZINCI    CARBONAS     PR^ECIPITATUS.— Precipitated    Zinc 
Carbonate.     [2(ZnCOs)sZn(OH),?=546.94?. 

SOURCE. — Boil  together  solutions  of  Zinc  Sulphate  and  Sodium  Carbonate. 
3ZnSo44-3NazCOs+2H,O=2(ZnCO3\Zn(OH)2-|-2CO.1+3NaiSO4.  Dry  the 
precipitated  Zinc  Salt. 

CHARACTERS. — An  impalpable,  white  powder,  of  somewhat  variable 
chemical  composition,  without  odor  or  taste.  Similar  in  constitution  to  Mag- 
nesium Carbonate.  Solubility. — Insoluble  in  water  and  Alcohol.] 

IMPURITIES. — Sulphates,  chlorides  and  copper. 

Zinc  Carbonate  is  rarely  used  except  to  make  the  Oxide  and  Acetate. 

6.  ZINCI  OXIDUM.— [Zinc  Oxide.     ZnO=8i.o6. 

SOURCE. — Heat  the  precipitated  Carbonate  to  redness  in  a  crucible. 
2(ZnCOs)JZn(OH)r=3ZnO+3H,0+C01. 

CHARACTERS. — An  amorphous,  white,  tasteless,  and  odorless  powder. 
Solubility. — Insoluble  in  water  and  Alcohol.] 


THE   SALTS   OF   ZINC.  177 

IMPURITIES. — The  carbonate  and  its  impurities. 
Dose,  i  to  5  gr. ;  [.06  to  .30  gm.] 

Preparations. 

1.  Unguentum  [Zinci  Oxidi. — Ointment  of  Zinc  Oxide.     Zinc 
Oxide,  200  ;  Benzoinated  Lard,  800  <  melted  together. 

2.  Oleatum    Zinci.— Oleate  of    Zinc.     Zinc  Oxide,    50 ;    Oleic 
Acid,  950.] 

7.  ZINCI  ACETAS.— [Zinc  Acetate.     Zn(C2HsO2)2,+2H2O=2i8.74. 

SOURCE. — Dissolve  Zinc  Oxide  in  Acetic  Acid  and  water,  and  boil. 
ZnO+2HC2H3O2=Zn(C2H3O2)2+H2O.  Zinc  Acetate  crystallizes  out. 

CHARACTERS. — Soft,  white,  six-sided  monoclinic  plates,  of  a  pearly  lustre, 
having  a  faintly  acetous  odor,  and  an  astringent,  metallic  taste.  Solubility. — 
In  2.7  parts  of  water ;  and  in  36  parts  of  Alcohol.] 

IMPURITIES. — Those  of  the  precipitated  carbonate. 

INCOMPATIBLES. — The  same  as  of  the  sulphate. 

Dose,  y2  to  2  gr. ;  [.03  to  .12  gm.]  (tonic). 

8.  [ZINCI  BROMIDUM.     See  Bromine. 

9.  ZINCI  IODIDUM.     See  Iodine.] 

10.  ZINCI  VALERIANAS.     See  Valeriana. 

11.  [ZINCI  PHOSPHIDUM.     See  Phosphorus.] 

12.  ZINCI  SULPHOCARBOLAS.     See  Acidum  Carbolicum. 

ACTION  OF  ZINC  SALTS. 

External. — These  salts  when  applied  to  the  broken  skin  or 
an  ulcerated  surface,  are  all  astringents,  acting  by  precipitat- 
ing the  albumin  in  the  discharge  and  also  that  in  the  tissues. 
Thus  they  resemble  lead  and  silver  salts,  but  as  a  whole  they  are 
less  powerfully  astringent.  The  most  active  of  them  are  the  sul- 
phate and  acetate,  whilst  the  [precipitated]  carbonate  and  oxide 
are  very  weak.  All  these  zinc  salts  are  mild  haemostatics. 

Internal. — Alimentary  canal. — They  all  have  an  astringent 
effect  on  the  gastric  and  intestinal  mucous  membranes.  The 
sulphate,  and  to  a  less  degree  the  [precipitated]  carbonate,  in 
doses  of  about  20  gr.  [1.20  gm.]  are  prompt  emetics.  They 
act  directly  on  the  stomach,  and  have  the  advantage  of  produc- 
ing very  little  depression. 

Remote  effects. — Nothing  is  known  about  the  remote  action 
of  zinc  salts,  nor  do  we  know  how  they  act  on  the  blood.  It  has 
been  stated  that  they  are  depressant  to  the  nervous  system  as  a 

12 


INORGANIC   MATERIA   MEDICA. 

whole,  and  that  they  act  as  remote  astringents,  and  will  there- 
fore arrest  haemorrhage  from  the  uterus,  kidney,  etc.,  but  this 
statement  is  probably  incorrect.  The  prolonged  administration 
of  zinc  salts  causes  symptoms  like  those  of  lead  poisoning. 
Probably  the  symptoms  of  which  those  who  work  with  zinc 
sometimes  complain  are  due  to  arsenic  and  other  metals  which 
contaminate  zinc  compounds. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  ZINC  SALTS. 

External. — A  solution  of  the  sulphate,  generally  about  [i  to 
240] ,  usually  colored  red  with  compound  tincture  of  lavender, 
and  then  called  Lotio  Rubra,  is  very  often  applied  for  its 
astringent  effect  to  all  sorts  of  raw  surfaces  and  ulcers,  and  as 
an  injection  in  gonorrhoea,  leucorrhcea,  vulvitis  or  otitis.  Plain 
solutions  of  this  strength  may  be  applied  to  the  eye  for  conjunc- 
tivitis. The  oleate  is  an  excellent  application  to  sores  and 
ulcers  when  a  less  astringent  preparation  is  required ;  and  the 
oxide  and  [precipitated]  carbonate,  either  dusted  on  the  part  or 
used  as  an  ointment,  are  in  constant  use  for  cases  in  which  only 
a  mild  astringent  effect  is  desirable.  An  ointment,  often  known 
as  Unguentum  Metallorum,  consists  of  equal  parts  of  oint- 
ments of  zinc  oxide,  lead  acetate,  and  diluted  mercuric  nitrate. 
This  is  a  very  good  application  for  many  varieties  of  eczema, 
sores  and  ulcers.  Equal  parts  of  zinc  oleate,  mercuric  oleate 
and  diachylon  ointment  (see  p.  166)  form  an  ointment  which 
has  the  great  advantage  of  being  transparent,  and  therefore  the 
progress  of  the  disease  can  be  observed,  without  washing  off  the 
ointment.  Calamine  (purified  zinc  carbonate)  is  an  excellent 
slight  astringent  for  skin  diseases.  An  ointment  ( i  to  5  of  ben- 
zoinated  lard)  or  a  lotion  (calamine,  3  ;  zinc  oxide,  3  ;  lime 
water,  16;  glycerin,  4;  water,  160;)  are  good  preparations. 
The  following  often  succeeds  in  pruritus  :  Zinc  oxide,  25  ;  gela- 
tin, 20  ;  glycerin,  60  ;  water  to  480.  The  jelly  is  to  be  melted 
when  used,  and  applied  with  a  brush,  and  then  covered  with 
cotton. 

Internal. — Alimentary  canal. — On  account  of  their  disagree- 
able taste,  solutions  of  zinc  salts  are  not  used  as  astringents  to 


THE   SALTS   OF   COPPER. 

the  mouth.  Small  doses  of  the  oxide  or  sulphate  may  be  given 
as  astringents  in  diarrhoea.  The  sulphate  is  a  very  good  emetic 
for  cases  of  poisoning,  for  it  acts  promptly  without  causing  much 
nausea  and  hardly  any  depression.  It  is  occasionally  given  as  an 
emetic  to  children  suffering  from  laryngitis  or  bronchitis. 

Remote  effects.  — Because  it  is  believed  to  act  as  a  depressant 
to  the  nervous  system,  zinc  sulphate  has  been  given  in  hysteria, 
epilepsy,  whooping-cough  and  chorea  in  doses  of  i  to  3  gr.  [.06 
to  .20  gm.]  thrice  a  day.  Its  use  is  now  generally  limited  to 
chorea,  but  often  its  effect  is  so  slow  that  it  is  difficult  to  prove 
that  the  patient  would  not  have  improved  quite  as  rapidly  with- 
out any  drug.  It  is  usually  said  to  be  a  tonic,  but  there  is  no 
trustworthy  evidence  for  this  statement.  The  oxide  [Trous- 
seau's pill  (5  gr.  ;  .30  gm.  of  zinc  oxide  with  i  gr.  ;  .06  gm. 
of  extract  of  hyoscyamus)] ,  given  internally  will  occasionally 
check  the  night-sweats  of  phthisis  [but  it  is  quite  likely  to  in- 
terfere with  the  digestion] . 

TOXICOLOGY. 

Symptoms, — Zinc  Chloride  is  a  corrosive  irritant  poison,  causing  a  sensation 
of  burning  in  the  mouth  and  throat,  abdominal  pain,  vomiting — the  vomit  con- 
taining blood,  mucus,  and  shreds  of  mucous  membrane, — violent  purging,  and 
collapse.  [Zinc  Sulphate,  in  large  doses,  acts  as  an  irritant  poison  producing 
vomiting,  colicky  pains,  diarrhoea  and  prostration.]  Post-mortem. — The  ap- 
pearances are  those  produced  by  an  acute  irritant. 

Treatment. — Wash  out  the  stomach,  or  give  emetics  (see  p.  139),  and  then 
demulcents  ;  [lime  water,  mucilaginous  drinks,  and  albumin  freely  in  the  form 
of  eggs  or  milk.] 

IV.  CUPRUM. 

€11=63.18. 

i.  CUPRI  SULPHAS.— [Copper  Sulphate.     CuSO4-f5H2O=248.8. 
Synonyms.  —  Blue  Vitriol.     Bluestone.     Cupric  Sulphate. 

SOURCE. — Heat  Copper  and  Sulphuric  Acid  together,  and  dissolve  the 
soluble  product  in  hot  water  and  evaporate.  2Cu-j-2H2SO4=2CuSO4-|-2H2. 

CHARACTERS. — Large,  transparent,  deep  blue,  triclinic  crystals,  odorless, 
of  a  nauseous,  metallic  taste.  Solubility. — In  2.6  parts  of  water  ;  almost  in- 
soluble in  Alcohol.] 

IMPURITY. — Iron. 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Alkalies  and  their  carbonates,  lime  water,  mineral  salts 
(except  sulphates),  iodides  and  most  vegetable  astringents. 


ISO  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

Dose,  y%  to  Yi  gr. ;  [.008  to  .03  gm.],  (astringent),  2  to  20  gr. ;  [.12 
to  i. 20  gm.]  (emetic). 

\Copper  Sulphate  is  used  in  preparing  Trommer's  and  Fehling's  test  for 
sugar.  ] 

ACTION  OF  COPPER  SULPHATE. 

External. — In  the  solid  form  copper  sulphate  is,  when  applied 
to  raw  surfaces,  a  powerful  caustic.  In  dilute  solutions  it  is  an 
astringent,  acting  like  zinc  sulphate,  but  more  powerfully. 

Internal. — Alimentary  canal. — Here  also,  if  very  concen- 
trated or  given  in  large  doses,  copper  sulphate  is  an  acute  caustic 
irritant,  but  poisoning  by  it  is  very  rare.  In  medicinal  doses  it 
is  strongly  astringent.  Five  to  ten  grains  [.30  to  .60  gm.] 
of  the  sulphate  form  a  powerful  emetic,  acting  directly  on  the 
stomach.  As  it  is  more  irritating  than  zinc  sulphate  it  acts  more 
readily,  but  it  has  the  disadvantage  that,  if  it  fails  to  act,  the 
stomach  must  be  promptly  emptied  by  some  other  means,  for  if 
not  the  copper  sulphate  will  cause  inflammation  of  it. 

Remote  effects. — Copper  salts  are  slowly  absorbed,  and  copper 
is  chiefly  re-excreted  by  the  liver  in  the  bile.  Nothing  is  known 
of  its  further  effects. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  COPPER  SULPHATE. 

External. — The  sulphate  is  applied  as  a  caustic  to  reduce 
exuberant  granulations,  and  is  used  for  tinea  tarsi,  being  rubbed 
on  the  edges  of  the  lids ;  as  it  is  milder  than  silver  nitrate,  it 
causes  less  pain.  The  Lapis  Divinus,  which  is  often  used  for 
this  last  purpose,  consists  of  copper  sulphate,  potassium  nitrate, 
[and  alum,  of  each]  24  parts,  [and]  camphor  i  part.  The  first 
three  are  fused  together.  The  camphor  is  added,  and  the  mass 
is  cast  into  cylindrical  moulds.  Lotions  of  copper  sulphate, 
usually  about  [i  to  240],  may  be  applied  as  astringents  for  just 
the  same  purpose  as  lotions  of  zinc  sulphate  ;  but  it  must  be 
remembered  that  they  are  more  powerful.  This  is  the  usual 
strength  for  solutions  which  are  to  be  dropped  into  the  eye. 
Rather  stronger  solutions  are  mild  haemostatics.  Copper  oleate 
[not  official]  made  with  lanolin,  into  an  ointment  of  a  strength 
of  10  to  20  per  cent,  is  an  excellent  parasiticide  for  ringworm. 


THE    SALTS    OF    BISMUTH.  l8l 

Internal.  —In  small  doses  copper  sulphate  is  valuable  for 
severe  diarrhoea ;  usually  it  is  given  by  the  mouth  in  the  form  of 
a  pill,  but  it  may  be  given  as  a  rectal  injection.  It  is  a  rapid 
emetic,  and  may  be  employed  in  laryngitis  and  bronchitis  in 
children,  and  in  cases  of  narcotic  poisoning,  for  which  it  is  use- 
ful on  account  of  its  prompt  action.  It  is  [extremely  doubtful 
if  it  is]  particularly  serviceable  in  phosphorus  poisoning  [but] 
if  it  is  used,  copper  [may  be]  deposited  on  the  phosphorus  ren- 
dering it  inert.  It  is  usual  to  give  three  or  four  grains  [.20  to 
.25  gm.]  of  the  sulphate  in  water  every  few  minutes  till  vomiting 
takes  place.  After  emetic  doses  of  copper  sulphate,  there  is  gen- 
erally only  one  act  of  vomiting,  but  by  that  the  stomach  is  com- 
pletely emptied.  Very  little  is  known  about  the  remote  action  of 
salts  of  copper,  but  it  is  stated  that  the  sulphate  will  cure  chloro- 
sis, [and  it  has  been  recommended  for  the  treatment  of  syphilis.] 

TOXICOLOGY. 

Symptoms. — In  sufficient  doses  copper  salts  are  violent  gastro-intestinal 
irritants,  but  acute  poisoning  is  very  rare.  Copper  may  be  taken  in  very  small 
quantities  for  a  long  time  without  producing  any  ill  effects,  for  many  persons 
habitually  consume,  without  harm,  preserved  vegetables,  the  green  color  of 
which  is  due  to  preparation  with  copper.  It  has  been  thought  that  copper- 
smiths are  particularly  liable  to  phthisis,  but  they  are  not  more  prone  to  it  than 
the  followers  of  other  dusty  trades.  Workers  in  brass  may  suffer  from  anaemia, 
a  green  line  on  and  at  the  base  of  the  teeth,  wasting,  weakness,  dyspepsia, 
tremors,  headache,  vague  pains,  pharyngeal  and  laryngeal  catarrh  with  occa- 
sional haemoptysis  and  aphonia,  and  profuse  secretion  of  sweat  which  may  be 
green.  These  symptoms  are  thought  to  be  due  to  the  copper  contained  in 
brass.  Sometimes  colic  is  due  to  the  contamination  of  copper  and  brass  by 
lead. 

[  Treatment. — For  acute  poisoning  give  albumin,  milk  or  magnesia.  Potas- 
sium ferrocyanide  is  the  chemical  antidote.  Then  promptly  empty  the  stomach 
and  saturate  the  system  with  potassium  iodide.  Chronic  poisoning  is  best 
treated  by  the  administration  of  fifteen  drops  of  diluted  phosphoric  acid  before 
each  meal,  the  ingestion  of  large  quantities  of  milk  and  thorough  daily  evacua- 
tion of  the  bowels  with  magnesium  or  sodium  sulphate.] 

V.    BISMUTHUM. 

Bi=[2o8.9. 

x.  BISMUTHI  SUBCARBONAS.— Bismuth  Subcarbonate.  (BiO),, 
COJ+H20?=527.S3?. 


1 82  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

SOURCE. — Dissolve  Purified  Bismuth  in  Nitric  Acid  and  water,  decant  and 
filter,  mix  with  Ammonia  Water  ;  the  precipitate  is  washed  and  dissolved  in 
Nitric  Acid,  and  poured  into  a  solution  of  Sodium  Carbonate,  the  resulting 
precipitate  is  collected  and  washed.  The  final  reaction  is  2Bi(  NO3)3-j-3Na2CO3 
-f  H2O=(BiO)2,CO3+H2O-|-6NaNO3-|-2CO2.  The  precipitated  Carbonate  is 
separated  by  filtration. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white  or  pale  yellowish-white  powder,  of  somewhat 
varying  chemical  composition,  odorless  and  tasteless.  Solubility. — Insoluble 
in  water  and  Alcohol.  ] 

IMPURITIES.  —  [Lead,  arsenic,  chlorides  and  nitrates,  tellurium,  the  last 
giving  an  alliaceous  odor  to  the  breath.  ] 

Dose,  5  to  60  gr. ;  [.30  to  4.00  gm.] 

2.  BISMUTHI    SUBNITRAS.— [Bismuth   Subnitrate.       BiONO8-f 

H20?=3o4.7i?.] 

SOURCE. — Dissolve  Purified  Bismuth  in  Nitric  Acid  and  water,  concen- 
trate by  evaporation,  pour  in  more  water,  and  stir  thoroughly,  wash  and  dry 
the  precipitated  Subnitrate.  [Bi2-f-6HNO3=2Bi(NO3)3-j-3H2  and  Bi(NO3)3 
-fH2O=BiONO3+2HNO3. 

CHARACTERS. — A  heavy,  white  powder,  of  somewhat  varying  chemical 
composition,  odorless  and  almost  tasteless.  Solubility. — Almost  insoluble  in 
water  ;  soluble  in  Alcohol.  ] 

IMPURITIES. — As  of  the  subcarbonate. 

Dose,  5  to  60  gr. ;  [.30  to  4.00  gm.] 

[Bismuth  Subnitrate  is  used  to  prepare  Neylander's  test  for  glucose  in 
urine.] 

3.  BISMUTHI  CITRAS.— [Bismuth  Citrate.     BiC6H5Cy=397.44. 
SOURCE. — Boil  Bismuth  Subnitrate,  loo  ;  in  Citric  Acid,  70  ;  dissolved  in 

sufficient  water.  Wash  the  Precipitate  and  dry.  BiONO3-|-H3C6H6O7+ 
H20=BiC6H507+N04-t-H20. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white,  amorphous  micro-crystalline  powder.  Solubility, 
— Insoluble  in  water  ;  soluble  in  Ammonia. 

IMPURITIES. — As  of  the  subcarbonate.] 

Dose,  i  to  3  gr. ;  [.06  to  .20  gm.] 

Preparation. 

Bismuth!  et  Ammonii  Citras. — [Bismuth  and  Ammonium 
Citrate. 

SOURCE. — Mix  Bismuth  Citrate,  100;  with  distilled  water  to  make 
a  paste,  heat,  add  Ammonia  Water  to  make  a  solution,  filter,  evaporate, 
and  dry  on  plates  of  glass. 

CHARACTERS. — Small,  shining,  pearly  or  translucent  scales,  of  a 
slightly  acidulous  and  metallic  taste.  Solubility. — Very  soluble  in 
water  ;  sparingly  soluble  in  Alcohol.] 

Dose,  2  to  5  gr. ,'  [.12  to  .30  gm.] 


THE    SALTS    OF    BISMUTH.  183 

4.  BISMUTHI  SALICYLAS.— [Bismuth  Salicylate  (Not  official.)— 
Bi(C7H503)3Bi203=io84.59. 

SOURCE. — It  is  prepared  by  diluting  a  Glycerin  solution  of  crystallized 
Bismuthous  Nitrate  with  water,  and  decomposing  this  with  a  concentrated 
aqueous  solution  of  Sodium  Salicylate  ;  the  precipitate  is  well  washed  with  hot 
water  and  carefully  dried.  It  contains  about  76  per  cent,  of  Bismuth  Oxide 
and  24  per  cent,  of  Salicylic  Acid. 

CHARACTERS. — It  is  a  soft  white  powder.  Solubility. — Insoluble  in 
water,  Glycerin  and  Ether,  but  soluble  in  acids. 

Dose,  5  to  20  gr.  ;  [.30  to  1.20  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  BISMUTH  SALTS. 

External. — Bismuth  salts  have  no  action  on  the  unbroken 
skin.  Dusted  on  a  raw  surface  they  form  a  protecting  coat,  are 
germicidal,  and  are  very  mildly  astringent.  [For  this  pur- 
pose the  tribromophenolate  and  subgallate,  the  latter  also  known 
as  dermatol  (both  unofficial),  are  preferable.] 

Internal. — If  large  doses  of  bismuth  salts  are  injected  under 
the  skin  of  animals,  or  if  large  doses  of  soluble  salts  are  given  to 
them  by  the  mouth,  they  produce  effects  as  severe  as  those  due 
to  antimony.  The  chief  are  gastro-intestinal  irritation  and  fatty 
degeneration,  and  it  is  stated  that  some  very  susceptible  persons 
may  be  poisoned  by  large  doses  by  the  mouth  of  insoluble  salts ; 
but,  as  a  rule,  any  symptoms  of  gastro-intestinal  irritation  caused 
by  the  insoluble  bismuth  salts  are  due  to  the  arsenic  with  which 
they  may  be  contaminated.  When  pure,  it  is  probable  that 
these  salts,  like  any  bland  heavy  powder,  act  chiefly  as  protec- 
tives  to  the  gastro-intestinal  mucous  membrane ;  [for  gastric 
ulcer  the  subnitrate  is  to  be  chosen] .  They  have  an  astringent 
action,  diminishing  secretion,  and  are  [especially  the  naphtolate 
(not  official)]  gastro-intestinal  antiseptics.  Bismuth  is  slowly 
absorbed  and  excreted  in  the  urine  [Bergeret  and  Mayencon], 
and  it  may  be  found  in  the  liver,  spleen,  kidneys,  and  nervous 
system.  Nothing  is  known  of  any  remote  effects.  Bismuth 
leaves  the  rectum  as  the  sulphide,  and  colors  the  faeces  black.  It 
may  cause  a  purplish  line  on  the  gums. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  BISMUTH   SALTS. 

External. — Bismuth  salts  may  be  dusted  on  sores  as  protec- 
tives  and  mild  astringents.  The  following  is  a  good  bismuth 


1 84  INORGANIC    MATERIA   MEDICA. 

ointment: — Bismuth  oxide  [official  in  B.  P.]  i  part,  and  oleic 
acid  8  parts,  stirred  in  with  3  parts  of  white  wax  liquefied  by 
heat,  and  with  9  parts  of  soft  paraffin.  The  subnitrate  is  some- 
times snuffed  up  the  nose  during  a  cold,  and  suspended  in  muci- 
lage it  may  be  used  as  an  injection  for  gonorrhoea  or  leucorrhoea. 
Internal. — The  subnitrate  and  the  subcarbonate  are  chiefly 
employed,  and  they  seem  to  be  more  efficient  than  the  soluble 
preparations.  [Soluble  bismuth  salts  when  absorbed  are  likely 
to  act  as  active  irritant  poisons,  and  for  this  reason  should  not 
be  used.]  The  insoluble  preparations  must  be  suspended  in 
mucilage  [of  tragacanth,  for  with  acacia  a  compact  mass  is 
formed  at  the  bottom  of  the  bottle] ;  given  thus  they  are  more 
efficacious  than  as  a  lozenge.  It  is  not  known  how  the  effect  is 
produced,  but  either  of  these  salts  is  remarkably  efficient  in  re- 
moving gastric  pain,  whether  due  to  ulcer  or  to  gastritis,  or 
even  when  no  cause  can  be  detected.  Both  of  these  drugs  will 
often  stop  the  vomiting  due  to  gastritis,  gastric  ulcer,  chloro- 
form, pregnancy,  or  indeed  any  other  cause.  For  their  astrin- 
gent action  they  are  given  in  diarrhoea,  doses  of  60  gr.  [4.  gm.] 
being  administered  without  any  ill  effect,  and  some  believe  that 
part  of  the  benefit  is  due  to  the  antiseptic  action  of  bismuth 
salts.  They  appear  sometimes  to  check  the  severe  diarrhoea  of 
tuberculous  ulceration  of  the  bowel.  [For  internal  use  the  phe- 
nolate  and  naphtolate  (neither  are  official)  are  preferable  to  the 
inorganic  salts.  They  are  employed  in  the  same  dose.]  Their 
efficacy  as  gastric  anodynes  and  gastric  astringents  is  much  in- 
creased by  combination  with  a  little  morphine,  and  if  given  as 
gastric  sedatives  the  addition  of  sodium  bicarbonate  as  well  as 
the  morphine  is  an  advantage.  In  such  a  prescription  the  bis- 
muth subcarbonate  is  preferable  to  the  subnitrate,  for  the  latter 
may  act  on  the  sodium  bicarbonate  and  lead  to  the  production 
of  sufficient  carbon  [dioxide]  to  drive  the  cork  out  of  the  bottle. 
The  salicylate  has  been  largely  used  in  various  gastric  disorders. 
It  is  supposed  to  combine  the  virtues  of  bismuth  salts  with  the 
antiseptic  action  of  salicylic  acid.  [Bismuth  salicylate  probably 
passes  through  the  stomach  unchanged  to  be  broken  up  in  the 
small  intestine  where  it  acts  as  an  unirritating  antiseptic.  It  has 


THE    SALTS    OF    ALUMINUM.  185 

been  proved  to  be  a  valuable  remedy  in  the  treatment  of  diar- 
rhoeas, typhoid  fever  and  catarrhs  of  the  alimentary  tract. 
Heuppe's  observations  in  Asiatic  cholera  prove  that  the  tribro- 
mophenolate  is  a  valuable  intestinal  antiseptic.  Bismuth  sub- 
gallate  (dermatol)  was  formerly  much  employed  in  the  treatment 
of  gastro-intestinal  indigestion,  but  has  been  supplanted  by  the 
more  efficient  naphtolate  and  tribromophenolate. 

Eudoxin  (not  official)  is  bismuth  tetra-iodophenol-phthaleinate, 
and  occurs  as  a  tasteless,  odorless,  reddish  -yellow,  insoluble  pow- 
der. This  is  decomposed  in  the  intestines,  and  is  claimed  to  be 
a  germicide.  It  is  certainly  known  that  iodine  is  liberated.  It 
is  employed  as  an  intestinal  antiseptic  in  dose  of  from  5  to  8 

gr.  ;   .30  to  .50  gm. 

TOXICOLOGY. 

When  applied  in  large  quantity  to  an  exterior  wounded  surface  sufficient 
bismuth  may  be  absorbed  to  produce  poisoning.  This  may  also  occur  if  gly- 
cerin is  used  to  form  an  emulsion  for  injection  into  closed  cavities  (abscesses, 
joint-disease). 

Symptoms.  —  These  are  acute  stomatitis  with  a  peculiar  blackish  discolora- 
tion of  the  mucous  membrane,  generally  upon  the  borders  of  the  teeth  and 
extending  over  the  whole  mouth,  ulceration  of  the  mucous  membrane,  intestinal 
catarrh,  pain  and  diarrhoea.  Even  desquamative  nephritis  may  be  set  up. 

Treatment.  —  Use  demulcents.] 

VI.  ALUMINUM. 


i.  ALUMEN.—  Alum.  Al2K2(SOi)2+24H2O[=946.46.  Synonyms.— 
Aluminum  and  Potassium  Sulphate.  Potassium  Alum. 

SOURCE.  —  Made  from  Alum  Slate  or  Shale  (a  mixture  of  Aluminum  Sili- 
cate and  Iron  Sulphide)  by  roasting  and  exposing  to  the  air.  By  lixiviating 
the  heaps  with  water,  Sulphuric  Acid,  Aluminum  and  Iron  Sulphates  are 
obtained  in  solution.  This  solution  is  concentrated,  and  while  hot  mixed  with 
Potassium  Chloride,  which,  reacting  upon  the  Ferric  Sulphate,  yields  Potas- 
sium Sulphate  and  Ferric  Chloride,  while  the  Alum  separates  on  cooling  as  a 
crystalline  powder.  It  is  then  purified  by  one  or  two  recrystallizations.  Also 
by  making  an  Aluminum  Sulphate  from  A1(OH)3,  the  by-product  in  the 
manufacture  of  Soda  fmm  cryolite. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Large,  colorless,  octahedral  crystals,  sometimes  modified 
by  cubes,  or  in  crystalline  fragments,  without  odor,  but  having  a  sweetish  and 
strongly  astringent  taste.  On  exposure  to  the  air,  the  crystals  are  liable  to  absorb 
ammonia,  and  acquire  a  whitish  coating.]  Solubility,  —  In  9  parts  of  water. 


1 86  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

INCOMPATIBLE. — Alkalies,  lime,  lead,  mercury,  and  iron  salts,  tartrates 
and  tannic  acid. 

IMPURITIES. — Ferrous  sulphate  and  silicates. 
Dose,  5  to  30  gr. ;  [.30  to  2.00  gm.] 

Preparation. 

Alumen  Exsiccatum. —  [Dried  Alum.  Synonyms. — Alumen 
Ustum.  Burnt  Alum. 

SOURCE. — Heat  loo  parts  of  Alum  with  moderate  heat  till  aqueous 
vapor  ceases  to  be  disengaged,  and  it  is  reduced  to  55  parts. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white,  granular  powder,  without  odor,  possessing 
a  sweetish,  astringent  taste,  and  attracting  moisture  from  the  air.  Sol- 
ubility.— Slowly  hut  completely  soluble  in  20  parts  of  water. 

2.  ALUMINI   HYDRAS.— Aluminum  Hydrate.     A12(OH)6=I55.84. 
Synonyms. — Aluminum  Hydroxide.      Hydrated  Alumina. 

SOURCE. — By  separate  solution  of  Alum,  100 ;  and  Sodium  Carbonate, 
100  in  distilled  water  and  heat.  Mix  the  hot  solutions,  wash  the  precipitate 
with  hot  distilled  water,  dry  and  reduce  to  a  fine  powder. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white,  light  amorphous  powder,  odorless  and  tasteless, 
permanent  in  dry  air.  Solubility. — Insoluble  in  water  or  Alcohol. 

Dose,  i  to  10  gr. ;  [.06  to  .60  gm.] 

3.  ALUMINI     SULPHAS.  —  Aluminum    Sulphate.      AL,(SO4)3+i6 
H,O=628.9. 

SOURCE. — Aluminum  Hydroxide,  A1(OH)S,  a  by-product  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  Soda  from  cryolite,  is  dissolved  in  diluted  Sulphuric  Acid  ;  the  solution 
is  filtered  and  evaporated  to  dryness. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  white,  crystalline  powder,  without  odor,  having  a 
sweetish  and  afterwards  astringent  taste.  Solubility. — 1.2  parts  of  water; 
almost  insoluble  in  Alcohol.] 

ACTION  OF  ALUMINUM  SALTS. 

External. — They  have  no  action  on  the  unbroken  skin,  but 
coagulate  the  albumin  of  the  discharges  from  ulcers,  sores,  etc. , 
and  thus  form  a  protecting  covering  to  the  parts,  and  act  as 
efficient  astringents.  The  albumin  in  the  tissues  themselves 
is  coagulated  also.  This  coagulated  albumin  will  compress  and 
occlude  the  vessels,  and  thus  alum  is  haemostatic.  Dried  alum 
absorbs  water,  and  therefore  its  solid  form  is  mildly  caustic. 
[Aluminum  acetate  (not  official)  in  saturated  solution  is  a  very 
penetrating  antiseptic.] 


THE   SALTS   OF   ALUMINUM.  187 

Internal. — Alimentary  tract. — Alum  is  an  excellent  astrin- 
gent for  the  mouth,  stomach  and  intestines,  and  will  cause  con- 
stipation. In  large  doses  it  is  emetic,  acting  directly  on  the 
stomach,  and  in  larger  still,  irritant  and  purgative.  Most,  if  not 
all,  is  passed  by  the  faeces ;  probably,  in  medicinal  doses,  it  has 
no  more  remote  effects  on  the  tissues". 

Nervous  System. — Given  to  animals,  in  large  doses,  it  pro- 
duces paresis,  loss  of  sensation,  forced  movements,  drowsiness 
and  death  from  respiratory  paralysis. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  ALUMINUM  SALTS. 

External. — Alum  is  occasionally  used  as  a  caustic  to  destroy 
weak,  exuberant  granulations.  Kaolin  [a  native  aluminum  sili- 
cate, freed  from  gritty  particles  (not  official)]  is  a  good  dusting 
powder.  Fuller's  earth  [of  similar  chemical  composition]  is 
used  [for  the  same  purpose] .  Kaolin  resists  most  chemical  re- 
agents, and  therefore  it  is  used  as  a  basis  for  making  pills  of  such 
bodies  as  phosphorus,  silver  nitrate  or  potassium  permanganate, 
for  with  them  chemical  reaction  would  occur  if  an  ordinary  basis 
were  used.  [An  excellent  substitute  for  poultices  is  made  as 
follows :  Kaolin,  1000  parts,  is  sifted  and  sterilized  by  heat ; 
glycerin,  1000  parts,  is  added,  the  heat  being  continued  and 
mixed  by  stirring  for  half  an  hour.  When  nearly  cool  add  boric 
acid,  100  parts,  and  oil  of  peppermint,  i  ;  oil  of  wintergreen,  i  ; 
and  oil  of  eucalyptus,  2  parts.]  Because  of  its  astringency  alum 
has  many  uses ;  it  may,  for  example,  be  applied  to  weeping  ec- 
zematous  surfaces,  and  as  an  injection  or  on  [moistened]  lint  for 
vulvitis  of  children.  Solutions  of  it  have  been  used  for  leucor- 
rhcea  and  gleet.  Ten  grains  [;  .60  gm.]  to  the  fluid  ounce; 
[30.  c.c.]  of  water  is  a  common  strength  for  most  purposes. 
Five  grains  [;  .30  gm.]  to  the  fluid  ounce;  [30.  c.c.]  make  a 
good  eye  wash  or  a  gargle.  Strong  solutions,  or  powdered  alum, 
applied  locally,  stop  bleeding,  if  it  is  not  severe,  such  as  occurs 
from  piles,  leech-bites,  slight  cuts,  the  gums  and  the  nose.  [Al- 
uminum naphtol-sulphonate  (alumnol,  not  official)  in  i  to  3  per 
cent,  solutions  is  an  unirritating  astringent  which,  although  pre- 
cipitating albumin,  dissolves  it  when  in  excess  and  therefore  pen- 


1 88  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

etrates  below  the  surface.     It  is  used  for  the  treatment  of  acute 
and  chronic  inflammations  of  various  mucous  membranes.] 

Internal. — Alimentary  canal. — As  a  mouth  wash  or  gargle 
[1-2  to  100],  alum  is  very  valuable  in  ulcerative  stomatitis,  in 
aphthous  conditions  of  the  mouth,  and  in  slight  pharyngitis  or 
tonsilitis.  [Alum  as  a  mouth  wash  attacks  the  enamel  of  the 
teeth.]  One  part  of  alum  with  five  parts  of  glycerin,  painted 
on  with  a  camel's  hair  brush,  is  excellent  for  these  conditions. 
If  the  nose  be  irrigated  with  a  solution  of  alum,  it  may  remedy 
a  chronic  ozaena.  It  has  been  found  that  other  astringents  are 
preferable  for  bleeding  from  the  stomach  and  for  diarrhoea,  but 
a  teaspoonful  [4.  gm.]  of  alum,  dissolved  in  syrup,  and  given 
every  quarter  of  an  hour  till  vomiting  is  produced,  is  an  excel- 
lent emetic  for  children,  and  may  be  used  to  produce  vomiting 
in  laryngitis  and  bronchitis,  as  it  is  non -depressant.  Alum  whey, 
obtained  from  milk  curdled  by  alum,  may  be  given  in  the  diar- 
rhoea of  typhoid  fever.  In  lead  colic,  alum  may  open  the 
bowels,  probably  because,  being  a  sulphate,  it  precipitates  any 
lead  salts  as  insoluble  lead  sulphates. 


GROUP  V. 

Ferrum,   Manganum. 
It  is  probable  that  the  action  of  these  drugs  is,  in  some  respects,  similar. 

x.    FERRUM. 

Fe=55.88. 

^^  I.  FERRUM. — [Metallic  Iron  in  form  of  fine,  bright  and  non-elastic 
wire.] 

Metallic  Iron  is  pharmacopoeial  in  two  forms,  viz.,  this  and  reduced  iron. 

\_Metallic  Iron  is  used  to  prepare  Ferri  lodidum  Saccharajum,  Ferri  Chlori- 
dum,  Liquor  Ferri  Chloridi,  and  Syrupus  Ferri  lodidi.] 

-V*  a.  FERRUM  REDUCTUM.  — Reduced  Iron.      [Synonyms.—  Que- 

venne's  Iron.     Iron  by  Hydrogen.]     Metallic  Iron  with  a  variable  amount 
of  oxide. 

SOURCE. — [Hydrogen  gas  is  passed  through  a  hot,  closed  tube  which  con- 
tains freshly  prepared,  thoroughly  washed  Ferric  Oxide.  FejOj-f-3H2=Fe,-f- 
3H,0. 


THE  SALTS   OF   IRON.  189 

CHARACTERS. — A  very  fine  grayish-black  lustreless  powder,  strongly  at- 
tracted by  the  magnet,  without  odor  or  taste.  Solubility. — Insoluble  in  water 
or  Alcohol.  ] 

IMPURITY. — Sulphur. 

[Reduced  Iron  is  used  to  make  Pilulae  Ferri  lodidi  and  Ferri  lodidum  Sac- 
charatum. 

Dose,  i  to  5  gr. ;  .06  to  .30  gm.] 

The  following  ( viz. ,  the  sulphate,  the  carbonate,  [the  iodide  and  the  lac- 
tate)]  are  ferrous  salts,  that  is  to  say,  salts  of  the  lower  Oxide,  FeO. 

3.  FERRI  SULPHAS.— [Ferrous  Sulphate.  FeSO4+7 ^0=277.42. 
Synonyms, — If  impure,  Copperas.  Green  Vitriol. 

SOURCE. — Iron  Wire  is  dissolved  by  boiling  in  Sulphuric  Acid  and  water. 
The  sulphate  is  crystallized  out.  Fe2-j-2H2SO4=2FeSO4-f-2H2. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Large  pale,  bluish-green  monoclinic  prisms,  having  a 
saline],  styptic  taste.  Solubility. — In  1.8  parts  of  water  ;  insoluble  in  Alcohol. 

IMPURITIES. — Ferric  salts  and  copper. 

[Ferrous  Sulphate  is  used  to  make  Ferri  Carbonas  Saccharatus,  Liquor 
Ferri  Subsulphatis,  Liquor  Ferri  Tersulphatis,  and  Massa  Ferri  Carbonatis. 

Dose,  Yz  to  2  gr. ;  .03  to  .12  gm.] 

Preparations. 

1.  Ferri  Sulphas  Exsiccatus. — [Dried  Ferric  Sulphate.    Approx- 
imately 2FeSO4+3HjO=357.28. 

SOURCE. — Allow  the  sulphate  to  effloresce  at  104°  F.  ;  40°  C.,  and 
heat  in  a  porcelain  dish  until  it  weighs  64  to  65  parts. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  grayish-white  powder,  slowly  but  completely 
soluble  in  water.  ] 

Dose,  Y?,  to  2  gr. ;  [.03  to  .12  gm. 

Dried  Ferrous  Sulphate  is  used  to  make  Pilulae  Aloes  et  Ferri.  ] 

2.  [Ferri  Sulphas   Granulatus. — Granulated  Ferrous  Sulphate. 
FeSO4-j-7  H2O=277. 42. 

SOURCE.  —  Dissolve  Ferrous  Sulphate,  100 ;  in  diluted  Sulphuric 
Acid,  5  ;  and  Distilled  Water,  loo ;  pour  upon  it  Alcohol,  25  ;  and 
filter,  wash  and  dry  the  precipitate. 

CHARACTERS. — Pale,  bluish-green,  crystalline  powder,  which  con- 
forms to  the  reactions  of  the  sulphate. 

IMPURITIES. — The  same  as  of  the  sulphate. 

Dose,  ^  to  2  gr. ;  .03  to  .12  gm.] 

3.  Mistura  Ferri  Composita. — Compound  Iron  Mixture.     Syn- 
onym.— Griffith's  Mixture.      [Ferrous  Sulphate,  7  ;  Potassium  Carbon- 
ate, 8  ;  Myrrh,  1 8  ;  Sugar,  1 8  ;  Spirit  of  Lavender,  60  ;  Rose  Water 
to  1000.]     It  is  a  dark-green  mixture  containing  Ferrous  Carbonate, 


I9O  INORGANIC   MATERIA    MEDICA. 


-f- 


for  Ferrous  Sulphate  and  Potassium  Carbonate  react  on  each  other. 
Dose,  2  to  4  fi.  dr. ;  [8.  to  15.  c.c.] 

4.  [Pilulae  Ferri  Carbonatis. — Pills  of  Ferrous  Carbonate.  Syn- 
onyms.— Ferruginous  pills.  Chalybeate  pills.  Blaud's  pills. 

Ferrous  Sulphate,  1 6  ;  Potassium  Carbonate,  8  ;  Sugar,  4  ;  Traga- 
canth,  I  ;  Althaea,  i  gm.  ;  Glycerin  and  water  ;  to  make  100  pills. 

Dose,  i  to  2  pills.] 

4.  FERRI    CARBONAS    SACCHARATUS.  — [Saccharated  Fer- 
rous Carbonate.     A  powder  containing  Ferrous  Carbonate  FeCo3,  made  from 
Ferrous  Sulphate,  50  ;  Sodium  Bicarbonate,  35  ;  Sugar,  and  distilled  water  by 
solution  and  filtration. 

CHARACTERS. — A  greenish-brown  powder,  of  a  sweetish,  afterwards  slightly 
ferruginous  taste.]  It  is  a  very  unstable  compound,  being  easily  oxidized. 
Solubility. — Only  partially  in  water. 

IMPURITIES. — [Sodium]  Sulphate  and  excess  of  Ferrous  Oxide. 

Dose,  2  to  10  gr. ;  [.12  to  .60  gm.] 

5.  [MASSA  FERRI  CARBONATIS.— Mass  of  Ferrous  Carbonate. 
Synonym. — Vallet's  Mass.     Ferrous  Sulphate,  loo  ;  Sodium  Carbonate,  loo  ; 
Clarified  Honey,  38 ;  Sugar,  25  ;  Syrup  and  distilled  water  to  100.     By  solu- 
tion, precipitation  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  i  to  5  gr. ;  .06  to  .30  gm. 

6.  FERRI    IODIDUM    SACCHARATUM.  — Saccharated  Ferrous 
Iodide. 

SOURCE. — From  Iron  Wire,  6;  Reduced  Iron,  I;  Iodine,  17  ;  distilled 
water,  Sugar  of  Milk  to  loo.  By  solution,  filtration,  evaporation  and  trituration. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  yellowish-white  powder,  very  hygroscopic,  odorless, 
having  a  sweetish  ferruginous  taste.  Solubility. — In  7  parts  of  water;  only 
partially  soluble  in  Alcohol. 

Dose,  5  to  15  gr. ;  .30  to  i.oo  gm.] 

7.  SYRUPUS    FERRI    IODIDL— [Syrup    of   Ferrous   Iodide.     A 
syrupy  liquid,  containing  10  per  cent,  by  weight  of  Ferrous  Iodide.     Iron 
Wire,  25  ;  Iodine,  83  ;  Syrup  and  distilled  water,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  1000. 

CHARACTERS. — A  transparent,  pale-green  liquid,  odorless,  having  a  sweet 
strongly  ferruginous  taste  and  a  neutral  reaction.     Sp.  gr.  about  1.353. 
Dose,  5  to  30  m. ;  .30  to  2.00  c.c.] 

8.  PILULAE  FERRI  IODIDI^[Pills  of  Ferrous  Iodide.     Triturate 
Reduced  Iron  4,  with  Iodine  5,  and  water ;  add  Glycyrrhiza  I,  Sugar  4,  Ex- 
tract of  Glycyrrhiza  I,  and  Acacia  I  gm.,  with  sufficient  water,  Balsam  of 
Tolu  and  Ether,  and  evaporate  to  make  loo  pills.]     To  be  preserved  from 
light  and  air  as  much  as  possible,  as  they  do  not  keep  well. 

Dose,  i  to  2  pills. 


THE   SALTS   OF    IRON.  19! 

g.    [FERRI    LACTAS.  —  Ferrous    Lactate.      Fe(C3H5O3)2-f3H2O= 

287.34. 

SOURCE. — By  crystallization  from  a  solution  of  Lactic  Acid  and  Iron  in 
distilled  water. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Pale,  greenish-white  crusts,  consisting  of  small  needle- 
shaped  crystals,  having  a  slight,  peculiar  odor,  and  a  mild,  sweetish  ferruginous 
taste.  Solubility. — In  40  parts  of  water,  and  almost  insoluble  in  Alcohol. 

Ferrous  Lactate  is  used  in  Syrupus  Hypophosphitum  cum  Ferro. 

Dose,  i  to  5  gr. ;  .06  to  .30  gm.] 

The  following  (viz.,  the  Chloride,  the  Tersulphate,  the  Nitrate,  the  Sub- 
sulphate,  the  Citrate,  the  Acetate,  the  Hydrate  [the  Ammonium  Sulphate,  the 
Hypophosphite  and  the  Valerianate]  are  Ferric  Salts  :  they  are  compounds  of 
the  higher  Oxide,  Fe2O3.  Most  are  official  in  the  form  of  liquors. 

10.    [FERRI  CHLORIDUM.  — Ferric   Chloride.     Fe2Cl6-fi2H2O= 

539-5- 

SOURCE. — Iron  Wire,  15  ;  Hydrochloric  Acid,  and  distilled  water  to  60. 
By  solution  in  water  with  heat,  filtration,  addition  of  Nitric  Acid,  and  crystal- 
lization. 

CHARACTERS. — Orange-yellow,  crystalline  pieces,  very  deliquescent,  hav- 
ing a  faint  odor  of  Hydrochloric  Acid  and  strongly  styptic  taste.  Solubility. 
— Freely  in  water,  Alcohol  and  Ether.] 

IT.  LIQUOR  FERRI  CHLORIDI.— [Solution  of  Ferric  Chloride. 
An  aqueous  solution  of  Ferric  Chloride  (Fe2Cl6=323.98),  containing  about 
37.8  per  cent,  of  the  Anhydrous  Salt,  or  corresponding  to  about  13  per  cent, 
of  Metallic  Iron. 

SOURCE. — Dissolve  Iron  Wire,  15.8,  in  Hydrochloric  Acid,  870,  and 
water  to  looo.  Fe-)-2HCl=FeCl2-|-H2.  Nitric  Acid  is  also  added,  and 
thus  the  Ferrous  is  converted  into  Ferric  Chloride.  6FeCl2-f-6HCl-(-2HNO3 
=3Fe2Cl6+4H20+2NO. 

CHARACTERS. — A  reddish-brown  liquid,  having  a  faint  odor  of  Hydro- 
chloric Acid,  and  an  acid,  strongly  styptic  taste.  Sp.  gr.  about  1.387.] 

IMPURITIES. — Ferrous  salts. 

Dose,  2  to  10  m. ;  [.12  to  .60  c.c.] 

Preparations. 

I.  Tinctura  Ferri  Chloridi. — [Tincture  of  Ferric  Chloride.  So- 
lution of  Ferric  Chloride,  250  ;  Alcohol  to  looo. 

CHARACTERS. — A  bright,  brownish  liquid,  having  a  slightly  ethe- 
real odor,  a  very  astringent,  styptic  taste,  and  an  acid  reaction.  Sp.  gr. 
about  0.960.] 

Dose,  5  to  60  m. ;  [-30  to  4.00  c.c.] 


192  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

2.  Liquor  Ferri  et  Ammonii  Acetatis. — [Solution  of  Iron  and 
Ammonium  Acetate.  Synonym. — Basham's  Mixture.  Tincture  of 
Ferric  Chloride,  20  ;  diluted  Acetic  Acid,  30 ;  Solution  of  Ammonium 
Acetate,  200;  Aromatic  Elixir,  100;  Glycerin,  120;  water  to  looo. 

Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  15.  c.c.] 

12.  LIQUOR    FERRI    TERSULPHATIS.  —  [Solution  of  Ferric 
Sulphate.     An  aqueous  solution  of  normal  Ferric  Sulphate  (Fei(SO4)J=399.2), 
containing  about  28. 7  per  cent  of  the  salt,  and  corresponding  to  about  8  per 
cent  of  Metallic  Iron. 

SOURCE. — A  hot  solution  of  Ferrous  Sulphate,  400 ;  in  Sulphuric  Acid, 
78 ;  and  water,  is  boiled  with  Nitric  Acid  and  water  to  looo.  6FeSO4+ 
3H1S04+2HNOJ=3FeJ(S04)s+4H20-f-2NO. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  dark  reddish-brown  liquid,  having  an  acid,  strongly 
styptic  taste,  and  an  acid  reaction.  Sp.  gr.  about  1.320.] 

13.  LIQUOR    FERRI    NITRATIS.  — [Solution  of  Ferric  Nitrate. 
Fe,(NOj)g=483. 1.     An  aqueous  solution  containing  about  6.2  per  cent,  of  the 
Anhydrous  Salt,  and  corresponding  to  about  1.4  per  cent,  of  Metallic  Iron. 

SOURCE. — Precipitate  Ferric  Sulphate,  180;  with  Ammonia  water,  160; 
wash  thoroughly  and  dissolve  in  Nitric  Acid,  71  ;  distilled  water  to  1000. 

CHARACTERS. — A  clear,  amber-colored  or  reddish  liquid,  having  an  acid, 
styptic  taste,  and  an  acid  reaction.  Sp.  gr.  about  1.050.] 

IMPURITIES. — Ferrous  salts. 

Dose,  2  to  10  m. ;  [.12  to  .60  c.c.] 

14.  LIQUOR    FERRI    SUBSULPHATIS.  —  [Solution  of  Ferric 
Subsulphale.     Synonym. — Monsel's  solution.     An  aqueous  solution  of  Basic 
Ferric  Sulphate  of  variable  chemical  composition,  corresponding  to  about  13.6 
per  cent  of  Metallic  Iron. 

SOURCE. — From  Ferrous  Sulphate,  675  ;  Sulphuric  Acid,  65  ;  Nitric  Acid, 
65  ;  distilled  water  to  1000. 

CHARACTERS. — A  dark,  reddish-brown  liquid,  odorless,  having  an  acid, 
strongly  styptic  taste,  and  an  acid  reaction.  Sp.  gr.  about  1.550. 

Dose,  2  to  10  m. ;  .12  to  .60  c.c.] 

15.  LIQUOR  FERRI  CITRATIS.— [Solution  of  Ferric  Citrate. 

An  aqueous  solution  of  Ferric  Citrate,  corresponding  to  about  7.5  per  cent, 
of  Metallic  Iron. 

SOURCE.— From  solution  of  Ferric  Sulphate,  1050  ;  in  water ;  precipitation 
with  Ammonia  Water,  880  ;  with  addition  of  Citric  Acid,  300 ;  filtration  and 
evaporation  of  filtrate  to  loco. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  dark-brown  liquid,  odorless,  having  a  slightly  ferru- 
ginous taste,  and  an  acid  reaction.  Sp.  gr.  1.250. 

Dose,  5  to  15  m. ;  .30  to  i.oo  c.c.] 


THE    SALTS    OF    IRON.  193 

16.  LIQUOR    FERRI    ACETATIS.— [Solution  of  Ferric  Acetate. 
Fe2(C2H3O2)6=464.92.     An  aqueous  solution  of  Ferric  Acetate. 

SOURCE. — Ferric  Sulphate,  1000  ;  is  precipitated  with  a  solution  of  Am- 
monia Water,  850.  Fe2(SO4)3-f6NH4OH=Fe2(OH)6+3(NH4)2SO4.  The  re- 
sulting hydrate  is  dissolved  in  Glacial  Acetic  Acid,  260.  Fe2(OH)6-|-6HC2H3Oj 
=Fe2(C2H302)6+6H20. 

CHARACTERS. — A  dark,  reddish-brown,  clear  liquid  of  an  acetous  odor,  a 
sweetish,  acidulous,  somewhat  styptic  taste.  Sp.  gr.  about  1.160. 

Dose,  2  to  10  m. ;  .12  to  .60  c.c.] 

17.  FERRI  OXIDUM  HYDRATUM.— [Ferric  Hydrate.    Fe2(OH8) 
=213.52.     Synonyms.  —  Hydrated  Ferric  Oxide.     Ferric  Hydroxide. 

SOURCE. — Add  to  a  solution  of  Ferric  Sulphate,  zoo  ;  Ammonia  Water, 
no.  The  precipitate  is  Ferric  Hydrate. 

CHARACTERS. — A  reddish-brown  magma,  wholly  soluble  in  Hydrochloric 
Acid  without  Effervescence. 

Dose,  i  to  4  dr. ;  4.  to  15.  c.c.] 

Preparations. 

1.  Emplastrum  Ferri. — [Iron  Piaster.      Synonym. — Strengthen- 
ing Plaster.     Ferric  Hydrate,  90  ;  Burgundy  Pitch,  140  ;  Lead  Plaster, 
720  ;  Olive  Oil,  50. 

2.  Trochisci    Ferri. — Troches  of  Iron.      Ferric   Hydrate,    30 ; 
Vanilla  I  ;   Sugar,   loo  gm.  ;   Mucilage  of  Tragacanth,   to  make  loo 
troches. 

Dose,  i  to  2  troches.] 

18.  FERRI    OXIDUM    HYDRATUM    CUM    MAGNESIA.— 

Ferric  Hydrate  with  Magnesia.  [Synonym. — Arsenic  Antidote.  Solution  of 
Ferric  Hydrate,  50;  add  to  the  Iron,  water,  100.  Magnesia,  10 ;  add  water 
to  the  Magnesia  to  750.  Keep  in  separate  bottles. 

USES. — For  arsenical  poisoning,  for  which  it  should  be  mixed  by  adding 
the  magnesia  mixture  gradually  to  the  iron  solution,  and  shaking  until  a  homo- 
geneous mass  results.  It  should  be  given  in  large  doses  and  frequently  re- 
peated.] 

19.  FERRI    ET    AMMONII    SULPHAS.  —  [Ferric   Ammonium 
Sulphate.     Synonyms. — Ammonio-Ferric  Sulphate.     Ammonio- Ferric  Alum. 
Fe2(NH4)2(S04)4+24H20=962.  i. 

SOURCE. — From  crystallization  of  Ammonium  Sulphate  in  a  solution  of 
Ferric  Sulphate. 

CHARACTERS. — Pale,  violet,  octahedral  crystals,  efflorescent,  odorless,  hav- 
ing an  acid,  styptic  taste,  and  a  slightly  acid  reaction.  Solubility. — In  3  parts 
of  water  ;  insoluble  in  Alcohol. 

Dose,  2  to  10  gr. ;  .12  to  .60  gm. 

13 


194  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

20.  FERRI  HYPOPHOSPHIS.     See  Phosphorus. 

21.  FERRI  VALERIANAS.      See  Valeriana.] 

The  following  are  scale  preparations  of  Iron,  so  called  because  they  are 
dried  to  form  scales.  They  are  not  well-defined  chemical  compounds.  There 
are  [nine — the  Soluble  Phosphate,  Iron  and  Potassium  Tartrate,]  Iron  and 
Ammonium  Citrate,  [Iron  and  Strychnine  Citrate,  Iron  and  Ammonium  Tar- 
trate, the  Citrate,  Iron  and  Quinine  Citrate,  the  soluble  Iron  and  Quinine 
Citrate,  the  soluble  Pyrophosphate. 

22.  FERRI  PHOSPHAS  SOLUBILIS.— Soluble  Ferric  Phosphate. 
It  consists  of  Ferric  Phosphate,  with  some  Oxides. 

SOURCE.  —  Dissolve  Ferric  Citrate,  50 ;  in  distilled  water,  100 ;  add 
Sodium  Phosphate,  55.  Evaporate  and  dry  on  glass. 

CHARACTERS. — Thin,  bright  green,  transparent  scales,  having  an  acidu- 
lous, slightly  saline  taste.  Solubility. — Freely  and  completely  in  water. 

Dose,  i  to  5  gr. ;  .06  to  .30  gm. 

Preparation. 

Syrupus  Ferri,  Quininae  et  Strychnin*  Phosphatum. — Syrup 
of  the  Phosphates  of  Iron,  Quinine  and  Strychnine.  Synonyms. — 
Easton's  Syrup.  Syrupus  Trium  Phosphatum.  Dissolve  Soluble  Ferric 
Phosphate,  20 ;  in  water,  50 ;  and  add  Phosphoric  Acid,  48  ;  Quinine 
Sulphate,  30  ;  and  Strychnine,  T2ff  ;  with  Syrup,  Glycerin  and  distilled 
water,  to  1000. 

Dose,  Yz  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  4.  c.c. 

23.  FERRI  ET  POTASSII  TARTRAS.— Iron  and  Potassium  Tar- 
trate.    Synonyms. — Potassio-Ferric  Tartrate.     Tartarated  Iron. 

SOURCE. — Add  solution  of  Ferric  Sulphate,  100  ;  in  water,  1300  ;  to  Am- 
monia Water,  1 10 ;  with  water,  250 ;  filter,  add  water,  1 500 ;  heat  with  Po- 
tassium Bitartrate,  38  ;  and  filter.  Dry  the  precipitate  on  glass. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Thin,  transparent,  garnet-red  to  reddish-brown  scales, 
having  a  sweetish,  slightly  ferruginous  taste.  Solubility. — Very  soluble  in 
water,  insoluble  in  Alcohol. 

IMPURITIES. — Ammonia  and  Ferrous  Salts. 

Dose,  5  to  15  gr. ;  .30  to  i.oo  gm.] 

24.  FERRI  ET  AMMONII  CITRAS.— [Iron  and  Ammonium  Ci- 
trate. Synonym. — Ammonio- Ferric  Citrate. 

SOURCE.  —  From  evaporation  of  a  solution  of  Ferric  Citrate,  loo  ;  with 
Ammonia  Water,  40 ;  to  consistency  of  syrup.  Dry  the  precipitate  on  glass. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Thin,   transparent,    garnet-red   scales,   having  a  saline, 


THE   SALTS   OF   IRON.  195 

mildly  ferruginous  taste,  deliquescent.     Solubility. — Very  soluble  in  water; 
insoluble  in  Alcohol.] 

IMPURITIES. — Tartrates  and  alkaline  salts. 

Dose,  i  to  5  gr. ;  [.06  to  .30  gm.] 

Preparation, 

[  Vinum  Ferri  Citratis. — Wine  of  Ferric  Citrate.  Iron  and  Am- 
monium Citrate,  40  ;  Tincture  of  Sweet  Orange  Peel,  150  ;  Syrup,  100  ; 
White  Wine,  to  1000. 

Dose,  i  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  8.  c.c. 

25.  FERRI  ET  STRYCHNINE  CITRAS.— Iron  and  Strychnine 

Citrate. 

SOURCE.  —  Dissolve  Iron  and  Ammonia  Citrate,  98 ;  in  distilled  water, 
100 ;  and  Strychnine,  I  ;  Citric  Acid,  I ;  in  distilled  water,  20.  Mix  the  solu- 
tion, evaporate  to  the  consistency  of  syrup  and  spread  on  plates  of  glass. 

CHARACTERS. — Thin,  transparent,  garnet-red,  to  yellowish-brown  scales, 
having  a  bitter,  slightly  ferruginous  taste.  Solubility. — Completely  in  water. 

Dose,  i  to  3  gr.  ;  .06  to  .20  gm. 

26.  FERRI    ET    AMMONII    TARTRAS. — Iron  and  Ammonium 
Tartrate.     Synonym. — Ammonio-Ferric  Tartrate. 

SOURCE.  —  Add  solution  of  Ferric  Sulphate,  100  ;  to  Ammonia  Water, 
no  ;  diluted  with  cold  water,  250;  filter,  dissolve  the  precipitate  in  Tartaric 
Acid,  29,  dissolved  in  distilled  water ;  filter  and  evaporate  to  a  syrupy  con- 
sistence and  dry  on  glass. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Thin,  transparent  scales,  from  garnet-red  to  reddish- 
brown,  having  a  sweetish,  slightly  ferruginous  taste.  Solubility. — Very  solu- 
ble in  water  ;  insoluble  in  Alcohol. 

Dose,  5  to  15  gr. ;  .30  to  i.oo  gm. 

27.  FERRI  CITRAS.— Ferric  Citrate. 

SOURCE. — By  evaporation  of  the  Solution  of  Ferric  Citrate  to  a  syrupy 
consistency  and  drying  on  glass. 

CHARACTERS. — Thin,  transparent,  garnet-red  scales,  odorless,  having  a 
slightly  ferruginous  taste  and  an  acid  reaction.  Solubility. — Completely  in 
water  ;  insoluble  in  Alcohol. 

Dose,  i  to  5  gr. ;  .06  to  .30  gm.] 

28.  FERRI    ET    QUININE    CITRAS.— [Iron   and   Quinine  Ci- 
trate. 

SOURCE. — Dissolve  Ferric  Citrate,  85  ;  in  distilled  water,  160 ;  dissolve 
Quinine,  12  ;  and  Citrate  Acid,  3  ;  in  distilled  water,  20  ;  mix  these  solutions, 
evaporate  to  a  syrupy  consistency  and  dry  on  glass. 


196  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

CHARACTERS. — Thin,  transparent,  reddish-brown  scales  of  a  bitter,  mildly 
ferruginous  taste.  Solubility. — Slowly  but  completely  in  water.  Contains  at 
least  11.5  per  cent,  of  dried  Quinine.] 

IMPURITIES. — Alkaline  Salts  and  other  alkaloids  instead  of  quinine. 

Dose,  2  to  10  gr. ;  [.12  to  .60  gm. 

29.  FERRI    ET    QUININE    CITRAS    SOLUBILIS.— Soluble 
Iron  and  Quinine  Citrate. 

SOURCE. — Dissolve  Ferric  Citrate,  85  ;  in  distilled  water,  160;  by  heat- 
ing ;  add  Quinine,  12  ;  Citric  Acid,  3  ;  previously  triturated  in  distilled  water, 
20 ;  mix  these  solutions  and  stir  with  Ammonia  Water,  50 ;  evaporate  to  a 
syrupy  consistency  and  dry  on  glass. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Thin,  transparent  scales,  of  a  greenish,  golden-yellow 
color,  having  a  bitter,  mildly  ferruginous  taste ;  deliquescent. 

Dose,  2  to  10  gr.  ;  .12  to  .60  gm. 

Preparation, 

Vinum  Ferri  Amarum. — Bitter  Wine  of  Iron.  Soluble  Iron  and 
Quinine  Citrate,  50  ;  Tincture  of  Sweet  Orange  Peel,  1 50 ;  Syrup,  300  ; 
White  Wine  to  1000. 

Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  15.  c.c. 

30.  FERRI    PYROPHOSPHAS    SOLUBILIS.— Soluble   Ferric 
Pyrophosphate. 

SOURCE. — By  solution  of  Ferric  Citrate,  50;  Sodium  Pyrophosphate,  50; 
in  distilled  water,  100 ;  evaporation  and  drying  on  glass. 

CHARACTERS. — Thin,  apple-green,  transparent  scales,  odorless,  having  an 
acidulous,  slightly  saline  taste,  and  a  slightly  acid  reaction.  Solubility. — 
Freely  in  water  ;  insoluble  in  Alcohol. 

Dose,  i  to  5  gr. ;  .06  to  .30  gm.] 

31.  FERRI    ARSENAS.      [B.    P.     Not  official.]      Iron   Arsenate. 
[3Fe(FeO)AsO4+i6H2O=lo86.74.]     It  consists  of  both  ferrous  and  ferric 
arsenates,  with  some  oxide. 

SOURCE. — Mix  hot  solutions  of  Sodium  Arsenate  and  Iron  Sulphate,  add 
Sodium  Bicarbonate  to  neutralize  the  free  Sulphuric  Acid  that  is  formed  when 
Iron  Arsenate  is  precipitated. 

CHARACTERS.  — A  greenish,  amorphous  powder,  insoluble  in  water. 

I  MPUR  ITI  ES.  — Sulphates. 

Dose,  ^y  to  yz  gr. ;  [.004  to  .03  gm.]  as  a  pill. 

32.  [FERRUM  DIALYSATUM.— Dialyzed  Iron.     (Not  official.) 
SOURCE. — By  heating  a  solution  of  Ferric  Chloride  with  Ammonia,  Ferric 

Hydrate  being  precipitated,  this  being  redissolved  by  agitation,  is  placed  in  a 


THE    SALTS    OF    IRON.  1 97 

dialyzer  and  suspended  in  water,  which  is  renewed  so  long  as  it  shows  a  trace 
of  Hydrochloric  Acid. 

COMPOSITION. — Its  composition  varies  from  Fe-jClg,  laFe-jOj  to  Fe-jClg, 
95Fe.2O3,  and  is  a  10  per  cent,  solution  of  Ferric  Oxychloride  in  water. 

CHARACTERS. — A  reddish-brown  liquid,  free  from  astringent,  styptic  taste. 

Dose,  10  to  30  m.  ;  .60  to  2.00  c.c.] 

INCOMPATIBLES  OF  IRON  SALTS  IN  GENERAL. — All  substances  containing 
tannic  or  gallic  acid  form  an  intense  black  with  ferric  salts.  Preparations  of 
iron  are  therefore  incompatible  with  all  vegetable  astringent  solutions,  and  the 
only  infusions  with  which  they  can  be  prescribed  are  infusions  of  quassia  and 
of  calumba.  It  is  a  common  mistake  to  forget  that  because  of  its  tannin,  the 
tincture  as  well  as  the  infusion  of  digitalis  makes  an  inky  mixture  with  iron 
preparations.  Such  a  mixture  may  be  clarified  with  a  little  diluted  phosphoric 
acid,  but  after  a  few  days  a  slight  precipitate  of  ferric  phosphate  falls.  Ferric 
salts  render  mucilage  of  acacia  gelatinous. 

Alkalies  and  their  carbonates,  lime  water,  calcium  carbonate,  magnesia  and 
[magnesium]  carbonate  give  green  precipitates  with  ferrous,  and  brown  with 
ferric  salts. 

ACTION  OF  IRON  AND  ITS  SALTS. 

External: — Solutions  of  iron  salts  are  antiseptic.  They  have 
no  action  on  the  unbroken  skin,  but  when  applied  locally  to  the 
abraded  skin,  sores,  ulcers,  and  mucous  membranes,  the  [ferric] 
salts  are  powerful  astringents,  because  they  coagulate 
albuminous  fluids,  both  those  discharged  from  the  surface  and 
also  those  in  the  tissue  itself.  There  is  no  direct  effect  on  the 
walls  of  the  vessels,  but  the  contraction  of  the  coagulated  albu- 
min compresses  them  and  diminishes  their  calibre.  Partly  for 
this  reason,  but  still  more  because  these  iron  salts  quickly  cause 
the  coagulation  of  blood,  and  the  clot  thus  formed  plugs  the 
bleeding  vessels,  they  are  the  most  perfect  local  haemostatics 
we  possess,  and  will  often  arrest  very  severe  haemorrhage. 
[Ferric]  chloride,  the  nitrate,  and  sulphate  are  all  very  strongly 
astringent ;  but  the  scale  preparations,  reduced  iron,  the  carbon- 
ate, iodide,  phosphate  and  acetate  are  so  very  feebly  astringent 
that  they  are  never  used  as  local  applications  ;  in  fact,  to  most 
persons  they  are  non-astringent.  Ferric  oxides  have  the  prop- 
erty of  converting  oxygen  into  ozone,  and  are  therefore  disin- 
fectant. 

Internal. — Mouth.  —  Preparations   of  iron   have   a   styptic 


198  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

taste,  the  teeth  and  tongue  may  be  blackened  when  they  are 
taken,  owing  to  the  formation  of  ferrous  sulphide,  the  sulphur 
being  derived  from  the  food  and  the  tartar  on  the  teeth  ;  hence 
it  is  advisable  to  take  iron  preparations  through  a  glass  tube  [and 
immediately  afterwards  to  brush  the  teeth.  The  free  acid  in  the 
tincture  of  ferric  chloride  will  destroy  the  enamel  of  the  teeth, 
even  if  diluted  with  eight  parts  of  water.]  The  astringent  pre- 
parations have,  when  locally  applied,  the  same  action  on  the 
mucous  membrane  of  the  mouth  as  on  the  raw  skin. 

Stomach. — Whatever  form  of  iron  is  given  by  the  mouth,  it  is 
converted  in  the  stomach  into  ferric  chloride,  with  probably  a 
little  ferrous  chloride.  Long  experience  has  shown  that  ferric 
chloride  is  to  the  physician  a  most  valuable  preparation  of  iron ; 
probably  this  is  because  it  will  not  abstract  hydrochloric  acid 
from  the  gastric  juice,  as  is  the  case  with  all  other  preparations 
of  iron.  It  is  often  stated  that  an  iron  albuminate  is  formed  in 
the  stomach  ;  this  is  incorrect,  and  when  the  iron  albuminate  is 
given  by  the  mouth  it  will  be  converted  into  a  chloride  in  the 
stomach.  Although  whatever  form  of  iron  is  administered  ferric 
chloride  is  formed  in  the  stomach,  the  choice  of  the  preparation 
is  a  matter  of  great  importance,  for  if  strongly  acid  salts  are 
given,  the  acid  set  free  after  the  formation  of  the  chloride  will 
act  as  a  caustic,  and  damage  the  mucous  membrane  ;  even  the 
preparations  of  the  chloride  may  do  this,  for  they  [always]  con- 
tain a  considerable  amount  of  free  acid.  These  facts  explain 
why  iron  preparations,  especially  the  acid  ones,  so  often  cause 
headache,  nausea,  loss  of  appetite,  and  other  symptoms  of  severe 
indigestion.  We  also  learn  why  experience  has  taught  that  the 
sulphate,  which  is  so  often  used,  should  be  given  in  the  form  of  a 
pill,  for  this,  if  specially  coated,  is  not  dissolved  till  the  intestine 
is  reached,  and  the  acid  is  harmless  in  the  alkaline  solutions  of 
that  part  of  the  alimentary  canal.  Further,  we  see  why  the  pre- 
parations which  are  either  not  acid  at  all  or  only  very  slightly 
acid,  such  as  reduced  iron,  dialyzed  iron,  [not  official],  ferrous 
carbonate  and  the  scale  preparations,  do  not  as  a  rule  cause  in- 
digestion [but  it  can  also  be  said  that  they  are  generally  not  so 
efficient  as  the  stronger  preparations.  However,  this  free  acid 


THE   SALTS    OF    IRON.  199 

may  be  neutralized  by  the  addition  of  sodium  bicarbonate,  so 
that  the  tincture  of  ferric  chloride  will  be  acid  only  so  far  as  the 
basic  ferric  chloride  has  an  acid  reaction  ;  nor  does  this  neutral- 
ization impair  its  therapeutic  properties,  for  hydrochloric  acid  is 
added  to  it  in  the  stomach.  An  effective  preparation  is  now 
made,  in  which  these  disadvantages  of  the  tincture  of  ferric 
chloride  are  removed,  which  is  known  as  Weld's  syrup  of  ferric 
chloride.]  Ferric  chloride  is  very  astringent,  hence  the  astrin- 
gent effect  on  the  stomach  of  iron  salts.  The  non-astringent 
preparations  can  only  be  astringent  in  proportion  to  the  amount 
of  ferric  chloride  formed  from  the  gastric  juice ;  but  if  large 
quantities  of  astringent  preparations  are  given,  the  excess  which 
is  not  decomposed  by  the  gastric  juice  will  add  its  astringency 
to  that  of  the  ferric  chloride  formed  in  the  stomach. 

Intestines. — On  passing  into  the  intestines,  the  contents  of 
which  are  alkaline  from  sodium  carbonate,  ferric  chloride  be- 
comes ferric  oxide,  which  remains  in  solution  owing  to  the  pres- 
ence of  organic  substances ;  ferrous  chloride  is  converted  into 
ferrous  carbonate,  which  is  also  soluble.  Lower  down  in  the 
intestine,  by  the  action  of  the  sulphur  compounds,  the  nascent 
hydrogen,  and  other  readily  oxidizable  products  of  decomposi- 
tion there  present,  these  iron  compounds  are  converted  into  fer- 
rous sulphide  and  tannate  (the  tannic  acid  being  derived  from 
the  vegetables  in  the  food),  and  as  such  are  eliminated  with  the 
faeces,  which  are  turned  black.  Large  amounts  of  the  astringent 
preparations  have  a  constipating  effect ;  this  may  be  owing 
to  there  being  an  excess  of  them,  for  the  oxides  and  carbonates 
are  non-astringent  preparations. 

Absorption. — Iron  is  certainly  taken  up  from  the  alimentary 
canal,  for  the  growing  child  gets  from  its  food  all  the  iron  neces- 
sary for  its  increase  in  weight,  but  as  the  total  amount  of  iron  in 
the  adult  body  is  only  about  38  grains  [2.46  gm.],  it  is  probably 
absorbed  very  s'owly  in  very  minute  amounts,  and  as  iron  in 
food  exists  as  organic  compounds,  there  is  no  doubt  about  the 
absorption  of  organic  iron. 

Whether,  however,  inorganic  iron  salts  can  be  absorbed  has 
been  much  discussed.  The  prevailing  opinion,  founded  chiefly  on 


2OO  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

histological  evidence,  now  is  that  they  can  be  taken  up  by  the  intes- 
tinal epithelium  and  passed  into  the  leucocytes  of  the  blood  in  mi- 
nute particles.  A  little  of  this  iron  is  deposited  in  the  spleen,  but 
more  goes  to  the  liver,  where  it  is  built  up  into  complex  bodies — 
one  of  which  is  called  haematin — which  are  the  precursors  of 
haemoglobin  ;  where  in  the  body  this  is  finally  made  is  not  known, 
but  the  red  marrow  utilizes  it  to  make  red  blood -corpuscles. 

The  other  opinion  is  that  inorganic  iron  salts  are  not  absorbed. 
The  chief  reason  for  this  view  is  that  the  giving  of  such  salts  by 
the  mouth  does  not  lead  to  more  iron  in  the  urine ;  but  we  now 
know  that  this  is  because  in  such  a  case  the  excess  of  iron  taken 
up  is  excreted  into  the  intestine  as  an  organic  compound,  and  as  it 
has  been  shown  that  under  all  circumstances  the  bile  contains  the 
merest  traces  of  iron  this  excretion  must  take  place  by  the  intes- 
tinal mucous  membrane. 

Blood. — It  is  often  stated  that  the  administration  of  iron 
causes,  in  healthy  subjects,  an  increase  in  the  number  of  red 
blood-corpuscles,  but  this  is  very  doubtful.  Probably  in  health 
it  has  little  or  no  effect  on  the  blood. 

Iron  salts  injected  into  animals  subcutaneously  or  directly  into 
the  veins  cause  gastro-intestinal  irritation  and  paralysis  from  de- 
pression of  the  central  nervous  system.  Part  of  the  iron  is 
stored  up,  but  much  is  excreted  by  the  gastro-intestinal  mucous 
membrane. 

In  certain  forms  of  anaemia  (a  condition  in  which  the  amount 
of  haemoglobin  and  the  number  of  corpuscles  are  diminished), 
especially  chlorosis,  the  administration  of  iron  rapidly  improves 
the  blood  in  both  respects.  It  is  therefore  said  to  be  haema- 
tinic  ;  and  as  an  improvement  in  the  quality  of  the  blood  leads 
to  an  improvement  in  the  functions  of  all  the  organs  of  the  body, 
iron  is  also  called  a  tonic.  Tonics  are  drugs  which  indirectly 
improve  the  action  of  the  several  organs  of  the  body ;  usually 
they  act  by  improving  the  quality  of  blood  or  by  aiding  diges- 
tion, and  thus  rendering  the  digestion  and  absorption  of  the  food 
more  easy  {see  p.  115).  If,  as  already  stated,  inorganic  iron  is 
directly  taken  up  by  the  intestinal  epithelium  and  passed  to  the 
leucocytes,  the  benefit  in  anaemia  is  easy  to  understand.  But 


THE   SALTS   OF    IRON.  2OI 

we  have  seen  that  some  believe  that  inorganic  iron  is  not  ab- 
sorbed, and  if  this  be  so,  it  is  at  first  sight  difficult  to  understand 
how  it  can  benefit  anaemia.  As  the  organic  iron  in  food  must 
be  absorbed  we  may  conclude  that  it  is  in  some  way  or  other 
protected  from  decomposition  in  the  alimentary  canal,  if  we  be- 
lieve that  the  inorganic  compounds  which  would  result  if  they 
were  decomposed  are  incapable  of  absorption.  Bunge's  hypoth- 
esis is,  that  in  some  forms  of  anaemia,  especially  chlorosis,  organic 
salts  of  iron  taken  in  the  food  are  in  some  way  split  up  in  the 
intestines  so  as  to  be  incapable  of  absorption.  In  those  anaemic 
conditions  which  can  be  benefited  by  iron  the  administration  of 
the  inorganic  salts  prevents  the  decomposition  of  the  organic 
salts  in  the  food  by  fixing  the  decomposing  agents,  which,  ac- 
cording to  Bunge,  are  chiefly  alkaline  sulphides  and  forming  iron 
sulphide.  This,  he  says,  is  supported  by  the  fact  that  to  cure 
chlorosis  rapidly,  enormous  doses  of  iron  are  often  found  to  be 
necessary  ;  for  example,  a  patient  will  take  6  gr.  [.4ogm.]  of  re- 
duced iron  three  times  a  day,  or  18  gr.  [1.20  gm.]  a  day.  Now, 
the  whole  amount  of  iron  in  the  blood  of  an  ordinary  healthy 
woman  is  about  38  gr.  [2.46  gm.],  for  there  is  only  one  atom  of 
iron  in  a  molecule  of  haemoglobin,  which  contains  considerably 
over  2000  atoms.  Supposing  she  had  lost  half  her  haemoglobin, 
if  the  iron  given  were  simply  absorbed,  one  day's  treatment 
would  speedily  restore  her  health,  but  it  is  well  known  that  weeks 
are  often  required.  But  if  this  view  were  correct  we  should  ex- 
pect that  bismuth,  manganese,  or  arsenic,  by  fixing  the  decom- 
posing agents,  would  cure  chlorosis  as  efficiently  as  iron.  It  has 
been  stated  that  they  will,  but  Stockman  has  published  results 
that  point  in  a  contrary  direction,  and  he  has  shown  that  iron 
sulphide  will  cure  chlorosis,  although  on  Bunge's  hypothesis,  it 
should  not ;  for  it  will  not  fix  the  decomposing  agents  if  they 
are  alkaline  sulphides.  Further,  many  think  that  it  is  not  nec- 
essary to  give  large  doses  of  iron  to  cure  chlorosis.  Iron  injected 
subcutaneously  cures  chlorosis,  but  this  does  not  [point]  in  one 
direction  more  than  another,  for  it  may  be  excreted  into  the  in- 
testine, and  there  fix  the  alkaline  sulphides.  On  the  whole,  the 
evidence  seems  against  Bunge's  view. 


2O2  INORGANIC    MATERIA   MEDICA. 

Remote  effects. — As  iron  in  anaemic  subjects  increases  the 
amount  of  haemoglobin,  more  oxygen  is  carried  to  the  tissues, 
and  thus  the  whole  body  shares  in  the  benefit  of  a  course  of  iron, 
which  has  also  been  thought  to  have  a  direct  effect  on  the 
kidneys  as  a  mild  diuretic,  and  a  direct  effect  in  promoting  the 
menstrual  flow.  These  actions  are,  however,  slight,  and  may  be 
due  to  the  general  improvement  in  health.  Iron  salts  have  been 
given  to  produce  abortion,  but  without  any  result.  Remote 
astringent  effects  have  been  attributed  to  them,  but  there  is  no 
satisfactory  proof  that  they  have  any ;  and,  indeed,  when  we 
remember  that  very  little  if  any  iron  is  absorbed  in  an  astringent 
form,  and  it  cannot  exist  in  the  blood  in  such  a  form,  we  should 
hardly  expect  that  iron  salts  could  be  remotely  haemostatic  or 
astringent.  Iron  is  chiefly  stored  in  the  spleen,  lymphatic 
glands,  liver  and  marrow  ;  possibly  it  is  by  stimulating  the  ac- 
tivity of  this  that  iron  cures  chlorosis. 

Excretion. — One  milligramme  [g'?  gr.]  of  iron  is  eliminated 
daily  in  the  urine,  and  this  remains  constant  under  all  circum- 
stances. Any  excess  of  elimination  following  subcutaneous  in- 
jection, or  excessive  absorption  from  the  intestine,  takes  place 
through  the  intestinal  mucous  membrane. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  IRON  AND  ITS  SALTS. 

External. — Solutions  of  the  sulphate,  chloride,  nitrate  and 
Liquor  Ferri  Subsulphatis  (Monsel's  solution),  are  the  most 
valuable  local  astringents  we  have.  It  matters  very  little  which 
of  these  is  used.  In  England  the  solution  of  the  chloride  is 
perhaps  oftenest  employed.  Either  is  of  service  in  many  cases — 
for  example,  to  stop  haemorrhage  from  leech-bites,  from  the  nose, 
from  piles,  or  from  the  uterus,  as  in  the  haemorrhage  of  malig- 
nant disease.  A  convenient  way  to  apply  them  is  on  lint  or 
cotton  soaked  in  the  solution,  and  a  cavity  such  as  the  nose  or 
uterus  may  be  plugged  with  the  lint.  [These  preparations  form 
very  disagreeable  clots,  which  readily  decompose  and  give  rise 
to  septic  infection.]  The  aqueous  solution  of  the  chloride  has 
been  used  as  a  spray  for  haemoptysis,  but  as  it  may  excite  cough- 
ing, it  is  not  to  be  recommended.  It  is  very  useful  as  an  astrin- 


THE   SALTS   OF    IRON.  2O$ 

gent  for  painting  on  the  fauces,  pharynx  or  tonsils  in  inflamMa- 
tion  of  these  parts.  It  may,  for  this  purpose,  be  diluted  with 
an  equal  quantity  of  water,  or  a  solution  of  i  part  of  [ferric] 
chloride  in  4  of  glycerin  may  be  used.  It  has  been  advised  to 
paint  erysipelatous  skin  with  the  tincture  of  [ferric]  chloride.  A 
solution  of  the  sulphate  (i  to  480)  has  been  used  in  gleet. 

Internal. —  Gastro-intestinal  tract. — The  astringent  prepara- 
tions may  be  swallowed  in  cases  of  severe  bleeding  from  the 
stomach,  such  as  that  of  malignant  disease,  ulcer  or  cirrhosis. 
If  the  bleeding  is  profuse,  a  drachm  [4.  c.c.]  of  Liquor  Ferri 
Chloridi  with  a  drachm  [4.  c.c.]  of  glycerin,  to  facilitate  swal- 
lowing, may  be  given  every  hour  or  oftener,  and  this  will  some- 
times apparently  save  a  patient's  life.  For  less  serious  haemor- 
rhage smaller  quantities  will  suffice.  Intestinal  haemorrhage 
may  also  be  treated  in  the  same  way. 

The  tendency  of  [ferric]  salts  to  constipate  is  usually  over- 
come by  the  addition  of  some  purgative ;  thus,  magnesium  sul- 
phate is  commonly  given  with  the  chloride,  and  aloes  is  often 
prescribed  with  [ferrous]  sulphate  in  a  pill.  [This  method,  how- 
ever, interferes  with  the  time  during  which  iron  remains  in  the 
intestines,  and  it  is  better  to  administer  the  laxative  separately, 
so  that  the  dose  can  be  regulated  according  to  circumstances.] 
The  ferric  salts  have  been  given  for  diarrhoea,  but  there  are  many 
drugs  more  suitable  for  this  symptom.  Chronic  constipation  is 
often  very  effectually  treated  by  a  pill  of  [ferrous]  sulphate  and 
extract  of  nux  vomica,  but  probably  the  efficient  purgative  in  it 
is  the  nux  vomica,  although  some  claim  that  large  doses  of 
[ferrous]  sulphate  will  overcome  chronic  constipation.  [At 
least]  the  constipating  effect  of  the  ferric  salts  is  often  much  ex- 
aggerated. 

A  rectal  injection  of  a  fluid  drachm  [4.  c.c.]  of  the  tincture 
of  ferric  chloride  to  half  a  pint  of  water  [240.  c.c.]  kills  thread- 
worms [the  patient  being  in  the  knee-chest  position]. 

Arsenical  poisoning  is  best  treated  by  the  humid  ferric  oxide, 
which  should  be  freshly  prepared  by  mixing  together  3  fl.  oz. 
[90.  c.c.]  of  Liquor  Ferri  Tersulphatis  with  i  oz.  [30.  gm.]  of 
sodium  carbonate  diluted  with  water.  Half  an  ounce  [15.  c.c.] 


2O4  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

should  be  given  every  five  or  ten  minutes.  An  insoluble  arsenite 
is  formed,  and  may  be  gotten  rid  of  by  a  thoroughly  purgative 
dose  of  magnesium  sulphate  or  some  other  simple  purge.  A  dose 
of  common  salt  or  of  sodium  bicarbonate,  followed  by  i  fl.  oz. 
[30.  c.c.]  of  dialyzed  iron,  [useless  as  an  iron  preparation],  di- 
luted with  water,  is  also  efficient  in  poisoning  by  arsenic.  [A 
better  method  of  using  iron  for  this  purpose  is  given  on  p.  193.] 
Blood. — The  great  use  of  iron  salts  is  to  restore  the  amount  of 
haemogloblin  and  the  number  of  red  corpuscles  in  anaemia,  espe- 
cially chlorosis.  They  are  useless  in  pernicious  anaemia,  and 
generally  of  little  value,  if  any,  in  the  anaemia  of  leucocythaemia, 
exophthalmic  goitre,  or  Hodgkin's  disease.  All  other  common 
forms  of  anaemia  are  secondary  to  some  definite  cause,  such  as 
haemorrhage,  lead  poisoning,  scurvy,  etc.,  and  are  treated  by  the 
removal,  if  possible,  of  the  cause  of  the  anaemia,  but  recovery 
may  be  aided  by  the  administration  of  iron.  [Ferric]  chloride 
and  [ferrous]  sulphate  are  two  of  the  most  efficacious  preparations, 
and  pills  containing  a  grain  [.06  gm.]  of  the  dried  sulphate,  with 
aloes  or  nux  vomica,  if  constipation  is  present,  are  very  valuable. 
It  is  usual  to  begin  with  one  pill  containing  one  grain  [.06  gm.] 
of  the  dried  [ferrous]  sulphate  thrice  a  day,  but  gradually  the 
number  of  pills  may  be  increased  till  three  or  four  are  taken  at  a 
dose.  This  method  of  large  doses  of  the  sulphate  often  appears 
to  cure  more  rapidly  than  smaller  doses.  If  these  astringent  pre- 
parations cause  indigestion,  any  of  the  milder  preparations  may 
be  substituted.  The  carbonate  may  be  given  in  pills  in  rapidly 
increasing  doses,  or  the  dose  of  reduced  iron,  conveniently  given 
on  bread  and  butter,  may  be  pushed.  Mistura  Ferri  Composita 
[Griffith's  Mixture]  is  a  disagreeable  preparation  to  take  and  to 
look  at,  and  the  inky  character  of  the  aromatic  mixture  makes  it 
undesirable.  The  styptic  taste  of  some  of  the  preparations,  espe- 
cially the  astringent  ones,  may  be  concealed  by  giving  them  with 
a  drachm  [4.  c.c.]  of  glycerin,  which  acts  by  its  viscosity  and  by 
reducing  some  of  the  ferric  to  a  ferrous  salt.  It  is  often  added 
to  the  tincture  of  the  chloride.  The  scale  preparations  hardly 
ever  disagree ;  they  are  therefore  used  for  patients  with  a  delicate 
digestion,  and  for  such  it  is  much  better  to  make  no  attempt  to 


THE   SALTS    OF    IRON.  2O5 

rapidly  increase  the  dose,  but  to  depend  on  small  doses  spread 
over  a  long  period.  Mineral  waters  containing  iron  (such  as 
those  of  La  Bourboule  and  Levico)  or  the  red  wines  may  be  given 
in  such  cases.  Flitwick  water,  however,  contains  a  good  deal 
[of  iron].  Often  iron  and  quinine  citrate  is  prescribed  as  a  pill ; 
powdered  tragacanth  and  syrup  form  the  best  excipient.  Treat- 
ment of  anaemia  by  iron  leads,  of  course,  to  the  improvement 
of  the  numerous  symptoms,  such  as  amenorrhcea,  constipation, 
dyspepsia,  etc.,  which  are  dependent  upon  the  anaemia.  That 
form  of  neuralgia  which  is  associated  with  anaemia  usually  yields 
to  iron.  Easton's  syrup  (see  p.  194)  is  a  very  popular  prepara- 
tion ;  it  is  used  for  anaemia,  and  to  promote  the  health  and  ap- 
petite during  convalescence  after  long  illness.  A  pill  very  sim- 
ilar to  the  syrup,  and  containing  iron  phosphate,  i  gr.  [.06  gm.] ; 
quinine,  i  gr.  [.06  gm.]  ;  strychnine,  -g^gr.  [-002  gm.];  con- 
centrated phosphoric  acid  i^  m.  [.10  c.c.];  liquorice  powder 
to  5  gr.  [.30  gm.]  is  prepared.  It  is  called  Easton's  pill  or 
Pilula  Trium  Phosphatum.  A  similar  [tablet]  is  in  the  market. 
[Ferrous  iodide]  has  been  given,  sometimes  apparently  with  suc- 
cess, in  cases  of  rheumatoid  arthritis,  but  it  must  be  continued 
thrice  daily  for  many  months.  A  pill  is  often  preferable  to  the 
syrup,  as  that  so  readily  changes.  Two  grains  [.12  gm.]  may 
be  made  into  a  pill  in  the  same  way  as  that  advised  for  the  [yel- 
low] mercurous  iodide,  and  one  or  two  such  pills  be  given  thrice 
a  day.  Large  doses  of  iron  (10,  [.60  c.c.]  or  even  20  minims, 
[1.20  c.c.]  of  the  tincture  of  the  chloride  every  hour  or  two) 
have  been  given  in  diphtheria  and  other  forms  of  bad  sore  throat, 
such  as  hospital  sore  throat,  apparently  with  considerable  benefit. 
Erysipelas  has  been  treated  in  the  same  way.  Fever  due  to  other 
causes  is  said  to  centra-indicate  the  use  of  iron. 

Kidney. — Iron  salts  are  reported  to  have  a  feeble  diuretic 
action,  but  this  is  doubtful.  The  chloride  is  often  given  empiri- 
cally for  all  forms  of  Bright' s  disease.  Whether  it  does  good  is 
at  present  undecided. 

[Iron  should  always  be  administered  when  the  stomach  is  full 
(after  meals)  excepting  when  given  for  follicular  tonsillitis, 
diphtheria,  erysipelas,  gastric  haemorrhage  or  arsenical  poison- 


2O6  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

ing.]     Occasionally  a  patient  is  found  who  cannot  take  iron  in 
any  form,  because  of  the  headache  and  indigestion  caused  by  it. 

TTte  different  preparations  of  Iron. — These  have  already  been  classified 
into  astringent  and  non-astringent.  There  are  some,  viz.,  the  iodide,  the 
phosphate,  the  iron  and  quinine  citrate,  and  [the  iron  and  strychnine  citrate], 
the  value  of  which  depends  in  part  at  least  upon  their  other  ingredients.  The 
arsenate  must  be  given  in  such  small  doses  to  avoid  arsenical  poisoning  that 
it  is  probable  that  the  iron  in  it  has  no  effect.  Hence  arsenous  acid  may  just  as 
well  be  given,  and  this  is  commonly  done.  [Ferric]  phosphate,  which  always 
contains  some  free  phosphoric  acid,  is  an  excellent  haematinic.  It  is  used 
largely  for  children,  because  the  syrup  of  it  is  very  pleasant  in  taste,  and  also 
because  it  was  formerly  believed  that  the  phosphoric  acid  would  aid  the  growth 
of  bones,  especially  in  cases  of  rickets.  Parrish'  s  food,  known  also  as  Squire's 
chemical  food,  and  Dusart's  syrup  both  have  for  their  chief  ingredient  ferric 
phosphate;  the  dose  of  each  is  ^  to  2  fl.  dr.  ;  [2.  to  8.  c.c. ]  [Ferrous] 
iodide  has  been  introduced  for  cases  in  which  we  wish  to  gain  the  benefit  of 
both  elements,  but  the  proportion  of  iron  to  iodine  is  small  (l  to  9).  It  is 
especially  liable  to  damage  the  teeth.  The  iron  and  quinine  citrate  combine 
the  virtues  of  both  iron  and  quinine.  It  is  a  favorite,  mild  preparation  for 
slight  cases  of  anaemia,  but  must  not  be  prescribed  with  alkalies,  as  they  pre- 
cipitate the  quinine.  [Ferratin  (not  official)  is  claimed  to  be  the  characteristic 
iron  compound  of  the  liver.  It  is  an  acid  albuminate,  prepared  artificially,  and 
is  used  in  dose  from  1^  gr.  ;  .10  gm.  to  8  gr.  ;  .50  gm.  No  evidence  ex- 
perimental or  clinical,  has  as  yet  been  brought  forward,  which,  outside  of 
theoretical  reasoning,  makes  the  superiority  of  this  over  the  older  iron  com- 
pounds probable,  (Wood).  Since  it  is  practically  tasteless  it  is  easily  admin- 
istered. Practically  all  of  the  albuminates  and  peptonates  to  be  found  in  the 
shops  are  worthless  as  hcematinics.] 


II.    MANGANUM. 

Mn.[=54.8.] 

i.  [MANGANI  DIOXIDUM.— Manganese  Dioxide.  MnO,=86.72. 
Synonym. — Black  Manganese  Oxide. 

SOURCE. — Native  crude  Manganese  Dioxide  containing  at  least  66  per  cent. 
of  the  pure  Dioxide. 

CHARACTERS. — A  heavy,  grayish-black,  more  or  less  gritty  powder.  Solu- 
bility.— Insoluble  in  water  or  Alcohol. 

Manganese  Dioxide  is  used  for  making  Chlorine,  Corrosive  Mercuric 
Chloride  and  Potassium  Permanganate. 

Dose,  2  to  10  gr. ;  .12  to  .60  gm. 


THE  SALTS  OF  MANGANESE.  2O/ 

USES  OF  MANGANESE  DIOXIDE. 

It  has  been  used  empirically  as  an  emmenagogue  and  is  prob- 
ably the  most  certain  of  all  when  administered  in  maximum  dose. 

2.  MANGANI  SULPHAS.— Manganese  Sulphate.      MnSO4-f4H,O 
=222.46.      Synonym. — Manganous  Sulphate. 

SOURCE. — By  heating  the  Dioxide  with  sufficiently  strong  Sulphuric  Acid, 
evaporation  and  crystallization. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  or  pale,  rose-colored,  transparent  tetragonal 
prisms,  having  a  slightly  bitter  and  astringent  taste.  Solubility, — In  0.8  part 
of  water  ;  insoluble  in  Alcohol. 

IMPURITIES. — Zinc,  copper,  iron  and  alkalies. 

Dose,  2  to  8  gr. ;  .12  to  .50  gm. 

USES  OF  MANGANESE  SULPHATE. 

It  has  been  used  as  a  cholagogue  purgative,  but  on  account 
of  its  irritating  properties  it  is  a  very  unsafe  remedy.] 

3.  POTASSII  PERMANGANAS.— Potassium  Permanganate.    KMn 
04[=i57-67- 

SOURCE. — Caustic  Potash,  Potassium  Chlorate  and  Manganese  Dioxide 
are  heated  together.  6KOH-fKClOs+3MnO2=3K2MnO4+KCl+3H2O. 
Potassium  Manganate  is  boiled  with  water  till  the  color  changes  to  purple  and 
the  Permanganate  is  formed.  3K2MnO4+2H2O=2KMnO4-f4KOH+MnO2. 
The  liquid  is  neutralized  with  Carbon  Dioxide  and  evaporated. 

CHARACTERS. — Slender  monoclinic  prisms  of  a  dark  purple  color,  almost 
opaque  by  transmitted,  and  of  a  blue,  metallic  lustre  by  reflected  light,  and 
having  a  taste  at  first  sweet,  but  afterwards  disagreeable  and  astringent] 
Solubility. — In  16  parts  of  water  ;  a  grain  [.06  gm.]  gives  a  fine  purple  color 
to  a  gallon  of  water  [3775.  c.c.]. 

INCOMPATIBLE. — It  is  very  readily  deoxidized  in  the  presence  of  organic 
matter.  It  is  usually  given  as  a  pill  or  a  tabella,  and  should  be  made  up  with 
kaolin  or  paraffin,  or  an  explosion  will  very  likely  take  place. 

IMPURITIES. — Potassium  carbonate  and  manganese  dioxide. 

Dose,  YZ  to  2  gr. ;  [.03  to  .12  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  POTASSIUM  PERMANGANATE. 

External. — In  a  solid  form  it  is  a  mild  caustic,  and  is,  when 
kept  dry,  a  permanent  salt.  Its  most  important  action  is  that 
when  moist  it  rapidly  gives  up  its  oxygen  in  the  presence  of 
organic  bodies,  and  its  solutions  therefore  quickly  turn  dark 


2O8  INORGANIC   MATERIA    MEDICA. 

brown,  manganese  dioxide  being  formed.  The  power  possessed 
by  its  solution  of  giving  up  oxygen  makes  it  a  disinfectant, 
deodorant,  and  antiseptic,  especially  as  much  of  the  oxygen 
is  in  the  form  of  ozone.  But  its  action  as  a  germicide  is  very 
limited,  for  it  so  readily  gives  up  its  oxygen  to  the  organic  sub- 
stances in  which  the  micro  organisms  flourish  that  it  very  soon 
becomes  inert. 

Internal. — Potassium  permanganate,  when  taken  internally, 
must  be  quickly  decomposed.  Manganese  salts  are  only  ab- 
sorbed from  the  intestine  in  extremely  minute  quantities.  When 
they  are  injected  into  the  blood  they  are  excreted  in  the  urine 
and  into  the  intestine.  Probably  they  have  no  important  action 
after  absorption.  Formerly  it  was  thought  that  they  could  re- 
place iron  in  the  body,  but  this  is  not  so.  The  red  corpuscles 
do  not  take  up  manganese. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  POTASSIUM  PERMANGANATE. 

External. — Although  potassium  permanganate  is  not  of  much 
practical  MSG  as  a  germicide,  it  is  commonly  employed  as  a 
deodorant  [i  to  150]  for  drains,  bed-pans,  to  wash  utensils,  and 
to  wash  the  hands ;  for  the  last  purpose  it  is  suitable  as  being 
non-irritant.  [The  hands  should  be  washed  in  a  saturated  solu- 
tion of  the  permanganate,  which  stains  them  a  dark  purple,  and 
immediately  decolorized  with  a  saturated  solution  of  oxalic  acid.] 
It  has  one  advantage,  namely,  that  it  is  easy  by  its  change  in 
color  to  see  when  it  has  lost  its  efficacy.  Condy's  red  fluid  con- 
sists of  8  gr.  [.50  gm.]  of  potassium  permanganate  to  the  fluid 
ounce  [30.  c.c.]  of  distilled  water.  It  is  expensive  for  purposes 
requiring  a  large  quantity.  It  stains  fabrics.  The  stain  may  be 
gotten  out  by  applying  sulphurous  acid,  but  the  fabric  must  be 
immediately  rinsed  in  water,  [else]  sulphuric  acid  is  formed. 

Internal.— The  liquor  of  potassium  permanganate  [B.  P., 
i  in  100  of  distilled  water],  considerably  diluted,  can  be  used 
as  a  mouth  wash  or  gargle  in  foul  conditions  of  the  mouth,  or 
as  an  injection  in  cases  of  foul  discharges,  such  as  may  occur 
with  gonorrhoea,  vaginitis,  uterine  disease  or  ozaena.  Some  have 
considered  that  potassium  permanganate  is  beneficial  for  the  same 


THE    SALTS    OF    MERCURY.  2CX) 

cases  of  anaemia  as  iron,  but  it  probably  has  no  effect.  Others 
praise  its  power  in  amenorrhoea.  It  should  be  always  given  as 
a  pill,  for  the  taste  of  solutions  of  it  is  very  [disagreeable.  For 
amenorrhoea  the  black  oxide  is  preferable.  (See  p.  206. )  If 
manganese  is  of  any  use  in  anaemia,,  which  has  not  yet  been 
proven,  it  probably  acts  in  the  same  way  as  iron.  The  iron- 
manganese  preparations  so  much  lauded,  owe  their  efficiency, 
if  they  possess  any,  to  the  iron  which  they  contain  in  varying 
amounts.  Potassium  permanganate]  oxidizes  morphine  and  is 
therefore  an  antidote  to  morphine  poisoning.  [About  two 
grains  in  solution  should  be  given  for  each  grain  (estimated)  of 
morphine  swallowed,  and  the  stomach  should  be  immediately 
and  repeatedly  washed  out  with  repetitions  of  the  antidote] . 


GROUP  VI. 

[Aurum,]  Hydrargyrum. 

i.  [AURUM. 


AURI  ET  SODII  CHLORIDUM.—  Gold  and  Sodium  Chloride. 
A  mixture  composed  of  equal  parts  by  weight  of  dry  Gold  Chloride  (  AuCl3= 
302.81)  and  Sodium  Chloride  (NaCl=58-37). 

CHARACTERS.  —  An  orange-yellow  powder,  odorless,  having  a  saline  and 
metallic  taste,  and  a  slightly  acid  reaction.  Solubility.  —  Very  soluble  in 
water,  and  at  least  one-half  is  soluble  in  Alcohol. 

Dose,  -fa  to  y1^  gr.  ;  .002  to  .006  gm. 

ACTION  OF  GOLD  AND  SODIUM  CHLORIDE. 
In  small  doses  gold  and  sodium  chloride  is  supposed  to  pro- 
mote appetite  and  digestion,  to  stimulate  the  functions  of  the 
brain  and  to  be  an  aphrodisiac.  Full  doses  cause  nausea  and 
vomiting,  and  finally  impair  nutrition.  The  toxic  symptoms 
resemble  those  of  poisoning  by  corrosive  mercuric  chloride. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  GOLD  AND  SODIUM  CHLORIDE. 
It  is  useful  in  irritative  dyspepsia,  gastro-duodenal  catarrh, 
hypochondriasis,    chronic    ovarian    irritation   and    ovaritis,   in 


2IO  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

chronic  albuminuria,  hepatic  sclerosis,  and  granular  kidney,  as  it 
prevents  hyperplasia  of  connective  tissue.  It  is  a  valuable  rem- 
edy in  the  tertiary  manifestations  of  syphilis,  especially  of  the 
bones,  and  presents  fewer  disadvantages  than  does  the  corrosive 

mercuric  chloride.] 

II.  HYDRARGYRUM. 

Hg[=i99.8. 

I.  HYDRARGYRUM.— Mercury.      [Synonym.—  Quicksilver.] 

SOURCE. — Cinnabar,  the  native  Sulphide,  is  roasted  or  distilled  with 
Lime  ;  [the  volatile  Mercury  is  condensed  in  suitable  aludels. 

CHARACTERS. — A  shining,  silver-white  metal,  easily  divisible  into  small 
globules.  Sp.  gr.  13.5584.] 

IMPURITY. — Lead,  tin,  and  other  metals. 

Preparations. 

1.  Hydrargyrum   cum    Creta. — [Mercury  with    Chalk.     Syno- 
nym.— Gray  powder. 

By  trituration  of  Mercury,  38;  Prepared  Chalk,  57;  Clarified 
honey,  IO;  with  sufficient  water  to  100.  By  keeping,  the  Mercury  is 
liable  to  become  Mercuric  Oxide,  which  makes  the  powder  more  ac- 
tive. -  Strength. — 38  per  cent,  of  Mercury. 

Dose,  y2  to  10  gr. ;  .03  to  .60  gm. 

2.  Emplastrum     Hydrargyri. — Mercurial     Plaster.        Mercury, 
300;  Oleate  of  Mercury,  12;  Lead  Plaster  to   looo.     Strength. — 30 
per  cent,  of  Mercury.  ] 

3.  Emplastrum   Ammoniaci   cum    Hydrargyro. — [Ammoniac 
Plaster  with    Mercury.     Mercury,    180 ;   Oleate  of  Mercury,  8;    an 
evaporated  solution  of  Ammoniac.  720  ;  in  diluted  Acetic  Acid,  1000  ; 
and  Lead   Plaster  a  sufficient  quantity  to   1000.     Strength. — 18  per 
cent,  of  Mercury. 

4.  Massa    Hydrargyri. — Mass  of    Mercury.     Synonyms. — Blue 
Mass.     Blue  Pill.  Pilula  Hydrargyri.     Mercury,  33  ;  Honey  of  Rose, 
34;    Glycyrrhiza,  5  ;    Althaea,    25;   Glycerin,  3.     Strength. — 33   per 
cent,  of  Mercury. 

Dose,  YI  to  15  gr. ;  .03  to  i.oo  gm.] 

5.  Unguentum  Hydrargyri. — [Mercurial  Ointment.     Synonym. 
— Blue   Ointment.     Mercury,    500  ;   Lard,    250 ;    Suet,   230 ;   Oleate 
of  Mercury,  20. — Strength. — 50  per  cent,  of  Mercury.] 

a.  HYDRARGYRI  OXIDUM  RUBRUM.— [Red  Mercuric  Oxide. 
HgO=2i5.76.  Synonym. — Red  Precipitate. 


THE    SALTS    OF    MERCURY.  211 

SOURCE. — Dissolve  Mercury  in  diluted  Nitric  Acid.  3Hg-f-8HNOs= 
3Hg(NO3)2-f-2NO-f-4H2O.  Evaporate  to  dryness.  Triturate  the  Mercuric 
Nitrate  thus  formed,  with  Mercury,  and  heat.  2Hg(NO3)2-fHg2=4HgO-|- 
2N2O4. 

CHARACTERS. — Heavy  orange- red,  crystalline  scales,  or  a  crystalline  pow- 
der ;  having  a  somewhat  metallic  taste.  Solubility. — Almost  insoluble  in 
water.  ] 

IMPURITIES. — Red  lead,  brick  dust,  and  mercuric  nitrate. 

Dose,  %  to  i  gr.  ;  [.015  to  .06  gm.] 

Preparation. 

Unguentum  Hydrargyri  Oxidi  Rubri. — [Ointment  of  Red  Mer- 
curic Oxide.  Synonym. — Red  Precipitate  Ointment.  Red  Mercuric 
Oxide,  10  ;  Castor  Oil,  5  ;  Ointment,  85.] 

3.  HYDRARGYRI    OXIDUM    FLAVUM.  —  [Yellow    Mercuric 
Oxide.     HgO=2i5-76.] 

SOURCE. — Precipitate  a  solution  of  Corrosive  Mercuric  Chloride,  1000  ; 
with  Soda,  40.  [HgClJ+2NaOH=HgO+2NaCl-fH2O. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  light  orange-yellow,  amorphous,  heavy,  impalpable 
powder,  having  a  somewhat  metallic  taste.  ]  Not  given  internally.  It  is  con- 
tained in  Lotio  Hydrargyri  Flava  [B.  P. — Corrosive  Mercuric  Chloride,  I  ; 
Lime  Water,  240].  It  has  the  same  composition  as  the  Red  Oxide,  but  is 
more  crystalline. 

Preparations. 

1.  Unguentum  Hydrargyri  Oxidi  Flavi. — [Ointment  of  Yellow 
Mercuric  Oxide.     Yellow  Mercuric  Oxide,  lo  ;  Ointment,  90. 

2.  Oleatum  Hydrargyri. — Oleate  of  Mercury.     Yellow  Mercuric 
Oxide,  200  ;  Oleic  Acid,  800.] 

Oleate  of  Mercury  is  contained  in  Unguentum  Hydrargyri,  Em- 
plastrum  Hydrargyri  and  Emplastrum  Ammoniaci  cum  Hydrargyro. 

4.  HYDRARGYRI  [CHLORIDUM  CORROSIVUM.— Corrosive 

Mercuric  Chloride.  HgQ2=27O.54.]  Synonyms. — Corrosive  Sublimate. 
Mercuric  Bichloride.  Corrosive  Chloride  of  Mercury. 

SOURCE. — Heat  a  mixture  of  Mercuric  Sulphate,  Sodium  Chloride,  and 
Manganese  Dioxide.  HgSO44-2NaCl+MnO2=HgCl2-f  Na,SO4+MnO2.  The 
[Corrosive]  Chloride  sublimes  and  is  condensed.  The  object  of  the  Man- 
ganese Dioxide  is  to  prevent  the  formation  of  Mercurous  Chloride  by  setting 
free  Chlorine,  which  will  convert  it  into  Mercuric  Chloride. 

CHARACTERS. — Heavy,  colorless  [rhombic  crystals,  or  crystalline  masses, 
having  an  acrid  and  persistent  metallic  taste.]  Solubility. — In  [16  parts  of 
water  ;  in  3  parts  of  Alcohol.  ] 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Alkalies  and  their  carbonates,  potassium  iodide,  lime 


212  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

water,   tartar  emetic,  silver  nitrate,   lead  acetate,  albumin,  soaps,  vegetable 
preparations  containing  tannic  acid,  and  in  fact  most  substances. 
Dose,  &  to  ^  gr.  ;  [.ooi  to  .006  gin.] 

5.  HYDRARGYRI  [CHLORIDUM  MITE.  —  Mild  Mercurous 
Chloride.  Hg,Cl1=47O.34.]  Synonyms.  —  Calomel.  Mild  Chloride  of  Mer- 
cury. Subchloride  of  Mercury. 

SOURCE.  —  Rub  Mercury  with  Mercuric  Sulphate  to  form  Mercurous  Sul- 
phate, Hg,SO4.  Add  Sodium  Chloride,  and  then  heat,  the  Calomel  sublimes, 


CHARACTERS.  —  [A  white,  impalpable  powder  without  odor  or  taste. 
IMPURITY.  —  Corrosive]  Mercuric  Chloride. 
Dose,  yz  to  10  gr.  ;  [.03  to  .60  gm.] 

Preparations. 

1.  Pilulae  Catharticae  Compositae.  —  [Compound  Cathartic  Pills. 
Mild  Mercurous  Chloride,  60  ;  Compound  Extract  of  Colocynth,  80  ; 
Extract  of  Jalap,  30  ;  Gamboge,  15  gm.,  to  make  1000  pills.] 

Dose,  i  to  3  pills. 

2.  Pilulae  Antimonii  Compositae.  —  [Compound  Pills  of  Anti- 
mony.    Synonym.  —  Plummer's  Pills.     Mild  Mercurous  Chloride,  4; 
Sulphurated  Antimony,  4  ;  Guaiac,   8  gm.  ;  Castor  Oil,   a  sufficient 
quantity  to  make  100  pills. 

Dose,  i  to  3  pills.] 

6.  HYDRARGYRI  IODIDUM  RUBRUM.—  [Red  Mercuric  Iodide. 
Hgl,=452.86.     Synonyms.  —  Mercury  Biniodide.     Red  Iodide  of  Mercury. 

SOURCE.  —  Mix  hot  solutions  of  Corrosive  Mercuric  Chloride  and  Potas- 
sium Iodide.  Filter  and  dry  the  precipitated  Red  Iodide.  HgCl,-)-2KI=: 
HgI1+2KCl. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  scarlet-red,  amorphous  powder.  Solubility.  —  Almost 
insoluble  in  water,  but  freely  soluble  in  a  solution  of  Potassium  Iodide.] 

IMPURITIES.  —  The  same  as  of  the  Corrosive  Chloride. 

Dose,  ^  to  TV  gr.  ;  [.ooi  to  .006  gm.] 

Preparation. 

Liquor  Arseni  et  Hydrargyri  lodidi.  —  [Solution  of  Arsenic  and 
Mercuric  Iodide.  Synonym.  —  Donovan's  Solution.  Dissolve  Arsenic 
Iodide,  10  ;  and  Red  Mercuric  Iodide,  10  ;  in  distilled  water,  1000. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  clear,  pale-yellowish  liquid,  having  a  disagree- 
able, metallic  taste.]  Strength.  —  i  per  cent,  of  each  Iodide. 

Dose,  i  to  10  m.  ;  [.06  to  .60  c.c.] 

7.  [HYDRARGYRI  IODIDUM  FLAVUM.—  Hg,I,=652.66.    Yel- 
low Mercurous  Iodide.     Synonyms.  —  Mercury  Protiodide.     Yellow  or  Green 
Mercury  Iodide. 


THE    SALTS    OF    MERCURY.  213 

SOURCE. — By  pouring  a  solution  of  Potassium  Iodide,  24;  in  distilled 
water,  1000  ;  into  a  solution  of  Mercurous  Nitrate,  40  ;  in  Nitric  Acid,  10 ; 
and  distilled  water,  1000.  The  precipitate  is  washed  and  dried.  The  Mer- 
curous Nitrate  is  obtained  from  Mercury  treated  by  a  solution  of  Nitric  Acid 
in  distilled  water,  by  filtration.  Hg2(NO3).r|-2KI=Hg.(L,-|-2KNO3. 

CHARACTERS. — A  bright  yellow  amorphous  powder,  odorless  and  taste- 
less. Solubility. — Almost  insoluble  in  water,  and  wholly  insoluble  in  Alcohol 
and  Ether. 

Dose,  £  to  i  gr. ;  .01  to  .06  gm.] 

8.  LIQUOR  HYDRARGYRI  NITRATIS.— [Solution  of  Mercuric 
Nitrate.     A    liquid    containing    about   60   per   cent,    of    Mercuric    Nitrate. 
Hg(NO3)2=323.58,  together  with  about  II  per  cent,  of  free  Nitric  Acid. 

SOURCE. — Dissolve  Red  Mercuric  Oxide,  40;  in  Nitric  Acid,  45  ;  with  dis- 
tilled water,  15,  and  heat. 

CHARACTERS. — A  clear,  nearly  heavy,  colorless  liquid,  having  a  faint  odor 
of  Nitric  Acid.  Sp.  gr.  about  2.100.] 

IMPURITY. — Mercurous  Nitrate. 

9.  UNGUENTUM  HYDRARGYRI    NITRATIS.— [Ointment  of 
Mercuric  Nitrate.     Synonym. — Citrine  Ointment. 

SOURCE. — Mix  a  hot  solution  of  Mercury,  70  ;  in  Nitric  Acid,  175  ;  with 
Lard  Oil,  760.] 

CHARACTERS. — A  lemon-yellow  ointment. 

10.  HYDRARGYRUM  AMMONIATUM.— Ammoniated  Mercury. 
NH2HgCl[=25i.i8.]  Synonyms. — White  Precipitate.     [Mercuric  Ammonio- 
Chloride.] 

SOURCE. — Mix  solutions  of  Ammonia,  100 ;  and  Corrosive  Mercuric 
Chloride,  100.  HgCl2+2NH4OH=NH2HgCl+NHiCl+2H2O.  Filter  and 
wash  the  precipitated  Ammoniated  Mercury. 

CHARACTERS. — [White,  pulverulent  pieces,  or  a  white,  amorphous  powder, 
having  an  earthy,  afterwards  styptic  and  metallic  taste.  Solubility. — Almost 
insoluble  in  water  or  Alcohol.] 

IMPURITIES. — The  same  as  of  the  [Corrosive]  Chloride. 

Preparation. 

Unguentum  Hydrargyri  Ammoniati. — Ointment  of  Ammoni- 
ated Mercury.  Synonym. — White  Precipitate  Ointment.  [Ammoni- 
ated Mercury,  10 ;  Benzoinated  Lard,  90. 

11.  [HYDRARGYRI   CYANIDUM.— Mercuric  Cyanide.     Hg(CN)2 
=251.76. 

SOURCE. — By  boiling  pure  Potassium  Ferrocyanide  with  Mercuric  Sulphate 
in  water,  and  recrystallization  from  diluted  Alcohol.  7HgSO4-j-2K4Fe 
(CN)6=Hg+6Hg(CN)2+4K2S04+Fea(S04)s. 


214  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless  or  white  prismatic  crystals,  odorless,  having  a  bit- 
ter, metallic  taste.    Solubility. — In  12.8  parts  of  water  and  15  parts  of  Alcohol. 
Dose,  ^  to  y^  gr. ;  .001  to  .006  gm. 

12.  HYDRARGYRI  SUBSULPHAS  FLAVUS.— Yellow  Mer- 
curic Subsulphate.  Hg(HgO)2SO4=727-4.  Synonyms. — Turpeth  Mineral. 
Basic  Mercuric  Sulphate. 

SOURCE. — By  solution  of  Mercury,  100  ;  Sulphuric  Acid,  30  ;  Nitric  Acid, 
25  ;  water,  a  sufficient  quantity  ;  decantation,  drying  of  the  residue. 

CHARACTERS. — A  heavy,  lemon-yellow  powder,  odorless  and  almost  taste- 
less. Solubility. — In  about  2000  parts  of  water;  insoluble  in  Alcohol. 

Dose,  2  to  4  gr. ;  .12  to  .24  gm.  as  an  emetic.] 

ACTION  OF  MERCURY  AND  ITS  SALTS. 

External. —  [Corrosive  mercuric  chloride]  is  one  of  the 
most  powerful  and  important  antiseptics  with  which  we  are 
acquainted.  In  1870  it  was  discovered  that  i  part  in  6000 
would  kill  infusoria  and  spermatozoa.  Now  it  is  known  to  be  a 
universal  germicide.  The  published  results  of  experiments  with 
it  vary  very  much,  because  the  duration  of  the  action,  the  sol- 
vent, and  the  micro-organism  experimented  upon,  are  not  always 
the  same.  Evans  found  that  anthrax  spores  were  destroyed  by 
[corrosive  mercuric  chloride]  solutions  of  i  in  1000  acting  for  a 
quarter  of  an  hour,  and  i  in  3000  acting  for  one  hour.  The 
bacilli  themselves  were  destroyed  by  solutions  of  i  in  15,000 
acting  for  one  minute,  and  i  in  25,000  acting  for  half  an  hour. 
A  solution  of  i  in  70,000  prevented  the  growth  of  the  spores, 
and  one  of  i  in  500,000  prevented  the  growth  of  the  bacilli.  A 
reference  to  carbolic  acid  will  show  how  much  more  powerful 
corrosive  mercuric  chloride  is.  A  solution  of  i  in  1000  is  very 
commonly  employed  for  many  disinfecting  purposes.  If  albu- 
min be  present  in  the  fluid  to  be  disinfected,  an  albuminate  of 
mercury  is  formed,  and  the  antiseptic  value  of  the  fluid  is  de- 
stroyed. This  change  may  be  prevented  by  the  addition  of  5 
parts  of  either  hydrochloric,  [citric]  or  tartaric  acid  to  i  of 
[corrosive  mercuric  chloride].  The  [red  mercuric  iodide]  is 
also  a  powerful  antiseptic.  Metallic  instruments  cannot  be  dis- 
infected with  the  [corrosive  chloride]  for  mercury  deposited  on 
them. 


THE   SALTS    OF    MERCURY. 

Most  mercurials,  especially  the  oleate,  oxide,  ammoniate, 
nitrate  and  [corrosive  chloride],  will  destroy  the  animal  and 
vegetable  parasites  that  infest  the  skin ;  they  are,  therefore, 
anti-parasitic.  Also,  most  of  them  will  occasionally  relieve 
itching,  even  when  no  cause  is  to  be  found. 

The  mercurial  preparations,  especially  the  red  [mercuric] 
iodide  and  the  acid  solution  of  the  nitrate,  are  powerful  irritants. 
The  latter  is  strongly  caustic.  Mercurous  salts  are  slightly  irri- 
tant and  stimulating ;  calomel  is  sometimes  applied  to  sores  for 
this  property. 

Metallic  mercury  and  its  salts  are  absorbed  by  the  skin, 
especially  when  rubbed  in  either  as  an  oleate  or  an  ointment. 
These  preparations  are  also  taken  up,  although  to  a  less  degree, 
if  simply  applied  to  the  skin,  for  minute  particles  of  mercury  or 
its  salts  pass  into  the  hair  follicles  and  sebaceous  follicles,  from 
which  they  are  absorbed  as  an  oxide  or  a  chloride.  All  the 
symptoms  of  mercurial  poisoning  can  be  produced  if  the  drug 
is  absorbed  through  the  skin.  The  vapor  can  be  absorbed 
through  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  lungs,  and  mercury  com- 
pounds are  so  volatile  that  when  they  are  applied  to  the  skin 
some  usually  enter  the  blood  by  the  lungs. 

Internal. — Although  the  different  salts  of  mercury  have  dif- 
ferent external  actions,  after  absorption  their  actions  are,  in 
most  respects,  similar.  The  long-continued  use  of  excessive 
doses  of  mercurials  produces  well-marked  and  important  symp- 
toms (see  Toxicology).  The  actions  for  which  mercurials  are 
used  in  medicine  are  the  following : 

Stomach  and  intestines. — The  metal  mercury  itself  and  mer- 
curous  compounds,  being  mildly  irritant  in  their  action,  are 
often  used  as  purgatives  ;  but  the  mercuric  compounds  given 
in  the  same  doses  produce  severe  gastro- intestinal  irritation. 
The  action  is  chiefly  on  the  duodenum  and  upper  part  of  the 
jejunum  ;  the  precise  mode  of  irritation  is  unknown,  but  it  is 
certain  that,  in  consequence  of  the  administration  of  the  mer- 
curial, the  contents  of  the  duodenum  are  hurried  along  before 
there  is  time  for  the  bile  to  be  reabsorbed,  and  hence  the  motions 
are  very  dark-colored.  There  is  probably  some,  but  not  an  ex- 


2l6  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

cessively  increased  secretion  from  the  intestinal  walls,  for  the 
motions,  although  large  and  loose,  are  not  watery.  As  the  ac- 
tion of  the  mercurial  is  chiefly  on  the  upper  part  of  the  intestine, 
it  is  greatly  assisted  by  giving  a  saline  purge  a  few  hours  after  it, 
for  this  will  act  more  on  the  lower  part  of  the  bowel.  The  con- 
tents are  passed  along  so  quickly,  that  it  is  doubtful  whether 
there  is  time  for  much  mercury  to  be  absorbed  if  a  purgative 
dose  of  it  has  been  given.  Calomel  and  the  metallic  prepara- 
tions are  the  two  forms  most  used  as  purgatives.  The  former  is 
the  more  powerful. 

Whatever  compound  of  mercury  is  taken  by  the  mouth,  it,  in 
the  stomach,  becomes  a  complex  albuminate  containing  mercury, 
sodium,  chlorine,  and  albumin.  This  compound,  in  the  presence 
of  the  sodium  chloride  in  the  stomach,  can  exist  in  solution 
there.  Precisely  what  happens  to  it  in  the  duodenum  is  doubt- 
ful ;  but  it  is  quite  certain  that  if  the  dose  is  insufficient  to  cause 
purgation  some  mercury  is  absorbed,  the  rest  passing  out  of  the 
bowel  as  a  sulphide. 

Liver. — It  was  formerly  taught  that  calomel  increased  the 
amount  of  bile  formed  by  the  liver.  This  is  now  known  to  be 
an  error,  but  [corrosive  mercuric  chloride]  increases  it,  and  pos- 
sibly, occasionally  when  calomel  is  administered,  some  of  it  is 
converted  into  the  [corrosive]  chloride.  Large  doses  of  calomel 
are  said  to  slightly  diminish  the  secretion  of  bile.  Calomel  and, 
to  a  less  extent,  preparations  of  metallic  mercury  are,  however, 
called  indirect  cholagogues,  because  they,  in  the  manner 
already  explained,  aid  the  excretion  of  bile.  The  stools  are 
[spinach-]  green  and  contain  calomel,  mercuric  sulphide,  and 
unaltered  bile. 

Blood. — After  absorption  the  mercurial  compound  formed  in 
the  stomach  and  intestines  probably  becomes  oxidized,  and  cir- 
culates as  an  oxyalbuminate.  Minute,  long-continued  doses  of 
mercury  slightly  increase  the  richness  of  the  blood  in  red  cor- 
puscles, and  in  animals  may  add  a  little  to  the  weight  of  the 
body.  Large  doses  produce  anaemia.  Mercury  checks  the 
emigration  of  white  corpuscles,  and  this  perhaps  explains  its 
antiphlogistic  action. 


THE   SALTS   OF   MERCURY. 

Remote  effects. — Mercury  is  excreted  by  the  saliva,  bile,  urine, 
sweat,  [faeces,]  and  milk.  In  small  doses  no  effects  can  be  at- 
tributed to  this,  but  in  large  doses  mercury  irritates  the  salivary 
glands  and  is  a  powerful  sialogogue.  By  itself  it  is  a  feeble 
diuretic,  but  it  sometimes  powerfully,  aids  other  diuretics.  It  is 
eliminated  very  slowly,  and  hence  accumulates  in  the  body. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  MERCURY  AND  ITS  SALTS. 

External. — Antiseptic  action. — Solutions  of  the  [corrosive] 
chloride  are  very  largely  employed.  A  strength  of  i  in  1000  is 
used  for  washing  the  hands,  for  washing  the  parts  to  be  operated 
upon,  for  soaking  towels,  lint,  sponges,  etc.,  used  in  operations, 
for  washing  infected  articles,  infected  rooms,  furniture,  linen, 
etc.  For  wounds  and  cavities  (as  the  uterus),  the  strength  for  a 
single  washing  should  not  exceed  i  in  2000,  [and  weaker  solu- 
tions are  preferable]  ;  for  continual  irrigation  i  in  10,000.  Corro- 
sive sublimate  [tablets],  tinted  blue,  made  so  that  one  dissolved  in 
a  pint  of  water  makes  a  solution  of  i  to  500,  are  a  convenient  form 
in  which  to  carry  the  antiseptic.  Corrosive  sublimate  solutions 
should  always  be  tinted  blue  to  render  them  easy  to  recognize. 
[The  mixed  mercury  and  zinc  cyanide  as  suggested  by  Lister  is 
unirritating.  It  is  said  to  have  but  slight  germicidal  value,  but 
its  inhibitory  power  is  so  great  that  a  solution  of  i  to  1200  will 
permanently  prevent  putrefaction  in  animal  fluids.  Cyanide 
gauze  may  be  made  actively  germicidal  by  impregnation  with  a 
solution  of  i  to  4000  of  corrosive  mercuric  chloride.] 

Antiparasitic  action. — White  precipitate  ointment,  diluted 
[mercuric]  nitrate  ointment,  and  a  wash  of  [corrosive]  chloride 
are  very  useful  for  destroying  lice  on  the  head  ;  and  these  three, 
especially  the  last,  are  excellent  for  destroying  the  fungus  in 
ringworm  and  favus.  The  oleate  of  mercury  is  useful  for  destroy- 
ing that  in  pityriasis  versicolor ;  if  the  skin  is  easily  irritated  the 
ointment  of  it  should  be  used.  Mercurials  should  not  be  applied 
over  so  large  an  area  that  there  is  a  risk  of  poisoning  from  ab- 
sorption. 

Irritant  action. — The  acid  solution  of  the  nitrate  is  used  to 
destroy  warts,  condylomata,  etc.  ;  no  doubt  much  of  its  caustic 


21 8  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

action  is  due  to  the  free  nitric  acid  it  contains.  Milder  prepara 
tions,  such  as  the  ointment  of  [mercuric]  nitrate,  or  of  red 
[mercuric]  oxide,  if  diluted,  may  be  used  for  tinea  tarsi ;  and 
the  same  ointments  are  very  beneficial  to  any  ulcer  or  sore  that 
requires  a  stimulant,  whether  or  not  it  be  syphilitic.  [In 
ophthalmic  practice  the  ointment  of  yellow  mercuric  oxide, 
known  as  Pagenstecher's  ointment  or  ophthalmic  salve,  is  largely 
employed.]  When  a  milder  preparation  is  required,  calomel  is 
often  dusted  on  the  part;  and  black  wash  [Lotio  Hydrargyri 
Nigra,  B.  P. — Calomel,  i  ;  glycerin,  8  ;  mucilage  of  tragacanth, 
20  ;  lime  water,  to  160  ;]  is  very  commonly  used,  especially  for 
syphilitic  sores  and  condylomata.  [This  reaction  may  be  used 
to  determine  whether  the  corrosive  mercuric  chloride  with  which 
gauze  has  been  impregnated  has  partially  changed  into  the  mild 
chloride.  If  a  black  color  appears  upon  application  of  lime 
water,  calomel  is  present.] 

Itching. — Black  wash,  yellow  wash  [Lotio  Hydrargyri  Flava] 
(see  p.  211),  or  Unguentum  Hydrargyri  may  be  employed  to 
relieve  the  itching  of  skin  diseases,  such  as  [pruritus]  senilis  and 
urticaria,  if  they  are  not  too  extensive.  A  very  favorite  oint- 
ment for  many  skin  diseases  is  composed  of  equal  parts  of  diluted 
mercuric  nitrate,  zinc  oxide  and  lead  acetate  ointments  (see  p. 
178). 

Absorbent  action. — All  mercurial  ointments  and  the  oleate, 
when  applied  to  or  gently  rubbed  into  any  part  which  is  chroni- 
cally inflamed,  often  aid  the  absorption  of  the  products  of  inflam- 
mation, if  they  are  not  too  deep-seated.  For  this  purpose  blue 
ointment,  or  Scott's  ointment  [Unguentum  Hydrargyri  Compos- 
itum,  B.  P.,  which  consists  of  mercurial  ointment,  10;  yellow 
wax,  6  ;  olive  oil,  6  ;  and  camphor  3,]  or  the  oleate  [in  an]  oint- 
ment are  very  commonly  used  for  chronic  inflammation  of  joints, 
chronically  enlarged  glands,  and  chronic  peritonitis,  which  cer- 
tainly sometimes  appears  to  be  cured  by  the  application  of  a 
binder  spread  with  one  of  these  preparations  or  the  Linimentum 
Hydrargyri  [B.  P.,  which  consists  of  equal  parts  of  mercurial 
ointment,  solution  of  ammonia  and  camphor  liniment]  even 
when  the  disease  is  tuberculous.  The  ointment  of  the  red  [mer- 


THE    SALTS    OF    MERCURY.  2 19 

curie]    iodide  is,   in    India,   applied   to   the  thyroid   gland   in 
goitre. 

Internal.  —  Alimentary  canal. — Very  dilute  solutions  of 
the  [corrosive]  chloride  (4  gr.  [.24  gm.]  to  10  fl.  oz.  [300. 
c.c.]  water  with  i  fl.  dr.  [4.  c.c.]  of  ^diluted  hydrochloric  acid 
and  a  little  glycerin  may  be  used  as  a  mouth  wash  for  syphilitic 
ulceration.  Ringer  advises  gray  powder  [Hydrargyrum  cum 
Greta]  in  minute  doses  for  the  sudden  vomiting  immediately 
after  food  sometimes  met  with  in  children.  By  far  the  most 
important  intestinal  action  of  mercury  is  its  purgative  effect. 
Calomel  and  blue  pill  are  pre-eminently  the  purgatives  to  employ 
when  there  is,  from  the  headache,  constipation,  furred  tongue, 
feeling  of  weight  over  the  liver,  and  general  lassitude,  reason  to 
suspect  that  the  dyspepsia  is  hepatic.  Either  of  these  drugs  at 
night,  followed  by  a  watery  purge,  in  the  morning,  will  often 
completely  relieve  the  symptoms.  The  blue  pill  at  night,  and 
black  draught  (Infusum  Sennse  Compositum)  in  the  morning 
have  long  been  a  favorite  combination.  [Acid  solutions,  as 
lemonade,  should  not  be  taken  until  the  purgative  effects  of  cal- 
omel have  passed.]  Mercury  or  calomel  is  also  one  of  the  best 
purgatives  for  cases  of  cirrhosis,  and  for  cardiac  cases  in  which 
there  is  considerable  hepatic  congestion.  Gray  powder  mixed 
with  a  little  sugar  is  an  excellent  purgative  for  children,  or  even 
for  adults,  when  a  very  mild  purge  is  required — as,  for  example, 
after  severe  enteritis  or  peritonitis.  [Calomel  in  small  doses 
(TS  gr-  ')  -°o6  gm.),  triturated  thoroughly  with  sugar  of  milk 
and  repeated  every  hour  until  a  movement  is  secured,  is  a  favor- 
ite gentle  purgative]  or  if  it  is  desirable  to  open  the  bowels  dur 
ing  typhoid  fever.  Children  take  mercury  very  well.  Infants 
can  easily  bear  grain  [.06  gm.]  doses  of  the  gray  powder.  As 
diarrhoea,  especially  in  children,  is  so  often  due  to  the  presence 
of  some  irritant,  a  simple  purgative,  as  gray  powder,  will,  by  re- 
moving it,  often  cure  the  diarrhoea.  This  preparation  hardly 
ever  causes  griping,  but  calomel  is  liable  to  do  so.  Mercury 
compounds  are,  on  account  of  their  intestinal  antiseptic  action, 
much  given  in  Germany  for  typhoid  fever. 

Remote  uses. — In  cases  of  heart  disease  mercury  is  often  com- 


22O  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

bined  with  digitalis  and  squill  as  a  diuretic  (as  in  the  well-known 
Guy's  diuretic  pill :  blue  pill,  powdered  squill,  powdered  digi- 
talis, of  each  i  gr.  [.06  gm.]  ;  extract  of  hyoscyamus,  i^  gr. 
[.10  gm.]  ),  and  in  some  cases  this  combination  does  great  good. 
The  [corrosive]  chloride  is  most  often  used  for  adults,  and  the 
gray  powder  for  children. 

Syphilis. — Mercury  in  any  form  is  powerfully  antisyphilitic. 
This  action  is  so  important  that  it  makes  mercury  one  of  the  most 
valuable  drugs  we  have.  It  has  already  been  mentioned  that  it 
may  be  applied  locally  to  syphilitic  ulcerations,  but  to  be  of  any 
use  it  is  essential  that  it  should  also  be  administered  so  as  to  reach 
the  blood.  It  is  a  direct  antidote  to  the  syphilitic  virus ;  it  can 
completely  cure  the  patient ;  its  use  must  be  continued  over  a 
long  time,  but  it  should  never  be  pushed  to  salivation.  Treat- 
ment should  be  begun  at  as  early  a  stage  as  possible,  [as  soon  as 
the  diagnosis  is  established.]  It  is  especially  valuable  in  the  pri- 
mary and  secondary  stages  ;  authorities  differ  as  to  its  value  in 
tertiary  syphilis.  It  is  as  efficacious  for  the  congenital  as  for  the 
acquired  disease.  It  is  also  administered  for  many  non-syphilitic 
varieties  of  chronic  inflammation,  but  not  so  often  as  formerly. 
Patients  with  disease  of  the  kidneys  do  not  bear  it  well.  The 
[yellow]  iodide  is  very  commonly  prescribed  for  syphilis,  and 
often  succeeds  when  other  preparations  have  failed.  Its  great 
disadvantage  is  in  its  instability.  Mercurous  tannate  (dose,  i 
to  2  gr.  [.06  to  .  12  gm.]  in  a  pill)  is  strongly  recommended  by 
some  authorities. 

[Mercurol  (not  official)  is  a  chemical  combination  of  nucleinic 
acid  and  mercury,  the  former  being  obtained  from  yeast.  It  is 
a  brownish-white  powder,  soluble  in  water  but  insoluble  in  alco- 
hol. It  is  employed  in  a  2  per  cent,  solution  as  an  injection  in 
gonorrhoea.  This  apparently  destroys  the  gonococci,  lessens 
the  severity  of  the  inflammation,  and  tends  to  prevent  the  de- 
velopment of  complications.  It  does  not  entirely  stop  the  dis- 
charge in  all  cases.] 

13.  SAL  ALEMBROTH.— [Not  official.]  Ammonio-Mercuric  Chlor- 
ide. A  double  Mercury  and  Ammonium  Chloride. 


THE    SALTS    OF    MERCURY.  221 

SOURCE. — Mix  271  parts  of  [Corrosive  Mercuric  Chloride]  with  107  of 
Ammonium  Chloride,  both  in  solution,  and  evaporate. 

CHARACTERS. — Flattened  rhombic  prisms,  freely  soluble  in  water  or  gly- 
cerin. It  contains  one  molecule  of  [Corrosive  Mercuric  Chloride]  combined 
with  two  of  Ammonium  Chloride.  Three  grains  [.20  gm.]  of  Sal  Alembroth 
contain  two  grains  [.12  gm.  of  Corrosive  Mercuric  Chloride].  It  is  a  very 
powerful  antiseptic,  but  does  not  combine  with  albumin  so  readily  as  [Corro- 
sive Mercuric  Chloride],  and  is  therefore  less  irritating. 

[USES  OF  SAL  ALEMBROTH.] 

Sal  alembroth  gauze  (containing  i  per  cent. )  and  sal  alem- 
broth  wool  (2  per  cent.),  both  tinted  with  aniline  blue,  which  is 
bleached  by  the  discharge,  so  that  it  is  easy  to  see  if  it  has  soaked 
through,  are  much  used  to  dress  wounds  antiseptically. 

Sal  alembroth  injections  (^  gr.  ;  [ioa  gm.]  in  10  minims, 
[.60  c.c.]  ;  of  water)  are  a  convenient  non -irritating  form  in  which 
to  use  mercury  subcutaneously  in  syphilis.  [The  precautions 
mentioned  below  should  be  observed.] 

14.  MERCURO-ZINC  CYANIDE.— (Not  official.)  This  consists 
of  one  molecule  of  Mercuric  Cyanide  combined  with  four  molecules  of  Zinc 
Cyanide. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white  powder. 

USES  OF  MERCURO-ZINC  CYANIDE. 

Mercuro-zinc  cyanide  gauze  and  wool,  each  containing  3  per 
cent,  of  the  salt,  and  each  tinted  pink,  are  much  used  in  anti- 
septic surgery,  as  the  salt  is  unirritating.  It  is  also  used  as  an 
ointment. 

Modes  of  administration  of  mercurials. — ( i)  By  the  mouth.  —  Tha 
Liquor  Hydrargyri  Perchloridi  [B.  P.  which  is  corrosive  mercuric  chloride,  I ; 
ammonium  chloride,  I  ;  water,  1000]  is  often  given  to  adults,  usually  in 
doses  of  I  to  2  fl.  dr.  [4.  to  8.  c.c.]  For  the  later  symptoms  of  syphilis,  po- 
tassium iodide  is  often  combined  with  it.  [Mercuric]  iodide  is  formed  and  is 
kept  in  solution  by  the  excess  of  potassium  iodide.  Mercurous  iodide,  known 
as  the  [yellow]  iodide,  is  much  used  by  some.  It  is  insoluble  in  water,  and 
is  incompatible  with  potassium  iodide,  red  [mercuric]  iodide  and  metallic  mer- 
cury being  formed.  The  best  preparation  for  children  is  ^  to  I  gr.  [.03  to 
.06  gm.]  of  gray  powder,  given  just  often  enough  to  avoid  purgation. 

(2)  By  the  rectum. — Occasionally  mercury  is  given  as  a  suppository. 
[Each  may  contain  5  gr.  ;  .30  gm.  of  mercurial  ointment.] 


222  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

(3)  Endermically. — Mercurials,  especially  calomel,  are  often  dusted  on 
sores  and  ulcers,  and  lotions  are  also  locally  applied.       Mercury  can  be  ab- 
sorbed in  this  way. 

(4)  By  inunction. — Blue  ointment  may  be  rubbed  into  the  skin.     The 
best  position  is  the  inner  side  of  the  thigh.     Usually  a  piece  the  size  of  the 
top  of  the  thumb,  rubbed  in  once  a  day,  is  enough.     It  has  been  put  inside 
the  sock,  for  then  it  is  rubbed  into  the  foot  during  walking.     A  very  efficient 
way  of  applying  the  ointment  in  children  is  to  smear  it  on  a  flannel  binder 
which  is  worn  round  the  abdomen.      [The  oleate  may  be  employed  for  inunc- 
tion ;  this  possesses  the  advantage  of  not  staining  the  clothing.]     Mercury  is 
rapidly  absorbed  by  these  means. 

(5)  Hypodermatically. — One-eighth  of  a  grain  [.008  gm.]  or  less  of 
the  [Corrosive]  Chloride  dissolved  in  about  5  to  8  minims  [.30  to  .50  c.c.]  of 
distilled  water  is  used  for  a  dose.     The  needle  of  a  hypodermatic  syringe  is 
plunged  deeply  into  some  muscles,  preferably  those  of  the  gluteal  region,  and 
to  the  outer  side  of  it,  so  that  the  patient  does  not  sit  or  lie  on  the  spot.     If 
much  pain  is  caused,  a  piece  of  ice  may  be  held  over  the  part  before  the  injec- 
tion and  after  the  needle  is  withdrawn.     The  injection  should  be  repeated 
daily  ;  before  going  to  bed  is  a  good  time.     With  proper  care  no  abscesses 
result.     This  is  a  very  rapid  and  thorough  way  of  bringing  the  patient  under 
the  influence  of  mercury.     Mercuric  cyanide  is  also  a  good  salt  for  subcu- 
taneous injection. 

(6)  Fumigation. — Calomel,  [the  black  oxide,  or  the  red  mercuric  sul- 
phide known  as  Cinnabar  (neither  of  the  last  two  are  official),  may  be]  used. 
The  patient,  who  is  naked,  sits  on  a  cane-bottomed  chair ;  a  blanket,  which 
reaches  to  the  floor,  is  fastened  lightly  round  his  neck.     Twenty  grains  [1.20 
gm.  of  the  salt]  are  placed  in  a  porcelain  dish,  over  a  spirit  lamp,  under  the 
chair.     [The  mercury]  volatilizes,  and  is  absorbed   by  the   skin.     A  bath 
should  last  twenty  minutes  j  with  obvious  modifications  this  method  may  be 
applied  to  patients  in  bed. 

(7)  Inhalation. — This  is  rarely  or  never  used. 

(8)  Baths  of  three  drachms  [12.  gm.]  of  [corrosive]  chloride  to  thirty 
gallons  [114  liters]  of  water,  with  one  fluid  drachm  [4.  c.c.]  of  hydrochloric 
acid  added,  have  been  used,  but  they  are  now  very  rarely  employed. 

TOXICOLOGY. 

Acute  poisoning  is  [not]  rare.  Salts  of  mercury,  especially  the  mer- 
curic, produce  severe  gastro-intestinal  irritation,  causing  great  pain,  vomiting 
and  diarrhoea.  The  corrosive  [chloride]  and  white  precipitate  are  the  prepa- 
rations usually  taken.  [In  case  of  acute  poisoning  albumin,  the  white  of  an 
egg  (one  being  sufficient  for  4.  gr. ;  .24  gm.  of  the  corrosive  chloride,  the 
albuminate  re-dissolving  in  an  excess),  milk  and  flour  are  useful.  Vomiting 
should  be  induced  by  mustard  and  lukewarm  water,  apomorphine  or  by  irrita- 
tion of  the  fauces.] 


THE    SALTS    OF    ARSENIC.  22J 

Chronic  Poisoning. — Ptyalism  by  mercury  or  its  salts  produces  a  train  of 
remarkable  symptoms.  They  were  very  common  when  it  was  the  practice  to 
give  larger  doses  of  mercurials  than  are  now  employed,  and  they  are  occasion- 
ally seen  in  those  who  work  in  mercury.  In  the  present  day,  when  the  patient 
shows  any  sign  of  mercurialism,  the  dose  is  reduced.  The  symptoms  (which 
constitute  hydrargyrism  or  mercurialism)  may  be  brought  about  however 
the  mercury  is  taken.  The  first  indications  noticed  are  slight  factor  of  the 
breath  and  soreness  of  the  gums  when  the  teeth  are  [brought  forcibly  together, 
by  closure  of  the  jaws.  ]  Then  follows  a  disagreeable  metallic  taste  in  the 
mouth,  the  gums  become  swollen  and  soft,  and  they  bleed  readily.  Next 
there  is  a  considerable  increase  in  the  amount  of  saliva  secreted.  All  these 
symptoms  gradually  become  more  marked,  and  the  tongue  swells.  The  teeth 
are  now -loose,  the  saliva,  which  is  thick  and  viscid,  pours  from  the  mouth,  the 
parotid  and  salivary  glands  are  enlarged  and  tender,  and  there  is  a  slight  rise 
of  temperature.  In  olden  days  the  symptoms  occasionally  ended  in  the  falling 
out  of  the  teeth,  extensive  ulceration  of  the  mouth  and  tongue,  necrosis  of  the 
jaw,  great  weakness,  emaciation,  anaemia,  a  watery  state  of  the  blood,  a  lia- 
bility to  haemorrhages,  exhaustion  and  death. 

More  rarely  the  symptoms  are,  for  the  most  part,  nervous.  These  occur, 
chiefly,  if  not  entirely,  among  those  who  work  in  the  metal  and  inhale  the 
vapor.  The  first  to  be  observed  is  tremor,  beginning  in  the  face,  then  invading 
the  arm,  and  afterwards  the  legs.  Early  in  the  case  the  trembling  is  seen  only 
on  movement ;  soon  it  is  permanent.  It  resembles  paralysis  agitans.  Usually 
there  is  considerable  weakness  of  the  affected  muscles  ("mercurial  palsy"). 
There  may  be  pains,  and  a  weak  mental  condition  is  common.  Nothing  has 
been  found,  post-mortem,  to  account  for  these  symptoms. 


GROUP  VII. 

Arsenic,  Antimony,  Chromium. 

The  compounds  of  these  metals  have  several  physiological  and  some 
chemical  points  in  common.  The  oxide  of  each  is  externally  a  powerful 
caustic.  Internally  Arsenic,  Antimony,  and  (as  far  as  we  know)  Chromium 
compounds  are  severe  gastro-intestinal  irritants.  Arsenic  and  Antimony  in 
large  doses  both  cause  general  fatty  degeneration. 

I.  ARSENUM. 

As=[74-9.] 

i.  ACIDUM  ARSENOSUM.— [Arsenous  Acid.  As.iO3=i97.68. 
Synonyms. — Arsenic  Trioxide.  White  Arsenic.] 

SOURCE. — Arsenical  ores  are  roasted  and  purified  by  sublimation. 
CHARACTERS. — [A  heavy,   solid,  occurring   either   as  an  opaque,  white 


224  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDIC  A. 

powder,  or  in  irregular  masses  of  two  varieties — the  one  amorphous,  trans- 
parent and  colorless,  the  other  crystalline,  opaque  or  white.  Solubility. — In 
30  to  80  parts  of  cold,  in  1 5  parts  of  boiling  water.  ] 

INCOMPATIBLE. — Lime  water,  iron  salts,  and  magnesia. 

IMPURITIES. — Lime  salts. 

Dose,  ^  to  dr  gr. ;  [.ooi  to  .006  gm.] 

Preparations. 

1.  Liquor  [Potassii  Arsenitis. —  Solution  of  Potassium  Arsenite. 
Synonym. — Fowler's  solution.     Arsenous  Acid,  10  ;  Potassium  Bicar- 
bonate, 20  ;  Compound  Tincture  of  Lavender,  30.     Boil  in  sufficient 
distilled  water  to  make  1000.]     No  decomposition  occurs,  but  an  alka- 
line solution  of  arsenous  acid  is  formed.     Strength. — i  percent,  of 
Arsenous  Acid. 

Dose,  2  to  10  m.  ;     .12  to  .60  c.c. " 

2.  .Liquor  [Acidi  Arsenosi. — Solution  of  Arsenous  Acid.     Arse- 
nous Acid,  10  ;  is  boiled  with  diluted  Hydrochloric  Acid,  50  ;  and  dis- 
tilled water  to  make   looo.]     No  decomposition  occurs,  but  an  acid 
solution  of  arsenous  acid  is  formed.     Strength. — I  per  cent,  of  Arse- 
nous Acid. 

Dose,  5  to  10  m. ;  [.30  to  .60  c.c.] 

a.  SODII  ARSENAS.— Sodium  Arsenate.  Na,HAsO4+7H,O[= 
311.46. 

SOURCE. — Heat  to  redness  Arsenous  Acid,  Sodium  Nitrate,  and  Sodium 
Carbonate  ;  dissolve  the  fused  mass  in  water  and  crystallize.  Sodium  Pyro- 
arsenate  is  formed.  AsJOJ+2NaNO,+NasCO3=Na4As/)74-N2Os-f  CO,.  On 
adding  water  to  the  Pyroarsenate,  a  solution  of  Sodium  Arsenate,  which  crys- 
tallizes on  standing,  is  formed.  Na4AsJO7-|-HjO=2Na2HAsO4,  which  crys- 
tallizes with  7H,O. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  transparent,  monoclinic  prisms,  having  a  mild 
alkaline  taste.  Solubility. — In  4  parts  of  water.] 

Dose,  ^  to  TV  gr. ;  [.002  to  .006  gm.] 

Preparation. 

Liquor  Sodii  Arsenatis.  — [Solution  of  Sodium  Arsenate.  Syn- 
onym.— Pearson's  solution.  (Pearson's  solution  is  really  one-fifth  as 
strong  as  the  official  Liquor  Sodii  Arsenatis. ) 

SOURCE. — Dissolve  Sodium  Arsenate,  I  ;  deprived  of  its  water  of 
crystallization  by  heat,  in  distilled  water,  100.]  Strength. — I  per  cent 
of  Sodium  Arsenate. 

Dose,  i  to  10  m. ;  [.06  to  .60  c.c.] 

3.  ARSENI  IODIDUM.— [Arsenic  Iodide.     Asl,=454.49.] 
SOURCE. — Made  by  the  direct  union  of  Iodine  and  Metallic  Arsenic  [or 
by  mixing  solutions  of  Arsenous  and  Hydriodic  Acids  and  evaporating. 


THE   SALTS   OF   ARSENIC.  225 

CHARACTERS. — Glossy  orange-red,  crystalline  masses,  or  shining  orange- 
red,  crystalline  scales,  having  an  Iodine-like  odor  -or  taste.  Solubility. — In  7 
parts  of  water,  and  in  30  parts  of  Alcohol.  ] 

Dose,  ^  to  ^  gr. ;  [.002  to  .006  gm.] 

Preparation.^ 

Liquor  Arseni  et  Hydrargyri  lodidi.     See  Mercury,  p.  212. 
4.  FERRI  ARSENAS.     See  Iron,  p.  196. 

ACTION  OF  ARSENICAL  COMPOUNDS. 

External. — Arsenous  acid  has  no  action  on  the  skin,  but 
applied  to  raw  surfaces  it  is  a  powerful  caustic. 

Internal. — Alimentary  canal. — Unless  the  dose  be  very  small 
all  preparations  containing  arsenic  are  very  severe  gastro-intes- 
tinal  irritants  (see  Toxicology).  Part  at  least  of  this  effect  is 
due  to  excretion  of  the  arsenic  into  the  stomach  after  absorption, 
for  if  given  subcutaneously  there  may  be  no  local  effect,  although 
there  is  intense  gastritis  soon  after  injection.  In  minute  doses 
they  are  gastric  stimulants,  causing  dilatation  of  the  gastric  ves- 
sels and  an  increased  flow  of  gastric  juice.  Small  doses  also 
stimulate  the  duodenum. 

Blood. — Arsenic  is  absorbed  into  the  blood.  Nothing  is 
known  of  its  physiological  action  there  ;  but  it  can,  in  some  forms 
of  anaemia,  increase  the  haemoglobin  and  the  number  of  red  cor- 
puscles. Given  to  animals  it  considerably  increases  the  red  mar- 
row at  the  expense  of  the  yellow,  and  slightly  stimulates  the  for- 
mation of  compact  bone. 

Circulation. — In  the  frog  the  rapidity  and  force  of  the  heart 
are  lessened  till  it  finally  stops.  This  is  a  local  action,  for  it 
takes  place  when  applied  to  the  excised  heart.  Large  doses 
destroy  the  capillaries  and  lead  to  haemorrhage. 

Remote  effects. — In  many  diseases  arsenic  evidently  profoundly 
affects  metabolism,  for  the  patient  recovers  under  treatment  by 
this  drug.  It  is  doubtful  whether,  if  given  in  small  doses  to 
healthy  persons,  it  usually  does  more  than  sharpen  the  appetite. 
It  has  been  stated  by  Dogiel  to  unite  with  albumin  ;  another 
view,  that  of  Binz  and  Schulz,  is  that  arsenous  acid  becomes 
arsenic  acid  by  taking  oxygen  from  the  protoplasm,  but  that  the 

15 


226  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

arsenic  acid  subsequently  yields  up  the  oxygen  again,  and  that 
the  activity  of  arsenic  is  due  to  its  being  a  carrier  of  oxygen. 
Some  of  the  people  in  Styria  eat  white  arsenic  in  small  quanti- 
ties, and  it  increases  their  strength,  weight,  and  appetite,  and 
clears  their  complexion.  It  is  probable  that  the  reason  why 
these  people  can  take  arsenic  in  such  quantities  is  that  an  anti- 
toxin is  developed  in  them.  Wood  concludes  that  small  doses 
of  arsenic  check  tissue  change  and  decrease  nitrogenous  elimina- 
tion, whilst  toxic  doses  have  the  opposite  effect.  But  there  is 
no  proof  of  any  of  these  statements,  and  we  have  no  certain 
knowledge  of  the  influence  of  arsenic  on  nutrition,  nor  do  we 
know  of  any  action  to  which  its  beneficial  effects  in  many  dis- 
eases can  be  referred ;  but  as  the  drug  certainly  in  some  way 
alters  the  condition  of  the  sufferer  it  is  vaguely  called  an  altera- 
tive. It  is  eliminated  by  the  urine,  the  alimentary  canal,  the 
sweat,  the  saliva,  the  milk,  and  even  the  tears,  but  it  is  also 
stored  in  the  body,  chiefly  in  the  liver  and  kidneys.  It  may  be 
found  many  years  after  death  in  the  bodies  of  those  who  have 
taken  it 'during  life.  It  can  pass  from  the  mother  to  the  foetus. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  ARSENICAL  COMPOUNDS. 

External. — Formerly  arsenous  acid  was  used  as  a  caustic  to 
destroy  growths,  lupus,  warts,  etc.,  either  pure  or  as  a  paste. 
[Marsden's  paste  consists  of  arsenous  acid,  i;  powdered  acacia, 
2  parts.]  Arsenous  acid,  i  ;  charcoal,  i  ;  red  [mercuric]  sul- 
phide, 4  parts ;  and  water,  [sufficient  to  make  a  paste,]  is  a 
formula  once  very  popular.  It  must  be  used  strong  enough  to 
make  the  mass  of  dead  tissue  slough  out  quickly,  or  else  the 
patient  becomes  poisoned,  for  the  arsenic  is  rapidly  absorbed. 
Arsenous  acid,  i  ;  calomel,  8  ;  vermilion  antimony  [sulphide,  8 
parts ;]  make  a  caustic  powder.  Liquor  [potassii  arsenitis]  has 
been  recommended  by  Ringer  as  an  application  for  corns. 

Internal. — Alimentary  canal. — Arsenous  acid  is  useful  to 
destroy  the  tooth  pulps  before  [filling]  teeth. 

In  some  forms  of  dyspepsia  small  doses  of  Liquor  Potassii 
Arsenitis  are  occasionally  given  to  stimulate  the  appetite.  Arsenic 
is  so  liable  to  cause  sickness,  diarrhcea,  and  other  symptoms  of 


THE    SALTS    OF   ARSENIC.  22/ 

poisoning,  that  it  is  a  rule  always  to  begin  a  course  of  it  with 
small  doses,  say  3  or  4  minims  [.20  to  .25  c.c.]  of  Liquor 
[Potassii  Arsenitis,]  or  ^  to  ^  gr.  [.ooi  to  .0015  gm.]  of 
arsenous  acid  as  a  pill,  and  to  gradually  increase  the  quantity. 
Arsenic  in  any  form  should  always  be  taken  immediately  after 
meals,  so  as  to  dilute  it  by  the  contents  of  a  full  stomach. 
Children  bear  it  well ;  old  people  do  not.  Very  small  doses 
sometimes  check  vomiting,  especially  that  form  in  which  the 
food  simply  regurgitates,  and  in  exceptional  cases  it  may  suc- 
ceed in  checking  diarrhoea  when  other  drugs  have  failed. 

Remote  effects. — Arsenic  is  of  great  value  in  chronic  super- 
ficial skin  diseases  not  owing  their  cause  to  an  irritant.  It  is, 
therefore,  largely  used  for  psoriasis,  pemphigus,  and  sometimes 
for  chronic  eczema.  It  is  of  no  use  in  the  acute  stages  of  these 
maladies,  nor  if  cutaneous  inflammation  is  deep-seated. 

Cases  of  anaemia  which  cannot  be  cured  by  iron,  and  which 
fall  under  the  heading  of  primary  anaemia,  may  be  occasionally 
much  improved  by  arsenic.  Such  are  pernicious  anaemia,  splenic 
leucocythaemia,  and  Hodgkin's  disease ;  but  often  no  drug  is  of 
any  avail.  In  other  forms  of  anaemia,  such  as  chlorosis,  arsenic 
may  be  tried,  but  not  often  with  benefit,  when  iron  compounds 
disagree.  It  often  improves  the  metabolism,  the  appetite,  and 
the  weight  in  those  whose  general  health  is  feeble.  Arsenic  is, 
next  to  quinine,  the  best  antiperiodic  we  have ;  but  it  is  not 
nearly  so  efficacious.  It  may,  however,  in  the  absence  of  qui- 
nine, be  used  for  ague,  and  is  especially  valuable  for  the  anaemia 
which  follows  ague,  and  for  neuralgia  due  to  the  same  cause.  It 
often  does  distinct  good  in  rheumatoid  arthritis  if  given  for  a 
long  while.  It  is  frequently  prescribed  for  chorea,  [particularly 
in  rapid  increasing  doses]  ;  but  it  is  difficult  to  prove  that  the 
[patients]  get  well  more  quickly  than  they  would  without  any 
drug.  Arsenic  has  been  strongly  recommended  in  asthma  and 
in  hay  fever.  For  asthma  it  may  be  given  by  the  mouth,  or 
smoked  as  cigarettes,  made  by  saturating  bibulous  paper  in  a 
solution  of  fifteen  grains  [i.  gm.]  of  [potassium]  arsenite  to  an 
ounce  [30.  c.c.]  of  water.  It  has  been  given  in  phthisis,  but 
without  benefit.  [There  appears  to  be  good  evidence  that  arsenic 


228  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

in  large  doses  restrains  the  growth  of  sarcomata,  particularly  of 
the  fusiform -cell  variety.]  The  springs  of  Levico  and  La  Bour- 
boule  contain  arsenous  acid.  Strong  Levico  contains  ^  gr. 
[.005  gm.]  of  arsenous  acid  and  30  gr.  [2.  gm.]  to  the  pint 
[480.  c.c.].  Weak  Levico  ^  gr.  [.0005  gm.]  and  8  gr.  [0.5 
gm.]  respectively.  La  Bourboule  contains  T^  gr.  [.005  gm.] 
of  arsenous  acid  and  a  trace  of  iron  to  the  pint  [480.  c.c.]. 
These  waters  should  always  be  drunk  at  meals. 

[Cacodylic  acid  (AsO(OH)O(CH3)2,  (not  official),  and  so- 
dium cacodylate  (AsONa(CH3)2,  (not  official)  have  recently 
been  proposed  as  eligible  methods  for  the  administration  of  ar- 
senic. The  former  contains  58  per  cent,  of  arsenic.  Their 
solubility,  relatively  small  toxicity  and  the  diminished  local  irri- 
tation which  they  produce  are  advantages  to  be  borne  in  mind. 
The  best  form  of  administration  is  as  sodium  cacodylate  given 
hypodermatically  in  daily  amount  of  from  ^  to  2^  gr.  ;  .05  to 
.15  gm.,  in  solution.  By  this  method  the  arsenic  is  fully  effi- 
cacious, no  alliaceous  odor  is  given  to  the  breath  or  perspiration, 
and  gastric  and  intestinal  disturbances  do  not  supervene.  Pro- 
longed use  may  set  up  albuminuria.  By  the  rectum  it  produces 
less  irritation  and  the  odor  of  garlic  is  not  so  pronounced  as  after 
the  use  of  Fowler's  solution.  This  method  is  preferable  in  the 
treatment  of  tuberculosis,  diabetes,  Basedow's  disease  and 

leukemia.] 

TOXICOLOGY. 

Acute  Poisoning. — [Arsenous  acid]  is  frequently  used  as  a  poison. 
[The  forms  most  employed  are  Scheele's  and  Paris  Green  (cupric  arsenite), 
and  Schweinfurth's  Green  (a  compound  of  cupric  arsenite  and  arsenate). 
Symptoms.} — Soon  after  taking  it  the  sufferer  experiences  faintness,  nausea, 
sickness,  epigastric  pain  and  tenderness.  These  symptoms  quickly  increase. 
The  vomit  is  brown,  and  often  streaked  with  blood  ;  the  pain  is  very  severe  ; 
there  is  profuse  diarrhoea,  with  much  tenesmus  ;  and  there  are  cramps  in  the 
calves  of  the  legs.  The  vomiting  becomes  violent  and  incessant ;  there  is  a 
burning  sensation  in  the  throat,  with  intense  thirst.  Soon  severe  symptoms  set 
in  ;  the  skin  is  cold,  the  pulse  small  and  feeble,  and  the  patient  dies  [in  col- 
lapse]. The  symptoms  frequently  bear  a  close  resemblance  to  those  of  cholera. 
Post-mortem. — The  stomach  is  intensely  inflamed,  even  if  the  arsenic  has  not 
been  taken  by  the  mouth,  but  has  been  applied  in  large  quantities  to  cancerous 
growths.  This  shows  that  arsenic  is  excreted  from  the  blood  into  the  stomach. 
The  small  intestines  are  also  acutely  inflamed. 


THE   SALTS   OF   ARSENIC.  22Q 

Treatment. — Wash  out  the  stomach.  Give  emetics  (see  p.  139),  choosing 
the  least  irritating  and  least  depressing.  The  stomach  must  be  completely 
emptied.  Give  unlimited  quantities  of  freshly  prepared  humid  [ferric  hydrate] 
(see  p.  193)  or  dialyzed  iron.  If  neither  of  these  is  handy,  give  magnesia  in 
large  amounts,  or  large  doses  of  castor  oil  and  water.  Give  brandy  or  ether 
subcutaneously  ;  apply  hot  blankets  and  bottles  to  the  feet  and  the  abdomen. 

Chronic  Poisoning. — Often,  when  arsenic  is  taken  as  a  medicine,  slight 
symptoms  of  poisoning  are  seen.  They  are  loss  of  appetite,  nausea,  perhaps 
vomiting,  slight  abdominal  pain,  and  mild  diarrhoea.  The  eyelids  become  a 
little  puffy,  the  conjunctivas  injected,  the  eyes  and  nose  water,  and  there  is 
slight  headache.  These  symptoms,  of  course,  show  that  the  dose  given  is  too 
large,  and  that  it  must  be  decreased. 

Arsenic  is  so  often  used  in  the  manufacture  of  all  sorts  of  articles,  espec- 
ially wall  papers  and  fabrics,  that  chronic  poisoning  by  it  is  frequently  seen. 
[The  evidence  in  regard  to  chronic  poisoning  from  occupancy  of  rooms  deco- 
rated with  arsenical  wall  paper  is  somewhat  contradictory,  but  the  facts  point 
towards  its  probability.  Quite  as  often  the  poisoning  is  due  to  the  arsenic 
which  is  a  contamination  of  aniline  dyes  as  it  is  the  arsenical  pigments,  so  that 
the  color  should  not  be  depended  upon,  but  rather  a  chemical  examination.]  It 
is  also  met  with  in  workers  of  arsenic,  and  in  persons  to  whom  it  has  been 
given  with  intent  to  murder.  The  symptoms  produced  are  those  already  men- 
tioned as  present  when  large  doses  of  arsenic  are  taken  medicinally. 

Long-continued  use  of  arsenic  may  induce  peripheral  neuritis  ;  the  chief 
symptoms  of  arsenical  neuritis  are  herpes  zoster,  paralysis  of  the  muscles  of  the 
limbs,  especially  the  extensors  of  the  hands  and  feet,  ataxic  gait,  severe  darting 
pains  in  the  limbs,  and  rapid  muscular  atrophy.  Several  cases  are  recorded  in 
which  arsenic  has  caused  general  brown  pigmentation  of  the  skin.  It  may 
also  give  rise  to  brown  pigmentation  of  patches  of  psoriasis,  and  in  quite  ex- 
ceptional cases  cause  eczema  or  urticaria.  After  death  from  chronic  poisoning, 
in  addition  to  the  gastro-intestinal  and  nervous  lesions,  there  is  widespread 
fatty  degeneration  of  most  of  the  organs  of  the  body.  It  is  well  seen  in  the 
liver,  kidneys,  stomach  and  muscles,  including  the  heart. 

Repeated  doses  given  to  animals  abolish  the  glycogenic  function  of  the 
liver,  so  that  puncture  of  the  floor  of  the  fourth  ventricle  no  longer  causes  gly- 
cosuria.  In  frogs  poisoned  with  arsenic  the  epidermis  peels  off  very  easily. 
This  is  due  to  degeneration  of  its  lower  cells,  the  degeneration  proceeding 
from  the  lowest  layer  outwards. 

[The  tests  for  arsenic  are  so  simple  that  every  physician  should  be  able 
to  make  use  of  them.  They  are:  (l)  Reinsch's. — Hydrochloric  acid  and  a 
clean  slip  of  copper  are  boiled  in  the  suspected  liquid.  Bluish  spots  indicate 
the  poison.  (2)  Marsh's. — Diluted  sulphuric  acid  and  zinc  are  introduced 
into  a  flask  with  the  suspected  liquid.  The  gas  issuing  from  the  tube  is 
ignited  and  the  flame  allowed  to  impinge  upon  a  clean  porcelain  plate  forming 
a  steel-white  mirror  if  arsenic  be  present ;  or  the  delivery  tube  may  be  heated 
when  the  mirror  will  be  deposited  upon  it.  This  mirror  is  distinguished  from 


230  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

that  produced  by  antimony  by  its  solubility  in  potassium  hypochlorite  if  arsenic 
is  the  cause.  ] 

II.  ANTIMONIUM. 

Sb.[=ii9.6.] 

i.  ANTIMONII  [SULPHIDUM.— Antimony  Sulphide.  Sb2S3= 
335.14.  Synonym. — Antimony  Trisulphide. 

SOURCE. — Native  Antimony  Sulphide  purified  by  fusion,  as  free  from 
Arsenic  as  is  possible. 

CHARACTERS.  —Steel-gray  masses  of  a  metallic  lustre  and  a  striated  crys- 
talline fracture,  forming  a  black  or  grayish-black,  lustreless  powder  without 
odor  or  taste.  Solubility. — Insoluble  in  water  or  Alcohol. 

Preparations. 

I.  Antimonii  Sulphidum  Purificatum. — Purified  Antimony 
Sulphide.  Sb2Ss=335. 14.  Synonym. — Purified  Black  Antimony. 

SOURCE. — Antimony  Sulphide,  loo;  purified  by  Ammonia  Water, 
50  ;  decanted  and  dried. 

CHARACTERS. — A  heavy,  grayish-black,  lustreless  powder,  without 
odor  or  taste. 

IMPURITY.— Silica.] 

2.,  Antimonium  Sulphuratum. — Sulphurated  Antimony.  [Chiefly 
Antimony  Sulphide  (Sb2S3)  and  with  a  small  amount  of  Antimony 
Oxide  (SbjOs).  Synonym. — Kermes  mineral. 

SOURCE. — Boiled  Purified  Antimony  Sulphide,  loo ;  and  Solution 
of  Soda,  1200.  Sb2Sj+4NaOH=NaSbO2+NasSbSj.  Precipitate 
with  Sulphuric  Acid,  wash  and  dry.  NaSbOrfNa3SbS3-}-2H,SO4 
=Sb2S3-f2Na.,SO4+2H2O. 

CHARACTERS. — An  amorphous  reddish-white  powder,  becoming 
lighter  in  color  on  exposure  to  light.  Solubility. — Insoluble  in  water 
or  Alcohol.] 

Sulphurated  Antimony  is  contained  in  Pilulse  Antimonii  Com- 
posite. See  Mercury,  p.  212. 

Dose,  \  to  i  gr. ;  [.01  to  .06  gm.] 

a.  ANTIMONII  OXIDUM.— [Antimony  Oxide.  Sb2O3=287.o7. 
Synonym. — Antimony  Trioxide.] 

SOURCE. — Pour  a  solution  of  Antimony  Chloride  into  water.  Antimony 
Oxychloride  is  precipitated.  SbCl,-}-HaO=SbOCl+2HCl.  The  precipi- 
tate is  treated  with  Sodium  Carbonate,  washed,  and  dried.  2SbOCl-j-Na.,COj 
=Sb1O,+2NaCl+CO,. 

CHARACTERS. — [A  heavy  grayish-white  powder,  without  odor  or  taste.] 

IMPURITIES. — Higher  oxides. 

Dose,  i  to  4  gr. ;  [.06  to  .24  gm.] 


THE    SALTS    OF   ANTIMONY.  23! 

Preparation. 

Pulvis  Antimonialis. — [Antimonial  Powder.    Synonym, — James' 
Powder.     Antimony  Oxide,  33  ;  Precipitated  Calcium  Phosphate,  67. 
Dose,  3  to  15  gr. ;  .20  to  i.oo  gm.j 

3.  [ANTIMONII  ET  POTASSII  TARTRAS.— Antimony  and 
Potassium  Tartrate.  2K(SbO)C4H4O6-f-H2O=662.42.  Synonyms. — Tartar 
Emetic.  Tartrated  Antimony. 

SOURCE. — Make  a  paste  of  Antimony  Trioxide  (Sb2O3)  with  Acid  Potas- 
sium Tartrate  and  water.  Let  it  stand  twenty-four  hours,  boil  in  water,  and 
crystallize.  2KHC4H4O64-Sb2O3=2K(SbO)C4H4O6+H.iO. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  transparent  crystals  of  the  rhombic  system,  be- 
coming opaque  and  white  on  exposure  to  air  ;  or  a  white  granular  powder, 
having  a  sweet,  afterwards  disagreeable  metallic  taste.  Solubility. — In  17 
parts  of  water;  insoluble  in  Alcohol]. 

INCOMPATIBI.ES. — Gallic  and  tannic  acids,  most  astringent  infusions,  alka- 
lies, and  lead  salts. 

IMPURITY. — Acid  Potassium  Tartrate. 

Dose,  y1^  to  YT.  gr.  [.006  to  .03  gm.]  (diaphoretic),  ^  to  i  gr.  [.03  to 
.06  gm.]  (cardiac  depressant),  i  to  2  gr.  [.06  to  .12  gm.]  (emetic). 

Preparations. 

1.  Vinum    Antimonii. — [Wine   of    Antimony.     Antimony   and 
Potassium  Tartrate,  4  ;  boiling  distilled  water,  65  ;  Alcohol,  150 ;  White 
Wine  to  1000. 

Dose,  5  to  60  m. ;  .30  to  4.00  c.c. 

2.  Syrupus   Scillse  Compositus. — Compound   Syrup  of  Squill. 
Synonym. — Hive  Syrup,  so  called  from  hives,  the  old  name  of  croup. 
Fluid  extract  of  Squill,  80  ;  Fluid  extract  of  Senega,  80  ;  Antimony  and 
Potassium  Tartrate,  2  ;  Sugar,  750  ;  Precipitated  Calcium  Phosphate, 
10  ;  water  to  looo. 

Dose,  5  to  30  m. ;  .30  to  2.00  c.c.] 

ACTION  OF  SALTS  OF  ANTIMONY. 

External. — Antimonial  compounds  are  powerful  external 
irritants.  [The  Liquor  Antimonii  Chloridi  of  the  B.  P.,  which 
is  a  solution  of  antimony  chloride  in  hydrochloric  acid  is  a 
severe  caustic.]  Tartar  emetic  produces  a  pustular  eruption 
at  the  point  of  application. 

Internal. — Alimentary  canal. — All  compounds  of  antimony 
are  powerful  irritants,  internally  as  well  as  externally ;  the 
action  of  tartar  emetic  is  best  known.  The  first  result  of 


232  INORGANIC   MATERIA    MEDICA. 

swallowing  this  is  vomiting.  The  early  acts  of  vomiting  are 
due  to  the  direct  action  of  the  drug  on  the  wall  of  the  stomach, 
but  it  is  quickly  absorbed,  and  by  its  action  on  the  medulla  it 
also  produces  sickness,  but  this  action  is  slight.  It  will  produce 
vomiting  when  injected  into  the  blood,  partly  by  its  action  on 
the  medulla — for  it  will  act  if  the  stomach  is  replaced  by  a  blad- 
der— but  also  because  some  of  it  is  excreted  into  the  stomach 
and  intestines,  and  thus  the  vomiting  is  continued  for  some  time. 
In  large  doses  tartar  emetic  is  irritant  to  the  intestine.  [A 
round  mass  of  metallic  antimony  was  formerly  known  as  the 
"  family  pill,"  because  it  could  be  repeatedly  used  as  a  laxative.] 

Heart. — Antimony  acts  upon  man  as  upon  the  lower  animals. 
It  is  a  powerful  cardiac  depressant,  diminishing  both  the 
frequency  and  the  force  of  the  beat  of  the  heart.  Experiments 
on  animals  have  shown  that  the  final  stoppage  takes  place  in 
diastole,  and  that  the  chief  action  of  antimony  is  that  of  a  direct 
depressant  to  the  cardiac  muscle  itself.  Of  course,  the  cardiac 
depression  causes  the  arterial  pressure  to  fall ;  but  part  of  this 
effect  is  due  to  a  coincident  action  upon  some  portion  of  the 
vaso-motor  system ;  the  probability  being  that  antimony,  by 
paralyzing  the  muscular  coat  of  the  arteries,  relaxes  them. 

Respiration. — Respiration  is  depressed,  the  movements  be- 
come weaker,  and  inspiration  is  shortened,  but  expiration  is 
prolonged.  Finally,  the  pauses  become  very  long  and  the  move- 
ments very  irregular.  The  cause  of  this  is  not  known  ;  probably 
it  is  very  complex. 

Nervous  and  muscular  systems. — Here  also  antimony  acts  as  a 
powerful  depressant,  especially  to  the  spinal  cord,  and  to  a 
less  extent  to  the  brain  ;  hence  moderate  doses  cause  a  feeling  of 
languor,  inaptitude  for  mental  exertion,  and  sleepiness.  Experi- 
ments on  animals  show  that,  after  the  administration  of  large 
doses  of  antimony,  reflex  movement  is  soon  lost,  and  that  this  is 
due  to  a  depressing  effect  on  the  sensory  part  of  the  spinal  cord. 
This  depressant  influence  is  felt  also  in  the  muscles,  and  hence 
antimony  will  relieve  spasm,  but  whether  it  does  so  by  direct 
action  on  the  muscles  or  by  acting  on  the  nervous  systero  is 
doubtful. 


THE   SALTS   OF   ANTIMONY.  233 

Temperature. — Moderate  doses  of  antimony  have  little  influ- 
ence on  the  temperature,  but  large  doses  cause  a  considerable 
fall,  due,  no  doubt,  in  the  main  to  the  circulatory  depression, 
but,  also,  it  is  said,  to  a  direct  action  in  decreasing  the  amount 
of  heat  produced. 

Excretion. — Antimony  is  excreted  by  the  urine,  bile,  sweat, 
bronchial  secretion,  milk,  and  particularly  by  the  faeces.  We 
have  seen  that  part  of  its  emetic  effect  is  due  to  its  excretion  into 
the  stomach.  As  it  passes  out  by  the  bronchial  mucous  membrane 
it  increases  the  amount  of  secretion,  and  thus  acts  as  an  expec- 
torant. On  the  skin  the  action  is  that  of  a  profuse  diaphoretic. 
This  is  chiefly  a  secondary  result  of  the  depression  of  the  circu- 
lation, but  is  possibly  in  part  a  direct  local  effect.  In  frogs  the 
action  on  the  skin  is  very  like  that  of  arsenic,  but  antimony 
softens  rather  than  detaches  the  epidermis,  which  thus  becomes 
a  jelly-like  mass.  Being  excreted  in  the  bile,  it  aids  its  flow ; 
therefore  it  is  a  cholagogue. 

In  passing  through  the  kidneys  it  may  be  slightly  diuretic, 
but  this  depends  upon  the  amount  of  perspiration  produced  by 
it.  If  its  use  is  continued  for  some  time  it  will  cause,  like  arsenic, 
fatty  degeneration,  especially  of  the  liver,  and  abolition  of  the 
hepatic  glycogenic  function. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  SALTS  OF  ANTIMONY. 

External.  —  [A  solution  of  antimony  chloride,  known  as 
Butter  of  Antimony,  has  been  used  as  a  caustic,  but  its  employ- 
ment has  been  abandoned,  as  the  sore  produced  is  difficult  to 
heal.]  Many  years  ago  an  ointment  of  tartar  emetic  was  com- 
monly applied  as  a  counter-irritant,  but  it  causes  much  pain,  and 
is  now  seldom  used. 

Internal. — Alimentary  canal. — Tartar  emetic  is  not  to  be 
recommended  as  an  emetic,  for  the  action  is  slow,  and  the  general 
depression  of  emetic  doses  is  great.  For  this  reason  it  should 
never  be  given  to  produce  purgation.  The  only  cases  in  which 
it  is  permissible  are  those  in  which  an  emetic  is  required  for 
laryngitis,  bronchitis,  or  some  other  acute  inflammatory  condi- 
tion of  the  respiratory  tract,  for  then  its  depressant  action  on  the 


234  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

circulation  may  perhaps  be  beneficial,  but  usually  ipecacuanha  is 
preferable. 

Circulation. — Antimony  was  formerly  largely  employed,  espe- 
cially in  combination  with  aconite,  to  reduce  the  force  and  fre- 
quency of  the  pulse  in  all  sorts  of  febrile  conditions ;  but  this  is 
now  generally  thought  unnecessary.  If  it  is  to  be  used,  it  is 
especially  indicated  in  respiratory  affections ;  for  then  its  expec- 
torant effect  may  be  valuable. 

Respiration. — It  has  been  very  much  given  for  the  early  stage 
of  acute  bronchitis ;  but  certainly  it  should  not  be  continued 
after  a  free  secretion  of  bronchial  mucus  has  been  set  up  by  it. 
After  that  it  is,  on  account  of  its  depressing  influence,  an  unde- 
sirable expectorant. 

Nervous  and  muscular  systems. — Its  use  as  a  sedative  in  de- 
lirium tremens  is  now  abandoned,  and  the  introduction  of  chlo- 
roform has  made  it  unnecessary  to  employ  tartar  emetic  to  relax 
muscular  spasm  in  herniae,  dislocations,  etc. 

Remote  effects. — Occasionally  it  is  given  in  fevers  for  its  dia- 
phoretic influence  and  for  its  slight  antipyretic  action.  Some- 
times it  is  ordered  as  a  cholagogue  ;  but  because  of  its  powerful 
depressant  action,  it  is  less  used  as  a  medicine  than  formerly. 

TOXICOLOGY. 

Acute  Poisoning. — The  symptoms  are  very  like  those  of  arsenical  poi- 
soning (see  p.  228).  Post-mortem. — The  gastro-intestinal  irritation  is  very 
similar,  but  it  is  not  nearly  so  marked. 

Treatment. — Unless  the  vomiting  is  very  free,  apomorphine  [hydro- 
chlorate]  subcutaneously,  or  zinc  sulphate  by  the  mouth  or  the  stomach  pump, 
may  be  used.  Also  frequent  doses  of  half  a  drachm  [2.  gm.]  of  tannic  or 
gallic  acid  dissolved  in  water,  strong  tea  or  coffee,  mucilaginous  drinks,  and 
stimulants  subcutaneously.  Hot  water  bottles  and  warm  blankets  may  be 
necessary. 

Chronic  Poisoning  is  not  sufficiently  common  to  call  for  notice  here. 
[An  instance  of  the  use  of  antimony  for  homicidal  purposes  has  recently  been 
the  subject  of  judicial  inquiry.] 

III.  CHROMIUM. 

Cr.[=52.o.] 

I.  ACIDUM  CHROMICUM.— Chromic  Acid.  CrO,[=99.88.  Syno- 
nyms.— Chromic  Anhydride.  Chromic  Trioxide. 


THE    SALTS    OF    CHROMIUM.  235 

SOURCE. — Dissolve  Potassium  Bichromate  in  Sulphuric  Acid  and  water, 
decant  from  the  Acid  Potassium  Sulphate,  heat  with  more  Sulphuric  Acid,  cool 
and  crystallize.  K2Cr2O7-f2H2SO4=2CrO3+2KHSO4-fH2O. 

CHARACTERS. — Small  needle  shaped  crystals,  or  rhombic  prisms,  of  a 
dark  purplish-red  color  and  metallic  lustre.  Readily  yields  Oxygen,  and 
will,  therefore,  easily  explode,  with  either  Glycerin,  Ether,  or  Alcohol.  Solu- 
bility.— Very  soluble  in  water.] 

ACTION  OF  CHROMIC  ACID. 

External. — In  consequence  of  its  oxidizing  power,  chromic 
acid  is  a  powerful  deodorant  and  disinfectant.  It  coagulates 
albumin  and  oxidizes  organic  matter,  and  is  therefore  a  powerful 
caustic. 

Internal. — None  is  known. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  CHROMIC  ACID. 

External. — [It  is  used  generally  in  the  strength  of  i  per 
cent,  to  harden  catgut  and  kangaroo  tendon  for  surgical  uses.  A 
lotion  of  the  same  strength  is  used  in  Germany  to  toughen  the 
feet  of  marching  soldiers.]  As  a  lotion,  i  to  40,  or  even 
stronger,  chromic  acid  has  been  used  for  its  disinfectant  proper- 
ties to  wash  foul  ulcers  and  sores,  and  also  as  a  local  application 
for  ozaena,  gonorrhoea,  leucorrhcea,  and  bad  ulcerations  of  the 
mouth,  but  a  gargle  should  not  be  stronger  than  [i  to  480], 
The  Liquor  [of  the  B.  P. ,  which  is  one  part  of  chromic  acid  in 
3  of  water,]  is  occasionally  used  as  a  caustic  to  destroy  con- 
dylomata,  etc. 

2.  POTASSII  BICHROMAS.— [Potassium  Bichromate.  KjCaO7= 
293-?8.  Synonym. — Potassium  Dichromate. 

SOURCE. — Finely-ground  Chrome-iron  ore  mixed  with  Potassium  Carbon- 
ate is  roasted  in  a  reverberatory  furnace,  which  causes  the  separation  of  all 
iron  in  the  form  of  Ferric  Oxide,  and  the  production  of  Potassium  Bichromate. 
Lime  or  chalk  is  added  during  the  roasting  to  prevent  fusion.  2FeOCr2O3-|- 
4K2CO3+4O2=Fe2O3-f-4K2CrO4-f  4CO2.  After  solution  in  water  Sulphuric 
Acid  is  added,  and  the  two  salts  are  separated  by  crystallization.  2K2CrO4-|- 
H2SO4=K2Cr2O7+K2SO4+H2O. 

CHARACTERS. — Large,  orange-red,  transparent,  triclinic  prisms  or  four- 
sided  tables,  odorless,  and  having  a  bitter,  metallic  taste.  Solubility. — In  IO 
parts  of  water  ;  insoluble  in  Alcohol.] 


236  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

INCOMPATIBLE. — Owing  to  the  ease  with  which  it  oxidizes  it  readily  forms 
explosive  compounds.     It  is  here  prescribed  as  a  pill  made  up  with  kaolin. 
[IMPURITIES. — Sulphates,  chlorides  and  calcium. 
Dose,  T^  to  i  gr. ;  .006  to  .06  gm. 

ACTION  OF  POTASSIUM  BICHROMATE. 

External. — It  is  an  irritant  caustic.]  Handling  the  salt  may 
produce  eczema. 

Internal. — Occasionally  solutions  of  it  have  been  taken  by 
mistake.  Symptoms  of  very  severe  gastro-intestinal  inflamma- 
tion with  much  collapse  have  followed. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  POTASSIUM   BICHROMATE. 

External. — [It  is  used  as  a  caustic  for  warts,  venereal  ulcers 
and  mucous  patches.]  Its  solution  is  caustic  and  antiseptic,  but 
it  is  weaker  than  chromic  acid. 

Internal. — [It  has  been  recommended  for  the  treatment  of 
gastric  catarrh  and  gastric  ulcer  in  dose  of  from  ^  to  %  gr., 
.005  to  .01  gm.,  given  thrice  daily  on  an  empty  stomach,  and 
is  reputed  to  relieve  nausea,  vomiting  and  pain.] 

The  remaining  groups  of  the  inorganic  drugs  are  non-metallic. 


GROUP  VIII. 

Containing  Phosphorus  only. 

PHOSPHORUS. 
P.[=3o.96.] 

SOURCE. — [Treat  Bone  Ash  or  Lime  Phosphate  with  Sulphuric  Acid  and 
water,  filter  and  evaporate.  Ca3(PO4)+2H2SO4=CaH4(PO4)2+2CaSO4. 
Heat  the  Acid  Calcium  Phosphate  thus  formed,  with  Charcoal  and  sand.  The 
heat  first  forms  Calcium  Metaphosphate.  CaH4(PO4),=Ca(PO,)2-|-2H,O. 
This  is  acted  on  by  the  Charcoal  and  sand  thus  :  2Ca(PO,)2-f 2SiO2-floC,= 
2CaSiO8+ioCO-fP4. 

CHARACTERS. — A  translucent,  nearly  colorless  solid  of  a  waxy  lustre, 
having,  at  ordinary  temperatures,  about  the  consistence  of  beeswax.  By  long 
keeping  the  surface  becomes  red,  and  occasionally  black.  It  has  a  distinctive 
and  disagreeable  odor  and  taste  (but  should  not  be  tasted  except  in  a  state  of 


THE    PREPARATIONS    OF    PHOSPHORUS.  237 

great  dilution);  when  exposed  to  the  air  it  emits  white  fumes,  which  are  lumi- 
nous in  the  dark,  and  have  an  odor  somewhat  resembling  garlic.  On  longer 
exposure  to  air  it  takes  fire  spontaneously.  Heated  with  Hydrogen  it  becomes 
red,  amorphous,  non-poisonous  Phosphorus.  Solubility. — Sparingly  in  alco- 
hol, ether  and  chloroform  ;  freely  in  carbon  disulphide  ;  insoluble  in  water.  ] 
Dose,  T^  to  5^  gr. ;  [.0006  to  .003  gm.]  Never  given  alone. 

Preparations. 

1.  Oleum    Phosphoratum. — Phosphorated   Oil.      [Phosphorus, 
I  ;  Expressed  Oil  of  Almond,  90  ;  (which  must  be  heated  to  250°  F. ; 
121°  C.,  and  filtered  to  remove  water  and  organic  matter,  which  would 
otherwise  oxidize  the  phosphorus),  and  Ether  to  loo.     Strength. — I 
per  cent.] 

Dose,  i  to  5  m.  ;  [.06  to  .30  c.c.] 

2.  Pilulae    Phosphori. — [Pills   of  Phosphorus.       Dissolve  Phos- 
phorus, .06  ;  Chloroform,  5  ;  add  Althaea,  6 ;  and  Acacia,  6  gm.  ;  with 
water,  and  Glycerin;  to  make  loo  pills.]     Strength. — Each  pill  con- 
tains y^  gr.  [.0006  gm.]  of  Phosphorus. 

Dose,  i  to  5  pills. 

[3.  Spiritus  Phosphori. — Spirit  of  Phosphorus.  Synonym. — 
Tincture  of  Phosphorus.  Phosphorus,  1.2  ;  absolute  Alcohol  to  looo. 
Dissolve  by  heating  upon  a  water-bath. 

Spirit  of  Phosphorus  is  used  to  prepare  Elixir  Phosphori. 

Dose,  8  to  40  m. ;  .50  to  2.50  c.c. 

4.    Elixir    Phosphori. — Elixir   of   Phosphorus.     Spirit   of  Phos- 
phorus, 210 ;  Oil  of  Anise,  2  ;  Glycerin,  550;  Aromatic  Elixir  to  looo. 
Dose,  yz  to  2^  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  10.  c.c.] 

ACTION  OF  PHOSPHORUS. 

The  action  of  minute  doses  of  phosphorus  is  that  in  animals 
the  spongy  tissue  in  the  long  and  short  bones  is  thickened  by 
the  deposition  of  true  bone  of  normal  composition,  and  the 
compact  tissue  is  rendered  more  dense.  [It  diminishes  tissue 
waste,  decreasing  the  elimination  of  urea  and  of  carbon  diox- 
ide. As  it  is  found  as  a  necessary  element  in  the  nervous  system 
its  action  is  that  of  a  stimulant  to  its  growth.]  Phosphorus 
enters  the  blood  as  phosphorus,  and  probably  acts  as  such,  not 
as  phosphoric  acid.  [The  best  known  liquid  preparation  is 
Thompson's  solution  :  phosphorus,  i  ;  absolute  alcohol,  300 ; 
glycerin,  720  ;  and  spirit  of  peppermint,  40  ;  dose,  y§  to  i  fl. 
dr.  ;  j.2o  to  4.00  c.c.]  See  [also]  Toxicology. 


238  INORGANIC  MATERIA  MEDICA. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  PHOSPHORUS. 

Phosphorus  has  been  used  in  osteomalacia,  in  rickets,  and  in 
cases  of  ununited  fracture.  [Without  doubt  it  promotes  calcareous 
deposit  in  the  healing  of  fractures.  It  is  of  value  in  the  con- 
valescence from  exhausting  diseases,  in  nervous  exhaustion,  in 
neuralgia  when  dependent  upon  debility,  in  alcoholism,  in  sexual 
exhaustion  and  in  various  suppurative  diseases.] 

TOXICOLOGY. 

Acute  Poisoning. — Phosphorus  is  often  taken  or  administered  criminally, 
either  as  match-heads  or  vermin  paste. 

\_Sympt oms.~\ — For  the  first  few  hours  there  are  no  effects,  then  the  following 
symptoms  of  gastro  intestinal  irritation  set  in  :  Nausea,  abdominal  pain,  and 
vomiting ;  the  vomited  matters  smell  of  phosphorus  and  are  luminous,  [if 
heated  with  sulphuric  acid  (Wood).]  There  is  some  general  depression. 
Diarrhoea  is  rare.  The  patient  may  die  in  collapse,  but  far  more  frequently 
these  symptoms  all  pass  off,  and  he  appears  quite  well.  But  after  three  or  four 
days  jaundice  is  noticed,  and  this  soon  becomes  very  [marked] ;  there  is  now 
great  prostration,  the  liver  is  enlarged,  the  abdomen  distended,  and  he  com- 
plains of  intense  thirst.  [There  is  likely  to  be  a  garlicky  odor  to  the  breath. 
(Brunton,  Semple).]  Vomiting  of  altered  blood  and  diarrhoea  with  bloody 
stools  may  be  observed,  but  these  two  symptoms  are  not  severe.  The  skin  is 
cold,  the  pulse  feeble  and  rapid.  The  urine  is  scanty,  highly  colored,  albumin- 
ous, bile-stained,  and  perhaps  bloody,  and  it  may  contain  bile  acids  and  crys- 
tals of  leucin  and  tyrosin.  [Sarcolactic  acid  found  in  the  urine  is  diagnostic. 
(Wood).]  Muscular  twitchings  occur,  the  patient  becomes  comatose  and  dies. 
Post-mortem. — Two  results  are  very  striking.  (l.)  Fatty  degeneration  (thus 
phosphorus  resembles  arsenic  and  antimony),  affecting  principally  the  liver,  in 
which  it  is  very  marked  ;  and  if  the  patient  lives  long  enough,  there  may  be 
a  diminution  in  the  size  of  the  organ.  Fatty  degeneration  is  also  found  in  the 
muscles,  kidneys  and  gastro- intestinal  tract.  (2.)  Haemorrhages  are  seen  in 
many  places,  and  ecchymoses  are  sometimes  very  abundant.  If  they  occur  in 
the  gastric  and  intestinal  mucous  membranes,  they  may  give  rise  to  the  errone- 
ous belief  that  evidences  of  acute  gastro-intestinal  irritation  can  be  found  at 
death.  The  symptoms  of  phosphorus  poisoning  in  many  respects  resemble 
those  of  acute  yellow  atrophy  of  the  liver. 

Treatment. — Thoroughly  empty  the  stomach  by  a  stomach  pump,  or  by 
•washing  it  out.  [Formerly]  copper  sulphate  [was  given]  as  an  emetic  (see 
Copper,  p.  180),  three  grains  [.20  gm.]  every  few  minutes  till  vomiting  is  in- 
duced, then  every  15  minutes  ;  also  half  a  drachm  [2.  c.c.]  of  oil  of  turpen- 
tine every  half  hour.  A  full  dose  of  a  saline  purge  may  be  administered. 
[Repeated  and  free  inhalations  of  oxygen  have  been  used,  which  suggest  that 


THE    PREPARATIONS    OF   THE    HYPOPHOSPHITES.         239 

hydrogen  dioxide  may  be  efficacious  when  given  by  the  mouth.  ]  No  oils  or 
fats  should  on  any  account  be  given.  [Percy  found  that  the  old  oil  of  turpen- 
tine, which  contains  oxygen,  if  administered  soon  after  taking  the  poison  and 
before  it  was  absorbed,  was  an  antidote  (experiments  upon  dogs).] 

Chronic  Poisoning. — This,  which  used  to  be  seen  in  those  who  worked 
among  phosphorus  fumes,  is  now  of  great  rarity.  [This  is  because  the  red  or 
non-poisonous  phosphorus  is  generally  employed  in  match  factories.]  The 
chief  symptoms  are  those  of  gastro-intestinal  irritation  and  necrosis  of  the  jaw. 
This  Stockman  has  shown  to  be  due  to  the  fact  that  the  phosphorus  fumes, 
when  the  gum  is  broken,  gain  access  to  the  bone  and  lower  its  vitality,  so  that 
it  easily  becomes  the  seat  of  tuberculous  disease.  Sufferers  from  phosphorus 
necrosis  often  die  from  general  tuberculosis. 

1.  CALCII    HYPOPHOSPHIS.— [Calcium    Hypophosphite.      Ca(P 
H20.2)2=i6o.67. 

SOURCE. — Heat  Phosphorus  with  Milk  of  Lime.  Then  pass  Carbon 
Dioxide  through  the  liquid  to  remove  the  excess  of  Lime.  The  Hypophosphite 
crystallizes  out  of  the  solution.  3Ca(OH)2-f  4P2+6H2O=3Ca(PH2O2).r|-2PH3. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  transparent,  monoclinic  prisms  or  small  lus- 
trous scales,  or  a  white,  crystalline  powder,  having  a  nauseous,  bitter  taste. 
Solubility. — In  6.8  parts  of  water  ;  insoluble  in  Alcohol.] 

Dose,  2  to  5  gr. ;  [.12  to  .30  gm.] 

2.  SODII  HYPOPHOSPHIS.— [Sodium  Hypophosphite.     NaPH2O2 
+H20=io5.84.] 

SOURCE. — Add  Sodium  Carbonate  to  a  solution  of  Lime  Hypophosphite 
and  evaporate  [the  filtrate].  Ca(PH2O2)2+Na!CO3=CaCO3+2NaPH!1O!(. 

CHARACTERS. — [Small,  colorless,  transparent,  rectangular  plates  of  a 
pearly  lustre,  or  a  white  granular  salt,  with  a  bitterish  sweet,  saline  taste. 
Solubility. — In  I  part  of  water;  in  30  parts  of  Alcohol.] 

Dose,  5  to  20  gr. ;  [.30  to  1.20  gm.] 

3.  [POTASSII    HYPOPHOSPHIS.  — Potassium    Hypophosphite. 
KPH2O2=i03.9i. 

SOURCE. — From  double  decomposition  of  Calcium  Hypophosphite  and 
Potassium  Carbonate  ;  the  Potassium  Hypophosphite  remains  in  solution. 
Ca(PH2O2)2+K2CO3=CaCO3+2KPH2O,. 

CHARACTERS. — White,  opaque,  hexagonal  plates,  or  crystalline  masses, 
or  a  granular  powder,  having  a  pungent,  saline  taste.  Solubility. — In  O.6  part 
of  water,  and  in  7.3  parts  of  Alcohol. 

Dose,  5  to  20  gr. ;  .30  to  1.20  gm. 

Preparations. 

i.  Syrupus  Hypophosphitum. — Syrup  of  the  Hypophosphites. 
Calcium  Hypophosphite,  45  ;  Sodium  Hypophosphite,  15  ;  Potassium 


24O  INORGANIC   MATERIA    MEDICA. 

Hypophosphite,  15;  diluted  Hypophosphorous  Acid,  2;  Spirit  of 
Lemon,  5  ;  sugar,  500  ;  and  sufficient  water  to  make  1000. 

Dose,  i  to  2  fl.  dr.  ;  4.  to  8.  c.c. 

2.  Syrupus  Hypophosphitum  cum  Ferro.  —  Syrup  of  the  Hypo- 
phosphites  with  Iron.  v 

Ferrous  Lactate,  10  ;  Potassium  Citrate,  10  ;  Syrup  of  the  Hypo- 
phosphites,  to  1000. 

Dose,  i  to  2  fl.  dr.  ;  4.  to  8.  c.c. 

4.  FERRI  HYPOPHOSPHIS.—  Ferric  Hypophosphite.  Fe2(PH, 
O,)6=5oi.04. 

SOURCE.  —  A  solution  of  Sodium  Hypophosphite  is  added  to  a  solution  of 
Ferric  Chloride,  the  precipitate  is  washed  and  dried  with  moderate  heat. 


CHARACTERS.  —  A  white,  or  grayish-white  powder,  nearly  tasteless.  Solu- 
bility. —  Only  slightly  soluble  in  water. 

IMPURITIES.  —  All  of  the  Hypophosphites  are  liable  to  be  contaminated 
with  the  alkaline  carbonates  or  to  contain  free  alkali.  They  explode  if  heated. 

Dose,  2  to  10  gr.  ;  .12  to  .60  gm. 

5.  ZINCI  PHOSPHIDUM.—  Zinc  Phosphide.     Zn3P2=257.22. 
SOURCE.  —  From  vapor  of  Phosphorus  in  a  current  of  dry  Hydrogen  over 

heated  Zinc,  after  all  atmospheric  air  is  expelled. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  gritty  powder  of  a  dark-gray  color,  or  crystalline 
fragments  of  a  dark  metallic  lustre,  and  having  a  faint  odor  and  taste  of 
phosphorus. 

Dose,  -jJj  to  \  gr.  ;  .006  to  .02  gm. 

6.  ACIDUM    HYPOPHOSPHOROSUM    DILUTUM.—  Diluted 
Hypophosphorous  Acid.     A  liquid  composed  of  about  10  per  cent.  ,  by  weight, 
of  absolute  Hypophosphorous  Acid  (HPH2O2=6s.  88)  and  about  90  per  cent. 
of  water. 

SOURCE.  —  Decompose  Potassium  Hypophosphite  by  Sulphuric  Acid,  filter 
and  evaporate  to  a  syrupy  consistence.  2KPH2O.,-|-H,SO4=K,SO4-}-2H 

PH202. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  colorless  liquid,  without  odor,  and  having  an  acid 
taste.  Sp.  gr.,  about  1.046.  Solubility.  —  Miscible  in  all  proportions,  with 
water. 

Diluted  Hypophosphorus  Acid  is  used  in  Syrupus  Hypophosphitum.  ] 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  FERRIC,  CALCIUM,  SODIUM,  AND  POTASSIUM 
HYPOPHOSPHITES. 

These  drugs  have  been  recommended  for  phthisis.  Although 
in  many  cases  there  is  no  satisfactory  evidence  of  their  value  [yet 


THE    PREPARATIONS    OF    THE    HYPOPHOSPHITES.         24! 

they  are  extensively  used  and  are  the  basis  of  a  large  number  of 
proprietary  preparations. 

Following  Churchill  they  should  be  of  chemical  purity,  neu- 
tral in  reaction  ;  the  presence  of  free  alkali  or  alkaline  carbonates 
quickly  giving  rise  to  an  atonic  dyspepsia.  The  preparation,  the 
syrup  of  the  hypophosphites,  is  faulty  in  that  each  salt  has  a  pecu- 
liar property,  yet  the  final  result  being  due  to  the  hypophosphite, 
and  its  beneficial  effect  upon  nutrition.  In  the  early  stages  of 
phthisis  (infiltration)  the  sodium  salt  should  be  administered  and 
the  sodium  salt  alone  ;  if  excavation  is  present  the  calcium  salt  is 
indicated,  and  that  alone,  provided  that  it  does  not  too  suddenly 
check  expectoration,  when  the  sodium  salt  should  be  resumed. 

The  potassium  salt  is  a  valuable  expectorant  in  chronic  bron- 
chitis ;  but  it  has  a  very  limited  usefulness  in  phthisis.  The  hypo- 
phosphites,  when  administered  intelligently,  will  improve  nutri- 
tion and  relieve  some  of  the  symptoms  of  phthisis.  If  adminis- 
tered in  too  large  doses,  or  simultaneously  with  other  remedies,  as 
arsenic,  stimulants,  strychnine,  or  cod-liver  oil,  they  are  likely  to 
produce  headaches  and  dyspepsia,  and  fail  to  cause  improvement. 
The  objection  to  the  syrup,  U.  S.  P.,  namely,  the  use  of  the 
salts  in  combination,  applies  to  nearly  all  of  the  proprietary  pre- 
parations, most  of  which  contain  impure  drugs,  contain  a  low  per- 
centage of  hypophosphites,  and  are  not  scientific  combinations. 
The  syrup  of  the  hypophosphites  with  iron  is  valuable  as  a 
reconstructive.  Zinc  phosphide  is  believed  to  have  the  same 
physiological  and  therapeutical  effects  as  phosphorus. 

7.  CALCII  GLYCEROPHOSPHATIS.— Calcium  Glycerophosphate. 

(Not  official.) 

SOURCE. — Phosphoric  Acid,  30 ;  mixed  with  Glycerin,  36  ;  is  kept  at  a 
little  above  normal  body  temperature  for  six  days,  being  shaken  several  times 
daily.  On  the  seventh  day  it  is  cooled,  its  acidity  is  gradually  and  completely 
neutralized  with  Calcium  Carbonate.  After  two  days  the  solution  is  filtered, 
and  the  salt  precipitated  by  Alcohol.  The  precipitate  is  dissolved  in  cold 
water,  the  solution  filtered  and  evaporated  to  dryness  at  a  low  temperature. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white,  crystalline  powder.  Solubility. — In  20  parts  of 
water,  almost  insoluble  in  boiling  water,  and  insoluble  in  Alcohol. 

Dose,  5  to  15  gr. ;  .30  to  i.oo  gm. 

8.  SODII   GLYCEROPHOSPHATIS.— Sodium  Glycerophosphate. 
(Not  official.) 

16 


242  INORGANIC    MATERIA   MEDICA. 

SOURCE. — By  a  method  similar  to  that  given  above,  a  Sodium  being  sub- 
stituted for  a  Calcium  Salt. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white,  crystalline  powder  which  is  so  hygroscopic  that 
this  salt  appears  in  commerce  only  as  a  75  per  cent,  solution  in  water. 

Dose,  10  to  30  m. ;  .60  to  2.00  c.c.,  usually  hypodermatically. 

Potassium  Glycerophosphate  (not  official)  is  similar  in  physical  appearance 
to  the  Sodium  Salt.  Iron,  Lithium  and  Magnesium  Glycerophosphates  (none 
official)  are  fine,  white,  soluble  powders. 

ACTION  OF  THE  GLYCEROPHOSPHATES. 

According  to  Robin,  the  administration  of  these  substances 
increases  the  solids  of  the  urine,  the  urea,  the  carbon  dioxide 
and  sulphur  oxidation  coefficient,  the  chlorides,  sulphates,  lime, 
magnesia  and  potash,  with  but  little  effect  on  uric  acid.  They 
improve  the  nutrition  of  all  organs,  but  more  particularly  that 
of  the  nervous  system. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  THE  GLYCEROPHOSPHATES. 

Inasmuch  as  the  urine  of  neurasthenics  contains  relatively 
large  amounts  of  incompletely  oxidized  phosphorus,  especially 
in  the  form  of  glycerophosphoric  acid,  the  effort  was  made  to 
replace  this  loss  by  the  introduction  of  phosphorus  into  the  or- 
ganism in  a  form  approaching,  so  nearly  as  is  possible,  that  in 
which  it  exists  in  the  nervous  system.  The  indications  for  the 
glycerophosphates  are  conditions  of  nerve  depression.  If  given 
subcutaneously  they  are  at  least  as  efficacious  as  testicular  fluid 
(g.  z>.),  which  owes  its  activity  to  its  contained  organic  phos- 
phates, and  possess  the  advantage  of  more  accurate  dosage.  They 
are  useful  in  various  neuralgias,  as  sciatica,  tic  douloureux,  Ad- 
dison's  disease,  and  in  the  symptom-complex,  known  as  neuras- 
thenia. Chlorosis,  albuminuria,  phosphaturia,  anaemia,  the  lat- 
ter by  the  iron  salt,  have  been  benefited.  In  diabetes  the  gen- 
eral condition  improves  and  the  amount  of  sugar  may  diminish. 
In  various  diseases  of  the  bones,  such  as  rachitis,  osteomalacia, 
tuberculous  affections,  the  lime  and  magnesium  salts  are  indi- 
cated. The  remedies  should  not  be  expected  to  rejuvenate  se- 
nility, but  are  useful,  even  if  slowly  acting,  adjuncts  to  the  sys- 
tematic treatment  of  impaired  nervous  systems] . 


THK   PREPARATIONS    OF   CHLORINE.  243 

GROUP  IX. 

Chlorine,  Iodine,  Bromine. 

These  elements,  which  are  chemically  so  closely  allied,  are  all  oT  them 
powerful  disinfectants  and  irritants. 

I.  CHLORUM. 

[CHLORUM.— Chlorine.     0=35.37.] 

This  gas  is  not  official  under  its  own  name,  but  is  obtained  from  two 
sources  of  it,  viz. ,  Hydrochloric  Acid  and  Chlorinated  Lime. 

1.  AQUA  CHLORI. — Chlorine  water.     An  aqueous  solution  of  Chlo- 
rine (Cl=35.37)  containing  at  least  0.4  per  cent,  of  the  gas. 

SOURCE. — Pass  washed  Chlorine  gas  into  water.  The  gas  is  obtained  by 
heating  diluted  Hydrochloric  Acid,  35  ;  and  Manganese  Dioxide,  lo.  4HC1 
+MnO2=Cl2+MnCl2-f2H2O. 

CHARACTERS. — A  clear  greenish-yellow  liquid,  having  the  suffocating  odor 
and  disagreeable  taste  of  Chlorine. 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Lead  and  Silver  salts. 

Free  Chlorine  is  contained  in  Acidum  Nitrohydrochloricum  Dilutum. 

Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  15.  c.c.  diluted  with  water. 

2.  CALX  CHLORATA. — Chlorinated  Lime.     [A  compound  resulting 
from  the  action  of  Chlorine  upon  Calcium  Hydrate,  and  containing  not  less 
than  35  per  cent,  of  available  Chlorine.]     Synonym. — Bleaching  powder.     It 
may  be  regarded  either  as  a  compound  of  Calcium  Hypochlorite  and  Chloride, 
or  as  one  of  Lime  and  Chlorine. 

SOURCE. — Pass  Chlorine  gas  over  slaked  Lime.  2Ca(OH)2-j-2Cl2— 
CaCl2O2 + CaCl2+2H2O. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white  or  grayish-white  granular  powder,  [exhaling  the 
odor  of  Hypochlorous  Acid,  having  a  repulsive,  saline  taste,  and  becoming 
moist  and  gradually  decomposing  on  exposure  to  air.] 

3.  LIQUOR  SODiE  CHLORAT^E.— [Solution  of  Chlorinated  Soda. 
Synonym. — Labarraque's  solution.     An  aqueous  solution  of  several  Chlorine 
compounds  of  Sodium,  chiefly  NaCl  and  NaCIO,  containing  at  least  2.6  per 
cent.,  by  weight,  of  available  Chlorine.] 

SOURCE. — [A  solution  of  Sodium  Carbonate,  150;  Chlorinated  Lime,  75  ; 
in  water  to  1000. 

CHARACTERS. — A  clear,  pale-greenish  liquid,  having  a  faint  odor  of 
Chlorine.  Sp.  gr.,  about  1.052.] 

Dose,  J^  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  [2.  to  4.  c.c.] 


244  INORGANIC  MATERIA  MEDICA. 

ACTION  OF  CHLORINE. 

External. — Chlorine  is  one  of  the  most  powerful  disinfec- 
tants and  deodorizers.  It  has  a  very  great  affinity  for  hydro- 
gen, and  hence  decomposes  compounds  which  contain  hydrogen, 
oxygen  generally  being  set  free.  Chlorine  is  a  very  active  and 
destructive  irritant  to  the  skin  and  [respiratory]  mucous  mem- 
branes. 

Internal. —  [When]  given  internally,  [some  of  it  is  converted 
into  chlorides,  but  not  all,  for  the  odor  of  chlorine  has  been 
found  in  the  brain  after  death  from  its  inhalation  (Cameron). 
The  odor  of  chlorine  is  noticeable  in  the  faeces  after  its  internal 
administration.] 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  CHLORINE. 

External. — Chlorine  is  largely  used  in  the  form  of  chlori- 
nated lime  to  disinfect  privies,  drains,  urinals,  etc.  It  may  be 
employed  also  to  disinfect  rooms  after  infectious  diseases.  All 
metals  or  articles  such  as  fabrics,  likely  to  be  bleached,  should 
be  covered  up  or  removed ;  the  windows  and  chimneys  should 
be  pasted  up.  The  gas  can  be  evolved  from  common  salt,  [18  ;] 
manganese  dioxide,  [15;]  and  sulphuric  acid,  [45;  in  iced 
water,  2 1  parts  by  weight.]  The  door  is  then  shut,  and  the 
cracks  around  it  are  pasted  over  with  paper.  [To  disinfect 
hands  moistened  chlorinated  lime  is  spread  over  the  hands,  next 
a  large  crystal  of  washing  soda  is  held  in  the  hands,  and  they 
are  washed  with  rubbing  under  water  until  a  cooling  sensation 
is  experienced.  The  best  disinfectant  for  excreta  is  fresh  chlo- 
rinated lime,  i  ;  dissolved  in  water,  16.  One  quart  (960  c.c. ) 
is  placed  in  the  receptacle  into  which  the  dejecta  are  received 
and  left  one  hour.  (Sternberg. )]  Chlorine  water  is  sometimes 
employed  as  a  wash  for  foul  ulcers  and  discharges.  The  prepa- 
ration known  as  electrozone  owes  its  antiseptic  properties  to 
chlorine.  It  is  sea  water,  the  alkaline  chlorides  of  which  have 
been  converted  into  hypochlorites  by  electrolysis.  Its  anti- 
-septic  strength  is  about  the  same  as  that  of  Liquor  Sodae 
Chloratae. 

Internal. — Chlorine  is  used  internally  in  the  form  of  a  wash 


THE    PREPARATIONS    OF    IODINE.  245 

for  the  mouth.  A  wash  (strong  hydrochloric  acid,  5  m.  [.30 
c.c.];  potassium  chlorate,  9  gr.  [.60  gm.j;  water,  i  fl.  oz.  [30. 
c.c.])  containing  free  chlorine,  is  very  useful  for  syringing  the 
fauces  and  nose  in  scarlet  fever.  The  vapor  gives  rise  to  great 
irritation  of  the  respiratory  tract,  and  should  never  be  inhaled. 
[Aqua  Chlori  has  been  successfully  used,  well  diluted,  in  the 
diarrhoea  of  typhoid  fever,  particularly  in  markedly  septic  pa- 
tients. After  the  administration  of  drachm  doses  every  hour 
the  temperature  falls,  the  intellect  brightens,  the  tongue  clears 
and  betterment  goes  on  to  recovery  in  many  apparently  hopeless 
cases.] 

II.  IODUM. 

IODUM.— Iodine.     I  [=126.53.] 

SOURCE. — Obtained  from  the  ashes  of  sea-weed  [and  from  the  mother- 
liquor  of  Chilian  Sodium  Nitrate. 

CHARACTERS. — Heavy  bluish-black,  dry  and  friable  rhombic  plates,  having 
a  metallic  lustre,  a  distinctive  odor,  and  a  sharp  and  acrid  taste.  Solubility. — 
In  5000  parts  of  water ;  in  10  parts  of  Alcohol,  freely  in  Ether,  slightly  in 
Glycerin,  freely  in  a  solution  of  Potassium  Iodide  or  Sodium  Chloride.] 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Metallic  salts,  mineral  acids,  alkaloids,  oil  of  turpentine 
and  ammonia ;  with  the  last  two  explosive  compounds  may  be  formed. 

IMPURITIES. — Iodine  cyanide  and  iron. 

Preparations. 

[i.  Liquor  lodi  Compositus. — Compound  Solution  of  Iodine. 
Synonym. — LugoFs  Solution.  Iodine,  5  ;  Potassium  Iodide,  10  ;  water 
to  loo.  Strength. — 5  per  cent. 

Dose,  i  to  10  m. ;  .06  to  .60  c.c.] 

2.  Tinctura  lodi. — [Tincture  of  Iodine.     Iodine,  70;  Alcohol  to 
1000.     Strength. — 7  per  cent. 

Dose,  i  to  5  m. ;  .06  to  .30  c.c.] 

3.  Unguentum  lodi. — [Iodine  Ointment.     Iodine,  4  ;  Potassium 
Iodide,  I  ;  water,  2  ;  Benzoinated  Lard,  93.     Strength. — 4  per  cent.] 

ACTION  OF  IODINE. 

External. — The  actions  of  iodine  applied  externally  are  the 
same  as  those  of  chlorine,  that  is  to  say,  it  is  powerfully  disin- 
fectant and  irritant.  The  latter  action  is  the  most  important 
Iodine  applied  to  the  skin  produces  a  yellow  stain,  which  can  be 


246  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

removed  by  an  alkali  or  sodium  hyposulphite.  At  the  same  time 
it  causes  a  sensation  of  heat  and  burning,  dilatation  of  the  ves- 
sels (rubefaction),  some  cedematous  swelling,  and  some  exuda- 
tion of  leucocytes,  to  which  its  energetic  absorbent  action  is 
probably  due.  There  often  is  an  accumulation  of  fluid  under  the 
epidermis  forming  a  vesicle.  Preparations  of  iodine  are  rarely 
used  strong  enough  to  produce  more  powerful  irritation  than 
this.  The  external  application  of  them  probably  reflexly  con- 
tracts the  vessels  of  the  subjacent  organs,  and  this  may  explain 
their  use  as  counter-irritants.  If  they  are  too  strong,  the  irrita- 
tion set  up  by  them  will  proceed  to  the  formation  of  vesicles, 
and  even  pustules,  and  deep  inflammation  with  scarring.  They 
usually  destroy  the  superficial  cuticle,  so  that  after  the  use  of 
them  the  skin  peels.  Iodine  may  be  absorbed  from  the  skin, 
and  the  alkalies  in  the  blood  serum  lead  to  the  formation  of 
sodium  iodide  and  iodate;  thus,  6NaHCO3+3l2=5NaI-t-NaIO3+ 
6CO2+3H2O.  These,  when  they  meet  an  acid,  undergo  double 
decomposition;  thus  5NaI+NaIO3+H2O=6NaHO  f  3!,.  Thus 
free  iodine  is  formed  in  the  stomach  and  kidneys,  and  so  if 
iodine  has  been  applied  to  too  large  an  area  we  get  gastro-intes- 
tinal  irritation  and  vomiting.  The  same  may  happen  if  it  is 
taken  by  the  mouth,  and  it  may  cause  precisely  the  same  symp- 
toms of  iodism  as  potassium  iodide.  Iodine  preparations  are 
parasiticides  to  the  various  vegetable  and  animal  parasites 
which  infest  the  skin. 

Internal. — Minute  doses  of  the  tincture  occasionally  stop 
vomiting.  The  vapor  [B.  P.,  which  is  tincture  of  iodine,  i ; 
water,  8  ;  to  be  gently  heated]  is  very  irritating  to  the  respira- 
tory passages. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  IODINE. 

External. — Iodine  is  rarely  employed  for  its  antiseptic  pro- 
perties, as  chlorine  is  cheaper.  The  preparations  of  iodine  are 
in  constant  use  as  irritants  and  counter-irritants.  Usually  one  or 
two  coats  of  the  liniment  [B.  P.,  1885,  which  contains  iodine, 
5 ;  potassium  iodide,  2  ;  glycerin,  i  ;  alcohol,  40],  lightly 
painted  on  the  skin,  suffice ;  if  more  is  used  the  inflammation  is 
too  severe.  If  it  causes  pain,  it  may  be  washed  off  with  a  solu- 


THE    PREPARATIONS    OF    IODINE.  247 

•tion  of  potassium  iodide.  The  ointment,  tincture  and  compound 
solution  are  much  milder  than  the  liniment,  which  is  too  strong 
for  many  persons.  Preparations  of  iodine  are  frequently  used 
as  counter-irritants  for  chronic  inflammation  of  joints,  for  pleurisy, 
chilblains,  periostitis,  and  many  other  purposes.  The  mild  prep- 
arations of  iodine  are  applied  over  chronically  inflamed  lymphatic 
glands  when  the  cause  of  the  swelling  cannot  be  removed.  A 
decolorized  tincture  of  iodine  is  prepared,  consisting  of  iodine 
dissolved  in  [alcohol,]  and  decolorized  by  a  strong  solution  of 
ammonia.  Its  strength  is  i  in  40,  nearly,  and  has  the  advantage 
of  not  staining  the  skin  ;  but  it  contains  no  iodine,  for  ammonium 
iodide  and  iodate  are  formed.  Therefore  it  is  a  much  milder 
irritant  than  other  iodine  preparations.  Any  effect  it  may  have 
is  due  to  excess  of  ammonia.  For  its  irritant  effect  the  official 
tincture  may  be  injected  into  a  hydrocoele  or  a  cyst  to  cause 
adhesive  inflammation,  and  it  has  been  injected  into  joints, 
abscesses,  and  the  pleural  cavity  after  empyema  ;  but  in  such 
cases  great  care  must  be  taken  that  the  inflammation  induced  is 
not  too  severe,  and  this  treatment  is  now  very  rarely  used,  for 
the  cavities,  being  kept  aseptic,  heal  up  without  it.  The  tinc- 
ture, or,  if  it  can  be  borne,  the  liquor  [B.  P.,  which  is  iodine, 
10 ;  potassium  iodide,  15;  water,  200;]  is  often  used  as  an 
antiparasitic  for  ringworm.  Coster's  paste,  which  is  sometimes 
employed  for  this  disease,  consists  of  iodine  dissolved  in  light 
oil  of  wood  tar  (i  to  4).  Morton's  fluid,  which  is  used  as  an 
injection  for  spina  bifida,  consists  of  iodine,  i  ;  potassium  iodide, 
3 ;  glycerin,  48.  [Two  preparations  are  frequently  employed 
in  the  treatment  of  diseases  of  women.  These  are  :  Churchill's 
tincture  ;  iodine,  5  ;  potassium  iodide,  i  ;  water,  8  ;  alcohol, 
24,  and  Battey's  fluid;  iodine,  2  ;  pure  carbolic  acid,  i.] 

Internal. — The  vapor  [B.  P.,  see  p.  246]  of  iodine  is  occa- 
sionally inhaled  for  diseases  of  the  lungs ;  but  it  probably  does 
more  harm  than  good.  One  or  two  minims,  [.06  to  .  12  c.c.]  of 
the  tincture  in  half  an  ounce,  [15.  c.c.]  of  water  are  often  given, 
quite  empirically,  every  half  hour,  in  cases  of  vomiting,  and 
sometimes  with  distinct  benefit.  Preparations  of  seaweed  have 
among  uneducated  persons  a  reputation  for  reducing  obesity. 


248  INORGANIC   MATERIA    MEDICA. 

If  they  have  any  such  action  it  is  probably  because  the  iodine, 
chlorine  and  bromine  in  them  set  up  such  dyspepsia  that  the 
proper  digestion  and  absorption  of  food  are  prevented.  Ex- 
tracts of  Fucus  vesiculosus,  the  bladderwrack  or  seawrack,  have 
been  used,  and  are  the  basis  of  some  quack  preparations. 

1.  POTASSII  IODIDUM.— Potassium  Iodide.     KI[=i6s.56.] 
SOURCE. — Dissolve  Iodine  in  a  hot  solution  of  Potassa  in  distilled  water. 

3l,-|-6KHO=5KI+KIO84-3H,O.  Evaporate  and  heat  the  residue  with 
Charcoal ;  the  Oxygen  of  the  lodate  is  carried  off  as  Carbonic  Oxide.  KIOS 
4-Cs=KI-f-3CO.  Dissolve  in  boiling  water,  filter,  wash  and  crystallize. 

CHARACTERS. —  [Colorless,  transparent  or  translucent,  cubical  crystals,  or 
a  white,  granular  powder,  having  a  peculiar,  faint,  iodine-like  odor,  and  a 
pungent,  saline,  afterwards  bitter  taste.  Solubility,~\n  0.75  part  of  water; 
in  1 8  of  Alcohol ;  in  2.5  of  Glycerin.] 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Bismuth  subnitrate,  sweet  spirit  of  nitre,  liquorice,  and 
preparations  containing  starch. 

IMPURITIES. — lodates  [and  free  alkalies.] 

Dose,  5  to  60  gr. ;  [.30  to  4.00  gm.,]  or  more. 

Preparations. 

[i.  Syrupus  Acidi  Hydriodici. — Syrup  of  Hydriodic  Acid.  A 
syrupy  liquid  containing  about  I  per  cent,  by  weight,  of  absolute 
Hydriodic  Acid  (HI=I27.53). 

SOURCE. — Dissolve  Potassium  Iodide,  13  ;  and  Potassium  Hypo- 
phosphite,  I  ;  in  water.  Dissolve  Tartaric  Acid,  12  ;  in  diluted  Alco- 
hol, 25  ;  mix  the  two  solutions,  cool,  filter,  reduce  tKe  filtrate  by  evap- 
oration to  50  parts,  and  mix,  when  cold,  with  Syrup  to  looo. 

CHARACTERS. — A  transparent,  colorless  or  not  more  than  a  pale 
straw-colored  liquid,  having  a  sweet  and  acidulous  taste  and  an  acid 
reaction.  Sp.  gr.,  about  1.313. 

Dose,  '4  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  c.c. 

2.  Unguentum  Potassii  lodidi. — Ointment  of  Potassium  Iodide. 
Potassium  Iodide,  12 ;  Sodium  Hyposulphite,  I  ;  hot  water,  10;  Ben- 
zoinated  Lard,  77.] 

2.  SODII  IODIDUM.— Sodium  Iodide.     [^1=149.53.] 

SOURCE. — Made  from  a  solution  of  Soda,  as  Potassium  Iodide  is  made 
from  a  solution  of  Potassa.  3l,+6XaHO=5NaI-f-NaIO8-f  3H,O. 

CHARACTERS. — [Colorless,  cubical  crystals  or  a  white  crystalline  powder, 
having  a  saline  and  slightly  bitter  taste.  Solubility. — In  O.6  part  of  water; 
in  about  3  parts  of  Alcohol.] 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr. ;  [.30  to  a.oo  gm.,]  or  more. 


THE    PREPARATIONS    OF    IODINE. 

[3.  AMMONII  IODIDUM.— Ammonium  Iodide.     N>  t^^fr 

SOURCE. — Dissolve  Potassium  Iodide  and  Ammonium  Sulphate  in  boiling 
water,  add  Alcohol,  filter,  wash,  and  evaporate  the  filtrate  to  aryness.  2KI-J- 
(NH4)2SO4=2NHJ+K2SO4. 

CHARACTERS. — 'Minute,  colorless,  cubical  crystals,  or  a  white  granular 
powder,  very  deliquescent,  having  a  sharp,  saline  taste.  Solubility. — In  I 
part  of  water,  and  in  9  parts  of  Alcohol. 

IMPURITIES. — lodates  and  potassium  sulphate. 

Dose,  2  to  10  gr. ;  .12  to  .60  gm.,  or  more. 

4.  STRONTII  IODIDUM.— Strontium  Iodide.    SrIrJ-6H2O=448.l2. 
SOURCE. — By  neutralization  of  freshly  prepared  solution  of  Hydriodic  Acid 

with  Strontium  Carbonate ;  the  filtrate  is  concentrated  and  the  salt  obtained 
by  crystallization.  2HI+SrCO3=SrI2+CO2-fH2O. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  transparent,  hexagonal  plates,  odorless,  and 
having  a  bitterish,  saline  taste.  Deliquescent,  and  colored  yellow  by  exposure 
to  air  and  light.  Solubility. — In  O.6  part  of  water;  soluble  in  Alcohol,  and 
slightly  in  Ether. 

IMPURITY. — Barium  salts. 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr.  ;  .30  to  2.00  gm. 

5.  ZINCI  IODIDUM.— Zinc  Iodide.     ZnI2=3i8.i6. 

SOURCE. — By  digesting  an  excess  of  Zinc,  with  Iodine  diffused  in  water. 
Zn+I2+H20=ZnI2+H,0. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white,  granular  powder,  odorless,  and  having  a  sharp, 
saline  and  metallic  taste.  Very  deliquescent,  and  liable  to  absorb  oxygen  from 
the  air,  and  to  become  brown  from  liberated  Iodine.  Solubility. — Readily  in 
water,  Alcohol,  or  Ether. 

Dose,  i  to  3  gr. ;  .06  to  .20  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  THE  IODIDES.' 

External. — They  have  none.  They  do  not  irritate,  and 
they  are  absorbed  by  the  unbroken  skin  in  very  small  quantities. 

Internal. — There  is  much  uncertainty  about  the  action  of 
iodides,  which  is  not  surprising  when  we  remember  the  powerful 
chemical  affinities  of  iodine.  Binz  teaches  that  they  are  decom- 
posed in  the  body  by  small  quantities  of  nascent  oxygen  (set  free 
by  living  protoplasm)  acting  upon  an  iodide  which  is  in  an  acid- 
ulated solution,  the  acid  being  provided  by  carbon  [dioxide] . 
Thus  KI+H2O+CO2=KHCO3+HI,  and  then  4HI+O2=2H2O 
+  2l2.  We  have  just  shown  that  iodine  acts  as  an  absorbent  and 
that  it  leads  to  leucocytosis ;  and  that  iodides  act  by  virtue  of 
the  iodine  set  free  from  them  in  the  body  is  supported  by  the  fact 


25O  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

that  the  older  physicians  produced  the  same  therapeutic  effects 
by  giving  iodine  internally  as  we  procure  with  iodides,  and  that 
iodine  taken  internally  will  produce  symptoms  of  iodism.  Potas- 
sium iodide  replaced  iodine  in  therapeutics  because  it  does  not 
cause  the  same  gastro -intestinal  irritation.  The  beneficial  effects 
of  iodides  are  so  very  marked  in  syphilis  that  in  this  disease  they 
must  have  some  specific  action  in  addition  to  their  general  power 
as  absorbents.  They  also  have  a  specific  effect  on  the  mammary 
gland,  for  they  lessen  the  secretion  of  milk.  In  long-continued 
large  doses  they  cause  atrophy  of  the  testicles  and  breasts.  Some 
.  believe  that  they  aid  in  the  elimination  of  lead,  and  this  may  be 
due  to  the  fact  that  lead  albuminate  is  soluble  in  solutions  of 
potassium  iodide.  Occasionally  considerable  general  depression 
is  produced  by  large  doses  of  potassium  iodide  ;  but  this  is  prob- 
ably due  to  the  potassium,  and  not  to  the  iodine,  [and  in  this 
case  the  syrup  of  hydriodic  acid  can  be  substituted].  The  iodides 
are  rapidly  eliminated  by  the  urine,  saliva,  sweat  and  mucous 
membranes.  When  taken  in  excess  they  produce  a  number  of 
symptoms  known  as  Iodism. 

Iodism. — [This  occurs  in  three  forms,  (i)  The  symptoms 
are  those  of  gastric  irritation  only.]  (2)  The  patient  complains 
of  heavy  pain  over  the  frontal  sinus,  running  at  the  nose,  sore 
throat,  increased  secretion  of  saliva,  and  an  eruption  on  the  skin, 
consisting  of  patches  of  erythema.  In  rare  cases  there  is  albu- 
minuria.  The  inflammation  about  the  fauces  may  spread  to  the 
gums  or  down  the  trachea,  setting  up  laryngitis,  tracheitis,  and 
bronchitis.  These  symptoms  have  been  ascribed  to  an  excessive 
formation  of  free  iodine  [produced]  as  mentioned  above — and 
this  is  supported  by  the  fact  that  they  can  be  checked  by  large 
doses  of  sodium  bicarbonate,  which  keep  the  fluids  of  the  body 
alkaline,  and  thus  prevent  the  formation  of  free  iodine — and 
also  to  the  decomposition  of  iodides  by  nitrites,  for  minute 
traces  of  these  are  believed  to  exist  in  saliva,  nasal  and  bron- 
chial mucus,  and  sweat,  and  they  will  liberate  free  iodine  from 
potassium  jodide.  It  is  stated  in  support  of  this  view  that  sul- 
phanilic  acid  (dose,  60  to  90  gr.  [4.  to  6.  gm.]),  which  forms 
a  very  stable  compound  with  nitrous  acid,  will  prevent  iodism. 


THE    PREPARATIONS    OF    IODINE. 

[Nervous  troubles,  neuralgia,  singing  in  the  ears,  convulsive 
movements,  disturbed  intellection  and  rarely  atrophy  of  mammae 
and  testicles  may  be  noticed.  (3)  lodic  cachexia,  which  is  char- 
acterized by  rapid  emaciation  ;  severe  cardiac  palpitation  and 
ravenous  appetite,  are  also  prominent  symptoms.]  The  suscep- 
tibility of  people  to  poisoning  by  iodides  varies  very  much. 
\Treatment, — The  chewing  of  pellitory  will  hasten  the  elimi- 
nation of  iodine  in  the  chronic  forms.] 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  THE  IODIDES. 

The  most  important  use  of  iodides  is  for  syphilis  ;  their  value 
for  the  primary  and  secondary  stages  is  comparatively  slight,  but 
they  are  invaluable  for  the  tertiary  stage,  as  they  often  cause  the 
rapid  absorption  of  nodes,  gummataand  other  syphilitic  deposits. 
The  pharmacopoeial  dose  may  often  be  exceeded  :  patients  some- 
times take  two,  three,  or  even  four  drachms  [8.  to  16.  gm.]  a  day. 
Large  doses  are  especially  used  in  syphilis  of  the  nervous  system. 
[Daily  doses  of  an  ounce,  30.  gm.,  are  not  infrequently  neces- 
sary in  these  cases.  No  symptoms  of  iodism  are  likely  to  appear 
until  the  disease  subsides.]  Potassium  iodide  is  often  prescribed 
with  [cprrosive  mercuric]  chloride  ;  [red  mercuric]  iodide  is 
formed  and  dissolved  in  the  excess  of  potassium  iodide. 

Chronic  rheumatoid  arthritis  is  often  treated,  and  sometimes 
with  benefit,  by  small  doses  of  potassium  iodide  continued  for  a 
long  while,  but  probably  [ferrous]  iodide  is  more  useful.  [So- 
called]  gonorrhoeal  rheumatism  is  often  treated  with  potassium 
iodide  [but  the  syrup  of  hydriodic  acid  is  preferable.]  It  fre- 
quently aids  the  absorption  of  chronic  inflammatory  products, 
even  when  they  are  not  syphilitic.  Therefore  certain  forms  of 
joint  disease,  of  pleurisy  and  of  pulmonic  consolidation  some- 
times yield  to  treatment  by  this  drug.  The  attempt  has  been 
made  to  cure  aneurisms  which  are  inaccessible  to  surgery  by  giv- 
ing potassium  iodide  for  long  periods,  for  it  is  thought  that  it 
aids  the  coagulation  of  blood  in  them  ;  but  as  at  the  same  time 
the  patient  is  always  kept  in  bed,  it  is  difficult  to  say  how  much 
of  any  improvement  that  may  happen  to  take  place  is  due  to  the 
iodide.  Occasionally  it  relieves  the  pain  of  aneurism  or  of 


252  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

angina  pectoris.  It  is  a  valuable  expectorant,  [particularly  the 
ammonium  salt] ,  and  sometimes  cures  cases  of  bronchitis  when 
other  remedies  have  failed.  Lately,  chronic  Bright' s  disease 
has  been  largely  treated  with  the  drug.  Lardaceous  disease  of 
the  kidneys  and  other  organs  is  benefited  by  it.  [The  potassium 
salt]  is  recommended  for  the  [symptom]  asthma,  and  in  some 
cases  does  much  good.  It  is  occasionally  given  to  decrease  the 
secretion  of  milk.  Potassium  iodide  perhaps  causes  an  increased 
excretion  of  both  lead  and  mercury  if  they  exist  in  the  body, 
and  is  therefore  occasionally  given  in  chronic  poisoning  by  these 
metals.  Sodium  iodide  is  not  so  much  used  ;  it  probably  pro- 
duces the  same  effects  as  the  potassium  salt,  [but  does  not 
occasion  so  much  depression.]  Ammonium  iodide  may  be  given 
if  the  potassium  salt  causes  depression,  and  it  is  said  that  rubid- 
ium iodide  [not  official]  (dose,  5  to  20  gr.  [.30  to  1.20  gm.]) 
is  sometimes  better  tolerated  than  the  potassium  salt. 

[Strontium  iodide  has  been  recently  introduced,  and  is  used 
for  the  same  purposes  as  the  other  iodides.  It  is  believed  that  it 
is  less  likely  to  disturb  the  stomach,  cause  acne,  and  depress  the 
heart  than  the  remaining  iodides.  In  many  instances  the  syrup 
of  hydriodic  acid  can  be  substituted  with  advantage  ^  for  the 
iodides.  It  is  not  so  likely  to  produce  iodism,  nor  does  it  so 
readily  give  rise  to  the  "  iodide  punishment. ' '  Its  pleasant  taste 
is  grateful  to  most  patients  ;  it  should,  however,  be  administered, 
well  diluted,  one-half  hour  before  meals,  or  at  least  upon  an  empty 
stomach.  Some  of  the  commercial  preparations  are  likely  to 
decompose  readily,  especially  when  made  from  tartaric  acid  and 
potassium  iodide,  and  are  objectionable  from  the  amount  of  syrup 
which  is  administered  when  large  doses  are  employed.] 

III.  BROMUM. 

BROMUM.— Bromine.     Br.=[79-76.] 

SOURCE. — [A  liquid  obtained  from  sea  water  and  saline  springs. 

CHARACTERS. — A  heavy,  dark,  brownish-red,  mobile  liquid,  evolving, 
even  at  ordinary  temperatures,  a  yellowish-red  vapor,  highly  irritating  to  the 
eyes  and  lungs,  and  having  a  peculiar  suffocating  odor,  resembling  that  of 
Chlorine.  Sp.  gr.,  2.990.]  Solubility. — In  30  parts  of  water ;  [readily  in 
Alcohol  and  Ether.] 

IMPURITY.  — Iodine. 


THE    PREPARATIONS   OF   BROMINE.  2$ 3 

ACTION  OF  BROMINE. 

Its  action  is  like  that  of  chlorine  and  iodine.  It  is  rarely 
used  in  medicine. 

1.  POTASSII  BROMIDUM.— Potassium  Bromide.    KBr [=118.79.] 
SOURCE. — [By  adding  Bromine  to  a  solution  of  Potassa,  a  solution  of  the 

Bromide  and  Bromate  is  made.  3Br2-f6KOH=5KBr-f-KBrO3+3H2O. 
On  evaporation  to  dryness,  mixing  the  salts  with  Charcoal  and  heating  to  red- 
ness, the  Bromate  is  reduced  to  a  Bromide,  while  the  Oxygen  unites  with  the 
Carbon,  forming  Carbonic  Oxide,  which  escapes.  KBrO3+3C=KBr-)-3CO. 
Dissolving  in  water,  the  solution  yields  the  Bromide  in  crystals. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless  or  white  cubical  crystals,  or  granules,  having  a 
pungent  saline  taste.  Solubility. — In  about  1.6  parts  water;  in  200  parts 
of  Alcohol. 

IMPURITIES. — Potassium  bromide  and  free  alkali.] 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Acids,  acid  and  metallic  salts. 

Dose,  5  to  60  gr. ;  [.30  to  4.00  gm.] 

2.  SODII  BROMIDUM.— Sodium  Bromide.     NaBr[=iO2.76.] 
SOURCE. — Made  from  a  solution  of  Soda,  as  Potassium  Bromide  is  made 

from  a  solution  of  Potassa. 

CHARACTERS. — [Colorless  or  white  cubical  crystals,  or  a  white  granular 
powder,  having  a  saline,  slightly  bitter  taste.  Solubility, — In  about  1.2  parts 
of  water  ;  in  13  parts  of  Alcohol.] 

IMPURITIES  AND  INCOMPATIBLES. — Those  of  Potassium  Bromide. 

Dose,  15  to  60  gr. ;  [i.  to  4.  gm.] 

3.  AMMONII     BROMIDUM.— Ammonium     Bromide.      NH4Br[= 

97-77-1 

SOURCE. — Made  by  neutralizing  Hydrobroinic  Acid  with  Ammonia  or 
Ammonium  Carbonate,  evaporating  and  crystallizing.  [HBr-f-NH4OH= 
NH4Br+H2O.] 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless  [transparent,  prismatic  crystals,  or  a  white  crys- 
talline product,  having  a  pungent  saline  taste.  Solubility. — In  1.5  parts  of 
water  ;  in  30  parts  of  Alcohol.] 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Acids,  acid  salts,  and  spirit  of  nitrous  ether. 

IMPURITIES. — Iodides  and  free  bromine. 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr. ;  [.30  to  2.00  gm. 

4.  LITHII  BROMIDUM.— Lithium  Bromide.     LiBr=86.77. 

SOURCE. — From  a  solution  of  Ferrous  Bromide  heated  with  Lithium  Car- 
bonate ;  when  cool  the  solution  is  evaporated,  and  the  salt  obtained  by  crystal- 
lization. FeBr2+Li2CO3=2LiBr-(-  FeCO3. 

CHARACTERS. — A   white  granular  salt,   odorless,   having    a    sharp    and 


254  INORGANIC   MATERIA    MEDICA. 

slightly  bitter  taste,  very  deliquescent.  Solubility. — In  0.6  part  of  water; 
very  soluble  in  Alcohol. 

Dose,  5  to  20  gr. ;  .30  to  1.20  gm. 

5.  CALCII  BROM I DUM.— Calcium  Bromide.     CaBr2=i99-43. 
SOURCE. — From   pure   Calcium   Carbonate    by  solution   in    Hydrobromic 

Acid  and  evaporation.     CaCOs+2HBr=CaBr2-f  CO2=H2O. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white  granular  salt,  having  a  sharp,  saline  taste,  very 
deliquescent.  Solubility. — In  0.7  part  of  water,  and  in  I  part  of  Alcohol. 

Dose,  15  to  30  gr. ;  i.  to  2.  gm. 

6.  ZINCI  BROMIDUM.— Zinc  Bromide.     ZnBr2=224.62. 
SOURCE. — From  granulated   Zinc    digested   in   Hydrobromic   Acid  ;    the 

solution  is  concentrated,  acidulated  with  Hydrobromic  Acid,  and  dried  upon  a 
water-bath.  Zn+2HBr=ZnBr2-|-H,. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white  granular  powder,  having  a  sharp,  saline  and 
metallic  taste,  very  deliquescent,  and  a  neutral  reaction.  Solubility. — Readily 
in  water  and  Alcohol. 

Dose,  i  to  5  gr. ;  .06  to  .30  gm. 

7.  STRONTII    BROMIDUM.— Strontium    Bromide.     SrBrs+6H,O 

=354.58. 

SOURCE. — By  neutralizing  diluted  Hydrobromic  Acid  with  Strontium  Car- 
bonate, filtration  and  evaporation.  SrCOj-f2HBr=SrBr2-|-CO,-f-H,O. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  transparent,  hexagonal  crystals,  odorless,  and 
having  a  bitter  saline  taste.  Very  deliquescent.  Solubility. — In  1.05  parts 
of  water.  Readily  soluble  in  Alcohol. 

IMPURITIES. — Barium  and  calcium  salts. 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr. ;  .30  to  2.00  gm.] 

.  ACTION  OF  THE  BROMIDES. 

External. — They  have  none. 

Internal. — Alimentary  canal. — Solutions  of  any  of  the  [first] 
three  bromides,  frequently  painted  on  the  throat,  diminish  its 
sensibility.  Medicinal  doses  have  no  other  effect  on  the  ali- 
mentary canal.  All  bromides  are  quickly  converted  into  sodium 
bromide  in  the  stomach  and  intestines,  and  they  are  readily 
absorbed. 

Nervous  system. — Bromides  are  powerful  depressants  to 
the  nervous  system ;  [the  action  of  the  potassium  salt  being 
most  marked.]  Thus,  if  an  animal  be  given  large  doses  of  any 
of  them,  irritation  of  the  cortical  motor  areas,  which  before  easily 


THE  PREPARATIONS  OF  BROMINE.          255 

excited  movements,  fails  to  do  so.  Experiments  also  show  that 
the  reflex  excitability  of  the  cord  is  considerably  diminished,  and 
that  the  activity  of  the  sensory  mechanism  is  also  impaired,  for 
large  doses  of  bromides  given  to  frogs  cause  cutaneous  anaesthe- 
sia. In  man,  at  least,  not  only  the  cortical  motor  area,  but  the 
brain  as  a  whole  is  depressed,  therefore  these  drugs  are  powerful 
hypnotics.  It  is  probable  that  in  addition  to  the  brain  and 
spinal  cord  the  peripheral  nerves  are  depressed,  so  that  bromides 
are  well  worthy  to  be  called  powerful  nervous  depressants.  The 
activity  of  the  muscles  is  also  diminished,  not  only  by  the  action 
of  the  drugs  on  the  nervous  system,  but  by  their  direct  action  on 
them.  It  has  been  definitely  shown  by  Wright  that  excessive 
doses  of  potassium  bromide  cause  in  man  and  rabbits  degenera- 
tion of  the  cortical  cells,  and  that  this  degeneration  begins  at 
the  periphery  of  the  dendrons. 

Circulation. — Here  also  bromides  are  depressant;  large  doses 
exert  a  direct  paralyzing  influence  on  the  heart,  lessening  the 
force  and  the  frequency  of  the  beat  and  producing  stop- 
page in  diastole ;  [the  potassium  having  the  greatest  effect,  the 
sodium  salt  has  less  influence  ;  the  ammonium  salt  slightly  stimu- 
lating the  heart.]  They  are  said  to  cause  vaso-motor  spasm; 
but  the  evidence  of  this  is  very  unsatisfactory.  Toxic  doses  pro- 
duce a  fall  of  temperature ;  this  is  probably  in  some  way  second- 
ary to  the  depression  of  the  circulation. 

Respiration  is  slightly  depressed  by  bromides. 

Metabolism. — The  amount  of  carbon  [dioxide]  exhaled  is 
greatly  decreased  by  taking  large  doses  of  bromides.  The 
amount  of  urine  is  increased  [particularly  after  the  use  of  the 
lithium  salt]  ;  the  coloring  matters,  the  sulphur,  and  the  nitrogen 
in  it  are  increased ;  but  the  phosphorus  is  decreased. 

Sexual  organs. — If  bromides  are  taken  for  a  long  time  a  failure 
of  sexual  vigor  is  produced,  and  ultimately  there  is  a  great  lessen- 
ing of  the  sexual  appetite.  Bromides  are  therefore  anaphro- 
disiacs. 

Elimination. — Bromides  are  rapidly  eliminated  by  the  kid- 
neys, skin,  saliva,  intestinal  mucous  membrane,  bronchial  mucous 
membrane,  and  milk. 


256  INORGANIC   MATERIA    MEDICA. 

Bromism. — If  bromides  are  taken  for  too  long  a  period,  a 
Teries  of  symptoms  of  poisoning,  to  which  the  above  name  has 
been  given,  may  appear.  [The  hydrobromic  acid  {see  p.  258), 
although  containing  a  larger  proportion  of  bromine,  rarely  gives 
rise  to  bromism.]  The  earliest  of  them  is  a  rash,  consisting  of 
red  papules,  chiefly  on  the  face  and  back,  exactly  resembling 
some  forms  of  acne.  This  is  probably  the  result  of  the  excretion 
of  bromide  by  the  skin.  The  next  symptoms  are  a  general 
lowering  of  the  cutaneous  sensibility  and  also  of  that  of  the 
pharynx,  then  there  is  diminution  of  sexual  power,  the  patient 
becomes  low-spirited,  easily  fatigued,  unfit  for  work,  and  his  in- 
tellect is  dulled,  and  in  bad  cases  this  passes  on  to  dementia, 
melancholia,  and  other  disorders.  There  may  be  a  little  con- 
junctivitis, and  some  increased  secretion  from  the  bronchi. 
[A  coated  tongue  and  disordered  digestion  are  constant  symp- 
toms.] 

Potassium  bromide  owes  its  action  largely  to  the  bromine  in 
it,  but  probably  also,  to  a  less  extent,  to  the  potassium.  In  man, 
at  least,  the  higher  functions  of  the  brain  are  depressed  before  the 
lower,  and  these  again  before  the  spinal.  Thus  the  depression 
takes  place  in  regular  order  from  above  downwards,  in  the  reverse 
order  of  the  physiological  development  of  the  functions,  and  this 
is  commonly  the  case  with  many  drugs  (see  Law  of  Dissolution, 
p.  104). 

Those  who  take  bromides  habitually  find  themselves  unable  to 
sleep  without  them,  and  their  intellect  becomes  obscured.  These 
bad  effects  are  intensified  by  the  fact  that  gradually  larger  doses 
are  required  to  produce  sleep,  and  thus  the  unfortunate  sufferer 
becomes  more  and  more  a  slave  to  the  drug.  [Also  occasionally 
maniacal  excitement,  mental  confusion  and  even  delirium  are 
observed  after  continued  use  of  moderate  doses,  particularly  of 
the  potassium  salt.] 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  THE  BROMIDES. 
External. — None. 

Internal. — Alimentary  canal.  —  Formerly  the  back  of  the 
throat  was  painted  with  a  solution  of  a  bromide  before  a  laryn- 


THE    PREPARATIONS    OF    BROMINE. 

geal  examination,  but  now  cocaine  is  employed  for  this  pur- 
pose. 

Nervous  system. — Because  of  their  depressing  effect  bromides 
are  largely  used  for  many  nervous  diseases.  They  are  the  most 
valuable  drugs  we  have  for  the  treatment  of  epilepsy,  acting  no 
doubt  by  diminishing  the  excitability  of  the  cerebral  cortex. 
They  rarely  cure,  but  often  greatly  diminish  the  number  of  fits. 
Rubidium  [and]  ammonium  bromide  appears  to  be  the  best 
bromide  for  some  cases  of  epilepsy  (dose,  30  gr.  [2.  gm.]  ). 
It  is  impossible  to  say  in  any  given  case  whether  bromides  will 
do  good,  therefore  they  [should]  be  tried  in  all ;  petit  mal  is  more 
difficult  to  influence  than  grand  mal.  The  next  most  common 
use  of  bromides  is  as  hypnotics.  They  are  most  useful  when  there 
is  no  organic  cause  to  explain  the  insomnia,  and  therefore  they 
are  not  employed  when  pain  keeps  the  patient  awake,  but  are 
given  with  great  benefit  in  the  insomnia  of  overwork,  worry,  or 
that  connected  with  the  climacteric  period.  The  sleep  induced 
is  quiet  and  refreshing,  without  dreams,  and  therefore  these  drugs 
are  of  great  value  in  nightmare,  and  in  the  night-screaming  of 
children,  which  may  be  regarded  as  allied  to  it.  Also  because  of 
their  depressant  effect  on  the  nervous  system  they  are  given  in 
migraine,  and  often  they  are  the  only  drugs  which  do  any  good 
for  the  intense  headache  of  this  disease.  Large  doses,  often  a 
drachm  [4.  gm.]  at  a  time,  are  given  in  delirium  tremens  espe- 
cially in  combination  with  chloral  [hydrate],  and  sometimes  the 
patient  seems  quieter  for  this  treatment.  Not  only  the  insomnia, 
but  the  other  nervous  symptoms  that  are  common  at  the  climacteric 
period  may  be  relieved  by  bromides.  For  their  depressing  power 
on  centres  below  the  cortex  they  are  used,  and  with  good  results, 
in  laryngismus  stridulus,  and  have  been  given  in  whooping-cough  ; 
but  the  benefit  is  not  marked.  Some  cases  of  tetanus  have  re- 
covered after  enormous  doses  of  bromides.  Here  their  value  is, 
no  doubt,  due  to  their  power  of  diminishing  the  reflex  function 
of  the  spinal  cord.  Bromides  have  been  given  as  antidotes  for 
strychnine  poisoning.  Sometimes  they  succeed  in  cases  of  hys- 
teria and  neuralgia,  and  some  varieties  of  functional  disease  of 
the  heart  are  much  improved  by  them. 

17 


258  INORGANIC    MATER1A    MEDICA. 

Sexual  functions. — Because  of  its  depressant  effect  potassium 
bromide  is  given  for  spermatorrhoea  and  nymphomania. 

8.  ACIDUM  HYDROBROMICUM  DILUTUM.— Diluted  Hydro- 
bromic  Acid.  [A  liquid  compound  of  lo  per  cent.,  by  weight,  of  absolute 
Hydrobromic  Acid  (HBr=8o.  76)  in  water. 

SOURCE. — Potassium  Bromide,  in  solution,  is  mixed  with  Sulphuric  Acid, 
and  Potassium  Sulphate  allowed  to  crystallize,  the  precipitate  is  washed  upon 
the  filter  and  the  filtrate  is  distilled  nearly  to  dryness  and  then  diluted  to  the 
proper  strength.  2KBr+H,SO4=2HBr-[-K2s64. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  clear,  colorless  liquid,  having  a  strongly  acid  taste. 
Sp.  gr.,  about  1.077. 

Dose,  '_,  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  4.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  HYDROBROMIC  ACID. 

The  action  of  this  acid  appears  to  be  the  same  as  that  of  the 
bromides  of  the  alkaline  metals,  but  it  is  very  rarely  used  for  the 
same  purposes.  It  has  been  employed  with  occasional  success  to 
relieve  noises  in  the  ears,  and  it  is  said  to  prevent  the  symptoms 
of  poisoning  by  quinine  ;  [of  this  drug  it  is  an  excellent  solvent.] 


GROUP  X. 

Containing  Sulphur   [and  its  compounds]. 
SULPHUR. 

S[=3i.9«.] 
Sulphur  is  official  in  [three]  forms. 

i.  SULPHUR  SUBLIMATUM.— Sublimed  Sulphur.  Synonym.— 
Flowers  of  Sulphur. 

SOURCE. — From  Crude  Sulphur  by  sublimation. 

CHARACTERS.  —  [A  fine,  yellow  powder,  having  a  slight,  characteristic 
odor  and  a  faintly  acid  taste.  ] 

IMPURITIES. — Sulphurous  and  sulphuric  acids,  arsenic  sulphide,  and  earthy 
matters. 

[Sublimed  Sulphur  is  used  to  make  Potassa  Sulphurata.] 

Dose,  15  to  60  gr.  ;  [i.  to  4.  gm.] 


THE    PREPARATIONS    OF    SULPHUR.  259 

2.  SULPHUR  PR^CIPITATUM.— Precipitated  Sulphur.  Syn- 
onym.— Milk  of  Sulphur.  [Lac  Sulphuris. 

SOURCE. — Boil  Sublimed  Sulphur,  100  ;  with  Slaked  Lime,  50  ;  in  water. 
6S2-|-3Ca(OH)2=2CaS5-|-CaS2O3-|-3H2O.  This  gives  a  solution  containing 
Calcium  Sulphide  and  Calcium  Hyposulphite.  To  it  Hydrochloric  Acid  is 
added,  and  Sulphur  is  thrown  down  as  a  very  fine  precipitate.  2CaS5-|- 
4HCl=2CaCl2-f4S.,  2H2S.  Wash  and  dry  the  precipitate. 

CHARACTERS. — A  fine*  amorphous  powder  of  a  pale  yellow  color,  without 
odor  or  taste.  ] 

IMPURITY. — Calcium  sulphate,  which  makes  it  gritty. 

Dose,  15  to  60  gr. ;  [i.  to  4.  gm.] 

[3.  SULPHUR  LOTUM.— Washed  Sulphur. 

SOURCE. — Sublimed  Sulphur,  100;  with  water,  100  ;  and  Ammonia  Water, 
IO;  is  digested,  filtered,  drained  and  dried. 

CHARACTERS. — A  fine,  yellow  powder,  without  odor  or  taste.  Solubility. 
— Insoluble  in  water. 

IMPURITIES. — Acids,  arsenous  acid,  and  arsenous  sulphide. 

Washed  Sulphur  is  contained  in  Pulvis  Glycyrrhizae  Compositus,  and  is 
used  to  make  Sulphuris  lodidum. 

Dose,  15  to  60  gr. ;  i.  to  4.  gm. 

Preparation. 

Unguentum  Sulphuris. — Sulphur  Ointment.      Washed  Sulphur, 
300 ;  Benzoinated  Lard,  700.  ] 

ACTION  OF  SULPHUR. 

External. — Sulphur  itself  has  no  action  on  the  skin,  but 
some  of  it  is  converted  into  hydrogen  [sulphide],  and  that  is  a 
mild  vascular  stimulant,  causing  slight  dilatation  of  the  vessels, 
and  in  some  persons,  eczema.  It  kills  the  Sarcoptes  [scabiei~\, 
and  is  therefore  a  parasiticide.  When  applied  to  raw  surfaces 
it  is  converted  into  sulphurous  and  sulphuric  acids,  and  is  there- 
fore a  severe  irritant. 

Internal. — Alimentary  canal. — It  has  no  effect  on  the 
stomach,  and  most  that  is  taken  is  passed  out  in  the  faeces  unal- 
tered. A  certain  amount  is,  in  the  intestine,  converted  into 
hydrogen  [sulphide]  and  other  sulphides.  These  cause  a  mild 
laxative  effect,  increasing  the  secretion  of  intestinal  juice,  and 
slightly  stimulating  the  muscular  coat,  producing  soft  semi-liquid 
stools,  sometimes  accompanied  by  flatus  of  hydrogen  [sulphide], 


26O  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

which,  if  in  sufficient  quantity,  makes  sulphur  an  undesirable 
laxative. 

Remote  effects. — Sulphur  is  absorbed  as  sulphides  and  hydro- 
gen [sulphide],  which  is  a  powerful  poison,  decomposing  the 
blood,  and  thus  producing  symptoms  of  asphyxia.  It  also  par- 
alyzes the  whole  nervous  and  muscular  systems,  but  sulphur  is 
never  given  to  man  in  sufficient  doses  to  produce  any  remote 
effects.  Patients  taking  sulphur  get  rid  of  some  minute  portion 
of  it  as  hydrogen  [sulphide]  through  the  kidneys,  the  milk,  the 
lungs  and  skin.  The  breath  occasionally  smells  of  it,  and  silver 
ornaments  next  to  the  skin  may  be  discolored. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  SULPHUR. 

External.— Sulphur  is  commonly  used  to  kill  the  Sarcoptes 
[scabiei],  and  thus  to  cure  scabies.  The  skin  should  be  well 
scrubbed  with  soft  soap  and  hot  water  to  lay  open  the  burrows. 
Then  it  is  thoroughly  rubbed  with  the  ointment.  The  patient 
should  do  this  before  bedtime,  sleep  in  flannel,  and  wash  the 
ointment  off  the  next  morning.  This  proceeding  repeated  three 
or  four  times  will  generally  cure  the  disease.  Sulphur  ointment 
was  formerly  applied  as  a  stimulant  to  ulcers,  and  was  rubbed  in 
for  chronic  rheumatism  ;  but  these  modes  of  treatment  are  now 
rarely  used,  and  their  value  is  doubtful.  [Mineral  waters  con- 
taining sulphur  and  its  salts  are  useful  for  chronic  rheumatism, 
as,  for  example,  those  of  Richfield  Springs.]  Mild  sulphur 
preparations  are  applied  for  acne. 

Internal. — Alimentary  canal. — Sulphur  is  a  very  good  laxa- 
tive, especially  for  children  ;  as  it  produces  a  soft  motion,  but  no 
pain,  it  is  useful  for  cases  of  piles  or  fissure  of  the  anus.  [Washed] 
sulphur  is  contained  in  compound  liquorice  powder  [see  Senna], 
which  is  an  excellent  and  popular  laxative.  One  or  two  sulphur 
lozenges  [of  the  B.  P.,  each  containing  5  gr.  [.30  gm.]  of  pre- 
cipitated sulphur  and  i  gr.  [.06  gm.]  of  acid  potassium  tartrate], 
taken  at  bedtime,  often  secure  an  easy  evacuation  of  the  bowels 
the  next  morning,  in  persons  liable  to  slight  constipation.  These 
lozenges  have  been  recommended  for  constipation  associated 
with  hepatic  disease,  and  many  mineral  waters  containing 


THE  PREPARATIONS  OF  SULPHUR.          26 1 

sodium  and  hydrogen  sulphides  have  considerable  reputation  for 
hepatic  disorders.  Of  these,  Harrogate  water  has  been  shown 
to  increase  the  amount  of  bile  and  the  solids  in  it. 

Remote  effects. — Sulphur  has  been  administered  internally  for 
all  sorts  of  skin  diseases,  generally  without  any  good  result,  but 
occasionally  chronic  eczema  associated  with  much  itching  ap- 
pears to  be  benefited  by  it,  so  that  the  sulphur  lozenge  is  a  suit- 
able laxative  for  these  cases.  Sulphur  has  been  also  given  for 
bronchitis,  for  chronic  rheumatism,  and  rheumatic  myalgia,  but 
it  is  very  doubtful  whether  in  these  diseases  there  is  much  relief 
from  this  treatment. 

4.  POTASSA  SULPHURATA. — Sulphurated  Potassa.     Synonym, — 
Liver  of  Sulphur.     [A  mixture  consisting  for  the  most  part  of  Potassium  Hy- 
posulphite (K2S2O3)  and  Sulphide  (K2S3).] 

SOURCE. — Heat  in  a  crucible  a  mixture  of  [sublimed]  Sulphur,  loo  ;  and 
[dried]  Potassium  Carbonate,  200.  3K2CO3-|-4S2=K2S2O3-{-2K2S3+3COj. 

CHARACTERS. — [When  freshly  prepared  it  forms  irregular  pieces  of  a 
liver-brown  color,  which,  by  exposure  to  the  air,  gradually  absorb  moisture, 
Oxygen,  and  Carbon  Dioxide,  and  change  to  a  greenish-yellow  and  finally  a 
gray  mass,  containing  Potassium  Carbonate,  Hyposulphite  and  Sulphate.  The 
compound  has  a  faint  odor  of  Hydrogen  Sulphide,  and  a  bitter,  alkaline  taste. 
Solubility. — In  2  parts  of  water.  ] 

5.  CALX  SULPHURATA. — Sulphurated  Lime.      [Synonym. — Crude 
Calcium  Sulphide.     A  mixture  containing  at  least  60  per  cent,  of  Calcium 
Monosulphide   (CaS=7i.89),    together   with    unchanged   Calcium   Sulphate 
(CaSO4=l35.73),  and  Carbon,  in  varying  proportions. 

SOURCE. — Obtained  by  heating  a  mixture  of  Calcium  Sulphate,  70  ;  Char- 
coal, IO  ;  and  Starch,  2. 

CHARACTERS. — A  pale  gray  powder,  exhaling  a  faint  odor  of  Hydrogen 
Sulphide,  having  a  nauseous,  alkaline  taste,  and  gradually  decomposed  by  ex- 
posure to  air.  Solubility. — Very  slightly  in  water  ;  insoluble  in  alcohol.] 

Dose,  ^  to  yz  gr. ;  [.006  to  .03  gm.] 

6.  SULPHURIS  IODIDUM.— Sulphur  Iodide.     SI[=is8.5i. 

SOURCE. — By  heating  washed  Sulphur,  120  ;  with  Iodine,  80,  to  liquefac- 
tion ;  when  solid  after  cooling,  reduce  the  fused  mass  to  pieces. 

CHARACTERS. — Brittle  masses  of  a  crystalline  fracture  and  a  grayish  or 
black,  metallic  lustre,  having  the  odor  of  Iodine,  and  a  somewhat  acrid  taste.] 
Solubility. — [Almost]  insoluble  in  water. 

Dose,  i  to  4  gr. ;  [.06  to  .24  gm.] 


262  INORGANIC  MATERIA  MEDICA. 

ACTION  OF  SULPHURATED  POTASH,  SULPHURATED  LIME,  AND 

SULPHUR  IODIDE. 

External. — These  preparations  are  irritant,  and  are  powerful 
parasiticides  for  the  Sarcoptes  \_scabiei.~\ 

Internal. — Nothing  is  known  of  their  internal  action. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  SULPHURATED   POTASH,  SULPHURATED   LIME, 
AND  SULPHUR  IODIDE. 

External. — An  ointment  of  either  will  cure  scabies  and  a 
sulphurated  potash  ointment  (i  in  80)  is  often  used  for  this  pur- 
pose in  the  same  way  as  sulphur  ointment.  [These]  drugs  have 
been  used  for  many  chronic  skin  diseases ;  but  now  they  are 
not  often  employed.  They  appear,  however,  occasionally  to  do 
good  in  cases  of  acne  indurata.  Baths  containing  sulphides  in 
solution  are  considered  by  many  to  be  very  useful  for  chronic 
rheumatic  arthritis  and  rheumatic  myalgia.  The  famous  natural 
sulphide  baths  are  those  of  Aix-la-Chapelle,  Aix-les-Bains,  and 
there  are  many  others,  which  will  be  found  described  in  works 
on  general  therapeutics  ;  but  as  in  all  of  them  the  water  is  warm, 
and  warm  water  is  beneficial  for  chronic  rheumatism,  and  the 
sulphides  exist  in  infinitesimally  small  quantities,  it  is  very  prob- 
able that  the  benefit  is  due  more  to  the  heat  of  the  water  than  to 
its  constituents.  An  artificial  bath  (sulphurated  potash,  i  ; 
water,  960,)  is  used  for  chronic  psoriasis. 

Internal. — Sulphides  have  been  given  for  chronic  rheuma- 
tism, various  skin  diseases,  and  phthisis ;  but  the  evidence  of 
good  done  is  scanty.  [Sulphurated  lime  has  been  given  inter- 
nally in  cases  of  suppuration,]  for  boils,  carbuncles,  and  tuber- 
culous glands  in  the  neck.  Haifa  grain  or  a  grain  [.03  to  .06 
gm.]  should  be  given  every  four  hours.  It  is  best  made  into  a 
pill  with  acacia,  sugar  of  milk  and  syrup. 

[7.  CARBONEI  DISULPHIDUM.— Carbon  Bisulphide.  CS,= 
75.93.  Synonym. — Carbon  Bisulphide. 

SOURCE. — By  combination  of  Carbon  and  Sulphur,  by  distillation. 

CHARACTERS. — A  clear,  colorless,  highly  refractive  liquid,  very  diffusive, 
having  a  strong  characteristic,  but  not  fetid  odor,  and  a  sharp,  aromatic  taste. 
Solubility. — In  535  parts  of  water;  very  soluble  in  Alcohol,  Ether,  Chloro- 
form, fixed  and  volatile  oils.  Sp.  gr.,  1.268  to  1.269. 


THE   ACIDS.  263 

USES  OF  CARBON  BISULPHIDE. 

Carbon  disulphide  is  used  as  a  solvent.  It  is  the  best  solvent 
for  rubber  and  similar  bodies.  It  can  be  freed  from  its  usual 
disgusting  odor  by  repeated  rectification.] 


GROUP  XI. 

Acids. 

Those  acids  which  will  be  considered  here  may  be  divided  into  two  classes. 

Class  I. — Those  which  are  strongly  acid,  the  more  powerfully  acid  being 
active  caustics.  They  are  Sulphuric,  Nitric,  Hydrochloric,  Nitrohydro- 
chloric,  Phosphoric,  Acetic,  Tartaric,  Citric  and  Lactic  acids.  [Hypo- 
phosphorous,  Hydriodic  and]  Hydrobromic  acids  might  be  placed  here, 
but  they  have  already  been  considered  [see  pp.  240,  248  and  258]. 

Class  II. — Those  which,  although  feebly  acid,  are  powerfully  antiseptic. 
They  are  Sulphurous  and  Boric  acids. 

Diluted  Hydrocyanic,  Carbolic,  Benzoic,  Gallic,  Tannic,  Oleic  and  Sali- 
cylic acids  are  not  used  as  acids,  and  will  be  considered  under  other  headings. 

Arsenous  Acid  and  Chromic  Acid  are  not  true  acids  ;  they  are  Anhydrides, 
a^nd  have  already  been  considered  (see  223  and  234). 

CLASS  I. 

i.  ACIDUM  SULPHURICUM.— [Sulphuric  Acid.  Synonym.— 
Oil  of  Vitriol.  A  liquid  composed  of  not  less  than  72.5  per  cent.,  by  weight, 
of  absolute  Sulphuric  Acid  (H2SO4=97.82)  and  7.5  per  cent,  of  water.] 

SOURCE. — Produced  by  the  combustion  of  Sulphur  or  Iron  Pyrites,  and 
the  oxidation  and  hydration  of  the  resulting  Sulphur  Dioxide  gas  by  means  of 
nitrous  and  aqueous  vapors.  [2HNO34-2S02+H2O=2H2SO4+N2O3.  N2O3 
+2SO2+O2+H2O=2SO2,OHNO2.  2SO2,OHNO2+H2O=2H2SO4+N2O3. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless  liquid  of  oily  consistence  and  very  caustic  and 
corrosive.  Sp.  gr.,  not  below  1.835.] 

IMPURITIES. — Nitric  acid,  lead,  and  arsenic. 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Alkalies,  their  carbonates,  lead  and  calcium  salts. 

Preparations, 

I.  Acidum  Sulphuricum  Dilutum. — [Diluted  Sulphuric  Acid. 
Sulphuric  Acid,  loo  ;  distilled,  water,  825.  Sp.  gr.,  about  1.070. 
Contains  10  per  cent.,  by  weight,  of  absolute  Sulphuric  Acid.] 

Dose,  10  to  30  m. ;  [.60  to  2.00  c.c.] 


264  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

2.  Acidum  Sulphuricum  Aromaticum. — [Aromatic  Sulphuric 
Acid.  Synonym. — Elixir  of  Vitriol.  Sulphuric  Acid,  loo  ;  Oil  of  Cin- 
namon, I  ;  Tincture  of  Ginger,  50  ;  Alcohol,  a  sufficient  quantity  to 
make  looo.  Sp.  gr.,  about  0.939.  Contains  about  20  per  cent.,  by 
weight,  of  official  Sulphuric  Acid,  partly  in  form  of  Ethyl-Sulphuric 
Acid.] 

Aromatic  Sulphuric  Acid  is  contained  in  Infusum  Cinchonae. 

Dose,  5  to  15  m. ;  [.30  to  i.oo  c.c.] 

2.  ACIDUM  NITRICUM.— Nitric  Acid.     [A  liquid  composed  of  68 
per  cent.,  by  weight,  of  absolute  Nitric  Acid  (HNO3=62.89),  and  32  per  cent. 
of  water.] 

SOURCE. — Made  from  Potassium  Nitrate  by  distilling  with  Sulphuric  Acid. 
[KN08+H,S04=KHSO4+HNOS.  ] 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless,  fuming  [liquid,  very  caustic  and  corrosive,  and 
having  a  peculiar,  somewhat  suffocating  odor.  Sp.  gr.,  about  1.414.] 

IMPURITIES. — Sulphuric  acid,  nitre,  and  lower  nitrogen  oxides,  giving 
ruddy  fumes. 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Alcohol,  alkalies,  carbonates,  oxides,  iron  sulphate,  and 
lead  acetate. 

\_Nitric  Acid  is  contained  in  Liquor  Ferri  Nitratis,  Liquor  Zinci  Chloridi, 
and  Unguentum  Hydrargyri  Nitratis.] 

Preparations. 

1.  Acidum  Nitricum  Dilutum. — [Diluted  Nitric  Acid.     Nitric 
Acid,  loo;  distilled  water,  580.     Sp.  gr.,  about  1.057.     I*  contains  10 
per  cent.,  by  weight,  of  absolute  Nitric  Acid.] 

Dose,  5  to  30  m. ;  [.30  to  2.00  c.c.] 

2.  Acidum     Nitrohydrochloricum. — [Nitrohydrochloric    Acid. 
Synonyms. — Nitromuriatic    Acid.     Aqua   regia.      Nitric   Acid,    180; 
Hydrochloric  Acid,  820.  ] 

3.  Acidum    Nitrohydrochloricum   Dilutum. — [Diluted   Nitro- 
hydrochloric Acid.     Synonym. — Diluted  Nitromuriatic  Acid.     Nitric 
Acid,  40;  Hydrochloric  Acid,    180;  distilled  water,  780.     Contains 
Free  Chlorine,   Hydrochloric,   Nitric  and   Nitrous  Acids,   and  other 
compounds  dissolved  in  water.] 

Dose,  5  to  30  m. ;  [.30  to  2.00  c.c.] 

3.  ACIDUM  HYDROCHLORICUM.— [Hydrochloric  Acid.     Syn- 
onym.— Muriatic  Acid.    A  liquid  compound  of  31.9  per  cent.,  by  weight,  of 
Absolute  Hydrochloric  Acid  (HC1=36.37)  and  68. 1  per  cent,  of  water. 

SOURCE.  —  The  fumes  produced  by  the  action  of  Sulphuric  Acid  on 
Sodium  Chloride  are  dissolved  in  water.  2NaCl-f  H,SO4=HCl-j-NaCl-}- 
NaHSO4  and  NaCl-f  NaHSO4=HCl+Na,SCv 


THE   ACIDS.  265 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless,  fuming  liquid,  of  a  pungent  odor,  of  an 
intensely  acid  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  about  1.163.] 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Lead  and  silver  salts,  alkalies  and  their  carbonates. 

[Hydrochloric  Acid  is  contained  in  Liquor  Ferri  Chloridi  and  Liquor 
Zinci  Chloridi.] 

Prepa  rations. 

1.  Acidum  Hydrochloricum  Dilutum. — [Diluted  Hydrochloric 
Acid.     Synonym. — Diluted  Muriatic  Acid.     Hydrochloric  Acid,  loo ; 
distilled  water,  219.     Sp.  gr. ,  about  1.050. 

Diluted  Hydrochloric  Acid  is  contained  in  Liquor  Acidi  Arsenosi.] 
Dose,  5  to  20  m. ;  [.30  to  1.20  c.c.] 

2.  Acidum  Nitrohydrochloricum. — See  Nitric  Acid. 

3.  Acidum  Nitrohydrochloricum  Dilutum. — See  Nitric  Acid. 

4.  ACIDUM    PHOSPHORICUM.— [Phosphoric   Acid.      A  liquid 
composed  of  not  less  than  85  per  cent.,  by  weight,  of  absolute  Orthophos- 
phoric  Acid  (H3PO4=97.8),  in  water. 

SOURCE. — When  Phosphorus  is  brought  into  contact  with  Nitric  Acid,  it 
is  slowly  oxidized  and  converted  into  Phosphoric  Acid.  P3-|-5HNO3-|-2H2O 
=3H3P04+5NO. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  colorless  liquid,  without  odor,  but  having  a  strongly 
acid  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  1.347.] 

IMPURITIES. — Calcium  preparations,  and  sodium  carbonate. 

[Phosphoric  Acid  is  contained  in  Syrupus  Quininae  et  Strychninse  Phos- 
phatum.] 

Preparation. 

Acidum  Phosphoricum  Dilutum. — [Diluted  Phosphoric  Acid. 
Phosphoric  Acid,  100 ;  distilled  water,  750.  Sp.  gr.,  about  1.057.  It 
contains  10  per  cent.,  by  weight,  of  absolute  Orthophosphoric  Acid. 

Dose,  5  to  30  m. ;  [.30  to  2.00  c.c.] 

5.  ACIDUM  ACETICUM.— Acetic  Acid.     [A  liquid  composed  of  36 
per  cent.,  by  weight,  of  absolute  Acetic  Acid  (HCjH8Oj=59.86)  and  64  per 
cent,  of  water. 

SOURCE. — By  distilling  Sodium  Acetate  with  Sulphuric  Acid,  NaC2H3O2 
-f  H2SO4=HCzH3Oa4-NaHSO4.  The  Acetic  Acid  distils  out,  and  is  obtained 
by  crystallization. 

IMPURITIES. — A  clear,  colorless  liquid,  having  a  strong,  vinegar-like  odor, 
a  purely  acid  taste,  and  a  strongly  acid  reaction.  Sp.  gr. ,  about  1.048.] 

IMPURITIES. — Lead  and  copper,  sulphuric,  sulphurous  and  hydrochloric 
acids. 

[Acetic  Acid  is  used  to  make  the  Aceta,  and  in  several  preparations.] 


266  INORGANIC    MATERIA   MEDICA. 

Preparation. 

Acidum  Aceticum  Dilutum.  —  Diluted  Acetic  Acid.  [Acetic 
Acid,  loo  ;  distilled  water,  500.  Sp.  gr.,  about  1.008.  It  contains  6 
per  cent.,  by  weight,  of  absolute  Acetic  Acid. 

Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr.  ;  [4.  to  15.  c.c.] 

6.    ACIDUM    ACETICUM    GLACI  ALE.  —  Glacial   Acetic  Acid. 


SOURCE.  —  Distil  dry  Sodium  Acetate  with  strong  Sulphuric  Acid. 
NaC,HJ02-|-H,SO4=HCJHsO1-fNaHS04. 

CHARACTERS.  —  [A  clear,  colorless  liquid,  of  a  strong,  vinegar-like  odor, 
and  a  very  pungent,  purely  acid  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  not  higher  than  1.058,  corre- 
sponding to  at  least  99  per  cent  absolute  Acetic  Acid.] 

7.  ACIDUM  CITRICUM.—  Citric  Acid,  HSC6H5OT+HJO[=209.  50. 

SOURCE.  —  Found  in  the  fruits  of  the  Lime  (Citrus  Bergamia)  and  Lemon 
(  Citrus  Limonum).  Chalk  is  added  to  the  boiling  juice,  usually  lemon  juice, 
2HSC6H5O7  +  3CaCOs  =  Caj(C6H5O7),  +  SCO,  -f-  3  H,O.  The  precipitated 
Calcium  Citrate  is  boiled  with  Sulphuric  Acid.  After  filtration  and  evapora- 
tion, Citric  Acid  crystallizes  out  Cas(C6H6O7),+3H,SO4=2HsC6H5O7-f 
3CaSO4. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Colorless,  translucent,  right-rhombic  prisms,  having  an 
agreeable,  purely  acid  taste.]  Citric  Acid,  like  Tartaric  Acid,  is  often  used  to 
produce  an  effervescing  mixture  with  [Ammonium,  Sodium  or  Potassium]  Car- 
bonates, the  two  solutions  being  mixed  immediately  before  taking.  Carbon 
Dioxide  which  causes  the  effervescence  is  formed  thus  :  —  3KHCO3-f-HsC6H5O7 
=KSC,H507+3C01+3H,0. 

INCOMPATIBLE.  —  Potassium  tartrate,  alkaline  carbonates,  and  acetates. 

IMPURITIES.  —  Copper,  lead,  sulphuric  and  tartaric  acids,  and  mineral 
matters. 

Free  Citric  Acid  is  contained  in  Limonis  Succus. 

[Citric  Acid  is  used  to  make  Bismuthi  Citras,  Ferri  et  Quininae  Citras, 
Ferri  et  Quininae  Citras  Solubilis,  Ferri  et  Strychninae  Citras,  Liquor  Ferri 
Citratis,  Liquor  Magnesii  Citratis,  Liquor  Potassii  Citratis,  Lithii  Citras  Effer- 
vescens,  and  Magnesii  Citras  Effervescens.  ] 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr.  ;  [.30  to  2.00  grn.] 

[Preparation. 

Syrupus  Acidi  Citrici.  —  Syrup  of  Citric  Acid.     Citric  Acid,  10  ; 
water,  10  ;  Spirit  of  Lemon,  lo  ;  Syrup  to  1000. 
Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr.  ;  4.  to  15.  c.c.] 

8.  ACIDUM  TARTARICUM.—  Tartaric  Acid,  H,C4H4O,[=I49.64. 

SOURCE.  —  Boil  Acid  Potassium  Tartrate  with   Calcium  Carbonate.     2K 

HC4H4O,-j-CaCO,=CaC4H4O,-f  K,C4H4O,-f  HjO+CO,.      Calcium  Chloride 


THE   ACIDS.  267 

is  now  added,  which  precipitates  more  Calcium  Tartrate.  K2C4H4O6-f-CaCl2 
=CaC4H4O6-(-2KCl.  The  Calcium  Tartrate  is  finally  decomposed  with  Sul- 
phuric Acid.  CaC4H4O6-f  H2SO4=H2C4H4O6-f  CaSO4.  Then  evaporate  the 
fluid  to  the  sp.  gr.  of  1.21.  Separate  the  Calcium  Sulphate  crystals  that  form. 
Again  evaporate,  Tartaric  Acid  crystallizes  out. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless  translucent  monoclinic  prisms  longer  than  those 
of  Citric  Acid,  or  crystalline  crusts,  or  a  white  powder,  having  a  purely  acid 
taste.  Solubility. — In  0.8  part  of  water  ;  in  2.5  parts  of  Alcohol.] 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Potassium  salts,  calcium,  mercury,  lead,  and  vegetable 
astringents. 

IMPURITIES. — Lead,  oxalic  acid,  lime,  and  potassium  tartrate. 

Dose,  8  to  30  gr. ;  [.50  to  2.00  gm.] 

9.  ACIDUM  LACTICUM.— Lactic  Acid.     HC3H5O3[=89.79. 

SOURCE. — Usually  obtained  by  subjecting  milk-sugar  or  grape-sugar  to 
lactic  fermentation.  It  contains  75  per  cent,  by  weight  of  absolute  Lactic 
Acid,  in  aqueous  solution. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless  syrupy  liquid,  of  a  purely  acid  taste,  and  ab- 
sorbing moisture  on  exposure  to  damp  air.  Sp.  gr.,  about  1.213.  Solubility. 
— Freely  miscible  with  water,  Alcohol  or  Ether.] 

IMPURITIES. — Mineral  acids,  sugar,  lead,  and  iron. 

[Lactic  Acid  is  used  in  Syrupus  Calcii  Lactophosphatis.  ] 

ACTION   OF    SULPHURIC,  NITRIC,   HYDROCHLORIC,   PHOSPHORIC, 
ACETIC,  CITRIC,  TARTARIC  AND  LACTIC  ACIDS. 

External. — All  these  acids  are  powerful  irritants  when 
applied  externally.  The  feeblest  is  citric.  Its  concentrated  so- 
lution has  no  action  on  the  sound  skin,  but  is  irritant  to  mucous 
membranes  and  abraded  surfaces.  Tartaric  is  stronger  than 
citric  acid  ;  it  will  act  upon  the  unabraded  skin,  and  applied  to 
a  sore  it  produces  pain,  a  sensation  of  burning,  and  considerable 
vascular  dilatation.  The  remaining  acids  are  very  powerful  irri- 
tants, therefore  even  [very]  dilute  solutions  of  them  may  produce 
considerable  redness  and  perhaps  vesication,  and  when  the  solu 
tion  is  strong  they  are  very  energetic  caustics  ;  sulphuric  ana. 
phosphoric  acids,  having  a  powerful  affinity  for  water,  are  espe- 
cially active.  Sulphuric  acid  leaves  the  carbon  untouched,  there- 
fore it  blackens ;  nitric  stains  the  skin  a  deep  yellow  owing  to 
the  formation  of  picric  acid  (trinitro-benzol),  it  does  not  redis- 
solve  the  albumin  it  precipitates,  and  it  is  consequently  limited 
in  its  area  of  action ;  nitrohydrochloric  is  very  powerful ;  hy- 


268  INORGANIC   MATERIA    MEDICA. 

drochloric  is  the  least  active  of  the  mineral  acids ;  glacial  acetic 
acid  is  useful  when  a  limited  action  is  required.  [Ricord's 
paste  is  composed  of  sulphuric  acid  and  willow  charcoal; 
Michel's,  of  sulphuric  acid  and  asbestos.]  All  the  stronger 
acids  unite  with  and  coagulate  albumin ;  hence  weak  solu- 
tions, not  strong  enough  to  form  a  slough,  which  by  its  separation 
may  cause  bleeding,  will,  by  coagulating  the  blood  and  so  plug- 
ging the  vessels,  and  by  coagulating  the  albumin  in  the  tissues 
and  so  constricting  the  vessels,  act  as  astringents  and  haemos- 
tatics. [Citric  acid  is  added  to  tablets  of  corrosive  mercuric 
chloride  so  that  when  these  are  dissolved  in  making  solutions  the 
antiseptic  shall  penetrate  into  the  tissues.  Tartaric  acid  is  used 
for  the  same  purpose.]  Diluted  solutions  of  acids  are  cooling  to 
the  flushed  skin  of  fever,  therefore  they  are  called  refrigerants. 

Internal. — Mouth. — All  acids  have  a  peculiar  taste,  and  give 
rise  to  a  feeling  of  roughness  about  the  teeth.  As  the  saliva  is 
alkaline  they  increase  the  amount  secreted,  consequently 
by  keeping  the  mouth  moist  they  allay  thirst. 

Stomach. — It  is  believed  that,  if  given  during  a  meal,  acids 
will  check  the  flow  of  gastric  juice,  as  that  is  an  acid  secre- 
tion. Nitric  acid,  however,  interferes  with  the  digestion  of 
proteids,  as  it  combines  with  them.  When  the  amount  of  acid 
secreted  by  the  gastric  mucous  membrane  is  deficient,  acids 
taken,  after  a  meal,  when  all  that  the  stomach  can  secrete  has 
been  secreted,  aid  digestion. 

Intestine. — Acids  quickly  become  converted  into  neutral  salts, 
and  are  probably  absorbed  as  such.  Some,  especially  diluted 
sulphuric,  preserve  in  the  intestine  their  astringent  action. 
They  increase  the  amount  of  bile  poured  into  the  intestine,  and 
are  hence  cholagogues  ;  this  is  especially  the  case  with  nitric 
acid.  Nitrohydrochloric  acid  is  a  still  better  cholagogue,  as  it 
also  increases  the  amount  of  bile  secreted. 

Remote  effects. — Acids  may  render  the  blood  less  alkaline,  but 
never  acid.  They  do  this  by  combining  with  some  of  the  alkali 
of  the  plasma.  As  high  alkalinity  of  plasma  and  tissues  favors 
metabolism,  acids  slightly  diminish  it.  They  also  diminish  the 
carbon  [dioxide]  in  the  blood.  Phosphoric  acid  is  believed  to 


THE    ACIDS.  269 

increase  the  amount  of  phosphates  in  the  red  blood-corpuscles. 
The  administration  of  hydrochloric  acid  will  increase  the  number 
of  red  corpuscles  in  chlorosis,  but  it  does  not  alter  the  amount 
of  haemoglobin.  It  is  probable  that  in  their  passage  through 
the  liver  they  check  the  formation  of  urea.  The  reason  for  this 
belief  is  that  all  these  acids,  except  citric,  acetic,  tartaric  and 
lactic,  are  excreted  in  the  urine — especially  in  flesh  feeders — 
chiefly  as  ammoniacal  salts.  Nitric  acid  is  stated  to  be  excreted 
to  a  small  extent  as  ammonia,  and  hence  slightly  to  increase  the 
alkalinity  of  the  urine.  Acetic,  citric  and  tartaric  acids  are  de- 
composed in  the  blood,  alkaline  carbonates  being  formed,  and 
the  alkalinity  of  the  urine  is  increased.  This  has  already  been 
discussed  (see  p.  128).  Lactic  acid  is  either  converted  into  an 
[alkaline]  carbonate,  or  passed  out  as  carbon  [dioxide]  in  solu- 
tion in  the  urine.  Some  acids  depress  respiration  in  animals, 
and  the  respiration  is  restored  by  alkalies. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  SULPHURIC,  NITRIC,  HYDROCHLORIC,  PHOS- 
PHORIC, ACETIC,  CITRIC,  TARTARIC  AND  LACTIC  ACIDS. 

External. — Nitric  acid  is  more  often  used  as  a  caustic  than 
the  others,  for,  owing  to  their  great  affinity  for  water,  it  is  diffi- 
cult to  limit  the  action  of  sulphuric  and  phosphoric  acids ;  and 
the  remaining  acids  are  not  so  powerful  as  nitric  acid.  It  is  em- 
ployed to  destroy  warts,  condylomata,  unhealthy  phagedsenic 
sores,  cancrum  oris,  etc.  [Nitric  acid  is  used  as  Heller's  test 
for  determining  the  presence  of  albumin  in  the  urine.  At  pres- 
ent his  process  is  reversed,  i.e.,  the  urine  is  added  to  the  acid.] 
Glacial  acetic  acid  is  used  for  small  warts  and  corns.  If  this 
causes  pain  it  may  be  diluted.  Very  dilute  solutions  are  rarely 
employed  for  their  irritant  effects,  but  at  some  bathing  establish- 
ments acid  baths  are  used,  but  it  is  not  proved  that  they  do  any 
good.  Any  well-diluted  acid,  especially  sulphuric,  may  be  ap- 
plied to  check  slight  bleeding,  as  that  of  leech-bites,  piles,  etc. 
Vinegar  can  always  be  obtained ;  even  this  should  be  diluted. 
In  fever  the  skin  is  often  bathed  with  vinegar  as  a  refrigerant, 
and  very  dilute  sulphuric  acid  is  used  as  a  local  astringent  in  the 
sweating  of  phthisis. 


2/O  INORGANIC    MATERIA   MEDICA. 

Internal. — Mouth. — As  acids  damage  the  teeth  they  should 
be  taken  through  a  glass  tube.  Lemon  juice  or  citric  acid  itself 
is  often  used  to  stimulate  the  secretion  of  saliva,  and  hence  allay 
the  thirst  of  fever  patients.  Lemonade  is  a  favorite  drink  for 
this  purpose.  Lactic  acid  has  been  strongly  recommended  to 
dissolve  the  membrane  in  diphtheria,  but  there  is  no  evidence 
that  this  treatment  benefits  the  patient.  Equal  parts  of  lactic 
acid  and  water  may  be  applied  with  a  mop,  or  a  spray  of  a. 
strength  of  [i  to  8]  of  water  may  be  employed.  Very  dilute 
nitric  acid  has  been  used  for  the  same  purpose.  Lactic  acid  is 
applied  [more  frequently  than  any  other  drug]  with  a  brush  in 
tuberculosis  of  the  larynx,  and  in  some  cases  with  good  results. 
It  is  usual  to  begin  with  lactic  acid,  2  ;  water,  i ;  and  glycerin,  i. 
The  strength  of  the  solution  is  increased  till  at  last  lactic  acid 
alone  is  used.  Other  accessible  tuberculous  ulcers — as  those  of 
the  tongue  and  skin — may  be  treated  in  the  same  way. 

Stomach  and  Intestines. — Hydrochloric,  and  to  a  less  extent 
nitrohydrochloric  acid  is  of  the  greatest  value  in  that  variety  of 
dyspepsia  in  which  the  acidity  of  the  gastric  juice  is  deficient. 
They  should,  as  already  explained,  be  given  some  little  while 
after  a  meal.  A  very  useful  stomach  mixture  consists  of  diluted 
nitrohydrochloric  acid  combined  with  tincture  of  nux  vomica, 
and  some  other  stomachic,  as  compound  tincture  of  gentian. 
Lactic  acid  has  been  used  for  the  same  purpose.  Acids  will 
often  alleviate  that  form  of  indigestion  in  which  the  patient 
complains  of  acid  eructations  and  heartburn.  For  this  purpose 
they  should  be  given  during  a  meal  or  before  it.  They  then 
check  the  excessive  secretion  of  acid  and  restrain  fermentation. 
An  acid  mixture  sometimes  benefits  the  indigestion  of  pregnancy, 
and  small  doses  of  hydrochloric  acid  may  be  prescribed  during 
typhoid  and  other  fevers,  because  the  secretion  of  this  acid  is 
much  diminished  when  the  temperature  is  raised.  Vinegar  is 
often  drunk  to  reduce  obesity,  but  it  only  does  so  because  a 
long  course  of  any  acid  will  set  up  a  mild  gastritis,  and  thus 
hinder  the  digestion  and  absorption  of  food.  Carbonic  acid, 
taken  as  an  effervescing  mixture,  is  a  common  and  very  effica- 
cious gastric  sedative,  beneficial,  therefore,  in  painful  dyspepsia 


THE    ACIDS.  271 

and  in  vomiting.  Diluted  sulphuric  acid  may  be  used  as  a 
haemostatic  in  bleeding  from  the  stomach  or  intestines,  but  its 
action  is  feeble.  It  is,  however,  successful  as  an  astringent  in 
many  cases  of  summer  diarrhoea.  Nitric  and  nitrohydrochloric 
acids,  increasing  the  amount  of  bile,  poured  into  the  intestines, 
are  given,  and  sometimes  with  much  benefit,  when  it  is  consid- 
ered that  dyspepsia  is  due  to  disordered  function  of  the  liver. 
Diluted  sulphuric  acid  is  often  taken  by  workers  in  lead  factories, 
as  it  forms  an  insoluble  lead  sulphate  in  the  intestine  and  so  pre- 
vents absorption  of  lead. 

Remote  effects. — The  remote  effects  of  salts  of  citric,  tartaric, 
and  acetic  acids  have  already  been  described  {see  p.  128).  They 
are  due  to  the  increase  in  the  alkalinity  of  the  blood  and  the 
urine.  Phosphoric  acid  is  often  given  to  weak,  sickly,  anaemic 
children  with  the  view  of  improving  the  quality  of  the  red  blood- 
corpuscles,  and  possibly  aiding  the  growth  of  bones,  but  it  has 
not  been  proved  to  have  any  great  value.  The  same  may  be 
said  of  lactic  and  phosphoric  acids  when  given  for  diabetes ; 
indeed,  the  latter  is  said  to  do  harm.  [There  is  probably  no  doubt 
as  to  the  value  of  lime  and  lemon  juice  in  the  treatment  of 
scurvy.]  Lime  juice  was  formerly  a  popular  remedy  for  acute 
rheumatism,  but  it  did  little  if  any  good.  Sulphuric  acid  is  by 
some  said  to  be  anhidrotic  in  the  night-sweating  of  phthisis, 
and  had  some  reputation  as  a  remote  haemostatic,  but  it  is  rarely 
given  now  for  these  purposes.  Aromatic  sulphuric  acid,  with  a 
little  syrup  and  water,  forms  a  pleasant  cooling  drink  in  fever. 
Rohrig  found  that  acids  diminished  the  tracheal  secretion,  and 
some  physicians  find  that  they  diminish  the  secretions  in  bron- 
chitis. We  thus  see  that  the  remote  effects  of  all  acids,  except 
citric,  tartaric,  and  acetic,  are  unimportant. 

TOXICOLOGY. 

All  these  acids  are  severe  gastro-intestinal  irritants  when  given  in  toxic 
doses.  Tartaric,  citric,  and  lactic  are  very  rarely  taken  as  poisons. 

Symptoms. — These  are  severe  burning  pain  extending  from  the  mouth  to 
the  stomach,  excoriation  of  the  mouth  with  the  formation  of  sloughs,  great 
difficulty  in  swallowing,  vomiting  of  dark-brown,  coffee- colored  material  and 
shreds  of  mucus,  intense  aMominal  pain  aggravated  by  the  slightest  move- 


2/2  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

ment,  generally  obstinate  constipation,  but  if  the  bowels  are  open  the  motions 
are  dark,  from  the  blood  contained  in  them.  Some  of  the  acid  generally 
passes  down  to  the  larynx,  and  causes  swelling  of  that  organ  and  consequently 
dyspnoea  from  obstruction  to  respiration.  The  patient  becomes  cold,  collapsed 
and  covered  with  a  cold  sweat ;  his  pulse  is  very  feeble,  and  he  suffers  from 
great  thirst.  Post-mortem. — The  mucous  membrane  of  the  mouth  and  oesoph- 
agus is  softened  and  corroded,  and  whitish-gray  sloughs  and  haemorrhages  may 
be  seen  here  and  there.  The  coats  of  the  stomach  are  softened.  It  is  often 
contracted,  and  it  may  be  perforated,  the  aperture  being  irregular.  If  the  acid 
escapes  into  the  peritoneal  cavity,  it  may  act  on  almost  any  of  the  abdominal 
organs.  Should  the  patient  have  lived  long  enough,  there  may  be  corrosion 
and  inflammation  of  parts  of  the  small  intestine.  The  mucous  membrane  of 
the  throat  and  larynx  is  inflamed  and  swollen. 

Treatment. — Alkalies  should  be  given  at  once,  e.g.,  soap  and  water,  lime 
water,  magnesia,  washing  soda  ;  and  then  demulcents,  as  milk,  white  of  egg, 
oil,  linseed  tea.  Do  not  use  the  stomach  tube  if  sulphuric  acid  has  been  taken, 
otherwise  wash  out  the  stomach.  Morphine  may  be  injected  subcutaneously 
for  the  pain,  and  brandy  [given]  subcutaneously  for  the  collapse. 

CLASS  II. 

I.  ACIDUM  SULPHUROSUM.— Sulphurous  Acid.  [A  liquid  com- 
posed  of  not  less  than  6.4  per  cent,  by  weight  of  Sulphurous  Acid  Gas  (Sul- 
phur Dioxide,  80^=63.9),  and  not  more  than  93.6  per  cent,  of  water. 

SOURCE. — Sulphuric  Acid,  Bo;  is  heated  with  Charcoal,  20;  and  the 
resulting  Sulphur  Dioxide  is  dissolved  in  water.  4H2SO4-)-Cj=4SOj+2CO2 
+4H,0. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless  liquid  of  the  characteristic  odor  of  burning 
Sulphur,  and  of  a  very  acid,  sulphurous  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  not  less  than  1.035.] 

IMPURITIES. — Sulphuric  acid,  and  mineral  matters. 

Dose,  YI  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  [2.  to  8.  c.c.] 

ACTION  OF  SULPHUROUS  ACID. 

External. — Sulphurous  acid  is  strongly  deoxidizing,  and  as 
it  takes  up  oxygen  so  easily  from  organic  bodies,  it  readily  de- 
composes them,  becoming  itself  converted  into  sulphuric  acid, 
and  hence  is  irritant,  but  not  violently  so,  for  the  amount  of 
sulphuric  acid  in  proportion  to  the  water  is  slight.  It  is  a  dis- 
infectant and  deodorant ;  for  in  virtue  of  its  property  of 
absorbing  oxygen,  it  destroys  micro-organisms  and  arrests  fer- 
mentation. When  applied  to  the  skin  it  is  a  parasiticide. 

Internal. — It  is  believed  to  act  as  a  disinfectant  in  the 
stomach  and  intestine,  but  it  is  very  doubtful  whether  enough  of 


THE    ACIDS.  2/3 

it  to  have  any  appreciable  action  in  this  direction  can  be  safely 
taken. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  SULPHUROUS  ACID. 

External. — Sulphurous  acid  is  chiefly  used  as  an  antiseptic, 
disinfectant,  and  deodorant.  Sulphur  [dioxide]  is  employed  as 
a  disinfectant  for  a  sick-room  after  a  patient  with  an  infectious 
disease  has  been  in  it.  The  chimneys  and  windows  should  be 
stopped  up.  A  quarter  to  half  a  pound  [120.  to  240.  gm.]  or 
more  of  flowers  of  sulphur  [or  better,  one  or  two  sulphur  candles, 
now  to  be  found  in  pharmacies] ,  are  placed  in  an  earthenware 
vessel  and  lighted  ;  the  door  is  shut,  and  the  cracks  around  it 
pasted  over.  The  room  should  be  left  untouched  for  six  hours. 
Generally  not  enough  sulphur  is  burned  for  this  method  to  be 
efficacious.  Sulphurous  acid  [i  to  4]  in  water  is  locally  applied 
to  cure  ringworm.  Foul  sores  may  be  washed  with  it. 

Internal. — Sulphurous  acid  is  sometimes  given  internally 
with  the  object  of  preventing  abnormal  fermentation  in  the 
stomach  and  intestines  in  certain  varieties  of  dyspepsia,  but  there 
is  no  clinical  proof  that  it  can  do  this,  and  it  should  be  remem- 
bered that  it  is  possible  it  may  do  harm  by  impeding  the  action 
of  the  normal  ferments. 

2.  ACIDUM  BORICUM.— Boric  Acid.    H3BO3[=6i.78.     Synonym.- 
— Boracic  Acid. 

SOURCE. — Native  from  Northern  Tuscany,  or  made  by  the  action  of 
Hydrochloric  Acid  on  Borax  by  nitration  and  recrystallization.  NajB^Oj-f- 
2HCl+ioH2O=4H3BO3-f2NaCl+5H2O. 

CHARACTERS. — Transparent,  colorless  scales,  of  a  somewhat  pearly  lustre, 
or,  when  in  perfect  crystals,  six-sided  triclinic  plates,  slightly  unctuous  to  the 
touch,  having  a  faintly  bitterish  taste.  Solubility. — In  25.6  parts  of  water  ;  in 
lo  of  glycerin  ;  in  15  of  Alcohol. 

Dose,  5  to  15  gr. ;  .30  to  i.oo  gm. 

Preparation. 

Glyceritum  Boroglycerini. — Glycerite  of  Boroglycerin.  Syno- 
nyms. —  Glycerite  of  Glyceryl  Borate.  Solution  of  Boroglyceride. 
Boric  Acid,  310;  Glycerin  to  1000.  ] 

3.  SODII    BORAS.— Sodium  [Borate.      Na,B4O7 
Synonyms. — Borax.     Sodium  Pyroborate. 

18 


2/4  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

SOURCE. — Native,  as  a  saline  incrustation  on  the  shores  of  certain  lakes 
and  as  a  crystalline  deposit  at  the  bottom  of  the  Borax  lake  of  California,  or 
by  boiling  together  Boric  Acid  and  Sodium  Carbonate  and  crystallization. 
4HsBOs+Na2CO3=Na2B4O7+CO2+6HJO. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Colorless,  transparent,  monoclinic  prisms,  or  a  white 
powder,  having  a  sweetish  alkaline  taste.  Solubility. — In  16  parts]  of  water  ; 
in  I  of  Glycerin. 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr. ;  [.30  to  2.00  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  BORIC  ACID  AND  BORAX. 

External. — Both  boric  acid  and  borax  have  the  power  of  de- 
stroying micro-organisms  and  are  thus  disinfectant  and  anti- 
septic, but  their  value  is  slight,  and  they  are  much  more  active 
in  preventing  than  in  inhibiting  decomposition.  The  action  is 
extremely  local.  Solutions  of  boric  acid  will  relieve  itching. 
Neither  substance  produces  any  irritation.  Boric  acid  is  very 
largely  used  to  preserve  milk,  butter  and  animal  food. 

Internal. — Borax  and  boric  acid  check  the  action  of  saliva 
on  starch,  but,  if  anything,  they  increase  the  action  of  the  gastric 
juice  and  the  pancreatic  secretion.  Large  amounts,  however, 
slightly  retard  digestion,  and  still  larger  are  gastro-intestinal 
irritants.  Boric  acid  is  rapidly  eliminated  in  the  urine,  it  is  said 
to  increase  the  urea  and  the  quantity  of  urine.  Large  doses 
[increase]  the  acidity  of  this  fluid.  It  is  also  excreted  in  the 
saliva,  sweat,  and  faeces,  and  it  is  stated  in  rare  cases  to  cause 
abortion.  In  exceptional  instances  where  large  quantities  have 
been  applied  to  raw  surfaces  or  mucous  membranes,  reduction  of 
temperature,  depression  of  spirits,  feeble  pulse,  ecchymoses  and 
vomiting  have  supervened.  Harmful  symptoms  do  not  follow 
from  taking  food  preserved  with  boric  acid  if  the  amount  used  is 
small,  such  as  anything  under  [one-tenth  of  one]  per  cent.,  but 
they  may  follow  if  large  amounts  are  used.  It  should  never  be 
used  for  solid  foods. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  BORIC  ACID  AND  BORAX. 

As  they  do  not  irritate,  both  these  substances  are  largely  used 
to  keep  wounds,  ulcers,  and  sores  sweet.  The  action  is  so  local 
that  they  cannot  be  used  to  dress  cavities.  Boric  lint  is  em- 


THE    ACIDS.  2/5 

ployed  to  dress  wounds.  It  is  made  by  passing  lint  through  a 
hot  saturated  solution  of  boric  acid.  Boric  cotton  is  made  the 
same  way.  Lister's  bone  acid  ointment  consists  of  boric  acid,  i ; 
white  wax,  i  ;  paraffin,  2  ;  almond  oil  2  parts.  A  saturated  solu- 
tion of  boric  acid  (4  per  cent. ),  [or  the  glyceritum  boroglycerini 
well  diluted  with  water]  may  be  used  as  an  antiseptic  wash.  Such 
solutions  are  used  for  ozaena,  vaginitis,  urethritis,  and  ophthal- 
mia. Colitis  is  often  benefited  by  washing  out  the  large  bowel 
with  a  quart  [960  c.c.]  of  a  saturated  solution  of  boric  acid; 
sometimes  tannic  acid  is  added.  Lister's  ointment,  or  an  oint- 
ment of  boroglyceride,  [(not  official)  glycerin,  92  ;  boric  acid, 
62  ;  by  heating],  may  be  used  for  pruritus,  sunburn,  etc.  Pow- 
dered boric  acid  blown  into  the  ear  is  very  useful  in  foetid  dis- 
charges from  it.  Thompson's  fluid  (borax,  i  ;  glycerin,  2  ;  water, 
2),  in  the  proportion  of  i  to  8  of  warm  water,  is  commonly  em- 
ployed to  wash  out  the  bladder  in  cystitis.  [One  of  the  most 
important  antiseptic  solutions  is  that  of  Thiersch.  This  consists 
of  boric  acid,  12  ;  salicylic  acid,  2  ;  water  1000].  The  glycerin 
[of  the  B.  P.,  which  is,  borax,  i  ;  water,  2  ;  glycerin,  4;]  and 
the  honey  of  borax,  [of  the  B.  P.,  which  is,  borax,  2  ;  glycerin, 
i  ;  clarified  honey,  16  ;]  are  excellent  applications  for  aphthous 
states  of  the  mouth,  especially  in  children.  The  following  is  a 
good  wash  for  the  mouth  :  Glycerin  of  borax,  [see  above]  6  ; 
tincture  of  myrrh,  i  ;  water  to  48. 

Borax  has  been  given  in  epilepsy,  and  its  use  is  gaining 
ground.  It  is  often  prescribed  with  advantage  in  combination 
with  bromides,  but  it  is  decidedly  inferior  to  them,  although  in 
exceptional  cases  it  may  succeed  when  they  have  failed.  As  it 
is  an  antiseptic  it  has  been  given  internally  fn  typhoid  fever  and 
phthisis,  but  with  doubtful  benefit.  Taken  internally,  it  is  said 
to  relieve  irritability  of  the  bladder.  In  rare  cases  its  use  has 
caused  either  psoriasis,  a  papular  eruption  especially  marked  near 
the  elbows,  an  erythematous  rash,  or  eczema.  Nausea,  loss  of 
appetite,  vomiting,  and  diarrhoea  may  be  produced.  It  has  no 
effect  on  the  intelligence.  The  taste  is  best  covered  with  syrup 
of  orange  peel. 

Boric  acid  is  not  employed  internally  in  medicine,  [except- 


2/6  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

ing  for  correcting  the  foetor  of  fermentative  dyspepsia  and  in 
ammoniacal  cystitis,  where  it  is  also  used  in  solution  for  irriga- 
tion of  the  bladder.] 


GROUP  XII. 

CARBON  AND  ITS  COMPOUNDS. 

CLASS  I. — [Drugs  which  Act  Mechanically. 

Carbon,  Petrolatum  and  Benzin. 

This  class  includes  carbon  in  its  three  official  forms,  and  the  hydrocarbons.] 

I.  CARBO. 

[C=u.97. 

1.  CARBO  ANIMALIS. — Animal  Charcoal.    Synonym. — Bone-black. 
SOURCE.  — Expose  bones,   deprived  of  fat,  in  iron  cylinders,  to  red  heat 

without  access  of  air,  and  then  powder  them. 

CHARACTERS. — Dull,  black,  granular  fragments  or  a  dull  black  powder, 
nearly  tasteless.  Solubility. — Insoluble  in  water  or  Alcohol. 

2.  CARBO  ANIMALIS  PURIFICATUS.— Purified  Animal  Char- 
coal. 

SOURCE. — Digest  Animal  Charcoal,  loo ;  with  Hydrochloric  Acid,  300, 
and  a  sufficient  quantity  of  water.  Filter,  wash  and  heat  the  residue  to  red- 
ness in  a  closed  crucible. 

CHARACTERS. — A  dull  black  powder,  odorless,  tasteless,  and  insoluble  in 
water  or  Alcohol.  It  should  contain  no  salts. 

Dose,  20  to  60  gr. ;  1.20  to  4.00  gm. ;  ^  oz. ;  15.  gm.  or  more  as  an 
antidote.  ] 

3.  CARBO  LIGNL— [Charcoal.—  Synonym.]— Wood  Charcoal. 
SOURCE. — Wood  charred  without  access  of  air. 

CHARACTERS. — [A  black,  odorless,  and  tasteless  powder,  free  from  gritty 
matter.  ] 

Dose,  20  to  60  gr. ;  [1.20  to  4.00  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  CHARCOAL. 

External. — Dry  charcoal  absorbs  gases  and  condenses  them 
within  its  pores.  It  thus  absorbs  oxygen,  and  hence  has  an 
oxidizing  power,  parting  with  the  absorbed  oxygen  to  oxidize 


CARBON    AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS. 

organic  and  other  substances.  Organic  matter  is  believed  to  be 
decomposed  by  serobic  micro-organisms  which  act  by  oxidation, 
and  anaerobic  which  decompose  directly,  producing  offensively 
smelling  and  toxic  bodies.  Wild  suggests  that  the  reason  for 
the  deodorant  action  of  charcoal  is  that  it  converts  anaerobic 
into  aerobic  decomposition.  It  attracts  and  oxidizes  coloring 
matters,  and  consequently  decolorizes  them.  It  has  no  effect 
on  living  organisms,  and  is  not  antiseptic. 

Internal. — Formerly  it  was  thought  only  to  oxidize  when 
dry,  but  to  a  less  degree  it  has  this  power  when  moist,  presum- 
ably because  there  is  still  some  active  oxygen  in  its  interstices. 
It  is  passed  in  the  faeces  unchanged. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  CHARCOAL. 

External. — Charcoal  has  been  recommended  as  an  antiseptic 
and  deodorant  for  foul  ulcers,  etc.,  but  it  is  a  dirty  preparation, 
and  large  quantities  must  be  used.  Charcoal  is  used  in  pharmacy 
as  a  decolorizing  agent. 

Internal. — It  has  been  given  as  a  powder,  as  lozenges,  and 
as  biscuits,  with  the  object  of  preventing  fermentation  in  the 
stomach,  but  it  is  not  of  much  use.  Garrod  has  shown  that  a 
tablespoonful  or  larger  doses  of  charcoal  frequently  repeated, 
are  antidotes  against  most  active  vegetable  poisons,  as  opium, 
nux  vomica,  and  aconite,  for  charcoal  seems  to  have  a  special 
attraction  for  alkaloids.  Animal  charcoal  is  the  best  form  to 
give  as  an  antidote.  Charcoal  is  used  as  a  tooth  powder  [but  it 
should  not  be  recommended  because  it  abrades  the  enamel  of 

the  teeth] . 

[II.  PETROLATUM. 

i.  PETROLATUM  LIQUIDUM.— Liquid  Petrolatum. 

SOURCE. — A  mixture  of  Hydrocarbons,  chiefly  of  the  Marsh-gas  series, 
obtained  by  distilling  off  the  lighter  and  more  volatile  portions  from  Petroleum, 
and  purifying  the  residue  when  it  has  the  desired  consistence. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless,  or  more  or  less  _  yellowish,  oily,  transparent 
liquid,  without  odor  or  taste,  or  giving  off,  when  heated,  a  faint  odor  of  Petro- 
leum. Sp.  gr.,  about  0.875  to  °-94S-  Solubility. — Insoluble  in  water; 
scarcely  soluble  in  cold  or  hot  alcohol,  or  in  cold  Absolute  Alcohol ;  but  solu- 
ble in  boiling  Absolute  Alcohol,  and  readily  soluble  in  Ether,  Chloroform, 
Carbon  Disulphide,  Oil  of  Turpentine,  Benzin,  Benzol,  and  fixed  or  volatile  oils. 


2/8  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

2.  PETROLATUM    MOLLE.— Soft   Petrolatum.      Synonym.  —  Soft 
Petroleum  Ointment. 

SOURCE. — A  mixture  of  Hydrocarbons,  chiefly  of  the  Marsh  gas  series, 
obtained  by  distilling  off  the  lighter  and  more  volatile  portions  from  Petroleum, 
and  purifying  the  residue  when  it  has  the  desired  melting  point. 

When  Petrolatum  is  prescribed  or  ordered  without  further  specification, 
soft  Petrolatum  (Petrolatum  Molle)  is  to  be  dispensed. 

CHARACTERS. — A  fat-like  mass,  of  about  the  consistence  of  an  ointment, 
varying  from  white  to  yellowish  or  yellow,  more  or  less  fluorescent  when 
yellow,  especially  after  being  melted,  transparent  in  thin  layers,  completely 
amorphous,  and  without  odor  or  taste,  or  giving  off,  when  heated,  a  faint  odor 
of  Petroleum.  If  a  portion  of  Soft  Petrolatum  be  liquefied,  and  brought  to  a 
temperature  of  140°  F. ;  60°  C.,  it  will  have  a  specific  gravity  of  about  0.820 
100.840.  The  melting  point  of  Soft  Petrolatum  ranges  between  about  104° 
and  113°  F.;  40°  and  45°  C. 

3.  PETROLATUM    SPISSUM.— Hard    Petrolatum.      Synonym.— 
Hard  Petroleum  Ointment. 

SOURCE. — A  mixture  of  Hydrocarbons,  chiefly  of  the  Marsh-gas  series,  ob- 
tained by  distilling  off  the  lighter  and  more  volatile  portions  from  Petroleum, 
and  purifying  the  residue  when  it  has  the  desired  melting  point. 

CHARACTERS. — A  fat-like  mass,  of  about  the  consistence  of  a  cerate, 
varying  from  white  to  yellowish,  or  yellow,  more  or  less  fluorescent  when  yel- 
low, especially  after  being  melted,  transparent  in  thin  layers,  completely  amor- 
phous, and  without  odor  or  taste,  or  giving  off,  when  heated,  a  faint  odor  of 
Petroleum.  If  a  portion  of  Hard  Petrolatum  be  liquefied,  and  brought  to  a 
temperature  of  142°  F. ;  6l.I°  C. ,  it  will  have  a  specific  gravity  of  about 
0.820  to  0.850.  The  melting  point  of  Hard  Petrolatum  ranges  between  about 
113°  and  125°  F. ;  45°  and  51.3°  C. 

IMPURITIES. — Fixed  oils,  fats  of  animal  or  vegetable  origin,  resin,  and 
organic  impurities. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  PETROLATUM. 

Petrolatum  is  used  exclusively  as  a  bland,  neutral  protective, 
and,  because  it  does  not  become  rancid  nor  act  as  an  irritant, 
and  as  it  is  not  affected  by  acids,  alkalies  or  powerful  reducing 
agents,  it  is  employed  as  a  substitute  for  fatty  materials  in  oint- 
ments. But  as  it  is  absorbed  with  difficulty  it  is  not  a  suitable 
vehicle  for  drugs  which  are  intended  for  absorption  through  the 
skin.  Liquid  petrolatum  has  been  used  as  a  local  soothing  ap- 
plication in  inflammation  of  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  nose, 
throat,  larynx,  and  even  of  the  bronchial  tubes.  It  is  then  ap- 


CARBON    AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS.  2/9 

plied  with  an  atomizer  and  may  be  employed  as  a  vehicle  for 
medicinal  substances.     None  of  the  petroleums  are  nutritive. 

III.  BENZINUM. 

BENZIN. — Synonyms. — Petroleum  Benzin.  Petroleum  Ether.  A  puri- 
fied distillate  from  American  Petroleum,  consisting  of  hydrocarbons,  chiefly  of 
the  Marsh-gas  series  (C5H12,  C6HM,  and  homologous  compounds). 

CHARACTERS. — A  transparent,  colorless,  diffusive  liquid,  of  a  strong,  char- 
acteristic odor,  slightly  resembling  that  of  Petroleum,  but  much  less  disagree- 
able, and  having  a  neutral  reaction.  Sp.  gr.,  0.670100.675.  Solubility. — 
Insoluble  in  water ;  soluble  in  about  6  parts  of  Alcohol,  and  readily  soluble  in 
Ether,  Chloroform,  Benzol,  fixed  and  volatile  oils. 

USES  OF  BENZIN. 

Benzin  is  used  to  obtain  volatile  oils  by  percolation,  as  a  sub- 
stitute for  ether  in  making  oleoresins,  for  dissolving  fats,  resins, 
caoutchouc  and  some  of  the  alkaloids.] 

CLASS  II. — The  Anaesthetics. 
Alcohol,  Chloroform,  Ether,  and  Acetic  Ether. 

These  substances  produce  local  anaesthesia  by  evaporation.  They  are 
rubefacient  if  their  vapor  is  confined.  The  stomach,  heart  and  central  nervous 
system  are  first  stimulated  and  then  depressed  by  them.  [Amylic  Alcohol, 
(B.  P.)  Ethyl  Bromide,  Bromoform  and  Pental,  none  of  which  are  official, 
are  considered  in  this  class.] 

I.  ALCOHOL. 

[Ethyl  Alcohol.     C2H5OH=45.9. 
Alcohol  is  official  in  the  eight  following  forms  :] 

i.  ALCOHOL. — [A  liquid  composed  of  about  91  per  cent,  by  weight, 
or  94  per  cent.,  by  volume,  of  Ethyl  Alcohol,  and  about  9  per  cent,  by 
weight,  of  water.  Synonyms. — Ethy lie  Alcohol.  Spirit  of  Wine. 

SOURCE. — Macerate  rectified  spirit  with  Anhydrous  Potassium  Carbonate  to 
remove  the  water,  then  again  with  freshly  fused  Calcium  Chloride,  and  distil. 

CHARACTERS. — A  transparent,  colorless,  mobile  and  volatile  liquid  of  a 
characteristic,  rather  agreeable  odor,  and  a  burning  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  about  0.820. 
Boils  at  172.4°  F. ;  78°  C.  Entirely  volatilized. 

IMPURITIES. — Resins  or  oils,  detected  by  turbidity  on  dilution. 

Alcohol  is  used  to  make  Chloroform. 

Preparation. 

Alcohol   Dilutum.— Diluted  Alcohol.     Synonym. — Proof  Spirit 
A  liquid  composed  of  about  4 1  per  cent. ,  by  weight,  or  about  48. 6  per 


28O  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

cent.,  by  volume,  of  absolute  Ethyl  Alcohol,  and  about  59  per  cent,  of 
water.     Alcohol,  500  ;  distilled  water,  500. 

CHARACTERS. — The  same  as  those  of  Alcohol.      Sp.    gr.,   about 
0.938. 

2.  ALCOHOL  ABSOLUTUM.— Absolute  Alcohol.     Ethyl  Alcohol, 
containing  not  more  than  I  per  cent ,  by  weight,  of  water. 

SOURCE. — By  percolation  of  the  strongest  and  purest  Alcohol  through 
recently  burned  lime,  out  of  contact  with  the  air,  then  re-distil  the  percolate 
in  vacua. 

CHARACTERS. — A  transparent,  colorless,  mobile,  and  volatile  liquid,  of  a 
characteristic,  rather  agreeable  odor,  and  a  burning  taste.  Very  hygroscopic. 
Sp.  gr.,  not  higher  than  0.797. 

3.  ALCOHOL    DEODORATUM.— Deodorized  Alcohol.     A  liquid 
composed  of  about  92.5  per  cent.,  by  weight,  or  95-1  per  cent.,  by  volume,  of 
Ethyl  Alcohol,  and  about  7.5  per  cent.,  by  weight,  of  water. 

SOURCE. — The  foreign  odors  may  be  removed  by  distilling  the  Alcohol 
over  about  2  per  cent,  of  pure,  fused  Sodium  Acetate. 

CHARACTERS. — As  of  Absolute  Alcohol.     Sp.  gr.,  about  0.816.] 

4.  SPIRITUS  VINI  GALLICI.— Brandy. 

[SOURCE. — An  alcoholic  liquid  obtained  by  the  distillation  of  the  fer- 
mented, unmodified  juice  of  fresh  grapes,  and  at  least  four  years  old. 

CHARACTERS. — A  pale,  amber-colored  liquid  having  a  distinctive  odor  and 
taste,  and  a  slightly  acid  reaction.  Contains  39  to  47  per  cent.,  by  weight, 
of  Alcohol,  together  with  a  volatile  oil  and  several  Ethers.  Sp.  gr. ,  0.925  to 
0.941,  which  limits  it  should  not  exceed. 

Dose,  indefinite. 

5.  SPIRITUS  FRUMENTI.— Whiskey. 

SOURCE. — An  alcoholic  liquid  obtained  by  the  distillation  of  the  mash  of 
fermented  grain  (usually  a  mixture  of  corn,  wheat  and  rye),  and  at  least  two 
years  old. 

CHARACTERS. — An  amber-colored  liquid,  having  a  distinctive  taste  and 
odor,  and  a  slightly  acid  reaction.  Contains  44  to  50  per  cent.,  by  weight, 
of  Absolute  Alcohol.  Sp.  gr. ,  0.917  to  0.930,  which  limits  it  should  not  exceed. 

Dose,  indefinite. 

6.  VINUM  ALBUM.— White  Wine. 

SOURCE. — An  alcoholic  liquid,  made  by  fermenting  the  juice  of  fresh 
grapes,  the  fruit  of  Vitis  Vinifera  (nat.  ord.  Vitaceez),  freed  from  seeds,  stems 
and  skins. 

CHARACTERS. — A  pale,  amber-colored,  or  straw-colored  liquid,  having  a 
pleasant  odor,  free  from  yeastiness,  and  a  fruity,  agreeable,  slightly  spirituous 
taste,  without  excessive  sweetness  or  acidity.  Contains  between  10  and  14 


CARBON    AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS. 


281 


per  cent,  by  weight,  of  Absolute  Alcohol, 
limits  it  should  not  exceed. 


Sp.  gr.,  0.990  to  i.oio,  which 


7.  VINUM  RUBRUM.— Red  Wine. 

SOURCE. — An  alcoholic  liquid,  made  by  fermenting  the  juice  of  fresh 
colored  grapes,  the  fruit  of  Vitis  Vinifera  (nat.  ord.  Vitacece)  in  presence  of 
their  skins. 

CHARACTERS. — A  deep  red  liquid,  having  a  pleasant  odor,  free  from 
yeastiness,  and  a  fruity,  moderately  astringent,  pleasant,  and  slightly  acidulous 
taste,  without  excessive  sweetness  or  acidity.  Contains  10  to  14  per  cent.,  by 
weight,  of  Absolute  Alcohol.  Sp.  gr.,  0.989  to  i.oio,  which  limits  it  should 
not  exceed.] 

Amount  of  Ethyl  Alcohol  by  Volume  in  Various  Important  Substances. 

[Alcohol  Absolutum    ....   contains  99  per  cent. 

Alcohol  Deodoratum  ....  "        95. i]  " 

Alcohol "94  " 

Spiritus  Rectificatus  [B.  P.].  "        90  " 

Spiritus  Tenuior  (Proof  Spirit)  .  "        57-°9  " 

Rum,  Gin,  Strong  Liqueurs  .     .  "        51  to  59  " 

[Spiritus  Frumenti "        50  to  58]  " 

Alcohol  Dilutum "48.6  " 

Spiritus  Vini  Gallic!     ....  "        46  to  55  " 
Vinum  Album  Fortius  (U.  S.  P., 

1880) "        23  to  29  " 

[Vinum  Porteuse] "        2O  to  30  " 

[Vinum  Xericum  or]  Madeira    .  "         16  to  22  " 

Vinum  Album "         12.41017.3  " 

[Vinum  Rubrum "         12.41017.3]  " 

Champagne    .......  "         IO  to  13  " 

Vinum  Aurantii  [B!  P.]  ...  "         10     to  12  " 

Burgundy "          9      to  12  " 

Hock "          9      to  12  " 

Claret "           8      to  12  " 

Cider "          5      to    9  " 

Strong  Ale  or  Stout      ....  "           5      to    9  " 

Beer  [or]  Porter "          2      to    5  " 

[Kumyss] "     *     I      to    3  " 

ACTION  OF  ALCOHOL. 

External. — It  is  a  powerful  antiseptic,  preventing  the  for- 
mation of  and  killing  putrefactive  bacteria.  If  applied  to  the 
skin,  alcohol  quickly  evaporates.  It  therefore  cools  the  skin, 
which  consequently  becomes  pale  from  the  contraction  of  the 


282  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

small  vessels ;  owing  to  this  less  sweat  is  secreted.  Alcohol  is 
thus  refrigerant,  astringent  and  anhidrotic.  But  if  evaporation 
is  prevented  in  any  way,  such  as  by  a  watch-glass  or  a  piece  of 
gutta-percha,  or  the  alcohol  is  rubbed  in,  it  quickly  absorbs  water 
from  the  skin,  and  thus  hardens  it.  Having  thus  passed  through 
the  epidermis,  it  dilates  the  vessels,  causes  a  feeling  of  warmth, 
and  produces  a  rubefacient  effect.  It  has  the  power  of  coagu- 
lating albumin,  but  the  coagulum  quickly  re-dissolves.  It  extracts 
water  from  all  tissues. 

Internal. — Mouth. — When  concentrated,  alcohol  produces  a 
feeling  of  warmth,  or  often  even  a  burning  sensation,  in  the 
mouth.  If  held  there  for  some  time,  the  albumin  of  the  super- 
ficial tissues  is  coagulated,  and  the  mucous  membrane  becomes 
whitish,  congested,  and  opaque  ;  but  this  appearance  soon  disap- 
pears, as  the  coagulum  is  re- dissolved  by  the  fluids  of  the  tissues. 
Directly  [after]  the  alcohol  is  put  in  the  mouth  there  is  an  increased 
flow  of  saliva,  and  the  pulse  may  be  quickened  ;  these  results  are 
reflex,  for  they  occur  before  there  is  time  for  the  alcohol  to  be 
absorbed.  Alcohol  has  a  slight  local  anaesthetic  effect. 

Stomach. — Here  also,  if  the  alcohol  is  sufficiently  concen- 
trated, there  is  a  sensation  of  warmth  or  even  of  burning.  If 
only  small  quantities  are  given,  the  gastric  vessels  dilate,  the 
mucous  membrane  becomes  red,  and  there  is  an  increased  secre- 
tion of  gastric  juice.  All  this  [has  been]  seen  to  happen  in  cases 
of  gastric  fistula.  The  result  of  these  effects  is  that  the  appetite 
is  sharpened,  and  this  explains  the  custom,  common  with  many 
people,  of  taking  a  little  alcohol  immediately  before  meals,  and 
also  the  common  experience  that  alcohol  taken  during  meals  aids 
digestion.  It  also  increases  the  activity  of  the  gastric  move- 
ments and  promotes  absorption.  Thus  there  are  several  ways  in 
which  moderate  dosea  of  alcohol  may  help  the  digestive 
process,  and  Binz  has  actually  demonstrated,  by  removing  the 
gastric  contents  at  stated  times  after  a  meal,  that  alcohol  aids 
digestion,  and  by  giving  potassium  iodide  he  showed  that  it  in- 
creased the  rapidity  of  absorption.  In  some  cases  it  produces  a 
local  anaesthesia  in  the  stomach,  and  so  it  may  relieve  gastric 
pain.  It  is  to  a  slight  extent  decomposed  into  aldehyde  and 


CARBON  AND  ITS  COMPOUNDS.  283 

acetic  acid,  and  consequently  some  of  the  pepsin,  peptones,  and 
proteids  are  precipitated.  This  hinders  digestion,  but  usually 
not  sufficiently  to  outdo  the  aid  due  to  the  vascular  dilatation, 
the  increased  secretion,  and  the  greater  movement.  The  effect 
of  large  doses  is  very  harmful..  The  activity  of  the  gastric 
juice  is  destroyed,  the  gastric  walls  are  inflamed,  large  quantities 
of  mucus  are  poured  out,  and  if  the  over-indulgence  is  continued 
chronic  gastritis  ensues,  the  gastric  glands  atrophy,  and  conse- 
quently we  get  the  permanent  dyspepsia  of  drunkards. 

A  single  dose  of  alcohol  introduced  into  the  stomach  in  a 
concentrated  form,  e.g.,  [clear]  brandy,  immediately  produces 
important  reflex  effects.  The  heart  beats  more  rapidly  and 
more  forcibly,  the  vessels  of  the  whole  body  dilate,  especially 
those  of  the  skin  ;  hence  there  is  a  feeling  of  warmth.  The 
blood- pressure  rises.  These  reflex  effects  are  well  seen  in  the 
immediate  restoration  of  a  fainting  person  by  the  ingestion  of  a 
single  dose  of  brandy.  Diluted  alcohol,  e.g.,  beer,  does  not 
produce  them.  They  are  quickly  followed  by  the  effects  of 
alcohol  upon  the  circulation  due  to  its  presence  in  the  blood 
after  absorption. 

Intestines. — Here  alcohol  has  a  slight  astringent  effect,  and 
consequently  it  may  check  diarrhoea. 

Blood. — Alcohol  is  absorbed  more  largely  by  the  blood-vessels 
than  the  lacteals.  It  first  increases  and  then  diminishes  the 
amoeboid  movements  of  the  white  blood- corpuscles.  It  so  acts 
on  the  red  corpuscles  as  to  prevent  oxyhsemoglobin  from  readily 
yielding  up  its  oxygen,  consequently  it  diminishes  the  oxida- 
tion of  the  tissues.  This,  in  habitual  drinkers  of  large  quan- 
tities of  alcohol,  may  lead  to  an  imperfect  combustion  of  fat, 
consequently  it  accumulates  in  the  tissues,  and  obesity,  which 
is  often  increased  by  the  amount  of  saccharine  matters  alcoholic 
liquids  contain,  results.  The  skin  acquires  a  velvety  feeling. 

Alcohol  is  slightly  antipyretic,  lowering  the  temperature  in 
fever.  This  is  chiefly  due  to  cutaneous  vascular  dilatation  and 
rapidity  of  circulation,  but  also  slightly,  perhaps,  to  general  dimin- 
ished oxidation.  A  litre,  [about  a  quart]  of  Rhine  wine  of  average 
strength  produces  by  its  oxidation  about  as  much  heat  as  five  or  six 


284  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

tablespoonfuls  [100.  to  120.  c.c.]  of  olive  oil.  Neither  the  intake 
of  oxygen  nor  the  output  of  carbon  [dioxide]  is  altered  by  alcohol, 
therefore  as  it  has  been  oxidized  in  the  body  it  saves  the  tissues 
and  is  a  food.  Repeated  observations  have  shown  the  proof  of 
this,  for  moderate  doses  of  alcohol  diminish  the  output  of  urea 
and  uric  acid,  6  or  7  per  cent.  ;  and  that  it  is  a  food  is  also  proved 
by  the  fact  that  the  weight  of  the  body  may  be  maintained  if  a 
large  amount  of  alcohol  is  taken,  even  if  the  rest  of  the  food  is 
very  small  in  amount.  [Alcohol  ceases  to  be  a  food  when  it  is 
ingested  in  such  large  amounts  that  it  cannot  be  completely  oxid- 
ized. In  this  instance  the  excess  is  likely  to  be  harmful.] 

If  only  moderate  doses  are  drunk,  very  little  alcohol  leaves 
the  body  in  the  urine ;  with  large  doses  the  case  is  different. 

Circulation. — The  effects  upon  the  circulation  reflexly  pro- 
duced by  stimulation  of  the  mouth  and  stomach  have  already 
been  mentioned.  After  alcohol  is  absorbed  it  influences  the 
heart  markedly.  It  beats  more  powerfully  and  more 
rapidly,  the  pulse  becomes  fuller  ;  these  results  are  due  to  the 
peripheral  arterial  dilatation  and  to  a  stimulating  effect  on  the 
accelerator  nerves.  The  vaso -motor  system  is  acted  upon,  all  the 
vessels  of  the  body  dilate,  especially  those  of  the  skin; 
therefore,  if  he  previously  felt  cold,  the  person  who  has  taken  the 
alcohol  feels  warm.  The  blood-pressure  rises,  the  increased 
action  of  the  heart  more  than  compensating  for  the  vascular  dila- 
tation. [This  is  not  true  for  dogs,  as  has  been  demonstrated  in 
the  laboratory  (Long).]  The  direct  effects  of  alcohol  on  the 
circulation  after  absorption  appear  more  slowly  and  last  longer ; 
but  they  are  clearly  similar  to  those  due  to  the  reflex  stimulus 
from  the  stomach,  and  therefore  they  continue  them.  The  re- 
sult of  the  increased  circulation  through  the  various  organs  is 
that  they  work  to  greater  advantage,  hence  the  mental  faculties 
are  brightened  for  a  time,  the  muscular  strength  seems  increased, 
more  urine  is  passed,  and  the  skin  perspires.  The  person  who 
has  taken  the  alcohol,  in  fact,  usually  feels  generally  better  for 
it.  This  is  by  no  means  always  so  ;  some  persons  have  a  head- 
ache or  feel  very  sleepy  immediately  after  alcohol.  This  is 
probably  because  the  vessels  of  the  abdomen  or  skin  have  dilated 


CARBON    AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS.  285 

so  excessively  that  almost  all  the  blood  in  the  body  is  in  them, 
and  consequently  there  is  very  little  in  the  brain.  There  are 
many  individual  peculiarities  in  the  effects  of  alcohol. 

It  has  been  repeatedly  proved  that  these  good  results  are  but 
transitory.  The  heart,  although  at  first  stimulated,  is  more 
exhausted  after  the  stimulation  has  passed  off  than  it  was 
before.  This  is  also  true  of  all  the  organs  of  the  body  stimulated 
by  the  increased  circulation  induced  by  alcohol.  In  many  cam- 
paigns and  arctic  expeditions  it  has  been  found  that  although  at 
first  the  men,  after  taking  alcohol,  could  do  more  work,  yet  soon 
they  felt  so  tired  and  exhausted,  that  on  the  whole  they  could  do 
much  more  without  than  with  the  alcohol.  Large  doses  of 
alcohol  do  not  stimulate  the  heart  at  all ;  they  paralyze  it,  both 
reflexly  from  the  stomach  and  after  absorption.  Enormous  doses 
poured  into  the  stomach  kill  almost  immediately  by  reflex  action. 
A  drunkard  who  is  "dead  drunk"  is,  accurately  speaking,  one 
who  is  killed  by  the  paralyzing  effect  of  alcohol  on  the  heart ; 
but  the  phrase  is  often  applied  to  any  one  who  is  very  drunk. 

Skin. — Alcohol  is  a  mild  diaphoretic,  partly  because  of  its 
vaso-dilator  action,  and  perhaps  also  because  of  some  direct  in- 
fluence on  the  sweat-glands.  As  just  mentioned,  the  cutaneous 
vascular  dilatation  leads  to  a  feeling  of  warmth  if  the  patient's 
cutaneous  vessels  were  previously  contracted  from  cold.  It  may 
be  that  part  of  the  antipyretic  power  of  alcohol  is  due  to  in- 
creased radiation  from  the  dilated  vessels,  and  also  to  evaporation 
of  the  increased  amount  of  sweat.  If  a  person  is  in  a  cold  atmos- 
phere, alcohol,  by  increasing  the  radiation  from  the  skin,  leads 
to  the  loss  of  so  much  heat  that  he  may  die  from  cold,  although 
at  first  the  increased  cutaneous  circulation,  making  him  feel 
warmer,  gives  him  a  delusive  feeling  of  warmth. 

Kidneys. — About  5  per  cent,  of  the  alcohol  ingested — unless 
very  large  quantities  are  taken — is  excreted  unchanged,  mostly 
in  the  urine,  to  a  less  extent  in  the  expired  air,  only  the  merest 
trace  in  the  sweat  and  none  in  the  milk  or  faeces.  Most  of  it  is 
oxidized  in  the  body.  It  acts  as  a  diuretic  ;  probably  this  is  a 
secondary  result  of  its  vascular  effects,  but  it  probably  also  acts 
directly  on  the  glomeruli. 


286  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

Nen>ous  system. — Unless  the  dose  be  very  large  the  whole 
nervous  system  is  stimulated,  perhaps  to  a  slight  extent  directly, 
but  chiefly  as  a  secondary  result  of  the  vascular  dilatation  and 
cardiac  stimulation.  The  highest  functions  are  most  affected. 
The  person  who  has  taken  the  alcohol  talks  more  fluently  and 
brilliantly,  his  wits  are  sharpened,  he  has  a  feeling  of  strength. 
If  the  dose  has  been  large,  the  stage  of  exaltation  of  these  or  any 
other  functions  quickly  passes  into  one  of  depression,  the  highest 
functions  being  affected  first,  and  the  stimulation  and  depression 
of  function  proceed  regularly  from  the  highest  to  the  lowest.  The 
action  of  alcohol  thus  illustrates  both  the  fact  that  stimulation  is 
usually  succeeded  by  depression,  and  also  the  "law  of  dissolu- 
tion," which  (see  p.  104)  states  that  functions  which  have  ap- 
peared latest  in  the  animal  series  or  the  individual  are  the  most 
easy  to  influence,  those  which  have  appeared  earlier  are  less  easy 
to  influence  ;  and  so  by  regular  sequence  till  we  arrive  at  those 
functions  which  are  first  developed,  which  are  the  last  to  be  in- 
fluenced. The  stimulation  and  subsequent  depression  of  func- 
tion, therefore,  proceeds  in  a  descending  scale  from  the  highest 
or  least  firmly  fixed  function  to  the  lowest  or  most  firmly  fixed. 
Thus  the  power  of  judgment  is  abolished  very  early  by  alcohol ; 
this  is  so  while  the  imagination,  the  emotions,  and  the  power  of 
speech  still  remain  stimulated  ;  but  soon  the  power  of  imagination 
goes,  the  patient  loses  all  command  over  his  emotions,  he  cries 
and  laughs  irregularly,  but  this  soon  stops.  He  next  begins  to 
lose  control  over  his  speech,  talking  incoherently  and  thickly ; 
shortly  afterwards  he  cannot  talk  at  all,  but  can  only  make  a  noise. 
Muscular  movements,  which  are  not  so  highly  developed  as  those 
of  speech,  are  next  affected ;  delicate,  lately  developed  move- 
ments, as  writing,  feeding  himself,  etc.,  are  for  a  time  performed 
inco-ordinately,  but  soon  they  are  paralyzed.  Next  the  muscular 
movements,  developed  before  these,  are  implicated,  and  the  patient 
cannot  undress  himself  or  walk  straight,  and  inco-ordination  of 
these  movements  passes  into  the  inability  to  do  them  at  all.  Next 
the  activity  of  the  reflex  centres  of  the  cord  is  abolished,  the 
patient  passes  his  urine  and  faeces  [involuntarily].  Then  the 
respiratory  centre,  which  was  previously  stimulated,  becomes 


CARBON   AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS. 

paralyzed,  breathing  is  difficult,  and  the  face  is  livid.  Lastly,  the 
heart,  which  was  also  at  first  stimulated,  is  paralyzed,  and  the 
patient  dies.  The  depression  of  the  reflex  centres  of  the  cord 
accounts  for  the  fact  that  injuries  which  would  kill  a  sober  man 
do  not  kill  a  drunken  one,  for  the  .heart  and  respiration,  owing 
to  the  general  central  depression,  are  not  affected  reflexly  by 
them. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  ALCOHOL. 

External. — Four  parts  of  alcohol  to  one  of  water  form  the 
Lotio  Spiritus  of  many  pharmacopoeias.  [Cotton]  or  lint  dipped 
in  it  are  applied  to  sprained  joints,  bruises,  etc.  The  alcohol 
evaporates,  cools  the  part,  consequently  the  vessels  contract,  and 
inflammation  may  thus  be  checked.  At  the  same  time  the  local 
anaesthetic  effect  of  the  cold  relieves  the  pain.  In  a  similar  way 
many  varieties  of  headache  may  be  soothed  by  bathing  the  fore- 
head with  eau  de  Cologne  or  Bay  Rum.  Brandy  or  some  other 
form  of  alcohol  is  often  used  to  bathe  the  skin  in  order  to  harden 
it,  by  abstraction  of  water,  and  thus  prevents  the  formation  of 
bed-sores  or  cracked  nipples.  Spirit  lotions  dabbed  on  the  skin 
may,  by  means  of  the  vascular  contraction  produced,  stop  sweat- 
ing. Alcohol  rubbed  in,  as  in  the  use  of  Linimentum  [Saponis] , 
is  commonly  employed  for  its  rubefacient  effect,  to  aid  the  ab- 
sorption of  inflammatory  products  and  relieve  pain,  as  in  chronic 
rheumatism,  myalgia,  etc. 

Internal. — Mouth. — A  little  brandy  held  in  the  mouth  will 
be  a  local  anaesthetic  and  relieve  toothache.  Alcohol  is  used  as 
a  gargle  of  port  wine  for  its  power  of  precipitating  albumin  and 
acting  as  an  astringent  in  cases  of  chronic  sore  throat,  excessive 
salivation,  or  inflammation  of  the  gums. 

Stomach. — Because  it  increases  the  secretion  of  gastric  juice, 
the  vascularity  and  the  movements  of  the  stomach,  alcohol  aids 
digestion.  It  must  only  be  taken  in  small  quantities,  for  large 
amounts  paralyze  the  secretion  and  cause  gastritis,  and  ultimately 
lead  to  atrophy  of  the  gastric  glands.  It  should  be  given  just 
before  or  during  a  meal.  It  is  harmful  in  acute  dyspepsia,  but 
for  the  indigestion  of  the  aged  and  feeble,  or  for  those  who  are 
thoroughly  exhausted  by  overwork,  it  is  very  valuable,  as  the 


288  INORGANIC   MATERIA    MEDICA. 

stomach  shares  in  the  general  exhaustion.  It  is  also  useful  be- 
cause it  increases  the  appetite.  Owing  to  its  anaesthetic  property 
it  may  relieve  painful  dyspepsia,  and  may  check  vomiting,  espe- 
cially if  taken  with  carbon  [dioxide],  as,  for  example,  in  the 
form  of  champagne  or  brandy  and  soda-water,  and  because  it 
increases  the  activity  of  the  gastric  movements  it  may  relieve 
flatulence.  A  single  dose  of  strong  spirits  poured  into  the  stomach 
is  often  employed  with  great  benefit  for  its  reflex  stimulant  effects 
on  the  circulation  for  those  who  have  fainted,  or  who  are  col- 
lapsed from  cold  or  any  other  cause. 

Intestines. — Brandy  and  water  will  often  check  diarrhoea. 
Perhaps  this  is  owing  to  the  astringent  power  of  the  brandy, 

Fever. — Alcohol  has  been  largely  used  in  all  sorts  of  febrile 
conditions.  We  have  seen  that  it  impairs  oxidation  by  its  action 
on  the  red  corpuscles,  that  it  is  oxidized  and  is  therefore  a  food, 
and  that  it  is  mildly  antipyretic  and  diaphoretic.  These  results 
would  be  beneficial  in  fever.  On  the  other  hand,  the  accelera- 
tion of  the  pulse  would  be  distinctly  harmful,  although  it  must 
be  remembered  that  very  often,  for  some  unexplained  reason, 
alcohol  lowers  the  pulse  in  fever ;  the  indigestion  caused  by  the 
taking  of  large  quantities,  and  the  liability  to  depression  of  the 
respiratory  and  cardiac  centres,  would  be  very  undesirable.  The 
best  rules  are  that  while  alcohol  may  be  given,  often  with  im- 
mense advantage  in  fever,  either  to  aid  digestion,  to  slow  the 
pulse,  as  a  cardiac  stimulant  if  the  patient  be  much  collapsed,  or 
to  produce  sleep,  yet  it  may,  in  any  of  the  ways  alluded  to,  do 
harm.  Therefore,  when  it  is  being  used,  the  effect  must  be  care- 
fully watched,  and  if  the  pulse  becomes  quick  and  feeble,  or,  as 
indicating  gastric  irritation,  the  tongue  becomes  dry  and  brown, 
or  the  skin  becomes  hot  and  dry,  or  the  breathing  hurried,  or  the 
patient  suffers  from  insomnia,  the  alcohol  should  be  stopped.  On 
the  other  hand,  if  the  pulse  becomes  stronger  and  slower,  the 
tongue  and  skin  moist,  the  breathing  tranquil,  and  the  patient 
sleeps  well,  the  drug  is  doing  good,  and  may  be  continued.  We 
have  so  many  more  powerful  diaphoretics  and  antipyretics  that 
alcohol  is  not  often  given  for  these  purposes.  Of  all  fevers  it  is 
most  used  for  acute  lobar  pneumonia,  and,  speaking  generally, 


CARBON   AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS.  289 

it  is  most  likely  to  be  valuable  when  our  object  is  to  keep  up  the 
patient's  strength  for  a  few  days  only,  till  the  termination  of  a 
specific  fever  of  short  duration  ;  but  it  is  often  given  when  it  is 
quite  unnecessary. 

Nervous  system. — Alcohol  may,  as  ^just  mentioned,  be  used  as 
a  soporific  in  fever.  Many  persons  who  suffer  from  insomnia 
find  that  they  can  sleep  better  for  a  glass  of  whiskey  and  water 
just  before  going  to  bed,  no  doubt  because  of  its  depressant 
action  upon  the  highest  centres. 

Kidneys  and  skin.  — Alcohol  is  occasionally  given  as  a  diuretic. 
Gin  is  the  best  form,  because  it  usually  contains  some  juniper, 
which  is  also  diuretic.  Although  but  little  alcohol  is  excreted  by 
the  kidneys,  it  seems  to  be  particularly  irritant  to  the  urethra  in 
cases  of  gonorrhoea  and  gleet,  and  some  authorities  consider  that 
chronic  Bright' s  disease  may  be  induced  by  alcohol.  Almost  the 
only  use  made  of  its  diaphoretic  effect  is  as  a  help  to  cure  a  cold 
in  the  head,  for  which  purpose  a  glass  of  strong  spirits  and  water 
may  be  taken  immediately  before  going  to  bed. 

TOXICOLOGY. 

Large  doses  of  Alcohol  will  produce  death,  either  instantly  by  reflex  stop- 
page of  the  heart,  or  later  by  cardiac  and  respiratory  depression  after  absorp- 
tion. 

Chronic  poisoning  causes  so  many  diseases  that  it  is  really  the  part  of  a 
text-book  upon  medicine  [to  enumerate  them.]  Very  often  confirmed  drunk- 
ards, particularly  if  they  take  much  spirits,  are  very  thin  ;  this  is  probably  due 
to  the  fact  that  strong  spirits  cause  such  marked  indigestion  that  sufficient 
nourishing  food  is  not  absorbed.  Other  drunkards  are  fat,  especially  if  they 
drink  beer.  Chronic  gastritis,  cirrhosis  of  the  liver,  gout,  peripheral  neuritis, 
delirium  tremens,  mania,  and  perhaps  chronic  Blight's  disease,  may  all  be 
directly  due  to  excessive  indulgence  in  alcohol.  It  renders  patients  particu- 
larly liable  to  phthisis,  and  makes  them  bad  subjects  for  withstanding-  any 
severe  illness,  especially  pneumonia,  or  to  undergo  severe  surgical  operations. 
Alcoholic  beverages  contain  other  bodies  than  alcohol,  which  are  probably 
partly  responsible  for  these  evil  effects. 

II.   [ALCOHOL  AMYLICUM.] 

AMYLIC  ALCOHOL.  (Not  official. )— C5HnOH=87.8i.  Synonym. 
—Fusel  Oil. 

SOURCE. — Separated  during  the  rectification  of  crude  spirit  and  re-distilled 
at  from  250°  to  260°  F.;  121.1°  to  126.6°  C. 

19 


2QO  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless,  very  inflammable,  oily  liquid,  with  a  peculiar 
odor.  Sp.  gr. ,  0.818. 

Amylic  Alcohol  is  used  to  make  Amyl  Nitrite. 

USES  OF  AMYLIC  ALCOHOL. 

Fusel  oil  is  a  poison,  and  is  not  used  in  medicine.  The  manu- 
facturers of  cinchona  alkaloids  employ  it  as  a  solvent ;  formerly 
it  was  required  for  the  preparation  of  valerianic  acid. 

III.   CHLOROFORMUM. 

CHLOROFORM. — CHCl3=i  19.08.  A  liquid  consisting  of  99  to  99.4 
per  cent.,  by  weight,  of  absolute  Chloroform,  and  I  to  0.6  per  cent,  of  Alcohol. 
Synonyms. — Chloroformum  Purificatum.]  Trichloromethane. 

SOURCE. — Heat  water  and  Alcohol  in  a  still  to  100°  F.  [37.7°  C.J,  then 
add  Chlorinated  Lime  ;  [Chloroform  distils  over.  It  is  believed  that  reaction 
takes  place  as  follows :  On  bringing  together  Alcohol  and  Chlorinated  Lime, 
the  Chlorine  converts  the  former  into  Chloral,  which  is  at  once  decomposed 
by  the  Calcium  Hydroxide,  yielding  Chloroform  and  Calcium  Formate 
(Ca(CHO2)j).  The  Calcium  Formate  is  decomposed  by  another  portion  of 
Chlorinated  Lime  into  Calcium  Carbonate  and  Chloride,  and  water.  2C,H5OH 
+loCaOCl1=2CHClj+7CaCI2+2CaCO3+Ca(OH)j-|-4H.(O.  In  late  years  a 
Chloroform  quite  free  from  Chlorinated  bye  products  has  been  obtained  from 
the  distillation  of  Acetone  (from  destructive  distillation  of  Calcium  Acetate) 
and  Chlorinated  Lime,  from  which  Chloroform  is  produced,  together  with 
Calcium  Acetate,  Hydroxide  and  Chloride.  2(C3H6O)-f-6(CaOCl,)= 
2(C  HCls)-fCa(C2H3O2)2+2Ca(OH  )2-f  3CaCl2] . 

CHARACTERS. — A  heavy,  clear,  colorless,  [mobile  and  very  diffusible 
liquid  of  a  characteristic,  ethereal  odor,  and  a  burning  sweet  taste.  Sp.  gr. , 
not  below  1.490.  It  imparts  a  green  color  to  flame.  Solubility. — In  200  parts 
of  water,  in  which  it  sinks  in  heavy  drops.] 

IMPURITIES. — Hydrocarbons,  shown  by  darkening  with  sulphuric  acid, 
non-volatile  compounds,  shown  by  not  completely  evaporating,  and  by  un- 
pleasant odor,  acids,  and  free  chlorine. 

['Purification. — Chloroform  which  fails  to  respond  to  tests  of  the  Phar- 
macopoeia should  be  purified  by  the  following  process:  Chloroform,  400; 
Sulphuric  Acid,  80 ;  Dried  Sodium  Carbonate,  2O.gm. ;  Deodorized  Alcohol, 
4  c.c.  Add  the  Sulphuric  Acid  to  the  Chloroform,  contained  in  a  glass-stop- 
pered bottle,  and  shake  them  together  occasionally  during  twenty-four  hours, 
avoiding  exposure  to  bright  daylight.  Separate  the  lighter  Chloroform  layer ; 
add  to  it  the  Dried  Sodium  Carbonate,  previously  rendered  anhydrous  by 
heating  it  in  a  porcelain  capsule  on  a  sand  bath  until  it  ceases  to  give  off 
aqueous  vapor,  and  shake  them  together  frequently  and  thoroughly  during  half 
an  hour.  Then  transfer  the  Chloroform  to  a  dry  retort,  add  to  it  the  Alcohol ; 


CARBON    AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS.  2pl 

and  distil,  by  means  of  a  water-bath,  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  153°  F., 
67.2°  C.,  into  a  well-cooled,  tarred  receiver,  until  the  distillate  measures 
255  c.c.] 

Dose,  2  to  20  m. ;  [.12  to  1.20  c.c.] 

Prepa  rations. 

1.  Aqua    Chloroform!. — [Chloroform  Water.      Chloroform  and 
distilled  water,  by  agitation,  there  being  always  an  excess  of  Chloroform 
present. 

Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  15.  c.c.] 

2.  Linimentum  Chloroform!. — [Chloroform  Liniment.     Chloro- 
form, 300 ;  Soap  Liniment,  700. 

3.  Emulsum  Chloroform!. — Emulsion  of  Chloroform.     Chloro- 
form, 40;  Expressed  Oil  of  Almond,  60;  Tragacanth,   15;  water  to 

1000. 

Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  15.  c.c.] 

4.  Spiritus   Chloroformi. — [Spirit  of  Chloroform.     Synonym. — 
Chloric   Ether.     Chloroform,   60 ;   Alcohol,   94.0.       Strength. — 6  per 
cent. 

Dose,  Yz  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  4.  c.c.] 

5.  Tinctura  Chloroformi  et  Morphinae  Composita,  [B.  P.,  not 
official.     Compound  Tincture  of  Chloroform  and  Morphine.] — Intended 
to  be  an  imitation  of  the  proprietary  medicine  called  Chlorodyne.    [Mix 
Chloroform,  75  ;  Tincture  of  Capsicum,  25  ;  Tincture  of  Indian  Hemp, 
100  ;  Oil  of  Peppermint,  1.5  ;  and  Glycerin,  250  ;  with  Alcohol,  450  j 
and  dissolve  in  this  Morphine  Hydrochlorate,  IO  ;  add  Diluted  Hydro- 
cyanic Acid,  5°  ;  then  mix  with  sufficient  Alcohol  to  form  looo  parts.] 

Strength. — 10  m.  [.60  c.c.]  contains  chloroform  ^  m.  [.045  c.c.], 
morphine  [hydrochlorate,]  -fa  gr.,  [.0054  gm.],  diluted  hydrocyanic 
acid  ^  m.  [.03  c.c.] 

Dose,  5  to  15  m. ;  [.30  to  i.oo  c.c.] 

ACTION  OF  CHLOROFORM. 

External. — Chloroform  in  many  respects  acts  like  alcohol ; 
but  it  is  more  powerful.  Thus  if  allowed  to  evaporate  on  the 
skin  it  produces  cold  ;  therefore  the  vessels  at  the  point  of  appli- 
cation contract,  and  at  the  same  time  local  anaesthesia  is 
induced.  If  the  vapor  be  confined,  or  if  chloroform  be  rubbed 
into  the  skin,  it  acts  as  an  irritant.  The  vessels  dilate,  the  part 
becomes  red,  and  there  is  a  sense  of  heat.  This  rubefacient  effect 
may  pass  on  to  vesication.  It  is  a  powerful  antiseptic.  [Chloro- 


292  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

form  is  an  excellent  antiseptic  to  preserve  urine  during  trans- 
portation. Three  drops,  .20  c.c.,  to  4  oz.,  120.  c.c.,  of  urine 
is  sufficient.  Allow  the  chloroform  to  evaporate  before  testing 
the  urine.] 

Internal. — Mouth. — If  concentrated,  it  produces  irritation 
and  a  burning  sensation.  If  diluted,  it  has  a  sweetish  taste, 
which  renders  Aqua  Chloroformi  a  valuable  vehicle  for  the  ad- 
ministration of  nauseous  drugs.  It  reflexly  gives  rise  to  an  in- 
creased secretion  of  saliva,  and  is  a  local  anaesthetic. 

Stomach. — The  action  of  chloroform  is  very  like  that  of 
alcohol.  Large  doses  cause  marked  gastro-intestinal  irritation. 
Small  doses  produce  a  feeling  of  warmth,  dilatation  of  the  gastric 
vessels,  and  increased  secretion  of  gastric  juice,  and  more  regular 
and  more  powerful  gastric  movements.  It  is  perphaps  slightly 
astringent  to  the  intestines. 

Absorption.  — It  is  absorbed  into  the  blood  from  the  stomach 
and  intestines,  and,  if  given  as  vapor,  from  the  lungs ;  but  it  is 
very  uncertain  what  changes  it  subsequently  undergoes.  Pro- 
bably most  of  it  is  decomposed,  but  some  is  certainly  eliminated 
in  the  breath  and  some  in  the  urine,  and  it  may  be  found  in  the 
blood  of  those  who  have  been  poisoned  by  it. 

Temperature. — The  internal  temperature  falls  about  i°  F. 
[0.5°  C.]  after  the  prolonged  administration  of  chloroform. 

Nervous  system. — Chloroform  is  an  excellent  instance  of  the 
law  of  dissolution  (see  p.  104),  and  also  of  the  well  known  fact 
that  drugs  which,  in  small  doses,  stimulate  any  part,  in  large 
doses  often  depress  it.  The  phenomena  resulting  from  the  in- 
halation of  chloroform  are  commonly  divided  into  three  stages. 

First  stage. — This  is,  at  first,  one  of  general  stimulation,  the 
highest  functions  being  the  most  stimulated,  usually  unevenly,  so 
that  the  patient  is  somewhat  incoherent.  The  imagination  is 
momentarily  excited,  and  he  experiences  a  general  feeling  of 
warmth  and  comfort  spreading  over  the  entire  body.  The  mind, 
from  the  irregular  excitation,  is  confused.  Sight  and  hearing  are 
stimulated,  he  experiences  sensations  of  ligh't  and  hears  noises. 
The  stimulation  of  all  these  higher  functions  is  very  transitory, 
and  he  quickly  begins  to  lose  consciousness ;  he  may  be  aware 


CARBON    AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS.  293 

that  people  around  him  are  talking  without  knowing  what  they 
are  saying,  but  soon  he  hears  and  sees  nothing.  Sometimes  dur- 
ing the  early  part  of  this  stage  he  may  laugh  or  cry.  The  inabil- 
ity to  see  and  hear  is  quickly  followed  by  considerable  blunting 
of  general  sensation.  At  the  same  time  that  these  higher  func- 
tions are  being  depressed  the  lower  motor  functions  are  excited  ; 
he  will  kick  and  fight,  throwing  his  arms  and  legs  about,  so  that 
much  strength  may  be  required  to  hold  him  down,  and  he  will 
shout  and  talk  incoherent  nonsense  very  louldly.  Almost  coinci- 
dently  the  stimulation  of  the  lower  centres  sets  in  ;  the  pulse  is 
increased  in  frequency,  and  there  is  throbbing  of  the  heart  and 
great  vessels.  The  first  inhalation  or  two  may  produce  a  choking 
sensation  and  a  stoppage  of  breathing,  which  is  often  voluntary  ; 
but  soon  the  respirations  are  increased  in  frequency.  The  blood- 
pressure  at  first  rises  a  little,  and  the  face  may  be  flushed.  The 
pupils  usually  dilate. 

Second  stage. — This  is  best  called  that  of  depression.  Some 
authors  call  it  the  stage  of  excitement,  because  the  excitation  of 
the  motor  centres  may  be  continued  into  it.  It  is  important  to 
remember  that  there  is  no  sharp  boundary-line  between  the  various 
stages,  they  pass  insensibly  into  one  another.  In  this  stage  the 
depression  of  the  highest  functions  continues,  so  that  the  patient 
becomes  completely  unconscious,  and  he  appears  to  be  in  a  deep 
sleep.  He  sees,  hears  and  feels  nothing,  hence  chloroform  is 
called  a  general  anaesthetic.  The  excitement  of  the  motor 
functions  passes  into  depression,  and  he  ceases  to  shout  and  strug- 
gle. Some  of  the  reflex  centres  are  depressed,  so  that  when  the 
cornea  is  touched  the  eye  does  not  shut.  The  pupil  is  contracted. 
The  stimulation  of  the  cardiac  and  respiratory  apparatus  gives  way 
to  depression,  the  pulse  and  respiration  become  less  frequent  and 
less  strong.  The  vaso-motor  centre  is  depressed,  blood-pressure 
falls.  As  he  cannot  feel  pain,  and  the  reflex  activity  is  so  lowered 
that  the  heart  will  not  be  reflexly  inhibited  by  the  shock  of  an 
operation,  this  is  the  period  at  which  to  operate  safely. 

Third  stage. — In  this  there  is  a  total  abolition  of  reflex  excit- 
ability. Even  the  lowest  reflex  centres  of  the  cord  are  depressed, 
so  that  the  patient  may  pass  his  urine  and  faeces  [involuntarily]  ; 


294  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

all  muscular  tone  is  abolished,  and  consequently  the  muscles  are 
quite  flaccid.  Some  of  them,  as  those  of  the  arm,  were  probably 
in  this  condition  towards  the  end  of  the  second  stage.  The 
pupil  is  widely  dilated,  probably  because  of  the  commencing 
asphyxia.  This  is  the  period  to  which  the  administration  is 
pushed  to  facilitate  the  reduction  of  dislocations,  or  to  enable 
the  abdominal  viscera  to  be  felt  through  the  abdominal  wall.  If 
still  more  chloroform  is  given  the  depression  of  the  cardiac,  respi- 
ratory and  vaso-motor  centres  continues,  the  pulse  becomes  feeble 
and  irregular,  and  the  heart  finally  stops  in  diastole.  At  last  not 
only  its  central  nervous  apparatus,  but  its  muscular  tissue  is 
depressed,  so  that  it  will  not  respond  to  mechanical  stimulation. 
The  respiratory  movements  become  slight  and  irregular,  with 
very  long  pauses  between  them,  and  as  a  result  the  patient  is  more 
or  less  asphyxiated.  The  blood -pressure  gradually  falls  to  zero. 
There  has  been  much  dispute  as  to  whether  chloroform  kills  by 
the  heart  or  the  respiration.  The  Commission  appointed  by  the 
Nizam  of  Hyderabad  reported  that  it  killed  by  depression  of  the 
respiratory  centre,  that  respiration  always  failed  before  the  heart, 
and  that  the  fall  of  blood-pressure  was  not  due  to  any  effect 
on  the  heart.  But  their  results  have  been  disputed,  and  it  has 
been  shown  that  the  fall  of  blood -pressure  is  mainly  due  to  a 
weakening  effect  on  the  heart.  [In  the  United  States  it  has 
been  generally  believed  that  death  is  from  depression  of  the 
heart.] 

The  recovery  from  chloroform  also  illustrates  the  law  of  dis- 
solution. The  lowest  functions,  such  as  muscular  tone,  are  the 
first  to  reappear ;  but  the  patient  does  not  usually  regain  his 
mental  equilibrium  for  hours. 

With  the  exception  of  its  local  action  on  the  skin  and  ali- 
mentary canal,  and  its  last  effect  on  the  cardiac  muscle,  chloro- 
form acts  entirely  on  the  central  nervous  system,  and  this  action 
is  not  the  result  of  any  effects  on  the  blood.  The  peripheral 
nerves  are  not  affected,  unless  it  be  just  before  death.  Chloro- 
form narcotizes  infusoria. 

Vomiting  is  very  liable  to  occur  during  the  administration  of 
chloroform,  and  its  advent  is  often  made  known  by  pallor  and  ' 


CARBON   AND    ITS   COMPOUNDS.  295 

wide  dilatation  of  the  previously  contracted  pupil.     Immediately 
before  death  the  pupil  may  be  either  dilated  or  contracted. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  CHLOROFORM. 

External. — Chloroform  is  employed  in  the  form  of  the  lini- 
ment to  produce  rubefacient  and  irritant  effects  in  cases  of  chronic 
rheumatism,  myalgia  and  chronic  inflammations. 

Internal. — It  may  be  used  as  a  local  anaesthetic  for  tooth- 
ache, the  tooth  being  plugged  with  a  piece  of  cotton  soaked  in 
chloroform.  It  disguises  the  taste  of  nauseous  medicines,  and 
therefore  Aqua  Chloroformi  is  a  very  common  vehicle  and  Spiritus 
Chloroformi  is  much  used  as  a  flavoring  agent.  In  the  stomach 
it  acts  like  alcohol,  and  is  given  in  the  same  varieties  of  dyspepsia 
as  are  benefited  by  that  drug.  Small  doses  may  be  used  as  a 
cardiac  stimulant. 

Inhalation. — It  is  inhaled  to  abolish  sensations  of  pain, 
whether  from  surgical  operations,  biliary,  renal  and  intestinal 
colic,  or  parturition.  In  the  last  case  [but  little]  need  be  given. 
It  is  also  inhaled  to  relax  muscular  spasm,  as  in  the  reduction  of 
dislocations  or  hernias,  or  for  the  relaxation  of  muscles  for  diag- 
nostic purposes,  as,  for  example,  when  we  wish  to  feel  the  abdom- 
inal viscera  thoroughly,  or  to  [ascertain]  whether  a  swelling  is  a 
phantom  tumor ;  or,  lastly,  it  is  inhaled  to  relax  spasm  in  cases 
of  tetanus,  hydrophobia,  or  other  varieties  of  convulsions.  The 
A.  C.  E.  mixture,  which  consists  of  alcohol,  i,  chloroform,  2, 
and  pure  ether,  3  vols.,  is  very  commonly  employed  for  all  these 
purposes.  It  is  said  to  be  safer  than  chloroform.  All  of  its 
three  constituents  volatilize  from  it  at  an  equal  rate. 

The  following  points  should  be  attended  to  in  the  administra- 
tion of  chloroform  : 

[i.  The  anaesthetizer  must  be  skilled,  and  give  his  attention 
exclusively  to  the  production  and  maintenance  of  narcosis.] 

2.  The  respiration  and  pulse  should  be  carefully  watched  for 
any  signs  of  failure. 

3.  The  operation  should  never  be  begun  till  reflex  action  is 
profoundly  depressed — that  is  to  say — till  the  stage  of  muscular 
relaxation  has  commenced.     Many  patients  have  been  lost  from 


296  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

neglect  of  this  precaution,  for  the  stimulus  of  the  knife  has 
reflexly  stopped  the  heart.  It  is  a  common  and  dangerous  error 
to  think  that,  because  the  operation  is  trivial,  it  may  be  begun 
early  ;  most  of  the  deaths  from  chloroform  have  taken  place  when 
the  operation  has  been  slight. 

4.  Great  care  must  be  exercised  if  the  heart  is  fatty  or  feeble 
from  any  cause,  or  if  the  patient  suffer  from  disease  of  the  lungs, 
or  if  he  may  be  very  old. 

5.  In  operations  about  the  mouth  care  must  be  taken  to  see 
that  no  blood  gets  down  the  trachea. 

6.  It  is  desirable  to  have  the  stomach  empty,  therefore  no 
solid  food  should  be  given  for  some  hours  before  the  administra- 
tion.    The  patient's  head  must  be  so  directed  during  vomiting 
that  no  vomited  matter  can  get  into  the  larynx. 

7.  False  teeth  should  be  taken  out  of  the  mouth. 

8.  The  chloroform  must  be  pure. 

9.  It  should  not  be  too  concentrated.     About  5  per  cent,  of 
chloroform  to  95  per  cent,  of  air  is  a  good  mixture. 

10.  The  head  should  be  a  little  raised,  and  the  lower  jaw  held 
up  so  that  the  tongue  shall  not  fall  back  over  the  larynx. 

it.  Special  care  must  be  taken  when  the  operation  necessi- 
tates awkward  positions,  especially  if  respiration  is  interfere/!  with, 
as  in  the  lateral  position  used  in  obstetrical,  [gynaecological]  and 
renal  cases. 

12.  Because  the  temperature  falls  the  patient  should  be  kept 
warm. 

[13.  Chloroform  should  never  be  administered  without  an  hy- 
podermatic syringe,  in  good  order,  being  at  hand.  Amyl  nitrite, 
ether  and  ammonia  should  be  in  readiness.] 

If  the  breathing  becomes  very  weak,  or  stops  altogether,  arti- 
ficial respiration  should  at  once  be  commenced,  the  tongue  being 
pulled  forward  by  forceps  to  allow  free  entry  of  air  to  the  lungs. 
The  face  and  abdomen  should  be  flicked  with  wet  towels,  a  cap- 
sule of  amyl  nitrite  may  be  inhaled,  and  ether  injected  subcu- 
taneously.  [Brandy  should  not  be  administered  hypodermati- 
cally.  The  heart  may  be  stimulated  by  large  rectal  injections 
of  hot  normal  saline  solution,  or  of  hot  decoctions  of  coffee,  if 


CARBON    AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS. 

at  hand.]  It  is  [extremely  questionable]  whether  galvanization 
over  the  cardiac  area  is  of  any  use  ;  it  [doubtless]  does  harm.  [If 
symptoms  of  improvement  do  not  appear  at  once,  the  patient 
should  be  inverted.]  Artificial  respiration  should  be  maintained 
at  least  an  hour  or  so,  even  if  there  is  no  sign  of  returning  life ; 
and  if  there  is  the  slightest  evidence  of  a  cardiac  beat,  or  a  single 
automatic  respiratory  movement,  artificial  respiration  must  be 
persevered  in  even  for  many  hours.  If  the  face  be  pale,  the  head 
should  be  lowered,  and  amyl  nitrite  is  especially  likely  to  be 
useful.  [In  spite  of  all  care  in  administration  and  the  observance 
of  all  precautions,  one  death  takes  place  in  about  three  thousand 
administrations.  Hare  and  Thornton,  after  a  painstaking  series 
of  experiments,  believe  chloroform  to  be  safe  for  the  majority  of 
cases,  provided  it  be  given  by  one  skilled  in  its  use,  and  who  not 
only  knows  how  to  give  it,  but  to  detect  signs  of  danger.  The 
respiration  should  be  watched,  because  so  soon  as  enough  chloro- 
form is  used  to  endanger  the  circulation,  the  respiration  will  show 
some  abnormality.  Death  in  the  healthy  animal  is  always  due  to 
respiratory  failure,  accompanied  by  circulatory  depression  which 
may  be  severe  enough  to  cause  death,  even  if  artificial  respiration 
be  skillfully  used.  Chloroform  may  be  chosen  in  hot  climates ; 
when  a  large  number  of  persons  are  to  be  anaesthetized;  in 
Bright's  disease;  in  aneurism  ;  or  in  great  atheroma  of  blood- 
vessels ;  in  children  or  adults  who  already  have  bronchitis ;  and 
in  persons  who  struggle  violently.] 

IV.    AETHER. 

ETHER.— [(C,H5),O=73.84.  Synonyms.— Sulphuric  Ether.  Ethylic 
Ether.  Ethyl  Oxide.  A  liquid  composed  of  about  96  per  cent.,  by  weight, 
of  absolute  Ether,  and  about  4  per  cent,  of  Alcohol  containing  a  little  water. 

SOURCE.  —  Alcohol  is  distilled  with  Sulphuric  Acid.  Ethyl  Sulphuric 
(Sulphovinic)  Acid  and  water  are  first  formed.  C2H5OH-f-H2SO4=C2H5HSO4 
-|-C2H5OH— (C2H5)2O-f-H2SO4.  This  process  is  theoretically  continuous,  the 
Sulphuric  Acid  last  formed  again  acting  on  fresh  Alcohol  as  it  is  supplied. 
The  Ether  is  freed  from  water  by  re-distillation  with  Calcium  Chloride  and 
Lirne. 

CHARACTERS. — A  transparent,  colorless,  mobile  liquid,  having  a  charac- 
teristic odor,  and  a  burning  and  sweetish  taste.  It  is  very  inflammable,  boils  at 


298  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

about  98.6  F.  ;  37°  C,  and  burns  with  a  white  flame.     Sp.  gr.,  0.725  to  0.728. 
Solubility. — In  about  10  volumes  of  water.] 

IMPURITIES. — Water,  alcohol  and  fixed  impurities. 

Dose,  5  to  60  m. ;  [.30  to  4.00  c.c.] 

Preparations. 

1.  Spiritus  Athens. — [Spirit  of  Ether.   Ether,  325  ;  Alcohol,  675. 
Dose,  '4  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  c.c. 

2.  Oleum    ^Bthereum. — Ethereal  Oil.      A  volatile   liquid    com- 
posed of  equal  volumes  of  heavy  Oil  of  Wine  and  Ether.     Alcohol, 
1000 ;  Sulphuric  Acid,    1000 ;  distilled  water,  25  ;  Ether,  a  sufficient 
quantity ;  by  distillation. 

CHARACTERS. — A  transparent,  nearly  colorless,  volatile  liquid,  of 
a  peculiar,  aromatic,  ethereal  odor,  a  pungent,  refreshing,  bitterish  taste, 
and  a  neutral  reaction.     Sp.  gr.,  0.910. 
Ethereal  Oil  is  used  to  prepare  Spiritus  yEtheris  Compositus.  ] 

3.  Spiritus  ^theris  Compositus.     [Compound  Spirit  of  Ether.] 
Synonym. — Hoffman's  Anodyne.      [Ether,  325  ;  Alcohol,  650  ;  Ethe- 
real Oil,  25. 

Dose,  5  to  60  m. ;  .30  to  4.00  c.c.] 

ACTION  OF  ETHER. 

External. — Ether  evaporates  very  quickly,  producing  great 
cold,  and  consequently  the  part  to  which  it  has  been  applied 
becomes  white  from  the  contraction  of  the  vessels.  The  cold  is 
sufficient  to  cause  such  marked  local  anaesthesia  that  the  pain 
of  slight  operations,  performed  upon  the  part  anaesthetized,  can- 
not be  felt.  To  produce  this  result  ether  is  best  applied  as  a  fine 
spray.  If  it  be  rubbed  in,  or  evaporation  be  prevented,  it,  like 
alcohol  or  chloroform,  is  an  irritant. 

Internal. — In  the  mouth  and  stomach  also  it  acts  like  chlo- 
roform or  alcohol.  Thus  ether  causes  a  burning  taste  in  the 
mouth,  an  increase  of  the  saliva,  of  the  gastric  secretion  and  gas- 
tric movements,  and  dilatation  of  the  vessels  of  the  stomach. 
Consequently  it  is  carminative  and  aids  digestion.  Directly 
[after]  it  reaches  the  stomach  it  reflexly  excites  the  heart,  in- 
creasing the  force  and  frequency  of  the  pulse,  and  causing  a  rise 
of  blood-pressure ;  it  is  one  of  the  best  cardiac  stimulants 


CARBON   AND    ITS   COMPOUNDS.  299 

we  have.  In  the  same  way  it  excites  respiration.  It  is  quickly 
absorbed,  and  its  stimulating  influence  on  the  heart  and  respira- 
tion is  continued.  It  is  thus  a  good  instance  of  a  rapidly  dif- 
fusible stimulant.  It  is  also  anti-spasmodic. 

Nervous  system. — Ether  is  a  powerful  general  anaesthetic. 
The  phenomena  and  stages  of  ether  anaesthesia  are  so  like  those 
of  chloroform  anaesthesia  that  the  description  already  given  (see 
p.  292)  will  suffice.  The  following  differences,  however,  should 
be  noticed  : 

(1)  The  heart  is  paralyzed  with  much  greater  difficulty  by 
ether  than  by  chloroform. 

(2)  The  same  is  true  of  the  vaso -motor  centre. 

(3)  And  also  of  the  respiratory  centre. 

(4)  Ether  is  much  more  irritant  to  the  respiratory  mucous 
membrane,  and  hence  is  more  liable  to  increase  bronchitis  in 
those  already  suffering  from  it. 

(5)  [Ether  is  much  more  likely  to  irritate  the  kidneys,  and 
those  suffering  from  the  various  forms  of  acute  or  chronic  renal 
disease,  or  even  from  renal  insufficiency,  should  be  subjected  to 
ether  anaesthesia  only  when  it  is  administered  with  the  greatest 
caution.] 

(6)  With  ether  the  stage  of  stimulation  is  more  protracted, 
therefore  there  is  more  struggling. 

(7)  For  the  same  reason  the  anaesthetic  stage  is  not  reached 
so  soon. 

(8)  The  reduction  of  temperature  is  greater  with  ether. 

(9)  Ether  must  be  given  nearly  pure,  about  30  per  cent,  of 
air  to  70  of  ethereal  vapor ;  hence  it  is  more  difficult  to  ad- 
minister. 

(10)  The  smell  of  ether  is  more  disagreeable,  and  patients 
dislike  it  more. 

(n)  Ether  is  eliminated  more  slowly,  and  hence  the  [odor 
lingers]  about  the  patient  some  time. 

(12)  Ether  being  very  inflammable  cannot  be  used  in  the 
close  neighborhood  of  a  naked  light. 

[Ether,  on  account  of  its  greater  safety,  is  more  generally  used 
as  an  anaesthetic  in  the  United  States.] 


3OO  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  ETHER. 

External. — Ether,  allowed  to  evaporate,  may  be  used  to 
cause  local  anaesthesia  in  cases  of  neuralgia.  An  ether  spray  is 
occasionally  employed  to  produce  local  anaesthesia  for  small 
operations,  but  as  the  ether  makes  the  skin  hard  and  brawny  the 
operation  must  be  quite  superficial,  and  even  then  there  is  much 
subsequent  tingling  and  pain. 

Internal. — Stomach. — It  may  be  used  for  the  same  classes 
of  dyspepsia  as  chloroform  or  alcohol,  and  is  often  employed  as 
a  carminative  to  expel  gas  in  flatulent  dyspepsia. 

Heart. — Administered  subcutaneously  (dose,  xoto  15  minims) 
[.60  to  i. oo  c.c.]  or  by  the  mouth,  ether  is  an  excellent  cardiac 
stimulant  of  great  value  in  fainting,  cardiac  failure,  or  palpita- 
tion ;  its  advantage  over  chloroform  and  alcohol  being  that  it  is 
more  rapid  in  its  action.  It  is,  very  useful  as  an  and  spasmodic 
during  an  attack  of  asthma. 

Inhalation, — Ether  is  inhaled  for  the  same  purpose  as  chloro- 
form. There  is  great  divergence  of  opinion  as  to  which  is  the 
safer  anaesthetic.  All  the  published  statistics  in  which  the  two 
are  contrasted  appear  to  show  that  ether  is  much  safer,  and  this 
is  what  might  have  been  expected  from  the  contrast  between  the 
two  already  given.  Chloroform  is  administered  carelessly  more 
often  than  ether,  as  it  is  easier  to  give ;  but  even  allowing  for 
this,  ether  is  probably,  on  the  whole,  safer.  The  nausea  and 
vomiting  which  sometimes  follow  the  administration  of  ether 
may,  it  is  said,  be  checked  by  giving  15  grains  [i.oo  gm.]  of 
sodium  bromide.  Very  often  anaesthesia  is  commenced  with  a 
few  inhalations  of  nitrous  oxide  gas,  and  then  completed  with 
ether.  This  is  much  pleasanter  for  the  patient  than  to  use 
ether  from  the  first. 

V.  AETHER  ACETICUS. 

ACETIC  ETHER.— C2H5C2H3O2[=87.8.  Synonym.— Ethyl  Ace- 
tate. A  liquid  composed  of  about  98. 5  per  cent.,  by  weight,  of  Ethyl  Acetate 
and  about  1.5  per  cent,  of  Alcohol,  containing  a  little  water. 

SOURCE. — A  mixture  of  Sodium  Acetate,  Sulphuric  Acid  and  Alcohol  is 
distilled.  C 


CARBON    AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS.  301 

The  distillate  is  purified  from  acid  and  water  by  digestion  with  Potassium 
Carbonate. 

CHARACTERS. — A  transparent,  colorless  liquid,  of  a  fragrant  and  refreshing 
slightly  acetous  odor,  and  a  peculiar,  acetous,  and  burning  taste.  Sp.  gr., 
0.893  to  °-895.  Solubility. — In  8  parts  of  water;  freely  in  Alcohol  or 
Ether.] 

Dose,  20  to  60  m. ;  [1.20  to  4.00  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  ACETIC  ETHER. 

It  acts  like  ether,  as  a  stimulant,  antispasmodic,  and  carmina- 
tive, but  it  has  a  pleasanter  taste. 

VI.   [.ETHYL  BROMIDUM. 

ETHYL  BROMIDE  (not  official).— C2H5Br=io8.7O.  Synonyms.— 
Either  Bromatus.  Hydrobromic  Ether.  This  must  be  carefully  distinguished 
from  Ethylene  Bromide. 

SOURCE. — From  a  well  cooled  mixture  of  Sulphuric  Acid,  12  ;  and  Alco- 
hol (sp.  gr. ,  0.816),  7  ;  to  which  powdered  Potassium  Bromide,  12,  is  added; 
this  mixture  is  distilled.  The  distillate  is  washed  by  agitation,  first  with  a  5 
per  cent,  solution  of  Potassium  Carbonate,  then  with  an  equal  volume  of  water ; 
finally  it  is  dehydrated  with  Calcium  Chloride  and  re-distilled. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless,  highly  refractive,  very  volatile  liquid  having  a 
strong  ethereal  odor  and  a  sweetish,  warm  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  1.445  to  l-45°-  I* 
is  easily  decomposed  by  light  and  air. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  ETHYL  BROMIDE. 

Ethyl  Bromide  was  introduced  to  the  profession  in  1880  as 
the  most  agreeable  and  rapid  anaesthetic.  Several  fatal  cases 
having  been  reported,  its  use  was  abandoned.  Recently,  how- 
ever, Cumston  has  recommended  its  inhalation,  when  pure,  in 
doses  of  from  3  fl.  dr.;  12.  c.c.  (child  of  two  years),  to  6  fl.  dr.; 
24.  c.c.  (adult),  for  surgical  anaesthesia.  The  following  pre- 
cautions should  be  observed  :  Food,  even  a  glass  of  milk,  is  ab- 
solutely forbidden  on  the  day  of  operation.  The  mask  should 
perfectly  cover  the  mouth  and  nose,  so  that  no  air  is  allowed  to 
enter.  The  entire  dose  should  be  given  at  once.  When  nar- 
cosis is  complete,  the  mask  should  be  removed,  and  under  no 
consideration  be  re-applied.  Do  not  prolong  the  administration 
over  one  minute.  Sleep  is  obtained  in  from  twenty  to  thirty 
seconds,  and  lasts  from  two  to  three  minutes,  sometimes  longer. 


3O2  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

The  centra-indications  to  its  use  are  dangerous  lesions  of  heart, 
lungs,  or  kidneys. 

VII.   BROMOFORMUM. 

BROMOFORM  (not  official).  —  CHBr3=252.25.  Synonym.  —  Tri- 
bromomethane. 

SOURCE. — By  the  action  of  Sodium  Hypobromite  (which  is  obtained  when 
Bromine  is  added  to  a  solution  of  Sodium  Hydroxide)  on  Acetone. 

CHARACTERS. — A  clear,  colorless  liquid,  of  a  peculiar  odor,  and  a  sweetish 
taste.  Sp.  gr.,  2.90.  Solubility.  —  Slightly  in  water,  but  readily  in  Alcohol. 
It  must  be  kept  protected  from  light. 

Dose,  i  to  5  m. ;  .06  to  .30  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  BROMOFORM. 

Bromoform,  an  analogue  of  chloroform,  is  an  anaesthetic. 
Inhaled,  it  produces  anaesthesia  in  animals,  but  of  shorter  dura- 
tion than  that  of  ether  or  chloroform.  It  is  a  remedy  of  value 
for  whooping-cough,  for  which  its  pleasant  taste  and  convenience 
of  administration  gives  it  great  advantage.  It  can  be  given — 
bromoform,  i  ;  in  a  mixture  of  alcohol,  8  ;  glycerin,  48  ;  and 
compound  tincture  of  cardamom,  8.  Each  fluid  drachm  ;  4  c.c., 
contains  about  3  minims  ;  .20  c.c.  of  the  drug.  Cases  of  poison- 
ing have  been  reported,  so  that  it  must  be  used  with  care. 

VIII.  PENTALUM. 

PENTAL  (not  official).— C5H10=69. 85.    Synonym.—  Trimethylethylene. 

SOURCE. — It  is  obtained  from  Amylic  Alcohol  by  digestion  with  Zinc 
Chloride  for  twenty-four  hours,  and  fractional  distillation. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless  liquid,  very  volatile,  insoluble  in  water,  but 
miscible  in  all  proportions  with  Alcohol,  Ether,  and  Chloroform  ;  highly  in- 
flammable. Sp.  gr.,  0.620. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  PENTAL. 

Pental  is  an  anaesthetic,  the  equal  of  nitrous  oxide  in  rapidity 
of  action  and  perhaps  safety,  but  superior  to  it  in  its  more  pro- 
longed action  and  in  having  no  unpleasant  after-effects.  Even 
when  insensibility  to  pain  is  reached,  consciousness  is  retained 
sufficiently  to  respond  to  commands.  The  stage  of  exhilaration 
is  seldom  present ;  it  does  not  lose  its  effect  by  repeated  inhala- 
tions. It  differs  from  chloroform  in  that  it  acts  more  promptly, 


CARBON    AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS.  303 

and  has  no  evil  after-effects ;  from  ethyl  bromide,  in  that  it  is 
somewhat  slower  in  its  action,  but  is  more  lasting  in  its  effects, 
and  can  be  prolonged  as  may  be  necessary  ;  from  nitrous  oxide, 
in  its  freedom  from  unpleasant  effects. 

Two  substances  used  to  produce  local  anaesthesia  should  be 
considered.  These  are  ethyl  chloride  {synonym,  hydrochloric 
ether)  and  methyl  chloride  (neither  official).] 

Ethyl  chloride  is  an  inflammable  liquid  of  a  low  boiling- 
point  and  produces  intense  cold  by  its  evaporation.  It  is  sold 
in  glass  capsules  terminating  in  a  fine  tube  with  a  screw -capped 
point.  When  the  capsule  is  held  in  the  hand  about  eight  inches 
from  the  part  to  be  anaesthetized,  the  warmth  of  the  hand  vola- 
tilizes the  ethyl  chloride,  and  the  vapor  falling  on  the  skin  of 
the  patient,  by  its  evaporation  produces  enough  local  anaesthesia 
for  the  performance  of  small  operations,  such  as  the  removal  of 
warts,  etc.  All  fat  must  be  removed  from  the  skin  by  soap  and 
washing  with  ether.  [The  same  objections  apply  to  this,  and 
the  following  as  to  ether,  for  the  production  of  local  anaesthesia. 
(See  p.  300).] 

Methyl  chloride  is  used  in  the  same  way  to  produce  local 
anaesthesia  and  to  relieve  the  pain  of  neuralgia,  etc.  The  vapor 
is  allowed  to  play  obliquely  on  the  skin  for  four  or  five  seconds. 

CLASS  III. — Drugs  which  Dilate  Blood-Vessels. 

Sodium  Nitrite,  Amyl  Nitrite,  Glonoin  and  Erythrol 
Nitrate. 

All  these  dilate  the  peripheral  vessels,  and  increase  the  rapidity  of  the  heart. 

I.  SODII  NITRIS. 

SODIUM  NITRITE.— NaNO2[=68.93.] 

SOURCE. — Made  by  heating  Sodium  Nitrate  with  Lead,  which  becomes  an 
oxide,  taking  Oxygen  from  the  nitrate.  [NaNO3-fPb=NaNO2-|-PbO. 

CHARACTERS. — White,  opaque,  fused  masses,  usually  in  the  form  of  pen- 
cils, or  colorless,  transparent,  hexagonal  crystals  ;  odorless,  and  having  a  mild, 
saline  taste.  When  exposed  to  the  air,  the  salt  deliquesces  and  is  gradually 
oxidized  to  Sodium  Nitrate.  Solubility. — In  about  1.5  parts  of  water  ;  slightly 
soluble  in  Alcohol.] 

Dose,  2  to  5  gr. ;  [.12  to  .30  gm.] 


304  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

Preparation. 

Spiritus  Athens  Nitrosi. — [Spirit  of  Nitrous  Ether.  Synonym. 
— Sweet  Spirit  of  Nitre. 

An  Alcoholic  Solution  of  Ethyl  Nitrite  (C,H5NO,=74.87),  yield- 
ing, when  freshly  prepared,  not  less  than  1 1  times  its  own  volume  of 
Nitrogen  Dioxide.  In  many  commercial  specimens  there  is  very  little 
Ethyl  Nitrite. 

SOURCE. — Dissolve  Sodium  Nitrite,  750,  in  water ;  adding  Deo- 
dorized Alcohol,  550;  introduce  into  the  containing  flask,  Sulphuric 
Acid,  520  ;  previously  diluted,  and  distil.  Wash  the  distillate  with  ice- 
cold  water,  remove  traces  of  acid  by  Sodium  Carbonate,  10,  dissolved 
in  water ;  agitate  with  Potassium  Carbonate  to  remove  all  traces  of 
water,  and  add  sufficient  Deodorized  Alcohol. 

CHARACTERS. — A  clear,  mobile,  volatile,  inflammable  liquid  of  a 
pale  yellowish  or  faintly  greenish-yellow  tint,  having  a  fragrant,  ethe- 
real and  pungent  odor,  free  from  acridity,  and  a  sharp,  burning  taste. 
Sp.  gr.,  0.836  to  0.842.] 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Potassium  iodide,  ferric  sulphate,  tincture  of 
guaiacum,  gallic  and  lannic  acids,  and  emulsions. 

IMPURITY. — Excess  of  acetic  acid. 

Dose,  YJ,  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  [2.  to  8.  c.c.] 

ACTION  OF  SODIUM  NITRITE  AND  SPIRIT  OF  NITROUS  ETHER. 

External. — Spirit  of  nitrous  ether  evaporates  when  it  is 
applied  externally,  and  a  slightly  anaesthetic  effect  is  pro- 
duced. 

Internal. — It  combines  the  action  of  the  ether  with  that  of 
the  nitrites  contained  in  it.  Because  of  the  ether  it  is  a  dif- 
fusible stimulant,  a  stomachic  and  a  carminative.  Be- 
cause of  the  nitrites  it  acts  like  amyl  nitrite ;  but  as  the  ethyl 
nitrite  is  so  diluted,  its  action  in  this  direction  is  feeble  ;  thus  it 
only  moderately  dilates  the  vessels,  and  except  in  poison- 
ous doses  probably  does  not  affect  the  blood.  The  dilatation  of 
the  vessels  leads  to  a  diaphoretic  effect  on  the  skin,  a  diuretic 
effect  on  the  kidney,  and  a  lowering  of  arterial  blood-pressure. 
The  dilatation  of  the  cutaneous  vessels,  the  sweating,  and  perhaps 
the  changes  of  the  blood,  produce  a  slight  antipyretic  influence. 
It  is  obvious  that  in  these  effects  the  nitrites  will  to  some  extent 
be  aided  by  the  ether.  [Sodium  nitrite  possesses  the  same,  but 
a  more  lasting,  action  as  the  spirit  of  nitrous  ether.] 


CARBON    AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS.  305 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  SODIUM  NITRITE  AND  SPIRIT  OF  NITROUS 

ETHER. 

For  its  diaphoretic  and  slight  antipyretic  effects  it  is  com- 
monly given  in  mild  febrile  attacks,  such  as  a  common  cold.  It 
is  also  used  as  a  diuretic  in  chronic  Bright' s  disease,  and  cardiac 
and  pulmonary  diseases  accompanied  by  oedema  [but  for  these 
purposes  the  sodium  nitrite  is  preferable.] 

II.  AMYL  NITRIS. 

[AMYL  NITRITE.— C5HUNO2=I  16.78.  A  liquid  containing  about 
80  per  cent,  of  Amyl  (principally  Iso-Amyl)  Nitrite,  together  with  variable 
quantities  of  undetermined  compounds.] 

SOURCE.  —  By  action  of  Nitric  Acid  upon  Amylic  Alcohol.  HNO3-f 
C5H11OH^C5H11NO2+2H2O.  Purify  the  distillate' with  Sodium  Carbonate. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  clear  yellow,  or  pale-yellow  liquid,  of  a  peculiar, 
ethereal,  fruity  odor,  and  a  pungent,  aromatic  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  0.870  to  0.880. 
Solubility. — Insoluble  in  water;]  soluble  in  Ether,  Chloroform,  or  Alcohol. 

IMPURITIES. — Free  acid  and  amyl  nitrate. 

Dose,  [i  to  3  m. ;  .06  to  .20  c.c.]  cautiously  inhaled  from  a  handkerchief 
in  which  a  glass  capsule  containing  the  Amyl  Nitrite  has  been  crushed  ;  \_l/2  to 
i  m. ;  .03  to  .06  c.c.  internally,  dissolved  in  alcohol.] 

ACTION  OF  AMYL  NITRITE. 

External. — Locally  applied  it  diminishes  the  activity  of  the 
sensory  nerves,  but  they  quickly  recover. 

Internal. — Amyl  nitrite  is  rarely  given  by  the  mouth,  so  the 
following  account  will  refer  to  the  effects  of  inhalation.  The 
effects  of  a  single  inhalation  pass  off  in  two  or  three  minutes. 

Circulation. — From  the  medical  point  of  view  by  far  the  most 
important  effects  of  amyl  nitrite  are  those  produced  upon  the 
heart  and  vessels.  Within  a  minute  of  inhalation  the  face 
flushes,  the  heart  beats  very  rapidly,  and  violently,  there 
is  a  throbbing  in  the  head,  and  the  vessels,  e.g.,  the  carotids, 
may  be  seen  to  pulsate  actively.  Headache,  giddiness,  dilatation 
of  the  pupils,  and  increased  respiratory  movements  quickly  super- 
vene. All  the  vessels  of  the  body  rapidly  dilate,  hence  the  flush- 
ing. They  may  be  actually  seen  to  widen  in  the  ear  of  a  rabbit 
or  in  the  retina.  This  is  due  to  a  direct  action  on  the  muscular 
coats  of  the  arterioles,  for  it  happens  if  the  cord  is  destroyed. 


306  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

The  blood-pressure  and  arterial  tension,  of  course,  fall  very  low. 
The  increase  in  the  rate  of  the  pulse  is  unaccompanied  by  any 
alteration  in  the  force  of  the  beat ;  it  is  apparently  due  to  a  de- 
pressing influence  on  the  inhibitory  vagus  centre ;  [the  vaso-motor 
paralysis  will,  however,  produce  a  rapid  pulse.]  In  toxic  doses 
the  heart  may  be  arrested  in  diastole  from  direct  action  on  the 
cardiac  muscle. 

Respiration. — The  rapidity  and  depth  of  respiration  are  at 
first  increased,  probably  from  central  stimulation  ;  the  respiratory 
centres  are  later  depressed,  the  breathing  becoming  slower  and 
shallower,  and  usually  death  finally  occurs  from  paralytic  asphyxia 
of  central  origin. 

Nervous  system. — Many  of  the  symptoms  referable  to  the  ner- 
vous system  are  secondary  effects  of  the  dilatation  of  the  vessels 
of  the  brain  and  spinal  cord.  Such  are  the  throbbing,  sense  of 
fulness,  giddiness  and  headach^  noticed  directly  after  inhalation. 
The  headache  may  remain  some  time.  If  much  has  been  inhaled 
there  is  unsteadiness  of  gait  and  general  restlessness.  The  pupil 
dilates,  and  disturbances  of  vision  are  present.  The  motor  cen- 
tres of  the  cord  are  profoundly  depressed ;  therefore  after  large 
doses  reflex  actions  are  abolished.  The  function  of  sensory  nerves, 
motor  nerves,  and  muscles  is  depressed  by  the  local  application 
of  the  drug  to  them,  but  not  after  inhalation  until  shortly  before 
death. 

Temperature. — Amyl  nitrite  causes  this  to  fall  considerably, 
both  in  fever  and  health.  The  fall  is  due  to  the  peripheral  vas- 
cular dilatation,  and  if  large  doses  are  given,  to  the  changes  in 
the  blood. 

Urine. — The  drug  probably  escapes  in  the  urine  as  nitrites 
and  nitrates ;  it  is  slightly  diuretic,  and  may  cause  glycosuria, 
due,  it  is  said,  to  dilatation  of  the  vessels  of  the  liver  or  of  the 
medulla. 

Blood. — Nitrites,  given  in  medicinal  doses,  circulate  as  sodium 
nitrite.  Outside  the  body  they  greatly  diminish  oxidation,  and 
the  same  takes  place  in  the  blood.  After  the  inhalation  of  a 
considerable  amount  (more  than  is  usually  given  to  a  man)  the 
arterial  and  venous  blood  both  becom^  a  uniform  chocolate  color. 


CARBON    AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS.  3O/ 

This  is  due  to  the  formation  of  methsemoglobin  and  another  body, 
nitric  oxide  haemoglobin.  The  haemoglobin  can  no  longer  ab- 
sorb oxygen,  and  hence  its  oxidizing  power  is  abolished.  It  is 
by  this  action  on  the  blood  that,  in  man,  nitrites  kill,  not  by 
their  vaso-dilator  action  ;  therefore  the  treatment  for  poisoning 
by  them  is  inhalation  of  oxygen,  that  more  may  be  dissolved  in 
the  plasma.  In  some  of  the  lower  animals  they  kill  by  acting 
as  a  direct  poison  to  animal  tissues. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  AMYL  NITRITE. 

Heart  and  blood-vessels. — Brunton  in  1867  observed  that  in  a 
[patient  suffering  from]  angina  pectoris  the  peripheral  vessels 
were  strongly  contracted  during  an  attack  of  pain.  This  induced 
him  to  make  the  patient  inhale  amyl  nitrite,  and  it  was  found 
that  the  vessels  dilated  and  the  pain  passed  off.  Inhalation  of 
amyl  nitrite  is  now  used  for  all  sorts  of  cardiac  pain,  especially 
when  it  comes  on  in  paryoxysms.  Generally  the  drug  affords  re- 
lief in  a  minute  or  so  after  inhalation,  but  by  no  means  always. 
We  do  not  sufficiently  understand  the  pathology  of  angina  pec- 
toris to  know  how  it  acts.  It  may  be  by  dilating  the  peripheral 
vessels ;  but  against  that  view  is  the  fact  that  they  are  not  always 
contracted  during  attacks  of  angina  pectoris,  and  amyl  nitrite 
may  relieve  patients  in  whom  the  vessels  are  not  contracted. 
The  attacks  of  pain  common  in  thoracic  aneurism  may  be  re- 
lieved by  it.  It  is  used  to  avert  the  dangerous  pallor  sometimes 
seen  during  the  administration  of  chloroform,  and  may  be  in- 
haled for  other  forms  of  syncope.  The  peculiar  hot  flushes  ex- 
perienced by  some  women  during  the  menopause  are  benefited  by 
inhalation  of  it ;  [this  is  probably  untrue.] 

Nervous  system. — If  it  is  inhaled  when  the  aura  is  felt,  an 
epileptic  fit  may  sometimes  be  prevented,  and  it  has  also  been 
found  useful  during  the  status  epilepticus.  Because  in  migraine 
the  vessels  of  the  head  are  contracted,  it  has  been  used,  and 
sometimes  successfully,  for  this  complaint.  Its  depressing  action 
on  the  cord  has  suggested  its  employment  in  tetanus  and  strych- 
nine poisoning. 

Occasionally  the  inhalation  of  amyl  nitrite  relieves  an  attack 


308  INORGANIC    MATERIA   MEDICA. 

of  asthma.     It  has  been  given  in  whooping-cough,  sea  sickness 
and  cholera,  but  without  much  good  effect. 

III.   [GLONOINUM. 

SPIRITUS  GLONOINI.— Spirit  of  Glonoin.  Synonym.—  Spirit  of 
Nitroglycerin.  An  alcoholic  solution  of  Glonoin,  Glyceryl  (or  Propenyl) 
trinitrate,  Nitroglycerin,  or  Trinitrin ;  C3H5(NO3)3=226.58,  containing  I  per 
cent.,  by  weight,  of  the  substance. 

SOURCE. — Nitroglycerin  is  prepared  by  gradually  adding  dehydrated 
Glycerin  to  Nitric  and  strong  Sulphuric  Acid,  the  result  being  Propenyl  tri- 
nitrate or  Trinitroglycerin.  C3H5(OH)3-f3HNO3=:C3H5(NCV3+3H.!O.  It 
separates  as  an  oily  layer  which  is  washed  with  water  and  with  dilute  soda  so- 
lution to  remove  all  acid. 

CHARACTERS. — A  clear,  colorless  liquid,  possessing  the  odor  and  taste  of 
Alcohol.  Caution  should  be  exercised  in  tasting  it,  since  even  a  small  quan- 
tity of  it  is  liable  to  produce  a  violent  headache.  The  same  effect  is  produced 
when  it  is  freely  applied  to  the  skin.  Sp.  gr.,  0.826  to  0.832. 

Dose,  i  to  3  m. ;  .06  to  .20  c.c.J 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  GLONOIN. 

Its  action  is  the  same  as  that  of  amyl  nitrite,  except  that  in 
many  animals,  and  probably  in  man,  large  doses  do  not  form 
methasmoglobin  in  the  blood;  the  effects  of  [spirit  of]  glonoin  are 
more  persistent,  and  as  it  is  only  suitable  for  internal  ad- 
ministration, they  are  slower  in  their  onset.  It  is  largely  taken 
by  persons  liable  to  cardiac  pains  with  the  object  of  warding  off 
the  attack,  and  often  such  persons  require  and  bear  large  doses. 
[Its  most  important  use  is  for  the  relief  of  symptoms  associated 
with  the  high  tension  pulse  of  chronic  renal  degeneration. 
Here  the  dose  should  be  rapidly  increased  until  relief  is  ob- 
tained.] Occasionally  it  does  good  in  asthma.  It  is  really  a 
glycerin  nitrate,  but  certainly  physiologically  it  belongs  to  the 
class  of  nitrites ;  therefore,  probably,  directly  it  gets  into  the 
body  sodium  nitrite  is  formed. 

IV.  ERYTHROL  NITRATE. 

ERYTHROL  NITRAS.— Erythrol  Nitrate  (not  official),  t(CH,ONO,) 
2(CHO.NO,),=28l.44.]     Synonym. — Erythrol  Tetranitrate. 
[SOURCE.— By  the  nitration  of  Erythrite  (C4H6(OH4).] 


CARBON    AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS.  309 

CHARACTERS. — Hard,  colorless,  acicular  crystals.     Solubility. — Insoluble 
in  water ;  in  60  [parts]  Absolute  Alcohol. 
Dose,  y2  to  i  gr. ;  .03  to  .06  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  ERYTHROL  NITRATE. 

Erythrol  nitrate  has  the  same  action  as  nitrites.  It  is  less 
powerful  than  amyl  nitrite  and  nitroglycerin.  It  is  best  given 
in  chocolate  tablets,  and,  as  its  action  is  slow,  it  is  the  best  of 
this  group  for  [the  relief  of  some  symptoms  of]  Bright's  disease. 

CLASS  IV. — The  Hypnotics. 
Chloral  and   Paraldehyde. 

[Besides  these  the  following  drugs  are  considered  :  Butyl-Chloral  Hydrate 
Chloralamide,  Chloretone,  Chloralose,  Amylene  Hydrate,  Sulphonal,  Trional 
and  Urethane;  none  of  which  are  official]. 

I.  CHLORAL. 

CHLORAL.— C2HCl3O+H2O[=i64.97.   Synonym.—  Chlora    Hydrate. 

SOURCE. — Absolute  Alcohol  is  saturated  with  dry  Chlorine  ;  Aldehyde  and 
Hydrochloric  Acid  are  first  formed.  C2H5OH-fCl2=C2H4O-|-2HCl.  By 
the  continued  action  of  the  Chlorine  Gas  3  atoms  of  Hydrogen  are  abstracted 
from  the  Aldehyde  and  replaced  by  3  atoms  of  Chlorine,  producing  Chloral. 
C2H4O+3Cl=C!!HCl3O-(-3HCl.  It  is  purified  by  Sulphuric  Acid,  and  after- 
wards by  Lime. 

CHARACTERS. — Separate,  rhomboidal,  colorless  and  transparent  crystals, 
having  an  aromatic,  penetrating  and  slightly  acid  odor,  and  a  bitterish,  caustic 
taste.  Easily  melted  by  gentle  heat.  Solubility. — Freely  in  water,  Alcohol 
and  Ether.  ]  Forms  a  liquid  when  rubbed  up  with  an  equal  weight  of  camphor. 

INCOMPATIBLES. — All  alkalies  decompose  it. 

IMPURITIES. — Hydrochloric  Acid  and  oily  impurities. 

Dose,  5  to  20  gr. ;  [.30  to  1.20  gm.] 

[The  U.  S.  P.  is  in  error  in  naming  the  crystalline  product,  as  above  de- 
scribed, chloral  ;  it  is  actually  chloral  hydrate,  for  the  molecule  of  water  is 
necessary  for  crystallization.  Chloral  really  is  an  oily  liquid.  Whenever 
chloral  is  mentioned  in  this  book,  chloral  hydrate  is  intended.] 

ACTION  OF  CHLORAL. 

External. — It  is  a  powerful  antiseptic.  Locally  applied 
it  is  irritant,  causing  vesication.  [Chloral  rubbed  up  with  equal 
parts  of  menthol  and  camphor  is  a  local  anodyne.] 

Internal. — Alimentary  canal. — Unless  diluted,  chloral  is  a 


3IO  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

gastric  irritant ;  large  doses,  therefore,  may  give  rise  to  vomiting 
and  purging. 

Blood. — It  is  readily  absorbed,  and  circulates  in  the  blood 
unchanged.  It  was  formerly  thought  that  as  alkalies  convert  it 
into  chloroform  and  formic  acid,  this  change  would  take  place  in 
the  blood,  and  consequently  Liebreich  suggested  its  use  as  an 
hypnotic.  It  is  now  known  that  this  view  is  wrong,  for  no  chlo- 
roform can  be  found  in  the  blood  of  chloralized  animals,  nor  in 
the  urine  unless  that  fluid  is  alkaline,  in  which  case  chloral  is 
decomposed  by  the  alkali  in  the  urine. 

Circulation. — Chloral  depresses  the  heart,  large  doses 
having  this  action  to  a  considerable  degree.  This  is  due  to  a 
local  effect  on  the  organ  itself;  probably  both  the  muscular  sub- 
stance and  the  nerves  contained  in  it  are  affected.  The  pulse, 
which  may  at  first  be  slightly  quickened,  soon  becomes  slow, 
feeble,  and  irregular,  and  the  heart  finally  stops  in  diastole.  The 
vaso-motor  centre  is  depressed,  and  consequently  the  ves- 
sels dilate.  As  a  result  of  these  actions  on  the  heart  and  the 
vessels  the  blood-pressure  falls. 

Respiration. — After  large  doses  the  respirations  become  slow 
and  full,  and  after  toxic  doses  they  become  irregular  and  shallow 
before  finally  ceasing.  This  is  due  to  the  action  of  chloral  on 
the  respiratory  centre. 

Temperature. — Large  doses  cause  this  to  fall,  probably  by 
diminishing  the  production  of  heat. 

Brain. — Chloral  is  a  powerful  hypnotic,  acting  directly 
on  the  brain.  The  stage  of  excitation,  if  it  exists,  is  very  short. 
Soon  after  taking  a  moderate  dose  the  patient  is  overcome  by 
sleep,  which  lasts  several  hours,  and  is  indistinguishable  from 
natural  sleep.  On  waking  there  is  neither  confusion  nor  head- 
ache, and  he  feels  refreshed.  Large  doses  produce  coma.  The 
pupil  is  always  contracted. 

Spinal  cord. — At  first  the  anterior  cornua  may  be  slightly 
stimulated,  but  soon  they  are  depressed,  and  there  is  consequently 
paralysis  and  loss  of  reflex  excitability.  The  motor  nerves  and 
the  muscles  are  not  affected,  nor  are  the  sensory  nerves  unless  the 
dose  is  very  large,  when  there  may  be  anaesthesia. 


CARBON    AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS.  3!! 

It  will  be  observed  that  chloral  is  a  powerful  general  de- 
pressant, chiefly  of  the  cerebrum,  but  also  of  the  respiratory 
centre,  the  vaso-motor  centre,  the  anterior  cornua,  of  the  produc- 
tion of  heat,  and  the  heart.  It  is  only  because  it  depresses  the 
cerebrum  much  earlier  than  any  other  part  of  the  body  that  we 
can  use  it  as  an  hypnotic. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  CHLORAL. 

External. — The  compound  with  camphor  [equal  weights  of 
camphor  and  chloral  rubbed  together  to  form  a  liquid]  has  been 
employed  as  a  local  anodyne  for  neuralgia,  and  may  be  applied 
to  aching  teeth.  [To  this  menthol  can  be  advantageously  added.] 

Internal. — Chloral  is  largely  used  for  its  hypnotic  effect. 
Its  great  advantages  over  many  other  hypnotics  are  that  doses 
sufficient  to  produce  a  deep  sleep  are  not  large  enough  to  cause 
gastro-intestinal  irritation,  cardiac  and  respiratory  depression, 
and  the  other  harmful  effects.  Chloral  is  certain  in  its  action 
[in  that]  it  quickly  produces  sleep  ;  and  there  are  [usually]  no 
bad  after-effects.  [Chloral  is  far  from  being  a  safe  hypnotic ;  it 
depresses  the  heart  so  markedly  that  the  prescriber  should  be 
always  upon  his  guard.]  -Children  take  it  well.  [Its  unpleasant 
taste  can  be  concealed  by  administration  in  bottled  "lemon 
soda."] 

It  is  especially  useful  in  simple  insomnia  from  overwork, 
worry,  etc.  Its  disadvantages  are  that  it  does  not  relieve  pain  at 
all,  and  it  should  therefore  not  be  used  for  insomnia  due  to  this 
cause ;  and  that,  as  it  depresses  the  heart  and  respiration,  it  must 
be  given  carefully  in  diseases  of  the  heart  and  lungs,  and  also 
when  the  stomach  or  intestines  are  diseased,  as  it  may  irritate 
these  structures.  In  febrile  insomnia  it  is  very  valuable  in  the 
early  stages,  but  must  be  given  cautiously,  later,  when  there  is  any 
danger  of  cardiac  weakness.  It  does  not  relieve  the  distress  and 
cough  of  disease  of  the  heart  and  lungs.  It  has  been  used  as  a 
cerebral  depressant  in  delirium  tremens,  puerperal  convulsions, 
and  mania,  but  very  large  doses  are  required,  and  consequently 
the  results  must  be  watched  with  great  care.  [A  very  important 
use  of  chloral  is  in  midwifery  ;  here  it  has  been  designated  the 


312  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

medicinal  forceps.  Frequently  after  rest  has  been  obtained  by 
this  drug,  labor  proceeds  vigorously  and  is  rapidly  terminated.] 

From  its  action  on  the  spinal  cord,  chloral  has  been  used,  and 
sometimes  with  success,  in  tetanus,  whooping-cough,  inconti- 
nence of  urine  and  strychnine  poisoning. 

[Hypnal  is  a  compound  of  chloral  with  antipyrin,  made  by 
mixing  their  solutions,  and  is  obtained  in  crystalline  form.  It  was 
proposed  by  Bardet  as  a  hypnotic,  more  certain  than  chloral, 
nearly  free  from  taste,  entirely  free  from  irritating  effect  upon 
the  mucous  membranes,  and  having  distinct  analgesic  effects.  It 
has  been  but  little  used.  The  dose  is  about  15  gr. ;  i.oo  gm.] 

TOXICOLOGY. 

Acute  Poisoning. — As  will  be  inferred  from  the  action  of  chloral,  the 
symptoms  of  poisoning  by  it  [closely  resemble  those  of  opium.  They]  are 
deep  coma  ;  a  weak,  feeble,  irregular,  slow  pulse,  which  may  become  quick 
before  death  ;  diminished  frequency  of  respiration  and  consequent  lividity ; 
and  abolition  of  reflex  movements.  The  surface  of  the  skin  is  cold,  and  the 
temperature  is  subnormal.  [The  pulse  should  always  be  carefully  watched 
whenever  chloral  has  been  administered.  It  frequently  happens  that  symp- 
toms of  failing  heart  come  on  unexpectedly  even  after  small  doses.] 

Treatment, — Give  emetics  (see  p.  139)  or  wash  out  the  stomach.  Keep  up 
the  temperature  by  hot  bottles,  hot  blankets,  friction  and  massage.  Prevent 
sleep  by  the  injection  of  hot,  strong  coffee  into  the  rectum,  shouting  at  the 
patient,  hitting  him,  flapping  with  wet  towels,  bathing,  etc.  Give  a  subcu- 
taneous injection  of  strychnine,  because  of  its  stimulant  action  on  the  anterior 
cornua.  Use  inhalations  of  amyl  nitrite  to  stimulate  the  heart,  and  artificial 
respiration  if  necessary. 

Chronic  Poisoning. — The  taking  of  chloral  is  a  vice  to  which  many  per- 
sons are  addicted.  A  craving  for  it  is  soon  established.  The  chief  symptoms 
of  chronic  chloral  poisoning  are  gastro-intestinal  irritation,  a  great  liability  to 
erythematous  eruptions,  dyspnoea  dependent  upon  the  cardiac  and  respiratory 
depression  and  general  weakness.  There  may  be  disturbance  of  the  mental 
equilibrium,  and  persons  have  been  known  to  become  permanently  weak- 
minded.  A  slightly  larger  dose  than  usual  may  be  quickly  fatal. 

II.  BUTYL-CHLORAL  HYDRAS. 

BUTYL-CHLORAL  HYDRATE.  [B.  P.,  not  official].— C4H5C1S 
O-|-HjO=[i92.9i.]  Synonym. — Croton  Chloral  Hydrate.  (This  is  a  mis- 
nomer. ) 

SOURCE. — Dry  Chlorine  Gas  is  passed  through  Aldehyde.  Butyl-chloral 
(C4H6CI8O)  is  formed.  It  is  separated  by  fractional  distillation,  and  water  is 
added. 


CARBON    AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS.  313 

CHARACTERS. — Pearly-white,  crystalline  scales,  with  a  nauseous  taste  and 
a  pungent  odor  like  chloral.  Solubility. — In  50  parts  of  water;  freely  in  Al- 
cohol and  Glycerin. 

INCOMPATIBLE^. — All  alkalies. 

Dose,  5  to  20  gr. ;  [.30  to  1.20  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  BUTYL-CHLORAL  HYDRATE. 

The  action  of  this  drug  is  exactly  similar  to  that  of  chloral, 
but  butyl-chloral  hydrate  is  less  certain  in  its  effects.  It  is  said 
to  be  less  depressant  to  the  heart,  but  this  is  doubtful.  It  has  a 
specific  action  in  relieving  neuralgia  of  the  fifth  nerve. 

III.  CHLORAL,  [FORMAMIDATUM. 

CHLORAL  FORMAMIDE.  (Not  official. )— CC13CH.OH.CONH., 
=191.95.  Synonym. — Chloralamide. 

SOURCE.— By  the  combination  of  Chloral  and  Formamide.  CCljCHO-f- 
CHONH2=CC13CH.OH.CONH2.] 

CHARACTERS. — Shining  colorless  crystals,  [without  odor  and  of  a  slightly 
bitter  taste.  Solubility. — Slowly,  in  about  20  parts  of  water,  in  1.5  parts  of 
Alcohol,  and  in  weak  acid  solutions.  It  should  not  be  heated  over  140°  F. ; 
60°  C. ,  or  mixed  with  alkalies,  for,  in  either  case,  it  decomposes  into  Chloral. 

Dose,  10  to  30  gr.  ;  .60  to  2.00  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  CHLORALAMIDE. 

Chloralamide  is  an  excellent  hypnotic,  producing  calm,  re- 
freshing sleep  without  any  bad  after-effects.  Frequent  use  does 
not  necessitate  an  increased  dose,  nor,  as  far  as  known,  is  any 
habit  contracted.  It  does  not  relieve  pain,  but  is  equally  service- 
able for  all  varieties  of  insomnia,  unless  due  to  pain.  If  possible 
it  should  not  be  given  as  a  powder,  for  it  is  then  so  very  slowly 
absorbed  that  probably  some  of  it  is  decomposed  in  the  intes- 
tines or  stomach  ;  [very  rarely] ,  when  powdered  chloralamide 
has  been  administered  in  the  evening,  the  patient  has  not  slept 
during  the  night,  but  has  slept  all  the  next  day,  because  the  drug 
has  been  so  slowly  absorbed.  The  best  way  to  give  it  is  to  dis- 
solve it  in  a  little  alcohol.  The  patient  may  be  told  to  dissolve 
20  gr.  ;  [1.20  gm.]  or  more,  in  sufficient  brandy,  to  add  water 
not  above  130°  F.  ;  54.4°  C.,  and  drink  it  before  going  to  bed. 
Some  specimens  are  very  insoluble,  and  must  be  suspended.  It 
is  said  that  10  minims  [.60  c.c.]  of  aromatic  sulphuric  acid  added 


314  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

to  i  fl.  oz.  ;  [30  c.c.]  of  water  will  dissolve  30  gr.  ;  [2  gm.]  of 
chloralamide,  but  this  is  not  always  true.  It  acts  if  given  as  an 
enema.  Fifteen  grains  [i.oo  gm.]  of  potassium  bromide  and 
chloralamide,  flavored  with  tincture  of  orange  [peel]  and  chloro- 
form water  has  been  strongly  recommended  for  insomnia  and  for 
sea-sickness.  This  mixture  resembles  a  proprietary  preparation 
called  Chlorobrom. 

IV.  [CHLORETONUM. 

CHLORETONE:  (Not  official. )  Synonyms. — Trichlor-tertiary  Butyl 
Alcohol.  Acetone-Chloroform. 

SOURCE. — From  equal  weights  of  Acetoae  and  Chloroform  when  Caustic 
Potash  is  added. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white  crystalline  powder  having  a  camphoraceous  odor. 
Solubility. — Sparingly  in  water ;  very  soluble  in  Chloroform,  Alcohol  and  Ether. 

Dose,  5  to  20  gr. ;  .30  to  1.20  gm. 

ACTION  OF  CHLORETONE. 

Without  markedly  influencing  respiration  or  blood -pressure  it 
produces  anaesthesia  and  sleep.  It  directly  affects  sensory  nerves, 
and  so  may  be  used  as  a  local  anaesthetic.  If  the  dose  by  the 
mouth  is  excessive  dogs  may  sleep  for  several  days,  finally  suc- 
cumbing from  asphyxia.  Since  neither  acetone  nor  chloroform 
are  found  in  the  expired  air  or  the  urine,  and  the  chlorides  are 
increased  in  the  latter,  it  is  probably  broken  up  in  the  body.  . 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  CHLORETONE. 

In  one  per  cent,  solution  it  may  be  applied  as  a  local  anaes- 
thetic to  ulcers  and  infected  wounds.  Internally,  its  chief  use 
is  as  a  hypnotic,  which  is  both  safe  and  generally  efficient.  In 
moderate  doses  it  promptly  relieves  irritability  of  the  stomach.] 

V.  [ANHYDROGLUCO-CHLORAL. 

CHLORALOSE.     Not  official.— C8HUC13O6=259. 85. ' 

SOURCE. — By  heating  together  Anhydrous  Chloral  and  Glucose,  the  soluble 
Chloralose  is  formed  which  crystallizes.  C,HCljO-j-C6Hj,O6=C8HuClsO6-f- 
H,0. 

CHARACTERS. — In  small  crystals,  having  a  bitter  and  disagreeable,  but  not 
acrid  taste.  Solubility. — Freely  in  hot,  slightly  in  cold  water. 

Dose,  2  to  4  gr. ;  .12  to  .25  gm. 


CARBON    AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS.  315 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  CHLORALOSE. 

Chloralose  on  account  of  its  bitter  taste  is  best  given  in  cap- 
sules. It  will  produce  sound  sleep  in  which  sensibility  is  not 
lost,  although  the  reflex  activities  are  greater  than  usual,  because 
as,  Richet  says,  it  excites  the  spinal  cord  while  depressing  the 
functions  of  the  brain.  The  awakening  is  without  unpleasant 
effects.  Ten  grains;  .60  gm.,  have  produced  profound  uncon- 
sciousness, so  that  caution  should  be  exercised  in  prescribing. 

VI.  AMYLENI  HYDRAS. 

AMYLENE  HYDRATE.  (Not  official.)— (CH3)2C2H5COH=87.8l. 
Synonyms. — Dimethylethylcarbinol.  Tertiary  Amylic  Alcohol. 

SOURCE. — By  the  action  of  Sulphuric  Acid  on  Amylene,  separation  of  the 
Amylene-sulphuric  Acid,  dilution,  nitration,  neutralization  with  Milk  of  Lime 
or  solution  of  Soda,  and  fractional  distillation. 

CHARACTERS. — A  limpid,  colorless,  oily  liquid,  of  a  peculiar  penetrating 
odor.  Sp.  gr.,  0.815.  Solubility. — In  8  parts  of  water  ;  readily  in  Alcohol, 
Ether  or  Chloroform. 

Dose,  ^  to  i  fl.  dr.  ;  2.  to  4.  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  AMYLENE  HYDRATE. 

Amylene  hydrate  is  a  hypnotic,  about  midway  in  power  be- 
tween chloral  and  paraldehyde,  having  a  pleasanter  taste  than 
the  latter.  The  sleep  is  generally  natural,  and  the  awakening 
prompt  and  complete.  It  is  a  safe  hypnotic,  having  no  action 
upon  the  heart  or  respiration,  and  it  may  have  also  anodyne  pro- 
perties. It  can  be  administered  in  wine,  raspberry  syrup,  or 
simply  in  water.  It  has  been  given  hypodermatically,  with  one- 
half  its  volume  of  alcohol.  After  continued  use  it  is  apt  to  dis- 
agree with  the  stomach.] 

VII.  PARALDEHYDUM. 
[PARALDEHYDE.— C6H12O3=i3i.7.] 

SOURCE. — A  product  of  the  polymerization  of  [Ethylic]  Aldehyde  by 
means  of  various  Acids  or  Salts.  For  example,  [Ethylic]  Aldehyde  may  be 
acted  on  by  Hydrochloric  Acid,  [Carbonyl  Chloride  (COC12),  Sulphur  Dioxide] 
or  Zinc  Chloride  ;  during  the  action,  the  temperature  of  the  mixture  rises,  and 
almost  complete  conversion  into  Paraldehyde  takes  place.  On  cooling  to 
below  32°  F.  [o°  C.],  Paraldehyde  crystallizes.  3C2H4O— C,H12O3. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless  [transparent  liquid,  having  a  strong,   charac- 


3l6  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

teristic,  but  not  unpleasant  or  pungent  odor,  and  a  burning  and  cooling  taste. 
Solubility. — In  85  parts  of  water  ;  freely  in  Alcohol  and  Ether.] 
Dose,  ]^  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  [i.  to  4.  c.c.] 

ACTION  OF  PARALDEHYDE. 

External. — It  is  antiseptic. 

Internal. — Large  doses  increase  the  flow  of  urine  and  some- 
what strengthen  the  heart,  but  they  do  not  affect  the  gastro-intes- 
tinal  tract  or  respiration  ;  enormous  doses  of  paraldehyde  weaken 
the  action  of  the  heart,  and  kill  by  paralysis  of  the  respiratory 
centre. 

Nervous  system. — It  is  a  powerful  hypnotic,  without  any 
unpleasant  after-effects.  It  acts  quickly,  and  the  sleep,  which 
lasts  several  hours,  is  quiet,  refreshing,  and  dreamless.  Paralde- 
hyde in  toxic  doses  paralyzes  the  anterior  cornua  of  the  spinal 
cord  ;  thus  it  abolishes  reflex  action  and  causes  paralysis.  It  does 
not  affect  nerves  or  muscles. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  PARALDEHYDE. 

Internal. — It  is  given  solely  as  an  hypnotic  in  the  same  class 
of  cases  as  chloral,  and  as  it  does  not  act  on  the  heart  it  may  also 
be  used  for  patients  suffering  from  cardiac  disease.  It  has  been 
used  largely  in  asylums  to  produce  quiet  in  mania,  and  sleep  in 
melancholia.  It  may  produce  an  erythematous  rash.  Unless 
given  in  capsules,  the  great  objection  to  its  use  is  its  [disagree- 
able] taste,  which  is  best  covered  by  prescribing  it  with  syrup 
and  tincture  of  orange  peel  in  at  least  two  fluid  ounces  [60.  c.c.] 
of  water  to  insure  that  a  usual  dose  will  be  dissolved.  [It  can 
also  be  administered  in  glycerin  in  a  25  per  cent,  solution,  which 
renders  it  more  palatable.]  It  gives  an  extremely  offensive  and 
persistent  odor  to  the  breath,  which  lasts  many  hours.  [In- 
stances of  the  paraldehyde  habit  have  been  occasionally  reported. 
There  is  great  emaciation,  cardiac  weakness,  unsteady  gait, 
mental  confusion  and  agitation  with  hallucinations  of  sight  and 
hearing  and  unpleasant  delusions.  Restraint  for  several  months 
is  necessary  for  cure.] 


CARBON    AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS.  3 1/ 

VIII.  SULPHONALUM. 

SULPHONAL.  [B.  P.,  not  official.—  C7H16S2O4=227. 59.  Synonym. 
— Diethylsulphondimethylmethane.  ( CH3)2C(SO2C2H5)2=227.59. 

SOURCE. — Mercaptan  (Ethyl  Hydrosulphide)  is  combined  with  Acetone 
to  form  Mercaptol,  which  by  oxidation  with  Potassium  Permanganate  yields 
Sulphonal.  ] 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  tabular  crystals,  inodorous,  almost  tasteless. 
Solubility. — In  450  parts  of  cold  ;  in  15  parts  of  boiling  water  ;  in  90  parts 
of  Alcohol  or  Ether ;  in  3  parts  of  Chloroform. 

Dose,  15  to  40  gr. ;  [i.oo  to  2.40  gm.]  in  cachets  or  suspended  in 
mucilage. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  SULPHONAL. 

Sulphonal  is  an  hypnotic.  It  does  not  depress  the  heart. 
The  drug  is  given  for  the  same  class  of  cases  as  chloral,  but  as  it 
is  so  insoluble,  it  is  absorbed  with  difficulty  and  very  slowly ; 
hence  it  takes  two  or  more  hours  to  act,  and  its  action  may  be 
prolonged  into  the  next  day.  It  produces  its  effect  most  rapidly 
if  the  fluid,  in  which  it  is  suspended,  is  hot ;  but  as  they  are  so 
much  more  convenient  it  is  usually  given  in  cachets  an  hour  and 
a  half  before  bedtime.  Sulphonal  rarely  leads  to  a  habit  or  to 
any  disagreeable  after-effects.  The  symptoms  of  a  sulphonal 
habit  are  general  lethargy,  mental,  moral  and  muscular  weak- 
ness, loss  of  nutrition,  and  dyspepsia.  It  has  been  known  to 
produce  [persistent]  eruptions  upon  the  skin  and  hsematopor- 
phyrin  in  the  urine.  [Several  fatal  cases  of  poisoning  by  this 
drug  have  been  reported  from  small  doses  continued  for  long 
periods.  Severe  general  functional  disturbances  have  followed 
its  use.]  Enormous  single  doses  produce,  in  addition  to  these 
symptoms,  prolonged  sleep,  lasting  many  days,  paralysis  of 
sphincters,  anuria,  a  fall  of  temperature,  and,  late  in  the  case, 
depression  of  respiration. 

IX.  TRIONALUM. 

[TRIONAL.  (Not  official.)— CH3C(SO2C2H5)2C2H5=24I. 56.  Syn- 
onym.— Diethylsulphonmethylethylmethane.  This  contains  three  Ethyl  groups 
instead  of  two  as  does  Sulphonal. 

SOURCE. — It  is  prepared  as  in  Sulphonal,  except  that  Methylethylketone  is 
used  in  place  of  Acetone. 


318  INORGANIC   MATERIA    MEDICA. 

CHARACTERS. — Shining,  colorless,  crystalline  plates,  tasteless  and  odorless. 
Solubility. — In  320  parts  of  water  ;  readily  in  Alcohol  and  Ether. 
Dose,  5  to  30  gr. ;  .30  to  2.00  gm. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  TRIONAL. 

Trional  is  a  prompt  hypnotic,  without  cumulative  action,  and 
it  has  no  injurious  or  unpleasant  after-effects.  Apparently  the 
patients  do  not  become  habituated  to  its  use.  It  has  been  used 
as  a  hypnotic  and  sedative  for  the  insane  ;  for  narcotic  habitues, 
so  far  as  is  known,  it  is  a  safe  remedy.  It  is  important  the  daily 
action  of  the  bowels  be  secured,  an  alkaline  water  be  given  daily, 
and  weekly  intermissions  be  insisted  upon,  otherwise  it  may  give 
rise  to  disagreeable  after-effects.  It  but  rarely  gives  rise  to 
haematoporphyrinuria. 

Tetronal  is  of  similar  chemical  composition,  containing  four 
instead  of  three  ethyl  groups,  and  is  used  for  the  same  purposes, 
but  in  somewhat  larger  dose. 

X.  URETHANUM. 

URETHANE.  (Not  official.)— CO.NHZ.OC!(H..:=88.94.  Synonyms. 
— Ethyl  Carbamate.  Ethyl  Urethane. 

SOURCE. — By  the  interaction  of  Urea  Nitrate  and  Ethyl  Alcohol  ;  and 
crystallization  on  cooling. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  columnar  or  tabular  crystals ;  colorless,  and 
having  a  pleasant,  saline,  somewhat  cooling  taste.  Solubility. — In  I  part  of 
water  ;  0.6  part  of  Alcohol ;  I  part  of  Ether  ;  3  parts  of  Glycerin. 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr. ;  .03  to  2.00  gm. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  URETHANE. 

Urethane  is  used  as  a  hypnotic,  and  is  believed  to  provide  a 
calm,  natural  sleep  without  any  disagreeable  after-effects.  It  was 
formerly  more  frequently  employed.] 

CLASS  V. — Drugs  which  have  an  Antipyretic  or  Analgesic  Action. 
[The  single  official  representative  is  Acetanilid. 

Antipyrin  and  Phenacetin  (B.  P.),  Exalgin,  Lactophenin,  Phenocoll  Hy- 
drochloride  and  Thallin  Sulphate,  none  of  which  are  official,  belong  to  this 
class.  Alpha-  and  Beta-Eucaine,  local  anaesthetics  are  considered  here,  for 
convenience]. 


CARBON    AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS. 


I.  ACETANILIDUM. 

ACETANILID.  —  C6H5NHC2H,O[=i34.73.]  Synonyms.—  Phenyl- 
acetamide.  Antifebrin.  [An  Acetyl  denvative  of  Aniline.] 

SOURCE.  —  Glacial  Acetic  Acid  and  [pure]  Aniline  are  heated  together  [the 
excess  of  both  ingredients  is  then  distilled  off,  and  the  congealed  residue  is 
crude  Acetanilid,  which  is  purified  by  repeated  crystallization  from  water.] 
C6H5NH2+HC2H302=C6H5NHC2H30+H20. 

CHARACTERS.  —  [White,  shining  micaceous  crystalline  laminae,  or  a  crys- 
talline powder,  odorless,  having  a  faintly  burning  taste,  and  permanent  in  the 
air.  Solubility.  —  In  194  parts  of  water,  and  in  5  parts  of  Alcohol  ;  also  solu- 
ble in  1  8  parts  of  Ether,  and  easily  soluble  in  Chloroform. 

INCOMPATIBLES.  —  Potassium  and  sodium  hydrate,  and  chloroform. 

IMPURITIES.  —  Aniline  and  its  salts. 

Dose,  2  to  5  gr.  ;  .12  to  .30  gm.] 

ACTION   OF  ACETANILID. 

External.  —  It  is  a  local  haemostatic  as  it  contracts  blood- 
vessels when  applied  to  them. 

Internal.  —  Blood.  —  With  ordinary  doses  of  this  drug  this 
fluid  is  unaffected,  but  in  large  doses  the  color  is  changed,  from 
the  formation  of  methaemoglobin.  The  passage  of  this  in  the 
urine  discolors  it.  It  causes  the  red  corpuscles  to  break  up  and 
arrests  the  movements  of  the  white. 

Heart.  —  This  substance  depresses  the  heart.  It  is  not  known 
how  it  does  this  ;  but  what  little  evidence  there  is  appears 
to  show  that  it  has  a  directly  paralyzing  action  on  the  cardiac 
muscle. 

Vessels.  —  Acetanilid  contracts  the  smaller  vessels  from  direct 
action  on  their  muscular  coat.  The  blood  -pressure  therefore 
rises. 

Respiration.  —  This  is  not  affected  by  ordinary  doses.  After 
toxic  doses  the  force  of  the  respiratory  act  progressively  dimin- 
ishes. 

Kidneys.  —  This  substance  is  a  mild  diuretic.  The  excretion 
of  urea  and  uric  acid  is  stated  to  be  increased  by  it.  Large 
doses  cause  the  urine  to  be  dark  from  the  passage  of  altered 
blood.  Acetanilid  is  said  to  be  excreted  as  aniline,  but  this  re- 
quires confirmation. 

Skin.  —  This  may  produce  an  erythematous  rash  which  usually 


32O  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

[resembles  that  of  measles]  or  is  urticarial,  and  it  is  occasionally 
a  mild  diaphoretic. 

Temperature. — This  substance  is  a  powerful  antipyretic. 
It  has  a  very  slight  action  on  the  temperature  of  health,  but  it 
reduces  it  very  markedly  when  it  is  raised  from  any  cause.  It 
was  introduced  into  medicine  for  this  property.  We  have 
already  seen  (see  p.  71)  how  numerous  are  the  ways  in  which 
antipyretics  may  act.  The  fall  of  temperature  produced  by  this 
drug  is  not  due  to  any  action  on  the  blood  or  the  circulation, 
and  it  is  too  marked  to  be  entirely  owing  to  its  diaphoretic 
action.  It  decreases  heat  production,  and  it  is  most  likely  that 
it  acts  directly  upon  that  part  of  the  central  nervous  system, 
probably  upon  the  corpora  striata,  which  presides  over  heat  pro- 
duction. It,  to  a  much  less  extent,  increases  heat  dissipation. 
The  result  of  these  two  actions  is  that  the  temperature  falls.  The 
proof  of  these  statements  is  too  long  and  complicated  to  give 
here,  but  we  may  mention  that  it  is  easy  to  show  both  by  a  calo- 
rimeter, and  by  the  decrease  of  the  products  of  the  febrile  de- 
struction of  tissue,  such  as  urea,  that  these  drugs  diminish  heat 
production.  [It  also  possesses  anti -periodic  properties.] 

Nervous  system. — The  drug  is  a  powerful  analgesic.  Ace- 
tanilid  in  large  doses  is  said  to  produce  first  convulsions,  then 
coma,  and  paralysis  of  motor  nerves  and  muscles ;  but  all  these 
statements  require  further  experiments. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  ACETANILID. 

External. — Acetanilid  has  been  used  in  form  of  a  dusting 
powder  [for  soft  and  hard  venereal  ulcerations,  in  place  of  iodo- 
form,]  or  as  an  ointment  (i  to  24)  for  chronic  ulcers  and  eczema. 
[It  has  also  been  employed  as  an  antiseptic  for  wounds.  Too 
large  a  surface,  however,  should  not  be  dusted  over.] 

Internal. — Pyrexia. — Originally  this  drug  was  introduced 
into  medicine  on  account  of  the  property  which  it  has  of  reducing 
pyrexia.  The  opinion  is,  however,  gaining  ground  that  if  the 
temperature  is  not  dangerously  high  no  attempt  should  be  made 
to  reduce  it,  for  probably  the  raised  temperature  is  an  endeavor 
on  the  part  of  the  body  to  defend  itself  against  the  micro-organ- 


CARBON   AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS.  321 

isms  which  are  the  cause  of  the  particular  fever  from  which  the 
patient  is  suffering ;  in  other  words,  the  pyrexia  is  a  "  defensive 
mechanism."  Further,  this  drug  is  a  cardiac  depressant,  and 
therefore  unsuitable  for  patients  suffering  from  fever,  and  this 
last  consideration  makes  many  physicians  prefer  to  use  cold 
water  when  the  temperature  is  so  high  that  it,  of  itself,  is  dan- 
gerous to  life.  In  order  to  gain  a  rapid  effect,  when  it  has  been 
decided  to  use  an  antipyretic  this  drug  is  useful.  The  balance 
of  evidence  is  that  toxic  symptoms  are  more  common  after  ace- 
tanilid,  which,  however,  does  not  keep  the  temperature  down 
quite  so  long  as  [other  antipyretics.  ]  It  takes  about  two  hours 
to  reduce  the  pyrexia  to  its  minimum.  [Acetanilid]  may  be 
given  per  rectum.  [It  has  no  action  upon  the  intestinal  tract.] 

Analgesic  action. — This  drug  has  the  property  of  relieving 
pain  [of  neuralgia,  sciatica,  dysmenorrhoea,  locomotor  ataxia, 
migraine,  and  various  headaches.] 

[Under  the  name  of  Antikamnia  a  substance  has  been  intro- 
duced which  is  probably  a  mixture  of  20  parts  of  sodium  bicar- 
bonate, 70  of  acetanilid  and  10  of  caffeine.  Since  acetanilid  is 
a  cardiac  depressant,  the  addition  of  caffeine  may  be  advantageous 
in  some  cases.  A  case  of  death  has  been  reported,  attributed  to 
the  ingestion  of  24  grains  [1.50  gm.]  of  this  mixture.]  Anti- 
nervin  contains  acetanilid,  sodium  salicylate  and  potassium 

bromide. 

•  TOXICOLOGY. 

Symptoms. — Acetanilid  occasionally  produces  in  man  collapse,  cyanosis, 
very  slow  respiration,  a  feeble  and  irregular  pulse,  vomiting,  profuse  sweating, 
and  profound  prostration.  [Death  has  occurred  after  a  dose  of  5  gr. ;  .30  gm.] 
It  is  not  known  whether  these  symptoms  are  due  to  impurities  in  the  drug. 

Treatment. — Stimulation  by  alcohol  and  ether,  subcutaneously,  and  by 
the  mouth.  Strychnine  subcutaneously  to  stimulate  the  heart.  Oxygen  in- 
halations. Warmth  to  the  feet  and  body. 

II.  ANTIPYRINUM. 

ANTIPYRIN.  (Not  official. )— Phenazonum,  [B.  P.]— C6H5(CH3)2CS 
HN2O=[i87.65.]  Synonym. — Phenyldimethylpyrazolone. 

SOURCE. — Aceto-acetic  Ether  is  acted  upon  by  Phenyl-hydrazine,  when 
Phenylmonomethylpyrazolone,  Ethyl  Alcohol,  and  water  are  formed.  CHS 
COCH2COOC,H6+  H2NNHC6H5  =  C6H5(CH3)C3H2N!iO+C,H5OH-f  H2O. 

21 


322  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

The  Monomethyl  compound  is  treated  with  Methyl  Iodide  and  Methyl  Alcohol. 
C6H5(CH3)C3H2N20+CHSI=C6H5(CH3)2C3HN20+HI. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  odorless,  scaly  crystals  [of  a  somewhat  bitter 
taste].  Solubility. — Freely  in  water,  Alcohol  and  Chloroform. 

INCOMPATIBLE. — Iron  sulphate,  iodide,  and  chloride,  copper  sulphate, 
iodine,  arsenic  iodide,  carbolic,  hydrocyanic,  and  nitric  acids,  potassium  per- 
manganate, salicylates,  [corrosive  mercuric  chloride],  spirit  of  nitrous  ether ; 
all  preparations  of  tannin  give  a  white  precipitate  ;  chloral  hydrate  decom- 
poses it  unless  in  dilute  solution. 

Dose,  3  to  20  gr. ;  [.20  to  1.20  gin.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  ANTIPYRIN. 

[Antipyrin  in  small  doses  may  moderately  increase  arterial 
pressure  by  direct  stimulation  of  the  heart  (Wood)  ;  in  large 
doses  it  is  a  cardiac  depressant,  the  final  fall  of  blood-pressure 
being  certainly  due,  at  least  in  part,  to  a  direct  action  upon  the 
heart.]  It  also  contracts  the  blood-vessels,  being  therefore  a 
local  haemostatic.  It  is  a  mild  diuretic,  and  is  quickly  excreted 
in  the  urine  as  antipyrin.  [It  may  produce  an  erythematous 
rash.  It  rapidly  reduces  an  elevated  temperature  by  decreasing 
heat  production,  by  direct  action  on  the  centre  which  presides 
over  heat  production,  and  to  a  much  less  extent  increases  heat 
dissipation.  In  large  doses  it  is  said  to  produce  convulsions, 
later  coma,  and  paralysis  of  motor  nerves  and  muscles. 

Antipyrin  is  given  internally  as  a  powerful  antipyretic,  in 
fevers  of  various  kinds.  It  is  also  used  as  a  haemostatic  in  haem- 
orrhoids and  epistaxis.  It  has  been  used  with  some  success  in 
diabetes.  It  is  largely  employed  as  an  anti-neuralgic,  reliev- 
ing the  pains  of  locomotor  ataxia  and  other  nervous  affections, 
and  as  an  anti-rheumatic.  It  has  been  highly  recommended 
in  chorea  and  epilepsy.  Externally  it  is  supposed  to  be  an  anti- 
septic, but  irritation  has  followed  its  hypodermatic  use.  It  is  a 
local  anaesthetic. 

Salipyrin  is  prepared  by  the  action  of  antipyrin  upon  sali- 
cylic acid  in  substance.  It  is  a  white,  coarsely-crystalline  pow- 
der with  a  rather  sweetish  taste,  readily  soluble  in  alcohol,  but 
slightly  in  water.  In  chronic  articular  rheumatism  and  sciatica 
it  has  been  successful,  but  it  does  not  prevent  relapses.  It  has 


CARBON    AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS.  323 

been  successfully  used  for  spasmodic  dysmenorrhoea.     The  dose 
is  from  6  to  30  gr.  ;   .40  to  2.00  gm. 

lodopyrin  or  iodantipyrin  is  supposed  to  have  a  hydrogen 
atom  in  the  phenyl  group  of  antipyrin  replaced  by  iodine.  It 
occurs  in  colorless,  prismatic  needles,  which  are  tasteless.  It  is, 
with  difficulty,  soluble  in  cold  water  or  alcohol,  but  readily  when 
hot.  It  causes  a  fall  of  temperature  and  perspiration,  but  with- 
out collapse  or  shivering.  It  is  doubtful  if  it  has  any  advantage 
over  antipyrin.  The  dose  is  from  2  to  15  gr.  ;.  .12  to  i.oo  gm.] 

TOXICOLOGY. 

Symptoms. — Antipyrin  occasionally  produces,  in  man,  collapse,  cyanosis, 
very  slow  respiration,  a  feeble  and  irregular  pulse,  vomiting  and  profound  pros- 
tration. It  is  not  known  whether  these  symptoms  have  been  due  to  impurities 
in  the  drug,  [but  it  is  quite  likely  that  they  have  arisen  from  improper  dosage.] 
Many  deaths  have  been  caused  by  this  drug  ;  it  has  been  stated  that  during 
one  epidemic  of  influenza  in  Vienna  seventeen  persons  were  killed  by  it. 

Treatment. — Stimulation  by  Alcohol  and  Ether  subcutaneously  and  by  the 
mouth  ;  Strychnine  subcutaneously  to  stimulate  the  heart ;  warmth  to  the  feet 
and  body. 

III.  PHENACETINUM. 

[PHENACETIN.]  (Not  official.)— Ci0H13NO2=[i78.63].  Synonym. 
— Para-acetphenetidin.  C6H4OC2H5NHC2H3O==[i78.63]. 

SOURCE. — Glacial  Acetic  Acid  is  made  to  act  upon  paraphenetidin,  a  pro- 
duct of  Paranitrophenol.  [C6H5OC2H5NH2+HC2H3O2=C6H4OC2H5NHC2 
HS0+H20.] 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  tasteless,  scaly  crystals.  Solubility. — Very  spar- 
ingly (i  in  1700)  in  water;  in  30  parts  of  Alcohol ;  soluble  in  Glycerin. 

Dose,  5  to  10  gr. ;  [.30  to  .60  gm.]  (as  an  antipyretic),  in  cachets, 
capsules  or  suspended. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  PHENACETIN. 

[Phenacetin  has  no  action  externally  nor  on  the  gastro-mtes- 
tinal  tract,  and  with  ordinary  doses  the  blood  is  unaffected.  It 
slightly  depresses  the  heart,  but  does  not  in  ordinary  doses  affect 
the  respiration.  It  is  a  mild  diuretic,  but  large  doses  cause  the 
passage  of  altered  blood.  It  is  a  powerful  antipyretic  by  de- 
creasing heat  production  and  slightly  increasing  heat  dissipation. 
It  is  a  powerful  analgesic.  It  is  a  valuable  remedy  for  reducing 
fever,  and  because  it  depresses  the  heart  but  little,  it  is  safer 


324  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

than  either  antipyrin  or  acetanilid.  It  is,  however,  very  insolu- 
ble, and  slower  and  less  powerful  than  these  remedies,  but  the 
effects  last  longer.  As  this  drug  possesses  a  marked  analgesic 
action,  it  is  to  be  preferred  as  a  remedy  for  the  relief  of  pain,  as, 
neuralgia,  sciatica,  locomotor  ataxia,  migraine  and  various  head- 
aches. For  this  purpose,  the  dose  of  5  gr.;  .30  gm.,  should  be 
administered  every  hour  for  three  or  four  hours ;  this  generally 
gives  relief.  This  drug  has  been  of  service  in  the  treatment  of 

epilepsy. 

TOXICOLOGY. 

Symptoms. — This  drag  sometimes  produces  severe  vomiting,  sweating, 
feeble  and  rapid  pulse,  and  collapse.  Treatment. — Alcoholic  stimulation. 
Strychnine  hypodermatically.  External  warmth.] 

IV.  EXALGINUM. 

EXALGIN.  (Not  official.)— [C6H5N(CH3)CHSCO=I48. 70.]  Syno* 
nym. — Methyl  Acetanilid. 

[SOURCE. — By  warming  together  Monomethylaniline  and  Acetyl  Chloride. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless  acicular  needles,  with  a  slightly]  saline  taste. 
Solubility. — In  60  parts  of  water  ;  freely  in  Alcohol. 

Dose,  ^  to  3  gr. ;  [.03  to  .20  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  EXALGIN. 

Exalgin  is  a  powerful  analgesic  and  has  been  given  with  suc- 
cess for  neuralgia.  Often  it  relieves  when  many  other  drugs 
have  failed.  Medicinal  doses  hardly  ever  cause  depression,  but 
very  large  quantities  may  be  dangerous  from  their  breaking  up 
the  blood  like  acetanilid.  It  is  best  dissolved  in  Tinctura 
Aurantii  [Dulcis],  but  may  be  made  into  a  pill.  [It  is  used  for 
migraine,  sciatica,  the  pains  of  rheumatism,  and,  of  late,  for 
chorea. 

TOXICOLOGY. 

Several   severe  cases  of  poisoning  having  been  reported,  the  usual  dose 
should  not  be  exceeded.     The  symptoms  are  similar  to  those  of  acetanilid. 
Treatment.—  As  for  acetanilid.     (See  p.  321.) 

V.  LACTOPHENINUM. 

LACTOPHENIN.  (Not  official. )— CnH15NOs=2o8. 56.  Synonym.— 
Lactylparaphenetidine.  CftH4OC3H6NHCOCH(OH)CH,==2o8.56. 


CARBON    AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS.  325 

SOURCE. — Lactophenin  differs  from  Phenacetin  only  by  the  substitution  of 
Lactic  for  Acetic  Acid. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  white,  tasteless  powder.  Solubility. — In  330  parts  of 
water. 

Dose,  10  to  15  gr. ;  .60  to  i.oo  gm. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  LACTOPHENIN. 

Lactophenin  is  an  analgesic  and  antithermic.  It  is  usually 
better  borne  than  antipyrin.  Although  it  may,  in  some  instances, 
give  rise  to  sweating,  it  does  not  cause  collapse  nor  cyanosis.  It 
produces  a  considerable  and  persistent  lowering  of  a  febrile 
temperature,  but  without  abundant  perspiration,  and  its  use  is 
not  followed  by  chilly  sensations.  It  has  been  administered  in 
articular  rheumatism,  influenza,  scarlet  fever,  septicaemia  and 
other  infectious  diseases.  Von  Jaksch  has  obtained  excellent 
results  in  typhoid  fever,  with  daily  doses  from  7  to  15  gr.;  .50  to 
i.oo  gm.,  not  only  in  reducing  the  fever,  but  as  a  sedative  when 
delirium  becomes  a  prominent  symptom. 

VI.  PHENOCOLLI  HYDROCHLORIDUM. 

PHENOCOLL  HYDROCHLORIDE.  (Not  official.)— C10HMN2O, 
HCl=230.oi. 

SOURCE. — By  the  intermixture  of  Phenetidine  with  Glycocoll  or  Amido- 
acetic  Acid. 

CHARACTERS. — It  is  a  white  micro-crystalline  powder.  Solubility. — In 
20  parts  of  water. 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr. ;  .30  to  2.00  gm. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  PHENOCOLL  HYDROCHLORIDE. 

It  is  not  poisonous  to  animals  and  nor  does  it  injuriously 
affect  the  blood.  It  is  a  fairly  powerful  antipyretic,  not  followed 
by  collapse  or  cyanosis  ;  the  perspiration  is  not  more  marked 
than  after  large  doses  of  antipyrin.  It  has  also  been  used  as  an 
antineuralgic  ;  in  severe  acute  articular  rheumatism  it  has  exer- 
cised a  beneficial  action  upon  the  joints  when  other  remedies 
have  failed.  It  is  rapidly  excreted  by  the  urine,  to  which  it 
gives  a  brownish  color,  and  it  probably  increases  the  excretion 
of  uric  acid.  The  reports,  of  which  there  are  now  a  consider- 
able number,  are  favorable  to  this  remedy. 


J26  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

VII.  THALLIN^  SULPHAS. 
THALLINE    SULPHATE.     (Not  official.)—  2C9H10N(OCH3)H3SO4 


SOURCE.  —  By  heating  together  Paramidoanisol,  Paranitranisol,  Glycerin 
and  Sulphuric  Acid. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  white  or  whitish  granular  crystalline  powder  having  a 
slightly  Anise-like  odor  and  a  nauseous,  bitter,  saline  and  pungent  taste. 
Solubility.  —  In  7  parts  of  water  ;  in  100  parts  of  Alcohol. 

Dose,  2  to  10  gr.  ;  .12  to  .60  gm. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  THALLIN   SULPHATE. 

This  drug  was  introduced  into  medicine  as  an  antipyretic,  but 
it  was  soon  abandoned  because  of  the  dangerous  collapse  with 
marked  cyanosis  which  it  produced.  It  is  rarely  given  inter- 
nally, because  it  is  poisonous  to  the  red  blood  corpuscles  and  to 
the  nervous  system.  Its  chief  use  is  as  an  injection  for  gonor- 
rhoea, in  aqueous  solution  (i  or  2  to  120),  or  it  can  be  used  in 
a  2  per  cent,  solution  in  gelatin  bougies.  In  gleet  beneficial  re- 
sults have  followed  the  injection  of  i  to  8  aqueous  solutions. 

VIII.  ALPHA-EUCAIN-ffii   HYDROCHLORAS. 

ALPHA-EUCAINE  HYDROCHLORATE,  (Not  official.)— 
C19H27NO4Ha-fH2O=386.6i.  The  hydrochlorate  of  a  synthetic  alkaloid 
having  a  close  chemical  relationship  to  cocaine. 

SOURCE.  —  By  the  action  of  one  molecule  of  ammonia  upon  three  molecules 
of  acetone,  triacetonamine  is  formed.  This  is  then  transformed  into  triacetona- 
mencyanhydrine  by  hydrocyanic  acid.  This  compound  when  saponified  be- 
comes triacetonalkamin  carbonic  acid,  ammonia  being  given  off,  when  benzy- 
lated  and  methylated  trimethylbenzoyhetramethyl  —  y—  oxypiperidin  carbonic 
acid  —  methylester  or  Eucaine  is  formed. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Permanent  shining  scales  containing  one  molecule  of  water 
of  crystallization.  Solubility.  —  In  about  6  parts  of  water. 

INCOMPATIBLES.  —  Caustic  alkalies,  alkaline  carbonates  and  ammonia. 

ACTION  OF  EUCAINE  HYDROCHLORATE. 

The  general  action  of  eucaine,  both  in  cold  and  warm  blooded 
animals,  consists  in  a  marked  excitation  of  the  entire  central 
nervous  system,  followed  by  paralysis  ;  in  toxic  doses  going  on 
to  death.  Small  doses  administered  to  mice  and  rabbits  cause 
increased  reflex  excitability,  and  increased  but  weakened  respira- 


CARBON   AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS.  327 

tory  movements.  Medium  doses  in  rabbits  cause  repeated  tonic 
and  clonic  convulsions.  The  animals  lie  senseless  on  their  sides, 
with  dyspnoea,  opisthotonos,  and  finally  paresis  of  the  posterior 
limbs.  These  phenomena  are  most  marked  when  large  toxic 
doses  are  administered ;  the  convulsions  return  continuously, 
and  affect  all  the  muscles  of  the  body.  The  animals  finally 
die  when  the  paralysis  reaches  the  respiratory  muscles.  When 
the  dose  is  not  a  fatal  one,  the  convulsions  gradually  cease, 
the  increased  reflex  excitability  disappears,  and  the  paresis  of 
the  hind  limbs  slowly  improves.  The  effect  on  the  central  ner- 
vous system  is  therefore  at  first  excitant,  and  later,  in  toxic  doses, 
paralyzing.  The  paralysis  is  a  central  one,  for  if  the  sciatic 
nerve  of  a  frog  poisoned  with  eucaine  is  exposed,  and  its 
peripheral  end  irritated  with  the  induced  current,  the  limb  reacts 
in  a  normal  manner.  As  regards  its  action  on  the  heart  and  the 
blood-vessels,  the  subcutaneous  and  intravenous  injection  of 
small  and  medium  doses  slows  the  heart  on  the  average  from 
twenty  to  thirty  beats  per  minute,  but  without  otherwise  modi- 
fying the  beats,  or  increasing  the  blood  pressure.  This  effect  on 
the  pulse  is  caused  by  the  excitation  of  the  central  vagus ;  for 
section  of  the  vagi  causes  an  immediate  increase  of  the  pulse  to 
the  normal  and  above  it,  together  with  an  increase  of  the  blood 
pressure.  •  Death  occurs  from  paralysis  of  the  respiratory  centres, 
for  the  heart  continues  to  beat  for  some  time  thereafter  (Vinci). 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  EUCAINE  HYDROCHLORATE. 

Eucaine  is  used  in  from  i  to  5  or  even  10  per  cent,  solutions 
for  the  same  purposes  as  is  cocaine.  The  anaesthesia  comes  on 
somewhat  more  slowly,  with  solutions  of  the  same  strength  is 
about  equal  to,  and  its  effects  last  about  the  same  time  as  with 
the  latter  drug.  It  possesses  the  disadvantage  of  causing  hyper- 
semia  of  mucous  membranes,  and  in  2  per  cent,  solution  may 
irritate  the  conjuctiva.  A  i  per  cent,  solution,  however,  does 
not  cause  any  disturbance.  It  is  preferable  to  cocaine  in  that 
its  aqueous  solutions  are  permanent  and  can  be  sterilized  by  heat 
without  decomposition.  It  does  not  cause  mydriasis  nor  dis- 
turbance of  accommodation,  nor  does  it  dry  the  corneal  epithe- 


328  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

lium,  and  further  it  is  relatively  safer,  so  far  as  circulation  and 
respiration  are  concerned,  than  cocaine.  Vinci  claims  that  its 
solutions  possess  moderate  antibacterial  powers. 

In  order  to  avoid  the  burning  sensations,  pain  and  hypersemia 
to  which  eucaine  may  give  rise,  a  substance  known  as  Benzoyl- 
vinyldiacetonalkamin  hydrochlorate  named  Beta-eucaine  (not 
official),  a  compound  closely  related  chemically  to  eucaine,  has 
been  recommended.  Its  chemical  and  physiological  properties, 
with  the  above  exceptions,  are  the  same.  It  is  safe,  being  three 
and  three-quarters  less  toxic  than  cocaine,  does  not  affect  the 
heart,  and  is  unirritating.  It  does  not  produce,  when  employed 
in  the  eye,  mydriasis,  corneal  lesions,  nor  disturbances  of  ac- 
commodation. It  can  be  sterilized  by  boiling  without  deteriora- 
tion ;  its  solutions  are  permanent  and  do  not  decompose  when 
kept.  Its  field  is  the  same  as  that  of  cocaine,  and  it  ran  be  em- 
ployed for  the  various  operations  upon  the  eye,  nose,  ears, 
genito-urinary  tract,  in  minor  surgery  and  dentistry,  and  for  in- 
filtration anaesthesia.  For  medullary  anaesthesia  while  the  after- 
effects seem  no  greater  than  with  cocaine  the  analgesia  is  not  so 
uniform  nor  lasting.  Its  ease  and  certainty  of  sterilization  by 
boiling  are  in  its  favor  and  some  .operators  are  strong  advocates 
of  it.  It  is  employed  in  from  ^  to  4  per  cent,  (saturated) 
aqueous  solution,  but  of  the  latter  not  more  than  30  minims ; 
2.00  c.c.,  should  be  employed  at  one  time,  although  for  a  pro- 
longed operation  five  times  this  quantity  may  be  employed]. 

CLASS  VI. — The  Antiseptics. 

Carbolic  Acid,   Sodium   Sulphocarbolate,  Creosote, 
lodoform,  Naphtalin,  Naphtol   and  Resorcin. 

[Besides  these  the  following  drugs  which  are  not  official  are  included  in 
this  class:  Zinc  Sulphocarbolate  (B.  P.),  Guaiacol,  Aristol,  lodol,  Europhen, 
Creolin,  Lysol,  Asaprol,  Formaldehyde,  Urotropin,  Saccharin,  Methylene 
Blue  and  Piperazine.] 

I.  [ACIDUM  CARBOLICUM  CRUDUM. 

CRUDE  CARBOLIC  ACID. 

SOURCE. — A  liquid  consisting  of  various  constituents  of  coal-tar,  chiefly 
cresol  and  phenol,  obtained  by  fractional  distillation  between  the  temperatures 


CARBON    AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS.  329 

of  302°  and  392°  F.  ;  150°  and  200°  C.,  and  twice  rectified  between  the  tem- 
peratures of  338°  and  374°  F.  ;  170°  to  190°  C. 

CHARACTERS. — A  nearly  colorless  or  reddish,  or  brownish-red  liquid  of  a 
strongly  empyreumatic  and  creosote-like  odor,  having  a  benumbing,  blanching 
and  caustic  effect  upon  the  skin  and  mucous  membrane,  and  a  slightly  acid 
reaction. 

Used  only  externally.] 

II.   ACIDUM  CARBOLICUM. 

CARBOLIC  ACID.— C6H5OH[=93.78.]  Synonyms.— Phenic  Acid. 
Phenol.  Phenyl  Alcohol. 

SOURCE. — [From  Crude  Carbolic  Acid  by  agitation  with  warm  concen- 
trated solution  of  Soda,  heating  to  338°  F.  ;  170°  C.,  solution  and  treatment 
with  Hydrochloric  Acid.  After  being  agitated  with  Sodium  Chloride,  digested 
with  Calcium  Chloride,  it  is  distilled  between  336°  and  374°  F.  ;  168.8°  and 
190°  C.,  and  crystallized. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  interlaced  or  separate,  needle-shaped  crystals, 
or  a  white  crystalline  mass,  sometimes  acquiring  a  reddish  tint,  having  a  some- 
what aromatic  odor,  and,  when  copiously  diluted  with  water,  a  sweetish  taste 
with  a  slightly  burning  after-taste.  Treated  with  about  8  per  cent,  of  water,  it 
becomes  fluid  ;  the  crystals  are  very  hygroscopic,  and  hence  soon  become  semi- 
fluid on  exposure  to  air  ;  it  has  a  faintly  acid  reaction  and  coagulates  albumin. 
Solubility. — Slowly  in  about  15  to  20  parts  of  water;]  freely  in  Alcohol,  fats 
and  oils.  [Solution  in  water  is  more  easily  made  if  an  equal  part  of  Glycerin 
is  added.] 

Dose,  l/z  to  i  gr.  ;  [.03  to  .06  gm.] 

Preparations. 

1.  Unguentum   Acidi  Carbolici. — [Ointment  of  Carbolic  Acid. 
Carbolic  Acid,  5  ;  Ointment,  95. 

2.  Glyceritum    Acidi   Carbolici. — Glycerite  of    Carbolic  Acid. 
Carbolic  Acid,  20  ;  Glycerin,  80. 

Dose,  2  to  5  m. ;  .12  to  .30  c.c.] 

ACTION  OF  CARBOLIC  ACID. 

External. — Carbolic  acid  is  a  powerful  antizymotic, 
rapidly  destroying  organized  ferments,  both  animal  and  vegetable. 
Consequently  it  destroys  those  of  septic  diseases,  hence  it  is 
antiseptic.  It  thus  prevents  the  formation  of  the  products  of 
the  decompositions  which  are  set  up  by  these  organisms.  For 
this  reason  it  is  disinfectant,  and  as  the  products  of  decompo- 
sition are  generally  foul -smelling,  it  is  deodorant.  It  does  not 
act  so  readily  on  unorganized  ferments  (enzymes),  such  as  pepsin 


33O  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

and  ptyalin,  but  in  large  doses  it  likewise  destroys  their  activity. 
Carbolic  acid  is  not  so  powerful  an  antizymotic  as  [corrosive 
mercuric]  chloride  (see  p.  214)  ;  for  Evans  found  that  anthrax 
spores  were  not  killed  in  twenty-four  hours  by  a  solution  of  i  in 
100,  but  were  killed  by  a  solution  of  i  in  20  acting  for  twenty- 
four  hours,  but  not  when  it  acted  for  only  four  hours.  The  bacilli 
of  anthrax  were  killed  by  a  solution  of  i  in  100  acting  for  five 
minutes,  i  in  150  acting  for  a  quarter  of  an  hour,  i  in  175  acting 
for  half  an  hour,  but  were  unaffected  by  a  solution  of  i  in  150 
acting  for  one  minute,  i  in  175  acting  for  a  quarter  of  an  hour, 
i  in  300  acting  for  an  hour.  Strengths  of  i  in  40  and  i  in  20 
are  commonly  employed  in  surgery.  The  solution  in  oil  has  no 
antiseptic  properties.  The  power  of  carbolic  acid  to  destroy 
low  organisms  makes  it  an  efficient  parasiticide  against  certain 
vegetable  parasites  infesting  the  skin. 

When  applied  to  the  skin  in  weak  or  moderately  strong  solu- 
tions, it  produces  local  anaesthesia  with  a  feeling  of  numb- 
ness which  lasts  some  hours.  If  concentrated,  it  acts  as  an 
irritant  and  caustic,  causing  a  burning  pain,  and  in  a  few 
minutes  a  white  spot  appears,  which  becomes  red  when  the  acid 
is  removed.  If  the  application  is  prolonged,  a  white  eschar  or 
slough  results.  There  is  no  vesication. 

Internal. — Gastro-intestinal  tract. — If  concentrated,  carbolic 
acid  produces  the  same  effect  on  the  mouth  as  on  the  skin,  and 
is  a  powerful  gastro-intestinal  irritant  (see  Toxicology).  In  the 
stomach  it  is  converted  into  a  sulphocarbolate,  and  unless  poi- 
sonous doses  be  given,  it  is  so  diluted  by  the  gastric  contents 
that  it  loses  its  antizymotic  power. 

Blood. — It  is  not  known  in  what  form  carbolic  acid  circulates, 
probably  as  an  alkaline  carbolate. 

Circulation. — Medicinal  doses  have  no  effect.  Large  doses 
paralyze  the  vaso-motor  centre  in  the  medulla,  and  the  blood- 
pressure  falls.  It  is  not  until  very  large  doses  have  been  given 
that  the  heart  is  affected,  and  then  its  activity  is  depressed. 

Respiration. — Small  doses  have  no  influence  on  respiration, 
but  large  ones  accelerate  it,  probably  from  stimulation  of  the 
vagi.  Ultimately  respiration  is  paralyzed,  and  death  results. 


CARBON  AND  ITS  COMPOUNDS.  331 

Temperature. — This  is  unaffected  by  small  doses  of  carbolic 
acid,  but  large  doses  cause  it  to  fall,  because  they  diminish  the 
production  of  heat  and  increase  its  dissipation. 

Nenwus  system. — Carbolic  acid  is  a  cerebral  depressant  in 
large  doses,  for  coma  is  produced  by  them  ;  they  first  stimulate 
the  anterior  cornua,  producing  convulsions,  but  subsequently 
depress  them,  causing  paralysis. 

Urine. — Much  interest  attaches  to  this,  for  even  after  moder- 
ate doses  of  carbolic  acid,  or  absorption  from  surgical  dressings, 
the  urine  may  become  dark.  This  is  not  due  to  blood,  as 
was  once  thought,  for  Stevenson  has  shown  that  there  is  no 
increase  of  iron  in  the  urine.  Carbolic  acid  [is  partially  oxi- 
dized to  pyrocatechin  and  hydroquinone,  which  combine  in  the 
body  with  sulphuric  and  glycuronic  acids  and  are  excreted  in 
the  urine  as  double  (ethereal)  sulphates  and  phenol,  pyrocatechin 
and  hydroquinone  glycuronates.]  Pyrocatechin  [and  hydro- 
quinone are  unstable  bodies,  and  their  oxidation  products  are 
doubtless]  the  cause  of  the  dark  urine ;  pyrocatechin  can  only 
exist  in  alkaline  urine,  [so  that  it  cannot  be  the  sole  cause  of  the 
dark  color.]  The  presence  in  the  urine  of  these  results  of  car- 
bolic acid  is  recognized  by  distilling  them  over  from  it.  The 
distillate  gives  a  blue  color  with  neutral  ferric  chloride,  and  a 
white  crystalline  precipitate  of  tribromophenol  with  bromine 
water,  showing  the  presence  of  sulphocarbolic  acid.  [The  in- 
organic sulphates  are  usually  absent.  This  is  determined  by  the 
use  of  the  barium  chloride  test  which  does  not  precipitate  the 
combined  sulphates  (sulphocarbolates).  (Sonnenberg's  test).] 
Some  carbolic  acid  escapes  in  the  other  excretions ;  some  is 
burned  up  in  the  body.  When  very  large  doses  are  given  car- 
bolic acid  itself  may  appear  in  the  urine. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  CARBOLIC  ACID. 

External. — Carbolic  acid  is  largely  used  as  a  deodorant  and 
disinfectant  for  drains,  bed-pans,  [for  which  the  cheaper  crude 
acid  may  be  employed,]  soiled  linen,  surgical  instruments,  the 
surgeon's  hands,  etc.  Carbolic  lotion  (i  in  40)  is  used  to  wash 
wounds  to  keep  them  antiseptic,  and  carbolized  gauze  (which  is 


332  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

bleached  cotton  gauze  medicated  with  half  its  weight  of  a  mixture 
of  carbolic  acid,  i ;  resin,  4  ;  paraffin,  4, )  is  employed  as  a  dressing 
for  the  same  purpose.  A  spray  of  a  solution  of  carbolic  acid  was 
formerly  much  used  to  keep  the  air  around  the  wound  antiseptic 
during  an  operation,  but  it  is  now  discarded  as  unnecessary. 

Glycerite  of  carbolic  acid  is  a  very  efficient  preparation  to 
destroy  the  fungus  of  tinea  tonsurans  or  tinea  versicolor  ;  for  the 
latter  it  should  be  diluted. 

Because  of  its  anaesthetic  effect  a  strong  solution  (i  in  20) 
will  relieve  itching  from  any  cause.  Carbolized  vapor  has  been 
inhaled  in  phthisis,  but  by  the  time  it  reaches  the  lungs  it  is  far 
too  dilute  to  have  any  action  on  the  tubercle  bacillr. 

Internal. — Month. — The  glycerite,  if  diluted,  may  be  applied 
as  a  stimulant  to  the  mouth  in  aphthous  stomatitis,  or  when  any 
indolent  ulceration  is  present.  A  gargle  (of  [carbolic  acid]  in 
water,  i  in  120)  is  an  excellent  preparation.  The  glycerite  has 
been  used  for  diphtheria,  but  probably  it  does  no  good,  except 
that  being  a  local  anaesthetic  it  soothes  pain.  A  piece  of  cotton 
soaked  in  strong  carbolic  acid  will  relieve  pain  if  placed  in  a 
decayed  tooth,  but  care  must  be  taken  to  prevent  it  from  coming 
in  contact  with  the  soft  parts  by  putting  another  piece  of  dry 
cotton  over  it. 

Stomach. — Carbolic  acid  has  been  given  to  relieve  flatulence, 
because  it  was  thought  that  it  would  prevent  decomposition  in 
the  stomach ;  but  it  is  powerless  to  do  this,  owing  to  the  degree 
to  which  the  gastric  contents  dilute  it.  Some  state  that  it  checks 
vomiting  and  helps  to  cure  dyspepsia,  but  it  is  not  a  remedy 
which  is  universally  regarded  as  useful  for  these  purposes.  It 
may,  however,  be  tried  in  obstinate  cases,  and  it  will  sometimes 
be  found  to  be  a  good  carminative.  It  has  been  given  internally 
as  an  antiseptic  in  phthisis,  but  it  does  no  good,  and  those  who 
give  it  forget  that  probably  very  little  carbolic  acid  reaches  the 
lungs.  It  has  been  extensively  tried  in  typhoid  fever,  but  with- 
out any  good  effect. 

TOXICOLOGY. 

If  carbolic  acid  is  at  all  concentrated,  immediately  on  swallowing  it  there 
is  an  intense  burning  sensation  in  the  mouth,  [oesophagus]  and  stomach,  and 


CARBON    AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS.  333 

white  eschars  form  in  the  mouth.  The  patient  is  collapsed,  his  skin  is  cold 
and  clammy.  The  breathing  becomes  more  and  more  feeble  and  shallow,  and 
finally  stops.  The  urine  is  darkish  green.  Reflex  movements  are  abolished, 
and  ultimately  he  becomes  insensible  and  comatose.  [Carbolic  acid  taken  by 
the  mouth  has  proven  fatal  in  two  minutes.]  Post-mortem. — There  are  white, 
hard  sloughs,  with  perhaps  inflammatory  redness  round  them,  in  the  mouth, 
oesophagus,  and  stomach.  The  blood  is  dark  and  coagulates  imperfectly.  In 
some  cases  fatty  degeneration  of  the  liver  and  kidneys  may  be  found. 

Treatment. — Any  soluble  sulphate,  such  as  an  ounce  [30.  gm.  ]  of  magne- 
sium sulphate  or  half  an  ounce  [15.  gm.]  of  sodium  sulphate  dissolved  in 
half  a  pint  [250.  c.c.]  of  water,  is  the  natural  antidote,  because  sulphates  and 
carbolic  acid  form  sulphocarbolates  in  the  blood,  and  these  are  harmless. 
[Saccharated  lime  or  soap  may  be  used  as  chemical  antidotes.]  Before  the 
antidote  is  given,  wash  out  the  stomach  or  use  some  very  quickly-acting 
emetic,  as  apomorphine  [hydrochlorate]  given  hypodermatically.  [It  is  of  the 
utmost  importance  to  immediately]  give  stimulants  freely,  such  as  ether  or 
orandy  subcutaneously.  Apply  hot  water  bottles  and  blankets  if  there  are  any 
signs  of  collapse.  [The  most  important  antidote  to  carbolic  acid  is  pure 
alcohol.  Success  in  treatment  demands  that  the  acid  and  alcohol  should  be 
brought  in  contact ;  therefore  if  the  acid  has  been  swallowed  for  some  time 
alcohol  may  not  be  efficacious.  ] 

III.  SODII  SULPHOCARBOLAS. 

SODIUM    SULPHOCARBOLATE.— [NaSO3C6H4(OH)+2H,O= 

231.56.     Synonym. — Sodium  Paraphenolsulphonate. 

SOURCE. — Phenolsulphuric  Acid  is  formed  by  adding  Sulphuric  Acid  to 
crystallized  Carbolic  Acid ;  on  heating  this  mixture  it  becomes  Paraphenol- 
sulphuric  Acid,  which  yields  a  clear  solution  with  water.  C6H5OH-|-H2SO4 
=C6H5HSO4-|-H2O.  Barium  Carbonate  is  then  added,  and  Barium  Sulpho- 
carbolateis  precipitated.  2C6H5HSO4+BaCO3=Ba(SO3C6H4(OH)  )2+H2O 
-|-CO2.  This  is  treated  with  water  and  Sodium  Carbonate  ;  a  solution  of  So- 
dium Sulphocarbolate  is  formed,  and  Barium  Carbonate  is  precipitated. 
Ba(SO3C6Hi(OH))2+Na2CO3=2NaSO3C6H4(OHj-f-BaCOs.  The  solution 
is  evaporated  to  crystallization. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  transparent,  rhombic  prisms,  odorless  and  having 
a  cooling,  saline,  slightly  bitter  taste.  Solubility. — In  4.8  parts  of  water  ;  in 
132  parts  of  Alcohol.] 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr. ;  [.30  to  2.00  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  SODIUM  SULPHOCARBOLATE. 

This  substance  is  antiseptic,  like  carbolic  acid,  and  may  be 
used  externally  for  this  purpose.  Internally  it  is  occasionally 
given  in  the  hope  of  controlling  gastric  fermentation. 


334  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

ZINCI  SULPHOCARBOLAS. 

IV.  ZINC  SULPHOCARBOLATE.— [B.  P.,  not  official.]  Zn 
(C6H5SO4)2+H2O=[448.62.  Synonym.  —  Zinc  Paraphenol  Sulphonate.] 

SOURCE. — Sulphocarbolic  Acid  is  formed  by  adding  Sulphuric  Acid  to 
Carbolic  Acid.  This  is  treated  with  Zinc  Oxide  ;  the  Zinc  Sulphocarbolate 
crystallizes  out  on  evaporation. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless  crystals,  freely  soluble  in  water. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  ZINC  SULPHOCARBOLATE. 

Zinc  sulphocarbolate  is,  like  carbolic  acid,  an  antiseptic,  and 
may  be  used  externally  for  that  purpose.  [It  is  used  as  an  as- 
tringent for  indolent  or  foul  ulcers,  and  in  subacute  inflamma- 
tions of  mucous  membrane,  in  solutions  which  are  somewhat 
stronger  than  those  of  zinc  sulphate.]  It  is  not  given  internally. 

V.  CREOSOTUM. 
CREOSOTE. 

SOURCE. — [A  mixture  of  Phenols,  chiefly  Guaiacol  (C7H8O2)  and  Creosol 
(C8H,0Oj)  obtained  during  the  distillation  of  wood  tar,  preferably  of  that  de- 
rived from  the  beech  Fagtts  Sylvatica  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Cupuliftra.} 

CHARACTERS. — An  almost  colorless,  slightly  yellowish  or  pinkish,  highly 
refractive,  oily  liquid,  having  a  penetrating  smoky  odor,  and  a  burning  caustic 
taste,  usually  becoming  darker  in  tint  on  exposure  to  light.  Sp.  gr. ,  not  below 
1.070.  Solubility. — In  150  parts  of  water  ;  freely  in  Alcohol,  Ether,  Chloro- 
form and  glacial  Acetic  Acid.  ] 

IMPURITY. — Carbolic  Acid  [which  coagulates  albumin  and  collodion. 
Creosote  does  not]. 

INCOMPATIBLE. — Explodes  when  mixed  with  Silver  oxide. 

Dose,  [}4  to  2  m. ;  .03  to  .12  c.c. 

Preparation. 

Aqua  Creosoti. —  Creosote  Water.     Creosote,  lo;  distilled  water, 
990. 

Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  15.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  CREOSOTE. 

Creosote  has  the  same  action  as  carbolic  acid,  and  before  that 
was  introduced,  creosote  was  used  externally  as  a  stimulating  an- 
tiseptic, a  parasiticide  and  a  slight  local  anaesthetic  ;  and  inter- 
nally it  was  given  for  vomiting  and  flatulence.  An  aching  tooth 
may  be  relieved  if  it  is  plugged  with  cotton  thoroughly  moistened 


CARBON    AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS.  33$ 

in  creosote.  [The  most  important  use  of  creosote  is  as  a  pul- 
monary antiseptic,  administered  by  the  mouth,  hypodermatically, 
or  by  inhalation.  To  Bouchard  and  Gimbert  belongs  the  credit 
of  introducing  the  use  of  creosote  in  cases  of  tuberculosis.  It  can 
be  administered  in  the  form  of  an  emulsion  with  cod-liver  oil 
and  acacia ;  or  with  the  hypophoSphites  and  cod-liver  oil ;  or 
with  the  syrup  of  wild  cherry  and  acacia,  two  minims  ;  .12  c.c.; 
of  the  creosote  being  contained  in  a  drachm;  4  c.c.  of  the 
emulsion,  or  in  a  mixture  of  glycerin  and  whiskey.  The  dose 
should  be  one-half  to  two  minims ;  .03  to  .12  c.c.,  given  thrice 
daily,  and  increased  to  twenty  to  twenty-five  minims;  1.20  to 
1.50  c.c.  in  the  twenty-four  hours,  by  easy  stages.  Administered 
in  the  form  of  enteric  pills  (which  will  dissolve  only  in  the  in- 
testinal fluids),  a  daily  dosage  of  forty-five  to  fifty  minims; 
3.00  to  3.30  c.c.  can  be  reached  without  inconvenience.  This 
method  is  preferable  to  that  of  Sommerbrodt,  which  consists  in 
the  administration  of  one  minim;  .06  c.c.  of  creosote  in  two 
minims;  12  c.c.  of  cod-liver  oil,  in  capsules.  The  method  of 
hypodermatic  injection  in  sterilized  olive  oil  requires  a  special 
apparatus,  is  very  tedious,  somewhat  painful,  and  altogether  irk- 
some to  patient  and  physician.  By  inhalation  it  is  employed 
with  equal  parts  of  alcohol  and  spirit  of  chloroform,  or  in  alco- 
hol, one  part  to  eight,  in  a  perforated  zinc  inhaler,  of  which  15 
minims;  i.  c.c.,  are  placed  upon  a  bit  of  cotton  and  used  for 
fifteen  minutes  in  every  hour.  If  the  best  beechwood  creosote 
is  employed,  no  untoward  results  are  likely  to  be  obtained.  If 
the  dose  is  increased  too  rapidly  there  may  occur  some  nausea, 
epigastric  uneasiness,  and  even  vomiting.  Disturbance  of  the 
kidneys  has  been  produced  and  the  urine  presents  practically  the 
same  appearance  as  after  the  injection  of  carbolic  acid  (see  p. 
331).  The  stomach  symptoms  have  been  relieved  by  the  pa- 
tient placing  himself  upon  his  back,  for  half  an  hour  after  ad- 
ministration of  the  remedy.  It  is  quite  likely  that  the  patient 
acquires  a  tolerance,  for  the  daily  dose  of  three  hundred  minims; 
20.  c.c.  has  been  given  for  a  considerable  time,  with  benefit, 
although  fifty  minims;  3.30  c.c.  should  be  considered  as  the 
maximum  daily  dose.  Creosote  is  more  efficient  than  either  of 


336  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

its  principal  constituents,  guaiacol  or  creosol,  even  if  given  in 
proportionate  dose.  Creosote  should  never  be  given  to  the  aged. 
Creosote  carbonate  (not  official)  which  contains  92  per  cent, 
of  creosote,  does  not  possess  the  caustic  and  irritative  properties 
of  the  pure  creosote,  and  can  be  administered  in  dose  of  from  15 
to  60  m.  ;  i.  to  4.  c.c.,  in  a  wineglass  of  sherry  after  meals.  As 
it  is  slowly  absorbed  it  is  probable  that  it  is  eliminated  in  greater 
part  by  the  bronchial  mucous  membrane.  Since  it  does  not  irri- 
tate the  gastro-intestinal  tract  nor  the  kidneys  it  is  the  method 
of  choice  in  the  treatment  of  pulmonary  tuberculosis.] 

VI.   [GUAIACOLUM. 

GUAIACOL.  (Notofficial.)— C6H4OHOCH3=I23.7I.]  Synonym.— 
Methyl  Pyrocatechin.  [A  liquid  constituting  from  60  to  90  per  cent,  of  Creo- 
sote, which  is  mainly  composed  of  this  and  Creosol. 

SOURCE. — By  fractional  distillation  of  Beech-wood  Tar;  treated  with 
Ammonia  to  remove  acid  compounds,  and  then  again  fractionated. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless,  highly  refractive  liquid,  of  a  strongly  aromatic 
odor.  Sp.  gr.,  1.117.  Solubility. — Very  slightly  in  water,  readily  in  Alco- 
hol and  Ether. 

Dose,  2  to  10  m.  ;  .12  to  .60  c.c. 

VII.    GUAIACOLI  BENZOAS. 

GUAIACOL  BENZOATE.  (Not  official.)—  C6H4OHC,HC5O,= 
203.49.  Synonyms. — Benzosol.  Benzoyl  Guaiacol. 

SOURCE. — This  is  prepared  by  adding  to  an  alcoholic  solution  of  Guaiacol, 
Potassium  Hydroxide,  forming  Potassium  Guaiacol,  which  is  heated  in  a 
water-bath  with  Benzoyl  Chloride.  Benzoyl  Guaiacol  is  formed  and  purified 
by  re-crystallization  from  Alcohol. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless,  odorless  and  tasteless  crystalline  powder. 
Solubility. — Almost  insoluble  in  water;  readily  soluble  in  Ether  and  Chloroform. 

Dose,  2  to  10  gr. ;  .12  to  .60  gm. 

VIII.    GUAIACOLI  CARBONAS. 

GUAIACOL  CARBONATE.  (Not  official.)— (C6H4OCHS)2CO,= 
257-39- 

SOURCE. — By  passing  Phosgene  gas  (COC14)  into  Guaiacol,  previously  dis- 
solved in  a  Soda  solution.  The  Carbonate  is  obtained  by  crystallization. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white,  neutral  crystalline  powder,  almost  odorless  and 
tasteless.  Solubility. — Insoluble  in  water  ;  soluble  in  Ether  and  Chloroform. 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr. ;  .30  to  2.00  gm. 


CARBON    AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS.  337 

IX.    GUAIACOLI  SALICYLAS. 

GUAIACOL  SALICYLATE.  (Not  official. )  — C6H4OHCO2C6H4- 
OCH3=243.42. 

SOURCE. — By  the  action  of  Phosphorus  Oxychloride  on  a  mixture  of 
Sodium  Guaiacol  and  Salicylate. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white  crystalline,  odorless  and  tasteless  powder.  Solu- 
bility.— Insoluble  in  water  ;  soluble  in  Alcohol,  Ether  and  Chloroform. 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr. ;  .30  to  2.00  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  GUAIACOL. 

External. — Guaiacol  is  antiseptic.  If  painted  on  the  skin 
over  an  area  of  from  4  to  20  square  inches  [10.  to  50.  sq.  cm.], 
it  reduces  pyrexia,  but  it  is  not  used  for  this  purpose  as  it  causes 
sweating  and  collapse. 

Internal. — [It  is  less  likely  than  creosote  to  irritate  the  intes- 
tinal canal  and  kidneys.  Benzosol  was  introduced  as  a  nearly 
tasteless  combination  for  the  administration  of  guaiacol.  In  the 
digestive  tract  it  splits  up  into  guaiacol  and  benzoic  acid.  As  an 
intestinal  disinfectant  it  has  proved  to  be  of  service  in  the  treat- 
ment of  diabetes  mellitus.  The  carbonate  and  salicylate  have 
been  used  as  substitutes  for  guaiacol,  and  are  in  many  cases  pref- 
erable to  it.  Guaiacol  especially  the  carbonate]  has  been  much 
given  in  phthisis,  for  it  is  believed  to  aid  the  destruction  of  the 
bacilli  in  the  lungs,  but  although  widely  used  there  is  no  [abso- 
lutely] certain  evidence  that  it  [does  this.  The  carbonate  has 
given  excellent  results  in  the  treatment  of  typhoid  fever  in  limit- 
ing the  decomposition  in  the  intestines]. 

X.  CREOLINUM. 

[CREOLIN.  (Not  official.) — A  solution  of  the  higher  homologues  of 
Phenol. 

SOURCE. — Creolin  is  derived  from  coal  by  dry  distillation,  and  consists  of 
a  mixture  of  the  sodium  salts  of  some  resinous  acids  with  Creolin  Oil  and 
Pyridines. 

CHARACTERS. — A  dark  brown,  syrupy  alkaline  liquid.  It  forms  a  turbid, 
milky  mixture  with  water,  which  has  the  characteristic,  rather  pleasant,  odor 
of  the  preparation. 

Dose,  i  to  5  m. ;  .06  to  .30  c.c. 

22 


INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 


ACTION  AND  USES  OF  CREOLIN. 

Creolin  is  a  non-  irritating  but  powerful  antiseptic,  frequently 
used  in  place  of  carbolic  acid.  It  is  used  pure,  in  2  per  cent. 
solution,  in  an  ointment  or  as  a  soap,  10  per  cent.  It  has  been 
given  internally  in  gastric  fermentation,  dysentery  and  typhoid 
fever.  Toxic  symptoms  have  been  observed,  but  they  are  rarely 
encountered.]  Jeyes'  disinfectant  preparations  contain  creolin. 

XI.  LYSOLUM. 

[LYSOL.  (Not  official.)  —  A  substance  containing  about  50  per  cent,  of 
Cresol. 

SOURCE.  —  From  tar  oil  by  dissolving  in  fat  and  saponifying  with  Alcohol. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  brown,  oily-looking  clear  liquid,  with  a  feeble  aromatic 
odor.  Solubility.  —  Soluble  in  all  proportions  in  water  (forming  a  clear,  froth- 
ing, saponaceous  liquid),  in  Alcohol,  Chloroform  and  Glycerin. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  LYSOL. 

Lysol  is  an  antiseptic,  about  one-eighth  as  poisonous  as  car- 
bolic acid,  and  even  less  poisonous  than  creolin,  used  in  from 
one-half  to  two  per  cent,  aqueous  solution.  The  literature  is 
extensive  and  generally  favorable.]  Lysol  does  not  affect  in- 
struments but  may  make  them  difficult  to  hold,  as  it  is  a  solution 
of  tar  oils  in  a  neutral  soap.  Izal  is  a  coal  tar  derivative  [chiefly 
used  in  England,  possessing  similar  properties  and  used  for  the 
same  purposes.] 

XII.  IODOFORMUM. 

IODOFORM.—  CHI3[=392.56.]     Synonym.  —  Tri-iodomethane. 

SOURCE.  —  Heat  together  Alcohol,  Iodine,  Potassium  Bicarbonate,  and 
water.  C2H6O4^I+2KHCOj=2CHIs-(-2KI+3H,O+2COr 

CHARACTERS.  —  [Small  lemon-yellow,  lustrous  crystals  of  the  hexagonal 
system,  having  a  peculiar,  very  penetrating  and  persistent  odor  somewhat  re- 
sembling that  of  Saffron  and  Iodine,  and  an  unpleasant,  slightly  sweetish,  and 
Iodine-like  taste.  Solubility.  —  Very  slightly  in  water;  soluble  in  52  parts  of 
Alcohol  ;  freely  in  fixed  and  Volatile  Oils,  Ether  and  Chloroform.]  It  con- 
tains 96.7  per  cent,  of  Iodine. 

Dose,  i  to  3  gr.  ;  [.06  to  .20  gm.] 

Preparation. 

Unguentum  lodoformi.  —  [lodoform  Ointment     lodoform,   10; 
Benzoinated  Lard,  90.] 


CARBON  AND  ITS  COMPOUNDS.  339 

ACTION  OF  IODOFORM. 

External. — lodoform  is  [anaesthetic],  antiseptic  and  dis- 
infectant, if  we  may  judge  by  the  results  obtained  in  clinical 
practice ;  but  the  experimental  evidence  that  it  has  no  power  to 
hinder  the  development  of  Staphylococcus  pyogenes,  .Bacillus 
subtilis,  and  other  micro-organisms,  is  very  strong,  for  all,  ex- 
cept one  or  two  experimenters  state  that  it  has  no  antiseptic 
properties.  The  reason  for  these  discrepancies  is  this :  lodoform 
only  acts  as  an  antiseptic  after  its  decomposition,  which  results 
in  the  liberation  of  free  iodine.  The  fats  always  present  in  tis- 
sues dissolve  it.  When  dissolved  it  is  easily  decomposed  by 
many  agents,  such  as  light,  oxygen,  living  cells,  or  ptomaines, 
which  would  have  no  effect  on  it  if  it  were  undissolved.  By  one 
or  more  of  these  it  is,  when  dissolved  after  [having  been]  dusted 
upon  a  wound,  slowly  decomposed.  Iodine  is  thus  set  free 
rapidly  enough  to  act  as  an  antiseptic,  but  not  rapidly  enough 
to  act  as  an  irritant. 

Internal.— Not  much  is  known  about  the  internal  action  of 
iodoform.  It  is  eliminated  in  all  the  secretions,  but  chiefly  in 
the  urine,  as  iodine,  iodides,  and  iodates.  They  may  be  found 
in  the  urine  for  three  days  after  administration  of  iodoform. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  IODOFORM. 

External. — lodoform  is  much  used  as  a  local  stimulant,  an- 
tiseptic and  disinfectant.  The  clinical  testimony  as  to  its  value 
is  overwhelming.  [Before  using,  since  iodoform  itself,  as  above 
explained,  is  not  antiseptic,  it  must  be  disinfected  by  washing  in 
a  i  to  2000  solution  of  corrosive  mercuric  chloride  and  preserved 
while  damp,  in  closed,  sterile  jars.] 

Its  anaesthetic  influence  diminishes  the  pain,  if  there  is  any, 
of  the  sores  to  which  it  is  applied.  It  is  an  excellent  application 
for  all  sorts  of  ulcers,  sores  and  wounds,  but  especially  for  tuber- 
culous and  syphilitic  ulcerations  and  chancres.  Powdered  iodo- 
form is  usually  [dusted]  upon  them.  Wounds  and  venereal 
sores  are  often  painted  with  a  solution  of  it  in  collodion  (i  in  12 
of  flexible  collodion).  This  is  an  excellent  application.  Mixed 


34O  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

with  bismuth  subnitrate,  it  is  useful  as  an  insufflation  (iodoform, 
I ;  starch,  2  ;)  for  ozsena,  ulcers  of  the  mouth  and  throat,  and 
tuberculous  ulcers  of  the  larynx.  Often  ^  gr.  [.02  gm.]  of  mor- 
phine acetate  is  added.  An  emulsion  (iodoform,  moistened  with 
alcohol,  i  ;  boiling  water,  2  ;  glycerin,  7  ;)  is  very  useful  for  in- 
jection into  sinuses,  abscess  cavities,  etc.  It  has  been  used  in 
the  form  of  a  bougie  for  the  urethra  and  for  the  nose.  The  sup- 
pository [B.  P.,  each  3  gr. ;  .20  gm.,  in  12  gr. ;  .80  gm.  of  oil 
of  theobroma]  is  useful  in  painful  conditions  of  the  rectum.  It 
is  occasionally  employed  for  pruritus,  and  to  relieve  the  pain 
of  neuralgia.  Many  attempts  have  been  made  to  get  rid  of  its 
odor;  balsam  of  Peru,  musk,  or  creolin  (2  per  cent.)  have  been 
used,  but  oil  of  geranium  (i  to  25)  is  best.  [Some  believe  that 
the  odor  of  iodoform  is  preferable  to  that  of  musk.  By  keeping 
a  Tonka  bean  or  ground  roasted  coffee  with  it,  the  odor  is 
lessened.] 

Internal. — Iodoform  has  not  been  found  to  be  of  any  use 
internally.  It  has  been  tried  unsuccessfully  in  phthisis  and 

many  other  conditions. 

TOXICOLOGY. 

Symptoms. — Curious  symptoms,  often  severe  and  sometimes  ending  in 
death,  are  occasionally  observed  after  the  application  of  iodoform  to  a  raw  sur- 
face. They  are  a  quick  pulse,  gastro-intestinal  irritation,  fever,  rapid  collapse, 
melancholia,  hallucinations,  dilated  pupils,  extensive  erythema  and  perhaps 
eczema.  These  symptoms  vary  much  in  severity,  and  it  is  rare  for  more  than 
two  or  three  of  them  to  be  present  at  once.  Fatty  degeneration  of  the  liver 
and  muscles  may  occur. 

[  Treatment.  ] — Stimulants,  diaphoretics  and  sponging  the  skin  with  warm 
water  are  recommended. 

XIII.  [ARISTOLUM. 

ARISTOL.  (Not  official).— CWHMO,I,=548. 38.  Synonyms.— Di- 
thymoldiiodide.  Annidalin. 

SOURCE. — It  is  prepared  by  the  decomposition  of  a  solution  of  Iodine  in 
Potassium  Iodide,  by  Thymol  dissolved  in  a  solution  of  Sodium  Hydroxide. 
The  precipitate  is  washed  with  water  and  dried.  It  contains  46  per  cent, 
of  Iodine. 

CHARACTERS. — An  amorphous  brownish-red,  almost  tasteless  powder,  of  a 
slight,  peculiar,  iodine-like  odor.  Solubility. — Insoluble  in  water  and  Glyc- 
erin ;  soluble  in  Ether  and  Chloroform  ;  with  difficulty  soluble  in  Alcohol ;  it 
is  readily  taken  up  by  fixed  oils  and  Petrolatum. 


CARBON  AND  ITS  COMPOUNDS.  34! 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  ARISTOL. 

It  is  used  for  the  same  purposes  as  is  iodoform  in  various 
skin  diseases,  as  lupus,  psoriasis  and  for  tertiary  syphilis,  both  in 
ointment,  lanolin,  flexible  collodion  and  as  a  powder.  It  has  the 
very  great  advantage  of  being  nearly  free  from  odor.  In  surgery 
when  dusted  upon  serous  membranes  it  tends  to  prevent  their 
adhesion. 

XIV.   IODOLUM. 

IODOL.   (Not  official). — C4I4NH=569.oi.   Synonym. — Tetraiodopyrrol. 

SOURCE. — From  the  interaction  of  Iodine  and  Pyrrol  in  Alcoholic  solution. 
It  contains  90  per  cent,  of  Iodine. 

CHARACTERS.  —A  pale-yellow,  bulky  powder,  odorless  and  tasteless.  It 
becomes  dark  in  color  on  exposure  to  light.  Solubility. — Insoluble  in  water  ; 
soluble  in  Alcohol,  Ether  and  fixed  oils. 

Dose,  yz  to  3  gr.  ;  .03  to  .20  gm. 

ACTION   AND  USES  OF  IODOL. 

lodol  was  introduced  as  an  antiseptic  iodine  compound,  and 
is  used  for  the  same  purpose  as  iodoform,  for  which  it  is  a  fre- 
quent substitute.  It  has  been  administered  internally  as  a  sub- 
stitute for  potassium  iodide. 

XV.  EUROPHEN. 

EUROPHEN.  ( Not  official. }— Synonym. — Diisobutylorthocresol  iodide. 
— 0.^11.^021=450.79.  This  should  be  distinguished  from  Europhin. 

SOURCE. — It  is  prepared  in  the  same  way  as  is  Aristol  except  that  Isobutyl- 
orthocresol  is  used  in  place  of  Thymol.  It  contains  28  per  cent,  of  Iodine. 

CHARACTERS. — It  is  an  amorphous,  golden-yellow  powder  of  a  slightly 
saffron-like  odor.  Solubility. — In  Alcohol,  Ether,  and  in  about  4  parts  of 
Olive  Oil  ;  insoluble  in  water  or  Glycerin. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  EUROPHEN. 

Europhen  is  permanent  when  dry,  but  when  moistened  splits 
up  into  iodine  and  a  new  soluble  iodine  compound.  It  is  a 
powerful  germicide  and  bactericide,  and  is  used  for  wounds  and 
for  like  purposes  as  is  iodoform,  and  in  the  same  quantities.] 

Various  iodoform-like  substances  (not  official)  are  found  in  the  market 
which  depend  for  their  antiseptic  properties  upon  the  iodine  in  them.  They 


342  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

have  no  advantage  over  iodoform  except  that  some  of  them  have  no  odor. 
The  following  are  the  chief : 

Losophan  contains  80.0  per  cent,  of  iodine. 

Di-iodosalicylic  acid        "        66.  o        "  " 

Sozoiodol  "        54.0        "  " 

lodosalicylic  acid  "       50.0        "  " 

XVI.   [NAPHTALINUM. 

NAPHTALIN.— C10H8=i  27. 7.     Synonym. — Naphtalene. 

SOURCE. — A  Hydrocarbon  obtained  from  Coal  Tar  by  distillation  between 
356°  and  482°  F. ;  180°  and  250°  C.  The  impure  Naphtalin  is  treated  suc- 
cessively with  Sodium  Hydroxide  and  Sulphuric  Acid,  and  is  purified  by  dis- 
tillation in  the  presence  of  steam,  and  by  treating  with  concentrated  Sulphuric 
Acid  and  distilling. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  shining,  transparent  lamin?e,  having  a  strong, 
characteristic  odor  resembling  that  of  Coal  Tar,  and  a  burning  aromatic  taste ; 
slowly  volatilized  on  exposure  to  air.  Solubility. — Insoluble  in  water  ;  soluble 
in  15  parts  of  Alcohol,  very  soluble  in  Ether,  Chloroform,  Carbon  Bisulphide, 
and  fixed  or  Volatile  Oils. 

Dose,  i  to  20  gr. ;  .06  to  1.20  gm. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  NAPHTALIN. 

Since  naphtalin  is  not  absorbed  by  the  system,  it  acts  only 
upon  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  bowels.  It  is  a  true  intestinal 
antiseptic,  and  is  of  great  value  in  dysentery,  and  in  catarrhal, 
typhoid  and  tuberculous  diarrhoea,  where  it  markedly  lessens  or 
entirely  abolishes  the  fcetor  of  the  movements.  It  has  also  been 
used  as  a  vermifuge  (dose,  3  to  6  gr.  ;  .20  to  .40  gm.).  Suc- 
cess in  the  treatment  of  dysentery  usually  requires  a  daily  dose 
of  from  one  to  two  drachms ;  4.  to  8.  gm.,  best  administered  in 
starch  wafers  with  oil  of  bergamot. 

XVII.  NAPHTOL. 

NAPHTOL.— Ci0H7OH=i43. 66.  Synonym.—  Beta-Naphtol.  A  phenol 
occurring  in  Coal  Tar,  but  usually  prepared  artificially  from  Naphtalin. 

SOURCE. — Concentrated  Sulphuric  Acid  is  allowed  to  act  on  Naphtalin, 
whereby  y3-Naphtalin  Sulphonic  Acid  is  formed  (C10H7HSO3).  This  acid  is 
dissolved  in  water,  saturated  with  Milk  of  Lime,  and  the  resulting  Calcium 
Salt  separated  by  crystallization.  The  crystals  are  re-dissolved  in  water  and 
decomposed  by  Sodium  Carbonate,  yielding  Sodium  Naphtalin-Sulphonate 
(C10H7SOjNa).  The  Sodium  Salt  is  next  added  to  fused  Sodium  Hydroxide 
and  Sodium-Naphtol  C10H7ONa,  and  Sodium  Sulphite  NaSO,  is  formed.  The 


CARBON    AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS.  343 

former  is  treated  with  Hydrochloric  Acid  and  Naphtol  is  obtained,  which  is 
purified  by  sublimation  and  re- crystallization  from  hot  water. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  or  pale  buff-colored,  shining,  crystalline  laminae, 
or  a  white,  or  yellowish-white,  crystalline  powder,  having  a  faint,  phenol-like 
odor,  and  a  sharp  and  pungent  but  not  persistent  taste.  Solubility. — In  about 
1000  parts  of  water,  and  in  0.75  part  of  Alcohol ;  very  soluble  in  Ether, 
Chloroform  or  solutions  of  caustic  alkalies, 

Dose,  i  to  20  gr. ;  .06  to  1.20  gm. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  NAPHTOL. 

Naphtol  was  introduced  as  an  antiseptic,  at  fu^t  in  dermato- 
logical  practice  as  a  10  per  cent,  ointment,  in  scabies,  ringworm 
and  psoriasis  ;  it  is,  however,  irritating  in  eczema.  It  is  a  remedy 
of  great  value  in  obtaining  intestinal  antisepsis,  bacteriological 
investigations  showing  that  it  destroys  certain  micro-organisms 
in  situ  when  administered  to  the  extent  of  40  gr.  ;  2.70  gm.  per 
day.  As  it  is  irritating  to  the  stomach  it  can  be  administered  in 
keratin -coated  pills.]  It  is  useful  for  cases  of  dilated  stomach. 

XVIII.  [ASAPROLUM. 

ASAPROL.  (Not  official). —(C10H6OHSO3)2Ca+3H2O=538.83.  Syn- 
onym.— Calcium  Beta-naphtol  alpha-monosulphonate. 

SOURCE. — By  action  of  free  Sulphuric  Acid  on  Beta-Naphtol,  neutralizing 
this  product  with  Calcium  Carbonate,  concentration  and  crystallization. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless,  or  yellowish-white,  crystalline  powder,  of  a 
slightly  bitter  taste,  becoming  darker  on  exposure  to  light.  Solubility. — In  1.5 
parts  of  water  ;  in  3  parts  of  Alcohol. 

Dose,  15  to  60  gr. ;  z.  to  4.  gm. 

ACTION^  AND  USES  OF  ASAPROL. 

Asaprol  is  an  useful,  soluble  and  safe  antiseptic.  It  is  valuable 
in  epidemic  influenza,  relieving  the  pain  and  reducing  the  fever, 
not  giving  rise  to  prostration  nor  interference  with  the  heart  or 
respiration.  In  atonic  dyspepsia,  when  fermentation  alternates 
with  acid  eructations,  it  has  achieved  brilliant  results.  Since  it  is 
not  irritating  to  the  alimentary  mucous  membranes,  it  can  advan- 
tageously replace  naphtol.  In  chronic  rheumatism  it  will  relieve 
the  pain  of  an  acute  exacerbation.  In  acute  rheumatism,  al- 
though it  does  not  present  the  disadvantages  of  the  salicylates,  it 
is  not  so  useful,  nor  so  uniformly  successful.] 


344  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

XIX.  RESORCINUM. 

RESORCIN.— [C6H4(OH)2=I09.74.  Synonyms.—  Resorcinol.  Meta- 
dioxy  benzol. 

SOURCE. — This  is  a  diatomic  phenol  obtained  by  heating  Benzene  with 
fuming  Sulphuric  Acid,  whereby  Benzene  Metadisulphonic  Acid  is  formed 
(C6H4(HSO3)2).  The  acid  is  dissolved  in  water,  neutralized  with  Milk  of  Lime, 
the  Calcium  Sulphate  expressed,  Sodium  Carbonate  added,  filtered  and  the  ni- 
trate evaporated  to  dryness.  The  residue  is  then  heated  with  Caustic  Soda 
and  Sodium  Resorcin  (C6H4(ONa)2)  is  formed  ;  continuous  boiling  expels  the 
Sulphurous  Acid,  and  the  residue  is  extracted  with  Ether  and  impure  Resorcin 
obtained  by  distillation.  This  is  purified  by  sublimation  or  re-crystallization 
from  water. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless  or  faintly  reddish,  needle-shaped  crystals  or 
rhombic  plates,  having  a  faint,  peculiar  odor,  and  a  disagreeable,  sweetish  and 
afterwards  pungent  taste,  acquiring  a  reddish  or  brownish  tint  by  exposure  to 
light  and  air.  Solubility. — In  0.6  part  of  water,  and  in  0.5  part  of  Alcohol ; 
also  readily  soluble  in  Ether  or  Glycerin  ;  very  slightly  soluble  in  Chloroform. 

Dose,  2  to  5  gr. ;  .12  to  .30  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  RESORCIN. 

This  substance,  originally  introduced  as  an  antipyretic,  is  now 
rarely  employed  for  this  purpose,  as  [the  necessarily  large  doses 
are]  too  depressant  to  the  heart.  A  solution  of  resorcin  in  gly- 
cerin, i  to  4,  is  excellent  for  removing  epidermic  scales  in  chronic 
skin  diseases,  and  also  for  getting  rid  of  the  [scales]  in  seborrhoea 
sicca  of  the  scalp  ;  [here  it  doubtless  inhibits  the  action  of  the 
bacteria  which  may  be  the  cause  of  dandruff.]  A  lotion  :  Resor- 
cin, i ;  ether,  i  ;  castor  oil,  i  ;  eau  de  cologne,  10  ;  alcohol  (90 
per  cent. ),  35  ;  is  useful  for  dandruff  and  alopecia.  Resorcin  is 
a  powerful  antiseptic,  and  a  5  per  cent,  solution  may  be  injected 
into  the  bladder  in  cystitis.  [It  is  of  great  value  in  fermentative 
dyspepsia  when  administered,  well  diluted,  one  hour  after  inges- 
tion  of  food.  Dark -colored  urine,  often  described  as  smoky,  is 
sometimes  seen  after  large  doses.] 

XX.  FORMALDEHYDUM. 

FORMALDEHYDE.  (Not  official.) -CH2O[=29.93.  Synonyms.— 
Formal.  Formic  Aldehyde.  A  gas  soluble  in  water.  The  solution  known 
as  Formalin  contains  about  40  per  cent,  of  the  gas. 

SOURCE. — It  is  obtained  by  the  oxidation  of  methylic  alcohol  at  a  moder- 
ately high  temperature  or  by  passing  the  vapor  over  red-hot  metal. 


CARBON    AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS.  345 

CHARACTERS. — The  solution  of  Formaldehyde  is  colorless,  having  a  pecu- 
liar odor  and  an  irritative  taste.  Solubility.  — Readily  i  n  water  and  in  Alcohol. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  FORMALDEHYDE. 

Formaldehyde  is  a  powerful  disinfectant.  It  hardens  the  skin 
and  is  irritant  to  the  respiratory  raucous  membranes.  It  is  used 
diluted  with  twenty-five  times  its  bulk  of  water  as  a  preservative 
for  anatomical  specimens,  which  do  not  shrink  in  it,  and,  in  i  to 
60  aqueous  solution,  as  a  hardening  agent  in  histological  work. 
As  a  germicide  it  is  about  equal  to  corrosive  mercuric  chloride, 
but  is  not  much  used  in  surgery  as  it  retards  healing.  As  a  pow- 
erful disinfectant  it  can  be  employed  for  large  rooms,  when  vola- 
tilized in  a  special  lamp.  It  does  not  bleach  colored  fabrics. 
The  penetrating  power  of  the  gas  depends  largely  upon  the  con- 
ditions of  moisture,  although  under  favorable  circumstances  it 
may  be  considerable.  If  the  micro-organisms  are  exposed  they 
will  be  destroyed  within  a  half  hour  by  a  quart ;  960  c.c.,  vola- 
tilized in  a  room  fifteen  feet  square,  and  ten  feet  in  height ;  if 
protected,  within  an  hour  and  a  half.  Small  animals  accidentally 
confined  in  rooms  undergoing  this  process  rarely  survive,  when 
it  is  properly  carried  out  (Harrington). 

XXI.  UROTROPINUM. 

UROTROPIN.  (Not  official.  )—C6H12N4— 139.86.  Synonym.—  Hexa- 
methylentetramin. 

SOURCE. — It  is  obtained  by  the  action  of  4  molecules  of  Ammonia  on  6 
molecules  of  Formaldehyde  :  4HSN+6CH2O=C6H12N4+6H2O. 

CHARACTERS. — It  occurs  as  colorless,  transparent,  six-sided  rhomboids  or 
prisms,  of  a  sweetish,  afterwards  bitter  taste,  which  are  permanent  when  kept 
dry.  It  is  odorless  at  ordinary  temperatures,  but  heating  evolves  a  peculiar 
fishy  odor.  Solubility. — Readily  in  1.25  parts  of  water,  in  Chloroform,  Alco- 
hol, Acetone,  and  Carbon  Bisulphide  ;  insoluble  in  Ether. 

INCOMPATIBLES. — All  acids  decompose  it  in  the  presence  of  warmth. 

Dose,  7  to  15  gr. ;  .50  to  i.oo  gm.  in  full  tumbler  of  plain  or  carbonated 
water. 

ACTION  OF  UROTROPIN. 

Large  doses  in  man,  e.g.,  150  grains  ;  10  gm.,  are  well  borne ; 
intravenous  injections  in  rabbits  and  dogs  do  not  increase,  but, 
rather,  slightly  lower  blood-pressure.  Very  large  doses  cause 


346  INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

albuminuria  in  rabbits  and  hsematuria  in  dogs.  Of  most  im- 
portance is  the  inhibitory  action  of  this  remedy  upon  micro- 
organisms when  it  is  split  up  into  formaldehyde  and  ammonia, 
the  former  being  the  active  agent.  This  takes  place  for  the 
most  part,  after  ingestion,  in  the  urine,  which  is  not  only  of  the 
proper  temperature  but  also  contains  uric  acid  and  acid  salts 
which  are  efficient.  Further,  as  Bardet  showed,  it  will  dissolve 
uric  acid  at  the  temperature  of  the  body.  Lastly,  it  may  or  may 
not  produce  diuresis. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  UROTROPIN. 

This  remedy  is  of  especial  value  in  diseases  of  the  urinary 
passages.  In  ammoniacal  fermentation  of  the  urine,  which  is 
especially  frequent  in  the  cystitis  of  prostatic  hypertrophy,  the 
maximum  dose  given  for  two  or  three  successive  days  is  efficient 
in  clearing  that  excretion.  Inasmuch  as  the  growth  of  the 
micro-organisms  is  inhibited,  the  remedy  should  be  continued  in 
sufficient  amount  to  maintain  this  result.  In  gonorrhoeal  pos- 
terior urethritis,  cystitis  and  pyelitis  the  results  are  equally  favor- 
able. It  may  be  employed  as  a  prophylactic  measure  before 
operations  upon  the  genito-urinary  tract.  For  the  uric  acid 
diathesis  it  has  been  used  with  good  results  by  most,  with  failure 
by  a  very  few,  physicians.  Since  it  is  not  always  diuretic,  other 
measures  should  be  employed  for  this  purpose.  As  a  lithontriptic 
some  success  has  been  claimed.  For  phosphaturia  excellent  re- 
sults are  reported.  Inasmuch  as  the  bacillus  of  enteric  fever  is 
found  in  a  very  considerable  percentage  of  urines  from  patients 
suffering  from  this  disease,  and  failure  to  disinfect  this  excretion 
is  a  source  of  danger,  urotropin  should  be  administered  not  only 
for  this  purpose  but  as  well  to  avoid  the  cystitis  which  sometimes 
supervenes  in  the  course  of  the  disease.] 

XXII.  SACCHARINUM. 

SACCHARIN.  (B.  P.,  not  official).— C6H4COSO,NH=[i68.65.] 
Synonyms. — Glusidum,  [B.  P.]  Benzoyl-sulphonic-imide.  Glucusimide. 
Gluside. 

SOURCE. — It  is  derived  from  Toluene,  C,H6CHS,  a  derivative  of  coal  tar,  by 
a  complicated  process. 


CARBON    AND    ITS    COMPOUNDS.  347 

CHARACTERS. — A  light,  white,  crystalline  powder.  In  solution  it  has  an 
intensely  sweet  taste  ;  I  of  Saccharin  is  equal  to  300  of  cane  sugar.  Solubility. 
— In  400  parts  of  cold  water ;  in  24  parts  of  boiling  water ;  in  500  parts 
of  Chloroform  ;  in  25  parts  of  Alcohol ;  in  48  parts  of  Glycerin.  It  unites  with 
alkaline  hydrates  and  carbonates,  evolving  from  the  latter  Carbon  [dioxide], 
and  yields  soluble  Saccharin,  which  has  lost  none  of  its  sweetness,  and  is  very 
soluble  in  water. 

IMPURITIES. — Commercial  Saccharin  is  not  a  pure  or  uniform  product ;  it 
often  contains  less  than  50  per  cent,  of  actual  Saccharin. 

Dose,  Yz  to  2  gr. ;  [.03  to  .12  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  SACCHARIN. 

[Saccharin]  is  an  antiseptic,  but  it  is  not  used  as  such,  [ex- 
cepting in  the  surgery  of  the  bladder.]  It  is  employed  as  a 
sweetening  agent,  when  from  any  cause,  as  in  diabetes  [mel- 
litus],  sugar  cannot  be  taken.  It  may  be  given  in  tablets,  or 
with  sodium  carbonate  to  form  soluble  solutions.  An  elixir  is 
prepared,  containing  [saccharin,  2  ;  sodium  bicarbonate  (90  per 
cent.),  i;  alcohol,  5;  and  water,  35  parts.]  This  is  excellent 
for  covering  the  taste  of  nauseous  medicines.  Usually  20  m. 
[1.20  c.c.]  are  required  for  a  four-ounce  [125.  c.c.]  mixture. 

XXIII.  METHYLENE  BLUE. 

METHYLENE  BLUE.  (Not  official.)— Synonym.— Tetrametbyl- 
thionin  chloride.  [C16N18N3SC1=3 18.90. 

SOURCE. — By  treating  dimethylparaphenylenediamine  (NH2C6H4N(CH3)2) 
in  an  acid  solution  with  Hydrogen  Sulphide  and  Ferric  Chloride. 

CHARACTERS. — In  small,  blue,  scaly  crystals,  with  a  copper-bronze  tinge. 
Solubility. — Readily  in  water. 

Dose,  i  to  5  gr.  ;  .06  to  .30  gm. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  METHYLENE  BLUE. 

Methylene  blue  (not  to  be  confounded  with  methyl  blue)  has 
been  introduced  into  medicine  as  antiseptic.  It  has  been  used 
for  rheumatism  of  the  joints  and  muscles.  Lately  it  has  been 
given  for  intermittent  fevers,  but  the  reports  show  that  it  pos- 
sesses no  advantage  over  quinine  excepting  that  it  is  tasteless  and 
may  be  substituted  for  it  if  it  cannot  be  taken  or  it  has  been  un- 
successfully used.  Recent  reports  indicate  that  even  when  given 
internally  it  causes  gonococci  to  rapidly  disappear  from  the 


INORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

urine  in  specific  urethritis.  As  to  its  effects  upon  inoperable 
neoplasms  when  injected  into  them  clinical  reports  differ  widely. 
It  imparts  a  blue  color  to  nerve  substance  and  a  like  color  to  the 
urine.  It  may  produce  irritation  at  the  neck  of  the  bladder, 
which  about  30  gr.;  2  gm.  of  powdered  nutmeg  is  said  to  relieve.] 
It  has  been  used  as  an  analgesic  in  neuralgia,  migraine,  sciatica, 
and  rheumatism. 

XXIV.  [PIPERAZINUM. 

PIPERAZINE.  (Not  official).— C4H10N2=85. 9.  Synonyms.—  Piperazi- 
dine.  Diethylenediamine.  Dispermine. 

(This  drug  is  antiseptic  only  so  far  as  its  clearing  the  urine  of  pathological 
products  prevents  decomposition.  It  is  placed  here  for  convenience. ) 

SOURCE. — By  the  action  of  Ammonia  on  Ethylene  Chloride.  The  mixture 
of  bases  is  fractionated,  and  from  the  fraction  boiling  between  266°  F. ;  130° 
C.,  and  356°  F. ;  180°  C.,  Piperazine  separates  on  cooling. 

CHARACTERS. — It  occurs  in  colorless,  well-defined,  acicular  crystals, 
readily  soluble  in  water.  In  cold,  aqueous  solutions,  it  will  dissolve  twelve 
times  as  much  Uric  Acid  as  will  Lithium  Carbonate. 

Dose,  8  to  15  gr. ;  .50  to  i.oo  gm. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  PIPERAZINE. 

Piperazine  is  believed  to  increase  slightly  the  amount  of  urea 
in  the  urine,  while  the  uric  acid  co-efficient  is  diminished.  The 
testimony  as  to  its  diuretic  action  is  conflicting,  but  the  weight 
of  clinical  evidence  is  in  favor  of  its  being  a  reliable  diuretic. 
In  ordinary  doses  it  does  not  appear  to  have  any  influence  upon 
the  nervous,  circulatory  or  respiratory  systems  ;  nor  does  it  irri- 
tate the  gastro-intestinal  or  the  genito-urinary  tract.  There  is 
much  clinical  testimony  as  to  the  value  of  this  drug  in  gout, 
goutiness  (uricacidaemia)  and  rheumatism.  It  is  here  given  in 
water  containing  carbon  dioxide.  It  is  so  highly  hygroscopic 
that  it  cannot  be  administered  as  pill  or  powder.] 


PART  II.-  -ORGANIC  MATERIA  MEDICA. 

SECTION  I.— PHARMACOPCEIAL    SUBSTANCES    DERIVED    FROM 
THE  VEGETABLE  KINGDOM. 

THE  drags  comprehended  in  this  section  may  be  arranged  in  many  ways ; 
but  there  are  objections  to  each.  Inasmuch  as  the  medical  student  should  be 
well  acquainted  with  the  actions  of  these  drugs  in  health  and  disease,  those 
which  act  similarly  will  be  grouped  together.  In  Appendix  I  a  list  of  these 
drugs,  arranged  according  to  their  Natural  Orders,  will  be  found. 

GROUP  I. 
Vegetable  Drugs  acting  chiefly  on  the  Nervous  System. 

These  may  be  classified  as  follows : 
CLASS  I. — Acting  on  the  cerebrum. 

A.  Cerebral  depressants  or  soporifics  : 

Opium,  Hops,  [Lactucarium,  Pellotine]. 

B.  Cerebral  excitants : 

f  Belladonna.  "j  Also  act  on  nerve  endings 

I  StrampTiium.  >  in  glands  and  involuntary 
Deliriants  -j  Hyoscyamus.  '  muscle. 

Duboisine. 

Cannabis  Indica. 

Caffeine,  [Guarana.] 

CLASS  II. — Acting  on  the  spinal  cord. 

A.  Exciting  the  cells  of  the  anterior  cornua.      [Nux  Vomica,] 

Strychnine. 

B.  Depressing  the  cells  of  the  anterior  cornua.     Calabar  bean, 

[Muscarine],  Gelsemium. 


III. — Acting  on  the  nerves.  w 

A.  Depressing  the  motor  nerves.     Conium,  Tobacco. 

B.  Depressing  the  motor  end  plates.     Cura/e.     /dtf-0""  •***• 
c.  Depressing  the  sensory  nerves.     [Coca],  Cocaine. 

D.  Stimulating  the  secretory  nerves.     PiloCarfms. 


(349) 


350 


ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 


CLASS  I.— DRUGS  ACTING  CHIEFLY  ON  THE  CEREBRUM. 
[A.  Cerebral  Depressants  or  Soporifics.] 

OPIUM. 

OPIUM. — [The  concrete,  milky  exudation  obtained  by  incising  the  un- 
ripe capsules  of  Papaver  somnt/trum  Linn6  (nat.  ord.  Papaveracete),  and 
yielding,  in  its  normal,  moist  condition,  not  less  than  9  per  cent,  of  crystal- 
lized morphine,  when  assayed.  Synonym. — Poppy.  Habitat. — Western 
Asia;  cultivated.] 

CHARACTERS. — [In  irregular  or  subglobular  cakes,  with  the  remnants 
of  poppy  leaves  and  fruits  of  a  species  of  Rumex  adhering  to  the  surface ; 
plastic,  or  of  a  harder  consistence  ;  chestnut-brown  or  darker,  and  somewhat 
shining ;  internally  showing  some  tears  and  fragments  of  vegetable  tissue.  It 
has  a  sharp,  narcotic  odor,  and  a  peculiar,  bitter  taste. 

VARIETIES. — The  above  is  the  official  opium  ;  but  the  following  are  met 
with  in  commerce,  and  may  be  used  to  prepare  the  alkaloids:]  (a)  Constanti- 
nople Opium,  small  lenticular  masses,  ^  to  )4  Ib.  [120.  to  240.  gm.]  in 
weight,  and  enclosed  in  a  poppy  leaf,  but  without  the  Rumex  seeds.  Some- 
times the  terms  Turkey  and  Levant  Opium  include  this.  (6)  Egyptian  Opium. 
Flat,  more  or  less  circular  cakes,  two  or  three  in.  [5.  to  7.5  cm.]  in  diameter, 
reddish  hue  internally,  covered  with  a  leaf  externally.  Persian,  Indian, 
English,  French  and  German  opiums  are  rarely  met  with  in  England. 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  Alkaloids. — At  least  [nineteen]  in  number.  Most 
are  combined  with  Meconic  Acid,  some  with  Sulphuric  Acid,  and  some  are 
free.  Some  Morphine  Salts,  and  Codeine  are  official.  These  two  alkaloids 
and  Narceine  and  Thebaine  are  important.  The  following  are  the  alkaloids 
existing  in  Opium : 

5.  Morphine  [(2.5  to  22.8  per  cent.).]  Hydrocotarnine 

Codeine  [(0.2  to  0.7  per  cent.).] 

Thebaine  [(0.15  to  I  per  cent).] 

Narcotine  [(1.3  to  10  percent.).] 

Narceine  [(o. I  to  0.7  per  cent.).] 

Papaverine  [(i  per  cent.).] 

Pseudomorphine  [(0.2  per  cent.).] 

Protopine       ^ 

Oxynarcotine  \  [in  minute  quantity. 

Cryptopine     J 

[Narcotine  is  more  properly  called  Anarcotine. 
ficial  alkaloid.] 

(2)  Neutral  bodies. — Two  in  number  : 

Meconin. 

(3)  Organic  acids. — Two  in  number  : 

Meconic  Acid,  [official  in  B.  P.]  Thebolactic  Acid. 


Laudanine 
Laudanosine 
Meconidine 
Rhceadine 
Codamine 
Gnoscopine 
Lanthropine 
Deuteropine  (not  known  in  pure  state).] 


Apomorphine  is  an  arti 


Meconoiasin. 


DRUGS   ACTING   CHIEFLY   ON   THE   NERVOUS   SYSTEM.       351 

(4)  Water,  \_abou£\  16  per  cent. 

(5)  Mucilage,  resin  [pectin,~\  glucose,  fats,  essential  oil,  caoutchouc,  odor- 
ous substances,  and  ammonium,  calcium  and  magnesium  salts. 

The  following  analysis  shows  how  specimens  vary  : 

Patna  Opium  3.98  per  cent,  of  Morphine,  6.36  per  cent,  of  Anarcotine. 

Smyrna  "       8.27       "  "  1.94       "  " 

IMPURITIES. — Water,  stones,  fruits,  leaves,  starch,  [gum,  and  lead  balls.] 
INCOMPATIBLES. — Ferric  chloride  gives  a  deep  red  color  (due  to  Meconic 
Acid).  Zinc,  copper  and  arsenic  salts,  silver  nitrate,  lead  acetate  and  subace- 
tate,  give  precipitates  of  meconates,  sulphates  and  coloring  matters.  All  tan- 
nin-containing preparations  precipitate  codeine  tannate.  Fixed  alkalies,  their 
carbonates  and  ammonia  precipitate  morphine  and  [a]narcotine.  The  small 
amount  of  glucose  in  opium  may  cause  it  to  explode  when  made  into  a  pill  with 
silver  nitrate. 

Dose,  ^  to  2  gr. ;  [.015  to  .12  gm.] 

[OPII  PULVIS. — Powdered  Opium.  Opium  dried  at  a  temperature 
not  exceeding  185°  F.  ;  85°  C.,  and  reduced  to  a  very  fine  powder. 

Powdered  Opium,  for  pharmaceutical  or  medicinal  purposes,  when  assayed, 
should  yield  not  less  than  13  nor  more  than  15  per  cent,  of  Crystallized  Mor- 
phine. Any  Powdered  Opium  of  a  higher  percentage  may  be  brought  within 
these  limits  by  admixture  with  Powdered  Opium  of  a  lower  percentage,  in 
proper  proportions. 

Dose,  j^  to  2  gr.  ;  .015  to  .12  gm.] 

Preparations. 

1.  [Extractum    Opii. — Extract  of  Opium.       Powdered   Opium, 
loo  ;  Distilled  Water,  1000  ;  Sugar  of  Milk,  a  sufficient  quantity  ;  by 
trituration,  filtration  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  ]/i  to  i  gr. ;  .008  to  .06  gm. 

2.  Emplastrum  Opii. — Opium  Plaster.     Extract  of  Opium,  60 ; 
Burgundy  Pitch,  180  ;  Lead  Plaster,  780;  water,  80. 

3.  Trochisci  Glycyrrhizae  et  Opii. — Troches  of  Glycyrrhiza  and 
Opium.     Extract  of  Glycyrrhiza,  15  ;  Powdered  Opium,  0.5  ;  Acacia, 
12  ;  Sugar,   20  gm.  ;  Oil  of  Anise,  O.2  c.c.     To  make  loo  troches. 
Each  troche  contains  about  ^  gr.  ;  .005  gm.,  of  Opium. 

Dose,  i  to  4  troches. 

4.  Vinum    Opii. — Wine    of   Opium.       Synonym. — Sydenham's 
Laudanum.     Powdered  Opium,    100  ;  Cassia  Cinnamon,   10 ;  Cloves 
IO ;  Alcohol,  150  ;  White  Wine  to  1000  ;  by  maceration  and  filtration. 

Dose,  3  to  20  m. ;  .20  to  1.20  c.c. 

5.  Pilulae  Opii. — Pills  of  Opium.     Powdered  Opium,  6.5  ;  Soap, 
2  gm.     To  make   loo  pills.     Each  pill  contains  I  gr.  ;  .06  gm.,  of 
Opium. 

Dose,  i  to  2  pills. 


352  ORGANIC   MATERIA    MEDICA. 

6.  Pulvis  Ipecacuanhas  et  Opii. — Powder  of  Ipecac  and  Opium. 
Synonym. — Dover's   Powder.       Powdered    Opium,    IO;    Ipecac,    10; 
Sugar  of  Milk,  80. 

Dose,  3  to  15  gr. ;  .20  to  i.oo  gm. 

7.  Acetum  Opii. — Vinegar  of  Opium.     Synonym. — Black  Drop. 
Powdered  Opium,    IOO ;    Nutmeg,   30 ;  Sugar,    200 ;  Diluted  Acetic 
Acid  to  looo ;  by  maceration  and  percolation. 

Dose,  3  to  20  m. ;  .20  to  1.20  c.c. 

8.  Tinctura  Opii. — Tincture  of  Opium.     Synonym. — Laudanum, 
Powdered  Opium,  loo  ;  Alcohol,  400  ;  Water,  400  ;  Diluted  Alcohol 
to  1000  ;  by  maceration  with  Precipitated  Calcium  Phosphate,  50  ;  and 
percolation. 

Dose,  3  to  20  m. ;  .20  to  1.20  c.c. 

9.  Tinctura    Opii    Camphorata.  — Camphorated    Tincture    of 
Opium.     Synonym. — Paregoric.     Powdered  Opium,  4  ;  Benzoic  Acid, 
4  ;    Camphor,  4 ;  Oil  of  Anise,  4 ;  Glycerin,  4 ;  Diluted  Alcohol  to 
looo  ;  by  maceration  and  percolation. 

Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  15.  c.c. 

10.  Opium    Deodoratum.— Deodorized   Opium.       Synonym. — 
Opium  Denarcotisatum.     Powdered  Opium  (containing  13  to  15  per 
cent,  of  Morphine),  loo  ;  macerated  with  Ether,  700  ;  the  clear  solu- 
tion poured  off,  and  macerated  twice  with  Ether,  350.     The  residue  is 
dried  and  mixed  with  Sugar  of  Milk  by  trituration  to  weigh  loo  parts. 

Dose,  %  to  2  gr. ;  .015  to  .12  gm. 

n.  Tinctura  Opii  Deodorati. — Tincture  of  Deodorized  Opium. 
Powdered  Opium,  loo  ;  Ether,  200 ;  Alcohol,  200 ;  Water  to  looo. 
By  maceration  with  Precipitated  Calcium  Phosphate,  50  ;  by  percola- 
tion and  evaporation. 

Dose,  3  to  20  m. ;  .20  to  1.20  c.c. 

12.  Tinctura  Ipecacuanhas  et  Opii. — Tincture  of  Ipecac  and 
Opium.  Tincture  of  Deodorized  Opium,  looo  ;  Fluid  Extract  of  Ipe- 
cac, loo  ;  Diluted  Alcohol  to  looo  ;  by  evaporation  and  filtration. 

Dose,  3  to  15  m. ;  .20  to  i.oo  c.c.] 

It  will  be  noticed  that  from  [Extract  of  Opium  there  is  prepared  Emplas- 
trum  Opii,  and  from  the  Deodorized  Tincture,  Tinctura  Ipecacuanhas  et  Opii. 

The  following  non-official  preparations  are  sometimes  used  : — Nepenthe,  of 
the  same  strength  as  Laudanum,  Liquor  Opii  Sedativus  (Battley's  solution), 
which  is  about  50  per  cent,  stronger  than  Laudanum,  Acetum  Opii  Crocatum 
(black  drop),  four  times  as  strong  as  Laudanum,  and  Tinctura  Opii  Ammon- 
iata,  B.  P.  (Scotch  Paregoric),  about  two  and  one-half  times  as  strong  as  the 
Camphorated  Tincture.] 

The  following  list,  in  which  the  doses  are  arranged,  may  assist  the  student : 


DRUGS    ACTING   CHIEFLY    ON    THE    NERVOUS    SYSTEM.       353 

Name.  Dose. 

—  [Extractum  Opii ^  to  I  gr. ;  [.008  to  .06  gm.] 

~?HPUT\ViS,         1     *  to  2  gr.;  [.015  to  .12  pi.] 

—  Opium  Deodoratum  .     .     .     .  J      /4 

—  Pulvis  Ipecacuanhas  et  Opii     .  3  to  15  gr.  ;  [.20  to  l.oo  gin.] 

—  Tinctura  Ipecac  et  Opii]    .     .  3  to  15  m. ;  [.20  to  l.oo  c.c.] 

—  Vinum  Opii | 

—  Tinctura  Opii r                            -. 

r-r-                r>    ••  ^               .-  ^      3  to  2O  m.  ;    [.2O  to  I.2O  C.C.] 

—  [Tinctura  Opu  Deodorati  .     . 


—  Acetum  Opii 

—  Tinctura  Opii  Camphorata  .     .  I  to  4  fl.  dr.  ;  [4.  to  15.  c.c.] 

—  Pilulse  Opii I  to  2  pills. 

—  Trochisci  Glycyrrhizse  et  Opii]  I  to  4  troches. 

—  Emplastrum  Opii      ....  Externally. 

[ACIDUM  MECONICUM.— Meconic  Acid  (not  official).  H3C7HOT 
=199.51. 

SOURCE. — Calcium  Meconate,  which  is  precipitated  in  the  manufacture  of 
Morphine  Hydrochlorate,  is  placed  in  hot  water  and  treated  with  Hydrochloric 
Acid.  On  cooling,  Meconic  Acid  crystallizes  out. 

CHARACTERS. — Almost  colorless,  micaceous  crystals.  Solubility. — In  150 
parts  of  water  ;  in  45  parts  of  Alcohol ;  it  is  decomposed  by  boiling  water. 

Preparation  (not  official). 

Liquor  Morphinae  Bimeconatis. — Solution  of  Morphine  Bime- 
conate.  Morphine  is  precipitated  by  Ammonia  from  a  solution  of  the 
hydrochlorate.  It  is  dissolved  in  water,  Alcohol  and  Meconic  Acid. 
Strength,  I  in  80. 

Dose,  5  to  40  m. ;  .30  to  2.50  c.c.] 

[MORPHINA.— Morphine.     C,7H,9NO3+H2O=3O2.34. 

SOURCE. — An  Alkaloid  obtained  from  Opium.  Opium  is  macerated  with 
distilled  water,  and  strained,  the  infusion  is  evaporated  and  filtered.  To  the 
filtrate  Alcohol  and  Water  of  Ammonia  are  added,  and  the  Morphine  crystal- 
lizes out.  To  purify  the  crystals,  they  are  boiled  with  Alcohol,  the  solution 
filtered,  when  hot,  through  Animal  Charcoal,  and  set  aside  to  crystallize. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Colorless  or  white,  shining  prismatic  crystals,  or  fine 
needles,  or  a  crystalline  powder,  having  a  bitter  taste.  Solubility. — In  4350 
parts  of  water. 

Dose,  y$  to  %  gr. ;  .008  to  .015  gm.] 

MORPHINAE  HYDROCHLORAS.  —  [Morphine  Hydrochlorate. 
C17H19N03HCl+3H.p=374.63. 

SOURCE. — (i)  Take  a  cold  concentrated  watery  solution  of  Opium,  pre- 
cipitate the  Meconic  acid  and  resins  with  Calcium  Chloride.  The  solution 

23 


354  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

contains  Morphine  Hydrochlorate.  (2)  Evaporate  the  solution  till  it  is  solid, 
press  to  remove  coloring  matter,  exhaust  with  boiling  water,  filter,  and  again 
evaporate  and  press  ;  repeat  this  till  the  solution  is  nearly  colorless.  (3)  Com- 
plete the  decolorization  by  digesting  with  Charcoal.  (4)  Precipitate  the 
Morphine  with  Ammonia  and  wash.  (5)  Dissolve  in  Hydrochloric  Acid  and 
crystallize  out. 

CHARACTERS.  —  White,  feathery  needles  of  a  silky  lustre,  or  minute, 
cubical  crystals,  having  a  bitter  taste.  Solubility.  —  In  24  parts  of  water  ;  in 
62  of  Alcohol.] 

INCOMPATIBLE^.  —  Lead,  iron,  copper,  mercury  and  zinc  salts  ;  alkaline 
carbonates  ;  lime  water  ;  liquor  potassii  arsenitis  ;  all  substances  containing 
tannin. 

[Morphine  Hydrochlorate  is  used  in  Tinctura  Chloroformi  et  Morphinae 
Composita.  (See  p.  291.  [) 

Dose,  ^  to  X  §Tr-  J  [-008  to  -OI5  g™-] 

MORPHINE  ACETAS.—  Morphine  Acetate.  C1TH19NOSCIH4O1+ 
3H.Ot~C398.i2.] 

SOURCE.  —  Morphine  is  precipitated  with  Ammonia  from  a  solution  of  the 
Hydrochlorate.  It  is  dissolved  in  Acetic  Acid  and  water,  and  the  neutral  so- 
lution is  evaporated. 

CHARACTERS.  —  [A  white,  or  faintly  yellowish  white,  crystalline  or  amor- 
phous powder,  having  a  faint,  acetous  odor,  and  a  bitter  taste.  Solubility.  — 
In  2.5  parts  of  water  ;  in  47.6  parts  of  Alcohol.]  Many  specimens  are  not  so 
soluble  as  this.  The  use  of  this  salt  is  diminishing  as  it  is  unstable,  losing 
Acetic  Acid  on  exposure  to  air. 

Dose,  ^  to  X  S1"-  >  [-008  to  -OI5  gmO 

MORPHINE  SULPHAS.—  Morphine  Sulphate.   (C17H19NO,)!1H2SO4 


SOURCE.  —  Morphine  is  dissolved  in  boiling  distilled  water  ;  diluted  Sul- 
phuric Acid  is  added  to  neutralization,  and  on  cooling  the  Sulphate  appears 
in  crystals. 

CHARACTERS.  —  White,  feathery,  acicular  crystals  of  a  silky  lustre,  and 
having  a  bitter  taste.  Solubility.  —  In  2  parts  of  water  ;  sparingly  in  Alcohol. 

Dose,  y$  to  ^  gr.  ;  .008  to  .015  gm. 

Prepa  rations. 

1.  Pulvis  Morphinae  Compositus.  —  Compound  Powder  of  Mor- 
phine.    Synonym.  —  Tully's  Powder.     Morphine   Sulphate,   I  ;  Cam- 
phor, 19;  Glycyrrhiza,  20;  precipitated  Calcium   Carbonate,  20;  Al- 
cohol, a  sufficient  quantity.     By  trituration. 

Dose,  5.  to  15.  gr.  ;  .30  to  i.oo  gm. 

2.  Trochisci   Morphinae   et    Ipecacuanha.  —  Troches  of  Mor- 
phine and  Ipecac.     Morphine  Sulphate,  o.  16  ;  Ipecac,  0.50;  Sugar, 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY    ON    THE    NERVOUS    SYSTEM.       355 

65  gm. ;  Oil  of  Gaultheria,  0.2  c.c. ;  Mucilage  of  Tragacanth,   a  suf- 
ficient quantity  to  make  100  troches.     Strength. — About  -fa  gr. ;  .0016 
gm.  of  Morphine  in  each. 
Dose,  i  to  5  troches. 

Two  solutions  of  Morphine  Sulphate  should  be  carefully  distinguished : 
(l)  The  U.  S.  P.  Solution  (l  to  480  of  water),  and  (2)  Magendie's  (l  to  30 
of  water).  Magendie'  s  Solution  as  prepared  in  France  is  made  from  the  ace- 
tate and  is  somewhat  weaker  ( I  to  3  grs).  ] 

ACTION  OF  OPIUM. 

The  action  and  uses  of  opium  are  due  almost  entirely  to  its 
morphine,  and  therefore  they  may  be  studied  together.  Codeine 
[and  other  alkaloids  will  be  considered  on  p.  366.  Meconic 
acid  appears  to  be  nearly  free  from  physiological  properties.] 

External. — Opium  probably  has  no  action  when  applied  to 
the  unbroken  skin,  but  it  has  been  said  to  be  slightly  anodyne. 
It  can  be  absorbed  from  and  relieve  the  pain  of  raw  surfaces. 

Internal. — Alimentary  canal. — Opium  diminishes  all  the 
secretions  of  the  body  except  the  sweat.  The  mouth  conse- 
quently becomes  dry,  and  the  patient  feels  thirsty,  but  after  a 
small  dose  not  markedly  so.  This  effect  is  partly  due  to  the 
direct  action  of  the  opium  on  the  mouth,  but  to  a  less  extent  to 
its  influence  exerted  after  it  has  been  absorbed.  In  the  stomach 
and  intestines,  by  the  same  double  action,  the  secretion  of  the 
gastric  and  intestinal  juices  is  diminished.  The  drug  also  para- 
lyzes the  peristaltic  movements  of  the  stomach  and  intestines. 
This  is  due  to  its  action  on  the  nervous  or  muscular  structures  in 
the  wall  of  the  intestine  itself.  The  result  of  the  diminution  of 
secretion  and  peristalsis  is  that  opium  appeases  hunger,  often 
causes  indigestion,  almost  always  gives  rise  to  constipation, 
and  if  vomiting  or  diarrhrea  is  present,  it  may  prevent  it.  These 
actions  are  also  in  part  due  to  its  general  sedative  influence  on 
the  nervous  system.  If  pain  exists  in  the  abdomen  or  elsewhere, 
opium  is  a  powerful  anodyne.  Most  of  it  is  absorbed,  but 
rather  slowly.  If  injected  subcutaneously  it  is  excreted  into  the 
stomach.  With  some  persons  it  causes  vomiting.  Whether 
the  biliary  and  pancreatic  secretions  are  diminished  is  not 
known. 


356  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

Blood. — Morphine  for  the  most  part  circulates  in  the  blood  as 
such,  and  is  excreted  by  the  kidneys,  but  a  small  part  of  it  is 
destroyed  in  the  liver.  The  fate  of  the  other  alkaloids  is  not 
known,  nor  are  we  aware  of  any  direct  action  of  any  of  the  con- 
stituents of  opium  on  the  blood  itself. 

Circulation. — In  an  ordinary  healthy  man  small  doses  of  opium 
hardly  affect  the  heart  or  vessels.  Large  doses  diminish  the 
force  and  frequency  of  the  heart,  which  finally  stops  in  diastole. 
These  effects  can  be  produced  by  applying  the  drug  to  the  organ  ; 
it  therefore  directly  affects  either  the  cardiac  muscle  or  the  nerves 
in  it.  But  this  local  action  is  said  to  be  helped  by  the  less  im- 
portant influence  of  opium  on  the  vagal  centre  ;  this  is  at  first 
stimulated,  and  about  the  time  at  which  the  heart  itself  is  de- 
pressed, so  that  both  these  actions  make  the  pulse  slow. 
Patients  rarely  die  from  the  effect  of  opium  on  the  heart  and  its 
nervous  apparatus,  this  being  much  less  important  than  the  in- 
fluence on  respiration,  and  some  of  the  cardiac  depression  may 
be  secondary  to  asphyxia. 

The  vaso-motor  centres  are  slightly  depressed  by  moderate 
doses,  hence  the  vessels,  particularly  those  of  the  skin,  dilate ; 
with  large  doses  the  depression  is  considerable. 

Respiration. — Opium  is  a  direct  poison  to  the  respiratory 
centre.  Breathing  therefore  becomes  slow,  less  air  is  taken  in 
at  each  inspiration,  and  death  takes  place  from  asphyxia.  The 
secretion  of  bronchial  mucus  is  decreased. 

Nervous  system. — Brain. — The  higher  faculties  are  at  first 
excited  even  by  small  doses.  In  a  few  persons  there  is  no  inco- 
ordination  in  this  excitement.  The  intellectual  power  and 
mental  vigor  are  increased,  and  therefore  the  drug  is  taken  by 
some  people  to  enable  them  to  do  their  mental  work.  Usually, 
however,  the  excitation  does  not  affect  the  mind  evenly ;  gener- 
ally the  imagination  is  powerfully  and  pleasantly  excited,  much 
more  so  than  the  faculties  of  reason  and  judgment,  which  are  a 
little  dulled.  The  expression  on  the  face  is  one  of  happiness 
and  comfort,  and  this  corresponds  with  the  condition  of  the 
mind,  which  is  in  a  state  of  peace,  calm  and  happiness.  This  is 
soon  succeeded  by  sleep,  which  is  accompanied  by  pleasant 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY    ON    THE    NERVOUS    SYSTEM.       357 

dreams,  generally  of  an  impossible  nature.  With  some  persons, 
however,  the  sleep  is  quite  dreamless.  This,  which  is  the  be- 
ginning of  the  depression  of  the  highest  centres,  is  soon  followed 
by  depression  of  the  others,  the  higher  being  influenced  before 
the  lower,  so  that  soon  the  sleeper  does  not  respond  to  any 
sound,  light,  or  cutaneous  stimulation,  nor  does  he  feel  pain. 
It  is  this  last  fact  that  makes  the  drug  so  invaluable.  The  dose 
requisite  to  annul  pain  depends,  of  course,  upon  the  severity 
of  it.  If  a  large  amount  is  given,  often  there  is  no  primary  ex- 
citement, and  then  the  first  symptom  that  opium  has  been  taken 
is  drowsiness.  On  waking  from  sleep  induced  by  opium  some 
persons  feel  quite  well,  but  usually  there  is  a  little  languor, 
headache,  and  nausea.  Opium-eaters  take  it  for  its  stimulant 
effect.  It  is  given  medicinally  as  a  hypnotic  and  anodyne.  The 
pupil  is  contracted ;  this  is  due  to  the  effect  of  the  drug  on 
the  pupillary  centre  in  the  floor  of  the  aqueduct  of  Sylvius.  In 
man,  just  as  the  stimulation  of  the  intellectual  centres  is  brief,  so 
is  that  of  the  cerebral  motor  centres — in  fact,  it  is  often  difficult 
to  detect  any  evidence  of  it.  Their  subsequent  depression  is 
never  so  marked  as  that  of  the  intellectual  faculties  ;  for  although 
there  is  languor  and  muscular  weakness,  and  the  patient  always 
lies  down,  yet  he  can  be  walked  about  if  he  is  supported.  Vomit- 
ing is  occasionally  caused  by  transient  irritation  of  the  vomiting 
centre,  but  soon  it  is  depressed,  and  therefore  emetics  do  not  act 
well  in  cases  of  opium  poisoning. 

The  motor  cells  of  the  spinal  cord  are  at  first  slightly 
stimulated,  and  consequently  reflex  excitability  is  exaggerated; 
but  they  are  soon  depressed,  and  it  is  difficult  to  obtain  reflex 
movements. 

The  excitability  of  motor  and  sensory  nerves  is,  perhaps,  a 
little  increased  at  first,  but  in  the  later  stages  of  opium  poison- 
ing they  are  depressed,  the  sensory  before  the  motor.  The 
muscles  remain  irritable  to  the  last. 

Opium,  in  its  action  on  the  nervous  system,  illustrates  the 
common  fact  that  functions  at  first  stimulated  by  a  drug  are 
usually  subsequently  paralyzed  by  it ;  and  it  affords  an  excellent 
example  of  the  law  of  dissolution,  for  higher  functions,  such  as 


358  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

the  intellectual  and  imaginative,  are  first  affected ;  motion  is 
then  disordered ;  next  the  pupillary  centre,  and  then  the  medul- 
lary centres,  for  respiration  and  cardiac  action  are  implicated. 
The  spinal  cord  is  influenced  to  a  less  degree,  the  nerves  very 
slightly,  and  the  muscles  not  at  all. 

In  man  the  peculiarities  of  the  action  of  morphine  are  its 
predominating  influence  on  the  higher  mental  functions,  and  the 
slight  affection  of  the  motor  and  the  vaso-motor  centres,  the  cord, 
the  nerves,  and  the  muscles.  In  frogs  morphine  produces  violent 
convulsions,  because  its  predominating  action  is  to  stimulate  the 
spinal  cord.  Birds  are  peculiarly  insusceptible  to  morphine. 
Mammals  are  for  the  most  part  affected  in  the  same  way  as 
man,  except  that  the  first  or  excitement  stage  is  more  marked  ; 
hence  with  many  mammals,  especially  cats,  morphine  is  a  vio- 
lent convulsant ;  dogs  and  rabbits  require  large  doses  to  pro- 
duce symptoms. 

Kidneys. — Sometimes  opium  slightly  increases,  sometimes  it 
slightly  decreases,  the  urinary  flow.  Perhaps  morphine  is  de- 
composed in  the  body,  for  oxydimorphine  has  been  found  in  the 
urine  of  those  taking  morphine. 

Skin. — Opium  is  a  mild  diaphoretic.     It  may  cause  itching. 

Metabolism. — If  the  person  taking  opium  has  glycosuria,  the 
amount  of  sugar  he  passes  in  the  urine  is  diminished.  General 
metabolism  appears  to  be  decreased  also,  for  it  is  stated  that  the 
amounts  of  uric  acid  and  carbon  [dioxide]  excreted  are  lessened, 
but  some  experimenters  contradict  this  statement. 

Temperature. — Large  doses  depress  this,  probably  from  the 
effect  of  the  drug  upon  the  thermogenetic  nerve  centres. 

Persistent  use  of  large  doses  decreases  the  secretion  of  milk 
and  the  menstrual  discharge.  It  is  excreted  by  the  milk,  and  so 
may  affect  the  child. 

Peculiarities. — There  are  few  drugs  which  have  such  different 
effects  upon  different  people.  The  above  description  states  the 
manner  in  which  most  human  beings  are  affected  ;  but  in  some 
the  stage  of  excitation  is  very  evident,  so  that  they  become  deli- 
rious and  cannot  sleep.  In  others,  vomiting  and  indigestion  are 
very  marked.  Some  of  these  peculiarities  are  due,  no  doubt,  to 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY    ON    THE    NERVOUS   SYSTEM.       359 

the  varying  composition  of  opium.  Children  are  easily  poisoned 
by  it,  and  therefore  only  small  doses  should  be  administered 
to  them  ;  women  are  more  readily  affected  than  men.  Persons 
who  take  it  habitually  soon  tolerate  enormous  quantities.  It 
may  produce  an  erythematous  eruption  on  the  skin. 

Differences  in  action  between  opium  and  morphine. — (i)  Mor- 
phine being  more  readily  absorbed,  acts  more  quickly.  It  is 
especially  suitable  for  subcutaneous  injection  ;  given  in  this  way 
it  acts  very  rapidly.  (2)  Opium  is  more  liable  to  upset  the  diges- 
tion and  to  cause  constipation  ;  but  this  last  fact  often  makes  it 
the  more  valuable  in  many  abdominal  diseases.  (3)  Opium  is 
the  better  diaphoretic.  (4)  Morphine  is  more  certain  in  its  ac- 
tion as  an  anodyne  and  soporific  ;  possibly  this  is  because  of  the 
other  powerful  alkaloids  in  opium.  (5)  [It  is  less  convulsant.] 
(6)  Opium  is  stated  to  act  more  powerfully  in  reducing  the 
amount  of  sugar  present  in  the  urine  in  glycosuria.  [(7)  Opium 
affects  the  bladder  sphincter  less.  (8)  Morphine  causes  more 
pruritus  than  opium.] 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  OPIUM. 

External. — Hot  fomentations  or  poultices  sprinkled  with 
laudanum  are  often  applied  to  painful  parts ;  but  probably  it  is 
the  heat  and  not  the  opium  which  relieves  the  pain.  Linimentum 
Opii  [B.  P.,  tincture  of  opium  and  soap  liniment,  equal  parts], 
rubbed  into  the  skin  diminishes  the  pain  of  chronic  rheumatism 
and  myalgia ;  probably  in  this  case  the  friction  is  more  efficacious 
than  the  opium.  Locally  applied  to  sores  and  ulcers,  it  may 
soothe  the  pain  due  to  them.  The  ointment  of  nutgall  and  opium 
[B.  P.,  powdered  opium,  2  ;  gall  ointment,  27  ;]  will  often  re- 
lieve the  pain  of  piles  and  anal  fissures,  especially  if  a  mild  laxa- 
tive is  given  by  the  mouth.  [The  warm  decoction  of  the  white 
poppy  is  used  in  England  as  an  anodyne  fomentation.  Poppy 
capsules  (Papaveris  Capsulae,  B.  P.)  are  obtained  from  the 
Papaver  somniferum  (nat.  ord.  Papaveracece)  which  is  cultivated 
in  England.  A  ten  per  cent,  decoction  made  from  these  con- 
tains but  a  small  and  uncertain  amount  of  opium,  and  its  bene- 
ficial effects,  if  any,  are  doubtless  due  to  its  warmth.] 


360  ORGANIC    MATERIA   MEDICA. 

Internal. — Stomach. — Morphine  is  of  great  service  for  the 
pain  of  gastric  ulcer,  cancer,  or  even  for  simple  painful  dyspep- 
sia. A  solution  [of  morphine  in  water,  i  in  480  ;  dose,  i  fl. 
dr.  ;  4.  c.c.]  is  preferable  to  opium,  as  that  may  aggravate  the 
indigestion.  Morphine  is  frequently  combined  with  preparations 
of  bismuth,  and  taken  immediately  before  or  after  meals.  Many 
forms  of  vomiting  are  relieved  by  morphine,  because  it  decreases 
pain,  peristalsis,  and  excessive  secretion. 

Intestines. — Opium  is  invaluable  for  stopping  many  varieties 
of  diarrhoea.  If  they  will  yield  to  any  treatment,  opium  is  most 
likely  to  be  successful.  Intestinal  colic,  being  due  to  irregular, 
excessive  peristaltic  action,  is  generally  relieved  by  opium, — and, 
indeed,  so  is  abdominal  pain  of  all  sorts.  In  all  inflammatory 
conditions  of  the  peritoneum  full  doses  of  opium  must  be  given, 
the  object  being  so  to  paralyze  the  intestinal  movements  as  to 
prevent  the  peritoneal  surfaces  rubbing  against  each  other. 
[This  method  is  quite  likely  to  result  in  extensive  peritoneal 
adhesions.]  It  is  the  great  mainstay  in  perityphlitis,  acute  peri- 
tonitis, and  after  operations  or  wounds  in  the  abdomen.  Opium 
is  far  preferable  to  morphine  for  abdominal  cases  ;  if  they  are 
severe,  it  must  be  boldly  pushed,  the  patient  being  kept  just 
drowsy,  with  slightly  contracted  pupils ;  and  it  often  does  not 
matter  if  the  bowels  are  not  open  for  a  week,  or  even  more. 
[The  more  recent  and  better  practice,  however,  is  to  keep  the 
bowels  slightly  open  by  the  use  of  the  salines.]  Morphine  should 
be  given  sparingly,  if  an  abdominal  operation  is  impending,  for 
it  masks  the  symptoms. 

Heart. — Much  skill  is  required  to  give  opium  properly  in 
heart  disease.  The  hypodermatic  injection  of  morphine  is,  on 
the  whole,  to  be  preferred  to  opium.  The  great  indication  for  it 
is  when  cardiac  pain  and  distress  keep  the  patient  awake.  Often 
it  acts  like  a  charm,  a  quiet  refreshing  sleep  being  the  result  of  a 
single  injection.  No  doubt  it  is  a  cardiac  depressant,  but  we 
have  to  set  against  this  the  exhaustion  of  pain  and  insomnia. 
Still,  if  the  patient  is  very  ill,  these  two  factors  must  be  carefully 
balanced.  [It  is  quite  probable  that  in  small  doses  administered 
hypodermatically  morphine  is  a  cardiac  stimulant.]  It  likewise 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY    ON    THE    NERVOUS    SYSTEM.       361 

often  relieves  the  pain  of  aneurism  and  intra-thoracic  growths. 
Its  depressant  effect  may  be  to  some  extent  counterbalanced  by 
combining  belladonna  with  it. 

Vessels. — Opium  is  an  excellent  haemostatic.  It  is  probably 
efficient  after  absorption,  but  its  great  value  is  in  gastric  and  in- 
testinal haemorrhage,  when  it  acts-  pirtly  by  stopping  peristaltic 
movements.  An  excellent  form  in  which  to  give  it  is  the 
Pilula  Plumbi  cum  Opio,  [B.  P.,  powdered  opium,  i  ;  lead 
acetate,  6  ;  dose,  2  to  4  gr.  ;  .12  to  .25  gm.]  It  is  also  very 
useful  in  haemoptysis,  for  it  acts  as  a  haemostatic,  and  relieves 
cough. 

Respiration. — It  will  be  remembered  that  opium  depresses 
the  respiratory  centre ;  therefore,  by  diminishing  the  activity 
of  the  centre  for  the  reflex  act  of  coughing,  it  will  often  alleviate 
the  distressing  symptoms,  but  it  is  only  justifiable  to  give  it  when 
the  irritation  which  reflexly  sets  up  a  cough  is  irremovable,  as  in 
intra-thoracic  growth  or  aneurism,  or  when  there  is  little  or  no 
lividity  and  yet  the  cough  is  violent,  as  is  often  the  case  in  pleu- 
risy. The  liability  to  lividity  and  asphyxia  in  many  diseases 
attended  with  cough  must  never  be  forgotten.  Thus  opium  is 
quite  inadmissible  in  the  last  stages  of  bronchitis  and  pneumonia, 
and,  as  a  rule,  in  even  the  earlier  stages  of  these  diseases  other 
means  of  relieving  the  cough  should  be  tried  first ;  and  if  opium 
is  given,  it  must  be  administered  with  great  caution  and  judg- 
ment. But  in  pneumonia  without  lividity  it  is  very  useful,  les- 
sening cough  and  pain,  and  promoting  sleep.  A  "linctus 
opiatus,"  a  favorite  remedy,  is  often  given  at  night  when  a 
cough  keeps  the  patient  awake.  It  may  consist  of  tincture  of 
opium,  i  ;  diluted  sulphuric  acid,  i  ;  treacle,  15  ;  water  to  [30 
parts] .  The  object  of  the  treacle  is  to  soothe  the  pharynx 
locally.  Opium  must  also  be  given  cautiously  for  [the  relief  of 
the  symptom]  asthma,  as  there  is  in  this  disease  a  great  liability 
to  the  growth  of  a  permanent  opium  habit.  [Codeine  is  prefer- 
able to  all  other  preparations  and  alkaloids  of  opium  for  relief 
of  cough  in  pulmonary  diseases.]  An  insufflation  of  one-half 
grain  [.03  gm.]  of  morphine  acetate  with  5  gr.  [.30  gm.]  of 
starch  is  of  great  use  when  blown  on  to  a  larynx  painful  from 


362  ORGANIC    MATER1A    MEDICA. 

organic  disease.  A  grain  [.06  gm.]  of  boric  acid  or  of  iodo- 
form  is  often  added  to  each  insufflation. 

Nervous  system — Brain. — It  is  in  its  action  on  this  organ 
that  the  marvellous  value  of  opium  is  seen,  its  great  function 
being  to  relieve  pain  and  to  produce  sleep  when  that  is  prevented 
by  pain.  For  these  purposes  it  is  best  given  hypodermatically 
as  morphine,  for  that  acts  more  quickly,  more  certainly,  and  is 
less  liable  to  produce  indigestion  and  excitement  than  opium. 
Many  [prefer]  to  inject  a  solution  containing  ^  gr.  [.0013  gm.] 
of  atropine  sulphate  to  each  ^  gr.  [.03  gm.]  of  morphine  salt, 
for  by  so  doing  the  liability  of  morphine  to  upset  the  stomach 
and  bowels  is  diminished  and  its  efficacy  as  an  anodyne  is  not 
sensibly  lessened.  It  would  be  a  long  list  to  give  all  the  diseases 
the  pain  of  which  can  be  relieved  by  morphine ;  cancer  and 
fractures  are  typical  instances.  Morphine  is  very  valuable  for 
the  insomnia  of  acute  diseases ;  but  it  should  never  be  prescribed 
for  habitual  sleeplessness,  for  fear  the  patient  should  contract  the 
habit  of  opium  taking — unless  the  disease  causing  the  insomnia 
is  incurable,  when  the  use  of  opium  is  quite  justifiable.  It 
should  not  be  given  in  gout,  for  that  is  often  accompanied  by 
granular  kidneys ;  nor  for  hysteria,  for  often  it  does  not  relieve 
hysterical  pains,  and  an  opium  habit  may  be  formed.  It  is  es- 
pecially useful  in  renal  and  biliary  colic,  and  for  the  after- 
pains  of  a  confinement.  In  these  cases  it  relieves  the  pain  partly 
from  its  power  as  an  anodyne,  and  also  because  by  its  paralyzing 
effect  on  unstriped  muscle  it  relaxes  the  muscular  contraction. 
This  property  also  makes  it  valuable  in  some  cases  of  spasmodic 
stricture  of  the  urethra.  It  may  be  given  as  a  sedative  in  de- 
lirium tremens  and  some  forms  of  mania,  but  often  such  large 
doses  are  required  that  its  use  is  not  justifiable.  Patients  suffer- 
ing great  pain  can  take  enormous  doses  without  any  symptoms 
of  poisoning. 

Spinal  cord. — It  has  been  used  for  pains  of  locomotor  ataxia 
and  occasionally  in  convulsive  diseases,  but  without  much  success. 

Kidneys. — It  should  always  be  remembered  that  morphine  is 
excreted  with  difficulty,  if  the  kidneys  are  diseased.  There  are 
several  cases  recorded  in  which  persons  suffering  from  Bright's 


DRUGS   ACTING   CHIEFLY   ON    THE   NERVOUS    SYSTEM.       363 

disease  have  been  killed  by  quite  small  doses  of  opium.  But  it 
often  so  markedly  relieves  uraemic  dyspnoea,  uraemic  insomnia, 
the  cardiac  dyspnoea  which  may  complicate  Bright' s  disease,  and 
even  uraemic  convulsions,  that  it  may  be  justifiable  to  inject  ^ 
of  a  grain  [.01  gm.]  of  a  morphine  salt  subcutaneously  into  a 
patient  suffering  from  one  of  these  conditions  and  run  the  slight 
risk  there  is  of  poisoning  him.  But  it  is  clear  that  this  treatment 
must  be  adopted  very  cautiously. 

Skin. — Combined  with  ipecacuanha  [as  in]  Dover's  powder, 
opium  is  commonly  given  as  a  mild  diaphoretic,  in  cases  of  slight 
inflammatory  disorder,  such  as  a  common  cold. 

Metabolism. — Opium  is  administered  to  persons  suffering  from 
diabetes,  and  the  amount  of  sugar  in  the  urine  certainly  dimin- 
ishes and  the  patient's  general  health  improves  [but,  however, 
codeine  is  preferable.]  Opium  can,  in  the  opinion  of  many, 
control  all  varieties  of  inflammation,  therefore  it  is  given  for  a 
cold  in  the  head,  for  cystitis,  pleurisy,  etc.  Occasionally  per- 
sons taking  [morphine]  suffer  from  retention  of  urine.  We  have 
indicated  the  occasions  on  which  opium  and  morphine  are  re- 
spectively preferable. 

[Heroine  (not  official)  is  morphine  diacetic  ester,  which  as  a 
hydrochlorate  is  freely  soluble  in  water  and  alcohol.  It  gener- 
ally produces  no  disagreeable  symptoms,  beyond  headache,  and 
is  said  not  to  give  rise  to  habituation.  It  occasionally  produces 
violent  and  uncontrollable  vomiting.  Since  it  diminishes  the 
sensitiveness  of  the  respiratory  centres  to  an  excess  of  carbon 
dioxide  in  the  blood  (Wood)  it  is  useful  in  some  forms  of  dysp- 
noea. It  is  of  great  value  in  quieting  cough.  The  dose  is  -fa  to 
£gr.;  .003  to  .012  gm. 

Dionine  (not  official)  is  morphine  mono-ethyl  ester  hydro- 
chlorate,  which  is  readily  soluble  in  water.  It  is  somewhat 
hypnotic,  and  like  heroine  is  useful  to  allay  cough.  It  is 
said  to  check  night  sweats.  The  dose  is  ^  to  ^  gr.;  .01  to 
.015  gm. 

Peronine  (not  official)  is  morphine  benzylic  ester  hydro- 
chlorate,  soluble  in  water.  This  is  hypnotic,  producing  sound 
sleep  without  previous  excitement,  and  is  useful  in  allaying  the 


364  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

cough  of  pulmonary  tuberculosis,  chronic  bronchitis  and  pertus- 
sis.    Dose,  T5S  gr. ;  .0004  gm.  in  pill.] 

TOXICOLOGY. 

Acute  poisoning. — There  may  be  slight  preliminary  excitability  ;  but  soon 
drowsiness  sets  in.  This  is  followed  by  incapacity  for  exertion,  sleep,  and 
finally  deep  coma.  The  pupils  are  minutely  contracted.  At  first  the  patient 
can  be  roused  ;  but  soon  no  stimulation  will  do  this.  Reflex  action  is  abol- 
ished. The  skin  is  cold,  the  face  and  lips  are  livid,  and  toward  the  end 
bathed  in  sweat.  The  pulse  is  weak  and  slow.  The  respiration  becomes 
slower  and  more  irregular  ;  and  last  it  is  stertorous,  and  the  patient  dies  from 
asphyxia. 

Diagnosis  of  poisoning  by  Opium. — I.  From  Alcoholic  poisoning. — Often 
very  difficult,  especially  if,  as  commonly  happens,  the  man  poisoned  with 
opium  has  taken  alcohol  or  had  it  given  to  him.  The  pupils  are  more  con- 
tracted in  opium  poisoning.  The  patient  is  more  easily  roused  in  alcohol 
poisoning.  Examine  the  urine  for  morphine  and  alcohol.  Get  a  careful  his- 
tory. 2.  From  cerebral  hemorrhage. — If  this  is  in  the  pons  Varolii,  the 
pupils  may  be  very  contracted  and  the  diagnosis  difficult,  but  look  carefully 
for  local  paralysis.  Usually  cerebral  haemorrhage  takes  place  into  the  internal 
capsule,  and  then  the  face  and  the  limbs  on  the  opposite  side  are  paralyzed. 
If  the  haemorrhage  is  a  small  one,  and  especially  if  it  is  in  the  pons,  the  tem- 
perature may  be  raised  ;  if  it  is  a  very  large  one,  the  temperature  falls  for  the 
first  few  hours,  but  may  rise  subsequently.  If  the  pupils  are  unequal,  the 
case  is  one  of  cerebral  haemorrhage.  3.  From  Carbolic  Acid  poisoning,  in 
which  there  may  be  coma  and  contracted  pupils.  The  acid  produces  white 
patches  in  the  mouth,  and  the  odor  is  characteristic.  4.  From  Chloroform 
and  Ether  poisoning,  by  the  odor  of  the  breath  and  of  the  vomited  matters. 
5.  From  uraemia,  by  the  signs  of  Bright' s  disease,  especially  albuminuria.  6. 
From  diabetic  coma,  by  the  smell  of  the  breath  and  the  glycosuria.  7.  From 
the  comatose  stage  of  an  epileptic  fit,  by  the  history,  the  dilatation  of  the  pupils, 
and  the  fact  that  the  lividity  does  not  deepen.  8.  From  the  same  stage  of  a 
Jit  in  general  paralysis  of  the  insane  and  other  nervous  diseases,  by  the  same 
symptoms. 

Post-mortem. — The  appearances  after  death  from  Opium  poisoning  are 
those  always  found  after  fatal  asphyxia. 

Treatment. — Wash  out  the  stomach.  [This  should  be  repeated  at  fre- 
quent intervals,  because  the  morphine,  which  has  been  absorbed,  is  excreted 
into  the  stomach.]  Give  prompt  emetics  (see  p.  139),  as  apomorphine  [hydro- 
chlorate]  subcutaneously.  Always  arouse  the  patient  by  walking  him  about, 
flapping  him  with  a  towel,  pinching  him,  applying  the  faradic  current,  and 
putting  ammonia  to  the  nose;  a  pint  [500.  c.c. ]  of  strong  coffee  should  be 
injected  into  the  rectum,  2'ff  gr.  [.003  gm.]  of  atropine  sulphate  given  subcu- 
taneously, or  30  minims,  [2.  c.c.]  of  tincture  of  belladonna  by  the  mouth,  re- 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY    ON    THE    NERVOUS    SYSTEM.       365 

peated  every  quarter  of  an  hour.  [Instances  of  recovery  from  opium  poisoning 
followed  by  death  from  the  belladonna  or  atropine,  used  as  an  antidote,  have 
been  observed.  Great  caution  must  be  exercised  if  this  antidote  be  used, — 
if  indeed  it  should  be  employed  at  all.]  If  the  breathing  is  very  difficult,  arti- 
ficial respiration  should  be  employed.  Oxygen  or  amyl  nitrite  inhalations  may 
be  used.  The  treatment  must  be  kept  upjbr  several  hours  if  necessary.  [Po- 
tassium permanganate,  well  diluted,  has  been  successfully  used  in  an  amount 
equal  to  that  of  the  alkaloid  ingested  ;  it  almost  immediately  destroys  the 
latter,  through  its  chemical  action.  It  is  claimed  that  it  can  act  upon  the 
poison  when  in  the  blood  so  that  a  hypodermatic  injection  of  it  even  for  some 
hours  after  its  ingestion  may  afford  relief.  Wood,  however,  has  found  that  its 
hypodermatic  injection  does  no  good  in  morphine  poisoning.  The  reports 
have  been  so  generally  favorable  that  potassium  permanganate  should  be  used 
immediately] . 

Chronic  Morphine  poisoning. — As  many  persons  administer  this  drug  sub- 
cutaneously  to  themselves,  chronic  poisoning  is  very  common.  The  symptoms 
are  that  the  patient  loses  all  sense  of  right  and  wrong,  he  will  lie  and  thieve 
in  the  most  degrading  way,  especially  if  his  desire  is  to  obtain  the  drug,  and 
absolutely  no  statement  that  he  makes  can  be  trusted.  He  neglects  his  work, 
and  lets  his  business  go  to  ruin.  He  wastes  and  becomes  anaemic,  he  suffers 
from  loss  of  appetite,  indigestion,  dry  mouth,  sluggish  bowels,  and  a  foul 
tongue.  The  nails  are  brittle,  the  skin  is  dry,  the  hair  turns  gray  early,  and 
falls  out.  There  is  sexual  impotence,  no  erections  take  place,  no  semen  is 
secreted,  there  is  amenorrhcea,  and  the  flow  of  milk  is  stopped,  but  there  is 
polyuria.  The  pupils  are  small,  there  is  loss  of  muscular  power,  slight  ataxia 
and  tremor  in  severe  cases.  The  arm,  [leg,  or  portions  of  the  body]  are 
scarred  with  marks  of  the  [needle].  Even  20  gr.  [1.20  gm.]  of  morphine 
may  be  taken  each  day. 

[Treatment. — ]The  patient  must  be  isolated  and  carefully  watched  [so] 
that  he  gets  no  morphine  (he  often  eludes  or  bribes  his  nurse)  ;  it  should  be 
diminished  gradually,  so  that  at  the  end  of  a  fortnight  he  is  taking  none.  If 
it  is  stopped  suddenly  there  may  be  serious  collapse  and  wild  delirium. 
Relapses  are  very  common,  and  a  complete  cure  after  a  relapse  is  very  rare. 
[No  reliance  can  be  placed  upon  any  of  the  advertised  cures  for  the  morphine 
habit ;  most  contain  morphine  and  the  remainder  are  useless.  The  patient  on 
entering  an  institution  for  his  cure  must  be  most  thoroughly  and  carefully 
searched  so  that  he  shall  not  be  possessed  of  a  supply  sufficient  to  keep  him 
comfortable  during  his  treatment. 

ANTAGONISM. 

Atropine, — Atropine  [see  p.  373]  is  a  valuable  antidote  to  morphine, 
because  it  powerfully  stimulates  the  respiratory  centre.  It  also  stimulates  the 
cerebral  convolutions  and  intestinal  peristalsis,  both  depressed  by  morphine. 
It  appears  to  be  antagonistic  to  opium  in  other  particulars,  but  is  not  really  so. 
Thus,  although  it  prevents  perspiration  and  dilates  the  pupil,  these  effects  are 


366  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

due  to  action  on  the  peripheral  nerve  terminations,  while  morphine  produces 
contrary  results  by  acting  on  the  central  nervous  system.  Still  it  has  been 
found  that  some  of  the  undesirable  effects  that  may  follow  the  subcutaneous 
injection  of  morphine,  such  as  indigestion,  constipation  and  cardiac  depression, 
may  be  avoided  if  T£ff  to  T^  gr. ;  [.0004  to  .0006  gm.]  of  atropine  sulphate  is 
injected  at  the  same  time. 

CODEINA. — Codeine.  An  alkaloid  obtained  from  Opium.  C18H21 
NO3-f-HjO=[3i6.3i.  Synonym. — Methyl  Morphine. 

SOURCE.  —  Obtained  by  evaporating  the  ammoniacal  liquids,  remaining 
.  after  the  precipitation  of  Morphine  by  Ammonia  in  the  preparation  of  the 
Hydrochlorate,  treating  the  residue  with  water,  precipitation  with  Caustic  Pot- 
ash, and  purifying  by  dissolving  in  Ether  and  letting  the  Codeine  crystallize 
out  on  spontaneous  evaporation. 

CHARACTERS. — White,  or  nearly  translucent,  orthorhombic  prisms,  or  octa- 
hedral crystals,  having  a  faintly  bitter  taste,  and  slightly  efflorescent  in  warm 
air.  Solubility. — In  80  parts  of  water  ;  in  3  of  Alcohol.] 

Dose,  X  to  2  £T-  i  [-OI5  to  -12  Sm-] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  CODEINE. 

Codeine  may  produce  tremors  because  it  excites  the  cord  more, 
and  depresses  the  higher  faculties  less,  than  morphine,  and  in  man 
its  physiological  action  is  in  all  respects  much  less  than  that  of 
morphine.  It  often  relieves  the  hacking  cough  of  phthisis.  It 
is  also  used  for  ovarian  pain  and  to  diminish  the  glycosuria  in 
diabetes  [which  it  does  more  effectually  than  opium  itself  and  as 
an  analgesic.  It  is  an  excellent  substitute  for  morphine  as  an 
ingredient  of  cough  mixture.  For  diabetes  it  is  usually  given  as 
a  pill,  or  in  a  syrup.]  The  phosphate  (not  official)  has  the  ad- 
vantage of  being  much  more  soluble  than  codeine. 

[The  following  non-official  alkaloids  are  sometimes  used  : — 

Thebaine.  Synonym. — Paramorphine.  It  is  contained  in  Opium,  0.15  to 
I  per  cent.  It  occurs  in  silvery  scales  or  hard  prisms,  odorless  and  having  a 
bitterish  taste ;  soluble  in  Ether,  Alcohol  and  Chloroform.  ]  This  produces 
powerful  convulsions  as  the  result  of  its  action  on  the  cord.  Its  subsequent 
depressant  action  is  very  slight. 

\_Narceine. — It  is  contained  in  Opium  o. I  to  0.7  per  cent.,  and  occurs  in 
long  quadrangular  prisms,  or  white,  silky  needles,  sparingly  soluble  in  Alcohol, 
and  in  water.  It  closely  resembles  morphine  in  its  action,  but  is  probably  more 
hypnotic  and  not  so  likely  to  be  followed  by  disagreeable  after-effects.] 

Anarcotine.  —  This  is  also  known  as  narcotine,  which  is  an  [improper] 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY    ON    THE    NERVOUS    SYSTEM.       367 

name,  for  the  drug  does  not  cause  sleep.  [It  is  contained  in  opium  1.3  to  10. 
per  cent.,  the  amount  varying  greatly  according  to  the  source]  ;  it  is  the  chief 
constituent  of  Indian  opium.  [It  exists  in  a  free  state  in  Opium  from  which  it  is 
left  behind  when  the  drug  is  treated  with  water.  It  crystallizes  in  white,  silky, 
flexible  needles  which  are  tasteless  and  odorless.  It  is  antiperiodic  in  its  action 
and  is  valuable  not  only  as  a  preventive,  but  as  well  cures  malarial  fevers.] 

APOMORPHIN^E  HYDROCHLORAS.  —  Apomorphine  Hydro- 
chlorate.  C17H17NO2HC1[=302. 79.] 

SOURCE. — It  is  the  hydrochlorate  of  an  [artificial]  Alkaloid  obtained  by 
heating  Morphine*in  sealed  tubes  with  an  excess  of  Hydrochloric  Acid.  The 
Morphine  loses  one  molecule  of  water  thus  :  Cj7H19NO3=:C17H17NO2-|-H2O. 

CHARACTERS.  —  [Minute,  grayish- white,  shining,  acicular  crystals,  hav 
ing  a  faintly  bitter  taste,  and  acquiring  a  greenish  tint  on  exposure  to  light  and 
air.  Solubility. — In  45  parts  of  water ;  in  about  45  parts  of  Alcohol.] 

Dose,  ^  to  \  gr. ;  [.0027  to  .01  gm.]  hypodermatically,  ^  to  ^  gr. ; 
[.003  to  .006  gm.]  by  the  mouth. 

ACTION  OF  APOMORPHINE  HYDROCHLORATE. 

External. — None. 

Internal. —  Gastro-intestinal  tract.  —  Apomorphine  is  the 
most  powerful  emetic  we  possess.  It  does  not  act  locally  on  the 
stomach,  but  solely  on  the  vomiting  centre  in  the  medulla.  It 
is  therefore  an  indirect  emetic.  This  is  shown  by  the  fact  that 
when  the  drug  is  injected  subcutaneously  it  produces  violent  vom- 
iting if  the  vessels  are  so  tied  that  none  can  reach  the  stomach, 
but  not  if  they  are  so  tied  that  it  cannot  reach  the  medulla. 

Circulation. — Therapeutic  doses  have  no  effect  beyond  the  de- 
pressing action  which  may  be  attributed  to  the  vomiting.  Large 
doses  cause  a  rise  in  the  rate  of  the  pulse,  probably  from  stimula- 
tion of  the  accelerator  nerves,  and  with  fatal  doses  the  pulse-rate 
falls,  because  the  drug  directly  paralyzes  the  cardiac  muscle. 

Respiration. — This  is  at  first  stimulated  by  the  act  of  vomit- 
ing. The  effect  of  poisonous  doses  is  doubtful ;  probably  they 
depress  respiration.  [Physiological  experiments  show  that  it 
produces  a  watery  discharge  from  the  blood-vessels  of  the  respir- 
atory mucous  membrane,  which  is  found  to  be  paler  after  the 
administration  of  this  remedy,  as  well  as  less  oedematous.  This 
effect  is  produced  within  a  half  hour  after  ingestion,  and  it  is  not 
in  any  respect  the  first  stages  of  emesis.] 


V^ 


368  ORGANIC    MATERIA   MEDICA. 

Nervous  system. — The  first  result  of  toxic  doses  is  to  cause 
delirium.  Finally  there  is  paralysis  of  the  motor  nerves,  and 
consequently  of  the  muscles. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  APOMORPHINE  HYDROCHLORATE. 

Internal. —  Vomiting  action.  — The  advantages  of  apomor- 
phine  over  the  other  emetics  are  that  it  is  certain,  prompt,  and 
powerful ;  it  can  be  given  when  emetics  introduced  directly  into 
the  stomach  would  not  act,  and  it  does  not  irritate  the  stomach. 
It  is  largely  used  in  cases  of  poisoning.  It  is  usually  given  hypo- 
dermatically,  [dissolved  in  camphor  water ;  i  in  50.  Dose,  4  to 
8  minims ;  .25  to  .50  c.c.  This  must  be  prepared  extemporane- 
ously, as  it  will  not  keep.] 

Expectorant  action. — It  is,  when  given  by  the  mouth,  a  valu- 
able expectorant  for  bronchitis.  [In  an  adult  ^  gr.,  .002  gm., 
or  i  dr.,  4.  c.c.,  of  the  syrup  (see  below)  will  produce  a  watery 
expectoration  within  the  time  above  stated,  and  this  effect  will 
last  from  two  to  three  hours.  It  is  particularly  useful  in  the 
early  stages  of  acute  bronchitis,  in  chronic  dry  bronchitis,  in 
chronic  catarrhal  pneumonia,  and  in  old  tuberculous  patients  who 
are  harassed  by  an  unproductive  cough. 

Soporific  action. — Recently  it  has  been  claimed  that  when 
given  hypodermatically  at  bedtime,  in  dose  just  short  of  pro- 
ducing emesis,  sleep,  closely  approaching  the  normal,  ensues. 
This  is  not  always  the  case,  and  its  hypnotic  action  may  be  due 
to  contamination  with  other  alkaloids.] 

The  British  Pharmaceutical  Conference  recommends  the  fol- 
lowing Syrup  of  Apomorphine  :  Mix  Rectified  Spirit,  84  ;  with 
the  same  amount  of  water ;  dissolve  in  this  Apomorphine  Hy- 
drochlorate,  i  ;  add  Diluted  Hydrochloric  Acid,  24 ;  and  finally 
Syrup,  1728  parts.  Dose,  ^  to  i  fl.  dr.  [2.  to  4.  c.c.]  The 
drug  may  also  be  given  as  a  lozenge. 

HUMULUS. 

HOPS. — [The  strobiles  of  Humulus  Z«/W«.f  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Urticaced). 
Habitat. — Northern  temperate  zone  ;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — Ovate,  about  3  cm.  long,  consisting  of  a  thin,  hairy,  undu- 
lated axis,  and  many  obliquely  ovate,  membranous  scales,  in  the  upper  part 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY    ON    THE    NERVOUS    SYSTEM.       369 

reticulately-veined,  and  towards  the  base  parallel-veined,  glandular,  and  sur- 
rounding a  subglobular  achene ;  color  of  the  scales  greenish,  free  from  red- 
dish or  brownish  spots ;  odor,  aromatic ;  taste,  bitter,  aromatic  and  slightly 
astringent.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Lupulin.  (2)  Lupu- 
linic  Acid,  II  per  cent.,  a  bitter  crystalline  principle.  (3)  Valerol,  i  per 
cent.,  an  aromatic  volatile  oil  giving  the  odor.  (4)  Resin,  9  to  18  per  cent. 
(5)  Tannic  acid,  3  to  4  per  cent. 

[^COMPATIBLES. — Mineral  acids,  and  metallic  salts. 

Preparation. 

Tinctura  Humuli. — Tincture  of  Hops.     Hops,  200 ;  by  macer- 
ation and  percolation  with  Diluted  Alcohol  to  looo. 
Dose,  i  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  8.  c.c.-] 

LUPULINUM. — Lupulin.  A  glandular  powder,  separated  from  the 
strobiles  of  Humulus  Lupulus  Linn6  (nat.  ord.  Urticacetz). 

[CHARACTERS. — Bright,  brownish-yellow,  becoming  yellowish-brown,  res- 
inous, consisting  of  minute  granules,  which,  as  seen  under  the  microscope, 
are  subglobular,  or  rather  hood-shaped,  and  reticulate  ;  aromatic  and  bitter.] 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr. ;  [.30  to  2.00  gm.] 

Preparations. 

i.  Extractum  Lupulini  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Lupulin. 
Lupulin,  1000  ;  by  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol,  evapora- 
tion and  solution  to  looo  parts. 

Dose,  5  to  30  m.  ;  .30  to  2.00  c.c. 

2.  Oleoresina  Lupulini. — Oleoresin  of  Lupulin.     Lupulin,  loo  ; 
by  percolation  with  Ether  and  evaporation. 
Dose,  i  to  5  gr. ;  .06  to  .30  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  HOPS. 

The  volatile  oil  is  stomachic  and  carminative  like  other 
volatile  oils.  [To  a  slight  extent  it  reflexly  excites  the  circula- 
tion.] The  bitter  principle  aids  the  stomachic  influence.  Hops 
are  decidedly  soporific.  Probably  it  is  the  volatile  oil  that 
produces  this  effect. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  HOPS. 

The  pharmacopoeial  preparations  of  hops  are  not  much  used, 
but  good  beer,  because  of  the  hops  contained  in  it,  may  with 
some  persons  aid  digestion,  and  for  this  purpose  is  often  given 

24 


3/O  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

with  meals  to  those  whose  digestion  is  feeble  after  a  long  illness, 
or  from  any  other  cause.  [The  alcohol  in  the  beer  increases  this 
effect.]  Many  people  find  the  soporific  influence  of  beer  very 
well  marked.  [Lupulin  has  been  used  in  nervous  tremors,  wake- 
fulness  and  in  the  delirium  of  drunkards.] 

LACTUCARIUM. 

[LACTUCARIUM. — The  concrete  milk-juice  of  Lactuca  virosa  LinnS 
(nat.  ord.  Composites).  Synonym. — Lettuce.  Habitat. — Southern  and  Central 
Europe. 

CHARACTERS. — In  sections  of  plano-convex,  circular  cakes,  or  in  irregu- 
lar, angular  pieces,  externally  grayish-brown  or  dull  reddish-brown,  internally 
whitish  or  yellowish,  of  a  waxy  lustre  ;  odor  heavy,  somewhat  narcotic  ;  taste 
bitter. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  of  Lactucarium  are — (i)  Lactu- 
cerin  or  Lactucone,  C16H26O,  about  50  per  cent.,  a  crystalline  principle.  (2) 
Lactucin,  CUH12O3-|-H2O,  resembling  mannit.  (3)  Lactucic  Acid. 

Dose,  5  to  60  gr. ;  .30  to  4.00  gm. 

Preparations. 

1.  Tinctura  Lactucarii. — Tincture  of  Lactucarium.    Lactucarium, 
500 ;    Glycerin,   250 ;    by  treatment   with   Benzin   and   drying,    then 
macerate  and  percolate  with  water,  and  Alcohol  ;  evaporate,  filter  and 
add  diluted  Alcohol  to  1000. 

Dose,  X  to  2  fl-  dr-  >  *•  to  8-  c-c- 

2.  Syrupus    Lactucarii. — Syrup   of  Lactucarium.      Tincture  of 
Lactucarium,    loo ;  Sugar,    50  ;  Precipitated  Calcium  Phosphate,  50 ; 
triturated  together  with  water,   filter,   dissolve  Sugar,  700 ;  and  add 
water  to  looo. 

Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr.  ;  4.  to  15.  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  LACTUCARIUM. 

Lactucarium  has  been  credited  with  mild  hypnotic  powers. 
Large  doses  of  the  green  extract  may  cause  mental  derangement, 
and  will  dilate  the  pupil.] 

[PELLOTINUM. 

PELLOTINE  (Not  official).—  C,,H.ilNCy=238. 50.  An  alkaloid  ob- 
tained from  the  Anhalonium  Williamsii  (nat.  ord.  Cactacece).  Habitat. — 
Mexico. 

CHARACTERS. — The  hydrochloride,  which  is  to  be  found  in  the  shops, 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY   ON    THE    NERVOUS    SYSTEM. 


occurs  as  a  colorless,  amorphous,  intensely  bitter  powder.    Solubility.  —  Readily 
in  water. 

Dose,  l/2  to  i  gr.  ;  .03  to  .06  gm.     (Hypodermatically.) 

ACTION  OF  PELLOTINE. 

Slight  narcosis  follows  its  injection  in  from  ten  to  fifteen 
minutes  (frogs).  The  reflexes  are  somewhat  diminished.  After 
twenty  to  thirty  minutes  there  comes  a  distinct  increase  of  reflex 
irritability,  followed  by  spasms,  resembling  strychnine  poisoning. 
If  large  doses  are  administered  this  condition  may  pass  into  one 
of  complete  paralysis.  The  pulse  rate  is  slightly  diminished, 
drowsiness  and  sleep  supervene  after  its  administration  to  man. 
The  drug  is  probably  excreted  by  the  kidneys. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  PELLOTINE. 

Pellotine  has  been  recently  introduced  as  a  hypnotic  which, 
because  it  is  unirritating,  can  be  used  hypodermatically.  It 
slows  the  pulse  slightly,  induces  a  feeling  of  weariness,  weight  of 
eyelids  and  limbs,  disinclination  to  mental  and  bodily  exertion, 
and  a  quiet  sleep  follows.  The  awakening  is  easy  and  usually 
without  untoward  symptoms.  In  full  doses,  with  the  patient  in 
an  upright  position  it  may  give  rise  to  vertigo.  It  apparently 
has  no  effect  on  the  secretions.] 

[B.   Cerebral  Excitants.] 

BELLADONNA. 

BELLADONN/E  FOLIA.—  Belladonna  Leaves.  [The  leaves  of 
Atropa  Belladonna  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Solanaceez).  Synonym.  —  Deadly  Night- 
shade. Habitat.  —  Europe  and  Asia  Minor. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Leaves  from  10  to  15  cm.  long,  from  5  to  10  cm.  broad, 
broadly  ovate,  equilaterally  narrowed  into  a  petiole,  tapering  at  the  apex, 
entire  on  the  margin,  smooth,  thin,  the  upper  surface  brownish-green,  the 
lower  surface  grayish-green,  both  surfaces  whitish,  punctate  ;  odor  slight, 
bitterish,  disagreeable.]  Resembling  Belladonna  leaves.  —  Stramonium  leaves, 
more  wrinkled  ;  hyoscyamus  leaves,  hairy. 

COMPOSITION.—  The  chief  constituents  are  —  (I)  Atropine  (see  p.  373),  [(2) 
so-called  Belladonnine,  a  yellowish  powder,  is  probably  identical  with  Hyos- 
cyamine  (see  p.  384).]  It  has  been  stated  that  atropine  does  not  exist  in  Bel- 
ladonna in  the  natural  state,  but  that  it  is  a  conversion  product  of  hyoscyamine, 


3/2  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

which  is  the  natural  alkaloid  of  Belladonna.     [Atropine,  hyoscine,  (see  p.  384), 
daturine,  (see  p.  382),  duboisine  and  scopolamine,  all  derived  from  atropaceous 
plants,  are  nearly  identical,  and  exist  as  malates  in  the  plant.] 
Dose,  i  to  5  gr. ;  [.06  to  .30  gm.] 

Preparations. 

1.  [Extractum   Belladonnae  Foliorum    Alcoholicum. — Alco- 
holic Extract  of  Belladonna  Leaves.     By  percolation  with  Alcohol  and 
water,  and  evaporation. 

Alcoholic  Extract  of  Belladonna  Leaves  is  used  to  make  Emplas- 
trum  Belladonnas  and  Unguentum  Belladonnae. 
Dose,  ^  to  yz  gr. ;  .008  to  .03  gm. 

2.  Tinctura  Belladonnas   Foliorum. — Tincture  of  Belladonna 
Leaves.      Belladonna  Leaves,   150;  Diluted  Alcohol,   to    1000.     By 
maceration  and  percolation. 

Dose,  5  to  30  m. ;  .30  to  2.00  c.c. 

3.  Unguentum  Belladonnae. — Belladonna  Ointment.     Alcoholic 
Extract  of  Belladonna  Leaves,   10;  Diluted  Alcohol,  5;  Benzoinated 
Lard,  8$. 

4.  Emplastrum   Belladonnae. — Belladonna  Plaster.      Alcoholic 
Extract  of  Belladonna  Leaves,  200 ;  Resin  Plaster,  400 ;  Soap  Plaster, 
400.     Melt  the  plaster  on  a  water-bath  ;  then  add  the  extract  of  bella- 
donna leaves  and  continue  the  heat,  stirring  constantly,  until  a  homo- 
geneous mass  results.  ] 

BELLADONNA  RADIX.— Belladonna  Root.  The  root  of  Atropa 
Belladonna  [LinnS  (nat.  ord.  Solanacea).  Habitat. — Central  and  Southern 
Europe,  in  woods. 

CHARACTERS. — In  cylindrical,  somewhat  tapering,  longitudinally  wrinkled 
pieces,  10  to  25  mm.  or  more  in  thickness  ;  externally  brownish-gray,  inter- 
nally whitish  ;  fracture  nearly  smooth  and  mealy,  not  radiating  or  showing 
medullary  rays  in  the  thicker  roots,  only  in  the  layer  near  the  bark  ;  nearly 
inodorous  ;  taste  sweetish,  afterwards  bitterish  and  strongly  acrid.] 

COMPOSITION. — As  of  the  leaves.  Usually  contains  0.2  to  0.6  per  cent, 
of  alkaloids. 

Preparations. 

1.  [Extractum  Belladonnae  Radicis  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract 
of  Belladonna   Root.     By  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water,   and 
evaporation. 

Dose,  i  to  3  m. ;  .06  to  .20  c.c. 

2.  Linimentum    Belladonnae. — Belladonna    Liniment.      Fluid 
Extract  of  Belladonna  Root,  950  ;  Camphor,  50.] 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY    ON    THE    NERVOUS    SYSTEM.       3/3 

ATROPINA.— Atropine.  C17H23NO3[=288.38.  An  Alkaloid  obtained 
from  Belladonna,  which  it  contains  in  .06  to  .3  percent.  As  it  occurs  in  com- 
merce, it  is  always  accompanied  by  a  small  proportion  of  hyoscyamine  ex- 
tracted along  with  it,  from  which  it  cannot  be  readily  separated. 

SOURCE. — Atropine  is  made  from  the  root  thus  : — (i )  Make  a  tincture  of 
the  root  by  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol.  (2)  Add  slaked  lime  ; 
this  splits  up  the  Atropine  Malate,  Lime  Malate  being  precipitated.  (3)  Fil- 
ter, and  add  Sulphuric  Acid  to  precipitate  the  excess  of  Lime.  (4)  Filter,  con- 
centrate by  distillation,  partially  evaporate,  add  Potassium  Carbonate ;  after 
six  hours  much  coloring  matter  is  precipitated.  ( 5 )  Filter,  add  more  Potas- 
sium Carbonate  ;  this  sets  free  the  Atropine.  (6)  Shake  up  with  Chloroform, 
which  takes  up  the  Atropine  in  solution.  (7)  Withdraw  the  Chloroform, 
evaporate,  and  Atropine  is  left.  It  is  purified  by  digestion  with  warm  Alco- 
hol and  Animal  Charcoal.] 

CHARACTERS. — [White,  acicular  crystals,  or  a  more  or  less  amorphous, 
white  powder,  without  odor,  having  a  bitter,  acrid  taste,  and  gradually  assum- 
ing a  yellowish  tint  on  exposure  to  air.  Solubility. — In  130  parts  of  water,  3 
parts  of  Alcohol,  16  parts  of  Ether,  4  parts  of  Chloroform,  and  about  50  parts 
of  Glycerin.]  It  can  be  decomposed  into  Tropine  and  Tropic  Acid,  and  re- 
constructed by  their  synthesis.  It  is  distinguished  from  hyoscyamine,  with 
which  it  is  isomeric,  by  its  melting-point,  optical  properties  and  molecular  con- 
stitution. 

I  NCOMPATIBLES.  — Caustic  alkalies  decompose  it. 

Dose,  T^  to  fa  gr. ;  [.0005  to  .001  gm.] 

ATROPINE    SULPHAS.— Atropine    Sulphate.       [(C17H23NO,)2H2 

S0<=647.58. 

SOURCE. — Dissolve  Atropine  in  Diluted  Sulphuric  Acid,  treat  with  Ether, 
the  insoluble  Sulphate  is  deposited. 

CHARACTERS. —  A  white,  indistinctly  crystalline  powder,  having  a  very 
bitter  nauseating  taste.  Solubility. — In  0.4  part  of  water  ;  in  6.2  parts  of 
Alcohol.] 

Dose,  T^  to  -fa  gr. ;  [.0005  to  .003  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  BELLADONNA. 

The  action  of  belladonna  and  atropine  is  the  same. 

External. — Atropine  placed  by  itself  upon  the  unbroken 
skin  cannot  be  absorbed,  but  rubbed  in  with  substances  which 
are  absorbed,  such  as  alcohol,  glycerin,  camphor,  etc.,  or  applied 
to  a  broken  surface,  it  paralyzes  the  terminations  of  the  sensory 
nerves,  especially  if  pain  is  present.  It  is  thus  a  local  anaes- 
thetic and  an  anodyne.  These  are  its  chief  actions,  but  to  a 
much  less  extent  it  locally  paralyzes  the  terminations  of  the 


374  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

motor  nerves,  first  contracts  and  then  dilates  the  vessels,  and 
renders  the  secretions  of  the  skin  less  active. 

Internal. — Gastro-intestinal  tract. — It  will  be  convenient  to 
describe  the  effects  of  belladonna  on  all  secretions  when  speaking 
of  its  action  on  nerves,  and  we  need  not  mention  here  its  influ- 
ence on  the  muscular  coat  of  the  intestine,  for  that  is  secondary 
to  its  action  on  the  nervous  system. 

Blood. — Atropine  is  quickly  absorbed,  but  does  not  affect  the 
blood.  Its  main  action  is  on  the  nervous  system,  and  that  must 
be  considered  in  detail. 

Secretory  nerves. — The  activity  of  the  peripheral  termina-: 
tions  of  all  the  secretory  nerves  in  the  body  is,  as  far  as 
we  know,  depressed.  These  nerves  fall  under  the  following 
headings : 

^  (0)  Mouth. — Even  small  doses  of  atropine  make  the  mouth 
dry  from  lack  of  saliva  and  mucus.  In  health,  secretion  of  sub- 
maxillary  saliva  always  follows  stimulation  of  the  chorda  tympani 
nerve,  and,  as  is  well  known,  this  is  due  to  the  fact  that  this 
nerve  is  the  secretory  nerve  for  this  gland,  and  not  to  any  vascu- 
lar dilatation.  If  atropine  be  given  to  an  animal,  stimulation  of 
the  chorda  no  longer  causes  an  increased  flow  of  saliva,  however 
close  to  the  gland  the  nerve  is  excited,  the  reason  being  that 
atropine  has  paralyzed  the  terminations  of  the  chorda  tympani. 
In  the  same  way  the  terminations  of  the  secretory  nerves  of  the 
other  salivary  glands  and  the  mucous  glands  are  paralyzed,  and 
hence  the  mouth  is  dry,  because  normal  impulses  cannot  reach 
the  cells  of  the  glands. 

Stomach,  liver,  and  intestines.  — We  do  not  know  what  influ- 
ence atropine  has  on  the  secretions  of  these  organs. 

Sweat  glands. — Atropine  paralyzes  the  terminations  of  the 
nerves  in  the  sudoriparous  glands.  Thus  it  causes  the  skin  to 
become  dry. 

Kidneys. — The  effect  of  atropine  on  the  amount  of  urine 
secreted  is  necessarily  uncertain,  as  the  urinary  flow  depends  so 
much  on  the  secretion  of  sweat. 

Bronchial  mucous  membrane. — The  secretion  of  bronchial 
and  tracheal  mucus,  like  that  of  the  mouth,  is  diminished. 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY    ON    THE    NERVOUS    SYSTEM.       3/5 

Mammary  gland. — The  activity  of  the  peripheral  terminations 
of  the  secretory  nerves  in  the  cells  of  the  mammary  gland  is  in- 
hibited, hence  the  flow  of  milk,  if  any  is  present,  is  arrested, 
and  belladonna  is  called  an  antigalactagogue. 

Sensory  nerves. — It  has  already  been  mentioned  that  bella- 
donna rubbed  into  the  skin  depresses  the  function  of  the  termi- 
nations of  the  sensory  nerves.  It  does  the  same  when  given  by 
the  mouth,  but  its  action  on  sensory  nerves — that  is  to  say,  its 
anaesthetic  and  anodyne  action — is  very  inferior  to  that  on  the 
secretory  nerves,  and  is  not  powerful  enough  for  atropine  to 
relieve  pain  when  given  internally.  It  is  only  used  as  a  local 
anodyne. 

Voluntary  muscles  and  their  nerves. — Voluntary  muscles  are 
quite  unaffected  even  by  toxic  doses  of  atropine  ;  towards  the  end 
of  a  case  of  belladonna  poisoning  the  motor  nerves  are  slightly 
paralyzed. 

Involuntary  muscles  and  their  nerves. — The  splanchnics  are 
the  inhibitory  nerves  of  the  intestinal  movements,  and  if  they  are 
stimulated,  the  peristaltic  movements  stop ;  impulses  are  constantly 
descending  these  nerves  to  restrain  these  movements.  If  atropine 
in  small  doses  is  given  to  animals,  it  is  observed  that  the  bowels 
are  relaxed,  because  intestinal  peristalsis  is  much  increased, 
and  that  stimulation  of  the  splanchnics  is  powerless  to  arrest  it ; 
clearly  the  drug  has  paralyzed  the  terminations  of  the  splanchnics 
in  the  involuntary  muscles  of  the  intestine.  Larger  doses  stop 
peristalsis. 

All  involuntary  nerve  terminations,  as  those  of  the  muscles  of 
the  bladder,  ureters,  urethra,  vesiculae  seminales,  uterus  and 
vagina  are  paralyzed  like  those  in  the  intestinal  muscles. 

The  eye  and  its  nerves. — Atropine  acts  only  on  the  termina- 
tions of  the  nerves  in  the  involuntary  muscles  of  the  eye.  If  it 
be  dropped  into  the  eye  or  given  by  the  mouth  the  pupil  dilates 
widely,  and  cannot  be  made  to  contract  by  stimulation  of  the 
third  nerve.  That  this  dilatation  is  not  due  to  any  marked  action 
on  the  muscular  fibres  of  the  iris  themselves  is  shown  by  the  fact 
that  the  atropinized  pupil  will  contract  if  the  muscle  itself  be 
stimulated.  Therefore  it  must  be  that  the  terminations  of 


3/6  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

the  third  nerve  in  the  iris  are  paralyzed.  The  ending  of 
this  nerve  in  the  ciliary  muscle  is  affected  in  the  same  way,  and 
consequently  accommodation  is  paralyzed.  It  is  certain 
that  this  mydriasis  and  defective  accommodation  is  in  no  part 
central,  as  is  the  contraction  of  the  pupil  produced  by  opium. 
So  strong  is  the  local  action  of  belladonna  that  if  atropine 
be  dropped  into  the  recently  excised  eye  the  pupil  will  dilate. 
When  the  third  nerve  is  cut  the  pupil  dilates,  and  if,  after  this, 
atropine  be  dropped  into  the  eye  it  dilates  still  further.  Some 
have  concluded,  from  this  and  other  reasons,  that  atropine  also 
stimulates  the  terminations  of  the  sympathetic  in  the  iris ;  but 
this  action  is  slight.  [The  pupil  dilates  because  the  elastic  fibres 
in  the  iris  have  an  opportunity  to  act.]  The  intra-ocular  tension 
is  increased  by  large  doses.  There  is,  as  a  result  of  the  paralysis 
of  the  ciliary  muscle,  disturbance  of  vision.  Atropine  does  not 
act  on  the  pupils  of  birds. 

The  heart  and  its  nerves. — The  main  action  of  atropine  is  to 
paralyze  the  terminations  of  the  vagus  in  the  heart,  and 
consequently  the  pulse  is  rendered  more  rapid,  and  cannot 
be  slowed  by  strongly  stimulating  the  vagus.  If  the  rate  of  the 
heart  has  been  lowered  by  [muscarine],  which  can  be  shown  to 
have  a  local  stimulating  influence  on  the  termination  of  the  vagus 
in  the  heart,  the  application  of  atropine  renders  the  heart  quick 
again,  the  two  drugs  being,  in  their  effect  on  the  heart,  exactly 
antagonistic.  This  quickening  of  the  pulse  from  inhibition  of  the 
vagal  cardiac  terminal  filaments  is  the  chief  action  of  atropine  on 
the  heart,  but  the  following  minor  actions  must  be  noticed.  The 
vagus  centre  and  the  trunk  of  the  nerve  are  also  depressed,  but 
to  a  much  less  extent.  Before  the  pulse  is  quickened  it  is  occa- 
sionally slowed  for  a  short  time  by  atropine ;  this  is  probably 
owing  to  a  brief  excitation  of  the  vagus  centre.  Some  authori- 
ties believe  that  part  of  the  quickening  of  the  pulse  is  due  to  a 
slight  stimulation  of  the  cardiac  accelerator  nerves,  just  as  we 
have  seen  that  some  consider  that  the  sympathetic  fibres  in  the 
iris  are  excited ;  but  if  the  accelerator  nerves  are  stimulated,  the 
stimulation  is  quite  subsidiary  to  the  important  paralysis  of  the 
vagal  terminations.  Although  the  pulse  is  quickened  by  bella- 


DRUGS   ACTING    CHIEFLY    ON    THE    NERVOUS    SYSTEM.       3/7 

donna,  its  force  is  not  diminished.  Toxic  doses  abolish 
the  function  of  the  cardiac  muscle,  and  the  heart  stops  in 
diastole. 

Vaso-moto r  system  and  its  nerves. — After  a  considerable  dose 
of  belladonna  the  skin  is  flushed,  and  a  scarlatiniform  erythe- 
matous  rash  may  be  present  in  belladonna  poisoning.  It  is  thus 
obvious  that  such  a  dose  of  belladonna  relaxes  the  peripheral 
vessels.  The  exact  cause  of  this  has  not  definitely  been  made 
out,  but  it  is  extremely  probable  that  it  is  largely  a  peripheral 
action,  quite  harmonizing  with  the  peripheral  action  we  have 
seen  atropine  to  have  on  the  involuntary  muscles  of  the  intestines, 
eye  and  heart ;  that  is  to  say,  the  vaso-constrictor  nerve-filaments 
supplying  the  arterioles  are  paralyzed,  and  consequently  the  ves- 
sels dilate.  The  action  of  atropine  on  the  medullary  vaso-motor 
centre  is  more  marked  than  that  on  the  cardiac  medullary  centre  ; 
but  it  is  the  same, — the  centre  first- being  stimulated,  and  then 
depressed.  The  primary  stimulation  is  sufficient  to  overcome  the 
tendency  of  the  peripheral  vessels  to  dilate,  so  that  belladonna 
at  first  contracts  them  ;  and  as  this  stage  of  contraction  lasts  well 
into  the  period  during  which,  owing  to  paralysis  of  the  vagal 
terminations,  the  heart  is  accelerated,  the  blood-pressure  rises 
considerably  ;  subsequently  it  falls,  the  fall  being  due  to  the 
depression  of  the  vaso-motor  centre  and  the  peripheral  action  of 
belladonna  on  the  vessels,  causing  their  wide  dilatation.  Ulti- 
mately, when  the  heart  itself  is  paralyzed,  the  blood-pressure  is 
very  low.  The  spinal  vaso-motor  centres  are  acted  on  as  power- 
fully and  in  the  same  way  as  the  medullary  centre. 

Respiration  and  its  nerves. — Here  also  belladonna  paralyzes 
peripheral  nerve-filaments,  in  this  case  those  of  the  vagus 
in  the  bronchial  tubes.  Both  the  afferent  and  efferent  pulmo- 
nary vagal  fibres  are  effected.  The  result  is  that  the  muscular 
coat  of  the  bronchial  tube  is  relaxed,  and  that  the  secretions 
(the  activity  of  the  afferent  fibres  being  depressed)  do  not  irritate 
the  nerves  so  much  as  before,  and  therefore  cough  is  lessened. 
It  will  be  remembered  that  the  quantity  of  bronchial  secretion  is 
diminished.  The  medullary  and  spinal  respiratory  centres  are 
influenced  precisely  as  the  vaso-motor, — that  is  to  say,  they  are 


3/8  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

first  stimulated,  and  so  the  respirations  are  quicker  and  deeper, 
then  large  doses  paralyze  them,  and  the  breathing  is  slow  and 
shallow.  The  patient  becomes  asphyxiated,  and  this  contributes 
to  the  result  in  a  fatal  case. 

Temperature. — This  is  decidedly  raised  by  toxic  doses  of 
belladonna  (it  may  be  4°  [F.,  about  2°  C.]  or  more).  This  rise 
is  independent  of  the  blood -pressure  and  of  the  diminution  of 
perspiration.  It  is  said  that  heat-production  is  greatly  exag- 
gerated. The  heat-loss  is  also  increased,  probably  because  the 
flushing  of  the  skin  leads  to  a  greater  loss  by  radiation. 

Spinal  cord. — Except  for  the  action  on  the  vaso-motor  and 
respiratory  spinal  centres,  belladonna  has  little  influence  on  the 
spinal  cord  in  man,  but  has  a  well-marked  tetanizing  effect  in 
frogs.  It  is  said  slightly  to  increase  and  afterwards  diminish 
general  reflex  excitability. 

Cerebrum. — A  considerable  dose  of  belladonna  causes  delir- 
ium, showing  that  the  higher  centres  are  stimulated.  Gener- 
ally the  stimulation  takes  place  inco-ordinately.  That  it  is  pow- 
erful is  indicated  by  the  fact  that  in  poisoning  by  belladonna 
the  delirium  will  last  for  a  long  while.  The  subsequent  quietude 
is  not  more  than  the  exhaustion  of  the  cerebrum  from  the  con- 
tinued delirium  will  explain.  Belladonna  rarely,  if  ever,  pro- 
duces genuine  coma.  Other  symptoms  that  may  be  observed 
with  large  doses,  and  which  are  probably  due  to  disorder  of 
the  brain,  are  staggering  gait,  giddiness  and  occasionally  convul- 
sions. 

Elimination. — Atropine  is  probably  eliminated  entirely  by  the 
kidneys. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  dominant  action  of  belladonna  is 
to  depress  the  activity  of  the  terminations  of  nearly  all  varie- 
ties of  nerves.  In  addition,  it  first  stimulates  and  then 
depresses  the  three  great  medullary  centres,  and  it  is  a 
deliriant.  A  summary  of  its  effects  on  man  will  be  given  under 
the  heading  of  Toxicology. 

Children  can  take  considerable  doses  of  belladonna  without 
any  symptoms  of  poisoning.  Pigeons  and  rodents  are  pecu- 
liarly insusceptible  to  it. 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY    ON    THE    NERVOUS    SYSTEM.       3/9 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  BELLADONNA. 

Externally. — Belladonna  is  used  externally  to  relieve  all 
sorts  of  pain, — for  example,  that  of  neuralgia,  pleurodynia,  and 
chronic  osteo-arthritis.  Chloroformum  Belladonnae  (Brit.  Pharm. 
Conf.), — the  root  being  extracted  with  ammonia  and  chloroform, 
— diluted  with  a  little  olive  oil,  or  the  liniment  is  excellent  for 
these  purposes.  A  glycerin  preparation  (made  by  rubbing  [the 
alcoholic]  extract  of  belladonna  [leaves],  4  ;  with  boiling  water, 
i  ;  and  then  adding  gradually  glycerin,  12),  soothes  the  pain  of 
acute  inflammations.  This,  or  the  plaster,  or  the  ointment,  is 
very  efficacious  in  preventing  the  secretion  of  milk  in  women 
who  do  not  for  any  reason  nurse  their  infants.  Pruritus  and 
local  sweating  of  various  parts  of  the  body,  especially  the  feet, 
may  sometimes  be  stopped  by  the  application  of  belladonna  lini- 
ment. A  solution  of  atropine  sulphate,  4 ;  boric  acid,  5  ;  in 
water  to  480  ;  will  dilate  the  pupil  for  ophthalmoscopic  exami- 
nation. Atropine  is  often  used  in  ophthalmic  practice  to  par- 
alyze the  movements  of  the  iris  and  ciliary  muscle,  to  break 
down  adhesions,  and  to  prevent  the  formation  of  contractions 
of  the  iris.  [It  must  not  be  used  if  the  patient  is  suffering  from 
glaucoma.]  See  also  Homatropine  [Hydrobromate,  p.  381]. 

Internal. — Alimentary  canal. — [Belladonna]  has  occasionally 
been  employed  to  check  salivation,  and  some  use  it  to  overcome 
constipation  and  colic.  The  alcoholic  extract  [of  the  leaves] 
is  then  given,  and  is  commonly  combined  with  some  purgative 
in  a  pill.  [This]  extract  in  the  form  of  a  pill  is  often  adminis- 
tered with  opium  to  patients  suffering  with  appendicitis  or  peri- 
tonitis ;  as  it  is  given  several  times  a  day  a  large  amount  is  taken, 
and  this,  as  already  explained,  probably  paralyzes  intestinal 
movements,  and  so  aids  the  opium. 

Skin. — Atropine  sulphate  (y^j  gr.  ;  .0006  gm.)  injected  sub- 
cutaneously,  or  one  or  two  minims  [.06  to  .12  c.c.]  of  the  solu- 
tion of  atropine  sulphate  [i,  in  camphor  water,  100.],  by  the 
mouth  will  sometimes  arrest  sweating,  .and  this  treatment  may 
succeed  with  the  night-sweats  of  phthisis. 

Circulation. — There  are  many  cases  of  heart  disease  in  which 
belladonna  may  advantageously  be  combined  with  other  drugs. 


380  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

Whenever  we  wish  to  empty  the  ventricle  completely  it  is  useful, 
for  it  will  be  remembered  that  it  increases  the  rapidity  of  the 
heart  without  diminishing  the  force.  But  its  greatest  value  is  to 
remove  cardiac  pain  and  distress,  which  it  often  does  most  effec- 
tually. It  may  be  conveniently  applied  as  a  plaster  over  the  car- 
diac region,  or  it  may  be  given  internally,  usually  as  the  tincture 
[of  the  leaves] . 

Respiration. — As  belladonna  relaxes  the  muscular  coat  of  the 
bronchial  tubes,  it  is  of  great  value  in  spasmodic  affections  of 
the  respiratory  passages.  Thus,  of  all  the  numerous  drugs  that 
have  been  given  for  whooping-cough,  it  is  the  best.  It  is  also 
very  useful  [to  relieve  the  symptom]  asthma,  and  in  bronchitis 
with  asthma-like  paroxysms ;  in  the  last  named  [condition]  its 
powerful  stimulation  of  the  respiratory  centre  and  its  capability 
of  diminishing  the  secretion  will,  in  properly  chosen  cases,  ren- 
der it  particularly  valuable.  It  is  generally  given  as  a  tincture 
[of  the  leaves],  and  combined  with  other  drugs.  A  useful 
linctus  contains  the  tincture,  3  ;  vinegar  of  squill,  5  ;  syrup  of 
tolu,  10  ;  glycerin  to  60  parts. 

Genito-urinary  diseases. — Belladonna  is  one  of  the  favorite 
remedies  for  the  nocturnal  incontinence  of  children,  and  it  occa- 
sionally overcomes  this  trouble  in  adults  when  it  is  not  due  to 
organic  diseases.  [It  relieves  eneuresis  because  it  has  an  anodyne 
effect  upon  the  centres  in  the  cord  and  when  excreted  in  the 
urine  anaesthetizes  the  neck  of  the  bladder.]  Its  power  of  re- 
lieving the  spasm  of  involuntary  muscle  is  well  shown  in  the  effec- 
tual manner  in  which  the  very  painful  vesical  spasm  which  accom- 
panies -calculus,  cystitis,  and  prostatitis  may  be  benefited  by  it. 
It  may  be  given  internally  as  in  the  form  of  a  suppository,  or 
applied  as  a  plaster  to  the  perinaeum. 

It  has  been  tried  in  many  nervous  diseases,  but  without  any 
good  results. 

TOXICOLOGY. 

[Symptoms.] — If  a  person  takes  a  moderate  dose  of  belladonna  he  soon  ex- 
periences dryness  of  the  mouth  and  throat,  and  as  the  food,  therefore,  cannot  be 
properly  lubricated,  there  is  difficulty  of  swallowing  ;  the  pulse  may  at  first  be  a 
little  slower  than  usual.  The  pupil  is  dilated  ;  accommodation  is  defective,  and 
vision  confused.  The  skin  feels  dry.  If  the  dose  has  been  a  large  one,  these 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY    ON    THE   NERVOUS    SYSTEM.       381 

symptoms  all  come  on  quickly  ;  the  conjunctivae  and  face,  and  perhaps  other 
parts  of  the  skin  are  flushed,  and  the  rate  of  the  pulse  is  greatly  increased,  it 
may  even  be  doubled.  The  patient  staggers,  feels  giddy,  and  reels  when  he 
walks  ;  the  throat  soon  becomes  very  hot,  the  skin  still  more  flushed,  the  eye- 
lids swell,  and  there  may  be  a  uniform  erythematous  rash.  The  temperature 
is  often  raised,  the  respirations  are  slow  and  deep.  The  pupils  are  very  widely 
dilated.  By  this  time  the  patient  is  quite  delirious.  There  may  be  purging, 
but  this  is  not  common  ;  and  sometimes  he  complains  of  a  frequent  desire  to 
micturate,  although  he  is  unable  to  pass  any  urine.  Death  takes  place  from 
cardiac  failure  combined  with  asphyxia.  Post-mortem. — The  organs  are  all  in 
a  state  of  venous  congestion,  which  is  due  to  the  asphyxia.  If  recovery  takes 
place  the  patient  may  have  no  recollection  of  his  illness. 

Treatment. — Give  emetics  (see  p.  139)  or  wash  out  the  stomach.  Inject 
pilocarpine  and  stimulants  subcutaneously.  Employ  artificial  respiration  and 
hot  bottles,  and  give  strong  coffee  per  rectum. 

ANTAGONISM. 

The  antagonism  between  atropine  and  morphine  has  already  been  dis- 
cussed (see,  p.  365).  It  is  clear  that  as  pilocarpine  stimulates  the  terminations 
of  the  secretory  nerves  in  the  salivary  and  sweat  glands,  and  also  excites  the 
terminations  of  the  third  nerve  in  the  iris  and  ciliary  muscle,  it  is  a  diaphoretic, 
a  sialagogue,  and  a  myotic,  and  is  in  these  respects  antagonistic  to  atropine. 
Physostigmine  also  causes  contraction  of  the  pupil  and  spasm  of  the  ciliary 
muscle  by  stimulation  of  the  terminations  of  the  third  nerve,  and  it  depresses 
the  respiratory  centre  almost  from  the  beginning.  In  these  points  it  is  an 
antagonist  to  atropine. 

[HOMATROPIN^E     HYDROBROMAS.  —  Homatropine    Hydro- 

bromate^  B.  P.,  not  official.]  C16H21NO3HBr[=355.l7].  The  hydrobro- 
mate  of  an  alkaloid  prepared  from  Tropine.  [Homatropine  is  really  Oxytoluyl- 
tropine.  ] 

SOURCE. — [( i)  Tropine,  C8H15NO,  a  derivative  of  Atropine,  is  heated  with 
Oxytoluic  Acid  in  the  presence  of  Hydrochloric  Acid  ;  (2)  Ammonia  is  added, 
and  pure  Homatropine  shaken  out  with  Chloroform  ;  (3)  the  Chloroformic 
solution  is  evaporated  ;  (4)  the  Homatropine  is  neutralized  with  Hydrobromic 
Acid. 

CHARACTERS. — Small  prismatic  white  crystals.  Solubility. — In  10  parts 
of  water  ;  in  133  parts  of  Alcohol.] 

Dose,  Y!^  to  sV  ST-  >  [-0005  to  .003  gm.]  subcutaneously. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  HOMATROPINE  HYDROBROMATE. 

Homatropine  [hydrobromate]  has  an  action  exactly  similar, 
so  far  as  we  know,  to  that  of  atropine.  It  is  only  used  to  dilate 


382  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDIC  A. 

the  pupil  in  ophthalmic  practice,  the  advantage  over  atropine 
being  that  the  dilatation  produced  by  homatropine  passes  off  in  a 
quarter  of  the  time.  It  may  be  applied  as  a  solution,  [i  in] 
distilled  water  [120.]  Sometimes  a  solution  in  castor  oil  is  used, 
for  it  is  less  likely  to  be  washed  out  by  the  tears,  but  it  may  be 
rather  irritating. 

STRAMONIUM. 

STRAMONII  SEMEN.— Stramonium  Seed.  [The  seed  of  Datura 
Stramonium  Linn6  (nat.  ord.  Solanacea).  Synonyms. — Thorn  apple.  Stink: 
weed.  Jamestown  Weed.  Habitat. — Asia  ;  naturalized  in  most  countries. 

CHARACTERS. — About  4  mm.  long,  reniform,  flattened,  pitted  and  wrinkled  ; 
testa  dull,  brownish- black,  hard,  inclosing  a  cylindrical,  curved  embryo,  im- 
bedded in  a  whitish,  oily  perisperm  ;  of  an  unpleasant  odor  when  bruised,  and 
of  an  oily  and  bitter  taste.  ] 

COMPOSITION.  —  The  chief  constituents  are  —  (i)  Daturine  (.02  to  .03 
per  cent. )  which  resembles  Atropine  but  is  [probably  identical  with]  Hyoscya- 
mine.  Usually  a  little  Atropine  is  present,  and  the  term  daturine  is  occasion- 
ally applied  to  the  total  alkaloids  of  Stramonium.  (2)  [A  fixed  oil  (25  per  cent ), 
which  contains  Daturic  Acid,  C17HJ4O2.] 

INCOMPATIBLE. — Caustic  alkalies,  metallic  salts,  and  mineral  acids. 

Dose,  i  to  3  gr. ;  [.06  to  .20  gm.] 

Preparations. 

1.  Extractum    Stramonii    [Seminis. — Extract  of  Stramonium 
Seed.     By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Diluted  Alcohol,  and  evap- 
oration. 

Extract    of   Stramonium   Seed  is   used  to   prepare    Unguentum 
Stramonii. 

Dose,  X  t°  Y*  ST- ',  -015  to  .03  gm. 

2.  Extractum  Stramonii  Seminis  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of 
Stramonium  Seed.     By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and 
Water,  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  i  to  3  m.  ;  .06  to  .20  c.c. 

3.  Tinctura  Stramonii  Seminis. — Tinctura  of  Stramonium  Seed. 
Stramonium  Seed,  150;  Diluted  Alcohol,  by  maceration  and  percola- 
tion to  looo. 

Dose,  5  to  30  m. ;  .30  to  2.00  c.c. 

4.  Unguentum  Stramonii. — Stramonium  Ointment.     Extract  of 
Stramonium  Seed,  10;  Diluted  Alcohol,  5  ;  Benzoinated  Lard,  85.] 


DRUGS   ACTING   CHIEFLY   ON   THE   NERVOUS   SYSTEM.       383 

STRAMONII  FOLIA. — Stramonium  Leaves.  [The  leaves  of  Datura 
Stramonium  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Solanacece). 

CHARACTERS. — About  15  cm.  long,  petiolate,  dark-green,  smooth,  ovate, 
pointed,  unequal,  especially  at  the  base,  coarsely  and  sinuately  toothed  ;  thin, 
brittle,  and  nearly  inodorous  ;  taste  unpleasant,  bitter  and  nauseous.  ]  Resem- 
bling Stramonium  Leaves. — Belladonna  leaves,  but  less  wrinkled  ;  hyoscyamus 
leaves,  hairy. 

COMPOSITION. — As  of  the  seeds  ;  the  proportion  of  alkaloids  is  very  in- 
constant. 

Dose,  i  to  5  gr. ;  .06  to  .30  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  STRAMONIUM. 

The  physiological  action  of  stramonium  is  precisely  that  of 
belladonna ;  the  difference  being  that  stramonium  relaxes  the 
muscular  coat  of  the  bronchial  tubes  more  powerfully  than  bella- 
donna, and  it  may  cause  the  heart  to  be  a  little  irregular,  and 
is  generally  thought  to  be  more  active  than  belladonna. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  STRAMONIUM. 

There  is  no  reason  why  stramonium  should  not  be  employed 
for  the  same  purposes  as  belladonna,  but  it  is  rarely  used,  except 
in  cases  of  [the  existence  of  the  symptom]  asthma,  to  relieve 
the  spasm  of  the  bronchial  tubes.  For  this  it  is  very  valuable. 
Cigarettes  of  the  leaves  may  be  smoked,  or  the  drug  may  be 
given  internally.  The  following  powder,  which  gives  off  dense 
fumes  if  burnt,  is  said  to  afford  great  relief  for  asthma  : — Leaves 
of  Datura  Stramonium,  Datura  Tatula  [not  official],  Cannabis 
Indica,  and  Lobelia  Inflata,  all  in  powder,  of  each  12  ;  nitre  in 
powder,  16  ;  oil  of  eucalyptus,  i.  Mix  thoroughly.  Himrod's, 
Bliss',  and  other  "cures"  for  asthma  are  of  similar  composi- 
tion. 

HYOSCYAMUS. 

HYOSCYAMUS.— {Synonym.— Henbane.  The  leaves  and  flowering 
tops  of  Hyoscyamus  Niger  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Solanacece^  collected  from  plants 
of  the  second  year's  growth.  Habitat., — Europe  and  Asia;  naturalized  in 
some  parts  of  North  America. 

CHARACTERS. — Leaves  ovate,  or  ovate-oblong,  up  to  25  cm.  long  and  10 
cm.  broad ;  sinuate-toothed,  the  teeth  large,  oblong  or  triangular ;  grayish- 
green  and,  particularly  on  the  lower  surface,  glandular-hairy;  midrib  promi- 


384  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

nent;  flowers  nearly  sessile,  with  an  urn-shaped,  five  toothed  calyx,  and  a 
light  yellow  purple-  veined  corolla  ;  odor  heavy,  narcotic  ;  taste  bitter  and 
somewhat  acrid.] 

COMPOSITION.  —  The  chief  constituents  are  —  (i  )  Hyoscyamine,  C^H^NOj, 
an  alkaloid.  It  is  very  closely  allied  to  the  active  alkaloids  of  belladonna  and 
stramonium  (see  p.  382)  and  is  also  contained  in  many  plants  of  the  natural 
order  Solanace<z.  It,  like  Atropine,  with  which  it  is  isomeric,  consists  of 
Tropic  Acid  and  Tropine.  There  is  in  commerce  an  amorphous  impure  Hy- 
oscyamine, which  is  a  dark  brown  extract-like  fluid  having  a  disagreeable 
odor.  As  it  is  much  cheaper  than  the  crystalline  alkaloid,  it  is  often  used, 
[but  this  as  well  as  other  specimens  should  be  proscribed.]  (2)  Hyoscine  [see 
p.  385],  a  white  crystalline  alkaloid.  It  is  [stated  to  be]  the  same  as  Scopola- 
minf,  an  alkaloid  isomeric  with  cocaine.  Only  its  salts  are  used. 

INCOMPATIBLE^.  —  Vegetable  acids,  silver  nitrate,  lead  acetate,  and 
alkalies. 

Dose,  5  to  15  gr.  ;  [.30  to  i.oo  gm.] 

Preparations. 

1.  Extractum    Hyoscyami.  —  [Extract    of    Hyoscyamus.      By 
maceration  and  percolation  with  diluted  Alcohol  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  y2  to  2  gr.  ;  .03  to  .12  gm.] 

2.  Extractum  Hyoscyami  Fluidum.  —  [Fluid  Extract  of  Hyoscy- 
amus.    By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  water,  and 
evaporation. 

Dose,  5  to  15  m.  ;  .30  to  i.oo  c.c.] 

3.  Tinctura    Hyoscyami.  —  [Tincture  of  Hyoscyamus.     Hyoscy- 
amus, 150  ;  diluted  Alcohol  to  1000.     By  maceration  and  percolation. 

Dose    i  c.c. 


[HYOSCYAMINE  SULPHAS.—  Hyoscyamine  Sulphate.  (C,,^ 
NOj)jH.,SO4=674.58.  The  neutral  sulphate  of  an  alkaloid  prepared  from 
Hyoscyamus. 

SOURCE.  —  Hyoscyamus  is  treated  with  Ether,  to  remove  fat,  then  with 
Alcohol  acidulated  with  Sulphuric  Acid  and  distilled.  The  aqueous  residue 
is  neutralized  with  Soda,  and  the  liquid  precipitated  with  Tannic  Acid,  the 
precipitate  mixed  with  Lime,  then  exhausted  by  strong  Alcohol.  The  Alco- 
holic solution  is  treated  with  Sulphuric  Acid,  then  with  Soda,  and  finally  with 
Ether,  which  dissolves  the  alkaloid,  which  is  obtained  from  it  by  distillation. 

CHARACTERS.  —  White,  indistinct  crystals,  or  a  white  powder,  without 
odor,  and  having  a  bitter,  acrid  taste  ;  deliquescent  in  damp  air.  Solubility.  — 
In  0.5  part  of  water,  and  in  2.5  parts  of  Alcohol  ;  very  slightly  soluble  in 
Ether  or  Chloroform. 

Dose,  ^3  to  3*5  gr.  ;  .001  to  .002  gm. 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY    ON    THE    NERVOUS    SYSTEM.       385 

HYOSCYAMINE  HYDROBROMAS.— Hyoscyamine  Hydrobro- 
mate.  C17H23NO3HBr=369. 14.  The  hydrobromate  of  an  alkaloid  obtained 
from  Hyoscyamus. 

CHARACTERS. — A  yellowish- white,  amorphous,  resin- like  mass,  or  pris- 
matic crystals,  having,  particularly  when  damp,  a  tobacco-like  odor,  and  an 
acrid,  nauseous,  and  bitter  taste  ;  deliquescent  on  exposure  to  air.  Solubility. 
— In  about  0.3  part  of  water,  2  parts  of  Alcohol,  3000  parts  of  Ether,  or  250 
parts  of  Chloroform. 

Dose,  ^  to  jg  §?• ',  •«>»  to  .002  gm. 

HYOSCIN^E  HYDROBROMAS.— Hyoscine  Hydrobromate.  C1T 
H21NO4HBr-(-3H2O=436.98.  The  Hydrobromate  of  an  alkaloid  obtained 
from  Hyoscyamus. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  transparent,  rhombic  crystals,  odorless,  and 
having  an  acrid,  slightly  bitter  taste  ;  permanent  in  the  air.  Solubility. — In 
1.9  parts  of  water,  and  in  13  parts  of  Alcohol;  very  slightly  soluble  in  Ether 
or  Chloroform. 

Dose,  T^j  to  Tfo  gr. ;  .0004  to  .0006  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  HYOSCYAMUS. 

That  the  action  of  hyoscyamus  is  almost  identical  with  that 
of  belladonna  and  stramonium  is  not  surprising  when  we  re- 
member the  close  resemblance  in  alkaloidal  composition.  The 
following  are  the  chief  points  of  difference  :  (i)  Hyoscyamus 
contains  hyoscine  in  minute  quantities.  This  is  a  powerful 
cerebral  and  spinal  sedative,  and  therefore  the  excitation 
and  delirium  occasioned  by  the  atropine  in  belladonna  are  not 
so  evident  when  hyoscyamus  is  given  ;  indeed,  that  may,  owing 
to  the  hyoscine  in  it,  distinctly  depress  the  higher  functions  of 
the  brain.  The  heart  is  not  quite  so  powerfully  affected  by  hy- 
oscyamus as  by  belladonna,  for  hyoscine  has  a  comparatively 
feeble  cardiac  influence.  Still  it  is,  of  course,  affected  by  the 
hyoscyamine,  which  acts  like  atropine.  (2)  Hyoscyamus 
increases  the  peristaltic  contractions  of  the  intestines 
more  powerfully  than  belladonna,  and  at  the  same  time  it  is 
more  efficient  in  relieving  the  griping  of  other  purgatives. 
(3)  Hyoscyamus  has  a  more  markedly  sedative  action  on 
the  urinary  unstriped  muscle  than  belladonna.  (4)  Hyos- 
cine diminishes  intra-ocular  tension,  therefore  hyoscyamus  does 
not  affect  this  so  much  as  belladonna. 

25 


386  ORGANIC  MATERIA  MEDICA. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  HYOSCYAMUS. 

Hyoscyamus  might  be  used  for  the  same  purpose  as  bella- 
donna, but  is  chiefly  employed  in  combination  with  purgatives 
to  diminish  their  griping  action.  It  is  also  largely  given  to  re- 
lieve vesical  spasm  in  calculus,  cystitis,  and  prostatitis,  usually 
in  conjunction  with  other  urinary  sedatives,  as  buchu,  uva  ursi, 
or  benzoic  acid  if  the  urine  is  alkaline.  It  will  be  noticed  that 
the  doses  of  the  preparations  of  hyoscyamus  are  larger  than  those 
of  the  corresponding  preparations  of  belladonna. 

Hyoscine  and  hyoscyamine  may,  if  given  cautiously,  be  em- 
ployed as  cerebral  depressants,  and  are  used  in  acute  mania,  de- 
lirium tremens,  febrile  delirium,  and  insomnia,  sometimes  with 
good  results.  They  are  mostly  given  in  asylum  practice.  Hy- 
oscine is  most  used,  and  is  usually  given  subcutaneously. 
Chorea,  paralysis  ag'tans,  and  other  convulsive  diseases  have 
been  treated  with  them,  but  the  convulsions  always  recur  when 
these  drugs  are  discontinued.  They  must  be  given  very  care- 
fully, as  the  activity  of  different  specimens  varies,  and  fatal  re- 
sults have  followed  their  use.  They  should  never  be  employed 
if  the  patient  is  weak. 

DUBOISIN^E  SULPHAS.— Duboisine  Sulphate.  (Not  official.) 
The  Sulphate  of  the  alkaloid  Duboisine  obtained  from  the  leaves  of  Duboisia 
myoporoides,  [nat.  ord.  Solanace<e\.  Duboisine  is  probably  identical  with 
Hyoscyamine  (see  p.  384). 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF   DUBOISINE. 

The  action  of  duboisine  is  like  that  of  atropine,  and  ophthal- 
mic discs  containing  ^nr  of  a  grain  [.000013  &m-]  are  used  to 
dilate  the  pupil. 

CANNABIS  INDICA. 

[INDIAN  CANNABIS.— Synonym.—  Indian  Hemp.  The  flowering 
tops  of  the  female  plant  of  Cannabis  saliva  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Urticacece),  grown 
in  the  East  Indies.  Habitat. — Asia  ;  collected  in  India. 

CHARACTERS. — Branching,  compressed,  brittle,  about  5  cm.  or  more  long, 
with  a  few  digitate  leaves,  having  linear-lanceolate  leaflets  and  numerous, 
sheathing,  pointed  bracts,  each  containing  two  small,  pistillate  flowers,  some- 
times with  the  nearly  ripe  fruit,  the  whole  more  or  less  agglutinated  with  a 


DRUGS    ACTING   CHJEFLY   ON   THE   NERVOUS   SYSTEM.       387 

resinous  exudation.  It  has  a  brownish  green  color,  a  peculiar,  narcotic  odor, 
and  slightly  acrid  taste.  ] 

COMPOSITION. — [The  chief  constituents  are  (I)  Cannabinon,  a  soft  resin. 
(2)  Choline,  C5HJ5NO2,  which  is  contained  in  (3)  Tetanocannabine,  and  with 
alkalies  gives  (4)  Cannabinine.  (5)  Cannabin,  a  brown,  amorphous  resin, 
said  to  be  very  active.  ] 

INCOMPATIBLE. — Water,  which  precipitates  the  resin. 

Dose,  2  to  5  gr. ;  [.12  to  .30  gm.] 

Prepa  rations. 

1.  Extractum  Cannabis  Indicae. — [Extract  of  Indian  Cannabis. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  \  to  %  gr. ;  .01  to  .045  gm. 

2.  Extractum   Cannabis   Indicae   Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of 
Indian  Cannabis.     By  maceration,  percolation  with  Alcohol,  which  is 
distilled  off,  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  2  to  5  m.  ;  .12  to  .30  c.c. 

3.  Tinctura  Cannabis   Indicae. — Tincture  of  Indian  Cannabis. 
Indian  Cannabis,  5°  ',  Alcohol,  by  maceration  and  percolation,  to  1000. 

Dose,  5  to  30  m. ;  .30  to  2.00  c.c.] 

Synonyms. — Haschisch  is  a  confection  of  the  drug.  Gunjah,  or  Ganga,  is 
the  dried  flowering  tops  of  the  cultivated  female  plants  which  are  coated  with 
resin.  Churrus  or  Charas  is  the  resin  scraped  off  the  leaves.  Bhang  [or 
Siddhi]  is  the  dried  leaves  [and  stalks  made  with  preserved  fruits  into  a  con- 
fection]. In  some  provinces  it  means  powdered  Ganga  made  into  a  drink. 
Ganga  and  Charas  are  often  smoked  like  tobacco. 

ACTION  OF  CANNABIS  INDICA. 

External. — None  is  known. 

Internal. — The  effects  of  cannabis  indica  vary  very  much 
on  different  people.  This  is  partly  due  to  the  uncertain  strength 
of  the  preparations  of  the  drug,  and  partly  to  individual  pecu- 
liarities, but  generally  the  symptoms  are  somewhat  as  follows. 
After  some  time,  usually  from  half  an  hour  to  two  or  three  hours, 
there  is  a  pleasurable  sensation  of  mild  intoxication  ;  the  patient 
is  particularly  gay,  joyous,  and  pleased  with  everything ;  he  will 
laugh  and  smile  on  the  slightest  provocation,  and  is  himself  able 
to  say  sharp,  witty  things.  Pleasant  ideas  flit  through  his  mind 
with  wonderful  rapidity,  so  that  time  seems  to  him  much  [pro- 
longed ;  space  also  seems  to  be  extended] .  Generally  the  ideas 


388  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

are  quickly  forgotten,  but  sometimes  the  memory  of  them  re- 
mains after  recovery.  The  eyes  are  bright,  the  pupils  may  be 
dilated.  The  limbs  feel  heavy,  and  there  is  a  marked  lowering 
of  general  sensibility,  so  that  he  scarcely  feels  a  severe  pinch ; 
this  may  pass  on  to  complete  anaesthesia.  There  may  be  head- 
ache. After  a  time  sleep,  which  is  often  accompanied  by  de- 
lightful dreams,  comes  on.  [On  awakening  the  sense  of  hunger 
is  acute.]  The  drug  is  frequently  taken  in  the  East  to  produce 
the  early  pleasurable  symptoms,  and,  in  moderation,  it  causes  no 
harm.  Very  few  take  it  to  excess,  but  in  them  it  leads  to  loss 
of  appetite  and  strength,  trembling  and  much  weakness.  Can- 
nabis  indica  is  reputed  to  occasionally  produce  sexual  excite- 
ment, but  this  is  incorrect.  Large  doses  given  to  a  dog  only 
made  him  sleepy,  and  uncertain  on  his  legs,  but  he  appeared 
contented  and  pleased.  Much  the  same  results  followed  when  a 
monkey  was  made  to  inhale  the  smoke  daily  for  six  months. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  CANNABIS  INDICA. 

It  has  been  given  with  success  in  migraine  and  neuralgia,  but 
it  very  often  fails  to  afford  relief.  Its  use  as  an  hypnotic  has 
been  discarded.  The  tincture  is  very  difficult  to  prescribe,  be- 
cause of  the  voluminous  precipitate  of  resin  which  falls  on  the 
addition  of  water.  Mucilage  must  be  used  to  suspend  it,  and 
the  taste  should  be  covered  with  spirit  of  chloroform. 

CAFFEINA. 

CAFFEINE.— C8H10N4O,-f-H,O=2i  i. 68.  Synonyms.—  Theine.  Guar- 
anine.  [A  feebly  basic,  proximate  principle,  obtained  from  the  dried  leaves 
of  Thea  sinensis  Linn6  (nat.  ord.  Ternstrccmiacetf],  or  from  the  dried  seed  of 
Coffea  arabiea  Linne  (nat  ord.  Rubiacea),  and  found  also  in  other  plants. 
Habitat. — Tropical  Africa  ;  cultivated  in  tropical  countries. 

SOURCE. — Exhaust  bruised  coffee  by  successive  portions  of  boiling  water, 
precipitate  with  Lead  Acetate,  decompose  the  excess  of  Lead  Acetate  in  the 
filtrate  by  Hydrogen  Sulphide,  concentrate  by  evaporation,  neutralize  with 
Ammonia.  The  Caffeine  crystallizes  on  cooling,  and  is  purified  by  re-dissolving 
in  water,  treating  with  Animal  Charcoal,  and  evaporation. 

CHARACTERS. — Fleecy  masses  of  long,  flexible,  white  crystals,  possessing 
a  silky  lustre,  without  odor,  having  a  bitter  taste,  and  permanent  in  the  air. 
Solubility. — In  80  parts  of  water,  33  parts  of  Alcohol,  555  parts  of  Ether,  or 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY    ON    THE    NERVOUS    SYSTEM.       389 

7  parts  of  Chloroform.]  Tea  contains  3  to  5  per  cent,  (hence  the  name  Theine), 
Coffee,  1.3  per  cent,  (coffee  leaves  contain  much  more).  Guarana  (the  seeds  of 
Paullinia  [Cupana]),  [4  to]  5  per  cent,  (hence  the  name  Guaranine).  Mate 
(Paraguay  tea,  the  leaves  of  Ilex  paraguayensis),  1.2  per  cent.  Kola  nut 
(which  is  used  as  a  beverage  in  Africa),  3  per  cent.  ;  this  is  the  fruit  of  Sier- 
culia  acuminata.  Caffeine  is  trimethyl-xanthine,  theobromine  is  dimethyl- 
xanthine,  and  both  can  be  prepared  synthetically  from  xanthine. 

[Strictly  speaking,  Theine  is  the  alkaloid  of  tea-leaves.  It  differs  from 
caffeine  in  that  it  is  analgesic  and  constipates.  Much  of  the  caffeine  in  the 
market  is  really  theine  and  is  made  from  the  sweepings  of  tea- warehouses.  ] 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Potassium  iodide,  mercury  salts,  and  tannic  acid. 

Dose,  i  to  5  gr. ;  [.06  to  .30  gm.] 

Preparations. 

[i.  Caffeina  Citrata. — Citrated  Caffeine.  Dissolve  Citric  Acid, 
50,  in  hot  Distilled  Water,  100  ;  add  the  Caffeine,  50,  and  evaporate  the 
resulting  solution  on  a  water-bath  to  dryness,  constantly  stirring  towards 
the  end  of  the  operation.  Reduce  the  product  to  a  fine  powder. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white  powder,  odorless,  having  a  purely  acid 
taste  and  an  acid  reaction.  Solubility. — One  part  of  Citrated  Caffeine 
forms  a  clear,  syrupy  solution  with  about  3  parts  of  water. 

Dose,  2  to  8  gr. ;  .12  to  .50  gm. 

2.  Caffeina  Citrata  Effervescens. — Effervescent  Citrated  Caf- 
feine. Caffeine,  10  ;  Citric  Acid,  10  ;  Sodium  Bicarbonate,  330  ;  Tar- 
taric  Acid,  300  ;  Sugar,  350  ;  Alcohol,  to  make  looo.  Triturate  the 
solid  ingredients,  separately  well  dried,  to  a  fine  uniform  powder.  Mix 
this  with  Alcohol  to  a  soft  paste  and  rub  it  through  a  sieve.  Then  dry 
it,  and  reduce  it  to  a  coarse,  granular  powder. 

Dose,  i  to  4  dr. ;  4.  to  15.  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  CAFFEINE. 

External. — None. 

Internal. — Alimentary  canal. — Excessive  tea-drinking  may 
cause  indigestion,  but  this  is  probably  induced  by  the  tannic  acid 
in  the  tea,  and  not  by  the  caffeine.  The  teeth  of  tea  tasters  are 
very  liable  to  decay.  Coffee  is,  with  some  persons,  slightly  lax- 
ative ;  it  is  not  known  to  what  ingredient  this  is  due. 

Circulation. — Caffeine  is  freely  absorbed.  It  produces  no 
change  in  the  blood.  Moderate  doses  increase  the  force  of 
the  cardiac  contraction  and  the  duration  of  the  systole, 
the  diastolic  period  being  shortened ;  as  a  consequence  of  this 


39°  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

the  blood -pressure  rises.  The  pulse  is  usually  slowed.  Toxic 
doses  paralyze  the  heart.  These  effects  are  largely  due  to  the 
direct  action  of  caffeine  on  the  cardiac  muscle,  but  also  to  an 
action  on  the  inhibitory  centres. 

Vessels. — Caffeine  causes  first  a  constriction  and  then  a  dilata- 
tion of  the  arterioles  of  the  body,  and  this  is  due  principally  to 
its  action  on  the  muscular  coat  and  slightly  to  its  action  on  vaso- 
motor  centres. 

Respiration. — In  animals  the  rate  of  breathing  is  increased  by 
caffeine.  Medicinal  doses  are  said  to  excite  and  toxic  doses  to 
depress  it. 

Nervous  system. — It  is  well  known  that  tea  and  coffee  stimu- 
late the  cerebrum.  This  is  due  to  the  caffeine  in  them.  The 
patient  becomes  wakeful,  the  mental  activity  and  capability  for 
work  are  increased,  the  reasoning  powers  being  quite  as  much 
affected  as  the  imagination.  In  this  respect  the  cerebral  stimu- 
lation of  caffeine  differs  from  that  of  opium,  and  also  in  that  the 
excitation  is  not  inco-ordinate,  nor  is  it  soon  replaced  by  sleep. 
Very  excessive  tea-drinking  causes  trembling  of  all  the  muscles 
of  the  body,  and  makes  the  patient  extremely  "nervous." 

In  man  the  spinal  cord  and  muscles  are  very  little  affected  by 
caffeine,  but  in  some  frogs  the  spinal  cord  is  decidedly  stimu- 
lated, and  convulsions  occur ;  in  other  species  the  muscles  are 
thrown  into  a  state  of  rigidity,  which  is  clearly  due  to  an  action 
on  the  muscles  themselves,  for  it  follows  the  application  of  caf- 
feine to  an  isolated  muscle.  Sometimes  the  muscle  curve  is 
altered  in  character.  It  is  believed  that  in  man  the  powers  of 
muscular  endurance  are  increased  by  caffeine.  Motor  and  sen- 
sory nerves  are  uninfluenced  in  all  animals. 

Kidneys. — As  caffeine  first  causes  a  contraction  of  arterioles 
there  is  decrease  in  the  urinary  flow  ;  but  soon  the  renal  vessels 
dilate,  the  renal  cells  are  stimulated  and  the  flow  of  urine  is  in- 
creased. Thus  caffeine  is  a  good  local  diuretic. 

Metabolism. — Many  elaborate  experiments  have  been  made 
upon  the  action  of  caffeine  on  tissue  waste  ;  they  are  all  of  them 
inconclusive,  [probably]  because  it  has  no  effect.  It  increases 
the  excretion  of  xanthin  in  the  urine ;  probably  this  xanthin  is 


DRUGS   ACTING   CHIEFLY   ON   THE   NERVOUS   SYSTEM.       39! 

derived  directly  from  it,  and  the  increased  urea  said  to  be  ex- 
creted may  also  proceed  directly  from  the  caffeine.  Toxic  doses 
may  cause  a  slight  rise  of  temperature. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  CAFFEINE. 

Heart. — Caffeine  has  been  most  used  in  heart  disease.  It  is 
given  when,  as  in  aortic  or  mitral  obstruction,  a  purely  stimulant 
effect  is  desired ;  large  doses,  3  or  8  gr.  [.20  to  .50  gm.]  a  day 
of  the  [citrated,  or  2  to  6  dr.,  8.  to  24.  gm.,  of  the  effervescent 
citrated] ,  are  often  easily  borne,  and  may  be  combined  with 
strychnine.  [These  preparations  are  useful,  when  combined 
with  antipyrin  or  acetanilid  derivatives,  to  counteract  their  de- 
pressing influence  upon  the  heart.]  Caffeine  will  not  replace 
digitalis,  for  it  does  not  slow  the  heart  nor  make  it  regular,  and 
it  shortens  the  diastole.  It  is,  on  account  of  its  diuretic  action, 
especially  valuable  in  cardiac  cases  in  which  there  is  dropsy. 
Tea  and  coffee  are,  in  some  persons,  liable  to  produce  irregularity 
of  the  heart. 

Kidney. — Small  doses  of  caffeine  are  powerfully  diuretic,  and 
are  therefore  used  in  heart  disease,  ascites,  pleuritic  effusion,  etc. 
As  the  drug  acts  directly  on  the  kidney,  it  should  be  given 
cautiously  in  renal  disease.  Many  patients  so  soon  become  used 
to  it  that  at  the  end  of  a  week  it  has  lost  its  power  of  producing 
diuresis. 

Nervous  system. — Occasionally  it  cures  migraine,  but  it  is  not 
so  useful  as  [antipyrin]  or  exalgin. 

It  may  be  rendered  sufficiently  soluble  for  subcutaneous  ad- 
ministration by  mixing  it  with  a  solution  of  sodium  salicylate. 

GUARANA. 

GUARANA.^  Synonym. — Brazilian  Cocoa.  [A  dried  paste  chiefly 
consisting  of  the  crushed  or  pounded  seeds  of  Paullinia  Cupana,  Kunth 
(Paullinia  sorbilis,  Martius  ;  nat.  ord.,  Sapindaceez. )  Habitat. — Northern 
and  Western  Brazil. 

CHARACTERS. — Subglobular  or  elliptic  cakes,  or  cylindrical  sticks,  hard, 
dark  reddish-brown  ;  fracture  uneven,  somewhat  glossy,  pale  reddish-brown, 
showing  fragments  of  seeds  invested  with  blackish-brown  integuments ;  odor 
slight,  peculiar,  resembling  that  of  chocolate  ;  taste,  astringent  and  bitter. 
Solubility. — It  is  partly  soluble  in  water,  and  in  Alcohol. 


392  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are  (l)  Guarantee,  identical  with 
Caffeine,  4  to  5  per  cent,  (see  p  388);  (2)  Volatile  Oil,  a  trace  ;  (3)  Saponin; 
(4)  Tannic  acid. 

Dose,  ^  to  i  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  gm. 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Guaranae  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Guarana.      By 
maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  water,  and  evaporation. 
Dose,  ^  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  c.c.] 


ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  GUARANA. 

Although  there  is  no  reason  to  believe  that  guaranine  does  not 
produce  the  same  action  on  the  nervous  system,  heart  and  kid- 
neys as  caffeine,  yet  it  is  rarely  used  except  for  sick  headaches ; 
but  in  these  cases  it  is  sometimes  of  the  greatest  service. 

[THEOBROMINjE  SODIO-SALICYLAS. 

THEOBROMINE  SODIO-SALICYLATE.  (Not  official).— 
C7H7NaN4Oi-fNaC7H5O3=36i.42.  Synonym.— Diuretin. 

SOURCE. — By  the  interaction  of  Sodium  Theobromine  and  Sodium  Sali- 
cylate.  It  contains  49.7  per  cent,  of  Theobromine.]  It  corresponds  to  the 
Caffeine  Sodio-Salicylate,  the  salt  of  Caffeine  most  used  in  Germany. 

[CHARACTERS. — A  white  powder,  soluble  in  half  its  weight  of  warm 
water,  the  solution  remaining  perfect  when  cooled. 

Dose,  15  to  30  gr. ;  i.  to  2.  gm. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  THEOBROMINE  SODIO-SALICYLATE. 

This  is  a  pure  diuretic  acting  upon  the  renal  epithelium, 
without  action  upon  the  heart,  and  it  is  believed  that  it  does  not 
irritate  the  kidneys.  The  daily  dose  is  from  one  to  two  drachms  ; 
4.  to  8.  gm.,  best  administered  in  solution  with  aromatic  water. 
It  has  been  administered  with  benefit  in  cases  of  severe  cardiac 
or  hepatic  dropsy.]  It  is  said  that  it  does  not  produce  depres- 
sion, but  it  has  occasionally  given  rise  to  severe  symptoms, 
[which  may  have  been  due  to  impurities.] 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY   ON    THE    NERVOUS    SYSTEM.       393 

CLASS  II.— DRUGS  ACTING  CHIEFLY  ON  THE  SPINAL  CORD. 
[A.  The  following  excite  the  cells  of  the  anterior  cornua.] 

NUX  VOMICA. 

NUX  VOMICA. — Synonyms. — Poison  Nut.  [Dog  Button.  Quaker 
Button.  The  seed  of  Strychnos  Nux-vomica  Linn6  (nat.  ord.  Loganiacece). 
Habitat. — India  and  East  Indian  Islands. 

CHARACTERS. — About  25  mm.  in  diameter,  orbicular,  grayish  or  greenish- 
gray  ;  soft-hairy,  of  a  silky  lustre,  with  a  slight  ridge  extending  from  the 
centre  of  one  side  to  the  edge  ;  internally  horny,  somewhat  translucent,  very 
tough,  with  a  large,  circular  cavity,  into  which  the  heart-shaped,  nerved  coty- 
ledons project.  It  is  inodorous  and  persistently  bitter.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Strychnine  (see  below), 
0.9  to  1.9  per  cent.  ;  (2)  Brucine,  which  is  dimethyl  oxylstrychnine,  C^H^ 
N2O4,  0.9  to  1.5  per  cent,  in  colorless  prismatic  crystals  or  pearly  flakes.  Very 
bitter,  but  less  so  than  Strychnine.  [Brucine  is  found  in  Hoang-Nan.  ]  Solu- 
bility.— Freely  in  Alcohol,  and  in  7  parts  of  Chloroform.  It  has  the  same 
action  as  Strychnine,  but  is  considerably  less  powerful  and  slower  in  its  effects. 
Strong  Sulphuric  or  Nitric  Acid  gives  a  blood-red  color.  (3)  Igasuric  Acid, 
with  which  the  Strychnine  and  Brucine  are  united.  (4)  Loganin,  \^yf^-zf^\v\ 
in  colorless  prisms,  an  inert  glucoside. 

Dose,  i  to  4  gr. ;  [.06  to  .24  gm.] 

Preparations. 

1.  Extractum  Nucis  Vomicae. — [Extract  of  Nux  Vomica.     By 
maceration  with  Acetic  Acid,  Alcohol  and  Water,   percolation  with 
Alcohol  and  Water,  and  distillation  ;  treat  with  Ether,  filter,  evaporate 
and  add  Sugar  of  Milk. 

Extract  of  Nux  Vomica  is  used  to  make  Tinctura  Nucis  Vomicse. 
Dose,  y%  to  i  gr. ;  .008  to  .06  gm. 

2.  Extractum  Nucis  Vomicae  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Nux 
Vomica.     By  digestion  with  Acetic  Acid,  Alcohol  and  Water,  and  per- 
colation with  Alcohol  and  Water.    Distil  off  the  Alcohol  and  evaporate. 

Dose,  i  to  4  m. ;  .06  to  .25  c.c. 

3.  Tinctura   Nucis   Vomicae. — Tincture  of  Nux  Vomica.     Ex- 
tract of  Nux  Vomica,  20  ;  Alcohol  and  Water  to  1000.       By  solution. 

Dose,  5  to  20  m. ;  .30  to  1.20  c.c.]     -  9O 

STRYCHNINA.— Strychnine.  C21H22N2O2[=333.3i.  An  alkaloid 
obtained  from  Nux  Vomica,  and  also  obtainable  from  other  plants  of  the 
natural  order  Loganiacetz,  especially  from  the  Strychnos  Ignalia. 

SOURCE. — (i)  Comminute  the  Nux  Vomica ;  (2)  Extract  the  Strychnine 
with  water  acidulated  with  Hydrochloric  Acid;  (3)  Concentrate  the  infusion, 
decompose  the  Strychnine  with  Lime  ;  (4)  Extract  the  Strychnine  from  the 


/» 


394  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

precipitate  with  boiling  Alcohol ;  (5 )  Concentrate  the  solution  to  obtain  the 
crystals. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  transparent,  octahedral  or  prismatic  crystals,  or 
a  white  crystalline  powder,  odorless,  and  having  an  intensely  bitter  taste  per- 
ceptible even  in  highly  dilute  ( I  in  700,000)  solution.  Only  extremely  diluted 
solutions  should  be  tasted.  Permanent  in  the  air.  Solubility. — In  6700  parts 
of  water  ;  in  no  parts  of  Alcohol ;  in  2500  parts  of  boiling  water  ;  and  in  12 
parts  of  boiling  Alcohol.  Also  soluble  in  7  parts  of  Chloroform,  but  almost 
insoluble  in  Ether.]  Gives  no  color  with  Nitric  or  Sulphuric  Acids.  Add  to 
a  crystal  strong  Sulphuric  Acid,  and  then  add  a  particle  of  Potassium  Bichro- 
mate, a  beautiful  violet  color,  passing  to  brown  and  green,  is  formed.  Re- 
sembling Strychnine. — Salicylic  Acid  (y.  v.) 

INCOMPATIBLE^. — Alkalies,  Iodides  and  Bromides  ;  the  last  are  especially 
dangerous,  for  the  precipitated  strychnine  bromide  falls  slowly. 

IMPURITY. — Brucine,  distinguished  by  tests. 

[Strychnine  is  used  to  prepare  Fern  et  Strychninae  Citras  and  Syrupus 
Ferri,  Quininae  et  Strychninae  Phosphatum. 

Dose,  ^  to  ^  gr. ;  .001  to  .003  gm.  in  solution,  or  made  in  a  pill  with 
Sugar  of  Milk  (thoroughly  to  divide  it)  and  Glycerin  of  Tragacanth  ;  or  hypo- 
dermatically.  The  Nitrate  (not  official),  soluble  in  I  in  60  of  water,  may  be 
used. 

STRYCHNINE  SULPHAS.— Strychnine  Sulphate.  (C^H^N/),), 
H2S04+5H20=854.24. 

SOURCE. — By  the  action  of  Diluted  Sulphuric  Acid  on  Strychnine,  filtra- 
tion and  evaporation. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless  or  white,  prismatic  crystals,  odorless  and  having 
an  intensely  bitter  taste  perceptible  even  in  highly  dilute  ( I  in  700,000)  solu- 
tion. Efflorescent  in  dry  air.  Solubility. — In  50  parts  of  water,  and  in  109 
parts  of  Alcohol ;  almost  insoluble  in  Ether. 

Dose,  fa  to  fa  gr. ;  .001  to  .005  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  Nux  VOMICA. 

External.  —  Strychnine  is  a  very  powerful  antiseptic. 
Brucine  is  a  local  anaesthetic. 

Internal. — Gastro-intestinal  tract. — Being  intensely  bitter, 
nux  vomica  is  a  good  stomachic,  increasing  the  vascularity  of 
the  gastric  mucous  membrane,  the  secretion  of  gastric  juice,  and 
the  movements  of  the  stomach,  just  like  calumba,  gentian,  or 
any  other  bitter ;  consequently  it  aids  digestion  and  sharpens  the 
appetite.  In  the  intestine  it  is  a  direct  stimulant  to  the  intestinal 
muscular  coat,  and  by  this  means  it  increases  peristalsis,  and 
is  therefore  purgative. 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY    ON    THE    NERVOUS    SYSTEM.       395 

Blood. — Strychnine  is  absorbed  into  the  blood,  and  circulates 
as  such.  If  blood  is  mixed  with  strychnine  and  shaken  with  air, 
it  contains  more  oxygen  and  less  carbon  [dioxide]  than  it  would 
have  done  had  the  strychnine  been  absent ;  but  there  is  no  evi- 
dence that  strychnine  in  small  doses  alters  the  oxidizing  power 
of  living  blood. 

Spinal  cord. — Strychnine  causes  convulsions.  They  are 
not  cerebral,  for  they  occur  if  the  spinal  cord  is  separated  from 
the  brain.  They  do  not  depend  upon  excitation  of  the  motor 
nerves  or  muscles,  for  they  are  absent  in  a  limb  the  spinal  ante- 
rior nerve-roots  of  which  are  cut.  They  occur  if  the  posterior 
nerve-roots  are  cut,  provided  the  proximal  end  is  stimulated. 
Therefore  they  must  be  spinal ;  and  this  is  proved  by  the  fact 
that  if  all  the  vessels  of  the  lower  part  of  the  spinal  cord  are 
[ligated]  just  at  their  entry  into  the  cord,  so  that  this  is  the  only 
part  of  the  body  deprived  of  its  blood  supply,  and  strychnine  is 
injected  into  the  blood,  convulsions  occur  in  all  the  muscles  ex- 
cept those  the  nerves  of  which  spring  from  the  part  of  the  cord 
which  the  strychnine  cannot  reach.  Again,  if  an  animal  be 
convulsed  by  strychnine,  and  a  probe  be  slowly  passed  down  the 
spinal  canal,  the  convulsions  will  gradually  cease  from  above 
downwards.  But  a  peripheral  stimulus,  particularly  if  sharp  and 
sudden,  so  easily  excites  convulsions  when  strychnine  has  been 
given  that  we  are  justified  in  assuming  that  every  convulsion  is 
excited  by  a  peripheral  stimulus,  and  often  so  slight  as  not  to  be 
evident.  Further,  strychnine  enormously  exaggerates  the  con- 
duction power  of  the  cord  in  such  a  way  that  general  convul- 
sions reflexly  follow  a  very  slight  local  stimulus.  It  is  believed 
that  the  precise  part  of  the  spinal  cord  stimulated  to  increased 
excitability  by  strychnine  is  that  immediately  on  the  afferent  side 
of  the  anterior  cornual  cells. 

Muscles  and  nerves. — Even  with  enormous  doses  the  muscles 
and  afferent  nerves  are  unaffected.  Towards  the  end  of  a  case  of 
poisoning  the  functional  activity  of  the  motor  end-organs  is  de- 
pressed. This  is  due  to  direct  action  on  them,  and  occurs  readily 
in  some  species  of  frogs. 

Brain. — The  convolutions  are  quite  unaffected.      The 


396  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

centres  in  the  medulla,  which  are  really  the  continuation  upwards 
of  the  anterior  cornua  of  the  cord,  are  powerfully  stimulated, 
especially  the  respiratory  centre.  The  vaso-motor  centre 
is  also  considerably  excited,  and  chiefly  for  this  reason  the 
blood-pressure  rises  from  the  very  first.  The  cardiac  centre  is 
but  slightly  affected  [although  the  clinical  evidence  is  in  favor 
of  its  being  strongly  influenced]. 

Circulation. — Strychnine  stimulates  the  heart  directly, 
either  by  its  action  on  the  cardiac  muscles  or,  as  most  authorities 
think,  by  stimulating  the  motor  ganglia.  The  blood-pressure 
is  raised,  partly  no  doubt  by  the  action  on  the  heart,  but  also 
by  the  contraction  of  the  vessels  all  over  the  body,  which  is 
brought  about  first  by  the  direct  excitation,  by  the  strychnine,  of 
the  medullary  vaso-motor  centre,  and  subsequently  by  its  asphyx- 
ial  stimulation,  and  also  by  the  increased  peripheral  resistance 
which  must  occur  from  the  frequent  contraction  of  all  the  muscles. 
[The  result  is  that  the  force  of  the  heart  is  increased  and  the 
diastole  lengthened.] 

Respiration. — Respiration  is  rendered  quicker  and  deeper 
because  strychnine  excites  the  spinal  and  medullary  respiratory 
centres.  The  respiratory  muscles  are  implicated  in  the  general 
convulsions  with  the  result  that  the  patient  ultimately  becomes 
asphyxiated  owing  to  exhaustion  of  them,  and  to  their  prolonged 
contraction  during  the  convulsive  spasms.  The  heart  continues 
to  beat  after  death  which  is  entirely  due  to  failure  of  respiration. 
The  excessive  muscular  contractions  occasionally  cause  a  rise  of 
temperature,  but  so  rarely  that  often  the  loss  of  heat  must  be 
greatly  increased. 

Special  senses. — Smell,  hearing,  touch  and  sight  are  sharpened 
by  strychnine.  The  field  of  vision,  especially  for  blue,  is  said  to 
be  enlarged. 

Elimination. — Strychnine  is  eliminated  unchanged  in  the 
urine.  It  is  excreted  very  slowly,  and  therefore  accumulates  in 
the  system.  Tolerance  is  never  established.  For  a  clinical  ac- 
count of  strychnine  poisoning  see  Toxicology. 

Brucine  and  thebaine  act  like  strychnine,  but  methyl-bru- 
cine,  methyl-thebaine,  and  methyl-strychnine  do  not  influ- 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY    ON    THE    NERVOUS    SYSTEM.       397 

ence  the  cord,  but  paralyze  the  ends  of  the  motor  nerves  like 
curare. 

Strychnine  acts  on  all  animals  in  the  main  as  on  man ;  but 
some  birds  and  guinea-pigs  are  less  susceptible  to  it,  for  they 
absorb  it  slowly. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  Nux  VOMICA. 

External. — Strychnine  is  so  posionous  that  its  use  as  an 
antiseptic  would  not  be  safe. 

Internal. —  Gastro-intestinal  tract. — Tincture  of  nux  vomica 
is  very  largely  given  with  excellent  results  as  a  bitter  stomachic 
and  carminative,  especially  in  cases  in  which  the  feebleness  of 
digestion  is  merely  part  of  generally  feeble  health.  [Twenty 
drops  of  tincture  of  nux  vomica  in  a  wineglass  of  hot  water  will 
frequently  at  once  check  gastro-intestinal  fermentation.]  A  mix- 
ture of  diluted  hydrochloric  acid,  gentian  and  nux  vomica  is  of 
great  service  in  these  cases.  As  the  digestion  improves,  the 
general  health  improves.  Because  of  its  power  to  stimulate 
peristalsis  nux  vomica  is  a  valuable  drug  for  cases  of  constipation 
in  which  the  contractile  strength  of  the  muscular  coat  of  the  in- 
testine is  weak  ;  usually  this  is  a  part  of  a  general  weakness  of  the 
whole  body.  The  constipation  of  anaemia,  which  can  be  very 
successfully  treated  by  a  pill  of  extract  of  nux  vomica  and  ferrous 
sulphate,  is  a  good  instance  of  this  variety  of  constipation. 

Circulation. — In  cases  of  heart  disease  in  which  digitalis  is 
inadmissible,  nux  vomica  and  strychnine  are  excellent  cardiac 
stimulants,  and  for  this  purpose  they  may  be  combined  with 
caffeine.  Patients  almost  dead  from  failure  of  the  heart  in  the 
course  of  chronic  .cardiac  disease  may  sometimes  be  brought 
around  by  the  subcutaneous  injection  of  strychnine. 

Respiration. — Strychnine  may  be  combined  with  expectorants, 
because  it  stimulates  the  respiratory  centre ;  and  it  is  extremely 
serviceable  when  from  any  cause,  such  as  severe  bronchitis,  the 
respirations  are  feeble  and  shallow.  [It  is  also  useful  in  pneumo- 
nia when  death  is  imminent  from  dilatation  of  the  right  heart. 
In  this  condition  it  should  be  administered  hypodermatically  and 
at  frequent  intervals.] 


39$  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

Nervous  system. — It  has  been  given  for  a  number  of  nervous 
diseases,  but  with  no  constantly  good  results,  for  when  the  disease 
is  not  in  the  anterior  cornua,  strychnine  is  hardly  indicated  ;  and 
if  it  is  in  this  part  of  the  cord,  it  is  doubtful  whether  it  is  advisa- 
ble to  stimulate  the  part  of  the  body  which  is  diseased. 

TOXICOLOGY. 

Symptoms. — In  about  an  hour  after  a  poisonous  dose  the  patient  begins  to 
feel  uneasy  from  a  sensation  of  impending  suffocation.  The  tetanic  convulsions 
then  commence  with  great  violence,  nearly  all  the  muscles  of  the  body  being 
affected  at  once.  The  limbs  are  thrown  out,  the  hands  are  clenched,  the  head 
is  jerked  forwards  and  then  bent  backwards,  and  the  whole  body  is  perfectly  stiff 
from  the  violence  of  the  contractions.  The  pulse  is  very  rapid  ;  the  temperature 
may  rise.  Hearing  and  sight  are  acute.  The  convulsion  lasts  a  minute  or  two, 
then  the  muscles  relax,  and  the  patient  feels  exhausted  and  sweats  all  over.  The 
intermission  is  short,  convulsions  soon  come  on  again,  and  again  there  is  a 
relapse  to  the  state  of  muscular  relaxation.  The  convulsions  now  rapidly 
increase  in  severity,  and  owing  to  the  violent  contractions  of  the  muscles  of  the 
back,  the  patient  is  in  the  position  of  opisthot^nos,  resting  on  his  head  and  his 
heels.  The  abdominal  muscles  are  as  hard  as  a  board,  the  chest  is  fixed,  the 
face  becomes  livid,  the  eyeballs  are  staring.  The  contraction  of  the  muscles 
of  the  face  causes  a  risus  sardonicus  ;  but  those  of  the  jaw  are  not  affected  till 
near  the  end  ;  [this  aids  in  distinguishing  strychnine  poisoning  from  tetanus.] 
Consciousness  is  retained  till  the  last.  The  slightest  noise  or  even  a  bright  light 
will  reflexly  bring  on  the  convulsions,  which  may  jerk  the  patient  out  of  bed. 
Ultimately  he  dies  from  exhaustion  and  asphyxia.  The  smallest  dose  of  strych- 
nine known  to  have  killed  is  half  a  grain  ;  [.03  gm.]  Post-mortem. — The  usual 
appearances  of  death  by  asphyxia  are  seen. 

Strychnine  poisoning  is  liable  to  be  confounded  with  tetanus,  but  in  this 
disease  symptoms  come  on  more  slowly,  the  muscles  of  the  jaw  are  implicated 
very  early,  and  there  is  continuous  muscular  rigidity  with  paroxysmal  exacer- 
bations, but  never  complete  muscular  relaxation. 

Treatment. — [Give  emetics  (see  p.  139),  particularly  apomorphine  hydro- 
chlorate  hypodermatically,  or  wash  out  the  stomach  if  the  patient  is  seen  early 
enough  for  the  passing  of  the  tube  not  to  cause  spasm].  The  stomach  [may 
be]  washed  with  solution  of  potassium  permanganate  as  for  opium  [poisoning, 
but  it  is  not  so  effective].  Inject  large  doses  of  potassium  bromide  and  chloral 
per  rectum.  Use  amyl  nitrite  inhalations,  and  if  possible  artificial  respiration. 

ANTAGONISM. 

In  a  sense  strychnine  is  antidotal  to  chloral  and  morphine,  but  it  is  not  a 
strict  antidote,  for  they  act  chiefly  on  the  cerebrum.  Still  chloral  is  valuable 
in  strychnine  poisoning,  and  although  the  antagonism  with  Calabar  bean  and 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY   ON    THE    NERVOUS    SYSTEM.       399 

gelsemium  is  more  accurate,  as  both  depress  the  anterior  cornua,  yet  they  are 
of  very  little  use  in  strychnine  poisoning.  [Chloroform  is  the  most  practical 
antidote  to  strychnine. 

B.  The  following  depress  the  cells  of  the  anterior 
cornua.] 

PHYSOSTIGMA.] 

PHYSOSTIGMA. — [Synonyms. — Calabar  bean.  Ordeal  bean.  The 
seed  of  Physostigma  venenosum  Balfour  (nat.  ord.  Leguminosai).  Habitat. — 
Tropical  Western  Africa,  near  the  mouth  of  the  Niger  and  old  Calabar. 

CHARACTERS. — About  25  to  30  mm.  long,  15  to  20  mm.  broad,  and  10  to 
15  mm.  thick;  oblong,  and  somewhat  reniform ;  testa  granular,  chocolate- 
brown,  with  a  broad,  black  groove  extending  over  the  entire  length  of  the  con- 
vex edge  ;  embryo  with  a  short,  curved  radicle,  and  two  large,  white,  concavo- 
convex  cotyledons  ;  inodorous  ;  taste,  bean-like. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are  :  (l)  Physostigmine  or  Eserine 
(see  below) ;  (2)  Calabarine,  a  derivative  of  Physostigmine  ;  (3)  Eseridine ; 
and  (4)  Physosterin  a  neutral  principle  closely  related  to  cholesterine. 

Dose,  }/z  to  2  gr.  ;  .03  to  .12  gm.  of  the  powdered  seeds.] 

Preparations. 

1.  Extractum    Physostigmatis. — [Extract  of  Physostigma.     By 
maceration,  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  ^j  to  y2  gr.    .006  to  .03  gm.,  internally,  or  rather  less  dis- 
solved in  10  m. ;  .60  c.c.  of  water  and  given  subcutaneously. 

2.  Tinctura  Physostigmatis. — Tincture  of  Physostigma.     Phy- 
sostigma, 150.     By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  to  1000. 

Dose,  10  to  30  m. ;  .60  to  2.00  c.c. 

PHYSOSTIGMINE  SALICYLAS.  —  Physostigmine  Salicylate 
C15H21NSO2C7H6O3=4I2. 17.  Synonym. — Eserine  Salicylate.  The  Salicy- 
late of  an  Alkaloid  obtained  from  Physostigma. 

SOURCE. — By  adding  Physostigmine  to  a  solution  of  Salicylic  Acid  in 
boiling  Distilled  Water,  and  allowing  the  salt  to  crystallize  on  cooling. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless  or  faintly  yellowish,  shining,  acicular,  or  short, 
columnar  crystals,  odorless,  and  having  a  bitter  taste.  It  acquires  a  reddish 
tint  when  long  exposed  to  light  and  air.  Solubility. — In  150  parts  of  water, 
and  in  12  parts  of  Alcohol. 

Dose,  y^  to  JQ  gr. ;  .0006  to  .002  gm. 

PHYSOSTIGMINE  SULPHAS.— Physostigmine  Sulphate.  C15H2, 
NSO2)2H2SO4=D46.82.  Synonym. — Eserine  Sulphate.  The  Sulphate  of  an 
Alkaloid  obtained  from  Physostigma. 

CHARACTERS. — A   white  or  yellowish-white,   micro-crystalline  powder ; 


4OO  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

odorless,  and  having  a  bitter  taste.     It  is  very  deliquescent  when  exposed  tc 
moist  air,  and  gradually  turns  reddish  by  exposure  to  air  and  light.   Solubility. 
— Very  soluble  in  water  and  in  Alcohol. 
Dose,  T^  to  ^  gr. ;  .0006  to  .002  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  CALABAR  BEAN. 

External. — None. 

Internal. — Mouth. — After  physostigmine  is  absorbed  it  in- 
creases the  salivary  secretion  ;  and  this  has  been  shown  to 
be  due  to  stimulation  of  the  terminations  of  the  secretory  nerves 
in  the  glands.  Other  secretions  are  increased,  probably  in  the 
same  way.  After  a  time  the  flow  of  saliva  ceases,  because  the 
drug  has  so  acted  on  the  circulation  as  to  constrict  the  vessels, 
and  consequently  the  flow  of  blood  through  the  salivary  glands 
is  diminished. 

Stomach  and  intestines. — The  muscular  coat  of  the  stomach 
and  intestines  is  stimulated  by  the  direct  action  of  the  drug 
circulating  through  it.  The  result  is  that  after  a  large  dose 
vomiting  and  purging  occur.  Physostigmine  is  quickly  ab- 
sorbed. 

Circulation. — No  influence  on  the  blood  is  known.  The 
effect  on  the  heart  is  obscure,  but  it  appears  that  the  irritability 
of  the  peripheral  terminations  of  the  vagus  is  at  first  increased, 
and  that  consequently  the  heart  is  slowed.  Very  large  doses 
are  said  to  decrease  the  irritability  of  the  vagus.  In  addition  to 
its  effects  on  the  vagus,  physostigmine  powerfully  stimulates  the 
contractile  force  of  the  heart.  The  beat  is  therefore  both  more 
forcible  and  slower.  Ultimately  the  organ  is  paralyzed  and 
stops  in  diastole. 

The  blood-pressure  rises  very  much ;  this  is  largely  due 
to  the  increased  force  of  the  cardiac  beat,  and  partly  to  contrac- 
tion of  all  unstriped  muscle  of  the  abdominal  viscera,  driving 
much  blood  out  of  the  abdomen.  It  is  not  known  for  certain 
if  the  unstriped  muscle  of  the  arteries  is  stimulated.  Analogy 
would  leave  us  to  suppose  that  it  is. 

Respiration. — This  is  first  quickened,  but  soon  retarded,  and 
death  takes  place  from  asphyxia.  Three  factors  at  least  are 
probably  concerned  in  bringing  about  these  results.  The  ends 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY    ON    THE    NERVOUS    SYSTEM.       40! 

of  the  vagi  in  the  lungs  are  stimulated,  for  if  these  nerves  are  cut 
and  physostigmine  is  administered  there  is  no  primary  quicken- 
ing of  respiration.  Physostigmine,  from  its  action  on  involun- 
tary muscular  fibre,  causes  contraction  of  that  in  the  bronchial 
tubes,  with  consequent  constriction  of  them.  Lastly  and  the 
most  important,  the  activity  of  the  respiratory  centres  in  the 
medulla  and  cord  is  depressed. 

Nenwus  system. — Brain. — Even  in  fatal  doses  consciousness 
is  unimpaired.  The  only  part  of  the  brain  known  to  be  affected 
is  the  respiratory  centre. 

Spinal  cord. — It  is  here  that  physostigmine  produces  its  most 
characteristic  effects.  Reflex  activity  is  inhibited;  by  ex- 
clusion it  can  be  shown  that  this  is  not  owing  to  any  influence 
on  the  nerves  or  voluntary  muscles,  therefore  it  is  due  to  depres- 
sion of  the  anterior  cornua  of  the  spinal  cord.  The  most 
conclusive  proof  of  this  is  the  direct  application  of  the  drug  to 
the  cord.  There  is  then,  at  first,  from  the  irritation,  which  is 
caused  by  almost  any  substance,  a  slight  increase  of  reflex  ex- 
citability, but  this  soon  gives  way  to  complete  abolition  of  it. 
Later  on  the  posterior  part  of  the  cord  is  also  paralyzed,  so  that 
there  is  a  diminution  of  cutaneous  sensibility. 

Voluntary  muscles  and  their  nerves. — Muscular  twitchings  fol- 
low large  doses  in  many  animals.  These  appear  to  be  due  to  the 
action  on  the  motor  nerve  terminations ;  sensory  nerves  are  un- 
affected. 

Involuntary  muscles. — We  have  already  seen  that  the  involun- 
tary muscles  of  the  intestines,  stomach,  and  bronchial  tubes  are 
stimulated  by  physostigmine ;  so  also  are  those  of  the  spleen, 
uterus,  bladder,  and  iris.  Probably  in  all  these  instances  it  is 
the  terminations  of  the  motor  nerves  that  are  affected. 

Eye. — Physostigmine  applied  locally  to  the  conjunctiva  or 
introduced  into  the  circulation  causes  contraction  of  the 
pupil,  spasm  of  accommodation  from  direct  stimulation  of 
the  ends  of  the  motor  nerves  of  the  iris  and  the  ciliary  muscle. 
There  is  a  diminution  of  intra-ocular  tension.  Thus,  as 
regards  both  secretions  and  the  eye,  physostigmine  is  antagonistic 
to  atropine. 

26 


4O2  ORGANIC    MATERIA   MEDICA. 

The  action  of  physostigmine  is  much  more  constant  than  that 
of  Calabar  bean,  perhaps  because  the  other  active  principles  in 
the  bean  interfere  with  the  action  of  physostigmine. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  CALABAR  BEAN. 

Involuntary  muscles. — Because  of  its  stimulating  power  on 
unstriped  muscle  Calabar  bean  has  been  recommended  for  chronic 
constipation,  atony  of  the  bladder,  and  chronic  bronchitis  with 
deficient  power  of  expectoration,  but  it  is  rarely  given  for  these 
purposes. 

Spinal  cord. — Calabar  bean  has  been  largely  used  for  tetanus, 
and  some  cases  of  recovery  have  been  reported.  It  must  be 
administered  boldly ;  the  extract  has  often  been  given,  but  it  is 
better  to  inject  physostigmine  sulphate  under  the  skin.  Doses 
°f  Vis  gr->  [-002  gm.],  frequently  repeated,  may  be  employed, 
but  the  patient  must  be  carefully  watched.  Physostigmine  has 
been  given  as  an  antidote  for  strychnine  poisoning. 

Eye. — [A  solution  of  physostigmine  salicylate  i  or  2,  to 
water,  480  ;  is  dropped]  in  the  eye  to  break  up  adhesions  of  the 
iris,  to  diminish  intra-ocular  tension,  and  to  prevent  prolapse  of 
the  iris  after  wounds,or  ulcers  of  the  cornea.  It  is  also  em- 
ployed in  glaucoma,  in  paralysis  of  the  iris  and  ciliary  muscles, 
and  to  prevent  the  entrance  of  light  into  the  eye  in  photophobia. 

ANTAGONISM. 

It  will  be  observed  that  in  its  actions  on  the  pupil,  on  secretion,  on  the 
heart,  and  on  respiration,  physostigmine  is  antagonistic  to  atropine.  In  its 
action  on  the  spinal  cord  and  respiratory  centre  it  is  antagonistic  to  strychnine. 

[MUSCARINA. 

MUSCARINE.  (Not  official).— C6H15NO,=  I36. 74.  An  alkaloid  ob- 
tained from  Amanita  Musearia,  Fly  Fungus.  Habitat. — Russia  and  North- 
ern Europe. 

CHARACTERS. — A  liquid  of  the  consistence  of  syrup,  without  odor  or  taste. 
Solubility. — Nearly  in  water  and  Alcohol  ;  insoluble  in  Ether  and  Chloroform. 

Dose,  ^  to  2  m. ;  .008  to  .12  c.c. 


DRUGS  ACTING  f  HIEFLY  ON  THE  NERVOUS  SYSTEM.     403 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  MUSCARINE. 

Muscarine  in  its  action  somewhat  resembles  Calabar  bean,  and 
it  is  antagonistic  to  atropine.  It  produces  free  salivation,  abun- 
dant perspiration,  diminution  of  the  force  and  frequency  of  the 
pulse,  dyspnoea,  paralysis  and  finally  death.  The  pupil  is  con- 
tracted ;  dilating,  however,  before  death.  The  cardiac  diastole 
is  prolonged,  due  to  action  upon  the  inhibitory  nerves.  The 
muscles  of  the  intestines  and  bladder  are  markedly  contracted. 
The  abdominal  secretions  are  increased.  Although  it  has  been 
but  little  used  in  medicine,  it  is  likely  to  be  useful  in  intestinal 
torpor,  duodenal  catarrh,  and  in  inflammatory  effusions  and  exu- 
dations. As  it  produces  contraction  of  pulmonary  capillaries,  it 
is  indicated  in  pulmonary  haemorrhage  and  incipient  pulmonary 
congestion.] 

GELSEMIUM. 

GELSEMIUM.  Synonym. — Yellow  Jasmine.  [The  rhizome  and  roots 
of  Gelsemium  sempervirens  (Linne)  Persoon  (nat.  ord.  Loganiaceez).  Habitat. 
— Southern  United  States. 

CHARACTERS. — Cylindrical,  long,  or  cut  in  sections,  mostly  from  5  to  15 
mm.  and  occasionally  3  cm.  thick,  the  roots  much  thinner  ;  externally  light 
yellowish-brown,  with  purplish-brown,  longitudinal  lines  ;  tough  ;  fracture 
splintery  ;  bark  thin,  with  silky  bast-fibres,  closely  adhering  to  the  pale  yel- 
lowish, porous  wood,  which  has  fine,  medullary  rays,  and  in  the  rhizome  a 
thin  pith  ;  odor,  aromatic,  heavy  ;  taste  bitter.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are— (l)  Gelsemine,  [C^H^N^,, 
a  colorless,  with  difficulty  crystallizable,  bitter  alkaloid,  soluble  in  Alcohol  and 
Ether,  sparingly  in  water.  (2)  Gelseminine,  a  brown,  amorphous,  bitter  alka- 
loid, very  poisonous.  (3)  Gelseminic  Acid.  (4)  A  volatile  oil. 

Dose,  5  to  10  gr. ;  .30  to  .60  gm.  Of  Gelsemine  hydrochlorate  (not 
official),  ^  to  ^  gr. ;  .001  to  .003  gm. 

Preparations. 

1.  Extractum  Gelsemii  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Gelsemium. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  5  to  10  m.  ;  .30  to  .60  c.c. 

2.  Tinctura    Gelsemii. — Tincture   of   Gelsemium.     Gelsemium, 
150  ;  by  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol,  to  looo. 

Dose,  ]^  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  c.c.] 


404  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

ACTION  OF  GELSEMIUM. 

External. — None. 

Internal. — Gelsemium  produces  no  effect  on  the  stomach  or 
intestines.  Its  powerful  general  physiological  effects  are  due  to 
the  gelseminirie  in  it. 

Brain. — In  poisoning  by  gelsemium  consciousness  is  main- 
tained till  the  end ;  the  drug,  therefore,  has  no  power  on  the 
higher  cerebral  centres. 

Spinal  cord.  — The  most  marked  symptom  produced  by  gelse- 
mium is  paralysis  of  all  the  muscles  of  the  body ;  and  by  a 
series  of  experiments,  like  those  used  for  strychnine,  this  can  be 
shown  to  be  due  to  depression  of  the  activity  of  the  ante- 
rior cornua  of  the  spinal  cord.  This  is  said  to  be  followed  by 
a  depression  of  the  sensory  part  of  the  cord,  with  consequent 
anaesthesia.  The  motor  nerves  are  quite  unaffected  till  just 
before  death,  when  the  end-plates  are  paralyzed.  The  result  of 
the  action  on  the  cord  is  that  the  patient  may  be  unable  to  walk, 
or,  if  he  can,  the  gait  is  staggering ;  his  general  sensibility  is 
much  impaired.  Convulsions  may  be  produced.  The  cause  of 
these  cannot  be  made  out,  for  they  appear  to  be  neither  cerebral, 
spinal,  nor  peripheral. 

Eye. — Gelsemium  soon  causes  disturbance  of  vision,  then 
follows  diplopia,  due  to  paralysis  of  the  ocular  muscles, 
and  from  the  same  cause  the  upper  lid  drops.  The  pupil  is 
dilated.  All  these  symptoms  are  probably  owing  to  the  paralysis 
of  the  motor  centres  in  the  floor  of  the  fourth  ventricle  and  the 
aqueduct  of  Sylvius,  for  these  are  the  continuation  upwards  of 
the  anterior  cornua. 

Circulation. — The  action  of  moderate  doses  is  not  marked. 
Toxic  doses  are  powerfully  depressant ;  the  force  and  rate  of  the 
pulse  and  the  blood-pressure  fall;  This  is  owing  to  a  direct  ac- 
tion on  the  ends  of  the  vagus.  How  far  these  effects  are  due 
also  to  affection  of  the  medullary  and  spinal  centres  is  not 
known. 

Respiration. — Soon  after  the  administration  of  gelsemium  the 
respiration  becomes  slower  and  more  feeble  ;  ultimately  it  stops, 
death  taking  place  by  asphyxia.  This  is  due  to  paralysis  of 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY    ON    THE    NERVOUS    SYSTEM.       40$ 

the  respiratory  centres  in  the  cord  and  medulla.     Before  death 
the  temperature  falls,  and  the  skin  is  bathed  in  a  cold  sweat. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  GELSEMIUM. 

Gelsemium  was  formerly  given  [as  a  circulatory  depressant, 
but  it  is  not  now  used,  as  its  other  effects  are  so  harmful.  Nor 
is  it  any  longer  prescribed  for  convulsive  diseases,  as  tetanus, 
whooping-cough,  chorea,  etc.,  as  it  was  not  found  to  do  any 
good.  It  is  often  successfully  used  for  neuralgia  and  migraine ; 
how  it  acts  is  quite  uncertain.]  A  good  combination  for  neuralgia 
and  migraine  is  gelsemine  hydrochlorate  -Z&G  gr.  [-0003  gm.jwith 
butyl  chloral  hydrate,  3  gr.  [.20  gm.]  made  into  a  pill  with  mu- 
cilage, and  given  every  two  hours  until  pain  is  relieved.  Some- 
times it  is  employed  to  dilate  the  pupil  and  paralyze  accommo- 
dation. It  will  do  this  when  applied  locally,  for  it  is  quickly 
absorbed  from  the  eye.  [It  has  the  advantage  that  its  influence 
passes  off  rapidly.]  Discs  [of  gelatin],  each  containing ^5  gr. 
[.00013  gm.]  gelsemine  (not  official),  are  made  for  application 
to  the  eye. 

CLASS  III.— DRUGS  ACTING  CHIEFLY  ON  THE  NERVES. 
[A.     The  following  depress  the  motor  nerves.] 

CONIUM. 

CONIUM. — Synonym. — [Spotted  Hemlock.  The  full  grown  fruit  of 
Conium  Maculatum,  Linn6  (nat.  ord.  Umbellifera:')^  gathered  while  yet  green. 
Habitat. — Europe  and  Asia  ;  naturalized  in  North  America. 

CHARACTERS. — About  3  mm.  long ;  broadly  ovate,  laterally  compressed  ; 
grayish-green ;  often  divided  into  the  two  mericarps,  each  with  five  crenate 
ribs,  without  oil-tubes,  and  containing  a  seed  which  is  grooved  on  the  face ; 
odor  and  taste  slight.]  Resembling  conium  fruit. — Caraway,  anise,  dill,  all 
known  by  having  viitffi  [oil-tubes]. 

COMPOSITION.  — [The  chief  constituents  are— (I)  Coniine,  C8H,7N,  the 
active  principle  ;  a  colorless,  oily,  volatile  alkaloid,  of  a  disagreeable  odor 
and  acrid  taste.]  Solubility. — In  100  parts  of  water.  It  is  easily  obtained 
from  the  plant  by  distillation  with  alkalies.  It  is  readily  decomposed  by  light 
and  heat,  and  the  preparations  of  Conium  are  therefore  of  very  varying 
strengths.  Its  salts  are  much  more  stable.  (2)  Methyl-coniine,  C8H19CN.  A 


406  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

colorless,  liquid  alkaloid.     (3)   ConhyJrine,  a  nearly  inert  crystallizable  alka- 
loid. 

INCOMPATIBLE^. — Caustic  alkalies,  vegetable  acids  and  astringents. 

Dose,  2  to  5  gr. ;  [.12  to  .30  gm.] 

Preparations. 

1.  [Extractum   Conii. — Extract  of  Conium.     By  maceration  and 
percolation  with  Diluted  Alcohol  and  Acetic  Acid,  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  y$  to  i  gr. ;  .02  to  .06  gm. 

2.  Extractum  Conii  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Conium.     By 
maceration  and  percolation  with  Diluted  Alcohol  and  Acetic  Acid,  and 
evaporation. 

Dose,  i  to  5  m. ;  .12  to  .30  c.c.] 

ACTION  OF  CONIUM. 

External. — Coniine  probably  has  no  influence  on  the  un- 
broken skin,  but  it  has  been  thought  to  be  anaesthetic  when  ap- 
plied to  painful  broken  surfaces.  This  is  doubtful,  for,  in  the 
first  place,  we  have  no  proof  that  it  can  be  absorbed  from  sores ; 
and,  secondly,  experiments  show  that  large  doses  have  to  be  given 
to  depress  the  activity  of  sensory  nerves. 

Internal. —  Gastro-intestinal  tract. — It  has  no  special  action 
here,  but  it  may  occasionally  give  rise  to  vomiting  and  diarrhoea. 

Circulation. — Coniine  is  absorbed  into  the  blood,  and  circu- 
lates unchanged.  Probably  it  paralyzes  the  terminations  of  the 
vagus  and  so  increases  the  rapidity  of  the  cardiac  beat.  The 
heart  beats  long  after  breathing  has  ceased. 

Respiration. — Owing  to  the  profound  paralysis  of  all  motor 
nerves,  and  the  later  depression  of  the  respiratory  centre  and 
motor  part  of  the  cord,  death  takes  place  from  enfeeblement  of 
respiration  and  consequent  asphyxia. 

Nervous  system. — Nerves. — Coniine  powerfully  depresses 
all  the  motor  nerves.  This  depression  begins  at  the  periph- 
ery, and  gradually  ascends  till  the  whole  nerve,  up  to  the  spinal 
cord,  is  incapable  of  responding  to  stimuli.  This  leads  to  paral- 
ysis of  all  the  muscles  of  the  body  so  far  as  voluntary  and  reflex 
motion  is  concerned,  but  they  themselves  are  unaffected,  retain- 
ing their  irritability  to  local  stimuli.  The  sensory  nerves  are  not 


DRUGS   ACTING   CHIEFLY   ON    THE   NERVOUS   SYSTEM.      407 

implicated  unless  the  dose  is  very  large ;  then  their  conducting 
power  is  slightly  impaired.  The  effects  on  nerves  are  well  illus- 
trated in  the  death  of  Socrates,  for  he  was  directed  to  walk  about 
until  his  legs  felt  heavy  (motor  paralysis),  and  later,  when  his 
foot  was  pressed  he  could  not  feel. 

Spinal  cord. — This  remains  uninfluenced  till  quite  late  ;  then, 
if  poisonous  doses  have  been  given,  the  function  of  its  motor 
cornua  is  feebly  depressed,  as  is  also  that  of  the  respiratory  centre 
in  the  medulla.  These  actions  are  probably  due  to  the  methyl- 
coniine.  As  the  amount  of  this  is  variable  in  the  different  spec- 
imens, the  exact  period  at  which  these  effects  come  on  varies 
with  different  preparations.  In  some  animals  asphyxial  convul- 
sions are  very  marked. 

Brain. — Except  for  the  respiratory  centre  the  whole  of  th* 
brain  is  unaffected  by  coniine.  Consciousness  is  preserved  until 
the  stage  of  asphyxia. 

Eye. — Coniine,  when  dropped  into  the  eye,  causes  immediate 
contraction  of  the  pupil  reflexly  from  the  conjunctival  irritation. 
But  soon  the  pupil  dilates,  and  accommodation  is  paralyzed; 
the  same  usually  happens  when  the  drug  is  given  internally. 
Probably  these  results  are  owing  to  paralysis  of  the  terminal  por- 
tions of  the  third  nerve,  for  well-marked  ptosisv  which  is  due 
to  this  cause,  is  present. 

Coniine  is  excreted  unchanged,  chiefly  in  the  urine. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  CONIUM. 

External. — Conium  has  been  applied  to  gainful  ulcers  and 
sores,  but  it  is,  for  the  reasons  already  given,  doubtful  whether 
it  produces  any  good  effect.  It  has  also  been  employed  for 
myalgia  and  rheumatism,  but  it  is  quite  useless. 

Internal. — Conium  is  rarely  given  as  a  medicine,  for  (#)  the 
amount  of  coniine  extracted  by  any  preparation  is  very  variable ; 
(£)  the  amount  in  the  same  part  of  different  plants  is  incon- 
stant ;  (t~)  the  amount  of  methyl-coniine  present  is  also  very  un- 
certain ;  (V)  coniine  is  very  volatile  ;  (e)  it  is  unstable,  light 
and  air  making  it  inert.  For  these  reasons  it  is  probable  that 


408  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

often  the  pharmacopoeial  preparations  contain  no  coniine  at  all. 
Ounces  of  the  succus  [B.  P.,  which  is  the  expressed  juice  of  the 
leaves  and  young  branches,  to  which  25  per  cent,  of  alcohol  has 
been  added],  and  which  is  believed  to  be  the  most  reliable 
preparation,  have  frequently  been  swallowed  without  producing 
any  effects.  The  preparations  of  the  fruit  are  said  by  some  to  be 
more  reliable  than  those  of  the  leaves.  Conium  has  been  given 
in  spasmodic  diseases,  as  whooping-cough,  in  chorea,  tetanus, 
asthma,  and  epilepsy,  but  in  all  it  does  little  or  no  good. 

TOXICOLOGY. 

Symptoms. — The  symptoms  produced  by  a  poisonous  dose  are  in  strict  ac- 
cordance with  the  physiological  action.  The  sufferer  feels  his  legs  to  be 
heavy  ;  on  attempting  to  walk  he  staggers,  and  finds  he  can  hardly  move  them, 
and  finally  he  has  to  lie  down  because  he  has  no  power  over  them.  The  arms 
become  powerless,  and  lie  motionless  at  his  side.  There  is  ptosis,  and  dim- 
ness of  vision  from  paralysis  of  accommodation  ;  the  eyes  are  fixed,  the  pupil 
is  dilated.  Swallowing  becomes  difficult.  Respiration  is  labored,  the  voice 
is  lost,  and  death  takes  place  from  asphyxia.  Post-mortem. — The  organs  are 
found  congested  with  venous  blood. 

Treatment. — Emetics  (see  p.  139),  and  wash  out  the  stomach.  Give  tan- 
nic  acid  and  again  wash  it  out.  Stimulants  subcutaneously,  warmth  to  the 
feet,  and  artificial  respiration  [are  necessary]. 

TABACUM. 

[TOBACCO. — The  commercial  dried  leaves  of  Nicotiana  Tabacum  (nat. 
ord.  Solanacete).  Habitat. — Tropical  America  ;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — Up  to  50  cm.  long,  oval  or  ovate-lanceolate,  acute,  entire, 
brown,  friable,  glandular-hairy,  of  a  heavy,  peculiar  odor,  and  a  nauseous, 
bitter,  and  acrid  taste.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituent  is — (i)  Nicotine,  [C10H14N.,(o.7  to 
5,  sometimes  n  per  cent.)].  A  colorless,  volatile,  oily  alkaloid,  smelling  and 
tasting  like  Tobacco  leaves,  darkening  with  age.  Solubility. — Soluble  in 
water,  more  so  in  Alcohol  and  Ether.  Turkish  Tobacco  contains  hardly  any. 
(2)  Nicotianine.  (3)  Salts  and  flavoring  agents. 

[Nicotine  is  decomposed  by  heat,  consequently  Tobacco  smoke  contains 
none(Binz),  but  consists  of  small  quantities  of  various  Pyridine  compounds,  as 
Pyridine  C5H5N,  Picoline  C6H7N,  Lutidine  CTH9N,  Collidine  C8H,,N, 
Parvoline  CBH,3N,  Coridine  C10H15N,  Rubidine  C,,H17N,  and  small  amounts 
of  Hydrocyanic  and  Acetic  Acids,  Creosote,  Sulphur,  and  Carbon  com- 
pounds.] 


DRUGS  ACTING  CHIEFLY  ON  THE  NERVOUS  SYSTEM.     409 

ACTION  OF  TOBACCO. 

Tobacco  leaves,  when  taken  internally,  act  entirely  by  virtue 
of  their  nicotine,  which  is  one  of  the  most  powerful  and 
rapid  poisons  known. 

External. — Nicotine  is  an  antiseptic. 

Internal. — Gastro-intestinal  tract. — Nicotine  in  even  minute 
doses  (^  gr.  [.009  gm.])  promptly  produces  greatly  increased 
salivary  flow,  burning  pain  in  the  mouth,  oesophagus  and  stomach, 
horrible  nausea,  quickly  succeeded — owing  to  its  action  on  the 
gastro-intestinal  muscle — by  vomiting  and  free  purging.  The 
marked  characteristic  of  this  gastro-intestinal  irritation  is  the 
extreme  collapse  which  accompanies  it.  Thus  there  is  a 
rapid,  very  feeble  pulse,  intense  muscular  weakness,  labored 
respiration,  partial  loss  of  consciousness,  occasional  convulsions, 
icy  extremities,  and  profound  general  collapse.  A  dose  of  nico- 
tine has  been  known  to  kill  in  three  minutes,  but  in  both  man 
and  animals  a  certain  tolerance  may  be  acquired. 

Circulation. — Nicotine  disintegrates  the  red  blood-corpuscles 
of  freshly-drawn  blood,  but  has  not  this  effect  upon  living  blood, 
although  the  spectrum  of  haemoglobin  is  altered,  so  that  the 
corpuscles  must  be  in  some  way  affected.  The  action  on  the 
heart  is  obscure ;  the  muscle  itself  is  unaffected,  but  the  rapid- 
running,  feeble  pulse  shows  that  some  part  of  the  cardiac  appa- 
ratus is  powerfully  influenced.  The  blood-pressure  falls  rapidly  ; 
this  is  not  entirely  due  to  the  action  of  nicotine  on  the  heart, 
but  is  in  part  due  to  its  peripheral  action  on  the  vessels. 

Respiration. — This  is  at  first  accelerated  and  deepened ;  ulti- 
mately it  is  paralyzed  from  depression  of  the  centre.  Death  is 
partly  due  to  asphyxia. 

Nervous  system. — The  higher  faculties  are  depressed  by  large 
doses  of  nicotine,  for  those  poisoned  by  it  become  comatose 
within  even  a  minute  or  two  of  taking  a  large  dose.  The  con- 
vulsions occasionally  observed  in  man,  and  always  in  the  frog, 
are  due  to  spinal  stimulation.  All  observers  are  agreed  that  ulti- 
mately the  function  of  the  motor  nerves  is  entirely 
abolished.  This  explains  the  intense  muscular  weakness. 
Probably  the  sensory  nerves,  and  certainly  the  muscles,  escape. 


4IO  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

Eye. — A  toxic  dose  taken  internally,  or  the  local  application 
of  nicotine  to  the  eye,  contracts  the  pupil  of  man  and  most 
animals.  This  will  occur  in  excised  eyes,  and  is  therefore  a  local 
effect.  With  some  animals  nicotine  is  a  mydriatic.  We  know 
nothing  of  the  details  of  its  action. 

Secretion. — Nicotine  first  stimulates  but  ultimately  paralyzes 
the  secretory  structures  of  the  salivary,  sweat  and  lachrymal 
glands. 

Elimination. — Nicotine  is  eliminated  partly  by  the  lungs,  but 
chiefly  in  the  urine,  the  secretion  of  which  it  increases. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  TOBACCO. 

Tobacco  is  never  used  therapeutically.  [In  non-smokers  it  is 
useful  to  relieve  the  symptom  asthma.]  Formerly  it  was  em- 
ployed in  the  form  of  an  enema  of  leaves  to  relax  muscular 
spasm,  so  as  to  facilitate  the  reduction  of  dislocations.  This 
enema  was  also  sometimes  given  as  a  purgative.  [Pyridine  which 
is  found  in  tobacco,  but  commercially  is  obtained  from  other 
sources,  when  administered  by  inhalation  will  frequently  relieve 
the  paroxysms  of  asthma.  For  this  purpose  a  fluid  drachm ; 
4.  c.c.,  is  necessary,  placed  in  a  dish,  so  that  it  may  slowly 
evaporate.  Its  persistent  and  abominable  odor  is  a  great  obstacle 
to  its  use.] 

Tobacco  smoking,  in  those  who  are  unaccustomed  to  it,  pro- 
duces, to  a  greater  or  less  degree,  the  symptoms  of  gastro-intes- 
tinal  irritation  and  collapse  just  mentioned.  Even  in  those  who 
are  used  to  it  the  smoke  may  produce  catarrh  of  the  pharynx. 
Some  persons  find  smoking  after  breakfast  assists  the  daily  action 
of  the  bowels.  With  many  people  it  has  an  obscure  effect,  espe- 
cially among  those  who  lead  sedentary  lives,  in  stimulating  the 
brain  and.  producing  a  peaceable,  calm  state  of  mind.  Over- 
indulgence in  it  may  lead  to  loss  of  appetite,  irregularity  of  the 
heart,  chronic  laryngeal  and  pharyngeal  catarrh,  and  retrobulbar 
neuritis  of  the  optic  nerve.  The  effect  of  this  is  that  the  sufferer 
complains  that  objects  look  misty,  he  has  a  central  scotoma, 
sometimes  complete,  often  only  for  red  and  green,  and  finally 
atrophy  of  his  optic  nerve. 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY    ON    THE    NERVOUS    SYSTEM.       4!  I 

[TOXICOLOGY. 

Symptoms. — The  symptoms  are  those  which  we  should  expect  from  its 
physiological  action. 

Treatment. — Tannic  acid  followed  by  emetics  (see  p.  139).  Strychnine  is 
the  true  physiological  antidote.  Alcohol  and  ammonia  stimulate  the  heart. 
The  recumbent  position  must  be  maintained.  Artificial  respiration  may  be 
necessary.  ] 

[B.  The  following  depresses  the  motor  end-plates.] 

[CURARA.] 

CURARE.  (Not  official.) — Synonyms. — Wourara.  Ourari.  Urari. 
Wourali.  The  South  American  arrow  poison,  prepared  from  species  of  Strych- 
nos  and  other  plants. 

CHARACTERS. — A  blackish-brown,  dry  extract,  [brittle  or  hygroscopic,  with 
a  bitter  taste.  Solubility. — Almost  completely  in  diluted  Alcohol.] 

COMPOSITION. — It  contains  an  extremely  active  poison,  Curarina  or  Cura- 
rine,  [C18H35N,]  a  yellowish-brown  powder  intensely  bitter. 
Dose,  ^  to  Yi  gr. ;  [.0025  to  .03  gm.] 

The  British  Pharmaceutical  Conference  [proposes  for  hypodermatic  injec- 
tion of  Curara  :] — Curare,  I  ;  add  distilled  water  to  form  a  thin  paste.  Put  in 
a  funnel  plugged  with  absorbent  wool,  and  gradually  add  more  water  until  12 
parts  are  obtained.  Of  this  the  dose  is  I  to  6  m.  ;  [.06  to  .25  c.c.] 

Lamellae  or  discs,  each  containing  ^  gr.  ;  [.003  gm.]  are  also  prepared. 
They  are  dissolved  in  a  few  drops  of  water  before  injection  subcutaneously. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  CURARE. 

The  physiological  action  of  curare,  by  which  it  paralyzes  the 
end  plates  of  the  motor  nerves  of  voluntary  muscles,  is  well 
known.  It  has  been  given  successfully  in  tetanus,  and  is  pro- 
bably the  most  useful  of  all  the  drugs  employed  for  this  very 
fatal  disease. 

[C.  The  following  depress  the  sensory  nerves.]          // 

COCA. 

COCA. — [Synonyms. — Erythroxylon.  Cuca.  The  leaves  of  Erythroxy- 
lon  Coca,  Lamarck  (nat.  ord.  Linea}.  Habitat. — Peru  and  Bolivia ;  culti- 
vated. 

CHARACTERS. — Varying  between  ovate,  lanceolate,  and  obovate-oblong, 
and  from  2  to  5  or  7  cm.  in  length  ;  short-petiolate,  entire,  rather  obtuse  or 
emarginate  at  the  apex,  slightly  reticulate  on  both  sides,  with  a  prominent  mid- 


412  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

rib,  and  on  each  side  of  it  a  curved  line  running  from  base  to  apex  ;  odor  slight 
and  tea-like  ;  taste  somewhat  aromatic  and  bitter.  When  chewed,  it  tempo- 
rarily benumbs  the  lips  and  tongue.] 

COMPOSITION. — It  contains  at  least  three  alkaloids,  viz.,  (i)  Cocaine,  which 
is  methyl  benzoyl  ecgonine,  0.2  per  cent. ;  (2)  Cocamine  or  isatrophyl  cocaine ; 
(3)  Cinnamylcocaine.  Also  (4)  Coca-tannic  acid  and  (5)  Coca-wax.  Differ- 
ent specimens  vary  very  much  in  strength  of  Cocaine.  Fresh  specimens  are 
stronger  than  those  that  have  been  kept. 

INCOMPATIBLE^. — Mineral  acids  (decompose  cocaine  into  benzoic  acid  and 
ecgonine),  sodium  bromide,  menthol,  mercury  salts  and  silver  nitrate. 

[Dose,  I  to  4  dr. ;  4.  to  15.  gm.  of  the  leaves  infused  in  hot  water.] 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Cocas  [Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Coca.     By  ma- 
ceration and  percolation  with  Diluted  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 
Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  15.  c.c.] 

COCAINE  HYDROCHLORAS.— Cocaine  Hydrochlorate.  C17H21 
NO«IIC1  [=338.71.  The  hydrochlorate  of  an  Alkaloid  obtained  from  Coca. 

SOURCE. — Agitate  with  Ether  an  aqueous  solution  of  an  acidulated  Alco- 
holic exlract,  make  alkaline  with  Sodium  Carbonate ;  separate  and  evaporate 
the  Ethereal  liquid  ;  purify  by  repetition ;  decolorize,  neutralize  with  Hydro- 
chloric Acid,  and  re-crystallize. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  transparent  crystals,  or  a  white,  crystalline  pow- 
der, without  odor ;  of  a  saline,  slightly  bitter  taste,  and  producing  upon  the 
tongue  a  tingling  sensation  followed  by  numbness  of  some  minutes'  duration. 
Permanent  in  the  air.  Solubility. — In  0.48  part  of  water,  and  in  3.5  parts  of 
Alcohol ;  also  soluble  in  2800  parts  of  Ether,  or  in  17  parts  of  Chloroform. 

Dose,  y$  to  a  gr.  ;  .008  to  .12  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  COCA. 

External. — Cocaine  has  little  action  on  the  unbroken  skin, 
but  if  injected  subcutaneously  or  applied  to  mucous  membranes 
— as,  for  example,  those  of  the  eye,  nose,  mouth,  rectum,  vagina 
— it  produces  complete  local  anaesthesia  to  pain,  touch, 
heat  and  cold,  so  that  small  operations  can  be  performed  without 
the  patient  feeling  them.  A  5  to  10  per  cent,  solution  of  the 
hydrochlorate  is  strong  enough  thus  to  paralyze  the  sensory 
nerves.  Much  larger  doses  must  be  applied  to  motor  nerves  to 
paralyze  them. 

Internal. —  Gastro-intestinal  tract. — Applied  to  the  nose  and 
tongue  cocaine  abolishes  smell  and  taste  respectively,  and  when  it 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY    ON    THE    NERVOUS    SYSTEM.       413 

is  taken  internally,  the  gastric  mucous  membrane  experiences  its 
anaesthetic  influence.  Therefore  the  sensation  of  hunger  is  dead- 
ened, and  persons  taking  cocaine  can  go  a  long  time  without  feeling 
the  want  of  food  ;  but  the  drug  is  not  a  food,  for  the  body  rap- 
idly wastes.  Because  of  its  local  anaesthetic  effect  it  sometimes 
stops  vomiting.  Very  large  doses  may  lead  to  diarrhoea. 

Circulation. — Large  doses  depress  the  vagus,  and  therefore  the 
pulse  quickens,  and  as  the  vaso-motor  centre  is  stimulated  the 
blood- pressure  rises  ;  larger  doses  slow  the  pulse  from  stimulation 
of  the  vagus.  [Cocaine  constricts  the  arterioles] . 

Respiration. — It  acts  upon  the  respiratory  centre,  first  stimu- 
lating it,  so  that  the  rapidity  and  depth  of  respiration  are  in- 
creased ;  but  soon  depression  of  the  centre  follows,  the  respira- 
tory movements  become  feeble,  and  death  takes  place  from 
asphyxia. 

Nenwus  system. — Cerebrum. — Moderate  doses  greatly  in- 
crease the  bodily  and  mental  power,  and  give  a  sense  of 
calm  and  happiness,  with  abolition  of  bodily  and  mental  fatigue. 
This  greater  physical  energy  renders  possible  the  performance  of 
long,  exhausting  muscular  feats.  For  this,  and  for  the  extreme 
sense  of  peace  produced,  coca  leaves  mixed  with  clay  or  ashes 
are  chewed  by  thousands  of  the  inhabitants  of  Peru  and  the 
neighboring  countries.  It  is  said  that  forty  million  pounds  of 
the  leaves  are  annually  harvested.  A  single  large  dose  causes 
mental  excitement,  delirium  and  ataxia,  with  subsequent  head- 
ache and  depression.  This  ataxia  is  due  to  impairment  of  con- 
duction of  sensory  impressions  from  the  effect  of  the  cocaine  on 
peripheral  sensory  nerves.  An  excessive  indulgence  in  the  habit 
of  coca-chewing  leads  to  indigestion,  extreme  emaciation,  insom- 
nia and  enfeeblement  of  intellect.  In  animals  coca  causes  cere- 
bral convulsions. 

Eye. — When  a  solution  of  cocaine  of  about  4  per  cent,  is 
dropped  into  the  eye  local  anaesthesia  is  produced,  first  of  the 
conjunctiva  and  cornea,  later  of  the  iris.  It  is  attained  in  about 
seven  minutes,  and  lasts  about  the  same  time.  At  first  there 
may  be  a  transitory  contraction  of  the  pupil.  This  is  probably 
due  to  reflex  action,  and  soon  gives  way  to  wide  dilatation. 


414  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

The  maximum  is  attained  in  an  hour  or  two.  The  normal  state 
is  regained  in  from  twelve  to  twenty-four  hours.  The  dilated 
pupil  is  freely  responsive  to  light,  and  the  dilatation  is  rapidly 
overcome  by  physostigmine.  The  ocular  tension  is  slightly 
lowered,  and  the  palpebral  aperture  is  widened.  Accommoda- 
tion is  partially,  but  never  completely,  paralyzed.  These  effects 
are  chiefly  due  to  irritation  of  the  sympathetic,  and  as  they 
are  quickly  produced  by  dropping  the  drug  in  the  eye  they  are  pro- 
bably local.  All  these  effects  are  slowly  produced  if  large  doses 
of  cocaine  are  taken  internally.  [Strong  solutions  or  weak  solu- 
tions frequently  applied  desiccate  the  corneal  epithelium.] 

Muscles. — The  amount  of  muscular  work  of  which  the  body 
is  capable  is  increased  by  cocaine,  how,  is  not  known.  The 
excretion  of  urea  and  nitrogenous  metabolism  are  unaltered. 

Temperature. — This  may  rise  in  cocaine  poisoning. 

Kidneys. — Cocaine  is  most  likely  excreted  by  these  organs. 
It  diminishes  sexual  excitability. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  COCA. 

External. — A  5  to  10  percent,  solution  of  the  hydrochlorate 
may  be  injected  subcutaneously  as  a  local  anaesthetic  when  any 
small  operation  has  to  be  performed.  [In  the  infiltration  method 
of  Schleich  three  solutions  are  employed  :  cocaine  hydrochlorate, 
o.  2  (strong)  ;  o.i  (normal)  ;  or  o.oi  (weak)  ;  morphine  hydro- 
chlorate,  0.025  ;  sodium  chloride,  0.2  ;  sterilized  distilled  water 
or  saturated  boric  acid  solution  to  100.  These  are  injected  into 
the  substance  of  the  skin  forming  wheals.  This  method  requires 
less  of  the  drug  than  when  used  subcutaneously.  Yet  it  should 
be  borne  in  mind  that  the  anaesthetic  properties  of  the  two  weaker 
solutions  depend  largely  upon  the  mechanical  anaesthesia  pro- 
duced by  injection  of  water,  which  had  been  previously  pointed 
out  by  Halsted.]  Solutions,  painted  or  dropped  on,  may  be  used 
for  operations  on  the  mouth,  throat,  teeth  (4  per  cent.),  eye 
(i  to  4  per  cent.),  ear,  vagina,  urethra  and  rectum  (4  to  10  per 
cent.),  and  they  may  be  applied  to  any  of  these  parts  when  they 
are  very  painful.  [Congestive  urethral  stricture  may  be  tem- 
porarily relieved  by  it  so  that  instruments  may  be  passed,  but  it 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY    ON    THE    NERVOUS    SYSTEM.       415 

should  be  used  with  great  care  in  urethral  operations.]  Cocaine 
will  relieve  vaginal  pruritus,  and  has  been  used  locally  applied 
in  the  nose  in  hay  fever.  Painful  ulcers,  fissures,  etc. ,  are  bene- 
ficially treated  with  it.  Ointments,  bougies,  and  suppositories, 
usually  containing  2  to  5  per  cent,  of  cocaine,  which  mixes 
better  than  the  hydrochlorate,  are  very  useful.  A  15  per  cent, 
solution  has  been  injected  into  the  gums  for  tooth  extraction,  but 
is  not  strongly  recommended.  [Ophthalmic  surgeons]  employ 
it  very  largely  to  produce  local  anaesthesia  of  the  eye.  [If  inflam- 
mation is  present  anaesthesia  is  produced  with  great  difficulty.] 

Internal. — Mouth. — A  solution  is  useful  for  painting  or 
spraying  on  the  throat  previous  to  laryngeal  examinations. 
[Lozenges  of  the  hydrochlorate,  containing  ^  gr.  ;  .005  gm., 
in  each,  are  valuable  for  painful  sore  throat.  Often  in  addition 
each  lozenge  contains  3  gr.  ;  .20  gm.  of  extract  of  krameria.] 

Stomach. — Cocaine  in  some  cases  allays  excessive  vomiting, 
and  has  been  said  to  cure  sea-sickness. 

It  is  not  often  used  in  Europe  as  a  medicine  for  its  restorative 
effects ;  as  already  mentioned,  it  is  not  a  food,  and  the  good  it 
does  is  only  temporary. 

\_McdulIary  Ancesthesia. — It  has  been  recently  proposed  to 
obtain  surgical  anaesthesia  by  injection  of  from  TV  to  \  gr.  ;  .006 
to  .012  gm.,  into  the  arachnoid  space.  Puncture  is  made  be- 
tween third  and  fourth  lumbar  interspace  of  the  spine  with  a 
specially  prepared  needle  as  for  diagnostic  purposes.  A  few 
drops  of  the  spinal  fluid  is  allowed  to  escape  and  the  solution  is 
injected.  Anaesthesia  supervenes,  gradually  extending  from  the 
feet  upwards,  and  may  reach  to  the  chest  or  even  higher ;  this  per- 
sists for  a  variable  time,  but  generally  sufficient  for  the  perform- 
ance of  surgical  operations.  This  method  of  anaesthesia  does 
not  interfere  with  labor  further  than  abolishing  its  pain.  Strict 
asepsis  must  be  observed.  Although  thus  far  no  accidents  have 
been  recorded,  it  is  by  no  means  clear  that  it  will  supplant  ether 
or  chloroform  narcosis,  nor  that  it  can  be  employed  when  con- 
tra-indications  exist  to  either.  Beyond  some  nausea,  vomiting 
and  headache,  after-effects  are  not  noticed.  It  is  yet  too  early 
to  formulate  an  opinion  as  to  the  practical  value  of  this  method.] 


41 6  ORGANIC   MATERIA   MEDICA. 

TOXICOLOGY. 

Symptoms. — It  is  a  respiratory  depressant ;  but  symptoms  of  poisoning  have 
rarely  been  noticed  unless  the  drug  has  been  injected  under  the  gums  or  skin. 
Then  it  may  quickly  cause  vertigo,  pallor,  fainting,  profound  cardiac  and  res- 
piratory depression  with  tremors  and  other  nervous  symptoms  which  may  per- 
sist for  months,  even  if  the  other  symptoms  are  overcome. 

In  the  chronic  forms,  known  as  cocamania,  the  sufferer  takes  cocaine  either 
for  its  pleasant  effects  or  because  he  thinks  it  will  help  break  himself  from  the 
morphine  habit,  or  he  takes  it  with  morphine.  It  is  usually  administered  sub- 
cutaneously.  The  pulse  is  rapid,  and  fainting  is  common.  There  is  much 
wasting,  and  the  patient  looks  pale  and  death-like.  Usually  he  surfers  from 
insomnia,  and  he  may  become  acutely  maniacal  with  delusions  of  persecution. 
Visual  and  other  hallucinations  are  often  present,  and  it  is  very  characteristic 
that  patients  complain  of  little  animals  creeping  on  the  skin,  "cocaine  bugs," 
they  say.  They  are  extraordinarily  prolix  in  both  conversation  and  writing. 
[Cocaine  habitues  are  by  no  means  infrequently  met  with.  The  moral  degrada- 
tion is  fully  equal  to  that  of  opium-eaters. 

Treatment. — This  should  consist  in  stimulation,  and  emptying  the  stomach, 
if  the  drug  has  been  ingested,  by  means  of  hypodermatic  injections  of  apomor- 
phine.  Artificial  respiration  may  be  required.  Since  cocaine  asphyxiates  by 
constricting  the  blood-vessels  at  the  base  of  the  brain,  strychnine  hypodermatic- 
ally  or  alcohol  may  remove  this  danger. 

For  the  chronic  forms  confinement  in  an  asylum,  with  careful  treatment 
during  the  period  of  severance,  is  essential. 

OUABAINUM. 

OUABAIN.  (Not  official.)— CgoH^O,,^^. 62.  A  glucoside  isolated 
from  the  root  of  a  tree,  said  to  be  the  Acocanthera  Ouabaio  (nat.  ord.  Apocy- 
nace<£. )  This  glucoside  is  also  obtained  from  the  seeds  of  Strophanthus glabrus. 
Habitat. — Africa. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white  crystalline  powder  slightly  bitter.  Solubility. — 
Soluble  in  hot,  but  with  difficulty  in  cold  water ;  insoluble  in  Chloroform  and 
Ether. 

Dose,  ^  gr. ;  .00013  gm. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  OUABAIN. 

Ouabain  paralyzes  cardiac  muscle  by  direct  action,  and  when 
given  hypodermatically  is  an  emetic.  According  to  Gley  it  is  a 
local  anaesthetic,  having  ten  times  the  power  of  cocaine.  It  has 
also  been  recommended  for  all  stages  of  whooping-cough  in  doses 
°f  TniW  £r-  >  •ooooS  gm.,  for  children.  As  it  is  a  very  powerful 
drug,  ^  gr.  ;  .001  gm.,  when  taken  into  the  blood,  being  suf- 
ficient to  kill  a  man,  it  should  be  used  with  great  caution. 


DRUGS   ACTING   CHIEFLY   ON    THE    NERVOUS   SYSTEM.       417 

D.  The  following  stimulates  the  secretory  nerves.] 

PILOCARPUS. 

PILOCARPUS.— Synonym.— Jaborandi.  [The  leaflets  of  Pilocarpus 
Selloanus  Engler  (Rio  Janeiro  Jaborandi),  and  of  Pilocarpus  Jaborandi 
Holmes  (Pernambuco  Jaborandi),  (nat.  ord.  Rutacece).  Habitat. — Brazil,  near 
Pernambuco.  ' 

CHARACTERS.  — About  10  to  15  cm.  long,  and  4  to  6  cm.  broad,  short- 
stalked,  oval  or  ovate-oblong,  entire  and  slightly  revolute  at  the  margin,  obtuse 
and  emarginate,  unequal  at  the  base  ;  dull  green,  coriaceous,  pellucid  punc- 
tate, mostly  smooth  ;  when  bruised,  slightly  aromatic ;  taste  somewhat  bitter 
and  pungent.] 

IMPURITIES. — Leaves  of  species  of  Piper,  not  oval-oblong. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  A  liquid,  colorless,  alka- 
loid, Pilocarpine,  CnHJ6N2O2,  X  to  J  Per  ceQt-  (2)  Jaborine,  C22H32N4O4, 
an  alkaloid  resembling  in  its  physiological  action  Atropine,  and  therefore 
antagonistic  to  Filocarpine.  (3)  [Pilocarpidine,  C10HUN2O2,  a  decomposition 
product  whose  action  is  weaker  than  Pilocarpine.  ]  (4)  A  volatile  oil  [chiefly 
Pilocarpene,  C10H16] .  (5)  A  peculiar  acid.  These  active  principles  are  solu- 
ble in  Alcohol,  but  only  imperfectly  so  in  water. 

Dose,  5  to  60  gr.  ;  [.30  to  4.00  gm.] 

Preparation. 

Extractum    [Pilocarpi   Fluidum. — Fluid   Extract  of  Pilocarpus. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Diluted  Alcohol  and  evaporation. 
Dose,  5  to  60  m.  ;  .30  to  4.00  c.c.] 

PILOCARPINE  [HYDROCHLORAS.— Pilocarpine  Hydrochlo- 
rate.  CUH16N2O2H 0=243. 98.  The  hydrochlorate  of  an  Alkaloid  obtained 
from  Pilocarpus. 

SOURCE. — Obtained  by  exhausting  Pilocarpus  with  Alcohol  acidulated 
with  Hydrochloric  Acid,  distillation  and  evaporation.  The  filtrate  is  treated 
with  a  slight  excess  of  Ammonia,  and  a  large  quantity  of  Chloroform.  The 
solution  is  agitated  with  water,  to  which  Hydrochloric  Acid  is  added  to  neu- 
tralization. The  Hydrochlorate  is  obtained  on  evaporation  in  crystals  which 
are  purified  by  re-crystallization. 

CHARACTERS. — Small,  white  crystals,  odorless,  and  having  a  faintly  bitter 
taste ;  deliquescent  on  exposure  to  damp  air.  Solubility. — Very  soluble  in 
water  and  in  Alcohol  ;  almost  insoluble  in  Ether  or  Chloroform. 

Dose,  ^  to  y,,  gr. ;  .008  to  .02  gm.] 

ACTION    OF    PlLOCARtUS. 

External. — None. 

Internal. — Gastrointestinal  tract.  —  Pilocarpine  is  very 
quickly  absorbed,  and  soon  produces  a  great  increase  in  the 

27 


41 8  ORGANIC    MATERIA   MEDICA. 

amount  of  salivary  secretion.  The  mouth  seems  warm, 
and  there  may  be  a  feeling  of  tenseness  about  the  salivary  glands. 
The  saliva  contains  an  abundance  of  salts  and  ptyalin,  and  can 
convert  starch  into  sugar.  Its  increase  is  due  to  a  direct  stimu- 
lation of  the  terminal  filaments  of  the  chorda  tympani  and  of  the 
other  nerves  which  end  in  the  cells  of  the  salivary  glands,  so 
that  stimulation  of  these  nerves  can  add  very  little  to  the  flow 
produced  by  the  drug — in  fact,  not  more  than  can  be  accounted 
for  by  vascular  alterations.  This  action  is  antagonized  immedi- 
ately by  atropine,  as  that  paralyzes  the  endings  of  these  nerves. 
To  a  slight  extent  pilocarpine  excites  the  secretion  of  the  gastric 
juice,  intestinal  fluid,  and  pancreatic  secretion.  The  unstriped 
muscle  of  the  stomach  and  intestine  is  stimulated,  and  thus  the 
drug  may  purge.  The  bile  is  unaffected.  Large  doses,  especially 
of  [pilocarpus] ,  may  produce  vomiting. 

Circulation. — Pilocarpine  has  no  effect  on  the  blood,  but  it  is 
a  cardiac  depressant.  The  pulse-rate,  it  is  true,  may  be,  and 
in  the  human  being  always  is,  a  little  accelerated  at  first,  but 
soon  both  it  and  the  blood-pressure  fall.  This  slowing  of  the 
pulse  is  at  once  set  aside  by  atropine,  but  is  not  prevented  by 
section  of  the  vagus,  therefore  pilocarpine  acts  on  the  heart  itself, 
probably  stimulating  the  terminations  of  the  vagus.  The  blood- 
vessels are  at  first  dilated. 

Respiration. — The  drug  has  no  effect  on  this.  The  amount 
of  bronchial  secretion  is  increased. 

Skin. — [Pilocarpus],  through  its  alkaloid  pilocarpine,  produces 
a  very  profuse  secretion  of  sweat.  It  is  the  most  powerful 
diaphoretic  drug  we  have.  A  single  dose  may  cause  the  flow  of 
fifteen  fluid  ounces  [450.  c.c.]  of  sweat.  It  is  said  that  the  pro- 
portion of  urea  and  chlorides  in  the  sweat  is  greatly  increased. 
This  profuse  diaphoresis  is  due  to  the  action  of  the  pilocarpine  on 
the  cells  of  the  sweat-glands,  or  the  terminations  of  the  nerves  in 
them,  and  is  stopped  by  atropine.  The  skin  may  flush,  but  this  is 
not  the  cause  of  the  diaphoresis.  Under  a  course  of  [pilocarpus] 
the  hair  grows  more  actively,  but  it  becomes  very  coarse  and  dark. 

Kidneys. — If  the  sweating  is  profuse,  the  secretion  of  urine  is 
lessened.  Pilocarpine  is  excreted  unchanged  in  the  urine. 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY    ON    THE    NERVOUS    SYSTEM.       419 

Temperature. — There  may  be  a  slight  rise  at  first,  but  soon 
the  temperature  falls  considerably.  This  is  probably  due  in 
large  part  to  the  evaporation  of  the  perspiration. 

Eye. — Whether  applied  locally  to  the  eye  or  given  internally, 
pilocarpine  produces  great  contraction  of  the  pupil,  due  to 
stimulation  of  the  ends  of  the  third  nerve  in  the  eye,  and  this  is 
antagonized  by  atropine.  It  also  causes  increased  tension  of  the 
eye-ball,  and  an  approximation  of  the  nearest  and  farthest  points 
of  distinct  vision. 

Other  actions. — It  stimulates  the  uterus,  and  has  in  very  rare 
cases  produced  abortion.  It  increases  the  secretion  of  milk,  of 
tears,  of  nasal  mucus,  and,  according  to  some  authors,  that  of 
cerumen.  It  causes  the  spleen  and  bladder  to  contract. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  it  has  two  main  actions,  (i)  It  stimu- 
lates the  secretions — viz.,  those  of  the  salivary  glands,  stomach, 
intestines,  skin,  kidney,  bronchial  mucous  membrane,  nose, 
lachrymal  glands  and  ear.  In  those  that  have  been  investigated, 
and  probably  in  all,  it  acts  locally.  It  has  not  been  decided  in 
every  case  whether  the  cells  of  the  glands  or  the  nerve  termina- 
tions in  them  are  affected.  (2)  It  stimulates  the  nerve  termina- 
tions of  involuntary  muscles — viz.,  in  the  eye,  the  intestines,  the 
stomach,  the  uterus,  the  spleen,  the  heart,  the  bladder,  and  it  acts 
on  the  muscular  coat  of  the  vessels,  although  these,  if  affected, 
are  usually  dilated.  The  most  important  effects  are  the  diapho- 
resis, the  salivation,  and  the  myosis.  It  is  consequently  antago- 
nistic in  its  action  to  atropine.  Children  bear  large  doses  of 
it  well.  Pilocarpine  is  much  more  used  than  [pilocarpus],  as  it 
is  more  prompt  and  more  certain  in  its  action,  and  is  less  likely 
to  cause  indigestion. 

Jaborine  has  an  action  similar  to  that  of  atropine  ;  the  amount 
of  it  in  [pilocarpus]  varies,  hence  the  varying  effects  of  different 
specimens  of  the  leaves,  but  there  is  never  enough  totally  to 
counteract  the  pilocarpine. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  PILOCARPUS. 

External. — Pilocarpine  has  been  used  locally  to  promote 
the  growth  of  hair.  An  ointment  (Pilocarpine  [hydrochlorate], 


42O  ORGANIC    MATERIA   MEDICA. 

i ;  soft  petrolatum,  60 ;  hydrous  wool  fat,  60, )  or  a  lotion  (Pilo- 
carpine  [hydrochlorate] ,  i  ;  quinine  hydrochlorate,  4  ;  glycerin, 
60;  rose  water,  180,)  have  been  used. 

Internal. — Pilocarpine  has  been  employed  for  many  condi- 
tions, but  its  great  use  is  as  a  diaphoretic  in  Bright' s  disease. 
For  this  purpose  ^  of  a  gr.,  [.01  gm.]  or  more  of  the  [hydro- 
chlorate]  is  injected  subcutaneously  in  the  evening.  The  sweat- 
ing is  aided  by  wrapping  the  patient,  who  should  be  naked,  in 
several  warm  blankets,  giving  him  hot  drinks,  and  putting  a  hot 
water  bottle  to  his  feet.  After  the  sweating  has  ceased,  he 
should  be  dried  and  left  in  a  dry  blanket.  As  it  is  such  a  power- 
ful cardiac  depressant,  it  must  be  given  with  great  caution  when 
the  heart  is  diseased.  Occasionally  it  is  employed  locally  in 
affections  of  the  eye.  Patients  suffering  from  deafness  due  to 
disease  of  the  auditory  nerve  or  its  terminations  are  sometimes 
relieved  by  pilocarpine.  [It  is  often  given  internally  for  deaf- 
ness due  to  otitis  media  sicca.]  Injected  subcutaneously,  it  has 
been  given  successfully  as  an  antidote  to  belladonna  poisoning. 


GROUP  II. 
Vegetable  Drugs  whose  main  Action  is  on  the  Heart. 

CLASS  I. — The  Digitalis  group,  decreasing  the  frequency  and  increasing 
the  force  of  the  beat  of  the  heart  : 

Digitalis,  Strophanthus,  Convallaria,  Squill,  [Scoparius,]  Erythroph- 
loeum,  and  [Adonidinj. 

CLASS  II. — The  Aconite  group,  decreasing  the  frequency  and  force  of  the 
beat  of  the  heart : 

Aconite,  [Veratrum  Viride,]  Veratrina. 

[CLASS  III. — The  Cactus  group,  increasing  the  frequency  and  force  of  the 
beat  of  the  heart  : 

Cactus  Grandiflorus.] 


DRUGS   ACTING    CHIEFLY   ON    THE    HEART.  42! 

CLASS  I.— THE  DIGITALIS  GROUP. 

DIGITALIS. 

DIGITALIS. — [Synonym. — Foxglove.  The  leaves  of  Digitalis  Pur- 
purea  Linn6  (nat.  ord.  Scrophularinete),  collected  from  plants  of  the 
second  year's  growth.  Habitat. — Europe,  in  sandy  soil  and  the  edges  of 
woods. 

CHARACTERS. — From  10  to  30  cm.  long,  ovate  or  ovate-oblong,  narrowed 
into  a  petiole  ;  crenate  ;  dull  green,  densely  and  finely  pubescent ;  wrinkled 
above  ;  paler  and  recticulated  beneath  ;  midrib  near  the  base  broad  ;  odor  slight ; 
somewhat  tea-like  ;  taste  bitter,  nauseous.]  Resembling  Digitalis  leaves. — 
Matico  leaves,  which  are  more  deeply  reticulated. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Digitoxin,  a  glucoside, 
crystallizable,  the  most  active  principle,  very  poisonous,  cumulative.  Insolu- 
ble in  water,  sparingly  in  Ether,  easily  in  Chloroform  and  Alcohol.  Exists  as 
minute  white  crystals.  Dose  ^\^  to  -£$  gr.  [.00025  to  .00125  gm-l  (2)  Digi- 
talin, a  crystalline  glucoside,  possessing  in  a  high  degree  the  actions  of  Digi- 
talis. It  is  also  called  Digitalinum  Verum.  Soluble  in  water,  I  in  1000. 
Dose,  ^ff  to  T^j  gr.  [.0003  to  .0006  gm.]  subcutaneously.  (3)  Digitalein,  an 
amorphous  glucoside,  not  yet  proved  to  be  a  definite  chemical  substance,  sol- 
uble in  water,  and  therefore  suitable  for  hypodermatic  injections;  dose  hypo- 
dermatically  T^  gr.  ;  .0006  gm. ,  said  to  be  non-cumulative.  These  three 
glucocides  are  said  to  represent  the  cardiac  stimulating  action  of  the  drug,  (4) 
Digitonin,  [C^H^O^]  a  glucoside  closely  allied  both  chemically  and  physio- 
logically to,  and  perhaps  identical  with,  the  Saponin  of  Senega  (q.  v.).  [Dose, 
^^  to  T^5  gr.  ;  .0002  to  .0006  gm.]  This  is  a  cardiac  depressant,  and  is 
therefore  antagonistic  to  the  other  active  principles.  (5)  Digitin,  a  glucoside 
devoid  of  physiological  action.  All  these  five  glucosides  are  non-nitrogenous. 
(6)  Two  acids,  Digitalic  and  Antirrhinic.  ("])  Other  usual  constituents  of 
plants,  as  tannic  acid,  volatile  oil,  coloring  matter,  starch,  sugar,  gum,  salts. 
It  will  be  noticed  that  Digitalis  contains  no  Alkaloids. 

The  following  five  substances,  all  soluble  in  alcohol,  are  met  with  in  com- 
merce :  (A)  Homolle's  Digitalin  (same  as  Quevenne's),  an  amorphous  yel- 
lowish-white powder  or  small  scales,  intensely  bitter,  inodorous,  but  irritating 
to  the  nostrils.  [Soluble  in  2000  parts  of  water.]  Consists  chiefly  of  Digi- 
talin with  a  little  Digitoxin.  Possesses  the  action  of  the  leaves.  Granules 
of  it  are  much  used  in  France  ;  each  usually  contains  -fa  gr.,  .001  gm.,  which 
is  equal  to  l^  gr.  ;  .10  gm.  of  the  powdered  leaves.  (B)  Nativelle's  Digi- 
talin, [C^H^Ojj,  light,  white,  crystalline  tufts  of  needles,  very  bitter.  Solu- 
ble in  Chloroform  and  in  Alcohol,  not  in  Water  or  Ether.  It  consists  very 
largely  of  Digitoxin  and  is  cumulative.  Dose,  -^  to  ^  gr.  ;  .001  to  .002  gm. 
in  a  pill.  (C)  German  Digitalinum  Purum.  Dose,  -fa  to  ^  gr.  [.ooi  to  .002 
gm.,  soluble  in  water.  Consisting  chiefly  of  Digitalein,  with  some  digitalin 


422  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

and  digitonin.     (D)  Digitoxin,  already  described  (see  p.  421).     (E)  Digitalin. 
already  described  (see  p.  421).     [None  of  the  above  constituents  are  official.] 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Ferric  salts,  lead  acetate,  and  cinchona. 

Dose,  yz  to  3  gr. ;  [.03  to  .20  gm.] 

Preparations. 

1.  [Extractum    Digitalis.— Extract  of  Digitalis.     By  maceration 
and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water,  distillation  of  the  Alcohol, 
and  evaporation. 

Dose,  ]^  to  i  gr. ;  .015  to  .06  gm. 

2.  Extractum   Digitalis  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Digitalis. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water,  and  evapora- 
tion. 

Dose,  ^  to  3  m. ;  .03  to  .20  c.c. 

3.  Infusum     Digitalis. — Infusion   of  Digitalis.       Digitalis,    15; 
Cinnamon  Water,  150;  boiling  water,  260 ;  Alcohol,  100 ;  cold  water 
to  1000. 

Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr. ;]   (note  that  it  is  drachms,  not  ounces) ;  [4.  to 
15.  c.c.] 

4.  Tinctura  Digitalis. — [Tincture  of  Digitalis.     Digitalis,  150; 
Diluted  Alcohol  to  1000.     By  maceration  and  percolation. 

Dose,  5  to  30  m. ;  .03  to  2.00  c.c.] 

As  the  proportion  of  the  many  constituents  varies  in  the  preparations,  some 
prefer  always  to  give  the  powdered  leaves. 

ACTION  OF  DIGITALIS. 

External. — The  leaves  are  slightly  irritating,  but  it  is  doubt- 
ful whether  any  of  their  constituents  can  be  absorbed  by  the  skin. 

Internal.  —  Gastro-intestinal  tract.  —  Digitalis  is  a  mild 
gastro-intestinal  irritant,  and  even  moderate  doses  cause 
vomiting  and  diarrhosa  in  some  people. 

Blood. — It  is  [not]  rapidly  absorbed  ;  it  is  not  known  to 
affect  the  blood. 

Heart. — The  first  action  of  digitalis  is  to  slow  the  beat  of 
the  heart,  the  diastole  is  prolonged,  the  duration  of  the 
systole  is  not  altered,  but  its  force  is  greatly  increased,  so 
much  so  that  after  large  doses  the  heart  may,  in  animals,  be  seen 
to  become  pale,  because  almost  every  drop  of  blood  is  squeezed 


DRUGS   ACTING   CHIEFLY   ON   THE    HEART.  423 

out  of  it.  The  pulse  is  consequently  increased  in  force,  but  re- 
tarded. If  before  the  drug  was  given  the  heart  was  beating 
irregularly,  it  generally  becomes  regular.  If  the  drug  is  taken 
internally,  the  whole  of  both  ventricles  is,  in  mammals,  affected ; 
but  in  frogs  one  portion  of  the  ventricle  may  remain  spasmodic- 
ally contracted  during  the  diastole  of  the  rest  of  it.  Finally 
the  ventricles  are,  in  frogs,  arrested  in  systole,  firmly  contracted, 
quite  pale,  and  unable  to  respond  to  any  stimuli,  but  in  mam- 
mals the  heart  finally  stops  in  diastole.  If  locally  applied  to 
parts  of  the  ventricle  of  the  frog,  only  those  parts  to  which  the 
digitalis  is  applied  are  contracted  ;  this  is  not  so  in  mammals. 
The  auricles  are  in  most  animals  slowed  by  it — but  the  force  of 
their  beat  is  not  much  altered.  In  all  animals  large  doses  cause 
great  irregularity  of  the  auricular  beat. 

That  these  phenomena  are  chiefly  due  to  the  direct  action 
of  the  drug  on  the  cardiac  muscle  is  shown  by  the  fact  that 
digitalis  not  only  tonically  contracts  the  frog's  heart  when  ap- 
plied locally,  but  it  will  even  increase  the  force  of  the  contrac- 
tion, when  applied  to  the  isolated  apex  in  which  it  is  believed 
no  nerves  exist,  and  it  acts  on  the  embryonic  heart  of  the  chick 
before  the  nerves  are  developed.  But  the  inhibitory  activity  of 
the  cardiac  peripheral  end  of  the  vagus  is  increased ;  for  a  mild 
stimulation  of  the  vagi,  which,  before  the  drug  was  given,  had 
no  effect,  will  after  the  drug  is  given,  stop  the  heart,  and  in 
warm-blooded  animals  digitalis  does  not  very  markedly  retard 
the  pulse,  if  the  vagi  have  been  cut,  although  it  increases  the 
force  of  the  cardiac  beat.  The  vagus  centre  in  the  medulla  is 
stimulated  to  a  less  extent.  Gushing  has  shown  that  the  vagal 
action,  with  most  of  the  digitalis  group  of  drugs,  begins  a  little 
before  the  muscular. 

It  has  been  proved  that  even  small  doses  actually  increase 
the  amount  of  work  done  by  the  heart  in  a  given  time ;  thus 
there  is  a  greater  output  at  each  ventricular  contraction. 

Vessels. — Moderate  doses  of  digitalis  produce  a  great  rise 
in  the  blood-pressure.  This  is  partly  due  to  the  greater 
cardiac  force,  but  not  entirely,  for  in  the  web  of  the  frog's  foot 
and  the  rabbit's  mesentery  the  arterioles  have  been  observed  to 


424  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

contract  vigorously  when  digitalis  has  been  given.  As  this  still 
occurrs  in  arterioles  quite  separated  from  the  body,  and  through 
which  an  artificial  circulation  of  blood  containing  digitalis  is 
carried  on,  it  is  clear  that  the  drug  contracts  the  arterioles  by 
direct  action  on  their  muscular  coat.  But  as  the  con- 
traction is  greater  in  an  intact  animal  than  in  one  whose  spinal 
cord  is  destroyed,  or  in  whom  the  nerves  going  to  the  part  experi- 
mented upon  are  divided,  it  is  clear  that  digitalis  also  stimu- 
lates the  medullary  and  spinal  vaso-motor  centres.  With 
toxic  doses  the  irritation  of  the  centres  and  of  the  muscular  coat 
of  the  arterioles  passes  on  to  depression,  and  the  blood-pressure 
falls. 

Kidney. — The  effect  of  digitalis  on  the  kidney  is  very  uncer- 
tain. Most  experimenters  have  found  that  in  health  it  is  diuretic, 
but  some  have  not,  and  the  same  discrepancy  in  its  action  on  the 
kidney  exists  in  patients  with  heart  disease,  but  generally  in  these 
cases  it  is  a  diuretic.  The  reasons  for  these  discrepancies  are 
that  if  the  arterial  vessels  are,  like  the  rest  of  the  vessels  in  the 
body,  tightly  contracted  by  the  drug,  very  little  blood  will  come 
to  the  kidney,  and  very  little  urine  will  be  secreted ;  but  if  the 
digitalis  does  not  constrict  the  renal  vessels  markedly,  the  in- 
creased cardiac  force  and  the  general  rise  of  blood-pressure  will 
send  more  blood  through  the  kidney  and  more  urine  will  be  ex- 
creted. Some  observers  have,  probably  incorrectly,  stated  that 
digitalin  and  digitoxin  have  a  special  effect  in  relaxing  the  ves- 
sels of  the  kidney.  We  have  no  certain  knowledge  of  the  effect 
of  digitalis  on  the  constitution  of  the  urine. 

Temperature. — Moderate  doses  have  no  influence  on  the  tem- 
perature, but  toxic  doses  cause  it  to  fail  even  in  health.  The 
reason  of  this  is  unknown. 

Respiration. — This  is  unaffected  by  digitalis  unless  poisonous 
doses  have  been  given,  when  it  begins  to  fail  from  the  imperfect 
circulation  through  the  respiratory  mechanism. 

Nervous  system  and  Muscles. — Medicinal  doses  have  no 
marked  influence.  Large  doses  will,  because  of  the  alterations 
in  the  cerebral  circulation,  cause  headache,  giddiness,  and  dis- 
turbances of  sight  and  hearing.  In  many  cases  of  poisoning  all 


DRUGS  ACTING  CHIEFLY  ON  THE  HEART.      425 

objects  have  appeared  blue.      [In  acute  poisoning  there  is  a 
peculiar  blue  color  of  the  sclerotic.] 

The  reflex  activity  of  the  cord  and  motor  nerves  is  depressed 
independently  of  the  action  on  the  circulation ;  sensory  nerves 
are  unaffected.  Digitalis  directly  paralyzes  muscles  if  given  in 
toxic  doses. 

Uterus. — This  organ  is  said  to  be  stimulated  to  contract  by 
digitalis. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  DIGITALIS. 

External. — Digitalis  is  [sometimes]  used  externally  [in  the 
form  of  a  poultice  made  from  the  leaves,  and  placed  over  the 
loins  in  case  of  renal  congestion] . 

Internal. — It  is  one  of  the  most  valuable  drugs  we  have.  It 
is  chiefly  given  in  cases  of  cardiac  disorder. 

Mitral  regurgitation. — If  in  any  case  of  this  variety  of  heart 
disease  the  organ  is  beating  feebly,  irregularly,  and  rapidly, 
digitalis  in  moderate  doses  will  probably  strengthen,  regulate, 
and  slow  the  beat.  It  will  cause  the  left  ventricle  to  contract 
more  forcibly  and  to  act  synchronously  in  all  its  parts ;  hence 
the  mitral  flaps  will  be  better  approximated,  the  regurgitation 
will  be  less,  and  more  blood  will  be  sent  on  into  the  arterial  cir- 
culation. The  prolonged  diastole  will  also  be  of  great  advan- 
tage, for  it  will  allow  more  time  for  the  blood  to  flow  from  the 
dilated  auricle,  and  from  the  right  side  of  the  heart  and  venous 
system  generally,  into  the  left  ventricle.  In  mitral  regurgitation, 
as  is  well  known,  venous  engorgement  and  oedema  of  the  lungs, 
of  the  right  side  of  the  heart,  of  the  liver,  the  kidneys,  and  sub- 
cutaneous tissues  is  very  common.  Digitalis,  by  improving  the 
venous  flow  towards  the  heart,  will  ameliorate  all  these  symptoms. 
It  might  be  supposed  that  by  constricting  all  the  peripheral  arte- 
rioles  it  would  impede  the  arterial  flow,  because  the  heart  will 
have  to  contract  against  a  greater  peripheral  resistance,  but  this 
disadvantage  is  never  enough  seriously  to  hamper  the  increased 
cardiac  power ;  and  it  must  be  remembered  that  it  is  a  great 
advantage  to  the  circulation  to  have  a  proper  peripheral  arterial 
resistance,  for  without  that,  the  elastic  coat  of  the  arteries  cannot 
aid  the  arterial  flow.  If,  as  it  usually  does  in  these  cases,  digi- 


426  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

talis  acts  as  a  diuretic,  this  will  be  of  great  value  in  removing  the 
cedema,  and  in  causing  the  scanty  high-colored  urine  to  become 
pale  and  abundant.  The  improvement  in  the  circulation  relieves 
the  cardiac  pain  and  distress  which  so  commonly  accompany 
mitral  regurgitation,  the  lividity  passes  off,  the  dyspnoea  de- 
creases, and  usually  in  a  day  or  two  a  wonderful  improvement  in 
the  patient's  condition  takes  place.  The  more  any  case  of  mitral 
regurgitation  deviates  from  the  above  [cedematous]  type,  the  less 
good,  as  a  rule,  will  digitalis  do.  Thus  cases  in  which  there  is 
much  pain  and  distress,  and  but  little  regurgitation,  are  not  so 
often  benefited,  although  even  of  such  cases  many  are  improved. 
Sometimes  the  vomiting  caused  by  digitalis  prohibits  its  use. 
Fatal  syncope  may  occur  in  those  taking  digitalis  if  they  are  too 
suddenly  raised  from  the  prone  to  the  upright  posture. 

Mitral  constriction. — In  this  condition  it  is  obvious  that  it 
will  be  a  great  advantage  to  lengthen  the  diastole,  for  then  there 
will  be  a  greater  chance  that  the  diastole  will  be  long  enough  to 
allow  the  normal  amount  of  blood  to  pass  through  the  constricted 
orifice.  In  proportion  as  this  end  is  attained,  the  oedema, 
lividity,  and  other  signs  of  backward  venous  congestion  will  be 
relieved,  and  if  the  digitalis  induces  diuresis,  this  is  very  valu- 
able in  aiding  the  reduction  of  the  oedema. 

Diseases  of  the  tricuspid  valve, — In  both  tricuspid  constriction 
and  tricuspid  regurgitation,  digitalis  will  be  beneficial  in  the 
same  way  as  in  similar  affections  of  the  mitral  valve.  As  a  rule, 
however,  it  does  less  good  when  the  disease  is  on  the  right  side 
of  the  heart. 

Aortic  regurgitation. — Often  digitalis  is  harmful,  for  by  pro- 
longing the  diastole  more  time  is  allowed  for  the  blood  to  flow 
back  through  the  imperfectly  closed  aortic  orifice,  and  hence 
there  is  great  danger  of  fatal  syncope.  The  drug  should  only  be 
given  in  cases  of  aortic  regurgitation,  when  the  heart  is  very 
rapid,  or  when  there  is  evidence  that  not  much  blood  regurgi- 
tates, or  when  there  are  reasons,  such  as  the  coincident  presence 
of  aortic  obstruction,  for  wishing  to  strengthen  and  regulate  the 
contraction.  The  dose  must  be  small  and  the  effects  must  be 
lv  watched 


DRUGS   ACTING   CHIEFLY   ON   THE   HEART.  427 

Aortic  constriction. — This,  unfortunately,  is  usually  accom- 
panied by  aortic  regurgitation  ;  but  sometimes  when  it  is  wished 
to  increase  the  force  of  the  beat,  and  so  to  drive  more  blood 
through  the  constricted  aortic  orifice,  digitalis  is  useful,  or  when, 
as  a  result  of  the  obstruction,  mitral  dilatation  and  consequent 
regurgitation,  with  much  pulmonary  and  venous  engorgement, 
have  set  in.  Many  cases  of  pure  aortic  obstruction  do  not  re- 
quire drugs,  for  the  heart  hypertrophies  sufficiently  to  overcome 
the  obstruction. 

Bright 's  disease. — In  cases  of  contracted  granular  kidney  in 
which  the  cardiac  hypertrophy  has  been  unable  to  overcome  the 
peripheral  resistance,  and  consequently  the  left  ventricle  and  with 
it  the  auriculo-ventricular  orifice  has  dilated,  and  mitral  regurgi- 
tation has  therefore  ensued,  digitalis  may  be  of  service  for  the 
reasons  given  elsewhere  (see^.  425).  A  diuretic  pill,  often  used 
for  this  condition,  consists  of  [calomel] ,  digitalis,  and  squill  a 
grain  of  each  ;  [.06  gm.]  made  up  with  extract  of  [hyoscyamus]. 
Otherwise,  in  chronic  Bright' s  disease,  digitalis  is  not  a  suitable 
diuretic,  for  it  raises  the  tension  of  the  pulse,  which  is  already 
high.  In  the  earlier  stages  of  acute  Bright' s  disease  it  has  been 
given  as  a  diuretic,  but  it  is  questionable  whether  it  is  right  to 
dilate  the  vessels  of  an  acutely  inflamed  organ  ;  further,  digitalis 
is  always,  unless  the  heart  is  diseased,  an  uncertain  diuretic,  and 
even  in  the  early  stage  of  acute  Bright' s  disease  the  arterial  ten- 
sion is  somewhat  raised.  In  chronic  tubal  nephritis,  uncompli- 
cated by  cardiac  disease,  it  is  worse  than  useless,  for  it  has  no 
effect  on  the  renal  cells,  and  it  raises  the  blood-pressure. 

Diseases  of  the  cardiac  muscle. — If  the  heart  be  fatty,  or  other- 
wise degenerated,  digitalis  rarely  does  good,  for  it  is  harmful  for 
the  diseased  heart  to  have  to  work  against  the  increased  arterial 
tension,  and  it  is  said  that  there  is  danger  of  rupture  of  some 
of  the  degenerated  fatty  fibres.  The  weakly  acting  heart  that 
is  met  with  after  pericarditis,  typhoid  fever,  scarlet  fever,  rheu- 
matism, and  other  acute  diseases,  even  if  no  valvular  defects  are 
present,  is  markedly  strengthened  by  digitalis.  For  this  purpose 
it  may  be  combined  with  caffeine,  or  two  drachms  [8.  c.c.]  of 
the  infusion  may  be  given,  with  three  minims  [.20  c.c.]  of 


428  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

stronger  ammonia  [water],  in  a  little  water.  Each  contraction 
is  more  efficient,  and  the  prolonged  diastole  allows  more  time 
for  the  muscle  to  rest.  It  is  clear  that  in  the  course  of  twenty- 
four  hours  this  additional  repose,  although  but  little  in  each 
cycle,  will  amount  to  a  considerable  time.  Many  men  who  have 
practiced  rowing  or  other  hard  exercise  to  excess,  suffer  from 
shortness  of  breath,  and  the  apex  of  the  heart  is  found  to  be  a 
little  outside  the  normal  position,  but  there  is  no  demonstrable 
valvular  lesion.  This  condition,  which  also  occurs  in  soldiers 
after  a  long  campaign,  is  much  benefited  by  digitalis.  The 
dilatation  of  the  right  side  of  the  heart  that  so  frequently  accom- 
panies chronic  disease  of  the  lungs  may  be,  but  usually  is  not, 
improved  by  digitalis. 

Functional  diseases  of  the  heart. — The  irregular,  palpitating 
beat,  often  seen  apart  from  any  organic  disease,  may  be  benefited 
markedly  by  digitalis ;  but  it  must  be  remembered  that  this  con- 
dition is  commonly  a  result  of  indigestion,  in  which  case  the 
right  treatment  is,  if  possible,  to  cure  the  dyspepsia,  and  if 
digitalis  is  given  at  all,  to  do  so  cautiously,  for  it  may  excite 
indigestion.  The  functional  affections  of  the  heart  met  with  in 
highly  neurotic  subjects  may  be,  but  are  not  often,  benefited  by 
digitalis. 

Exophthalmic  goitre  may  improve  under  a  long  course  of 
digitalis ;  but  generally  this  treatment  fails. 

Htzmorrhage. — Although  digitalis  contracts  the  arterioles,  it 
is  not  often  given  as  a  haemostatic,  for  the  increased  blood-pres- 
sure may  lead  to  greater  haemorrhage,  but  it  may  be  useful  in  the 
pulmonary  haemorrhage  due  to  disease  of  the  mitral  valve. 

Alcoholism. — Moderate  doses  of  digitalis  have  been  said  to  be 
serviceable  in  chronic  alcoholism  on  account  of  their  stimulating 
effect  on  the  circulation.  Enormous  doses  have  been  given  em- 
pirically in  delirium  tremens,  but  generally  without  any  good 
result. 

Uterus. — Because  of  its  power  to  contract  the  uterus,  digitalis 
may  be  useful  in  menorrhagia. 

[Digitalis  is  said  to  be  useless  if  the  patient  suffers  from  high 
fever.  J 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY   ON    THE    HEART.  429 

It  is  often  desirable  to  combine  fluid  preparations  of  digitalis 
with  iron  salts,  the  resulting  mixture,  which  is  usually  inky  from 
the  action  of  the  iron  on  the  tannic  acid  in  the  digitalis,  can  be 
clarified  by  the  addition  of  a  little  diluted  [phosphoric]  acid. 
Because  of  this  difficulty  the  powdered  digitalis  leaves  are  often 
made  into  a  pill  with  dried  [ferrdus]  sulphate. 

ANTAGONISM. 

Antagonism  between  Digitalis  and  Aconite. — Aconite  is  a  cardiac  poison, 
weakening  instead  of  strengthening  the  beat ;  it  dilates  the  peripheral  vessels, 
it  lowers  the  blood-pressure,  and  after  death  the  heart  is  always  found  in  a 
condition  of  diastole.  In  all  these  points  it  is  antagonistic  to  digitalis,  but  the 
action  of  aconite  is  very  rapid,  that  of  digitalis  very  slow.  Therefore  these 
drugs  are  not  practical  antidotes  to  each  other  in  poisoning.  [Saponin  and 
senegin  are  considered  to  be  the  most  complete  physiological  antidotes.] 

Digitalis  is  cumulative.  Patients  who  have  taken  it  for  a  long  while 
sometimes  suddenly  show  symptoms  of  poisoning  without  any  increase  in  the 
dose.  This  is  because  the  drug  is  not  excreted  by  the  kidneys  so  fast  as  it  is 
absorbed,  therefore  it  accumulates  in  the  body.  [Digitalis  should  be  stopped 
so  soon  as  symptoms  of  gastro-intestinal  irritation  supervene,  or  the  pulse  be- 
comes abnormally  slow.] 

STROPHANTHUS. 

STROPHANTHUS.— [The  seed  of  Strophanthus  hispidus  De  Can- 
dolle  (nat.  ord.  Apocynacece],  deprived  of  its  long  awn.  Habitat. — Tropical 
Africa. 

CHARACTERS. — About  15  mm.  long  and  4  or  5  mm.  broad,  oblong-lance- 
olate, flattened  and  obtusely  edged,  grayish-green,  covered  with  appressed, 
silky  hairs,  one  side  with  a  ridge  extending  into  the  attenuated,  pointed  end; 
kernel  white  and  oily,  consisting  of  a  straight  embryo,  having  two  thin  cotyle- 
dons, and  surrounded  by  a  thin  layer  of  perisperm  ;  nearly  inodorous ;  taste 
very  bitter.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (l)  Strophanthin,  [C^H^O^]. 
It  exists  in  all  parts  of  the  plant,  but  mostly  in  the  seeds  (8  to  10  per  cent.). 
This  is  in  all  probability  the  same  as,  or  closely  allied  to,  the  active  principle 
Ouabain  [see  p.  416]  which  has  been  isolated  from  [another  species  of]  Stro- 
phanthus. It  is  a  transparent,  white,  imperfectly  crystalline,  bitter  glucoside, 
(being  split  up  by  acids  into  glucose  and  Strophanth idin).  [Very]  soluble  in 
water ;  insoluble  in  Chloroform  and  Ether.  \_Strophanthin,  according  to 
recent  investigation,  can  be  isolated  from  Strophanthus  Kombe,  and  many 
other  species  of  Strophanthus.  (2)  Kombic  Acid,  which  is  not  identical  in  all 
varieties  of  Strophanthus.  (3)  Ineine,  an  Alkaloid.  (4)  Tanghinin,  C-^H^Og. 
in  rhombic  prisms. 


ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

Preparation. 

Tinctura  Strophanthi. — Tincture  of  Strophanthus.  Strophan- 
thus,  50.  By  digestion  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water  to 
1000. 

Dose,  2  to  10  m. ;  .12  to  .60  c.c. 

Tincture  of  Strophanthus  Kombe,  from  which  the  oil  has  been  extracted 
and  made  from  assayed  material,  is  far  more  reliable.  Of  this  the  maximum 
dose  is  5  m. ;  .30  c.c.] 

ACTION  OF  STROPHANTHUS. 

External. — None. 

Internal. — G astro-intestinal  tract. — Like  digitalis,  Strophan- 
thus is  liable  to  cause  vomiting  and  diarrhoea,  especially  if 
the  dose  be  large.  [Generally  these  disturbances  result  from 
preparations  from  which  the  volatile  oil  contained  in  the  seeds  has 
not  been  extracted.]  In  small  doses  its  bitter  action  may  come 
into  play,  and  then  it  will  aid  digestion  like  any  other  bitter 
stomachic. 

Heart. — Strophanthus  acts  on  the  heart  exactly  like  digi- 
talis, for  it  strengthens  the  force  without  altering  the  duration 
of  the  systole,  slows  the  rate  of  the  beat,  and  consequently  pro- 
longs the  diastole,  and  makes  an  irregular  heart  regular.  In  fatal 
cases  of  poisoning  by  Strophanthus,  the  heart  may  be  arrested 
either  in  diastole  or  systole.  The  details  of  its  cardiac  action  are 
the  same  as  those  of  digitalis. 

Vessels. — It  does  not  constrict  the  peripheral  vessels, 
or  at  any  rate  very  slightly ;  therefore,  the  slow  rise  of  blood- 
pressure  is  almost  entirely  due  to  the  action  of  the  drug  on  the 
heart.  This  is  the  most  important  difference  between  it  and 
digitalis,  which  contracts  the  vessels  powerfully  and  consequently 
gives  a  greater  rise  of  blood -pressure,  [and  is  the  reason  for  the 
greater  safety  of  the  former.] 

Kidneys. — It  is  diuretic,  [more]  powerfully  than  digitalis. 
Probably  the  diuresis  is  entirely  due  to  the  increased  cardiac 
action.  No  special  alteration  in  the  size  of  the  renal  vessels  takes 
place  under  Strophanthus. 

Nervous  system. — This  is  not  affected.     In  toxic  doses  it  is 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY    ON    THE    HEART.  43 1 

a  direct  poison  to  the  voluntary  muscles.  Strophanthin  is  a 
powerful  local  anaesthetic  when  dropped  on  the  conjunctive  [of 
dogs]. 

Respiration. — No  particular  effect  is  produced.  The  African 
Kombe  arrow  poison  is  made  from  strophanthus. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  STROPHANTHUS. 

Strophanthus  is  used  in  the  same  varieties  of  cardiac  disease  as 
digitalis ;  that  is  to  say,  when  it  is  desirable  to  slow  the  heart,  to 
increase  its  force,  to  make  it  regular,  and  to  prolong  the  diastole. 
It  is  clear,  therefore,  that  it  will  be  chiefly  valuable  in  cases  of 
mitral  disease.  A  priori,  it  might  be  thought  that  as  strophanthus 
does  not  contract  the  peripheral  vessels  and  so  increase  the  car- 
diac resistance,  consequently  it  would  be  the  more  useful  drug, 
[and]  experience  has  confirmed  this  [for  certain  cases]  ;  it  will 
generally  happen  that  strophanthus  will  not  produce  vomiting 
when  digitalis  does.  [The  advantages  which  strophanthus  possesses 
over  digitalis  may  be  summed  up  as  (i)  greater  rapidity,  modi- 
fying pulse  rate  within  an  hour ;  (2)  absence  of  vaso -constrictor 
effects  ;  (3)  greater  diuretic  powers  ;  (4)  no  disturbance  of  diges- 
tion from  properly  made  preparations  ;  (5)  absence  of  so-called 
cumulation  ;  (6)  greater  value  in  children  ;  and  (7)  greater  safety 
in  the  aged. 

It  should  be  the  remedy  of  choice  in  all  cases,  (i)  in  which 
we  wish  to  establish  compensation  ;  (  2  )  of  arterial  degeneration 
in  which  a  remedy  which  causes  more  energetic  cardiac  contrac- 
tion is  required  ;  (3)  of  cardiac  disease  when  a  diuretic  is  neces- 
sary ;  (4)  of  weak  or  irritable  hearts  ;  (5)  of  cardiac  disease  in 
childhood  or  old  age.]  Strophanthus  is  preferable  to  digitalis 
when  it  is  wished  to  give  one  of  these  drugs  in  Bright's  disease. 

CONVALLARIA. 

CONVALLARIA. — [The  rhizome  and  roots  of  Convallaria  majalis 
Linne  (nat.  ord.  Liliacea).  Synonym. — Lily  of  the  Valley.  Habitat. — 
United  States,  in  the  Allegheny  Mountains  ;  Europe  and  Northern  Asia. 

CHARACTERS. — Of  horizontal  growth  and  somewhat  branched,  about  3 
mm.  thick,  cylindrical,  wrinkled,  whitish,  marked  with  few  circular  scars;  at 
the  annulate  joint  are  about  eight  or  ten,  long,  thin  roots  ;  fracture  somewhat 


432  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

fibrous,  white  ;  odor  peculiar,  pleasant ;  taste  sweetish,  bitter,  and  somewhat 
acrid.  ] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Convallamarin,  [C^H^ 
OM],  a  glucoside  the  active  principle  ;  [a  white,  bitter-sweet  powder,  soluble 
in  water  and  Alcohol.  (2)  Convallarin,  C34H31On,  a  glucoside,  in  acrid 
prisms,  sparingly  soluble  in,  but  foaming  with  water,  soluble  in  Alcohol,  but 
not  in  Ether.]  This  is  said  only  to  purge. 

Preparation. 

[Extractum  Convallariae  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Con- 
vallaria.  By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Diluted  Alcohol,  and 
evaporation. 

Dose,  5  to  30  m. ;  .30  to  2.00  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  CONVALLARIA. 

The  action  of  convallaria  is  precisely  that  of  digitalis,  and  it 
may  be  given  in  exactly  the  same  varieties  of  heart  disease.  It 
is  sometimes  successful  when  digitalis  has  failed.  It  is  not  so 
powerful  as  digitalis,  but  some  find  it  less  likely  to  produce  sick- 
ness. [It  is  said  to  act  more  powerfully  upon  the  right  heart, 
but  this  is  probably  not  true.  A  more  extended  experience 
seems  to  indicate  that  this  drug  is  very  unreliable.] 

SCILLA. 

SQUILL. — [Synonym. — Sea  Onion.  The  bulb  of  Urginea  maritima 
(Linne)  Baker  (nat.  ord.  Liliacete),  deprived  of  its  dry,  membranaceous  outer 
scales,  and  cut  into  thin  slices,  the  central  portions  being  rejected.  Habitat. 
— Basin  of  the  Mediterranean  near  the  sea. 

CHARACTERS. — In  narrow  segments,  about  5  cm.  long,  slightly  translucent, 
yellowish-white  or  reddish,  brittle  and  pulverizable  when  dry,  tough  and  flexi- 
ble after  exposure  to  damp  air ;  inodorous  ;  taste  mucilaginous,  bitter  and 
acrid.  ] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (l)  Scillitoxin,  the  most 
active  principle;  (2)  [Scillipicrin,  acting  upon  the  heart;  (3)  Scillin,  pro- 
ducing numbness  and  vomiting  ;  (4)  Mucilage. 

Dose,  i  to  5  gr. ;  .06  to  .30  gm.] 

Preparations. 

i.  Acetum    Scillse. — [Vinegar  of  Squill.     Squill,    loo ;  Diluted 
Acetic  Acid,  by  maceration  and  percolation,  to  1000. 
Vinegar  of  Squill  is  used  to  prepare  Synipus  Scillse. 
10  to  45  m. ;  .60  to  3.00  c.c. 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY    ON    THE    HEART.  433 

2.  Extractum  Scillae    Fluidum.— Fluid   Extract  of  Squill.     By 
maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water,  and  evaporation. 

Fluid  Extract  of  Squill  is  used  to  prepare  Syrupus  Scillse  Com- 
positus. 

Dose,  i  to  5  m. ;  .06  to  .30  c.c. 

3.  Tinctura   Scillse. — Tincture  of  Squill.     Squill,  150.     By  ma- 
ceration and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water,  to  1000. 

Dose,  5  to  30  m. ;  .30  to  2.00  c.c. 

4.  Syrupus    Scillae. — Syrup  of  Squill.     Vinegar  of  Squill,  450; 
Sugar,  800 ;  water  to  1000.     By  solution  and  straining. 

Dose,  y2  to  i  fl.  dr.  ;  2.  to  4.  c.c. 

5.  Syrupus    Scillse    Compositus. — Compound    Syrup  of  Squill. 
Synonym. — Hive  Syrup.     See  Antimony,  p.  230.] 

ACTION  OF  SQUILL. 

Squill  so  closely  resembles  digitalis  in  its  action  that  the 
account  of  that  drug  will  apply  to  squill,  with  the  following  ad- 
ditions :  Squill  is  a  much  more  powerful  gastro-intestinal 
irritant ;  vomiting  and  purging  result  from  even  moderate  doses, 
and  after  death,  if  animals  are  killed  with  it,  much  gastro-enteritis 
is  found.  In  the  second  place,  some  constituent  of  squill  is 
excreted  by  the  bronchial  mucous  membrane,  and  in  passing 
through  it  irritates  it.  The  vascularity  and  the  amount  of  secre- 
tion are  thereby  increased.  Squill  is,  therefore,  a  powerful  ex- 
pectorant. Thirdly,  squill  in  the  course  of  its  excretion 
through  the  kidneys  stimulates  them  ;  it  is,  therefore,  a  more 
energetic  diuretic  than  digitalis,  and  it  may  irritate  the 
kidneys  excessively. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  SQUILL. 

Because  of  its  irritating  properties,  squill  is  not  given  alone, 
but  it  is  frequently  combined  with  digitalis  when  that  drug  is 
administered  for  heart  disease  or  as  a  diuretic.  A  very  favorite 
diuretic  pill  is  composed  of  squill,  digitalis  and  calomel,  i  gr. 
[.06  gm.]  of  each,  made  up  [with  extract  of  hyoscyamus, 
i^  gr. ;  .09  gm.  This  is  sometimes  known  as  Guy's  triplex 
pill.] 

Squill  is  much  used  as  an  expectorant.  Here  also  it  is  always 

28 


434  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

prescribed  in  combination ;  it  is  too  irritating  to  the  bronchial 
mucous  membrane  for  it  to  be  advisable  to  give  it  in  acute  bron- 
chitis ;  nor  should  it  be  chosen  in  phthisis,  lest  it  should  cause 
dyspepsia ;  but  it  is  valuable  in  chronic  bronchitis  if  the  secre- 
tion is  scanty. 

Squill  should  not  be  given  in  acute  Bright' s  disease,  for  it  is 
too  irritating  to  the  kidneys.  [Vinegar  of  squill  should  not  be 
prescribed  with  ammonium  carbonate.] 

SCOPARIUS. 

SCOPARIUS. — Synonym. — Broom.  The  tops  of  Cytisus  Scoparius 
[(Linne)  Link  (nat.  ord.  Leguminostz).  Habitat. — Western  Asia,  Southern 
and  Western  Europe  ;  naturalized  in  some  localities  in  the  United  States. 

CHARACTERS. — In  thin,  flexible,  branched  twigs,  pentangular,  winged, 
dark  green,  nearly  smooth,  tough,  usually  free  from  leaves  ;  odor  peculiar 
when  bruised  ;  taste  disagreeably  bitter.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Scoparin,  C^H^O^,  a 
[tasteless,  amorphous,  neutral  principle.  (2)  Sparleine,  C15H26N2,  a  color- 
less, oily,  very  bitter  alkaloid.  (3)  Tannic  Acid. 

Dose,  ]^  to  i  dr.  ;  i.  to  4.  gm.] 

Preparation. 

[Extractum   Scoparii    Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of   Scoparius. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Diluted  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 
Dose,  i^  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  c.c. 

SPARTEIN^E  SULPHAS.     Sparteine  Sulphate.—  C15H26N2H2SO4-f 

4H20=4<>3-23- 

SOURCE. — The  neutral  sulphate  of  an  alkaloid  obtained  from  Scoparius. 
It  is  obtained  by  extracting  the  plant  with  water  acidulated  with  Sulphuric 
Acid,  concentrating,  decomposing  with  Sodium  Hydroxide,  and  distilling.  The 
Sulphate  is  prepared  from  the  Alkaloid  by  neutralization  with  Sulphuric  Acid, 
and  crystallization. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  white,  prismatic  crystals,  or  a  granular  powder, 
odorless,  and  having  a  slight  saline  and  somewhat  bitter  taste.  Liable  to 
attract  moisture  when  exposed  to  damp  air.  Solubility. — Very  soluble  in 
water  and  Alcohol. 

Dose,  y'j  to  2  gr. ;  .006  to  .12  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  BROOM. 

External. — Broom  has  no  external  action. 

Internal. — Nervous  system.  —  [Its  alkaloid  sparteine  sulphate 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY    ON    THE    HEART.  435 

in  poisonous  doses  causes,  in  the  lower  animals,  tremblings,  inco- 
ordination,  increase  of  reflexes,  clonic  and  tonic  convulsions, 
followed  by  enfeeblement  of  all  the  functions,  convulsions,  and 
death  from  asphyxia. 

Respiration. — It  paralyzes  the  respiratory  centres,  causes  em- 
barrassment of  the  respiration  and  paralyzes  the  motor  centres 
of  the  spinal  cord,  but  has  a  very  feeble  influence  upon  the 
muscles,  lessening,  though  not  destroying,  their  excitability. 

Circulation. — According  to  Laborde,  under  the  influence  of 
this  alkaloid  there  is  a  very  great  increase  in  the  size  and  height 
of  the  cardiac  wave.  If  the  dose  has  been  a  small  one,  the 
pulse  is  at  first  accelerated  ;  after  large  doses  there  is  a  slowing 
followed  by  enfeeblement  of  the  heart.  The  arterial  pressure  is 
not  materially  changed  unless  the  dose  is  toxic,  when  it  falls. 
Small  doses  weaken,  and  large  ones  paralyze  the  pneumogastric ; 
upon  the  vaso-motor  system  it  appears  to  have  no  influence, 
unless  in  very  large  toxic  doses,  when  it,  perhaps,  acts  as  a 
paralyzant. 

Kidneys. — Broom  is  of  value  as  a  diuretic.  Scoparin  prob- 
ably represents  the  diuretic  principles  of  the  plant.] 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  BROOM. 

Broom  is  a  very  useful  diuretic.  It  is  usually  given  in  com- 
bination with  other  diuretics  in  cases  of  dropsy  from  heart  dis- 
ease or  interstitial  nephritis.  If  there  is  acute  renal  inflammation 
it  should  not  be  prescribed.  [According  to  See,  sparteine  sul- 
phate is  of  very  great  value  in  producing  regularity  in  cases  of 
irregular  cardiac  action.  It  accelerates  the  beats  when  a  weak, 
atonic  state  is  present,  and  has  the  great  advantage  of  acting 
quickly,  is  not  cumulative,  on  the  whole  is  probably  inferior  to 
digitalis  in  power,  but  it  is  useful  in  uncompensated  cardiac, 
especially  mitral,  disease.] 

ERYTHROPHLCEUM. 

SASSY  BARK.  (Not  official). — Synonyms. — [Manama  Bark.]  Or- 
deal Bark.  .  Casca  Bark.  The  bark  of  Erythrophlceum  guineense  (nat.  ord. 
LeguminoscE).  [  Habitat.  ]  — Africa. 

CHARACTERS. — [In  flat  or  curved  pieces  of  irregular  siie,  about  6  mm. 


ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

thick,  covered  externally  with  an  uneven  warty  and  fissured  corky  layer,  or 
deprived  of  the  same,  of  a  dull  brown  color.  It  is  hard,  brittle,  of  a  fibrous 
texture,  internally  with  pale  yellowish  brown  spots,  inodorous,  of  an  astringent, 
somewhat  bitter  and  acrid  taste,  and  when  powdered  excites  sneezing.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  active  principle  is  Erythrophlceine,  a  [colorless  alka- 
loid, soluble  in  water  and  Alcohol  ;  this  is  a  local  anaesthetic  (Koller)]. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  ERYTHROPHLCEUM. 

The  action  of  erythrophloeum  [of  which  a  10  per  cent,  tincture 
has  been  recommended  in  dose  of  from  5  to  10  m.  ;  .30  to  .60 
c.c.,  by  the  British  Pharmaceutical  Conference]  is  the  same  as 
that  of  digitalis,  and  it  may  be  used  for  the  same  class  of  cases. 
[In  organic  cardiac  disease  its  effect  in  strengthening  the  pulse 
and  in  increasing  the  urine  is  by  no  means  constant  nor  lasting.] 
It  is,  however,  more  likely  to  cause  vomiting,  and  the  action  on 
the  inhibitory  cardiac  mechanism  is  much  more  marked  than 
that  on  the  cardiac  muscle. 

[ADONIDINUM. 

ADONIDIN.  (Not  official). — A  glucoside  obtained  from  Adonis  Ver- 
nalis  (nat.  ord.  Ranunculacece).  Synonym. — False  Hellebore.  Habitat. — 
Northern  Europe  and  Asia. 

CHARACTERS. — This  glucoside  occurs  as  a  somewhat  hygroscopic,  canary- 
colored  powder,  of  intensely  bitter  taste ;  soluble  in  water  and  Alcohol ;  in- 
soluble in  Ether,  Chloroform  and  Benzin. 

Dose,  */(>  to  J/j  gr. ;  .01  to  .02  gm. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  ADONIDIN. 

Adonidin  markedly  increases  the  arterial  pressure  while  de- 
creasing the  pulse  rate.  The  primary  rise  is  chiefly  of  cardiac 
origin,  the  slowing  of  the  rate  is  due  to  stimulation  of  the  inhibi- 
tory nerves.  The  late  fall  of  blood-pressure  is  due,  at  least  in 
great  part,  to  vaso-motor  paralysis.  In  its  action  it  is  more 
prompt  than  digitalis,  and,  according  to  Durand,  does  not  have 
a  cumulative  action.  If  it  is  diuretic,  it  is  chiefly  through  its 
effects  upon  the  circulation.  It  is  used  for  the  same  class  of 
cases  as  digitalis.  Its  irritating  properties  prevent  its  subcu- 
taneous use  and  even  prolonged  administration  by  the  mouth.] 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY    ON    THE    HEART.  437 


CLASS  II.— THE  ACONITE  GROUP. 

ACONITUM. 

ACONITE.— [Synonyms. — Monkshood.  Wolfsbane.  The  tuber  of 
Aconitum  Napellus  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Ranunculacea}.  Habitat. — Mountainous 
districts  of  Europe,  Asia,  and  Northwestern  North  America. 

CHARACTERS. — From  10  to  20  mm.  thick  at  the  crown  ;  conically  con- 
tracted below  ;  from  50  to  75  mm.  long,  with  scars  or  fragments  of  radicles ; 
dark  brown  externally  ;  whitish  internally  ;  with  a  rather  thick  bark,  the  cen- 
tral axis  about  seven-rayed  ;  without  odor  ;  taste  at  first  sweetish,  soon  becom- 
ing acrid,  and  producing  a  sensation  of  tingling  and  numbness,  which  lasts  for 
some  time.]  Resembling  Aconite. — Horseradish  (<].  v. ). 

COMPOSITION. — -The  active  principle  is  the  very  poisonous  alkaloid  Aco- 
niline  (see  [below] ).  Two  other  alkaloids  are  present, — Aconine  [C^H^Ou] 
and  Benzaconine.  Other  principles  are,  perhaps,  Pseudo-aconitine,  [C3aH49 
NOn,  or  Napelline,  (dose,  }4  to  %  gr.  ;  .01  to  .03  gm.,  Merck),  Pseudo- 
aconine,  C27H41NO8,  Picro-aconitine,  CjjH^NOjQ,  combined  with  Aconitic 
Acid,  H,C,H506.] 

Dose,  yz  to  2  gr. ;  [.03  to  .12  gm.] 

Preparations. 

[i.  Extractum  Aconiti. — Extract  of  Aconite.     By  maceration  and 
percolation  with  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 
Dose,  T^  to  %  gr.  ;  .006  to  .015  gm. 

2.  Extractum    Aconiti    Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Aconite. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water,  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  ',  to  2  m. ;  .03  to  .12  c.c. 

3.  Tinctura  Aconiti. — Tincture  of  Aconite.     Aconite,   35.      By 
maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water  to  1000. 

Dose,  %  to  5  m. ;  .03  to  .30  c.c. 

It  should  be  remembered  that  Fleming's  Tincture  of  Aconite,  which  is 
found  in  the  shops,  is  nearly  twice  as  strong  as  the  official  tincture.  ] 

ACONITINA.  — Aconitine.       (B.    P.,  not   official).  —  C33H45NO1!I?= 

[645.54.?] 

SOURCE. — [It  is  precipitated  from  an  aqueous  solution  of  an  alcoholic  ex- 
tract of  the  powdered  root  by  Ammonia,  and  then  purified.] 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  hexagonal  prisms  of  the  rhombic  system.  Causes 
tingling  when  placed  on  the  tongue.  By  partial  hydrolysis  it  yields  benzaco- 
nine,  and  on  further  hydrolysis  it  forms  aconine  and  benzoic  acid.  Solubility. 
— Readily  in  Alcohol  and  Chloroform,  less  so  in  Ether  ;  nearly  insoluble  in 
water. 

[Dose,  ^  gr. ;  .0003  gm.] 


438  ORGANIC   MATERIA    MEDICA. 

Preparation,  \_B.  P.,  not  official.] 

Unguentum  Aconitinae. — [Aconitine  Ointment.]     Aconitine  dis- 
solved in  Alcohol,  I  ;  Oleic  Acid,  8  ;  [Benzoinated]  Lard,  41. 


ACTION  OF  ACONITE. 

The  action  of  aconite,  which  has  lately  been  studied  by  Cash 
and  Dunstan,  is  due  chiefly  to  the  aconitine  in  it,  and  therefore 
they  may  be  considered  together. 

External. — Applied  to  the  skin,  to  a  mucous  membrane,  or 
to  a  raw  surface,  aconitine  and  therefore  aconite,  first  stimulates 
and  then  paralyzes  the  sensory  nerves ;  it  therefore  causes  first 
tingling,  then  numbness  and  local  anaesthesia,  which  last 
some  time.  Unless  the  skin  is  sound  a  dangerous  quantity  may 
be  absorbed.  It  is  intensely  irritant  to  the  nostrils,  causing, 
when  it  is  inhaled,  sneezing  and  much  secretion  with  an  icy 
cold  sensation. 

Internal. — Gastro-intcstinal  tract. — Unless  it  is  very  dilute, 
numbness  and  tingling  are  produced  in  the  mouth.  There  are 
no  other  gastro-intestinal  symptoms  unless  the  dose  is  very  large, 
when  there  may  be  vomiting  and  purging. 

Heart. — If  small  doses  are  given,  the  rate  of  the  beat  is  soon 
very  decidedly  steadied  and  slowed,  shortly  after  that  the 
force  and  tension  become  less,  and  these  effects  are  mainly 
due  to  a  stimulation  of  the  roots  of  the  vagus.  But  after  larger 
doses  the  pulse  quickens,  misses  beats,  and  becomes  irregular. 
Many  of  the  ventricular  beats  have  no  corresponding  auricular 
contraction,  although  the  two  auricles  always  contract  together 
and  the  two  ventricles  contract  together.  As  the  irregularity 
and  frequency  of  ventricular  contractions  increase,  the  blood- 
pressure  rapidly  undergoes  great  variations.  It  is  not  until 
quite  the  end  of  its  action  that  aconite  influences  the  heart 
muscle.  The  ventricles,  always  more  affected  than  the  auricles, 
pass  into  a  condition  of  delirium.  Even  small  doses  lead  to  a 
fall  of  blood-pressure,  but  all  the  effects  on  blood-pressure 
are  almost  entirely  secondary  to  the  action  on  the  heart  or  its 
nerves.  The  vaso-motor  centre  is  only  slightly  affected.  [Clin- 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY   ON    THE    HEART.  439 

ically  it  would  appear  that  the  peripheral  vessels  are  dilated. 
Aconite  has  been  named  the  vegetable  lancet.] 

Respiration. — The  respiration,  after  a  transitory  quickening, 
is  slowed,  expiration  and  the  pause  after  it  are  considerably 
prolonged.  The  movements  become  more  slow  and  dyspnoeal, 
the  respiratory  centre  is  powerfully  depressed,  but  it  is  not  easy 
to  decide  whether  death  is  due  to  this  or  to  cardiac  failure. 

Nervous  system. — It  appears  clear  that  aconite,  whether  given 
internally  or  applied  locally,  depresses  the  activity  of  the 
peripheral  terminations  of  the  nerves  ;  the  nerves  of  com- 
mon sensation  and  temperature  are  affected  before  the 
motor.  Any  pain  that  may  be  present  is  relieved.  Large 
doses  in  man  cause  clonic  convulsions,  chiefly  respiratory.  Later 
on,  the  paralysis  of  the  motor  nerves  gives  rise  to  muscular  weak- 
ness. It  is  doubtful  whether  the  cord  is  influenced.  The  brain 
is  not.  The  pupil  is  dilated. 

Temperature. — Aconite  causes  a  febrile  temperature  to  fall, 
This  is  in  part  due  to  its  action  on  the  circulation  and  respira- 
tion, but  probably  other  causes  are  at  work. 

Skin. — Aconite  is  a  mild  diaphoretic ;  in  this  case  also  we 
do  not  understand  how  it  acts.  [The  cutaneous  blood-vessels 
are  generally  dilated.]  Occasionally  it  produces  an  erythema- 
tous  rash. 

Kidneys. — It  is  said  to  be  a  feeble  diuretic,  but  its  effect  is 
very  slight,  Aconitine  is  excreted  in  the  urine. 

Benzaconine  is  bitter,  and  does  not  cause  tingling  or  numb- 
ness of  mucous  surfaces  ;  in  large  doses  it  slows  the  pulse-beat 
very  strikingly  because  the  auricular  beats  are  frequently  not  fol- 
lowed by  ventricular  contraction.  Its  action  is  probably  chiefly 
on  the  heart  muscle  itself.  It  does  not  paralyze  sensory  nerves, 
but  greatly  interferes  with  motor  nerves  and  causes  a  semi-coma- 
tose condition.  The  fall  of  temperature  produced  by  it  is  very 
slight.  It  will  be  noticed  that  it  is  in  almost  all  respects  contrary 
in  action  to  aconitine. 

Aconine  is  bitter,  but  does  not  produce  numbness.  It  is 
non-toxic  as  regards  the  heart,  and  opposes  the  cardiac  inco- 
ordination  and  asequence  caused  by  aconitine.  It  depresses 


44O  ORGANIC    MATER  I A    MEDICA. 

motor  nerves  and  respiration  very  strikingly,  probably  acting 
like  curare. 

It  is  worth  noting  that,  whilst  the  introduction  into  aconitine 
of  two  additional  acetyl  groups  (as  in  diacetyl-aconitine)  gives 
rise  to  a  derivative  very  similar  in  action  to  aconitine,  the  loss 
of  the  acetyl  group,  as  in  benzaconine,  almost  entirely  abolishes 
all  physiological  resemblance  to  aconitine.  On  the  other  hand, 
the  removal  of  the  benzoyl  radical  from  benzaconine  (aconine 
remaining)  produces  much  less  alteration  in  action,  although  it 
does  not  diminish  the  toxicity  of  benzaconine. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  ACONITE. 

External. — As  aconite  produces  local  anaesthesia,  it  is  ap- 
plied externally  and  often  with  great  benefit  in  cases  of  neuralgia, 
especially  facial  neuralgia.  Frequently  it  fails,  and  we  cannot  tell 
beforehand  whether  it  will  succeed.  A  small  piece  of  the  oint- 
ment [B.  P.]  maybe  rubbed  in  till  numbness  is  produced,  but  as 
this  is  a  very  expensive  preparation  it  is  usually  better  to  paint 
on  the  liniment  [B.  P.,  a  40  per  cent,  solution  of  the  powdered 
root  in  alcohol,  to  which  2  per  cent,  of  camphor  is  added], 
with  a  camel's-hair  brush.  The  pain  of  chronic  rheumatism  is 
sometimes  relieved  by  aconite.  Linimentum  Aconiti  Composi- 
tum,  commonly  called  A.  B.  C.  liniment  because  it  contains 
equal  parts  of  Aconite,  Belladonna  and  Camphor  liniments,  is 
an  excellent  preparation  for  external  use.  Aconite  should  never 
be  used  externally  unless  the  skin  is  quite  sound. 

Internal. — It  may  be  given  internally  for  neuralgia,  but  it 
does  not  succeed  nearly  so  well  as  when  applied  externally.  It 
is  not  used  internally  as  much  as  formerly,  when  it  was  admin- 
istered in  almost  every  febrile  disease,  with  the  object  of  decreas- 
ing the  force  and  tension  of  the  pulse.  Certainly  it  does  this 
very  effectually,  and  the  only  reason  why  it  is  not  so  popular  at 
the  present  time  is,  that  it  is  not  now  thought  desirable  to  reduce 
the  force  and  frequency  of  the  heart  in  these  diseases.  Perhaps 
it  is  used  too  little,  for  many  believe  that  the  milder  febrile 
diseases,  such  as  tonsilitis,  laryngitis,  or  a  common  cold,  are  dis- 
tinctly benefited  by  aconite,  especially  if  they  occur  in  children. 


DRUGS   ACTING    CHIEFLY    ON    THE    HEART.  44! 

In  addition  to  retarding  the  pulse  it  increases  perspiration  and 
lowers  the  temperature.  As  large  doses  diminish  the  force  of 
the  heart,  it  is  usually  given  in  doses  of  two  or  three  minims 
[.12  or  .20  c.c.]  of  the  tincture  every  hour  or  so  till  the  pulse 
falls  to  nearly  normal ;  for  the  same  reason  it  is  not  advisable  to 
use  it  for  prolonged  fevers,  as  typhoid,  nor  when  the  heart  is 
diseased,  except  in  the  few  cases  in  which  there  is  sufficient 
compensative  cardiac  hypertrophy.  In  such  cardiac  cases  it  is 
sometimes  useful  to  slow  the  pulse,  even  when  there  is  no  fever. 
It  will  occasionally  relieve  the  pain  of  aneurism.  A  common 
practice  was  to  combine  with  it  one  or  two  minims ;  [.06  or  .12 
c.c.]  of  Vinum  Antimonii,  as  that  has  much  the  same  action  on 
the  heart.  Formerly  it  was  much  used  in  surgery  if  it  was  feared 
that  inflammation  might  set  in  after  injuries. 

TOXICOLOGY. 

Symptoms. — They  come  on  quickly  ;  in  a  few  minutes  there  is  a  severe 
burning,  tingling  sensation  in  the  mouth,  followed  by  numbness.  Vomiting 
[is  not  common,  but  may]  begin  in  an  hour  or  so,  and  [then]  is  very  severe. 
There  is  an  intense  abdominal  burning  sensation.  The  skin  is  cold  and 
clammy.  Numbness  and  tingling,  with  a  sense  of  formication  of  the  whole 
skin,  trouble  the  patient  very  much.  The  pupils  are  dilated,  the  eyes  fixed 
and  staring.  The  muscles  become  very  feeble,  hence  he  staggers.  His  pulse 
is  small,  weak  and  irregular.  There  is  difficulty  of  respiration.  Death  takes 
place  from  asphyxia,  or  in  some  cases  from  syncope.  The  patient  is  often  con- 
scious to  the  last.  Post-mortem. — The  usual  signs  of  death  from  asphyxia  are 
seen. 

Treatment. — Wash  out  the  stomach  promptly,  give  emetics  (see  p.  139). 
Use  artificial  respiration  early.  Inject  stimulants,  as  ether  or  brandy,  subcu- 
taneously ;  apply  warmth.  Atropine  and  the  tincture  of  digitalis  should  be 
given  subcutaneously.  Hot  blankets  and  bottles  [are  useful]. 

AMYL  COLLOID.  (Not  official.)— Synonym.—  Anodyne  Colloid. 
The  composition  of  this  is  Amyl  Hydride,  480 ;  Aconitine,  I  ;  Veratrine,6 ; 
Collodion  to  960.  It  is  a  fluid  preparation. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  AMYL  COLLOID. 

Amyl  colloid  is  painted  on  the  skin  over  painful  areas  in  neu- 
ralgia, sciatica,  etc.  It  is  an  elegant  method  of  obtaining  the 
local  anaesthetic  action  of  aconitine  and  veratrine,  which  is  aided 
by  the  evaporation  of  amyl  hydride ;  [but  it  is  extremely  diffi- 


442  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

cult  to  make  a  clear  solution.]  When  the  collodion  has  formed 
a  film,  a  piece  of  warm,  moist  spongiopiline  helps  the  anaesthetic 
effect  of  the  alkaloids. 

[VERATRUM  VIRIDE. 

VERATRUM  VIRIDE.— Synonyms. — American  Hellebore.  Green 
Hellebore.  The  rhizome  and  roots  of  Veratrum  viride  Solander  (nat.  ord. 
Liliacea).  Habitat. — North  America,  in  rich  woods. 

CHARACTERS. — Rhizome  upright,  obconical,  simple  or  divided,  from  3  to 
8  cm.  long,  and  2  to  4  or  5  cm.  thick,  externally  blackish-gray,  internally 
grayish-white,  showing  numerous  short,  irregular  wood-bundles.  Roots  ema- 
nating from  all  sides  of  the  rhizome,  numerous,  shrivelled,  light  yellowish- 
brown,  about  lo  to  20  cm.  long,  and  2  mm.  thick.  Inodorous,  but  strongly 
sternutatory  when  powdered ;  taste  bitterish  and  very  acrid.  Resembling 
Veratrum, — Valerian,  Serpentaria,  and  Arnica,  but  Veratrum  has  thicker 
rootlets,  and  no  odor. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are—  (i)  Jet-vine  C^H^NOj,  an 
alkaloid,  non-sternutatory.  (2)  Pseudojervine,  an  alkaloid,  resembling  Jer- 
vine.  (3)  Veratroidine,  sometimes  called  Cevadine,  uncrystallizable,  and 
sternutatory,  is  probably  mostly  Rubijervine.  (4)  Resin. 

Dose,  i  to  5  gr.  ;  .06  to  .30  gm. 

.  Preparations. 

I.  Extractum  Veratri  Viridis  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of 
Veratrum  Viride.  By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol,  and 
evaporation. 

Dose,  i  to  5  m. ;  .06  to  .30  c.c. 

a.  Tinctura  Veratri  Viridis. — Tincture  of  Veratrum  Viride. 
Veratrum  Viride,  400.  By  maceration  and  percolation,  with  Alcohol 
to  1000. 

Dose,  2  to  10  m. ;  .12  to  .60  c.c. 

It  should  be  remembered  that  Norwood's  Tincture  of  Veratrum  Viride, 
which  is  found  in  the  shops,  is  one-tenth  stronger  than  the  official. 

ACTION  OF  VERATRUM  VIRIDE. 

The  action  of  veratrurn  viride  is  very  complex,  as  it  contains 
so  many  alkaloids,  but  experiments  have  only  been  made  on  two 
active  principles.  These  are  jervine,  and  a  substance,  vera- 
troidine,  which  further  analysis  shows  to  consist  chiefly  of  ru- 
bijervine,  resin,  and,  perhaps,  some  other  bodies.  Jervine, 
veratroidine,  and  veratrum  viride  will  be  considered  separately. 


DRUGS   ACTING   CHIEFLY    ON   THE    HEART.  443 

Jervine. —  Gastro-intestinal  tract. — When  administered  in- 
ternally this  substance  produces  profuse  salivation,  but  neither 
vomiting  nor  purging. 

Circulation. — The  pulse  is  markedly  lessened  in  frequency 
if  the  animal  is  quiet,  but  often  the  convulsions  produced  by  the 
jervine  cause  a  rapid  pulse.  The  force  of  the  cardiac  beat  is  not 
at  first  altered.  The  blood-pressure  falls  at  once,  and  con- 
tinues to  fall  till  death.  Experiments  made  by  excluding  dif- 
ferent parts  show  that  these  effects  are  produced  by  a  powerful 
direct  depressant  effect  on  the  cardiac  muscle  itself, 
and  that  the  vaso-motor  nerve-centres  are  powerfully  para- 
lyzed. 

Respiration. — This  is  i  rofoundly  depressed,  and  death  takes 
place  from  asphyxia. 

Nervous  system. — Early  in  the  case  there  is  muscular 
weakness,  and  this  becomes  more  and  more  marked,  so  that 
the  animal  cannot  stand,  and  reflex  action  is  abolished.  Yet, 
weak  as  these  muscles  are,  they  are  soon  violently  convulsed, 
and  it  is  found  that  jervine  produces  these  apparently  contrary 
effects  by  energetically  stimulating  the  cerebral  motor  centres, 
but  at  the  same  time  paralyzing  the  anterior  cornual  cells  of  the 
spinal  cord,  although  not  sufficiently  to  prevent  the  very  strong 
impulses  from  the  cerebral  centres  reaching  the  muscles  and 
causing  convulsions.  The  muscles  themselves  and  the  motor 
and  sensory  nerves  are  not  affected  ;  or,  if  they  are,  they  are  de- 
pressed a  little,  just  before  death.  Consciousness  and  the  pupils 
are  uninfluenced. 

Veratroidine.  —  Gastro-intestinal  tract.  —  This  substance 
always  produces  vomiting  and  sometimes  purging. 

Circulation. — At  first  it  lessens  the  pulse-rate  because  it 
stimulates  the  pneumogastric,  consequently  the  blood-pressure 
falls,  and  if  artificial  respiration  is  kept  up  these  effects  continue 
till,  if  very  large  doses  have  been  given,  the  stimulation  of  the 
vagi  passes  into  paralysis,  and  then  the  pulse  rises  in  frequency. 
Veratroidine  probably  has  no  action  on  the  vaso-motor  centres. 
Its  influence  on  the  respiratory  centres  is  so  intense  that  if  arti- 
ficial respiration  is  not  maintained,  the  effects  of  the  asphyxia  so 


444  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

mask  those  of  the  drug  on  the  vagi  that  the  blood-pressure  rises, 
and  the  pulse  becomes  rapid. 

Respiration. — The  function  of  respiratory  centres  is  power- 
fully depressed,  the  animal  soon  becomes  asphyxiated  and 
dies. 

Nervous  system. — The  action  is  the  same  as  that  of  jervine. 

Veratrum  Viride. — The  symptoms  produced  by  this  drug 
in  man  are  as  follows.  They  are  easily  explained  by  the  com- 
bined action  of  jervine  and  veratroidine  : — The  frequency  and 
force  of  the  pulse  are  profoundly  depressed.  There  may  be 
severe  nausea  and  vomiting.  After  large  doses  the  pulse  becomes 
very  feeble  and  uneasy,  there  is  difficulty  of  respiration  and 
intense  muscular  weakness.  Convulsions  are  not  common  in 
man.  The  temperature  may  fall  several  degrees. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  VERATRUM  VIRIDE. 

It  is  the  opinion  of  most  authorities  that  veratrum  viride 
should  be  prescribed  with  great  caution,  as  it  is  such  a  powerful 
poison.  Veratrum  viride  has  been  successfully  employed  for 
many  years  in  the  treatment  of  puerperal  eclampsia,  and  of  the 
drugs  generally  employed  for  this  purpose  it  is  the  most  reliable. 
It  has  been  given  as  a  cardiac  depressant,  but  antimony  and 
aconite  are  much  safer.  Some  have,  however,  claimed  that  it  is 
a  better  cardiac  depressant  than  aconite,  because  the  vomiting  it 
induces  quickly  indicates  that  too  large  a  dose  has  been  adminis- 
tered ;  but  if  the  pulse  is  carefully  watched,  too  much  aconite 
need  not  be  given,  and  the  vomiting  itself  is  objectionable.] 

VERATRINA. 

VERATRINE. — [A  mixture  of  alkaloids  obtained  from  the  seed  of 
Asagrcea  officinalis  ( Schlechtendal  et  Chamisso,  Lindley  (nat.  ord.  Liliacea). 
Habitat. — Mexico  to  Venezuela. 

SOURCE. — (i)  The  seed  is  exhausted  with  Alcohol,  and  the  Alcohol  re- 
covered by  distillation.  (2)  The  residuary  liquid  is  diluted  with  water  to  pre- 
cipitate the  resins  and  filtered.  (3)  Ammonia  is  added  to  the  filtrate  when 
veratrine  is  precipitated.  (4)  It  is  then  re-dissolved,  decolorized,  and  re-pre- 
cipitated. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white  or  grayish-white,  amorphous  or  semi-crystalline 
powder,  odorless,  .but  causing  intense  irritation  and  sneezing  when  even  a 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY    ON    THE    HEART.  445 

minute  quantity  reaches  the  nasal  mucous  membrane  ;  having  an  acrid  taste, 
and  leaving  a  sensation  of  tingling  and  numbness  on  the  tongue ;  permanent 
in  the  air.     Solubility. — Very  slightly  soluble  in  water ;  soluble  in  3  parts  of 
Alcohol ;  also  soluble  in  6  parts  of  Ether,  and  in  2  parts  of  Chloroform. 
Dose,  ^  to  y1^  gr. ;  .002  to  .006  gm. 

Preparations. 

1.  Oleatum    Veratrinae.— Oleate   of   Veratrine.     Veratrine,   2; 
Oleic  Acid,  98.] 

2.  Unguentum   Veratrinae. — [Veratrine  Ointment.      Veratrine, 
4  ;  Olive  Oil,  6  ;  Benzoinated  Lard,  90.] 

ACTION  OF  VERATRINE. 

External. — Veratrine,  if  it  is  applied  to  the  unbroken  skin, 
and  especially  if  it  is  rubbed  in,  produces  tingling  and  numb- 
ness, followed  by  a  sensation  of  coldness,  and  anaesthesia  to 
pain,  touch,  and  temperature.  Given  subcutaneously,  it  causes 
violent  pain  and  irritation. 

Internal. — Gastro-intesttnal  tract. — Inhalation  of  the  minu- 
test portion  causes  great  irritation  of  the  mucous  membrane  of 
the  nose,  violent  sneezing,  and  a  free  discharge  of  mucus, 
which  may  be  bloody.  A  [minute  portion]  upon  the  tongue 
gives  rise  to  burning  pain  and  profuse  salivation.  On  arriving 
at  the  stomach  and  intestine  it  produces  great  epigastric  pain, 
vomiting  and  diarrhoea.  These  results  also  occur  if  it  is 
given  subcutaneously. 

Blood. — Veratrine  is  quickly  absorbed.  It  is  not  known  to 
affect  the  living  blood,  but  it  kills  the  white  corpuscles  in  drawn 
blood. 

Heart. — It  acts  directly  on  the  cardiac  muscle  as  it  does  upon 
voluntary  muscle  ;  that  is  to  say,  the  contractions  of  the  heart 
become  fewer,  but  each  lasts  a  very  long  while  until 
ultimately  the  heart  stops  in  systole.  It  also  acts  on  the  vagus 
as  on  spinal  nerves,  the  functional  activity  being  first  exalted, 
and  this  is  partly  the  reason  of  the  slowing  of  the  heart ;  after- 
wards the  vagus  is  depressed,  but  this  does  not  cause  a  quickening 
of  the  pulse  because  of  the  action  of  the  veratrine  on  the  cardiac 


446  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

muscle,  but  it  may  make  the  beat  irregular.  The  blood-pressure 
at  first  rises  from  the  increased  force  of  the  beat,  but  when  the 
heart  becomes  very  slow  it  falls.  Possibly  these  effects  are  also, 
in  part,  owing  to  the  action  of  the  drug  on  the  vaso -motor 
centres. 

Respiration. — Small  doses  quicken  respiration,  large  ones  re- 
tard it,  producing  long  pauses,  and  finally  arresting  it.  These 
results  are  probably  due  at  first  to  stimulation,  and  afterwards  to 
paralysis  of  the  ends  of  the  vagus  in  the  lung,  and  to  paralysis 
of  the  respiratory  centres.  The  temperature  is  lowered. 

Nervous  system. — The  brain  is  unaffected,  and  probably  vera- 
trine  has  no  influence  on  the  spinal  cord.  Motor  nerves  are 
first  excited  and  then  paralyzed ;  and  the  same  is  true 
of  sensory  nerves  and  their  endings,  but  here  the  primary 
stimulation  is  very  marked,  hence  the  pain  produced  by  the  local 
inunction  of  veratrine. 

Muscles. — The  effect  of  veratrine  is  pecular  and  characteristic. 
In  animals  to  which  it  has  been  given,  or  in  excised  muscles  to 
which  it  is  applied,  it  is  found  that  the  period  during  which  a 
single  contraction  lasts  is  enormously  prolonged.  If  a 
tracing  of  the  contraction  be  taken  it  will  be  seen  that  the  latent 
period  and  the  time  of  the  ascent  of  the  curve  are  unaltered,  that 
the  height  is  greatly  increased  and  the  descent  is  extraordinarily 
extended.  This  is  a  genuine  lengthened  contraction,  which  is 
neither  rigor  nor  tetanus,  but  it  almost  exactly  resembles  the 
contraction  of  the  muscles  met  with  in  Thomsen's  disease.  This 
effect  of  veratrine  disappears  if  the  muscle  is  cooled. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  VERATRINE. 

External. — Veratrine  [as  an  oleate  or  ointment]  has  been 
much  used  as  an  inunction  for  neuralgia,  and  sometimes  it  suc- 
ceeds admirably,  generally  in  the  same  class  of  cases  as  are  bene- 
fited by  the  local  application  of  aconite.  [See  also  amyl  colloid, 
p.  441.] 

Internal. — It  is  rarely  given  internally,  as  it  has  such  a 
powerful  and  pecular  action  on  the  heart. 


DRUGS    ACTING    CHIEFLY   ON    THE    HEART.  447 

[CLASS  III.— THE  CACTUS  GROUP. 

CACTUS. 

CEREUS  GRANDIFLORUS.— Synonym. — Night-blooming  Cereus. 
The  stems  of  Cactus  Grandiftorus  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Cactacea).  Habitat. — 
Tropical  America ;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — Its  branches,  or  stems,  are  scandent,  diffuse,  radicant, 
slightly  5  to  7  angular;  areolae,  5  to  12  spinulose  j.spinules  short,  4  to  6  mm. 
long,  nearly  equalling  the  whorl  ;  flowers  large,  nocturnal,  white,  pleasantly 
and  strongly  fragrant ;  the  calyx  is  about  15  to  20  cm.  in  diameter  ;  the  inside 
being  of  a  splendid  yellow,  the  outside  is  of  a  dark  brown  ;  the  petals  of  a 
pure  white  ;  and  there  is  a  vast  number  of  recurved  stamens  in  the  centre. 

CONSTITUENT. — It  is  believed  to  contain  an  alkaloid,  Cactine,  but  this 
has  not  been  satisfactorily  demonstrated. 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Cacti  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Cactus.  By  macer- 
ation and  percolation  of  the  fresh  flowering  branches  with  Alcohol  and 
Water  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  10  to  30  m. ;  .60  to  2.00  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  CACTUS. 

The  action  of  cactus  is  upon  the  intra-cardiac  ganglia  and  ac- 
celerator nerves,  through  the  cardiac  plexus  of  the  sympathetic, 
and  there  is  not  any  interference  with  the  inhibitory  nerves,  nor, 
indeed,  does  its  administration  produce  any  very  marked  vaso- 
motor  changes.  It  shortens  the  ventricular  diastole,  thus  quick- 
ening the  pulse,  and  increases  the  blood-pressure.  It  is  useful 
in  cardiac  weakness,  that  is,  relative  incompetency ;  in  convales- 
cence from  typhoid  fever ;  in  simple  eccentric  cardiac  dilata- 
tion ;  in  functional  cardiac  diseases,  from  tea,  coffee,  tobacco 
and  alcohol,  dyspepsia,  neurasthenia  of  the  climacteric,  sexual 
exhaustion ;  in  the  ' '  slow  heart, ' '  from  over-stimulation  of  the 
pneumogastric  or  degeneration  of  the  muscular  wall  of  the  ven- 
tricles. It  is  of  very  great  use  in  aortic  regurgitation,  but  is 
absolutely  contra-indicated  in  mitral  stenosis,  thus  being  of  value 
in  those  cases  where  the  use  of  digitalis  is  inadmissible.  It  has 
a  sphere  of  action  entirely  of  its  own,  not,  however,  replacing 
other  remedies  used  for  cardiac  disease,  but  it  is  useful  in  many 
cases  where  these  drugs  are  not  only  dangerous,  but  absolutely 


44-8  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

contra-indicated.  Failures  to  obtain  results  depend  upon  the 
fact  that  many  adulterated  specimens  are  found  in  the  shops,  or 
upon  the  uses  of  inert,  dried  material.  If  made  from  the  green 
plant,  as  it  should  always  be,  the  fluid  extract  is  of  peculiar  green 
color.] 


GROUP  III. 

Vegetable  Drugs  employed  for  their  action  on  the  Respiratory  Organs 
and  not  falling  among  Volatile  Oils.     (Sef  Group  VI.) 

Senega,  [Sanguinaria,    Pulsatilla,]    Ipecacuanha, 

[Allium,]  Lobelia,  [Asclepias,  Castanea,  Inula, 

Aspidosperma,  Eridictyon,  Cocillaha,]  and 

Prunus  Virginiana. 

Senega,  Ipecacuanha  and  Lobelia  are  gastro-intestinal  irritants.  Senega 
and  Ipecacuanha  are  both  excreted  by  the  bronchial  mucous  membrane,  which 
they  irritate.  Group  II.  is  connected  with  this  group  by  Senega,  which  acts 
on  the  heart  like  Squill,  and  like  it  is  excreted  by  the  bronchial  mucous 
membrane. 

SENEGA. 

[SENEGA. — The  root  of  Polygala  Senega  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Polygaleiz). 
Synonym. — Senega  Snakeroot  Habitat. — United  States,  westward  to  Min- 
nesota. 

CHARACTERS. — About  10  cm.  long,  with  a  heavy  knotty  crown,  and 
spreading  tortuous  branches,  keeled  when  dry,  fleshy  and  round  after  having 
been  soaked  in  water ;  externally  yellowish-gray  or  brownish-yellow  ;  bark 
thick,  whitish  within,  enclosing  an  irregular,  porous,  yellowish  wood  ;  odor 
slight,  but  unpleasant ;  taste  sweetish,  afterwards  acrid.]  Resembling  Senega 
root. — Arnica,  Valerian,  Serpentaria  and  Green  Hellebore,  but  none  of  these 
have  a  keel. 

COMPOSITION. — The  active  principle  is  Senegin  (CMH54O18).  Also  called 
Safonin,  which  is  found  in  Quillaja  (q.  ».).  It  is  a  colorless,  amorphous  glu- 
coside,  insoluble  in  Alcohol,  but  forming  a  soapy  emulsion  when  mixed  with 
boiling  water,  and  is  decomposed  by  Hydrochloric  Acid  into  glucose  and 
Sapogenin.  It  exists  as  a  white  powder,  which  forms  a  soapy  emulsion  when 
mixed  with  boiling  water.  It  acts  like  Digitonin  (see  p.  421),  and  is  found  in 
many  plants. 

IMPURITIES. — Other  roots  are  mixed  with  it 

[Dose,  10  to  20  gr. ;  .60  to  1.20  gm.] 


DRUGS    ACTING    ON    THE    RESPIRATORY    ORGANS.         449 

Preparations. 

[i.  Extractum  Senegae  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Senega. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol,  Ammonia  Water  and 
Water,  and  evaporation. 

Fluid  Extract  of  Senega  is  used  to  prepare  Syrupus  Senegae  and 
Syrupus  Scillae  Compositus. 

Dose,  10  to  20  m. ;  .60  to  1.20  c.c. 

2.  Synipus  Senegae. — Syrup  of  Senega.    Fluid  Extract  of  Senega, 
200  ;  Ammonia  Water,  5  ;  Sugar,  700  ;  Water  to  1000.     Filter  before 
adding  the  Sugar. 

Dose,  i  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  8.  c.c. 

3.  Syrupus  Scillae  Compositus. — See  Antimony,  p.  231.] 

ACTION  OF  SENEGA. 

External. — Senega  is  an  irritant  to  the  skin. 

Internal. — Alimentary  canal. — Senega  in  large  doses  is  an 
irritant  here  also,  producing  salivation,  vomiting  and  diarrhoea. 
Even  small  doses  often  cause  indigestion.  It  is  absorbed  with 
difficulty. 

Circulation. — Senegin  circulates  as  such  in  the  blood.  It 
arrests  the  heart  in  diastole.  It  is  excreted  by  the  skin,  the 
bronchial  mucous  membrane,  and  the  kidneys. 

Respiration. — When  the  powdered  root  is  inhaled  it  acts  as  a 
violent  irritant  to  the  nose,  causing  much  sneezing  and  cough, 
together  with  hypersemia  and  increased  secretion  from  the  respi- 
ratory mucous  membrane.  If  senega  is  taken  internally,'  the 
bronchial  mucous  membrane  is  irritated  because  of  excretion 
through  it  of  senegin,  which  causes  vascular  dilatation,  greater 
secretion,  and  reflexly,  cough.  Senega  is,  therefore,  a  stimu- 
lating expectorant. 

Kidney. — It  is  a  diuretic,  because  excretion  of  senegin  through 
the  kidneys  causes  irritation  of  them. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  SENEGA. 

Senega  is  only  used  as  a  stimulating  expectorant.  It  is  evi- 
dent that  it  will  be  useful  in  bronchitis,  when  the  secretion  is 
scanty,  and  when  the  power  to  cough  is  feeble.  As  it  is  an  irri- 
tant to  the  bronchial  mucous  membrane,  it  must  not  be  given  in 

29 


45O  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

acute  bronchitis,  nor,  on  account  of  its  gastro-intestinal  action, 
when  there  is  indigestion.  It  has  been  employed  as  a  diuretic, 
but  it  is  not  powerful,  and  is  uncertain. 

[SANGUINARIA. 

SANGUINARIA. — Synonym. — Bloodroot.  The  rhizome  of  Sangui- 
naria  canadensis  Linn6  (nat.  ord.  Papaveracetz),  collected  in  autumn. 
Habitat. — North  America,  in  rich  woods. 

CHARACTERS. — Of  horizontal  growth,  about  5  cm.  long,  and  i  cm.  thick, 
cylindrical,  somewhat  branched,  faintly  annulate,  wrinkled,  reddish-brown  ; 
fracture  short,  somewhat  waxy,  whitish  with  numerous  small,  red  resin-cells, 
or  of  a  nearly  uniform,  brownish-red  color ;  bark,  thin  ;  odor,  slight ;  taste 
persistently  bitter  and  acrid. 

COMPOSITION. — Its  chief  constituents  are — (l)  Sanguinarine,  CMH15NO4 
a  white  substance,  soluble  in  Alcohol.  (2)  Chelerythrine,  CMH15NO4.  (3) 
Protopine. — CwHj7NO5,  also  present  in  Opium.  (4)  Homochelidonine,  CM 
Hj,NO4.  (5)  Resins.  (6)  Citric  and  Malic  Acids. 

Dose,  2  to  30  gr. ;  .12  to  2.00  gm. 

•k 

Preparations. 

1.  Extractum   Sanguinariae  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  San- 
guinaria.     By  maceration   and   percolation  with  Alcohol,  Water  and 
Acetic  Acid,  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  i  to  5  m.;  .06  to  .30  c.c.  (expectorant);  #  to  i  fl.  dr.; 
i.  to  4.  c.c.  (emetic). 

2.  Tinctura   Sanguinariae. — Tincture  of   Sanguinaria.     Sangui- 
naria,  150  ;  by  maceration  with  Alcohol,  Acetic  Acid  and  Water,  and 
percolation  to  1000. 

Dose,  5  to  30  m. ;  .30  to  2.00  c.c.  (expectorant);  I  to  3  fl.  dr.  ; 
4.  to  12.  c.c.  (emetic). 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  SANGUINARIA. 

Sanguinaria  is  an  acrid  emetic  with  stimulant,  and  in  large 
doses,  narcotic  powers  ;  it  is  also  expectorant  and  said  to  be  an 
emmenagogue.  It  is  chiefly  used  as  a  stimulating  expectorant  in 
chronic  bronchitis  or  in  advanced  stages  of  the  acute  disease. 

PULSATILLA. 

PULSATILLA. — The  herb  of  Anemone  Pulsatilla  and  of  Anemone 
pratensis  Linn6  (nat.  ord.  Ranunculacea),  collected  soon  after  flowering. 
Habitat. — Europe. 


DRUGS   ACTING   ON   THE   RESPIRATORY   ORGANS.        45 1 

CHARACTERS. — Leaves  radical,  petiolate,  silky-villous,  twice  or  thrice 
deeply  three-parted  or  pinnately  cleft,  with  linear,  acute  lobes,  appearing  after 
the  large,  purple  flowers  ;  inodorous,  very  acrid. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituent  is  Anemonin,  C^HgO^,  which  is 
colorless,  inodorous  and,  when  distilled  with  water,  acrid. 

Dose,  i  to  5  gr.  ;  .06  to  .30  gm. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  PULSATILLA. 

It  is  said  to  be  very  nearly  the  equivalent  of  senega,  and  also 
to  paralyze  the  heart  and  respiratory  centres.  It  has  been  used 
for  the  treatment  of  the  symptom  of  asthma,  convulsive  coughs 
and  in  bronchitis.  Pulsatilla  is  a  favorite  remedy  for  dysmen- 
orrhoea  in  its  various  forms,  obstructive  excepted.  The  fluid 
extract  (not  official)  in  dose  of  i  to  5  minims;  .06  to  .30  c.c., 
has  been  highly  recommended  for  orchitis  and  epididymitis.] 

IPECACUANHA. 

IPECACUANHA.  — Ipecac.  [The  root  of  Cepkaelis  Ipecaatanha 
(Brotero)  A.  Richard  (nat.  ord.  Rttbiaced}.  Habitat. — Brazil  to  Bolivia  and 
New  Granada,  in  damp  forests  ;  cultivated  in  India. 

CHARACTERS. — About  10  cm.  long,  and  4  or  5  mm.  thick  ;  mostly  simple, 
contorted,  dull  grayish-brown  or  blackish,  finely  wrinkled  ;  closely  and  irreg- 
ularly annulated,  and  often  transversely  fissured  ;  bark  thick,  brittle,  brownish, 
easily  separated  from  the  thin,  whitish,  tough,  ligneous  portion  ;  odor  slight, 
peculiar,  nauseous  ;  taste  bitterish,  acrid,  nauseating.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Emetine,  C^H^NjO^ 
from  I  to  2  per  cent.,  an  uncrystallizable  alkaloid.  It  is  colorless  (turns  yel- 
low on  keeping),  odorless,  bitter,  and  soluble  in  Alcohol,  Ether  and  Chloro- 
form, slightly  soluble  in  water,  not  in  caustic  alkali.  (2)  Cephaeline,  CjgH^ 
N2O4,  an  amorphous,  bitter  alkaloid,  colorless  (turns  yellow  on  keeping),  solu- 
ble in  caustic  alkali,  less  soluble  in  Ether  than  Emetine,  but  freely  in  Alcohol 
and  Chloroform.  (3)  A  third  alkaloid  in  minute  quantities.  (4)  A  mixture 
called  Cephaelic  or  Ipecacuanhic  Acid.  (5)  Tannic  acid,  Volatile  Oil,  Starch, 
Gum,  etc. 

Ipecacuanha  contains  about  2  per  cent,  of  alkaloids.  The  proportion  of 
each  varies  in  different  specimens  of  the  root,  but  as  a  rule  there  is  twice  as 
much  Emetine  as  Cephaeline.  Emetine  hydrochlorate  and  hydrobromate  are 
in  the  market ;  a  solution  of  either  in  sherry  [  I  to  3840]  is  of  about  the  same 
strength  as  Vinum  Ipecacuanha:. 

IMPURITIES. — Hemiclesmus,  which  is  cracked,  not  annulated.     Almond- 
Powder,  occasionally  found  mixed  with  powdered  Ipecacuanha  root,  gives  odor 
of  [Hydrocyanic]  Acid  when  moistened. 


452  ORGANIC    MATER1A    MEDICA. 

Dose,  of  powdered  root,  ^  to  2  gr. ;  [.03  to  .12  gra.  (expectorant), 
15  to  30  gr. ;  i.  to  2.  gm.  (emetic).] 

Preparations. 

1.  [Extractum  Ipecacuanhae  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Ipe- 
cac.    By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water,  distilla- 
tion of  the  Alcohol,  addition  of  water  to  residue,  evaporation  and  addi- 
tion of  Alcohol. 

Fluid  Extract  of  Ipecacuanha  is  used  to  make  Syrupus  Ipecac- 
uanhse,  Tinctura  Ipecacuanhae  et  Opii,  and  Vinum  Ipecacuanhae. 
Dose,  i  to  5  m.  ;  .06  to  .30  gm. 

2.  Pulvis  Ipecacuanhae  et  Opii. — See  Opium,  p.  352. 

3.  Trochisci    Ipecacuanhae. — Troches   of    Ipecac.     Ipecac,   2  ; 
Tragacanth,  2  ;  Sugar,  65  gm. ;  Syrup  of  Orange,  a  sufficient  quantity 
for  10^  troches.     Each  troche  contains  */£  gr. ;  .02  gm.  Ipecacuanha. 

Dose,  i  to  6  troches. 

4.  Trocbisci    Morphinse    et    Ipecacuanhae. — See  Morphine,  p. 
354- 

5.  Syrupus  Ipecacuanhae. — Syrup  of  Ipecac.     Fluid  Extract  of 
Ipecac,  75;  Acetic  Acid,  10 ;  Glycerin,  loo;  Sugar,  700;  Water  to 
IOOO. 

Dose,  5  m.  to  2  fl.  dr.  ;  .30  to  8.00  c.c. 

6.  Tinctura  Ipecacuanhae  et  Opii. — See  Opium,  p.  352. 

7.  Vinum  Ipecacuanhae.— Wine  of  Ipecac.     Fluid  Extract  of 
Ipecac,  loo  ;  Alcohol,  loo  ;  White  Wine,  800. 

Dose,  i  to  60  m. ;  .06  to  4.00  c.c.] 

ACTION  OF  IPECACUANHA. 

External.—  Ipecacuanha  powder  is  a  powerful  irritant  to 
the  skin,  producing  redness,  vesication,  and  pustulation.  It  has 
some  antiseptic  powers,  for  it  can  destroy  anthrax  bacilli,  but 
it  has  no  effect  on  the  spores.  This  property  is  not  due  to  its 
emetine,  but  to  some  other  constituent. 

Internal. — Alimentary  canal. — Here  also  the  irritating  ac- 
tion of  ipecacuanha  is  seen.  It  increases  the  flow  of  saliva,  di- 
lates the  gastric  vessels,  and  stimulates  the  secretion  of  gastric 
juice.  Therefore  small  doses  are  distinctly  stomachic,  and 
aid  digestion.  Large  doses  are,  however,  powerfully  emetic. 
This  is  partly  due  to  their  irritant  effect  upon  the  stomach,  but 


DRUGS    ACTING    ON    THE    RESPIRATORY    ORGANS.         453 

still  more  to  the  fact  that  emetine  acts  directly  upon  the  vomit- 
ing centre  in  the  medulla,  as  can  be  proved  by  observing  that, 
when  the  alkaloid  is  thrown  directly  into  the  circulation,  vomit- 
ing follows  before  there  is  time  for  it  to  have  been  excreted  into 
the  stomach.  Ipecacuanha  is,  therefore,  both  a  direct  and  in- 
direct emetic.  It  produces  a  certain  amount  of  depression,  but 
not  more  than  the  mere  act  of  vomiting  will  explain.  It  does 
not  usually  cause  nausea.  The  irritant  effect  is  continued  in  the 
intestine,  and  hyperaemia,  excessive  secretion,  and  purging  re- 
sult. In  dysentery  there  is  a  peculiar  tolerance  of  ipecacuanha. 
Ipecacuanha  increases  the  amount  of  bile  secreted,  and  is  there- 
fore a  direct  cholagogue. 

Circulation. — Large  doses  of  emetine  depress  the  heart 
powerfully,  the  blood  tension  falls,  and  the  heart  finally  stops  in 
diastole. 

Respiration. — This  is  unaffected.  Ipecacuanha  powder  when 
inhaled,  or  ipecacuanha  taken  internally,  when  it  is  excreted  by 
the  bronchial  mucous  membrane,  causes  hyperaemia  of  it,  to- 
gether with  an  increased  secretion  of  bronchial  mucus,  and 
therefore,  reflexly,  coughing  is  stimulated.  It  is,  consequently, 
an  expectorant ;  and  because  it  depresses  the  circulation  a 
little,  it  is  called  a  depressant  expectorant ;  but  this  is  a  com- 
plete misnomer,  considering  that  the  bronchial  mucous  mem- 
brane is  stimulated.  Animals  to  which  large  doses  of  ipecacu- 
anha or  of  emetine  have  been  given  show,  after  death, 
considerable  hyperaemia  of  the  bronchial  mucous  membrane, 
of  the  lungs,  and  of  the  stomach  and  intestines,  and  the,same 
condition  of  the  respiratory  passage  is  seen  if  ipecacuanha 
powder  has  been  inhaled. 

Skin. — Ipecacuanha  is  a  mild  diaphoretic. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  IPECACUANHA. 

External. — Ipecacuanha  is  never,  at  the  present  day,  em- 
ployed for  its  external  irritant  -effect.  It  has  been  used  with 
success,  as  an  antiseptic,  in  cases  of  anthrax.  It  is  directed  that 
the  wound  should  be  dressed  with  the  powder,  and  that  5  gr. 
[.30  gm.]  should  be  taken  by  the  mouth,  every  two  hours. 


454  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

Internal. — Stomach. — Occasionally  in  small  doses,  such  as  4 
or  5  minims  [.25  to  .30  c.c.]  of  the  wine  or  */£  gr.  [.015  gm.] 
of  the  powder,  it  is  employed  as  a  stomachic,  and  these  quanti- 
ties may  even  stop  vomiting  when  other  drugs  have  failed.  .  A 
usual  prescription  to  arrest  the  vomiting  of  pregnancy  is  a  minim 
[.06  c.c.]  of  ipecacuanha  wine  in  water  every  half  hour.  The 
powder  of  ipecac  [and  opium]  has  been  praised  in  cases  of  gastric 
ulcer ;  no  doubt  any  good  effect  it  may  have  is  due  to  its  stimu- 
lating power.  Ipecacuanha  is  a  very  common  emetic.  It  should 
not  be  given  when  it  is  desired,  as  in  cases  of  poisoning,  to 
empty  the  stomach  quickly,  for  some  time  elapses  before  it  is  ab- 
sorbed and  influences  the  medulla  ;  nor  should  it  be  given  to  the 
very  feeble,  for  it  has  no  action  that  will  counteract  the  depres- 
sion of  the  vomiting.  But  it  is  an  excellent  emetic  when  it  is 
wished,  by  the  act  of  vomiting,  to  empty  the  air-passages,  as  in 
bronchitis,  the  early  stages  of  diphtheria,  tracheitis,  and  laryn- 
gitis, for  not  only  the  vomiting,  but  the  effect  of  ipecacuanha  on 
the  respiratory  tract  and  the  slight  subsequent  depression  will  be 
beneficial.  It  is  chiefly  employed  for  this  purpose  in  children, 
as  they  cannot  cough  well,  and  often  it  seems  to  act  like  a  charm. 
It  used  to  be  given  in  the  early  stage  of  fevers,  to  empty  the 
stomach  of  undigested  food.  A  good  emetic  powder  for  an 
adult  consists  of  20  gr.  [1.20  gm.]  of  powdered  ipecacuanha 
with  y^  gr.  [.03  gm.]  of  tartar  [emetic.] 

Ipecacuanha  is  said  to  be  a  specific  for  dysentery.  How  it 
acts  is  not  known.  Very  large  doses  must  be  given — 60  to  90 
gr.  [4.  to  6.  gm.]  of  the  powder  in  a  single  dose,  or  20  gr.  [1.20 
gm.]  every  four  hours.  Ipecacuanha  from  which  the  emetine 
has  been  removed  (de-emetized  ipecacuanha)  has  been  much 
employed  (dose,  10  to  30  gr.  [.60  to  2.00  gm.]);  on  the  other 
hand,  it  has  been  stated  that  the  efficient  agent  in  the  treatment 
of  dysentery  is  the  emetine. 

Haifa  grain  to  a  grain  [.03  to  .06  gm.]  or  more  is  often  com- 
bined in  a  pill  with  other  cholagogues  to  relieve  cases  of  hepatic 
dyspepsia,  and  sometimes  with  excellent  results. 

Respiration. — Ipecacuanha  is  a  very  common  expectorant. 
[The  troches]  may  be  [dissolved  in  the  mouth  or  the  syrup],  or 


DRUGS    ACTING    ON    THE    RESPIRATORY    ORGANS.         455 

wine  may  be  given  internally.  It  is  suitable  in  cases  of  bron- 
chitis or  phthisis  in  which  the  secretion  is  scanty,  and  therefore 
there  is  much  purposeless  cough ;  and  also  when  the  disease  is 
of  long  standing,  for  then  the  stimulation  of  the  chronically  in- 
flamed mucous  membrane  will  aid  the  cure  of  it.  Its  power 
of  exciting  the  act  of  coughing  adds  to  its  usefulness.  [Cephae- 
line  seems  to  possess  the  expectorant  properties  of  ipecacuanha.] 

The  inhalation  of  ipecacuanha  powder  [or  wine]  by  means 
of  an  atomizer  has  been  recommended  in  cases  of  asthma,  and 
for  the  asthma-like  paroxysms  which  often  accompany  chronic 
bronchitis.  Sometimes  it  does  good,  but  it  may  make  the 
trouble  worse. 

Skin. — Dover's  powder  [see  p.  352]  is  very  commonly  used 
as  a  diaphoretic  in  mild  feverish  attacks. 

[ALLIUM. 

GARLIC. — The  bulb  of  Al/ium  sativum  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Liliacece'], 
Habitat. — Asia  and  Southern  Europe,  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — Bulb  subglobular,  compound,  consisting  of  about  eight 
compressed,  wedge-shaped  bulblets,  which  are  arranged  in  a  circle  around  the 
base  of  the  stem,  and  covered  by  several  dry  membranous  scales.  Odor  pun- 
gent and  disagreeable  ;  taste  warm  and  acrid. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  A  volatile  oil,  ^  per 
cent.,  which  consists  of  Allyl  (CSH5)  oxide  and  sulphide.  (2)  Mucilage. 
(3)  Albumin. 

Dose,  15  to  30  gr. ;  i.  to  2.  gm. 

Preparation. 

Syrupus  Allii. — Syrup  of  Garlic.     Garlic,  200 ;   Sugar,  800  ;  di- 
luted  Acetic  Acid  to  1000. 

Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  15.  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  GARLIC. 

The  effects  of  garlic  are  those  of  a  general  stimulant,  quick- 
ening the  circulation,  exciting  the  nervous  system,  and  promot- 
ing expectoration.  It  is  beneficial  in  impaired  digestion,  in 
chronic  catarrhal  and  other  pectoral  affections  in  which  symp- 
toms of  inflammation  have  subsided  and  a  relaxed  state  of  the 
vessels  remains.] 


456  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

LOBELIA. 

LOBELIA. — [The  leaves  and  tops  of  Lobelia  inflata  Linnfe  (nat.  ord. 
JLobeliacete),  collected  after  a  portion  of  the  capsules  have  become  inflated. 
Synonym. — Indian  Tobacco.  Habitat. — North  America,  in  the  fields  and 
open  woods. 

CHARACTERS. — Leaves  alternate,  petiolate,  the  upper  ones  sessile,  ovate 
or  oblong,  about  5  cm-  l°ng»  irregularly  toothed,  pubescent,  pale  green  ; 
branches  hairy,  terminating  in  long  racemes  of  small,  pale  blue  flowers,  having 
an  adherent  five-toothed  calyx,  which  is  inflated  in  fruit,  a  bilabiate  corolla, 
and  five  united  stamens  ;  odor  slight,  irritating  ;  taste  mild,  afterwards  burn- 
ing and  acrid.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Lobeline,  [an  alkaloid,  as 
a  yellowish,  oily  liquid  of  pungent  taste,  having  an  odor  resembling  that  of 
tobacco.  (2)  Lobelacrin  (probably  Lobeline  Lobelate).  (3)  Lobelic  Acid.] 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Caustic  Alkalies,  as  they  decompose  Lobeline. 

Dose,  i  to  10  gr. ;  [.06  to  .60  gm.] 

Preparations. 

1.  [Extractum    Lobeliae   Fluidum. — Fluid   Extract  of  Lobelia. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Diluted  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  i  to  10  m. ;  .06  to  .60  c.c. 

2.  Tinctura  Lobeliae. — Tincture  of  Lobelia.     Lobelia,  200.     By 
percolation  with  diluted  Alcohol  to  1000. 

Dose,  5  to  30  m. ;  .30  to  2.00  c.c.] 

ACTION  OF  LOBELIA. 

External. — Lobelia  has  no  effect  on  the  skin,  but  it  is  stated 
that  poisonous  symptoms  may  occur  from  absorption  of  it 
through  the  epidermis. 

Internal. —  Gastro-intestinal  tract. — Moderate  or  large  doses 
are  powerfully  irritant,  and  thus  they  cause  .violent  vomiting 
and  purging.  A  peculiarity  of  the  action  of  lobelia  is  that  these 
results  are  accompanied  by  very  intense  prostration,  as  shown 
by  the  feeble  pulse,  cold  sweats,  pale  skin,  and  great  muscular 
relaxation. 

Circulation. — In  the  frog  the  heart  is  at  first  stimulated,  but 
soon  depressed,  and  it  finally  stops  in  diastole.  The  blood - 
pressure  falls.  This  is  due  partly  to  the  action  on  the  heart,  and 
partly  to  paralysis  of  the  vaso-motor  centres. 

Respiration. — Small     doses    slow    respiration,    large     doses 


DRUGS   ACTING    ON    THE    RESPIRATORY   ORGANS.        457 

strongly  depress  the  respiratory  centre,  and  death  takes  place 
from  respiratory  failure.  The  muscular  coat  of  the  bronchi  is 
said  to  be  relaxed. 

Nervous  system. — Toxic  doses  are  required  to  affect  the 
higher  cerebral  centres,  and  then  coma  and  convulsions  are  pro- 
duced, but  it  is  not  clear  how  far  these  results  are  due  to  asphyxia. 
The  respiratory  and  vaso-motor  centres,  and  probably  the  car- 
diac, are,  as  already  mentioned,  depressed.  Experiments  seem 
to  show  that  the  motor  centres  of  the  cord  are  also  depressed. 
Muscles  and  nerves  are  unaffected. 

Lobeline  is  probably  excreted  by  the  kidneys  and  skin,  and 
is  said  to  have  diuretic  and  diaphoretic  properties. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  LOBELIA. 

Lobelia  has  been  recommended  as  a  purgative,  and  as  an 
emetic,  but  it  should  not  be  used  for  these  purposes,  because  of 
its  great  liability  to  produce  collapse.  It  is  employed  [for  the 
relief  of  the  symptom]  asthma  to  relax  the  muscular  coat  of  the 
bronchial  tubes.  A  [drachm ;  4.  c.c.]  of  the  tincture  should 
be  given  till  nausea  is  experienced,  but  it  should  never  be  pushed 
beyond  that  point.  It  may  also  be  prescribed  for  bronchitis 
accompanied  by  spasmodic  dyspnoea.  [As  an  external  applica- 
tion tincture  of  lobelia  with  an  equal  quantity  of  glycerin  is  a 
most  useful  remedy  for  the  relief  of  pain  of  acute  epididymitis. 

ASCLEPIAS. 

ASCLEPIAS. — Synonym. — Pleurisy  root  The  root  of  Asclepias  tube- 
rosa  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Asclepiadece}.  Habitat. — United  States,  near  the  At- 
lantic Coast. 

CHARACTERS. — Root  large  and  fusiform,  dried  in  longitudinal  or  trans- 
verse sections,  from  2  to  1 5  cm.  long,  and  about  2  cm.  or  more  in  thickness  ; 
the  head  knotty,  and  slightly  but  distinctly  annulate,  the  remainder  longitu- 
dinally wrinkled,  externally  orange-brown,  internally  whitish ;  tough  and 
having  an  uneven  fracture ;  bark  thin  and  in  two  distinct  layers,  the  inner  one 
whitish  ;  wood  yellowish,  with  large,  white,  medullary  rays.  It  is  inodorous, 
and  has  a  bitterish,  somewhat  acrid  taste. 

CONSTITUENTS. — (i)  A  crystalline  Glucoside,  soluble  in  Alcohol,  Ether, 
and  somewhat  in  water.  (2)  Asclepion,  a  bitter  crystalline  principle.  (3) 
Two  Resins. 

Dose,  %  to  2  dr. ;  2.  to  8.  gm. 


4  5$  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Asclepiadis  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Asclepias. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Diluted  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 
Dose,  y2  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  8.  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  PLEURISY  ROOT. 

Pleurisy  root  possesses  diaphoretic,  carminative,  and  expec- 
torant properties,  without  being  stimulant.  It  is  used  in  the 
disease  which  gives  its  name,  and  in  various  pectoral  affections. 

CASTANEA. 

CASTANEA. — Synonym. — Chestnut.  The  leaves  of  Castanea  dentata 
(Marshall)  Sudworth  (nat.  ord.  Cupulifera},  collected  in  September  or  Octo- 
ber, while  still  green.  Habitat. — North  America,  from  Ontario  south  to 
Florida,  and  west  to  Arkansas  and  Michigan. 

CHARACTERS. —From  15  to  25  cm.  long,  about  5  cm.  wide,  petiolate,  ob- 
long-lanceolate, acuminate,  mucronate,  feather- veined,  sinuate- serrate,  smooth  ; 
odor  slight ;  taste  somewhat  astringent. 

CONSTITUENTS. — (i)  Tannic  acid,  about  9  per  cent.  (2)  Albumin.  (3) 
Resin.  (4)  Gum. 

Dose,  y2  to  2  dr. ;  2.  to  8.  gm. 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Castaneae  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Castanea. 
By  maceration  with  Boiling  Water,  percolation,  evaporation,  and  addi- 
tion of  Glycerin  and  Alcohol. 

Dose,  ^  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  8.  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  CHESTNUT  LEAVES. 

Chestnut  Leaves  are  mildly  sedative,  they  are  used  only  in 
whooping-cough,  because  they  are  supposed  to  possess  anti-spas- 
modic and  expectorant  properties. 

INULA. 

INULA. — Synonym. — Elecampane.  The  root  of  Inula  Helenium 
Linne  (nat.  ord.  Composite).  Habitat. — Central  and  Southern  Europe,  and 
eastward  to  central  Asia  ;  spontaneously  in  the  United  States  ;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — In  traverse,  concave  slices  or  longitudinal  sections,  with 
overlapping  bark,  externally  wrinkled  and  brown  ;  flexible  in  damp  weather; 
when  dry,  breaking  with  a  short  fracture ;  internally  grayish,  fleshy,  slightly 


DRUGS    ACTING    ON    THE    RESPIRATORY    ORGANS.         459 

radiate,  and  dotted  with  numerous  shining,  yellowish-brown  resin  cells  ;  free 
from  starch  ;  odor  peculiar,  aromatic  ;  taste  bitter  and  pungent. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Inulin,  3C12HMO10+ 
H2O,  sometimes  called  Alantin,  which  is  found  in  19  to  44  per  cent.,  accord- 
ing to  the  season  ;  (2)  Alantic  Acid,  C15H20O2 ;  (3)  HJenin,  C6H8O.  (4)  A 
volatile  oil,  consisting  of  alantic  anhydride,  and  alantol  or  alant  camphor. 

Dose,  ^  to  i  dr.  ;  i.  to  4.  gm.        ' 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  INULA. 

It  is  chiefly  used  in  diseases  of  the  lungs,  especially  when 
complicated  with  general  debility.  Recently,  some  laboratory 
experiments  have  suggested  that  helenin  may  be  of  value  in  the 
treatment  of  tuberculosis,  since  it  is  believed  to  be  a  bactericide. 

ASPIDOSPERMA. 

ASPIDOSPERMA. — Synonyms. — Quebracho.  Iron  Wood.  The  bark 
of  Aspidosperma  Quebracho-bianco  Schlechtendal  (nat.  ord.  Apocynacea). 
Habitat. — Argentine  Republic. 

CHARACTERS. — In  nearly  flat  pieces,  about  I  to  3  cm.  thick  ;  the  outer 
surface  yellowish-gray  or  brownish,  deeply  fissured  ;  inner  surface  yellowish- 
brown  or  reddish-brown,  distinctly  striate ;  fracture  displaying  two  sharply- 
defined  strata,  of  about  equal  thickness,  and  both  marked  with  numerous 
whitish  dots  and  striae  arranged  in  tangential  lines  ;  the  fracture  of  the  outer, 
lighter-colored  layer  rather  coarsely  granular,  and  that  of  the  darker  colored, 
inner  layer  short-splintery  ;  inodorous  ;  taste  very  bitter  and  slightly  aromatic. 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  Aspidospermine,  C^H^NjOj,  (2)  Quebrachamine, 
(3)  Aspidospermatine,  (4)  Aspidosamine,  C22H28N2O2,  (5)  Hydroquebrachine, 
C2jH.jgN.jO.,,  all  being  Alkaloids,  (6)  Quebrachit,  a  peculiar  sugar,  (7)  Tannic 
acid. 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr. ;  .30  to  2.00  gm. 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Aspidospermatis  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Aspi- 
dosperma. By  maceration  with  Glycerin  and  Alcohol,  and  percolation 
with  Glycerin,  Alcohol  and  Water,  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  5  to  30  m. ;  .30  to  2.00  c.c. 

ACTION  OF  ASPIDOSPERMA. 

None  of  the  alkaloids  fully  represent  the  drug.  In  the  lower 
animals  large  doses  of  the  bark  produce  motor  paralysis,  with 
dyspnoea  and  finally  death  from  asphyxia.  The  breathing  early 


460  ORGANIC   MATERIA   MEDICA. 

becomes  slower,  but  deeper ;  the  blood-pressure  is  not  affected 
until  late.  Penzoldt  believes  that  the  relief  of  dyspnoea,  which 
is  obtained  clinically,  is  caused  by  its  increasing  the  power  of  the 
blood  to  take  up  oxygen. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  ASPIDOSPERMA. 

It  is  a  bitter  which  may  aid  the  appetite,  and  is  a  valuable 
remedy  when  the  respiration  is  embarrassed  by  emphysema, 
chronic  bronchitis,  or  chronic  pneumonia ;  even  uraemic  asthma 
is  benefited  by  it.  It  is  not  of  benefit  in  dyspnoea  of  cardiac 
origin.  The  commercial  aspidospermine,  which  is  an  impure 
mixture  of  all  the  alkaloids,  and  therefore  represents  their  com- 
bined action,  may  be  given  in  doses  of  from  /^  to  ^  gr.;  .015 
to  .03  gm. 

ERIODICTYON. 

ERIODICTYON.— Synonyms. — Yerba  Santa.  Mountain  Balm.  Con- 
sumptive's Weed.  The  leaves  of  Eriodictyon  glutinosum,  Bent  ham  (nat.  ord. 
Hydrophyllacece).  Habitat.  — California. 

CHARACTERS. — Oblong  lanceolate,  5  to  10  cm.  long,  acute  at  the  apex, 
and  below  narrowed  into  a  short  petiole,  the  margin  sinuately  toothed  to  nearly 
entire ;  upper  surface  green,  smooth,  and  covered  with  a  brownish  resin ; 
lower  surface  reticulate  and  minutely  white-tomentose  ;  odor  somewhat  aro- 
matic ;  taste  balsamic  and  sweetish. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (I)  Volatile  Oil,  (2)  Resin, 
acrid,  greenish-yellow,  containing  Ericolin,  Cj^H^O^,  (3)  Tannic  acid,  8  per 
cent. 

Dose,  15  to  30  gr. ;  x.  to  2.  gm. 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Eriodictyi  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Eriodictyon. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water,  and  evapora- 
tion. 

Dose,  15  to  30  m. ;  i.  to  2.  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  ERIODICTYON. 

Eriodictyon  has  long  been  used  in  California  as  a  bitter  tonic, 
and  as  a  stimulating  expectorant.  It  has  been  found  useful  in 
chronic  bronchitis.  It  is  an  excellent  vehicle  for  quinine, 
concealing  its  bitter  taste. 


DRUGS    ACTING    ON    THE    RESPIRATORY    ORGANS.         461 

COCILLAftA. 

COCILLANA.  (Not  official). — The  bark  of  Sycocarpus  Rusbyi  (nat. 
ord.  Meliacea}.  Habitat. — Bolivia. 

CHARACTERS. — The  bark  is  thick,  and  ash-colored,  becoming  rough  only 
with  considerable  age  ;  inner  surface  is  grayish-yellow  ;  the  odor  is  slight,  but 
peculiar  ;  taste  unpleasant  (not  bitter),  slightly  nauseous. 

COMPOSITION. — Its  chief  constituents  are — (I)  Rusbyinc  (Eccles),  an 
alkaloid.  (2)  Two  Resins.  (3)  Tannic  Acid.  (4)  Calcium  Oxalate. 

Preparations. 

1.  Extractum  Cocillanae  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Cocill ana. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water,  and  evapora- 
tion. 

Dose,  5  to  25  m. ;   .30  to  1.50  c.c. 

2.  Syrupus  Cocillanae. — Syrup  of  Cocillana.     By  maceration  and 
percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water,  with  addition  of  Sugar. 

Dose,  i  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  8.  c.c. 

3.  Tinctura  Cocillanae. — Tincture  of  Cocillana.     By  maceration 
and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water,  and  addition  of  Alcohol. 

Dose,  i  to  2  fl.  dr.  ;  4.  to  8.  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  COCILLANA. 

Cocillana  acts  upon  muciparous  glands,  increasing  their  ac- 
tivity ;  on  the  bronchial  mucous  membrane,  causing  expectora- 
tion ;  on  the  intestinal  mucous  membrane,  producing  a  laxative 
effect ;  it  also  slightly  increases  the  appetite ;  it  slightly 
strengthens  the  heart  beat,  and  the  pulse,  but  does  not  stimulate 
the  respiratory  centre.  The  syrup  does  not  act  as  a  laxative, 
while  the  resins  are  distinctly  purgative.  It  is  of  very  great 
value  as  an  expectorant,  preferable  to  ipecacuanha,  in  that  it 
does  not  so  readily  cause  nausea  and  a  metallic  taste  in  the 
mouth,  and  assists  the  regular  movement  of  the  bowels.  If, 
however,  nausea  should  be  produced,  it  is  very  persistent.  Its 
action  is  fully  established  three  to  six  hours  after  administration, 
and  persists  at  least  for  six  hours.  It  can,  in  many  cases,  be 
substituted  for  apomorphine,  ammonium  carbonate  and  for 
many  other  drugs,  classed,  with  more  or  less  reason,  as  expec- 
torants]. 


462  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

PRUNUS  VIRGINIANA. 

[WILD  CHERRY.—  The  bark  of  Prunus  serotina  Ehrhart  (nat.  ord. 
Rosacecf)t  collected  in  autumn.  Habitat. — North  America,  westward  to  Min- 
nesota and  Louisiana  ;  in  woods. 

CHARACTERS. — In  curved  pieces  or  irregular  fragments,  2  mm.  or  more 
thick,  outer  surface  greenish-brown,  or  yellowish-brown,  smooth  and  somewhat 
glossy,  marked  with  transverse  scars  ;  if  the  bark  is  collecte'd  from  old  wood 
and  deprived  of  the  corky  layer,  the  outer  surface  is  nut-brown  and  uneven  ; 
inner  surface  somewhat  striate  or  fissured.  Upon  maceration  in  water  it 
develops  a  distinct  bitter-almond  odor ;  its  taste  is  astringent,  aromatic  and 
bitter. 

COMPOSITION. — (l)  Amygdalin,  which  yields  with  water,  Glucose,  Hy- 
drocyanic Acid  and  the  Essential  Oil  of  Bitter  Almond.  (2)  Emulsin,  prob- 
ably identical  with  the  emulsin  of  Bitter  Almond.  The  action  of  this  ferment 
is  destroyed  at  a  boiling  temperature.  (3)  Tannic  Acid. 

Dose,  yz  to  i  dr. ;  2.  to  4.  gm. 

Preparations. 

1.  Extractum   Pruni  Virginianae   Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of 
Wild  Cherry.     By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Glycerin,  Alcohol 
and  Water,  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  y2  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  4.  c.c. 

2.  Infusum    Pruni    Virginianae. — Infusion   of   Wild    Cherry. 
Wild  Cherry,  40.     By  maceration  and  percolation  to  1000. 

Dose,  i  to  2  fl.  oz. ;  30.  to  60.  c.c. 

3.  Syrupus  Pruni  Virginianae. — Syrup  of  Wild  Cherry.     Wild 
Cherry,  150  ;  Sugar,  700  ;  Glycerin,  150  ;  Water  to  1000.     By  macera- 
tion and  percolation. 

Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  15.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  WILD  CHERRY. 

When  this  drug  is  treated  with  water  diluted  hydrocyanic  acid 
is  formed,  and  that  is  probably  the  reason  why  it  is  efficacious 
in  relieving  cough,  especially  a  hacking  cough,  by  which  noth- 
ing is  expectorated,  for  [hydrocyanic]  acid  diminishes  reflex 
excitability.  [Wild  cherry]  is  a  very  favorite  remedy,  and  the 
syrup  is  a  very  useful  flavoring  agent  for  cough  mixtures.  [It 
also,  as  a  vehicle  for  tincture  of  digitalis,  renders  it  less  likely 
to  produce  gastric  disturbance.] 


ANTIPERIODIC,  ANTIPYRETIC,  AND    ANTISEPTIC    DRUGS.       463 


GROUP  IV. 

Vegetable  Drugs  having  Antiperiodic,  Antipyretic,  and  Antiseptic 
Properties. 

Cinchona,  Quinine,  Salicin,  Salicylic  Acid,  [Gaultheria,] 
Salol,  [Salophen.] 

CINCHONA. 

[CINCHONA.— The  bark  of  Cinchona  Calisaya  Weddell,  Cinchona 
officinalis  Linne  and  of  hybrids  of  these  and  of  other  species  of  Cinchona 
(nat.  ord.  JZubiacea),  yielding,  when  assayed,  not  less  than  5  per  cent,  of  total 
alka-loids,  and  at  least  2.5  per  cent,  of  Quinine  (C!i0HMNjOj-|-H2O=34i.3). 
Ha'bitat. — South  America,  on  the  Eastern  slope  of  the  central  chain  of  the 
Andes,  thence  spreading  northward  into  Colombia  ;  cultivated  in  Java,  India, 
Jamaica,  and  other  countries  ;  to  a  limited  extent  also  in  South  America. 

CHARACTERS. — In  quills  or  in  curved  pieces,  varying  in  length,  and  usually 
2  or  3,  or  sometimes  5  rnm.  thick  ;  the  outer  surface  covered  with  a  gray  or 
brownish-gray  cork,  usually  slightly  wrinkled,  marked  with  transverse,  and 
also  with  intersecting,  longitudinal  fissures  (  C.  Calisaya),  and  sometimes  with 
scattered  warts  and  slight  longitudinal  ridges ;  inner  surface  light  cinnamon- 
brown,  very  finely  striate  ;  fracture  short  and  granular  in  the  outer  layer,  and 
finely  fibrous  in  the  inner  layer ;  powder  light  brown  or  yellowish  brown  ;  odor 
slight,  somewhat  aromatic  ;  taste  bitler  and  somewhat  astringent.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  of  Cinchona  Bark  are  five  alkaloids, 
two  acids,  a  glucoside,  Tannic  acid,  a  coloring  matter  and  a  volatile  oil. 

(1)  Quinine. — An  Alkaloid,  exists  as  the  Hydrate.     Gives  a  green  color 
with  Chlorine  water  and  Ammonia  ;  turns  the  plane  of  polarization  to  the  left, 
solutions  of  its  salts  are  fluorescent.     Forms  salts  with  acids.     (See  p.  464.) 

(2)  Quinidine.—\\\  Alkaloid,  C20H24N2O2,  isomeric  with  Quinine,  differ- 
ing from  it  only  in  crystallizing  in  prisms,  turning  the  plane  of  polarization  to 
the  right,  and  not  being  soluble  in  ammonia  except  in  excess. 

(3)  Cinchonine. — An  Alkaloid.      C20H24N2O.     Colorless  prisms,  inodor- 
ous, bitter.     No  green  color  with  Chlorine  water  and  Ammonia.     Turns  the 
plane  of  polarization  to  the  right.     Not  fluorescent.     (See  p.  466. ) 

(4)  Cinchonidine. — An  Alkaloid,  C^H^NjO,  isomeric  with  Cinchonine, 
differing  from  it  in  turning  the  plane  of  polarization  to  the  left,  being  sparingly 
soluble  in  Ether,  and  being  slightly  fluorescent. 

(5)  Quinamine. — An  Alkaloid  [C19H24N2O2].     Not  important. 

(6)  Kinic  or  Quinic  Acid. — C7H12O6.     Large,  colorless  prisms.     It  and 
its  salts  are  soluble  in  water,  and  thus  Quinine  may  be  given  subcutaneously  as 
Quinine  Quinate.     This  acid  is  found  in  the  Coffee  Bean  and  other  plants.    It 
is  allied  to  Benzoic  Acid,  and  appears  in  the  urine  as  Hippuric  Acid. 


464  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 


(7)  Kinovic  or   Quinovic  Acid,  [CjjH^Og.  ]  —  A   white  amorphous  sub- 
stance related  to  Kinovin. 

(8)  Kinovin  or   Quinovin.  —  A  Glucoside,   [C^H^Og,]  which   easily  de- 
composes into  Glucose  and  Kinovic  Acid. 

(9)  Cinchotannic  Acid.  —  [2104]  percent.     It  is  the  astringent  principle 
of  Cinchona  Bark.     It  differs  from  Tannic  Acid  in  becoming  green  with  ferric 
salts.     It  is  easily  oxidized  to  Cinchona  Red. 

(10)  Cinchona  Red.  —  The  coloring  matter  of  the  bark.     It  is  almost  in- 
soluble in  water. 

(11)  A  Volatile   Oil.  —  This  exists  in  minute  quantities.     Cinchona  Bark 
owes  its  smell  to  it. 

Remijia  Bark  yields,  in  addition,  Homoquinine,  which  is  a  compound  of 
Quinine  and  another  alkaloid,  Cupreine,  [C19HMN,Or] 

IMPURITIES.  —  Inferior  barks,  known  by  their  not  yielding  the  full  strength 
of  Quinine  and  Cinchonine. 

[The  true  yellow  Cinchona  Bark  must  not  be  confounded  with  other  Cin- 
chona Barks  of  a  similar  color,  but  having  the  bast  fibres  in  bundles  or  raised 
rows,  and  breaking  with  a  splintery  or  coarsely  fibrous  fracture.] 

INCOMPATIBLE^.  —  Ammonia,  lime  water,  metallic  salts  and  gelatin. 

Dose,  10  to  60  gr.  ;  [.60  to  4.00  gm.] 

Preparations  . 

[i.  Infusum  Cinchonae.  —  Infusion  of  Cinchona.     Cinchona,  60  ; 
Aromatic  Sulphuric  Acid,  10  ;  by  percolation  with  Water  to  looo. 
Dose,  i  to  2  fl.  oz.  ;  30.  to  60.  c.c. 

2.  Extractum  Cinchonae.  —  Extract  of  Cinchona.     By  maceration 
and   percolation  with   Alcohol   and  Water,  distillation  of  the  Alcohol 
and  evaporation. 

Dose,  4  to  30  gr.  ;  .30  to  2.00  gm. 

3.  Extractum  Cinchonae  Fluidum.  —  Fluid  Extract  of  Cinchona. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol,  Glycerin  and  Water,  and 
evaporation,  addition  of  Alcohol. 

Dose,  10  to  60  m.  ;  .60  to  4.00  c.c. 

4.  Tinctura  Cinchonae.  —  Tincture  of  Cinchona.    Cinchona,  200  ; 
Glycerin,  75.     By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water 
to  i  coo. 

Dose,  y2  to  2  fl.  dr.  ;  2.  to  8.  c.c.] 

CINCHONA  RUBRA. 

[RED  CINCHONA.—  The  bark  of  Cinchona  suectrubta  Pavon  (nat 
ord.  Rubiacea},  containing  not  less  than  5  per  cent,  of  its  peculiar  alkaloids. 
Habitat.  —  Ecuador,  west  of  Chimborazo. 

CHARACTERS.  —  In  quills  or  incurved  pieces,  varying  in  length,  and  from 


ANTIPERIODIC,  ANTIPYRETIC,  AND    ANTISEPTIC    DRUGS.       465 

2  to  4  or  5  mm.  thick  ;  the  outer  surface  covered  with  a  grayish-brown  cork, 
more  or  less  rough  from  warts  and  longitudinal  warty  ridges,  and  from  few, 
mostly  short  transverse  fissures  ;  inner  surface  more  or  less  deep  reddish-brown 
and  distinctly  striate  ;  fracture  short  fibrous  in  the  inner  layer ;  powder  red- 
dish-brown ;  odor  slight ;  taste  bitter  and  astringent. 

CONSTITUENTS. — See  Cinchona. 

Dose,  10  to  60  gr.  ;  .60  to  4.00  gm. 

Preparation. 

Tinctura  Cinchonae  Composita. — Compound  Tincture  of  Cin« 
chona.  Red  Cinchona,  loo;  Bitter  Orange  Peel,  80 ;  Serpentaria,  20; 
Glycerin,  75.  By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol,  Glycerin 
and  Water  to  1000. 

Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  15.  c.c. 

QUININA. 

1.  QUININE.— C20H24N2O2-f3H2O=377.22.      An    Alkaloid   obtained 
from  the  bark  of  various  species  of  Cinchona  (nat.  ord.  Rubiacece}. 

SOURCE. — By  adding  to  a  solution  of  the  Sulphate  a  sufficient  quantity  of 
Ammonia  Water  to  precipitate  the  Alkaloid. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white,  flaky,  amorphous  or  crystalline  powder,  odorless, 
and  having  a  very  bitter  taste;  permanent  in  the  air.  Solubility. — In  1670 
parts  of  water,  and  in  6  parts  of  Alcohol ;  in  23  parts  of  Ether,  5  parts  of 
Chloroform  and  200  parts  of  Glycerin  ;  also  soluble  in  Carbon  Bisulphide, 
Benzin,  Benzol,  Ammonia  Water,  and  diluted  acids. 

IMPURITIES. — Other  alkaloids,  cinchonine,  cinchonidine,  quinidine  and 
cupreine.  Lime,  chalk,  magnesia,  starch  and  other  white  powders.  Salicin, 
detected  by  its  giving  a  blood-red  color  with  sulphuric  acid. 

Quinine  is  used  to  prepare  Ferri  et  Quininae  Citras  and  Ferri  et  Quininse 
Citras  Solubilis. 

Dose,  i  to  20  gr.  ;  .06  to  1.20.  gm.] 

2.  QUININE    SULPHAS.— Quinine    Sulphate.       (CjoH^NjO^H., 
SO4[+7H2O=870.22. 

SOURCE. —  By  boiling  Cinchona  in  water  acidulated  with  Hydrochloric 
Acid  and  straining.  Add  Lime  to  the  decoction,  and  wash  the  precipitate. 
Digest  in  boiling  Alcohol,  and  distil  off  the  Alcohol.  Dissolve  the  residue  in 
Distilled  Water  and  Sulphuric  Acid,  boil  with  Animal  Charcoal,  filter  and  set 
aside  to  crystallize. 

CHARACTERS. — White,  silky,  light  and  fine,  needle-shaped  crystals, 
fragile  and  somewhat  flexible,  making  a  very  light  and  easily  compressible 
mass,  lustreless  from  superficial  efflorescence  after  being  for  some  time  exposed 
to  the  air,  odorless,  and  having  a  persistent,  very  bitter  taste.  The  salt  is  lia- 
ble to  lose  water  on  exposure  to  warm  air,  to  absorb  moisture  in  damp  air,  and 
to  become  colored  by  exposure  to  light.  Solubility. — In  740  parts  of  water, 

3° 


466  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

and  in  65  parts  of  Alcohol  ;  also  in  40  parts  of  Glycerin,  in  about  680  parts 
of  Chloroform,  and  freely  in  dilute  acids.  ] 

INCOMPATIBLE^.  —  Alkalies  and  their  carbonates,  and  astringent  infusions. 

[Quinine  Sulphate  is  used  to  prepare  Syrupus  Ferri,  Quininse  et  Strych- 
nine Phosphatum. 

Dose,  i  to  5  gr.  ;  .06  to  .30  gm.,  or  5  to  20  gr.  ;  .30  to  1.20  grn.]  (anti- 
pyretic and  antiperiodic). 

3.  [QUININE     BISULPH  AS.—  Quinine     Bisulphate.  —  C20HMN2O2 
H2SO4+7H2O=546.88. 

SOURCE.  —  By  suspending  Quinine  Sulphate  in  water,  adding  Sulphuric 
Acid,  filtering  and  crystallizing. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Colorless,  transparent  or  whitish,  orthorhombic  crystals, 
or  small  needles,  odorless,  and  having  a  very  bitter  taste.  Efflorescing  on 
exposure  to  air.  Solubility.  —  In  10  parts  of  water,  and  in  312  parts  of 
Alcohol. 

Dose,  i  to  20  gr.  ;  .06  to  1.20  gm. 

4.  QUININE    HYDROBROMAS.—  Quinine    Hydrobromate.      C20 
H24N2O2HBr+H2O=422.o6. 

SOURCE.  —  By  suspending  Quinine  Sulphate  in  Water,  adding  Barium 
Bromide  in  solution,  filtering,  evaporating,  and  crystallizing. 

CHARACTERS.  —  White,  light,  silky  needles,  odorless,  and  having  a  very 
bitter  taste.  The  salt  is  liable  to  lose  water  on  exposure  to  warm  or  dry 
air. 

Solubility.  —  In  54  parts  of  water,  and  in  0.6  part  of  Alcohol  ;  also  soluble 
in  6  parts  of  Ether,  and  in  12  parts  of  Chloroform. 

Dose,  i  to  20  gr.  ;  .06  to  1.20  gm.] 

5.  QUININE   HYDROCHLORAS.—  Quinine   Hydrochlorate.     C20 


SOURCE.  —  By  treating  the  Alkaloid  with  diluted  Hydrochloric  Acid,  and 
crystallization. 

CHARACTERS.  —  White,  silky,  light  and  fine,  needle-shaped  crystals,  odor- 
less, and  having  a  very  bitter  taste.     The  salt  is  liable  to  lose  water  when  ex- 
posed to  warm  air.     Solubility.  —  In  34  parts  of  water,  and  in  3  parts  of  Alco- 
hol ;  also  soluble  in  9  parts  of  Chloroform.] 
Dose,  i  to  20  gr.  ;  [.06  to  1.20  gm.] 

6.  [QUININJE  VALERIANAS.     See  Valeriana. 

7.  QUINIDIN^E  SULPHAS.—  Quinidine  Sulphate.     (CMH24N2O2), 
H2SO4-f-2  H2O=78o.  42.     The  neutral  sulphate  of  an  alkaloid  obtained  from 
the  bark  of  several  species  of  Cinchona  (nat.  ord.  Rubiacecx). 

SOURCE.  —  From  the  mother  liquors  after  the  crystallization  of  Quinine,  by 
the  same  process  as  for  Quinine. 

CHARACTERS.  —  White,  silky  needles,  odorless,  and  having  a  very  bitter 
taste;  permanent  in  the  air.  Solubility.  —  In  loo  parts  of  water,  and  in  8 


ANTIPERIODIC,  ANTIPYRETIC,  AND   ANTISEPTIC    DRUGS.      467 

parts  of  Alcohol  ;  also  in   14  parts  of  Chloroform,   and  in  acidulated  water; 
almost  insoluble  in  Ether. 

Dose,  i  to  20  gr. ;  .06  to  1.20  gm. 

8.  CINCHONINA.— Cinchonine.     Ci9HMN2O=293.4l. 

SOURCE. — By  precipitation  of  the  aqueous  solution  of  the  Sulphate  by 
Ammonia  Water. 

CHARACTERS. — White  lustrous  prisms  or  needles,  without  odor,  at  first 
almost  tasteless,  but  soon  developing  a  bitter  after-taste  ;  permanent  in  the  air. 
Solubility. — In  3760  parts  of  water,  and  in  1 16  parts  of  Alcohol ;  also  soluble 
in  526  parts  of  Ether,  and  in  163  parts  of  Chloroform. 

Dose,  i  to  30  gr. ;  .06  to  2.00  gm. 

9.  CINCHONINA   SULPHAS.— Cinchonine  Sulphate.     (C19HMN, 
O)2H2SO4+2H2O=720.56. 

SOURCE. — Obtained  from  the  mother  liquors  after  the  crystallization  of  the 
Quinine,  Quinidine,  and  Cinchonidine  Sulphates  by  further  concentration, 
precipitating  the  alkaloids  by  Caustic  Soda,  washing  with  Alcohol  till  free 
from  other  alkaloids,  dissolving  in  Sulphuric  Acid,  purifying  with  animal  char- 
coal, and  crystallizing. 

CHARACTERS. — Hard,  white,  lustrous,  prismatic  crystals,  without  odor, 
and  having  a  very  bitter  taste  ;  permanent  in  the  air.  Solubility. — In  66  parts 
of  water,  and  in  10  parts  of  Alcohol ;  also  soluble  in  78  parts  of  Chloroform, 
but  almost  insoluble  in  Ether. 

Dose,  i  to  30  gr.  ;  .06  to  2.00  gm. 

10.  CINCHONIDINE  SULPHAS.— Cinchonidine  Sulphate.     (C19 
HKN2O)2H2SO4+3H2O=738.52.      The  neutral   Sulphate  of   an    Alkaloid 
obtained  from  the  bark  of  various  species  of  Cinchona. 

SOURCE. — Obtained  from  the  mother  liquors  after  the  crystallization  of 
Quinine  Sulphate  by  further  concentration,  purifying  by  crystallization  from 
Alcohol,  and  finally  from  hot  water. 

CHARACTERS. — White,  silky,  acicular  crystals,  without  odor,  and  having 
a  very  bitter  taste  ;  slightly  efflorescent  on  exposure  to  air.  Solubility. — In 
70  parts  of  water,  and  in  66  parts  of  Alcohol;  also  soluble  in  1316  parts  of 
Chloroform,  and  almost  insoluble  in  Ether.  The  presence  of  sulphates  of 
other  Cinchona  Alkaloids  increase  its  solubility  in  Ether  and  Chloroform. 

Dose,  i  to  30  gr.  ;  .06  to  2.00  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  CINCHONA  AND  ITS  ALKALOIDS. 

The  action  of  cinchona  bark  is  due  almost  entirely  to  the 
quinine  in  it ;  the  other  alkaloids  act  in  much  the  same  way  as 
this  alkaloid,  the  sulphate,  [bisulphate,  hydrobromate]  and  hydro- 
chlorate  of  which  produce  the  same  effect  as  quinine  itself.  The 
following  description  will  be  that  of  the  action  of  quinine  sul- 


468  ORGANIC   MATERIA    MEDICA. 

phate,  which  is  often  called  quinine.  Any  differences  between 
it  and  the  bark  or  the  other  alkaloids  will  be  mentioned  in  the 
course  of  this  description. 

External. — Quinine  is  a  very  powerful  antiseptic.  A  solu- 
tion of  i  to  500  destroys  many  forms  of  micro-organisms,  and 
a  solution  of  i  to  250  prevents  fermentation  and  putrefaction. 
Quinine  is  very  fatal  to  all  low  forms  of  animal  and  vegetable 
life.  A  solution  of  i  to  1000  kills  many  infusoria.  No  effect 
is  produced  upon  the  sound  skin  by  quinine,  but  it  is  irritant  to 
a  raw  surface. 

Internal. — Alimentary  canal. — Quinine  acts  like  any  other 
bitter,  such  as  calumba.  The  bitter  taste  is  very  marked  ;  in 
the  mouth  the  gustatory  nerves,  and  in  the  stomach  the  gastric 
nerves,  are  stimulated.  This  leads  reflexly  to  an  increase  of  the 
salivary  and  gastric  secretions,  and  to  greater  vascularity  and 
peristalsis  of  the  stomach,  the  appetite  is  sharpened  and  digestion 
is  aided.  Quinine  is,  therefore,  a  stomachic.  These  effects, 
of  course,  bring  about  a  better  absorption  of  food ;  and  hence, 
if  digestion  was  previously  feeble,  the  patient  feels  stronger  after 
a  course  of  quinine.  In  the  stomach  any  quinine  salt  is  con- 
verted into  a  chloride,  some  of  which  is  probably  absorbed  here  ; 
for  in  the  intestines  it  would  be  precipitated  by  the  alkaline 
secretions.  It  is  often  excreted  unchanged  in  the  faeces. 

Blood. — Quinine,  as  the  chloride,  is  readily  absorbed  into  the 
blood ;  and  although  this  is  alkaline,  it  is  not  precipitated,  being 
probably  held  in  solution  by  the  gases  of  the  blood.  It  is  not 
known  that  it  undergoes  any  alteration  there,  but  it  produces 
some  remarkable  changes. 

(0)  White  corpuscles. — If  the  movements  of  the  white  cor- 
puscles are  being  watched  in  a  drop  of  blood  on  the  warm  stage 
of  the  microscope,  and  some  quinine  is  added,  they  at  once  cease. 
Again,  if  the  mesentery  of  a  living  frog  be  put  under  the  micro- 
scope, and  slightly  irritated  so  as  to  set  up  inflammation,  emi- 
gration of  the  white  corpuscles  through  the  capillary  walls,  or 
diapedesis,  as  it  is  called,  will  be  observed  ;  if  now  some  quinine 
be  injected  into  the  circulation  this  ceases,  but  those  white  cor- 
puscles that  h  we  already  passed  out  wander  further  from  their 


ANTIPERIODIC,  ANTIPYRETIC,  AND    ANTISEPTIC    DRUGS.       469 

capillary.  If  the  quinine  be  applied  locally  to  the  mesentery, 
directly  the  white  corpuscles  have  passed  through  their  capillaries 
their  movement  is  stopped,  and  the  motionless  corpuscles  collect 
in  large  numbers  around  the  capillaries.  It  is  clear,  therefore, 
that  quinine  has  the  power  of  arresting  the  movements  of 
white  blood-corpuscles.  In  sufficient  quantity  it  appears 
actually  to  destroy  them,  for  in  a  cat  killed  by  quinine  they  are 
much  fewer  in  number  than  in  a  healthy  cat. 

(<£)  Red  corpuscles. — Quinine  is  said  to  cause  a  diminution  in 
the  size  of  these,  but  this  is  most  likely  not  strictly  correct.  In 
fever,  if  the  temperature  is  high,  the  red  corpuscles  are  probably 
a  little  larger  than  natural.  If  the  temperature  be  reduced  by 
any  means  the  corpuscles  regain  their  normal  size.  Quinine  will 
reduce  the  temperature,  but  it  probably  has  no  special  action  on 
the  corpuscles. 

(c~)  Acidity  of  the  blood. — Blood  outside  the  body  gradually 
becomes  acid.  Quinine  prevents  this. 

(y  )  Ozonizing  power. — If  ozonized  oil  of  turpentine  be  mixed 
with  a  tincture  of  guaiacum,  nothing  occurs ;  but  if  a  drop  of 
blood  be  added,  that  transfers  the  ozone  to  the  guaiacum,  oxi- 
dizes it,  and  turns  it  blue.  This  ozonizing  power  of  blood 
is  prevented  by  the  addition  of  quinine. 

(/)  The  stability  of  oxy hemoglobin  is  strengthened  by  qui- 
nine, so  that  the  blood  does  not  yield  up  its  oxygen  as  easily  as 
normally,  consequently  it  cannot  absorb  oxygen  readily.  This 
inability  of  haemoglobin  to  take  up  oxygen  in  the  presence  of 
quinine  is  parallel  with  its  action  on  other  varieties  of  proto- 
plasm. For  example,  fungi  absorb  oxygen  slowly  if  quinine  be 
present,  and  thus  fermentation  may  be  prevented.  Phosphores- 
cent infusoria  (the  phosphorescence  is  due  to  rapid  oxidation)  lose 
this  property  in  the  presence  of  quinine.  The  ozonizing  power 
of  fresh  vegetable  juices  is  retarded  by  it.  Quinine  is,  therefore, 
very  constant  and  very  powerful  in  interfering  with  oxidation. 

Circulation. — Small  doses  of  quinine  probably  increase  the 
activity  of  the  heart  reflexly  because  they  stimulate  the  stomach  ; 
but  large  doses  (larger  than  are  given  to  man  medicinally),  either 
applied  to  the  excised  heart  or  circulating  through  it,  directly 


47O  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

paralyze  the  organ  ;  the  pulse  becomes  slower  and  more  feeble, 
and  the  heart  is  finally  arrested  in  diastole.  Whether  it  acts  on 
the  muscle  or  the  ganglia  is  not  known.  I^rge  doses  lower  the 
blood-pressure  considerably  ;  this  is  owing  partly  to  the  effect  on 
the  heart,  but  it  is  probable  that  this  fall  of  arterial  pressure  is 
due  in  part  also  to  the  action  of  quinine  on  the  blood-vessels. 
If  the  spleen  is  enlarged  as  a  result  of  malarial  fever,  the  ad- 
ministration of  quinine,  curing  the  fever,  leads  to  a  decrease  in 
the  size  of  the  spleen,  but  it  has  no  direct  effect  on  this  organ, 
as  is  often  asserted. 

Respiration. — Although,  as  we  have  seen,  quinine  must,  be- 
cause of  its  retardation  of  oxidation,  have  a  powerful  influence 
on  internal  respiration,  diminishing  the  activity  of  metabolism, 
it  has  but  a  moderate  effect  on  respiratory  movements.  Small 
doses  slightly  increase,  large  doses  depress  them. 

Temperature.  — Quinine  has  very  little  power  over  the  healthy 
temperature,  but  that  of  fever  is  markedly  reduced  ;  it  is,  there- 
fore, an  energetic  antipyretic.  Considering  its  direct  capa- 
bility of  diminishing  metabolism  in  the  tissues,  it  seems  fair  to 
assume  that  the  drug  diminishes  heat  production,  and  that 
it  does  so  by  acting  directly  on  the  thermogenetic  tissues ;  but, 
whether  it  decreases  heat  production  by  also  influencing  the  cere- 
bral thermogenetic  centres  is  not  known. 

Cerebrum. — Small  doses  are  believed  to  stimulate  cerebral 
activity.  The  results  of  experiments  upon  the  action  of  quinine 
on  the  brain  are  so  discordant  as  to  be  at  present  valueless.  The 
effects  of  a  large  dose  in  man  will  be  described  under  Cin- 
chonism. 

Spinal  cord  and  nerves. — In  frogs,  quinine  causes  a  lessening 
of  reflex  excitability,  which  is  removed  by  section  below  the 
medulla;  but  in  large  doses  it  produces  a  permanent  diminu- 
tion of  reflex  excitability.  In  these  animals  quinine  also  first 
excites  and  then  paralyzes  the  sensory  nerves  or  their  peripheral 
endings.  The  muscles  are  uninfluenced.  These  effects  are  not 
seen  in  man. 

Uterus. — It  has  often  been  stated  that  quinine  will  lead  to 
abortion,  that  it  will,  when  labor  has  commenced,  aid  the  expul- 


ANTI  PERIODIC,  ANTIPYRETIC,  AND    ANTISEPTIC    DRUGS. 

sion  of  the  foetus,  and  that  it  will  increase  the  menstrual  flow  if 
that  is  scanty.  It  appears  that  the  first  statement  is  certainly 
incorrect,  and  that  the  second  and  third  are  only  correct  for 
some  women. 

Kidneys. — After  a  full  dose  of  quinine  it  is  found  in  the 
urine  in  half  an  hour,  and  is  slowly  excreted  for  several  days, 
but  by  far  the  greater  part  is  eliminated  within  the  first  forty- 
eight  hours.  The  excretion  of  uric  acid  is  greatly  diminished, 
and  that  of  urea  and  other  nitrogenous  bodies  in  the  urine  is 
also  considerably  lessened.  This  confirms  the  statement  already 
made  that  quinine  retards  considerably  the  metabolism  of  the 
body,  but  it  should  be  stated  that  very  little  alteration  is  observed 
in  the  excretion  of  carbon  [dioxide]  by  the  lungs.  It  is  said 
that  minute  quantities  of  quinine  are  gotten  rid  of  by  all  the 
secretions,  as  it  may  be  detected  in  milk,  saliva,  bile,  tears,  etc., 
and  it  may  be  found  in  dropsical  fluids  if  the  patient  has  been 
taking  it. 

Cinchonism. — In  many  persons  a  dose  of  ten  grains  ;  [.60 
gm.]  or  more  of  quinine  produces  a  train  of  physiological  symp- 
toms, chiefly  from  its  influence  on  the  nervous  system.  The 
patient  soon  complains  of  ringing  in  the  ears,  fullness  in  the 
head,  and  slight  deafness.  With  larger  doses  these  symptoms 
increase,  disturbances  of  vision  and  giddiness  are  added,  he 
may  stagger  when  he  walks,  and  the  headache  may  be  very 
intense. 

Quinine  is  hardly  ever  given  as  a  poison,  but  if  it  should  be, 
all  these  symptoms  of  cinchonism  will  be  very  severe ;  the 
patient  may  be  delirious  and  comatose,  quite  deaf  and  blind,  and 
if  he  die  it  will  be  from  collapse  due  to  cardiac  and  respiratory 
failure.  Great  congestion  of  the  middle  ear  and  labyrinth  is 
found  in  animals  poisoned  by  quinine.  The  mild  degrees  of 
cinchonism  pass  off  directly  [after]  the  drug  is  discontinued. 
Rarely  quinine  causes  an  erythematous  rash,  and  it  has  been 
known  to  give  rise  to  epistaxis.  Those  who  work  among  cin- 
chona barks  may  have  a  rash  on  their  skin  from  the  mechanical 
irritation  of  the  powder.  Both  hydrobromic  acid  and  ergotin 
are  said  to  diminish  the  liability  to  cinchonism. 


47 2  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDIC  A. 

Relative  Action  of  the  Alkaloids. — The  other  alkaloids 
are  quite  similar  in  their  action  to  quinine,  but  they  are  not  so 
powerful.  Their  relative  antipyretic  effect  is  quinine  100,  quini- 
dine  90,  cinchonidine  70,  cinchonine  40. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  CINCHONA  AND  ITS  ALKALOIDS. 

External. — Quinine  is  too  expensive  for  use  as  an  antiseptic. 

Internal. —  Gastro-intestinal  tract. — It  is  very  largely  used 
on  account  of  its  stomachic  properties,  chiefly  for  that  variety  of 
indigestion  which  is  the  outcome  of  general  ill-health,  want  of 
fresh  air,  anaemia,  etc.,  and  not  often  when  the  stomach  is  the 
organ  primarily  at  fault.  The  preparations  of  cinchona  bark  are 
very  useful  for  this  variety  of  dyspepsia  ;  they  contain  quite 
enough  of  the  alkaloids.  The  compound  tincture  has  the  advan- 
tage of  containing  other  stomachics.  Iron  is  very  commonly 
given  at  the  same  time  to  correct  the  general  condition.  Quinine 
is  frequently  prescribed  with  the  tincture  of  [ferric]  chloride ; 
there  is  always  enough  free  acid  in  this  to  dissolve  any  prepara- 
tion of  quinine.  Alkalies,  especially  sal  volatile,  are  often  pre- 
scribed with  solutions  of  quinine  sulphate,  but  they  precipitate 
the  quinine,  and  therefore  mucilage  must  be  used  to  suspend  it. 
The  dose  of  quinine  sulphate  or  hydrochlorate  as  a  stomachic 
bitter  is  ^  to  2  gr.  [.03  to  .12  gm.]  The  hydrochlorate  is  often 
preferred,  as  it  is  the  more  soluble.  [Cinchonidine  salicylate 
(not  official)  is  generally  preferable  to  the  sulphate  as  a  tonic 
and  an  antiperiodic  in  dose  of  from  5  to  10  gr.;  .30  to  .60  gm.] 

Antipyretic  effect. — Quinine  was  commonly  used  as  an  anti- 
pyretic, but  for  the  rare  occasions  on  which  antipyretic  drugs  are 
required,  k  has  now  been  replaced  by  more  certain  drugs,  as 
phenacetin,  acetanilid,  and  [antipyrin].  It  is,  however,  a  very 
fairly  certain  antipyretic.  It  is  best  given  for  this  purpose  in  a 
single  dose  of  20  to  40  gr.  [1.20  to  2.40  gm.]  for  an  adult. 
Such  large  doses  may  be  prescribed  either  in  cachets,  or  as  a 
solution  of  the  hydrochlorate,  or  as  the  sulphate  suspended  in 
milk  [and  at  the  same  time  sodium  or  potassium  bromide  should 
be  administered  to  avoid  the  disagreeable  tinnitus  which  is  set 
up.  The  diluted  hybrobromic  acid  is  an  excellent  solvent,  and, 


ANTIPERIODIC,  ANTIPYRETIC,  AND    ANTISEPTIC    DRUGS.       473 

at  the  same  time,  will  relieve  the  ringing  in  the  ears] .  About 
one  or  two  hours  elapse  before  the  temperature  begins  to  fall. 
Quinine  is  more  efficacious  in  reducing  a  temperature  just  begin- 
ning to  fall  than  a  rising  one.  Hence,  if  possible,  it  should  be 
administered  two  or  three  hours  before  the  time  at  which  pre- 
vious experience  of  the  particular  case  shows  the  temperature 
will  probably  attain  its  maximum ;  then  the  fall  will  be  more 
marked  and  last  longer  than  if  the  drug  had  not  been  given. 

Specific  action. — Quinine,  and  to  a  less  extent  the  other  cin- 
chona alkaloids,  have  the  remarkable  property  of  arresting  the 
paroxysms  of  malaria  fever,  [because  it  prevents  the  entrance 
of  spores  into  the  red  blood-corpuscles  where  only  their  cycle 
of  development  occurs.]  If  15  to  30  gr.  [i.  to  2.  gm.]  be 
taken  about  one  or  two  hours  before  the  attack  is  due,  it  will 
not  take  place,  or  it  will  be  very  mild.  [If  a  more  prompt  effect 
is  desired,  quinine  carbamide  (not  official),  which  is  very  soluble, 
can  be  administered  hypodermatically  ;  a  smaller  dose,  5  to  8  gr.; 
.30  to  .50  gm.,  in  an  hour  or  two,  is  almost  invariably  successful 
in  preventing  the  next  immediate  chill.]  The  same  effect  [may] 
be  produced  if  smaller  doses,  about  5  gr.  [.30  gm.]  have  been 
taken  four  or  five  times  a  day  during  the  period  between  the 
attacks.  Not  only  is  it  thus  prophylactic,  but  the  continued  use 
of  it  is  curative.  It  is  also  preventive,  even  if  the  persons  to 
whom  it  has  been  given  have  never  had  ague.  For  this  purpose 
it  is  administered  to  soldiers  and  sailors  who  have  to  enter  mala- 
rious regions,  and  it  is  then  found  that  few  of  them  get  ague. 
If  the  disease  is  very  severe  it  is  best  to  give  single  large  doses. 
[Clark's  powder  consists  of  quinine,  10  ;  powdered  capsicum, 
4  ;  powdered  opium,  i  part.  This  is  given  in  15  gr. ;  i.oo  gm., 
doses,  and  is  said  to  be  more  efficacious  in  the  treatment  of  ague 
than  larger  doses  of  quinine  when  given  alone.] 

If  a  person  has  once  had  ague,  illnesses  that  -he  subsequently 
suffers  from  are  liable  to  assume  a  malarial  type.  This  is  espe- 
cially the  case  with  neuralgia,  which  is  then  peculiarly  paroxys- 
mal. It  is  often  on  the  forehead,  when  it  is  called  brow-ague. 
In  such  cases  the  effect  of  quinine  is  frequently  very  well-marked, 
and  a  cure  speedily  takes  place.  Sometimes  neuralgia  which  is 


474  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA., 

not  malarial  is  temporarily  benefited.  Quinine  cures  ague  by 
acting,  while  circulating  in  the  blood,  as  a  direct  poison  to 
the  haematozoa  (protozoa),  the  [plasmodium  malariae,] 
which  infests  the  blood  and  is  the  cause  of  ague.  It  has  been 
given  for  a  host  of  diseases,  especially  septicaemia,  but  there  is 
not  any  evidence  that  it  does  good  to  any  except  those  men- 
tioned. The  preparations  of  the  bark  contain  so  little  quinine 
that  they  cannot  be  used  as  antipyretics  or  antiperiodics. 

Lately  it  has  been  stated  that  quinine  causes  black -water  fever  ; 
this  is  a  pernicious  error,  as  it  will  cure  this  form  of  malaria. 

Quinine  should,  if  possible,  be  avoided  in  (i)  persons  suffer- 
ing from  acute  or  subacute  disease  of  the  middle  ear ;  ( 2 )  those 
suffering  from  gastro-intestinal  irritation,  which  it  may  increase  ; 
(3)  those  people,  occasionally  met  with,  in  whom  quite  small 
doses  produce  very  severe  symptoms  of  cinchonism  ;  (4)  [Men- 
ingitis and  (5)  Inflammation  of  genito-urinary  tract.] 

Warburg s  tincture  is  a  medicine  which  has  a  very  high  reputation  in 
India  for  malaria.  It  has  been  called  Tinctura  Antiperiodica.  The  published 
formula  states  that  it  is  a  proof-spirit  tincture,  containing  Quinine  Sulphate,  80  ; 
Socatrine  Aloes,  loo  ;  Opium,  I  ;  Rhubarb,  32  ;  Camphor,  8 ;  with  Angelica, 
Elecampane,  Saffron,  Fennel,  Gentian,  Zedoary,  Cubeb,  Myrrh,  and  Agaric, 
as  aromatics,  with  menstruum  to  4000.  [This  contains  about  9^  gr.  ;  .60 
gm.,  to  the  ounce ;  30.  c.c. ,  of  menstruum.]  Dose,  I  to  4  fl.  dr.  [4.  to  15. 
c.c.j  It  is  often  prescribed  to  be  made  without  the  Aloes. 

SALICINUM. 

SALICIN. — C,SH,8O7[=285.33.  A  neutral  principle  (glucoside)  ob- 
tained from  several  species  of  Salix  and  Populus  (nat.  ord.  Salicaceae).  Syn- 
onym.— Willow.  Habitat. — Europe,  naturalized  in  North  America  ;  culti- 
vated. 

SOURCE. — (l)  Make  a  strong  decoction  of  willow  bark.  (2)  Remove  the 
tannic  acid  by  wanning  and  agitating  the  decoction  with  Lead  Oxide.  (3) 
Evaporate  the  solution.  Salicin  crystallizes  out,  and  is  purified  by  repeated 
solution,  and  crystallization. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  or  white,  silky,  shining  crystalline  needles,  or 
a  crystalline  powder,  odorless,  and  having  a  very  bitter  taste.  Permanent  in 
the  air.  Solubility. — In  28  parts  of  water,  and  in  30  parts  of  Alcohol ;  almost 
insoluble  in  Ether  or  Chloroform.  ] 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr. ;  [.30  to  2.00  gm.] 


ANTIPERIODIC,  ANTIPYRETIC,  AND    ANTISEPTIC    DRUGS.       475 


ACIDUM  SALICYLICUM. 

SALICYLIC  ACID.— HC7H5O3[=I37.67.  An  organic  acid,  existing 
naturally,  in  combination,  in  various  plants,  see  Oleum  Gaultherise  and  Oleum 
Betulse  Volatile ;  but  most  largely  prepared  synthetically  from  Carbolic 
Acid.] 

SOURCE. — [Made  by  combining  Sodium  Carbolate  with  Carbon  Dioxide 
Gas.  Thus,  dry  Carbon  Dioxide  is  passed  through  Sodium  Carbolate  heated 
to  428°  F.  ;  220°  C.].  2NaC6H5O-f-CO2=Na!1C7H4O3  (Sodium  Salicylate), 
-fC6H6O  (Phenol).  This  is  treated  with  Hydrochloric  Acid.  Na.,C7H4O3 
-f2HCl=2NaCl+HC7H5O3  (Salicylic  Acid). 

CHARACTERS. — [Light,  fine,  white,  prismatic  needles,  or  a  light,  white, 
crystalline  powder ;  odorless,  having  a  sweetish,  afterwards  acrid  taste,  and 
permanent  in  the  air.  Solubility. — In  about  450  parts  of  Water,  and  in  2.4 
parts  of  Alcohol ;  also  soluble  in  2  parts  of  Ether,  2  parts  of  Absolute  Alcohol, 
and  80  parts  of  Chloroform.]  Resembling  Artificial  Salicylic  Acid. — Strych- 
nine, but  the  crystals  of  Strychnine  are  larger,  colorless,  non-irritating,  less 
soluble,  and  the  solution  is  very  bitter. 

INCOMPATIBLE. — Spirit  of  Nitrous  Ether. 

IMPURITIES. — Orthocreosotic,  metacreosotic,  and  paracreosotic  acids,  only 
in  artificial  salicylic  acid.  In  the  best  specimens  they  are  absent. 

Dose,  5  to  60  gr. ;  [.30  to  4.00  gm.] 

SODII  SALICYLAS.— Sodium  Salicylate.     NaC7H5O3[=i59.67]. 

SOURCE. — Obtained  by  acting  on  Sodium  Carbonate  with  Salicylic  Acid. 
[2HC7H5O3  +  Na2CO3=2NaC7H5O3+H.iO-t-CO2.  The  solution  may  be 
strained  through  muslin  and  heated  to  expel  the  Carbon  Dioxide.] 

CHARACTERS. — [A  white,  amorphous  powder,  odorless,  and  having  a 
sweetish,  saline  taste.  Permanent  in  cool  air.  Solubility. — In  0.9  part  of 
Water,  and  in  6  parts  of  Alcohol  ;  also  soluble  in  Glycerin.] 

INCOMPATIBLE. — Hydrobromic  acid,  for  sodium  bromide  is  formed  and 
salicylic  acid  is  precipitated. 

IMPURITIES. — Orthocreosotic,  metacreosotic,  and  paracreosotic  acids. 

Dose,  5  to  60  gr. ;  .30  to  4.00  gm. 

[LITHII  SALICYLAS.— Lithium  Salicylate.     (LiC7H5Os=i43.68.) 

SOURCE. — Obtained  by  heating  Salicylic  Acid,  Lithium  Carbonate,  and 
Water,  until  the  effervescence  ceases,  filtering  and  evaporating.  Li^CO, 
-f2HC7H5O3=2LiC7H5O3+H2O+CO)1. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white',  or  grayish-white  powder,  odorless,  and  having  a 
sweetish  taste  ;  deliquescent  on  exposure  to  air.  Solubility. — Very  soluble  in 
Water  and  in  Alcohol. 

Dose,  i  to  15  gr.  ;  .06  to  i.oo  gm.] 

For  Bismuth  Salicylas  see  p.  183,  and  for  Salol  see  p.  481. 


476  ORGANIC  MATERIA  MEDICA. 

ACTION  OF  SALICIN,  SALICYLIC  ACID  AND  OF  SODIUM   [AND 
LITHIUM]  SALICYLATES. 

External. — Salicin  and  salicylic  acid  are  antiseptics  rather 
more  powerful  than  carbolic  acid.  They  are  stimulant  and  mildly 
irritant  to  the  skin.  Locally  applied,  they  check  sweating. 
The  salts  of  salicylic  acid  are  not  [strongly]  antiseptic. 
Salicylic  acid  softens  and  removes  epithelium. 

Internal. — Alimentary  tract. — When  inhaled  or  applied  to 
the  throat,  salicylic  acid  is  irritating,  causing  sneezing  and 
cough.  In  the  stomach  also  it  is  irritant,  giving  rise  to  pain, 
nausea,  and  vomiting  unless  well  diluted.  The  sodium  [and 
lithium]  salts  and  salicin  are  much  less  irritating.  The  gluco- 
side,  salicin,  is  in  the  bowel  converted  into  glucose  and  saligenin 
(C7H8O2),  and  this  is  further  decomposed  into  salicylic  acid, 
salicyluric  acid  (HC9H8NO4),  and  salicylous  acid  (HC,H6O2). 
Liver. — The  bile  is  rendered  much  less  viscid  ;  [in  fact  salicylic 
acid  is  probably  the  strongest  cholagogue  known].  Sodium 
salicylate,  like  sodium  benzoate,  increases  both  the  amount  and 
the  solids  t>f  the  bile. 

Blood. — Salicylic  acid,  whether  taken  directly  or  formed  in 
the  bowel  from  the  decomposition  of  salicin,  is  rapidly  absorbed 
in  spite  of  its  insolubility,  and  therefore  it  is  probably  taken  up 
as  sodium  salicylate  ;  [at  least] ,  this  is  the  form  in  which  it  cir- 
culates in  the  blood,  and  consequently  the  following  description 
will  apply  whether  salicin,  salicylic  acid,  or  sodium  salicylate  has 
been  taken.  It  has  been  thought  also  to  exist  in  the  blood  as  an 
albuminate,  but  of  this  there  is  no  evidence,  nor  for  the  theory 
that  when  the  sodium  salicylate  meets  with  carbon  [dioxide], 
salicylic  acid  is  set  free.  Some  of  the  salicylic  acid  of  the  sodium 
salt  unites  with  glycocoll,  forming  salicyluric  acid,  which  appears 
in  the  urine.  Thus:  HC7H5O3+C2H5NO2  (glycocoll)=HC9 
H8NO4  (salicyluric  acid)  +H2O.  It  will  be  noticed  that  this 
change  is  precisely  analogous  to  the  conversion  of  benzoic  into 
hippuric  acid  by  its  union  with  glycocoll.  Binz  has  suggested 
that  the  specific  beneficial  effect  of  the  salicylates  in  acute  rheu- 
matism is  due  to  setting  free  of  salicylic  acid  in  the  inflamed 


ANTIPERIODIC,  ANTIPYRETIC,  AND    ANTISEPTIC    DRUGS.       477 

part  by  the  carbon  [dioxide]  in  it.  The  beneficial  effect  of  this 
acid  is  also  seen  in  a  disease  of  bees  known  as  foul  brood,  and 
due  to  certain  schizophytes,  for  feeding  the  creatures  on  syrup 
containing  salicylic  acid  cures  them. 

Heart. — Salicin  and  salicylic  acid  are  often  stated  to  depress 
the  force  of  the  heart  and  cause, a  fall  of  blood -pressure.  Care- 
ful comparison  shows  that  salicin  is  not  nearly  so  depressant  as 
the  acid — in  fact,  it  is  probable  that  it  has  not  this  action  at  all, 
unless  given  in  toxic  doses.  Further,  natural  salicylic  acid  is 
not  so  depressant  as  the  artificial  variety.  For  example,  Char- 
teris  found  that  30  gr.  [2.  gm.]  of  salicin,  or  10  gr.  [.60  gm.] 
of  natural  salicylic  acid,  or  32  gr.  [2.12  gm.]  of  natural  sodium 
salicylate  had  no  injurious  effect  on  a  rabbit,  but  that  much 
smaller  doses  than  these  of  the  artificial  acid  or  its  salt  killed  the 
animal.  The  artificial  variety  was  found  to  contain  orthocreo- 
sotic  and  paracreosotic  acids,  and  these  are  powerful  cardiac 
depressants.  Thus  it  seems  probable  that  the  depressing  ef- 
fects commonly  ascribed  to  salicylic  acid  are  really  due  to  the 
impurities  occasionally  present  in  the  artificial  form. 

Respiration. — Moderate  doses  have  very  little  effect  on  respi- 
ration. Toxic  doses  strongly  depress  it. 

Temperature. — In  medicinal  doses  salicin  and  salicylic  acid 
have  no  influence  on  the  temperature  of  man,  in  toxic  doses  they 
slightly  lower  it ;  but  they  readily  depress  a  febrile  temperature, 
and  are  therefore  called  antipyretics.  They  cause  a  slight 
increase  of  perspiration,  but  this  is  not  sufficient  to  explain  the 
fall. 

Salicylic  acid  and  salicin  are  antiperiodic. 

Nervous  system. — We  know  little  of  the  effect  of  salicylic 
acid  on  the  individual  parts  of  the  nervous  system.  The  clinical 
symptoms  known  as  salicylism  will  be  described  presently. 

Kidney. — Salicylic  acid  escapes  chiefly  through  the  kidneys. 
It,  to  a  much  less  extent,  also  leaves  the  body  by  the  sweat,  the 
saliva,  the  bronchial  secretions,  and  the  faeces.  It  appears  in 
the  urine  very  soon  after  its  ingestion  (in  from  10  to  30  minutes), 
but  the  elimination  goes  on  slowly.  It  is  excreted  as  salicyluric 
acid  and  sodium  salicylate,  which  is  split  up  by  the  phosphoric 


478  ORGANIC   MATERIA   MEDICA. 

acid  in  the  urine,  yielding  salicylic  acid.  The  dark  greenish 
color  of  the  urine  sometimes  seen  is  due  to  small  quantities  of 
either  indican  or  pyrocatechin.  Occasionally  salicylic  acid 
causes  haematuria,  due  to  congestion  of  the  kidneys.  Large 
doses  increase  the  nitrogenous  elimination,  the  uric  acid  being 
especially  increased.  The  sulphur  also  is  increased.  It  renders 
the  urine  aseptic,  and  the  salicyluric  acid  in  that  fluid  will  re- 
duce Fehling's  Solution.  The  urine  of  patients  taking  it  gives  a 
purple  color  with  [ferric]  chloride. 

Salicylism. — In  some  persons  to  whom  salicylic  acid  or  its 
salt  is  given  a  train  of  symptoms  is  produced  to  which  the  above 
name  has  been  applied.  They  are  very  like  those  produced  by 
quinine.  It  is  probable  that  the  cause  of  at  least  some  of  them 
is  the  impurities  existing  in  artificial  salicylic  acid,  but  it  is  stated 
that  the  natural  acid  may  rarely  give  rise  to  them.  Orthocreo- 
sotic  acid  is  certainly  toxic,  metacreosotic  acid  has  no  action,  and 
it  is  doubtful  whether  paracreosotic  acid  is  toxic.  The  com- 
monest is  deafness,  which  is  often  accompanied  by  ringing  in 
the  ears ;  [these  symptoms  may  be  relieved  by  the  administra- 
tion of  a  small  amount  of  alcoholic  stimulant  fifteen  minutes  be- 
fore each  dose.]  Headache  is  also  very  frequent.  The  ad- 
ministration of  the  drug  is  usually  stopped  when  these  symptoms 
show  themselves  ;  but  if  it  is  continued  the  patient  becomes  vio- 
lently delirious,  there  is  nausea  and  vomiting,  the  face  is  flushed, 
and  the  other  symptoms  increase  in  severity.  The  pulse  falls  in 
both  frequency  and  force,  it  becomes  irregular,  epistaxis  is  com- 
mon, and  haemorrhages  from  other  parts  of  the  body  have  been 
recorded,  such  as  haematuria  and  retinal  haemorrhages.  Albu- 
minuria  without  haematuria  has  been  observed.  One  of  the 
rarest  symptoms  is  erythema  or  urticaria.  Very  large  doses  may 
cause  the  breathing  to  become  weaker,  and  death  may  take  place 
either  from  cessation  of  the  heart  or  the  respiratory  movements. 

THERAPEUTICS   OF   SALICTN,  SALICYLIC  ACID   AND  OF   SODIUM 
[AND  LITHIUM]  SALICVLATES. 

External. — The  ointment  [official  in  B.  P.,  i  part  of  the 
acid  to  9  of  hard,  and  18  of  soft  paraffin]  may  be  used  when  an 


ANTIPERIODIC,  ANTIPYRETIC,  AND   ANTISEPTIC    DRUGS. 

antiseptic  stimulating  ointment  is  required.  A  collodion  com- 
posed of  salicylic  acid,  i  ;  flexible  collodion,  8  ;  or  a  glycerin 
containing  10  per  cent,  of  salicylic  acid ;  or  a  plaster,  also  10 
per  cent.,  are  good  preparations.  Strong  applications  of  sali- 
cylic acid  are  very  useful  for  removing  excess  of  epidermis, 
warts,  or  corns  [because  it  softens  epithelium] .  Salicylic  acid, 
ii ;  extract  of  cannabis  indica,  2  ;  flexible  collodion,  87  parts, 
form  an  excellent  remedy  (commonly  known  as  green  solution) 
for  corns.  Powdered  salicylic  acid  mixed  with  starch  or  chalk 
may  be  employed  to  check  profuse  perspiration  of  the  feet  and 
axillae.  The  German  Pharmacopoeia  has  for  this  purpose  a  Pulvis 
Salicylicus  cum  Talco  (salicylic  acid,  3  ;  wheaten  starch,  10 ; 
talc,  in  powder,  87).  The  sweats  of  phthisis  may  be  treated  in 
the  same  way.  A  little  salicylic  acid  is  often  added  to  Thomp- 
son's fluid  (see  p.  275).  [Salicylic  acid  is  the  principal  ingre- 
dient in  Thiersch's  solution.  For  this  formula  see  p.  275.] 

Internal. — Salicylic  acid  is  a  specific  for  [many  cases  of] 
rheumatic  fever ;  it  lowers  the  temperature,  lessens  the  swelling, 
leads  to  a  rapid  cessation  of  pain,  and  [may]  diminish  the 
liability  to  pericarditis  and  other  complications.  It  must  be 
given  well  diluted  to  prevent  dyspepsia.  The  sodium  salt  is 
often  preferred  as  being  the  most  soluble,  but  in  order  to  diminish 
the  risk  of  salicylism  it  should  be  prepared  either  from  pure  arti- 
ficial or  from  natural  salicylic  acid.  If  the  attack  is  severe,  20 
gr.  [1.20  gm.]  every  two  or  three  hours  should  be  given  for  the 
first  twelve  or  twenty-four  hours ;  then,  if  the  patient  is  doing 
well,  the  frequency  of  the  dose  may  be  gradually  diminished,  but 
it  should  be  continued  thrice  daily  for  ten  days  after  the  tem- 
perature is  normal  and  the  pain  has  ceased.  Salicin  is  not  so 
powerful  as  sodium  salicylate,  but  it  is  said  to  be  less  depressant 
than  the  synthetic  acid. 

These  preparations  are  of  no  use  for  gout  or  severe  osteo- 
arthritis,  but  occasionally  the  pains  of  chronic  rheumatism  are 
relieved. 

Salicylic  acid  or  salicin  may  produce  a  fall  of  temperature  in 
any  fever,  but,  as  we  have  more  certain  antipyretics,  they  are 
not  used  except  for  rheumatic  fever.  Some  writers  have  found 


480  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

salicylic  acid  useful  in  migraine,  sciatica,  diabetes,  and  diph- 
theria, but  it  is  probably  of  little  value  for  these  disorders. 
[The  action  of  the  salicylates  in  eliminating  uric  acid  explains 
their  usefulness  in  migraine  and  sciatica  which  is  incontestible  in 
some  cases.  So  far  as  they  limit  intestinal  fermentation  they  are 
beneficial  in  the  treatment  of  diabetes.  For  the  glycosuria  of 
patients  afflicted  with  gout  or  goutiness  they  are  useful.]  Sali- 
cylic acid  has  been  given  to  render  the  urine  acid  in  cases  of  alka- 
line urine  and  cystitis,  but  there  are  better  remedies  for  this 
purpose.  It  has  also  been  given  in  cases  of  gallstone  with  the 
object  of  rendering  the  urine  less  viscid. 

[Aspirin  (not  official)  is  acetyl  salicylic  acid,  which  occurs  as 
a  white,  insoluble,  crystalline  powder,  or  in  needles,  of  an  agree- 
able taste.  In  an  alkaline  fluid  it  breaks  up  and  sets  free  salicylic 
acid.  It  has  been  employed  for  acute  polyarticular  rheumatism 
in  the  same  doses  as  sodium  salicylate,  over  which  it  is  believed 
to  possess  the  advantage  of  not  deranging  digestion. 

OLEUM  BETUL^E  VOLATILE. 

VOLATILE  OIL  OF  BETULA.— Synonym.— Oil  of  Sweet  Birch. 
A  volatile  oil  obtained  by  distillation  from  the  bark  of  Betula  lenta  Linn6 
(Sweet Birch)  ;  (nat.  ord.  Betulacece}.  Habitat. — Northern  United  States.  It 
is  identical  with  Methyl  Salicylate  (CH9C7H5O3=I5I.64),  and  nearly  identi- 
cal with  Oil  of  Gaultheria. 

CHARACTERS. — It  has  the  same  properties  and  conforms  to  the  same  reac- 
tions and  tests  as  Methyl  Salicylate  (see  Methyl  Salicylas ;  also  Oleum  Gaul- 
theriae). 

Dose,  i  to  5  m. ;  .06  to  .30  c.c. 

OLEUM  GAULTHERIA. 

OIL  OF  GAULTHERIA.— Synonym. — Oil  of  Wintergreen.  A  vola- 
tile oil  distilled  from  the  leaves  of  Gaultheria  procumbens  Linn6  (Winter- 
green)  ;  (nat.  ord.  Ericaceat),  consisting  almost  entirely  of  Methyl  Salicylate 
(CHSC,H5O,=I5I.64)  and  nearly  identical  with  Volatile  Oil  of  Betula. 
Habitat. — North  America,  west  to  Minnesota,  and  south  to  Georgia. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless  or  yellow,  or  occasionally  reddish  liquid,  hav- 
ing a  characteristic,  strongly  aromatic  odor,  and  a  sweetish,  warm  and  aromatic 
taste.  Sp.gr.:  1.175  to  1-185.  Boiling  point:  2l8°  to  221°  C.  (424.4° 
F.  to  429.8°  F. ).  It  deviates  polarized  light  slightly  to  the  left.  In  other 


ANTIPERIODIC,  ANTIPYRETIC,  AND   ANTISEPTIC   DRUGS.      481 

respects  it  has  the  same  properties  and  conforms  to  the  same  reactions  and 
tests  as  Methyl  Salicylate  (see  Methyl  Salicylas  ;  also  Oleum  Betulse  Volatile). 
Dose,  i  to  5  m. :  .06  to  .30  c.c. 

Preparation. 

Spiritus  Gaultheriae. — Spirit  of  Gaultheria.      Oil  of  Gaultheria, 
50 ;  Alcohol,  950. 

Dose,  i  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  8.  c.c. 

METHYL  SALICYLAS.    -  <&*JL  Y\^^^1r><^*>~*- 
METHYL    SALICYLATE. —  CH3C7H5O3=I51. 64.       Synonym.— 
Artificial  (or  Synthetic)   Oil  of  Wintergreen.     Methyl  Salicylate,   producea 
synthetically  by  distilling  Salicylic  Acid,  or  a  Salicylate,  with  Methyl  Alcohol 
and  strong  Sulphuric  Acid. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless  or  slightly  yellowish  liquid,  having  the  char- 
acteristic, strongly  aromatic  odor  and  the  sweetish,  warm  and  aromatic  taste 
of  the  Oil  of  Gaultheria,  with  the  essential  constituent  of  which  it  is  identical. 
It  is  wholly  identical  with  Volatile  Oil  of  Betula  (see  Oleum  Betulae  Volatile). 
Sp.  gr.  :  1.183-1.185.  Boiling  point :  2i9°-22i°  C.  (426.2°-429.8°F.).  It 
is  optically  inactive.  Solubility. — In  all  proportions  in  Alcohol,  Glacial  Ace- 
tic Acid,  or  Carbon  Bisulphide. 
Dose,  i  to  5  m.  ;  .06  to  .30  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  VOLATILE  OIL  OF  BETULA,  OIL  OF 
WINTERGREEN  AND  METHYL  SALICYLATE. 

The  action  of  these  substances  is  the  same  as  of  salicylic  acid. 
When  taken  in  moderate  quantities,  they  are,  like  that  acid, 
broken  up  and  eliminated  as  salicyluric  acid.  It  is  asserted  that 
methyl  salicylate  can  be  produced  of  more  uniform  quality  and 
is  more  certain  and  definite  in  its  action  than  either  of  the  nat- 
ural oils.  The  uses  of  these  drugs  is  the  same  as  of  salicylic 
acid,  and  they  possess  the  additional  advantage  that  they  are  not 
liable  to  contamination  with  impurities  (ortho-  and  paracreo?otic 
acids),  the  former  of  which  is  a  powerful  cardiac  depressant ; 
both  are  found  in  the  artificial  salicylic  acid.] 

SALOL. 

SALOL. — [C6H5C7H5O3=2I3.49.  Synonym. — Phenyl  Salicylate.  The 
Salicylic  Ether  of  Phenol. 

SOURCE. — By  heating  Salicylic  Acid  with  Phenol  in  the  presence  of  Phos- 
phorous Pentachloride  ;  this  action  dehydrates  and  withdraws  the  elements  of 
water,  and  unites  the  Phenyl  group  with  the  Salicylic  \cid  radical. 

31 


482  ORGANIC   MATERIA    MEDICA. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white,  crystalline  powder,  odorless,  or  having  a  faintly 
aromatic  odor,  and  almost  tasteless.  Permanent  in  the  air.  Solubility. — 
Almost  insoluble  in  water  ;  soluble  in  10  parts  of  Alcohol  ;  also  soluble  in  0.3 
part  of  Ether,  and  readily  in  Chloroform,  and  in  fixed  or  volatile  oils. 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr. ;  .30  to  2.00  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  SALOL. 

External. — It  is  an  antiseptic,  and  when  mixed  with  talc 
( i  to  5 )  may  be  used  as  a  dusting  powder. 

Internal. — In  the  body  [presumably  in  the  small  intestine) 
salol  splits  up  into  [phenol,  about  36,  and  salicylic  acid,  64 
per  cent.]  and  the  former  may  render  the  urine  dark.  In  rheu- 
matic fever  it  is  efficacious  on  account  of  the  salicylic  acid  it 
contains,  [although  somewhat  slower  in  action]  but  it  has  no 
advantage  over  salicin  or  salicylic  acid,  and  the  carboluria  may 
be  troublesome. 

[It  is  an  antiseptic,  and  since  this  decomposition  takes  place 
in  the  alkaline  fluid,  it  has  been  used  as  an  intestinal  antiseptic 
in  acute  diarrhcea,  dysentery,  cholera  and  other  diseases ;  also  in 
affections  of  the  urinary  tract.]  For  the  last  the  following  is  a 
good  way  of  prescribing  it : — Salol,  i  ;  Almond  Oil,  2  ;  Pow- 
dered Acacia,  i  ;  Syrup,  2  ;  water,  24.  The  emulsion  should 
be  made  in  a  warm  mortar  with  water  at  150°  F.  [65.5°  C. 
It  is  a  remedy  of  very  great  value  in  the  treatment  of  typhoid 
fever,  for  by  the  active  disinfection  of  the  contents  of  the  intes- 
tine and  of  the  ulcerations,  it  favors  their  healing  and  prevents 
reinfection,  thus  lowering  temperature,  diminishing  the  liability 
to  relapse  and  to  permanent  damage  to  tissues.  It  is  the  logical 
treatment,  because  it  destroys  the  cause  of  the  symptoms,  at  their 
point  of  origin.  On  account  of  the  large  proportion  of  phenol 
which  it  contains  it  is  more  dangerous  than  the  corresponding 
amount  of  salicylic  acid,  and  it  is  especially  to  be  used,  with 
great  caution  if  the  kidneys  are  diseased.  Sometimes,  in  fever, 
on  account  of  the  lessened  alkalinity  of  the  intestinal  contents 
it  is  not  decomposed  into  its  constituents,  and  for  that  reason 
becomes  very  much  less  effective.  In  this  case  an  alkali  should 
be  administered  at  the  same  time. 


VEGETABLE    PURGATIVES.  483 

SALOPHEN. 

SALOPHEN.  ( Not  official.  )—C6H4(OH)CO2C6H4NHCOCHs=27o.40. 
Synonym. — Acetylparamidophenol  Salicylate. 

SOURCE. — From  Paranitrophenol  Salicylate  by  a  complicated  process,  and 
purifying  by  crystallization  from  Alcohol. 

CHARACTERS. — Minute  white  scales,  free  from  odor  or  taste.  It  contains 
50.9  per  cent,  of  Salicylic  Acid.  Solubility . — Almost  insoluble  in  water; 
freely  soluble  in  Alkalies,  Alcohol  and  Ether. 

Dose,  5  to  15  gr. ;  .30  to  i.oo  gm. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  SALOPHEN. 

In  a  warm  alkaline  solution  salophen  is  broken  up  into  sali- 
cylic acid  and  acetylparamidophenol,  the  latter  being  harmless. 
It  is  decomposed  in  the  intestines,  even  when  given  hypoder- 
matically.  It  is  used  as  a  substitute  for  salicylic  acid  in  acute 
rheumatism,  and  as  an  intestinal  antiseptic.  It  is  probably  quite 
as  efficient,  and  much  safer  than  salol.  The  fact  that  it  is  taste- 
less renders  it  easy  of  administration.] 


GROUP  V. 

Vegetable   Purgatives. 

CLASS  I. — Laxatives. 

Prune,  Fig,  Tamarind,  Cassia  [Fistula,  Manna,  Phytolacca, 
Eupatorium,]  Castor  Oil  (small  doses). 

CLASS  II. — Simple  purgatives. 

Castor  Oil,  Rhubarb,  [Juglans,]  Senna,  Frangula,  [Rhamnus  Pur- 
shiana,]  Aloes. 

CLASS  III. — Drastic  purgatives. 

Scammony,  Jalap,  [Bryonia,]  Croton  Oil,  Colocynth,  Elaterium, 
Gamboge. 

CLASS  IV. — Cholagogues. 

Podophyllum,  [Leptandra,  Chelidonium,  Iris,]  Euonymus. 

CLASS  I.— LAXATIVES. 

PRUNUM. 

PRUNE. — {The  fruit  of  Prunus  Domcstica  Linn6  (nat.  ord.  Rosacece). 
Habitat. — Western  Asia ;  cultivated  in  many  varieties. 


484  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

CHARACTERS. — Oblong  or  subglobular,  about  3  cm.  long,  shrivelled 
blackish-blue,  glaucous  ;  the  sarcocarp  brownish-yellow  ;  sweet  and  acidulous  ; 
putamen  hard,  smooth,  or  irregularly  ridged  ;  the  seed  almond-like  in  shape, 
but  smaller,  and  of  a  bitter-almond  taste.  ] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Sugar,  [12  to  15  per 
cent.],  (2)  Malic  Acid,  and  (3)  A  purgative  principle. 

Prunes  are  contained  in  Confectio  Sennse. 

[Dose. — They  can  be  administered  freely.]' 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  PRUNES. 

Prunes  are  demulcent  and  slightly  laxative.  They  may  be 
eaten  as  articles  of  diet  in  cases  of  slight  constipation.  [They 
are  used  as  a  corrective  for  senna  in  the  confection.] 

FICUS. 

FIG. — [The  fleshy  receptacle  of  Ficus  Carica  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Urticaceee\ 
bearing  fruit  upon  its  inner  surface.  Habitat. — Western  Asia  ;  cultivated  in 
subtropical  countries. 

CHARACTERS. — Compressed,  of  irregular  shape,  fleshy,  brownish  or 
yellowish,  covered  with  an  efflorescence  of  sugar;  of  a  sweet,  frui  y  odor,  and 
a  very  sweet,  mucilaginous  taste.  When  softened  in  water,  figs  are  pear- 
shaped,  with  a  scar  or  short  stalk  at  the  base,  and  a  small  scaly  orifice  at  the 
apex ;  hollow  internally  ;  the  inner  surface  covered  with  numerous  yellowish, 
hard  achenes.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Sugar,  62  percent.;  (2) 
Gum;  (3)  [Fat  and  Salts.] 

Figs  are  contained  in  Confectio  Sennae. 

[Dose. — They  can  be  administered  freely.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF   FIGS. 

Figs  are  a  pleasant  food  and  mildly  purgative,  forming  a  con- 
venient remedy  for  slight  constipation. 

TAMARINDUS. 

TAMARIND. — [The  preserved  pulp  of  the  fruit  of  Tamarindus  indica 
Linne  (nat.  ord.  Leguminosce).  Habitat. — India  and  tropical  Africa  ;  natur- 
alized in  the  West  Indies. 

CHARACTERS. — A  reddish-brown,  sweet,  subacid,  pulpy  mass,  containing 
strong,  somewhat  branching  fibres,  and  polished,  brown,  flatfish-quadrangular 
seeds,  each  enclosed  in  a  tough  membrane ;  taste  sweet  and  refreshingly 
acidulous.  ] 


VEGETABLE  PURGATIVES.  485 

I  MPURITY. — Copper. 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  Tartaric,  [Citric,  Malic  and  Acetic  Acids;  (2)  Sugar; 
(3)  Pectin  ;  (4)  Tannic  acid  and  (5)  Potassium  compounds.] 
Tamarind  is  contained  in  Confectio  Sennae. 
[Dose. — It  can  be  administered  freely.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  TAMARIND. 

Tamarind  is  pleasant  and  acid  to  the  taste,  and  a  mild  laxa- 
tive. It  may  be  made  into  tamarind  whey  ( i  part  of  tamarind 
to  30  of  milk)  and  given  as  an  acid,  cooling,  slightly  purgative 
drink  in  fevers.  It  is  a  good  purgative  for  children,  and  may  be 
spread  on  bread  and  butter. 

CASSIA  [FISTULA]. 

CASSIA  [FISTULA.— Synonym.—  Purging  Cassia.  The  fruit  of 
Cassia  Fistula  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Leguminostz).  Habitat. — East  India  ;  natural- 
ized in  tropical  Africa  and  America. 

CHARACTERS. — Cylindrical,  40  to  60  cm.  long,  nearly  25  mm.  in  diameter, 
blackish-brown,  somewhat  veined,  the  sutures  smooth,  forming  two  longitudi- 
nal bands ;  indehiscent,  internally  divided  transversely  into  numerous  cells, 
each  containing  a  reddish-brown,  glossy,  flatfish-ovate  seed  imbedded  in  a 
blackish-brown,  sweet  pulp;  odor  resembling  that  of  prunes.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  A  purgative  principle, 
closely  allied  to  Cathartic  Acid.  (See  Senna,  p.  492.)  [(2)  Sennapicrin,  a 
Glucoside,  C^H^Oj,.]  (3)  Sugar,  60  percent.  (4)  [Pectin.  (5)  Calcium 
Oxalate.  ] 

Cassia  Fistula  is  contained  in  Confectio  Sennae. 

[Dose,  i  to  8  dr. ;  4.  to  30.  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  CASSIA  FISTULA. 

[The  pulp  is  administered  as]  a  laxative,  given  only  in  con- 
fection of  senna. 

[MANNA. 

MANNA. — The  concrete,  saccharine  exudation  of  Fraxinus  Ornus 
Linne  (nat.  ord.  Oleaceee).  Habitat. — Basin  of  the  Mediterranean. 

CHARACTERS. — In  flatfish,  somewhat  three-edged  pieces,  occasionally  20 
cm.  long,  and  5  cm.  broad,  usually  smaller;  friable;  externally  yellowish- 
white,  internally  white,  porous  and  crystalline ;  or  in  fragments  of  different 
sizes,  brownish-white  and  somewhat  glutinous  on  the  surface,  internally  white 
and  crystalline :  odor  honey-like  ;  taste  sweet,  slightly  bitter  and  faintly  acrid. 


486  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Mannit,  C6H8(OH)6,  90 
per  cent.     (2)  Glucose.     (3)  Fraxin,  C32H36O20.     (4)  Mucilage.     (5)  Resin. 
Manna  is  contained  in  Infusum  Sennse  Compositum. 
Dose,  y2  to  2  oz. ;  15.  to  60.  gm. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  MANNA. 

Manna  is  given  as  a  mild  laxative  to  children.  It  dissolves 
easily  in  milk,  and  is  pleasant  to  the  taste. 

PHYTOLACCA. 

PHYTOLACC-ffi  FRUCTUS.— Phytolacca  Fruit.  Synonym.— Poke 
Berry.  The  fruit  of  Phytolacca  decandra  Linn6  (nat.  ord.  Phytolaccacea.*} 
Habitat. — North  America ;  naturalized  in  Europe. 

CHARACTERS. — A  depressed  globular,  dark  purple  compound  berry,  about 
8  mm.  in  diameter,  composed  of  ten  carpels,  each  containing  one  lenticular, 
black  seed  ;  juice  purplish  red  ;  inodorous ;  taste  sweet,  slightly  acrid. 

CONSTITUENTS. — (I)  Phytolaccin.  (2)  Phytolaccic  Acid.  (3)  Sugar. 
(4)  Gum. 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr. ;  .30  to  2.00  gm. 

PHYTOLACC^E  RADIX.  — Phytolacca  Root.  Synonym.— Poke 
Root.  The  root  of  Phytolacca  decandra  Linn6  (nat.  ord.  Phytolaccaced). 

CHARACTERS. — Large,  conical,  branched  and  fleshy;  mostly  in  transverse 
or  longitudinal  slices,  wrinkled,  grayish,  hard  ;  fracture  fibrous,  the  wood- 
bundles  in  several  distinct,  concentric  circles  ;  inodorous  ;  taste  sweetish  and 
acrid. 

CONSTITUENTS. — (i)  Resin.  (2)  Probably  a  Glucoside.  (3)  A  volatile 
acid. 

Dose,  i  to  5  gr. ;  .06  to  .30  gm. 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Phytolaccae  Radicis  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of 

Phytolacca  Root.     By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and 
water,  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  5  to  30  m. ;  .30  to  2.00  c.c. 

• 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  PHYTOLACCA. 

Phytolacca  is  used  as  a  laxative,  and  in  large  doses  it  possesses 
also  some  narcotic  properties.  Recently  a  preparation  made 
from  the  berries  has  been  used  to  reduce  adipose  tissue. 


VEGETABLE    PURGATIVES.  487 

EUPATORIUM. 

EUPATORIUM. — Synonyms. — Thoroughwort.  Boneset.  The  leaves 
and  flowering  tops  of  Eupatorium  perfoliatum  Linne-  (nat.  ord.  Composites). 
Habitat. — North  America,  west  to  Dakota  ;  in  low  grounds. 

CHARACTERS. — Leaves  opposite,  united  at  the  base,  lanceolate,  from  10  to 
15  cm.  long,  tapering,  crenately  serrate,  rugosely  veined,  rough  above,  downy 
and  resinous  dotted  beneath  ;  flower  heads  corymbed,  numerous,  with  an 
oblong  involucre  of  lance-linear  scales,  and  with  from  ten  to  fifteen  white 
florets,  having  a  bristly  pappus  in  a  single  row  ;  odor  weak  and  aromatic ; 
taste  astringent  and  bitter. 

COMPOSITION. — Its  principal  constituents  are  —  (i)  Eupatorin,  a  bitter 
glucoside.  (2)  Volatile  Oil.  (3)  Resin. 

Dose,  %  to  i  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  gm. 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Eupatorii  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Eupatorium. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  diluted  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 
Dose,  ^  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  THOROUGHWORT. 

Thoroughwort  is  tonic,  diaphoretic  (in  infusion),  and  mildly 
laxative.  It  is  a  domestic  remedy  for  the  commencement  of  a 
catarrh,  influenza,  or  muscular  rheumatism.] 

CLASS  II.— SIMPLE  PURGATIVES. 

OLEUM  RICINI. 

CASTOR  OIL. — [A  fixed  oil  expressed  from  the  seed  of  Ricinus  com- 
munis  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Euphorbiacea).  Habitat. — India  ;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — A  pale  yellowish  or  almost  colorless,  transparent,  viscid 
liquid,  having  a  faint,  mild  odor,  and  a  bland,  afterwards  slightly  acrid,  and 
generally  offensive  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  0.950  to  0.970.  Solubility. — In  an  equal 
volume  of  Alcohol,  and,  in  all  proportions,  in  absolute  Alcohol,  or  in  glacial 
Acetic  Acid  ;  also  soluble  in  3  times  its  volume  of  a  mixture  of  19  volumes 
of  Alcohol  and  I  volume  of  water  (absence  of  more  than  about  5  per  cent, 
of  most  other  fixed  oils). 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Ricinolein,  C3H5(C18HS4 
O3)3,  which  is  the  Ricinoleic  Acid  (CjgH^Og),  Glyceride.]  This  constitutes 
the  chief  fiulk.  (2)  Other  fixed  oils,  as  palmitin,  stearin,  etc.  (3)  Possibly 
an  alkaloid,  Ricinine,r\ol  purgative.  (4)  According  to  some  authorities  an 
active  principle  which  has  not  yet  been  isolated. 

[Castor  oil  is  contained  in  Collodium  Flexile,  Linimentum  Sinapis  Com- 
positum,  Pilulae  Antimonii  Composite  and  Unguentum  Hydrargyri  Oxidi  Rubri. 

Dose,  ^  to  2  fl.  oz. ;  8.  to  60.  c.c.] 


488  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

Castor  oil  seeds  are  not  official,  but  it  is  important  to  recognize  them. 
They  are  [17  mm.]  long  and  [8  mm.]  wide,  ovoid,  flattened.  The  seed  is 
prolonged  into  a  sharp  beak.  Epidermis  shiny  gray,  marked  by  brownish 
bands  and  spots.  Kernel  white.  They  contain  50  per  cent,  of  the  oil,  and 
an  acrid  substance  which  makes  them  poisonous.  Three  Castor  oil  seeds  have 
been  known  to  kill  an  adult  man.  [Quite  likely  the  seeds  are  not  poisonous 
when  matured.] 

ACTION  OF  CASTOR  OIL. 

External. — Castor  oil  is,  like  olive  oil,  protective  and 
sedative,  and  may  be  used  to  drop  into  the  eye  when  the  con- 
junctiva is  inflamed,  and  as  a  solvent  for  homatropine,  but  this 
solution  is  occasionally  a  little  irritating. 

Internal. —  Gastro-intestinal  tract. — The  so-called  [unpleas- 
ant taste]  of  castor  oil  is  mostly  due  to  the  smell,  and  is  not 
noticed  much  if  the  nose  is  held  when  the  oil  is  drunk.  Medici- 
nal doses  produce  no  effect  on  the  stomach.  Reaching  the  in- 
testine the  oil  is  an  excellent  simple  laxative  or  mild  purga- 
tive, acting  in  about  five  hours,  and  causing  no  griping  nor  sub- 
sequent constipation.  The  motion  is  soft,  but  not  liquid.  Castor 
oil  will  purge  even  when  rubbed  into  the  skin.  How  it  acts  is 
unknown  [but  it  is  said  to  stimulate  unstriped  muscular  fibre 
whenever  found.]  It  has  been  thought  that  the  [ricinolein 
(ricinoleic  acid  glyceride)]  in  the  oil  is  decomposed  in  the  duo- 
denum, and  the  ricixioleic  acid  purges,  but  this  is  probably  in- 
correct. The  most  likely  view  is  that  the  oil  contains  some 
purgative  principle  which  has  not  yet  been  isolated.  Probably 
the  seeds  contain  much  more  of  this  than  the  oil,  for  they  are 
ten  times  more  purgative,  a  fact  which  it  is  impossible  to  explain 
if  it  is  the  ricinoleic  acid  which  purges.  Castor  oil  will  purge 
when  given  per  rectum. 

Mammary  glands. — [The  leaves]  applied  locally  to  the  breasts 
are  said  to  be  galactagogue. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  CASTOR  OIL. 

Castor  oil  is  perhaps  the  best  simple  purgative  we  have,  and 
is  very  useful  in  cases  in  which  there  is  slight  temporary  consti- 
pation. Being  mild  in  its  action  it  is  very  suitable  for  getting 
rid  of  undigested  food  that  is  causing  diarrhoea,  and  a  dose  of 


VEGETABLE    PURGATIVES.  489 

castor  oil  with  a  minute  quantity  of  laudanum  in  it  is  a  favorite 
remedy  for  certain  forms  of  diarrhoea.  It  is  also  especially  con- 
venient in  pregnancy,  after  delivery,  and  when  in  any  abdominal 
disease,  as  typhoid  fever,  peritonitis,  or  when,  after  abdominal 
operations,  the  irritation  caused  by  the  faeces  makes  it  absolutely 
necessary  to  get  the  bowels  open.  Also,  it  is  very  useful  for 
children,  or  for  very  old  or  infirm  persons,  or  for  those  suffering 
from  piles  or  fissures.  It  is  a  good  purgative  to  give  before  and 
after  the  use  of  anthelmintics  [aspidium  being  excepted.  It 
should  not  be  given  during  the  later  months  of  pregnancy  owing 
to  its  action  on  unstriped  muscle  fibres.] 

Its  [nauseous  taste]  is  the  only  objection  to  it.  As  already 
mentioned,  this  can  largely  be  overcome  by  holding  the  nose, 
and  there  are  many  forms  of  castor  oil  in  the  market  so  prepared 
as  to  be  almost  colorless  and  odorless.  It  may  be  taken  in  cap- 
sules, but  they  are  bulky.  Lemon  juice  or  coffee  conceals  the 
taste  to  some  extent,  or  the  oil  may  be  added  to  a  teaspoonful 
[4.  c.c.]  of  peppermint  water,  and  then  a  little  brandy  added  till 
the  oil  neither  sinks  nor  [floats] .  If  the  inside  and  rim  of  the 
glass  are  moistened  with  the  vehicle,  the  oil,  which  should,  if 
possible,  be  between  two  layers  of  the  vehicle,  is  hardly  tasted. 
[It  is  best  administered  in  the  beverage  known  as  sarsaparilla.] 

As  an  enema  (castor  oil,  i  ;  warm  olive  oil,  5  ;  mixed  thor- 
roughly)  it  is  useful  when  a  mild  injection  is  required. 

Breasts. — The  leaves  of  the  castor-oil  plant  applied  to  the 
breasts  will  sometimes  induce  the  secretion  of  milk.  A  fluid  ex- 
tract of  them  [not  official]  may  also  be  taken  three  or  four  times 

a  day. 

RHEUM. 

RHUBARB.— [The  root  of  Rheum  offidnale  Baillon  (nat.  ord.  Poly- 
gonactce].  Habitat. — Western  and  Central  China. 

CHARACTERS. — In  cylindrical,  conical  or  flattish  segments,  deprived  of  the 
dark  brown,  corky  layer,  smoothish  or  somewhat  wrinkled,  externally  covered 
with  a  bright  yellowish-brown  powder,  marked  with  white,  elongated  meshes, 
containing  a  white,  rather  spongy  tissue,  and  a  number  of  short  reddish-brown 
or  brownish-yellow  striae  ;  compact,  hard  ;  fracture  uneven ;  internally  white, 
with  numerous  red,  irregularly  curved  and  interrupted  medullary  rays,  which 
are  radially  parallel  only  near  the  cambium  line ;  odor  somewhat  peculiar, 
aromatic;  taste  bitter,  somewhat  astringent. 


49O  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (I)  Chrysophan, 
which  yields  Chrysophanic  Acid,  C15HJOO4,  about  3  per  cent.  Synonyms. — 
Rhein.  Chrysarobin,  see  Chrysarobinum.  ]  It  is,not  known  whether,  [in  the 
living  plant],  Rhubarb  contains  any  Chrysophanic  Acid,  for  when  kept  the 
Chrysophan  quickly  oxidizes  to  Chrysophanic  Acid.  The  purgative  properties 
are  due  to  Ghrysophan  which  also  gives  the  yellow  color.  (2)  [Erythroretin. 
(3)  Emodin.  (4)  Phaoretin.  (5)  Aporctin.~\  (6)  Rheotannic  Acid,  C26H26OU, 
to  which  the  astringency  of  Rhubarb  is  due.  (7)  Lime  Oxalate,  35  per  cent., 
to  which  the  grittiness  is  due. 

IMPURITIES. — English   Rhubarb ;  different  taste,    smell,   and   excess   of 
starch.     Turmeric,  which  is  turned  brown  by  Boric  Acid. 

Dose,  I  to  5  gr. ;  [.06  to  .30  gm.  (stomachic) ;  10  to  30  gr. ;  .60  to  2.00 
gm.]  (purgative). 

Preparations. 

1.  Extractum   Rhei. — [Extract  of  Rhubarb.     By  percolation  with 
Alcohol  and  Water,  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  3  to  5  gr. ;  .20  to  i.oo  gm. 

2.  Extractum  Rhei  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Rhubarb.     By 
maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water,  and  evaporation. 
Fluid  Extract  of  Rhubarb  is  used  to  make  Mistura  Rhei  et  Sodse  and 
Syrupus  Rhei. 

Dose,  ]^  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  c.c. 

3.  Pilulae  Rhei. — Pills  of  Rhubarb.     Rhubarb,  20;  Soap,  6  gm., 
to  make  IOO  pills.     Each  pill  contains  3  gr.  ;  .20  gm.  of  Rhubarb. 

Dose,  3  to  5  pills. 

4.  Pilulae  Rhei  Compositae. — Compound  Pills  of  Rhubarb.     Rhu- 
barb, 13 ;  Purified  Aloes,  10  ;  Myrrh,  6  gm.  ;  Oil  of  Peppermint,  0.5 
c.c.,  to  make  100  pills.     Each  pill  contains  2  gr.  ;  .  13  gm.  of  Rhubarb. 
Dose,  i  to  3  pills. 

5.  Pulvis  Rhei  Compositus. — Compound  Powder  of  Rhubarb. 
Synonym. — Gregory's  powder.     Rhubarb,  25  ;  Magnesia,  65  ;  Ginger, 

10. 

Dose,  %  to  i  dr.  ;  2.  to  4.  gm. 

6.  Tinctura  Rhei. — Tincture  of  Rhubarb.     Rhubarb,   IOO ;  Car- 
damom, 20  ;  Glycerin,  loo  ;  Alcohol  and  Water  to  looo  ;  by  macera- 
tion and  percolation. 

Dose,  ^  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  4.  c.c.  (stomachic) ;  i  to  4  fl.  dr. ;  4. 
to  15.  c.c.  (purgative). 

7.  Tinctura  Rhei  Aromatica. — Aromatic  Tincture  of  Rhubarb. 
Rhubarb,  200;  Cassia  Cinnamon,  40;  Cloves,  40;  Nutmeg,  20;  Gly- 
cerin, IOO ;  Diluted  Alcohol,  to  looo.     By  maceration  and  percolation. 


VEGETABLE   PURGATIVES.  49 1 

Aromatic  Tincture  of  Rhubarb  is  used  to  make  Syrupus  Rhei  Aro- 
maticus. 

Dose,  i  to  3  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  12.  c.c. 

8.  Tinctura  Rhei  Dulcis. — Sweet  Tincture  of  Rhubarb.  Rhu- 
barb, too  ;  Glycyrrhiza,  40  ;  Anise,  40  ;  Cardamom,  10  ;  Glycerin,  100 ; 
Diluted  Alcohol  to  1000.  By  maceration  and  percolation. 

Dose,  ]/z  to  i  fl.  oz. ;  15.  to  30.  c.c. 

g.  Mistura  Rhei  et  Sodae. — Mixture  of  Rhubarb  and  Soda.  So- 
dium Bicarbonate,  35  ;  Fluid  Extract  of  Rhubarb,  15  ;  Fluid  Extract  of 
Ipecac,  3  ;  Spirit  of  Peppermint,  25  ;  Glycerin,  350  ;  Water  to  looo. 
By  solution. 

DoSe,  %  to  2  fl.  oz. ;  8.  to  60.  c.c. 

10.  Syrupus  Rhei. — Syrup  of  Rhubarb.     Fluid  Extract  of  Rhu- 
barb, loo ;   Potassium  Carbonate,  10  ;  Spirit  of  Cinnamon,  4  ;  Glyce- 
rin, 50  ;  Water  and  Syrup  to  looo.     By  solution. 

Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  15.  c.c. 

11.  Syrupus  Rhei  Aromaticus. — Aromatic  Syrup  of  Rhubarb. 
Aromatic  Tincture  of  Rhubarb,  150  ;  Syrup,  850.     By  mixture. 

Dose,  i  fl.  dr. ;  4.  c.c.  for  a  child.] 

ACTION  OF  RHUBARB. 

External. — Probably  rhubarb  would  have,  to  a  mild  degree, 
the  same  action  as  [chrysarobin] ,  but  it  is  never  applied  ex- 
ternally. 

Internal. — Alimentary  canal. — In  the  mouth,  rhubarb  in- 
creases the  flow  of  saliva  ;  and  in  the  stomach,  in  small  doses,  it, 
like  any  other  bitter  substance,  stimulates  the  flow  of  gastric 
juice,  and  the  vascularity  and  peristaltic  movements  of  the 
stomach.  It  is,  therefore,  a  stomachic,  and  will  aid  digestion. 
In  large  doses  it  causes  purgation,  producing  in  from  four  to 
eight  hours  a  liquid  motion,  colored  yellow  by  the  [chrysarobin] . 
The  resinous  constituents  of  rhubarb  are  said  to  increase  the  flow 
of  bile,  but  certainly  its  cholagogue  action  is  not  sufficiently 
powerful  to  explain  completely  its  purgative  properties.  It  is 
commonly  stated  to  exaggerate  very  actively  intestinal  peristalsis, 
but  there  is  no  adequate  proof  of  this.  It  is  liable  to  gripe.  The 
purgation  is  followed  by  constipation ;  this  is  ascribed  to  the 
rheotannic  acid  :  if  so,  it  is  probably  absorbed  and  subsequently 


492  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

re-excreted  into  the  intestines,  otherwise  it  would  be  all  swept 
away  in  the  purging. 

Kidneys. — The  coloring  matter  is  excreted  in  the  urine,  and 
stains  it  yellow.  The  urinary  flow  is  slightly  increased. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  RHUBARB. 

Rhubarb  is  commonly  given  to  children  as  a  stomachic  pur- 
gative in  indigestion,  especially  when  caused  by  errors  of  diet, 
for  it  clears  away  any  undigested  food,  and  its  stomachic  and 
after- astringent  effects  are  valuable.  In  the  same  way.it  is  useful 
in  diarrhoea  due  to  irritation  caused  by  undigested  food ;  here 
the  after-astringency  is  especially  serviceable.  A  powder  of 
powdered  rhubarb  and  sodium  bicarbonate  (which  [conceals]  the 
taste)  equal  parts,  with  some  powdered  gentian,  or  a  similar 
[liquid]  medicine,  forms  an  excellant  stomachic  for  young  chil- 
dren. Rhubarb  should  never  be  given  alone,  because  of  the 

griping  it  causes. 

[JUGLANS. 

JUGLANS.—  Synonym. — Butternut.  The  bark  of  the  root  of  Juglans 
cinerea  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Juglandacea) ,  collected  in  autumn.  Habitat. — North 
America. 

CHARACTERS. — In  flat  or  curved  pieces,  about  5  mm.  thick  ;  the  outer 
surface  dark  gray  and  nearly  smooth,  or  deprived  of  the  soft  cork  and  deep 
brown  ;  the  inner  surface  smooth  and  striate  ;  transverse  fracture  short,  deli- 
cately checkered,  whitish  and  brown  ;  odor,  feeble  ;  taste  bitter  and  somewhat 
acrid. 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  Nucin,  C10H6O8.  (2)  Juglandic  Acid.  (3)  Fixed 
Oil,  4  per  cent. 

Dose,  i  to  2  dr. ;  4.  to  8.  gm. 

Preparation. 

Ext rac turn  Juglandis. — Extract  of  Juglans.     By  maceration  and 
percolation  with  Diluted  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 
Dose,  5  to  30  gr. ;  .30  to  2.00  gm. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  BUTTERNUT. 

Butternut  is  a  mild  cathartic,  and  resembling  rhubarb  in  the 
property  of  evacuating,  without  debilitating,  the  alimentary 
canal.  It  was  much  employed  during  the  war  of  the  Revolution.] 


VEGETABLE    PURGATIVES.  493 

SENNA. 

SENNA. — [The  leaflets  of  Cassia  acutifolia  Delile  (Alexandria  Senna), 
and  of  Cassia  angustifolia  Vahn  (India  Senna) ;  (nat.  ord.  Leguminous). 

CHARACTERS. — Alexandria  Senna  consists  of  leaflets  about  25  mm. 
long  and  10  mm.  broad,  lanceolate,  or  lance-oval,  subcoriaceous,  brittle,  rather 
pointed,  equally  oblique  at  the  base,  entire,  grayish-green,  somewhat  pubes- 
cent, of  a  peculiar  odor,  and  a  nauseous,  bitter  taste.  Habitat. — Eastern  and 
Central  Africa.] 

Resembling  Senna. — Argel  leaves  (the  leaves  of  Solenostemma  Argel 
[Hayne,  (nat.  ord.  Asclepiadea),  which  are  frequently  present ;  these  leaves 
are  thicker,  one-veined,  wrinkled,  glaucous]  and  are  equal  at  the  base,  as 
also  are  the  leaves  of  Uva  Ursi  and  Buchu. 

\_India  Senna. — Synonym. — Tinnivelly  Senna.  Consists  of  leaflets  from 
3  to  5  cm.  long  and  10  to  15  mm.  broad  ;  lanceolate,  acute,  unequally  oblique 
at  the  base,  entire,  thin,  yellowish  green  or  dull  green,  nearly  smooth  ;  odor 
peculiar,  somewhat  tea-like;  taste  mucilaginous,  bitter  and  nauseous.  Habitat. 
—Eastern  Africa  to  India  ;  cultivated. 

IMPURITIES. — Stalks,  discolored  leaves,  and  other  admixtures.] 
COMPOSITION  OF  BOTH  KINDS. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Cathar- 
tic Add,  CjgoHjg.jNg.jSOj,  an  amorphous  sulphurated  Glucosicle.  It  exists  as 
salts  of  earthy  bases,  such  as  Calcium  and  Magnesium,  which  are  soluble  in 
water.  Cathartic  Acid  is  capable  of  decomposition  into  Glucose  and  Cathar- 
togenic  Acid.  It  is  the  chief  purgative  principle  in  Senna  and  other  purgatives. 

(2)  \_Sennacrol  and  Sennapicrin,  C3tH58O17,]    glucosides,  which  do  not,  in 
most  preparations,  contribute  to  their  action,  as  they  are  insoluble  in  water. 

(3)  Chrysophanic  Acid  in  small  amounts  as  a  coloring  matter  (see  Rhubarb 
and   Chrysarobinum).     (4)  Cathartomannit,    [CjjH^Ojj,   a  peculiar  unfer- 
mentable]  sugar. 

Dose,  i  to  3  dr. ;  [4.  to  12.  gm.] 

Preparations. 

1.  Confectio   Sennae. — [Confection  of  Senna.     Senna,  loo  ;  Oil 
of  Coriander,    5;  Fig,    120;  Tamarind,    100 ;    Cassia    Fistula,    160; 
Prune,  70 ;  Sugar,  555  ;  Water  to  make   1000.     By  sifting,  digestion 
and  evaporation. 

Dose,  i  to  2  dr. ;  4.  to  8.  gm. 

2.  Extractum   Sennae  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Senna.     By 
maceration,  percolation  with  Diluted  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 

Fluid  Extract  of  Senna  is  used  to  prepare   Syrupus  Sarsaparillae 
Compositus. 

Dose,  i  to  3  fl.  dr.;  4.  to  12.  c.c. 

3.  Infusum    Sennae    Compositum.  —  Compound    Infusion    ol 
Senna.     Synonym. — Black  Draught.    Senna,  60  ;  Manna,  120;  Mag- 


494  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

nesium  Sulphate,  1 20  ;  Fennel,  20  j  Boiling  Water,  500  j  Cold  Water 
to  1000. 

Dose,  i  to  2  fl.  oz. ;  30.  to  60.  c.c. 

4.  Pulvis    Glycyrrhizae    Compositus. — Compound   Powder  of 
Glycyrrhiza.     Synonym. — Compound  Liquorice  Powder.    Senna,  1 80; 
Glycyrrhiza,    236 ;  Oil  of  Fennel,   4 ;  Washed   Sulphur,    80  ;  Sugar, 
500. 

Dose,  ^  to  2  dr. ;  a.  to  8.  gm. 

5.  Syrupus   Sennae. — Syrup  of  Senna.     Alexandria  Senna,  25  ; 
Oil  of  Coriander,  5  ;  Sugar,  700  ;  Alcohol,  150 ;  Water  to  1000.     By 
digestion,  straining,  evaporation  and  filtration. 

Dose,  %  to  i  fl.  oz. ;  8.  to  30.  c.c.] 

ACTION  OF  SENNA. 

External.— None. 

Internal. — Senna,  because  of  the  cathartic  acid  in  it,  stimu- 
lates the  muscular  coat  of  the  intestine,  especially  the  colon,  and 
produces  some  hyperaemia.  Consequently  the  fluid  contents  of 
the  small  intestine  are  hurried  through  the  colon,  and  pale  yellow 
watery  stools,  containing  some  undigested  food,  are  the  result. 
Senna  acts  very  feebly  or  not  at  all  on  the  biliary  secretion. 
Large  doses  open  the  bowels  several  times  and  produce  griping, 
but  not  much  hyperaemia.  Probably  there  are  other  substances 
in  senna,  besides  cathartic  acid,  having  a  purgative  property, 
but  it  is  by  far  the  most  important.  Purgation  by  senna  does 
not  subsequently  cause  constipation.  Some  constituents  of  it 
are  absorbed,  and  may  cause  the  urine  to  be  red.  It  will  purge, 
if  injected  into  the  veins,  and  will  impart  its  purgative  proper- 
ties to  the  milk  of  nursing  women. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  SENNA. 

Senna  is  a  safe,  useful  purgative  for  cases  of  simple  constipa- 
tion. It  is,  because  of  its  tendency  to  gripe  and  its  nauseous 
taste,  rarely  given  alone.  The  compound  liquorice  powder  is  to 
be  preferred  to  the  compound  infusion  of  senna  ("black 
draught  "),  as  this  is  a  [disagreeable]  mixture.  Senna  is  largely 
used  to  complete  the  effect  of  duodenal  purgatives,  as  we  see  in 
the  old  prescription  of  a  blue  pill  at  night  and  a  black  draught 


VEGETABLE    PURGATIVES.  49$ 

in  the  morning.  Acting  on  the  colon,  it  is  valuable  in  slight 
cases  of  faecal  collection.  Compound  liquorice  powder  is  much 
used  in  habitual  constipation  and  the  constipation  of  pregnancy. 
Confection  of  senna,  coated  with  chocolate,  forms  the  well- 
known  purgative,  Tamar  Indien,  and  in  this  form  can  be  taken 
by  children.  It  is  said  that  an  infusion  contains  more  of  the 
active  principles  than  the  other  preparations  ;  it  soon  decom- 
poses, but  nitre  [i  to  480]  will  prevent  this. 

FRANGULA. 

[FRANGULA. — Synonym. — Buckthorn.  The  bark  of  Rhamnus  Fran- 
gula  Linne  (nat.  ord.  JtAamneez),  collected  at  least  one  year  before  being  used. 
Habitat. — Europe  and  Northern  Asia. 

CHARACTERS. — Quilled,  about  I  mm.  thick  ;  outer  surface  grayish- brown, 
or  blackish-brown,  with  numerous  small,  whitish,  transversely  elongated  lenti- 
cels  ;  inner  surface  smooth,  pale,  brownish-yellow  ;  fracture  in  the  outer  layer 
short,  of  a  purplish  tint ;  in  the  inner  layer  fibrous  and  pale  yellow  ;  when 
masticated,  coloring  the  saliva  yellow  ;  nearly  inodorous  ;  taste  sweetish  and 
bitter. 

COMPOSITION. — Fresh  bark  contains  a  glucoside,  Frangulin,  CWUWOW. 
This  in  the  old  bark  has  become  converted  into  Emodin,  C15H10O5  (also  found 
in  Rhubarb),  to  which  the  value  of  the  bark  is  due.  Two  products  are  ob- 
tained from  Frangulin  by  hydrolysis,  Emodin  and  Rhamnose,  C6H12O6. 

Dose,  yz  to  i  dr. ;  2.  to  4.  gm. 

Preparation. 

Extractum    Frangulae    Fluidum. — Fluid   Extract  of  Frangula, 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water,  and  evaporation. 
Dose,  y2  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  8.  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  FRANGULA. 
The   fresh   bark   is  a    violent   gastro-intestinal   irritant,   but 
that  which  has  been  kept  a  year  is  a  mild  laxative,  acting  like 
senna ;  it  is  suitable  for  children,  and  for  use  in  chronic  con- 
stipation. 

RHAMNUS  PURSHIANA.] 

CASCARA  SAGRADA. — Synonyms. — Sacred  Bark.  [Chittem  Bark. 
The  bark  of  Rhamnus  Purshiana  De  Candolle  (nat.  ord.  Rhamne<z~).  Hab- 
itat.— Northern  Idaho,  and  westward  to  the  Pacific  Coast. 

CHARACTERS. — In  quills  or  curved  pieces,  about  3  to  10  cm.  long,  and 
about  2  mm.  thick  ;  outer  surface  brownish  gray  and  whitish  ;  the  young  bark 
having  numerous,  rather  broad,  pale-colored  warts ;  inner  surface  yellowish  to 


496  ORGANIC   MATERIA    MEDICA. 

light  brownish,  becoming  dark  brown  by  age  ;  smooth  or  finely  striate  ;  fracture 
short,  yellowish,  in  the  inner  layer  of  thick  bark  somewhat  fibrous ;  inodorous ; 
taste  bitter.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (I)  Cascarin,  [a  glucoside 
said  to  be  identical  with  Frangulin  (see  above).  (2)  Three  resins.  (3)  Acids. 
(4)  A  volatile  oil.  The  fresh  bark  causes  much  griping,  but  this  unpleasant 
effect  is  lost  if  the  bark  is  kept  and  properly  cured.] 

Dose,  ^  to  i  dr. ;  [i.  to  4.  gm.] 

Preparation. 

Extractum  [Rhamni  Purshianae  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of 
Rhamnus  Purshiana.  By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Diluted 
Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  ]£  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  CASCARA  SAGRADA. 

Cascara  Sagrada  is  a  simple  laxative  and  aperient,  not 
causing  much  griping,  and  resembling  in  its  action  [buckthorn], 
but  it  is  more  certain  and  more  active.  The  bitter  principle  gives 
it  stomachic  properties.  It  is  very  serviceable  for  constipation, 
especially  if  chronic.  A  single  dose  may  either  be  taken  in  the 
evening,  or  10  to  15  minims;  .60  to  i.oo  c.c.,  of  the  fluid  ex- 
tract may  be  given  three  times  a  day  before  meals.  One  advan- 
tage of  its  use  is  that  gradually  increasing  doses  are  not  required. 
The  [fluid]  extract  is  very  bitter ;  this  taste  may  be  concealed  by 
aromatics,  liquorice  or  sal  volatile,  and  it  may  be  given  in  chloro- 
form water.  The  aromatic  syrup  [B.  P.]  conceals  the  taste  very 
well.  [This  consists  of  the  fluid  extract,  8  ;  tincture  of  orange, 
2  ;  alcohol,  i ;  cinnamon  water,  3  ;  syrup,  6.]  A  preparation 
known  as  Tinctura  Laxativa,  dose  20  to  60  m.  [1.20  104.00 
c.c.]  (Extractum  [Rhamni  Purshianae  Fluidum],  Spiritus  Am- 
moniae  Aromaticus,  Spiritus  Chloroformi,  Tinctura  Belladonnas 
[Foliorum],  Tinctura  Nucis  Vomicae,  equal  parts  of  each),  is 
miscible  with  water,  and  is  a  pleasant  simple  purge  which  is 
especially  useful  for  chronic  constipation  and  may  cure  it. 

ALOE. 

ALOE  BARBADENSIS.— Barbadoes  Aloes.  [Synonym. — Curacoa 
AJoes,  The  inspissated  juice  of  the  leaves  of  Aloe  vera  (Linne)  Webb  (nat. 
ord.  Liliacea).  Habitat. — Island  of  Barbadoes. 


VEGETABLE  PURGATIVES.  497 

CHARACTERS. — In  hard  masses,  orange-brown,  opaque,  translucent  on  the 
edges  ;  fracture  waxy  or  resinous,  somewhat  conchoidal ;  odor  saffron-like  ; 
taste  strongly  bitter. 

Dose,  y2  to  10  gr. ;  .03  to  .60  gm.] 

ALOE  SOCOTRINA.— Socotrine  Aloes.  [The  inspissated  juice  of 
the  leaves  of  Aloe  Perryi  Baker  (nat.  ord.  Liliacea}.  Habitat. — Eastern 
Africa. 

CHARACTERS.— In  hard  masses,  occasionally  soft  in  the  interior,  opaque, 
yellowish-brown,  orange-brown  or  dark  ruby-red,  not  greenish,  translucent  on 
the  edges  ;  fracture  resinous,  somewhat  conchoidal.  When  breathed  upon,  it 
emits  a  fragrant  saffron-like  odor.  Taste  peculiar,  strongly  bitter.  Solubility. 
— Almost  entirely  soluble  in  Alcohol  and  in  4  parts  of  boiling  water.  The 
aqueous  solution  becomes  turbid  on  cooling  and  yields  a  deposit.  Moistened 
with  Alcohol  and  examined  in  a  thin  stratum  under  the  microscope,  Socotrine 
Aloes  exhibits  numerous  crystals.  Socotrine  Aloes  is  less  deep  in  color,  less 
opaque,  its  powder  is  brighter  and  more  reddish,  and  its  odor  is  not  nearly  so 
disagreeable  as  that  of  Barbadoes  Aloes.  Some  specimens  of  Socotrine  Aloes 
are  more  or  less  opaque  and  liver-colored,  and  then  are  called  Hepatic  Aloes.] 
The  variety  known  as  Zanzibar  Aloes  is  included  under  Socotrine  Aloes. 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  Aloin,  see  p.  498.  (2)  A  Resin.  (3)  A  trace  of  Gallic 
Acid.  (4)  A  trace  of  a  volatile  oil  giving  the  odor.  ^Resembling  Aloes. — Resins 
of  Jalap,  Guaiacum  [and  Catechu.] 

Dose,  y2  to  10  gr. ;  [.03  to  .60  gm.] 

Preparations. 

1.  [Aloe  Purificata. — Purified  Aloes.     Socotrine  Aloes,   1000 ; 
Alcohol,  200.     Heat,  strain,  and  evaporate. 

CHARACTERS. — In  irregular,  brittle  pieces,  of  a  dull  brown  or  red- 
dish-brown color,  and  having  the  peculiar,  aromatic  odor  of  Socotrine 
Aloes.  It  is  almost  entirely  soluble  in  Alcohol. 

Purified  Aloes  are  contained  in  Extractum  Colocynthidis  Composi- 
tum,  Pilulae  Rhei  Compositse  and  Tinctura  Benzoini  Composita. 

Dose,  y?,  to  10  gr. ;  .03  to  .60  gm. 

2.  Extractum   Aloes. — Extract  of  Aloes.     Socotrine  Aloes ;  by 
disintegration  by  boiling  in  distilled  water  ;  filtration  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  yz  to  3  gr. ;  .03  to  .20  gm. 

3.  Pilulae  Aloes.— Pills  of  Aloes.     Purified  Aloes,  13  ;  Soap,  13 
gm.  ;  to  make  100  pills.     Each  pill  contains  2  gr.  ;  .13  gm.,  of  Aloes. 

Dose,  i  to  4  pills. 

4.  Pilulae  Aloes  et  Asafcetidae.— Pills  of  Aloes  and  Asafetida. 
Purified  Aloes,   9 ;  Asafetida,   9  ;  Soap,   9  gm.  ;  to  make   100  pills. 
Each  pill  contains  i^  gr.  ;  .09  gm.,  of  Aloes. 

Dose,  i  to  5  pills. 

32 


498  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

5.  Pilulae  Aloes  et   Ferri. — Pills  of  Aloes  and  Iron.      Purified 
Aloes,  7  ;  Dried  Ferrous  Sulphate,  7  ;  Aromatic  Powder,  7  gin.  ;  Con- 
fection of  Rose,   a  sufficient  quantity  to  make   100  pills.     Each  pill 
contains  about  I  gr. ;  .  07  gm. ,  of  Aloes. 

Dose,  i  to  4  pills. 

6.  Pilulae  Aloes   et   Mastiches. — Pills  of   Aloes   and    Mastic. 
Synonym. — Lady  Webster's  pill.     Purified  Aloes,  13  ;  Mastic,  4  ;  Red 
Rose,  3  gm.  ;  to  make  loo  pills.     Each  pill  contains  2  gr.  ;  .13  gm., 
of  Aloes. 

Dose,  i  to  3  pills. 

7.  Pilulae  Aloes  et  Myrrhae. — Pills  of  Aloes  and  Myrrh.     Puri- 
fied Aloes,  13  ;  Myrrh,  6  ;  Aromatic  Powder,  4  gm.  ;  Syrup,  a  sufficient 
quantity  to  make  loo  pills.      Each  pill  contains  2  gr.  ;  .13  gm.,  of  Aloes. 

Dose,  2  to  10  pills. 

8.  Tinctura   Aloes. — Tincture  of  Aloes.     Purified   Aloes,   100; 
Liquorice  Root,  200.     Macerate  with  Diluted  Alcohol  and  percolate  to 

1000. 

Dose,  !4  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  c.c. 

g.  Tinctura  Aloes  et  Myrrhae. — Tincture  of  Aloes  and  Myrrh. 
Synonym. — Elixir  Proprietatis  Paracelsi.  Purified  Aloes,  100;  Myrrh, 
loo ;  Liquorice  Root,  loo.  Macerate  with  Alcohol  and  Water,  and 
percolate  to  1000. 

Dose,  i  to  2)4  fl-  dr. ;  4.  to  10.  c.c.] 

ALOINUM. — Aloin.  [A  neutral  principle  obtained  from  several  varie- 
ties of  Aloes,  chiefly  Barbadoes  Aloes  (yielding  Barbaloin}  and  Socotrine 
Aloes  (yielding  Socaloin}, — differing  more  or  less  in  chemical  composition  and 
physical  properties  according  to  the  source  from  which  it  is  derived.  Besides 
these  varieties  we  have  Nataloin  (Natal)  and  Zanaloin  (Zanzibar). 

Barbaloin,  CjjH^Oj,  is  soluble  in  about  60  parts  of  water,  20  parts  of 
Alcohol,  or  470  parts  of  Ether. 

Sofa/oin,  C15H16O7,  is  soluble  in  about  60  parts  of  water,  30  parts  of  abso- 
lute Alcohol,  380  parts  of  Ether,  or  9  parts  of  Acetic  Ether. 

CHARACTERS. — Minute,  acicular  crystals,  or  a  microcrystalline  powder, 
varying  in  color  from  yellow  to  yellowish-brown,  odorless  or  possessing  a 
slight  odor  of  Aloes,  a  characteristic  bitter  taste,  and  permanent  in  the  air. 

Dose,  y2  to  2  gr. ;  .03  to  .12  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  ALOES. 

External. — Aloes  has  no  external  action  on  the  unbroken 
skin,  but  it  can  be  absorbed  from  a  raw  surface,  for  aloes  sprin- 


VEGETABLE    PURGATIVES.  499 

kled  on  an  ulcer,  to  which  it  is  a  slight  stimulant,  will  lead  to 
purging. 

Internal. — Gastro-intestinal  tract. — In  the  stomach  the 
bitter  principle  of  aloes  causes  it  to  act  as  a  stomachic,  like 
other  bitters.  In  the  intestine  it  increases  the  rate  of  the  flow 
of  bile,  and  probably  the  amount  secreted.  It  produces  little 
influence  in  the  small  intestine,  but  the  muscular  coat  of  the 
colon  is  powerfully  stimulated,  and  the  intestinal  secretion 
from  that  part  slightly  accelerated.  Aloes,  therefore,  purges, 
and  naturally  takes  some  time,  usually  fifteen  to  twenty  hours,  to 
act ;  the  motion  is  well  formed,  not  very  soft,  as  there  is  so  little 
increased  secretion  of  fluid,  and  it  is  dark  colored  from  the  bile 
in  it.  Sometimes  the  drug  gripes  somewhat,  because  the  mus- 
cular contraction  it  produces  is  irregular.  As  it  acts  chiefly  on 
the  lower  bowel  the  habitual  use  of  it  may  lead  to  piles. 

Female  genital  organs. — Aloes  will  aggravate  the  menstrual 
flow;  it  is  therefore  an  emmenagogue.  It  is  excreted  by  the 
milk,  for  aloes  given  to  the  mother  may  purge  the  child.  It  is 
stated  also  to  be  excreted  in  the  urine,  [and  it  is  quite  likely 
that  the  habitual  use  of  aloes  will  result  in  irritation  of  the 
kidneys.] 

Barbadoes  aloes  is  more  purgative  than  Socatrine  aloes,  and 
contains  a  greater  proportion  of  substances  soluble  in  water.  As 
a  rule  aloin  acts  like  aloes,  but  it  does  not  gripe  so  much.  Some 
specimens,  however,  have  very  little  action.  This  may  be  owing 
to  adulteration,  or  differences  in  composition  of  different  speci- 
mens. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  ALOES. 

Aloes  is  an  excellent  purgative  for  cases  of  habitual  constipa- 
tion, many  of  which  are  due  to  an  imperfect  contraction  of  the 
muscular  coat  of  the  large  intestine.  It  is  very  commonly  given 
as  a  dinner  pill  (i  gr. ;  .06  gm.,  of  extract  of  aloes  and  %  gr.; 
.015  gm.,  of  extract  of  nux  vomica)  to  sufferers  from  chronic 
constipation,  and  in  these  cases  its  bitter  principles  acting  as 
stomachics  aid  digestion.  If  the  faeces  are  hard,  ^  gr.  [.03 
gm.]  of  powdered  ipecacuanha  should  be  added.  To  avoid 


5OO  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

griping  it  is  well  to  combine  a  little  extract  of  hyoscyamus  or  a 
little  extract  of  belladonna  with  it.  One  great  advantage  of 
aloes  is  that  the  dose  need  not  be  gradually  increased.  It  is  also 
very  commonly  given  as  a  pill  with  mix  vomica  and  a  grain  or 
two;  [.06  or  .12  gm.]  of  dried  [ferrous]  sulphate  to  persons 
suffering  from  chlorosis,  and  other  forms  of  anaemia.  It  over- 
comes the  chronic  constipation  so  common  in  these  cases,  and 
some  regard  this  as  very  important  for  the  cure  of  the  disease. 
The  amenorrhcea  so  frequently  associated  with  chlorosis  is  often 
benefited  by  aloes,  and  amenorrhoea  due  to  other  causes  may  also 
be  relieved.  Aloes  is  of  great  service  in  many  cases  of  chronic 
constipation  of  children.  A  warm  aqueous  solution  of  aloin 
purges  when  injected  subcutaneously.  Aloes  must  not  be  given 
in  pregnancy  or  menorrhagia.  [If  a  patient  suffers  from 
haemorrhoids  which  are  not  inflamed,  aloes  can  be  safely  ad- 
ministered, and  even  with  marked  benefit  if  they  are  due  to  a  re- 
laxed rectal  mucous  membrane,  (Barker).]  An  enema  [Soco- 
trine  aloes,  8 ;  potassium  carbonate,  3 ;  mucilage  of  starch, 
960.]  is  anthelmintic. 

CLASS  III.— DRASTIC  PURGATIVES. 

SCAMMONIUM. 

SCAMMONY. — [A  resinous  exudation  from  the  living  root  of  Convol- 
vulus Sc ammonia,  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Covolvulacea).  Habitat. — Western 
Asia. 

CHARACTERS. — In  irregular,  angular  pieces  or  circular  cakes,  greenish- 
gray  or  blackish,  internally  porous,  and  breaking  with  an  angular  fracture, 
of  a  resinous  lustre  ;  odor  peculiar,  somewhat  cheese-like  ;  taste  slightly  acrid  ; 
powder  gray  or  greenish-gray.] 

IMPURITIES. — Chalk  and  Starch. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  The  resin  (see  below),  75 
to  80  per  cent.  (2)  Gum,  10  to  20  per  cent.  (3)  Starch. 

Dose,  5  to  15  gr. ;  [.30  to  i.oo  gm.] 

Preparation. 

Resina  Scammonii. — Resin  of  Scammony. 

SOURCE. — [Digest  Scammony  with  successive  portions  of  boiling 
Alcohol,  distil  off  the  Alcohol,  precipitate  the  Resin  with  Water,  wash 
it  several  times,  and  dry  with  gentle  heat. 


VEGETABLE    PURGATIVES.  $01 

CHARACTERS. — Yellowish-brown  or  brownish-yellow  masses  or 
fragments,  breaking  with  glossy,  resinous  fracture,  translucent  at  the 
edges  ;  or  a  yellowish-white  or  grayish-white  powder,  having  a  faint 
peculiar  odor,  and  a  slight,  peculiar  taste.  Solubility. — In  Alcohol 
in  all  proportions ;  also  wholly  soluble  in  Ether  and  in  Oil  of  Turpen- 
tine. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituent  is  Scammonin,  CggHjjgO^, 
probably  the  same  zsjalapin,  see  p.  502.] 

IMPURITIES. — Guaiacum  resin,  which  blues  potato.  Resin  of  jalap, 
insoluble  in  Ether. 

Resin  of  Scammony  is  contained  in  Extractum  Colocynthidis  Com- 
positum. 

Dose,  [i  to  8  gr. ;  .06  to  .50  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  SCAMMONY. 

Gastro-intestinal  tract. — Scammony  has  no  effect  till  it 
reaches  the  duodenum.  With  the  bile  it  forms  a  strongly 
purgative  compound,  powerfully  stimulating  the  intestinal 
glands  and  causing  a  profuse  secretion  of  intestinal  fluids.  There 
is  some  exaggeration  of  vascularity,  some  irregular  stimulation 
of  the  muscular  coat,  but  these  are  comparatively  slight,  and 
there  is  little  if  any  addition  to  the  biliary  flow.  As  a  result 
of  these  actions,  in  about  four  hours  there  is  a  profuse  watery 
evacuation  of  the  bowels.  The  drug  is,  therefore,  a  powerful 
hydragogue  cathartic,  and,  in  large  doses,  a  strong  gastro- 
intestinal irritant.  Its  action  is  attended  with  some  griping.  It 
produces  no  effect  if  injected  into  the  blood,  and  therefore  acts 
only  locally  on  the  intestine.  It  is  anthelmintic  to  both  round- 
worms  and  tape-worms. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  SCAMMONY. 

Scammony  being  a  prompt  purgative,  obstinate  constipation 
in  either  children  or  adults  may  be  treated  with  it.  It  may  also 
be  given  as  an  anthelmintic. 

JALAPA. 

JALAP. — [The  tuberous  root  of  Ipom&a  Jalapa,  Nuttall  (nat.  ord.  Con- 
volvulacea).  Habitat.  —  Eastern  Mexico. 

CHARACTERS.  — Napiform,  pyriform  or  oblong,  varying  in  size,  the  large 
roots  incised,  more  or  less  wrinkled,  dark  brown,  with  lighter-colored  spots, 


5O2  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

and  short,  transverse  ridges  ;  hard,  compact ;  internally  pale  grayish-brown, 
with  numerous  concentric  circles  composed  of  small  resin-cells ;  fracture  resin- 
ous, not  fibrous  ;  odor  slight,  but  peculiar,  smoky  and  sweetish  ;  taste  sweetish 
and  acrid.  On  exhausting  100  parts  of  Jalap  by  Alcohol,  concentrating  the 
tincture,  and  pouring  it  into  water,  a  precipitate  of  resin  should  be  obtained, 
which,  after  washing  with  water  and  drying,  should  weigh  not  less  than  12 
parts,  and  of  which  not  over  10  per  cent,  should  be  soluble  in  Ether]. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are:  (I)  The  official  resin  (see 
below),  7  to  22  per  cent,  mostly  Jalapurgin,  C^H^O^.  (2)  A  soft  resin. 

Dose,  5  to  20  gr. ;  [.30  to  1.20  gm.] 

Preparations. 

1.  Extractum  Jalapae. — [Extract  of  Jalap.     By  maceration  and 
percolation,  with  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 

Extract  of  Jalap  is  contained  in  Pilulae  Catharticae  Composite  and 
Pilulse  Catharticae  Vegetabiles. 

Dose,  2  to  8  gr.  ;  .12  to  .50  gm. 

2.  Pulvis  Jalapae   Compositus. — Compound  powder  of  Jalap. 
Synonym. — Pulvis  Purgans.     Jalap,  35  ;  Potassium  Bitartrate,  65. 

Dose,  ]^  to  i  dr. ;  i.  to  40.  gm. 

3.  Resina  Jalapae. — Resin  of  Jalap. 

SOURCE. — By  maceration  with  Alcohol,  percolation,  distillation  of 
the  Alcohol,  and  precipitation  with  water,  and  drying. 

CHARACTERS. — Yellowish- brown,  or  brown  masses  or  fragments, 
breaking  with  a  resinous,  glossy  fracture,  translucent  at  the  edges,  or  a 
yellowish-gray  or  yellowish-brown  powder,  having  a  slight,  peculiar 
odor,  and  a  somewhat  acrid  taste]. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i }  Jalapurgin,  or  Con- 
volvulin  [CjjHjopOjj],  a  glucoside,  a  hard  substance  insoluble  in  Ether, 
more  irritant  thanyiz/a/m,  and  probably  the  most  active  ingredient  of 
Jalap.  (2)  Jalapin  [probably  identical  with  Scammoniri].  This  is  a 
soft  resinous  substance,  soluble  in  Ether.  It  is  found  in  Jalap  wood 
and  Jalap  stalk.  (3)  Starch  and  Gum.  Resembling  Jalap  Resin. — 
Aloes,  which  is  bitter. 

Dose,  i  to  5  gr.  ;  [.06  to  .30  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  JALAP. 

The  mode  of  action  of  jalap  is  precisely  the  same  as  that 
of  scammony,  with  only  two  exceptions.  It  causes  a  greater 
secretion  of  intestinal  juice,  and  is  therefore  more  hydragogue  ; 
it  stimulates  the  vessels  and  muscular  coat  less,  and  therefore  is 
less  irritant  and  griping. 


VEGETABLE  PURGATIVES.  503 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  JALAP. 

Jalap  is  very  largely  used  as  a  hydragogue  purgative  when  we 
want  to  draw  off  large  quantities  of  fluid  ;  therefore  it  is  especially 
suitable  for  patients  with  Bright' s  disease,  for  those  suffering  from 
uraemia,  and  for  those  with  dropsy  from  any  cause.  Large  doses 
should  not  be  given  if  the  intestinal  mucous  membrane  is  liable 
to  inflame  easily.  It  is  occasionally  employed  for  severe  consti- 
pation. [An  old  prescription  consists  of  equal  parts  of  powdered 
jalap  and  calomel,  well  triturated.  The  dose  is  from  5  to  10  gr.  ; 
.30  to  .60  gm.  This  is  known  as  Rush's  thunderbolt.  Curi- 
ously enough,  it  does  not  gripe.. 

BRYONIA. 

BRYONIA. — Synonym. — Bryony.  The  root  of  Bryonia  alba,  and  of 
Bryonia  dioica  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Cucurbitacece}.  Habitat. — Central  and 
Southern  Europe. 

CHARACTERS. — In  transverse  sections  about  5  cm.  in  diameter,  the  bark 
gray-brown,  rough,  thin,  the  central  portion  whitish  or  grayish,  with  numerous, 
small,  projecting  wood-bundles  arranged  in  circles  and  radiating  lines;  frac- 
ture short  ;  inodorous  ;  taste  disagreeably  bitter. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Bryonin,  C^H^Og,  a  bit- 
ter glucoside  ;  (2)  Resin;  (3)  Starch;  (4)  Gum. 

Dose,  10  to  60  gr.  ;  .60  to  4.00  gm. 

Preparation. 

Tinctura    Bryoniae. — Tincture   of  Bryonia.     Bryonia,    100;    by 
maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  to  looo. 
Dose,  2  to  4  fl.  dr.  ;  8.  to  15.  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  BRYONIA. 

Bryonia  is  an  active  hydragogue  cathartic,  which  was  for- 
merly much  employed,  but  has  been  superseded  by  jalap.] 

OLEUM   [TIGLII.] 

CROTON  OIL. — [A  fixed  oil  expressed  from  the  seed  of  Croton  Tig- 
lium  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Euphorbiacece}.  Habitat. — India  and  Philippine 
Islands ;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — A  pale  yellow  or  brownish-yellow,  somewhat  viscid,  and 
slightly  fluorescent  liquid,  having  a  slight  fatty  odor,  and  a  mild,  oily,  after- 
wards acrid  and  burning  taste  ;  when  applied  to  the  skin,  it  produces  rubefac- 


504  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

tion  or  a  pustular  eruption.  Sp.  gr.,  0.940  to  0.960.  Solubility. — When 
fresh,  in  about  60  parts  of  Alcohol,  the  solubility  increasing  by  age  ;  feebly 
soluble  in  Ether,  Chloroform,  Carbon  Bisulphide,  and  in  fixed  or  volatile  oils. 
The  oil  should  be  at  least  two  years  old  ;  when  fresh  it  is  of  no  value.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Several  volatile  acids  (I 
per  cent,  in  all)  ;  these  give  the  odor.  [  Tiglinic  Acid,  C5H8O2,  is  the  charac- 
teristic one  ;  the  others  are  Acetic,  Isobutyric,  Isovalerianic,  Formic,  Laurie, 
Myristic,  Palmitic,  Stearic,  existing  as  glycerides.  (2)  Several  fatty  acids, 
both  free  and  combined  to  form  fats.  (3)  Crotonol,  C18H28O4]  a  substance 
which  is  non-purgative,  but  is  capable  of  causing  cutaneous  irritation. 

Dose,  }£  to  2  m.  ;  [.015  to  .12  c'.c.]  on  a  lump  of  sugar,  or  mixed  with 
Castor  Oil  and  placed  at  the  back  of  the  mouth,  so  that  it  may  be  quickly 
swallowed. 

Croton  seeds  are  not  official,  but  it  is  important  to  recognize  them.  They 
are  [13  mm.]  long,  [8  mm.]  broad,  ovoid  and  bluntly  oblong,  covered  with  a 
brown  shell,  which  on  scraping  becomes  black.  The  kernel  is  white  and 
oily.  They  yield  50  to  60  per  cent,  of  Croton  Oil.  They  are  known  from 
Castor- oil  seeds,  which  are  like  them,  by  the  fact  that  the  Castor-oil  seeds  are 
bright,  polished  and  mottled. 

ACTION  OF  CROTON  OIL. 

External. — Croton  oil  is  one  of  the  most  powerful  irri- 
tants in  the  pharmacopoeia.  A  drop  placed  on  the  skin  causes 
redness,  burning  pain,  and  quickly  a  crop  of  vesicles  form  (vesi- 
cation)  ;  these  rapidly  become  pustules  (pustulation),  and  the 
surrounding  subcutaneous  tissue  is  red  and  cedematous.  [The 
pustules  may  be  umbilicated,  but  differ  from  variolous  pustules 
in  that  they  vary  greatly  in  their  size.] 

Internal. — Gastro-intestinal  tract. — Very  soon  after  a  drop 
has  been  taken  there  is  considerable  griping  and  abdominal 
pain.  In  an  hour  or  two  the  bowels  are  opened,  and  this  may 
subsequently  occur  several  times,  the  motions  becoming,  more 
and  more  fluid.  The  croton  oil  greatly  aggravates  the  vascu- 
larity  of  the  stomach  and  intestines,  the  mucous  membrane  of 
which  becomes  red,  cedematous  and  angry-looking ;  there  is  a 
great  increase  of  the  intestinal  secretion,  but  none  of  the  bile. 
The  drug  produces,  in  fact,  severe  enteritis,  and  to  a  less  ex- 
tent gastritis.  The  motions  may  contain  blood.  These  effects 
are  all  due  to  the  local  [action]  of  the  croton  oil.  It  is  probable 
that  the  peristaltic  movements  are  increased  also  ;  whether  this 


VEGETABLE    PURGATIVES.  505 

is  a  result  of  the  irritation,  or  of  some  action  of  the  drug  exerted 
after  absorption,  is  not  known.  Croton  oil  applied  to  the  skin 
may  cause  free  purgation. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  CROTON  OIL. 

External.  —  Croton  oil  was  formerly  employed  externally  as 
an  irritant  and  a  counter-irritant  for  inflamed  joints,  pleurisy, 
bronchitis,  phthisis,  etc.  ;  but  it  is  not  often  so  used  now,  as  the 
scars  left  after  the  suppuration  are  very  unsightly,  the  application 
is  'too  painful  and  the  inflammation  induced  too  severe.  [Cor- 
son's  paint  is  a  5  to  15  per  cent,  solution  of  croton  oil  in  ether, 
to  which  a  small  quantity  of  tincture  of  iodine  is  added  to  color 
it].  A  little  croton  oil  spread  over  an  area  not  exceeding  that 
of  a  [dime]  may  be  applied  to  set  up  suppuration  in  the  scalp, 
and  so  destroy  an  inveterate  patch  of  ringworm  if  it  is  wished  to 
cure  it  quickly.  The  croton  oil  will  certainly  do  this,  but  the 
resulting  suppuration  is  so  severe  that  the  remedy  should  be  used 
with  care,  and  only  when  all  others  have  failed.  The  liniment 
[of  the  B.  P.,  15  per  cent,  of  croton  oil  in  equal  parts  of  oil  of 
cajuput  and  alcohol],  well  diluted,  is  occasionally  employed  to 
stimulate  the  skin  in  alopecia. 

Internal.  —  Croton  oil  should  only  be  given  in  very  obstinate 
constipation,  not  due  to  organic  obstruction,  and  only  one  dose 
should  be  administered.  Not  more  than  one  or  two  drops 
should  be  prescribed.  Constipation  due  to  lead  poisoning  and 
faecal  impaction  are  sometimes  suitable  cases.  Placed  on  the 
back  of  the  tongue,  it  is,  on  account  of  its  small  bulk,  a  useful 
purgative  for  lunatics  who  refuse  to  take  anything,  and  for  un- 
conscious patients,  because  in  such  cases  it  is  quickly  swallowed 
reflexly  ;  hence  also  it  is  commonly  given  to  those  who  are  un- 
conscious from  apoplexy.  It  must  never  be  administered  to 
children,  to  pregnant  women,  to  feeble  subjects,  to  those  with 
haemorrhoids,  nor  to  those  suffering  from  peritonitis,  gastritis, 
or  enteritis. 

COLOCYNTHIS. 


COLOCYNTH.—  [^xwowywj.—  Bitter    Apple.      Bitter    Gourd.     Bitter 
Cucumber.     The  fruit  of  Citrullus  Colocynthis,  Schrader  (nat.  ord.   Cucur- 


$O6  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

bitacetz),  deprived  of  its  rind.  Habitat. — Southern  and  Western  Asia, 
Northern  and  Southern  Africa,  Greece  and  Spain. 

CHARACTERS.  —  From  5  to  10  cm.  in  diameter;  globular;  white  or. yel- 
lowish-white ;  light,  spongy  ;  readily  breaking  into  three  wedge-shaped 
pieces,  each  containing  near  the  rounded  surface,  many  flat,  ovate,  brown 
seeds ;  inodorous  ;  taste  intensely  bitter.  The  pulp  only  should  be  used,  the 
seeds  being  separated  and  rejected.] 

IMPURITIES. — Seeds  and  cortex. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Colocynthin,  [C^H^O^ 
about  2  per  cent.,]  an  amorphous  or  crystalline,  bitter,  active  glucoside,  readily 
soluble  in  water  and  Alcohol.  (2)  Resinous  matter  having  the  names  of 
Citrullin,  Colocynthein  and  Colocynthitin,  insoluble  in  water. 

Dose,  2  to  8  gr. ;  [.12  to  .50  gm.] 

Preparations. 

[i.  Extractum  Colocynthidis.  —  Extract  of  Colocynth.  By 
maceration  with  Diluted  Alcohol,  expression  and  straining;  percolation 
and  evaporation. 

Dose,  y2  to  2  gr.  ;  .03  to  .12  gm. 

2.  Extractum  Colocynthidis  Compositum. — Compound  Extract 
of  Colocynth.     Extract  of  Colocynth,  160  ;  Purified  Aloes,  500;  Car- 
damom,   60  ;  Resin  of  Scammony,    140 ;  Soap,    140 ;  Alcohol,   loo. 
By  melting,  straining  and  reducing  to  powder. 

Dose,  5  to  15  gr. ;  .30  to  i.oo  gm. 

3.  Pilulae  Catharticae  Compositae. — See  Mercury,  p.  212. 

4.  Pilulae  Catharticae  Vegetabiles. — Vegetable  Cathartic  Pills. 
Compound   Extract  of  Colocynth,  60  ;  Extract  of  Hyoscyamus,   30  ; 
Extract  of  Jalap,  30;  Extract  of  Leptandra,   15;  Resin  of  Podophyl- 
lum,  15  gm. ;  Oil  of  Peppermint,  8  c.c. ;  Water,  to  make  1000  pills. 

Dose,  i  to  5  pills.] 

ACTION  OF  COLOCYNTH. 

In  small  doses  colocynth  acts  as  a  simple  bitter,  increasing 
the  gastric  and  intestinal  secretions  and  improving  the  appetite. 
In  larger  doses  it  augments  considerably  the  flow  of  bile  and  suc- 
cus  entericus,  stimulates  the  muscular  coat,  causes  a  little  griping, 
and  leads  to  the  evacuation  of  a  watery  motion.  In  still 
larger  doses  the  hypersecretion  is  excessive  and  the  griping  is 
severe  because  the  muscular  coat  is  powerfully  irritated,  and 


VEGETABLE  PURGATIVES.  5O/ 

several  abundant  watery  motions  result.  The  drug  may  therefore 
be  called  drastic,  hydragogue,  and  cathartic.  The  depres- 
sion produced  may  be  considerable. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  COLOCYNTH. 

Colocynth  should  never  be  given  alone,  because  of  the  grip- 
ing it  causes.  In  the  colocynth  and  hyoscyamus  pill,  [i  part 
of  colocynth,  2  parts  of  hyoscyamus,]  which  is  often  prescribed, 
the  hyoscyamus  prevents  this  painful  result.  Colocynth  is  an 
excellent  purgative  for  producing  a  single  abundant  evacuation 
of  the  bowels  in  chronic  constipation,  such  as  that  so  often  met 
with  in  persons  suffering  from  hepatic  disorder,  and  in  those 
confined  to  bed.  Because  of  the  watery  character  of  the  motions 
it  may  be  given  in  ascites  or  Bright's  disease,  but  jalap  or  scam- 
mony  is  usually  preferred.  It  is  too  irritant  for  habitual  use. 
It  should  never  be  administered  if  there  is  any  suspicion  of  in- 
testinal or  gastric  inflammation,  nor  in  pregnancy.  It  is  often 
combined  with  milder  purgatives.  A  diuretic  action  has  been 
claimed  for  it,  but  this  is  unimportant. 

ELATERINUM. 

[ELATERIN. — C20H28O5=347.2O.  A  neutral  principle  obtained  from 
Elaterium,  a  substance  deposited  by  the  juice  of  the  fruit  of  Ecballium  Ela- 
lerium  (Linne)  A.  Richard  (nat.  ord.  Cucurbitace<z).  Synonym. — Squirting 
Cucumber.  Habitat. — Western  Asia,  Northern  Africa  and  Southern  Europe  ; 
cultivated. 

SOURCE. — Exhaust  Elaterium  with  Chloroform.  Add  Ether,  wash  the 
resulting  precipitate  with  Ether ;  purify  by  re-crystallization  with  Chloroform. 

CHARACTERS. — Minute,  white,  hexagonal  scales,  or  prismatic  crystals, 
without  odor,  and  having  a  slightly  acrid,  bitter  taste  ;  permanent  in  the  air. 
Solubility. — In  4250  parts  of  water,  and  in  337  parts  of  Alcohol ;  also  soluble 
in  543  parts  of  Ether,  or  in  2.4  parts  of  Chloroform. 

Dose,  ^  to  T^  gr. ;  .003  to  .005  gm. 

Preparation. 

Trituratio  Elaterini. — Trituration  of  Elaterin.    Elaterin,  lo  ;  Sugar 
of  Milk,  90. 

Dose,  YZ  to  i  gr. ;  .03  to  .06  gm.] 


5O8  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

ACTION  OF  ELATERIN. 

Elaterin  is  violently  purgative,  producing  profuse  water)' 
evacuations,  attended  with  griping  and  much  prostration.  It 
acts  like  colocynth,  and  except  that  it  is  much  more  energetic,  the 
description  of  that  drug  will  apply  to  it.  It  increases  the  salivary 
secretion.  When  injected  subcutaneously  it  purges.  It  is  the 
most  powerful  hydragogue  purgative  in  the  Pharmacopoeia. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  ELATERIN. 

Elaterin  should  not  be  given  in  ordinary  constipation,  as  it  is 
too  violent  in  its  effects,  but  on  account  of  the  large  amount  of 
fluid  it  brings  away  it  is  in  suitable  cases  very  useful  in  ascites 
and  in  Bright' s  disease.  The  same  cautions  as  were  enumer- 
ated for  colocynth  are  still  more  necessary  here.  It  should  not 
be  given,  or  only  with  great  care,  in  heart  disease,  on  account 
of  the  depression  produced. 

GAMBOGIA. 

[GAMBOGE. — A  gum  resin  obtained  from  Garcinia  Hanburii  Hooker 
filius  (nat.  ord.  Guttifera).  Habitat. — Anam,  Camboja  and  Siam. 

CHARACTERS. — In  cylindrical  pieces,  sometimes  hollow  in  the  centre,  2 
to  5  cm.  in  diameter,  longitudinally  striate  on  the  surface  ;  fracture  flattish- 
conchoidal,  of  a  waxy  lustre,  orange-red  ;  in  powder  bright  yellow  ;  inodorous  ; 
taste  very  acrid  ;  the  powder  sternutatory.  Solubility. — It  is  partly  soluble  in 
Alcohol  and  in  Ether.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (I)  A  brilliant  yellow  Resin, 
Gambogic  Acid,  [65  to  80  per  cent.  (2)  Gum,  16  to  26  per  cent.]  This  is 
soluble,  so  that  an  emulsion  of  Gambogic  Acid  is  formed  with  water. 

IMPURITIES. — Starch,  woody  fibre. 

[  Gamboge  is  contained  in  Pilulae  Catharticse  Composite.  ] 

Dose,  i  to  5  gr. ;  [.06  to  .30  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  GAMBOGE. 

Gamboge  is  a  drastic,  hydragogue  purgative,  causing 
much  griping,  and,  in  large  doses,  great  irritation  of  the  alimen- 
tary canal.  Most  of  it  passes  in  the  faeces,  but  some  is  absorbed, 
causing  the  urine  to  be  yellow.  It  is  slightly  diuretic. 


VEGETABLE  PURGATIVES.  $09 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  GAMBOGE. 

It  is  not  often  prescribed,  as  it  is  uncertain,  and  gripes  con- 
siderably. It  should  never  be  given  alone.  It  has  been  used  as 
an  anthelmintic. 

CLASS  IV.— CHOLAGOGUES. 

PODOPHYLLUM. 

PODOPHYLLUM.  —  [Synonyms.—  May  Apple.  Mandrake.  The 
rhizome  and  Roots  of  Podopkylltmt  peltatum  Linne  (nat  ord.  Berberidece). 
Habitat. — North  America,  in  rich  woods  and  thickets. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Of  horizontal  growth,  consisting  of  joints  about  5  cm. 
long,  flattish  cylindrical,  about  5  mm.  thick,  but  somewhat  enlarged  at  the  end, 
which  has  a  circular  scar  on  the  upper  side,  a  tuft  of  about  ten,  nearly  simple, 
fragile  roots  on  the  lower  side,  and  is  sometimes  branched  laterally  ;  smooth  or 
somewhat  wrinkled,  orange-brown,  internally  white  and  mealy,  with  a  circle 
of  small  wood-bundles ;  pith  large  ;  nearly  inodorous ;  taste  sweetish,  some- 
what bitter  and  acrid.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  The  official  Resin  (see 
below),  4  to  5  per  cent.  (2)  Podophyllic  Acid,  a  coloring  principle. 

Dose,  5  to  20  gr. ;  .30  to  1.20  gm. 

Preparations. 

1.  Extractum  Podophylli. — Extract  of  Podophyllum.     By  mac- 
eration and   percolation  with  Alcohol   and  Water,  distillation  of  the 
Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  2  to  10  gr.  ;  .12  to  .60  gm. 

2.  Extractum    Podophylli   Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Podo- 
phyllum.     By  maceration  and  percolation  with   Alcohol  and  Water, 
distillation  of  the  Alcohol  and  solution. 

Dose,  5  to  20  m.  ;  .30  to  1.20  c.c.] 

3.  Resina  Podophylli. — [Resin  of  Podophyllum.      Synonym. — 
Podophyllin. 

SOURCE. — By  maceration  and  percolation  in  Alcohol,  distillation  of 
the  Alcohol,  precipitation  of  Resin  in  Hydrochloric  Acid  and  Water; 
wash  and  dry. 

CHARACTERS. — An  amorphous  powder,  varying  in  color  from  gray- 
ish-white to  pale  greenish-yellow  or  yellowish-green,  turning  darker 
when  exposed  to  heat ;  having  a  slight,  peculiar  odor,  and  a  peculiar, 
faintly  bitter  taste.  Permanent  in  the  air.  Solubility.  —In  Alcohol  in 
all  proportions  ;  Ether  dissolves  15  to  20  per  cent,  of  it.] 


5IO  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

COMPOSITION. — The  Resin  consists  mainly  of  Podophyllotoxint 
[CjjH^C^-f^HjO,  which  is  said  to  be  a  mixture  of  Picropodophyllin, 
75  to  80  per  cent.,  the  purgative  principle,  and  Picropodophyllic  Acid, 
both  existing  free  in  the  rhizome  ;  with  these  are  associated  minor  resins, 
and  Podophylloquercitin,  a  coloring  principle.] 

INCOMPATIBLE. — Water  precipitates  it  from  Alcohol  ;  acids  pre- 
cipitate it  from  Ammonia. 

[Resin  of  Podophyllum  is  contained  in  Pilulae  Catharticae  Vege- 
tabiles.  ] 

Dose,  y£to}4gr.',  [.008  to  .03  gm.] 

ACTION    OF    PODOPHYLLIN. 

External. — It  has  no  external  action  unless  applied  to  raw 
surfaces,  from  which  it  may  be  absorbed,  and  then  it  will  purge. 

Internal.  —  Gastro-intestinal  tract. — Podophyllin  has  a  bitter 
taste.  It  is  in  large  doses  a  powerful  gastro-intestinal  irritant, 
and  has  caused  death.  In  medicinal  doses  it  gives  rise  to  much 
griping  pain,  perhaps  some  nausea,  and  in  about  ten  hours  there 
is  an  evacuation  of  the  bowels  ;  the  motion,  which  is  liquid, 
is  deeply  stained  with  bile.  The  pain  shows  that  the  muscular 
coat  is  stimulated,  the  liquidity  that  probably  more  intestinal 
fluid  is  secreted,  and  the  color  that  more  bile  is  poured  into  the 
intestine.  In  small  doses  podophyllin  probably  increases  the 
secretion  of  bile,  and  certainly  the  solids  in  it  are  greater;  in 
purgative  doses  it  is  said  not  to  increase  the  quantity,  although 
more  bile  is  poured  from  the  bladder  into  the  intestine.  It  is 
thus  a  direct  and  indirect  cholagogue.  It  probably  acts  after 
absorption,  for  all  its  effects  can  be  produced  if  it  is  injected 
subcutaneously. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  PODOPHYLLUM. 

Podophyllum  is  only  used  for  its  cholagogue  purgative 
action.  [An  old  name  for  this  drug  is  Vegetable  Mercury.]  It 
is  especially  suitable  for  constipation  due  to  hepatic  disorder, 
whether  functional,  as  in  the  hepatic  dyspepsia  which  commonly 
goes  by  the  name  of  biliousness,  or  organic,  as  in  hepatic  cirr- 
hosis and  cancer.  It  must  be  remembered  that  as  it  causes  much 
griping,  it  should  be  combined  with  hyoscyamus  or  some  other 


VEGETABLE   PURGATIVES.  $11 

drug  to  overcome  this ;  that  it  takes  a  long  while  to  act,  and  will 
therefore  be  swept  away  before  it  has  produced  any  effect  if  given 
with  quickly  acting  purgatives ;  and  that  it  is  better  to  begin 
with  small  doses,  as  people  are  very  unequally  affected  by  it.  It 
may  be  advantageously  combined  with  calomel  in  a  pill.  It  is 
so  disagreeable  to  the  taste  that  it  is  better  to  dissolve  the  resin 
in  aromatic  spirit  of  ammonia  (i  to  480). 

[LEPTANDRA. 

LEPTANDRA. — Synonym. — Culver's  Root.  The  rhizome  and  roots 
of  Veronica  virginica  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Scrophularinece).  Habitat. — United 
States,  south  to  Georgia,  and  west  to  Minnesota,  in  low  grounds. 

CHARACTERS. — Of  horizontal  growth,  from  10  to  15  cm.  long,  and  about 
5  mm.  thick,  somewhat  flattened,  bent  and  branched,  deep  blackish- brown, 
with  cup-shaped  scars  on  the  upper  side,  hard,  of  a  woody  fracture,  with  a 
thin,  blackish  bark,  a  hard,  yellowish  wood,  and  a  large,  purplish-brown,  about 
six-rayed  pith  ;  roots  thin,  wrinkled,  very  fragile ;  inodorous  ;  taste  bitter  and 
feebly  acrid. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Leptandrin,  a  bitter, 
crystalline  glucoside.  (2)  A  saccharine  principle  having  the  properties  of 
Mannit.  (3)  Possibly  a  Volatile  Alkaloid. 

Dose,  %  to  i  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  gm. 

Preparations. 

i.  Extractum  Leptandrae. — Extract  of  Leptandra.  By  macer- 
ation and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  water,  and  evaporation. 

Extract  of  Leptandra  is  contained  in  Pilulae  Catharticae  Vege- 
tabiles. 

Dose,  i  to  3  gr. ;  .06  to  .20  gm. 

2.  Extractum  Leptandrae  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Lep- 
tandra. By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water,  and 
evaporation. 

Dose,  ^  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  LEPTANDRA. 

Recent  leptandra  root  acts  as  a  violent  cathartic,  and  some- 
times as  an  emetic.  It  is  an  excellent  cholagogue,  appears  to 
have  a  special  influence  upon  the  muciparous  follicles  of  the 
intestine,  and  it  acts  very  advantageously  in  cases  of  duodenal 
indigestion  and  chronic  constipation. 


512  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

CHELIDONIUM. 

CHELIDONIUM.— .Sywwi/wz.—  Celandine.  The  entire  plant,  CM- 
idonium  ma/us  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Papaveracecz).  Habitat. — Europe;  natural- 
ized in  North  America. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Root  several-headed,  branching,  reddish-brown  ;  stem 
about  50  cm.  long,  light-green,  hairy  ;  leaves  about  15  cm.  long,  thin,  petio- 
late,  the  upper  ones  smaller  and  sessile,  light-green,  on  the  lower  side  glau- 
cous, lyrate-pinnatifid,  the  pinnae  ovate-oblong,  obtuse,  coarsely  crenate  or 
incised  and  the  terminal  one  often  three-lobed  ;  flowers  in  small,  long  pedun- 
cled  umbels  with  two  sepals  and  four  yellow  petals  ;  capsule  linear,  two-valved 
and  many  seeded.  The  fresh  plant  contains  a  saffron-colored  milk-juice,  and 
has  an  unpleasant  odor  and  acrid  taste. 

COMPOSITION. — (l)  Chelerythrine,  C2,H]7NO4.  (2)  Sanguinarine, 
CMH15NO4  (see  p.  450.)  (3)  Chdidonine,  C20H]9NO5.  (4)  Protopine, 
C20H17NO5,  also  contained  in  Opium  and  Sanguinaria.  (5)  Chelidoxanthin, 
Chelidonic  and  Chelidoninic  Acids. 

Dose,  15  to  60  gr.  ;  i.  to  4.  gm. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  CELANDINE. 

Celandine  has  been  found  useful  in  jaundice,  apparently  pos- 
sessing a  stimulating  effect  upon  the  hepatic  secretions.  It  is  a 
somewhat  irregularly  acting  purgative,  giving  rise  to  watery  mo- 
tives, but  at  the  same  time  to  griping  pains.  It  was  the  chief 
ingredient  in  the  old  Decoctum  ad  Ictericos  of  the  Edinburgh 
Pharmacopoeia. 

IRIS. 

IRIS. — Synonym. — Blue  Flag.  The  rhizome  and  roots  of  Iris  versi- 
color  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Iridccc}.  Habitat. — North  America,  in  swampy  localities. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Rhizome  of  horizontal  growth,  consisting  of  joints,  5  to 
10  cm.  long,  cylindrical  in  the  lower  half,  flattish  near  the  upper  extremity, 
and  terminated  by  a  circular  scar,  annulated  from  the  leaf-sheaths,  grayish- 
brown  ;  roots  long,  simple,  crowded  near  the  broad  end  ;  odor  slight ;  taste 
acrid  and  nauseous. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (I)  An  acrid  resin.  (2)  Pos- 
sibly an  alkaloid.  (3)  Fat.  (4)  A  camphoraceous  body. 

Dose,  10  to  30  gr. ;  .60  to  2.00  gm. 

Prep  a  rations. 

i.  Extractum   Iridis. — Extract  of  Iris.     By  maceration  and  per- 
eolation  with  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 
Dose,  i  to  3  gr. ;  .06  to  .20  gm. 


VOLATILE    OILS.  513 

2.  Extractum     Iridis    Fluidum. — Fluid    Extract   of    Iris.     By 
maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 
Dose,  10  to  30  m. ;  .60  to  2.00  c.c.] 

IRIDINUM. 

IRIDIN. — (Not  official.) — Synonym. — Irisin.  The  powdered  extractive 
obtained  from  the  root  of  Iris  versicolor^ 

CHARACTERS. — A  dark-brown,  bitter,  nauseous  powder. 
Dose,  i  to  5  gr.  ;  [.06  to  .30  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  IRIS. 

[The  extract  and  fluid  extract  of  iris  are  infrequently  used.] 
Iridin  is  a  cholagogue,  and  as  it  rarely  gripes,  it  may  be  given 
when  it  is  required  to  use  a  cholagogue  purgative  daily  for  some 
time.  It  may  be  combined  with  euonymin,  calomel,  podophyl- 
lin  and  other  cholagogue  purgatives. 

EUONYMUS. 

EUONYMUS.— Synonyms.—  Wahoo.  Spindle  Tree.  [The  bark  of  the 
root  of  Enonymus  atropurpureus  Jacquin  (nat.  ord.  Celastrinece).  Habitat. — 
United  States,  southward  to  Florida,  and  westward  to  Wisconsin,  in  shady 
woods. 

CHARACTERS. — In  quilled  or  curved  pieces,  from  2  to  8  mm.  thick,  outer 
surface,  ash-gray,  with  blackish  patches,  detached  in  thin  and  small  scales  ; 
inner  surface  whitish  or  slightly  tawny,  smooth  ;  fracture  smooth,  whitish, 
the  inner  layers  of  a  laminated  appearance  ;  nearly  inodorous ;  taste  sweetish, 
somewhat  bitter  and  acrid]. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (I)  Euonymin  [an  amorphous 
resin,  very  bitter.  (2)  Atrofurpurin,  a  crystalline  glucoside.  (3)  Citric, 
Tartaric  and  Malic  Acids. 

Dose,  i  to  2  dr. ;  4.  to  8.  gm.] 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Euonymi. — Extract  of  Euonymus.  [Synonym. — • 
Euonymin.  By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water, 
distillation  of  the  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  i  to  5  gr. ;  .06  to  .30  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  EUONYMUS. 

In  small  doses  euonymin  stimulates  the  appetite  and  flow  of 
gastric  juice ;  in  larger,  it  is  irritant  to  the  intestine  and  is 

33 


514  ORGANIC    MATERIA   MEDICA. 

cathartic.  An  ordinary  dose  increases  the  amount  of  bile  ex- 
creted into  the  intestine,  but  does  not  gripe  or  cause  much  intes- 
tinal secretion.  It  has  slight  diuretic  and  expectorant  effects ; 
but  its  only  use  is  as  a  purgative  for  those  cases  of  constipation 
in  which  the  liver  is  disordered,  and  for  which  it  is  particularly 
efficacious.  It  is  usually  combined  with  other  cholagogues  as 
iridin  and  calomel. 


GROUP  VI. 
Volatile  Oils. 

These,  when  applied  externally,  stimulate  the  skin,  and  thus  cause  red- 
ness, sometimes  even  vesication,  tingling,  and  subsequent  numbness.  Taken 
internally,  they  stimulate  the  gastrointestinal  tract,  increasing  its  vascularity, 
the  flow  of  saliva,  of  gastric  juice,  and  of  succus  entericus  ;  and  they  excite  its 
unstriped  muscular  fibres.  Thus  in  moderate  doses  they  are  stomachics  and 
carminatives ;  in  large  doses  they  are  gastro-intestinal  irritants.  Their  irri- 
tation of  the  stomach  reflexly  stimulates  the  heart  and  the  central  nervous  sys- 
tem. They  are  absorbed  and  excreted  by  the  skin,  which  they  may  thus 
irritate,  and  by  the  bronchial  mucous  membrane,  while  they  consequently 
stimulate,  increasing  the  amount  of  secretion  from  it,  its  vascularity,  the  expul- 
sive power  of  its  unstriped  muscles,  and  reflexly  this  irritation  leads  to  cough- 
ing; consequently  they  are  expectorants,  [although  they  may  later  limit  the 
amount  of  secretion  formed].  They  are  also  largely  excreted  by  the  kidneys, 
which  are  stimulated  even  to  inflammation,  and  hence  these  drugs  are  often 
diuretic  ;  and  by  the  genito-urinary  mucous  membrane,  which  is  also 
stimulated,  often  so  energetically  that  it  may  become  inflamed.  [Some  are 
antiseptic.]  Some  volatile  oils  act  strongly  in  all  these  ways  ;  others  act  much 
more  powerfully  in  some  than  in  others.  [Volatile  and  fixed  oils  are  usually 
mutually  soluble  in  all  proportions.  Volatile  oils  are  generally  slightly  soluble 
in  water.] 

They  will  be  classified  according  to  the  tissue  on  which  they  chiefly  act, 
or  for  the  action  for  which  they  are  mostly  used. 

CLASS  I. — Volatile  oils  (or  substances  containing  them),  acting  chiefly 
upon,  or  used  chiefly  for  their  stimulation  of  the  skin. 

[Turpentine,]  Oil  of  Turpentine,  [Oil  of  Erigeron,  Pix  Liquida,] 
Oil  of  Cade,  Burgundy  Pitch,  Resin,  Frankincense,  Canada  [Turpen- 
tine,] Mustard,  Oil  of  Cajuput,  Eucalyptus,  Oil  of  Rosemary,  Arnica, 
Mezereum,  [Elemi.] 

CLASS  II. — Volatile  oils  (or  substances  containing  them)  acting  chiefly 
upon,  or  used  chiefly  for  their  stimulation  of  the  gastro-intestinal  tract. 


VOLATILE    OILS.  515 

Pyrethrum,  Cloves,  Pimenta,  Pepper,  Nutmeg,  [Mace,]  Cinna- 
mon, Horseradish,  Capsicum,  Ginger,  Cardamom,  Sumbul,  Oil  of 
Lavender,  [Oil  of  Lavender  Flowers,  Oil  of  Bergamot,]  Peppermint, 
Spearmint,  Anise,  [Illicium,]  Coriander,  Fennel,  Caraway,  Dill,  Sam- 
bucus,  [Oil  of  Pennyroyal,  Absinthium],  Chamomile,  [Matricaria, 
Rose.] 

CLASS  III. — Volatile  oils  (or  substances  containing  them)  acting  chiefly 
upon  the  stomach,  so  as  to  reflexly  stimulate  the  heart  and  central  nervous 
systems,  or  chiefly  used  for  this  purpose. 

Valerian,  [Cypripedium,]  Asafcetida,  Galbanum,  Ammoniacum, 
Myrrh. 

CLASS  IV. — Volatile  oils  (or  substances  containing  them)  acting  chiefly 
upon,  or  used  chiefly  for  their  stimulation  of  the  bronchial  mucous  mem- 
brane. 

Terebene,  [Terpin  Hydrate],  Balsam  of  Peru,  Balsam  of  Tolu, 
Storax,  Fir  Wood  Oil,  Grindelia. 

CLASS  V. — Volatile  oils  (or  substances  containing  them)  acting  chiefly 
upon,  or  used  chiefly  for  their  stimulation  of  the  kidneys  and  genito-urinary 
tract. 

Oil  of  Juniper,  Buchu,  Copaiba,  [Oil  of  Thyme],  Cubeb,  Oil  of 
Santal,  [Matico,  Damiana.] 

[CLASS  VI. — Volatile  oils  (or  substances  containing  them)  acting   chiefly 
upon,  or  used  chiefly  for  their  stimulation  of  the  female  genital  organs. 
Savine,  Tansy,  Oil  of  Rue.] 

CLASS   I.— THOSE    USED    CHIEFLY    FOR    THEIR    ACTION    ON 
THE    SKIN. 

TEREBINTHINA. 

[TURPENTINE. — A  concrete  oleoresin  obtained  from  Pinus palustris 
Miller,  and  from  other  species  of  Pinus  (nat.  ord.  Conifera}.  Habitat, — 
United  States  ;  in  the  Atlantic  and  Gulf  States  from  Virginia  to  Texas. 

CHARACTERS. — In  yellowish,  opaque,  tough  masses,  brittle  in  the  cold, 
crumbly-crystalline  in  the  interior,  of  a  terebinthinate  odor  and  taste.] 

OLEUM  TEREBINTHINA. 

OIL  OF  TURPENTINE.— [A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  Turpentine. 

CHARACTERS. — A  thin,  colorless  liquid,  having  a  characteristic  odor  and 
taste,  both  of  which  become  stronger  and  less  pleasant  by  age  and  exposure  to 
the  air.  Sp.  gr.,  0.855  100.870.  Dissolves  Resins  (the  solution  forms  varnish), 
Wax,  Sulphur,  Phosphorus  and  Iodine.  Solubility. — In  3  times  its  volume 
of  Alcohol,  the  solution  being  neutral  or  slightly  acid  to  litmus  paper  :  also 
soluble  in  an  equal  volume  of  Glacial  Acetic  Acid.]  It  is  easily  oxidized. 


516  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

Old  Oil  of  Turpentine  is  an  oxidizing  agent ;  it  readily  absorbs  Oxygen,  and 
becomes  converted  into  an  Oleoresin.  French  Oil  of  Turpentine  is  Icevo- 
rotatory,  some  of  it  comes  from  Finns  maritima  ;  English  Oil  of  Turpentine, 
which  mostly  comes  from  America,  and  Russian  Oil  of  Turpentine  are  dextro- 
rotatory. 

COMPOSITION. — Oil  of  Turpentine  is  a  mixture  of  (i)  several  isomeric  hy- 
drocarbons (terpenes),  all  having  the  formula  C10H16.  The  chief  of  them  found 
in  the  oil  are  pinene,  phellandrtne,  limonene,  and  dipentene.  They  vary  in 
their  boiling  points  and  the  direction  in  which  they  rotate  the  plane  of  polar- 
ization. The  principal  terpene  in  American  oil  of  turpentine  is  dextro-pinene ; 
the  principal  terpene  in  French  oil  of  turpentine  is  lasvopinene.  (2)  Sesqui- 
terpenes,  C15H24.  (3)  Bornyl  acetate.  Most  turpentine  contains  [from  20  to 
30  per  cent.  ]  of  the  Oil  of  Turpentine.  Many  official  volatile  oils,  viz.,  Oils  of 
Lavender,  [Cubeb,  Juniper,]  Peppermint,  Chamomile,  Caraway,  Cloves,  con- 
tain various  terpenes,  all  isomeric,  and  all  having  the  formula,  C10H16.  An 
oxidation  product  of  terpene  is  Camphor,  C10H16O,  which  is  pharmacopoeial 
(see  Camphor).  Sanitas  (set  p.  518)  is  another  product  of  the  oxidation  of  a 
terpene. 

Dose,  5  to  30  m. ;  [.30  to  2.00  c.c.,  or  J^  to  4  fl.  dr.  ;  2.  to  15.  c.c.] 
(anthelmintic). 

Two  parts  of  mucilage,  with  thorough  trituration,  emulsify  one  part  of  Oil 
of  Turpentine  with  sixteen  parts  of  water. 

Preparations. 

[i.  Oleum  Terebinthinae  Rectificatum. — Rectified  Oil  of  Tur- 
pentine. 

SOURCE. — Oil  of  Turpentine,  I  ;  Lime  water,  6  volumes.  By 
shaking  and  distillation. 

CHARACTERS. — A  thin,  colorless  liquid,  having  the  general  proper- 
ties mentioned  under  Oil  of  Turpentine.  Sp.  gr. ,  0.855  *°  0.865. 

Dose,  5  to  30  m. ;  .30  to  2.00  c.c.,  or  ^  to  4  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  15. 
c.c.  (anthelmintic). 

2.  Linimentum  Terebinthinae. — Turpentine  Liniment.  Resin 
Cerate,  650;  Oil  of  Turpentine,  350.  By  melting  and  mixing.] 

ACTION  OF  TURPENTINE. 

External. — Oil  of  turpentine  has,  to  a  marked  degree,  the 
action  of  other  volatile  oils.  Thus  applied  to  the  skin,  especially 
if  rubbed  in,  it  causes  the  vessels  to  dilate,  there  is  a  sense  of 
warmth,  the  part  becomes  red,  and  subsequently  common  sensa- 
tion is  blunted.  The  oil  is  therefore  rubefacient,  irritant, 
and  counter-irritant.  If  enough  is  applied,  it  is  a  vesicant. 


VOLATILE    OILS.  5  I/ 

Like  the  other  volatile  oils  it  is  antiseptic  and  disinfectant. 
It  is  absorbed  by  the  unbroken  skin. 

Internal. — Alimentary  canal. — Oil  of  turpentine  has  the 
same  stimulant  effect  when  locally  applied  to  the  mouth  and 
pharynx  as  it  has  on  the  skin,  and  in  the  stomach  it  powerfully 
dilates  the  vessels,  increases  peristalsis  and  the  gastric  secretion, 
and  reflexly  stimulates  the  heart,  but  on  account  of  its 
nauseous  taste  it  is  not  used  for  these  properties,  which  it  has  in 
common  with  other  volatile  oils.  Its  effects  on  the  intestine  are 
the  same  as  those  on  the  stomach,  the  most  marked  being  its 
energetic  stimulation  of  the  muscular  coat,  hence  it  is  a  strong 
carminative,  expelling  gas  from  the  bowels.  If  a  large  amount 
is  given,  the  excitation  of  the  muscular  coat  leads  to  purging, 
the  motions  often  containing  much  blood,  haemorrhage  resulting 
from  the  great  vascular  dilatation.  Oil  of  turpentine  is  anthel- 
mintic,  killing  the  tapeworm  when  administered  in  doses  of 
[/^]  *°  4  fl-  dr.  [2-  *°  I5-  c-c-]>  but  *ms  treatment  may  cause 
severe  symptoms.  When  given  as  an  enema  it  kills  the  thread- 
worm. 

Circulation. — Oil  of  turpentine  is  readily  absorbed.  We  do 
not  know  in  what  form  it  circulates.  Statements  concerning  its 
action  on  the  heart  and  vessels  are  very  discordant,  probably  be- 
cause different  experimenters  have  used  different  varieties  of  oil 
of  turpentine ;  but  most  specimens  appear  first  to  stimulate 
the  heart,  in  some  degree  at  least,  directly,  for  oil  of  turpen- 
tine locally  applied  will  excite  the  excised  heart,  increasing  the 
force  and  frequency  of  the  cardiac  beat.  It  contracts  the  ves- 
sels, arid  therefore  it  is  a  haemostatic.  The  blood-pressure 
rises.  After  a  large  dose  of  any  variety  this  stimulation  is  fol- 
lowed by  depression,  the  heart  beats  feebly,  the  vessels  dilate, 
and  the  blood-pressure  falls. 

Respiration. — When  inhaled,  oil  of  turpentine  acts  on  the 
bronchial  mucous  membrane  as  it  does  on  the  skin,  irritating  it, 
dilating  the  vessels,  increasing  and  disinfecting  the  secretion, 
stimulating  the  muscles  of  the  bronchi,  and  reflexly  exciting 
cough.  If  given  internally,  [since]  some  of  it  is  excreted  by  the 
bronchial  mucous  membrane,  similar  effects  are  produced.  At 


518  ORGANIC   MATERIA    MEDICA. 

the  same  time  the  activity  of  the  respiratory  movements  is  in- 
creased,  so  that  the  drug  is  a  powerful  expectorant. 

Nervous  system. — Oil  of  turpentine  in  large  doses  is  a  severe 
depressant  to  the  nervous  system,  producing  languor,  dulness, 
sleepiness,  and  unsteady  gait.  Toxic  doses  cause  coma  and 
paralyze  the  sensory  nerves  ;  consequently  reflex  action  is  abol- 
ished. 

Kidneys. — It  acts  more  powerfully  on  these  than  almost  any 
other  volatile  oil.  Even  moderate  doses  may  lead  to  pain  in  the 
loins,  scanty,  high-colored  urine,  albuminuria,  and  haematuria. 
The  urinary  passages  are  also  irritated  ;  consequently,  owing 
to  muscular  spasm,  there  is  difficulty  in  passing  water,  micturition 
is  painful,  and  a  sensation  of  heat  in  the  perinseum  is  present 
(these  symptoms  constitute  strangury).  If  a  large  dose  has  been 
given,  the  urine  may  be  completely  suppressed.  Turpentine 

causes  the  urine  to  smell  of  violets. 

• 

Skin. — Oil  of  turpentine  is  excreted  by  the  skin,  and  may 
cause  an  erythematous  rash. 

Some  is  probably  excreted  by  the  milk,  bile  and  intestinal 
mucous  membrane. 

It  is  said  to  be  a  mild  antipyretic.  [Old]  oil  of  turpentine 
[containing  oxygen  {see  p.  239)]  is  an  antidote  to  phosphorus, 
and  it  is  stated  that  [that]  and  [the]  French  oil  are  preferable, 
but  this  is  doubtful. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  TURPENTINE. 

External. — Oil  of  turpentine  is  very  largely  employed  as  an 
irritant  or  counter-irritant  in  various  forms  of  chronic  inflamma- 
tion, such  as  osteo-arthritis,  bronchitis,  or  pleurisy.  The  liniment 
forms  a  useful  application.  It  may  also  be  rubbed  in  over  pain- 
ful areas,  as  in  neuralgia,  myalgia,  rheumatic  pains,  lumbago,  etc. 
Sometimes  it  is  used  as  a  parasiticide  for  ringworm.  Sanitas  [not 
official]  is  an  aqueous  solution  of  common  turpentine,  which  has 
been  allowed  to  oxidize  in  the  air.  Its  active  antiseptic  principle 
is  hydrogen  [dioxide,]  and  it  contains  a  little  thymol.  It  is  a 
very  pleasant  disinfectant,  but  is  not  so  strong  as  carbolic  acid. 
[Oil  of  turpentine  is  an  excellent  antiseptic  for  old  suppurat- 


VOLATILE    OILS.  519 

ing  wounds.  Care  must  be  taken  that  it  does  not  blister  the 
skin.  ] 

Internal. — Stomach  and  intestines. — [For  internal  use  the 
rectified  oil  only  should  be  prescribed.]  It  is  not  often  pre- 
scribed for  its  carminative  and  stomachic  effects,  though  given 
either  by  the  mouth  or  as  an  enema  (i  to  15  fl.  oz.  of  mucilage 
of  starch)  it  is  often  very  efficacious  in  removing  the  intestinal 
distension  due  to  gas.  If  it  is  used  as  an  anthelmintic,  [^  to  4 
fl.  dr.,  2.  to  15.  c.c.],  emulsified  in  mucilage  and  followed  by  a 
dose  of  castor  oil,  should  be  given.  Sometimes  it  promptly  re- 
lieves intestinal  haemorrhage,  such  as  that  due  to  typhoid  fever. 
[It  is  also  used  in  this  disease  as  an  antiseptic.]  Whenever  it  is 
prescribed  as  a  haemostatic,  considerable  doses,  30  to  60  minims 
[2.  to  4.  c.c.]  should  be  administered  every  hour  fora  few  hours. 

Circulation. — It  is  not  employed  to  influence  this,  except  as  a 
haemostatic.  It  has  the  reputation  of  being  fairly  efficacious  in 
arresting  haemorrhage.  It  may  be  given  in  haemoptysis  and 
other  conditions  attended  with  bleeding. 

Respiration. — It  is  not  much  used  as  an  inhalation,  for  the 
[Vapor  Olei  Pini  Sylvestris  (^.  ?'.,)]  is  much  pleasanter,  but  it 
might  be  employed  to  disinfect  foul  bronchial  secretions,  and 
to  stimulate  the  mucous  membrane  in  chronic  bronchitis. 

It  should  be  remembered  that  oil  of  turpentine  must  be  given 
internally  with  great  care  because  of  its  liability  to  cause  inflam- 
mation of  the  kidneys;  indeed,  this  fact  and  its  [unpleasant] 
taste  account  for  its  not  being  so  often  administered  as  would 
otherwise  be  the  case.  It  should  never  be  given  to  the  subjects 
of  Bright' s  disease. 

[OLEUM  ERIGERONTIS. 

OIL  OF  ERIGERON.— Synonym.— Oil  of  Fleabane.  A  volatile  oil 
distilled  from  the  fresh,  flowering  herb  of  Erigeron  canadense  Linn6  (nat.  ord. 
Composite.)  Habitat. — North  America,  in  fields  and  waste  places;  natural- 
ized in  other  countries. 

CHARACTERS. — A  pale  yellow,  limpid  liquid,  becoming  darker  and  thicker 
by  age  and  exposure  to  the  air,  having  a  peculiar  aromatic,  persistent  odor, 
and  an  aromatic,  slightly  pungent  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  about  0.850,  increasing  with 
age.  Solubility. — In  an  equal  volume  of  Alcohol. 

Dose,  5  to  15  m. ;  .30  to  i.oo  c.c. 


52O  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  THE  OIL  OF  ERIGERON. 
Oil  of  erigeron  is  less  irritant  and  also  less  efficient  than  oil  of 
turpentine.    Externally  it  is  often  applied  to  prevent  insects  from 
injuring  the  skin.      It  has  been  used  in  diarrhoea,  dysentery  and 
haemorrhages,  in  much  the  same  way  as  oil  of  turpentine.] 

FIX  LIQUIDA. 

TAR. — [An  empyreumatic  oleoresin  obtained  by  the  destructive  distilla- 
tion of  the  wood  of  Pinus palustris,  Miller,  and  of  other  species  of  Finus  (nat. 
ord.  Conifer(E).  Habitat. — United  States. 

CHARACTERS. —  Thick,  viscid,  semi-fluid,  blackish-brown,  heavier  than 
water,  transparent  in  thin  layers,  becoming  granular  and  opaque  with  age  ; 
odor  empyreumatic,  terebinthinate  ;  taste  sharp,  empyreumatic.  Solubility. — 
Slightly,  in  water  ;  soluble  in  Alcohol,  fixed  and  volatile  oils,  and  solution  of 
Potassium  or  Sodium  Hydrate.  ]  On  distillation  it  gives  off  an  empyreumatic 
oil  (oil  of  tar),  which  is  official  (see  below),  and  pyroligneous  acid.  What 
remains  behind  is  pitch.  This  is  black,  solid,  melting  in  boiling  water. 

COMPOSITION. — Tar  is  a  very  complex  substance.  The  chief  constituents 
are — (l)  Oil  of  Turpentine  (see  p.  515).  (2)  Creosote  (see  p.  334).  (3)  Phe- 
nols (see  p.  324).  (4)  Pyrocatechin,  or  Catechol,  C6H6O.,  (which  see).  (5) 
Acetic  Acid.  (6)  Acetone.  (7)  Xylol.  (8)  Toluol.  (9)  Methylic  Alcohol. 
(10)  Resins. 

Dose,  X  to  x  dr.  i  [*•  to  4-  Sm-»]  >n  the  form  of  pill. 

Preparations. 

1.  [Syrupus  Picis  Liquidae. — Syrup  of  Tar.     Tar,  75  ;    Water, 
150  ;  Boiling  Distilled  Water,  400  ;  Sugar,  800  ;  Glycerin,  100  ;  Dis- 
tilled Water  to  lOOO.     By  solution,  decantation  and  filtration. 

Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr.  ;  4.  to  15.  c.c.  ] 

2.  Unguentum    Picis   Liquidae. — [Tar  Ointment.      Tar,  500  ; 
Yellow  Wax,  125  ;  Lard,  375. 

OLEUM  PICIS  LIQUID^.— Oil  of  Tar.  A  volatile  oil  distilled 
from  Tar. 

CHARACTERS.  —  An  almost  colorless  liquid  when  freshly  distilled,  but 
soon  acquiring  a  dark,  reddish-brown  color,  and  having  a  strong,  tarry  odor 
and  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  about  0.970.  Solubility. — Readily  in  Alcohol.] 

ACTION  OF  TAR. 

External. — Tar  has  precisely  the  same  action  as  oil  of  tur- 
pentine, but  it  is  not  so  powerful,  therefore  the  vascular  dilata- 


VOLATILE   OILS.  521 

tion  rarely  proceeds  to  the  stage  of  vesication ;  but  pustules  may 
result  if  the  tar  is  rubbed  in. 

Internal. — It  is  very  liable  to  upset  digestion  ;  in  large  doses 
it  causes  epigastric  pain,  vomiting,  severe  headache,  dark  urine, 
and  other  symptoms  of  carbolic  acid  poisoning  (see  p.  332). 
Some  of  its  constituents  are  excreted  by  mucous  membranes, 
especially  the  bronchial,  on  which  it  acts  as  a  disinfectant,  stimu- 
lating expectorant. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  TAR. 

External. — Tar  ointment,  which  is  [sometimes]  rather  hard, 
and  may  be  softened  by  half  the  wax  with  almond  oil,  is  often 
applied  as  a  stimulant  to  chronic  skin  diseases,  such  as  psoriasis 
and  chronic  eczema.  Because  of  its  mildly  anaesthetic  action, 
it  is  sometime?  useful  in  pruritus. 

[Wood  tar  is  the  only  official  form  of  tar,  but  coal  tar  is  often 
used  in  medicine.  The  prepared  form  of  it  is  made  by  simply 
heating  and  stirring  coal  tar  at  120°  F.  48°  C.  for  an  hour.] 
Liquor  Picis  Carbonis  [not  official]  is  a  favorite  preparation  for 
many  skin  diseases.  It  may  be  made  thus  :  Dissolve  resin  soap, 
i  (see  below)  in  alcohol,  8  ;  add  prepared  coal  tar,  4 ;  digest 
at  125°  F.  [51°  C.]  for  two  days,  allow  it  to  cool,  then  decant 
and  filter.  An  ointment  of  3  parts  of  lard  with  i  of  this  solu- 
tion may  be  made.  Liquor  Carbonis  Detergens  [not  official]  is 
an  alcoholic  solution  of  ordinary  coal  tar.  [It  is  used  externally 
in  skin  diseases,  diluted  in  20  parts  of  water.] 

Internal. — Coal  tar  is  rarely  prescribed  for  internal  use. 
Wood  tar  is  only  given  as  an  expectorant,  and  it  is  very  valuable 
for  chronic  bronchitis.  It  may  be  prescribed  as  a  pill  or  as  the 
syrup,  or  as  Vinum  Picis  [not  official]  (a  saturated  solution  of 
wood  tar  in  sherry,  dose  i  to  4  fl.  dr.  [4.  to  15.  c.c.]),  or  as  the 
French  preparation,  Eau  de  Goudron.  Tar  water  is  made  by 
stirring  wood  tar  with  water  [i  to  4]  for  fifteen  minutes  and 
decanting.  The  dose  is  a  pint  [480.  c.c.]  daily.  It  may  be 
used  externally  as  a  wash.  The  syrup  with  syrup  of  wild  cherry 
(see  p.  462)  and  apomorphine  hydrochlorate  ^  gr.  ;  .003  gm., 
forms  an  excellent  cough  mixture. 


522  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

OLEUM  CADINUM. 

OIL  OF  CADE. — [Synonyms. — Huile  de  Cade.  Juniper  Tar  Oil.  A 
product  of  the  dry  distillation  of  the  wood  of  Juniperus  Oxycedrus  Linne  (nat. 
ord.  Conifera).  Habitat, — Mediterranean  districts  of  North  Africa,  Spain, 
Portugal  and  France  ;  in  waste  places  and  on  stony  hill-sides. 

CHARACTERS. — A  brownish  or  dark  brown,  clear,  thick  liquid,  having  a 
tarry  odor,  and  an  empyreumatic,  burning,  somewhat  bitter  taste.  Sp.  gr., 
alxjut  0.950.  Solubility. — Almost  insoluble  in  water  ;  only  partially  soluble 
in  Alcohol,  but  is  completely  soluble  in  Ether,  Chloroform,  or  Carbon  Bi- 
sulphide. ] 

COMPOSITION. — Probably  much  the  same  as  that  of  Tar. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  OIL  OF  CADE. 

Oil  of  cade  has  the  same  action  on  the  skin  as  tar,  but  it  is 
preferable,  as  the  odor  is  pleasanter.  The  diseases  treated  by  the 
application  of  it  are  psoriasis,  chronic  eczema,  and  pruritus.  A 
usual  formula  is  oil  of  cade,  i  ;  soft  soap,  4  ;  alcohol,  4  ;  but  an 
ointment  made  by  melting  with  it  an  equal  part  of  yellow  wax, 
is  a  more  agreeable  preparation. 

FIX  BURGUNDICA. 

BURGUNDY  PITCH.— [The  prepared,  resinous  exudation  of  Abies 
excelsa  Poiret  (nat.  ord.  Conifera).  Habitat. — Europe,  in  the  Southern  parts, 
in  mountainous  districts. 

CHARACTERS. — Hard,  yet  gradually  taking  the  form  of  the  vessels  in 
which  it  is  kept ;  brittle,  with  a  shining,  conchoidal  fracture,  opaque  or  trans- 
lucent, reddish-brown  or  yellowish-brown,  odor  agreeably  terebinthinate; 
taste  aromatic,  sweelish,  not  bitter.  Solubility. — Almost  entirely  in  Glacial 
Acetic  Acid,  and  partly  soluble  in  cold  Alcohol.] 

COMPOSITION. — [The  chief  constituents  are — (I)  Resin;  (2)  A  volatile 
oil,  a  mixture  of  several  isomeric  terpenes  in  variable  proportion.] 

IMPURITIES. — Palm  Oil  and  Resin,  which  are  detected  by  not  being  solu- 
ble in  Glacial  Acetic  Acid. 

[Burgundy  Pitch  is  contained  in  Emplastrum  Ferri  and  Emplastrum  Opii.] 

-  Preparations. 

1.  Emplastrum  Picis  [Burgundicae. — Burgundy  Pitch  Plaster. 
Burgundy  Pitch,  800  ;  Yellow  Wax,  150  ;  Olive  Oil,  50. 

2.  Emplastrum  Picis  Cantharidatum. — Cantharidal  Pitch  Plas- 
ter.    Synonym. — Warming  Plaster.     Cerate  of  Cantharides,  80 ;  Bur- 
gundy Pitch  to  looo.     Heat  the  cerate  and  strain  ;  melt  the  pitch  with 
the  strained  liquid.] 


VOLATILE    OILS.  523 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  BURGUNDY  PITCH. 

Burgundy  pitch  is  used  as  a  basis  for  plasters.-  It  is  mildly 
stimulant  to  the  skin. 

RESINA. 

RESIN. — [Synonyms. — Colophony.  Rosin.  The  residue  left  after  dis- 
tilling off  the  Volatile  Oil  from  Turpeptine. 

CHARACTERS. — A  transparent,  amber-colored  substance,  hard,  brittle,  pul- 
verizable ;  fracture  glossy  and  shallow-conchoidal ;  odor  and  taste  faintly  tere- 
binthinate.  Sp.  gr.,  1.070  to  1. 080.  Solubility. — In  Alcohol,  Ether,  and 
fixed  or  volatile  oils ;  also  in  solution  of  Potassium  or  Sodium  Hydrate. 

COMPOSITION. — Resin  may  be  considered  as  containing  Abietic  Acid 
Anhydride,  C^H^Oj,  80  to  90  per  cent. 

Resin  is  contained  in  Ceratum  Cantharidis.  ] 

Preparations. 

[i.  Ceratum     Resinae. — Resin     Cerate.       Synonym. — Basilicon 
Ointment.     Resin,  350;  Yellow  Wax,  150;  Lard,  500. 
Resin  Cerate  is  contained  in  Linimentum  Terebinthinae. 

2.  Emplastrum  Resinae. — Resin  Plaster.     Synonym. — Adhesive 
Plaster.     Resin,  140 ;  Lead  Plaster,  800 ;  Yellow  Wax,  60. 
Resin  Plaster  is  contained  in  Emplastrum  Arnicae,  Emplastrum  Belladonnas, 
and  Emplastrum  Capsici.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  RESIN. 

Resin  is  antiseptic  and  slightly  stimulant,  and  is,  therefore,  an 
excellent  application  for  indolent  ulcers,  sores  and  wounds. 
Resin  soap  is  formed  by  boiling  together  in  an  evaporating  dish 
for  two  hours  :  resin,  6  ;  caustic  soda,  i  ;  and  water,  2.5  ;  sepa- 
rating the  soap  by  a  strainer,  and  drying  on  a  water-bath.  It 
may  be  used  as  an  emulsifying  agent,  but  the  taste  is  very  dis- 
agreeable. 

THUS  AMERICANUM. 

FRANKINCENSE.  [B.  P.,  not  official.]— The  concrete  oleo-resin 
scraped  off  the  trunks  of  Pinus  tceda,  Frankincense  Pine,  and  Pinus  australis, 
the  Swamp  Pine  (nat.  ord.  Conifers).  Habitat. — Southern  United  States. 

CHARACTERS. — When  fresh  it  is  a  soft,  yellow,  opaque,  tough,  solid, 
becoming  darker,  dry  and  brittle  by  keeping.  Odor  and  taste  as  of  other 
Turpentines. 


524  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

USES  OF  FRANKINCENSE. 
Frankincense  is  used  for  the  same  purposes  as  resin  (see  p. 

^3). 

TEREBINTHINA  CANADENSIS. 

CANADA  TURPENTINE.— Synonyms.—  Canada  Balsam.  [Balsam 
of  Fir.  A  liquid  oleo-resin  obtained  from  Abies  balsamea  (Linnfe)  Miller 
(nat.  ord.  Coniferce}.  Habitat. — Canada  r.nd  Northern  United  States,  west  to 
Minnesota,  and  south  along  the  mountains  to  Virginia. 

CHARACTERS. — A  yellowish  or  faintly  greenish,  transparent,  viscid  liquid, 
of  an  agreeable,  terebinthinate  odor,  and  a  bitterish,  slightly  acrid  taste.  When 
exposed  to  the  air,  it  gradually  dries,  forming  a  transparent  mass.  Solubility. 
— Completely  in  Ether,  Chloroform  or  Benzol. 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  A  volatile  oil,  20  to  30  per  cent.  (2)  Resin.  (3)  A 
bitter  principle  soluble  in  water.] 

Canada  Turpentine  is  contained  in  Collodium  Flexile. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  CANADA  TURPENTINE. 

Canada  turpentine  is  rarely  used  except  for  its  physical  pro- 
perty of  drying  to  form  an  adhesive  varnish.  It  has  the  same 
action  as  oil  of  turpentine. 

SINAPIS. 

i.  SINAPIS  ALBA.— White  Mustard.  [The  seed  of  Brassica  alba 
(Linn6)  Hooker  filius  et  Thompson  (nat  ord.  Crucifem).  Habitat. — Asia 
and  Southern  Europe ;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — About  2  mm.  in  diameter,  almost  globular,  with  a  circular 
hilum  ;  testa  yellowish,  finely  pitted,  hard ;  embryo  oily,  with  a  curved 
radicle,  and  two  cotyledons,  one  folded  over  the  other  ;  free  from  starch  ;  in- 
odorous ;  taste  pungent  and  acrid.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  A  bland  fixed  oil,  [20  to 
25  per  cent.]  (2)  Sinalbin,  [CgoH^NjSjOjg,]  and  Myrosin ;  the  latter  is  an 
Enzyme,  and  in  contact  with  water  converts  Sinalbin,  which  is  a  Glucoside, 
into  a  fixed  pungent  body,  very  acrid,  called  Acrinyl  Sulphocyanide, 
[CTH7ONCS],  Glucose,  and  Sinapine  Sulphate,  [C^H^NOjHjSOj. 

a.  SINAPIS  NIGRA.— Black  Mustard.  [The  seed  of  Brassica  nigra 
(Linn6)  Koch  (nat.  ord.  Crucifertf).  Habitat. — Asia  and  Southern  Europe  ; 
cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — About  I  mm.  in  diameter,  almost  globular,  with  a  circular 
hilum ;  testa  blackish-brown  or  grayish-brown,  finely  pitted,  hard,  embryo 
oily,  with  a  curved  radicle,  and  two  cotyledons,  one  folded  over  the  other; 
free  from  starch  ;  inodorous  when  dry,  but  when  triturated  with  water,  of  a 
pungent,  penetrating,  irritating  odor  ;  taste  pungent  and  acrid.] 


VOLATILE    OILS.  $25 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  The  same  fixed  oil  as  the 
white  seeds,  about  35  per  cent.  (2)  Sinigrin  (which  is  Potassium  Myronate, 
C10H18KO10NS.j,  a  potassium  salt  of  myronic  acid,  which  is  a  crystalline  gluco- 
side)  and  Myrosin,  an  enzyme  which  on  contact  with  water  converts  Sinigrin 
into  the  official  volatile  Oil  of  Mustard,  (see  below)  (C3H5CNS,  which  is 
Allyl  Sulpkocyanide),  Glucose,  and  Potassium  Sulphate.  The  volatile  oil  is 
very  pungent  and  highly  volatile,  and  its  development  on  the  addition  of  water 
explains  the  pungency  of  ordinary  mustard. 

Resembling  black  mustard  seeds. — Colchicum  seeds,  which  are  larger, 
lighter  and  not  quite  globular. 

Preparation. 

[Charta  Sinapis. — Mustard  Paper.  Black  Mustard,  loo.  Per- 
colate the  Mustard  with  a  sufficient  quantity  of  Benzin.  Remove  the 
powder  and  dry  ;  add  this  to  the  solution ;  India  rubber,  10  ;  Benzin, 
loo  ;  and  Carbon  Bisulphide,  100  ;  and  with  a  brush  apply  to  one  side 
of  a  piece  of  rather  stiff,  well-sized  paper,  and  dry.] 

3.  OLEUM  SINAPIS  VOLATILE.— Volatile  Oil  of  Mustard. 
[Allyl  Sulphocyanide,  C3H5CNS.  A  volatile  oil  obtained  from  Black  Mus- 
tard by  maceration  with  Water  and  subsequent  distillation. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless  or  pale  yellow,  limpid,  and  strongly  refractive 
liquid,  having  a  very  pungent  and  acrid  odor  and  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  1.018  to 
1.029.  Solubility. — Freely  in  Alcohol,  Ether  or  Carbon  Disulphide. ] 

Preparation. 

Linimentum  Sinapis  [Compositum. — Compound  Liniment  of 
Mustard.  Volatile  Oil  of  Mustard,  30  ;  Fluid  Extract  of  Mezereum, 
200  ;  Camphor,  60;  Castor  Oil,  150  ;  Alcohol,  to  looo;  by  solution.] 

ACTION  OF  MUSTARD. 

External. — Mustard  is  a  typical  powerful  local  irritant. 
Thus  it  first  produces  dilatation  of  the  vessels,  which  causes  red- 
ness of  the  skin  (rubefacient  effect)  and  a  sensation  of  warmth. 
Because  of  the  irritant  action  of  mustard  on  the  sensory  nerves, 
a  severe  burning  pain  is  soon  felt.  The  irritation  of  the  nerves 
is  followed  by  their  paralysis,  consequently  there  is  a  local  loss 
of  sensibility,  and  a  diminution  both  of  the  pain  produced  by 
the  mustard  and  of  any  that  may  have  been  present  before  its 
application.  The  irritation  of  the  vessels  leads  to  the  transuda- 
tion  of  plasma  through  them  ;  this,  collecting  under  the  epidermis, 
raises  it,  and  thus  vesicles,  blebs,  or  blisters,  are  formed  (vesi- 
cant effect.)  Mustard  is  also  a  counter-irritant  {see  p.  61); 


526  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

that  is  to  say,  the  stimulation  of  the  cutaneous  nerves  reflexly 
leads  to  an  alteration  in  the  size  of  the  vessels  of  the  viscera 
under  the  seat  of  application. 

This  excitation  of  the  sensory  nerves  is  sufficiently  powerful 
to  reflexly  stimulate  the  heart  and  respiration,  and  some- 
times to  restore  consciousness  after  fainting. 

Internal. —  Gastro-intestinal  tract.  —Mustard  also  acts  here 
as  an  irritant.  Taken  in  the  usual  small  quantities  as  a  condi- 
ment, it  causes  a  sense  of  warmth  in  the  stomach,  it  moderately 
stimulates  the  secretion  of  gastric  juice  and  the  peristaltic 
movements,  and  therefore  sharpens  the  appetite.  A  dose  of  one 
to  four  teaspoonfuls  [4.  to  15.  gm.]  stirred  up  in  a  tumbler  of 
[lukewarm]  water  is  sufficiently  irritating  to  be  a  direct  stomachic 
emetic,  causing  prompt  vomiting  without  the  depression  which 
usually  attends  emetics,  because  the  mustard  reflexly  stimulates 
the  heart  and  respiration. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  MUSTARD. 

External. — A  poultice  made  with  flaxseed  and  having  a  little 
mustard  (i  to  16  of  flaxseed)  sprinkled  on  it  is  a  very  "common 
and  efficacious  application  as  an  irritant  and  counter-irritant  in 
rheumatism,  pleurisy,  pneumonia,  bronchitis,  pericarditis,  and 
many  inflammatory  diseases.  In  the  manner  already  explained, 
it  will,  when  applied  to  the  skin,  soothe  pain  in  gastralgia,  colic, 
painful  diseases  of  the  chest,  neuralgia,  lumbago,  etc.  The 
paper  or  any  of  the  mustard  leaves  that  are  sold,  moistened  in 
water,  form  an  excellent  application.  Often  the  local  applica- 
tion of  mustard  over  the  stomach  relieves  vomiting.  A  large 
mustard  poultice  applied  to  the  legs  was  formerly  used  as  a  reflex 
stimulant  in  cases  of  syncope,  asphyxia,  and  coma. 

Common  colds  and  febrile  conditions,  especially  in  children, 
are  often  treated  by  placing  the  feet  and  legs  or  the  whole  body 
in  mustard  and  water  as  hot  as  can  be  borne  [i  to  128],  the 
object  being  by  the  cutaneous  dilatation  to  withdraw  blood  from 
the  inflamed  part.  A  mustard  sitz-bath  may  be  taken  at  the 
time  of  the  expected  period,  to  induce  menstruation. 

Internal. — Mustard  is  used  as  a  condiment,  and  also  as  an 


VOLATILE   OILS. 

emetic.     It  is  especially  valuable  for  poisoning  by  narcotics,  be- 
cause of  its  reflex  stimulant  effects. 

OLEUM  CAJUPUTI. 

[OIL  OF  CAJUPUT.— A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  the  leaves  of 
Melaleuca  Leucadendron  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Myrtacets],  Habitat. — East  Indian 
Islands. 

CHARACTERS. — A  light,  thin,  bluish-green,  or  after  rectification,  colorless 
liquid,  having  a  peculiar,  agreeable,  distinctly  camphoraceous  odor,  and  an 
aromatic,  bitterish  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  0.922  to  0.929.  Solubility. — Readily  in 
Alcohol. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (l)  Cajuputol,  Ci0H18O  ;  (67 
per  cent. )  said  to  be  identical  with  Cineol,  and  is  isomeric  with  Eucalyptol. 
(2)  Terpineol,  C10H,8O,  and  (3)  Several  terpenes, — C10H16  ( cajuputene, )  and 

C15HW 

IMPURITIES. — Copper,  and  other  oils. 
Dose,  i  to  5  m. ;  [.06  to  .30  c.c.] 

ACTION  OF  OIL  OF  CAJUPUT. 

The  action  of  oil  of  cajuput  is  exactly  the  same  as  that  of  the 
oil  of  cloves  (g.  v. ) 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  OIL  OF  CAJUPUT. 

External. — Oil  of  cajuput  is  used  as  a  stimulant,  irritant, 
and  counter-irritant — usually  diluted  with  sweet  oil — for  all  sorts 
of  purposes  when  any  of  these  effects  are  needed.  Thus  it  is 
rubbed  in  for  chilblains,  myalgia,  rheumatic  pains,  chronic  in- 
flammatory conditions  of  the  joints  or  periosteum.  It  has  also 
been  employed  as  a  parasiticide  for  Tinea  tonsurans.  The  only 
objection  to  its  use  is  its  strong  smell. 

Internal. — It  is  occasionally  given  in  dyspepsia,  usually  com- 
bined with  other  remedies,  for  the  sake  of  its  carminative,  stom- 
achic, and  anti -spasmodic  effects  ;  it  may  be  taken  on  sugar. 

EUCALYPTUS. 

[EUCALYPTUS.— The  leaves  of  Eucalyptus  globulus  Labillardiere 
(nat.  ord.  A1yrtace<e),  collected  from  the  older  parts  of  the  tree.  Habitat. — 
Australia  ;  cultivated  in  subtropical  countries. 

CHARACTERS. — Petiolate,  lanceolately  scythe-shaped,  from  15  to  30  cm. 
long,  rounded  below,  tapering  above,  entire,  leathery,  grayish-green,  glandu- 


528  ORGANIC   MATERIA    MEDICA. 

lar,  feather- veined  between  the  midrib,  and  marginal  veins  ;  odor  strongly 
camphoraceous ;  taste  pungently  aromatic  and  somewhat  cooling,  bitter  and 
astringent. 

COMPOSITION. — (I)  A  volatile  oil  (see  below);  (2)  Cerylic  Alcohol ;  (3) 
A  crystallizable  Fatty  Acid ;  (4)  A  crystallizable  Resin. 

Dose,  ^  to  2  dr.  ;  2.  to  8.  gm. 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Eucalypti  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Eucalyptus. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water,  and  evapora- 
tion. 

Dose,  YZ  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  8.  c.c.] 

OLEUM  EUCALYPTI.— [Oil  of  Eucalyptus.  A  volatile  oil  dis- 
tilled from  the  fresh  leaves  of  Eucalyptus  globulus  Labillardiere,  Eucalyptus 
oleosa  F.  v.  Mueller,  and  some  other  species  of  Eucalyptus  (nat.  ord. 
Myrtacea:}. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless  or  faintly  yellowish  liquid,  having  a  charac- 
teristic, aromatic,  somewhat  comphoraceous  odor,  and  a  pungent,  spicy,  and 
cooling  taste.  Sp.  gr.,o.9!5  to  0.925.  Solubility. — In  all  proportions,  in 
Alcohol,  Carbon  Bisulphide,  or  Glacial  Acetic  Acid.]  The  oils  from  different 
species  of  Eucalyptus  vary  very  much. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (I)  Eucalyptol  C10H,8O  or 
Cineol  (about  70  per  cent.)  ;  [(2)  Cymene,  C10HM  ;  (3)  Eucalyptene,  C10H,6; 
(4)  Tannic  Acid.] 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Alkalies,  mineral  acids,  and  metallic  salts. 

Dose,  5  to  30  m. ;  [.30  to  2.00  c.c. 

EUCALYPTOL.— Eucalyptol.  Ci0H18O=l53.66.  A  neutral  body 
obtained  from  the  volatile  oil  of  Eucalyptus  globulus  Labillardiere,  and  of 
some  o;her  species  of  Eucalyptus  ( nat.  ord.  Myrtacet?}. 

SOURCE. — In  the  distillation  of  Eucalyptus  leaves,  crude  Eucalyptol  comes 
over  between  338°  and  352.4°  F. ;  170°  and  178°  C.,  and  is  purified  by  re-dis- 
tillation from  Caustic  Potash  or  Calcium  Chloride. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless  liquid,  having  a  characteristic,  aromatic,  and 
distinctly  camphoraceous  odor,  and  a  pungent,  spicy,  and  cooling  taste.  Sp. 
gr.  ,0.930.  Solubility. — In  all  proportions,  in  Alcohol,  Carbon  Bisulphide, 
and  Glacial  Acetic  Acid. 

Dose,  5  to  30  m. ;  .30  to  2.00  c.c.] 

ACTION  OF  EUCALYPTUS. 

External. — Oil  of  eucalyptus  is  much  less  irritant  when 
applied  externally  than  other  volatile  oils,  but  if  its  vapor  is  con- 
fined it  will  produce  vesication  and  pustulation.  It  is  power- 


VOLATILE   OILS.  529 

fully  antiseptic  and  disinfectant.  Old  oil  is  more  anti- 
septic than  new,  probably  from  the  greater  amount  of  ozone  it 
contains. 

Internal.  —  Gastro-intestinal  tract. — In  medicinal  doses  oil 
of  eucalyptus  is  stomachic,  having  the  same  action  as  oil  of  cloves. 
In  large  doses  it  produces  severe  gastro-intestinal  irritation,  as 
shown  by  vomiting,  diarrhoea,  and  abdominal  pain. 

Circulation. — It,  like  quinine,  arrests  the  movements  of  the 
white  blood-corpuscles  ;  and  it  likewise  resembles  this  drug  in  its 
antipyretic  and  its  antiperiodic  actions,  and  also,  it  is  said,  in 
causing  contraction  of  spleen  ;  but  quinine  is  in  all  respects  the 
more  energetic.  In  medicinal  doses  the  heart  is  stimulated  by 
oil  of  eucalyptus,  and  the  blood-pressure  rises ;  probably  these 
effects  are  reflex  from  the  stomach.  After  large  quantities  the 
action  of  the  heart  is  enfeebled,  and  temperature  falls. 

Respiration. — Small  doses  slightly  accelerate,  poisonous  doses 
slow  respiration. 

Nervous  system. — Large  doses  are  powerfully  depressant  to  the 
brain,  to  the  medulla,  and  to  the  spinal  cord,  abolishing  reflex 
action.  Death  occurs  from  paralysis  of  respiration. 

Mucous  membranes,  kidneys,  and  skin. — Like  other  volatile 
oils,  eucalyptus  is  excreted  by  all  these  channels.  It  imparts  its 
odor  to  and  disinfects  the  breath  and  the  urine.  It  stimulates  the 
organs  by  which  it  is  excreted,  consequently  it  is  a  diaphoretic,  a 
stimulating  expectorant,  a  diuretic,  and  a  stimulant  to  the  genito- 
urinary tract.  Large  doses  cause  renal  congestion. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  EUCALYPTUS. 

External. — It  is  used  as  an  antiseptic  for  wounds,  sores,  and 
ulcers.  It  is  three  times  as  powerful  as  carbolic  acid,  and  is  there- 
fore preferred  by  some  surgeons.  A  eucalyptus  gauze  has  been 
prepared  as  a  dressing  for  wounds,  which  may  be  washed  with  a 
weak  solution  of  the  oil  in  alcohol.  An  ointment  of  oil  of  euca- 
lyptus, 8  ;  iodoform,  i  ;  hard  paraffin  and  vaseline,  of  each  40,  is 
applied  to  chancres.  An  emulsion  of  the  oil  is  used  as  an  ure- 
thral  injection.  It  would  probably  be  an  efficient  parasiticide. 

Internal. — A  vapor  or  the  spray  of  oil  of  eucalyptus  has 

34 


53°  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

been  recommended  for  diphtheria  and  fetid  bronchitis,  and  it  is 
sometimes  given  by  the  mouth  to  correct  the  foetor  of  the  expec- 
toration. Occasionally  it  is  used  for  its  stomachic  and  carminative 
effects,  especially  if  the  faeces  are  very  foul  smelling,  and  some 
employ  it  in  cystitis  and  pyelitis.  It  has  been  prescribed  in 
septicaemia.  As  an  antiperiodic  for  ague  and  an  antipyretic  it 
is  far  inferior  to  quinine.  [In  most  cases  eucalyptol  can  be  sub- 
stituted for  the  oil  with  advantage.] 

OLEUM  ROSMARINI. 

OIL  OF  ROSEMARY.— [A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  the  leaves  of 
Rosmarinus  officinalis  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Labiatai).  Habitat. — Basin  of  the 
Mediterranean  ;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  colorless  or  pale  yellow,  limpid  liquid,  having  the 
characteristic  pungent  odor  of  Rosemary,  and  a  warm,  somewhat  camphora- 
ceous  taste.  Sp.  gr. ,  0.895  to  °-9IS-  Solubility. — In  an  equal  volume  of 
Alcohol ;  also  soluble  in  an  equal  volume  of  Glacial  Acetic  Acid.  ] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are  —  (I)  The  terpene,  Finene, 
[C10H16,  80  per  cent.]  (2)  Cineol,  [C10H18O].  (3)  Borneol,  [C10H,,O],  an 
alcohol  isomeric  with  Geraniol  (q.  z>.).  (4)  Linalool  (see  p.  545)-  (5) 
Menthol  (see  p.  547). 

Oil  of  Rosemary  is  contained  in  Linimentum  Saponis  and  Tinctura  Lav- 
andulae  Composite. 

Dose,  i  to  5  m.;  [.06  to  .30  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  OIL  OF  ROSEMARY. 

Oil  of  rosemary  has  an  action  similar  to  that  of  other  aromatic 
volatile  oils.  It  is  very  commonly  used  to  give  a  pleasant  scent 
to  lotions  and  other  preparations  which  are  used  externally. 

ARNICA. 

[ARNIC-dE  FLORES. — Arnica  Flowers.  The  flower  heads  of  Arnica 
montana  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Compositor).  Synonym. — Leopardsbane.  Habitat. 
— Europe  and  Northern  Asia ;  in  mountainous  districts. 

CHARACTERS. — Heads  about  3  cm.  broad,  depressed-roundish,  consisting 
of  scaly  involucre  in  two  rows,  and  a  small,  nearly  flat,  hairy  receptacle,  bear- 
ing about  sixteen  yellow,  strap-shaped,  ten- nerved  ray-florets,  and  numerous 
yellow,  five-toothed,  tubular  disk-florets,  having  slender,  spindle-shaped 
achenes,  crowned  by  a  hairy  pappus.  Odor  feeble,  aromatic  ;  taste  bitter  and 
acrid. 

COMPOSITION. — (I)  Arnicin,  an  amorphous,  yellow,  acrid,  bitter  principle; 


VOLATILE   OILS.  53! 

easily  soluble  in  Alcohol  and  Ether.      (2)   Volatile  Oil.      (3)  Caprylic  and 
Capronic  Acids.     (4)  Resin.     (5)  Tannic  acid. 
Dose,  10  to  20  gr.  ;  .60  to  1.20  gm. 

Preparation. 

Tinctura  Arnicae  Florum. — Tincture  of  Arnica  Flowers.    Arnica 
Flowers,  200 ;  by  percolation  with  Diluted  Alcohol  to  1000. 
Dose,  10  to  30  m.  ;  .60  to  l.oo  c.c.] 

ARNIC/E  [RADIX.— Arnica  Root.  The  rhizome  and  roots  of  Arnica 
montana  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Composites). 

CHARACTERS. — Rhizome  about  5  cm.  long,  and  3  or  4  mm.  thick ;  exter- 
nally brown,  rough  from  leaf-scars  ;  internally  whitish,  with  a  rather  thick 
bark,  containing  a  circle  of  resin-cells,  surrounding  the  short,  yellowish  wood- 
wedges,  and  large  spongy  pith.  The  roots  numerous,  thin,  fragile,  grayish- 
brown,  with  a  thick  bark  containing  a  circle  of  resin-cells.  Odor  somewhat 
aromatic  ;  taste  pungently  aromatic  and  bitter.]  Resembling  Arnica. — Vale- 
rian and  Serpentaria,  each  having  a  characteristic  odor ;  Veratrum  Viride, 
having  thicker  rootlets. 

COMPOSITION. — The  same  as  of  the  flowers. 

Dose,  5  to  20  gr. ;  [.30  to  1.20  gm.] 

Preparations. 

[i.  Extractum  Arnicae  Radicis. — Extract  of  Arnica  Root.     By 
maceration  and  percolation  with  Diluted  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 
Extract  of  Arnica  Root  is  used  to  make  Emplastrum  Arnicae. 
Dose,  5  to  10  gr. ;  .30  to  .60  gm. 

2.  Extractum   Arnicae    Radicis    Fluidum. — Fluid   Extract  of 
Arnica  Root.    By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water, 
and  evaporation. 

Dose,  5  to  20  m. ;  .30  to  1.20  c.c. 

3.  Tinctura  Arnicae  Radicis. — Tincture  of  Arnica  Root.    Arnica 
Root,  loo  ;  by  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water  to 

IOOO. 

Dose,  5  to  10  m. ;  .30  to  .60  c.c. 

4.  Emplastrum  Arnicae. — Arnica    Plaster.     Extract   of  Arnica 
Root,  330;  resin  plaster,  670.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  ARNICA. 

External. — The  action  of  arnica  is  the  same  as  that  of  vola- 
tile oils  generally.  Externally  the  tincture  is  used  as  an  applica- 
tion to  bruises,  but  it  is  very  doubtful  how  far  its  good  effects 


532  ORGANIC    MATERIA   MEDICA. 

are  owing  to  the  [alcohol]  and  how  far  to  any  increase  of  cuta- 
neous vascularity  due  to  the  volatile  oil  of  the  arnica. 

Internal. — It  is  rarely  given  internally,  but  in  small  doses  it 
is  a  stomachic,  a  carminative,  and  a  reflex  stimulant,  and  in 
larger  doses  causes  vomiting  and  purging.  It  is  excreted  by  the 
kidneys  and  mucous  membranes,  and  it  has  been  credited  with 
obscure  effects  on  the  central  nervous  system. 

MEZEREUM. 

[MEZEREUM. — Synonym. — Mezereon.  The  bark  of  Daphne  Meze- 
num  Linne,  and  other  species  of  Daphne  (nat.  ord.  Thymel&acea').  Habitat. 
— Europe  in  mountainous  regions,  eastward  to  Siberia  ;  spontaneous  in  Canada 
and  New  England. 

CHARACTERS. — In  long  thin  bands,  usually  folded  or  rolled  into  disks; 
outer  surface  yellowish  or  brownish  yellow,  with  transverse  scars,  and  minute, 
blackish  dots,  underneath  of  a  light  greenish  color  ;  inner  surface  whitish, 
silky  ;  bast  in  transverse  layers,  very  tough  ;  inodorous  ;  taste  very  acrid. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Mezerein,  a  soft,  acrid 
resin.  (2)  An  acrid,  rubefacient,  volatile  oil.  (3)  Daphnin,  C15H16O9-|- 
2H2O,  a  bitter  glucoside  in  fine  needles  or  rectangular  plates.  (4)  Coccogin, 
C^H^Og,  a  bitter  principle. 

Mezereum  is  contained  in  Decoctum  Sarsaparillae  Compositum  and  Ex- 
tractum  Sarsaparillae  Compositum  Fluidum. 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Mezerei  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Mezereum.  By 
maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  evaporation. 

Fluid  Extract  of  Mezereum  is  used  in  Linimentum  Sinapis  Com- 
positum. 

Dose,  5  to  15  m. ;  .30  to  i.oo  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  MEZEREUM. 

[External. — Mezereum  has  the  same  action  as  volatile  oils 
generally.  It  is  a  powerful  rubefacient  and  vesicant  externally, 
and  is  used  chiefly  in  the  compound  mustard  liniment,  where  it 
excites  the  same  effects  and  is  employed  for  the  same  purposes  as 
the  oil  of  mustard.  Almost  its  only  use  at  present  is  to  keep 
open  an  issue,  a  procedure  which  is  very  rarely  employed. 

Internal. — It  is  a  gastric  stimulant,  producing,  in  large  doses, 
vomiting  and  diarrhoea.] 


VOLATILE    OILS.  533 

ELEMI. 

[MANILLA  ELEMI  (not  official.) — A  concrete  resinous  exudation, 
probably  from  Canarium  commune  (nat.  ord.  Bursaracece).  Habitat. — 
Manilla. 

CHARACTERS. — A  soft  unctuous  mass,  becoming  harder  and  yellowish  by 
age.  Strong  fennel -like  odor.  Resembling  Elemi. — Asafoetida,  Galbanum, 
and  Ammoniacum,  but  Elemi  is  known'by  its  odor. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Resinous  bodies,  80  per 
cent.  (2)  A  volatile  oil. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  ELEMI. 

Elemi  acts  like  volatile  oils  generally,  but  is  only  used  as  a 
stimulating  disinfectant  ointment  which  was  formerly  official  in 
B.  P.  as  elemi,  i;  ointment,  4.] 

CLASS   II.— THOSE   USED   CHIEFLY  FOR  THEIR   ACTION   ON 
THE  GASTRO-INTESTINAL  TRACT. 

PYRETHRUM. 

PYRETHRUM.— Synonym. — Pellitory.  [The  root  of  Anacyclus  Py- 
rethrum  (Linne)  De  Candolle  (nat.  ord.  Composites).  Habitat. — Highlands 
of  Northern  Africa. 

CHARACTERS. — From  5  to  10  cm.  long,  and  i  to  2  cm.  thick,  somewhat 
fusiform,  nearly  simple,  annulate  above,  wrinkled  below,  externally  dark  gray- 
ish brown  ;  internally  brownish-white  ;  fracture  short ;  bark  rather  thick,  con- 
taining two  circles  of  resin-cells,  and  surrounding  the  slender  wood  bundles 
and  medullary  rays,  the  latter  having  about  four  circles  of  shining  resin-cells  ; 
inodorous,  pungent  and  very  acrid.  ]  Resembling  Pyrethrum. — Taraxacum, 
which  is  darker  and  has  not  a  burning  taste. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are— (I)  Two  volatile  oils.  [(2)  An 
acrid,  brown  Resin.  (3)  Inulin,  50  per  cent.,  which  in  many  plants  replaces 
starch. 

Dose,  yz  to  i  dr. ;  2.  to  4.  gm.] 

Preparation. 

Tinctura    Pyrethri. — [Tincture  of  Pyrethrum.     Pyrethrum,  200  ; 
by  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water  to  1000.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  PYRETHRUM. 

Pyrethrum  is  a  powerful  sialogogue,  and  causes  a  burning  sen- 
sation in  the  mouth,  followed  by  numbness  and  tingling.  Small 
quantities  give  a  pleasant  taste  to  tooth  powders. 


534  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

CARYOPHYLLUS. 

CLOVES. — [The  unexpanded  flowers  of  Eugenia  aromatica  (Linne)  O. 
Kuntze  (nat.  ord  Myrtacece).  Habitat. — Molucca  Islands ;  cultivated  in 
tropical  countries. 

CHARACTERS. — About  15  mm.  long,  dark  brown,  consisting  of  a  sub- 
cylindrical,  solid  and  granular  calyx-tube,  terminated  by  four  teeth,  and  sur- 
mounted by  a  globular  head,  formed  of  four  petals,  which  cover  numerous 
curved  stamens,  and  one  style.  Cloves  emit  oil,  when  scratched,  and  have  a 
strong,  aromatic  odor,  and  a  pungent,  spicy  taste.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Oleum  Caryophylli  [(see 
below),  18  per  cent]  (2)  Eugenin  [C10H12O2],  a  crystalline  body.  (3) 
Caryofhyllin,  [C10H16O,]  a  neutral  body  isomeric  with  Camphor. 

[Cloves  are  contained  in  Vinum  Opii,  Tinctura  Rhei  Aromatica,  and  Tinc- 
tura  Lavanduloe  Composita. 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr.  ;  .30  to  2.00  gm.] 

OLEUM  CARYOPHYLLI.— [Oil  of  Cloves.  A  volatile  oil  distilled 
from  Cloves. 

CHARACTERS. — A  pale  yellow,  thin  liquid,  becoming  darker  and  thicker 
by  age  and  exposure  to  the  air,  having  a  strongly  aromatic  odor  of  Cloves,  and 
a  pungent  and  spicy  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  1. 060  to  1.067.  Solubility. — Soluble  in 
an  equal  volume  of  Alcohol ;  also  soluble  in  an  equal  volume  of  glacial  Acetic 
Acid.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Eugenol  (Synonym. — 
Eugenic  Acid),  C10H,2O2,  85  per  cent.,  which  chemically  resembles  Phenol, 
and  forms  permanent  Salts  with  Alkalies.  This  is  also  found  in  Oil  of  Pi- 
menta.  (2)  A  terpene  (Caryophyllene),  Ci5HM. 

INCOMPATIBI.ES. — Lime  water,  iron  salts,  mineral  acids,  and  gelatin. 

Dose,  i  to  5  m.  ;  [.06  to  .30  c.c.] 

ACTION  OF  CLOVES  AND  OIL  OF  CLOVES. 

Oil  of  cloves  is  a  typical  example  of  a  volatile  oil  the  most 
important  actions  of  which  are  exerted  in  the  stomach. 

External. — When  rubbed  into  the  skin  it  is  stimulant, 
rubefacient,  irritant,  and  counter-irritant,  and  gives  rise  to 
considerable  vascular  dilatation.  At  first  it  causes  a  sensation  of 
tingling  and  pain,  which  afterwards  is  replaced  by  local  anaes- 
thesia. It  is  a  parasiticide  and  antiseptic. 

Internal. — Mouth. — In  the  mouth,  oil  of  cloves  produces 
the  same  effects  as  on  the  skin  :  there  is  a  burning  sensation 
accompanied  by  vascular  dilatation  and  an  increased  flow  of 


VOLATILE   OILS.  535 

saliva,  and  followed  by  local  anaesthesia.  Cloves  stimulate  the 
nerves  of  taste,  and  being  volatile  and  aromatic,  those  of  smell 
also  ;  by  both  these  means  taste  is  sharpened. 

Stomach. — The  stimulant  effect  of  cloves  is  experienced  here. 
The  vessels  are  dilated,  peristalsis  is  accelerated,  the 
secretion  of  gastric  juice  is  excited,  and  as  cloves  are  pleasant 
and  aromatic,  they  do  not  ordinarily  produce  nausea ;  conse- 
quently the  appetite  is  increased.  The  combined  effect  of 
these  actions  is  to  aid  digestive  processes — therefore  oil  of  cloves 
is  stomachic;  and  to  facilitate  the  expulsion  of  gas — thus  it  is 
carminative.  The  stimulation  of  the  gastric  nerves  to  a  slight 
extent  reflexly  affects  the  heart  in  the  same  way  as  alcohol ; 
therefore  the  rate  and  force  of  the  pulse  are  moderately 
increased. 

Intestines, — Here  likewise  oil  of  cloves  dilates  the  vessels,  and 
stimulates  the  secretion  and  the  muscular  coat  of  the  intestine ; 
consequently  colicky  pains  due  to  irregular  contraction  of  it  are 
relieved,  and  flatus  is  expelled. 

Circulation. — Oil  of  cloves  is  readily  absorbed  from  the  intes- 
tine, circulates  in  the  blood,  and  is  said  to  increase  the  number 
of  white  corpuscles.  It  may,  to  a  slight  extent,  stimulate  the 
heart  directly,  but  the  greater  part  of  the  stimulation  of  the  heart 
excited  by  it  is  reflex  from  the  stomach.  It  is  credited  with  the 
power  of  arresting  painful  spasmodic  contractions  in  various  parts 
of  the  body.  It  can,  as  we  have  seen,  do  this  in  the  intestine, ., 
and  possibly  it  may  have  to  a  slight  extent  the  same  action  in  the 
bronchial  tubes,  heart,  etc.  This  causes  it  to  be  called  anti- 
spasmodic. 

Mucous  membranes. — Like  other  volatile  oils  it  is  excreted  by 
the  kidneys,  skin,  bronchi,  and  genito-urinary  tract,  and  in  pass- 
ing through  these  structures  will  act  as  a  stimulating  disinfect- 
ant to  their  secretion  ;  but  oil  of  cloves  is  never  used  for  these 
purposes. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  CLOVES  AND  OIL  OF  CLOVES. 
External. — Oil  of  cloves  is  too  [expensive]  for  frequent  ex- 
ternal application,  but  on  account  of  its  local  anaesthetic  effect  it 


536  ORGANIC  M'ATERIA  MEDICA. 

has  been  used  for  neuralgia.     It  is  employed  to  give  a  pleasant 
scent  to  liniments. 

Internal. — The  oil  is  sometimes  dropped  into  decayed  teeth 
to  relieve  pain.  Cloves  are  frequently  employed  in  cookery  for 
their  taste,  and  because  they  stimulate  the  appetite  and  aid  diges- 
tion. The  oil  or  infusion  [B.  P.,  i  to  40]  may  be  used  medici- 
nally as  a  stomachic,  as  a  carminative,  as  an  anti-spasmodic,  or 
to  relieve  colicky  pains  in  indigestion.  It  will  be  noticed  that 
oil  of  cloves  is  [sometimes  combined  with  preparations  of  scam- 
mony,  of  castor  oil,  and  of]  colocynth.  This  is  to  prevent  the 
griping  these  purgatives  might  otherwise  cause. 

PIMENTA. 

PIMENTA. — [Synonym. — Allspice.  The  nearly  ripe  fruit  of  Pimenta 
officinalis  Lindley  (nat.  ord.  Myrtacea).  Habitat. — Tropical  America;  culti- 
vated. 

CHARACTERS. — About  5  mm.  in  diameter,  nearly  globular,  crowned  with 
the  short,  four-parted  calyx  or  its  remnants,  and  a  short  style  ;  brownish  or 
brownish  gray,  granular  and  glandular,  two-celled  ;  each  cell  containing  one 
brown  plano-convex,  roundish-reniform  seed  ;  odor  and  taste  pungently  aro- 
matic, clove-like.]  Resembling  Pimenta.  —  Pepper,  which  has  no  calyx; 
Cubeb,  which  is  stalked. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  ingredient  is  [Oleum  Pimento  (see  below), 
which  is  chemically  almost  identical  with  the  volatile  oil  found  in  cloves. 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr. ;  .30  to  2.00  gm.] 

OLEUM  PIMENTO.— [Oil  of  Pimenta.  Synonym.— Oil  of  Allspice. 
A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  Pimenta. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  colorless  or  pale  yellow  liquid,  having  a  strong,  aro- 
matic, Clove  like  odor,  and  a  pungent,  spicy  taste.  It  becomes  darker  and 
thicker  by  age  and  exposure  to  the  air.  Sp.  gr.,  1.045  to  l-°55-  Solubility. 
«— With  an  equal  volume  of  Alcohol  it  forms  a  clear  solution. 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  JEugenoI,  70  per  cent.     (2)  A  sesquiterpene. 

Oil  of  Pimenta  is  used  in  Spiritus  Myrcise. 

Dose,  i  to  5  m. ;  .06  to  .30  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  ALLSPICE. 

The  action  and  uses  of  pimenta  and  its  oil  are  precisely  the 
same  as  those  of  cloves  and  oil  of  cloves. 


VOLATILE   OILS.  537 

PIPER. 

PEPPER.  —  [Synonym.  —  Black  Pepper.  The  unripe  fruit  of  Piper 
Nigrum,  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Piperacece).  Habitat. — India  ;  cultivated  in  the 
tropics. 

CHARACTERS. — Globular,  about  4  mm.  in  diameter,  reticulately  wrinkled, 
brownish-black,  or  grayish-black,  internally  lighter,  hollow,  with  an  undevel- 
oped embryo ;  odor  aromatic  ;  taste  jpungently  spicy.  ]  Resembling  Black 
Pepper. — Pimenta,  which  has  a  calyx  ;  Cubeb,  which  is  stalked. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  An  Oleoresin,  readily  yield- 
ing a  volatile  oil,  [i  to  2  per  cent]  with  the  odor  of  pepper,  and  a  resin.  (2) 
Piperin,  (see  below),  6  to  8  per  cent. 

Dose,  5  to  20  gr. ;   .30  to  1.20  gm. 

Preparation. 

Oleoresina  Piperis. — Oleoresin  of  Pepper.     By  percolation  with 
Ether,  distillation  and  evaporation  of  the  residue. 
Dose,  ^  to  i  gr.  ;  .015  to  .06  gm. 

PIPERINUM.— Piperin.  C17H19NOS=284.38.  A  neutral  principle  ob- 
tained from  Pepper,  and  obtainable  also  from  other  plants  of  the  natural  order 
Piperacece. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Colorless  or  pale  yellowish,  shining,  prismatic  crystals, 
odorless  and  almost  tasteless  when  first  put  in  the  mouth,  but  on  prolonged 
contact  producing  a  sharp  and  bitter  sensation.  Permanent  in  the  air.  Solu- 
bility. —  Almost  insoluble  in  water ;  soluble  in  30  parts  of  Alcohol  ;  also 
slightly  soluble  in  Ether.  Isomeric  with  Morphine,  it  decomposes  into  Piperic 
Acid,  CWH10O4,  and  a  liquid  Alkaloid  Piperidine,  C5HjjN. 

Dose,  i  to  10  gr. ;  .06  to  .60  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  PEPPER. 

Pepper,  because  of  its  volatile  oil,  acts  like  other  substances 
containing  volatile  oils  ;  thus  externally  it  is  at  first  rubefacient 
and  counter-irritant,  and  subsequently  it  acts  as  an  anodyne. 
Internally  it  increases  the  secretions  of  the  mouth,  and  in  the 
stomach  it  is  stomachic  and  "carminative.  During  its  excretion 
it  stimulates  the  mucous  membrane  of  the  genito-urinary  tract. 
Piperin  is  believed  to  be  a  feeble  antipyretic  and  antiperiodic. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  PEPPER. 

Occasionally  pepper  is  used  externally  as  an  irritant  for  the 
same  class  of  cases  as  mustard.  Internally  it  may  be  applied  in 
the  form  of  a  gargle,  as  a  stimulant  for  the  relaxed  conditions  of 


538  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

the  throat.  It  is  taken  in  the  form  of  a  condiment  for  its 
stomachic  properties.  The  confection  [B.  P. ,  Pepper,  2  ;  car- 
away, 3;  honey,  15.  Synonym. — Ward's  paste],  or  pepper 
lozenges  are  given  empirically  to  relieve  haemorrhoids,  ulcers  of 
the  rectum,  and  fissures  of  the  anus. 

MYRISTICA. 

NUTMEG. — [The  seed  of  Myristica  Fragrans  Houttuyn  (nat.  ord. 
MyristicaceiE),  deprived  of  its  testa.  Habitat. — Molucca  Islands  ;  cultivated 
in  tropical  countries. 

CHARACTERS. — Oval  or  roundish-ovate,  about  25  mm.  long,  light  brown, 
reticulately  furrowed,  with  a  circular  scar  on  the  broad  end  ;  internally  pale 
brownish,  with  dark  orange-brown  veins,  and  of  a  fatty  lustre ;  odor  strongly 
aromatic  ;  taste  aromatic,  warm,  and  somewhat  bitter.  ] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  The  fi xed  oil,  25  1030 
per  cent,  (see  below).  (2)  The  volatile  oil  (see  below),  2  to  8  per  cent. 

Nutmeg  is  contained  in  [Pulvis  Aromaticus,  and  Tinctura  Lavandulse 
Composita.  ] 

Dose,  5  to  15  gr.  ;  [.30  to  i.oo  gm.] 

[OLEUM  MYRISTICA  EXPRESSUM.  (Not  official).— Ex- 
pressed Oil  of  Nutmeg.  A  concrete  oil  obtained  by  expression  and  heat  from 
Nutmeg.  . 

CHARACTERS. — Orange-brown  or  orange-yellow,  mottled,  of  a  firm  consis- 
tence ;  odor  like  Nutmeg. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Glyceryl  Oleate,  C3H5 
(CjgH^O^j.  (2)  Glyceryl  Butyrate,  CSH5(CUH7O2)S.  (3)  Glyceryl,  Myris- 
tate,  CsH5(CuH27Oj)s.  (4)  A  little  volatile  oil.  (5)  A  little  resin.] 

OLEUM  MYRISTICA.— [Oil  of  Nutmeg.  A  volatile  oil  distilled 
from  Nutmeg. 

CHARACTERS. — A  thin,  colorless  or  pale  yellowish  liquid,  having  the 
characteristic  odor  of  Nutmeg  and  a  warm,  spicy  taste.  It  becomes  darker 
and  thicker  by  age  and  exposure  to  the  air.  Sp.  gr.,  0.870  to  0.900.  Solu- 
bility.— In  an  equal  volume  of  Alcohol.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Myristicene  [Ci0Hlg,],  a 
terpene.  (2)  Afyristicol,  [C10HUO,  a  stearopten,  isomeric  with  Carvol. 

Oil  of  Nutmeg  is  contained  in  Spiritus  Ammoniae  Aromaticus.] 

Dose,  i  to  3  m. ;   [.06  to  .20  c.c.  J 

Preparation. 

Spiritus    Myristicae.  — [Spirit   of  Nutmeg.     Synonym. — Essence 
of  Nutmeg.     Oil  of  Nutmeg,  50  ;  Alcohol,  950. 
Dose,  y2  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  4.  c.c.] 


VOLATILE   OILS.  539 

MACIS. 

[MACE. — The  arillode  of  the  seed  of  Myristica  fragrans  Houttuyn  (nat. 
ord.  Myristicaceiz).  Habitat. — Molucca  Islands  ;  cultivated  in  the  tropical 
countries. 

CHARACTERS. — In  narrow  bands,  25  mm.  or  more  long,  somewhat 
branched  and  lobed  above,  united  into  broader  bands  below  ;  brownish- 
orange  ;  fatty  when  scratched  or  pressed  ;  odor  fragrant,  taste  warm  and 
aromatic. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  A  Volatile  Oil,  8  per 
cent.,  a  greater  portion  of  which  is  Afacene,  C10H16.  (2)  A  red  fixed  Oil.  (3) 
Resin. 

Dose,  5  to  20  gr. ;  .30  to  1.20  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  NUTMEG  AND  MACE. 

The  action  of  oil  of  nutmeg  is  the  same  as  that  of  other 
aromatic  oils.  [The  expressed  oil  of  nutmeg  is  used  in  plasters 
as  a  sweet-smelling  stimulant.]  Nutmeg  [and  mace]  are  much 
employed  in  cookery  for  the  sake  of  their  volatile  oil,  which  is 
an  agreeable  stomachic.  A  liniment,  containing  one  part  of  the 
expressed  oil  to  three  of  olive  oil,  is  an  elegant  antiparasitic  for 
mild  cases  of  ringworm. 

CINNAMOMUM. 

[CINNAMOMUM  SAIGONICUM.— Saigon  Cinnamon.  The  bark 
of  an  undetermined  species  of  Cinnamomum  (nat.  ord.  Laurinea:},  Habitat. 
— China. 

CHARACTERS. — In  quills  about  15  cm.  long,  and  10  to  15  mm.  in 
diameter,  the  bark  2  or  3  mm.  thick  ;  outer  surface  gray  or  light  grayish -brown 
with  whitish  patches,  more  or  less  rough  from  numerous  warts  and  some  trans- 
verse ridges  and  fine  longitudinal  wrinkles  ;  the  inner  surface  cinnamon-brown 
or  dark  brown,  granular  and  slightly  striate  ;  fracture  short,  granular,  in  the 
outer  layer  cinnamon-colored,  having  near  the  cork  numerous  whitish  striae 
forming  an  almost  uninterrupted  line  ;  odor  fragrant  ;  taste  sweet,  warmly  aro- 
matic, somewhat  astringent. 

CINNAMOMUM  ZEYLANICUM.— Ceylon  Cinnamon.  The  inner 
bark  of  the  shoots  of  Cinnamomum  zeylanicum  Breyne  (nat.  ord.  Laurinea:). 
Habitat. — Ceylon  ;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — Long,  closely-rolled  quills,  composed  of  eight  or  more 
layers  of  bark  of  the  thickness  of  paper ;  pale  yellowish-brown  ;  outer  surface 
smooth,  marked  with  wavy  lines  of  bast-bundles  ;  inner  surface  striate  ;  frac- 
ture short  splintery ;  odor  fragrant ;  taste  sweet  and  warmly  aromatic. 


54O  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  A  Volatile  Oil,  j^  to  i% 
percent     (2)  Tannic  acid.     (3)  Sugar.      (4)  Mannit.] 
IMPURITY. — Cassia  Bark. 

Preparations. 

[i.  Pulvis  Arornaticus. — Aromatic  Powder.  Ceylon  Cinnamon, 
35;  Cardamom,  15;  Ginger,  35  ;  Nutmeg,  15. 

Aromatic  Powder  is  used  to  make  Extractum  Aromaticum  Fluidum. 
Dose,  10  to  30  gr. ;  .60  to  2.00  gm. 

2.  Tinctura  Cinnamomi. — Tincture  of  Cinnamon.     Ceylon  Cin- 
namon, 100 ;  Glycerin,  50  ;  Alcohol  and  Water  to   1000.     By  perco- 
lation. 

Dose,  i  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  8.  c.c. 

3.  Extractum    Aromaticum     Fluidum. — Aromatic    Fluid    Ex- 
tract.    Aromatic  Powder,  by  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol, 

•and  evaporation. 

Dose,  10  to  30  m. ;  .60  to  2.00  c.c. 

CINNAMOMUM  CASSIA.— Cassia  Cinnamon.  Synonym. — Cassia 
Bark.  The  bark  of  the  shoots  of  one  or  more  undetermined  species  of  Cinna- 
momum  grown  in  China  (Chinese  Cinnamon)  (nat.  ord.  Laurinea).  Habitat. 
— China. 

CHARACTERS. — In  quills  of  varying  length  and  about  i  mm.  or  more  in 
thickness;  nearly  deprived  of  the  corky  layer;  yellowish-brown;  outer  sur- 
face somewhat  rough  ;  fracture  nearly  smooth  ;  odor  fragrant ;  taste  sweet, 
and  warmly  aromatic. 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  Volatile  Oil  (see  below).  (2)  Tannic  acid.  (3) 
Sugar.  (4)  Mannit. 

Cassia  Cinnamon  is  contained  in  Tinctura  Cardamomi  Composita,  Tinc- 
tura Catechu  Composita,  Tinctura  Lavandulae  Composita  and  Vinum  Opii.] 

OLEUM  CINNAMOMI.— [Oil  of  Cinnamon.  Synonym.—  Oil  of 
Cassia.  A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  Cassia  Cinnamon. 

CHARACTERS. — A  yellowish  or  brownish  liquid,  becoming  darker  and 
thicker  by  age  and  exposure  to  the  air,  having  the  characteristic  odor  of  Cin- 
namon, and  a  sweetish,  spicy,  and  burning  taste.  Sp.  gr. ,  1.055  to  1-065. 
Solubility. — In  an  equal  volume  of  Alcohol.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (l)  Cinnamic  Aldehyde, 
C9H8O,  which  makes  up  the  greatest  part.  (2)  Eugenol  [found  also  in  the 
oils  of  cloves  and  nutmeg.  (3)  In  old  oil,  Cinnamic  Acid,  CgHgO.,. 

Oil  of  Cinnamon  is  contained  in  Acidum  Sulphuricum  Aromaticum. 

Dose,  i  to  5  m.  ;  .06  to  .30  c.c.] 

Preparations. 

[i.  Aqua  Cinnamomi. — Cinnamon  Water.  Oil  of  Cinnamon,  2; 
by  trituration  with  precipitated  Calcium  Phosphate  and  addition  of  Dis- 
tilled Water  to  1000. 


VOLATILE   OILS.  $4! 

Cinnamon  Water  is  contained  in  Infusum  Digitalis. 
Dose,  Y?,  to  i  fl.  oz. ;  15.  to  30.  c.c. 

2.  Spiritus    Cinnamomi. — Spirit  of  Cinnamon.     Oil   of  Cinna- 
mon, 100  ;  Alcohol,  900. 

Dose,  10  to  30  m. ;  .60  to  2.00  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  CINNAMON. 
Oil  of  cinnamon  has  the  same  action  as  other  aromatic  vola- 
tile oils,  and  is  therefore  stomachic  and  carminative.  Cinnamon 
bark  in  addition  has,  in  virtue  of  its  tannic  acid,  some  astringent 
action,  and  is  consequently  a  common  flavoring  vehicle  for 
astringent  stomachic  powders  and  mixtures,  except  such  as  con- 
tain iron.  Finely  powdered  cinnamon  (60  to  90  gr.  [4,  to  6. 
gm.]  ),  is  given  night  and  morning  in  acute  dysentery. 

ARMORACIA. 

HORSE-RADISH.  [B.  P.,  not  official.]— The  fresh  root  of  the  Coch- 
learia  armoracia  (nat.  ord.  Cruciferce).  Habitat. — Cultivated  in  [the  United 
States  and  Britain.  It  is  most  active  in  the  autumn  and  early  spring,  before 
the  leaves  have  appeared.] 

CHARACTERS. — A  long,  cylindrical,  fleshy  root,  enlarged  at  the  upper  end, 
where  it  is  marked  by  the  scars  of  fallen  leaves,  [12  to  25  mm.]  in  diameter, 
and  usually  [30  cm.]  or  more  long.  Pale  yellowish  or  brownish- white  exter- 
nally ;  whitish  and  fleshy  within.  Taste  very  pungent.  Inodorous  unless 
bruised  or  scraped.  Resembling  Horse-Radish  Root. — Aconite  root,  which  is 
shorter,  conical,  not  cylindrical,  darker,  and  causes  tingling  and  numbness 
when  chewed. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituent  is  a  substance  which,  by  the  action 
of  an  enzyme,  yields  a  volatile  oil,  Butyl  Sulphocyanide,  C4HgCNS. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  HORSE-RADISH. 

Horse-radish  is  a  condiment,  having  the  same  action  as  mus- 
tard.. It  has  been  used  as  a  counter-irritant.  The  [compound] 
spirit  [B.  P.,  scraped  horse-radish  root,  10  ;  bitter  orange  peel, 
10  ;  nutmeg,  i  ;  alcohol,  192  ;  water,  196  ;  dose,  i  to  2  fl.  dr.  ; 
4.  to  8.  c.c.]  is  a  pleasant  flavoring  and  carminative  agent. 

CAPSICUM. 

CAPSICUM. — [Synonyms. — Cayenne  Pepper.  Guinea  Pepper.  Afri- 
can Pepper.  The  fruit  of  Capsicum  fastigiatum  Blume  (nat.  ord.  Solanacetz). 
Habitat. — Tropical  America  ;  cultivated  in  tropical  countries. 


542  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

CHARACTERS. — Oblong-conical,  from  10  to  20  mm.  long,  supported  by  a 
flatfish,  cup-shaped,  five-toothed  calyx,  with  a  red,  shining  membranous  and 
translucent  pericarp,  enclosing  two  cells,  and  containing  flat,  reniform,  yellow- 
ish seeds  attached  to  a  thick,  central  placenta.  It  has  a  peculiar  odor,  and  an 
intensely  hot  taste.]  Dried  and  powdered  it  constitutes  red  pepper. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Capsaicin,  [C9H14NO2], 
a  crystallizable  acrid  substance.  (2)  Capsicin,  a  volatile  Alkaloid  smelling 
like  Coniine.  (3)  A  fixed  oil.  (4)  A  Resin.  (5)  Fatty  matter. 

IMPURITIES. — Various  red  substances,  e.g.,  red-lead. 

Dose,  i  to  8  gr. ;   [.06  to  .50  gm.] 

Prepa  rations. 

[i.  Extractum  Capsici  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Capsicum. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 
Dose,  i  to  8  m. ;  .06  to  .50  c.c. 

2.  Oleoresina  Capsici. — Oleoresin  of  Capsicum.     By  percolation 
with  Ether  and  distillation,  and  evaporation  of  the  residue. 

Dose,  ^  to  i  m. ;  .015  to  .06  c.c. 

3.  Tinctura   Capsici. — Tincture   of  Capsicum.     Capsicum,    50. 
By  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water  to  loco. 

Dose,  5  to  60  m. ;  .30  to  4.00  c.c. 

4.  Emplastrum  Capsici. — Capsicum  Plaster.     Resin  Plaster  and 
Oleoresin  of  Capsicum.     Cover  muslin  with  the  melted  plaster,  coat  it 
when  cool,  by  brushing  on  the  Oleoresin.] 

ACTION  OF  CAPSICUM. 

The  action  of  capsicum  is  like  that  of  volatile  oils  generally. 
Thus  externally  it  is  a  powerful  rubefacient,  irritant,  and  counter- 
irritant.  Internally  in  small  doses  it  stimulates  the  gastric  secre- 
tions, causes  dilatation  of  the  gastric  vessels,  and  excites  the 
muscular  coat.  It  is  therefore  stomachic  and  carminative. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  CAPSICUM. 

External. — Capsicum  ointment  [B.  P. — Capsicum,  6  ;  sper- 
maceti, 3  ;  olive  oil,  22  ;  which  resembles  Smedley's  paste]  is 
used  as  a  counter-irritant  for  pleurisy,  sciatica,  neuralgia  and 
rheumatic  pains. 

Internal. — Capsicum  is  used  as  a  condiment.  Medicinally 
it  is  given  as  a  stomachic  and  carminative  in  dyspepsia,  particu- 
larly that  of  drunkards  when  it  is  required  either  to  excite  the 
appetite  and  digestion,  or  to  cause  the  evacuation  of  gas. 


VOLATILE    OILS.  543 

ZINGIBER. 

GINGER. — [The  rhizome  of  Zingiber  officinale  Roscoe  (nat.  ord.  Sci- 
laminecE}.  Habitat. — India;  cultivated  in  the  tropics. 

CHARACTERS. — About  5  to  10  cm.  long,  10  to  15  mm.  broad,  and  4  to  8 
mm.  thick,  flattish,  on  one  side  lobed  or  clavately  branched  ;  deprived  of  the 
corky  layer ;  pale,  buff-colored,  striate,  breaking  with  a  mealy,  rather  fibrous 
fracture,  showing  numerous  small,  scattered  resin-cells  and  nbro-vascular 
bundles,  the  latter  enclosed  by  a  nucleus  sheath  ;  agreeably  aromatic,  and  of  a 
pungent  and  warm  taste.-]  Resembling  Ginger. — Turmeric,  which  is  yellow. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (l)  An  aromatic  volatile  oil, 
[^  to  2  per  cent.]  giving  the  flavor.  (2)  Resin.  [(3)  Gingerol,  to  which 
the  pungent  taste  is  due  (Thresh). 

Ginger  is  contained  in  Pulvis  Rhei  Compositus  and  Pulvis  Aromaticus. 

Dose,  5  to  15  gr. ;  .30  to  i.oo  gm.j 

Preparations. 

1.  Extractum  Zingiberis  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Ginger. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 

Fluid  Extract  of  Ginger  is  used  in  Syrupus  Zingiberis. 
Dose,  5  to  15  m. ;  .30  to  i.oo  c.c. 

2.  Oleoresina  Zingiberis. — Oleoresin  of  Ginger.     By  percolation 
with  Ether,  distillation,  and  evaporation  of  the  residue. 

Dose,  ]/z  to  2  m. ;  .03  to  .12  c.c. 

3.  Tinctura  Zingiberis. — Tincture  of  Ginger.     Ginger,  200.     By 
percolation  with  Alcohol  to  1000. 

Tincture  of  Ginger  is  used  in  Trochisci  Zingiberis. 
Dose,  %  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  c.c. 

4.  Syrupus    Zingiberis. — Syrup   of  Ginger.     Fluid    Extract   of 
Ginger,  30  ;  Sugar,  850  ;  Water  to  1000.     By  trituration  with  Precipi- 
tated Calcium  Phosphate,  solution  and  filtration. 

Dose,  ^  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  8.  c.c. 

5.  Trochisci  Zingiberis. — Troches  of  Ginger.     Tincture  of  Gin- 
ger, 20  ;  Tragacanth,  4  ;  Sugar,  130  gm.  ;  Syrup  of  Ginger  in  sufficient 
quantity  to  make  100  troches. 

Dose,  freely.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  GINGER. 

Its  action  is  the  same  as  that  of  other  substances  containing 
aromatic  volatile  oils.  It  is  chiefly  used  as  a  stomachic,  car- 
minative, and  flavoring  agent.  The  oleoresin  is  a  useful  addi- 
tion to  purgative  pills  to  prevent  griping. 


544  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

CARDAMOMUM. 

CARDAMOM.— [The  fruit  of  Elettaria  repens  (Sonnrat)  Baillon  (nat. 
ord.  ScitaminecE}.  Habitat.  —  Malabar;  cultivated  in  India. 

CHARACTERS. — Ovoid  or  oblong,  from  10  to  15  mm.  long,  obtusely  tri- 
angular, rounded  at  the  base,  beaked,  longitudinally  striate  ;  of  a  pale  buff 
color,  three-celled,  with  a  thin,  leathery,  nearly  tasteless  pericarp,  and  a  central 
placenta.  The  seeds  are  about  4  mm.  long,  reddish-brown,  angular,  rugose, 
depressed  at  the  hilum,  surrounded  by  a  thin,  membranous  arillus,  and  have 
an  agreeable  odor  and  a  pungent,  aromatic  taste.  ]  - 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  A  volatile  oil,  4  to  5  per 
cent.,  which  contains  a  terpene,  C10H16,  called  Terpinene.  (2)  A  fixed  oil, 
10  to  II  per  cent.  The  pericarp  is  medicinally  inactive. 

Cardamom  is  contained  in  Extractum  Colocynthidis  Compositum,  [Pulvis 
Aromaticus,  Tinctura  Gentianse  Composita,  Tinctura  Rhei,  and  Tinctura  Rhei 
Dulcis]. 

Dose,  10  to  15  gr. ;  [.60  to  i.oo  gm. 

Preparations. 

1.  Tinctura  Cardamomi. — Tincture  of  Cardamom.     Cardamom, 
loo.     By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Diluted  Alcohol  to  looo. 

Dose,  i  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  8.  c.c. 

2.  Tinctura  Cardamomi  Composita. — Compound  Tincture  of 
Cardamom.     Cardamom,    20;    Caraway,    IO;  Cassia   Cinnamon,   20; 
Cochineal,  5  ;  Glycerin,  50.     By  percolation  with  Diluted  Alcohol  to 

IOOO. 

Dose,  2  to  4  3.  dr. ;  8.  to  15.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  CARDAMOM. 

Cardamom,  because  of  its  volatile  oil,  acts  like  cloves  or  pep- 
per; therefore  it  is  carminative  and  stomachic.  As  it  has  a 
pleasant  taste,  and  the  [compound]  tincture  is  of  a  red  color,  it 
is  much  used  as  a  coloring  and  flavoring  agent.  A  good  flavor- 
ing carminative  is  the  Tinctura  Carminativa  of  the  British  Phar- 
maceutical Conference.  It  contains  cardamom,  6 ;  tincture  of 
ginger,  6  ;  oil  of  cinnamom,  oil  of  caraway,  oil  of  cloves,  of 
each,  i;  rectified  spirit  to  96.  Dose,  2  to  10  minims  [.12  to 

.60  c.c.] 

SUMBUL. 

SUMBUL. — Synonym. — Musk  Root.  [The  root  of  Ferula  Sumbul 
(Kauffmann)  Hooker  filius  (nat.  ord.  Umbellifeia).  Habitat. — Central  and 
Northeastern  Asia. 


VOLATILE    OILS.  545 

CHARACTERS. — In  transverse  segments,  varying  in  diameter  from  about 
2  to  7  cm.,  and  in  length  from  15  to  30  mm.;  light,  spongy,  annulate  or 
longitudinally  wrinkled  ;  bark  thin,  brown,  more  or  less  bristly  fibrous ;  the 
interior  whitish,  with  numerous  brownish-yellow  resin  dots  and  irregular, 
easily  separated  fibres  ;  odor  strong,  musk-like  ;  taste  bitter  and  balsamic.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  A  volatile  oil.  (2)  Two 
Resins.  (3)  Valerianic  Acid.  (4)  Sumbjilic  and  Angelic  Acids. 

Preparation. 

Tinctura    Sumbul. — [Tincture    of    Sumbul.     Sumbul,    100 ;   by 
maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water  to  1000. 
Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr.  ;  4.  to  15.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  SUMBUL. 

The  action  of  sumbul  is  the  same  as  that  of  volatile  oils  in 
general.  It  is  only  used  internally,  and  is  given  as  a  carmina- 
tive in  flatulence.  It  is  also  employed  in  much  the  same  class 
of  cases  as  valerian — that  is  to  say,  in  neurotic  conditions,  hys- 
teria, etc.  In  Russia  it  is  given  chiefly  as  a  stimulant  in  typhoid 
fever,  dysentery,  diarrhoea,  etc.,  for  the  same  purposes  as  musk 
is  employed  in  many  other  countries. 

OLEUM  LAVANDUL^E   [FLORUM.] 

OIL  OF  LAVENDER  [FLOWERS.— A  volatile  oil  distilled  from 
the  fresh  flowers  of  Lavandula  officinalis  Chaix  (nat.  ord.  Labiatte).  Habitat. 
— Southern  Europe ;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS.  —A  colorless  or  yellowish  liquid,  having  the  fragrant  odor 
of  Lavender  Flowers,  and  a  pungent  and  bitter  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  0.885  to 
0.897.  Solubility. — In  all  proportions  in  Alcohol. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Linalool  Acetate  (also 
found  in  Oil  of  Bergamot).  (2)  Linalool,  C,0H18O,  which  is  an  alcohol  and 
an  oxidation  product  of  the  terpene,  Myrcene,  C10H16.  It  is  isomeric  with 
Bomeol  (see  p.  53°)»  Geraniol  (<j.  v. )  and  Menthol  (see  p.  547).  (3)  Cineol\ 
also  found  in  Oil  of  Eucalyptus  (see  p.  528)  and  other  volatile  oils. 

IMPURITY.  -Oil  of  Spike. 

Oil  of  Lavender  Floivers  is  contained  in  Linimentum  Saponis  Mollis, 
Spiritus  Ammoniee  Aromaticus,  and  Unguentum  Diachylon. 

Dose,  i  to  5  m. ;  .06  to  .30  c.c. 

Preparations. 

i.  Spiritus    Lavandulae. — Spirit  of  Lavender.     Oil  of  Lavender 
Flowers,  50  ;   Deodorized  Alcohol,  950. 
Dose,  yz  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  4.  c.c. 


546  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

2.  Tinctura  Lavandulae  Composita.  —  Compound  Tincture  of 
Lavender.  Synonym.  —  Compound  Spirit  of  Lavender.  Oil  of  Lav- 
ender Flowers,  8  ;  Oil  of  Rosemary,  2  ;  Cassia  Cinnamon,  20  ;  Cloves, 
5  ;  Nutmeg,  10  ;  Red  Saunders,  10  ;  Alcohol,  700  ;  Water,  250  ;  di- 
luted Alcohol  to  looo.  By  mixing  and  percolation. 

Compound  Tincture  of  Lavender  is  contained  in  Liquor  Potassii 
Arsenitis. 

Dose,  J^  to  I  fl.  dr.  ;  2.  to  4.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF   OIL  OF   LAVENDER   FLOWERS. 

Oil  of  lavender  flowers  has  the  same  action  as  other  aromatic 
volatile  oils.  It  is  used  externally  as  a  pleasant  stimulating  com- 
ponent of  liniments,  and  most  red  lotions  (see  p.  178)  are 
colored  with  the  compound  tincture.  This  given  internally 
makes  a  very  agreeable  gastric  stimulant,  and  carminative  agent. 

[OLEUM  BERGAMOTT.E. 

OIL  OF  BERGAMOT.  —  Synonym.  —  Oleum  Bergamii.  A  volatile 
oil  obtained  by  expression  from  the  rind  of  the  fresh  fruit  of  Citrus  Bergamia, 
Risso  et  Poiteau  (nat.  ord.  Rutacece}.  Habitat.  —  Sicily;  naturalized  in  sub- 
tropical countries. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  greenish  or  greenish-yellow,  thin  liquid,  having  a 
peculiar^  very  fragrant  odor,  and  an  aromatic,  bitter  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  0.880  to 
0.885.  Solubility.  —  In  Alcohol  and  in  Glacial  Acetic  Acid. 

COMPOSITION.  —  By  fractional  distillation  is  obtained  —  (I)  Limonine.  (2) 
Dipentene,  C,0H16.  (3)  Linalool,  C10H18O,  25  percent.  (4)  Linalool  acetate, 
j,  about  20  per  cent.,  and  to  which  the  odor  is  probably  due. 


ACTION  AND  USES  OF  OIL  OF  BERGAMOT. 
Although  possessed  of  the  stimulant  properties  of  volatile  oils 
in  general,  it  is  used  chiefly,  if  not  exclusively,  as  a  perfume 

MENTHA  PIPERITA. 

PEPPERMINT.  —  The  leaves  and  tops  of  Mentha  piperita  Smith  (nat. 
ord.  Labiate.  Habitat.  —  Wild  in  Asia,  Europe,  and  North  America  ; 
cultivated. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Leaves  about  5  cm.  long,  petiolate,  ovate-lanceolate,  acute, 
sharply  serrate,  glandular,  nearly  smooth,  the  few  hairs  containing  crystals  of 
Menthol  in  one  or  mor.e  thin  cells  ;  branches  quadrangular,  often  purplish  ; 
flowers  in  terminal,  conical  spikes,  with  a  tubular,  five-toothed,  often  purplish, 
calyx,  a  purplish,  four-lobed  corolla,  and  four  short  stamens  ;  odor  aromatic  ; 
taste  pungent  and  cooling. 


VOLATILE    OILS.  547 

COMPOSITION. — -Its  chief  constituents  are — (l)  A  volatile  oil,  (see  below) ; 
(2)  A  liquid,  and  (3)  a  crystalline  Menthol. 

Preparation. 

i.  Spiritus  Menthae  Piperitae. — Spirit  of  Peppermint.  Synonym. 
— Essence  of  Peppermint.  Oil  of  Peppermint,  100  ;  Peppermint,  IO. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  to  1000. 

Spirit  of  Peppermint  is  contained  in  Mistura  Rhei  et  Sodas. 

Dose,  5  to  15  m.  ;  .30  to  i.oo  c.c.] 

OLEUM  MENTH^  PIPERITAE.— Oil  of  Peppermint.  [A  vola- 
tile oil  distilled  from  Peppermint. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless,  or  yellowish,  or  greenish-yellow  liquid,  be- 
coming darker  and  thicker  by  age  and  exposure  to  the  air,  having  the  char- 
acteristic, strong  odor  of  Peppermint,  and  a  strongly  aromatic,  pungent  taste, 
followed  by  a  sensation  of  cold  when  air  is  drawn  into  the  mouth.  Sp.  gr., 
0.900  to  0.920. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Menthene,  C10H18,  the 
liquid  Terpene  obtained  by  distillation.  (2)  Menthol,  the  solid  Stearopten 
((/.  -ft. ),  50  to  65  per  cent. 

Oil  of  Peppermint  is  contained  in  Pilulse  Rhei  Compositse. 

Dose,  i  to  5  m. ;  .06  to  .30  c.c.] 

Prepa  rations. 

1.  Aqua   Menthae   Piperitae. — [Peppermint  water.     Oil  of  Pep- 
permint, 2.     By  trituration  with  precipitated  Calcium  Phosphate,  and 
filtration  with  distilled  water  to  1000. 

Dose,  y2  to  2  fl.  oz. ;  15.  to  60.  c.c. 

2.  Spiritus  Menthae  Piperitae. — See  above. 

3.  Trochisci   Menthae   Piperitae. — Troches  of  Peppermint.     Oil 
of  Peppermint,  I  ;  Sugar,  80  gm.  ;  Mucilage  of  Tragacanth  to  make 
loo  troches. 

Dose,  Freely.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  PEPPERMINT. 

External. — The  action  of  oil  of  peppermint  is  the  same  as 
that  of  volatile  oils  generally,  but  the  cool,  numb  feeling  often 
produced  by  volatile  oils  after  the  sensation  has  passed  off  is 
especially  well  marked  with  oil  of  peppermint ;  and  this  effect, 
which  is  due  to  the  menthol  in  it,  has  caused  it  to  be  applied 
externally  in  neuralgia.  Like  many  other  volatile  oils  it  is  a 


548  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MED1CA. 

powerful  antiseptic.     [It  is  in  common  use  as  the  "  peppermint 
test"  for  defective  plumbing.] 

Internal. — It  is  often  used  as  a  powerful  stomachic  and  car- 
minative, and  also  as  a  flavoring  agent. 

[MENTHA  VIRIDIS. 

SPEARMINT. — The  leaves  and  tops  of  Mentha  viridis  Linnfi  (nat. 
ord-  Labiates').  Habitat. — Wild  in  Europe  and  North  America  ;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — Leaves  about  5  cm-  l°ngi  subsessile,  lance-ovate,  acute 
serrate,  glandular,  nearly  smooth  ;  branches  quadrangular,  mostly  light  green  ; 
flowers  in  terminal,  interrupted,  narrow,  acute  spikes,  with  a  tubular,  sharply 
five-toothed  calyx,  a  light-purplish,  four-lobed  corolla,  and  four  rather  long 
stamens ;  odor  aromatic,  taste  pungent. 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  A  volatile  oil  (see  below).     (2)  Resin.     (3)  Gum. 

Preparation. 

Spiritus  Menthae  Viridis. — Spirit  of  Spearmint.  Synonym. — 
Essence  of  Spearmint.  Oil  of  Spearmint,  loo  ;  Spearmint,  10.  By 
maceration  with  Alcohol  and  filtration  to  1000. 

Dose,  5  to  15  m. ;  .30  to  i.oo  c.c.] 

OLEUM  MENTHA  VIRIDIS.— [Oil  of  Spearmint.  A  volatile  oil 
distilled  from  Spearmint. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless,  yellowish,  or  greenish-yellow  liquid,  becom- 
ing darker  and  thicker  by  age  and  exposure  to  the  air,  having  the  character- 
istic, strong  odor  of  Spearmint,  and  a  hot,  aromatic  taste.  Sp.  gr. ,  o.  930  to 
0.940.  Solubility. — Freely  in  Alcohol.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Menthene,  the  same  ter- 
pene  as  in  Peppermint.  (2)  [Carvol,~\  C10HUO,  a  Stearopten  isomeric  with 
Thymol  (</.  v. ). 

Dose,  i  to  5  m. ;  [.06  to  .30  c.c.] 

Preparations. 

1.  Aqua  Menthae  Viridis. — [Spearmint  water.      Oil  of  Spear- 
mint, 2.     By  trituration  with  precipitated  Calcium  Phosphate,  addition 
of  Distilled  Water  and  filtration  to  1000. 

Dose,  YZ  to  2  fl.  oz. ;  15.  to  60.  c.c.] 

2.  Spiritus  Menthae  Viridis. — (See  above). 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  SPEARMINT. 

These  are  the  same  as  those  of  [peppermint  and]  oil  of  pep- 
permint, [but  oil  of  spearmint  is  not  so  agreeable.] 


VOLATILE   OILS.  549 

ANISUM. 

ANISE. — [The  fruit  of  Pimpinella  Anisum  Linne  (nat.    ord.    Umbelli- 
Habitat. — Western  Asia,  Egypt,  Southeastern  Europe  ;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — About  4  or  5  mm.  long,  ovate,  compressed  at  the  sides, 
grayish,  finely  hairy,  and  consisting  of  two  mericarps,  each  with  a  flat  face, 
and  five  light,  brownish,  filiform  ridges,  and  about  15  thin  oil  tubes,  which 
can  be  seen  in  a  transverse  section  by  the  microscope.  It  has  an  agreeable 
aromatic  odor,  and  a  sweet,  spicy  taste.  -  Resembling  Anise. — Conium,  which 
has  single  mericarps,  smooth,  grooved  upon  the  face,  and  having  crenate  ridges 
with  wrinkles  between  them,  and  no  oil-tubes. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituent  is  the  official  volatile  oil  (see  below). 

Anise  is  contained  in  Tinctura  Rhei  Dulcis. 

Dose,  10  to  30  gr. ;  .60  to  2.00  gm. 

ILLICIUM. — Synonym. — Star  Anise.  The  fruit  of  Illicium  verum 
Hooker  filius  (nat.  ord.  Magnoliace<z}.  Habitat. — Northern  Anam. 

CHARACTERS. — The  fruit  is  pedunculate  and  consists  of  eight  stellately 
arranged  carpels,  which  are  boat-shaped,  about  10  mm.  long,  rather  woody, 
wrinkled,  straight-beaked,  brown,  dehiscent  on  the  upper  suture,  internally 
reddish-brown,  glossy,  and  containing  a  single,  flatfish,  oval,  glossy,  brownish- 
yellow  seed  ;  odor  anise-like  ;  taste  of  the  carpels  sweet  and  aromatic,  and  of 
the  seeds  oily.  Resembling  Star  Anise. — Illicium  anisatum  Linne  (Illicium 
reli^iosum  Siebold),  the  carpels  of  which  are  more  woody,  shrivelled,  and  have 
a  thin,  mostly  curved  beak,  a  faint,  clove-like  odor,  and  an  unpleasant  taste. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituent  is  the  volatile  oil. 

Oleum  Anisi  may  be  distilled  from  this  as  well  as  from  Pimpinella  Anisum. 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr. ;  .30  to  2.00  gm.] 

OLEUM  ANISI. — [Oil  of  Anise.     A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  Anise. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless  or  pale  yellow,  thin,  and  strongly  refractive 
liquid,  having  the  characteristic  odor  of  Anise,  and  a  sweetish,  mildly  aro- 
matic taste.  That  from  the  Pimpinella  Anisum  solidifies  at  59°  F.  [15°  C.  ]  ; 
that  from  Illicium  verum  (Star-anise)  at  about  50°  F.  [10°  C.].  Sp.  gr.,  about 
0.980  to  0.990.  Solubility. — In  an  equal  volume  of  Alcohol.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (I)  A  Terpene,  [C10H16,  in 
small  quantity.  (2)  A  Stearopten,  anethol,  C10H12O,  80  per  cent. 

Oil  of  Anise  is  contained  in  Tinctura  Opii  Camphorata,  Spiritus  Aurantii 
Compositus,  Syrupus  Sarsaparilloe  Compositus,  and  Trochisci  Glycyrrhizoe  et 
Opii. 

Dose,  i  to  5  m. ;  .06  to  .30  c.c.] 

Preparations. 

I.  [Aqua  Anisi. — Anise  water.  ^  Oil  of  Anise,  2.  By  trituration 
with  precipitated  Calcium  Phosphate,  addition  of  Water  and  filtration 
to  loco. 

Dose,  ^  to  i  fl.  oz. ;  8.  to  30.  c.c. 


55O  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

2.  Spiritus  Anisi. — Spirit  of  Anise.     Oil  of  Anise,  loo  ;  Alcohol, 
900. 

Dose,  i  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  8.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  ANISE. 

The  action  of  oil  of  anise  is  the  same  as  that  of  aromatic  oils 
generally.  It  is  specially  used  to  get  rid  of  flatulence  in  children, 
and,  on  account  of  its  slightly  expectorant  action,  as  a  basis  of 
cough  mixtures. 

CORIANDRUM. 

CORIANDER. — [The  fruit  of  Coriandrum  sativum  Linne  (nat.  ord. 
Umbellifera).  Habitat. — Central  Asia  and  Southern  Europe ;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — Globular;  about  4  mm.  in  diameter;  crowned  \vith  the 
calyx-teeth  and  stylopod  ;  brownish  yellow,  with  slight,  longitudinal  ridges; 
the  two  mericarps  cohering,  enclosing  a  lenticular  cavity,  and  each  furnished 
on  the  face  with  two  oil-tubes  ;  odor  and  taste  agreeably  aromatic.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituent  is  the  official  volatile  oil  (see  below). 

Dose,  10  to  30  gr.  ;   [.60  to  2.00  gm.] 

OLEUM  CORIANDRI.— [Oil  of  Coriander.  A  volatile  oil  distilled 
from  Coriander. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless  or  slightly  yellowish  liquid,  having  the  char- 
acteristic, aromatic  odor  of  Coriander,  and  a  warm,  spicy  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  0.870 
to  0.885. 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  Pinene,  the  chief  terpene  of  Oil  of  Turpentine,  5  per 
cent.  (2)  Coriandrol,  C10H18O,  which  is  isomeric  with  Borneo  Camphor 
(q.  «0.] 

Oil  of  Coriander  is  contained  in  Syrupus  Sennse,  [Confectio  Sennae,  and 
Spiritus  Aurantii  Compositus. 

Dose,  2  to  5  m. ;  .12  to  .30  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  CORIANDER. 

Oil  of  coriander  has  the  same  action  as  other  volatile  oils. 
It  is  chiefly  used  as  a  stomachic  and  carminative,  and  to  disguise 
the  taste  of  rhubarb  and  senna. 

FCENICULUM. 

FENNEL. — [The  fruit  of  Fceniculum  capillaceum  Gilibert  (nat.  ord. 
Umbellifene).  Habitat. — Levant  and  Southern  Europe  ;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — Oblong,  nearly  cylindrical,  slightly  curved,  from  4  to  8 
mm.  long,  brownish  or  greenish-brown  ;  readily  separable  into  the  two  promi- 
nent mericarps,  each  with  five  light-brown,  obtuse  ribs,  four  oil-tubes  on  the 


VOLATILE  OILS.  551 

back,  and  two  or  four  oil-tubes  upon  the  flat  face ;  odor  and  taste  aromatic, 
anise-like.]  Resembling  Fennel. — Conium  fruit  (Fennel  is  larger  and  has 
prominent  vittae,  [oil-tubes] ),  Caraway  and  Anise  fruits. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituent  is  the  official  volatile  oil,  probably 
[chemically]  identical  with  Oil  of  Anise  (see  p.  549)- 

[Fennel is  contained  m  Infusum  Sennae  Compositum. 

Dose,  15  to  30  gr.  ;  i.  to  2.  gm. 

OLEUM  FCENICULI.— Oil  of  Eennel.  A  volatile  oil  distilled  from 
Fennel. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless  or  pale  yellowish  liquid,  having  the  charac- 
teristic, aromatic  odor  of  Fennel,  and  a  sweetish,  mild  and  spicy  taste.  Sp. 
gr.,  not  less  than  0.960.  Solubility. — In  an  equal  volume  of  Alcohol. 

Oil  of  Fennel  is  contained  in  Spiritus  Juniperi  Compositus  and  Pulvis 
Glycyrrhizoe  Compositus. 

Dose,  i  to  5  m.  ;  .06  to  .30  c.c. 

Preparations. 

Aqua  Fceniculi. — Fennel  water.  Oil  of  Fennel,  2.  By  tritura- 
tion  with  precipitated  Calcium  Phosphate,  addition  of  Distilled  Water ; 
and  filtration  to  1000. 

Dose,  %  to  i  fl.  oz. ;  8.  to  30.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  FENNEL. 
These  are  same  as  of  oil  of  anise  or  of  coriander. 

CARUM. 

CARAWAY.— [The  fruit  of  Carum  Carvi  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Umbelli- 
ferce).  Habitat. — Central  and  Western  Asia  ;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — Oblong,  laterally  compressed,  about  4  or  5  mm.  long, 
usually  separated  into  the  two  mericarps,  which  are  curved,  narrower  at  both 
ends,  brown,  with  five  yellowish,  filiform  ribs,  and  with  six  oil-tubes.  Cara- 
way has  an  agreeable  odor,  and  a  sweetish,  spicy  taste.]  Resembling  Cara- 
way.— Conium  and  Fennel.  Caraway  is  known  by  its  small  ridges  and  spicy 
taste. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituent  is  the  official  volatile  oil  (see  below), 
[5  to  7  per  cent. 

Caraway  is  contained  in  Tinctura  Cardamomi  Composita.] 

Dose,  15  to  30  gr. ;  [i.  to  2.  gm.] 

OLEUM  CARI. — [Oil  of  Caraway.  A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  Car- 
away. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless,  or  pale  yellow,  thin  liquid,  having  the  char- 
acteristic, aromatic  odor  of  Caraway,  and  a  mild,  spicy  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  0.910 
to  0.920.  Solubility. — In  an  equal  volume  of  Alcohol.] 


552  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (I)  Cymene,  Ci0Hu;  also 
found  in  Oil  of  Eucalyptus  (see  p.  528).  (2)  [Carvol,~\  C,0HUO,  isomeric 
with  Thymol  (q.  v.),  also  found  in  Oil  of  Spearmint.  (3)  Limonene,  a  ter- 
pene,  C,0H16;  also  found  in  Oil  of  Lemon  (y.  v.). 

[  Oil  of  Caraway  is  contained  in  Spiritus  Juniperi  Compositus.  ] 

Dose,  i  to  5  m.  ;  [.06  to  .30  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  CARAWAY. 

The  action  and  uses  of  oil  of  caraway  are  the  same  as  those  of 
other  aromatic  volatile  oils.  It  is  employed  as  a  carminative, 
stomachic  and  flavoring  agent. 

ANETHUM. 

DILL. — [B.  P.,  not  official.] — The  dried  fruit  of  Peucedanum  grav- 
eolens  (nat.  ord.  Umbellifera}.  Habitat. — Middle  and  Southern  Europe ; 
[cultivated.] 

CHARACTERS. — Broadly  oval,  [12  mm.]  long,  brown,  flat,  with  a  pale, 
broad  membranous  border.  Mericarps  distinct,  odor  and  taste  agreeable  and 
aromatic.  Resembling  Dill. — Conium,  Anise,  Fennel,  Caraway  ;  but  Dill  is 
winged. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituent  is  the  volatile  oil  (see  below.) 

OLEUM  ANETHI.— [Oil  of  Dill.  B.  P.,  (not  official)].  The  oil 
distilled  from  Dill  fruit. 

CHARACTERS. — Pale  yellow,  odor  pungent,  taste  hot  and  sweetish.  Sp. 
gr.,  0.905  to  0.920. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are  almost  identical  with  those  of 
Oil  of  Caraway  (see  p.  551). 

Dose,  i  to  4  m. ;   [.06  to  .25  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  DILL. 

The  same  as  those  of  anise  and  caraway.  Dill  water  [B.  P. ; 
dill  fruit,  i;  water,  10;  dose,  i  to  2  fl.  oz.,  30.  to  60.  c.c.]  is 
a  common  carminative  for  children,  and  it  covers  very  well 
the  taste  of  sodium  salts. 

SAMBUCUS. 

SAMBUCUS. — Synonym. — Elder.  [The  flowers  of  Sambucus  cana- 
densis  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Caprifoliacea}.  Habitat. — North  America,  west  to 
the  Rocky  Mountains,  in  damp  places. 

CHARACTERS. — The  flowers,  when  fresh,  about  5  mm.  broad,  and  after 
drying  shrivelled ;  calyx  superior,  minutely  five-toothed  ;  corolla  originally 


VOLATILE   OILS.  553 

cream-colored,  after  drying  pale  brownish-yellow,  wheel-shaped  and  five- 
lobed,  with  five  stamens  on  the  short  tube;  odor  peculiar;  taste  sweetish, 
somewhat  aromatic  and  bitterish.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (l)  A  resin.  (2)  Valerianic 
Acid.  (3)  A  volatile  oil. 

Dose,  yz  to  i  dr.  ;  [2.  to  4.  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  SAMBUCUS. 

Elder  flowers  are  used  to  flavor  medicines,  [and  are  gently 
stimulant  and  diaphoretic. 

HEDEOMA. 

HEDEOMA. — Synonym. — Pennyroyal.  The  leaves  and  tops  of  He~ 
deoma  pulegioides  (Linne)  Persoon  (nat.  ord.  Labiates).  Habitat. — North 
America,  south  to  Georgia,  and  west  to  Dakota  ;  in  sandy  fields. 

CHARACTERS. — Leaves  opposite,  short-petioled,  about  12  mm.  long,  ob- 
long-ovate, obscurely  serrate,  glandular  beneath  ;  branches  roundish-quad- 
rangular, hairy ;  flowers  in  small  axillary  cymules,  with  a  tubular  ovoid, 
bilabiate  and  five-toothed  calyx,  and  a  pale  blue,  spotted,  bilabiate  corolla, 
containing  two  sterile  and  two  fertile,  exserted  stamens  ;  odor  strong,  mint- 
like  ;  taste  warm  and  pungent. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituent  is  the  official  volatile  oil. 

OLEUM  HEDEOMdE. — Oil  of  Hedeoma.  Synonym. — Oil  of  Penny- 
royal. A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  Hedeoma. 

CHARACTERS. — A  pale  yellowish,  limpid  liquid,  having  a  characteristic, 
pungent,  mint-like  odor  and  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  0.930  to  0.940.  Solubility. — 
Freely  in  Alcohol. 

Dose,  i  to  5  m. ;  .06  to  .30  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  PENNYROYAL. 

Pennyroyal  is  a  gentle  aromatic  stimulant,  and  may  be  given 
in  flatulent  colic  and  sick  stomach.  The  oil  is  in  common  use 
locally  applied  as  a  remedy  for  mosquito  bites. 

ABSINTHIUM. 

ABSINTHIUM.— Synonym.— Wormwood.  The  leaves  and  tops  of 
Artemisia  Absinthium  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Composites).  Habitat^ — Northern 
Asia,  Europe  and  Northern  Africa  ;  naturalized  in  North  America  ;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — Leaves  about  5  cm.  long,  hoary,  silky-pubescent,  petio- 
iate,  roundish-triangular  in  outline  ;  pinnately  two-  or  three-cleft,  with  the 
segments  lanceolate,  the  terminal  one  spatulate ;  bracts  three-cleft  or  entire ; 


554  ORGANIC   MATERIA    MEDICA. 

heads  numerous,  about  3  mm.  long,  subglobose,  with  numerous  small,  pale 
yellow  florets,  all  tubular  and  without  pappus ;  odor  aromatic  ;  taste  persist- 
ently bitter. 

COMPOSITION. — The  principal  constituents  are — (i)  A  volatile  oil,  about 
I  per  cent.,  mainly  Absinthol,  C10H16O.  (2)  A  bitter  glucoside,  Absinthin, 
C15HMO.  (3)  Absinthic  Acid.  The  volatile  oil  mixed  with  alcohol  and  oil 
of  anise  is  known  as  absinthe,  a  beverage  much  esteemed  in  France. 

Dose,  8  to  40  gr. ;  .50  to  2.40  gm. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  WORMWOOD. 

Wormwood  is  used  in  an  infusion  as  an  aromatic  tonic  in 
itony  of  stomach  or  intestines.] 

ANTHEMIS. 

ANTHEMIS. — Synonym. — Chamomile.  [The  flower-heads  of  Anthe- 
mis  nobilis  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Composite),  collected  from  cultivated  plants. 
Habitat. — Southern  and  Western  Europe  ;  cultivated ;  naturalized  in  a  few 
localities  in  the  United  States. 

CHARACTERS. — Heads  subglobular,  about  2  cm.  broad,  consisting  of  an 
imbricated  involucre,  and  numerous  white,  strap-shaped,  three-toothed  florets, 
and  few,  or  no,  yellow  tubular  disk  florets,  inserted  upon  a  chaffy,  conical, 
solid  receptacle.  It  has  a  strong,  agreeable  odor,  and  an  aromatic,  bitter 
taste. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituent  is  the  volatile  oil. 

Dose,  y2  to  2  dr.  j  2.  to  8.  gm.] 

OLEUM  ANTHEMIDIS.— [B.  P.,  not  official].— Oil  of  Chamo- 
mile.— The  volatile  oil  distilled  from  Chamomile  flowers. 

CHARACTERS. — Pale  blue  or  greenish-blue,  becoming  yellowish-brown. 
Odor  and  taste  like  Chamomile. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (l)  A  terpene,  C^H^.  (2) 
[Anthemol,  C10H16O.]  (3)  [Anthemene,  CjgHj,,  in  tasteless  needles.]  (4) 
A  bitter  principle. 

Dose,  i  to  4  m.  ;   [.06  to  .25  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  CHAMOMILE. 

External. — A  poultice  made  with  chamomile  flowers  is  a 
popular  domestic  remedy.  Its  virtues  are  due  to  its  warmth. 

Internal. — Like  other  volatile  oils,  oil  of  chamomile  is  a 
stomachic  and  carminative.  The  infusion  [i  to  20],  in  large 
doses  [5  to  10  fl.  oz.;  150.  to  300.  c.c.]  is  a  simple  emetic. 


VOLATILE   OILS.  555 

[MATRICARIA. 

MATRICARIA. — Synonym. — German  Chamomile.  The  flower-heads 
of  Matricaria  Chamomilla,  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Composite).  Habitat. — Europe 
and  Western  Asia. 

CHARACTERS. — About  15  to  20  mm.  broad,  composed  of  a  flattish,  imbri- 
cate involucre,  a  conical,  hollow,  naked  receptacle,  which  is  about  5  mm. 
high,  about  fifteen  white,  ligulate,  reflexed  ray  florets,  and  numerous  yellow, 
tubular,  perfect  disk-florets  without  pappus  ;  strongly  aromatic  and  bitter. 
Resembling  Matricaria. — Anthemis  Arvensis  and  Anthemis  Cotula,  but  these 
have  conical,  solid,  and  chaffy  receptacles. 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  Volatile  Oil  ^  per  cent.  (2)  Anthemic  Acid.  (3) 
Anthemidin,  probably  a  glucoside.  (4)  Tannic  acid. 

Dose,  ].£  to  I  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  gm. 

ACTION  AND  ,USES  OF  MATRICARIA. 
The  actions  and  uses  are  identical  with  those  of  chamomile.] 

ROSA  GALLICA.— Red  Rose.  [The  petals  of  Rosa  gallica  Linne 
(nat.  ord.  Rosaceiz),  collected  before  expanding.  Habitat. — Asia  Minor  and 
Southern  Europe ;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — Usually  in  small  cones,  consisting  of  numerous  imbricated, 
roundish,  retuse,  deep  purple -colored,  yellow-clawed  petals,  having  a  roseate 
odor  and  a  bitterish,  slightly  acidulous  and  distinctly  astringent  taste. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  A  volatile  oil,  in  minute 
quantities.  (2)  Tannic  Acid.  (3)  Mucilage.  (4)  Sugar. 

Red  Rose  is  contained  in  Pilulse  Aloes  et  Mastiches.] 

Preparations. 

1.  Confectio    Rosae. — [Confection   of    Rose.      Red    Rose,    80; 
Sugar,  640  ;  Clarified  Honey,  12  ;  Stronger  Rose  Water,  160. 

Dose,  )4  to  i  dr. ;  2.  to  4.  gm. 

2.  Extractum    Rosae    Fluidum. — Fluid   Extract  of  Rose.     By 
maceration  with  Glycerin  and  Diluted  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 

Fluid  Extract  of  Rose  is  used  to  make  Mel  Rosae  and  Syrupus 
Rosse. 

Dose,  ]^  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  c.c. 

3.  Mel    Rosse. — Honey  of  Rose. — Fluid    Extract  of  Rose,    120; 
Clarified  Honey,  to  looo. 

Dose,  freely. 

4.  Syrupus    Rosas. — Syrup   of    Rose.     Fluid   Extract  of    Rose, 
125  ;  Syrup,  875. 

Dose,  i  to  2  fl.  dr.  ;  4.  to  8.  c.c. 

ROSA  CENTIFOLIA.— Pale  Rose.  The  petals  of  Rosa  centifolia 
Linne  (nat.  ord.  Rosacece).  Habitat. — Western  Asia;  cultivated. 


556  ORGANIC   MATERIA    MEDICA. 

CHARACTERS. — Roundish-obovate  and  retuse,  or  obcordate,  pink,  fragrant, 
sweetish,  slightly  bitter  and  faintly  astringent. 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  Volatile  oil,  in  minute  quantities.  (2)  Mucilage.  (3) 
Tannic  Acid.  (4)  Malates  and  Tartrates.^  . 

OLEUM  ROS/E.— Oil  of  Rose.  Synonym.—  Attar  of  Rose.  A  vola- 
tile oil  distilled  from  the  fresh  flowers  of  Rosa  damascena  Miller  (nat.  ord. 
Rosacea).  Habitat. — Cultivated  in  Bulgaria. 

CHARACTERS. — A  pale  yellowish,  transparent  liquid,  having  the  strong 
fragrant  odor  of  Rose,  and  a  mild,  slightly  sweetish  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  0.865  to 
0.880.  Solubility. — It  is  but  slightly  soluble  in  Alcohol.  ] 

COMPOSITION. — Its  principal  constituent  is  Rhodinol,  or  Geraniol,  C10H18O, 
a  volatile  oil,  12  to  14  per  cent.,  very  fragrant,  It  is  an  alcohol  and  is  related 
to  Linalool  which  occurs  in  Oil  of  Lavender  flowers. 

[IMPURITIES. — Oil  of  Ginger-grass  or  Turkish  Oil  of  Geranium,  Oil  of 
Rose  Geranium,  Spermaceti  and  Paraffin.  ] 

Prepa  rations. 

[i.  Aqua  Rosae  Fortior. — Stronger  Rose  Water.  Synonym. — 
Triple  Rose  Water.  Water  saturated  with  the  volatile  oil  of  Rose 
petals,  obtained  as  a  by-product  in  the  distillation  of  Oil  of  Rose. 

Stronger  Rose  Water  is  used  to  make  Confectio  Rosae. 

Dose,  indefinite. 

2.  Aqua  Rosae. —  Rose  Water.     Stronger  Rose  Water,  and  Dis- 
tilled Water,  of  each,  one  volume. 

Dose,  indefinite. 

3.  Unguentum  Aquae  Rosae. — Ointment  of  Rose  Water.     Syno- 
nym.— Cold  Cream.     Spermaceti,  125;  White  Wax,  I2O;  Expressed 
Oil  of  Almond,  600 ;  Stronger  Rose  Water,  190;  Sodium  Borate,  5.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  ROSE. 

The  preparations  of  rose  are  pleasant  vehicles,  the  confection 
for  pills  and  the  water  for  lotions.  The  infusion  ([B.  P.,  not 
official]  dried  petals,  2  ;  diluted  sulphuric  acid,  i;  water,  80) 
is  mildly  astringent.  [The  ointment  of  rose  water  is  a  favorite 
soothing  application  for  the  skin.] 

CLASS    III.— THOSE   USED    CHIEFLY  FOR   THEIR   ACTION   ON 
THE  HEART  AND  CENTRAL  NERVOUS  SYSTEM. 

VALERIANA. 

VALERIAN. — The  rhizome  and  roots  of  Valeriana  officinalis  [Linn£ 
(nat.  ord.  Valerianea}.  Habitat. — Europe  and  Northern  Asia;  naturalized 
in  England ;  cultivated. 


VOLATILE    OILS.  557 

CHARACTERS. — Rhizome  from  2  to  4  cm.  long,  and  I  to  2  cm.  thick,  up- 
right, subglobular  or  obconical,  truncate  at  both  ends,  brown  or  yellowish- 
brown,  internally  whitish  or  pale  brownish,  with  a  narrow  circle  of  white 
wood  under  the  thin  bark.  Roots  numerous,  slender,  brittle,  brown  with  a 
thick  bark,  and  slender,  ligneous  cord.  Odor  peculiar,  becoming  stronger 
and  unpleasant  on  keeping  ;  taste  camphoraceous  and  somewhat  bitter.  ]  Re- 
sembling Valerian. — Serpentaria,  Arnica,  Green  Hellebore;  but  Valerian  is 
known  by  its  odor. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (l)  A  volatile  oil,  ^  to  2  per 
cent.,  consisting  of  JBorneol,  C10H18O,  and  Pinene,  a  terpene  (see  p.  516). 
(2)  Valerianic  Acid,  C5H10O2.  It  is  colorless,  oily,  with  the  odor  of  Valerian, 
and  strongly  acid,  wiih  a  burning  taste.  Solubility. — In  30  parts  of  water; 
readily  in  Alcohol  and  Ether.  The  amount  of  it  in  Valerian  increases  by 
keeping,  while  that  of  the  oil  decreases.  It  can  be  derived  from  Amylic 
Alcohol,  C5H12O  (Valeryl  Aldehyde).  [(3)  Formic,  Acetic  and  Malic  Acids. 
(4)  Tannic  acid.  (5)  Resin. 

Dose,  10  to  30  gr. ;  .60  to  2.00  grn.] 

Preparations. 

1.  [Extractum  Valerianae  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Valerian. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water,  and  evapora- 
tion. 

Dose,  10  to  30  m. ;  .60  to  2.00  c.c. 

2.  Tinctura  Valerianae. — Tincture  of  Valerian.     Valerian,  200 ; 
by  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water  to  looo. 

Dose,  ^  to  2  fl.  dr.  ;  2.  to  8.  c.c. 

3.  Tinctura    Valerianae    Ammoniata. — Ammoniated    Tincture 
of  Valerian.     Valerian,  200;  by  maceration  and  percolation  with  Aro- 
matic Spirit  of  Ammonia  to  1000. 

Dose,  y?,  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  8.  c.c. 

AMMONII  VALERIANAS.— Ammonium  Valerianate.  NH4C5H9O2 
=118.78. 

SOURCE. — By  saturating  Valerianic  Acid  with  Gaseous  Ammonia,  obtained 
from  a  mixture  of  Ammonium  Chloride  and  Lime,  and  crystallization. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  or  white,  quadrangular  plates,  emitting  the  odor 
of  Valerianic  Acid,  of  a  sharp  and  sweetish  taste,  and  deliquescent  in  moist 
air.  Solubility. — Very  soluble  in  Water  and  in  Alcohol ;  also  soluble  in 
Ether. 

Dose,  2  to  8  gr. ;  .12  to  .50  gm. 

FERRI  VALERIANAS.— Ferric  Valerianate. 

SOURCE. — By  precipitating  a  .diluted  solution  of  Ferric  Sulphate,  with  a 
solution  of  Sodium  Valerianate  and  washing  the  precipitate. 


558  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

CHARACTERS. — A  dark,  brick-red,  amorphous  powder  of  somewhat  vary- 
ing chemical  composition,  having  the  odor  of  Valerianic  Acid,  and  a  mildly 
styptic  taste  ;  permanent  in  dry  air.  Solubility. — Insoluble  in  cold  water,  but 
readily  soluble  in  Alcohol. 

Dose,  i  to  3  gr. ;  .06  to  .20  gm. 

SODII  VALERIANAS.— (Not  official.)— Sodium  Valerianate.  NaC5 
H9O2=I23.77. 

SOURCE.  —  Make  Valerianic  Acid  by  distilling  a  mixture  of  Amylic  Alcohol, 
Sulphuric  Acid,  and  Potassium  Bichromate.  Saturate  the  distillate  which 
contains  Valerianic  Acid,  with  Caustic  Soda,  and  evaporate. 

CHARACTERS. — White  masses  of  a  powerful  Valerian-like  odor.  Solubility. 
— Easily  in  both  Alcohol  and  Ether. 

Dose,  i  to  5  gr. ;  .06  to  .30  gm. 

QUININE     VALERIANAS.— Quinine    Valerianate.        C20H24N2O2 

C6H10Cyf-H20=443-<>7. 

SOURCE.  —  By  decomposing  Quinine  Sulphate  by  Ammonia,  combining 
directly  with  Valerianic  Acid,  and  crystallizing  from  a  cold  solution. 

CHARACTERS. — White,  or  nearly  white,  pearly,  lustrous,  triclinic  crystals, 
having  a  slight  odor  of  Valerianic  Acid,  and  a  bitter  taste.  Permanent  in  the 
air.  Solubility. — In  100  parts  of  Water,  and  in  5  parts  of  Alcohol. 

Dose,  i  to  30  gr. ;  .06  to  2.00  gm.] 

ZINCI  VALERIANAS.— Zinc  Valerianate.  Zn(C5H9O2)2[+2H2O 
=302.56, 

SOURCE. — From  hot  solutions  of  Zinc  Sulphate  and  Sodium  Valerianate; 
evaporate  and  Zinc  Valerianate  crystallizes  out. 

CHARACTERS. — White,  pearly  scales,  having  the  odor  of  Valerianic  Acid, 
and  a  sweetish,  astringent  and  metallic  taste.  On  exposure  to  the  air  it  slowly 
loses  Valerianic  Acid.  Solubility, — In  about  100  parts  of  water,  and  in  40 
parts  of  Alcohol.] 

INCOMPATIBLES. — All  acids,  soluble  carbonates,  most  metallic  salts  and 
vegetable  astringents. 

Dose,  YI  to  3  gr. ;  [.03  to  .20  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  VALERIAN  AND  THE  VALERIANATES. 

Neither  valerianic  acid,  [ammonium,  ferric,  sodium,  quinine] 
nor  zinc  valerianates  are  known  to  have  any  action  [although 
their  extensive  use  warrants  the  belief  that  they  are  valuable 
remedies.] 

Valerian  itself  acts  in  virtue  of  its  volatile  oil,  which  has  the 
same  properties  as  other  volatile  oils.  Valerian  is  therefore  an 
irritant  when  applied  externally ;  internally  it  stimulates  the 


VOLATILE    OILS.  .  559 

mouth,  stomach,  and  intestines ;  consequently  it  increases  the 
appetite  and  the  vascularity,  the  secretion,  and  the  peristaltic 
action  of  the  stomach,  and  intestines  ;  and  in  its  excretion, 
which  takes  place  chiefly  through  the  bronchial  mucous  mem- 
brane, kidneys  and  genito-urinary  mucous  membrane,  it  excites 
the  flow  of  fluids  excreted  through  these  parts.  Acting  reflexly 
from  the  stomach,  it  stimulates  the  circulation  rather  more 
powerfully  than  most  volatile  oils. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  VALERIAN  AND  THE  VALERIANATES. 

Preparations  of  valerian,  or  still  better  the  oil  [not  official,  2 
to  5  m.,  .12  to  .30  c.c.]  suspended  in  mucilage  with  cinnamon 
water,  are  often  given  as  carminatives  in  cases  of  flatulence,  and 
as  reflex  stimulants  in  fainting,  palpitation,  etc.  Valerian  and 
[the]  valerianates  sometimes  relieve  neuralgia,  and  they  are 
often  prescribed  for  hysteria  and  other  neurotic  conditions,  but 
frequently  without  benefit. 

[CYPRIPEDIUM. 

CYPRIPEDIUM. — Synonym. — Ladies'  Slipper.  The  rhizome  and 
roots  of  Cypripedium  pubescens  Swartz,  and  of  Cypripedium  parviflorum 
Salisbury  (nat.  ord.  Orchide<e).  Habitat. — North  America ;  in  swampy  places. 

CHARACTERS. — Of  horizontal  growth,  bent,  10  cm.,  or  less,  long;  from 
3  to  5  mm.  thick  ;  on  the  upper  side  beset  with  numerous  circular,  cup-shaped 
scars  ;  closely  covered  below  with  simple,  wiry  roots,  varying  from  10  to  15 
cm.  in  length ;  brittle,  dark  brown,  or  orange-brown ;  fracture  short,  white ; 
odor  peculiar,  heavy  j  taste  sweetish,  bitter  and  somewhat  pungent. 

COMPOSITION. — It  contains— (i)  A  volatile  oil.  (2)  A  volatile  acid.  (3) 
Two  resins.  (4)  Tannic  acid. 

Dose,  15  to  30  gr. ;  i.  to  2.  gm. 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Cypripedii  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Cypripe- 
dium. By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Diluted  Alcohol,  and 
evaporation. 

Dose,  15  to  30  m  ;   i.  to  2.  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  CYPRIPEDIUM. 

Cypripedium  is  a  gentle,  nervous  stimulant,  resembling  vale- 
rian in  its  action.  It  has  been  used  for  nervous  diseases,  epilepsy, 
hypochondriasis  and  neuralgia.] 


$6O  .  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

ASAFCETIDA. 

ASAFETIDA. — A  gum-resin  obtained  [from  the  root  of  Ferula  faetida 
(Bunge)  Regel  (nat.  ord.  Umbelliferce).  Habitat. — Persia,  Turkestan  and 
Afghanistan. 

CHARACTERS. — In  irregular  masses  composed  of  whitish  tears,  which  are 
imbedded  in  a  yellowish-gray  or  brownish-gray,  sticky  mass.  The  tears,  when 
hard,  break  with  a  conchoidal  fracture,  showing  a  milk-white  color,  which 
changes,  gradually,  on  exposure,  to  pink,  and  finally  to  brown.  It  has  a  per- 
sistent, alliaceous  odor,  and  a  bitter  alliaceous  acrid  taste.  Solubility. — Partly 
in  Ether  and  Alcohol.]  Resembling  Asafetida. — Galbanum,  Ammoniacum, 
and  Benzoin,  distinguished  by  their  peculiar  odors,  which  differ  markedly  from 
that  of  Asafetida. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (I)  A  volatile  oil,  5  per  cent., 
the  most  important  ingredient  of  which  is  [Allyl  sulphide  (see  p.  455).]  This 
gives  Asafetida  its  very  unpleasant  odor.  (2)  Gum,  25  per  cent.  (3)  Bas- 
sorin  resin,  65  per  cent. ,  [which  contains  Ferulaic  Acid,  C10H10O4.  ] 

IMPURITIES.  —  Earthy  matter  [or  Calcium  Sulphate  and  Carbonate,  and 
sand.] 

Preparations. 

i.  [Emulsum  Asafcetidae. — Emulsion  of  Asafetida.  Synonyms. 
— Mistura  Asafcetidae.  Milk  of  Asafetida.  Asafetida,  40  ;  by  rubbing 
in  a  warmed  mortar  with  Water,  and  straining  to  looo. 

Dose,  Yz  to  i  fl.  oz. ;  15.  to  30.  c.c. 

2.  Pilulae  Aloes  et  Asafcetidae. — See  Aloes,  p.  497. 

3.  Pilulae    Asafcetidae.  —  Pills   of    Asafetida.       Asafetida,    20 ; 
Soap,  60  gm.  ;  to  make  100  pills.     Each  pill  contains  3  gr.  ;  .20  gm. 
of  Asafetida. 

Dose,  i  to  4  pills. 

4.  Tinctura   Asafcetidae.  —  Tincture  of  Asafetida.      Asafetida, 
200.     By  maceration  with  Alcohol,  and  filtration  to  looo. 

Dose,  ' ^  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  4.  c.c.] 

ACTION  OF  ASAFETIDA. 

Both  internally  and  externally,  asafetida,  in  virtue  of  its  vola- 
tile oil,  acts  like  volatile  oils  generally.  Its  action  as  a  stimulant 
to  the  intestinal  muscle  is  especially  well  marked,  hence  it  is 
combined  with  aloes  in  Pilulae  Aloes  et  Asafcetidae  ;  and  the 
enema,  [i  to  64  of  water,]  will  relieve  flatus.  Owing  to  its 
containing  [allyl  sulphide]  it  is  extremely  [unpleasant],  and  there- 
fore it  is  not,  like  many  volatile  oils,  available  as  a  condiment. 
Its  taste  is  credited  with  some  mental  effect  in  cases  of  hysteria. 


VOLATILE    OILS.  561 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  ASAFETIDA. 

Asafetida  is  not  used  externally.  Internally  it  is  prescribed 
to  aid  the  action  of  other  purgatives,  and  also  to  stimulate  the 
muscular  coat  to  expel  flatus.  It  may  be  given  by  the  mouth  or 
as  an  enema.  Partly  on  account  of  its  reflex  stimulating  effect, 
but  also  on  account  of  its  very  [unpleasant]  taste,  it  is  used  to 
control  hysteria,  emotional,  and  other  mental  disturbances,  but 
it  often  fails.  P'or  this  purpose  it  may  be  combined  with  vale- 
rian. Cases  of  malingering  may  sometimes  be  cured  by  making 
the  patient  take,  three  times  a  day,  an  effervescing  draught  con- 
taining a  few  [drops]  of  each  of  the  tinctures  of  valerian  and 
asafetida,  with  some  mucilage  to  suspend  the  precipitated  resin. 
The  effervescence  makes  the  [unpleasant]  taste  of  these  medi- 
cines "repeat"  in  the  mouth  for  some  time  after  taking  them. 
Asafetida  oil  would  in  the  course  of  its  excretion  disinfect  the 
urine  and  the  expectoration,  but  its  smell  forbids  its  use  for  these 

purposes. 

GALBANUM. 

GALBANUM.  [B.  P.,  not  official.]  —  A  gum-resin  obtained  from 
Ferula  galbaniflua,  ferula  rubrifaulis  (nat.  ord.  Umbellifertz),  and  probably 
other  species.  \_ffabifaf. ~\ — Persia  and  the  Levant. 

CHARACTERS. — Tears  or  masses  of  agglutinated  tears.  Tears  roundish, 
about  the  size  of  a  pea,  yellowish-brown  or  yellowish-green.  Translucent, 
rough,  and  dirty.  Hard  and  brittle  in  the  cold,  softening  with  heat  and  be- 
coming sticky.  Masses  contain  pieces  of  root,  stem,  etc.  They  are  hard, 
compact  yellowish-brown.  Odor  peculiar,  aromatic.  Taste  bitter,  unpleas- 
ant. Resembling  Galbanum. — Ammoniacum,  Asafoetida,  and  Benzoin  ;  known 
by  their  different  odors. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (l)  Volatile  oil,  C10H16,  6  to 
9  per  cent. ,  consisting  chiefly  of  a  terpene,  C10H16.  (2)  A  sulphurous  resin,  60 
to  67  per  cent.  (3)  Gum,  19  to  22  per  cent.  (4)  Umbelliferone,  [C9H6OS  in 
acicular  crystals]. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  GALBANUM. 

Galbanum  acts  like  other  substances  containing  volatile  oils ; 
it  is  always  combined  with  ammoniacum  or  asafetida.  It  has 
been  used  externally  as  a  plaster  [Galbanum,  i  ;  ammoniacum, 
i;  yellow  wax,  i ;  lead  plaster,  8;]  for  its  irritant  effect,  to  aid 
the  absorption  of  old  inflammatory  products,  and  internally  it  is 
given  with  asafetida  as  a  carminative. 

36 


562     .  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

AMMONIACUM. 

AMMONIAC.  —  A  gum-resin  [obtained  from  Dorema  Ammoniacum 
Don  (nat  ord.  Umbellifertz).  Habitat. — Eastern  Persia  and  Turkestan. 

CHARACTERS. — In  roundish  tears,  from  2  to  6  mm.  or  more  in  diameter  ; 
externally  pale  yellowish-brown,  internally  milk-white,  brittle  when  cold,  and 
breaking  with  a  flat,  conchoidal,  and  waxy  fracture ;  or  the  tears  are  super- 
ficially united  into  irregular  masses  without  any  intervening,  dark-colored 
substance.  It  has  a  peculiar  odor,  and  a  bitter,  acrid  and  nauseous  taste.] 
Resembling  Ammoniacum, — Asafoetida,  Galbanum,  Benzoin,  known  by  their 
odor. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  ingredients  are — (i)  Volatile  oil,  10  per  cent. 

(2)  Resin,  70  per  cent     (3)  Gum,  20  per  cent. 
Dose,  5  to  30  gr. ;  [.30  to  2.00  gm.] 

Preparations. 

1.  Emplastrum    Ammoniaci    cum    Hydrargyro. — [See   Mer- 
cury, p.  210. 

2.  Emulsum    Ammoniaci. — Emulsion   of  Ammoniac.     Ammo- 
niac, 40  ;  water  added  gradually  to  1000.     It  forms  a  milk-like  emul- 
sion. 

Dose,  ^  to  i  fl.  oz.  ;  15.  to  30.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  AMMONIACUM. 

The  action  of  ammoniacum  is  precisely  the  same  as  that  of 
volatile  oils  generally.  It  is  employed  externally  to  aid,  by  its 
mildly  irritating  effects,  the  absorption  of  chronic  inflammatory 
products,  and  internally  in  chronic  bronchitis  with  offensive 
expectoration  for  the  sake  of  the  remote  disinfectant  expectorant 
effect  that  it  has,  in  the  course  of  its  excretion  through  the 
bronchial  mucous  membrane. 

MYRRHA. 

MYRRH. — A  gum-resin  [obtained  from  Commiphora  Myrrha  (Nees) 
Engler  (nat.  ord.  Burseracea}.  Habitat. — Eastern  Africa  and  Southwestern 
Arabia. 

CHARACTERS. — In  roundish  or  irregular  tears  or  masses,  brownish-yellow 
or  reddish-brown  ;  fracture  waxy,  somewhat  splintery,  translucent  on  the  edges, 
sometimes  marked  with  whitish  veins ;  odor  balsamic  ;  taste  aromatic,  bitter 
and  acrid.  ] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (I)  Mvrrhin  r^H^G,,,],  a 
resin,  23  per  cent.  (2)  Myrrhol,  C10HJ4O,  a  volatile  oil.  2  J[to  4}  pef  cent. 

(3)  Gum,  60  per  cent.     (4)  A  bitter  principle. 


VOLATILE   OILS.  563 

IMPURITIES. — Many  varieties  of  gum  and  gum-resins. 
\_Myrrk  is  contained  in  Mistura  Ferri  Composita  and  Pilulae  Rhei  Com- 
positae. 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr. ;  .30  to  2.00  gm.] 

Preparations. 

1.  Tinctura    Myrrhae. — [Tincture  of  Myrrh.     Myrrh,  200 ;   by 
maceration  with  Alcohol  and  filtration  to  1000. 

Dose,  X  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  i.  to  4'.  c.c. 

2.  Tinctura  Aloes  et  Myrrhae. — See  Aloes,  p.  498. 

3.  Pilulae  Aloes  et  Myrrhae. — See  Aloes,  p.  498.] 

ACTION  OF  MYRRH. 

External. — Both  externally  and  internally,  myrrh  has  the 
same  action  as  other  substances  containing  a  volatile  oil.  It  is  a 
mild  disinfectant,  and  a  stimulant  to  sores  and  ulcers. 

Internal. — It  has  the  same  effect  in  the  mouth.  It  is  a 
stomachic  carminative,  exciting  the  appetite,  the  flow  of 
gastric  juice,  and  the  vascularity  and  peristalsis  of  the  stomach 
and  intestines.  The  number  of  leucocytes  in  the  blood  is  said 
to  be  increased  by  the  administration  of  myrrh.  It  is  excreted 
by  mucous  membranes,  especially  the  genito-urinary  and  the 
bronchial,  and  it  stimulates  and  disinfects  their  secretions  in  its 
passage  through  them.  Thus  it  becomes  an  expectorant,  a 
uterine  stimulant,  and  an  emmenagogue. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  MYRRH. 

External. — Occasionally  myrrh  has  been  employed  as  a 
stimulant  to  sores  and  ulcers. 

Internal. — It  is,  in  the  form  of  the  tincture  diffused  through 
water  [i  to  16],  used  as  a  mouth-wash  and  gargle  for  sore  spongy 
gums,  relaxed  throat,  and  other  similar  conditions,  for  which  it 
is  often  combined  with  borax,  as  in  the  following  formula:  — 
Myrrh,  i;  eau  de  Cologne,  16  ;  borax,  i;  water,  3  ;  syrup,  3. 
It  is  frequently  given  with  purgatives  for  the  sake  of  its  carmina- 
tive and  stomachic  properties.  It  is  also  commonly  combined 
with  iron  when  this  drug  is  given  for  anaemia,  but  the  reason  for 
this  is  not  clear.  It  is  prescribed  for  amenorrhoea,  and  has  been 


564  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

given  for  cystitis,  and  as  a  disinfectant  expectorant  for  chronic 
bronchitis. 

CLASS  IV.— THOSE    USED    CHIEFLY  FOR   THEIR   ACTION    ON 
THE  BRONCHIAL  MUCOUS  MEMBRANE. 

TEREBENUM. 

[TEREBENE.— C10Hi6=i35. 7.  A  liquid  consisting  chiefly  of  Pinene, 
and  containing  not  more  than  very  small  proportions  of  Terpinene  and  Dipen- 
tene. 

SOURCE. — From  acting  upon  Oil  of  Turpentine  with  Sulphuric  Acid,  and 
distilling. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless  or  slightly  yellowish,  thin  liquid,  having  a 
rather  agreeable  thyme- like  odor,  and  an  aromatic,  somewhat  terebinthinate 
taste.  Sp.gr.,  about  0.862.  Solubility. — Only  slightly  soluble  in  Water,  but 
soluble  in  an  equal  volume  of  Alcohol,  glacial  Acetic  Acid,  or  Carbon  Bisul- 
phide. 

Dose,  5  to  15  m. ;  .30  to  i.oo  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  TEREBENE. 

Terebene  is  an  excellent  stimulating  disinfectant  expectorant 
for  chronic  bronchitis.  It  may  be  used  as  an  inhalation  thus  : — 
Pure  terebene,  2;  magnesium  carbonate,  i;  distilled  water,  24. 
Use  this  in  water  [i  to  128]  at  140°  F.  [60°  C.]  in  an  apparatus 
so  arranged  that  air  can  be  drawn  through  it  and  inhaled.  Or  it 
may  be  given  with  other  expectorants  in  a  mixture  ;  many  pa- 
tients find  five  drops  several  times  a  day  on  sugar  quite  sufficient 
to  cure  a  slight  winter  cough  [although  it  is  said  to  form  an  in- 
soluble compound  with  sugar.] 

[TERPINI  HYDRAS. 

TERPIN  HYDRATE.—  C,nH18(OH),+ 11,0=189.58.  The  Hydrate 
of  the  Diatomic  Alcohol  Terpin. 

SOURCE. — Rectified  Oil  of  Turpentine,  Alcohol  and  Nitric  Acid  are 
allowed  to  stand  together  for  three  or  four  days  in  shallow  porcelain  dishes. 
The  crystals  which  have  formed  are  collected,  drained  thoroughly,  dried  by 
absorbent  paper,  and  re- crystallized  in  a  cold  solution  of  Alcohol. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  lustrous,  rhombic  prisms,  nearly  odorless,  and 
having  a  slightly  aromatic  and  somewhat  bitter  taste.  Permanent  in  the  air. 
Solubility. — Soluble  in  about  250  parts  of  water,  and  in  10  parts  of  Alcohol ; 
also  soluble  in  about  loo  parts  of  Ether,  200  parts  of  Chloroform. 

Dose,  2  to  30  gr. ;  .12  to  2.00  gm. 


VOLATILE  OILS.  565 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  TERPIN  HYDRATE. 

Terpin  hydrate  is  an  antiseptic,  and  it  is  believed  that  it  will 
arrest  the  development  of  tubercle  bacilli.  It  increases  the  secre- 
tion of  the  mucous  membrane,  and  the  functional  activity  of  the 
kidneys.  It  has  been  given  as  an  antiseptic  in  acute  and  chronic 
bronchitis,  when  the  secretion  is  unusually  free,  in  whooping- 
cough,  and  rarely  in  the  treatment  of  chronic  nephritis,  chronic 
cystitis  and  gonorrhoea. 

BALSAMUM  PERUVIANUM. 

BALSAM  OF  PERU. — A  balsam  [obtained  from  Toluifera  Pereira 
(Royle)  Baillon  (nat.  ord.  Leguminostz).  It  is  obtained  from  the  bark  after 
it  has  been  beaten,  scorched  and  removed.  Habitat. — Central  America.  Bal- 
sam of  Peru  is  named  from  its  place  of  export. 

CHARACTERS. — A  liquid  having  a  syrupy  consistence,  free  from  stringiness 
or  stickiness,  of  a  brownish-black  color  in  bulk,  reddish-brown  and  transparent 
in  thin  layers,  of  an  agreeable  vanilla-like,  somewhat  smoky  odor,  and  a  bitter 
taste,  leaving  a  persistent  after-taste.  On  exposure  to  air  it  does  not  become 
hard.  Sp.  gr.,  1.135  to  1.150.  Solubility. — Miscible,  in-  all  proportions, 
with  absolute  Alcohol,  Chloroform,  or  Glacial  Acetic  Acid ;  only  partially 
soluble  in  Ether  or  Benzin.  It  is  completely  soluble  in  5  parts  of  Alcohol.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  A  volatile  oil.  This  is 
present  in  large  quantities  ;  it  consists  of  [Cinnametn  (Benzylic  Cinnamate), 
C9H7(C7H7)O2,  about  60  per  cent.  (2)  Cinnamic  Acid,  C9H8O2.  (3)  Resin, 
about  32  per  cent.,  which  on  dry  distillation  yields  Benzoic  Add,  HC7H5O2. 
Small  quantities  of  (4)  Benzylic  Benzoate,  C7H5(C7H7)O2,  (5)  Benzyl  Alcohol, 
C7H8O,  (6)  Stilbene,  CUH12,  (7)  Styrol,  C8H8,  and  (8)  Styracin  or  Cinnamyl 
Cinnamate,  C9H7(CgH9)O2. 

IMPURITIES. — Fixed  oils,  resins,  oleoresins  and  alcohol.] 

Dose,  10  to  30  m.  ;  [.60  to  2.00  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  BALSAM  OF  PERU. 

External. — Like  most  substances  containing  a  volatile  oil, 
balsam  of  Peru  is  a  disinfectant,  and  also  a  stimulant  when 
rubbed  into  the  skin  or  applied  to  raw  surfaces.  Formerly  it 
was  much  used  for  these  purposes,  chiefly  as  an  application  to 
indolent  sores  and  chronic  eczema.  [As  a  stimulating  dressing 
for  sluggish  granulations  a  5  to  10  per  cent,  solution  in  castor 
oil  is  frequently  employed.]  A  mixture  of  balsam  of  Peru,  i; 
lard,  7  ;  is  very  useful  for  sore  nipples  and  cracked  lips.  It  is 


566  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

not  often  employed  at  present  except  externally  as  antiparasitic 
for  pediculi,  scabies  and  ringworm.  [An  ointment  consisting 
of  balsam  of  Peru,  20  ;  olive  oil,  50  ;  petrolatum,  100  ;  may  be 
used.]  For  scabies  it  should  be  applied  in  the  way  already  de- 
scribed for  sulphur  ointment  [see  p.  259];  it  is  a  more  agreeable 
preparation. 

Internal. — Like  most  volatile  oils  balsam  of  Peru  is  carmina- 
tive and  stomachic,  and  after  absorption  is  excreted  by,  and 
stimulates  and  disinfects  the  mucous  membranes.  For  this 
reason  it  is  used  as  an  expectorant  in  chronic  bronchitis.  It 
is  also  excreted  by  the  skin  and  the  kidneys. 

BALSAMUM  TOLUTANUM. 

BALSAM  OF  TOLU.— A  balsam  [obtained  from  Toluifera  Baha- 
rnum  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Leguminos<z).  Habitat. — Venezuela  and  New 
Granada. 

CHARACTERS. — A  yellowish-brown,  semi-fluid  or  nearly  solid  mass,  be- 
coming more  brittle  when  exposed  to  cold,  transparent  in  thin  layers,  having 
an  agreeable  odor  recalling  that  of  Vanilla,  but  distinct  from  it,  and  a  mild, 
aromatic  taste.  Solubility. — Readily  and  completely  soluble  in  Alcohol. 
Also  completely  soluble  in  Chloroform,  and  in  solutions  of  the  fixed  alkalies  ; 
almost  completely  soluble  in  Ether,  but  nearly  insoluble  in  water,  Benzin,  or 
Carbon  Bisulphide.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (I)  Toluene,  C10H16,  [i  per 
cent.,  a  thin,  colorless,  aromatic  oil.  (2)  Benzylic  Benzoate,  C7H6(C7H7)O2,  a 
colorless,  aromatic  oil.  (3)  Benzylic  Cinnamate,  C9H7(C7H7)Or  (4)  Ben- 
zoic  Acid,  HC7H5O2.  (5)  Cinnamic  Acid,  C9H8O2.  (6)  Resins. 

IMPURITIES. — Turpentine,  storax,  sweet  gum,  and  resins. 

Balsam  of  7olu  is  contained  in  Tinctura  Benzoini  Composita. 

Dose,  10  to  30  m. ;  .60  to  2.00  c.c.] 

Preparations. 

1.  Syrupus  Tolutanus. — [Syrup  of  Tolu.     Balsam  of  Tolu,  10; 
Alcohol,  50  ;  Precipitated  Calcium  Phosphate,  50 ;  Sugar,  850 ;  Water 
to  looo.     By  solution  and  filtration. 

Dose,  YJ.  to  i  fl.  oz. ;  15.  to  30.  c.c. 

2.  Tinctura  Tolutana. — Tincture  of  Tolu.     Balsam  of  Tolu,  100. 
By  maceration  with  Alcohol  and  filtration  to  looo. 

Dose,  i  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  8.  c.c.] 


VOLATILE   OILS.  567 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  BALSAM  OF  TOLU. 
Although  it  has  an  action  in  all  respects  similar  to  that  of 
balsam  of  Peru,  it  is  only  used  as  an  expectorant  in  cough 

mixtures. 

STYRAX. 

STORAX. — [A  balsam  prepared  from  the  inner  bark  of  Liquidambar 
orientalis  Miller  (nat.  ord.  Hamamelacece).  Habitat. — Asia  Minor. 

CHARACTERS. — A  semi-liquid,  gray,  sticky,  opaque  mass,  depositing  on 
standing  a  heavier,  dark-brown  stratum  ;  transparent  in  thin  layers,  and  having 
an  agreeable  odor  and  a  balsamic  taste.  Solubility. — Insoluble  in  water,  but 
completely  soluble  in  an  equal  weight  of  warm  Alcohol. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (I)  Siyrol,  C8Hg,  or  Cinna- 
mene,  a  volatile  oil.  (2)  Cinnamic  Acid,  C9HgO2,  colorless,  odorless,  crystalline; 
this  can  be  oxidized  to  Benzoic  Acid,  and  is  also  found  in  Cinnamon,  and  Bal- 
sams of  Tolu  and  Peru.  (3)  Slyracin,  or  Cinnamyl  Cinnamate,  C9H7(C9H9)Or 
(4)  Phenylpropyl  Cinnamate,  C9H7(C9H17)Oj.  (5)  Ethyl  Cinnamate,  C9H7 
(C,H5)O2.  (6)  Storesin,  CjjHjgOj,  in  considerable  quantity.  (7)  Vanillin, 
having  a  fragrant  odor.] 

Storax  is  contained  in  Tinctura  Benzoini  Composita. 

Dose,  5  to  20  gr. ;  [.30  to  1.20  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  STORAX. 

Storax  has  the  same  action  as  balsams  of  Tolu  and  Peru  and 
benzoin,  and  may  be  employed  for  the  same  purposes.  It  is  not 
often  given  internally  except  in  the  compound  tincture  of  ben- 
zoin. Mixed  with  an  equal  part  of  olive  oil  it  may  be  used  to 
kill  the  \_Sarcoptes  scabiei\  and  pediculi. 

OLEUM  PINI. 

OIL  OF  PINE.  [B.  P.,  not  official.]— The  oil  is  distilled  from  the  fresh 
leaves  of  Pinus  pumilio  (nat.  ord.  Coniferce).  Synonyms. — Pinol.  Pumiline. 
[  Habitat. — Russia .  ] 

CHARACTERS. — Almost  colorless.  Odor  aromatic.  Taste  pungent.  Sp. 
gr.,  0.865  to  0.870.  [Solubility. — In  7  parts  of  Alcohol.] 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  Various  terpenes.     (2)  Boruyl  Acetate. 

[Preparation. 

Vapor  Olei  Pini  (not  official). — Vapor  of  Oil  of  Pine.  Oil  of  Pine, 
2  ;  rub  with  Magnesium  Carbonate,  I  ;  add  Water,  24.  Put  I  ff.  dr.  ; 
4.  c.c.  of  this  in  half  a  pint,  240.  c.c.  of  cold  and  half  a  pint,  240.  c.c. 
of  boiling  water,  in  a  vessel  so  arranged  that  air,  drawn  through  the 
liquid,  can  be  inhaled.] 


568  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  FIR-WOOD  OIL. 

The  action  of  oil  of  pine  is  the  same  as  that  of  oil  of  turpen- 
tine (see  p.  515).  But  it  is  pleasanter  to  inhale,  and  forms  a 
useful,  stimulating,  disinfectant,  expectorant  inhalation  in  chronic 
bronchitis  or  laryngitis. 

GRINDELIA. 

GRINDELIA. — [The  leaves  and  flowering  tops  of  Grindelia  robusta 
Nuttall,  and  of  Grindelia  squarrosa  Dunal  (nat.  ord.  Composite).  Habitat. — 

(1)  G.  robusta,  North  America,  west  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  in  salt  marshes. 

(2)  G.  sqttarrosa,  Western  Plains  to  the  Sierra  Nevada  and  south  to  Texas. 
CHARACTERS.  —  Leaves  about  5  cm.  or  less  long,  varying  from  broadly 

spatulate  or  oblong  to  lanceolate,  sessile  or  clasping,  obtuse,  more  or  less 
sharply  serrate,  often  spinosely  toothed,  or  even  lacinate-pinnatifid,  pale  green, 
smooth,  finely  dotted,  thickish,  brittle  ;  heads  many-flowered,  subglobular  or 
somewhat  conical  ;  the  involucre  hemispherical,  about  10  mm.  broad,  com- 
posed of  numerous  imbricated,  squarrosely-tipped  or  spreading  scales ;  ray. 
florets  yellow,  ligulate,  pistillate  ;  disk-florets  yellow,  tubulaf,  perfect ;  pappus 
consisting  of  two  or  three  awns  of  the  length  of  the  disk-florets  ;  odor  balsamic, 
taste  pungently  aromatic  and  bitter.  ] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  A  volatile  oil.  (2)  A 
resin,  resembling  Saponin  in  its  action.  (3)  Probably  an  alkaloid,  [Grinde- 
&•*.] 

Dose,  ^  to  i  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  gm. 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Grindeliae  [Fluidum. — Fluid   Extract  of  Grindelia. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 
Dose,  ^  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  GRINDELIA. 

In  small  doses,  grindelia  is  a  mild  stomachic  and  cardiac 
sedative,  but  its  main  action  depends  upon  the  fact  that  in  its 
excretion  by  the  bronchial  mucous  membrane  it  acts  as  an  expec- 
torant, and  also  relaxes  the  muscular  coat  of  the  bronchial  tubes, 
and  this  explains  its  efficacy  [in  the  symptom]  asthma.  Two  or 
three  doses  of  twenty  minims;  [1.20  c.c.],  of  the  fluid  extract 
in  milk,  which  prevents  precipitation  of  the  resin,  given  every 
twenty  minutes,  will  often  allay  the  paroxysms  of  asthma. 
Between  the  attacks,  this  dose  should  be  taken  three  times  daily. 
The  same  quantity  may  with  advantage  be  added  to  mixtures 


VOLATILE   OILS.  569 

prescribed  for  chronic  bronchitis,  for  not  only  is  grindelia  an 
expectorant,  but  it  relieves  the  asthmatic  paroxysms  which  so 
frequently  accompany  bronchitis.  It  is  very  bitter  ;  its  taste  is 
best  concealed  by  Spiritus  Chloroformi.  Linen  soaked  in  a 
lotion  of  the  fluid  extract  in  water,  i  to  48,  is  applied  to  the  skin 
for  the  dermatitis  caused  by  Rhus  toxicodendron,  the  poison  ivy. 
The  same  lotion  is  used  in  burns  and  as  an  injection  in  gleet  and 
leucorrhcea. 

CLASS  V.— THOSE    USED    CHIEFLY    FOR    THEIR    ACTION    ON 
THE  KIDNEYS  AND  GENITO-URINARY  TRACT. 

OLEUM   JUNIPERI. 

OIL  OF  JUNIPER.— A  volatile  oil  distilled  [from  the  fruit  (berry) 
of  Juniperus  comnninis  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Coniferie).  Habitat. — North 
America  throughout  Canada,  the  Northern  United  States,  and  in  the  Rocky 
Mountains  south  to  New  Mexico. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless  or  faintly  greenish-yellow  liquid,  becoming 
darker  and  thicker  by  age  and  exposure  to  air,  having  the  characteristic  odor 
of  Juniper,  and  a  warm,  aromatic,  somewhat  terebinthinate  and  bitterish  taste. 
Sp.  gr.,  0.850  to  0.890.  Solubility. — In  about  4  times  its  volume  of  Alcohol.  ] 

COMPOSITION. — Oil  of  Juniper  is  composed  chiefly  of  terpenes,  which  are 
mostly  Finene  and  Cadinene. 

Dose,  2  to  10  m. ;  [.12  to  .60  c.c.] 

Prepa  rations. 

1.  Spiritus  Juniperi. — [Spirit   of  Juniper.     Oil  of  Juniper,  50 } 
Alcohol,  950. 

Dose,  30  to  60  m. ;  2.  to  4.  c.c. 

2.  Spiritus  Juniperi  Compositus. — Compound  Spirit  of  Juniper. 
Oil   of  Juniper,  8 ;  Oil  of  Caraway,   I ;  Oil   of  Fennel,    I ;  Alcohol, 
1400  ;  Water  to  2000. 

Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr.;  4.  to  15.  c.c.] 

ACTION  OF  OIL  OF  JUNIPER. 

Oil  of  juniper  has  much  the  same  action  as  oil  of  turpentine ; 
but  it  is  not  so  liable  to  upset  the  digestion  ;  and  although  it  is 
a  powerful  renal  stimulant  and  diuretic,  it  does  not  easily  cause 
hrematuria  and  albuminuria.  [Because  of  its  antiseptic  proper- 
ties it  is  employed  for  the  preservation  of  cat-gut.] 


5/O  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  OIL  OF  JUNIPER. 

Internal. — Occasionally  it  is  given  as  a  pleasant  carminative 
and  stomachic,  but  its  main  use  is  as  a  diuretic  in  heart  disease, 
hepatic  ascites,  and  chronic  Bright' s  disease.  It  must  not  be 
given  in  the  acute  form,  and  should  always  be  combined  with 
other  diuretics.  It  certainly  markedly  increases  the  quantity 
of  the  urine,  which  it  causes  to  smell  like  violets.  As  [it  is]  a 
constituent  of  Holland  and  [other]  gins  these  are  good  forms  of 
alcohol  for  persons  suffering  from  the  above  diseases. 

BUCHU. 

BUCHU.  —  Synonym. — Bucco.  The  leaves  of  Barosma  betulina 
[(Thunberg)  Bartling  et  Wendland,  and  Barosma  crenulata  (Linne)  Hooker 
(nat.  ord.  Rutacea).  Habitat. — Southern  Africa. 

CHARACTERS. — About  15  mm.  long,  roundish-obovate,  with  a  rather 
wedge-shaped  base,  or  varying  between  oval  and  obovate,  obtuse,  crenate  or 
serrate,  with  a  gland  at  the  base  of  each  tooth,  dull  yellowish-green,  thickish, 
pellucid-punctate  ;  odor  and  taste  strongly  aromatic,  somewhat  mint-like,  pun- 
gent and  bitterish.  ]  Resembling  Buchu.  —  Senna  and  Uva  Ursi,  which  have 
entire  leaves. 

IMPURITY. — Leaves  of  Emplanum  serrulatum,  which  have  no  glands. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (l)  A  yellowish-brown  volatile 
oil,  from  the  glands.  [(2)  A  stearopten  (Diospkenol,  C10H16O2)]  in  solution 
in  a  liquid  hydrocarbon.  The  stearopten  is  deposited  on  exposure  to  air.  (3) 
A  [glucoside  Barosmin,  soluble  in  alcohol  (scarcely  so,  if  cold)  and  in  ether, 
volatile  oils,  dilute  acids  and  alkalies.  (4)  Rutin,  a  bitter  principle.  (5) 
Mucilage. 

Dose,  15  to  30  gr. ;  i.  to  2.  grn.] 

Preparation. 

[Extractum  Buchu   Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Buchu.      By 
maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 
Dose,  15  to  30  m.  ;    i.  to  2.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  BUCHU. 

A  medicinal  dose  of  buchu  causes  a  slight  feeling  of  warmth 
in  the  stomach,  and  a  large  one  gives  rise  to  vomiting.  The 
volatile  oil  diffuses  into  the  blood  and  is  excreted  by  the  bron- 
chial mucous  membrane,  which  it  stimulates,  and  buchu  is  there- 
fore occasionally  given  as  an  expectorant.  Most  of  the  oil  is 


VOLATILE    OILS.  5/1 

excreted  by  the  kidneys,  which  are  also  stimulated,  and  thus 
buchu  is  a  mild  diuretic.  In  the  process  of  excretion  it  gives 
a  peculiar  odor  to  the  urine,  and  acts  as  an  astringent  and  dis- 
infectant to  the  urinary  tract,  especially  the  bladder.  It 
has  consequently  been  administered  for  cystitis,  irritable  bladder, 
pyelitis,  gonorrhoea,  etc.  Large  doses  continued  for  a  long 
time  are  said  to  damage  the  kidney.  The  infusion  [B.  P.,  i  to 
20,  dose  i  to  2  fl.  oz.,  30.  to  6b.  c.c.]  contains  very  little  of 
the  oil.  The  fluid  extract  does  not  mix  well  with  water  on  ac- 
count of  the  oil  in  it.  The  action  of  the  buchu  is  much  the 
same  as  that  of  pareira,  (<?.  v.)  but  it  is  pleasanter  to  take,  and 
is  a  good  vehicle  for  diuretics. 

COPAIBA. 

COPAIBA. — Synonyms. — Copaiva.  [Balsam  of  Copaiba.  (This  is  not 
a  true  balsam  because  it  does  not  contain  cinnamic  or  benzoic  acid).  The  oleo- 
resin  of  Copaiba  Langsdorffii  (Desfontaines)  O.  Kuntze,  and  of  other  species 
of  Copaiba  (nat.  ord.  Leguminoste}.  Habitat. — Brazil,  Venezuela  and  New 
Granada. 

CHARACTERS. — A  transparent  or  translucent,  more  or  less  viscid  liquid,  of 
a  pale  yellow  to  brownish-yellow  color,  having  a  peculiar,  aromatic  odor,  and 
a  bitter  acrid  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  0.940  to  0.990.  Solubility. — Insoluble  in 
water  ;  readily  soluble  in  absolute  Alcohol,  Ether,  Chloroform,  Carbon  Disul- 
phide,  Benzin,  and  fixed  and  volatile  oils.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (I)  The  volatile  oil,  48  to  85 
percent,  (see  below).  (2)  The  Resin,  15  to  52  per  cent,  (see  below),  which 
exists  dissolved  in  the  oil.  It  consists  of  two  Resins:  (a)  Copaivic  Acid, 
[CjoH^O^,]  the  chief  constituent,  a  crystalline  Resin,  with  a  faint  odor,  a 
bitter  taste,  insoluble  in  water,  easily  soluble  in  absolute  Alcohol  and  Am- 
monia ;  (b)  a  non-crystallizable,  viscid  Resin,  I  ^  per  cent. 

IMPURITIES. — Turpentine,  detected  by  the  smell  on  heating.  Fixed  oils  ; 
these  leave  a  greasy  ring  round  the  resinous  stain  when  heated  on  paper. 
Gurjun  Balsam,  which  coagulates  at  270°  F. ;  [132°  C. ;]  Copaiba  does  not. 

Dose,  ^  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  [i.  to  4.  c.c.] 

Preparation, 

[Massa  Copaibae. — Mass  of  Copaiba.  Synonym. — Solidified 
Copaiba.  Copaiba,  94 ;  Magnesia,  6.  By  trituration  with  water,  and 
heating. 

Dose,  ^  to  i  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  gm.] 

OLEUM  COPAIBA.— [Oil  of  Copaiba.]  A  volatile  oil  distilled  from 
Copaiba. 


5/2  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

CHARACTERS. — [A  colorless  or  pale  yellowish  liquid,  having  the  charac- 
teristic odor  of  Copaiba,  and  an  aromatic,  bitterish  and  pungent  taste.  It  is 
isomeric  with  Turpentine,  C10H16.  Sp.  gr.,  0.890100.910.  Solubility. — In 
about  lo  times  its  volume  of  Alcohol.] 

COMPOSITION. — It  consists  chiefly  of  the  hydrocarbon,  Caryophyllene  {see 

P-  534)- 

Dose,  5  to  15  m. ;  [.30  to  i.oo  c.c.]  suspended  in  Mucilage  of  Acacia 
(l}4  fl.  oz.  [45.  c.c.]  for  every  fl.  oz.  [30.  c.c.]  of  Oil  of  Copaiba)  or  yolk  of 
egg.  Cinnamon  or  Peppermint  Water,  with  Tincture  of  Orange  or  Ginger, 
covers  the  taste.  It  may  be  dissolved  in  water  with  the  aid  of  Liquor  Potassae, 
with  which  it  forms  a  soap,  or  it  may  be  given  in  capsules. 

[RESINA  COPAIBA.  — Resin  of  Copaiba.  The  residue  left  after 
distilling  off  the  volatile  oil  from  Copaiba. 

CHARACTERS. —A  yellowish  or  brownish-yellow,  brittle  resin,  having  a 
slight  odor  and  taste  of  Copaiba.  Solubility. — In  Alcohol,  Ether,  Chloro- 
form, Carbon  Disulphide,  Benzol,  or  Amylic  Alcohol. 

Dose,  5  to  15  gr.  ;  .30  to  i.oo  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  COPAIBA. 

External. — Copaiba  is  a  stimulant  to  the  skin. 

Internal. —  Gastro-intestinal  tract. — It  acts  like  other  volatile 
oils.  Small  doses  produce  a  feeling  of  warmth  in  the  epigas- 
trium ;  but  with  large  doses  its  irritant  effect  leads  to  vomiting 
and  diarrhoea.  Its  taste  is  [unpleasant] ,  and  the  eructations  it 
may  cause  are  very  disagreeable. 

Mucous  membrane.  — Here  also  it  acts  like  other  volatile  oils. 
It  is  quickly  absorbed,  and  then  is  excreted  by  all  the  mucous 
membranes,  which  it  stimulates  in  its  passage  through  them,  in- 
creasing their  vascularity  and  the  amount  of  their  secretion, 
which,  if  foul,  is  disinfected.  Because  of  these  actions  it  is  a 
disinfectant  expectorant,  and  a  stimulating  disinfectant  to 
the  whole  of  the  genito-urinary  tract.  It  imparts  a  powerful 
odor  to  the  breath  and  mucous  secretions.  It  is  also  excreted  by 
the  skin,  and  its  irritant  effect  here  is  seen  in  the  erythematous 
rash  it  often  produces.  Some,  too,  passes  out  by  the  milk. 

Kidneys. — Copaiba  has  a  more  marked  action  on  the  kidneys 
than  most  substances  containing  volatile  oils,  and  this  is  in  great 
part  due  to  the  resin,  which  is  particularly  stimulating  to  the 


VOLATILE    OILS.  573 

renal  organs,  and  copaiba  is  therefore  a  useful  diuretic.  Large 
doses  of  it  greatly  irritate  the  kidney,  as  is  shown  by  pain  in  the 
loins  and  blood  and  albumin  in  the  urine.  The  oil  and  the  resin 
are  excreted  in  the  urine,  and  the  resin  can  be  [precipitated] 
from  it  by  nitric  acid ;  but  this  precipitate  is  known  not  to  be 
albumin  by  the  fact  that  it  is  evenly  distributed  through  the  fluid 
and  is  dissolved  by  heat.  [It  also  leads  to  confusion  when 
Trommer's  test  is  employed  to  detect  glucose.]  If  the  renal 
congestion  is  severe,  the  urine  may  be  very  scanty. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  COPAIBA. 

Internal. —  Genito-urinary  tract. — Copaiba,  or  more  usually 
its  oil,  is  largely  used  to  stimulate  and  disinfect  this  part  of  the 
body  in  cases  of  pyelitis,  vaginitis,  and  gonorrhoea.  It  is  often 
prescribed  for  this  last  disease,  and  is  best  given  when  the  acute 
symptoms  have  subsided,  otherwise  it  may  increase  them. 

Kidneys, — The  resin  is  an  admirable  diuretic  for  hepatic  and 
cardiac  dropsy,  but  because  of  its  liability  to  irritate  the  kidneys 
should  not  be  given  in  Bright' s  disease.  After  a  time  patients 
seem  to  become  accustomed  to  it,  for  the  diuresis  is  not  so 
marked  as  at  first.  It  is  [disagreeable]  and  difficult  to  make 
palatable.  Fifteen  grains  [i.  gm.]  of  the  resin  with  20  minims 
[1.20  c.c.]  of  alcohol,  15  grains  [i.  gm.]  of  tragacanth  to  sus- 
pend it,  and  a  fluid  drachm  [4.  c.c.]  of  syrup  of  ginger  in  an 
ounce  [30.  c.c.]  of  water  may  be  given  for  a  dose. 

Bronchial  mucous  membrane. — Copaiba  is  occasionally  used 
as  a  disinfectant  expectorant  when  the  secretion  is  very  foul — as, 
for  example,  when  the  bronchial  tubes  are  dilated. 

Skin. — Copaiba  has  been  given  in  chronic  skin  diseases,  as 
psoriasis,  for  the  cutaneous  stimulation  caused  by  it,  but  it  is  now 
quite  discarded. 

The  reasons  why  it  is  rarely  used  except  in  gonorrhoea,  for 
which  it  would  not  be  employed  if  it  had  not  such  a  strongly 
marked  beneficial  action,  are  that  the  smell  of  the  breath  of 
those  taking  it  is  very  disagreeable,  it  is  very  [unpleasant]  to  the 
taste,  and  often  causes  indigestion. 


574  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

[OLEUM  THYMI. 

OIL  OF  THYME. — A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  the  leaves  and  flower- 
ing  tops  of  Thymus  vulgaris  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Labiata).  Habitat. — Southern 
France. 

CHARACTERS. — A  yellowish  or  yellowish-red  liquid,  having  a  strong  odor 
of  Thyme,  and  an  aromatic,  pungent,  afterwards  cooling  taste.  It  becomes 
darker  and  thicker  by  age  and  exposure  to  the  air.  Sp.  gr. ,  0.900  to  0.930. 

Solubility. — In  half  its  volume  of  Alcohol,  forming  a  clear  solution,  which 
is  neutral  or  only  very  slightly  acrid  to  litmus  paper.  Also  soluble  in  all  pro- 
portions, in  Carbon  Disulphide,  and  in  Glacial  Acetic  Acid. 

COMPOSITION. — Its  chief  constituents  are  the  hydrocarbons — (i)  Cymene, 
C10HM.  (2)  Thymcne,  C,0H16. 

Dose,  i  to  5  m.  ;  .06  to  .30  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  THE  OIL  OF  THYME. 

Its  action  is  similar  to  that  of  copaiba.  The  chief  use  of  oil 
of  thyme  is  as  a  source  of  thymol.  It  has  been  employed  in 
the  treatment  of  bronchitis,  gonorrhoea,  gleet,  leucorrhosa,  and 

vesical  catarrh.] 

CUBEBA. 

CUBEB. — The  unripe  fruit  of  Piper  Cubeba  [Linne  films  (nat.  ord. 
Piperacea).  Habitat. — Java  ;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — Globular,  about  4  or  5  mm.  in  diameter,  contracted  at  the 
base  into  a  rounded  stipe  about  6  or  8  mm.  long,  reticulately  wrinkled, 
blackish-gray,  internally  whitish  and  hollow ;  odor  strong,  spicy  ;  taste  aro- 
matic and  pungent.]  Resembling  Cubeb. — Pepper  and  Pimenta  ;  neither  has 
a  stalk. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  The  volatile  oil  [5  to] 
15  per  cent,  (see  below).  (2)  The  Oleoresin,  6  per  cent,  (see  below),  which 
contains  Cubebin,  a  white,  crystalline,  odorless  substance,  and  Cubebic  Acid. 
(5)  A  little  Piperine. 

Dose,  30  to  60  gr. ;  [2.  to  4.  gm.] 

Preparations. 

1.  [Extractum   Cubebae    Fluidum.— Fluid   Extract  of  Cubeb. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  yz  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  4.  c.c. 

2.  Oleoresina  Cubebae. — Oleoresin  of  Cubeb. 

SOURCE. — By  percolation  with  Ether;  distil  off,  and  evaporate  the 
Ether. 

Oleoresin  of  Cubeb  is  used  to  make  Trochisci  Cubebae. 
Dose,  5  to  30  m. ;  .30  to  2.00  c.c. 


VOLATILE    OILS.  575 

3.  Tinctura    Cubebae. — Tincture  of  Cubeb.     Cubeb,  200.     By 
maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  to  looo. 

Dose,  y?  to  3  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  12.  c.c. 

4.  Trochisci  Cubebae. — Troches  of  Cubeb.     Oleoresin  of  Cubeb, 
4;  Oil  of  Sassafras,  I  ;  Extract  of  Glycyrrhiza,  25  ;  Acacia,  12  gm.  ; 
Syrup  of  Tolu,  sufficient  quantity  to  make  loo  troches.     Each  troche 
contains  ^  m.  ;  .04  c.c.,  of  the  Oleoresin.] 

Dose,  i  to  6  troches. 

OLEUM  CUBEB^E.  —  Oil  of  Cubeb.  A  volatile  oil  distilled  from 
Cubeb. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless,  [pale  greenish,  or  yellowish  liquid,  having 
the  characteristic  odor  of  Cubeb,  and  a  warm,  camphoraceous,  aromatic  taste. 
Sp.  gr.,  about  0.920.  Solubility. — Soluble  in  an  equal  volume  of  Alcohol.] 

COMPOSITION.  —  The  chief  constituents  are  —  (l)  Cubeb  Camphor,  [C15 
HMO,  a  Stearopten.  (2)  Two  oils,  C15H.j4.  (3)  A  small  amount  of  a 
Terpene.  ] 

Dose,  5  to  20  m. ;  [.30  to  1.20  c.c.]  suspended  in  Mucilage. 

ACTION  OF  CUBEB. 

External. — Like  other  substances  containing  a  volatile  oil, 
cubeb  is  rubefacient  when  rubbed  into  the  skin. 

Internal. — Small  doses  are  stomachic  and  carminative,  and 
improve  digestion,  but  moderate  doses  are  very  liable  to  cause 
dyspepsia.  Cubeb  enters  the  blood,  and,  like  many  volatile  oils, 
slightly  stimulates  the  heart,  and  also  excites  the  organs  through 
which  it  is  excreted.  Occasionally,  therefore,  it  causes  an  ery- 
thematous  eruption  on  the  skin  ;  it  increases  and  disinfects  the 
bronchial  secretion,  and  is  consequently  an  expectorant ;  but  its 
main  action  is  on  the  genito-urinary  passages,  the  mucous 
membrane  of  which  is  powerfully  stimulated,  and  the  secretions 
of  which  are  disinfected.  The  kidneys  are  also  irritated,  hence 
cubeb  is  a  diuretic.  It  appears  in  the  urine  in  a  form  (probably 
as  a  salt  of  cubebic  acid)  which  may  be  precipitated  by  nitric 
acid. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  CUBEB. 

It  is  sometimes  employed  as  [troches],  or  as  a  powder,  or  as  the 
smoke  of  cubeb  cigarettes,  to  stimulate  the  mucous  membrane  in 
cases  of  slight  bronchitis,  chronic  sore  throat,  or  follicular  pharyn- 
gitis. Chronic  nasal  catarrh  and  hay-fever  have  been  treated  by 


57<->  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

insufflations  of  the  powder.  [The  symptom]  asthma  is  sometimes 
relieved  by  the  cigarettes.  Many  popular  bronchial  troches  con- 
tain cubeb  ;  in  them  it  exercises-  its  expectorant  action.  Cubeb 
is  rarely  used  as  a  stomachic  or  cardiac  stimulant,  because  it  is  so 
liable  to  upset  digestion ;  but  as  it  is  less  likely  to  do  so  than 
copaiba,  is  a  little  pleasanter  to  take,  and  is  almost  as  powerful  a 
stimulant  to  the  geni to-urinary  mucous  membrane  ;  it  is  largely 
used  in  gleet,  gonorrhoea,  and  chronic  cystitis. 

OLEUM  SANTALI. 

OIL  OF  SANTAL.— Synonym.— [Oil  of  Sandal  Wood.  A  volatile  oil 
distilled  from  the  wood  of  Santalum  album  Linn6  (nat.  ord.  Santalacece}. 
Habitat. — Southern  India. 

CHARACTERS. — A  pale  yellowish  or  yellow,  somewhat  thickish  liquid, 
having  a  peculiar,  strongly  aromatic  odor,  and  a  pungent,  spicy  taste.  _  Sp.  gr., 
0.970  to  0.978.  It  deviates  polarized  light  to  the  left:  distinction  from 
Australian  (Sp.  gr. ,  0.953)  and  West  Indian  (Sp.  gr.,  0.965)  Sandal 
Wood  Oil,  which  deviate  polarized  light  to  the  right.  Solubility. — Readily  in 
Alcohol. 

COMPOSITION. — Santalol,  C,5HMO,  an  alcohol,  90  per  cent. 

Dose,  2  to  10  m. ;  [.12  to  .60  c.c.  1 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  OIL  OF  SANTAL. 

The  action  of  the  oil  of  santal  is  the  same  as  that  of  volatile 
oils  in  general,  but,  like  that  of  the  oils  of  copaiba  and  cubeb, 
it  is  especially  manifested  in  the  genito-urinary  mucous 
membranes,  which  are  stimulated  and  disinfected.  The 
drug  is  used  in  gonorrhoea  and  gleet.  [It  is  best  administered  in 
capsules,  or  in  an  emulsion.]  It  is  pleasanter  than  copaiba,  but 
more  expensive.  It  appears  in  the  urine  half  an  hour  after 
administration.  Some  of  it  is  excreted  by  the  bronchial  mucous 
membrane ;  it  is,  therefore,  a  stimulating  disinfectant  expecto- 
rant. Two  or  three  drops  on  sugar  will  frequently  relieve  the 
hacking  cough  so  often  met  with  when  but  little  sputum  is 

expectorated. 

[MATICO. 

MATICO. — The  leaves  of  Piper  angustifolium  Ruiz  et  Pavon  (nat.  ord. 
Piperacea).  Habitat. — Tropical  America. 

CHARACTERS. — From  loto  15  cm.  long,  short  petiolate,  oblong-lanceolate, 
apex  pointed,  base  unequally  heart-shaped,  margin  very  finely  crenulate,  tessei- 


VOLATILE    OILS.  577 

lated  above,  reticulate  beneath,  the  meshes  small,  and  the  veins  densely  brown- 
ish-hairy ;  aromatic,  spicy  and- bitterish.  Resembling  Matico  leaves. — Digitalis 
leaves,  which  are  less  deeply  reticulated. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (l)  Volatile  oil,  [2^  per 
cent.  (2)  A  pungent  resin.  (3)  A  bitter  principle.  (4)  Artanthic  Acid. 
(5)  Tannic  acid. 

Dose,  y2  to  2  dr. ;  2.  to  8.  gm. 

Preparations. 

1.  Extractum  Matico  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Matico.     By 
maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water,  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  YZ  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  8.  c.c. 

2.  Tinctura    Matico. — Tincture   of  Matico.     Matico,    100,   by 
maceration  and  percolation  with  Diluted  Alcohol  to  looo. 

Dose,  Yz  to  i  fl.  oz. ;  15.  to  30.  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  MATICO. 
The  volatile  oil  of  matico  probably  has  much  the  same  action 
as  that  of  cubeb,  influencing  chiefly  the  gen  i  to-urinary  passages. 
It  has  been  given  for  the  same  cases,  but  is  now  rarely  used.  The 
leaves  are  sometimes  placed  upon  a  bleeding  surface.  Their 
numerous  hairs  promote  the  clotting  of  the  blood,  and  thus  they 

are  hsemostatic. 

DAMIANA. 

DAMIANA.  (Not  official.) — The  leaves  of  several  plants,  principally 
Bigelovia  vcneta  Gray  and  Turnera  microphylla  De  Candolle,  var. ,  aphro- 
disiaca  (nat.  ord.  Turneracea).  Habitat. — Western  North  America. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  of  the  last  as  given  by  Rantzer  are 
— (i)  A  volatile  oil,  I  per  cent.,  amber-colored,  having  an  aromatic  odor,  and 
a  warm  camphoraceous  taste.  (2)  Tannic  acid.  (3)  Two  resins. 

Dose,  yz  to  i  oz. ;  15.  to  30.  gm. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  DAMIANA. 

Damiana  has  enjoyed  considerable  reputation  as  a  remedy  for 
sexual  atony.  Some  observers  believe  it  to  be  only  tonic.  It  is 
best  administered  as  a  fluid  extract,  in  the  dose  of  ^  fl.  dr.,  2.  cc. 

CLASS  VI.— THOSE  USED  CHIEFLY  FOR  THEIR  ACTION  ON 
THE  FEMALE  GENITAL  ORGANS. 

SABINA. 

S  A  VINE. — The  tops  of  Juniper  us  Sabina  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Coniferee}. 
Habitat. — Siberia,  Europe,  Canada  and  Northern  United  States. 

37 


5/8  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

CHARACTERS. — Short,  thin,  subquadrangular  branchlets ;  leaves  rather 
dark  green,  in  four  rows,  opposite,  scale-like,  ovate-lanceolate,  more  or  less 
acute,  appressed,  imbricated  on  the  back  with  a  shallow  groove  containing  an 
oblong  or  roundish  gland  ;  odor  peculiar,  terebinthinate  ;  taste  nauseous,  resin- 
ous and  bitter. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituent  is  the  volatile  oil  (see  below),  about 
2  per  cent. 

Dose,  5  to  15  gr. ;  .30  to  i.oo  gm. 

Preparation. 

Extractum    Sabinae    Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract   of  Savine.     By 
maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 
Dose,  5  to  15  m.  ;  .30  to  i.oo  c.c. 

OLEUM  SABINAE.— Oil  of  Savine.  A  volatile  oil  distilled  from 
Savine. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless  or  yellowish  liquid,  having  a  peculiar  terebin- 
thinate odor,  and  a  pungent,  bitterish  and  camphoraceous  taste.  It  becomes 
darker  and  thicker  by  age  and  exposure  to  the  air.  Sp.  gr.,  0.910  to  0.940. 
Solubility. — Soluble  in  equal  volume  of  Alcohol. 

COMPOSITION. — It  contains  several  terpenes. 

Dose,  i  to  5  m. ;  .06  to  .30  c.c. 

ACTION  OF  SAVINE. 

Oil  of  savine  has  the  same  action  as  oil  of  turpentine,  but  it 
is  more  marked.  Thus  externally  it  causes  great  redness,  pain, 
vesication,  and  even  pustulation.  Internally  it  may  produce 
severe  gastro-intestinal  irritation,  with  vomiting,  abdominal  pain 
and  purging.  In  its  excretion  through  the  kidney  and  the  mu- 
cous membranes  of  the  geni to-urinary  tract  it  severely  irritates 
them  ;  thus  hsematuria,  scanty  urine,  and  pain  on  micturition  may 
follow  its  use.  The  point  in  which  the  action  of  oil  of  savine 
differs  from  that  of  the  oil  of  turpentine  is  that  it  powerfully 
irritates  the  ovaries  and  uterus,  causing  hyperaemia  of  them 
and  accelerating  menstruation.  It  also  induces  contractions  of 
the  pregnant  uterus,  and  therefore  it  is  an  ecbolic. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  SAVINE. 

The  cerate  made  from  the  fluid  extract,  i;  in  resin  cerate, 
4,  has  been  used  as  a  powerful  irritant  and  counter-irritant,  and 
internally  savine  may  be  given  as  an  emmenagogue  ;  but,  on  the 
whole,  its  use  is  to  be  discouraged,  as  it  is  so  liable  to  cause 


VOLATILE    OILS.  579 

serious  gastro-enteritis.     It  has  often  been  administered  as  an 
ecbolic  with  criminal  intent,  but  it  is  rarely  used  in  medicine. 

TANACETUM. 

TANSY. — The  leaves  and  tops  of  Tanacetum  vulgare  Linn6  (nat.  ord. 
Composite).  Habitat. — Asia  and  Europe  ;  naturalized  in  North  America ; 
cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — Leaves  about  15  cm.  long;  bipinnatifid,  the  segments 
oblong,  obtuse,  serrate,  or  incised,  smooth,  dark  green  and  glandular ;  flower- 
heads  corymbose,  with  an  imbricated  involucre,  a  convex,  naked  receptacle, 
and  numerous  yellow,  tubular  florets  ;  odor  strongly  aromatic  ;  taste  pungent 
and  bitter. 

COMPOSITION. — (I  Tanacetin,  CUH16O4,  a  bitter  principle.  (2)  Volatile 
oil,  ^  per  cent.  (3)  Tannic  acid. 

Dose,  ^  to  i  dr. ;   i.  to  4.  gm. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  TANSY. 

Tansy  possesses  the  properties  of  an  aromatic  bitter,  and  is  an 
irritant  narcotic.  It  has  been  used  as  an  abortifacient,  but  is 
dangerous  in  large  doses,  several  fatal  cases  having  been  recorded. 

OLEUM   RUTjE. 

OIL  OF  RUE.  (Not  official.)— The  volatile  oil  distilled  from  the  fresh 
herb  of  Ruta graveolens  (nat.  ord.  Rutacea).  Habitat. — Britain. 

CHARACTERS.  —A  light  yellow  oil,  becoming  brown  on  keeping.  Taste 
bitter.  Odor  aromatic,  disagreeable.  Soluble  in  an  equal  weight  of  Alcohol. 
Sp.  gr.,  about  0.880. 

COMPOSITION. — It  consists  mainly  of  MethyUnonyl  Ketone,  CH3,CO. 
C9H19. 

Dose,  i  to  4  m.  ;  .06  to  .25  c.c. 

ACTION  AND    THERAPEUTICS  OF  OIL  OF  RUE. 

External. — Oil  of  rue  is  irritant  and  vesicant. 

Internal. — In  large  doses  it  is  a  powerful  gastro-intestinal 
irritant.  It  is  eliminated  in,  and  may  be  recognized  by  its  odor 
in  the  urine,  breath  and  perspiration.  It  is  irritant  to  the  kid- 
neys, ovaries  and  uterus,  and  excites  the  menstrual  flow  ; 
consequently  it  is  given  in  amenorrhoea.  From  its  stimulating 
action  on  the  uterus  rue  has  been  used  as  an  abortifacient,  and 
fatal  cases  of  poisoning  from  gastro-intestinal  irritation  have 
been  recorded.  It  is  very  rarely  given  as  a  medicine.  In  all 
points  its  action  resembles  that  of  savine.] 


580  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

GROUP  VII. 
Vegetable  Bitters. 

All  these  substances  contain  a  bitter  principle  which  stimulates  .the  functions 
of  the  stomach. 

Calumba,  [Canella,  Calamus,]  Gentian,  Quassia,  Cascarilla,  Chirata, 
Cusparia,  Serpentaria,  Cimicifuga,  Dandelion,  Orange  Peel. 

[Caluraba,  Canella,  Calamus,  Gentian,  Quassia,  Chirata,  Cusparia  and  Dan- 
delion, do  not  contain  Tannic  Acid.] 

CALUMBA. 

CALUMBA. — [Synonym. — Columbo.  The  root  of  Jateorrhiza  palmata 
(Lamarck)  Miers  (nat.  ord.  Menispermacece).  Habitat. — Eastern  Africa; 
cultivated  in  some  East  Indian  Islands. 

CHARACTERS. — In  nearly  circular  disks,  3  to  6  cm.  in  diameter,  externally 
greenish-brown  and  wrinkled,  internally  yellowish  or  grayish-yellow,  depressed 
in  the  centre,  with  a  few  interrupted  circles  of  projecting  wood-bundles,  dis- 
tinctly radiate  in  the  outer  portion  ;  fracture  short,  mealy  ;  odor,  slight ;  taste 
mucilaginous,  slightly  aromatic,  very  bitter.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Calumbin,  CnHHO7,  a 
neutral,  bitter  principle  crystallizing  in  white  needles.  (2)  Berberine  \_CW 
II17NO4],  an  alkaloid  (q.  v.)t  giving  the  yellow  color.  (3)  Calumbic  acid, 
CjjHjjOg].  (4)  Starch,  33  per  cent.  No  Tannic  Acid  is  present,  so  Calumba 
can  be  prescribed  with  iron  salts. 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr. ;  [.30  to  2.00  gm.] 

Preparations. 

1.  [Extractum  Calumbae  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Calumba. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  in  Alcohol  and  Water  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  5  to  30  m.  ;  .30  to  2.00  c.c. 

2.  Tinctura  Calumbae. — Tincture  of  Calumba.     Calumba,   100, 
by  maceration  and  percolation  in  Alcohol  and  Water  to  1000. 

Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  15.  c.c.] 

ACTION  OF  CALUMBA. 

External. — Calumba  is  a  mild  antiseptic  and  disinfectant. 
Internal. — Mouth. — Calumba  is  a  typical  bitter;  the  appe- 
tite is  sharpened  because  the  gustatory  nerves  are  stimulated ; 


VEGETABLE    BITTERS.  581 

this  reflexly  leads  to  dilatation  of  the  gastric  vessels  and  to  an 
increase  in  the  gastric  and  salivary  secretions. 

Stomach. — The  effects  on  the  gastric  mucous  membrane  which 
were  brought  about  reflexly  by  the  stimulation  of  the  gustatory 
nerves  are  further  exaggerated  by  the  arrival  of  the  saliva  in  the 
stomach,  and  by  the  direct  action  of  the  calumba  on  it,  for 
although  the  immediate  effect  of  a  bitter  in  the  stomach  is  to 
diminish  the  flow  of  gastric  juice,  it  is  [rapidly]  absorbed,  and 
after  absorption  it  has  the  power  to  quickly  increase  the  flow  of 
gastric  juice.  The  result  of  these  actions  is  to  cause  a  feeling  of 
hunger,  an  extra  secretion  of  gastric  juice  and  greater  vascular 
dilatation,  and  all  this  helps  the  digestion  of  the  food. 
Peristalsis  in  the  stomach  and  intestine  is  made  slightly  more  ac- 
tive, and  thus  calumba  is  carminative.  Large  doses  have  a 
paralytic  effect  on  the  secretion,  and  are  very  powerful.  The 
long  continued  use  of  bitters  leads  to  gastric  catarrh  and  conse- 
quent indigestion. 

Most  of  these  substances,  like  volatile  oils,  cause  an  increased 
migration  of  leucocytes  from  the  intestinal  glands  into  the 
blood. 

Injected  [into]  the  rectum  bitters  are  anthelmintic,  destroy- 
ing the  threadworm. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  CALUMBA. 

Calumba  i?  only  employed  to  stimulate  the  gastric  functions 
and  improve  the  appetite  in  cases  of  chronic  indigestion  due  to 
a  general  weakness  of  action  on  the  part  of  the  stomach.  It  is 
thus  a  type  of  the  large  class  of  stomachics.  It  is  especially 
valuable  in  that  form  of  dyspepsia  in  which  the  stomach  par- 
ticipates in  a  general  feebleness  of  all  the  organs  of  the  body, 
such  as  we  see  in  anaemia,  starvation,  convalescence  from  acute 
diseases,  tuberculosis  and  general  exhaustion.  Bitters  should 
never  be  used  when  there  is  acute  or  subacute  gastritis,  a  gastric 
ulcer  or  pain.  They  will  obviously  make  all  these  conditions 
worse.  They  must  not  be  too  concentrated,  nor  given  for  too 
long  a  time,  lest  they  should  over-irritate  the  stomach.  They 
should  always,  as  far  as  possible,  be  combined  with  modes  of 


$82  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

treatment  designed  to  relieve  the  cause  of  the  dyspepsia.  Often 
they  are  called  tonics ;  all  that  is  meant  by  this  is  that,  as  they 
render  the  digestion  of  food  more  easy,  the  general  health  will 
improve.  Most  bitters,  when  given  as  rectal  injections  [ad- 
ministered when  the  patient  is  in  the  knee-chest  position],  are 
anthelmintics  for  the  Oxyuris  vermicularis.  Half  a  pint  [250. 
c.c.]  of  the  infusion  [B.  P.,  Calumba,  i;  cold  water  (to  avoid 
extracting  the  starch),  20;]  maybe  thrown  [into]  the  rectum 

of  an  adult. 

[CANELLA. 

CANELL^E  CORTEX.— (Not  official.)— Canella  Bark.  The  bark 
of  Canella  alba  (nat.  ord.  Canellaced)  deprived  of  its  corky  layer  and  dried. 
Habitat. — South  Florida  and  the  Bahamas. 

CHARACTERS. — Quills,  8  to  20  cm.  long,  or  flattish  pieces.  Externally, 
orange-brown  or  buff,  with  sometimes  remains  of  corky  layer  as  silver-gray 
patches ;  whitish  internally.  Agreeable  odor,  like  Cloves  and  Cinnamon  ; 
bitter  taste. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are:  (i)  A  volatile  oil  (i  per 
cent. ),  consisting  of  several  oils,  one  of  which  is  identical  with  Eugenic  Acid, 
obtained  from  Oil  of  Cloves.  (2)  A  bitter  principle,  Canellin.  No  Tannic 
Acid  is  present. 

Dose,  15  to  60  gr.  ;  i.  to  4.  gm. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  CANELLA. 
Canella  is  an  aromatic  bitter  stomachic,  not  often  prescribed. 

CALAMUS. 

CALAMUS. — Synonym. — Sweet  Flag.  The  rhizome  of  Acorus  Cal- 
amus Linne  (nat.  ord.  Aroidea}.  Habitat. — Europe  and  North  America,  on 
the  banks  of  streams  and  ponds. 

CHARACTERS. — In  sections  of  various  lengths,  unpeeled,  about  2  cm. 
broad,  subcylindrical,  longitudinally  wrinkled  ;  on  the  upper  surface  marked 
with  leaf-scars  forming  triangles,  and  on  the  lower  surface  with  the  circular 
scars  of  the  rootlets  in  wavy  lines;  externally  reddish-brown,  somewhat  annu- 
late from  remnants  of  leaf-sheaths ;  internally  whitish,  of  a  spongy  texture, 
breaking  with  a  short,  corky  fracture,  showing  numerous  oil-cells  and  scattered 
wood-bundles,  the  latter  crowded  within  the  subcircular  endoderm.  It  has 
an  aromatic  odor,  and  a  strongly  bitter  taste.  As  found  in  the  shops  it  is  gen- 
erally peeled. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (I)  Acorin  CjjHjpO,,  a  bitter 
glucoside,  as  a  syrupy,  yellow  liquid.  (2)  Volatile  oil,  I  to  2  per  cent.  (3) 
Calamine,  an  alkaloid.  (4)  Choline. 


VEGETABLE    BITTERS.  583 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Calami  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Calamus.     By 
maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 
Dose,  15  to  60  m. ;  i.  to  4.  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  CALAMUS. 

Sweet  flag  is  a  simple  bitter  and  feeble  aromatic,  and  is  used 
with  advantage  in  pain  or  uneasiness  in  the  stomach  or  bowels 
arising  from  flatulence,  or  as  an  adjuvant  to  purgative  medicines.] 

GENTIANA. 

GENTIAN. — [The  root  of  Gentiana  lutea  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Gentianea). 
Habitat. — Mountains  of  Central  and  Southern  Europe. 

CHARACTERS. — In  nearly  cylindrical  pieces  or  longitudinal  slices,  about 
25  mm.  thick,  the  upper  portion  closely  annulate,  the  lower  portion  longitudi- 
nally wrinkled  ;  externally  deep  yellowish-brown  ;  internally  lighter  ;  some- 
what flexible  and  tough  when  damp  ;  rather  brittle  when  dry  ;  fracture  uneven  ; 
the  bark  rather  thick,  separated  from  the  somewhat  spongy  meditullium  by  a 
black  cambium  line  ;  odor  peculiar,  faint,  more  prominent  when  moistened ; 
taste  sweetish  and  persistently  bitter.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Gentiopicrin,  an  active, 
very  bitter  glucoside,  soluble  in  water  and  Alcohol.  Can  be  split  up  into 
glucose  and  Gentiogenin.  (2)  Gentisic  Add,  [CUH,0O5,  in  yellow,  tasteless 
needles,]  united  with  Gentiopicrin.  (3)  A  trace  of  a  volatile  oil.  (4)  Gentian- 
ose,  a  sugar.  Gentian  contains  no  Tannic  Acid,  but  cannot  be  prescribed  with 
iron,  because  that  darkens  the  coloring  matter. 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Iron  salts,  silver  nitrate,  and  lead  salts. 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr. ;  [.30  to  2.00  gin.] 

Preparations. 

1.  Extractum  Gentianae. — [Extract  of  Gentian.     By  maceration 
and  percolation  with  Water,  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  2  to  10  gr. ;  .12  to  .60  gm. 

2.  Extractum  Gentianae  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Gentian. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Diluted  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  5  to  30  m.  ;  .30  to  2.00  c.c. 

3.  Tinctura   Gentianae   Composita. —  Compound   Tincture   of 
Gentian.     Gentian,  loo ;  Bitter  Orange  Peel,  40 ;  Cardamom,  10.    By 
maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water  to  1000. 

Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  4r.  ;  4.  to  15.  c.c.] 


584  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  GENTIAN. 

Gentian  has  the  same  action  as  other  bitters,  such  as  calumba, 
and  is  employed  for  the  same  class  of  cases.  It  is  more  used 
than  any  other  bitter,  because  its  taste  is  pleasant  and  it  is  not 
astringent. 

QUASSIA. 

QUASSIA. — [The  wood  of  Picrana  exceha  (Swartz)  Lindley  (nat.  ord. 
Simarubea).  Habitat. — Jamaica. 

CHARACTERS. — In  billets  of  various  sizes,  dense,  tough,  of  medium  hard- 
ness, porous,  with  a  minute  pith  and  marrow,  medullary  rays  ;  inodorous,  and 
intensely  bitter.  In  the  shops  it  is  usually  met  with  in  the  form  of  chips  or 
raspings  of  a  yellowish-white  color.]  Resembling  Quassia. — Sassafras,  but 
this  is  aromatic  and  not  bitter. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  [Quasstin,  C,0H,,OS,  a 
bitter  principle  occurring  in  crystalline  rectangular  plates.]  (2)  A  volatile  oil. 
No  Tannic  Acid  being  present,  Quassia  can  be  prescribed  with  iron  salts. 

Preparations. 

1.  [Extractum   Quassiae, — Extract  of  Quassia.     By  percolation 
with  Water,  and  evaporation. 

•      Dose,  }4  to  3  gr. ;  .03  to  .20  gm. 

2.  Extractum    Quassiae    Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Quassia. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water,  and  evapora- 
tion. 

Dose,  '4  to  *  fi-  dr.  ;   i.  to  4.  c.c. 

3.  Tinctura  Quassiae. — Tincture  of  Quassia.     Quassia,  100;  by 
maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water  to  looo. 

Dose,  )4  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  8.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  QUASSIA. 

Quassia  is  an  aromatic  bitter  stomachic,  acting  in  the  same  way 
as  calumba.  As  it  contains  no  tannic  acid  it  is  often  prescribed 
with  iron.  The  only  objection  to  it  is  that  some  persons  find  it 
too  bitter.  Injected  per  rectum,  it  is  an  excellent  anthelmintic 
for  Oxyuris  vermicularis ;  half  a  pint  [250  c.c.]  of  the  infusion 
[i  to  100  of  cold  water  to  avoid  extraction  of  too  much  of  the 
bitter  principle,]  may  be  given  for  this  purpose,  [the  patient 
being  in  the  knee-chest  position.] 


VEGETABLE    BITTERS.  585 

CASCARILLA. 

CASCARILLA. — [The  bark  of  Croton  Eluteria  Bennett  (nat.  ord. 
Euphorbiacea).  Habitat. — Bahama  Islands. 

CHARACTERS. — In  quills  or  curved  pieces  about  2  mm.  thick,  having  a 
grayish,  somewhat  fissured,  easily  detached,  corky  layer,  more  or  less  coated 
with  a  white  lichen,  the  uncoated  surface  being  dull  brown,  and  the  inner  sur- 
face smooth.  It  breaks  with  a  short  fracture,  having  a  resinous  and  radially 
striate  appearance.  When  burned,  it  emits  a  strong,  aromatic,  somewhat 
musk-like  odor  ;  its  taste  is  warm  and  very  bitter.  ]  Resembling  Cascarilla. — 
Pale  Cinchona,  which  is  less  white,  smooth  and  small. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (l)  Cascarillin,  a  bitter,  neu- 
tral crystalline  substance.  (2)  Volatile  oil,  [1.5  per  cent.]  (3)  Resin.  (4) 
Tannic  acid. 

INCOMPATIBLES. —  Mineral  acids,  lime  water  and  metallic  salts. 

Dose,  10  to  30  gr. ;  [.60  to  2.00  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  CASCARILLA. 
Cascarilla,  because  of  its  bitter  principle  cascarillin,  like  other 
vegetable  bitters,  improves  the  digestion,  and  this  stomachic  and 
carminative  action  is  aided  by  the  volatile  oil  in  it.  It  is  pleasant 
to  take,  and  is  suitable  for  the  same  cases  as  calumba.  The 
infusion  [i  to  20]  will  not  keep  good  for  more  than  a  day  unless 
the  tincture  [i  to  15]  is  added  to  it.  Mineral  acids  precipitate 
the  resin  from  the  tincture ;  therefore  the  infusion  should  be 

prescribed  with  them. 

CHIRATA. 

CHIRATA. — Synonym. — Chiretta.  [The  entire  plant,  Swertia  Chirata 
Hamilton  (nat.  ord.  Gentianeae).  Habitat. — Mountains  of  Northern  India. 

CHARACTERS. — Root  nearly  simple,  about  7  cm.  long ;  stem  branched, 
nearly  I  meter  long,  slightly  quadrangular  above  ;  containing  a  narrow  wood- 
circle  and  a  large  yellowish  pith.  Leaves  opposite,  sessile,  ovate,  entire  five- 
nerved.  Flowers  numerous,  small,  with  a  four-lobed  calyx  and  corolla.  The 
whole  plant  smooth,  pale  brown,  inodorous,  and  intensely  bitter.]  Resembling 
Chirata. — Lobelia,  which  is  not  bitter. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (I)  Chiratin,  [CjgH^gO^,]  an 
active,  bitter  principle,  as  a  yellow,  hygroscopic  powder.  (2)  Ophelic  Acid, 
CjjH.joOjp]  with  which  it  is  combined.  No  Tannic  Acid  is  present. 

Dose,  ]/i  to  i  dr.  ;  [2.  to  4.  gm.] 

Preparations. 

[i.  Extractum  Chiratae  Fluidum.— Fluid  Extract  of  Chirata.    By 
maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water,  and  evaporation. 
Dose,  y2  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  4.  c.c. 


586  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

2.  Tinctura    Chiratae. — Tincture  of   Chirata.     Chirata,   loo  ;  by 
maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water  to  1000. 
Dose,  yz  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  8.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  CHIRATA. 

Chirata  has  the  same  actions  and  uses  as  gentian,  calumba  and 
other  bitters.  As  it  contains  no  tannic  acid,  it  can  be  given 
with  iron.  It  is  more  [frequently]  used  in  India. 

CUSPARIA. 

CUSPARIjE  CORTEX.  [B.  P.,  not  official.]—  Cusparia  Bark.  Syn- 
onym.— Angustura  Bark.  The  bark  of  Cusparia  febrifuga  (&%*..  ord.  Rutacea). 
[Habitat. — ]Tropical  South  America. 

CHARACTERS. — Flat  or  curved  pieces  or  quills,  [16  cm.]  or  less  long,  [4 
mm.]  thick,  obliquely  cut  on  the  inner  edge.  Externally  a  yellowish-gray, 
mottled,  corky  layer,  which  can  be  scraped  off,  and  shows  a  dirk  brown 
resinous  layer;  inner  surface  light  brown,  flaky.  Fracture  short,  resinous,  and 
showing,  under  a  lens,  white  points  or  lines.  Taste  bitter,  aromatic.  Odor 
musty,  disagreeable.  [Resembling  Cusparia. — Canella  Alba,  but  this  is 
darker,  and  has  pared  edges.  ] 

IMPURITY. — Bark  of  Strychnos  nux-vomica  (false  Angustura  bark)  ;  its 
inner  surface  gives  bright  blood-red  color  with  Nitric  Acid,  showing  Brucine  ; 
Cusparia  does  not. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Cusparine,  or  Angustu- 
rine,  a  crystalline  bitter  alkaloid.  (2)  An  alkaloid,  Galipeine.  (3)  An  alka- 
loid, Galipidine.  (4)  An  alkaloid,  Cusparidine.  (5)  An  aromatic  oil.  It  is 
stated  that  no  Tannic  Acid  is  present,  but  Iron  Salts  are  incompatible  with 
Cusparia.  . 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Mineral  acids  and  metallic  salts. 

Dose,  10  to  40  gr. ;  [.60  to  2.40  gm.] 

Preparation. 

Infusum  Cuspariae.  [B.  P.,  not  official. — Infusion  of  Cusparia], 
Cusparia,  5  ;  Water  at  120°  F. ;  [48.8°  C.]  (to  avoid  extraction  of 
nauseous  principles),  100. 

Dose,  i  to  2  fl.  oz. ;  [30.  to  60.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  CUSPARIA. 

Cusparia  bark  is  an  aromatic  bitter,  having  a  similar  action 
to  calumba.  It  is  used  to  make  Angustura  Bitters.  In  South 
America  it  is  given  [in  large  doses]  as  an  antiperiodic. 


VEGETABLE    BITTERS.  587 

SERPENTARIA. 

SERPENTARIA. — Synonym. — [Virginia  Snakeroot.  The  rhizome 
and  roots  of  Aristolochia  Serpentaria  Linne,  and  of  Aristolochia  reticulata 
Nuttall  (nat.  ord.  Aristoloehiacea}.  Habitat. — United  States,  in  hilly  woods. 

CHARACTERS. — The  rhizome  is  about  25  mm.  long,  thin,  bent;  on  the 
upper  side  with  approximate  short  stem  bases  ;  on  the  lower  side  with  numer- 
ous, thin,  branching  roots  about  10  cm.  long ;  dull,  yellowish-brown,  inter- 
nally whitish  ;  the  wood-rays  of  the  rhizome  longest  on  the  lower  side ;  odor 
aromatic,  camphoraceous  ;  taste  warm,  bitterish,  and  camphoraceous.  The 
roots  of  Aristolochia  reticulata  are  coarser,  longer,  and  less  interlaced  than 
those  of  Aristolochia  Serpentaria.}  Resembling  Serpentaria. — [Veratrunc 
Viride,  (see  p.  442),]  Arnica,  (seep.  530),  and  Valerian,  (see  p.  556.) 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (l)  A  bitter  principle,  Aristo* 
lochine  [in  light-yellow  needles.  (2)  A  volatile  oil,  ^  per  cent,  containing  a 
Terpene,  and  mainly  C15H25O2,  Borneol  Ether.  (3)  Resin.  (4)  Tannic 
Acid  in  small  quantity. 

Serpentaria  is  used  to  prepare  Tinctura  Cinchonae  Composita.  ] 

Dose,  10  to  30  gr.  ;  [.60  to  2.00  gm.] 

Preparations. 

[i.  Extractum  Serpentariae  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Ser- 
pentaria. By'maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water,  and 
evaporation. 

Dose,  10  to  30  m.  ;  .60  to  2.00  c.c. 

2.  Tinctura  Serpentariae. — Tincture  of  Serpentaria.  Serpen- 
taria, loo  ;  by  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water  to 

1000. 

Dose,  %  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  8.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  SERPENTARIA. 

In  the  small  doses  in  which  serpentaria  is  given  in  medicine 
it  is  a  bitter  stomachic,  acting  just  like  calumba  and  cascarilla, 
and  is  used  for  the  same  class  of  cases.  It  is  rarely  prescribed 
alone.  In  large  doses  it  produces  vomiting  and  purging.  Many 
virtues  have  been  attributed  to  it  which  it  [quite  likely]  does 

not  possess. 

CIMICIFUGA. 

CIMICIFUG  A.— [Synonyms.—  Black  Snakeroot.  Black  Cohosh.  The 
rhizome  and  roots  of  Cimicifuga  racemosa  (Linne)  Nuttall  (nat.  ord,  Ranun- 
culacea).  Habitat. — North  America  ;  in  rich  woodlands,  westward  to  Eastern 
Kansas. 


588  ORGANIC   MATERIA    MEDICA. 

CHARACTERS.— -The  rhizome  is  of  horizontal  growth,  hard,  5  era.  or  more 
long,  about  25  mm.  thick,  with  numerous  stout,  upright  or  curved  branches, 
terminated  by  a  cup-shaped  scar,  and  with  numerous  wiry,  brittle,  obtusely 
quadrangular  roots,  about  2  mm.  thick  ;  the  whole  brownish -black,  of  a  slight 
but  heavy  odor,  and  of  a  bitter,  acrid  taste.  Rhizome  and  branches  have  a 
smooth  fracture,  with  a  rather  large  pith,  surrounded  by  numerous  sublinear, 
whitish  wood-rays,  and  a  thin,  firm  bark.  The  roots  break  with  a  short 
fracture,  have  a  thick  bark,  and  contain  a  ligneous  cord  expanding  into  about 
four  rays. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (l)  An  acrid,  crystalline  prin- 
ciple, soluble  in  Chloroform  and  Alcohol.  (2)  Tannic  and  Gallic  Acids.  (3) 
Two  Resins.] 

Cimicifugin  or  Macrotin  is  an  impure  resin  deposited  from  the  tincture  on 
aoding  water. 

Preparations. 

1.  Extractum  Cimicifugae. — [Extract  of  Cimicifuga.     By  macer- 
ation and  percolation  with  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  i  to  5  gr.  ;  .06  to  .30  gm. 

2.  Extractum  Cimicifugae  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Cimici- 
fuga.    By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  'j  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  4.  c.c. 

3.  Tinctura  Cimicifugae. — Tincture  of  Cimicifuga.     Cimicifuga, 
200  ;  by  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  to  1000. 

Dose,  YJ.  to  2  fl.  dr.  ;  2.  to  8.  c.c.] 

ACTION  OF  CIMICIFUGA. 

Cimicifuga  has  two  chief  actions.  It  influences  the  gastric 
secretion  like  any  other  bitter,  and,  to  a  slight  extent,  it  de- 
presses the  rate,  but  increases  the  force  of  the  pulse,  like  digitalis. 
The  arterial  tension  rises.  It  is  said  to  cause  contractions  of  the 
uterus  and  to  increase  the  menstrual  flow. 

* 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  CIMICIFUGA. 

It  has  been  used  for  chorea,  dyspepsia,  bronchitis,  amenor- 
rhcea,  dysmenorrhcea,  rheumatism,  neuralgia,  and  many  other 
diseases.  The  evidence  that  it  does  much  good  [beyond  thax 
accomplished  by  a  simple  bitter] ,  is  slight. 

TARAXACUM. 

TARAXACUM.— [Synonym.— Dandelion.  The  root  of  Taraxa-vm 
officinale  Weber  (nat.  ord.  Com/>osi/a-),  gathered  in  autumn.  Habitat. — Grassy 
places  and  roadsides  in  Europe  ;  naturalized  in  the  United  States. 


VEGETABLE    BITTERS.  589 

CHARACTERS. — Slightly  conical,  about  30  cm.  long,  and  i  or  2  cm.  thick 
above,  crowned  with  several  short,  thickish  heads,  somewhat  branched,  bark 
brown,  longitudinally  wrinkled,  when  dry  breaking  with  a  short  fracture, 
showing  a  yellowish,  porous  central  axis,  surrounded  by  a  thick,  while  bark, 
containing  numerous  milk  vessels  arranged  in  concentric  circles  ;  inodorous ; 
bitter.]  Resembling  Taraxacum. — Pellitory,  which  is  pungent  when  chewed. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — [(i)  Taraxacin,  a  crystalline 
bitler  principle,  soluble  in  water  and  Alcohol.  (2)  Taraxacerin,  C8H16O]. 
(3)  Asparagin  (found  in  asparagus,  marsh-mallow,  liquorice,  euonymus)  of  no 
therapeutic  value.  (4)  Inulin.  (5)  Resin  (which  gives  the  juice  its  milky 
appearance). 

[IMPURITY. — The  root  of  the  Chicorium  Intybus,  which  is  paler,  and  has 
the  milk  vessels  in  radiating  lines.] 

Dose,  i  to  3  dr. ;  [4.  to  12.  gm.] 

Preparations. 

[i.  Extractum    Taraxaci. — Extract  of  Taraxacum.     By  expres- 
sion and  straining  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr. ;  .30  to  2.00  gm. 

2.  Extractum  Taraxaci  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Taraxacum. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  diluted  Alcohol  and  evaporation. 
Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr.  ;  4.  to  15.  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  DANDELION. 

Dandelion  is  a  simple  bitter,  and  acts  as  a  stomachic,  just 
like  calumba.  It  is  also  slightly  laxative.  It  was  formerly  much 
more  used  than  at  the  present  day.  It  has  been  said  to  stimulate 
the  flow  of  bile,  but  this  is  incorrect.  [The  vulgar  name  by 
which  dandelion  is  known  both  in  England  and  France  suggests 
that  it  may  be  diuretic.] 

AURANTII  CORTEX. 

[AURANTII  AMARI  CORTEX.— Bitter  Orange  Peel.  The  rind 
of  the  fruit  of  Citrus  vulgaris  Risso  (nat.  ord.  Rutacea).  Habitat. — Northern 
India  ;  cultivated  in  subtropical  countries. 

CHARACTERS.  —  In  narrow,  thin  bands,  or  in  quarters ;  epidermis  of  a 
dark,  brownish-green  color,  glandular,  and  with  very  little  of  the  spongy,  white 
inner  layer  adhering  to  it ;  it  has  a  fragrant  odor,  and  an  aromatic,  bitter  taste. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  A  volatile  oil,  consisting 
mainly  of  Hesperidene,  CIOH,6,  with  a  small  portion  of  Geraniol,  C,0H16O. 
(2)Threeglucosides,  Hesperidin,  hohesperidin  and  Aurantiamarin,  the  bitter 
principle.  Both  Bitter  and  Sweet  Orange  Peel  contain  a  substance  which  re- 
acts with  iron  salts  and  Tannic  Acid. 


59O  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

Bitter  Orange  Peel  is  used  in  preparing  Tinctura  Cinchonae  Composite 
and  Tinctura  Gentianae  Composita. 

Prepa  rations. 

1.  Extractum    Aurantii  Amari    Fluidum.  —  Fluid  Extract  of 
Bitter  Orange  Peel.     By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and 
water,  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  y^  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  4.  c.c. 

2.  Tinctura  Aurantii  Amari. — Tincture  of  Bitter  Orange  Peel. 
Bitter  Orange  Peel,  200.     By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol 
and  water  to  looo. 

Dose,  i  to  a  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  8.  c.c. 

AURANTII  DULCIS  CORTEX.— Sweet  Orange  Peel.  The  rind 
of  the  fresh  fruit  of  Citrus  Aurantium  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Rutaceie).  Habitat. 
— As  of  the  Citrus  vulgaris. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Closely  resembling  Bitter  Orange  Peel,  but  having  an 
orange-yellow  color.  It  has  a  sweetish,  fragrant  odor,  and  an  aromatic,  slightly 
bitter  taste. 

COMPOSITION. — As  of  the  Bitter  Orange  Peel. 

Prepa  rations. 

1.  Sympus   Aurantii. — Syrup  of  Orange.     Sweet  Orange  Peel, 
50 ;  Precipitated  Calcium   Phosphate,  50 ;    Sugar,  700.       By  boiling 
with  Alcohol,  mixture  of  the  tincture  (thus  formed)  in  Sugar  with  Water, 
addition  of  Water  and  nitration  to  looo. 

Dose,  as  vehicle. 

2.  Tinctura  Aurantii  Dulcis. — Tincture  of  Sweet  Orange  Peel. 
Sweet  Orange  Peel,  200.     By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol 
to  1000. 

Dose,  i  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  8.  c.c. 

OLEUM  AURANTII  CORTICIS.— Oil  of  Orange  Peel,  a  volatile 
oil  obtained  by  expression  from  the  fresh  peel  of  either  the  Bitter  Orange, 
Citrus  vulgarus  Risso,  or  the  Sweet  Orange,  Citrus  Aurantium  Linne  (nat. 
ord.  Rutacea). 

CHARACTERS. — A  pale,  yellowish  liquid,  having  the  characteristic,  aro- 
matic odor  of  Orange,  and  an  aromatic  and,  when  obtained  from  the  Bitter 
Orange,  somewhat  bitter  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  about  0.850.  Solubility. — In  four 
times  its  volume  of  Alcohol. 

IMPURITIES. — Oil  of  Turpentine  or  other  oils  containing  Pinene. 

Oil  of  Orange  Peel  is  contained  in  Spiritus  Myrciae. 


VEGETABLE    BITTERS.  59 1 

Preparations. 

1.  Spiritus  Aurantii. — Spirit  of  Orange.    Oil  of  Orange  Peel,  50; 
Deodorized  Alcohol,  950. 

Dose,  as  vehicle. 

2.  Spiritus  Aurantii  Compositus. — Compound  Spirit  of  Orange. 
Oil  of  Orange  Peel,  200;  Oil  of  Lemon,  50;  Oil  of  Coriander,  20; 
Oil  of  Anise,  5  ;  Deodorized  Alcohol  to  1000. 

Dose,  as  vehicle. 

3.  Elixir  Aromaticum. — Aromatic  Elixir.     Compound  Spirit  of 
Orange,   12;  Syrup,  375;  Precipitated  Calcium    Phosphate,   15;  De- 
odorized Alcohol,  Distilled  Water,  each,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make 
looo.     By  solution  of  the  Compound  Spirit  of  Orange  in  Deodorized 
Alcohol,  to  250;  addition  of  Syrup  and   Precipitated  Calcium  Phos- 
phate, and  filtering,  with  Distilled  Water  to  looo. 

Dose,  as  vehicle. 

OLEUM  AURANTII  FLORUM.— Oil  of  Orange  Flowers.  Syn- 
onym.— Oil  of  Neroli.  A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  fresh  flowers  of  the  Bitter 
Orange,  Citrus  -vulgaris  Risso  (nat.  ord.  Rutacece). 

CHARACTERS. — A  yellowish  or  brownish,  thin  liquid,  having  a  very  fra- 
grant odor  of  Orange  Flowers,  and  an  aromatic,  somewhat  bitter  taste.  Sp. 
gr.,  0.875  to  0.890.  Solubility. — In  an  equal  volume  of  Alcohol. 

Preparations. 

1.  Aqua   Aurantii  Florurn   Fortior. — Stronger  Orange  Flower 
Water.     Synonym. — Triple  Orange  Flower  Water.     Water  saturated 
with  the  volatile  oil  of  fresh  Orange  Flowers. 

Dose,  indeterminate. 

2.  Aqua  Aurantii   Florum. — Orange  Flower  Water.     Stronger 
Orange  Flower  Water,  500;  Distilled  Water  to  looo. 

Dose,  indeterminate. 

3.  Syru pus  Aurantii  Florum. — Syrup  of  Orange  Flowers.   Sugar, 
850  ;  Orange  Flower  Water  to  looo. 

Dose,  indeterminate.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  ORANGE. 

The  various  preparations  of  the  orange  are  used  largely  as 
flavoring  agents.  They  are  slightly  bitter  and  stomachic.  [The 
aromatic  elixir  is  an  excellent  flavoring  agent  and  vehicle  for 
liquid  medicines.] 


592  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

GROUP  VIII. 
Vegetable  Drugs  containing  Tannic  Acid. 

These  are  all  astringent. 

[Oak  Bark,]  Nutgall,  [Tannic  Acid,  Gallic  Acid,  Pyrogallol,]  Catechu, 

Krameria,  Kino,  Haematoxylon,  Hamamelis,  [Rhus  Glabra, 

Geranium,  Rubus,  Rumex,]  Eucalyptus  Gum,  [Goto.] 

[QUERCUS  ALBA.—  White  Oak.  The  bark  of  the  Qiiercus  alba 
Linne  (nat.  ord.  Cupulifera).  Habitat. — North  America,  westward  to  Min- 
nesota, Kansas,  and  Mississippi ;  in  woods. 

CHARACTERS.  —  In  nearly  flat  pieces,  deprived  of  the  corky  layer,  about  5 
mm.  thick  ;  pale  brown  ;  inner  surface  with  short,  sharp,  longitudinal  ridges  ; 
tough  ;  of  a  coarse,  fibrous  fracture,  a  faint,  tan-like  odor,  and  a  strongly 
astringent  taste.  As  met  with  in  the  shops  it  is  usually  an  irregularly  coarse, 
fibrous  powder,  which  does  not  tinge  the  saliva  yellow. 

COMPOSITION.— The  chief  constituents  are — (\)  Quercitannic  acid,  [CW1IM 
Ou,  6  to  II  per  cent.,  a  variety  of  Tannic  Acid.  (2)  Quercin,  a  bitter  prin- 
ciple. (3)  Quercite,  a  sugar.  (4)  Resin. 

INCOMPATIBLES. — See  Tannic  Acid,  p.  593.] 

GALLA. — [Nutgall.  An  excrescence  on  Qucrcus  lusitanica  Lamarck 
(nat.  ord.  Cupuliferir],  caused  by  the  punctures  and  deposited  ova  of  Cynips 
Galla  tinctoriie  Olivier  (class  Insecta ;  order  Hymenoptera.  Habitat  — 
Levant. 

CHARACTERS. — Subglobular,  I  or  2  cm.  in  diameter,  more  or  less  tuber- 
culated  above,  otherwise  smooth,  heavy,  hard  ;  often  with  a  circular  hole  near 
the  middle,  communicating  with  the  central  cavity ;  blackish  olive-green  or 
blackish-gray  ;  fracture  granular,  grayish ;  in  the  centre  a  cavity  containing 
either  the  partly  developed  insect,  or  purulent  remains  left  by  it;  nearly  in- 
odorous, taste  strongly  astringent.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (l)  Tannic  Acid,  [501060] 
per  cent.  (2)  Gallic  Acid,  2  to  [3]  per  cent.  (3)  Sugar.  (4)  Resin. 

INCOMPATIBLES. — See  Tannic  and  Gallic  Acids,  [p.  593  and  p.  596.] 

Prepa  rations. 

1.  Tinctura    Gallae. — [Tincture   of  Nutgall.     Nutgall,   200;  by 
maceration  with  Glycerin,  100,  and  Alcohol  to  looo. 

Dose,  i  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  8.  c.c. 

2.  Unguentum   Gallae. — Nutgall   Ointment.     Nutgall,  20 ;  Ben- 
zoinated  Lard,  80.] 


VEGETABLE    DRUGS    CONTAINING    TANNIC    ACID.          593 

ACIDUM  TANNICUM.— Tannic  Acid,  [HCUH9O9=32I.22.  Syn- 
onyms.— Tannin.  Gallotannic  Acid.  Digallic  Acid.  An  organic  acid  ex- 
tracted from  Nutgall.] 

SOURCE. — (i)  Expose  powdered  Nutgall  to  a  damp  atmosphere  for  twenty- 
four  hours.  (2)  Add  Ether  to  form  a  paste,  and  let  it  stand,  closely  coveted, 
for  six  hours.  (3)  Express  this  in  a  close  canvas  cloth,  between  tinned  plates, 
reduce  the  lesulting  cake  to  powder  and  mix  with  sufficient  Ether  and  express 
as  before.  (4)  Mix  the  expressed  liquids  and  allow  the  mixture  to  evaporate 
spontaneously.  Tanmc  Acid  remains.  [2"HC7H5O5 — H2O— HCUH9O8. ] 

CHARACTERS. — [A  light  yellowish,  amorphous  powder,  usually  cohering 
in  form  of  glistening  scales  or  spongy  masses,  odorless,  or  having  a  faint  char- 
acteristic odor,  and  a  strongly  astringent  taste ;  gradually  turning  darker  when 
exposed  to  air  and  light.  Solubility. — In  about  I  part  of  water,  and  in  0.6 
part  of  Alcohol ;  also  in  about  I  part  of  Glycerin,  with  the  intervention  of  a 
moderate  heat ;  freely  soluble  in  diluted  Alcohol,  sparingly  in  absolute  Alco- 
hol ;  almost  insoluble  in  absolute  Ether,  Chloroform,  Benzol  or  Benzin.] 

INCOMPATIBLES.  —  Mineral  acids,  alkalies,  antimony,  lead,  silver,  and 
ferric  salts,  alkaloids,  gelatin,  and  emulsions. 

Dose,  i  to  20  gr.  ;  [.06  to  1.20  gm.] 

Preparations. 

[i.  Collodium    Stypticum. — Styptic    Collodion.     Tannic   Acid, 
20 ;  Alcohol,  5  ;  Ether,  25  ;  Collodion,  to  too.     By  solution. 

2.  Trochisci  Acidi  Tannici. — Troches  of  Tannic  Acid.     Tannic 
Acid,  6;  Sugar,  65;  Tragacanth,   2   gm.;  Stronger  Orange   Flower 
Water,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  loo  troches.    Each  troche  contains 
about  I  gr. ;  .06  gm.  of  Tannic  Acid. 

Dose,  i  to  3  troches. 

3.  Unguentum  Acidi  Tannici. — Ointment  of  Tannic  Acid.    Tan- 
nic Acid,  20 ;  Benzoinated  Lard,  80. 

4.  Glyceritum  Acidi  Tannici. — Glycerite  of  Tannic  Acid.    Tan- 
nic Acid,  20;  Glycerin,  80.] 

ACTION  OF  TANNIC  ACID. 

External. — Tannic  acid  is  one  of  the  most  important  drugs, 
because  it  coagulates  albumin  and  gelatin  with  great  readiness ; 
that  is  to  say,  it  tans  the  tissues,  for  it  is  by  coagulating  the  in- 
terstitial fluid  in  skins  that  tannic  acid  converts  them  into 
leather.  The  coagulated  albumin  or  gelatin  powerfully  resists 
putrefaction.  If  an  albuminous  discharge  is  taking  place  from  a 
sore  or  mucous  surface  and  tannic  acid  is  applied,  the  excreted 

38 


594  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

fluid  is  coagulated,  and  the  coagulum  forms  a  solid  protecting 
layer  which  prevents  further  discharge.  As  the  tannic  acid  soaks 
into  the  tissues  it  coagulates  the  albuminous  fluids  there  also,  and 
this  still  further  hinders  the  discharge  of  fluid,  therefore  it  is  an 
energetic  astringent.  If  bleeding  is  taking  place,  tannic  acid 
of  course  coagulates  the  blood  as  it  flows  and  the  clots  plug  the 
vessels  ;  at  the  same  time  the  coagulum  formed  within  the  tissues, 
by  its  contraction,  constricts  the  blood-vessels,  and  thus  tannic 
acid  becomes  a  powerful  haemostatic.  It  has  no  noteworthy 
direct  effect  on  the  blood-vessels  themselves.  Tannic  acid  is 
mildly  depressant  to  sensory  nerves.  Like  other  acids  it  is  irri- 
tant, but  it  is  very  feebly  so,  and  consequently  its  action  in  this 
direction  is  more  than  counterbalanced  by  its  strongly  astringent 
effects. 

Internal. —  Gastro-intestinal  tract. — Because  tannic  acid  co- 
agulates the  mucous  secretions  and  the  fluids  in  mucous  mem- 
branes, it  makes  the  mouth  dry  and  feel  stiff  when  locally  ap- 
plied ;  in  the  stomach  large  doses  prevent  the  secretion  of  gastric 
juice,  decrease  the  flow  of  mucus,  and  may  cause  vomiting.  For 
these  reasons,  and  also  because  it  precipitates  pepsin,  it  interferes 
with  digestion.  It  will  check  gastric  haemorrhage.  In  the  in- 
testine is  is  either  converted  into  gallic  acid,  or  forms  al- 
kaline tannates,  and  until  these  alterations  it  acts  as  an  intestinal 
astringent,  controlling  intestinal  bleeding  and  causing  constipa- 
tion ;  but  this  acid  and  these  salts  have  no  astringent  properties, 
therefore  when,  [as  is  often  the  case,]  drugs  containing  large 
amounts  of  tannic  acid  act  as  powerful  intestinal  astringents,  we 
must  suppose  that  the  amount  of  tannic  acid  taken  is  large 
enough  for  the  conversion  of  it,  into  salts  or  gallic  acid,  to  take 
place  slowly.  It  is  absorbed  chiefly  as  gallates,  and  to  a  much 
less  extent  as  tannates. 

Remote  effects. — Gallates  and  undecomposed  alkaline  tannates 
circulate  in  the  blood,  but  they  have  no  power  to  coagulate  al- 
bumin, nor  have  they  any  astringent  influence  when  locally  ap- 
plied, therefore  it  is  difficult  to  believe  that  tannic  acid  has  any 
remote  astringent  or  haemostatic  effects ;  some  claim  that  it  has, 
but  they  have  not  proved  their  case.  It  is  excreted  in  the  urine 


VEGETABLE    DRUGS    CONTAINING    TANNIC    ACID.         $95 

of  animals  as  gallates  with  traces  of  tannates,  but  in  man  no 
derivative  of  it  can  be  detected  in  the  urine  or  other  excretions, 
so  that  any  which  has  been  absorbed  is  entirely  decomposed  in 
the  body.  Any  excess  passes  out  in  the  faeces  as  tannates  and 
gallates.  Many  vegetable  substances,  as  logwood,  depend  for 
their  astringent  properties  on  the  tannic  acid  they  contain. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF 'TANNIC  ACID. 

The  therapeutical  applications  of  tannic  acid  are  very  numer- 
ous. It  is  used  as  an  astringent  for  ulcers,  sores,  various  moist 
eruptions,  tonsillitis,  pharyngitis,  nasal  catarrh,  otorrhcea,  gastric 
catarrh,  diarrhoea  (large  doses  of  30  gr.  ;  [2  gm.]  may  be  given, 
and  catechu  and  logwood  are  favorite  remedies),  leucorrhcea, 
gonorrhoea,  rectal  ulcers,  fissures,  and  prolapse.  It  is  employed 
as  a  haemostatic  in  bleeding  from  small  wounds,  ulcers,  the  gums, 
the  pharynx,  the  nose,  the  stomach,  the  intestine,  haemorrhoids, 
and  the  bladder.-  Whenever  practicable  a  good  method  of  ap- 
plication is  to  dust  it  on  the  part,  especially  for  a  haemorrhage  ; 
if  this  is  gastric  or  intestinal,  30  gr.  ;  [2.  gm.]  or  more  should 
be  frequently  given  by  the  mouth.  For  external  use  or  applica- 
tion to  the  throat  the  glycerite  is  useful.  A  gargle  of  the  gly- 
cerite  in  water,  [i  to  8]  may  be  made.  The  [troches]  are  con- 
venient for  pharyngitis.  A  spray  ( i  to  2  in  96  of  water)  or  an 
insufflation  of  tannic  acid  and  starch  may  be  used  for  the  mouth 
and  larynx.  The  ointment  of  [nutgall]  and  opium,  [i  to  14 
of  ointment  of  nutgall,]  is  a  favorite  application  for  piles.  The 
suppositories  [3  gr. ;  .  20  gm.  each]  are  useful  for  rectal  discharges. 
Solutions  [i  to  48]  in  water  may  be  injected  into  the  urethra 
for  urethritis  and  gonorrhoea,  and  into  the  bladder  for  cystitis. 
[It  should  never  be  used  hypodermatically] .  The  decoction 
of  oak  bark,  employed  as  a  [high]  rectal  injection,  destroys  the 
threadworm.  [A  preparation  of  nutgall  dissolved  in  glycerin 
was  formerly  used  as  an  injection  into  hernial  sacs  (Heaton's 
method).  The  temporary  results  were  excellent,  but  sooner  or 
later  failures  occurred  in  a  very  large  percentage  of  cases. 

Tannigen  (not  official),  the  acetic  acid  ester  of  tannic  acid, 
is  prepared  by  the  action  of  glacial  acetic  acid  on  tannic  acid. 


596  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

It  is  a  tasteless,  odorless  powder,  insoluble  in  water,  and  is  believed 
to  pass  -unchanged  through  the  stomach  and  to  be  slowly  decom- 
posed in  the  intestines,  thus  exerting  an  astringent  effect  in  them. 
The  dose  is  5  to  30  gr. ,  .30  to  2.00  gm.  in  wafers. 

Tannalbin  (not  official)  is  a  tannin  albuminate  which  has 
been  subjected  to  a  dry  heat  of  230°— 248°  F.  (no°-i2o°  C.)  for 
several  hours.  It  is  a  faintly  yellow,  tasteless  powder  containing 
about  50  per  cent,  of  tannic  acid.  Laboratory  experiments  have 
shown  that  it  is  not  easily  decomposed  by  an  artificial  gastric 
juice,  but  it  is  rapidly  separated  into  its  constituents  in  an  alka- 
line medium  or  by  an  artificial  solution  of  the  pancreatic  fer- 
ments. This  preparation  then  passes  through  the  stomach  un- 
changed, and  may  not  be  broken  up  until  it  has  passed  well  down 
into  the  intestine.  The  dose  is  5  gr.,  .30  gm.,  given  in  wafers 
at  frequent  intervals. 

ACIDUM  GALLICUM.— Gallic  Acid.  HC7H5O5-fH,O[=i87.55. 
An  organic  acid,  usually  prepared  from  Tannic  Acid. 

SOURCE. — By  exposing  a  mixture  of  Nutgall  and  distilled  water  in  the 
form  of  a  thin  paste,  to  the  air  for  a  month,  expressing  and  rejecting  the  liquor, 
boiling  the  residue  with  distilled  water  and  filtering,  when  hot,  through  purified 
Animal  Charcoal.  HCUH9O9+HSO=2HC7H5O5. 

CHARACTERS.  — White,  or  pale  fawn-colored,  silky,  interlaced  needles, 
or  tnclinic  prisms  ;  odorless  ;  having  an  astringent  or  slightly  acidulous  taste ; 
permanent  in  the  air.  Solubility. — In  loo  parts  of  water,  and  in  5  parts  of 
Alcohol ;  also  soluble  in  40  parts  of  Ether,  and  in  12  parts  of  Glycerin.  Very 
slightly  soluble  in  Chloroform,  Benzol,  or  Benzin.] 

INCOMPATIBLE. — Feme  and  metallic  salts  generally,  and  Spiritus  Athens 
Nitrosi. 

Dose,  5  to  20  gr. ;   [.30  to  1.20  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  GALLIC  ACID. 

Gallic  acid  has  no  power  to  coagulate  albumin,  and  therefore 
possesses  none  of  the  local  properties  of  tannic  acid.  If  it  is 
wished  to  produce  the  supposed  remote  astringent  effects  of  tan- 
nic acid,  gallic  acid  may  be  administered,  for  tannic  acid  is  in 
the  intestine  converted  into  it. 

PYROGALLOL. 

[PYROGALLOL.— C6HS(OII),=I25.7.     Synonym.— Pyrogallic  Acid. 
SOURCE. — A  triatomic  phenol  obtained  chiefly  by  the  dry  distillation  of 
Gallic  Acid.     HC7H&Oft=C,H,(OH),f  CO,. 


VEGETABLE    DRUGS    CONTAINING    TANNIC    ACID. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Light  white,  shining  laminas,  or  fine  needles,  odorless, 
and  having  a  bitter  taste  ;  acquiring  a  gray  or  darker  tint  on  exposure  to  air 
and  light.  Solubility. — In  1.7  parts  of  water,  and  in  I  part  of  Alcohol;  also 
soluble  in  1.2  parts  of  Ether.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  PYROGALLOL. 
It  is  used  externally  as  an  ointment  (Jarisch's  ointment  is 
pyrogallic  acid,  i;  lard,  8)  for  the  treatment  of  chronic  psoria- 
sis. It  is  also  an  excellent  parasiticide  for  ringworm.  [Before 
pyrogallol  is  used,  vaseline^  should  be  applied  thoroughly,  and 
wiped  off,  to  remove  scales  and  other  morbid  products.]  It 
must  not  be  applied  over  too  large  a  surface,  as  it  may  be  ab- 
sorbed, and  then  it  breaks  up  the  blood  corpuscles,  causing 
methaemoglobinuria  and  jaundice.  Jarisch's  ointment  is  very 
strong ;  a  more  usual  strength  is  i  or  2  [or  even  less]  to  48  of 
lard.  [When  it  is  applied  in  solution  or  ointment,  it  stains  the 
skin,  but  not  permanently  ;  linen  and  clothing  are,  however, 
permanently  darkened.  To  avoid  the  staining  it  has  been  pro- 
posed to  dissolve  the  remedy  in  flexible  collodion,  i  or  2  to  24.] 

CATECHU. 

CATECHU. — [Synonym. — Cutch.  An  extract  prepared  from  the  wood 
of  Acacia  Catechu  (Linne  films)  Willdenow  (nat.  or'd.  Leguminoste).  Habitat. 
— India. 

CHARACTERS. — In  irregular  masses,  containing  fragments  of  leaves,  dark 
brown,  brittle,  somewhat  porous  and  glossy  when  freshly  broken.  It  is  nearly 
inodorous,  and  has  a  strongly  astringent  and  sweetish  taste.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Catechntannic  Acid,  about 
45  percent.,  the  active  principle,  isomeric  with  Catechin,  and  converted  into 
it  by  boiling  or  by  the  saliva,  a  red  color  being  formed.  (2)  Catechin  or 
Catechuic  Acid  [C.ilHj0O9-t-5H2O],  probably  inactive.  Both  constituents 
give  a  green  precipitate  with  Ferric  Salts.  (3)  Pyrocatechin  or  catechol  gives 
a  green  color  with  ferric  chloride. 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Alkalies,  metallic  salts,  and  gelatin. 

IMPURITY. — Starch. 

Dose,  10  to  30  gr. ;  [.60  to  2.00  gm.] 

Prepa  ra  tions. 

i.  [Tinctura  Catechu  Composita. — Compound  Tincture  of  Cate- 
chu. Catechu,  100  ;  Cassia  Cinnamon,  50  ;  by  maceration  and  perco- 
lation with  diluted  Alcohol,  to  1000. 

Dose,  YZ  to  2  fl.  dr.  •  2.  to  8.  c.c. 


598  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

2.  Trochisci  Catechu. — Troches  of  Catechu.  Catechu,  6 ; 
Sugar,  65  ;  Tragacanth,  2  gm. ;  Stronger  Orange  Flower  Water,  a 
sufficient  quantity  to  make  loo  troches.  Each  troche  contains  about 
I  gr. ;  .06  gm. 

Dose,  i  to  6  troches.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  CATECHU. 
Catechu   is   a  powerful  astringent,  acting   in  virtue  of  its 
tannic  acid,  and  having  a  precisely  similar  action  to  it.     It  is 
used  as  a  [troche]  for  sore  throat,  and  the  compound  [tincture] 
is  very  efficacious  for  diarrhoea. 

KRAMERIA. 

[KRAMERIA. — Synonym. — Rhatany.  The  root  of  Krameria  triandra 
Ruiz  et  Pavon,  and  of  Krameria  Ixina  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Polygalea).  Habitat. 
— Peru  and  Bolivia. 

CHARACTERS. — From  I  to  3  cm.  thick,  knotty  and  several-headed  above, 
branched  below,  the  branches  long  ;  bark  smooth  or,  in  the  thinner  pieces, 
scaly,  deep  rust-brown,  I  to  2  mm.  thick,  very  astringent,  inodorous  ;  wood 
pale  brownish  red,  tough,  with  fine  medullary  rays,  nearly  tasteless.  The  root 
of  Krameria  Ixina  (Savanilla  Rhatany)  is  less  knotty  and  more  slender,  and 
has  a  dark  purplish-brown  bark,  about  3  mm.  thick.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (I)  \_Kramerotannic  Acid, 
CMH24O21,  20  per  cent.  (.2)  Rhatanin.  (3)  Rhatanic  red,  CMHMO,,],  the 
coloring  matter. 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Alkalies,  lime  water,  iron  and  lead  salts,  and  gelatin. 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr. ;  [.30  to  2.00  gm.] 

Preparations. 

1.  Extractum    Krameriae. — [Extract  of  Krameria.     By  percola- 
tion with  water,  straining  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  5  to  10  gr. ;  .30  to  .60  gm. 

2.  Extractum  Krameriae  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  KramerT . 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Glycerin  and  Diluted  Alcohol,  and 
evaporation. 

Fluid  Extract  of  Krameria  is  used  to  make  Syrupus  Kramenae. 
Dose,  5  to  30  m.  ;  .30  to  2.00  c.c. 

3.  Tinctura  Krameriae. — Tincture  of  Krameria.     Krameria,  200 ; 
by  maceration  and  percolation  with  Diluted  Alcohol  to  1000. 

Dose,  y2  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  8.  c.c. 

4.  Trochisci   Krameriae.— Troches    of    Krameria.     Extract    of 
Krameria,  6  ;  Sugar,  65  ;  Tragacanth,  2  gm.;  Stronger  Orange  Flower 


VEGETABLE    DRUGS    CONTAINING    TANNIC    ACID.         599 

Water,  a  sufficient  quantity  to  make  100  troches.     Each  troche  con- 
tains about  I  gr. ;  .06  gm. 
Dose,  i  to  5  troches. 

5.  Syrupus  Krameriae. — Syrup  of  Krameria.     Fluid  Extract  of 
Krameria,  450  ;  Syrup,  550. 

Dose,  yz  to  4  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  15.  c.c.] 

ACTION  OF  KRAMERIA. 

The  action  of  krameria  is  due  entirely  to  the  tannic  acid  it 
contains.  It  is  therefore  a  powerful  astringent. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  KRAMERIA. 

The  extract  is  the  important  ingredient  of  many  tooth  pow- 
ders which  are  useful  when  the  gums  are  liable  to  bleed.  An 
infusion  [B.  P.,  i  to  20]  is  an  excellent  gargle  for  a  relaxed 
throat,  and  the  troches  are  also  efficacious.  [The  B.  P.  has  a 
troche  each  containing  i  gr.;  .06  gm.  of  the  extract  with  ^  gr. ; 
.003  gm.  of  cocaine  hydrochlorate,  with  a  fruit  basis.]  Bleed- 
ing from  the  nose  or  the  rectum  may  be  stopped  by  applying 
powdered  krameria  locally  ;  the  infusion  may  be  used  as  an  in- 
jection in  leucorrhcea  or  gonorrhoea.  Any  of  its  preparations, 
especially  [the  fluid  extract]  are  powerful  astringents  for  all 
varieties  of  diarrhoea,  and  may  be  taken  to  stop  bleeding  from 
the  stomach  and  intestines.  They  are  also  given  as  remote 
haemostatics  for  haemoptysis  and  haematuria,  but  they  are  not 

reliable  for  these  purposes. 

KINO. 

KINO. — [The  inspissated  juice  of  Pterocarpus  Marsupium  Roxburgh 
(nat.  ord.  Leguminosce).  Habitat. — East  Indies. 

CHARACTERS. — Small,  angular,  dark  brownish-red,  shining  pieces,  brittle, 
in  thin  layers  ruby  red  and  transparent,  inodorous,  very  astringent  and  sweet- 
ish, tingeing  the  saliva  deep  red.  Solubility. — Soluble  in  Alcohol,  nearly  in- 
soluble in  Ether,  and  only  slightly  soluble  in  cold  water.  ] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Kinotannic  Acid,  [C18 
HlgO8,]  75  per  cent.  (2)  Kinoin,  a  crystalline  neutral  principle.  (3)  Pyro- 
catechin,  C6H4(OH2),  a  substance  also  found  pathologically  in  the  urine,  and 
giving  it  a  dark  color.  It  reduces  blue  copper  solutions.  (4)  Kino  red, 
formed  from  kinotannic  acid  by  oxidation.  (5)  Gum. 

INCOMPATIBLES.— Mineral  acids,  alkalies,  all  metallic  salts,  carbonates, 
and  gelatin. 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr. ;  [.30  to  2.00  gm.] 


6OO  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

Preparation. 

Tinctura  Kino. —  [Tincture  of  Kino.     Kino,  100  ;  Glycerin,  150. 
By  maceration  and  filtration  with  water,  aco  ;  and  Alcohol  to  1000. 
Dose,  #  to  2  fl.  dr.  ;  i.  to  8.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  KINO. 

Kinotannic  acid  acts  like  tannic  acid,  and  therefore  kino  is 
a  powerful  astringent.  It  is  used  in  astringent  gargles,  and 
also  in  diarrhoea  mixtures. 

H^EMATOXYLON. 

H^MATOXYLON. — Synonym. — Logwood.  [The  heart-wood  of 
Hamatoxylon  campechianum  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Leguminoxe).  Habitat. — 
Central  America ;  naturalized  in  the  West  Indies. 

CHARACTERS. — Heavy,  hard,  externally  purplish -black,  internally  brown- 
ish-red, and  marked  with  irregular,  concentric  circles,  splitting  irregularly ; 
odor  faint,  agreeable  ;  taste  sweetish,  astringent.  When  chewed,  it  colors 
the  saliva  dark  pink.  Logwood  is  generally  met  with  in  the  form  of  small 
chips  or  coarse  powder  of  a  dark  brownish-red  color,  often  with  a  greenish 
lustre.]  Resembling  Logwood. — Red  Saunders,  which  is  more  dense  and 
less  astringent. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Tannic  Acid.  (2)  Hcema- 
toxylin,  C16H14O6,  12  per  cent.  Occurring  in  [sweet],  colorless  crystals, 
which  become  dark -red  on  exposure  to  light.  Solutions  of  it  are  used  to  stain 
histological  specimens.  [(3)  H&matein,  C16H12O6,  a  product  of  oxidation 
of  the  former,  having  a  green,  metallic  lustre.] 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Mineral  acids,  lime  water,  and  tartar  emetic;  metallic 
salts  give  a  blue  color. 

Preparation. 

[Extractum    Haematoxylon. — Extract   of    Haematoxylon.      By 
maceration  in  Water,  boiling,  straining  and  evaporation. 
Dose,  5  to  15  gr. ;  .30  to  i.oo  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  LOGWOOD. 

In  virtue  of  its  tannic  acid,  logwood  is  a  powerful  astringent, 
and  for  this  purpose  is  used  to  control  diarrhoea  of  all  sorts.  It 
may  be  combined  with  other  astringents,  as  chalk  and  [with] 
opium  [to  check  peristalsis.]  It  does  not  easily  produce  consti- 
pation. It  colors  the  urine  and  faeces  dark  red.  One  disadvan 
tage  of  it  is  that  it  stains  linen,  if  [it  comes  in  contact  with]  it. 


VEGETABLE    DRUGS    CONTAINING    TANNIC    ACID.          6oi 

HAMAMELIS. 

HAMAMELIS.— [Synonym.—  Witchhazel.  The  leaves  of  Hamamelis 
virginiana  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Hamamelaccie},  collected  in  autumn.  Habitat. — 
North  America,  in  thickets. 

CHARACTERS. — Short  petiolate,  about  10  cm.  long,  obovate  or  oval,  slightly 
heart-shaped  and  oblique  at  the  base,  sinuate-toothed,  thickish,  nearly  smooth ; 
inodorous  ;  taste  astringent  and  bitter.  ] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are  —  (I)  Tannic  Acid,  8  per  cent. 
(2)  A  bitter  principle  not  yet  isolated.,  (3)  Resin. 

Preparation. 

[Extractum  Hamamelidis  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Hama- 
melis. By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Glycerin,  Alcohol  and 
Water,  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  yz  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  8.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  WITCHHAZEL. 

Hamamelis  is,  because  of  its  tannic  acid,  astringent  and 
haemostatic.  The  [fluid]  extract  is  used  for  capillary  haemor- 
rhage from  wounds,  for  bleeding  from  the  nose,  the  sockets  of 
the  teeth,  the  gums,  or  from  piles,  and  it  may  be  injected  into 
the  bladder  in  vesical  haemorrhage.  For  all  these  purposes  it  is 
diluted  with  water;  the  fluid  extract  in  10  or  20  parts  of  water 
is  commonly  employed.  Locally  applied,  hamamelis,  either  as 
the  ointment  [B.  P.,  i  to  10,  made  from  the  fluid  extract]  or 
the  diluted  fluid  [extract],  is  used  as  an  astringent  in  bruises, 
sprains,  pharyngitis,  and  nasal  catarrh.  The  ointment  is  often 
used  for  piles.  Given  by  the  mouth,  hamamelis  may  check 
diarrhoea,  dysentery,  etc.;  and  it  is  reputed  to  be  a  remote 
haemostatic  and  astringent,  but  this  is  probably  incorrect. 
Hazeline  is  a  distilled  extract  from  the  leaves.  [A  preparation  of 
witchhazel  in  popular  use  is  known  as  Pond's  extract. 

RHUS  GLABRA. 

RHUS  GLABRA. — Synonym. — Sumach.  The  fruit  of  Rhus  glabra 
Linne  (nat.  ord.  Anacardiea}.  Habitat. — North  America,  west  to  Colorado 
and  Idaho  ;  in  barren  soil. 

CHARACTERS. — Subglobular,  about  3  mm.  in  diameter,  drupaceous,  crim- 
son, densely  hairy,  containing  a  roundish-oblong,  smooth  putamen ;  inodor- 
ous :  taste  acidulous. 


6O2  ORGANIC   MATERIA    MEDICA. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (l)  Tannic  Acid,  of  which 
it  contains  from  6  to  27  per  cent.  (2)  Gallic  Acid.  (3)  Acid  calcium  and 
potassium  malates.  (4)  A  red  coloring  matter. 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Rhois  Glabrae  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Rhus 
Glabra.  By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Glycerin  and  Diluted 
Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  #  to  i  fl.  dr.  ;  i.  to  4.  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  RHUS  GLABRA. 

Sumach  fruit  is  astringent  and  refrigerant.  The  fluid  extract, 
when  diluted,  affords  a  very  useful  and  effective  gargle  for  in- 
flammation and  ulceration  of  the  throat. 

GERANIUM. 

GERANIUM. — Synonym. — Cranesbill.  The  rhizome  of  Geranium 
maculatum  Linn6  (nat.  ord.  Geraniaceai).  Habitat. — North  America,  in 
woods  and  thickets. 

CHARACTERS. — Of  horizontal  growth,  cylindrical,  5  to  7  cm.  long  ;  about 
I  cm.  thick ;  rather  sharply  tuberculated,  longitudinally  wrinkled,  dark 
brown  ;  fracture  short,  pale  reddish-brown ;  bark  thin ;  wood-wedges  yellow- 
ish, small,  forming  a  circle  near  the  cambium  line ;  medullary  rays  broad  ; 
central  pith  large  ;  roots  thin,  fragile  ;  inodorous  ;  taste  strongly  astringent. 

COMPOSITION. — (I)  Tannic  Acid,  12  to  17  per  cent.  (2)  Gallic  Acid. 
(3)  Pectin. 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Geranii  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Geranium. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Glycerin  and  Diluted  Alcohol,  and 
evaporation. 

Dose,  !4  to  i  fl.  dr. ;   i.  to  4.  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  GERANIUM. 

Geranium  is  one  of  the  best  indigenous  astringents,  and  is  of 
great  use  in  diarrhoea  and  dysentery,  and  in  the  various  haemor- 
rhages. 

RUBUS. 

RUBUS. — Synonym. — Blackberry.  The  bark  of  the  root  of  Rubus  vil- 
fosus  Aiton,  Rubus  canadensis  Linne,  and  Rubus  trivialis  Michaux  (nat.  ord. 
Rosacea}.  Habitat. — North  America,  in  fields  and  thickets. 


VEGETABLE    DRUGS    CONTAINING    TANNIC    ACID.         603 

CHARACTERS. — In  thin,  tough,  flexible  bands,  outer  surface  blackish  or 
blackish-gray,  inner  surface  pale  brownish,  sometimes  with  strips  of  whitish, 
tasteless  wood  adhering ;  inodorous ;  taste  strongly  astringent,  somewhat 
bitter. 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  Tannic  Acid,  10  to  13  per  cent.  (2)  Gallic  Acid, 
0.4  per  cent.  (3)  Villosin,  a  bitter  crystalline  glucoside,  soluble  in  Alcohol. 

Preparations. 

1.  Extractum   Rubi   Fluidum.— Fluid  Extract  of  Rubus.     By 
maceration   and  percolation  wiuY  Glycerin,  Alcohol  and  Water,  and 
evaporation. 

Fluid  Extract  of  Rubus  is  used  to  make  Syrupus  Rubi. 
Dose,  ^  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  8.  c.c. 

2.  Syrupus  Rubi. — Syrup  of  Rubus.      Fluid  Extract  of  Rubus, 
250  ;  Syrup,  750. 

Dose,  i  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  8.  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  BLACKBERRY. 

The  preparations  made  from  blackberry  root  are  tonic  and 
slightly  astringent.  They  are  used  for  diarrhoea;  blackberry 
brandy  is  a  common  domestic  remedy. 

RUMEX. 

RUMEX. Synonym. — Yellow  Dock.  The  root  of  Rumex  crispus 

Linne,  and  of  some  other  species  of  Rumex  (nat.  ord.  Polygonacea}.  Hab- 
itat.— Europe  ;  naturalized  in  North  America,  in  grassy  places  and  along  road- 
sides. 

CHARACTERS. — From  20  to  30  cm.  long,  about  10  to  15  mm.  thick,  some- 
what fusiform,  fleshy,  nearly  simple,  annulate  above,  deeply  wrinkled  below  ; 
externally  rusty  brown,  internally  whitish,  with  fine,  straight,  interrupted,  red- 
dish, medullary  rays,  and  a  rather  thick  bark  ;  fracture  short ;  odor  slight, 
peculiar ;  taste  bitter  and  astringent. 

COMPOSITION.— (I)  Tannic  Acid.  (2)  Kumicin,  identical  with  Chry- 
sophanic  Acid.  (3)  Calcium  Oxalate,  and  other  salts. 

Dose,  ]£  to  i  dr.  ;  i.  to  4.  gm. 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Rumicis  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Rumex.     By 
maceration  and  percolation  with  Diluted  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 
Dose,  %  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  RUMEX. 

Rumex  is  astringent,  slightly  tonic  and  alterative.  It  has  been 
used  in  svphilis.  scorbutic  disorders,  and  cutaneous  eruptions.] 


604  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

EUCALYPTI   GUMMI. 

EUCALYPTUS  GUM  — [B.  P.,  not  official.]  Synonym.—  Red  Gum. 
A  ruby -colored  exudation  from  the  baik  of  Eucalyptus  rostrata  (nat.  ord. 
Myrtacea)  and  from  other  species.  [Habitat. — ]  Australia. 

CHARACTERS. — An  inspissated  secretion  forming  semi- translucent  and 
garnet-colored  grains  or  small  masses.  Tough  and  difficult  to  powder.  Ad- 
heres to  the  teeth  when  chewed.  Taste  very  astringent.  Soluble  in  water. 
Resembling  Eucalyptus  Gum. — Kino,  which  is  darker  and  feebly  soluble  in 
water. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (l)  Kinotannic  Acid.  (2) 
Catechin.  (3)  Pyrocatechin. 

Dose,  2  to  10  gr. ;  [.12  to  .60  gm.]  in  powder,  or  in  an  aqueous  solu- 
tion or  made  into  a  pill  with  mucilage  of  Acacia. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  RED  GUM. 
Red  gum  is,  by  virtue  of  its  tannic  acid,  powerfully  astrin- 
gent and  is  used  in  diarrhoea  and  dysentery.  Lozenges,  i  gr. 
[.06  gm.]  in  each,  with  fruit  paste,  or  a  decoction  of  i  in  40,  as 
a  gargle,  are  employed  for  relaxed  throats.  This  decoction  may 
also  be  given  in  2  to  4  [fl.]  dr.  [8.  to  15.  c.c.]  doses  for  diarrhcea. 
A  fluid  extract  (red  gum,  7  ;  water,  21  ;  alcohol,  i  ;)  dose,  y2  to 
i  fl.  dr.  [2.  to  4.  c.c.]is  a  useful  preparation.  Injected  into  the 
nose  it  stops  epistaxis.  Mixed  with  i  to  10  of  water  it  may  be 
injected  into  the  rectum  or  vagina,  or  may  be  used  as  a  mouth 
wash.  Suppositories,  each  containing  5  gr.  ;  [.30  gm.]  of  red 
gum,  are  prepared,  and  may  be  employed  for  piles. 

GOTO. 

GOTO  BARK.  [Not  official..]— The  bark  [of  Drimys  Winteri,  Foster, 
var.  granatensis,  Eichler.  Habitat. — Venezuela. 

CHARACTERS. — In  irregular  pieces,  outer  surface  irregular  as  well  as  the 
inner  surface  ;  color  cinnamon-brown  ;  upon  fresh  cross-section  the  bark  is  seen 
to  be  filled  with  yellowish  spots,  except  in  the  outer  portions  ;  odor  aromatic, 
especially  if  bruised  ;  the  powder  is  very  pungent.  Resembling  Goto  Bark. — 
Paracoto  Bark,  which  has  a  less  powerful  odor  and  taste  ;  and  is  marked  with 
deep,  whitish  furrows  upon  its  surface. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Cotoin  (see  p.  605).  (2)  A 
volatile  oil.  (3)  A  resin  in  large  amount.  (4)  A  volatile  alkaloid  of  a  pep- 
pery taste,  probably  propylamine.  (5)  Piperonylic  Acid,  C8H6O4.  ]  Coto  is 
placed  here  provisionally  among  the  drugs  containing  Tannic  Acid,  until  its 
composition  [can  be  ascertained.] 

Dose,  i  to  10  gr. ;  [.06  to  .60  gm.] 


VEGETABLE    DEMULCENT    SUBSTANCES.  605 

[COTOIN.-CnH180,=377.io. 

CHARACTERS. — A  glucoside  occurring  as  a  pale  yellow,  amorphous  powder, 
or  in  minute,  curved,  white,  fusible  prisms.  Solubility. — Slightly  in  water; 
soluble  in  Alcohol,  Ether,  and  Chloroform.  It  has  a  biting  taste,  and  its  pow- 
der is  irritating  to  the  nostrils. 

Dose,  I  to  2  gr.  ;  .06  to  .12  gm. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  GOTO. 

Goto  is  not  astringent,  but  because  it  produces  absorption, 
coto  bark  and  cotoin  have  established  a  reputation  as  remedies 
for  diarrhoea,  whether  infantile,  in  phthisis  or  in  typhoid  fever. 
It  also  checks  salivation  and  night-sweats.  A  10  per  cent,  tincture 
of  coto  has  been  recommended  by  the  British  Pharmaceutical 
Conference.  Dose,  10  m.  ;  .60  c.c.  every  2  hours,  with  mucil- 
age or  syrup  to  suspend  the  large  amount  of  resin  which  it  con- 
tains. It  should  not  be  combined  with  Mistura  Cretae.] 


GROUP  IX. 

Vegetable    Demulcent  Substances. 

Many  of  these  are  nutritive. 

Olive  Oil,  Soap,  [Chondrus,]  Glycerin,  Oleic  Acid,  [Althaea,]  Almond, 

Tragacanth,  Acacia,   [Ulmus,]   Liquorice,  Linseed,  [Pearl 

Barley,]  Sugar,  Malt,  Soja  Bean,  fCetraria,  Raisins.] 

OLEUM  OLIV.E. 

OLIVE  OIL. — \_Synonym. — Sweet  Oil.  A  fixed  oil  expressed  from  the 
ripe  fruit  of  Olea  europaa  Linn6  (nat.  ord.  Oleacetz).  Habitat. — Asia  and 
Southern  Europe ;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — A  pale  yellow,  or  light  greenish-yellow,  oily  liquid,  having 
a  slight,  peculiar  odor,  and  a  nutty,  oleaginous  taste,  with  a  faintly  acrid  after- 
taste. Sp.  gr.,  0.91 5  to  0.918.  Solubility. — Very  sparingly  soluble  in  Alco- 
hol, but  readily  soluble  in  Ether,  Chloroform,  or  Carbon  Bisulphide.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  [three]  constituents  are — (i)  Olein,  72  per  cent.,  a 
fluid  oil,  a  compound  of  Oleic  Acid  and  Glyceryl,  thus  :  CjHjfCjgHjjO,)^ 
(2)  Pahnitin,  28  per  cent. ,  a  solid  oil,  a  compound  of  Palmitic  Acid,  and 
Glyceryl,  C3H5(C16H31O^3.  The  formula  for  Oleic  Acid  is  HC^H^O., ;  and 
for  Palmitic,  HC,6H31O2.  [(3)  Arachin,  CMH40O2. 

IMPURITIES. — Cotton  seed  and  other  oils,  especially  Sesame. 

Dose,  freely.] 


606  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

Olive  Oil  is  contained  in  [Emplastrum  Plumbi,  Emplastrum  Ferri,  Env. 
plastrum  Picis  Burgundicse,  Ceratum  Cetacei,  Unguentum  Diachylon,  and 
Unguentum  Veratrinae.  ] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  OLIVE  OIL. 

External. — Olive  oil  is  used  to  facilitate  jthe  rubbing  of 
parts  ;  for  this  purpose  it  is  employed  in  massage.  It  is  a  com- 
mon soothing  protective  to  burns  [being  used  in  place  of  linseed 
oil  in  Linimentum  Calcis  (see  p.  157)],  and  may  be  mixed  with 
poultices  to  prevent  their  [adhering]  to  the  skin.  If  rubbed  in 
vigorously,  it  can  be  absorbed  through  the  epidermis,  and  might 
be  thus  used  as  a  food  when  nourishment  cannot  be  given  by  the 
mouth. 

Internal. — For  its  soothing  protective  qualities  it  may  be 
swallowed  after  corrosive  poisons  have  been  taken.  It  is  an  excel- 
lent mild  laxative,  and  can  be  given  with  food  for  this  purpose. 
Some  persons  like  it ;  with  others  it  excites  nausea  and  vomiting. 
An  olive  oil  enema  (olive  oil,  15  ;  with  or  without  warm  mucil- 
age of  starch,  18)  ;  [or  a  soap  enema  (soap,  i  ;  warm  water, 
32)],  is  often  used  to  open  the  bowels  when  a  mild  non-irritat- 
ing injection  is  required.  A  gall  stone  placed  in  pure  olive  oil 
at  the  temperature  of  the  body  is  slowly  dissolved,  because  cho- 
lesterin,  which  is  the  chief  constituent  of  gall  stones,  is  soluble 
in  olive  oil.  It  is  also  soluble  in  oleic  acid  and  in  animal  soaps. 
Many  patients  suffering  from  gall  stones  derive  much  benefit  from 
taking  olive  oil.  This  is  chiefly  because  the  oil  or  some  of  its 
constituents  are  excreted  by  the  bile,  and  to  a  much  less  extent 
because  the  intestinal  peristalsis  set  up  by  the  olive  oil  extends 
to  the  bile  ducts.  From  2  to  8  fl.  oz.  [60.  to  240.  c.c.]  should 
be  taken  daily.  It  may  be  mashed  with  fish  or  potato.  Some 
[patients]  take  it  better  if  a  [small  quantity]  of  menthol  and  a 
drachm  [4.  c.c.]  of  brandy  are  added  to  each  half  pint  [240.  c.c.] 
of  oil.  Eunatrol,  or  pure  sodium  oleate,  which  is  given  a  special 
name  to  distinguish  it  from  the  ordinary  impure  forms,  has  been 
successfully  used  in  cases  of  gall  stones.  Thirty  to  forty  grains 
[2.00  to  2.40  gm.]  may  be  given  daily.  It  is  best  prescribed 
as  5  gr.  [-3°  gm-]  Pills- 


VEGETABLE  DEMULCENT  SUBSTANCES.        6o/ 

Olive  oil  is  a  food,  but  it  is  not  often  used  in  this  country  as 
such.  The  history  of  fats  and  oils  in  the  body  is  discussed  in 

works  on  physiology. 

SAPO. 

SOAP. — Sodium  Oleate,  NaC18HjjOj.  [Synonyms. — White  Castile 
Soap,  Hard  Soap. 

SOURCE. — Soap  is  prepared  from  Soda  and  Olive  Oil.  CJH5(C18HJJOj)s-(- 
3NaOH=2NaC18H33O.i  (Hard  Soap)-fC3H5(OH)s  (Glycerin). 

CHARACTERS. — A  white  or  whitish  solid,  hard,  yet  easily  cut  when  fresh, 
having  a  faint,  peculiar  odor  free  from  rancidity,  a  disagreeable,  alkaline  taste, 
and  an  alkaline  reaction.  Solubility. — Soluble  in  water  and  in  Alcohol,  more 
readily  with  the  aid  of  heat. 

Soap  is  contained  in  Pilulae  Aloes,  Pilulae  Aloes  et  Asafoetidae,  Pilulae 
Asafcetidae,  Pilulae  Opii,  and  Pilulas  Rhei.] 

Preparations. 

[i.  Emplastrum  Saponis. — Soap  Plaster.  Soap,  100;  Lead 
Plaster,  900 ;  by  solution  in  Water  and  evaporation. 

2.  Linimentum  Saponis. — Soap  Liniment.  Synonym. — Opo- 
deldoc. Soap,  70;  Camphor,  45;  Oil  of  Rosemary,  10;  Alcohol, 
750  ;  Water  to  1000. 

Soap  Liniment  is  contained  in  Linimentum  Chloroform!.] 

SAPO  MOLLIS. 

SOFT  SOAP. — Potassium  Oleate.  [Synonyms. — Sapo  Viridis.  Green 
Soap.  A  soap  prepared  from  Potassa  and  fixed  oils,  generally  from  Olive 
Oil. 

SOURCE. — By  heating  Linseed  Oil,  400;  adding  to  this  Potassa,  90;  dis- 
solved in  Water,  450 ;  and  Alcohol,  40  ;  until  the  mixture  is  soluble  in  boiling 
Water  without  the  separation  of  oily  drops. 

CHARACTERS. — A  soft,  unctuous  mass,  of  a  yellowish-brown  or  brownish- 
yellow  color.  Solubility. — In  about  5  parts  of  hot  Water  to  a  nearly  clear 
liquid  ;  also  in  2  parts  of  hot  Alcohol,  without  leaving  more  than  3  per  cent, 
of  insoluble  residue. 

Preparation. 

Linimentum  Saponis  Mollis. — Liniment  of  Soft  Soap.  Syn- 
onym. — Tinctura  Saponis  Viridis.  Soft  Soap,  650  ;  Oil  of  Lavender 
Flowers,  20;  Alcohol,  300;  Water  to  1000.  By  filtration.  ] 

USES  OF  SOAP. 

Hard  soap  may  be  used  for  medicated  soaps.  The  prescriber 
should  state  the  percentage  of  the  drug,  e.g.,  ichthyol,  tar, 


608  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

sulphur,  he  wishes  the  soap  to  contain.  The  dispenser  planes 
the  soap  into  thin  shavings,  dries  them  at  100°  F.  [37.8°  C.], 
powders  them  in  a  mortar,  then  thoroughly  mixes  and  beats  up 
the  soap  powder,  the  drugs,  and  one  part  of  alcohol  (60  per  cent. ) 
to  8  parts  of  soap  powder.  The  whole  is  put  into  a  soap  press 
and  stamped.  [Soaps  are  used  for  cleansing.  The  plaster  is 
protective  against  bed-sores.  The  liniment  is  used  as  a  cutane- 
ous stimulant.  That  of  soft  soap  is  employed  for  psoriasis,  lichen 
and  eczema.]  Hard  soap  forms  a  basis  for  many  pills.  Either 
soap  is  frequently  made  into  a  lather- with  about  a  pint  [500. 
c.c.]  of  water  at  100°  F.  [37.8°  C.]  and  used  as  a  purgative 
enema.  Soft  soap  is  much  preferred;  about  i  fl.  oz.  [30.  c.c.] 
is  commonly  used.  All  enemata,  but  perhaps  especially  those 
made  with  hard  soap,  may  produce  an  erythematous  rash,  prob- 
ably due  to  the  solution  and  consequent  absorption  of  some 

faecal  toxin. 

[CHONDRUS. 

CHONDRUS. — Synonyms. — Irish  Moss.  Carragheen.  The  entire 
plant  of  Chondrus  crisfus  Stackhouse,  and  Gigartina  mamillosa  J.  Agardh 
(class  Alga).  Habitat. — Atlantic  Ocean. 

CHARACT/ERS. — Yellowish  or  white,  horny,  translucent;  many-times 
forked  ;  when  softened  in  water,  cartilaginous  ;  shape  of  the  segments  varying 
from  wedge-shape  to  linear  ;  at  the  apex  emarginate  or  two-lobed.  It  has  a 
slight  sea-weed  odor,  and  mucilaginous,  somewhat  saline  taste. 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  Mucilaginous  Compounds,  90  per  cent.  (2)  Albu- 
minoids. (3)  Chlorides,  sulphates  and  phosphates,  with  traces  of  bromides 
and  iodides. 

Dose,  2  to  4  dr.  ;  8.  to  15.  gm. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  IRISH   Moss. 

Irish  Moss  is  not  only  a  demulcent,  but  as  well,  when  made 
into  a  jelly,  is  a  useful  article  of  diet.  It  is  also  used  in  making 
preparations  of  bone  marrow.] 

GLYCERINUM. 

GLYCERIN.— [C,H5(OH)8— 91.79.  A  triatomic  alcohol.  Synonym.— 
Glycerol. 

SOURCE. — A  liquid  obtained  by  the  decomposition  of  vegetable  or  animal 
fats  or  fixed  oils  (see  pp.  13  and  605),  and  containing  not  less  than  95  per 
cent,  of  absolute  Glycerin. 


VEGETABLE    DEMULCENT    SUBSTANCES.  609 

CHARACTERS. — A  clear,  colorless  liquid,  of  a  thick,  syrupy  consistence, 
oily  to  the  touch,  odorless,  very  sweet  and  slightly  warm  to  the  taste.  When 
exposed  to  the  air,  it  slowly  abstracts  moisture.  Sp.  gr.,  not  less  than  1.250. 
Solubility. — In  all  proportions,  in  Water  or  Alcohol ;  also  soluble  in  a  mixture 
of  3  parts  of  Alcohol  and  I  part  of  Ether,  but  insoluble  in  Ether,  Chloroform, 
Carbon  Bisulphide,  Benzin,  Benzol,  and  fixed  or  volatile  oils. 

Glycerin  is  contained  in  Elixir  Phosphor!,  Liquor  Ferri  et  Ammonii  Ace- 
tatis,  Mucilago  Tragacanthae,  Massa  Hydrargyri,  Pilulae  Phosphori,  in  the 
Glycerita  and  in  many  Extracta,  Extracta  Fktida,  Syrupi  and  Tincturse.] 

Dose,  5  to  60  m. ;  [.30  to  4.00  c.c.] 

Preparations. 

1.  [Glyceritum  Amyli. — Glycerite  of  Starch.    Starch,  lo ;  Water, 
10  j  Glycerin,  80. 

Dose,  freely. 

2.  Glyceritum  Vitelli. — Glycerite  of  Yolk  of  Egg.     Synonym.— 
Glyconin.     Fresh  Yolk  of  Egg,  45  ;  Glycerin,  55. 

Dose,  freely. 

3.  Glyceritum  Acidi  Carbolici. — See  Carbolic  Acid,  p.  329. 

4.  Glyceritum  Acidi  Tannici. — See  Tannic  Acid,  p.  593. 

5.  Glyceritum  Boroglycerini. — See  Boric  Acid,  p.  273. 

6.  Glyceritum  Hydrastis. — See  Hydrastis,  p.  640. 

7.  Suppositoria  Glycerini.— Suppositories  of  Glycerin.    Glycerin, 
60  ;  Sodium  Carbonate,  3  ;  Stearic  Acid,  5  gni.    By  solution  with  heat, 
pouring  into  ten  moulds,  and  wrapping  in  tin-foil,  when  cold.     Each 
suppository  contains  90  gr. ;  6.  gm.  of  Glycerin. 

Dose,  as  required.] 

ACTION  OF  GLYCERIN. 

External. — As  glycerin  is  an  excellent  solvent  for  numerous 
[substances],  such  as  iodine,  bromine,  alkalies,  tannic  acid, 
many  neutral  salts,  alkaloids,  salicin,  etc.,  it  is  a  good  vehicle 
for  applying  these  substances  to  the  skin  and  to  sores.  It  does 
not  evaporate  nor  turn  rancid,  and  is  powerfully  hygroscopic. 

Internal. — In  man  the  only  visible  effect  produced  by  its 
administration  is  purging.  This  occurs  with  quite  small  doses 
if  it  is  given  by  the  rectum,  but  large  doses  are  necessary  if  given 

39 


6lO  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

by  the  mouth.  It  is  absorbed  from  the  alimentary  canal,  and  is 
to  a  slight  extent  a  food,  for  some  of  it  is  oxidized  in  the  body. 
Sometimes  ite  administration  leads  to  the  appearance  in  the  urine 
of  a  body  which  reduces  cupric  oxide  and  gives  the  fermentation 
test  for  sugar.  There  has  been  much  dispute  as  to  whether 
glycerin  can  control  nitrogenous  metabolism,  but  it  appears  that 
it  cannot  in  any  way  save  the  waste  of  nitrogenous  tissues.  It 
probably  has  some  influence  on  the  amount  of  glycogen  in  the 
liver.  It  has  also  been  thought  to  prevent  artificial  glycosuria, 
but  this  is  doubtful. 

Very  large  doses  in  animals  cause  the  urine  to  be  dark  from 
the  presence  of  the  coloring  matter  of  the  blood,  although  there 
are  no  corpuscles  in  it ;  they  also  lead  to  loss  of  muscular 
strength,  lethargy,  dryness  of  mucous  membranes,  collapse  and 
death. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  GLYCERIN. 

External. — Glycerin  is  much  employed  as  a  basis  for  appli- 
cations to  the  skin  and  the  eye.  It  is  commonly  used  for  chapped 
hands  and  slight  excoriations.  It  is  readily  absorbed  when 
rubbed  into  the  skin,  therefore  it  is  a  convenient  vehicle  for  the 
absorption  of  substances  by  the  skin.  Belladonna  mixed  with 
glycerin  is  often  rubbed  in  when  we  desire  its  local  anodyne 
action  (see  p.  379.)  [Glycerin  as  well  as  boroglycerin  (see  p. 
273)  is  used  extensively  in  various  local  applications  in  the  treat- 
ment of  diseases  of  women]. 

Internal. — As  glycerin  is  sweet,  it  is  an  excellent  flavoring 
agent.  It  is  demulcent,  and  is  used  as  a  vehicle  for  applying 
substances,  such  as  tannic  acid,  to  the  throat.  It  is  rarely  given 
by  the  mouth  for  any  medicinal  virtue.  It  has  been  administered 
for  dyspepsia,  for  diabetes,  and  as  a  nutritive  agent,  but  in  each 
case  without  any  good  result.  One  to  two  fl.  dr,  [4.  to  8.  c.c.] 
injected  [into]  the  rectum,  or  a  glycerin  suppository,  form  an 
excellent  means  of  opening  the  bowels  in  simple  constipation, 
especially  when  the  faeces  are  in  the  sigmoid  flexure  and  rectum. 
The  result  is  prompt,  often  occurring  within  less  than  half  an 
hour.  No  pain  nor  constitutional  disturbance  is  produced. 


VEGETABLE    DEMULCENT    SUBSTANCES.  6 1  I 


ACIDUM  OLEICUM. 

OLEIC  ACID.— HCjgH^O^^aSi.sS. 

SOURCE. — An  organic  acid,  prepared  in  a  sufficiently  pure  condition  by 
cooling  commercial  Oleic  Acid  to  about  41°  F. ;  5°  C.,  then  separating  and 
preserving  the  liquid  portion.]  In  case  [that  it  is  obtained  from]  Olive 
Oil  the  reaction  is  CSH5(C18H33O.!)3+3H2O=3HC18H33O2+C3H5(OH3) 
(Glycerin). 

CHARACTERS.  —  [A  yellowish  or  brownish-yellow,  oily  liquid,  having  a 
peculiar,  lard-like  odor  and  taste  ;  becoming  darker  and  absorbing  Oxygen  on 
exposure  to  air.  It  becomes  semi-solid  at  40°  F.  ;  4.4°  C.  Sp.  gr.,  about 
0.900.  Solubility. — Insoluble  in  water;  soluble  in  Alcohol,  Chloroform, 
Benzol,  Benzin,  Oil  of  Turpentine,  and  fixed  and  volatile  oils.] 

IMPURITIES. — It  is  rarely  pure,  usually  containing  Stearic  and  Palmitic 
Acids. 

\_Oleic  Add  is  used  to  prepare  Oleatum  Hydrargyri,  Oleatum  Veratrinse, 
and  Oleatum  Zinci.  There  is  some  doubt  whether  the  pharmacopoeial  oleates 
are  chemical  combinations  or  simple  solutions.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  OLEIC  ACID. 

Oleic  acid  is  used  as  a  solvent  for  remedies  which  it  is  desired 
to  apply  by  means  of  cutaneous  inunction,  for  it  more  readily 
penetrates  the  skin  than  fats  and  oils.  [Oleates  are  made  from 
the  alkaloids,  not  from  their  salts.  If  metals  are  employed,  the 
oxides  only  are  chosen.]  Copper  oleate  is  also  used  for  ring- 
worm and  indolent  sores. 

ALTHAEA. 

[ALTHAEA. — Synonym. — Marshmallow.  The  root  of  Altfuza  officinalis 
Linne  (nat.  ord.  Malvacece).  Habitat. — Europe,  Western  and  Northern  Asia ; 
naturalized  in  the  Eastern  United  States  and  in  Australia,  in  salt  marshes} 
culivated  in  Europe. 

CHARACTERS. — In  cylindrical  or  somewhat  conical  pieces,  from  10  to  15 
cm.  long,  10  to  15  mm.  in  diameter,  deeply  wrinkled  ;  deprived  of  the  brown, 
corky  layer  and  small  roots ;  externally  white,  marked  with  a  number  of 
circular  spots,  and  of  a  somewhat  hairy  appearance  from  the  loosened  bast- 
fibres  ;  internally  whitish  and  fleshy.  It  breaks  with  a  short  granular  and 
mealy  fracture,  has  a  faint,  aromatic  odor,  and  a  sweetish,  mucilaginous  taste. 

Resembling  Althcea. — Young  and  peeled  Belladonna  roots,  but  these  have 
no  hair-like  bast-fibres  upon  the  surface. 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  Asparagin,  I  per  cent.  (2)  Bassorin,  a  mucilage, 
35  per  cent.  (3)  Sugar,  8  per  cent.  (4)  Pectin,  10  per  cent. 


6l2  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

Preparation. 

Syrupus  Althaeae. — Syrup  of  Althaea.     Althoca,  50  ;  Alcohol,  30  ; 
Glycerin,  loo  ;  Sugar,  700  ;  Water  to  1000. 
Dose,  freely. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  MARSHMALLOW. 

Marshmallow  is  used  as  a  demulcent,  for  irritation  and  inflam- 
mation of  mucous  membranes.] 

AMYGDALA. 

AMYGDALA  AMARA.  —  Bitter  Almond.  The  seed  of  Prunus 
Amygdalus,  var.  amara  [De  Candolle  (nat.  ord.  Rosacea:}.  Habitat. — Western 
Asia  ;  naturalized  in  the  Mediterranean  basin  ;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — About  25  mm.  long,  oblong-lanceolate,  flattish,  covered 
with  a  cinnamon-brown,  scurfy  testa,  marked  by  about  sixteen  lines  emanating 
from  a  broad  scar  at  the  blunt  end.  The  embryo  has  the  shape  of  the  seed,  is 
white,  oily,  consists  of  two  plano-convex  cotyledons,  and  a  short  radicle  at  the 
pointed  end,  and  has  a  bitter  taste.  When  triturated  with  water,  Bitter 
Almond  yields  a  milk-white  emulsion,  which  emits  an  odor  of  Hydrocyanic 
Acid.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (l)  Oleum  Amygdala  \_Ex- 
pressum  (see  p.  613),  45  per  cent.,  the  same  fixed  oil  as  in  the  sweet  variety.] 
(2)  Emu/sin.  (3)  Amygdalin,  [C20H27NOn,  a  crystalline  glucoside,  having 
a  sweetish  bitter  taste,]  which  yields  Oleum  Amygdala  Amarce.  [It  is  very 
important  to  distinguish  it  from  the  Oleum  Amygdala  Expressum,  which  is 
harmless.  The  oil  of  bitter  almond  is  usually  very  poisonous  from  admixture 
of  Hydrocyanic  Acid  ;  for  if  moisture  has  had  access  to  the  glucoside  Amyg- 
dalin, on  which  in  the  presence  of  water,  the  emulsin  in  the  almond  acts  as  a 
ferment,  the  volatile  oil  of  bitter  almond  (benzaldthyde),  glucose  and  Hydrocy- 
anic Acid  are  formed.]  C20H27NO11-|-2H2O=[C2H6O]  (the  volatile  oil)  -+- 
HCN-f-2C6H12O6.  The  oil  when  separated  from  the  [Hydrocyanic]  Acid  is 
not  poisonous,  and  is  used  to  flavor  sweets.  An  artificial  oil  of  bitter  almond 
called  Nitrobenzol  is  often  substituted,  and  has  caused  death. 

Bitter  Almond  is  contained  in  Syrupus  Amygdalae. 

[OLEUM  AMYGDALA  AMARCE.— Oil  of  Bitter  Almond. 

SOURCE. — A  volatile  oil  obtained  from  Bitter  Almond  by  maceration  with 
water,  and  subsequent  distillation. 

CHARACTERS. — A  clear,  colorless  or  yellowish,  thin,  and  strongly  refrac- 
tive liquid,  having  a  peculiar,  aromatic  odor,  and  a  bitter  and  burning  taste. 
Sp.  gr.,  1. 060  to  1.070.  Boiling  point,  about  356°  F.  ;  180°  C.  Optically 
inactive.  Solubility. — In  300  parts  of  water,  and  in  Alcohol  or  Ether  in  all 
proportions ;  also  soluble  in  Nitric  Acid  at  ordinary  temperatures  without  the 
evolution  of  nitrous  vapors. 

Dose,  £  to  yt  m.  ;  .01  to  .03  c.c. 


VEGETABLE    DEMULCENT    SUBSTANCES.  613 

Preparations. 

1.  Aqua    Amygdalae   Amarae. — Bitter  Almond  Water.     Oil  of 
Bitter  Almond,  I  ;  Distilled  Water,  999.     By  solution  and  filtration. 

Dose,  2  to  4  fl.  dr.  ;  8.  to  15.  c.c. 

2.  Spiritus    Amygdalae    Amarae.  —  Spirit   of    Bitter   Almond. 
Synonym. — Essence  of  Bitter  Almond.     Oil  of  Bitter  Almond,   10; 
Alcohol,  800  ;  Distilled  Water,  to  1000. 

Dose,  15  to  45  m. ;  i.  to  3.  c.c.] 

AMYGDALA  DULCIS.— Sweet  Almond.  Synonym.  —Jordan  Al- 
mond. [The  seed  of  Prumis  Amygdalus,  var.  dulcis  De  Candolle  (nat.  ord. 
Jiosacetf.)  Habitat. — Western  Asia  ;  naturalized  in  the  Mediterranean  basin  ; 
cultivated. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Closely  resembling  the  bitter  almond  (see  Amygdala 
Amara),  but  having  a  bland,  sweetish  taste,  free  from  rancidity.  When  tri- 
turated with  water,  it  yields  a  milk-white  emulsion,  free  from  the  odor  of 
Hydrocyanic  Acid.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Oleum  Amygdala  Ex- 
pressum  (see  below),  56  per  cent.,  a  fixed  oil.  (2)  Emulsin,  and  other  albu- 
minous bodies. 

IMPURITY. — The  bitter  almond,  giving  an  odor  of  [Hydrocyanic]  Acid 
when  rubbed  with  water. 

Preparations. 

[i.  Emulsum  Amygdalae. — Emulsion  of  Almond.  Synonyms. 
— Mistura  Amygdalae.  Milk  of  Almond.  Sweet  Almond,  60  ;  Acacia, 
10  ;  Sugar,  30 ;  Distilled  Water,  1000. 

Dose,  indeterminate. 

2.  Syrupus  Amygdalae. — Syrup  of  Almond.  Sweet  Almond, 
140;  Bitter  Almond,  40;  Sugar,  200;  Orange  Flower  Water,  loo; 
Water,  130  ;  Syrup  to  1000. 

Dose,  indeterminate.] 

OLEUM  AMYGDALAE  [EXPRESSUM.— Expressed  Oil  of  Al- 
mtond. 

SOURCE. — A  fixed  oil  expressed  from  Bitter  or  Sweet  Almond. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  clear,  pale  straw-colored  or  colorless,  oily  liquid, 
almost  inodorous,  and  having  a  mild,  nutty  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  0.915  to  0.920. 
Solubility.—  Only  slightly  soluble  in  Alcohol  ;  soluble  in  Ether  and  in  Chloro- 
form in  all  proportions. 

Expressed  Oil  of  Almond  is  contained  in  Emulsum  Chloroformi  and 
Unguentum  Aquae  Rosae. 

Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  15.  c.c.] 


6 14  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  ALMOND. 

The  sweet  almond  is  demulcent.  Its  most  important  medi- 
cinal use  is  that  it  is  made  into  flour  to  replace  starchy  food  in 
cases  of  diabetes.  Biscuits  are  made  of  the  flour.  These  are 
very  palatable,  are  a  good  nutritive  food,  and  contain  very  little 
starch.  The  only  objection  to  them  is  their  price.  With  a  little 
care  they  can  be  made  at  home.  The  flour  of  other  nuts,  as 
Brazil  nuts,  has  been  used,  but  it  is  not  nearly  so  palatable.  The 
almond  [emulsion]  is  a  very  pleasant  vehicle  for  the  suspension  of 
insoluble  substances,  and  its  powder  [B.  P.,  sweet  almond,  8; 
sugar,  4 ;  acacia,  i]  is  a  palatable  basis  for  powders.  The  [ex- 
pressed] oil  of  almond  might  be  used  for  the  same  purposes  as 
olive  oil.  It  is  pleasanter,  but  very  expensive. 

TRAGACANTHA. 

TRAGACANTH. — A  gummy  exudation  from  [Astragalus  gummifer 
Labillardiere,  and  from  other  species  of  Astragalus  (nat.  ord.  Leguminostz) . 
Habitat. — Western  Asia. 

CHARACTERS. — In  narrow  or  broad  bands,  more  or  less  curved  or  con- 
torted, marked  by  parallel  lines,  or  ridges,  white  or  faintly  yellowish,  translu- 
cent, horn-like,  tough,  and  rendered  more  easily  pulverizable  by  a  heat  of 
122°  F. ;  50°  C.  Very  sparingly  soluble  in  cold  water,  but  swells  into  a  gela- 
tinous mass,  which  is  tinged  violet  (not  so  deep  as  the  color  given  by  starch 
by  tincture  of  iodine.]  Resembling  Tragacanth. — Squill,  which  is  thicker 
and  opaque. 

IMPURITIES. — Other  gums. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are—  ( i)  Bassorin  CH10O5,  a  gum 
33  per  cent.,  only  slightly  soluble  in  water,  unfermentable.  (2)  Arabin,  53 
per  cent.,  which  resembles,  but  is  not  identical  with  the  Arabin  of  Acacia. 
Precipitated  by  lead  acetate.  (3)  A  little  starch. 

[  Tragacanth  is  contained  in  several  Trochisci.] 

Preparation. 

Mucilago  Tragacanthae. — [Mucilage  of  Tragacanth.  Tragacanth, 
6;  Glycerin,  18;  Water  to  100.    By  heating,  maceration  and  straining. 
Dose,  indeterminate.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  TRAGACANTH. 

Tragacanth  is  a  demulcent,  and  as  such  may  be  soothing  when 
applied  to  a  sore  throat.  Its  chief  use  is  to  suspend  insoluble 


VEGETABLE    DEMULCENT   SUBSTANCES.  615 

bodies,  as  resins,  oils,  and  insoluble  powders.  The  mucilage  is 
better  for  this  purpose  than  the  compound  powder  [(B.  P.,  not 
official),  tragacanth,  i;  acacia,  i;  starch,  i;  sugar,  3;],  which, 
because  of  its  starch,  is  liable  to  ferment. 

ACACIA. 

[ACACIA. — Synonym. — Gum  Arabic.  A  gummy  exudation  from  Acacia 
Senegal  Willdenow  (nat.  ord.  Leguminosce).  Habitat. — Eastern  Africa, 
principally  Kordofan ;  Western  Africa,  near  the  river  Senegal. 

CHARACTERS. — In  roundish  tears  of  various  sizes,  or  broken  into  angular 
fragments,  with  a  glass-like,  sometimes  iridescent  fracture,  opaque  from 
numerous  fissures,  but  transparent  and  nearly  colorless  in  thin  pieces  ;  nearly 
inodorous  ;  taste  insipid,  mucilaginous  ;  insoluble  in  Alcohol,  but  soluble  in 
water,  forming  a  thick,  mucilaginous  liquid.  Solubility. — Slowly  but  com- 
pletely soluble  in  2  parts  of  water  ;  insoluble  in  Alcohol.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituent  is  Arabin,  C12HMOn ;  combined 
with  Calcium,  Magnesium  and  Potassium.  This  is  not  affected  by  lead  acetate. 

IMPURITIES. — Starch,  and  gum  resins. 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Alcohol,  sulphuric  acid,  borax,  ferric  salts  and  lead 
subacetate. 

[Acacia  is  contained  in  Emulsum  Amygdalae,  Pulvis  Gretas  Compositus, 
and  in  some  Trochisci.] 

Preparations. 

1.  Mucilago    Acaciae. — [Mucilage    of    Acacia.      Acacia,    340; 
Water,  to  1000. 

Mucilage  of  Acacia  is  contained  in  Mistura  Glycyrrhizae  Composite 
and  Syrupus  Acaciae. 
Dose,  freely. 

2.  Syrupus  Acaciae. — Syrup  of  Acacia.     Mucilage  of  Acacia,  25  ; 
Syrup,  75. 

Dose,  freely.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  ACACIA. 

Acacia  is  demulcent.  It  is  used  to  suspend  insoluble  sub- 
stances, as  oils,  resins,  and  insoluble  powders.  A  fluid  ounce 
[30.  c.c.Jof  most  oils  or  resinous  tinctures  requires  3  fl.  dr.  [12. 
c.c.]  of  mucilage  of  acacia  for  suspension,  but  copaiba  requires 
10  fl.  dr.  [40.  c.c.].  A  disadvantage  of  it  is  that  it  is  liable  to 
undergo  acetous  fermentation,  which  greatly  diminishes  its  emul- 
sifying powers.  This  may  be  overcome,  to  some  extent,  by 


6l6  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

making  it  with  tolu  or  clove  water.     It  may  give  rise  to  indi- 

gestion and  diarrhoea. 

ULMUS. 

[ELM.  —  Synonym.  —  Slippery  Elm  Bark.  The  inner  bark  of  Ulmus 
fulva  Michaux  (rial.  ord.  Urticacea).  Habitat.  —  North  America,  west  to 
Louisiana  and  Nebraska,  in  woods. 

CHARACTERS.  —  In  flat  pieces,  varying  in  length  and  width,  about  3  mm. 
thick,  tough,  pale  brownish  white,  the  inner  surface  finely  ridged  ;  fracture 
fibrous  and  mealy  ;  the  transverse  section  delicately  checkered  ;  odor  slight, 
peculiar  ;  taste  mucilaginous,  insipid. 

COMPOSITION.  —  It  contains  —  (i)  Mucilage.     (2)  Some  Tannic  Acid. 

Dose,  2  dr.  ;  8.  gm.,  or  more. 

Preparation. 

Mucilago    Ulmi.  —  Mucilage  of  Elm.     Elm,  6  ;  Boiling  Water, 
100.     By  digestion  and  straining. 
Dose,  freely. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  SLIPPERY  ELM  BARK. 

Slippery  Elm  bark  is  an  excellent  demulcent.  It  is  especially 
recommended  in  dysentery,  diarrhoea  and  diseases  of  the  urinary 
passages.  It  is  often  employed  to  make  poultices,  especially  for 
use  upon  children,  because  it  is  lighter  than  flaxseed.] 

GLYCYRRHIZA. 


GLYCYRRHIZA.—  [Sj'wowyw.—  Liquorice  Root.  The  root  of  Gly- 
cyrrhiza  glabra  Linne,  and  of  the  variety  glandulifera  (Waldstein  et  Kittai- 
bel)  Reger  et  Herder  (nat.  ord.  Leguminosce).  Habitat.  —  Southern  Europe 
and  Western  Asia  ;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS.  —  In  long,  cylindrical  pieces,  from  5  to  25  mm.  thick, 
longitudinally  wrinkled,  externally  grayish-brown,  warty  ;  internally  tawny- 
yellow  ;  pliable,  tough  ;  fracture  coarsely  fibrous  ;  bark  rather  thick  ;  wood 
porous,  but  dense,  in  narrow  wedges  ;  medullary  rays  linear  ;  taste  sweet, 
somewhat  acrid.  The  underground  stem,  which  is  often  present,  has  the  same 
appearance,  but  contains  a  thin  pith.  The  drug  derived  from  the  variety 
glandulifera  (so-called  Russian  Liquorice),  consists  usually  of  roots  or  root- 
branches,  I  to  4  cm.  thick,  15  to  30  cm.  long,  frequently  deprived  of  the  corky 
layer,  the  wood  rather  soft,  and  usually  more  or  less  cleft.]  Resembling 
Liquorice.—  Pyrethrum  and  Taraxacum,  which  are  not  sweet. 

COMPOSITION.  —  The  chief  constituents  are  —  (  I  )  Glycyrrhizin  [C24HM 
O9,  about  6  per  cent.],  a  yellow  amorphous  glucoside,  probably  in  combina- 
tion with  Ammonia.  With  acids  this  yields  a  very  bitter  substance,  Glycyrrhe- 


VEGETABLE    DEMULCENT    SUBSTANCES.  6l/ 

fin,  and  glucose.  (2)  Asparagin,  [about  3  per  cent.  (3)  Glycyramin.  (4) 
An  acrid  Resin.]  (5)  Starch. 

\_Glycyrrhiza  is  used  in  Decoctum  Sarsaparilke  Compositum,  Extractum 
Sarsaparillae  Fluidum  Compositum,  Massa  Hydrargyri,  Pilulae  Ferri  lodidi, 
Pulvis  Morphinae  Compositus,  Tinctura  Aloes,  and  Tinctura  Aloes  et  Myrrhae.] 

Liquorice  or  its  preparations  are  contained  in  many  preparations,  gener- 
ally to  cover  their  nauseous  taste.  They  [conceal]  very  well  that  of  Aloes 
[Rhamnus  Purshiana],  Ammonium  Chloride,  Hyoscyamus,  Senega,  Senna, 
Turpentine,  and  very  bitter  substances,  as  Quinine  Sulphate. 

Preparations. 

1.  Extractum     Glycyrrhizae. —  [Extract  of    Glycyrrhiza.     Syno- 
nym.—  Extract  of  Liquorice. 

CHARACTERS. — In  flattened,  cylindrical  rolls,  from  15  to  18  cm. 
long,  and  from  15  to  30  mm.  thick  ;  of  a  glossy,  black  color.  It 
breaks  with  a  sharp,  conchoidal,  shining  fracture,  and  has  a  very  sweet 
peculiar  taste.  Not  less  than  60  per  cent,  of  it  should  be  soluble  in 
cold  water. 

Extract  of  Glycyrrhiza  is  contained  in  Trochisci  Ammonii  Chloridi 
and  Trochisci  Glycyrrhizse  et  Opii. 

Dose,  freely. 

2.  Extractum    Glycyrrhizae     Purum. — Pure    Extract   of    Gly- 
cyrrhiza.    By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Water  of  Ammonia  and 
Distilled  Water,  and  evaporation. 

Pure  Extract  of  Glycyrrhiza  is  used  to  make  Mistura  Glycyrrhizae 
Composita. 

Dose,  freely. 

3.  Extractum   Glycyrrhizae   Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Gly- 
cyrrhiza.    By  maceration  and   percolation  with  Water  of  Ammonia, 
Alcohol  and  water,  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  freely. 

4.  Glycyrrhizinum  Ammoniatum. — Ammoniated  Glycyrrhizin. 
SOURCE. — Glycyrrhiza,  by  maceration  and  percolation  with  Water 

of  Ammonia  and  Water ;  precipitation  with  Sulphuric  Acid,  solution 
with  Water  of  Ammonia,  and  drying. 

CHARACTERS. — Dark -brown  or  brownish-red  scales,  without  odor, 
and  having  a  very  sweet  taste.  Solubility, — Readily  in  Water  and  in 
Alcohol. 

Dose,  5  to  15  gr. ;  .30  to  i.oo  gm.] 

5.  Pulvis  Glycyrrhizae  Compositus. — See  Senna,  p.  493. 

6.  [Mistura  Glycyrrhizae  Composita. — Compound  Mixture  of 
Glycyrrhiza.     Synonym. — Brown    Mixture.     Pure   Extract  of  Glycyr- 


6l8  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

rhiza,  30;  Sugar,  50  ;  Mucilage  of  Acacia,  100  ;  Camphorated  Tincture 
of  Opium,  120;  Wine  of  Antimony,  60 ;  Spirit  of  Nitrous  Ether,  30; 
Water,  to  1000. 

Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  15.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  LIQUORICE. 

Liquorice  is  an  excellent  demulcent  for  sore  throats.  It  is 
used  to  [conceal]  the  taste  of  [disagreeable]  medicines,  and  as  a 
basis  for  pills.  The  compound  liquorice  powder  is  laxative  by 
virtue  of  its  senna  [although  liquorice  itself  has  distinct  laxative 
properties.  Brown  Mixture  is  much  used  in  dispensary  practice 
as  an  expectorant.] 

LINUM. 

[LINSEED. — Synonym. — Flaxseed.  The  seed  of  Linum  usitatissimum 
Linne  (nat  ord.  Linea).  Habitat. — Levant  and  Southern  Europe  ;  cultivated 
and  spontaneous  in  most  temperate  countries. 

CHARACTERS. — About  4  or  5  mm.  long,  oblong-ovate,  flattened,  obliquely 
pointed  at  one  end,  brown,  glossy,  covered  with  a  transparent,  mucilaginous 
epithelium,  which  swells  considerably  in  water ;  the  embryo  whitish  or  pale 
greenish,  with  two  large,  oily,  plano-convex  cotyledons,  and  a  thin  perisperm ; 
inodorous ;  taste  mucilaginous,  oily  and  bitter. 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  A  viscid,  fixed  oil,  30  to  35  per  cent  in  the  embryo. 
(2)  Mucilage;  15  per  cent,  in  the  epithelium.  (3)  Proteids,  25  per  cent  (4) 
Amygdalin,  a  minute  quantity.  ] 

OLEUM  LINI.— [Linseed  Oil.  Synonym.—  Oil  of  Flaxseed.  A  fixed 
oil  expressed  from  Linseed  without  the  use  of  heat. 

CHARACTERS. — A  yellowish  or  yellow,  oily  liquid,  having  a  slight,  pecu- 
liar odor,  and  a  bland  taste.  When  exposed  to  the  air  it  gradually  thickens, 
and  acquires  a  strong  odor  and  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  0.930  to  0.940.  Solubility. — 
In  about  10  parts  of  Alcohol,  and  in  all  proportions  in  Ether,  Chloroform, 
Benzin,  Carbon  Bisulphide,  or  Oil  of  Turpentine. 

COMPOSITION. — Its  most  characteristic  principles  are — (i)  Linolein.  (2) 
Myristin.  (3)  Palmitin.  (4)  Albumin,  a  large  percentage,  to  which  its 
drying  properties  are  due. ) 

Dose,  y-t  to  2  fl.  oz. ;  15.  to  60.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  FLAXSEED. 

A  flaxseed  poultice  [4  to  10  of  boiling  water  with  constant 
stirring  and  the  .basin  being  kept  hot]  is  a  very  common  means 
of  applying  warmth  and  moisture  to  a  part.  It  is  used  to  relieve 


VEGETABLE    DEMULCENT   SUBSTANCES.  619 

pain,  and  as  a  mild  irritant  to  accelerate  inflammation  and  the 
bursting  of  an  abscess,  or  as  a  counter-irritant  in  all  sorts  of  deep- 
seated  inflammations.  The  poultices  should  not  be  too  thick, 
and  should  be  smeared  with  oil  to  prevent  their  sticking  to  the 
skin.  The  vascular  dilatation  caused  by  the  flaxseed  poultice 
may  be  increased  by  adding  i  part  of  mustard  to  16  of  flaxseed. 
[Oil  of  flaxseed]  is  applied  to  burns.  Mixed  with  an  equal 
quantity  of  solution  of  lime  it  forms  Carron  Oil  (see  p.  157.) 
[Flaxseed  tea  flaxseed,  3;  liquorice,  i;  boiling  water,  100; 
infuse  for  two  hours]  is  a  common  domestic  demulcent ;  the 
large  quantity  of  mucilage  it  contains  forms  a  coating  for  the 
pharynx  and  mouth,  and  thus  relieves  cough  due  to  sore  throat. 
It  is  said  to  be  slightly  diuretic. 

SACCHARUM. 

[SUGAR. — CuH22On=34l.2.  Synonyms. — Cane  Sugar.  Sucrose.  The 
refined  Sugar  obtained  from  Saccharum  officinarutn  Linne,  and  from  various 
species  or  varieties  of  Sorghum  (nat.  ord.  Graminece) ;  also  from  one  or  more 
varieties  of  Beta  vulgaris  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Chenopodiacece).  Habitat. — 
Southern  Asia  ;  cultivated  in  tropical  and  subtropical  countries. 

CHARACTERS. — White,  dry,  hard,  distinctly  crystalline  granules,  odorless, 
and  having  a  purely  sweet  taste.  Permanent  in  the  air.  Solubility. — In  0.5 
part  of  water,  and  in  175  parts  of  Alcohol ;  but  insoluble  in  Ether,  Chloro- 
form, or  Carbon  Bisulphide. 

Dose,  indefinite. 

Preparation. 

Syrupus. — Syrup.  Sugar,  850 ;  Distilled  Water,  by  solution  with 
heat,  and  straining  to  1000. 

Syrup  thus  prepared  has  the  Sp.  gr.,  1.317.  It  is  used  for  com- 
pound syrups. 

Dose,  indefinite.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  SUGAR. 

Sugar  is  used  as  a  sweetening  agent.  [Syrup  is  used  as  a 
vehicle.]  Syrupus  Glucosi  [(B.  P.,  not  official.)  Syrup,  2; 
liquid  glucose  of  commerce,  i ;]  is  used  in  pharmacy,  especially 
in  the  making  of  pills,  as  it  forms  a  neutral  basis. 


62O  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

[HORDEUM  DECORTICATUM. 

PEARL  BARLEY.  (Not  official.)— The  dried  seed  of  Hordeum  dis- 
tichum  (nat.  ord.  Graminacea:)  divested  of  its  integuments.  Habitat.— 
Britain. 

CHARACTERS. — White,  rounded,  with  a  light  longitudinal  furrow. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  PEARL  BARLEY. 
Barley  water  (i  to  15  of  boiling  water)  forms  a  pleasant  de- 
mulcent drink,  especially  if  the  throat  be  dry  and  sore.     It  is 
also  given  for  the  diarrhoeas  of  infants.] 

MALTUM. 

MALT.  (Not  official.)  Synonym. — Byne.  The  seed  of  common 
barley,  Hordeum  distichum  (nat.  ord.  Gramtmtft*),  caused  to  enter  the  in- 
cipient state  of  germination  by  artificial  means,  and  dried.  It  contains  the 
ferment  Diastase,  which  can  convert  starch  into  Dextrin  and  Maltose.  Thus 
IO(C6H1005)+4H»0=4C11HH011,  Maltose +(CUHWO10),  Dextrin. 

EXTRACTUM  MALTI.— [(Not  official).— Extract  of  Malt.  By 
maceration,  dilution  with  Water,  straining  and  evaporation  in  vacua  of  the 
strained  liquid.] 

CHARACTERS. — It  is  a  sweet,  thick,  brownish  liquid,  like  honey,  forming 
an  emulsion  with  oils.  [Most  specimens  are  too  viscid  for  prolonged  use.] 

COMPOSITION. — This  varies  very  much.  The  chief  constituent  is  Maltose 
(C^H^Oj,);  there  is  also  some  Dextrin  (C^H^O,,,),  some  Diastase  (unless 
destroyed  by  boiling),  Albumin,  [Inorganic]  sails  [contained  in]  barley,  and 
sometimes  Alcohol. 

[Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  15.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  MALT. 

Maltose  is  a  very  valuable  food,  especially  for  persons  who 
are  suffering  from  wasting  diseases,  and  have  a  feeble  digestion. 
It  is  easily  retained  by  the  stomach,  even  when,  as  often  is  the 
case  in  phthisis,  other  food,  especially  cod-liver  oil,  is  rejected. 
In  such  a  case  a  malt  extract  is  an  excellent  substitute  for  cod 
liver  oil.  Maltose  as  a  food  leads  to  the  formation  of  fat.  The 
diastase  contained  in  the  malt  extract,  acting  upon  the  starch  in 
farinaceous  food,  converts  it  into  dextrin  and  maltose,  and  thus, 
if  the  secretion  of  saliva  and  pancreatic  juice  is  feeble,  the  malt 
extract  to  some  extent  supplies  their  place.  Like  the  ferments 
in  pancreatic  juice  and  saliva,  diastase  can  only  act  in  an 


VEGETABLE    DEMULCENT   SUBSTANCES.  62  L 

alkaline  medium,  and  therefore  should  not  be  given  until,  at 
least,  two  hours  after  a  meal.  [Inasmuch  as  diastase  is  a  most 
important  constituent,  all  malts  should  be  rejected  which  do  not 
contain  at  least  4  per  cent,  of  diastase.  The  liquid  malts  con- 
taining alcohol,  which  destroys  this  ferment,  are  worthless  for 
assisting  starch  digestion  and  are  usually  only  beers  of  an  inferior 
quality.  Malt  extract,  to  which  a  suitable  amount  of  fluid  ex- 
tract of  rhamus  purshiana  has  been  added,  is  an  excellent  laxa- 
tive.] Emulsions  of  cod-liver  oil  in  it  are  frequently  useful. 
Bynol  is  an  example  of  these.  They  should  contain  i  part  of 
oil  to  4  of  malt.  A  mixture  of  extract  of  malt  and  iron  is  also 
valuable  (ferric  pyrophosphate,  2  ;  water,  3  ;  dissolve  and  add 
extract  of  malt,  95.  Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr.  [4.  to  15.  c.c.]). 

SOJA. 

SOJA  BEAN.—  (Not  official.)—  The  bean  of  So/a  hispida.  [Habitat. 
—  Japan  ;  cultivated  in  Southern  Asia. 

COMPOSITION.  —  Soluble  Casein,  30;  Albumin,  0.5  ;  Insoluble  Casein,  7  ; 
Fat,  iS  ;  Cholesterin,  2  ;  Water,  10  ;  Dextrin,  10  ;  Starch,  5  ;  Cellulose,  5  ; 
Ash,  5  ;  and  a  powerful  amylolytic  ferment.  ]  These  are  powdered  and  made 
into  a  flour,  from  which  bread  and  biscuits  are  prepared.  The  flour  contains 
but  very  little  starch  or  sugar,  sometimes  not  more  than  2  or  4  per  cent 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  SOJA  BEAN. 

Bread  and  biscuits  made  from  the  flour  are  used  in  the  treat- 
ment of  diabetes  as  a  substitute  for  gluten  bread  ;    and  many 
patients  prefer  the  taste.    They  are  quite  as  efficacious  in  reducing 
the  amount  of  sugar  passed  in  the  urine. 
' 

[CETRARIA. 


CETRARIA.—  5>wo«j/w.—  Iceland  Moss.  Cetraria  islandica  (Linne) 
Acharius  (class  Lichenes).  Habitat.  —  Northern  Hemisphere. 

CHARACTERS.  —  From  5  to  10  cm.  lon^,  foliaceous,  irregularly  branched 
into  fringed  and  channelled  lobes,  brownish  above,  whitish  beneath,  and 
marked  with  small,  depressed  spots  ;  brittle  and  inodorous  ;  when  softened  in 
water,  cartilaginous,  and  having  a  slight  odor  ;  its  taste  is  mucilaginous  and 
bitter. 

COMPOSITION.  —  The  chief  constituents  are  —  (i)  Lichenin,  C12HMO10,  70 
per  cent  (2)  Cetraric  Acid,  Cj8H16O8,  a  bitter  principle,  2  per  cent.  (3) 


J622  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

Lichenstearic  Acid,  C^H^O.,,   I  per  cent.      (4)  Fumaric  Acid.     (5)  Oxalic 
Acid. 

IMPURITIES. — Pine  leaves,  mosses  and  other  lichens. 

Preparation. 

Decoctum  Cetrariae. — Decoction  of  Cetraria.     Cetraria,  50.     By 
boiling  in  water  and  straining  to  1000. 
Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  oz. ;  30.  to  120.  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  ICELAND  Moss. 

The  decoction  is  demulcent,  and  may  be  given  in  sore  throat. 
The  moss  is  a  food,  and  the  jelly  formed  by  boiling  may,  when 
suitably  flavored,  be  taken  by  diabetics.] 

UV^E. 

[RAISINS.  (Not  official.) — The  ripe  fruit  of  Vitis  vinifera  (nat.  ord. 
Ampelida),  the  grape-vine,  dried  in  the  sun,  or  partly  by  artificial  heat.  Hab- 
itat.— Spain. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Grape  Sugar.  (2)  Acid 
Potassium  Tartrate.  (3)  Other  acids  and  salts. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  RAISINS. 
Raisins  are  used  as  sweetening  agents,  and  are  demulcent.] 


GROUP  X. 
Vegetable  Drugs  which  are  used  to  kill  parasites. 

CLASS  I.  Anthelmintics  for  the  various  species  of  Tapeworm. 
[Aspidium,]  Pomegranate,  Kousso,  [Kamala,  Pepo.] 
CLASS  II.   Anthelmintics  for  the  Roundworm  (Ascaris  lumbricoides). 
Santonica,  [Spigelia,  Chenopodium.] 
CLASS  III.   Parasiticides  used  for  Pediculi. 
Stavesacre,  Picrotoxin. 

CLASS  IV.  Anthelmintics  for  the  Threadworm  ( Oxyuris  vermicularis\ 
[Calumba,  Quassia,  Oak  Bark.] 

These  have  been  described  [in  Groups  VII  and  VIII,  to  .which  reference 
should  be  made.  ] 


VEGETABLE    DRUGS   USED   TO    KILL    PARASITES.         623 

CLASS  I.— ANTHELMINTICS  USED  FOR  TAPEWORMS. 
ASPIDIUM. 

[ASPIDIUM.  —  Synonym. — Male  Fern.  The  rhizome  of  Dryopteris 
Filix-mas  Schott,  and  of  Dryopteris  marginalis  Asa  Gray  (nat.  ord.  Filices). 
Habitat. — North  America,  Northern  Asia,  Europe. 

CHARACTERS. — From  5  to  15  cm.  long,  10  to  25  mm.  in  thickness,  and, 
together  with  the  closely  imbricated,  dark  brown,  roundish,  and  slightly  curved 
stipe-remnants,  50  to  75  mm.  in  diameter  ;  densely  covered  with  brown,  glossy, 
transparent,  and  soft,  chaffy  scales  ;  internally  pale  green,  rather  spongy  ;  vas- 
cular bundles  about  ten  {Dryopteris  Filix-mas)  or  six  {Dryopteris  marginalis} 
in  number,  arranged  in  an  interrupted  circle ;  odor  slight,  but  disagreeable ; 
taste  sweetish,  acrid,  somewhat  bitter,  astringent,  and  nauseous.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Filicic  acid,  [CjjH^Ojj, 
a  white,  amorphous  or]  crystalline  body,  said  to  be  the  active  principle.  (2)  A 
fixed  oil,  6  to  7  per  cent.  (3)  \_Filicin,  CjjH^Ojj,  a  crystalline  substance, 
soluble  in  Chloroform,  Benzol  and  fixed  and  volatile  oils.  (4)  Filix-red.] 
(5)  Resins. 

Dose,  yz  to  i^  dr. ;  2.  to  6.  gm.] 

Preparation. 

[Oleoresina   Aspidii. — Oleoresin  of  Aspidium.     By  percolation 
with  Ether,  distillation  of  the  Ether,  and  evaporation. 
Dose,  %  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  MALE  FERN. 

[Aspidium]  is  the  most  certain  anthelmintic  we  have  for  the 
common  tapeworm  (Ttznta  soliutti),  and  the  Bothriocephalus 
latus.  It  may  be  flavored  with  ginger  or  peppermint.  The  intes- 
tine should  first  be  emptied  with  a  mild  purge  to  ensure  the  worm 
not  being  protected  by  food.  Then  the  [aspidium]  should  be 
administered,  and  about  twelve  hours  afterwards  another  dose  of 
the  purgative  should  be  given  to  clear  away  the  dead  worm.  Very 
little  food  should  be  taken  during  the  treatment,  and  the  head 
of  the  worm  should  be  carefully  searched  for  in  the  motion. 
[Recently  several  cases  of  poisoning  have  been  reported,  pre- 
sumably not  due  to  an  excessive  dose,  but  to  the  fact  that  castor 
oil  was  administered  at  the  same  time  with  it,  notably  increas- 
ing the  absorption  of  filicic  acid.] 

This  remedy  also  kills  the  Anchylostoma  duodenale  outside  the 
body,  and  has  been  successfully  given  to  persons  suffering  from 
this  parasite. 


624  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

GRANATUM. 

[POMEGRANATE.  —  The  bark  of  the  stem  and  root  of  Punica 
Granatum  Linn6  (nat.  ord.  Lytkrariea).  Habitat. — India  and  Southwestern 
Asia ;  cultivated  and  naturalized  in  subtropical  countries. 

CHARACTERS. — In  the  quills  or  fragments,  from  5  to  10  cm.  long,  and 
from  I  to  3  mm.  thick  ;  outer  surface  yellowish-gray,  somewhat  warty,  or 
longitudinally  and  reticulately-ridged  ;  the  stem-bark  often  partly  covered  with 
blackish  lichens  ;  the  thicker  pieces  of  the  root-bark  more  or  less  scaly  exter- 
nally ;  inner  surface  smooth,  finely  striate,  grayish-yellow  ;  fracture  short, 
granular,  greenish-yellow  ;  indistinctly  radiate  ;  inodorous  ;  taste  astringent, 
very  slightly  bitter.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — [(i)  Pelletierine,  C8H13NO, 
^  per  cent.,  a  colorless,  oily,  aromatic  alkaloid,  soluble  in  water,  Alcohol, 
Ether  and  Chloroform.  (2)  Three  allied  alkaloids,  Methyl-,  Pseudo-,  and 
Isopellelierine.  (3)  Punicotannic  Acid,  C^H^O^,  20  percent.] 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Alkalies,  lime  water,  metallic  salts,  and  gelatin. 

Dose,  yt  to  \yz  dr. ;  [2.  to  6.  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  POMEGRANATE. 
Pomegranate  is  a  powerful  astringent,  and  the  decoction 
[B.  P.,  i  to  5  ;  dose,  ^  to  2  fl.  oz.  ;  15.  to  60.  c.c.]  may  be 
used  as  a  gargle  for  a  sore  throat.  In  large  doses  it  is  emetic  and 
purgative.  It  is  an  anthelmintic  for  the  tapeworm.  It  is  so 
[disagreeable]  that  it  is  rarely  used,  but  if  employed  the  decoc- 
tion may  be  given  every  hour  for  four  hours  before  breakfast.  A 
purge  should  be  administered  the  night  before  and  a  few  hours 
after  breakfast.  Pelletierine  [dose  of  tannate,  (not  official),  3 
to  6  gr.  ;  .20  to  .40  gm.]  is  the  active  anthelmintic  principle, 
and  is  said  to  be  very  efficient  for  killing  the  common  tapeworm. 
Large  doses  of  pelletierine  given  to  animals  act  like  curare. 

CUSSO. 

KOUSSO. — Synonyms. — [Brayera.  Kooso.  The  female  inflorescence 
of  Hagenia  abyssinica  (Bruce)  Gmelin  (nat.  ord.  Rosacece}.  Habitat.  — 
Abyssinia. 

CHARACTERS.  —  In  bundles,  rolls,  or  compressed  clusters,  consisting  of 
panicles  about  25  cm.  long,  with  a  sheathing  bract  at  the  base  of  each  branch  ; 
the  two  roundish  bracts  at  the  base  of  each  flower,  and  the  four  or  five  obovate, 
outer  sepals  are  of  a  reddish  color,  membranous  and  veiny  ;  calyx  top-shaped, 
hairy,  enclosing  two  carpels  or  nutlets  ;  odor  slight,  fragrant  and  tea  like ;  taste 
bitter,  acrid,  and  nauseous.] 


VEGETABLE    DRUGS    USED    TO    KILL    PARASITES.         625 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  \_Kosin  or]  Koussin,  a 
neutral,  active  principle,  [in  yellow  crystals,  tasteless,  soluble  in  Chloroform, 
Benzol,  Ether  and  Alcohol ;  insoluble  in  water.  (2)  Oil.  (3)  Gum.  (4) 
Tannic  Acid.  (5)  Two  Resins. 

Dose,  2  to  4  dr.  ;  8.  to  15.  gm.] 

Preparation. 

[Extractum  Cusso  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Kousso.  Syn- 
onym.— Extractum  Brayerce  Fluidum.  By  maceration  and  percolation 
with  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  15.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  Kousso. 
Kousso  is  used  as  an  anthelmintic  for  all  species  of  tapeworm. 
[Koussin  (not  official)  has  been  given  with  good  results.     Dose, 
20  to  40  gr.  ;    i. 20  to  2.40  gm.] 

KAMALA. 

[KAMALA. — Synonym. — Rottlera.  The  glands  and  hairs  from  the 
capsules  of  Mallotus  pkilippinenns  (Lamarck)  Mueller  Arg.  (nat.  ord. 
Euphorbiacea:').  Habitat. — India,  China  and  Philippine  Islands. 

CHARACTERS. — A  granular,  mobile,  brick-red  or  brownish-red  powder, 
inodorous  and  nearly  tasteless,  imparting  a  deep  red  color  to  alkaline  liquids, 
Alcohol,  Ether,  or  Choloroform,  and  a  pale,  yellow  tinge  to  boiling  water. 
Under  the  microscope  it  is  seen  to  consist  of  stellately  arranged,  colorless 
hairs,  mixed  with  depressed-globular  glands,  containing  numerous  red,  club- 
shaped  vesicles.  Solubility. — Insoluble  in  hot  and  cold  water. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (I)  Rottlerin,  [C^H^Og,  a 
neutral  principle  in  yellowish  needles,  soluble  in  hot  Alcohol,  Ether,  Benzol, 
and  Carbon  Disulphide.  (2)  Resins,  nearly  80  per  cent. 

Dose,  i  to  2  dr.  ;  4.  to  8.  gm. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  KAMALA. 

Kamala  is  an  anthelmintic.  It  will  kill  the  Tcenia  solium, 
and  probably  the  Oxyuris  vennicularis  and  the  Ascaris  lumbri- 
coides.  It  is  also  purgative.] 

PEPO. 

[PUMPKIN  SEED.— The  seed  of  Cucurbita  Pepo  Linne  (nat.  ord. 
Cucurbitacete).  Habitat.-—  Tropical  Asia  and  America;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — About  2  cm.  long,  broadly  ovate,  flat,  white,  or  whitish, 
nearly  smooth,  with  a  shallow  groove  parallel  to  the  edge ;  containing  a 

40 


626  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

short,  conical  radicle  and  two  flat  cotyledons  ;  inodorous ;  taste  bland  and 
oily. 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  Fixed  oil,  44  per  cent.  (2)  An  Acrid  Resin,  con- 
sidered to  be  the  taeniafuge  principle.  (3)  Two  Proteids  (Myosin  and  Vitellin). 
(4)  Fatty  Acids. 

Dose,  i  to  3  oz. ;  30.  to  90.  gm. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  PUMPKIN  SEED. 

Pepo  administered  as  an  emulsion  is  one  of  the  most  efficient 
and  at  the  same  time  harmless  tseniafuges.] 

CLASS  II.— ANTHELMINTICS  USED  FOR  THE  ROUNDWORM. 
SANTONICA. 

SANTONICA.  —  [Synonym.  —  Levant  Wormseed.  The  unexpanded 
flower-heads  of  Artemisia  pauciflora  Weber  (nat.  ord.  Composite}.  Habitat. 
— Turkestan. 

CHARACTERS. — From  2  to  4  mm.  long,  oblong-ovoid,  obtuse,  smooth, 
somewhat  glossy,  grayish-green,  after  exposure  to  light  brownish-green,  con- 
sisting of  an  involucre  of  about  12  to  18  closely  imbricated,  glandular  scales 
with  a  broad  midrib,  enclosing  four  or  five  rudimentary  florets ;  odor  strong, 
peculiar,  somewhat  camphoraceous  ;  taste  aromatic  and  bitter. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Santonin  (see  below). 
(2)  A  volatile  oil,  2  per  cent.,  consisting  mainly  of  Cineol,  C10H18O. 

Dose,  15  to  60  gr. ;  i.  to  4.  gm.] 

SANTONINUM.  — Santonin.  C15H18O3[=245.43.  A  neutral  prin- 
ciple obtained  from  Santonica. 

SOURCE. — By  exhausting  Santonica,  mixed  with  Lime,  with  Diluted  Alco- 
hol, distilling  off  the  Alcohol,  and  adding  Acetic  Acid  to  the  residue.  The 
precipitated  Santonin  is  purified  by  dissolving  it  in  Alcohol,  treating  with 
Animal  Charcoal,  and  crystallizing. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  shining,  flattened,  prismatic  crystals,  odorless 
and  nearly  tasteless  when  first  put  in  the  mouth,  but  afterwards  developing  a 
bitter  taste  ;  not  altered  by  exposure  to  air,  but  turning  yellow  on  exposure  to 
light.  Solubility. — Nearly  insoluble  in  water ;  soluble  in  40  parts  of  Alcohol ; 
also  soluble  in  140  parts  of  Ether,  in  4  parts  of  Chloroform,  and  in  solutions 
of  Caustic  Alkalies.] 

Dose,  X  to  x  f>r-I  [-OI5  to  -°6  &m-  (child),  i  to  5  gr. ;  .06  to  .30  gm.] 
(adult). 

Preparation. 

Trochisci  Santonini. — [Troches  of  Santonin.  Santonin,  3;  Sugar, 
I IO  ;  Tragacanth,  3  gm.  ;  Stronger  Orange  Flower  Water,  to  make  100 
troches.  Each  troche  contains  about  %  gr.  ;  .03  gm. 

Dose,  2  (child)  to  10  troches  (adult).] 


VEGETABLE  DRUGS  USED  TO  KILL  PARASITES.      627 

ACTION  OF  SANTONIN. 

Santonin  is  anthelmintic,  killing  the  roundworm,  As- 
f  art's  lumbricoides,  and  according  to  some  authorities  the  Oxyuris 
vermicularis,  but  this  is  doubtful,  for  it  does  not  kill  these  worms 
outside  the  body,  and  therefore  if  efficient  must  be  changed  in 
the  intestine.  It  has  no  action  on  tapeworms.  Some  of  the 
santonin  is  absorbed  as  sodium  -  santoninate.  Medicinal  doses 
will  usually  cause  the  urine,  if  it  is  acid,  to  be  a  greenish-yellow 
or  saffron  color,  and  if  it  is  alkaline  to  be  purplish-red.  This 
is  due  to  the  excretion  in  that  fluid  of  some  substance  resulting 
from  the  changes  undergone  by  santonin  in  the  body.  It  is 
slightly  diuretic.  Often  even  small  doses  lead  to  xanthopsy 
— that  is  to  say,  everything  the  patient  sees  has  a  yellow  tint ; 
this  is  not  the  result  of  the  staining  of  the  tissues  of  the  eye 
yellow,  but  is  a  direct  effect  on  some  other  part  of  the  visual 
path. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  SANTONIN. 

Santonin  is  used  solely  to  kill  intestinal  worms.  It  should  be 
given  on  an  empty  stomach,  and  should  be  followed  in  two  hours 
by  a  purgative,  such  as  calomel,  which  acts  on  the  small  intestine, 
for  this  is  the  part  inhabited  by  the  worms  killed  by  santonin. 
It  is  certainly  very  efficacious  for  the  Asian's  lumbricoides.  The 
lozenge  [B.  P.,  i  gr.,  .06  gm.  each]  is  not  to  be  recommended, 
for  it  may  not  dissolve,  and  then  will  probably  fail  to  kill  the 
worm.  A  good  way  to  give  santonin  is  to  suspend  it  and  castor 
oil  in  mucilage  flavored  with  peppermint.  As  already  mentioned, 
probably  it  has  no  effect  on  the  Oxyuris  vermieularis,  when 
given  by  the  mouth,  but  a  suppository  made  with  oil  of  theo- 
broma,  and  containing  4  gr.;  25  gm.  of  santonin,  is  said  to  kill 
this  parasite. 

[TOXICOLOGY. 

Symptoms.} — Several  cases  of  fatal  poisoning  by  santonin  are  on  record. 
Cerebral  symptoms  are  very  prominent.  Thus  convulsions,  accompanied  by 
unconsciousness,  trismus,  and  dilated  pupils,  are  generally  present.  The  sur- 
face becomes  cold,  there  is  sweating,  there  may  be  trembling,  the  pulse  and 
respiration  become  weaker  and  weaker,  and  death  takes  place  from  cardiac 
and  respiratory  failure. 


628  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

{Treatment. — Ammonia,  or  strychnine  sulphate  hypodermatically.  If  the 
drug  is  given  with  castor  oil  the  danger  of  poisoning  is  lessened. 

SPIGELIA. 

SPIGELIA. — Synonyms. — Pinkroot.  Carolina  Pink.  The  rhizome  and 
roots  of  Spigelia  marilandica  Linn6  (nat.  ord.  Loganiacetz).  Habitat. — 
Southern  United  States  ;  westward  to  Texas  and  Wisconsin,  in  rich  woods. 

CHARACTERS. — Of  horizontal  growth,  about  5  cm.  or  more  long,  2  or  3 
mm.  thick,  dark  purplish  brown,  bent,  somewhat  branched,  on  the  upper  side 
with  cup-shaped  scars  ;  on  the  lower  side  with  numerous,  thin,  brittle,  lighter- 
colored  roots,  about  10  cm. long;  the  rhizome  internally  with  a  whitish  wood 
and  a  pith  which  is  usually  dark-colored  or  decayed  ;  odor  somewhat  aroma- 
tic ;  taste  sweetish,  bitter  and  pungent.  Resembling  Spigelia  root. — Phlox 
Carolina,  but  the  rootlets  are  brownish-yellow,  rather  coarse,  straight,  and 
contain  a  straw-colored  wood  underneath  a  readily  removable  bark. 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  Spigeline,  a  volatile  alkaloid.  (2)  A  little  volatile 
oil.  (3)  Bitter  principle.  (4)  Resin. 

Dose,  i^  to  2  dr. ;  i.  to  8.  gm. 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Spigeliae  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Spigelia.     By 
maceration  and  percolation  with  Diluted  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 
Dose,  ^  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  i.  to  8.  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  SPIGELIA. 

Spigelia  is  one  of  the  most  powerful  anthelmintics.  It  may 
give  rise  to  symptoms  of  narcotic  poisoning,  which,  however, 
may  be  obviated  by  its  combination  with  a  cathartic  like  senna. 

CHENOPODIUM. 

CHENOPODIUM. — Synonym. — American  Wormseed.  The  fruit  of 
Chenopodium  ambrosioides  Linne,  and  variety  anthelminticntn  Gray  (nat.  ord. 
Chenopodiacetz}.  Habitat. — West  India  and  Central  America  ;  naturalized  in 
the  United  States. 

CHARACTERS. — Nearly  2  mm.  in  diameter,  depressed -globular,  glandular, 
dull  greenish  or  brownish,  the  integuments  friable,  and  containing  a  lenticular, 
obtusely-edged,  glossy,  black  seed.  It  has  a  peculiar,'  somewhat  terebinthinate 
odor,  and  a  bitterish,  pungent  taste. 

COMPOSITION. — It  is  composed  chiefly  of  a  volatile  oil,  consisting  of  (i) 
a  hydrocarbon,  C10HI6,  and  (2)  a  liquid,  oxygenated  oil  C10II16O. 

Dose,  15  to  30  gr. ;  i.  to  2.  gm. 


VEGETABLE    DRUGS    USED    TO    KILL    PARASITES.         629 

OLEUM  CHENOPODII.— Oil  of  Chenopodium.  Synonym.—  Oil 
of  American  Wormseed.  A  volatile  oil  distilled  from  Chenopodium. 

CHARACTERS. — A  thin,  colorless  or  yellowish  liquid,  having  a  peculiar, 
penetrating,  somewhat  camphoraceous  odor,  and  a  pungent  and  bitter  taste. 
Sp.  gr. ,  about  0.970. 

Dose,  2  to  10  m. ;  .12  to  .60  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  CHENOPODIUM. 

Wormseed  is  one  of  the  most  efficient  anthelmintics,  particu- 
larly against  Ascarides,  but  it  should  be  followed  by  a  cathartic.] 

CLASS  III.— PARASITICIDES  USED  FOR  PEDICULI. 
STAPHISAGRIA. 

STAPHISAGRIA.—  [Synonym.—  Stavesacre.  The  seed  of  Delphinium 
Staphisagria  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Ranunculacea}.  Habitat. — Basin  of  the  Med- 
iterranean ;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — About  5  mm.  long,  3  or  4  mm.  broad,  flattish-tetrahedral, 
one  side  convex,  brown  or  brownish-gray,  with  reticulate  ridges,  containing  a 
whitish,  oily  albumen  and  a  straight  embryo ;  nearly  inodorous  ;  taste  bitter 
and  acrid.  ] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Delphinine,  [C-^Hj-NOg, 
a  white,  crystalline,  poisonous  alkaloid,  soluble  in  Alcohol,  Ether  and  Chloro- 
form, resembling  Aconite  in  its  action.  (2)  Delphinoidine,  C^HggNjOj,  an 
amoi  phous  alkaloid  ;  solubility  as  of  Delphinine.  (3)  Delphisine,C^H^f)v 
a  crystalline  alkaloid  of  the  same  solubility.  (4)  Staphisagrine ,  C^H^NOj, 
an  alkaloid  but  slightly  soluble  in  water.  (5)  Fixed  oil,  25  per  cent] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  STAPHISAGRIA. 

[Staphisagria]  is  only  used  as  a  parasiticide  to  kill  pediculi. 
The  affected  part  is  rubbed  with  the  ointment,  [B.  P.,  4 ;  yel- 
low wax,  2  ;  benzoinated  lard,  17]  which,  in  the  case  of  pediculi 
vestimentorum,  is  allowed  to  soak,  day  and  night,  into  the  gar- 
ments next  to  the  skin,  for  the  parasite  inhabits  them.  It  is 
often  employed,  but  it  will  be  remembered  that  many  other 
parasiticides  for  pediculi  have  been  mentioned  (see  p.  51). 

PICROTOXINUM. 

PICROTOXIN. — C30H34Ols[=6oo.58.  A  neutral  principle  obtained 
from  the  seed  of  Anamirta  paniculata  Colebrooke  (nat.  ord.  Menispermaceee). 
Synonyms. — Cocculus  Indicus.  Fishberry.  Habitat. — East  India. 


630  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

SOURCE. — Obtained  by  exhaustion  with  hot  Alcohol,  evaporation  and  puri- 
fication by  re-crystallization,  after  decolorizing  with  Animal  Charcoal. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  flexible,  shining,  prismatic  crystals,  or  a  micro- 
crystalline  powder,  odorless,  and  having  a  very  bitter  taste  ;  permanent  in  the 
air.  Solubility. — Soluble  in  240  parts  of  water,  and  in  9  parts  of  Alcohol ; 
also  soluble  in  solutions  of  the  alkalies,  and  in  acids.  Very  slightly  soluble  in 
Ether  or  Chloroform.  ] 

Dose,  T^j  to  ^y  gr.  ;  [.0005  to  .001  gm.] 

ACTION   OF   PlCROTOXIN. 

External. — Picrotoxin  is  very  destructive  to  lower  forms  of 
life,  and  is  therefore  antiparasitic. 

Internal. — It  is  a  powerful  poison,  causing  severe  gastro-in- 
testinal  irritation,  collapse,  lightheadedness,  convulsions,  hyper- 
pyrexia,  slowing  of  the  pulse  and  stimulation  of  the  respiratory 
centre.  Death  results  from  asphyxia,  partly  due  to  convulsions 
and  partly  to  ultimate  paralysis  of  the  respiratory  centre. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  PICROTOXIN. 

External. — An  ointment  of  the  seeds  in  lard  [i  to  6]  has 
been  applied  to  the  scalp  to  kill  pediculi.  It  must  be  employed 
with  caution,  for  this  strong  poison  can  be  absorbed  if  the  skin 
be  broken.  It  is  an  expensive  ointment. 

Internal. — Picrotoxin  is  used  empirically,  to  check  the 
night  sweating  of  phthisis.  A  single  dose  should  be  given  in 
the  evening.  Its  action  is  uncertain,  but  sometimes  it  succeeds. 
Many  other  diseases  have  been  treated  with  it,  but  there  is  no 
evidence  that  it  has  benefited  them.  [Tablets] ,  each  containing 
T&T  of  a  grain  [.0006  gm.],  are  prepared  for  subcutaneous  injec- 
tion. One  should  be  dissolved  in  a  few  drops  of  water  imme- 
diately before  use. 


VEGETABLE   DRUGS    HAVING   A    DIURETIC   ACTION.       63! 


GROUP  XL 

Vegetable    drugs    apparently  having   only  a    diuretic 

action. 

Uva   Ursi,   [Apocynum,    Zea,]  Triticum,  [Marrubium,  Pareira, 
Dulcamara,  Chimaphila,   Fabiana.J 

UVA  URSI. 

UVA  URSI. — Synonym. — Bearberry.  [The  leaves  of  Arctostaphylos 
Uva  Ursi  (Linne)  Sprengel  (nat.  ord.  Ericacea).  Habitat. — Northern  Hemi- 
sphere, in  dry  and  sandy  or  rocky  places;  in  the  United  States,  south  to  Penn- 
sylvania, New  Mexico,  and  California. 

CHARACTERS. — Very  short-stalked,  obovate  or  oblong-spatulate,  coriaceous, 
from  15  to  20  mm.  long,  and  5  to  8  mm.  broad,  obtuse,  slightly  revolute  on 
the  margin,  upper  surface  with  depressed  veins  ;  lower  surface  distinctly  reticu- 
late ;  odor  faint,  hay-like  ;  taste  strongly  astringent,  and  somewhat  bitter. 
Resembling  Uva  Ursi. — Senna  (see  p.  493)  and  Buchu  (see  p.  570.)] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (l)  Arbutin,  [Cj2H16O7,]  a 
bitter,  crystalline  glucoside  yielding  glucose,  hydroquinone  and  methyl-hydro- 
quinone.  (2)  Ericolin  [C10H16O,  a  bitter,  crystalline  glucoside.  (3)  Ursone, 
a  tasteless  neutral  body.  (4)  Tannic  Acid,  6  to  7  per  cent.  (5)  Gallic  Acid. 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Iron,  lead  and  silver  salts,  alkaloids,  and  gelatin.] 

Dose,  %  to  i  dr. ;  [i.  to  4.  gm.] 

Preparations, 

[i.  Extractum  Uvae  Ursi. — Extract  of  Uva  Ursi.     By  maceration 
and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water,  and  evaporation. 
Dose,  5  to  15  gr. ;  .30  to  i.oo  gm. 

2.  Extractum  Uvae  Ursi  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Uva  Ursi. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Glycerin,  Alcohol  and  Water,  and 
evaporation. 

Dose,  j^  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  c.c.] 

ACTION  OF  UVA  URSI. 

Uva  ursi  is  a  well-marked  diuretic,  and  is  astringent  and 
disinfectant  to  the  urinary  mucous  membrane.  Its  dis- 
infectant action  is  probably  due  to  the  decomposition  of  the  ar- 
butin  into  glucose  and  hydroquinone,  for  after  uva  ursi  is  given 
this  substance  is  found  in  the  urine,  and  it  is  a  very  energetic 
antiseptic.  This  decomposition  must  take  place  in  the  kidneys, 


632  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

for  hydroquinone  is  a  powerful  poison.  Against  this  being  the 
reason  of  the  disinfectant  action  of  the  uva  ursi,  it  is  urged  that 
giving  arbutin  does  not  disinfect  the  urine  ;  but  others  deny  this, 
and  the  probability  is  that  the  first-mentioned  view  is  correct. 
Arbutin  itself  is  a  diuretic.  The  urine  may  be  a  pale  greenish 
to  dark  greenish -brown  color.  Hydroquinone  is  also  found  in 
the  urine  in  carbolic  acid  poisoning  (see  p.  332).  [The  fluid 
extract  is  an  excellent  remedy  for  ardor  urinae  of  acute  gonor- 
rhoea.] The  astringent  action  of  uva  ursi  on  the  urinary  tract  is 
usually  ascribed  to  the  gallic  and  tannic  acids,  but  as  these  are 
not  remote  astringents  this  is  most  likely  wrong. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  UVA  URSI. 

Uva  ursi  is  given  to  disinfect  the  urine  in  the  same  class  of 
cases  as  buchu — that  is  to  say,  in  pyelitis,  cystitis  and  gonorrhoea. 

[APOCYNUM. 

APOCYNUM. — Synonym. — Canadian  Hemp.  The  root  of  Apocynum 
cannabinum  Linn6  (nat.  ord.  Apocynacea].  Habitat. — United  States,  on  the 
border  of  thickets  and  in  grassy  places. 

CHARACTERS. — Long,  cylindrical,  somewhat  branched,  5  to  10  mm.  thick, 
gray  or  brownish-gray,  longitudinally  wrinkled  and  transversely  fissured ; 
brittle  ;  fracture  short,  white  ;  the  bark  rather  thick  ;  the  wood  porous,  spongy, 
with  delicate,  medullary  rays  ;  inodorous ;  taste  bitter,  disagreeable. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Apocynein,  a  glucoside, 
soluble  in  water,  acting  like  digitalin.  (2)  Apocynin,  an  amorphous,  resinous 
glucoside. 

Dose,  2  to  5  gr. ;  .12  to  .30  grn. 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Apocyni  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Apocynum. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Glycerin,  Alcohol  and  Water,  and 
evaporation. 

Dose,  2  to  20  m. ;  .12  to  1.20  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  APOCYNUM. 

Canadian  hemp  has  been  found  to  be  beneficial  in  dropsy,  be- 
cause of  its  action  which  is  not  only  diuretic,  but  as  well  re- 
sembling that  of  strophanthus  and  similar  drugs,  when  used  as 
an  infusion  (i  to  16),  of  which  the  dose  is  one  to  two  fluid 


VEGETABLE    DRUGS    HAVING   A    DIURETIC   ACTION.       633 

ounces;  30.  to  60.  c.c.,  twice  or  three  times  daily.  This  is  a 
more  valuable  drug  than  its  limited  use  would  indicate.  It  fre- 
quently produces  copious  diuresis  after  other,  and  better  known 
drugs,  have  failed.  It  is  also,  in  larger  doses,  a  hydragogue 
cathartic. 

ZEA. 

ZEA. — Synonym. — Corn-silk.  The  styles  and  stigmas  of  Zea  Mays 
Linn6  (nat.  ord.  Grammes}.  Habitat. — Tropical  America ;  cultivated  in 
the  warm,  temperate  zone. 

CHARACTERS. — Thread-like  ;  about  15  cm.  long,  and  0.5  mm.  broad, 
yellowish  or  greenish,  soft  silky,  finely  hairy,  and  delicately  veined  longitudi- 
nally ;  inodorous  ;  taste  sweetish. 

COMPOSITION. — Its  chief  constituents  are — (l)  Maizenic  Acid,  about  2 
percent  (2)  Fixed  oil.  (3)  Resin.  (4)  Salts. 

Dose,  i  to  2  dr. ;  4.  to  8.  gm. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  CORN-SILK. 

Corn-silk  is  a  mild  but  fairly  certain  diuretic  when  given  in 
full  doses.  It  is  useful  in  acute  and  chronic  cystitis  and  in  the 
bladder  irritation  of  uric  acid  and  for  phosphatic  gravel.  It  is 
possibly  as  well  a  cardiac  stimulant  in  the  dropsy  of  heart  dis- 
ease. It  is  best  administered  in  the  form  of  an  infusion,  in  boil- 
ing water  (i  to  8),  taken  almost  ad  libitum. ,] 

TRITICUM. 

TRITICUM. — \_Synonym. — Couch-Grass.  The  rhizome  of  Agropyrum 
repens  (Linne)  Beauvois  (nat.  ord.  Graminetz),  gathered  in  the  spring  and  de- 
prived of  the  roots.  Habitat. — Europe  and  North  America. 

CHARACTERS. — Very  long  and  creeping,  about  2  mm.  thick  ;  as  met  with 
in  the  shops,  cut  into  sections  about  I  cm.  long  ;  smooth,  but  wrinkled  ;  hollow 
in  the  centre,  straw-yellow  ;  inodorous,  taste  sweetish. 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  Triticin,  about  8  per  cent.,  a  gummy  substance  resem.- 
bling  Inulin.  (2)  Inosit.  (3)  Malates. 

Dose,  i  to  8  dr. ;  4.  to  30.  gm. 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Tritici  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Triticum.  By 
percolation  with  Boiling  Water,  evaporation,  addition  of  Alcohol  and 
filtration. 

Dose,  i  to  8  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  30.  c.c.] 


634  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  TRITICUM. 

Triticum  is  a  diuretic,  and  is  used  as  a  sedative  in  inflamma- 
tion of  the  genito-urinary  membranes. 

[MARRUBIUM. 

MARRUBIUM.  —  Synonym. — Horehound.  The  leaves  and  tops  of 
Marrubium  vulgare  Linn6  (nat.  ord.  Labiate}.  Habitat. — Europe,  Central 
Asia  ;  naturalized  in  North  America  ;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — Leaves  about  25  mm.  long,  opposite,  petiolate,  roundish- 
ovate,  obtuse,  coarsely  crenate,  strongly  rugose,  downy  above,  white-hairy 
beneath;  branches  quadrangular,  white,  tomentose  ;  flowers  in  dense,  axillary 
woolly  whorls,  with  a  stiffly  ten- toothed  calyx,  a  whitish,  bilabiate  corolla,  and 
four  included  stamens  ;  aromatic  and  bitter. 

COMPOSITION. — (I)  Marrubiin,  possibly  a  glucoside,  in  crystalline  scales 
or  prisms,  soluble  in  Ether,  Chloroform  and  Alcohol.  (2)  Volatile  Oil,  in 
small  amount.  (3)  Resin. 

Dose,  i  to  2  dr. ;  4.  to  8.  gm. 

USES  AND  ACTION  OF  HOREHOUND. 

Horehound,  used  as  a  decoction  or  an  infusion,  is  in  moder- 
ate doses  a  diuretic,  in  large  doses  laxative,  and  may  be  so  given 
as  to  increase  the  action  of  the  skin  and  kidneys ;  but  its  action 
is  not  marked.  It  is  probably  also  a  bitter  stomachic.  Confec- 
tion of  horehound  slowly  dissolved  in  the  mouth  relieves  the 
relaxed  throat  of  public  speakers.] 

PAREIRA. 

PAREIRA. — [Synonym. — Pareira  Brava.  The  root  of  Chondodendron 
tomeniosum  Ruiz  et  Pavon  (nat.  ord.  Menispermacea;').  Habitat. — Brazil. 

CHARACTERS. — Subcylindrical,  somewhat  tortuous  pieces,  about  10  to  15 
cm.  long,  varying  in  thickness  from  2  to  10  cm.  ;  externally  dark  brownish- 
gray,  with  transverse  ridges  and  fissures  and  longitudinal  furrows ;  internally 
pale  brown,  and,  when  freshly  cut,  having  a  waxy  lustre ;  bark  thin  ;  wood 
porous,  in  two  or  more  somewhat  irregularly  concentric  circles,  with  rather 
large  medullary  rays,  and  no  distinct  central  pith ;  hiodorous ;  taste  bitter. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituent  is  Pelosine,  an  alkaloid,  about  0.5 
per  cent.,  identical  with  Berberine  (see  p.  640)  and  Buxine]. 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Ferric  and  lead  salts,  and  tincture  of  iodine. 

Dose,  l/t\io\  dr. ;  [2.  to  4.  gm.] 


VEGETABLE    DRUGS   HAVING   A    DIURETIC   ACTION.       635 

Preparation. 

[Extractum  Pareirae  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Pareira.  By 
maceration  and  percolation  with  Glycerin,  Alcohol,  and  Water,  and 
evaporation. 

Dose,  ^  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  4.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF   PAREIRA. 

Pareira  [besides  its  diuretic,'  in  which  it  closely  resembles 
buchu,  is  not  known  .to  have  any  physiological  action.]  It  is 
used  empirically  in  chronic  inflammation  of  the  genito- urinary 
tract,  such  as  pyelitis,  cystitis,  gonorrhoea,  and  gleet.  [It  was 
formerly  renowned  as  a  lithontriptic.] 

[DULCAMARA. 

DULCAMARA. — Synonyms.—  Bittersweet.  Woodjr  Nightshade.  The 
young  branches  of  Solatium  Dulcamara  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Solanacecz').  Habi- 
tat.— Europe  and  Asia  ;  naturalized  in  North  America. 

CHARACTERS. — About  5  mm.,  or  less,  thick,  cylindrical,  somewhat  angu- 
lar, longitudinally  striate,  more  or  less  warty,  usually  hollow  in  the  centre,  cut 
into  short  sections.  The  thin  bark  is  externally  pale  greenish,  or  light  greenish 
brown,  marked  with  alternate  leaf-scars,  and  internally  green  ;  the  greenish  or 
yellowish  wood  forms  one  or  two  concentric  rings.  Odor  slight ;  taste  bitter, 
afterwards  sweet. 

COMPOSITION. — (I)  Solanine,  C42H87NO15,  the  active  alkaloid.  (2)  Dul- 
camarin,  C23H3tOlQi  0.4  per  cent,  a  glucoside,  soluble  in  water  and  Alcohol, 
and  yielding  frothy  solutions.  (3)  Resin.  (4)  Gum. 

Dose,  i  to  2  dr. ;  4.  to  8.  gm. 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Dulcamarae  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Dulcamara. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  diluted  Alcohol  and  evaporation: 
Dose,  i  to  2  fl.  dr.  ;  4.  to  8.  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  DULCAMARA. 

Dulcamara  increases  the  secretions,  particularly  those  of  the 
kidneys  and  skin,  with  some  diminution  of  sensibility.  In  large 
doses  it  is  an  aero-narcotic  poison.  It  has  been  employed  chiefly 
for  cutaneous  eruptions,  particularly  of  a  scaly  character,  but  is 
seldom  prescribed. 


636  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

CHIMAPHILA. 

CHIMAPHILA. — Synonyms. — Pipsissewa.  Prince's  Pine.  The  leaves 
of  Chimaphila  umbellata  (Linne)  Nuttall  (nat.  ord.  Ericacete).  Habitat. — 
Northern  Continent. 

CHARACTERS.  —  About  5  cm.  long,  oblanceolate,  sharply  serrate  above, 
wedge-shaped  and  nearly  entire  towards  the  base ;  coriaceous,  smooth,  and 
dark-green  on  the  upper  surface.  It  is  nearly  inodorous,  and  has  an  astringent 
and  bitterish  taste. 

COMPOSITION. — (l)  Arbutin  (ste-p.  631).  (2)  Ericolin.  (3)  Chimaphilin, 
in  yellow,  tasteless,  volatile  crystals.  (4)  Ursone.  (5)  Tannic  Acid,  4  per  cent. 

Dose,  YI  to  2  dr. ;  2.  to  8.  c.c. 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Chimaphilae  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Chima- 
phila. By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Diluted  Alcohol,  and  evap- 
oration. 

Dose,  yz  to  2  fl.  dr.  ;  2.  to  8.  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  CHIMAPHILA. 

This  plant  is  diuretic  and  diaphoretic.  It  is  used  for  rheumat- 
ism and  nephritic  affections. 

FABIANA. 

PICHI. — (Not  official.)  —  The  branches  of  the  woody  shrub,  Fabiana 
imbricata  (nat.  ord.  Solanacea}.  Habitat. — Peru  and  Chili. 

CHARACTERS.  —A  woody  shrub  growing  on  rocky  hill-tops,  with  plume- 
like  sprays,  the  small  densely-crowded  leaves  much  resembling  those  of 
a  conifer.  The  branches  and  leafy  branchlets  are  resinous,  with  an  aromatic 
odor  and  taste. 

COMPOSITION. — It  contains  (i)  Fabianine,  a  bitter  alkaloid.  (2)  A  Resin. 
(3)  A  crystalline  substance.  (4)  An  essential  oil. 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Fabianse  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Fabiana.     By 
maceration  and  percolation  with  Diluted  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 
Dose,  5  to  40  m. ;  .30  to  2.50  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  PICHI. 

Pichi  is  a  diuretic  of  great  value  in  inflammation  of  the  blad- 
der and  catarrh  of  the  urinary  tract.  It  should  not  be  used  in 
organic  disease.  It  is  best  prescribed  in  combination  with  an 
alkali,  as  sodium  carbonate.] 


VEGETABLE    DRUGS    ACTING    ON    UNSTRIPED    MUSCLE.       637 


GROUP  XII. 

Vegetable  drugs  acting  locally  on  unstriped  muscle, 
especially  that  of  the  uterus. 

Ergot,  Hydrastis,  [Cotton  Root  Bark,  Caulophyllum,  Viburnum, 

Apiol.] 

ERGOTA. 

ERGOT. — [Synonym. — Ergot  of  Rye.  The  sclerotium  of  Claviceps  pur- 
purea  (Fries)  Tulasne  (class  Fungi),  replacing  the  grain  of  rye,  Secale  cereale 
Linne  (nat.  ord.  Graminece).  Habitat. — Spain  and  Russia. 

CHARACTERS. — Somewhat  fusiform,  obtusely  triangular,  usually  curved, 
about  2  or  3  cm.  long,  and  3  mm.  thick ;  three-furrowed,  obtuse  at  both  ends, 
purplish-black,  internally  whitish  with  some  purplish  striae,  breaking  with  a 
short  fracture  ;  odor  peculiar,  heavy  ;  taste  oily  and  disagreeable.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — [(i)  Ergotine,  CsoH^NjOj, 
an  amorphous  alkaloid,  feebly  bitter ;  soluble  in  Alcohol  and  water.  (2) 
Ecboline,  an  amorphous  alkaloid,  slightly  bitter  ;  soluble  in  water  and  Alcohol. 
(3)  Ergotinine,  CS5H40N4O6,  a  crystalline  alkaloid,  slightly  bitter.]  (4) 
Sphacelic  Acid  [known  also  as  Sphacelotoxiri\,  a  non-nitrogenous,  unstable 
body,  insoluble  in  water,  soluble  in  alkalies.  It  is  believed  to  be  the  active 
agent  in  contracting  the  blood-vessels.  (5)  Cornutine,  an  active  alkaloid,  [not 
only  contracts  the  blood-vessels  but]  is  believed  to  be  the  agent  which  con- 
tracts the  uterus.  This  is  the  chief  active  constituent  of  alcoholic  extracts  of 
Ergot.  (6)  [Sclerotinic,  Ergotinic  or  Ergotic  Acid,  I  to  4  per  cent.,  solu- 
ble in  water  and  alkalies,  having  ecbolic  properties].  This  is  really  a  mixture 
of  Sphacelic  Acid  and  Cornutine.  (7)  A  fixed  oil,  30  per  cent.  (8)  Tri- 
methylamine,  to  which  the  odor  is  due.  (9)  Tannic  Acid.  Many  other 
bodies  have  been  found  in  Ergot,  but  those  given  are  believed  to  be  the  more 
important ;  the  composition  of  Ergot  is  not  yet  certainly  made  out. 

Dose,  30  to  60  gr. ;  [2.  to  4.  gin.] 

Preparations, 

1.  [Extractum  Ergotae  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Ergot.     By 
maceration  and  percolation  with  Acetic  Acid  and  Diluted  Alcohol,  and 
evaporation. 

Dose,  YZ  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  3.  c.c. 

2.  Extractum  Ergotae. — Extract  of  Ergot.     Synonym. — Ergotin. 
Fluid  Extract  of  Ergot.     By  evaporation  to  a  pilular  consistence. 

Dose,  5  to  15  gr. ;  .30  to  i.oo  gm. 


638  ORGANIC   MATERIA    MEDICA. 

3.  Vinum  Ergotae. — Wine  of  Ergot.     Ergot,  150.     By  percola- 
tion with  White  Wine,  150;  and  Alcohol,  to  1000. 
Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr.  ;  .4  to  .15  c.c. 

It  is  said  that  Ammonia  is  the  best  solvent  for  the  active  principles  of 
Ergot.  It  may  be  extemporaneously  prescribed  as  follows :  Ergot,  i ;  Aro- 
matic Spirit  of  Ammonia,  2.  Dose,  10  to  60  m. ;  .60  to  4.00  c.c.] 

ACTION  OF  ERGOT. 

\ 

The  chief  action  of  cornutine  is  on  voluntary  and  involun- 
tary muscle,  which  is  stimulated  to  contract,  hence  prolonged 
muscle  curves,  increased  peristalsis  of  the  [intestines],  tonic 
contraction  of  the  uterus,  and  consequent  rise  of  blood-pressure. 
It  also  causes  convulsions.  Sphacelic  acid  also  acts  directly  on 
the  muscular  tissue  of  arterioles  and  the  uterus,  causing  it  to  con- 
tract, and  in  addition  it  produces  an  actual  thickening  of  the 
walls  of  the  arterioles.  These  substances  are  rarely  given  sepa- 
rately, and  the  following  account  refers  to  the  action  of  ergot 
itself. 

External. — None. 

Internal. —  Gastro-intestinal  tract. — The  unstriped  muscle 
of  the  intestine  is  stimulated  by  ergot,  and  this  leads  to  greatly 
increased  peristaltic  movements,  sometimes  strong  enough* to 
cause  relaxation  of  the  bowels.  The  vessels  of  the  intestine  are 
constricted,  in  part  because  of  the  contraction  of  their  own 
muscular  fibres,  and  in  part  because  of  the  contraction  of  those 
of  the  intestinal  muscular  coat.  The  result  is  that  the  intestine 
is  blanched. 

Blood. — The  active  principles  of  ergot  are  readily  absorbed, 
but  they  are  not  known  to  produce  any  effect  on  the  blood. 

Heart. — The  activity  of  the  heart  muscle  is  depressed  by 
ergot ;  therefore  the  rate  of  the  pulse  falls,  and  consequently  at 
first  the  blood -pressure  may  fall. 

Vessels. — But  the  fall  of  blood-pressure  is  soon  followed  by  a 
great  rise,  and  this  is  due  to  the  general  contraction  of  the 
arteries  all  over  the  body ;  they  can,  in  some  parts,  be  seen  to 
become  smaller.  The  rise  of  pressure  is  most  marked  in  the 
pulmonary  artery,  and  here  there  is  no  primary  fall.  The  veins 


VEGETABLE    DRUGS   ACTING   ON    UNSTRIPED   MUSCLE.      639 

are  contracted  to  a  less  extent.  This  vascular  contraction  is 
less  if  the  spinal  cord  is  destroyed,  from  which  it  is  fair  to  infer 
that  it  is  partly  due  to  the  action  of  ergot  on  the  vaso-motor 
centres  in  the  cord,  but  the  drug  acts  largely  directly  on  the 
muscular  coat  of  the  vessels.  [Because  it  contracts  the  arterioles 
it  is  haemostatic.]  If  the  ergot  be  taken  for  a  long  time  the 
contraction  of  the  arterioles,  together  with  the  associated  thick- 
ening of  their  walls  produced  by  sphacelic  acid,  lead  to  gan- 
grene of  various  parts  of  the  body,  and  this  was  a  prominent 
symptom  of  the  ergotism  (chronic  poisoning  by  ergot)  which 
used  to  be  seen  in  the  very  poor  who  could  get  no  better  food 
than  rye  infected  with  Claviceps  purpurea.  Enormous  single 
doses  of  ergot  appear  to  paralyze  the  vaso-motor  centres,  and 
then  the  blood-pressure  falls  from  vascular  dilatation  and  cardiac 
depression. 

Nenious  system. — Medicinal  doses,  or  even  an  enormous  single 
dose,  very  rarely  affect  the  nervous  system,  but  if  ergot  be  taken 
for  a  long  time  a  peculiar  train  of  symptoms  sets  in  ;  they  con- 
stituted the  second  variety  of  chronic  ergotism  in  the  [times] 
when  diseased  bread  was  eaten.  The  sufferer  first  complained 
of  itching  and  tingling,  and  a  sensation  of  insects  running  over 
the  skin ;  this  was  followed  by  numbness  and  local  anaes- 
thesia. These  symptoms  first  appeared  in  the  hands  and  feet, 
but  spread  over  the  whole  body.  They  were  followed  by  tonic 
contractions  of  various  muscles,  especially  those  of  the  ex- 
tremities. The  muscular  power  was  lessened,  and  the  gait  was 
staggering.  Dimness  of  vision  and  loss  of  hearing,  and  epi- 
leptiform  convulsions  were  sometimes  present.  This  variety 
of  ergotism  was  usually  accompanied  by  vomiting  and  diarrhoea. 
Death  occurred  from  [exhaustion]. 

Uterus. — Ergot  powerfully  excites  the  pregnant  uterus  of 
women  and  lower  animals  to  contract  and  expel  its  contents.  It 
is  therefore  called  an  ecbolic.  It  is  not  decided  whether  this 
effect  is  due  to  the  action  of  the  drug  on  the  organ  itself  or  on 
the  spinal  centres.  Ergot  has  very  little  power  to  cause  contrac- 
tion of  the  unimpregnated  uterus. 

The  flow  of  urine,  of  saliva,  of  sweat,  and  of  milk  is  dimin- 


640  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

ished  by  ergot,  probably  because  of  the  general  vascular  con- 
striction. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  ERGOT. 

The  chief  use  of  ergot  is  to  cause  efficient  contraction  of  the 
uterus  after  labor,  and  so  to  diminish  the  risk  of  post-partum 
haemorrhage.  If  there  is  any  likelihood  of  profuse  bleeding  it 
should  be  given  subcutaneously,  so  that  it  may  act  rapidly. 

Ergot  should  [not]  be  administered  before  the  child  is  ex- 
pelled, for  the  contraction  produced  by  it  not  only  gradually 
becomes  more  severe,  but  more  prolonged,  so  that  ultimately  the 
uterus  remains  tightly  contracted  for  several  minutes  ;  that  is,  of 
course,  dangerous  to  the  life  of  the  child,  and  if  the  resistance  be 
very  great,  may  lead  to  rupture  of  the  uterus.  [The  modern 
practice  is  to  forbid  its  use  until  after  the  expulsion  of  the 
placenta.] 

This  drug  has  often  been  given  as  a  haemostatic  in  haemoptysis 
and  other  haemorrhages  from  different  parts  of  the  body.  Some 
authors  claim  great  success.  Frequently  it  fails,  and  it  may,  by 
the  general  rise  of  blood-pressure,  do  more  harm  than  good.  It 
is  difficult  to  [estimate]  its  value,  for  so  many  haemorrhages  \vill 
stop,  even  if  no  drugs  are  given.  It  has  been  used  to  check  the 
night-sweats  of  phthisis,  and  as  an  antigalactagogue. 

It  is  often  desirable  to  combine  the  [fluid]  extract  of  ergot 
with  [ferric]  chloride.  Because  of  the  tannic  acid  in  the  ergot 
an  inky  mixture  results ;  but  this  may  be  clarified  by  the  addition 
of  a  little  citric  acid,  and  the  taste  may  be  covered  with  chloro- 
form water. 

HYDRASTIS. 

HYDRASTIS.  —  [Synonyms. — Golden  Seal.  Yellow  Puccoon.  The 
rhizome  and  roots  of  Hydrastis  canaJensis  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Ranunculacea.) 
Habitat. — North  America,  west  to  Missouri  and  Arkansas,  in  woodlands. 

CHARACTERS. — Rhizome  about  4  cm.  long  and  6  mm.  thick  ;  oblique 
with  short  branches,  somewhat  annulate  and  longitudinally  wrinkled  ;  exter- 
nally brownish-gray  ;  fracture  short,  waxy,  bright  reddish-yellow,  with  a  thick  - 
ish  bark,  about  ten  narrow  wood-wedges,  broad  medullary  rays,  and  large  pith. 
Roots  thin,  brittle,  with  a  thick,  yellow  bark  and  subquadrangular,  wo  xly 
centre.  Odor  slight ;  taste  bitter.  ] 

COMPOSITION.— It  contains — (i)  Berberine,  [CMH1TNO4,  an  alkaloid  ex- 


VEGETABLE    DRUGS    ACTING    ON    UNSTRIPED    MUSCLE.       64! 

isting  as  yellowish  prismatic  crystals,  and  is  found  in  many  plants  (Berberis, 
Calumba,  Coptis,  Menispermum,  Xanthorrhiza,  Xanthoxylum,  etc. ),  chiefly  in 
the  orders  Berberaceiz,  Menispermacece,  and  Ranimculacea.  It  is  identical 
with  Buxine,  the  alkaloid  of  Buxus  sempervirens,  and  Pelosine,  that  of  Chon- 
dodendron  tormentosurn  (Pareira).  (2)  Hydrastine,  C21H21NO6,  a  colorless 
alkaloid,  soluble  in  Alcohol  and  Ether.]  (3)  Canadine,  C21H21NO4,  in  white 
needles. 

Dose,  5  to  60  gr. ;   [.30  to  4.00  gm.] 

Preparations. 

i.  [Extractum  Hydrastis  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Hydras- 
tis.  By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol,  Glycerin  and  water, 
and  evaporation. 

Dose,  5  to  60  m. ;  .30  to  4.00  c.c. 

2.  Tinctura  Hydrastis. — Tincture  of  Hydrastis.     Hydrastis,  200  ; 
by  maceration  and  percolation  with  diluted  Alcohol  to  1000. 

Dose,  YZ  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  8.  c.c. 

3.  Glyceritum  Hydrastis. — Glycerite  of  Hydrastis.     Hydrastis, 
by  percolation  and  maceration  with  Alcohol,  distil  off  the  Alcohol,  add 
Water,  filter,  and  to  the  nitrate  add  an  equal  volume  of  Glycerin. 

Dose,  5  to  60  m. ;  .30  to  4.00  c.c. 

HYDRASTININ^E  HYDROCHLORAS.  —  Hydrastinine  Hydro- 
chlorate.  CUHUNO2HC1^224.97.  The  Hydrochlorate  of  an  artificial  al- 
kaloid derived  from  Hydrastine,  the  latter  being  obtained  from  Hydrastis. 

SOURCE. — By  acting  upon  Hydrastine  by  oxidizing  agents,  as  when  Man 
ganese  Dioxide  and  Sulphuric  Acid  are  used  together,  or  when  Platinic 
Chloride  is  employed. 

CHARACTERS. — Light  yellow,  amorphous  granules,  or  a  pale  yellow,  crys- 
talline powder,  odorless,  and  having  a  bitter,  saline  taste ;  deliquescent  on 
exposure  to  damp  air.  Solubility. — In  0.3  part  of  water,  and  in  3  parts  of 
Alcohol ;  with  difficulty  soluble  in  Ether  or  Chloroform. 

Dose,  T\  to  \  gr. ;  .005  to  .01  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  HYDRASTIS. 

Hydrastis,  in  moderate  doses,  acts  as  a  gastric  bitter,  promot- 
ing the  appetite,  stimulating  the  gastro-intestinal  secretions,  and 
peristalsis.  It  increases  the  flow  of  bile.  It  contracts  the  pe- 
ripheral arterioles  chiefly,  if  not  entirely,  from  its  action  on  the 
vaso-motor  centre  in  the  medulla.  In  moderate  doses  it  dimin- 
ishes the  rate  and  depresses  the  force  of  the  cardiac  contraction, 
but  the  contraction  of  the  arterioles  causes  a  rise  of  blood-pres- 

41 


642  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

sure.  It  is  said  to  increase  uterine  contractions  and  to  produce 
abortion,  but  this  is  doubtful.  In  poisonous  doses  it  still  more 
depresses  the  heart,  causing  a  great  fall  of  blood-pressure ;  it 
produces  convulsions  similar  to  those  of  strychnine,  and  kills  by 
paralysis  of  respiration.  Its  action  is  mainly  due  to  the  alkaloid 
hydrastine.  It  has  been  stated  that  this,  before  it  acts,  is  oxi- 
dized into  hydrastinine,  but  against  this  is  the  fact  that  it  is  ex- 
creted unchanged  in  the  urine. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  HYDRASTIS. 

External. — Hydrastis  is  employed  empirically  as  a  local 
stimulating  application  in  chronic  inflammations,  such  as  un- 
healthy ulcers.  It  is  used  also  as  a  lotion  in  hyperidrosis,  acne, 
and  seborrhcea.  Any  of  the  preparations  may  be  employed,  if 
diluted  with  water. 

Internal. — The  chief  use  of  hydrastis  is  that  it  is  empirically 
administered  for  chronic  inflammations  of  mucous  membranes. 
It  is  said  to  be  especially  valuable  for  uterine  affections,  partic- 
ularly menorrhagia  and  dysmenorrhoea.  It  is  given  to  stop  uter- 
ine haemorrhage  and  to  arrest  the  growth  of  uterine  tumors.  For 
all  these  diseases  hydrastinine  hydrochlorate  has  been  much  used. 
Hydrastis  is  also  employed  in  the  chronic  gastritis  of  drunken- 
ness, and  to  a  rather  less  degree  in  other  forms  of  chronic  gastro- 
intestinal catarrh.  As  an  injection  or  lotion  it  is  employed  (any 
preparation  diluted  with  an  equal  part  of  water)  for  chronic  nasal 
catarrh,  otorrhoea,  leucorrhcea,  gonorrhoea,  and  as  a  mouth  wash 
in  aphthous  stomatitis,  chronic  pharyngitis,  etc.  Some  authors 
claim  that  it  is  useful  for  the  same  diseases  of  the  heart  as  are 
benefited  by  digitalis.  As  an  antiperiodic,  hydrastis  is  inferior 
[but  next  in  value  to]  quinine. 

[GOSSYPII  RADICIS  CORTEX. 

COTTON  ROOT  BARK.— The  bark  of  the  root  of  Gossypium 
herbaceutn  Linne,  and  of  other  species  of  Gossypium  (nat.  ord.  Mahacea'). 
Habitat. — Subtropical  Asia  and  Africa  ;  cultivated  in  the  United  States. 

CHARACTERS. — In  thin,  flexible  bands  or  quilled  pieces;  outer  surface 
brownish-yellow,  with  slight  longitudinal  ridges  or  meshes,  small,  black,  cir- 
cular dots,  or  short,  transverse  lines,  and  dull,  brownish-orange  patches,  from 


VEGETABLE   DRUGS   ACTING   ON   UNSTRIPED   MUSCLE.      643 

the  abrasion  of  the  thin  cork  ;  inner  surface  whitish,  of  a  silky  lustre,  finely 
striate  ;  bast-fibres  long,  tough,  and  separable  into  papery  layers  ;  inodorous ; 
taste  very  slightly  acrid  and  faintly  astringent. 

COMPOSITION.  —  (I)  A  yellow  Resin.  (2)  A  fixed  Oil.  (3)  Tannic 
Acid.  (4)  Yellow  coloring- matter. 

Dose,  ^  to  i  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  gm. 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Gossypii  Radicis  Fluidum.  —  Fluid  Extract  of 
Cotton  Root  Bark.  By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Glycerin  and 
Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  ]^  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  COTTON  ROOT  BARK. 

Cotton  Root  Bark  has  the  same  action  as  ergot,  and  is  an 
emmenagogue  and  an  abortifacient.  It  is  used  as  an  uterine 
haemostatic  in  the  treatment  of  menorrhagia  and  metrorrhagia 
from  various  causes,  and  particularly  from  uterine  fibroids. 

CAULOPHYLLUM. 

CAULOPHYLLUM.— Synonyms.— Blue  Cohosh.  Squaw  Root.  The 
rhizome  and  roots  of  Caulophyllum  thalictroides  (Linne)  Michaux  (nat.  ord. 
Berberidacece}.  Habitat. — North  America,  southward  to  Kentucky,  in  rich 
woodlands. 

CHARACTERS. — Rhizome  of  horizontal  growth,  about  10  cm.  long,  and 
about  6  to  10  mm.  thick,  bent ;  on  the  upper  side  with  broad,  concave  stem ; 
scars  and  short,  knotty  branches  ;  externally  grayish-brown,  internally  whitish, 
tough  and  woody.  Roots  numerous,  matted,  about  lo  cm.  long,  and  I  mm. 
thick,  rather  tough  ;  nearly  inodorous ;  taste  sweetish,  slightly  bitter  and  some- 
what acrid. 

COMPOSITION. — Its  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Caulophylline,  an  alkaloid, 
which  is  colorless,  odorless  and  almost  tasteless,  and  crystallizes  with  difficulty. 
(2)  Saponin,  (see  p.  448).  (3)  Resins,  12  per  cent.  (4)  Tannic  Acid. 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr.  ;  .30  to  2.00  gm. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  CAULOPHYLLUM. 

Caulophyllum  is  used  to  increase  the  force  of  uterine  contrac- 
tions ;  it  has  been  employed  as  a  remedy  for  deficient  labor-pains, 
and  is  believed  to  be  useful  in  dysmenorrhoea. 

VIBURNUM. 

VIBURNUM  PRUNIFOLIUM.  — Sy/wy/w.  —  Black  Haw.  The 
bark  of  Viburnum prunifolium  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Caprifoliacece).  Habitat. — 
United  States,  westward  to  Kansas  and  Mississippi ;  in  thickets. 


644  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

CHARACTERS. — In  thin  pieces  or  quills,  glossy  purplish-brown,  with  scat- 
tered  warts  and  minute  black  dots ;  when  collected  from  old  wood,  grayish- 
brown;  the  thin,  corky  layer  easily  removed  from  the  green  layer;  inner 
surface  whitish,  smooth ;  fracture  short ;  inodorous,  somewhat  astringent  and 
bitter. 

COMPOSITION. — Its  chief  constituents  are  — (l)  A  brown,  bitter  Resin. 
(2)  Viburnin,  a  greenish  yellow,  bitter  principle.  (3)  Valerianic  Acid.  (4) 
Tannic  Acid.  (5)  Oxalates,  Citrates  and  Malates. 

Dose,  ^  to  i  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  gm. 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Viburni  Prunifolii  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Vi- 
burnum Prunifolium.  By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and 
Water,  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  ^  to  I  fl.  dr.  ;  i.  to  4.  c.c. 

VIBURNUM  OPUL.US.— Synonyms.— Cramp  Bark.  High  Bush 
Cranberry.  The  bark  of  Viburnum  Opulus  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Caprifoliacea). 
Habitat. — North  America,  from  New  Brunswick  westward,  and  southward  to 
Pennsylvania,  in  low  grounds. 

CHARACTERS. — In  flattish  or  curved  bands,  or  occasionally  in  quills,  some- 
times 30  cm.  long,  and  from  I  to  1.5  mm.  thick,  outer  surface  ash-gray, 
marked  with  scattered  somewhat  traversely  elongated  warts  of  a  brownish 
color,  due  to  abrasion,  and  more  or  less  marked  with  blackish  dots,  and  chiefly 
in  a  longitudinal  direction  with  black,  irregular  lines  or  thin  ridges ;  under- 
neath the  easily-removed  corky  layer  of  a  pale  brownish  or  somewhat  reddish- 
brown  color  ;  the  inner  surface  dingy -white  or  brownish;  fracture  tough,  the 
tissue  separating  in  layers  ;  inodorous  ;  taste  somewhat  astringent  and  bitter. 

COMPOSITION. — The  same  as  of  Viburnum  Prunifolium. 

Dose,  i  to  2  dr. ;  4.  to  8.  gm. 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Viburni  Opuli  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Vibur- 
num Opulus.  By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water, 
and  evaporation. 

Dose,  i  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  8.  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  VIBURNUM. 

Viburnum  is  believed  to  be  an  antispasmodic,  diuretic  and 
tonic.  It  is  especially  used  in  the  nervous  diseases  of  pregnancy 
and  to  prevent  miscarriage.  It  has  considerable  reputation  as  a 
remedy  for  spasmodic  dysmenorrhcea,  in  the  treatment  of  after- 


COLCHICUM.  645 

pains,  and  in  menorrhagia.     This  remedy  has  been  in  extensive 
use  for  more  than  twenty  years  and  is  undoubtedly  of  value. 

APIOLUM. 

APIOL. — (Not  official. ) — C12HMO4=22i.48.  A  substance  obtained  from 
the  fruit  of  Petroselinum  sativum  (nat.  ord.  Umbelliferce}.  Synonym. — 
Parsley.  Habitat. — Southern  Europe  ;  cultivated. 

SOURCE. — The  fruit  is  exhausted  Avith  Petroleum  Benzin,  the  solvent 
evaporated,  the  residue  treated  with  strong  Alcohol,  on  the  evaporation  of 
which  Apiol  is  left. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless  liquid  resembling  a  fixed  oil,  but  not  saponi- 
fiable,  becoming  turbid  without  congealing  at  12°  C. ;  10.4  F.,  having  an  acid 
reaction,  the  odor  of  parsley,  and  a  pungent  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  1.070.  Solu- 
bility.—  Easily  in  Alcohol,  Ether,  Chloroform,  and  Glacial  Acetic  Acid. 

Dose,  10  to  15  m  ;  .60  to  i.oo  c.c.,  (in  capsules.) 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  APIOL. 

Apiol  in  large  doses  acts  as  a  cerebral  and  circulatory  stim- 
ulant. It  is  useful  in  amenorrhoea,  scanty  menstruation  and  dys- 
menorrho2a  when  administered  immediately  before  the  expected 
period  and  these  conditions  are  due  to  a  want  of  ovarian  activity  ; 
that  is,  where  direct  emmenagogues  are  required.] 


GROUP  XIII. 

Colchicum. 

[The  sole  value  of  this  drug  is  that  it  is  generally  a  specific  for  gout.] 
COLCHICUM. 

[COLCHICI  RADIX.— Colchicum  Root.  The  corm  of  Colchicum  au- 
tumnale  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Liliacea:).  Synonym. — Meadow  Saffron.  Habitat. 
— Southern  and  Central  Europe. 

CHARACTERS. — About  25  mm.  long,  ovoid,  flatfish  and  with  a  groove  on 
one  side  ;  externally  brownish  and  wrinkled ;  internally  white  and  solid  ;  often 
in  transverse  slices,  reniform  in  shape,  and  breaking  with  a  short,  mealy  frac- 
ture; inodorous  ;  taste  sweetish,  bitter  and  somewhat  acrid.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (I)  Colchicine,  [CMH25NO,, 
about  0.5  percent.,  the  active  principle;  a  bitter  alkaloid,  usually  amorphous, 
but  may  be  obtained  in  prismatic  crystals,  soluble  in  water  and  Alcohol,  and 
Chloroform,]  but  changed  by  most  acids  into  Cokhiceine,  [Cj^H-^NOg.]  (2) 


646  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

Veratrine  (see  p.  444),  in  traces  combined  with  Gallic  Acid.  (3)  Starch. 
(4)  Sugar.  (5)  Gum. 

INCOMPATIBLES. — All  astringent  preparations,  tincture  of  iodine,  and 
tincture  of  guaiacum. 

Dose,  2  to  8  gr. ;  .12  to  .50  gm.,]  in  powder. 

Prep  a  rations. 

[i.  Extractum  Colchici  Radicis. — Extract  of  Colchicum  Root. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Acetic  Acid  and  Water,  and  evap- 
oration. 

Dose,  ^  to  2  gr. ;  .03  to  .12  gm. 

2.  Extractum  Colchici  Radicis  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of 
Colchicum  Root.  By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and 
Water,  and,  evaporation. 

Dose,  2  to  8  m. ;  .12  to  .50  c.c. 

5.  Vinum  Colchici  Radicis. — Wine  of  Colchicum  Root.  Col- 
cbicum  Root,  400  ;  by  percolation  with  Alcohol,  150  ;  and  with  White 
Wine  to  1000. 

Dose,  5  to  15  m. ;  .30  to  i.oo  c.c.] 

COLCHICI  SEMEN.— Colchicum.  Seed.  The  seed  of  Colchicum 
autumnale  [Linn6  (nat.  ord.  Liliaceai}. 

CHARACTERS. — Subglobular,  about  2  mm.  thick,  very  slightly  pointed  at 
the  hilum;  reddish  brown,  finely  pitted,  internally  whitish;  very  hard  and 
tough;  inodorous;  taste  bitter  and  somewhat  acrid.]  Resembling  Colchicum 
seed. — Black  mustard  seed  (see  p.  524.) 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  The  same  as  of  the  conn 
[root],  but  the  proportion  of  the  active  alkaloid  Colchicine  is  [smaller  (0.3 
per  cent.).  (2)  A  fixed  oil,  6  to  8  per  cent.] 

Dose,  i  to  5  gr. ;  [.06  to  .30  gm.] 

Preparations. 

[i.  Extractum  Colchici  Seminis  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of 
Colchicum  Seed.  By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and 
Water,  and  evaporation. 

Dose,  i  to  5  m. ;  .06  to  .30  c.c. 

2.  Tinctura   Colchici   Seminis. — Tincture  of  Colchicum   Seed. 
Colchicum  Seed,  150  ;  by  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and 
Water  to  1000. 

Dose,  10  to  30  m.  ;  .60  to  2.00  c.c. 
• 

3.  Vinum   Colchici   Seminis. — Wine  of  Colchicum  Seed.     Col- 
chicum Seed,  150;  by  maceration  with  Alcohol,  150;  and  with  White 
Wine  to  1000. 

Dose,  10  to  30  m. ;  .60  to  2.00  c.c.] 


COLCHICUM.  647 

ACTION  OF  COLCHICUM. 

External. — When  applied  to  the  skin  colchicum  acts  as  an 
irritant,  causing  hyperaemia  and  smarting,  and  the  dust  inhaled 
gives  rise  to  sneezing. 

Internal. —  Gastro-intestinal  tract. — In  moderate  medicinal 
doses  colchicum  produces  no  effect  on  most  persons  beyond 
slightly  increasing  the  secretion  of  bile,  but  with  others  it  causes 
loss  of  appetite,  and  a  little  purging,  nausea  and  colic.  In 
larger  doses  it  gives  rise,  in  all  persons,  to  great  abdominal  pain, 
vomiting  and  profuse  diarrhoea  with  the  passage  of  blood.  It  is 
in  fact  a  powerful  gastro-intestinal  irritant.  There  is  also 
great  prostration,  the  pulse  becomes  small,  rapid,  and  thready, 
the  skin  cold  and  bedewed  with  sweat,  and  the  respiration  slow ; 
death  is  due  to  collapse.  It  is  probable  that  these  results  are  not, 
to  any  great  extent,  owing  to  the  effect  of  colchicine  on  the  heart 
or  respiration,  but  that  they  are  merely  the  consequence  of  the 
severe  gastro- enteritis,  which,  it  is  well  known,  will  cause  fatal 
collapse.  These  effects  are  produced  if  colchicine  is  injected 
subcutaneously,  a  circumstance  which  shows  that  this  alkaloid  i& 
an  active  principle  of  the  drug,  and  that  it  is  excreted  into  the 
intestine.  It  is  a  curious  fact  that  after  a  certain  point,  increas- 
ing the  quantity  does  not  lead  to  an  increase  of  the  symptoms. 
In  animals  the  action  on  the  heart  is  not  marked,  but  diarrhoea 
and  vomiting  are  severe. 

Nervous  system.  — Medicinal  doses  have  no  effect.  Even  a 
fatal  dose  does  not  impair  consciousness.  Cold-blooded  animals 
bear  much  larger  proportionate  doses  than  warm,  but  in  all,  after 
large  quantities,  sensation  is  paralyzed,  and  ultimately  the  spinal 
motor  centres  are  powerfully  depressed,  death  taking  place  from 
respiratory  paralysis.  Colchicine  is  said  to  act  on  muscles  like 
veratrine. 

Kidney. — The  most  discordant  statements  have  been  made 
about  the  action  of  colchicum  on  the  urine,  but  it  has  not  been 
definitely  shown  that  either  the  quantity  or  composition,  even 
in  the  amount  of  uric  acid,  is  altered.  After  death  by  poisoning, 
the  alkaloid  is  found  in  the  blood  and  in  most  of  the  organs  of 
the  body. 


648  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  COLCHICUM. 

Colchicum  is  hardly  ever  used  except  for  gout.  Given  during 
the  attack,  it  most  markedly  relieves  the  pain  ;  in  smaller  doses 
given  between  the  attacks  it  diminishes  their  severity.  It  is  often 
very  useful  for  dyspepsia,  eczema,  headache,  neuritis,  conjuncti- 
vitis, bronchitis,  and  other  conditions  which,  when  occurring 
in  those  suffering  from  gout,  are  probably  related  to  it.  How 
it  acts  is  not  known.  Occasionally  it  is  combined  with  other 
cholagogues,  especially  if  i-  is  desired  to  give  these  remedies  to  a 
person  who  is  the  subject  of  gout.  If  any  symptoms  of  gastric 
or  intestinal  irritation  appear,  its  use  must  be  discontinued  for  a 
time.  As  it  is  a  cardiac  depressant,  those  who  take  it  should  keep 
the  bowels  well  open,  lest  it  accumulate  in  the  body.  Hence  it 
is  commonly  combined  with  magnesium  sulphate.  The  seed  is 
said  to  be  [less]  active  than  the  corm.  [A  well-known  formula 
is  :  extract  of  colchicum  root,  calomel,  powdered  aloes,  pow- 
dered ipecacuanha,  of  each  i  gr.,  .06  gm.,  with  j£  to  y2  gr.  ; 
.015  to  .03  gm.  of  extract  of  mix  vomica.  ] 


GROUP  XIV. 

The  Stearoptens. 

The  three  bodies  in  this  group  are  white  solids,  all  very  closely  related  to 
volatile  oils,  all  are  antiseptic  (two  very  powerfully  so)  and  two  at  least,  and 
probably  all  three,  are  local  anaesthetics. 

Camphor,  Thymol,  Menthol. 

CAMPHORA. 

CAMPHOR. — [Synonyms. — Gum  Camphor,  Laurel  Camphor,  C,0H]6O 
=151.66.  A  stearopten  (having  the  nature  of  a  ketone)  obtained  from  Cin- 
namomum  Camphora)  (Linne)  Nees  et  Ebermaier  (nat.  ord.  Laurinetz),  and 
purified  by  sublimation.  Habitat. — China  and  Japan. 

SOURCE. — The  branches  and  chipped  wood  are  exposed  to  the  vapors  of 
boiling  water,  the  volatilized  Camphor  is  condensed,  drained  and  pressed  from 
the  adherent  volatile  oil  (Oil  of  Camphor),  and  subsequently  refined  by  subli- 
mation in  vessels  of  glass  or  iron.  Camphor  is  now  obtained  by  tapping  the 
trees  and  collecting  the  exudation. 


THE   STEAROPTENS.  649 

CHARACTERS. — White,  translucent  masses,  of  a  tough  consistence  and  a 
crystalline  structure,  readily  pulverizable  in  the  presence  of  a  little  Alcohol, 
Ether,  or  Chloroform,  having  a  penetrating,  characteristic  odor,  and  a  pun- 
gently  aromatic  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  0.995.  Burns  with  a  smoky  flame.  Volatil- 
izes slowly  at  ordinary  temperatures.  Sublimes  entirely  when  heated.  Solu- 
bility.— Very  sparingly  soluble  in  water,  but  readily  soluble  in  Alcohol,  Ether, 
Chloroform,  Carbon  Bisulphide,  Benzih,  and  in  fixed  and  volatile  oils.  When 
Camphor  is  triturated  in  about  molecular  proportions  with  Menthol,  Thymol, 
Phenol,  or  Chloral  hydrate,  liquefaction  ensues.] 

COMPOSITION. — Camphor  is  an  oxidation  product  of  Pinene  (see  Oil  of  Tur- 
pentine, [p.  515]),  and  may  also  be  derived  from  Cymene  found  in  Oil  of  Car- 
away [see  p.  551]  and  Oil  of  Eucalyptus  [see  p.  527].  The  [official]  cam- 
phor is  called  Laurel  Camphor,  and  is  dextro-rotary.  Borneol,  known  as 
Borneo,  [Sumatra  or  Barus]  Camphor,  see  p.  557, — is  often  in  commerce  sub- 
stituted for  the  official  camphor,  which  it  closely  resembles,  is  derived  from 
Dryobalanops  \_Camphora\  and  known  from  the  official  variety  by  sinking 
in  water— is  CIOH18O  ;  that  is  to  say,  an  alcohol.  The  common  form  of  Borneol 
is  dextro-rotary,  but  laevo-rotary  and  inactive  varieties  are  known. 

[Camphor  is  contained  in  Linimentum  Belladonnae,  Linimentum  Sinapis 
Compositum,  Linimentum  Saponis,  Tinctura  Opii  Camphorata  and  Pulvis  Mor- 
phinx1  Compositus.] 

Dose,  3  to  20  gr. ;  [.20  to  1.20  gm.] 

Preparations. 

1.  [Aqua    Camphorae. — Camphor  Water.     Camphor,   8  ;  by  tri- 
turation  vijith  Alcohol,  5  ;  and  precipitated  Calcium  Phosphate,  5  ;  ad- 
dition of  Water,  and  filtration  to  1000. 

Dose,  y2  to  2  fl.  oz. ;  15.  to  60.  c.c. 

2.  Linimentum  Camphorae. — Camphor  Liniment.     Synonym. — 
Camphorated  Oil.     Camphor,  200  ;  Cotton  Seed  Oil,  800. 

3.  Spiritus    Camphorae. — Spirit  of  Camphor.     Camphor,   100 ; 
Alcohol  to  1000.     By  solution  and  filtration. 

4.  Ceratum  Camphorae. — Camphor  Cerate.     Camphor  Liniment, 
IOO;  White  Wax,  300  ;  Lard,  600. 

CAMPHORA  MONOBROMATA.— Monobromated  Camphor,  C10 
H15BrO=230.42. 

SOURCE. — By  heating  Bromine  and  Camphor,  at  172°  F. ;  77-7°  C.,  solu- 
tion in  Benzin,  and  re- crystallization  from  hot  Alcohol.  C10H16O-|-2Br=C10 
H15BrO-f-HBr. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  prismatic  needles  or  scales,  having  a  mild, 
camphoraceous  odor  and  taste,  permanent  in  the  air,  unaffected  by  light,  and 


650  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

neutral  to  litmus  paper.  Solubility. — Almost  insoluble  in  water;  freely  solu- 
ble in  Alcohol,  Ether,  Chloroform,  hot  Benzin,  and  fixed  and  volatile  oils ; 
slightly  soluble  in  Glycerin.  It  is  also  soluble  without  decomposition  in  cold, 
concentrated  Sulphuric  Acid,  from  which  it  separates  again  unaltered,  when 
the  solution  is  poured  into  water. 

Dose,  2  to  10  gr.  ;  .12  to  .60  gm. 

ACIDUM     CAMPHORICUM.      (Not    official. )— Camphoric    Acid. 

CioHi6°4=I99-44- 

SOURCE. — From  Camphor  by  oxidation  with  Nitric  Acid. 

CHARACTERS. — White,  acicular,  odorless  crystals  having  a  faintly  acid 
taste.  Solubility. — Nearly  insoluble  in  cold,  readily  soluble  in  hot  water, 
Alcohol,  Ether  and  oils. 

Dose,  10  to  30  gr. ;  .60  to  2.00  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  CAMPHOR. 

External. — Camphor,  although  not  a  volatile  oil,  acts  very 
much  like  one.  Thus  it  is  a  direct  cutaneous  stimulant,  dilating 
the  vessels  of  the  skin,  and  at  first  causing  a  sensation  of 
warmth,  but  subsequently  a  slight  degree  of  local  anaesthesia. 
It  is  a  feeble  antiseptic. 

Internal. —  Gastro-intestinal  tract. — In  the  stomach  it  is 
mildly  stimulant,  dilating  the  vessels,  increasing  the  flow  of 
gastric  juice  and  the  peristalsis.  Hence  it  is  stomachic  and  car- 
minative. It  has  a  slight  reflex  stimulating  effect  on  the  heart. 
In  medicinal  doses  it  has  little  action  on  the  intestines. 

Absorption. — It  is  quickly  absorbed,  both  from  the  intestines 
and  the  skin,  and  two  bodies  formed  in  the  body  from  it  are 
known.  One,  camphoral  (one  atom  of  H  in  camphor  being  re- 
placed by  OH),  combines  with  glycuronic  acid  and  is  excreted 
in  the  urine  as  campho-glycuronic  acid.  Another,  an  amido- 
derivative,  is  also  found  in  the  urine. 

Circulation. — It  increases  the  number  of  leucocytes  in  the 
blood.  To  a  slight  extent  the  heart  is  excited  directly  by  it  in 
addition  to  the  reflex  stimulation  just  mentioned.  And  so  the 
pulse  becomes  fuller  and  stronger ;  the  rate  is  not  much  affected. 
The  face  may  be  flushed. 

Respiration. — Probably  some  camphor  or  some  derivative 
from  it  is  excreted  by  the  bronchial  mucous  membrane,  the  vas- 


THE   STEAROPTENS.  651 

cularity  and  secretion  of  which  it  consequently  stimulates.  It 
has  the  reputation  of  being  a  feeble  expectorant. 

Skin. — It  is  a  mild  diaphoretic.  This  effect  is  believed  to 
be  due  to  the  action  of  the  drug  on  the  central  nervous  system. 
Probably  some  of  the  camphor  is  excreted  by  the  skin,  for  the 
sweat  may  smell  of  it. 

Nervous  system. — Different  people  are  differently  susceptible 
to  the  effects  of  camphor.  Five  to  ten  grains  [.30  to  .60  gm.] 
will  in  some  persons  produce  a  feeling  of  exhilaration,  or  in 
others  a  sense  of  comfort  and  quietness.  Larger  doses  cause 
excitement,  giddiness,  a  slow  pulse,  and  ultimately  headache, 
burning  pain  in  the  stomach,  faintness,  confusion  of  ideas,  de- 
lirium, violent  convulsions,  insensibility,  a  small,  feeble  pulse, 
and  finally  death  from  collapse.  It  is  a  mild  antipyretic. 

Sexual  organs. — Camphor  is  reputed  to  be  an  aphrodisiac,  but 
this  is  probably  incorrect. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  CAMPHOR. 

External. — Its  stimulating  effects  make  camphor  a  favorite 
ingredient  of  many  liniments.  It  is  constantly  rubbed  into  the 
skin  in  some  form  or  another  as  a  mild  irritant  or  counter-irritant 
in,  for  example,  chronic  rheumatism,  chronic  inflammatory  indu- 
rations, and  the  slighter  chest  complaints  of  children  ;  and  also 
in  myalgia,  neuralgia,  lumbago,  and  sciatica,  in  which  cases,  be- 
cause of  its  property  of  causing  local  anaesthesia,  it  relieves  pain. 
In  addition  to  the  pharmacopoeial  preparations,  a  Chloroformum 
Camphorse  (camphor,  2,  dissolved  in  chloroform,  i)  may  be 
used.  The  liquid  preparations  with  chloral  [hydrate,]  carbolic 
acid,  and  thymol  are  excellent  local  anodynes  for  neuralgia,  and 
may  be  dropped  into  a  tooth  to  relieve  toothache. 

Internal. — Camphor  is  used  as  a  carminative,  especially  in 
neurotic  subjects.  It  is  a  common  remedy  for  a  cold  in  the  head, 
and  is  probably  beneficial  on  account  of  its  stimulation  of  the 
circulation  and  its  slight  antipyretic  and  diaphoretic  effects. 
Many  expectorant  mixtures  contain  camphor.  It  has  been  given 
as  an  antispasmodic  in  hysteria  and  allied  conditions,  and  some 
state  that  it  is  of  use  in  cholera.  [Monobromated  Camphor  re- 


652  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

sembles,  but  is  not  identical  with,  the  bromides  in  its  therapeu- 
tical action,  being  used  as  a  nervous  sedative.  Camphoric  acid 
is  successfully  administered  for  colliquative  sweating,  e.g.,  that 
of  pulmonary  tuberculosis.  The  daily  amount  of  from  15  to  75 
gr. ;  i.  to  5.  gm.,  should  be  given  in  the  evening  in  divided 
doses  at  short  intervals,  either  dry  upon  the  tongue  or  in  starch 
wafers.] 

THYMOL. 

THYMOL.— C10HMO[=i49.66.  A  phenol  (classified  in  the  B.  P.  as  a 
stearopt en)  occurring  in  the  volatile  oils  of  ( I)  Thymus  vul^aris  Linne,  (2) 
Monarda punctata  Linn6  (nat.  ord.  Labiatte],  and  (3)  Carurn  Ajowan  (Rox- 
burgh) Bentham  et  Hooker  (nat.  ord.  Umbelliferd).  Habitat. — (i)  Southern 
Europe ;  cultivated.  (2)  United  States,  west  to  Texas  and  Colorado  ;  in 
sandy  fields.  (3)  India,  Persia,  Egypt. 

SOURCE. — Thymol  is  separated  from  the  terpenes  in  the  volatile  oils  by 
fractional  distillation,  agitated  with  solution  of  Soda  to  remove  more  of  the 
terpenes  and  cooled.  The  compound  of  Soda  and  Thymol  is  decomposed  by 
Hydrochloric  Acid,  and  Thymol  is  re-crystallized  from  an  alcoholic  solution. 

CHARACTERS. — Large,  colorless,  translucent  crystals  of  the  hexagonal  sys- 
tem, having  an  aromatic,  thyme-like  odor,  and  a  pungent,  aromatic  taste,  with 
a  very  slight  caustic  effect  upon  the  lips.  Sp.  gr.,  as  a  solid,  is  1.069,  ^ut 
when  liquefied  by  fusion  it  is  lighter  than  water.  When  triturated  with  about 
equal  quantities  of  Camphor,  Menthol,  or  Chloral  hydrate,  it  liquefies.  Solu- 
bility.— Soluble  in  about  1200  parts  of  water,  and  in  less  than  its  own  weight 
of  Alcohol,  Ether,  or  Chloroform  ;  also  readily  soluble  in  Carbon  Disulphide, 
Glacial  Acetic  Acid,  and  in  fixed  or  volatile  oils. 

IMPURITIES. — Paraffin,  and  spermaceti. 

Dose,  i  to  3  gr.  ;  .20  to  i.oo  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  THYMOL. 

Thymol  is  a  more  powerful  antiseptic  than  carbolic  acid, 
but  its  insolubility  is  a  drawback.  It  has  been  used  in  antiseptic 
surgery.  A  saturated  solution,  thymol  gauze,  and  thymol  oint- 
ment are  employed.  It  is  non-irritating.  It  has  considerable 
antiparasitic  powers,  and  solutions  in  alcohol  or  ether  (i  in  15) 
have  been  used  in  ringworm.  A  solution  in  glycerin  (i  in  200) 
has  been  recommended  for  sore  throat.  A  little  alcohol  is  very 
useful  for  facilitating  the  aqueous  solution  of  thymol.  [The 
odor  is  likely  to  attract  house  flies.]  Thymol  in  30  gr. ;  [2. 
gm.]  doses  has  been  given  as  an  anthelmintic  for  the  Anchylos- 


THE    STEAROPTENS.  653 

toma  duodenale.     After  its  administration  the  urine  may  become 
green. 

MENTHOL. 

MENTHOL.— C10H19OH [=155. 66.  A  stearopten  (having  the  char- 
acter of  a  secondary  Alcohol),  obtained  from  the  official  oil  of  peppermint 
(from  Mentha  piperita  Smith),  or  from  Japanese  or  Chinese  oil  of  peppermint 
(from  Mentha  arvensis  Linne,  var.  piperascens  Holmes,  and  Mentha  cana- 
densis  Linne,  var.  glabrata  Holmes  ;  nat.  ord.  Labiate). 

SOURCE. — By  fractional  distillation  of.  the  volatile  oil  and  freezing  the 
higher  boiling  product,  and  crystallization. 

CHARACTERS. — Colorless,  acicular  or  prismatic  crystals,  having  a  strong 
and  pure  odor  of  peppermint,  and  a  warm,  aromatic  taste,  followed  by  a  sen- 
sation of  cold,  when  air  is  drawn  into  the  mouth.  Solubility. — Slightly  solu- 
ble in  water,  but  imparts  to  the  latter  its  odor  and  taste.  It  is  freely  soluble  in 
Alcohol,  Ether,  Chloroform,  Carbon  Bisulphide,  or  glacial  Acetic  Acid. 
When  it  is  triturated  with  about  an  equal  weight  of  Camphor,  Thymol,  or 
Chloral  hydrate,  the  mixture  becomes  liquid.] 

IMPURITIES. —  Glass  and  magnesium  sulphate. 

Dose,  ]/z  to  2  gr. ;  [.03  to  .12  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  MENTHOL. 

Menthol  is  chiefly  employed  externally,  for  it  produces  local 
anaesthesia,  a  feeling  of  coldness  and  numbness,  and  thereby  al- 
leviates the  pain  of  neuralgia,  especially  if  it  involves  a  super- 
ficial nerve.  It  is  very  efficacious  in  some  cases.  The  solid 
menthol,  [in  the  form  of  a  cone,]  maybe  drawn  [over]  the  skin, 
or  an  alcoholic  solution  may  be  painted  on,  or  a  plaster  ;  [men- 
thol, 3;  yellow  wax,  i;  resin,  15;  spread  upon  rubber  cloth] 
may  be  applied.  In  very  hot  weather  this  may  be  too  fluid,  and 
then  more  wax  should  be  added.  A  solution  made  by  heat  with 
oleic  acid  [i  to  2.4]  is  an  excellent  preparation,  and  a  good 
liniment  is  formed  of  menthol,  3  ;  chloroform,  4 ;  olive  oil,  9, 
The  local  application  often  relieves  itching.  Menthol  has  been 
applied  locally  to  carious  teeth,  and  has  been  inhaled  with  ad- 
vantage [for  the  relief  of  the  symptom]  asthma.  For  teeth  it  is 
best  rubbed  up  with  an  equal  part  of  [pure  carbolic  acid], 
camphor  or  chloral  hydrate.  The  oily  liquid  formed  in  either 
case  may  be  put  in  the  tooth.  For  [the  symptom]  asthma  it  is 
readily  volatilized  by  the  addition  of  hot  water.  Solutions  of  it 


654  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

have  been  painted  upon  the  throat  in  diphtheria.  A  pigment 
of  i  to  4  in  olive  oil  is  employed  for  painting  the  larynx  in 
tuberculous  ulceration.  [It  has  been  used  internally  in  small 
doses  (iV  gr.;  .006  gm.)  to  relieve  nausea  and  vomiting.]  It  is 
a  powerful  antiseptic,  and  is  excreted  in  the  urine,  rendering  it 
aseptic  and  giving  it  a  pleasant  smell.  Menthol  should  be  pre- 
served in  closed  tin  boxes. 


GROUP  XV. 

Vegetable  drugs  acting  by  virtue  of  important  acids 
they  contain. 

Lemon  juice  (Citric  Acid),  Laurocerasus  (Hydrocyanic  Acid),  Ben- 
zoin (Benzoic  Acid),  Chrysarobinum  (Chrysophanic  Acid),  [Rhus  Toxi- 
codendron  (Toxicodendric  Acid).  Wild  Cherry]  (see  p.  462)  and  Bitter 
Almond  (see  p.  612),  both  of  which  yield  Hydrocyanic-  Acid,  have  already 
been  considered. 

LEMON. 

LIMONIS  CORTEX.— Lemon  Peel.  [The  rind  of  the  recent  fruit  of 
Citrus  Limonum  Risso  (nat.  ord.  Rutacea).  Habitat. — Northern  India  ;  cul- 
tivated in  subtropical  countries. 

CHARACTERS. — In  narrow,  thin  bands  or  in  elliptical  segments,  with  very 
little  of  a  spongy,  white,  inner  layer  adhering  to  them  ;  outer  surface  deep 
lemon-yellow,  and  ruggedly  glandular ;  odor  fragrant ;  taste  aromatic  and 
bitterish.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  The  official  oil,  C10HJ6 
(see  below).  (2)  Hesperidin,  [C.HH.J6O1.!,  a  bitter  principle. 

Lemon  Peelis  used  in  Spiritus  Limonis.] 

OLEUM  LIMONIS.— Oil  of  Lemon.  [A  volatile  oil  obtained  by 
expression  from  fresh  Lemon  Peel.  . 

CHARACTERS. — A  pale  yellow,  limpid  liquid,  having  the  fragrant  odor  of 
lemon,  and  an  aromatic,  somewhat  bitterish  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  0.858  100.859. 
Solubility. — In  three  times  its  volume  of  Alcohol ;  also  soluble,  in  all  propor- 
tions, in  absolute  Alcohol,  Carbon  Disulphide,  or  glacial  Acetic  Acid. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are  — (i)  A  terpene  called  Citrene, 
or  Limonene,  C10H16,  90  per  cent.,  strongly  dextro-rotary.  This  is  also  found 
in  Orange  Peel  and  Oil  of  Caraway.  (2)  Geranial  or  Citral,  [C,0H16O,]  an 
aldehyde  derived  from  Geraniol  found  in  Oil  of  Rose  (see  p.  55^).  (3)  Cit- 
ronellal,  an  aldehyde  of  the  alcohol,  Citronellol. 


VEGETABLE    DRUGS    ACTING    BY    THEIR    ACIDS.          655 

[  Oil  of  L emon  is  contained  in  Spiritus  Ammoniae  Aromaticus,  and  Spiritus 
Aurantii  Compositus. 

Preparation. 

Spiritus  Limonis. — Spirit  of  Lemon.  Synonym. — Essence  of 
Lemon.  Oil  of  Lemon,  50;  Lemon  Peel,  50;  by  maceration  and  fil- 
tration with  Deodorized  Alcohol  to  1000. 

Spirit  of  Lemon  is  contained  in  Syrupus  Acidi  Citrici. 

Dose,  j£  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  2.  toS.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  LEMON. 

The  same  as  those  of  orange.  The  oil  applied  externally  is 
rubefacient. 

LIMONIS  SUCCUS.— Lemon  Juice.  The  freshly  expressed  juice  of 
the  ripe  fruit  of  Citrus  Limonum  [Risso  (nat.  ord.  Rutacea}. 

CHARACTERS. — A  slightly  turbid,  yellowish  liquid,  usually  having  an  odor 
of  lemon  due  to  the  accidental  presence  of  some  of  the  volatile  oil  of  the  rind. 
Taste  acid,  and  often  slightly  bitter.  Sp.  gr.,  not  less  than  1.030.] 

COMPOSITION. — Lemon  juice  contains — (I)  Citric  Acid  [(H3C6H5O7-|- 
H2O),  about  7  per  cent.,]  both  free,  and  combined  to  form  "Potassium  and 
other  salts.  (2)  Malic  Acid.  (3)  Phosphoric  Acid. 

Dose,  YZ  to  2  fl.  oz. ;  [15.  to  60.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  LEMON  JUICE. 

Lemon  juice  is  used  to  relieve  thirst,  and  to  make  effervescing 
mixtures  and  drinks.  Its  action  in  the  body  is  the  same  as  that 
of  citric  acid  (see  p.  266).  Three  or  four  ounces  [90.  or  120. 
c.c.]  of  lemon  juice  daily  are  of  great  benefit  in  scurvy.  Why 
this  is  we  do  not  certainly  know.  Lemon  juice  is  probably  more 
efficacious  than  citric  acid. 

LAUROCERASUS. 

CHERRY  LAUREL.  [B.  P.,  not  official.]— The  fresh  leaves  of 
Prunus  laurocerasus  (nat.  ord.  Rosacece}.  [ffabitat. — Europe.] 

CHARACTERS. — Thick  coriaceous,  on  short,  strong  petioles.  Oblong  or 
ovate,  [12  to  1 6  cm.]  long,  tapering  towards  each  end,  recurved  at  the  apex, 
distinctly  but  sharply  serrated,  dark-green,  smooth  and  shining  above,  pale 
beneath.  Prominent  midrib  with,  on  either  side  of  it  at  the  base,  one  or  two 
granular  depressions.  Inodorous,  except  on  bruising,  when  they  emit  a  ratafia- 
like  odor. 


656  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (l)  Laurocerusin,  a  gluco- 
side  ;  it  is  a  compound  of  Amygdalin  and  Amygdalic  Acid.  (2)  Emulsin. 
By  the  same  changes  as  in  the  case  with  Bitter  Almond  (see  p.  612),  in  the 
presence  of  moisture,  an  oil,  [Hydrocyanic]  Acid  and  Glucose  are  formed. 

Preparation. 

Aqua  Laurocerasi.  [B.  P.,  not  official. — Cherry  Laurel  Water.] 
Made  by  distillation  and  standardized  so  that  its  strength  is  o.  I  per 
cent,  of  absolute  Hydrocyanic  Acid. 

INCOMPATIBLE. — Metallic  salts. 

Dose,  ^  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  [2.  to  8.  ex.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  CHERRY  LAUREL. 

Its  action  is  the  same  as  that  of  diluted  hydrocyanic  acid  (see 
p.  134).  Aqua  laurocerasi  is  not  often  employed  ;  for  owing  to 
the  volatilization  of  the  [hydrocyanic]  acid,  its  strength  is  not 
constant.  It  is  used  as  a  flavoring  agent. 

BENZOINUM. 

BENZOIN. — Synonym. — Gum  Benjamin.  A  balsamic  resin  obtained 
from  Sty  rax  Benzoin  [Dryander  (nat.  ord.  Styraced).  Habitat. — Sumatra, 
Java,  probably  also  Siam. 

CHARACTERS. — In  lumps  consisting  of  agglutinated,  yellowish-brown  tears, 
which  are  internally  milk-white,  or  in  the  form  of  a  reddish-brown  mass, 
more  or  less  mottled  from  whitish  tears  imbedded  in  it.  It  is  almost  wholly 
soluble  in  5  parts  of  moderately  warm  Alcohol,  and  in  solutions  of  the  fixed 
alkalies.  When  heated,  it  gives  off  fumes  of  Benzoic  Acid.  It  has  an  agree- 
able, balsamic  odor,  and  a  slight,  aromatic  taste.  Solubility. — In  5  parts  of 
Alcohol] ;  easily  in  Ether  [or  Solution  of]  Potassa. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Benzoic  Acid  (set  p.  657), 
12  to  20  per  cent.  (2)  Cinnamic  Acid,  C9H8O2,  a  trace.  (3)  Resin.  (4) 
Volatile  Oil. 

Preparations. 

1.  Adeps    [Benzoinatus. — Benzoinated    Lard.     Benzoin,    20; 
Lard,  1000 ;  by  melting  and  straining. 

2.  Tinctura    Benzoini. — Tincture   of  Benzoin.     Benzoin,   200 ; 
by  maceration  and  filtration  with  Alcohol  to  1000. 

Dose,  yt  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  4.  c.c. 

3.  Tinctura   Benzoini    Composita.  —  Compound   Tincture  of 
Benzoin.      Synonym. — Friar's  Balsam.      Benzoin,   120;  Storax,  80  ; 


VEGETABLE  DRUGS  ACTING  BY  THEIR  ACIDS.    657 

Balsam  of  Tolu,  40 ;  Purified  Aloes,   20  ;  by  digestion  with  Alcohol, 
and  filtration  to  1000. 

Dose,  Yi  to  I  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  4.  c.c.] 

ACIDUM  BENZOICUM.— Benzoic  Acid.     HC7N5O2[=i2i.7i]. 

SOURCE. — From  Benzoin  by  sublimation.  [Toluene  (toluol)  is  generally 
the  source  of  this  substance. 

CHARACTERS.  —  White,  or  yellowish-white,  lustrous  scales  or  friable 
needles,  odorless,  or  having  a  slight,  characteristic  odor  resembling  that  of 
Benzoin,  and  of  a  warm,  acid  taste  ;  somewhat  volatile  at  a  moderately  warm 
temperature,  and  rendered  darker  by  exposure  to  light.  Solubility. — When 
pure,  in  about  500  parts  of  water,  and  in  2  parts  of  Alcohol.  Also  soluble  in 
3  parts  of  Ether,  7  parts  of  Chloroform,  and  readily  soluble  in  Carbon  Disul- 
phide,  Benzol,  fixed  and  volatile  oils,  but  sparingly  soluble  in  Benzin. 

Benzoic  Acid  is  contained  in  Tinctura  Opii  Camphorata. 

Dose,  5  to  15  gr. ;  .30  to  i.oo  gm.] 

AMMONII  BENZOAS.  — Ammonium  Benzoate.  NH4C7H5O2[= 
138.72. 

SOURCE. — Dissolve  Benzoic  Acid  in  Water  of  Ammonia  and  distilled 
water,  and  evaporate,  set  aside  to  crystallize.  HC7H5O2-|-NH4OH=NH4 
C7H502+H20. 

CHARACTERS. — Thin,  white,  four-sided,  laminar  crystals,  odorless  or  hav- 
ing a  slight  odor  of  Benzoic  Acid,  a  saline,  bitter,  afterwards  slightly  acrid 
taste,  and  gradually  losing  Ammonia  on  exposure  to  the  air.  Solubility. — In 
5  parts  of  water,  and  in  28  parts  of  Alcohol.  ] 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Ferric  salts,  Liquor  Potassae,  and  acids. 

Dose,  5  to  20  gr.  ;  [.30  to  1.20  gm.] 

SODII  BENZOAS.— [Sodium  Benzoate.     NaC7H5O2=i43.7i. 

SOURCE. — Benzoic  Acid  is  added  to  a  hot  concentrated  solution  of  pure 
Sodium  Carbonate,  the  solution  is  evaporated,  cooled  and  allowed  to  crystal- 
lize. 2HC7H5O24-Na2CO3=2NaC7H5O2+CO2-f-H2O. 

CHARACTERS. — A  white,  amorphous  powder,  odorless,  or  having  a  faint 
odor  of  Benzoin,  and  a  sweetish,  astringent  taste  ;  permanent  in  the  air.  Solu- 
bility.— In  1.8  parts  of  water,  and  in  45  parts  of  Alcohol.] 

Dose,  5  to  60  gr. ;  [.30  to  4.  gm.] 

[LITHII  BENZOAS.— Lithium  Benzoate.     LiC7H5O2=i27.72. 

SOURCE.  —  By  decomposing  Lithium  Carbonate  with  Benzoic  Acid. 
Li2COs+2HC7Hp2=2LiC7H5O24-CO24-H2O. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  light,  white  powder,  or  small,  shining,  crystalline 
scales  ;  odorless,  or  of  faint  benzoin-like  odor,  and  of  a  cooling,  sweetish  taste ; 
permanent  in  the  air.  Solubility. — In  4  parts  of  water,  and  in  12  parts  of 
Alcohol. 

Dose,  5  to  20  gr. ;  .30  to  1.20  gm.] 

42 


6$ 8  ORGANIC  MATERIA  MEDICA. 

ACTION  OF  BENZOIC  ACID. 

So  far  as  is  known,  the  action  of  benzoic  acid,  its  salts,  and 
benzoin,  is  the  same.  We  shall  therefore  here  describe  only  the 
action  of  benzoic  acid. 

External. — Benzoic  acid  is  a  powerful  antiseptic.  The 
growth  of  many  forms  of  bacteria  is  completely  inhibited  by  a 
solution  of  i  in  1000.  In  a  concentrated  form  it  is  a  stimulant 
and  irritant  when  applied  to  the  skin. 

Internal. — The  chief  fact  about  the  internal  action  of  benzoic 
acid  that  has  been  worked  out  is  that  when  it  is  given  by  the 
mouth,  hippuric  acid  appears  in  the  urine.  This  happens 
by  combination  with  a  molecule  of  glycocoll,  HC.H5O.,4-C2H5 
NO,=C9H9NO3  (hippuric  acid)+H2O.  The  source  of  the  gly- 
cocoll is  not  known.  The  conversion  takes  place  in  the  kidneys, 
for  after  giving  large  doses  of  benzoic  acid,  it  alone  can  be  found 
in  the  blood,  and  if  the  renal  arteries  are  tied,  no  hippuric  acid 
is  formed,  but  if  only  the  ureters  are  tied  it  is  formed.  Also 
benzoic  acid  has  been  successfully  converted  into  hippuric  acid 
by  passing  blood,  containing  benzoic  acid,  but  no  glycocoll, 
slowly  through  the  kidneys  removed  directly  after  death.  Fur- 
ther researches  show  that  the  conversion  is  probably  effected 
by  the  renal  cells.  Hippuric  acid  has  been  found  in  the 
urine  of  new-born  children  when  benzoic  acid  has  been  given 
to  the  mother  shortly  before  delivery.  If  hippuric  acid  is  given 
by  the  mouth  benzoic  acid  is  found  in  the  blood,  but  hippuric 
[acid]  reappears  in  the  urine.  The  hippuric  acid  in  the  urine 
renders  alkaline  urine  acid,  and  it  stimulates  and  disinfects 
the  urinary  mucous  membrane.  Occasionally  succinic  as  well  as 
hippuric  acid  appears  in  the  urine. 

Benzoic  acid  or  some  derivative  of  it  is  probably  excreted  in 
the  bronchial  secretion,  for  the  bronchial  mucous  membrane  is 
stimulated  by  the  administration  of  benzoic  acid,-  the  mucus 
being  increased  in  quantity  and  disinfected.  The  acid  is  there- 
fore expectorant.  The  same  effects  are  brought  about  if  the 
vapor  of  benzoic  acid  is  inhaled.  It  is  said  also  to  be  excreted 
by  the  skin  and  salivary  glands,  and  thereby  to  increase  their 
activity.  It  is  slightly  diuretic.  Medicinal  doses  do  not  pro- 


VEGETABLE  DRUGS  ACTING  BY  THEIR  ACIDS.    659 

duce  any  effect  on  the  stomach,  intestines,  circulation,  or  nerv- 
ous system. 

Benzoic  acid  and  its  salts  are  antipyretic,  and  it  is  stated  that 
they  are  even  more  powerful  than  salicylic  acid.  How  they  pro- 
duce a  fall  of  temperature  is  not  known.  Metabolism  is  believed 
to  be  generally  increased.  Sodium  and  ammonium  benzoate  in- 
crease both  the  quantity  and  the  solids  of  the  bile. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  BENZOIC  ACID. 

External. — Lint  soaked  in  the  compound  tincture  is  a 
favorite  dressing  for  wounds  and  sores  of  all  sorts.  Its  chief 
advantage  is  the  antiseptic  power  it  possesses.  Its  stimulating 
effect  is  also  valuable.  Benzoinated  lard  is  a  common  basis  for 
ointments  when  it  is  wished  that  the  active  ingredient  should  be 
absorbed,  for  the  lard  melts  on  the  body,  especially  if  covered 
with  a  bandage  ;  the  benzoin  prevents  the  decomposition  of  the 
lard.  If  the  benzoin  irritates,  which  it  is  likely  to  do  if  near  the 
eye,  3  parts  of  oil  of  cloves  or  2  of  oil  of  gaultheria  to  [480 
parts]  of  lard  makes  a  non-irritant  basis  which  keeps  indefinitely. 

Internal.— Lungs. — Benzoin,  benzoic  acid  and  its  com- 
pounds are  very  commonly  employed  as  stimulating,  disinfecting 
expectorants  in  cases  of  bronchitis  or  phthisis  in  which  the  ex- 
pectoration is  foul  and  scanty.  The  vapor  from  a  mixture  of  a 
pint,  [500  c.c.]  of  water  at  140°  F.,  [60°  C.]  and  a  fluid  drachm, 
[4,  c.c.]  of  compound  tincture  of  benzoin  is  often  inhaled  for 
bronchitis  and  laryngitis. 

Urinary  organs. — Benzoic  acid  is  a  most  valuable  drug  for 
acidifying  the  alkaline  decomposing  urine  which  is  formed  in 
pyelitis  and  cystitis,  and  for  stimulating  and  disinfecting  the 
urinary  tract  in  the  same  conditions.  Ammonium  benzoate  is 
so  much  more  soluble  than  benzoic  acid  that  it  is  to  be  pre- 
ferred to  it.  Spirit  of  chloroform  covers  the  taste.  It  may  with 
advantage  be  combined  with  the  urinary  sedatives,  as  tincture 
of  hyoscyamus.  The  conversion  to  hippuric  acid  has  been  said 
not  to  take  place  when  the  kidney  is  diseased. 

Benzoic  acid  has  been  used  in  Germany  instead  of  salicylic 
acid  for  rheumatic  fever. 


66O  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

CHRYSAROBINUM. 

CHRYSAROBIN. — [A  neutral  principle,  in  its  commercial,  more  or 
less  impure  form,  extracted  from  Goa  or  Araroba  Powder,  a  substance  found 
deposited  in  the  wood  of  Andira  Araroba  Aguiar  (nat.  ord.  Leguminosa). 
Habitat. — Brazil. 

CHARACTERS. — A  pale,  orange-yellow,  microcrystalline  powder,  odorless 
and  tasteless  ;  turning  brownish-yellow  on  exposure  to  air.  Solubility. — Very 
slightly  soluble  in  cold  water  or  Alcohol ;  soluble  in  33  parts  of  boiling  Ben- 
zol, in  Chloroform,  and  in  solutions  of  the  alkalies. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituent  of  Goa  powder  is  Chrysarobin, 
C27H30OU.]  Synonyms. — Rhein.  Chrysophan  (see  p.  490).  In  the  fresh 
plant  it  probably  exists  as  a  Glucoside,  but  this  is  slowly  oxidized  into  Chryso- 
phanic  Acid,  CJ5H10O4,  and  glucose. 

Preparation. 

Unguentum    Chrysarobini. — [Chrysarobin    Ointment.       Chrys- 
arobin,  5  ;  Benzoinated  Lard,  95-] 

ACTION  OF  CHRYSAROBIN. 

External. — It  is  a  powerful  irritant  to  the  skin,  which  it 
stains  yellowish  brown.  Linen  is  stained  the  same  color.  (The 
stain  may  be  removed  by  a  weak  solution  of  caustic  soda  or 
chlorinated  lime. )  It  is  antiparasitic. 

Internal. — It  is  cathartic  and  very  irritating  to  the  stomach 
and  bowels,  causing  vomiting  and  purging.  It  is  excreted  by 
the  kidneys,  and  stains  the  urine  yellow. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  CHRYSAROBIN. 

It  is  used  as  an  antiparasitic  in  ringworm,  and  to  excite  healthy 
inflammation  in  chronic  cutaneous  diseases,  especially  psoriasis 
and  acne  rosacea.  A  pigment  (chrysarobin,  i;  solution  of 
gutta  percha,  9  [solution  of  gutta  percha  is  made  by  decantation 
of  gutta  percha,  i;  lead  carbonate,  i;  chloroform,  9;])  is  more 
cleanly  than  the  ointment  and  does  not  stain  the  clothes. 
Chrysarobin  has  also  been  given  internally  for  skin  diseases,  but 
as  it  is  so  irritating  this  practice  is  not  advisable. 

[RHUS  TOXICODENDRON. 

RHUS  TOXICODENDRON.—  Synonyms.—  Poison  Ivy.  Poison 
Oak.  The  fresh  leaves  of  Rhus  radicans  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Anacardiete}. 
Habitat. — North  America,  west  to  Wyoming  and  Texas  ;  in  thickets. 


VEGETABLE    DRUGS    USED    AS    FLAVORING    AGENTS.       66  I 

CHARACTERS. — Long-petiolate,  trifoliolate  ;  the  lateral  leaflets  sessile  or 
nearly  so,  about  10  cm.  long,  obliquely  ovate,  pointed  ;  the  terminal  leaflets 
stalked,  ovate  or  oval,  pointed,  with  a  wedge-shaped  or  rounded  base;  the 
leaflets  entire  and  glabrous,  or  variously  notched,  coarsely  toothed,  or  lobed, 
more  or  less  downy  ;  when  dry,  papery  and  brittle  ;  inodorous  ;  taste  some- 
what astringent  and  acrid.  Resembling  Rhus  Toxicodendron. — The  leaves 
of  Ptelea  trifoliata,  which  are  similar  in  appearance,  but  have  all  the  leaflets 
sessile. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Toxicodendric  Acid,  a  vol- 
atile Acid.  (2)  Tannic  Acid.  (3)  Fixed  Oil. 

Dose,  i  to  5  gr. ;  .06  to  .30  gm. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  RHUS  TOXICODENDRON. 

The  tincture  of  the  fresh  leaves  (dose,  iV  to  2  m.;  .006  to 
.12  c.c.)  has  been  used  in  paralysis,  nocturnal  incontinence  of 
urine  and  cutaneous  diseases  ;  but  the  remedy  is  dangerous  and 
probably,  an  useless  one,  for  these  purposes.  Largely  diluted 
it  has  been  used  as  a  lotion  for  bruises  and  burns.] 


GROUP  XVI. 

[Vegetable  drugs  only  used  as  Flavoring  Agents. 

Balm,  Raspberry,  Vanilla,  Sage,  Oil  of  Bay,  Oil  of  Sesamum.] 
[MELISSA. 

MELISSA. — Synonym. — Balm.  The  leaves  and  tops  of  Melissa  offici- 
nalis  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Labiate).  Habitat. — Asia  Minor,  Southern  Europe ; 
naturalized  in  the  United  States ;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — Leaves  long,  petiolate,  ovate,  obtuse-  founded  or  subcor- 
dateatthe  base,  crenate,  somewhat  hairy,  glandular  ;  branches  quadrangular; 
flowers  in  about  four-flowered  cymules,  with  a  tubular,  bell-shaped,  five- 
toothed  calyx,  a  whitish  or  purplish  bilabiate  corolla,  and  four  stamens  ; 
fragrant,  aromatic  ;  somewhat  astringent  and  bitterish. 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  Volatile  Oil,  %  per  cent.  \.i)  Tannic  Acid.  (3) 
Bitter  principle. 

Dose,  i  to  2  dr. ;  4.  to  8.  gm. 

USES  OF  BALM. 
Balm  is  used  as  a  flavoring  agent. 


662  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

RUBUS  ID^EUS. 

RASPBERRY. — The  fruit  of  Rubus  idmus  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Rosacea}. 
Habitat. — Europe  and  Asia  ;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — Deprived  of  the  c  >nical  receptacle,  and  therefore  hollow 
at  the  base ;  hemispherical,  red,  finely  hairy,  composed  of  from  twenty  to 
thirty  coalesced,  small  drupes,  each  one  crowned  with  the  withered  style ; 
juice  red  ;  of  an  agreeable  odor,  and  a  pleasant,  acidulous  taste. 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  Volatile  oil,  a  trace.  (2)  Citric  and  Malic  Acids. 
(3)  Sugar,  about  5  per  cent  (4)  Pectin. 

Preparation. 

Syrupus  Rubi  Idaei. — Syrup  of  Raspberry.    Fresh  ripe  raspberries 
(filtered  juice),  40  ;  Sugar,  60. 
Dose,  indefinite. 

USES  OF  RASPBERRY. 
Raspberry  syrup  is  used  chiefly  as  a  flavoring  agent. 

VANILLA. 

VANILLA. — The  fruit  of  Vanilla  planifolia  Andrews  (nat.  ord.  Or- 
chideee).  Habitat. — Eastern  Mexico,  in  hot,  damp  woods  ;  cultivated  in  the 
tropics. 

CHARACTERS. — From  15  to  25  cm.  long,  and  about  8  mm.  thick,  linear, 
narrowed  and  bent  or  hooked  at  the  base,  rather  oblique  at  the  apex,  wrinkled, 
somewhat  warty,  dark  brown,  glossy-leathery,  one-celled,  and  containing  a 
blackish-brown  pulp,  with  numerous,  minute  seeds,  and  more  or  less  acicular 
crystals ;  odor  and  taste  peculiar,  fragrant. 

COMPOSITION. — Its  chief  constituents  are — Vanillin,  C8H8O3,  a  crystal- 
line principle,  1.7  to  2.75  per  cent.,  which  develops  upon  the  ripening  of  the 
pod.  (2)  Fixed  Oil,  II  per  cent.  (3)  Resin.  (4)  Sugar.  (5)  Mucilage. 
Vanillin  is  the  Aldehyde  of  Methylprotocatechuic  Acid  ;  and  can  be  prepared 
artificially  from  Coniferin,  Carbolic  Acid,  Guaiacol  and  Eugenol,  CinH12Oj, 
the  last  being  found  in  Oil  of  Cloves  (set  p.  534). 

Preparation. 

Tinctura   Vanillae. — Tincture  of  Vanilla.     Vanilla,  100 ;  Sugar, 
200 ;  by  maceration  with  Alcohol  and  Water  to  1000. 
Dose,  as  flavoring  agent. 

USES  OF  VANILLA. 
Vanilla  is  used  solely  as  a  flavoring  agent. 


VEGETABLE    DRUGS    USED   AS    FLAVORING   AGENTS.      663 

SALVIA. 

SALVIA. — Synonym. — Sage.  The  leaves  of  Safoia  officinalis  Linne 
(nat.  ord.  Labiate}.  Habitat. — Southern  Europe;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — About  5  cm.  long,  petiolate,  ovate-oblong,  obtuse  or  sub- 
acute  at  the  apex,  rounded  or  somewhat  heart-shaped  at  the  base,  finely  crenu- 
late,  thickish,  wrinkled,  grayish  green,  soft -hairy  and  glandular  beneath  ;  odor 
aromatic  ;  taste  aromatic,  bitterish,  and  somewhat  astringent. 

COMPOSITION. — It  contains — (l)  A  volatile  oil,  containing  Salviol,  C10 
H18O,  Cineo/&nd  Pinene.  (2)  Resin.  (3)  Tannic  acid. 

Dose,  ^  to  i  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  gm. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  SAGE. 

It  is  used  chiefly  as  a  condiment,  and  it  is  said  to  be  beneficial 
in  checking  the  perspiration  of  hectic  fever. 

OLEUM  MYRCI..E. 

OIL  OF  MYRCIA.— Synonym.—  Oil  of  Bay.  A  volatile  oil  distilled 
from  the  leaves  of  Myrcia  acris  De  Candolle  (nat.  ord.  Myrtacece).  Habitat. 
— West  Indies. 

CHARACTERS. — A  yellow  or  brownish-yellow  liquid,  having  an  aromatic, 
somewhat  clove-like  odor,  and  a  pungent,  spicy  taste.  Sp.  gr. ,  0.975  to 
0.990.  Solubility. — With  an  equal  amount  of  Alcohol,  glacial  Acetic  Acid, 
or  Carbon  Disulphide,  it  yields  slightly  turbid  solutions. 

Preparation. 

Spiritus  Myrciae. — Spirit  of  Myrcia.  Synonym. — Bay  Rum.  Oil 
of  Myrcia,  16  ;  Oil  of  Orange  Peel,  I  ;  Oil  of  Pimenta,  I  ;  Alcohol, 
1 220  ;  Water  to  2000. 

USES  OF  MYRCIA. 

Oil  of  myrcia  is  used  solely  as  a  perfume.  Bay  rum  is  used 
as  a  refrigerant  lotion. 

OLEUM  SESAMI. 

OIL  OF  SESA.MUM.— Synonyms.—  Sesame  Oil.  Teel  Oil.  Benne 
Oil.  A  fixed  oil  expressed  from  the  seed  of  Sesamum  indicum  Linne  (nat. 
ord.  Pedaliacetz).  Habitat. — India;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — A  yellowish  or  yellow,  oily  liquid,  inodorous  or  nearly  so, 
and  having  a  bland,  nut-like  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  0.919  to  0.923. 

USES  OF  OIL  OF  SESAMUM. 
Benne  oil  is  used  in  preparing  hair  oil.] 


664  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

GROUP  XVII. 

Vegetable  drugs  used  only  as  coloring  agents. 

Saffron,  Red  Saunders. 
CROCUS. 

SAFFRON. — [The  stigmas  of  Crocus  sativus  Linn6  (nat.  ord.  Iridea:}. 
Habitat. — Western  Asia  ;  cultivated  in  Spain  and  France. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Separate  stigmas,  or  three,  attached  to  the  top  of  the 
style,  about  3  cm.  long,  flattish-tubular,  almost  thread-like,  broader  and 
notched  above  ;  orange-brown;  odor  strong,  peculiar,  aromatic;  taste  bitterish 
and  aromatic.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (1)  Polychroite,  [C^H^O^, 
an  amorphous,  brown-yellow  Glucoside,  soluble  in  Alcohol  and  water,  splitting 
into  Sugar  (Crocose),  and  red  Crocetin,  (formerly  called  Crocin],  C^H^Oj, 
soluble  in  Ether  and  Alcohol.  (2)  Picrocrocin,  CjgHggOj,,  in  colorless,  bitter 
needles,  readily  soluble  in  Alcohol  and  water.  (3)  A  volatile  oil,  C10H16,  I 
percent.  (4)  Fixed  oil.] 

IMPURITIES. — Marigold,  saffron  petals,  chalk,  and  oil. 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr.  ;  [.30  to  2.00  gm.] 

Preparation. 

Tinctura  Croci. — [Tincture  of  Saffron.     Saffron,  100 ;  by  macer- 
ation and  percolation  with  Diluted  Alcohol  to  looo. 
Dose,  i  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  8.  c.c.J 

USES  OF  SAFFRON. 
Saffron  is  only  used  to  color  [pharmaceutical]  preparations,  but 

it  is  expensive. 

SANTALUM  RUBRUM. 

[RED  SAUNDERS. — The  wood  of  Pterocarpus  sanlalinus  Linnfc 
filius  (nat.  ord.  Leguminosa:}.  Habitat. — Madras  ;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — A  hard,  heavy,  dark  reddish-brown,  coarsely  splintery 
wood,  deprived  of  the  light-colored  sap-wood  ;  usually  met  with  in  chips,  or 
as  a  coarse,  irregular,  brownish-red  powder,  nearly  inodorous  and  nearly  taste- 
less.] Resembling  Red  Saunders. — Logwood,  which  is  less  dense. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — [(i)  Santa/in,  C15H14O&,  in 
red  needles.  (2)  Santal,  C8H6OS,  in  colorless  scales.  (3)  Pterocarpin, 
C^HjgOg.  (4)  Homopterocarpin,  C24HMOj,  in  colorless  crystals.] 

Red  Saunders  is  contained  in  Tinctura  Lavandulae  Composite. 

USES  OF  RED  SAUNDERS. 

Red  Saunders  is  used  to  color  preparations,  [but  is  of  no  value 
medicinally.] 


SUBSTANCES   WHOSE   ACTION    IS    MECHANICAL.          66$ 

GROUP  XVIII. 

Vegetable  substances  whose  action  is  mechanical. 

Cotton,  [Pyroxylin,  Cotton  Seed  Oil],  Oil  of  Theobroma,  [Mastic], 
India-rubber,  Starch,  Lycopodium,  Quillaja. 

GOSSYPIUM    [PURIFICATUM. 

PURIFIED  COTTON.  —  Synonym.— Absorbent  Cotton.  The  hairs 
of  the  seed  of  Gossypium  herbaceum  Linne,  and  of  other  species  of  Gos- 
sypium  (nat.  ord.  Malvacea},  freed  from  adhering  impurities,  and  deprived  of 
fatty  matter.  Habitat. — Tropical  Asia  and  Africa ;  cultivated  in  tropical  and 
subtropical  countries. 

CHARACTERS. — White,  soft,  fine  filaments,  appearing  under  the  micro- 
scope as  hollow,  flattened  and  twisted  bands,  spirally  striate,  and  slightly  thick- 
ened at  the  edges  ;  inodorous  and  tasteless ;  insoluble  in  ordinary  solvents,  but 
soluble  in  Copper  Ammonium  Sulphate  solution.] 

PYROXYLINUM.— Pyroxylin.  Synonyms.—  Gun  Cotton.  [Soluble 
Gun  Cotton.  Calloxylin.  Purified  Cotton,  loo  ;  is  immersed  in  a  mixture  of 
Sulphuric,  2200 ;  and  Nitric  Acids,  1400  ;  washed  with  a  large  quantity  of 
Water,  drained  and  dried. 

Preparations. 

i.   Collodium. — Collodion.       Pyroxylin,  30;    dissolved  in  Ether, 
750  ;  and  Alcohol,  250. 

a.    Collodium    Flexile. — Flexible  Collodion.      Collodion,  920; 
Canada  Turpentine,  5°  ;  Castor  Oil,  30. 

3.  Collodium    Cantharidatum. — Cantharidal  Collodion.       Syn- 
onym.—  Blistering  Collodion.       Cantharides,  60;  by  percolation  with 
Chloroform,  evaporation  and  solution  of  residue  in  Flexible  Collodium, 
85- 

4.  Collodium  Stypticum. — See  Tannic  Acid,  p.  593.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS. 

The  uses  of  cotton  are  well  known.  Cotton,  lint  and  gauze 
are  frequently  medicated,  e.g.,  Sal  Alembroth,  2  per  cent.  ; 
Boric  Acid,  5  or  10  per  cent.  ;  Salicylic  Acid,  5  per  cent.  ; 
Carbolic  Acid,  5  per  cent.  ;  lodoform,  5,  10  and  50  per  cent. 

Pyroxylin  is  only  used  to  make  collodion.  Collodion,  when 
painted  on  the  skin,  rapidly  dries  from  evaporation  of  the  ether, 


666  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

and  covers  the  skin  with  a  thin  protective  film.  Flexible  collo- 
dion has  the  same  properties,  but  it  does  not  crack,  as  collodion 
often  does.  These  preparations  are  protective  to  small  wounds, 
and  are  used  after  slight  operations.  If  the  end  of  the  urethra 
or  prepuce  is  closed  at  night  with  collodion,  nocturnal  inconti- 
nence may  sometimes  be  cured. 

[OLEUM   GOSSYPII  SEMINIS. 

COTTON  SEED  OIL. — A  fixed  oil  expressed  from  the  seed  of 
Gossypium  herbaceum  Linne,  and  other  species  of  Gossypium  (nat.  ord.  Mal- 
vacea),  and  subsequently  purified.  Habitat. — Asia  and  Africa  ;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS. — A  pale  yellow,  oily  liquid,  without  odor,  and  having  a 
bland,  nut-like  taste  and  neutral  reaction.  Sp.  gr. ,  0.920  to  0.930.  Solu- 
bility.— Slighly  soluble  in  Alcohol,  but  readily  soluble  in  Ether,  Chloroform, 
or  Carbon  Disulphide. 

COMPOSITION. — (l)   Olein.     (2)  Palmitin.     (3)  Coloring  matter. 

Cotton  Seed  Oil  is  used  in  Linimentum  Ammonise  and  Linimentum  Cam- 
phorae. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  COTTON  SEED  OIL. 

This  is  used  simply  as  a  bland,  nutritious  oil,  and  in  lini- 
ments.] 

OLEUM  THEOBROMATIS. 

OIL  OF  THEOBROMA. — Synonym. — Cacao  Butter.  [A  fixed  oil 
expressed  from  the  seed  of  Theobroma  Cacao  Linne  (nat  ord.  Sterculiacece}. 
Habitat. — South  America. 

CHARACTERS. — A  yellowish-white  solid,  having  a  faint,  agreeable  odor, 
and  a  bland,  chocolate-like  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  0.970  to  0.980.  Solubility. — 
Readily  in  Ether  or  Chloroform ;  also  soluble  in  100  parts  of  Alcohol. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (I)  Stearin.  (2)  Olein.  (3) 
Theobromine,  an  alkaloid,  C7H8N4O2.  (4)  Formic,  Acetic  and  Butyric  Acid 
Glycerides.  ] 

USES  OF  OIL  OF  THEOBROMA. 

Oil  of  theobroma  is  used  to  make  suppositories,  [and  as  a 
source  of  stearic  acid.  It  is  also  used  by  inunction  to  improve 
the  nutrition  of  the  body.] 

[MASTICHE. 

MASTIC. — A  concrete  resinous  exudation  from  Pistacia  Lentiscus  Linne 
(nat.  ord.  Anacardiea).  Habitat. — Mediterranean  basin. 

CHARACTERS. — Globular  or  elongated  tears,  of  about  the  size  of  a  pea, 
sometimes  covered  with  a  whitish  dust,  pale  yellow,  transparent,  having  a 


SUBSTANCES    WHOSE    ACTION    IS    MECHANICAL.  667 

glass-like  lustre  and  an  opalescent  refraction  ;  brittle  ;  becoming  plastic  when 
chewed  ;  of  a  weak,  somewhat  balsamic,  resinous  odor,  and  a  mild  terebin- 
thinate  taste.  Solubility. — Completely  in  Ether,  and,  for  the  most  part,  solu- 
ble in  Alcohol.  Resembling  Mastic. — Acacia,  which  is  larger,  rougher,  and 
more  opaque. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (l)  A  resin,  C^H^O.,,  Mas- 
tichic  Acid,  90  per  cent.;  soluble  in  Alcohol.  (2)  Masticin,  a  resin,  insolu- 
ble in  Alcohol.  (3)  Volatile  oil,  C10H16,  I  to  2  per  cent. 

I  MPURIT  Y.  — Sandarac. 

Preparation. 

Pilulse  Aloes  et  Mastiches. — See  Aloes,  p.  498. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  MASTIC. 

Mastic  is  a  mild  stimulant,  mostly  used  as  a  masticatory,  for 
filling  decayed  teeth,  and  for  cements  and  varnishes. 

ELASTICA. 

INDIA-RUBBER. — Synonym. — Caoutchouc.  The  prepared  milk- 
juice  of  various  species  of  Hevea  (nat.  ord.  Euphorbiacetz),  known  in  com- 
merce as  Para  Rubber.  Habitat. — In  tropical  countries. 

CHARACTERS. — In  cakes,  balls,  or  hollow,  bottle-shaped  pieces,  externally 
brown  to  brownish-black,  internally  brownish  or  of  lighter  tint ;  very  elastic. 
Solubility. — Insoluble  in  water,  diluted  acids,  or  diluted  solutions  of  alkalies; 
soluble  in  Chloroform,  Carbon  Bisulphide,  Oil  of  Turpentine,  Benzin,  and 
Benzol.  When  heated  to  about  257°  F. ;  125°  C.,  it  melts,  remaining  soft 
and  adhesive  after  cooling.  Odor  faint,  peculiar ;  nearly  tasteless. 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  A  solid  Hydrocarbon,  C^H^.  (2)  Fat.  (3)  Vola- 
tile oil.  (4)  Coloring  matters.  On  combining  it  with  10  per  cent,  of  Sulphur, 
Vulcanized  Rubber  is  obtained  ;  with  50  per  cent.,  and  hardening  by  pressure 
Vulcanite  or  Ebonite  is  produced. 

USES  OF  INDIA-RUBBER. 

India-rubber  is  used  for  making  plasters,  bougies,  pessaries, 
and  syringes.] 

AMYLUM. 

STARCH. — [The  fecula  of  the  seed  of  Zea  Mays  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Gra- 
tmnea}.  Habitat. — Tropical  Asia  and  Africa  ;  cultivated  in  tropical  and  sub- 
tropical countries. 

CHARACTERS. — In  irregular,  angular  masses,  which  are  easily  reduced  to 
a  fine  powder  ;  white,  inodorous,  and  tasteless;  insoluble  in  Ether,  Alcohol, 
or  cold  water.  Under  the  microscope  appearing  as  granules,  nearly  uniform 


668  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

in  size,  more  or  less  angular  in  outline,  with  indistinct  striae  and  with  a  distinct 
hilum  near  the  centre. 

COMPOSITION. — Its  ultimate  composition  is  C6H10O5,  but  it  consists  of  a 
mixture  of  various  modifications  of  Starch-cellulose  and  Starch-granulose.] 

Preparation. 
[Glyceritum  Amyli. — See  Glycerin,  p.  609.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  STARCH. 
Starch  is  chiefly  employed  for  its  mechanical  properties,  on 
account  of  which  it  is  used  as  a  basis  for  dusting  powders  and 
insufflations.  The  glycerite  is  a  basis  for  suppositories.  The 
mucilage  (i  to  40  of  water,  gradually  added  and  then  boiled 
and  stirred  for  a  few  minutes)  is  a  basis  for  ointments,  and  may 
be  used  to  suspend  insoluble  powders  or  oils ;  it  is  very  [conve- 
nient] as  a  basis  for  enemata,  but  does  not  keep  well  and  is 
therefore  not  suitable  as  a  vehicle  for  a  mixture. 

LYCOPODIUM. 

LYCOPODIUM.— [5y»0«yw.r.—  Vegetable  Sulphur.  Club  Moss.  The 
spores  of  Lycopodium  clavatum  Linne,  and  of  other  species  of  Lycopodium 
(nat.  ord.  Lycopodiacea}.  Habitat. — Europe,  Asia,  and  North  America,  in 
dry  woods. 

CHARACTERS. — A  fine  powder,  pale  yellowish,  very  mobile,  inodorous, 
tasteless,  floating  upon  water  and  not  wetted  by  it,  but  sinking  on  being  boiled 
with  it,  and  burning  quickly  when  thrown  into  a  flame.  Under  the  micro- 
scope the  spores  are  seen  to  be  sphsero-tetrahedral,  the  surfaces  marked  with 
recticulated  ridges,  and  the  edges  beset  with  short  projections. 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  Fixed  oil,  47  to  49  per  cent.  (2)  Cane  Sugar,  2  per 
cent.  (3)  A  volatile  base,  Methylamine,  in  minute  quantities. 

IMPURITIES. — Pollen,  starch  and  sand.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  LYCOPODIUM. 

Lycopodium  has  a  great  power  of  absorbing  oils  and  oleo- 
resins.  It  is  excellent  as  a  basis  of  pills,  especially  as  it  protects 
hygroscopic  substances,  for  it  is  powerfully  repellant  to  water. 
It  is  useful  as  a  dusting  powder,  and  also  as  a  basis  for  insuffla- 
tions. 

QUILLAJA. 

QUILLAJA. — Synonyms.  —  [Panama  Bark.  Soap  Bark.  The  inner 
bark  of  Quillaja  Saponaria  Molina  (nat.  ord.  Rosacece).  Habitat. — Chili  and 
Peru. 


VEGETABLE   SUBSTANCES    ACTING    ON    METABOLISM.       669 

CHARACTERS. — Flat,  large  pieces,  about  5  mm.  thick;  outer  surface 
brownish-white,  ofien  with  small  patches  of  brown  cork  attached,  otherwise 
smooth  ;  inner  surface  whitish,  smooth  ;  fracture  splintery,  checkered  with 
pale,  brownish  bast  fibres,  imbedded  in  white  tissue  ;  inodorous ;  taste  per- 
sistently acrid  ;  the  dust  very  sternutatory.] 

COMPOSITION. — (I)  Saponin,  about  9  per  cent.,  \_(see  p.  448)  a  mixture  of 
the  Glucosides,  Quillaic  Acid,  C19H30O10,  and  Sapotoxin,  C17H26O10.] 

Dose,  ]^  to  y2  dr. ;  [i.  to  2.  gm.] 

Preparation. 

Tinctura  Quillajae. — [Tincture  of  Quillaja.  Quillaja,  200  ;  by 
boiling  with  Water,  straining  and  washing,  addition  of  Alcohol,  350 ; 
filtration  and  addition  of  Water  to  1000. 

Dose,  l/2  to  2  fl.  dr.;  2.  to  8.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  QUILLAJA. 

The  tincture  of  quillaja,  on  account  of  its  soapy  nature,  is 
largely  employed  to  make  a  lather  for  shampooing,  and  may  be 
used  to  aid  the  diffusion  of  oils  and  other  insoluble  bodies,  but 
the  fact  that  it  contains  the  active  body  saponin  is  an  objection 
to  its  employment  for  emulsifying  medicines  for  internal  ad- 
ministration. On  the  other  hand,  because  of  the  saponin,  it 
might  probably  be  used  more  largely  as  an  expectorant.  Those 
who  have  employed  it  speak  very  favorably  of  it,  especially  in 
cases  in  which  the  object  is  to  promote  free  expectoration  of 
mucus  which  is  accumulating  in  the  chest. 


GROUP    XIX. 
Vegetable  substances  [acting  on  Metabolism], 

Guaiacum  [Xanthoxylum],  Sarsaparilla,  [Menispermum,  Stillingia, 

Lappa,]  Sassafras,  Hemidesmus,  [Calendula,  Scutellaria, 

Tonga],  Bael  Fruit,  Oleum   Gynocardiae. 

GUAIACUM. 

GUAIACI  LIGNUM. — Guaiacum  Wood.  Synonym. — Lignum  vitae. 
The  heart-wool  of  Guaiacum  officinale  [Linn6,  and  of  Guaiacum  sanctum 
Linne  (nat.  ord.  Zygophyllea).  Habitat. — West  Indies,  North  and  South 
America. 


6/O  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

CHARACTERS. — Heavier  than  water,  hard,  brown  or  greenish-brown,  resin- 
ous, marked^  with  irregular,  concentrated  circles,  surrounded  by  a  yellowish 
alburnum,  splitting  irregularly  ;  when  heated,  emitting  a  balsamic  odor  ;  taste 
slightly  acrid.  Guaiacum  Wood  is  generally  used  in  the  form  of  raspings  or 
turnings,  which  should  be  greenish-brown,  containing  few  particles  of  a 
whitish  color,  and  should  acquire  a  dark  bluish-green  color  on  the  addition  of 
Nitric  Acid.] 

COMPOSITION. — The  principal  constituent  is  the  Resin  (see  below),  20  to 
25  per  cent. 

\Guaiacum  Wood  is  used  to  make  Decoctum  Sarsaparillae  Compositum.] 

Dose,  X  t£>  z  dr. »  [*•  to  4-  §?m<] 

GUAIACI  RESINA. — Guaiac.  {Synonym. — Gum  Guaiac.  The  resin 
of  the  wood  of  Guaiacum  officinal?  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Zygophyllea). 

SOURCE. — By  melting  the  resin  of  the  heartwood  by  fire. 

CHARACTERS. — In  irregular  masses,  or  subglobular  pieces,  externally  green- 
ish-brown, internally  of  a  glassy  lustre,  and,  in  recent  Guaiac,  usually  reddish- 
brown,  transparent  in  thin  splinters,  fusible,  feebly  aromatic,  the  odor  becom- 
ing stronger  in  heating  ;  taste  somewhat  acrid  ;  powder  grayish,  turning  green 
on  exposure  to  air.]  Guaiacum  Resin  on  dry  distillation  yields  Cresol  and 
Guaiacol,  also  found  in  Creosote  (set  p.  334).  Resembling  Guaiacum  Resin. 
— Myrrh,  Scammony,  Benzoin,  Aloes,  and  Resin,  but  these  have  no  greenish 
tinge. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are  three  resins — (l)  Guaiaconic 
Add,  C,9HMO6  (70  per  cent.).  (2)  Guaiadc  Acid,  resembling  Benzoic  Acid. 
(3)  Guaiaretic  Add,  [C20HMO4  (about  10  per  cent.).]  These  are  insoluble 
in  water,  soluble  in  alkalies,  but  precipitated  on  neutralization. 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Mineral  acids  and  spirit  of  nitrous  ether. 

[Guaiac  Resin  is  contained  in  Pilulre  Antimonii  Composite.] 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr.  ;  [.30  to  a.oo  gm.] 

Preparations. 

[i.  Tinctura  Guaiaci. — Tincture  of  Guaiac.     Guaiac,  200.     By 
maceration  with  Alcohol,  and  filtration  to  1000. 
Dose,  j£  to  i  fl.  dr.  ;  2.  to  4.  c.c.] 

2.  Tinctura  Guaiaci  Ammoniata. —  [Ammoniated  Tincture  of 
Guaiac.  Guaiac,  200 ;  by  maceration  with  Aromatic  Spirit  of  Ammo- 
nia, and  filtration  to  1000. 

Dose,  y2  to  i  fl.  dr.  ;  2.  to  4.  c.c.] 

ACTION  OF  GUAIAC. 

External. —  [The  tincture  of  guaiac  is  used  for  the  detection 
of  blood  stains.] 


VEGETABLE   SUBSTANCES   ACTING   ON    METABOLISM.      6/1 

Internal.  —  Guaiacum  resin  gives  rise  to  an  acrid  feeling  in 
the  throat  and  a  sensation  of  heat  in  the  epigastrium.  It  in- 
creases the  secretions  and  movements  of  the  intestine  and 
stomach.  Large  doses  are  gastro-intestinal  irritants,  causing 
vomiting  and  purging.  It  reflexly  stimulates  the  heart. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  GUAIAC. 

Internal.  —  Guaiacum  resin  is  so  [disagreeable]  and  its  value 
so  doubtful  that  it  is  rarely  ordered.  It  is  used  empirically, 
sometimes  successfully,  for  chronic  sore  throat,  especially  if  the 
subject  has  had  syphilis.  Lozenges  (13  gr.  [.20  gm.]  of  the 
resin  with  a  fruit  basis)  are  preferred.  The  mixture  [B.  P., 
Guaiacum  resin,  6  ;  sugar,  6  ;  tragacanth,  i  ;  cinnamon  water, 
240  ;  dose,  ^  to  i  fl.  oz.,  15.  to  30.  c.c.]  is  said  to  be  a  more 
efficacious  preparation  than  that  of  the  tincture.  Thirty  grains 
[2.  gm.]  of  the  powder  itself  may  be  placed  on  the  back  of  the 
throat  and  swallowed.  Guaiacum  is  a  mild  purgative,  and  it  has 
been  given  as  a  pill  in  chronic  constipation  ;  this  property  ac- 
counts for  its  presence  in  compound  [cathartic]  pills.  Lately  it 
has  been  strongly  recommended  by  Garrod  as  a  means  of  ward- 
ing off  attacks  of  gout.  For  this  purpose  12  gr.,  [.75  gm.]  of 
the  powdered  resin  may  be  taken  in  a  cachet  for  an  indefinite 
period,  even  several  years.  It  is  well  to  follow  it  by  a  draught 
of  effervescent  lithium  citrate.  It  was  formerly  employed  in 

chronic  rheumatism. 

[XANTHOXYLON. 


XANTHOXYLON.—  5y«0«yw.—  Prickly  Ash  Bark.  The  bark  of  Xan- 
thoxylum  americanum  Miller,  and  of  Xanthoxylum  Clava-Herculis  Linne 
(nat.  ord.  Rutacea).  Habitat.  —  North  America. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Xanthoxylum  americanum  (Northern  Prickly  Ash)  is  in 
curved  or  quilled  fragments,  about  I  mm.  thick  ;  outer  surface  brownish  gray, 
with  whitish  patches,  and  minute,  black  dots,  faintly  furrowed,  with  some 
brown,  glossy,  straight,  two-edged  spines,  linear  at  the  base,  and  about  5  mm. 
long  ;  inner  surface  whitish,  smooth  ;  fracture  short,  non-fibrous,  green  in  the 
outer  and  yellowish  in  the  inner  layer  ;  inodorous  ;  taste  bitterish,  very  pun- 
gent. 

Xanthoxylum  Clava-Herculis  (Southern  Prickly  Ash)  resembles  the  pre- 
ceding, but  is  about  2  mm.  thick,  and  is  marked  by  many  conical,  corky  pro- 
jections, sometimes  2  cm.  high,  and  by  stout,  brown  spines,  rising  from  a 


672  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

corky  base.  Resembling  Xanthoxylum. — Aralia  sfiinosa,  which  is  nearly 
smooth  externally,  and  beset  with  slender  prickles  in  transverse  rows. 

COMPOSITION. — It  contains— (i)  An  acrid,  green  oil.  (2)  A  resin,  crys. 
talline,  white  and  tasteless.  (3)  An  acrid,  soft  resin.  (4)  A  bitter  substance, 
probably  an  alkaloid.  (5)  Tannic  acid,  in  small  quantity. 

Dose,  10  to  30  gr. ;  .60  to  2.00  gm. 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Xanthoxyli  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Xanthoxy- 
lum.    By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 
Dose,  10  to  30  m. ;   .60  to  2.00  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  PRICKLY  ASH  BARK. 
Xanthoxylum  has  about  the  same  action  as  guaiac.  It  pro- 
duces, when  swallowed,  a  sensation  of  heat.  It  enjoys  some 
reputation  as  a  remedy  for  chronic  rheumatism,  and  has  been 
used  in  syphilis  and  chronic  hepatic  disorders.  For  patients 
suffering  from  chronic  syphilis  who  do  not  tolerate  either  mer- 
cury or  the  iodides,  McDade's  formula  may  be  employed.  This 
is  equal  parts  of  the  fluid  extracts  of  sarsaparilla,  stillingia,  lappa, 
phytolacca  root  and  tincture  of  xanthoxylon.  The  dose  is  from 
i  to  4  fl.  dr.,  4.  to  15.  c.c.,  thrice  daily.  The  bark,  used  as  a 
masticatory,  is  a  popular  remedy  for  tooth-ache.] 

SARSAPARILLA. 

SARSAPARILLA.— [The  root  of  Smilax  officinalis  Kunth,  Smilax 
medica  Chamisso  et  Schlechtendal,  Smilax  papyracea  Duhamel,  and  of  other 
undetermined  species  of  Smilax  (nat.  ord.  Liliacea).  Habitat. — Tropical 
America,  from  Mexico  to  Brazil. 

CHARACTERS. — About  4  or  5  mm.  thick,  very  long,  cylindrical,  longitudi- 
nally wrinkled,  externally  grayish-brown  or  orange-brown  ;  internally  showing 
a  whitish  and  mealy,  or  somewhat  horny,  cortical  layer,  surrounding  a  circular 
wood-zone,  the  latter  enclosing  a  broad  pith  ;  nearly  inodorous  ;  taste  mucila- 
ginous, bitter,  and  acrid.]  Resembling  Sarsaparilla. — Senega,  which  is 
twisted  and  keeled  ;  Hemidesmus,  which  is  cracked  transversely. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are  —  (i)  Parillin  [also  named 
Smilacin,  Parillinic  Acid  and  ParigHn,  about  0.2  per  cent.,  an  acrid  gluco- 
side,  soluble  in  hot  water  and  Alcohol,  insoluble  in  Ether],  closely  resembling 
Saponin.  (2)  Resin.  (3)  Trace  of  a  Volatile  Oil.  [(4)  Calcium  Oxalate 
and  other  salts.  ] 

INCOMPATIBLES. — Alkalies. 

Dose,  Yi  to  I  dr. ;  [2.  to  4.  gm,] 


VEGETABLE    SUBSTANCES    ACTING    ON    METABOLISM.       6/3 

Preparations. 

I.  [Decoctum  Sarsaparillae  Compositum. — Compound  Decoction 
of  Sarsaparilla.  Sarsaparilla,  loo;  Sassafras,  20;  Guaiacum  Wood, 
20 ;  Glycyrrhiza,  20  ;  Mezereum,  10.  By  boiling,  maceration  in  Water 
and  straining  to  1000. 

Dose,  i  to  4  fi.  oz. ;  30.  to  120.  c.c. 

2.  Extractum    Sarsaparillae    Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Sar- 
saparilla.    By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  Water,  and 
evaporation. 

Dose,  ^2  to  i  fl.  dr.  ;  2.  to  4.  c.c. 

3.  Extractum    Sarsaparillae    Fluidum    Compositum.— Com- 
pound Fluid  Extract  of  Sarsaparilla.     Sarsaparilla,  750 ;  Glycyrrhiza, 
120  ;  Sassafras,  loo;  Mezereum,  30.     By  maceration  and  percolation 
in  Glycerin,  Alcohol  and  Water,  and  evaporation,  to  1000. 

Dose,  y2  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  4.  c.c. 

4.  Syrupus    Sarsaparillae    Compositus. — Compound  Syrup  of 
Sarsaparilla.       Fluid  Extract  of  Sarsaparilla,  200. ;    Fluid  Extract  of 
Glycyrrhiza,  15  ;  Fluid  Extract  of  Senna,  15  ;  Oil  of  Sassafras,  ^  •  Oil 
of  Anise,  y1^  ;  Oil  of  Gaultheria,  ^  ;  Sugar,  650.     By  mixing,  filtering, 
dissolving  the  Sugar,  and  straining  with  Water  to  looo. 

Dose,  y2  to  i  fl.  oz. ;  15.  to  30.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  SARSAPARILLA. 

Sarsaparilla  is  not  known  to  have  any  physiological  action. 
It  is  never  given  alone,  therefore  we  are  ignorant  of  its  therapeu- 
tical effects.  Probably  it  has  none. 

[MENISPERMUM. 

MENISPERMUM. — Canadian  Moonseed.  Synonym. — Yellow  Par- 
ilia.  The  rhizome  and  roots  of  Menispermum  canadense  Linn6  (nat.  ord. 
Menispermacea:\  Habitat. — North  America,  in  moist  thickets. 

CHARACTERS. — Rhizome  several  feet  long,  about  5  mm.  thick,  brown  or 
yellowish -brown,  somewhat  knotty,  finely  wrinkled,  longitudinally  and  beset 
with  numerous  thin,  rather  brittle  roots ;  fracture  tough,  woody ;  internally 
yellowish,  the  bark  rather  thick,  the  wood  rays  broad,  porous,  and  longest  on 
the  lower  side  ;  pith  distinct ;  nearly  inodorous  ;  taste  bitter. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Afenispine,  awhile  alka- 
loid, insoluble  in  Benzol  and  alkalies.  (2)  Berberine  (see  p.  640).  (3) 
Tannic  acid.  (4)  Resin. 

Dose,  5  to  30  gr. ;  .30  to  2.00  gm. 

43 


6/4  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Menispermi  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Menisper- 
mum.  By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  and  water,  and 
evaporation. 

Dose,  5  to  30  m. ;  .30  to  2.00  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  CANADIAN  MOONSEED. 
The  action  and  uses  of  menispermum  are  similar  to  those  of 

sarsaparilla. 

STILLINGIA. 

STILLINGIA. — Synonyms. — Queen's  Root.  Queen's  Delight.  The 
root  of  Slillingia  sylvatica  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Euphorbiacea').  Habitat. — South- 
ern United  States,  in  sandy  soil. 

CHARACTERS. —About  30  cm.  long,  and  nearly  5  cm.  thick,  subcylindri- 
cal,  slightly  branched,  compact,  wrinkled,  tough,  grayish-brown,  breaking  with 
a  fibrous  fracture,  showing  a  thick  bark  and  porous  wood,  the  inner  bark  and 
medullary  rays  having  numerous  yellowish-brown  resin-cells  ;  odor  peculiar, 
unpleasant ;  taste  bitter,  acrid,  and  pungent. 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  Sylvacrol,  an  acrid  resin,  soluble  in  Alcohol  and 
Chloroform.  (2)  Probably  a  glucoside.  (3)  Resin.  (4)  Volatile  Oil.  (5) 
Tannic  Acid. 

Dose,  ]4,  to  i  dr.  ;  i.  to  4.  gm. 

Preparation. 

Extractum    Stillingiae    Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Stillingia. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Diluted  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 
Dose,  %  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  STILLINGIA. 

Stillingia  is  in  large  doses  emetic  and  cathartic,  but  in  smaller 
ones,  alterative.  It  is  a  valuable  remedy  in  syphilis  and  in  the 
cutaneous  and  hepatic  diseases  which  are  benefited  by  so-called 

alterative  medicines. 

LAPPA. 

LAPPA. — Synonym. — Burdock.  The  root  of  Arctium  Lappa  Linne 
and  some  other  species  of  Arctium  (nat.  ord.  Composita:).  Habitat. — Europe 
and  Northern  Asia ;  naturalized  in  North  America,  in  waste  places. 

CHARACTERS. — About  30  cm.  or  more  long,  and  in  its  thickest  portion, 
from  I  to  2  cm.  thick  ;  nearly  simple,  fusiform,  fleshy,  longitudinally  wrinkled, 
crowned  with  a  tuft  of  whitish,  soft,  hairy  leaf-stalks ;  grayish-brown,  inter- 
nally paler ;  fracture  somewhat  horny  ;  bark  rather  thick,  the  inner  part  and 
the  wood  radially  striate,  the  parenchyma  free  from  starch, — often  with  cavi 


VEGETABLE    SUBSTANCES    ACTING    ON    METABOLISM.       6/5 

ties  lined  with  white  remains  of  tissue ;  odor  feeble  and  unpleasant ;  taste 
mucilaginous,  sweetish  and  somewhat  bitter. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Possibly  a  glucoside.  (2) 
Inulin.  (3)  Resin.  (4)  Tannic  Acid,  in  small  quantity. 

Dose,  y2  to  i  dr.  ;  2.  to  4.  gm. 

Preparation. 

Extractum    Lappae    Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Lappa.      By 
maceration  and  percolation  with  Diluted  Alcohol,  and  evaporation. 
Dose,  yz  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  2.  to  4.  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  BURDOCK. 

Burdock  is  considered  to  be  a  diuretic  and  a  diaphoretic  alter- 
ative. It  has  been  recommended  in  the  treatment  of  various 
chronic  skin  diseases,  especially  in  psoriasis  and  acne.] 

SASSAFRAS. 

SASSAFRAS. — [The  bark  of  the  root  of  Sassafras  variifolium  (Salis- 
bury) O.  Kuntze  (nat.  ord.  Laurine<z).  Habitat. — North  America  from 
Eastern  Texas  and  Kansas  eastward  to  Florida  and  Ontario  ;  in  woods. 

CHARACTERS. — In  irregular  fragments,  deprived  of  the  gray,  corky  layer, 
bright  rust-brown,  soft,  fragile,  with  a  short,  corky  fracture  ;  the  inner  surface 
smooth  ;  strongly  fragrant;  taste  sweetish,  aromatic,  and  somewhat  astringent. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  A  volatile  oil  (see  below), 
about  5  per  cent.  (2)  Sassafrid,  a  peculiar  decomposition  product  of  Tannic 
Acid.  (3)  Resin.  (4)  Tannic  Acid.  ] 

Sassafras  is  contained  in  [Decoctum  Sarsaparillae  Compositum,  and  Ex- 
tractum Sarsaparillae  Fluidum  Compositum. 

Dose,  ^  to  i  dr. ;  [i.  to  4.  gm.] 

[SASSAFRAS  MEDULLA.— Sassafras  Pith.  The  pith  of  Sassafras 
variifolium  (Salisbury)  O.  Kuntze  (nat.  ord.  LaurinecE). 

CHARACTERS. —In  slender,  cylindrical  pieces,  often  curved  or  coiled, 
light,  spongy,  white,  inodorous  and  insipid.  Macerated  in  water  it  forms  a 
mucilaginous  liquid,  which  is  not  precipitated  on  the  addition  of  Alcohol. 

Preparation. 

Mucilago    Sassafras    Medullae. — Mucilage   of    Sassafras   Pith. 
Sassafras  Pith,  2 ;  Water,  loo.     By  maceration  and  straining. 
Dose,  freely. 

OLEUM  SASSAFRAS.— Oil  of  Sassafras.  A  volatile  oil  distilled 
from  Sassafras. 

CHARACTERS. — A  yellowish  or  reddish-yellow  liquid,  having  the  charac- 
teristic odor  of  Sassafras  without  the  odor  of  Camphor,  and  a  warm,  aromatic 


6/6  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

taste.  It  becomes  darker  and  thicker  by  age  and  exposure  to  the  air.  Sp.  gr., 
1.070  to  1.090.  Solubility. — Soluble,  in  all  proportions  in  Alcohol,  in  Glacial 
Acetic  Acid,  and  in  Carbon  Bisulphide. 

Oil  of  Sassafras  is  contained  in  Syrupus  Sarsaparillse  Compositus. 

Dose,  i  to  5  m. ;  .06  to  .30  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  SASSAFRAS. 

The  external  and  internal  action  of  sassafras  is,  so  far  as  is 
known,  the  same  as  that  of  volatile  oils  generally.  [The  mucilage 
is  somewhat  stimulant  in  its  action,  and  is  an  excellent  vehicle.] 

HEMIDESMUS. 

HEMIDESMUS.  [B.  P.,  not  official.]— The  dried  root  of  Hemides- 
mus  Indicus  (nat  ord.  Asclepiadacece).  Synonym. — Indian  Sarsaparilla. 
[Habitat.  — India.  ] 

CHARACTERS. — Cylindrical,  twisted,  longitudinally  furrowed;  [15.  cm.] 
long  ;  their  yellowish-brown  corky  layer  easily  separable  from  the  rest  of  the 
bark,  which  is  annularly  cracked.  Odor  fragrant,  taste  sweetish,  slightly 
acid.  Resembling  Hemidesmus. — Sarsaparilla,  Ipecacuanha,  and  Senega,  but 
they  have  no  cracks. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are— (i)  [Coumarin]  (2)  Hemi- 
desmine.  (3)  Tannic  Acid. 

Preparation, 

Syrupus    Hemidesmi.     [B.    P.,  not   official. — Syrup  of  Hemi- 
desmus].    Hemidesmus,  4  ;  Sugar,  28 ;  Boiling  Water,  16. 
Dose,  YT,  to  i  fl.  dr.  ;  [2.  to  4.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  INDIAN  SARSAPARILLA. 

Hemidesmus  is  used  chiefly  in  India,  and  for  the  same  pur- 
poses as  Sarsaparilla.  It  is  doubtful  whether  it  has  any  particular 
action.  The  syrup  may  be  given  as  a  flavoring  agent. 

[CALENDULA. 

CALENDULA. — Synonym. — Marigold.  The  florets  of  Calendula 
officinalis  Linn6  (nat.  ord.  Composite).  Habitat. — Levant  and  Southern 
Europe ;  cultivated. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Florets  about  12  mm.  long,  linear  and  strap-shaped,  deli- 
cately veined  in  a  longitudinal  direction,  yellow  or  orange-colored,  three- 
toothed  above,  the  short  hairy  tube  enclosing  the  remnants  of  a  filiform  style 
terminating  in  two  elongated  branches ;  odor  slight  and  somewhat  heavy ; 
taste  somewhat  bitter  and  faintly  saline. 


VEGETABLE    SUBSTANCES    ACTING    ON    METABOLISM.       6// 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  A  peculiar  principle, 
Calendulin,  which  is  regarded  as  analogous  to  Bassorin.  (2)  An  amorphous 
bitter  principle.  (3)  Gum. 

Dose,  15  to  60  gr.  ;   i.  to  4.  gm. 

Preparation. 

Tinctura  Calendulae. — Tincture  of  Calendula.     Calendula,  200. 
By  maceration  and  percolation  with  Alcohol  to  1000. 
Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr.;  4.  to  15.  c.c. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  MARIGOLD. 

Marigold  was  formerly  supposed  to  be  antispasmodic,  sudo- 
rific and  emmenagogue,  but  now  it  is  believed  to  have  no  thera- 
peutic value. 

SCUTELLARIA. 

SCUTE.L.LA.RI A.— Synonym.—  Skullcap.  The  herb  of  Scutellaria 
lateriflora  Linne  (nat.  ord.  Labiata).  Habitat. — North  America  ;  west  to 
Alabama,  New  Mexico  and  Oregon,  in  damp  thickets. 

CHARACTERS. — About  50  cm.  long,  smooth  ;  stem  quadrangular,  branched  ; 
leaves  opposite,  petiolate,  about  5  cm.  long,  ovate-lanceolate  or  ovate-oblong, 
serrate ;  flowers  in  axillary,  one-sided  racemes,  with  a  pale  blue  corolla,  and 
bilabiate  calyx,  closed  in  fruit,  the  upper  lip  helmet-shaped;  odor  slight ;  taste 
bitterish. 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  A  bitterish  principle.     (2)  Volatile  oil,  a  trace. 

Dose,  i  to  2  dr. ;  4.  to  8.  gm. 

Preparation. 

Extractum  Scutellarise  Fluidum. — Fluid  Extract  of  Scutel- 
laria. By  maceration  and  percolation  with  .Diluted  Alcohol  and  evap- 
oration. 

Dose,  i  to  2  fl.  dr. ;  4.  to  8.  c.c. 

USES  OF  SCUTELLARIA. 

Scutellaria  has  little  medicinal  effect.  It  is  used  as  a  nervous 
sedative  ;  formerly  it  was  given  in  decoction  for  epilepsy. 

TONGA. 

TONGA. — The  bark  of  Raphidorphora  vitiensis  (nat.  ord.  Aracea)  and 
Premna  taitensis  (nat.  ord.  Verbenacea'].  Habitat. — Fiji  Islands. 

COMPOSITION.— The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Tongine,  a  volatile  alka- 
loid. (2)  A  volatile  oil. 

Dose,  ^  to  i  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  gm. 


6/8  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  TONGA. 

Tonga  as  a  fluid  extract;  dose,  ^  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  i.  to  4.  c.c., 
undoubtedly  relieves  some  cases  of  intractable  neuralgia.  Com- 
bined with  salicylates  it  is  of  great  value  for  the  treatment  of  so- 
called  muscular  rheumatism.  In  large  doses  it  is  purgative.] 

BEL^E  FRUCTUS. 

BAEL  FRUIT.— [B.  P.,  not  official.]— The  dried  half-ripe  fruit  of 
sEgle  marmelos  (nat.  ord.  Rutacece}.  [Habitat.'] — Malabar  and  Coromandel. 

CHARACTERS. — Roundish  fruit  the  size  of  a  large  orange,  usually  imported 
in  fragments  of  the  hard,  woody  rind,  with  adherent  dried  pulp  and  seeds. 

COMPOSITION.      [Tannic  Acid  in  small  quantity. 

Preparation,  not  official. 

Extractum     Belae     Liquidum. — Fluid    Extract   of    Bael    Fruit. 
Bael  Fruit,  16;  water,  17. 

Dose,  i  to  2  fl.  dr.  ;  4.  to  8.  c.c.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  BAEL  FRUIT. 

The  imported  bael  fruit  is  probably  useless.  In  India  the  ex- 
tract of  the  fresh  fruit  is  used  for  the  treatment  of  diarrhoea  and 
dysentery.  It  contains  but  little  tannic  acid,  and  its  mode  of 
action  is  not  known. 

OLEUM  GYNOCARDI^. 

CHAULMOOGRA  OIL.— [Not  official.]— The  expressed  oil  from  the 
seed  of  Gynocardia  odorata  (nat.  ord.  Bixinea).  [Habitat. — East  India.] 

CHARACTERS. — [This  is  a  whitish  substance  which  is  solid  at  107°  F., 
42°  C. ,  and  is  of  an  acid  reaction.  Sp.  gr. ,  at  above  temperature,  0.930.] 
Solubility. — In  ether,  chloroform,  and  alcohol. 

COMPOSITION. — Chiefly  Gynocardic  Acid,  [CUHMOS,]  a  yellowish  oily 
body  with  a  burning  taste. 

Dose,  5  to  20  m. ;  [.30  to  1.20  c.c.]  in  capsules. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  CHAULMOOGRA  OIL. 

Chaulmoogra  oil  has  been  much  used  in  leprosy,  for  the  bacilli 
present  in  the  blood  have  diminished  in  number  during  its  ad- 
ministration, but  it  does  not  cure  the  disease.  An  ointment  (3 
to  8  of  lanolin)  has  been  used  as  a  stimulant  in  chronic  eczema 


ANIMAL    DRUGS   ACTING   ON    THE   NERVOUS   SYSTEM.       6/9 

and  psoriasis.     [It  has  been  largely  employed  as  a  local  applica- 
tion for  bruises,  sprains  and  stiffness  by  athletes.] 

SECTION  II.— PHARMACOPCEIAL   SUBSTANCES   DERIVED  FROM 
THE  ANIMAL  KINGDOM. 

[The  drugs  in  this  section  which  act  similarly  will  be  grouped  together. 
In  Appendix  II.  a  list  of  these  drugs,  arranged  according  to  their  Natural 
Orders,  will  be  found.] 

GROUP  I. 

[Animal  Drugs  acting  chiefly  on  the  Nervous  System.] 
MOSCHUS. 

MUSK. — The  dried  secretion  from  the  preputial  follicles  of  Moschus 
moschiferus  [Linn6  (class  Mammalia;  order  Ruminantia).  Habitat. — 
Central  Asia. 

CHARACTERS.  —  In  irregular,  crumbly  somewhat  unctuous  grains,  dark 
reddish-brown,  having  a  peculiar,  penetrating  and  persistent  odor,  and  a  bitter- 
ish taste.  It  is  contained  in  oval  or  roundish  sacs  about  4  to  5  cm.  in  diam- 
eter, on  one  side  invested  with  a  smoothish  membrane,  on  the  other  side 
covered  with  stiff,  appressed,  grayish  hairs,  concentrically  arranged  around  two 
orifices  near  the  centre.  Solubility. — About  IO  per  cent,  of  Musk  is  soluble  in 
Alcohol,  the  tincture  being  light  brownish-yellow,  and  on  the  addition  of 
water  becoming  slightly  turbid.  About  50  per  cent,  of  Musk  is  soluble  in 
water,  the  solution  being  deep  brown,  faintly  acid,  and  strongly  odorous. 

COMPOSITION. — (I)  Ammonia.  (2)  An  acid.  (3)  Cholesterin.  (4)  Fats 
and  Oils.  (5)  Wax.  (6)  Gelatinous  and  albuminous  principles.  The  odor- 
iferous principle  has  not  been  isolated,]  but  it  is  probably  a  product  of  decom- 
position, being  constantly  formed  ;  complete  drying  destroys  the  odor,  but  it 
returns  after  water  is  added. 

IMPURITIES. — Dried  blood,  [resin,  lead  and  other  substances.] 

Dose,  2  to  10  gr. ;   [.12  to  .60  gm.] 

Preparation. 

[Tinctura  Moschi.  —  Tincture  of  Musk.  Musk,  50;  Alcohol, 
450  ;  Water,  450  ;  by  maceration  and  filtration  with  Diluted  Alcohol, 
to  looo. 

Dose,  %  to  i  fl.  dr. ;  x.  to  4.  c.c.] 

ACTION  OF  MUSK. 

Musk  is  a  very  powerful  diffusible  stimulant,  especially  to 
the  heart  and  nervous  system.  It  also  stimulates  the  respiratory 


68O  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

centre.     How  it  acts  is  not  known.     Occasionally  it  produces 
headache  and  nausea. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  MUSK. 

It  has  been  used,  and  apparently  with  great  success,  in  the 
collapse  and  prostration  of  long  continued  severe  diseases,  such 
as  typhoid  fever  and  pneumonia.  Various  functional  nervous 
diseases,  as  hysteria,  are  occasionally  treated  with  it.  Its  high 
price  limits  its  use.  It  is  usually  given  as  a  pill. 


GROUP  II. 

[Animal  Purgatives. 

Oxgall  and  Honey.] 
PEL  BOVIS. 

[OXGALL.— Synonym.— Fel  Tauri.  The  fresh  bile  of  Bos  Taurus 
Linn6  (class  Mammalia;  order  Ruminantia}.  Habitat. — Domesticated. 

CHARACTERS. — A  brownish-green  or  dark-green,  somewhat  viscid  liquid, 
having  a  peculiar,  unpleasant  odor,  and  a  disagreeable,  bitter  taste.     Sp.  gr., 
1.018  to  1.028.] 
Dose,  5  to  15  gr. ;  [.30  to  i.oo  gm.] 

Preparation. 

[Fel  Bovis  Purificatum. — Purified  Oxgall. 

SOURCE. — Evaporate  Oxgall,  300,  to  100 ;  add  Alcohol,  ioo. 
Decant,  filter,  and  after  distillation  of  the  Alcohol,  evaporate. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  yellowish-green,  soft  solid,  having  a  peculiar 
odor,  and  a  partly  sweet  and  partly  bitter  taste.  Solubility. — Very 
soluble  in  water  and  in  Alcohol. 

Dose,  5  to  15  gr. ;  .30  to  i.oo  gm.] 

ACTION  OF  OXGALL. 

[Oxgall  when  added  to  albuminous  solutions  delays  their  de- 
composition. It  aids  in  the  absorption  of  fats.  If  given  by  the 
mouth  it  is  mostly  absorbed  from  the  intestine  and  acts  as  a  chol- 
agogue.] 


ANIMAL    PURGATIVES.  68 1 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  OXGALL. 

Oxgall  has  been  used  as  a  cholagogue  purgative  in  cases  of 
constipation,  in  which  the  pale  color  of  the  faeces  indicates  a 
deficient  secretion  of  bile.  [It  has  also  been  used  as  an  anti- 
septic in  typhoid  fever  and  in  intestinal  fermentation.]  An 
enema  of  twenty  grains  [1.20  gm.]  or  more  dissolved  in  an 
ounce  or  two  [30.  to  60.  c.c.]  of  water  is  very  useful  in  case  of 
impacted  faeces,  in  which  the  rectum  is  so  full  that  there  is  not 
sufficient  room  for  a  larger  enema.  [One  to  two  ounces ;  30.  to 
60.  gm.  of  oxgall  in  a  pint ;  500  c.c.,  of  water  would  be  much 
more  likely  to  be  successful.  According  to  Fraser  bile  has  some 
antitoxic  power  with  reference  to  the  poisons  produced  by  patho- 
genic micro-organisms.] 

MEL. 

[HONEY. — A  saccharine  secretion  deposited  in  the  honey-comb  by  Apis 
mellifica  Linne  (class  Insecta  ;  order  Hymenoptera).  Habitat.  —  Domesti- 
cated. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  syrupy  liquid  of  a  light  yellowish  to  pale  yellowish- 
brown  color,  translucent  when  fresh,  but  gradually  becoming  opaque  and 
crystalline,  having  a  characteristic,  aromatic  odor,  and  a  sweet,  faintly  acrid 
taste. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Dextrose  or  Grape  Sugar. 
(2)  Glucose  or  Fruit  Sugar.  (3)  Wax.  (4)  Volatile  oil.  (5)  Formic  Acid, 
a  minute  quantity.  ] 

Preparation. 

Mel  Despumatum. — Clarified  Honey.     Melt  Honey  in  a  water- 
bath,  and  strain  while  hot,  adding  5  per  cent,  of  Glycerin. 

Clarified  Honey  is  contained  in  Confectio  Rosae  and  Mel  Rosae. 
[Dose,  freely.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  HONEY. 
Honey  is  a  demulcent,  relieving  dryness  of  the  mouth  and 
facilitating  swallowing.  Oxymel,  [clarified  honey  8,  acetic  acid 
i,  water  i],  is  a  useful  preparation.  It  is  a  common  ingredient 
of  cough  mixtures.  Honey  is  a  mild  laxative,  and  may  be  given 
to  children  for  this  purpose. 


682  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

GROUP  III. 

[Animal  Digestants. 

Pepsin  and  Pancreatin.] 
PEPSINUM. 

PEPSIN. — [A  proteolytic  ferment  or  enzyme  obtained  from  the  glandular 
layer  of  fresh  stomachs  from  healthy  pigs,  (Sus  scrofa  Linn£  ;  class  Mam- 
malia ;  order  Pachydermata),  and  capable  of  digesting  not  less  than  3000 
times  its  own  weight  of  freshly  coagulated  and  disintegrated  egg  albumin. 
Habitat. — Domesticated. 

SOURCE. — The  mucous  membrane  of  a  pig's  stomach,  dissected  off  and 
finely  chopped,  is  macerated  in  water  acidulated  with  Hydrochloric  Acid  for 
several  days,  with  frequent  stirring.  The  strained  liquor  is  decanted  and  So- 
dium Chloride  mixed  with  it.  After  several  hours  the  floating  mixture  is 
skimmed  from  the  surface  and  placed  in  cotton  cloth  to  drain,  and  finally  sub- 
mitted to  strong  pressure  to  get  rid  of  the  saline  solution. 

CHARACTERS. — A  fine  white,  or  yellowish-white,  amorphous  powder,  or 
thin,  pale  yellow  or  yellowish,  transparent  or  translucent  grains  or  scales,  free 
from  any  offensive  odor,  and  having  a  mildly  acidulous  or  slightly  saline  taste, 
usually  followed  by  a  suggestion  of  bitterness.  It  slowly  attracts  moisture 
when  exposed  to  the  air.  Solubility. — Soluble,  or  for  the  most  part  soluble,  in 
about  100  parts  of  water,  with  more  or  less  opalescence  ;  more  soluble  in  water 
acidulated  with  Hydrochloric  Acid ;  insoluble  in  Alcohol,  Ether  or  Chloroform. 

Dose,  5  to  60  gr. ;  .30  to  4.00  gm. 

Preparation. 

Pepsinum  Saccharatum. — Saccharated  Pepsin.  Pepsin,  lo  ; 
Sugar  of  Milk,  90.  By  trituration.  Saccharated  Pepsin  should  digest 
300  times  its  own  weight  of  freshly  coagulated  and  disintegrated  egg 
albumin. 

Dose,  5  to  60  gr. ;  .30  to  4.00  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  PEPSIN. 

Pepsin  may  be  given  to  help  gastric  digestion  in  those  in 
whom  from  old  age  or  long  illness  the  secretion  of  gastric  juice 
is  deficient.  Thus,  for  example,  it  is  useful  in  convalescence 
from  acute  illness  or  in  cases  of  cancer  of  the  stomach.  It  is  of 
no  use  as  an  aid  to  the  digestion  of  fatty  or  carbo-hydrate  food. 
It  should  be  given  in  a  powder  or  a  pill  directly  after  meal*  and 
should  be  followed  in  about  half  an  hour  by  a  dose  of 


ANIMAL    DIGESTANTS.  683 

chloric  acid.  The  pepsin  should  be  tested  before  use,  as  many 
preparations  in  the  market  are  inert  powders. 

Pepsin  may  be  used  to  predigest  albuminous  food,  either  for 
administration  by  the  mouth  or  the  rectum.  Often  this  is  better 
than  giving  pepsin  internally,  for  morbid  processes  may  be  going 
on  in  the  stomach  which  prevent  digestion.  The  rectum  has 
very  feeble  powers  of  digestion,  and  therefore  nutrient  enemata 
or  suppositories  should  always  be  predigested.  It  is  found  that 
for  predigestion  pancreatin  (see  below)  is  usually  a  more  reliable 
preparation  than  pepsin.  Both  should  be  employed  with  judg- 
ment, for  there  is  a  likelihood  that  if  artificial  digestion  be  used 
too  long,  the  digestive  functions  of  the  stomach  may  [become 
incapable  of  action]  from  want  of  use. 

The  following  directions  for  peptonizing  meat  may  be  fol- 
lowed. Take  one  pound  [450.  gm.]  of  lean  meat,  reduce  to  a 
fine  pulp,  add  six  times  its  weight  of  water  containing  0.2  per 
cent,  of  hydrochloric  acid  and  i2ogr.  [8.  gm.]  of  pepsin.  Di- 
gest at  120°  F.  [48.°  C.]  in  a  porcelain  digester  for  five  or  six 
hours  with  frequent  stirring.  Then  neutralize  with  sodium  car- 
bonate, boil  and  filter.  Evaporate  the  filtrate  on  a  water  bath 
till  it  is  of  the  consistency  of  a  soft  extract. 

Peptonized  meat  suppositories  are  often  very  valuable.  To 
make  one  suppository  30  gr.  [2.  gm.]  of  the  above -extract  is 
mixed  with  40  gr.  [2.40  gm.]  of  oil  of  theobroma,  and  moulded 
in  a  conical  mould. 

[PANCREATINUM. 

PANCREATIN. — Synonym. — Zymine.  A  mixture  of  the  enzymes 
naturally  existing  in  the  pancreas  of  warm-blooded  animals,  usually  obtained 
from  the  fresh  pancreas  of  healthy  pigs  (Sus  scrofa  Linng  ;  class  Mammalia; 
order  Pachydermata}.  Habitat. — Domesticated. 

SOURCE. — Macerate  the  cut-up  pancreas  in  water  acidulated  with  Hydro- 
chloric Acid  for  forty-eight  hours,  add  a  saturated  solution  of  Sodium  Chloride, 
allow  to  stand  until  the  Pancreatin  rises  to  the  surface  ;  skim  this,  drain  in 
a  muslin  filter,  wash  with  a  less  concentrated  solution  of  salt  until  nearly  dry  ; 
then  rub  up  with  Sugar  of  Milk,  dry  thoroughly  without  heat,  and  dilute  with 
Sugar  of  Milk,  until  10  gr. ;  .60  gm. ,  will  just  emulsify  2  fl.  dr.;  8.  c.c.  of  Cod 
Liver  Oil. 

CHARACTERS. — A    yellowish,    yellowish-white,   or    grayish,    amorphous 


684  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

powder,  odorless,  or  having  a  faint,  peculiar,  not  unpleasant  odor,  and  a  some- 
what meat-like  taste.  Solubility. — Slowly  and  almost  completely  soluble  in 
water,  insoluble  in  Alcohol. 

Dose,  5  to  15  gr. ;  .30  to  i.oo  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  PANCREATIN. 

Pancreatin  has  the  power  of  converting  starch  into  sugar,  al- 
bumin and  fibrin  into  peptones,  and  first  curdling  and  then  pep- 
tonizing  milk.  It  will  not  act  in  an  acid  medium  nor  above 
140°  F.  [60°  C.].  The  directions  for  peptonizing  milk  are 
given  on  p.  688.  [It  is  used  as  an  artificial  agent  to  assist  the 
digestion  of  invalids  and  of  old  persons,  or  those  prostrated  by 
fever  or  exhaustion.  Also  by  means  of  this,  food  may  be  par- 
tially or  wholly  digested  previous  to  administration.  It  should 
be  used  in  combination  with  an  alkali,  as  sodium  bicarbonate, 
in  the  proportion  of  i  to  4.  Nutritive  enemata  should  be 
thoroughly  pancreatized.] 


GROUP  IV. 
[Animal  Drugs  which  are  also  Foods. 

Cod  Liver  Oil,  Milk,  Extract  of  Meat.] 
OLEUM  MORRHU/E. 

COD  LIVER  OIL. — Synonym. — [Oleum  Jecoris  Aselli.  A  fixed  oil 
obtained  from  fresh  livers  of  Gadus  Morrhua  Linne,  and  of  other  species  of 
Gadus  (class  Pisces:  order  Teleostia ;  family  Gadida.}  Habitat. — North 
Atlantic  Ocean.  An  oil  obtained  from  the  Candle  fish  (  Thaleichthys  Pacificus] 
is  found  in  the  markets  under  the  name  of  Eulachon  Oil  and  is  sometimes  sold 
as  Cod  Liver  Oil. 

SOURCE. — The  fresh  livers  are  slowly  heated,  and  the  oil  is  decanted  from 
the  water,  and  sometimes  deprived  of  the  solid  fat  by  partial  freezing. 

CHARACTERS. — A  pale  yellow,  thin,  oily  liquid,  having  a  peculiar,  slightly 
fishy,  but  not  rancid  odor,  and  a  bland,  slightly  fishy  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  0.920  to 
0.925.  Solubility. — Scarcely  soluble  in  Alcohol,  but  readily  soluble  in  Ether, 
Chloroform,  or  Carbon  Bisulphide  ;  also  in  2.5  parts  of  Acetic  Ether. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Olein,  70  per  cent.,  which 
is  a  fluid  fixed  oil,  and  is  Glycerin  Oleate  the  most  abundant  constituent  of 
Cod  Liver  Oil.  (2)  Palmitin,  with  some  Stearin,  25  per  cent.  (3)  Free 


ANIMAL   DRUGS    WHICH    ARE   ALSO    FOODS.  685 

fatty  acids,  as  Oleic,  Palmitic,  Stearic.  (4)  Gaduin,  CjjH^Og,  a  peculiar 
principle,  very  insoluble  in  ordinary  menstrua.  (5)  Morrhuol,  a  crystalline 
substance  of  uncertain  composition,  containing  Phosphorus,  Iodine  and  Bro- 
mine. (6)  Traces  of  Iodine  and  Bromine.  (7)  Biliary  principles.  The  so- 
called  alkaloids  of  Cod  Liver  Oil  are  decomposition  products,  ptomaines  or 
cadaveric  alkaloids,  and  are  found  in  larger  quantities  in  the  brown  oils.  Their 
existence  in  fresh  oil  obtained  from  healthy  livers  has  not  been  demonstrated.] 
Dose,  i  to  4  fl.  dr. ;  [4.  to  15.  c.c.] 

ACTION  OF  COD  LIVER  OIL. 

External. — Cod  liver  oil  is  a  bland  unirritating  oil.  If  it  is 
desired  to  administer  it  in  cases  in  which  it  is  rejected  by  the 
stomach,  it  may  be  rubbed  into  the  skin.  The  oil  is  certainly 
absorbed  when  applied  in  this  way. 

Internal. —  Gastro-inte stinal  tract. — Cod  liver  oil,  even  more 
than  other  oils,  is  liable  to  cause  indigestion,  nausea,  and  sick- 
ness. Large  doses  may  set  up  diarrhoea.  It  is  more  readily 
absorbed  than  other  oils.  Loops  of  intestine  have  been  isolated 
in  the  lower  animals,  and  into  each  loop  different  oils  have  been 
injected.  The  intestines  are  returned  to  the  abdominal  cavity, 
and  after  some  time  the  animal  is  killed  and  the  loops  are 
opened.  It  is  always  found  that  the  cod  liver  oil  has  been  more 
rapidly  absorbed  than  any  other  oil.  The  facility  with  which 
cod  liver  oil  is  absorbed  is  also  shown  by  the  fact  that  it  often 
cannot  be  recognized  in  the  faeces,  although  equal  quantities  of 
other  oils  taken  by  the  mouth  are  passed  tinaltered.  Some 
authorities  believe  that  the  superior  absorbability  of  cod  liver  oil 
depends  on  the  biliary  principles  contained  in  it,  but  this  is 
doubtful ;  others  think  that  it  is  because  the  presence  of  free 
acids  facilitates  saponification  and  emulsion.  Certainly  it  con- 
tains more  free  fatty  acids  than  other  oils,  and  it  also  emulsifies 
much  more  easily. 

Tissues. — Not  only  is  cod  liver  oil  more  readily  absorbed  than 
other  oils,  but  it  is  a  better  food.  All  oils  lead  to  an  increased 
formation  of  fat,  but  cod  liver  oil  is  the  most  powerful  in  this 
respect.  It  reduces  the  color  of  a  solution  of  potassium  per- 
manganate more  readily  than  other  oils — that  is  to  say,  it  is  more 
readily  oxidized.  Thus,  as  it  is  more  easily  absorbed  and  more 


686  ORGANIC    MATERIA   MEDICA. 

easily  oxidized,  we  have  a  partial  explanation  of  its  peculiar  value 
in  increasing  the  weight  of  the  body ;  but  the  general  belief  is 
that  these  two  facts  do  not  wholly  explain  the  action  of  cod  liver 
oil,  and  that  it  has  some  peculiar  specific  action  not  yet  under- 
stood, especially  upon  those  suffering  from  phthisis  for  whom  it 
is  a  very  valuable  drug.  [If  it  is  true,  as  has  been  stated,  that 
iodine  may  occur  in  the  proportion  of  i  to  2000  of  the  oil,  the 
influence  of  this  remedy  is  not  to  be  ignored.] 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  COD  LIVER  OIL. 

External. — The  smell  of  cod  liver  oil  is  so  disagreeable  that 
it  should  not  be  rubbed  in  externally  unless  this  treatment  be 
absolutely  necessary. 

Internal. — Cod  liver  oil  is  of  the  greatest  service  in  all  varie- 
ties of  tuberculous  disease,  the  centra-indications  being  high 
temperature,  severe  haemoptysis  and  dyspepsia,  vomiting,  or 
diarrhoea,  whether  primary  or  induced  by  the  oil.  Patients 
often  improve  in  every  way  under  its  influence.  With  the  same 
exceptions  it  may  be  administered  with  great  advantage  in 
rickets,  and  in  any  chronic  disease  associated  with  loss  of  flesh, 
such  as  suppuration,  convalescence  from  acute  disease,  tertiary 
syphilis  and  starvation.  It  is  often  of  benefit  in  the  chronic 
bronchitis  and  the  chronic  eczema  of  childhood.  It  is  frequently 
given  with  success  in  neuralgia,  general  feebleness,  despondency 
and  other  nervous  conditions.  Formerly  it  was  often  prescribed 
for  chronic  rheumatism.  Many  persons  cannot,  or  imagine  they 
cannot,  take  it  on  account  of  its  [unpleasant]  taste.  There  are 
in  the  market  several  preparations  of  cod  liver  oil  in  which,  by 
careful  preparation,  the  disagreeable  taste  is  almost  abolished. 
Ten  minims  [.60  c.c.]  of  pure  ether,  with  a  [minim]  or  two  [.06 
to  .12  c.c.]  of  oil  of  peppermint  or  cloves,  will,  when  mixed 
with  a  dose  of  cod  liver  oil,  often  render  it  more  palatable. 
Sometimes  it  is  taken  in  [soft]  capsules,  or  made  into  a  jelly  with 
isinglass,  or  a  little  salt  is  put  into  the  mouth  after  the  oil  is 
taken,  or  the  mouth  is  rinsed  out  with  brandy  beforehand. 
Sometimes  it  is  taken  in  coffee,  but  perhaps  the  best  way  is  to 
form  an  emulsion  of  it.  A  very  nutritious  one  is  made  by  rub- 


ANIMAL    DRUGS    WHICH    ARE   ALSO    FOODS.  687 

bing  together  equal  parts  of  [extract  of  malt]  and  cod  liver  oil, 
and  in  this  the  oil  can  hardly  be  tasted  [but  it  is  likely  to  re- 
peat.] 

The  British  Pharmaceutical  Conference  advises  rne  following 
emulsion  : — Cod  liver  oil,  8  fl.  oz.  [240.  c.c.];  the  yolk  of  two 
eggs;  tragacanth  in  powder,  16  gr.  [i.  gm.];  elixir  of  [saccharin 
(saccharin,]  24  gr.;  [1.50  gm.]  ;.  sodium  bicarbonate,  12  gr. 
[.75  gm.]  ;  alcohol,  i  fl.  dr.  [4.  c.c.];  disti-lled  water,  7  fl.  dr. 
[28.  c.c.]),  i  fl.  dr.  [4.  c.c.];  tincture  of  benzoin,  i  fl.  dr.  ; 
[4.  c.c.]  ;  spirit  of  chloroform,  4  fl.  dr.;»[i5- c.c.];  oil  of  bitter 
almond,  8  m.  ;  [.50  c.c.];  distilled  water  to  16  fl.  oz.;  [500. 
c.c.].  Dose,  2  to  8  fl.  dr.;  [8.  to  30.  c.c.].  It  is  frequently 
desirable  to  give  cod  liver  oil  with  iron.  In  that  case  the  fol- 
lowing preparation,  in  which  the  oil  is  emulsified  with  an  alkali, 
will  be  found  useful : — Cod  liver  oil,  4  fl.  dr.;  [15.  c.c.];  iron 
and  ammonium  citrate,  5  gr.;  [.30  gm.];  potassium  carbonate, 
3  gr.;  [.20  gm.  ;  saccharin,]  *£  gr.  [.015  gm.];  oil  of  caraway, 
^  m.  ;  [.015  c.c.]  ;  water  to  i  fl.  oz.  ;  [30.  c.c.]. 

LAC. 

[MILK.— Not  official.— The  fresh  milk  of  the  cow,  Bos  Taurus.  (Ord. 
Ruminantia. )  Habitat. — Domesticated.  ] 

ARTIFICIAL  HUMAN  MILK.— (Not  official.) 

PREPARATION. — Take  half  a  pint  [240.  c.c.]  of  skimmed  milk;  heat  it 
to  about  96°  F.  ;  [35.5°  C.  ]  and  put  into  the  warmed  milk  a  piece  of  rennet 
an  inch  [2.5  cm.]  square,  or  a  teaspoonful  [4.  c.c.]  of  essence  of  rennet. 
Put  the  milk  in  a  fender,  or  over  a  lamp,  until  it  is  quite  warm.  As  soon  as  it  is 
set,  remove  the  rennet,  break  up  the  curd  into  small  pieces  with  a  knife,  and 
let  it  stand  for  ten  or  fifteen  minutes;  the  curd  will  then  sink.  Then  pour 
the  whey  into  a  saucepan  and  boil  quickly.  Measure  one-third  of  a  pint  [160. 
c.c.]  of  this  whey,  and  dissolve  in  it,  while  it  is  hot,  1 10  gr.  [7.  gm.]  of  Sugar 
of  Milk.  When  this  third  of  a  pint  [160.  c.c.]  of  whey  is  cold,  add  to  it  two- 
thirds  of  a  pint  [320.  c.c.]  of  new  milk  and  two  teaspoonfuls  ;  [8.  c.c.]  of 
cream  and  stir.  The  food  should  be  made  fresh  every  twelve  hours,  and 
warmed  as  required.  Care  should  be  taken  to  select  an  essence  of  rennet 
which  does  not  make  the  milk  taste. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  ARTIFICIAL  HUMAN  MILK. 
Artificial  human  milk  is  invaluable  as  a  food  for  infants  whose 
mothers  cannot  suckle  them.     Many  cases  of  infantile  diarrhoea, 


688  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

indigestion,  and  sickness  can  be  cured  by  substituting  this  milk 
for  the  usual  milk  and  water,  or  infants'  food.  Some  large  dairy 
firms  supply  it,  but  it  is  cheaper  to  make  it  at  home,  and  the 
above  directions  are  easily  carried  out.  When  bought  it  is  often 
sterilized  and  sold  in  air-tight  bottles.  It  should  be  remembered 
that  a  long-continued  diet  of  sterilized  milk  may,  in  children, 
cause  rickets. 

PEPTONIZED  MILK.— (Not  official.) 

PREPARATION. — Mix  a  pint  [480.  c.c.]  of  milk  with  5  fl.  oz.  [150.  c.c.] 
of  water.  Heat  to  140°  F.  "[60°  C.],  and  add  Liquor  Pancreatis,  [B.  P.]  I 
fl.  dr.  [4.  c.c.];  and  Sodium  Bicarbonate,  20  gr.  ;  [1.20  gm.].  Leave  the 
mixture  at  the  ordinary  temperature  of  the  room  for  three  hours,  or  if  kept  at 
about  135°  F.  [57.2°  C.]  for  about  half  an  hour,  then  heat  for  a  moment  to 
boiling  point.  If  too  much  pancreatic  solution  is  used  the  milk  is  bitter.  [This 
preparation  should  be  kept  on  ice  until  required.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  PEPTONIZED  MILK. 
Peptonized  milk  is  used  in  many  conditions  in  which  it  is 
thought  that  the  gastric  digestion  is  too  feeble  to  digest  ordinary 
milk,  or  in  which  it  is  desired,  as  sometimes,  in  typhoid  fever, 
for  instance,  to  avoid  the  curdling  of  milk  in  the  stomach.  Milk 
should  always  be  peptonized  before  being  introduced  into  an 
enema.  An  usual  nutrient  enema  consists  of  the  yolk  of  an  egg 
and  milk  up  to  four  fluid  ounces  [120.  c.c.].  This  mixture  may 
be  peptonized  in  just  the  same  way  and  with  the  same  quantity 
of  peptonizing  agents  as  the  pint  [480.  c.c.]  of  milk.  Thirty 
grains;  [2.  gm.]  of  common  salt  should  be  added  to  the  enema 
before  use. 

KUMYSS.— (Not  official).— [This  is  frequently  written,  Koumiss.] 
PREPARATION. — Dissolve  4  dr.  [15  gm.]  of  grape  sugar  in  4  fl.  oz.  [120. 
c.c.]  of  water  and  20  gr.  [1.20  gm.]  of  yeast  in  4  fl.  oz.  [120.  c.c.]  of  cow's 
milk.  Pour  both  into  a  bottle  holding  a  quart  [960.  c.c.],  which  is  then  filled 
up  with  milk,  corked,  wired,  and  put  in  a  cool  place  and  frequently  shaken  for 
four  days. 

USES  OF  KUMYSS. 

Kumyss  contains  a  little  alcohol  and  is  extremely  useful  as  a 
stimulant  food  in  convalescence,  in  phthisis,  and  other  conditions 
of  exhaustion.  [It  is  also  used  for  the  same  purposes  as  milk ;  it 


ANIMAL    DRUGS    WHICH    ARE    ALSO    FOODS.  689 

is  usually  more  agreeable  to  the  patient  and  is  often  borne  by  the 
stomach  when  all  other  food  is  vomited.  The  above  is  a  very 
good  substitute  for  the  kumyss  drunk  by  the  Tartars,  who  prepare 
it  by  fermenting  mare's  milk.] 

[EXTRACTUM  CARNIS. 

EXTRACT  OF  MEAT. — (Not  official). — This  preparation  has  for 
its  object  the  obtaining  the  nutritive  matters  of  the  flesh  of  animals  in  a  per- 
manent concentrated  state. 

SOURCE.  —  Equal  parts  of  meat  and  cold  water.  Straining,  evaporation 
and  straining. 

CHARACTERS.  —  Reddish-brown  in  color,  of  a  slightly  acrid  taste,  and 
frequently  of  a  disagreeable  odor. 

COMPOSITION.— 100  parts  of  meat  yield  25  of  extract.  It  is  rich  in  ni- 
trogenous principles,  but  contains  neither  fat  nor  gelatin.  The  method  of 
Liebig  has  been  followed,  with  variations,  by  a  large  number  of  manufacturers. 
The  product,  however,  by  no  means  represents  the  nutritive  qualities  of  the 
meat  itself,  because  the  albumin  and  fibrin  are  largely  wanting,  besides  an 
endeavor  is  put  forth  to  get  rid  of  the  gelatin  and  fat.  Of  late  the  attempt  has 
been  made  to  retain  these  important  nutritive  principles.  The  beef  meal 
which  was  used  by  Debove  in  his  method  of  forced  feeding  (gavage)  was 
practically  desiccated  beef;  but  it  did  not  have  its  highest  nutritive  value  be- 
cause it  was,  to  a  considerable  extent,  composed  of  insoluble  matters.  The 
more  recent  preparations  are  based  upon  the  classical  studies  of  Wurtz  which 
showed  that  in  the  juice  of  the  Carica  papaya  (nat.  ord.  Passiflora)  was  a 
principle,  called  papain,  capable  of  converting  albuminoids  into  soluble  albu- 
moses  and  peptones.  The  fact  that  a  similar  vegetable  digestive  principle 
exists  in  the  juice  of  the  pine-apple  and  allied  plants  of  the  nat.  ord.  Brome- 
liacea,  as  was  first  shown  by  Marcano,  has  been  utilized  in  the  manufacture  of 
the  Mosquera-Julia  beef  meal,  where  the  process  of  digestion  is  carried  on 
before  desiccation,  or  it  may  be  made  as  a  jelly.  The  advantages  of  a  vege- 
table over  an  animal  pepsin,  the  greater  acceptability  to  weak  stomachs,  the 
avoidance  of  the  unpleasant  taste  and  the  disagreeable  odor,  and  absence  of 
bitterness  are  very  important.  By  this  method  the  preparation  contains  only 
ten  per  cent,  of  water,  has  four  times  the  amount  of  albuminoid  matter  pre- 
sent in  average  lean  beef,  one-half  of  which  is  already  in  an  assimilable  form, 
and  about  three  times  as  much  fat,  in  addition.  Besides,  it  is  very  convenient 
for  administration. 

ACTION  AND  USES  OF  EXTRACT  OF  MEAT. 

Extract  of  meat  is  useful  as  a  nutrient  and  a  stimulant  in  re- 
lieving prostration  and  fatigue.  The  solution  seasoned  with  cap- 
sicum is  valuable  in  alcoholic  excess  and  delirium  tremens.  In 

44 


690  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

the  infantile  bowel  disturbances,  when  milk  must  be  forbidden, 
it  is  often  indicated.  In  phthisis  it  will  frequently  sustain  the 
patient ;  in  the  aged  it  will  support  life  without  taxing  the  di- 
gestive powers.  The  amount  to  be  used  should  be  regulated  by 
the  age  and  condition  of  the  patient.] 


GROUP  V. 

[Animal  Emollients. 
Lard,  Spermaceti,  Egg.] 

ADEPS. 

LARD. — [The  prepared  internal  fat  of  the  abdomen  of  Sus  scrofa  Linne 
(class  Mammalia;  order  Pachydermata),  purified  by  washing  with  water, 
melting,  and  straining.  Habitat. — Domesticated. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  soft,  white,  unctuous  solid,  having  a  faint  odor  free 
from  rancidity,  and  a  bland  taste.  Solubility. — Insoluble  in  water;  very 
slightly  soluble  in  Alcohol ;  readily  soluble  in  Ether,  Chloroform,  Carbon 
Bisulphide  or  Benzin.  Sp.  gr.,  about  0.932  at  59°  F.  ;  15°  C.] 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  Olein,  60  per  cent.  (2)  Stearin.  (3)  Palmitin. 
Adeps  Induratus  (Indurated  Lard),  which  is  ordinary  lard  deprived  of  a  portion 
of  its  oil  by  pressure,  may  be  used  in  [hot  climates]  when  the  high  temperature 
renders  ordinary  lard  too  soft  for  use  in  ointments. 

Preparations. 

1.  [Adeps  Benzoinatus. — See  Benzoin,  p.  656. 

2.  Ceratum. — Cerate.     White  Wax,  300  ;  lard,  700. 

3.  Ceratum  Resinae. — See  Resin,  p.  523. 

4.  Unguentum. — Ointment     Lard,  800 ;  Yellow  Wax,  200. 

OLEUM  AD  I  PIS. — Lard  Oil.  A  fixed  oil  expressed  from  Lard  at  a 
low  temperature. 

CHARACTERS. — A  colorless,  or  pale  yellow  oily  liquid,  having  a  peculiar 
odor,  and  a  bland  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  0.910  to  0.920. 

COMPOSITION. — (i)   Olein.     (2)  Palmitin.     (3)  Stearin.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  LARD. 

Lard  is  an  emollient,  and  is  used  as  a  basis  for  ointments  when 
it  is  wished  that  the  active  ingredient  should  be  absorbed,  for 


ANIMAL    EMOLLIENTS.  69! 

lard  melts  at  the  temperature  of  the  body,  especially  if  bandaged 
on.     The  [benzoinated]  lard  has  the  advantage  of  not  quickly 

becoming  rancid. 

CETACEUM. 

SPERMACETI. — [A  peculiar,  concrete,  fatty  substance,  obtained  from 
the  sperm  whale,  Physeter  macrocephalus  Linne  ^class  Mammalia ;  order 
Cetacea.  Habitat. — Pacific  and  Indian  Oceans. 

CHARACTERS. — White,  somewhat  translucent,  slightly  unctuous  masses  of 
a  scaly-crystalline  fracture  and  a  pearly  lustre  ;  odorless,  and  having  a  bland, 
mild  taste.  It  becomes  yellowish  and  rancid  by  exposure  to  air.  Sp.  gr., 
about  0.945.  Solubility. — Insoluble  in  water,  and  nearly  so  in  cold  Alcohol ; 
also  in  Ether,  Chloroform,  Carbon  Bisulphide,  fixed  and  volatile  oils ;  only 
slightly  soluble  in  cold  Benzin.] 

COMPOSITION. — It  is  mainly  Celylic  Alcohol,  CjjHjjOH,  which  in  combi- 
nation with  Palmitic  Acid,  HC16H31O,,,  forms  a  fat,  Cetin,  CjjHjjCjgHjjOj. 

Preparations. 

[i.  Ceratum    Cetacei. — Spermaceti    Cerate.     Spermaceti,    100 
White  Wax,  350  ;  Olive  Oil,  550. 

2.  Unguentum  Aquae  Rosas. — See  Rose,  p.  556.] 

[USES  OF  SPERMACETI.] 

Spermaceti  is  used  as  an  emollient  and  as  a  basis  for  ointments 

[and  cerates]. 

[VITELLUS. 

YOLK  OF  EGG.— The  yolk  of  the  egg  of  Callus  Bankiva,  var.  do- 
mestica  Temminck  (class  Aves  ;  order  Gallina).  Habitat. — Java  and  Cochin 
China  ;  domesticated. 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  Vitellin,  16  per  cent.  (2)  Fat,  30  per  cent.  (3)  In- 
organic Salts,  Cholesterin,  Lecithin,  and  coloring  matter. 

Preparation. 
Glyceritum  Vitelli. — See  Glycerin,  p.  608. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  YOLK  OF  EGG. 

Yolk  of  egg  is  used  to  make  emulsions  and  is  nutritive  and 
emollient. 

OVI  ALBUMIN. 

EGG  ALBUMIN.— Not  official.— The  liquid  white  of  egg  of  Callus 
Bankiva^  var.  domestica.  Habitat. — Java  and  Cochin  China  ;  domesticated. 


692  ORGANIC  MATERIA  MEDICA. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  EGG  ALBUMIN. 

Egg  albumin  is  an  antidote  to  poisoning  by  corrosives  and 
irritants,  especially  corrosive  mercuric  chloride,  copper  sulphate, 
lead  salts  and  silver  nitrate.  Like  the  yolk  it  is  nutritive  and 
emollient.] 

GROUP  VI. 

[Animal   Coloring  Agents. 

COCCUS.] 

COCHINEAL.— [Synonyms.—  Cochineal  Bug.  Red  Scale  Insect.  The 
dried  female  of  Coccus  cacti  Linne  (class  Insecta  ;  order  Hemiptera) .  Habitat. 
— Mexico  and  Central  America ;  upon  Opuntia  cochinillifera,  Miller  and 
other  species. 

CHARACTERS. — About  5  mm.  long,  of  a  purplish-gray  or  purplish-black 
color ;  somewhat  oblong  and  angular  in  outline ;  flat  or  concave  beneath  ; 
convex  above  ;  transversely  wrinkled  ;  easily  pulverizable,  yielding  a  dark  red 
powder;  odor  faint ;  taste  slightly  bitterish.] 

COMPOSITION.— The  chief  constituents  are— (l)  Carminic  Acid,  [C17H,8 
O10>  10  per  cent.,  a  glucoside.  '  (2)  Coccerin,  a  wax.  (3)  Fat,  consisting  of 
myristin,  and  fatty  acids.]  Sulphuric  acid  and  several  other  reagents  precipi- 
tate from  its' decoction  the  well-known  coloring  matter  carmine. 

Cochineal  is  contained  in  Tinctura  Cardamomi  Composita. 

USES  OF  COCHINEAL. 

Cochineal  is  only  used  as  a  coloring  agent.  [The  B.  P.  directs 
a  tincture  to  be  made  by  maceration  of  cochineal,  i;  alcohol  (45 
per  cent.),  10.] 

GROUP  VII. 
[Animal  Drugs  whose  action  is  Mechanical. 

Suet,  Curd  Soap,  Stearic  Acid,  Wool   Fat,  Isinglass,  Sugar  of  Milk, 
Wax,  Gelatin,  Cantharides,  Ichthyol.] 

SEVUM. 

SUET. — [Synonym. — Mutton  Suet.  The  internal  fat  of  the  abdomen  of 
Ovis  Aries  Linne  (class  Mammalia  ;  order  Ruminantia},  purified  by  melting 
and  straining.  Habitat. — Domesticated. 


ANIMAL    DRUGS    WHOSE    ACTION    IS    MECHANICAL.       693 

CHARACTERS. — A  white,  solid  fat,  nearly  inodorous,  and  having  a  bland 
taste  when  fresh,  but  becoming  rancid  on  prolonged  exposure  to  the  air. 
Solubility. — Insoluble  in  water  or  cold  Alcohol  ;  soluble  in  about  60  parts  of 
Ether,  and  slowly  in  2  parts  of  Benzin. 

COMPOSITION. — Its  chief  constituents  are — (i)  Stearin.  (2)  Palmitin. 
(3)  Olein.  (4)  Hircin. 

Suet  is  contained  in  Unguentum  Hydrargyri. 

USES  OF  SUET. 
Suet  is  used  chiefly  in  cerates.] 

SAPO  ANIMALIS. 

CURD  SOAP  [B.  P.,  not  official.] — Soap  made  with  sodium  [hydrate] 
and  a  purified  animal  fat  consisting  principally  of  Stearin.  It  is  chiefly  Sodium 
Stearate,  but  contains  some  Sodium  Palmitate  and  about  30  per  cent,  of  water. 

[USES  OF  CURD  SOAP.] 

Curd  soap  is  used  as  a  basis  [for  plasters,  liniments,  pills  and 
suppositories.  Emplastrum  Saponis  consists  of  curd  soap,  10; 
lead  plaster,  36;  resin,  12.  Emplastrum  Saponis  Fuscum 
(brown  soap  plaster)  is  curd  soap,  20  ;  yellow  wax,  25  ;  olive 
oil,  40;  lead  oxide,  30;  vinegar,  320.] 

[ACIDUM  STEARICUM. 

STEARIC  ACID.— HC18H35O2=283.38. 

SOURCE. — An  organic  acid,  in  its  commercial,  more  or  less  impure  form, 
usually  obtained  from  the  more  solid  fats,  chiefly  tallow  from  the  ox,  Bos 
Taurus  Linn6  ;  (class  Mammalia;  order  Ruminantia),  Habitat. — Domes- 
ticated. By  boiling  with  soda-lye,  the  Stearin  is  decomposed,  Sodium  Stear- 
ate being  formed  with  the  liberation  of  Glycerin.  C3H6(C18H35O2)3-f  3NaOH 
=C3H5(OH)3-|-3NaCj8H35O2.  The  soap  is  decomposed  by  heating  with 
water  and  Sulphuric  Acid,  setting  free  the  fatty  acids  which  are  removed  and 
purified  with  hot  Alcohol.  On  cooling,  Stearic  Acid  will  separate. 

CHARACTERS. — A  hard,  white,  somewhat  glossy  solid,  odorless  and  taste- 
less, and  permanent  in  the  air.  Solubility. — Insoluble  in  water ;  soluble  in 
about  45  parts  of  Alcohol  at  59°  F.  ;  15°  C.,  readily  soluble  in  boiling  Alcohol, 
and  in  Ether. 

USES  OF  STEARIC  ACID. 

Stearic  acid  is  used  in  the  manufacture  of  glycerin  supposi- 
tories. In  combination  with  zinc  and  copper,  as  stearates  of  those 
metals,  unofficial  preparations  have  been  introduced  and  used 


694  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

with  success  in  the  treatment  of  various  diseases  of  the  skin  and 

mucous  membranes.] 

ADEPS  LAN^E. 

WOOL  FAT. — [B.  P.,  not  official.]— The  purified  cholesterin  fat  ob- 
tained as  a  bye-product  in  the  dressing  of  sheep's  wool. 

SOURCE. — Sheep's  wool,  washed  with  cold  water,  then  subjected  to  heat 
and  pressure,  yields  impure  wool  fat.  This  is  purified  by  melting,  washing 
with  alkali,  and  then  washed  with  an  acid  while  it  is  heated. 

CHARACTERS. — Semi-transparent,  pale  yellow,  tenacious  body.  Ignited, 
it  burns  with  a  sooty  flame.  Melts  between  100°  and  112°  F.  ;  [37.7°  and 
44.4°  C.]  ;  odor  like  sheep's  wool.  Solubility. — Freely  in  Chloroform  and  in 
Ether,  partially  in  Alcohol.  Insoluble  in  water,  but  on  vigorous  stirring  takes 
up  \]^  times  its  weight. 

COMPOSITION. — Before  the  separation  of  the  fatty  acids  it  consists  of  (l) 
Cholesterin  and  Isocholesterin,  70  per  cent.  (2)  Fatty  acids,  30  per  cent. 

ADEPS  LANJE  HYDROSUS. 

HYDROUS  WOOL-FAT.— Synonyms.—  Lanolin.  [CEsypum.  The 
purified  fat  of  the  wool  of  sheep  (Ovis  Aries,  Linne  ;  class  Mammalia  ;  order 
Ruminantia),  mixed  with  not  more  than  30  per  cent,  of  water.  Habitat. — 
Domesticated. 

SOURCE.  — Sheep's  wool  is.  treated  with  a  weak  soda  solution,  and  the 
solution  acidulated.  The  remaining  wool  is  treated  with  Benzin,  the  liquid 
distilled,  and  the  residue  deprived  of  color  by  oxidizing  agents,  or  sunlight. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  yellowish-white  or  nearly  white,  ointment-like  mass, 
having  a  faint,  peculiar  odor.  Solubility. — Insoluble  in  water,  but  miscible 
with  twice  its  weight  of  the  latter,  without  losing  its  ointment-like  character. 

COMPOSITION. — Its  chief  constituents  are — (I)  Cholesterin,  C26H43(OH). 
(2)  Ethers  of  Stearic,  Palmitic,  Oleic,  Valerianic  and  other  acids.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  HYDROUS  WOOL-FAT. 
Hydrous  wool-fat  when  gently  rubbed  in  the  skin  is  more 
quickly  absorbed  than  most  fats,  hence  it  is  a  useful  basis  if  we 
wish  to  administer  substances — as,  for  example,  mercury — by 
inunction.  [It  is  undoubtedly  soothing  to  the  skin,  and  often 
makes  an  excellent  basis  for  ointments  expected  to  act  especially 

upon  the  skin.] 

[ICHTHYOCOLLA. 

ISINGLASS. — The  swimming-bladder  of  Acipenser  Huso  Linne,  and 
of  other  species  of  Acipenser  (class  Pisces ;  order  Sturiones).  Habitat. — 
Caspian  and  Black  Seas  and  tributary  rivers. 

CHARACTERS. — In  separate  sheets,  sometimes  rolled,  of  a  horny  or  pearly 


ANIMAL    DRUGS    WHOSE    ACTION    IS    MECHANICAL.       69$ 

appearance  ;  whitish  or  yellowish,  semi-transparent,  iridescent,  inodorous, 
and  insipid.  Solubility. — Almost  entirely  soluble  in  boiling  water  and  in  boil- 
ing diluted  Alcohol.  A  solution  of  Isinglass  in  24  parts  of  boiling  water 
forms,  on  cooling,  a  transparent  jelly. 

COMPOSITION. — (i)  Gelatin  (Gluten],  98  per  cent.  (2)  Insoluble  mem- 
brane, about  2  per  cent. 

Dose,  freely. 

Preparation. 

Emplastrum  Ichthyocollae.' —  Isinglass  plaster.  Synonym. — 
Court  plaster.  Isinglass,  to  ;  Alcohol,  40  ;  Glycerin,  I  ;  Hot  Water 
sufficient  for  solution.  To  be  applied  with  a  brush  upon  taffeta,  pre- 
viously coated  on  the  back  with  Tincture  of  Benzoin. 

USES  OF  ISINGLASS. 

Isinglass  is  an  emollient  and  nutritive  substance,  and  is  chiefly 
used  externally  as  a  protective.  A  better  court  plaster  has  gold- 
beaters' skin  as  a  base.] 

SACCHARUM  LACTIS. 

SUGAR  OF  MILK.— Synonym.—  Lactose.  C,2H22On+H2O[=359.i6. 
A  peculiar,  crystal  line  sugar,  obtained  from  the  whey  of  cow's  milk  by  evapo- 
ration, and  purified  by  re-crystallization  (Bos  Taurus  Linne  ;  class  Mammalia; 
order  Kuminantia).  Habitat.  —  Domesticated. 

CHARACTERS. — White,  hard,  crystalline  masses,  yielding  a  white  powder 
feeling  gritty  on  the  tongue,  odorless  and  having  a  faintly  sweet  taste.  Per- 
manent in  the  air.  Solubility. — In  about  6  parts  of  water;  insoluble  in  Al- 
cohol, Ether  or  Chloroform.] 

Sugar  of  Milk  is  used  in  [Pulvis  Ipecacuanhae  et  Opii,  and  Trituratio 
Elaterini. 

Dose,  indefinite.] 

[USES  OF  SUGAR  OF  MILK.] 

Sugar  of  milk  is  used  as  a  vehicle  for  triturations  of  substances, 
because  being  very  hard  it  thoroughly  divides  them,  and  also  it 
is  but  slightly  deliquescent.  For  these  reasons  it  is  used  as  a  dil- 
uent to  get  extracts  to  the  required  strength.  It  is  employed 
to  sweeten  infants'  foods.  [It  is  a  non-nitrogenous,  bland  article 
of  diet  and  has  been  used  in  consumption  and  other  wasting  dis-. 
eases.  According  to  See,  it  is  a  diuretic  which  may  be  employed 
to  advantage  in  cardiac  dropsy.] 


696  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

CERA. 

[CERA  FLAVA. — Yellow  Wax.  A  peculiar,  concrete  substance,  pre- 
pared by  Apis  mellifica  Linn6  (class  Insecta ;  order  Hymenoptera}. 

CHARACTERS. — A  yellowish  to  brownish-yellow  solid,  having  an  agree- 
able, honey-like  odor,  and  faint  balsamic  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  0.955  to  0.967. 
Solubility. — Insoluble  in  water,  sparingly  soluble  in  cold  Alcohol.  It  is  com- 
pletely soluble  in  Ether,  Chloroform,  and  in  fixed  and  volatile  oils. 

COMPOSITION. — The  principal  constituents  are — (I)  Hydrocarbons  (pro- 
bably C27HM  and  C^H^)  about  12  per  cent.  (2)  Cerin  or  Cerotic  Acid, 
C27H54Oj.  (3)  Myricin  or  Myrical  Palmitate,  C30H61,C16H31O2,  the  principal 
constituent.  (4)  An  Alcohol,  CjjH62O,  in  small  quantities.  (5)  Ceiylic  Al- 
cohol, C27H56O. 

Yellow  Wax  is  used  in  Ceratum  Cantharidis,  Ceratum  Resinse,  Unguen- 
tum,  and  Unguentum  Picis  Liquidae. 

CERA  ALBA.— White  Wax.  Made  by  bleaching  yellow  wax  by  ex- 
posure to  moisture,  air  and  light. 

CHARACTERS.  —  A  yellowish-white  solid,  somewhat  translucent  in  thin 
layers,  having  a  slightly  rancid  odor,,  and  an  insipid  taste.  Sp.  gr.,  0.965  to 
0.975. 

COMPOSITION. — As  of  yellow  wax. 

White  Wax  is  used  in  Ceratum,  Ceratum  Camphone,  Ceratum  Cetacei 
and  Unguentum  Aquae  Rosse.] 

USES  OF  WAX. 

Yellow  and  white  wax  are  only  used  as  bases  for  many  plas- 
ters, [cerates]  and  ointments. 

GELATINUM. 

GELATIN.— [B.  P.,  not  official].— The  air-dried  product  of  the  action 
of  boiling  water  on  gelatinous  tissues,  as  skin,  tendons,  ligaments,  and  bone. 

CHARACTERS. — In  translucent  sheets  or  shreds.  The  solution  in  hot  water 
is  colorless  and  inodorous  ;  it  solidifies  to  a  jelly  on  cooling.  It  is  insoluble 
in  Alcohol  and  Ether.  Its  aqueous  solution  is  precipitated  by  Tannic  Acid.] 

USES  OF  GELATIN. 

Gelatin  is  useful  as  a  basis  for  suppositories,  pessaries,  bougies, 
capsules,  lozenges,  and  as  a  coating  for  pills.  Glycogelatin 
(gelatin,  2  ;  glycerin,  5  ;  orange  flower  water,  5  ;  colored  with 
carmine)  is  an  excellent  basis  for  throat  pastilles.  Each  should 
weigh  30  gr.  [2.  gm.].  Almost  any  drug  can  be  incorporated 
in  such  pastilles.  Medicated  gelatin  is  often  melted  and  painted 
on  the  skin  in  cutaneous  diseases. 


ANIMAL    DRUGS    WHOSE    ACTION    IS    MECHANICAL.       697 


CANTHARIS. 


CANTHARIDES.—  [Sy«0«j<wj.—  Spanish  Flies.  Blister  Beetles.  The 
Cantharis  vesicatoria  De  Geer  (class  Insecta  ;  order  Coleoplera.)  Habitat.  — 
Southern  and  Central  Europe,  mainly  on  Oleaceae  and  Caprifoliacae. 

CHARACTERS.  —  About  25  mm.  long  and  6  mm.  broad  ;  flattish  cylindrical, 
with  filiform  antennae,  black  in  the  upper  part,  and  with  long  wing-cases  and 
ample,  membranous,  transparent,  brownish  wings  ;  elsewhere  of  a  shining, 
coppery-green  color.  The  powder  is  grayish-brown,  and  contains  green 
shining  particles.  Odor  strong  and  disa'greeable  ;  taste  slight,  afterwards 
acrid.] 

COMPOSITION.  —  The  chief  constituents  are  —  (i)  Cantkaridin,  C10H12O4, 
0.4  to  I  per  cent.,  the  active  principle,  a  crystallizable  body  forming  colorless 
plates,  soluble  in  Alcohol,  Ether,  Acetic  Ether,  Glacial  Acetic  Acid,  Chloro- 
form, and  oils.  It  is  found  especially  in  the  generative  apparatus,  the  eggs, 
and  the  blood.  (2)  A  volatile  oil  giving  the  odor  and  said  to  have  the  same 
action  as  Cantharidin.  (3)  A  green  oil,  the  coloring  principle,  closely  allied 
to  chlorophyll.  (4)  [Various  extractives  and  salts.] 

Preparations. 

[i.  Ceratum  Cantharidis.  —  Cantharides  Cerate.  Cantharides, 
320;  Yellow  Wax,  180;  Resin,  180  ;  Lard,  220;  Oil  of  Turpentine, 
150. 

Cantharides  Cerate  is  contained  in  Emplastrum  Picis  Canthari- 
datum.  See  Burgundy  Pitch,  p.  522. 

2.  Collodium  Cantharidatum.  —  See  Pyroxylin,  p.  665. 

3.  Tinctura    Cantharidis.  —  Tincture   of  Cantharides.      Canthar- 
ides, 5°  !  by  percolation  with  Alcohol  to  1000. 

Dose,  i  to  15  m.  ;  .06  to  i.oo  c.c.] 

ACTION  OF   CANTHARIDES. 

External.  —  Cantharides  is  a  powerful  irritant  ;  but  it  is 
slower  in  its  action  than  most  [irritants].  If  any  of  its  prepara- 
tions are  applied  to  the  skin,  no  effect  is  noticed  for  two  or  three 
hours  ;  then  a  tingling,  burning  pain  is  perceived.  Soon  the  part 
becomes  red  from  vascular  dilatation,  the  dnig  now  producing  its 
rubefacient  effect.  The  next  stage  is  the  formation  of  several 
vesicles.  These  soon  run  together  to  form  one  large  bleb  full  of 
clear  serum.  Not  only  is  cantharides  an  irritant  and  vesicant, 
but  it  is  a  powerful  counter-irritant,  probably  dilating  by  re- 
flex action  the  vessels  of  the  deep-seated  organs  under  the  point 
of  application. 


698  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

Cantharidin  can  be  absorbed  by  the  skin  in  sufficient  quantity 
to  produce  internal  effects. 

Internal. — Cantharides  is  hardly  used  internally  in  medicine, 
as  it  is  such  a  powerful  irritant. 

Gastro-intestinal  tract. — It  produces  severe  gastro-intesti- 
nal  irritation,  the  patient  suffering  from  abdominal  pain,  diar- 
rhoea and  vomiting.  There  may  be  a  burning  pain  in  the  throat ; 
the  motions  and  vomited  matters  may  contain  blood.  These 
symptoms  naturally  cause  much  general  depression. 

Genito -urinary  tract. — The  active  principle  is  absorbed  into 
the  blood,  and  a  few  hours  after  the  gastro-intestinal  symptoms 
have  set  in  the  patient  complains  of  great  pain  in  the  loins 
and  strangury — that  is  to  say,  there  is  an  urgent  desire  to  [urin- 
ate] ;  the  effort  is  very  painful  from  vesical  tenesmus,  and  the 
quantity  of  urine  passed  is  very  small ;  it  may  contain  albumin 

and  blood. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  CANTHARIDES. 

External. — Cantharides  is  the  basis  of  many  preparations 
the  object  of  which  is  to  stimulate  the  growth  of  hair,  such  as 
the  following:  Acetum  cantharidis  [B.  P.,  cantharides,  i;  gla- 
cial acetic  acid,  5  ;  water],  i;  glycerin,  i;  spiritus  rosmarini, 
i;  water,  10.  Cantharides  is  very  largely  employed  to  raise  a 
blister,  and  it  is  of  all  drugs  the  most  commonly  used  counter- 
irritant.  It  is  applied  to  the  chest  in  pleurisy,  over  the  pericar- 
dium in  pericarditis,  over  the  inflamed  nerves  in  neuritis,  over 
the  mastoid  process  in  disease  of  the  ear,  over  joints  with  chronic 
effusion  into  them,  over  the  stomach  when  there  is  gastric  pain, 
vomiting,  etc.  A  blister  applied  over  the  nerve  will  often  re- 
lieve pain  in  neuralgia.  If  a  further  counter-irritant  effect  is  de- 
sired, the  blister,  which  is  usually  pricked,  may  be  irritated  by 
the  application  of  any  irritating  ointment.  [Unguentum  Sabinae  ; 
savine,  8  ;  yellow  wax,  3  ;  benzoinated  lard,  16 ;]  was  formerly 
much  used  for  this  purpose.]  This,  however,  is  very  painful, 
and  nowadays  after  the  pricking  some  bland  ointment  is  usually 
applied.  The  cantharides  preparation  should  not  be  left  on 
after  the  d*  velopment  of  the  bleb,  lest  the  cantharidin  should  be 
absorbM  Cantharides  should  not  be  applied  to  a  part  on  which 


ANIMAL    DRUGS    WHOSE    ACTION    IS    MECHANICAL.       699 

the  patient  lies,  for  a  bed-sore  may  form  ;  nor  must  it  be  used 
in  renal  disease  ;  and  it  should  be  carefully  employed  in  children 
or  debilitated  persons.  It  ought  not  to  be  applied  to  paralyzed 
limbs.  [The  cuticle  raised  by  a  blister  may  be  used  for  skin- 
grafting.] 

Internal. — The  drug  is  rarely  given  internally,  but  it  has 
been  used  with  success  in  small  doses  in  cases  of  chronic  gleet. 
Sometimes,  [but  not  often,]  it  relieves  chordee.  [Small  doses 
are  sometimes  useful  in  the  late  stage  of  acute  desquamative 
nephritis.  It  has  been  recommended  for  diabetes  insipidus. 
Cantharidin,  in  the  form  of  potassium  cantharidinate  (Tro  gr.; 
.ooo6gm.  hypodermatically)  has  been  used  as  a  remedy  for  pulmo- 
nary tuberculosis,  and  for  lupus.  For  all  that  cures  of  both  of 
these  diseases  have  been  claimed,  the  value  of  this  drug  is  by  no 

means  established.] 

TOXICOLOGY. 

[Symptoms. — ]  In  severe  cases  of  poisoning  there  may  be  greatly  increased 
sexual  desire,  numerous  seminal  emissions,  violent  priapism,  with  swelling  and 
heat  of  the  genital  organs.  In  women  cantharides  may  cause  abortion  or  in- 
duce menstruation.  Post-Mortem. — Intense  gastro-intestinal  inflammation  is 
present,  consequently  swelling,  ecchymoses,  and  hpyersemia  of  the  mucous 
membrane  of  the  alimentary  canal  are  observed.  The  kidneys  are  found  to  be 
very  congested,  and  in  the  early  stage  of  acute  nephritis.  There  is  also  much 
inflammation  of  the  genito-urinary  mucous  membrane. 

[Treatment. — There  is  no  chemical  nor  physiological  antidote  to  Cantha- 
rides. The  stomach  should  be  emptied  by  emetics  (see  p.  139),  or  washed  out 
by  the  stomach-pump.  Mucilaginous  and  demulcent  liquids  should  be  freely 
given.  Opium  is  indicated  to  relieve  the  pain  and  gastro- enteritis.] 

ICHTHYOLUM. 

ICHTHYOL.— [Not  official.]—  Synonym. — Ammonium  Ichthyol-Sul- 
phonate. 

SOURCE. — A  bituminous  quartz  containing  the  fossil  remains  of  fish 
is  distilled  with  [concentrated  Sulphuric  Acid,  and  the  distillate  is  treated 
with  a  concentrated  solution  of  Sodium  Chloride,  whereby  the  Sulphuric 
and  Sulphurous  Acids  are  removed.]  The  distillate  is  then  saturated  with 
Ammonia. 

CHARACTERS. — A  viscous,  reddish-brown,  almost  black  substance,  having 
a  tarry  odor  and  containing  15  per  cent,  of  Sulphur.  Solubility. — Soluble  in 
Water,  Glycerin,  Oils  and  Fats. 

Dose,  10  to  20  gr. ;  [.60  to  1.20  gm.] 


7OO  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

Lithium,  Sodium,  and  Zinc  Ichthyol  Sulphonates  are  prepared.  [The 
name  Ichthyol  is  understood  to  refer  to  the  Ammonium  Salt.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  ICHTHYOL. 

[Ichthyol  is  an  active  reducing  agent.]  It  is  chiefly  used  ex- 
ternally for  chronic  eczema  and  psoriasis.  An  ointment  with 
lanolin  and  ichthyol  20  to  50  per  cent,  [is  recommended  by  Von 
Nussbaum  for  the  treatment  of  erysipelas.  It  has  been  used  in 
the  form  of  a  suppository  for  chronic  prostatitis.]  Ichthyol 
paste  (starch,  40,  moisten  with  water,  20,  rub  in  ichthyol,  40, 
and  then  a  strong  solution  of  albumin,  i  or  more)  is  recom- 
mended for  acne  rosacea.  Ichthyol  has  been  given  as  a  pill  for 
chronic  rheumatism  in  dose  from  10  to  30  gr.;  [.60  to  2.00  gm. 
Under  the  name  of  Thiol,  a  mixture  of  sulphuretted  hydrocar- 
bons has  been  used  as  a  substitute  for  ichthyol,  because  it  is  less 
offensive.  It  has  been  applied  as  an  ointment  in  vaseline,  (i 

to  8).] 

HIRUDO. 

THE  LEECH. — [B.  P.,  not  official.] — Two  species  are  employed: 
(i)  Sanguisuga  medicinalis,  the  speckled  leech  (belly  greenish-yellow, 
spotted  with  black);  (2)  Sanguisuga  officinalis,  the  green  leech  (belly  olive- 
green,  not  spotted),  (nat.  ord. ,  Annelida). 

CHARACTERS  of  both  species. — Body  soft,  smooth,  [5]  or  more  [cm.] 
long,  tapering  to  each  end  plano-convex,  wrinkled  transversely,  back  olive- 
green,  with  six  rusty-red  longitudinal  stripes.  Each  leech  has  a  muscular  disc 
at  each  end.  In  the  centre  of  the  anterior  one  is  a  tri-radiate  mouth,  provided 
with  three  saws  and  two  rows  of  teeth. 

[The  leech,  although  not  a  drug,  is  considered  with  this  group  for  con- 
venience. ] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  THE  LEECH. 

Leeches  are  used  to  remove  blood.  They  are  usually  applied 
over  deep  seated  organs  when  they  are  congested,  and  great  re- 
lief is  often  afforded.  For  example,  three  or  four  leeches  near 
the  liver,  when  that  organ  is  enlarged  in  heart  disease,  or  one 
or  two  behind  the  ear,  when  the  tympanic  cavity  is  inflamed 
frequently  do  good.  The  leech  being  applied  to  the  skin,  the 
animal  fixes  itself  by  its  sucker-like  disc,  makes  a  tri-radiate  cut 
with  its  mouth,  and  draws  into  its  body,  which  consequently  be- 


THE  ORGANIC  EXTRACTS.  /OI 

comes  swollen,  about  a  drachm  and  a  half  [6.  c.c.]  of  blood. 
If  this  is  not  sufficient,  a  hot  fomentation  put  on,  after  the  ani- 
mal is  removed,  may  increase  the  quantity  to  half  a  fluid  ounce ; 
[15.  c.c.].  The  skin  should  be  well  washed  with  a  little  milk 
before  the  leech  is  applied.  Occasionally  the  haemorrhage  re- 
quires pressure,  or  some  local  styptic,  as  ferric  chloride  [or 
better  styptic  collodion] ,  to  stop  it.  If  leeches  have  to  be  ap- 
plied to  the  mouth,  rectum,  or  uterus,  leech  glasses,  which  only 
allow  the  head  to  protrude,  should  be  used. 


GROUP  VIII. 

[The    Organic    Extracts. 

Thyroid,  Suprarenal,  and  Brain   Extracts,  and  Testicular  Juice. 

None  of  these  are  official.  ] 

THYROIDEUM  SICCUM.— Dry  Thyroid  [B.  P.,  not  official].  A 
powder  prepared  from  the  fresh  and  healthy  thyroid  gland  of  the  sheep. 

SOURCE. — Remove  the  fat  and  connective  tissue  directly  the  sheep  is  killed. 
Reject  cystic,  hypertrophied  or  otherwise  abnormal  glands.  Mince.  Dry  at 
90°  to  100°  F.  [32.2°  to  37.7°  C.].  Powder  the  dried  product.  Remove 
all  fat  by  washing  with  petroleum  spirit  and  again  dry. 

CHARACTERS. — Light  dull-brown  powder  with  faint  meat-like  odor  and 
taste  and  free  from  odor  of  putrescence.  Liable  to  become  damp  and  then  it 
deteriorates. 

COMPOSITION. — The  chief  constituent  is  a  proteid,  which  exist*  in  the  col- 
loid matter  and  is  called  Thyroidin  ;  it  contains  9.3  per  cent,  of  iodine  and 
o.  5  per  cent,  of  phosphorus. 

Dose,  3  to  10  gr. ;  [.20  to  .60  gm.] 

LIQUOR  THYROIDEI.- [Solution  of  Thyroid.  B.  P. ,  not  official.  ] 
A  liquid  prepared  from  the  fresh  and  healthy  thyroid  gland  of  the  sheep. 

SOURCE. — The  fresh  healthy  glands  are  bruised  with,  for  each  gland,  34 
minims  [2.20  c.c.]  of  glycerin  and  34  minims  [2.20  c.c.]  of  a  0.5  per  cent, 
solution  of  [carbolic  acid].  Let  stand  for  24  hours,  strain  and  add  enough 
of  the  carbolic  acid  [solution]  to  make  100  minims  [6.70  c.c.]. 

CHARACTERS. — A  pinkish,  turbid  liquid,  free  from  odor  of  putrescence. 
To  be  freshly  prepared  and  kept  in  stoppered  bottles.  Strtngth. — 100  minims 
£6.70  c.c.]  represent  one  gland. 

COMPOSITION. — As  of  the  powder. 

Dose,  5  to  15  m. ;  [.30  to  i.oo  c.c.] 


7O2  ORGANIC  MATERIA  MEDICA. 

ACTION  OF  THYROID  EXTRACT. 

Circulation. — Thyroid  administered  to  man  increases  con- 
siderably the  rate  of  the  pulse,  causes  palpitation,  enfeebles  the 
cardiac  beat,  and  makes  the  skin  flushed  and  moist.  Experi- 
ments on  animals  have  failed  to  reveal  the  precise  cause  of  this. 
The  blood-pressure  falls  when  a  decoction  of  the  gland  is  in- 
jected ;  the  fall  is  vasomotor,  for  the  heart  is  not  affected.  Or- 
dinary doses  produce  no  effect  on  the  blood  except  an  increase 
of  lymphocytes. 

Excretion. — The  active  constituents  of  thyroid  gland  are 
probably  excreted  entirely  through  the  kidneys.  Large  doses 
may  cause  diarrhoea. 

Metabolism. — The  administration  of  thyroid  leads  to  a  greatly 
increased  oxidation  of  all  the  tissues,  consequently  an  excess 
of  urea,  uric  acid  and  xanthin  bases  are  excreted  in  the  urine 
and  more  [carbon  dioxide]  by  the  lungs.  It  follows  that  large 
doses  of  thyroid  reduce  the  body  weight. 

Kidneys. — The  quantity  of  urine  is  increased  by  thyroid  gland, 
which  may  cause  sugar  to  appear  in  the  urine. 

Nerupus  system. — Occasionally  a  fine  tremor,  restlessness,  and 
insomnia  are  caused  by  large  doses. 

THERAPEUTICS  OF  THYROID  EXTRACT. 

It  is  known  that  human  beings  or  monkeys  whose  thyroid  is 
excised  become  myxoedematous,  and  that  all  sufferers  from 
myxcedema  have  atrophied  thyroid  glands.  If  a  preparation  of 
sheep's  thyroid  is  given  to  patients  suffering  from  myxoedema,  all 
the  symptoms  disappear,  usually  in  about  six  weeks.  The  effect 
is  as  striking  as  anything  in  medicine.  The  [solution]  is  better 
than  the  powder,  for  that  may  decompose.  It  is  best  to  begin 
with  5  m.,  [.30  c.c.]  thrice  daily,  in  water,  gradually  to  increase 
the  dose  till  10  m.,  [.60  c.c.]  are  given,  and  when  all  symp- 
toms have  disappeared  it  will  be  necessary  for  about  10  m.,  [.60 
c.c.]  to  be  taken  twice  a  week  for  the  rest  of  the  patient's  lite 
to  prevent  recurrence.  When  the  treatment  was  first  introduced 
the  glands  were  eaten,  or  transplanted  under  the  skin,  or  the  ex- 


THE  ORGANIC  EXTRACTS.  703 

tract  was  administered  subcutaneously ;  but  equally  good  results 
are  obtained  by  giving  the  [solution]  or  the  powder  by  the 
mouth  :  compressed  tablets  of  the  powder  are  very  convenient 
and  much  used.  A  diminution  of  certain  goitres  follows  the 
giving  of  thyroid,  but  it  is  useless  in  exophthalmic  goitre. 
Cretinism  is  also  marvellously  benefited,  both  mentally  and 
bodily,  by  thyroid  preparations,  especially  if  given  early  in  the 
patient's  life.  A  few  cases  of  imbecility  in  children,  a  few  of 
climacteric  insanity,  and  a  few  of  tetany  have  been  much  im- 
proved by  thyroid.  Chronic  psoriasis,  which  has  resisted  all 
other  treatment,  often  disappears  if  the  patient  be  put  to  bed  and 
take  daily  enough  of  thyroid  preparations  to  keep  him  on  the 
brink  of  poisoning  by  them,  but  unfortunately  the  disease  often 
returns  when  the  treatment  is  discontinued. 

Thyroid  preparations  have  been  much  used  for  obesity,  but 
the  practice  is  not  to  be  recommended.  They  must  be  carefully 
given  to  those  suffering  from  cardiac  disorder.  A  preparation 
called  lodothyrine,  which  contains  the  active  principles  of  the 
gland,  has  been  used  lately.  [A  milk-sugar  triturate  of  this  is 
given  in  daily  dose  of  15  to  30  gr.;  i.  to  2.  gm.] 

Poisoning. — An  overdose  of  a  thyroid  preparation  causes  an 
exaggeration  of  the  effects  already  described.  The  most  evident 
are  rapid  pulse,  slight  pyrexia,  headache,  nausea,  diarrhoea,  rest- 
lessness, pains  in  the  limbs,  pruritus,  and  rarely  delirium.  These 
symptoms  are  termed  "  Thyroidism."  If  large  doses  be  given 
to  monkeys  for  a  long  period  of  time,  a  condition  termed 
"  Chronic  Thyoidism  "  is  produced.  The  symptoms  of  it  are 
emaciation,  muscular  weakness,  paresis,  some  alopecia,  erection 
of  some  of  the  hairs  on  the  head,  proptosis,  dilatation  of  pupils, 
widening  of  palpebral  fissure,  and  death  from  asthenia.  In 
some  respects  these  monkeys  resemble  patients  suffering  from 
exophthalmic  goitre.  [Very  large  doses  taken  for  a  long  time 
make  patients  thin  and  also  produce  degeneration  of  the  cardiac 
muscle  so  that  permanent  disability  may  result.  Surgeons  are 
especially  liable  to  make  this  error.] 

SUPRARENAL  EXTRACT  [Not  official]  is  prepared  from  the  supra- 


704  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

renal  capsules  of  the  sheep,  [ox  and  pig].     The  active  principle  exists  only  in 
the  medulla  of  the  gland.     It  may  be  given  in  tablets. 
[Dose,  5  to  20  gr. ;  .30  to  1.20  gm.] 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  SUPRARENAL  EXTRACT. 

This  has  been  shown  experimentally  [to  increase  the  tone  of 
all  muscular  tissue,  mainly  if  not  entirely  by  direct  action  (Oliver 
and  Schafer),  to  constrict  the  small  arteries  through  its  action  on 
the  vasomotor  centre  (Szymonowicz  and  Cybulski),  and  to  raise 
blood-pressure  more  than  any  other  known  substance.]  It  in- 
hibits the  heart  through  the  vagus  and  produces  a  muscle  curve 
like  veratrine.  [It  may  be  used  as  a  local  vaso -constrictor  in 
minor  surgery.  On  account  of  this  property  it  may  be  applied 
to  inflamed  tissues  so  that  these  may  be  rendered  anaesthetic  by 
cocaine.  For  topical  application  a  filtered,  freshly-made  aque- 
ous solution  should  be  employed ;  it  may  be  sterilized  by  heat 
without  destroying  its  active  principle.  All  antiseptics,  used  as 
preservatives,  are  disappointing.  The  active  principle  has  been 
isolated  by  Abel  for  which  he  proposed  the  name  epinephrin. 
Its  salts  produce  an  exceedingly  powerful  effect  on  blood-pres- 
sure.] Treatment  should  begin  with  i  gr.;  [.06  gm.],  of  the 
extract  as  [powder  dry  on  the  tongue  and  swallowed  without 
water]  thrice  daily,  but  the  dose  should  be  rapidly  pushed  [to 
5  gr.;  .30  gm.].  The  gastric  contents  have  no  effect  upon  the 
extract.  [It  should  never  be  given  hypodermatically  on  account 
of  the  collapse  which  it  causes  when  administered  in  this  way. 
It  is  of  great  value  in  the  treatment  of  "  Hay-fever  "  given  in- 
ternally and  also  applied  locally.  It  is  useful  in  the  treatment 
of  acute  and  chronic  bronchitis,  bronchial  asthma,  congestion 
and  oedema  of  the  lungs,  haemoptysis,  and  oedema  of  the  glottis. 
It  may  be  cautiously  used  in  diseases  of  the  heart,  which  it 
stimulates  from  direct  action  on  the  heart  muscle.]  Some  writers 
claim  that  it  benefits  Addison's  disease,  but  others  have  failed  to 
notice  any  improvement. 

[BRAIN  EXTRACT.— (Not  official.)  The  gray  matter  of  a  sheep's 
brain  is  sterilized,  macerated  in  aseptic  glycerin  and  filtered  by  the  method  of 


THE    ANTITOXINS    AND   SERUMS.  /O5 

D'Arsonval,  being  sterilized  under  carbon  dioxide  gas  of  a  pressure  of  thirty 
atmospheres. 

Dose,  15  m.,  i.oo  c  c.,  hypodermatically. 

USES  OF  BRAIN  EXTRACT. 

Paul  has  made  use  of  this  for  the  treatment  of  various  nervous 
disorders  and  claims  excellent,  although  not  always  constant, 
results.  Febrile  reaction,  prostration,  and  in  some  cases  cardiac 
weakness,  has  followed  its  administration. 

TESTICULAR  JUICE  (Not  official)  is  prepared  in  the  same  way  as 
brain  extract. 

Dose,  10  to  20  m. ;  .60  to  1.20  c.c.,  hypodermatically. 

USES  OF  TESTICULAR  JUICE. 

Brown-Sequard  believed  that  certain  organs  supply  to  the 
body  a  natural  ferment  which  is  essential  to  health.  When  this 
ferment  is  absent  the  vital  forces  degenerate.  Under  the  use  of 
this  fluid  the  functions  of  organic  life  are  performed  with  new 
vigor.  Favorable  reports  of  its  use  in  many  hundreds  of  patients 
suffering  from  organic  nervous  diseases  are  on  record.] 

Extracts  of  many  other  organs,  especially  bone  marrow  and 
thymus,  have  been  employed  in  medicine,  but  there  is  so  little 
evidence  that  they  are  of  any  use  that  they  need  not  be  referred 
to  here. 


GROUP  IX. 

[The  Antitoxins  and  Serums. 

Diphtheria  and  Tetanus  Antitoxins,  Antistreptococcic,  Antipneumo- 

coccic,  and  Antivenomous  Serums,  Plague,  Cholera  and  Typhoid 

Serums  and  Inoculations,  Nutrient  Serum,  and  Hydrophobia 

Antidote. 

None  of  these  are  official.] 

DIPHTHERIA  ANTITOXIN.— [Not  official.]— When  the  bacillus 
of  diphtheria  grows  in  the  body  it  produces  toxins,  albumoses,  and  an  organic 
acid, 'and  provokes  the  formation  of  a  substance  (called  an  antitoxin)  which  is 
found  in  the  blood.  This  antitoxin  is  an  antidote  to  the  toxin  of  the  diph- 
theria bacillus,  and  it  is  largely  owing  to  the  production  of  it  that  the  patient 

45 


706  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

is  enabled  to  survive,  and  his  chances  of  surviving  are  enhanced  if  antitoxin  is 
administered  to  him  to  aid  that  which  is  formed  in  his  body. 

SOURCE. — Diphtheria  bacilli  are  grown  in  a  flask  containing  some  nutrient 
broth  (e.g.,  meat  broth),  to  which  0.5  per  cent,  of  sodium  chloride  and  2  per 
cent,  of  commercial  peptone  have  been  added.  At  the  end  of  some  weeks  the 
bacilli  are  filtered  off,  and  the  fluid  left  contains  a  large  amount  of  diphtheria 
toxin,  and  it  should  be  of  such  strength  that  .01  c.c.  [i^  m. ]  of  it  will  kill  a 
good-sized  guinea  pig.  From  .02  to  l.oo  c.c.  [3  to  15  m.]  of  it  is  aseptically 
injected  into  the  jugular  vein  of  a  horse;  this  produces  slight  symptoms.  As 
soon  as  they  are  past  a  larger  dose  is  injected,  and  so  the  dose  is  gradually  in- 
creased until  loo  c.c.  [25  fl.  dr.]  or  more  are  given  at  each  injection.  This 
leads  to  the  formation  of  a  large  amount  of  antitoxin  in  the  blood  serum.  At 
the  end  of  some  months  the  horse  is  bled  to  8  liters  [quarts]  in  a  sterilized 
vessel,  the  blood  coagulates,  and  the  antitoxic  serum  is  put  into  sterilized 
bottles  and  hermetically  sealed,  a  little  carbolic  acid  or  other  antiseptic  being 
added  to  prevent  decomposition. 

The  details  may  be  modified,  as  horses  vary  in  their  reaction  to  the  toxin, 
and  toxins  vary  in  strength,  but  the  essentials  of  the  method  always  remain 
the  same. 

Mode  of  Administration. — The  antitoxic  serum  has  been  shown  to  be  use- 
less when  given  by  the  mouth,  perhaps  because  it  is  destroyed  in  the  liver. 
Therefore  it  is  always  injected  subcutaneously ;  usually  between  the  shoulders 
or  on  the  side  of  the  abdomen.  Before  injection  the  skin  must  be  thoroughly 
washed  with  an  -antiseptic,  and  all  ordinary  antiseptic  precautions  should  be 
taken.  After  injection  the  puncture  should  be  healed  with  antiseptic  gauze, 
iodoform  and  collodion.  The  antitoxin  should  be  taken  from  a  fresh  bottle. 
A  special  syringe,  so  constructed  that  all  the  parts  of  it  can  be  boiled  before 
use  is  employed. 

Dose. — It  is  better  to  give  a  small  dose  of  a  concentrated  rather  than  a 
large  dose  of  a  dilute  antitoxin.  The  dose  is  the  same  for  children  and  adults. 
The  strength  of  it,  which  is  stated  on  the  bottle,  varies  between  200  and  2500 
units  per  cubic  centimeter,  but  it  is  usually  about  500.  The  antitoxin  must  be 
obtained  from  a  reliable  source.  The  quantity  given  should  be  such  that  from 
4000  to  12,000  units  or  even  more  are  injected  in  the  first  twenty-four  hours 
after  the  patient  comes  under  treatment.  This  amount  may  be  divided  into 
two  or  three  doses,  but  should  be  repeated  on  the  second  and  third  days,  if 
accessary.  A  unit  is  the  smallest  quantity  of  antitoxic  serum,  which  when 
mixe*with  a  certain  quantity  of  a  standard  diphtheritic  toxin  and  with  it  in- 
jected into  the  subcutaneous  tissue  of  a  healthy  guinea-pig  weighing  from  250 
to  300  grammes  [8  to  10  oz.  ],  protects  the  animal  from  death  within  four  days. 

It  is  impossible  in  a  work  like  this  to  give  a  more  precise  definition,  for  all 
diphtheritic  toxin  consists  of  a  toxin  proper,  which  is  poisonous,  and  toxoid 
bodies  which,  although  not  poisonous,  will  neutralize  the  antitoxic  properties 
of  antitoxic  serum.  Therefore,  to  standardize  antitoxic  serum  it  must  be  tested 
against  diphtheritic  toxin  in  which  the  proportion  of  toxins  proper  and  toxoids 


THE   ANTITOXINS   AND   SERUMS.  7O/ 

and  the  neutralizing  activity  of  the  latter  as  regards  antitoxin  are  known  and 
constant.  Such  a  standard  toxin  is  kept  in  the  Government  testing  department 
in  Berlin,  and  the  strength  of  all  diphtheritic  antitoxins  should  be  expressed  in 
terms  of  it. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  DIPHTHERIA  ANTITOXIN. 

Antitoxin  serum  diminishes  all  the  symptoms  of  diphtheria, 
and  in  particular  it  greatly  lessens  the  liability  to  sudden  heart 
failure.  If  the  diphtheria  toxin  be 'administered  to  animals  fatty 
degeneration  of  the  heart  is  found  after  death,  but  if  they  have 
also  had  antitoxin  this  is  absent.  Both  clinical  and  experimental 
evidence  show  that  after  antitoxin  is  given,  although  the  bacilli 
continue  to  exist  in  the  throat,  the  formation  of  membrane 
ceases  and  that  which  is  present  rapidly  disappears ;  therefore 
laryngeal  diphtheria  rarely  follows  faucial  if  antitoxin  is  used 
early,  the  patient  becomes  less  anaemic,  his  pulse  improves,  and 
his  temperature  may  fall  a  little,  although  this  is  less  influenced 
by  antitoxin  than  are  the  other  symptoms  of  diphtheria.  The 
maximum  effect  of  the  antitoxin  is  not  seen  until  twenty-four 
hours  after  injection.  All  reliable  collections  of  cases  show  that 
the  mortality,  especially  in  children,  is  much  less  when  the  anti- 
toxin is  used.  It  should  be  given  at  the  earliest  possible  moment, 
even  if  it  is  only  likely  that  the  patient  is  suffering  from  diph- 
theria, for  the  number  of  fatal  cases  is  less  when  antitoxin  is  used 
early  in  the  illness.  The  benefit  is  more  marked  in  laryngeal 
than  in  otner  varieties  of  diphtheria,  the  mortality  of  trache- 
otomy cases  falling  by  one  half.  The  frequency  of  the  occur- 
rence of  paralysis  is  not  diminished,  but  the  percentage  of  re- 
coveries in  cafes  with  paralysis  is  slightly  increased. 

Symptoms  of  poisoning  are  sometimes  seen  after  this  anti- 
toxin has  been  given,  but  they  are  unimportant.  They  are  not 
due  to  the  antitoxin  in,  but  to  some  other  constituent  of  the 
serum,  for  they  may  follow  when  the  simple  serum  of  animals  is 
injected  into  the  human  subject.  The  most  common  is  a  rash, 
met  with  in  about  35  per  cent,  of  the  patients  injected  ;  it  may 
appear  as  late  as  the  end  of  the  third  week  after  injection,  but 
it  is  usually  seen  at  the  end  of  the  first  week.  In  a  few  cases  a 
second  rash  is  observed  after  the  first  has  faded.  Usually  it  is  a 


708  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MED1CA. 

mere  erythema,  but  it  may  be  papular  or  uticarial.  Commonly 
it  disappears  in  three  days.  Pains  in  the  joints  and  slight  swell- 
ing of  them  are  occasionally  present  [and  finally  somewhat  rarely 
there  has  been  observed  an  irregular  temperature  range  and  con- 
secutively emaciation  and  death  ;  evidently  pointing  toward  an 
acquired  septicaemia.  Further  in  a  few  cases  an  early  fatal  re- 
sult has  been  reported.  Browne  and  Benda  both  have  shown 
that  in  a  fatal  issue,  nephritis,  in  the  majority  of  cases,  is  the 
cause  of  death,  and  clinically  haemorrhagic  nephritis  is  by  no 
means  rare.  Inasmuch  as  this  remedy  militates  solely  against 
the  infection  of  the  Klebs-Loeffler  bacillus  and  clinically  most 
cases  of  diphtheria  are  cases  of  mixed  infection,  the  usual  local 
antiseptic  and  general  supporting  measures  must  not  be  omitted. 
The  danger  of  antitoxin  lies  in  the  horse-serum,  for,  many  years 
before  antitoxin  was  made,  the  results  of  injection  of  an  alien 
serum  had  been  pointed  out.  Concentrated  serums  then  should 
be  preferred  in  that  they  give  the  largest  amount  of  antitoxin 
with  the  smallest  amount  of  serum. 

So  far  as  prophylaxis  is  concerned,  the  question  is  still  sub 
judice,  many  failures  are  reported,  and  indeed  instances  of  rein- 
fection have  occurred  even  after  suitable  doses  of  antitoxin  have 
been  used  during  a  previous  attack.] 

TETANUS  ANTITOXIN.— [Not  official.]— This  is  prepared  on  the 
same  principles  as  diphtheria  antitoxin,  and  is  administered  in  the  same  way 
or  directly  into  the  brain.  No  marked  success  has  attended  its  use,  perhaps 
because  tetanus  is  not  usually  [recognized]  till  long  after  infection,  and  per- 
haps because  the  tetanus  toxin  is  very  firmly  united  with  the  proteids  of  the 
central  nervous  system.  [Recent  reports  indicate  that  this  Antitoxin,  particu- 
larly when  injected  directly  into  the  brain,  will  soon  take  its  place  as  a  valuable 
and  trustworthy  remedy  for  this  disease.  ] 

ANTISTREPTOCOCCIC  SERUM.— (Not  official.)  Streptococci 
do  not  cause  the  diseases  due  to  them  by  developing  a  toxin  which  circulates 
in  the  blood,  but  by  being  themselves  carried  all  over  the  body,  which  at- 
tempts to  kill  them  by  developing  a  toxin  fatal  to  them.  To  prepare  anti- 
streptococcic  serum  the  virulence  of  the  streptococci  is  increased  by  their  pas- 
sage through  several  rabbits ;  they  are  then  grown  on  a  medium  which 
preserves  their  virulence.  A  horse  is  next  treated  with  successive  doses  of 
cultivations  of  these  living  streptococci,  each  more  potent  than  the  former. 


THE    ANTITOXINS    AND    SERUMS.  709 

At  the  end  of  the  year  the  strength  of  the  antitoxic  serum  of  the  horse  is  power- 
ful enough  for  use.  This  is  always  given  subcutaneously  and  the  dose  varies 
with  different  specimens  of  serum. 

ACTION  AND  THERAPEUTICS  OF  ANTISTREPTOCOCCIC  SERUM. 

Our  experience  of  the  value  of  antistreptococcic  serum  is 
limited,  but  it  suggests  itself  as  useful  for  those  diseases  which 
are  principally  due  to  infection  by  streptococci.  Such  are 
malignant  endocarditis,  erysipelas,  surgical  septicajmia,  disease 
of  the  middle  ear,  thrombosis  of  the  lateral  sinus,  and  puerperal 
septicaemia.  Successful  cases  of  its  use  in  these  disorders  have 
been  recorded,  and  it  might  be  used  with  advantage  in  any  of 
the  many  diseases  in  which  streptococci  can  be  found.  One 
great  disadvantage  of  it  is  that  it  is  always  impossible  to  foretell 
whether  it  will  be  of  use;  this  is  because  different  cultivations 
of  apparently  the  same  streptococcus  vary  so  widely  in  their 
properties  that  serum  which  is  antibactericidal  to  one  cultivation 
is  not  to  another. 

ANTIPNEUMOCOCCIC  SERUM.— (Not  official.)  This  is  prepared 
in  the  same  way  as  antistreptococcic  serum,  and  like  it  is  antibactericidal,  not 
antitoxic.  It  has  been  used  for  diseases  due  to  the  pneumococcus,  but  the  evi- 
dence of  its  efficacy  is  slight. 

ANTIVENOMOUS  SERUM.— (Not  official.)  Probably  the  poison 
of  all  venomous  snakes  is  the  same.  Horses  are  rendered  immune  to  snake 
poison  by  repeated  injections  of  snake-venom,  and  Calmette  and  Fraser  have 
shown  that  the  hypodermatic  injection  of  serum  from  such  horses  will  cure 
those  bitten  by  a  venomous  snake  and  also  render  persons  immune  to  snake 
poison. 

PLAGUE  SERUM  AND  INOCULATION.— (Not  official.)  A 
serum  obtained  from  horses  inoculated  with  plague  has  been  used  in  the  treat- 
ment of  human  beings  affected  with  plague.  Its  efficacy  is  doubtful.  If  it 
does  good  it  is  in  virtue  of  its  antibactericidal  properties,  for  it  is  not  antitoxic. 
An  emulsion  of  dead  plague  bacilli  has  been  largely  used  to  vaccinate  those 
exposed  to  plague.  Haffkine  has  shown  that  those  thus  vaccinated  rarely 
contract  plague  when  exposed  to  it. 

CHOLERA  SERUM  AND  INOCULATION.  — (Not  official.) 
This  serum  is  of  no  therapeutic  value,  but  there  is  some  evidence  that  vaccina- 
tion with  cholera  micro-organisms  affords  some  protection. 


7IO  ORGANIC    MATERIA    MEDICA. 

TYPHOID  SERUM  AND  INOCULATION.  — (Not  official.) 
There  is  no  evidence  that  the  serum  treatment  of  typhoid  fever  is  of  benefit. 
Inoculation  by  injecting  dead  bacilli  in  the  abdominal  wall  with  all  antiseptic 
precautions  has  been  practiced.  Local  inflammatory  reaction  with  some 
pyrexia  follows  in  a  few  hours,  but  usually  soon  passes  off.  Therefore  it  is 
best  not  to  give  the  injection  in  the  evening.  It  has  not  yet  been  shown 
whether  this  inoculation  confers  immunity,  but  the  blood  serum  of  an  inoculated 
person  [agglutinates]  typhoid  bacilli. 

NUTRIENT  SERUM.— (Not  official.)  When  diphtheritic  antitoxic 
serum  was  first  introduced  it  was  very  dilute,  and  therefore  large  quantities 
(e.g.,  320  c.c.  [10  fl.  oz.]  in  two  days  for  a  child  five  years  old)  were  injected. 
Such  quantities  produced  no  ill-effects,  and  this  fact  suggested  to  Salter  that 
serum  might  be  injected  subcutaneously  as  a  food  in  human  beings.  He  has 
shown  by  experiments  on  animals  that  while  the  injection  of  small  quantities, 
by  increasing  the  katabolism  of  the  body,  leads  to  an  increase  of  urinary 
nitrogen  and  a  loss  of  weight,  when  large  quantities  are  injected  the  serum  is 
utilized  as  a  food  to  such  an  extent  as  more  than  to  counterbalance  the  loss  due 
to  the  induced  increased  katabolism,  for  life  is  much  prolonged  if  animals  are 
allowed  no  food  nor  drink  except  such  as  is  provided  by  the  subcutaneous  in- 
jection of  serum. 

When  the  serum  of  one  animal  is  injected  into  another  of  a  different  species, 
unimportant  toxic  effects,  such  as  transitory  pyrexia,  a  rash,  and  joint  pains  are 
frequently  observed.  Salter  states  that  if  serum  be  heated  to  65°  C.  [149°  F.] 
the  bodies  producing  these  effects  and  those  exciting  increased  nitrogenous 
katabolism  are  destroyed,  although  the  value  of  the  serum  as  a  subcutaneous 
food  is  not  impaired. 

Such  a  heated  horse-  or  sheep-serum  may  be  injected  into  man  when,  after 
severe  abdominal  operations,  it  is  impossible  or  undesirable  to  introduce  any 
food  into  the  stomach  or  intestines,  in  certain  severe  cases  of  gastro-intestinal 
disease,  as  gastric  ulcer,  typhoid  fever,  infantile  diarrhoea,  or  during  the 
vomiting  that  occurs  with  severe  post- diphtheritic  paralysis.  For  an  infant 
33  to  40  c.c.,  [8  to  10  fl.  dr.],  for  a  child  60  to  80  c.c.,  [16  to  20  fl.  dr.],  and 
for  an  adult  100  to  120  c.c.,  [3  to  4  fl.  oz.],  may  be  used  and  repeated  ac- 
cording to  the  severity  of  the  case.  If  it  is  intended  to  administer  repeated 
daily  doses,  the  most  satisfactory  plan  is  to  inject  the  liquid  into  the  loose  sub- 
cutaneous tissue  of,  say  one  loin  on  the  first  occasion,  the  opposite  loin  on  the 
second,  then  into  either  axilla,  then  between  the  shoulder  blades,  and  so  on, 
thus  ringing  the  changes  and  giving  each  shot  a  few  days'  rest  before  practic- 
ing a  second  inoculation  at  the  same  place. 

HYDROPHOBIA  ANTIDOTE.— [Although  this  is  not  an  antitoxin 
nor  a  serum  it  is  conveniently  considered  here.  ]  A  rabbit  is  inoculated  from 
the  spinal  cord  of  an  animal  dead  of  hydrophobia,  other  rabbits  are  inoculated 
from  this,  and  so  through  a  series  until  the  spinal  cord  (which  is  the  chief  seat 


THE    ANTITOXINS    AND    SERUMS.  7 II 

of  the  virus  in  hydrophobia)  contains  a  virus  the  incubation  period  of  which  is 
seven  days.  The  spinal  cord  loses  its  virulence  when  exposed  to  the  air,  so 
that  a  series  of  spinal  cords  (each  of  which  originally  contained  a  virus  the  in- 
cubation period  of  which  was  seven  days)  can  be  prepared  of  greater  or  less 
virulence  according  to  the  time  during  which  they  have  been  exposed  to  the 
air. 

USES  OF  HYDROPHOBIA  ANTIDOTE. 

It  is  found  that  if  a  patient  who  has  been  bitten  by  a  rabid 
dog  is  inoculated  first  with  a  rabbit's  spinal  cord  of  a  low  degree 
of  virulence,  and  the  next  day  with  one  of  higher  degree,  and  so 
on  increasing  the  virulence  of  the  injection,  hydrophobia  does 
not  usually  develop  in  him  if  the  treatment  is  begun  soon  after 
the  bite.  [The  reports  of  the  use  of  this  suggest  that  some  of 
the  deaths  after  treatment  may  be  due  to  it  rather  than  to  the 
bite.  Inasmuch  as  the  incubation  period  of  hydrophobia  is  so 
extremely  variable,  the  pathological  findings  so  inconstant  and 
the  symptoms  so  diverse,  there  is  some  reason  for  doubting  the 
existence  of  the  disease  in  man.  At  least  the  majority  of  alleged 
cases  have  been  shown  to  have  been  those  of  various  diseases. 
For  this  reason  the  antidote  possesses  but  little  interest  save  to 
those  who  are  interested  in  spreading  hydrophobia-phobia.] 


APPENDIX  I. 


THE  PHARMACOPCEIAL  VEGETABLE  DRUGS  ARRANGED 
ACCORDING  TO  THEIR  NATURAL  ORDERS. 


NAT.  ORDER. 

NAME  OP  PLANT. 

PART  OF  PLANT. 

NAME  OF  DRUG. 

Ranunculaceae  

Magnoliaceae  
Menispermaceae  ... 

Berberideae  

Aconitum  Napellus 
Anemone  Pulsatilla 
"          pratensis 
Delphinium  Staphisagria 
Cimicifuga  racemosa 
Hydrastis  canadensis 
lllicium  verum 
Jateorrhiza  palmata 
Chondodendron  tomentosum 
Menispermum  canadense 

Anamirta  paniculata 

Tuber 
Herb 

Seed 
Rhizomeand  roots 

Fruit 
Root 

Rhizome        and 
roots 
Neutral  principle 
from  seed 

Aconite. 
Pulsatilla. 

Stavesacre. 
Cimicifuga. 
Hydrastis. 
Star-anise. 
Calumba. 
Pareira. 
Canadian  Moon- 
seed. 
Picrotoxin. 

Blue  Cohosh. 

Papaveraceae  
Cruciferse  

Podophyllum  peltatum 
Papaver  somniferum 

Chelidonium  majus 
Sanguinaria  canadensis 

roots 
Rhizome         and 
roots 
Exudation   from 
capsules 
Plant 
Rhizome 
Seed 

May  apple. 
Opium. 

Celandine. 
Bloodroot. 
White  mustard. 

Polygaleas  

"         nigra 

Root 

Black  mustard. 
Senega. 

Guttiferae           

Krameria  triandra 
"           Ixina 

Rhatany. 

Ternstrcemiaceae... 

Thea  sinensis 

Proximateprinci- 
ple  from  leaves 

Caffeine. 
Purified  Cotton. 

Sterculiaceae  

Althaea  officinalis 
Theobroma  Cacao 

Bark  of  root 
Oil  from  seed 
Root 
Oil  from  seed 

Cotton  root  bark. 
Cotton  seed  oil. 
Marshmallow. 
Oil  of  theobroma. 

Zygophylleac  
Geraniaceae  

Erythroxylon  Coca 
Guaiacum  officinale 

"           sanctum 
Geranium  maculatum 

Leaves 
Heart  wood 
Resin 
Wood 
Rhizome 
Bark 

Coca. 
Guaiacum  wood. 
Guaiac. 
Guaiacum  wood. 
Cranesbill. 

"              Clava-Herculis 
Citrus  vulgaris 
"       Aurantium 
"       Limonum 

"       Bergamia 

Barosma  betulina 
"         crenulata 
Pilocarpus  Selloanus 
"          Jaborandi 

Rind  of  fruit 

Juice        " 
Oil  from  rind  of 
fruit 
Leaves 

Leaflets 
Wood 

Bitter  orange  peel. 
Sweet      "         " 
Lemon  peel. 
"        juice. 
Oil  of  bergamot. 

Buchu 
Jaborandi. 

Burse  raceae  
Celastrinea:  
Rhamnex  

Commiphora  Myrrha 
Euonymus  atropurpureus 

Gum-resin 
Bark  of  rojt 
Bark 

Myrrh. 
Euonymus. 

"          Purshiana. 

CascaraSagrada. 

(713) 


714 


APPENDIX. 


NAT.  ORDER. 

NAMB  OP  PLANT. 

PART  OF  PLANT. 

NAME  OF  DRUG. 

Vitaceac    

Vitis  Vinifera 

From  juice  of  fruit 

White  Wine. 

Red 

Sapindacez  

Paullinia  Cupana 

Seeds 

Guarana. 

Anacardieae  

Pistacia  Lentiscus. 

Resinous  exuda- 

Mastic. 

tion 

Rhus  glabra 

Fruit 

Rhus  glabra. 

"      radicans 

Leaves 

Poison  Ivy. 

Legu  minosae.  „  

Astragalus  gummifer 

Gummy    exuda- 

Tragacanth. 

tion 

Acacia  Senegal 

Gum  from  stem 

Gum  Arabic. 

Glycyrrhiza  glabra  and  var. 

Root 

Liquorice. 

glandulifera 

Cystisus  Scoparius 

Tops 

Broom. 

Pterocarpus  santalinus 

Wood 

Red  Saunders. 

'•           Marsupium. 
Toluifera  Pereirae 

Inspissated  juice 
Balsam 

Kino. 
Balsam  of  Peru. 

"          Balsamum 

•• 

Balsam  of  Tolu. 

Physostigma  venenosum 

Seed 

Calabar  bean. 

Andira  Araroba 

Neutral  principle 

Chrysarobin. 

Cassia  acutifolia 

Leaflets 

Senna. 

"        angustifolia 

" 

" 

"       Fistula 

Fruit 

Purging  Cassia. 

Hzmatoxylon  campechianum 

Wood 

Logwood. 

Tamarindus  indica 

Pulp  of  fruit 

Tamarind. 

Acacia  Catechu 

Extract          from 

Catechu. 

wood 

Copaiba  Langsdorffii 

Oleoresin 

Copaiba. 

Rosaceae  

Rosa  gallica 

Petals 

Red  rose. 

"      centifolia 

Pale    " 

"      damascena 

Oil  from  flowers 

Oil  of  rose. 

Kubus  villosus 

Bark  of  root 

Blackberry. 

"       canadensis 

ii              ii 

" 

"       trivialis 

ii              ii 

" 

"       idaeus 

Fruit 

Raspberry. 

Prunus  Amygdalus  v  ar.dulcis 

Seed 

Sweet  almond. 

"               "              "  amara 

" 

Bitter        " 

Hagenia  abyssinia 

Female    inflores- 

Kousso. 

cence 

Prunus  domestica 

Fruit 

Prune. 

"        serotina 

Bark 

Wild  Cherry. 

Quillaja  Saponaria 

" 

Soap  bark. 

Hamamelaceae  

Liquidambar  orientals 

Balsam  from  bark 

Storax. 

Hamamelis  virginiana 

Leaves 

Hamamelis. 

Myrtaccac  

Eugenia  aromatica 

Unexpanded  flow- 

Cloves. 

ers 

Myrcia  acris 

Oil  from  leaves 

Oil  of  Bay. 

Pimenta  officinalis 

Fruit 

Allspice. 

Melaleuca  Leucadendron 

Oil  from  leaves 

Oil  of  Cajuput. 

Eucalyptus  globulus 

Leaves 

Eucalyptus. 

"          oleosa 

Oil  from  leaves 

Oil  of  Eucalyptus. 

Lythrarieae  

Punica  Granatum 

Bark  of  stem  and 

Pomegranate. 

root 

Cucurbitacez  

Citrullus  Colocynthis 

Fruit 

Colocynth. 

Bryonia  alba 

Root 

Bryonia. 

"        dioica 

K 

41 

Cucurbita  Pepo 

Seed 

Pumpkin  seed. 

Umbelliferse  

Ecballium  Elaterium 
Conium  maculatum 

juice  of  Fruit 
Fruit 

Elaterium. 
Hemlock. 

Pimpinella  Anisum 

Anise. 

Carum  Ajowan 

Phenol  from  oil 

Thymol. 

Ferula  foetida 

Gum-resin     from 

Asafetida. 

root 

Ferula  Sumbul 

Root 

Sumbul. 

Dorema  Ammoniacum 

Gum-resin 

Ammoniac. 

Coriandrum  sativum 

Fruit 

Coriander. 

Foeniculum  capillaceum 

• 

Fennel. 

Carum  Carvi 

" 

Caraway. 

APPENDIX. 


715 


NAT.  ORDER. 

Caprifoliaceae  

Sambucus  canadensis 

Flowers 

Elder. 

Viburnum  prunifolium 

Bark 

Black  Haw. 

".          Opulus 

" 

Cramp  Bark. 

Coflfea  arabica 

Proximate  princi- 

Caffeine. 

ple  from  seeds 

Cinchona  officinalis 

Bark 

Cinchona  bark. 

"           Calisaya 

" 

«i              ii 

"           succirubra 

" 

Red  cinchona. 

Cephaelis  Ipecacuanha 

Root 

Ipecac. 

Valerianeae 

Valeriana  officinalis 

Rhizome     and 

Valerian. 

roots 

Compositae   ......... 

Anacyclus  Pyrethrum 

Root 

Pellitory. 

Eupatorium  perfoliatum 

Leaves  and  flow- 

Thoroughwort. 

ering  tops 

Artemisia  pauciflora 

Flower-heads 

Santonica. 

Calendula  officinalis 

Florets 

Marigold. 

Anthemis  nobilis 

Flower-heads 

Chamomile. 

Grindelia  robusta 

Leaves  and  flow- 

Grindelia. 

ering  tops 

"           squarrosa 

Leaves  and  flow- 

11 

ering  tops 

Matricaria  Chamomilla 

Flower-heads 

German    Chamo- 

mile. 

Tanacetum  vulgare 

Leaves  and  tops 

Tansy. 

Artemisia  Absinthium 

ii               ii 

Wormwood. 

Taraxacum  officinale 

Root 

Dandelion. 

Inula  Helenium 

«• 

Elecampane. 

Arnica  montana 

Flower-heads 

Arnica  flowers. 

" 

Rhizome        and 

"      root. 

roots 

Lactuca  virosa 

Milk  juice 

Lactucarium. 

Erigeron  canadense 

Oil  from  herb 

Oil  of  Fleabane. 

Arctium  Lappa 

Root 

Burdock. 

Lobeliaceae  

Lobelia  inflata 

Leaves  and  tops 

Lobelia. 

Ericaceae  

Arctostaphylos  Uva  ursi 

Leaves 

Uva  ursi. 

Chimaphila  umbellata 

Pipsissewa. 

Gaultheria  procumbens 

Oil  from  leaves 

Oil  of  wintergreen. 

Styraceae  

Styrax  Benzoin 

Balsamic  Resin 

Benzoin. 

Oleaceae  

Olea  europaea 

Oil  from  fruit 

Olive  oil. 

Fraxinus  Ornus 

Exudation 

Manna. 

Apocynaceae  

Apocynum  cannabinum 

Root 

Canadian  Hemp. 

Aspidosperma        Quebracho- 

Bark 

Quebracho. 

bianco 

Strophanthus  hispidus 

Seed 

Strophanthus. 

Asclepiadeae  

Asclepias  tuberosa 

Root 

Pleurisy  Root. 

Loganiaceae  

Strychnos  Nux-vomica 

Seed 

Nux  vomica. 

Spigelia  marilandica 

Rhizome  *  roots 

Pink  root. 

Gelsemium  sempervirens 

ii                 ii 

Gelsemium. 

Gentianeae  

Gentiana  lutea 

Root 

Gentian. 

Swertia  Chirata 

Plant 

Chirata. 

Hydrophyllacex... 

Eriodictyon  glutinosum 

Leaves 

Eriodictyon. 

Convolvulaceae  

Convolvulus  Scammonia 

Resinous  exuda- 

Scammony. 

tion 

Solanaceae  

Ipomoea  Jalapa 
Capsicum  fastigiatum 

Tuberous  root 
Fruit 

Jalap. 
Capsicum. 

Atropa  Belladonna 

Root  and  leaves 

Belladonna. 

Datura  Stramonium 

Seed  and  leaves 

Stramonium. 

Hyoscyamus  niger 

Leaves  and  flow- 

Henbane. 

ering  tops 

Solanum  Dulcamara 

Branches 

Bittersweet. 

Nicotiana  Tabacum 

Leaves 

Tobacco. 

Scrophularincae  

Digitalis  purpurea 

11 

Digitalis 

Veronica  virginica 

Rhizome        and 

Culver's  Root. 

roots 

Pedalaceae  

Sesamum  indicum 

Oil  from  seed 

Benne  oil. 

Labiatae  

Rosmarinus  officinalis 

Oil  from  leaves 

Oil  of  rosemary. 

Salvia  officinalis 

Leaves 

Sage. 

716 


APPENDIX. 


NAT.  ORDER. 

NAME  OP  PLANT. 

PART  OP  PLANT. 

NAME  OP  DRUG. 

Labiatae  

Scutellaria  lateriflora 

Herb 

Scullcap. 

Lavandula  officinalis 

Oil  of  flowers 

Oil  of  lavender. 

Hedeoma  pulegioides 

Leaves  and  tops 

Pennyroyal. 

Mentha  piperita 

ii                 ii 

Peppermint. 

"       viridis 

u                 u 

Spearmint. 

"       arvensis 

Stereopten 

Menthol. 

"       canadensis 

" 

•• 

Melissa  officinalis 

Leaves  and  tops 

Balm. 

Monarda  punctata 

Phenol  from  oil 

Thymol. 

Thymus  vulgaris 

u                ii 

" 

•i            ii 

Oil  from  leaves  and 

Oil  of  thyme. 

flowering  tops 

Matrubium  vulgare 

Leaves  and  tops 

Horehound. 

Chenopodiaceae..... 

Chenopodium  ambrosioides 

Fruit 

American  Worm- 

var.  anthelminticum 

seed. 

Beta  vulgaris 

From  cane 

Sugar. 

Phy  tolaccaceac  

Phytolacca  decandra 

Root 

Poke  Root. 

ii                 ii 

Fruit 

"      Berry. 

Polygonaceae  

Rheum  officinale 

Root 

Rhubarb. 

Rumex  cnspus 

•' 

Yellow  Dock. 

Aristolochiaceae  ... 

Aristolochia  Serpentaria 

Rhizome  and  roots 

Serpentaria. 

"           reticulata 

ii                ii 

" 

Piperaceae  

Piper  nigrum 

Fruit 

Black  pepper. 

Piper  Cubeba 

,~,,j~... 
Cubeb. 

Piper  angustifolium 

Leaves 

Matico. 

Myristicaceae  

Myristica  fragrans 

Seed 

Nutmeg. 

it            ii 

Arillade  of  seed 

Mace. 

Laurineae.  

Cinnamomum  —  sp.  indtter. 

Bark  of  shoots 

Chinese  Cinnamon 

Bark 

Saigon           " 

zeylanicum 

Bark  of  shoots 

Ceylon           " 

Camphora 

Stearopten 

Camphor. 

Sassafras  variifolium 

Bark  of  root 

Sassafras. 

ii               « 

Pith 

Pith 

Thymelaeacrae  

Daphne  Mezereum 

Bark 

Mezereum. 

Santalaceae  

Santalum  album 

Oil  from  wood 

Oil  of  Santal. 

E  u  phorbiaceae  

Croton  Eleuteria 

Bark 

Cascarilla. 

"     Tiglium 

Oil  from  seed 

Croton  oil. 

Ricinus  communis 

ii               ii 

Castor  oil. 

Hevea  —  jr/.  indeter. 

Milk-juice 

India  rubber. 

Stillingia  sylvatica 
Mallotus  philippinensis 

Root 
Glands  and  hairs 

Queen's  root. 
Kamala. 

from  capsules 

Urticacese  

Humulus  Lupulus 

Strobiles 

Hops. 

Ficus  Carica 

Fleshy  receptacle 

Fig. 

Ulmus  fulva 

Inner  bark 

Slippery  Elm. 

Cannabis  sativa 

Flowering  tops 

Indian  cannabis. 

Juglandaceae  

Juglans  cinerea 

Bark  of  root 

Butternut. 

Cupuliferae  

Quercus  alba 

Bark 

White  oak. 

"        lusitanica 

Parasitic  excres- 

Nutgall. 

cences 

Castanea  dentata 

Leaves 

Chestnut. 

Fagus  sylvatica 

Wood-tar 

Creosote. 

Betulacez  

Betula  lenta 

Oil  from  bark 

Volatile    oil     of 

Betula. 

Salicaceae  

Salix  if.  indet. 

Neutral  principle 

Salicin. 

Populus  j/.  indet. 

Coniferx  ..... 

Abies  balsamea 

Oleoresin      from 

Canada  balsam. 

bark 

Abies  excelsa 

Resinous  exuda- 

Burgundy pitch. 

tion 

Pinus  palustris 

Oleoresin      from 

Tar. 

wood 

ii          ii 

Oleoresin 

Turpentine. 

Juniperus  communis 

Oil  from  fruit 

Oil  of  juniper. 

Sabina 

Tops 

Savine. 

"           Oxycedrus 

Distillation        of 

Oil  of  cade. 

wood 

APPENDIX. 


NAT.  ORDER. 

NAME  OF  PLANT. 

PART  OF  PLANT. 

NAME  OF  DRUG. 

Orchideae  

Cypripedium  pubescens 

Rhizome  *  roots 

Ladies'  slipper. 

Scitamineae  

parviflorum 
Vanilla  planifolia 
Elettaria  repens 

Fruit 

Vanilla. 
Cardamom. 

Irideae  

Zingiber  officinale 

Rhizome 
Stigmas 

Ginger. 
Saffron. 

Liliaceae  

Iris  versicolor 
Allium  sativum 

Rhizome  *  roots 
Bulb 

Blueflag. 
Garlic. 

Colchicum  autumnale 
Convallaria  majalis 

Smilax  officinalis 
"      medica 
"      papyracea 
Asagraea  officinalis 

Veratrum  viride 

Urginea  maritima 
Aloe  Perryi 
"      vera 

Corm 
Seed 
Rhizome         and 
roots 
Root 

Alkaloids      from 
seed 
Rhizome         and 
roots 
Bulb 
Juice  of  leaves 

Colchicum  root, 
seed. 
Convallaria. 

Sarsaparilla. 

Vera  trine. 
Veratrum  Viride. 

Squill. 
Socatrine  Aloes. 
Barbadoes     " 

Lycopodiaceae  
Filices  

Zea  Mays 

Hordeum  distichum 

Saccharum  omcinarum 
Lycopodium  clavatum 

Styles  and    stig- 
mas 
Fecula  of  seed 
Seed 
From  cane 
Spores 

Corn-silk. 

Starch. 
Pearl  barley. 
Sugar. 
Lycopodium. 

Fungi  

"            marginalis 

Ergot. 

Lichenes  

Thallus 

Algae  

Plant 

Gigartina  mamillosa 

APPENDIX  II. 


[THE  PHARMACOPCEIAL  ANIMAL  DRUGS  ARRANGED 
ACCORDING  TO  THEIR  NATURAL  ORDERS. 


VERTEBRATA. 

CLASS. 

NAT.  ORDER. 

NAME   OP   ANIMAL. 

PART   OP   ANIMAL.     NAME  OP  DRUG 

MAMMALIA 

Ruminantia 

Moschus  moscbiferus 

Dried  secretion  from 
preputial  follicles 

Musk. 

Ovis  Aries 

Internal  fat  of  abdo- 

Suet. 

men 

Purified  fat  of  wool 

Hydrous  woo 
fat. 

Bos  Taurus 

Sugar  from  whey  of 
cow's  milk 

Sugar  of  milk. 

Fresh  bile 

Ox  Gall. 

Organic   acid  from 
tallow 

Stearic  Acid. 

Pachydermata 

Sus  scrofa 

Internal  fat   of  the 
abdomen 

Lard. 

Ferment  from  glan- 
dular    layer     of 
stomach 

Pepsin. 

V 

Enzymes  from  pan- 
creas 

Pancreatin. 

Cetacca 

Physeter  macrocephalus 

Fatty  substance 

Spermaceti. 

AVES 

Gallinse 

Callus  Bankiva, 
var.  domestica 

From  the  egg 

Yolk  of  Egg. 

PISCES 

Sturiones 

Ascipenser  Huso 

Swimming  bladder 

Isinglass. 

Teleoslia 

Gadus  Morrhua 

Oil  from  fresh  liver 

Cod  Liver  Oil. 

INVERTEBRATA. 

INSECT  A 

Hymenoptera 

Apis  mellifica 

Secretion   from  the 
honeycomb 

Honey. 

Concrete  substance 

Yellow  Wax. 

Hemiptera 

Coccus  cacti 

Dried  female  insect 

Cochineal. 

Coleoptera 

Cantharis  vesicatoria 

The  insect 

Cantharides.J 

(718) 


APPENDIX  III. 


A  LIST  OF   LATIN   PHRASES   COMMONLY  USED  IN 
THE  WRITING  OF  PRESCRIPTIONS. 


u. 

Ana 

of  each. 

Ad. 

Adde 

add. 

[Adhib. 

Adhibendus 

to  be  administered. 

Admov. 

Admove 

apply- 

Ad  lib. 
Ad  sat. 

Ad  libitum 
Ad  saturandum 

to  the  desired  amount.] 
to  saturation. 

Ad  us. 

Ad  usum 

according  to  custom. 

JEq. 

jBcnlH 

equal. 

[Agit. 

Agitetur 

let  it  be  shaken. 

Alt.  hor. 

Alternis  horis 

every  other  hour. 

Ampul. 

Ampulla 

a  large  bottle.] 

Aq. 

Aqua 

water. 

Aq.  bull. 

Aqua  bulliens 

boiling  water. 

Aq.  dest. 

Aqua  destillata 

distilled  water. 

[Aq.  ferv. 

Aqua  fervens 

hot  water. 

Aq.  fluv. 

Aqua  fluviatilis 

river  water. 

Aq.  font. 

Aqua  fontis 

spring  water. 

Aq.  pluv. 

Aqua  pluvialis 

rain  water. 

Bene 

Bene 

well.] 

Bib. 

Bibe 

drink. 

Bis  ind. 

Bis  in  dies 

twice  a  day. 

Bis  in  7  d. 

Bis  in  septem  diebus 

twice  a  week. 

[Bol. 

Bolus 

a  large  pill. 

Bull. 

Bulliat 

let  it  boil.] 

C. 

Cum 

with. 

Calef. 

Calefactus 

warmed. 

Cap. 

Capiat 

let  him  take. 

[Cap. 

Capsula 

a  capsule. 

Chart. 

Cbarta 

a  paper. 

Chartul. 

Chartula 

a  small  paper. 

Cib. 

Cibus 

food. 

Cito  disp. 

Cito  dispensetur 

let  it  be  dispensed  quickly.] 

C.  m. 

Cras  mane 

to-morrow  morning 

C.  m.  s. 
C.  n. 

Cras  mane  sumendus 
Cras  nocte 

to  be  taken  to-morrow  morning; 
to-morrow  night. 

Cochl. 

Cochleare 

a  spoonful. 

Cochl.  ampl. 

Cochleare  ampluni 

a  table-spoonful. 

Cocbl.  infant. 

Cochleare  infantis 

a  teaspoonful. 

Cochl.  mag. 

Cochleare  magnum 

a  table-spoonful. 

Cochl.  mod. 

Cochleare  modicum 

a  dessert-spoonful. 

Cochl.  parv. 

Cochleare  parvum 

a  teaspoonful. 

[Col. 

Cola 

strain. 

Collun. 

Collunarium 

a  nasal  wash. 

Collut. 

Collutorium 

a  mouth  wash. 

Collyr. 

Collyrium 

an  eye  wash. 

Cont. 

Contere 

rub  together.] 

Contin. 

Continueter 

let  it  be  continued. 

Cras. 

Cras 

to-morrow. 

Cuj. 

Cuj  us 

of  which. 

C.  v. 

Cras  vespere 

to-morrow  evening. 

Cyatb. 

Cyathus 

a  glassful. 

Cyath.  vinos. 

Cyathus  vinosus 

a  wine  glassful. 

ID.—  d. 

Da 

give. 

D. 

Dosis 

a  dose. 

Deaur. 
Dec, 

Deaurentur 
Decanta 

let  (the  pills)  be  gilded, 
decant.] 

(719) 

720 


APPENDIX. 


D.  d.  In  d. 

De  die  in  diem 

from  day  to  day. 

Del. 

Detur 

let  it  be  given. 

Dieb.  alt. 

Diebus  alternis 

on  alternate  days. 

Dim. 

Dimidius 

one-half. 

Div. 

Divide 

divide. 

D.  in  p.  as. 

Divide  in  parts  aequales 

divide  into  equal  parti*. 

Exhib. 

Exhibiatur 

let  it  be  gi  yen. 

F.  or  ft. 

Fiat 

let  it  be  made. 

F.  h. 

Fiat  haustus 

make  a  draught. 

F.  m. 

Fiat  mistura 

make  a  mixture. 

F.  pil. 

Fiat  pilula 

make  a  pill. 

[Form. 

Formula 

a  prescription. 

F  s.a. 

Fac  secundum  artem 

make  according  to  art. 

Garg. 
Gtt. 

Gargarysma 
Gutta  or  guttae 

a  gargle.] 
drop  or  drops. 

Habt. 

Habeat 

let  him  have. 

[Hor.  decub. 

Hora  decubitus 

at  bedtime. 

Hor.  intermed. 

Horis  intermediis 

at  intermediate  hours. 

H.  s. 

Hora  somni 

at  bedtime. 

111. 

lllico 

immediately. 

Imp. 
Jnd. 

Impone 
Indies 

apply.] 
daily. 

[Instar 

Instar 

the  size  of. 

Involv.  gelat. 

Involve  gelatine 

coat  with  gelatin.] 

Lat.  dol. 

Lateri  dolenti 

to  the  painful  side. 

FLen. 

Lenilur 

easily. 

Len.  ter. 

Lenitur  terendo 

by  rubbing  gently. 

Mane 

Mane 

in  the  morning. 

Mane  primo 

Mane  primo 

early  in  the  morning. 

Mic.  pan. 

Mica  panis 

bread  crumb.] 

Mil. 

Mitte 

send. 

[Mode  diet. 

Mode  dictu 

in  the  manner  directed.] 

Mod.  praescript 
(Non  repetat. 

Modo  praescripto 
Non  repetatur 

in  the  manner  prescribed. 
let  it  not  be  repeated.] 

O.  m. 

Omni  mane 

every  morning. 

Omn.  bih. 

Omni  bihora 

every  two  hours. 

Omn.  hor. 

Omni  hora 

every  hour. 

O.  n. 

Omni  nocte 

every  night. 

P.  or  pt. 

Perstetur 

continue. 

Part.  aeq. 

Partes  aequales 

equal  parts. 

[Penicil.  cam. 
Pil. 

Penicillum  camelinum 
Pilula 

a  camel's  hair  pencil, 
a  pill.] 

P.  r.  n. 

Pro  re  nata 

when  required. 

[Q.  hor. 

Quaqua  hora 
Quantum  libet 

every  hour.] 
as  much  as  is  requisite. 

O.  s. 

Quantum  sufficit 

a  sufficient  quantity. 

Q.  v. 

Quantum  volueris 

at  will. 

R. 

Recipe 

take. 

[Red.  in  pulv. 
Rep. 

Redactus  in  pulverem 
Repetatur 

reduced  to  powder.] 
let  it  be  repeated. 

(Sat. 

Satis 

sufficient. 

Semel 

Semel 

once. 

Semi  h. 

Semi  hora 

half  an  hour. 

Sesq.  h. 

Sesqui  hora 

an  hour  and  a  half. 

Sic. 

Sicetur 

let  it  be  dried. 

Sin. 

Sine 

without.] 

Sing. 

Singulorum 

of  each. 

[Si  op.  sit. 
Sum. 

Si  opus  sit 
Sumat  or  sumendum 

if  necessary.] 
let  him  take  or  let  it  be  taken. 

T.  d. 

Ter  in  die 

three  times  a  day. 

[Jer- 
Ter.  bene 

Tere 
Tere  bene 

Rub. 
Rub  well. 

Trit. 

Trituretur 

let  it  be  triturated. 

Utere 

Utere 

make  use  of. 

Vehic. 

Vehiculum 

menstruum. 

Ver. 

Verus 

genuine. 

Ve»p. 

Vesper 

the  evening.] 

INDEX. 


[In  all  Latin  titles  of  more 

than  one  syllable,  the  accented  syllable  is  distin- 

guished  by  the  sign  '  placed 

after  the  corresponding 

vowel. 

A  BBREVIATIONS,  45,         Acid,  citric,  syrup  of,  266 

Acids,  263. 

/\     719 

chromic,  234 

A'cidum  ace'ticum,  265 

Absinthe,  553 

chrysophanic,  490,  493 

dilu'tum,  266 

Absinthic  acid,  554 

digallic,  593 

gla'ciale,  266 

Absinthin,  554 

di-iodosalicylic,  341 

arseno'sum,  223 

Absin'thium,  553 

gallic,  596 

benzo'icum,  657 

Absinthol,  554 

gallotannic,  593 

bo'ricum,  273 

Abstra'cta,  36 

hydriodic,  syrup  of,  248 

campho'ricum,  650 

Abstracts,  36 

hydrobromic,    diluted, 

carbo'licum,  329 

Absolute  alcohol,  280 

258 

cru'dum,  328 

Absorbent  cotton,  665 

hydrochloric,  264 

chro'micum,  234 

Aca'cia,  615 

hydrocyanic,  diluted, 

ci'tricum,  266 

Accelerating  centre,  drugs 

'34 

gallicum,  596 

acting  on,  58 

hypophosphorous,  di- 

hydrobro'micum dilu'- 

Ace'ta, 19 

luted,  240 

tum,  258 

Acetanilid,  319 

iodosalicylic,  342 

hydrochlo'ricum,  264 

Acetanili'dum,  319 

lactic,  267 

dilu'tum,  265 

Acetylparamidophenol 

meconic,  350,  353 

hydrocya'nicum  dilu'- 

salicylate, 483 

muriatic,  264 

tum,  134 

Acetic  acid,  265 

nitric,  264 

hypophosphor'osum  di- 

glacial, 266 

diluted,  264 

lu'tum,  240 

ether,  300 

nitrohydrochloric,  264 

la'cticum,  267 

Acetone-chloroform,  290 

nitromuriatic,  264 

meco'nicum,  353 

Ace'tum  o'pii,  352 

oleic,  611 

ni'tricum,  264 

sci'llae,  432 

phenic,  329 

dilu'tum,  264 

Acetyl  salicylic  acid,  480 

phosphoric,  265 

nitrohydrochlo'ricum, 

Acid,  acetic,  265 

diluted,  265 

264 

diluted,  266 

prussic,  134 

dilu'tum,  264 

glacial,  266 

pyrogallic,  596 

ole'icum,  611 

arsenous,  223 

salicylic,  475 

phospho'ricum,  265 

solution,  224 

stearic,  693 

dilu'tum,  265 

benzoic,  656 

sulphanilic,  250 

salicy'licum,  475 

boracic,  273 

sulphuric,  263 

stea'ricum,  693 

boric,  273 

diluted,  263 

sulphu'ricum,  263 

cacodylic,  228 

aromatic,  264 

dilu'tum,  263 

camphoric,  650 

sulphurous,  272 

aroma'ticum,  264 

carbolic,  329 

tannic,  593 

sulphuro'sum,  272 

crude,  328 

ointment,  593 

ta'nnicum,  593 

ointment,  329 

troches,  593 

tarta'ricum,  266 

citric,  266 

tartaric,  266 

Aconine,  437 

46 

(721) 

722 


INDEX. 


Aconite,  437 

Allyl  sulphocyanide,  525 

Ammo'nii  be'nzoas,  657 

Aconiti'na,  437 

Allspice,  536 

bro'midum,  253 

Aconitine,  437 

oil  of,  536 

ca'rbonas,  150 

Aconi'tum,  437 

Almond,  bitter,  612 

chlo'ridum,  151 

Acorin,  582 

Jordan,  613 

io'dum,  249 

Acrinyl  sulphocyanide,  524 

sweet,  613 

ni'tras,  153 

Actions,  pharmacological,  46 

A'loe,  496 

valeria'nas,  557 

therapeutic,  46 

barbaden'sis,  496 

Ammoniated   mercury  oint- 

cumulative, 40 

curacoa,  496 

ment,  213 

Actol,  173 

purifica'ta,  497 

Ammonio-ferric  alum,  193 

A'deps,  690 

socatri'na,  497 

citrate,  194 

benzoina'tus,  690 

Aloes,  Zanzibar,  497 

sulphate,  193 

indura'tus,  690 

Aloin,  498 

tartrate,  195 

la'nae,  694 

Aloi'num,  498 

mercuric  chloride,  220 

hydro'sus,  694 

Alpha-eucaine,  326 

Ammonium,    acetate,     solu- 

Adhesive plaster,  523 

Alterative,  115 

tion  of,  1  52 

A'djuvans,  41 

Althae'a,  611 

benzoate,  657 

Administration   of   drugs, 

Alum,  185 

bromide,  253 

38 

ammonio-ferric,  193 

carbonate,  150 

Adonidin,  436 

burnt,  1  86 

chloride,  151 

Adonidi'num,  436 

dried,  186 

troches,  152 

^sculap,  93,  144 

potassium,  185 

ichthyol  sulphonate,  699 

JE'ther,  297 

Alu'men,  185 

iodide,  249 

ace'ticus,  300 

exsicca'tum,  186 

nitrate,  153 

broma'tus,  301 

u'stum,  1  86 

valerianate,  557 

jE'thyl  bro'midum,  301 

Alu'mina,  hydrated,  186 

Ammo'nium,  148 

African  pepper,  541 

Alu'mini  hy'dras,  186 

Amy'gdala  ama'ra,  612 

Air,  74 

su'lphas,  186 

du'lcis,  613 

Aix-les-Bains,  262 

Aluminum,  185 

Amygdalin,  462,  612,  656 

la-Chapelle,  262 

acetate,  186 

Amyl  colloid,  441 

Alantin,  459 

hydroxide,  186 

ni'tris,  305 

Albumin  Egg,  691 

naphtol  sulphonate,    187 

nitrite,  305 

A'lcohol,  279 

and  potassium  sulphate, 

Amylene  hydrate,  315 

absolute,  280 

185 

Amyle'ni  hy'dras,  315 

absolu'tum,  280 

sulphate,  186 

Amylic  alcohol,  289 

amylic,  289 

Alumnol,  187 

A'mylum,  667 

amy'licum,  289 

Amaroids,  12 

Anaesthetics,  general,  106 

deodora'tum,  280 

American  hellebore,  442 

local,  101 

diluted,  279 

wormseed,  628 

dangers  of,  108 

dilu'tum,  279 

Ammonia,  aromatic  spirit  of, 

Analgesics,  318 

deodorized,  280 

M9 

Anaphrodisiacs,  113 

ethyl,  279 

bakers',  150 

Anarcotine,  350,  366 

ethylic,  279 

liniment,  149 

Anethene,  552 

phenyl,  329 

spirit  of,  149 

Anethol,  549 

tertiary  amyl,  315 

water,  149 

Ane'thum,  552 

Aldehyde,  formic,  344 

Ammoniac,  563 

Anemonin,  451 

Ale,  281 

emulsion,  562 

Angelic  acid,  545 

Alkaline  earths,  155 

plaster,    with     mercury, 

Angustura  bark,  586 

metals,  122 

210 

Anhidrotics,  65 

Alkaloids,  12 

Ammoni'acum,  562 

Anhydrogluco  chloral,  314 

A'llium,  455 

Ammoniatcd      glycyrrhizin, 

Animal  charcoal,  276 

Allyl  oxide,  455 

6.7 

Anise,  549 

sulphide,  455 

mercury,  213 

Ani'sum,  549 

INDEX. 


723 


Annidalin,  340 

Antitoxin,  tetanus,  708 

Aristolochine,  587 

Anodyne,  Hoffman's,  298 

Antivenomous  serum,  709 

Armora'cia,  541 

colloid,  441 

Antizymotics,  50 

A'rnica,  530 

Anodynes,  local,  101 

Apenta,  93 

A'rnicae  ra'dix,  531 

Anthelmintics,  50 

Aphrodisiacs,  113 

flo'res,  530 

Anthemene,  554 

Apiol,  645 

Arnica  root,  531 

Anthemidin,  555 

Apio'lum,  643    m 

flowers,  530 

A'nthemis,  526 

Apocynein,  632 

plaster,  531 

Anthemol,  526 

Apocynin,  632 

Arnicin,  530 

Anticholagogues,  97 

Apo'cynum,  632 

Aromatic  elixir,  591 

Antidote,  arsenic,  193 

Apomorphi'nae      hydrochlo'- 

fluid  extract,  540 

hydrophobia,  710 

ras,  367 

powder,  540 

Anti-emetics,  89 

Apomorphine  hydrochlorate, 

Arsenic,  223 

Antifebrin,  319 

367 

antidote,  193 

Antigalactagogues,  114 

Aporetin,  490 

and  mercuric  iodide,  so- 

Antihidrotics,6s 

Appendix,  713 

lution  of,  212 

Antikamnia,  321 

A'qua,  116 

iodide,  224 

Antimonial  powder,  231 

amm'onioe,  149 

trioxide,  223 

Antimo'nium,  230 

fo'rtior,  148 

white,  223 

Antimo'nii  et  pota'ssii  tar'- 

amy'gdalae  am'arae,  612 

A'rseni  io'didum,  224 

tras,  231 

an'isi,  549 

Arsenous  acid,  223 

o'xidum,  230 

aura'ntii  flo'rum,  591 

solution  of,  224 

su'lphidum,  230 

fo'rtior,  591 

A'rsenum,  223 

purifica'tum,  230 

campho'rae,  649 

Artanthic  acid,  577 

Antimo'nium   sulphura'tum, 

chlo'ri,  243 

Artificial  human  milk,  687 

230 

chlorofo'rmi,  291 

oil  of  wintergreen,  481 

Antimony    and     potassium 

cinnamo'mi,  540 

Asafetida,  560 

tartrate,  231 

creoso'ti,  334 

Asafoe'tida,  560 

black  purified,  230 

destilla'ta,  116 

Asaprol,  343 

oxide,  230 

fceni'culi,  551 

Asapro'lum,  343 

pills,  compound,  212 

hydroge'nii  dio'xidi,  120 

Ascle'pias,  457 

sulphide,  230 

me'nthae  piperi'tse,  547 

Asclepion,  457 

purified,  230 

me'nthae  vi'ridis,  548 

Ash,  prickly,  671 

sulphurated,  230 

re'gia,  264 

Asparagin,  611,  617 

tartrated,  231 

ro'sae,  556 

Aspi'dium,  623 

trioxide,  230 

fo'rtior,  556 

Aspidosamine,  459 

trisulphide,  230 

A'quae,  19 

Aspidospe'rma,  459 

wine  of,  231 

Arabin,  15,  614,  615 

Aspidospermatine,  459 

Antinervin,  321 

Arachin,  605 

Aspidospermine,  459 

Antiparasitics,  51 

Araroba  powder,  660 

Aspirin,  480 

Antiperiodics,  51 

Arbutin,  631,  636 

Astringents,  63 

Antipneumococcic   serum, 

Arge'nti  cya'nidum,  171 

intestinal,  95 

709 

io'didum,  172 

Atropi'na,  373 

Antipyretics,  71,  318 

ni'tras,  170 

Atropi'nae  sul'phas,  373 

Antipyrin,  321 

dilu'tus,  171 

Atropine,  372,  373 

Antipyri'num,  321 

fu'sus,  171 

sulphate,  373 

Antiseptics,  48,  328 

o'xidum,  171 

Atropurpurin,  513 

gastric,  83 

Argentamine,  173 

Attar  of  rose,  556 

intestinal,  94 

Arge'ntum,  170 

Aurantiamarin,  589 

Antisialogogues,  80 

Argol,  129 

Aura'ntii  ama'ri  co'rtex,  589 

Antispasmodics,  77 

Argon  in,  173 

du'lcis  co'rtex,  590 

Antistreptococcic  serum,  708 

Aristol,  340 

Au'riet  so'dii  chlo'ridum,2o9 

Antitoxin,  diphtheria,  705 

Aristo'lum,  340 

Au'rum,  209 

724 


INDEX. 


BAEL  fruit,  678 

Benzoylvinyldiacetonalka- 

Black  wash,  218 

Baker's  ammonia,  150 

min  hydrochlorate,  328 

Bladder,  action  of  drugs  on,  70 

Baking  soda,  140 

Benzoin,  656 

Blaud's  pills,  190 

Balm,  661 

Benzoinated  lard,  656 

Bleaching  powder,  243 

Balsam,  of  copaiba,  571 

Benzoi'num,  656 

Bliss'  cure,  383 

of  fir,  524 

Benzylic  benzoate,  566 

Blister  beetles,  697 

Friar's,  656 

cinnamate,  566 

Blistering  collodion,  665 

of  Peru,  565 

Berberine,  580,  640,  673 

Blood,  drugs  acting  on,  51 

of  Tolu,  566 

Bergamot,  oil  of,  546 

root,  450 

Ba'lsamum    Peruvia'num, 

Beta-eucaine,  328 

Blue  cohosh,  643 

565 

Beta-naphtol,  342 

flag,  512 

Toluta'num,  566 

Be'tula,  volatile  oil  of,  480 

mass,  210 

Balsams,  14 

Bhang,  387 

methylene,  347 

Barbadoes  aloes,  496 

Bile,  drugs  acting  on,  96 

ointment,  210 

Barbaloin,  498 

Bismuth,  181 

pill,  210 

Ba'rii  dio'xidum,  161 

Bismuth  and  ammonium  ci- 

stone, 179 

Barium,  161 

trate,  182 

vitriol,  179 

dioxide,  161 

Bismuth  citrate,  182 

Bodily  heat,  drugs  acting  on, 

peroxide,  161 

naphtolate,  184 

7' 

sulphide,  161 

oxide,  184 

Boluses,  21 

Barley,  pearl,  620 

phenolate,  184 

Boneset,  487 

Barosmin,  570 

naphtolate,  184 

Bone-black,  276 

Barus  camphor,  649 

salicylate,  183 

Boracic  acid,  273 

Basham's  mixture,  192 

subcarbonate,  181 

Borax,  273 

Basilicon,  ointment,  523 

subgallate,  183 

Boric  acid,  273 

Basis,  41 

subnitrate,  182 

Borneo  camphor,  550,  649 

Bassorin,  15,  611,  614 

tetra-iodo-phenol- 

Borneol,  530,  557 

Baths,  117 

-phthaleinate,  185 

Boro-glyceride,  solution  of, 

cold,  1  20 

tribromophenolate,  183 

273 

hot,  119 

Bismu'thi  ci'tras,  182 

Boro-glycerin,  glycerite  of, 

indifferent,  117 

et  ammon'ii,  ci'tras,  182 

273 

tepid,  120 

salicy'las,  183 

Bougies,  36 

warm,  119 

subca'rbonas,  181 

Bourboule  water,  205 

Battey's  fluid,  247 

subni'tras,  182 

Brain,  drugs  acting  on,  104 

Battley's  solution,  352 

Bismu'thum,  181 

extract,  704 

Bay  oil,  663 

Bitter  almond,  612 

Brandy,  280 

rum,  663 

apple,  505 

Braye'ra,  624 

Bearberry,  631 

cucumber,  505 

Brazilian  coca,  391 

Beer,  281 

gourd,  505 

Bromides,  252 

Be'lae  fruc'tus,  678 

orange  peel,  589 

Bromine,  252 

Bellado'nna,  371 

principles,  12 

Bromoform,  302 

Bellado'nnse  fo'lia,  371 

wine  of  iron,  196 

Bromofo'rmum,  302 

ra'dix,  372 

Bitters,  580 

Bro'mum,  252 

Belladonine,  371 

Bittersweet,  635 

Bronchial  secretion,   drugs 

Benne  oil,  663 

Black  antimony  purified,  230 

affecting  the,  77 

Benzaconine,  437 

berry,  602 

vessels,  drugs  acting  on, 

Benzin,  279 

cohosh,  587 

78 

Benzi'num,  279 

draught,  493 

spasm,  77 

Benzoicacid,  565,  566,656 

drop,  352 

Broom,  434 

Benzosol,  336 

haw,  643 

Brown  mixture,  617 

Benzoyl-guaiacol,  336 

mustard,  524 

Brucine,  393 

Benzoyl-sulphonic-imide, 

pepper,  537 

Bryo'nia,  503 

346 

snake  root,  587 

Bryonin,  y,j 

INDEX. 


725 


Bryony,  503 

Ca'lcium,  bromide,  254 

Ca'ntharis,  697 

Bucco,  570 

carbonate,    precipitated, 

Caoutchouc,  667 

Buchu,  370 

155 

Capronic  acid,  531 

Buckthorn,  495 

chloride,  159 

Caprylic  acid,  531 

Burdock,  674 

glycerophosphate,  241 

Capsaicin,  542 

Burgundy,  281 

hydrate  solution  of,  157 

Capsicin,  542 

pitch,  522 

hypophosphite,  239 

Ca'psicum,  541 

plaster,  522 

lacto-phosphate,      syrup 

Capsules,  36 

Burned  lime,  157 

of,  158 

Canquoin's  paste,  176 

Burnt  alum,  186 

phosphate,    precipitated, 

Caraway,  551 

Burnett's  fluid,  176 

.58 

oil  of,  551 

Burton's  line,  170 

sulphate,  dried,  159 

Ca'rbo,  276 

Butternut,  492 

sulphide,  crude,  261 

anima'lis,  276 

Butter  of  cacao,  666 

Cale'ndula,  676 

purifica'tus,  276 

of  antimony,  233 

Calendulin,  676 

li'gni,  276 

of  zinc,  175 

Calloxylin,  665 

Carbolic  acid,  328 

Butyl-chloral  hy'dras,  312 

Calomel,  212 

Carbon,  276 

hydrati,  312 

Calu'mba,  580 

bisulphide,  262 

Byne,  620 

Calumbic  acid,  580 

disulphide,  262 

Bynol,  621 

Calumbin,  580 

Carbo'nei  disu'lphidum,  262 

Calx,  157 

Cardamom,  544 

CACAO  butter,  666 
Cacodylic  acid,  228 

chlora'ta,  243 
sulphura'ta,  261 

Cardamo'mum,  544 
Cardiac    mechanism,   drugs 

Cactine  447 

Cambo'gia,  508 

acting  on,  55 

C  ii'i'tus    447 

Camphor,  648 

Carlsbad  water,  144 

Cachets   36 

Barus,  649 

Carminic  acid,  692 

Cade  oil  of  522 

Borneo,  649 

Carminative  tincture,  544 

laurel,  648 

Carminatives,  86 

Caffei  na,  38° 
citra'ta,  389 

monobromated,  649 

Carolina  pink,  628 

efferve'scens,  389 

Sumatra,  649 

Carragheen,  608 

Caffeine,  388 

Ca'mphora,  648 

Carron  oil,  157 

citrated,  389 

monobro'mata,  649 

Ca'rum,  551 

effervescent,  389 

Camphorated  oil,  649 

Carvol,  548,  552 

Cajuput,  oil  of,  527 

Camphoric  acid,  650 

Caryophyllene,  534 

Cajuputene,  527 
Cajuputol,  527 

Cannabin,  387 
Cannabinine,  387 

Caryophyllin,  534 
Caryo'phyllus,  534 

Calabar  bean,  399 

Cannabinon,  387 

Casca  bark,  435 

Calabarine,  399 

Canada  balsam,  524 

Casca'ra  sagra'da,  495 

Calamine,  582 

turpentine,  524 

Cascari'lla,  585 

Ca'lamus,  582 

Canadian  hemp,  632 

Cascarillin,  585 

Ca'lcii  bro'midum,  254 

moonseed,  673 

Cascarin,  496 

car'bonas  praecipita'tus, 

Canadine,  641 

Ca'ssia  bark,  '540 

155 

Candle  fish,  684 

cinnamon,  540 

chlo'ridum,  159 

Cane  sugar,  619 

fi'stula,  485 

hypopho'sphis,  239 

Cane'lla,  582 

oil  of,  540 

pho'sphas  praecipita'tus, 

bark,  582 

purging,  485 

'58 

Canellin,  582 

Casta'nea,  458 

su'lphas    exsicca'tus, 

Ca'nnabis,  Indian,  386 

Castile  soap,  white,  607 

'59 

i'ndica,  386 

Castor  oil,  487 

Calcined  magnesia,  163 

Cantharidal  collodion,  665 

seeds,  487 

Ca'lcium,  155 

pitch  plaster,  522 

Catapla'smata,  36 

beta-naphtol  alpha-mono- 

Cantha'rides,  697 

Catechin,  597,  604 

sulphonate,  343 

Cantharidin,  697 

Ca'techu,  597 

726 


INDEX. 


Ca'techu,  tannic  acid,  597 
Catechuic  acid,  597 
Cathartic  acid,  485,  493 
pills,  compound,  212 

vegetable,  506 
Cathartics,  92 
Cathartogenic  acid,  493 
Cathartomannit,  493 
Cantharidal  pitch  plaster,  522 
Caullophylline,  643 
Caullophy'llum,  643 
Caustic,  lunar,  170 

mitigated,  171 

potash, 122 

soda,  138 

Vienna,  123 
Caustics,  61 
Cayenne  pepper,  541 
Celandine,  512 
Cephaelic  acid,  451 
Cephaeline,  451 
Ce'ra  a'lba,  696 

fla'va,  696 
Cerasin,  15 
Cera'ta,  20 
Cerates,  20 
Cerebral     depressants,    106, 

350 
Cerebral  excitants,  371 

stimulants,  105 
Ce'reus  grandiflo'rus,  447 
Ce'rii  o'xalas,  165 
Cerin,  696 
Ce'rium,  165 

oxalate,  165 
Cerous  oxalate,  165 
Cerylic  alcohol,  696 
Ceta'ceum,  691 
Cetin,  691 
Cetra'ria,  621 
Cetraric  acid,  621 
Cetylic  alcohol,  691 
Cevadine,  442 
Ceylon  cinnamon,  539 
Chalk,  drop,  155 

mixture,  155 

powder,  compound,  155 

prepared,  155 

troches  of,  155 
Chalybeate  pills,  190 
Chamomile,  554 

German,  555 

oil  of,  554 


Champagne,  281 
Charcoal,  animal,  276 
purified,  276 

wood,  276 
Charas,  387 
Cha'rta,  20 

pota'ssii  nitra'tis,  131 

si'napis,  521 
Chaulmoogra  oil,  678 
Chelidonine,  512 
Chelido'nium,  512 
Chelerythrine,  450,  512 
Chemical  constitution,  47 

incompatibility,  41 
Chenopo'dium,  628 
Cherry  laurel,  655 

wild,  462 
Chestnut,  458 

Cheyne-Stokes      breathing, 
drugs  which  produce,  79 
Chima'phila,  636 
Chimaphilin,  636 
Chinese  cinnamon,  540 
Chira'ta,  585 
Chiratin,  585 
Chire'tta,  554 
Chittem  bark,  495 
Chloral,  309 
Chloral  formamide,  313 

hydrate,  309 
Chlorolamide,  313 
Chlora'lum  formamida'tum, 

3'3 

Chloralose,  314 
Chloretone,  314 
Chloreto'num,  314 
Chloric  ether,  291 
Chlorinated  lime,  243 

soda,  solution  of,  243 
Chlorine,  243 

water,  243 
Chlorobrom,  314 
Chlorodyne,  291 
Chloroform,  290 
Chlorofo'rmum,  290 

bellado'nnaE,  379 

purifica'tum,  290 
Chlo'rum,  243 
Cholagogues,  96 
Cholera  serum  and  inocula- 
tion, 709 
Choline,  387 
Cbolesterin,  694 


Cho'ndrus,  608 
Chromic  acid,  234 

anhydride,  234 

trioxide,  234 
Chro'mium,  234 
Chrysophan,  490,  660 
Chrysophanic  acid,  490,  493, 

603,  660 

Chrysarobin,  490,  660 
Chrysarobi'num,  490,  660 
Churrus,  387 
Churchill's  tincture,  247 
Cicconardi's  test,  170 
Cigarettes,  36 
Ciliary  muscle,  drugs  acting 

on,  112 

Cimici'fuga,  587 
Cimicifugin,  587 
Cincho'na,  463 

red,  464 

ru'bra,  464 

Cinchotannic  acid,  464 
Cinchonidi'nae    su'lphas, 

467 
Cinchonidine,  463 

sulphate,  467 
Cinchoni'na,  467 
Cinchoni'nx  su'lphas,  467 
Cinchonine,  463,  467 

sulphate,  467 
Cinchonism,  471 
Cineol,  527,  528,  530,  626, 

663 

Cider,  281 
Cinnabar,  210,  222 
Cinnamein,  565 
Cinnamene,  567 
Cinnamo'mum  ca'ssia,  540 

saigo'nicum,  539 

zeyla'nicum,  539 
Cinnamon,  539 

cassia,  540 

Ceylon,  539 

Chinese,  540 

oil  of,  540 

saigon,  539 
Cinnamic  aldehyde,  540 

acid,  540,  565,  566,  65$ 
Cinnamyl  cinnamate,  566 

cocaine,  412 
Citrated  caffeine,  389 

effervescent,  389 
Citral,  654 


INDEX. 


727 


Citrene,  654 

Colluna'ria,  36 

Cotoin,  605 

Citrine  ointment,  213 

Colly'ria,  36 

Cotton,  665 

Citric  acid,  266,  655 

Colocynth,  505 

absorbent,  665 

Citrullin,  506 

Colocynthein,  506 

purified,  665 

Clarendon,  156 

Colocynthin,  506 

root  bark,  643 

Claret,  281 

Colocy'nthis,  505 

soluble  gun,  665 

Clarified  honey,  681 

Colocynthitin,  506 

seed  oil,  666 

Clark's  powdei,473 

Colophony,  523 

Couch  grass,  633 

Club  moss,  668 

Coloring  agents,  664 

Coumarin,  676 

Cloves,  534 

Columb'b,  580 

Counter-irritant,  61 

oi  1  of,  534 

Common  salt,  144     - 

Court  plaster,  695 

Clysters,  36 

Compound  antimony  pills, 

Cramp  bark,  644 

Co'ca,  411 

212 

Cranberry,  high  bush,  644 

Cocamania,  416 

cathartic  pills,  212 

Cranesbill,  603 

Cocai'nae    hydrochlo'ras, 

Condal,  144 

Cream  of  tartar,  129 

412 

Condy's  fluid,  208 

Creams,  36 

Cocaine,  412 

Confe'ctio  ro'sae,  556 

Credo's  method,  173 

hydrochlorate,  412 

se'nnae,  493 

ointment,  174 

Cocamine,  412 

Confection  of  rose,  555 

Cremora,  36 

Coccogin,  532 

senna,  493 

Creolin,  337 

Cocculus  Indicus,  629 

Confe'ctiones,  21 

Greoli'num,  337 

Co'ccus,  693 

Confections,  21 

Creosol,  334 

Cochineal,  692 

Conhydrine,  406 

Creosote,  334 

bug,  692 

Coniine,  406 

Creoso'tum,  334 

Cocilla'na,  461 

Coni'um,  405 

Cre'ta  praepara'ta,  155 

Codamine,  350 

Conserves,  21 

Crocetin,  644 

Codei'na,  366 

Consti'tuens,  41 

Crocin,  644 

Codeine,  366 

Consumptive's  weed,  460 

Crocose,  644 

phosphate,  366 

Contrex<?ville,  156 

Cro'cus,  644 

Cod  liver  oil,  684 

Convallamarin,  432 

Croton  chloral  hydrate,  312 

Coffee,  389 

Convalla'ria,  431 

oil,  5°4 

Cohosh,  blue,  643 

Convallarin,  432 

seeds,  504 

black,  587 

Convolvulin,  502 

Crotonol,  504 

Colchiceine,  645 

Copa'iba,  571 

Crude  calcium  sulphide,  261 

Colchicine,  645,  646 

Copaiva,  571 

carbolic  acid,  328 

Co'Ichicum,  645 

Copaivic  acid,  571 

Cubeb,  574 

root,  645 

Copper,  179 

camphor,  575 

seed,  646 

oleate,  180 

Cube'ba,  574 

Cold  cream,  556 

sulphate,  179 

Cubebic  acid,  574 

pack,  118 

Copperas,  189 

Cubebin,  574 

baths,  117 

Coriander,  550 

Cu'ca,  411 

Collidine,  408 

Coriandrol,  550 

Cucumber,  squirting,  507 

Collo'dia,  20 

Coria'ndrum,  550 

bitter,  506 

Collodion,  665 

Coridine,  408 

Culver's  root,  511 

blistering,  665 

Corn-silk,  636 

Cumulative  action,  40 

cantharidal,  665 

Cornutine,  637 

Cupreine,  464 

styptic,  593 

Co'rrigens,  41 

Cu'pri  su'lphas,  179 

Collodions,  20 

Corrosive  mercuric  chloride. 

Cupric  sulphate,  179 

Collo'dium,  665 

211 

Cu'prum,  179 

cantharida'tum,  665 

sublimate,  211 

Curacoa  aloes,  496 

flex'ile,  665 

Corson's  paint,  505 

Cura'ra,  411 

sty'pticum,  593 

Coster's  paste,  247 

Curare,  411 

Colloidal  silver,  174 

Coto,  604 

Curari'na,  411 

728 


INDEX. 


Curarine,  411 
Curd  soap,  693 
Cuspa'ria,  586 

co'rtex,  586 
Cusparidine,  586     . 
Cusparin,  586 
Cusso,  624 
Cutch,  597 
Cymene,  528,  574 
Cypripe'dium,  559 
Cryptopine,  350 

DAMIA'NA,  577 
Dandelion,  588 
Daphnin,  532 
Daturic  acid,  382 
Daturin,  382 
Deadly  nightshade,  371 
Deco'cta,  21 
Deco'ctum      ad     icte'ricos 

512 

Decoctions,  21 
Definitions,  9 
Deliriants,  105 
Delphinine,  629 
Delphinoidine,  629 
Delphi  sine,  629 
Demulcents,  64 
Deodorants,  50 
Deodorized  alcohol,  280 

opium,  352 

Depressants,  cerebral,  106 
Dermatol,  183 
Deuteropine.  350 
Dextrin,  620 
Dextropinene,  550 
Dextrose,  681 
Diachylon  ointment,  166 

plaster,  166 
Dia'lysis,  15 
Dialyzed  iron,  196 
Diaphoretics,  64 
Diastase,  620 
Dichloromethane,  682 
Diethylenediamine,  348 
Diethylsulphondimethyl- 

methane,  317 
Diethylsulphonmethylethyl- 

methane,  317 
Digallic  acid,  593 
Digestants,  682 
Digestive    apparatus,   drugs 

acting  on,  79 


Digitalein,  421 
Digitalin,  421 
Digitali'num  pu'rum,  121 

ve'rum,  421 
Digita'lis,  421 
Digitonin,  421 
Digitoxin,  421 
Di-iodosalicylic  acid,  342 
Di-isobutylorthocresol 

iodide, 341 
!>'",  552 

Diluted  alcohol,  279 
Dimethylethylcarbinol,  315 
Dinner  pill,  499 
Dionine,  363 
Diosphenol,  570 
Dipentene,  546 
Diphtheria  antitoxin,  705 
Direct  action,  46 
Disinfectants,  48 
Dispensing  the  prescription, 

46 

Dispermine,  348 
Displacement,  15 
Dissolution,  law  of,  104 
Distilled  water,  116 
Dithymoldiiodide,  340 
Diuretics,  66 
Diuretin,  392 
Dock,  yellow,  603 
Dog  button,  393 
Domestic  measures,  18 
Donovan's  solution,  212 
Doses,  19,  39 
Dover's  powder,  352 
Drastic  purgatives,  92 
Draught,  37 
Dried  alum,  186 

gypsum,  159 

sodium  carbonate,  140 
Droitwich  water,  145 
Drop  chalk,  155 
Drops,  37 

Drugs,    administration    of, 
38 

acting  on  the  heart,  420 
nervous  system, 

349.  679 

Dubo'isinae  su'lphas,  386 
Duboisine  sulphate,  386 
Dulcama'ra,  635 
Dulcamarin,  635 
Dusart's  syrup,  206 


EARS,  drugs  acting  on,  na 
pills,  205 

Easton's  syrup,  205 

Eau  de  goudron,  521 

Ebonite,  667 

Ecbolics,  108 

Ecboline,  637 

Ecgonine,  412 

Effervescent     citrated     caf- 
feine, 389 
lithium  citrate,  153 
magnesium  citrate,  162 
potassium  citrate,  127 
powder,  compound,  143 

Egg  albumin,  691 
yolk  of,  691 

Elaeoptens,  14 

Ela'stica,  667 

Elaterin,  507 

Elateri'num,  507 

Elder,  552 

Elecampane,  458 

Electrozone,  244 

Electuaries,  21 

Elemi,  533 

Eli'xir  aroma'ticum,  591 
pho'sphori,  237 
proprieta'tis     Parace'lsi, 
498 

Eli'xira,  21 

Elixiis,  21 

Elm,  616 

slippery,  616 

Elutriation,  15 

Emetics,  86,  129 

Emetine,  451 

hydrobromate,  451 
hydrochlorate,  451 

Emmenagogues,  113 

Emodin,  490,  495 

Emollients,  64 

Empirical  therapeutics, 9 

Empla'stra,  21 

Emu'lsa,  22 

Emulsin,  612,  613 

Emulsions,  22 

Enemas,  36 

Ene'mata,  36,  94 

Epinephrin,  704 

Epsom  salt,  162 

Ergot,  637 

of  rye,  637 

Ergo'ta,  637 


INDEX. 


729 


Ergotic  acid,  637 

Eucal'yptus  gum,  604 

Ergotin,  637 

Eudoxin,  185 

Ergotine,  637 

Eugenic  acid,  534 

Ergotinic  acid,  637 

Eugenin,  534 

Ergotinine,  637 

Eugenol,  534 

Ergotism,  639 

Eulachon  oil,  684 

Ericolin,  460,  631,  636 

Eunatrol,  606 

Eri'geron,  oil  of,  519 

Euonymin,  513 

Eriodi'ctyon,  460 

Euo'nymus,  513 

Erythrophloeine,  436 

Eupatorin,  487 

Erythro'phloeum,  436 

Eupato'rium,  487  - 

Erythroretin,  490 

Europhen,  341 

Erythrol  ni'tras,  308 

Exalgin,  324 

nitrate,  308 

Exalgi'num,  324 

tetranitrate,  308 

Expectorants,  78 

Erythro'xylon,  411 

depressing,  78 

Escharotics,  61 

stimulating,  78 

Eseridine,  399 

Experimental  therapeutics.io 

Eserine,  399 

Expressed  oil  of  nutmeg,  538 

salicylate,  399 

of  almond,  613 

sulphate,  399 

Extract  of  meat,  689 

Essence  of  nutmeg,  538 

Extra'cta,  22 

of  peppermint,  547 

flu'ida,  24 

of  spearmint,  548 

organ'ica,  701 

Essences,  37 

Extracts,  22 

Esse'ntiae,  37 

Extra'ctum  ca'rnis,  689 

Essential  oils,  13 

pancreatis,  688 

Ether,  297 

Eye,  drugs  acting  on,  no 

acetic,  300 

chloric,  291 

pABIA'NA,  636 

ethylic,  297 

r     Fabianine,  636 

hydrobromic,  301 

False  hellebore,  436 

nitrous,  spirit  of,  304 

Family  pill,  232 

spirit  of,  compound,  298 

Fats,  definition  of,  13 

sulphuric,  297 

Fel  bo'vis,  680 

Ethereal  oil,  298 

purifica'tum,  680 

Ethyl  acetate,  300 

tau'ri,  680 

alcohol,  279 

Fennel,  550 

bromide,  301 

Fern,  male,  623 

carbamate,  318 

Ferratin,  206 

chloride,  303 

Fe'rri  a'rsenas,  196 

cinnamate,  567 

ca'rbonas  sacchara'tus. 

oxide,  297 

190 

urethane,  318 

chlo'ridum,  191 

Ethylic  alcohol,  279 

ci'tras,  192 

ether,  297 

et  ammo'nii  ci'tras,  194 

Eucai'na;  hydrochlo'ras,  326 

su'lphas,  193 

alpha,  326 

ta'rtras,  194 

beta,  328 

pota'ssii  ta'rtras,  194 

Eucaine  hydrochlorate,  326 

quini'nae  ci'tras,  195 

Eucalyptene,  528 

solu'bilis,  195 

Eucalyptol,  528 

strychni'nac  citras, 

Eucal'yptus,  527 

'95 

Fe'rri  hypopho'sphis,  240 
io'didum  sacchara'tum, 

190 

la'ctas,  191 

o'xidum  hydra'tum,  193 
cum  magne'sia, 

'93 

pho'sphas  solu'bilis,  194 
pyropho'sphas  solu'bilis, 

196 
su'lphas.  189 

exsicca'tus,  189 
granula'tus,  189 
valeria'nas,  557 
Ferric  acetate  solution,  193 
ammonium  sulphate,  193 
chloride,  191 

solution  of,  191 
tincture  of,  191 
Weld's  syrup  of,  199 
citrate,  solution  of,  192 
hydrate,  193 

with  magnesia,  193 
hydroxide,  193 
hypophosphite,  240 
nitrate,  solution  of,  192 
phosphate,  soluble,  194 
pyrophosphate,  soluble, 

196 
subsulphate,  solution  of, 

192 

valerianate,  557 
Ferrous  carbonate,  mass  of, 

190 

iodide,  pills  of,  190 
saccharated,  190 
syrup  of,  190 
lactate,  191 
sulphate,  189 
dried,  189 
granulated,  189 
Ferruginous  pills,  190 
Fe'rrum,  188 

dialysa'tum,  106 
redu'ctum,  188 
Ferulic  acid,  560 
Fi'cus,  484 
Fig,  484 
Filicic  acid,  623 
Filicin,  623 
Fi'lix-mas,  623 
Fir  wood  oil,  567 
balsam  of,  524 


730 


INDEX. 


Fish  berry,  629 

Gastro-intestinal  irritants,  84 

Glycogenic  function,  98 

Fixed  oils,  12 

Gaulthe'ria,  oil  of,  480 

Glyconin,  609 

Flag,  sweet,  582 

Gelatin,  696 

Glycyramin,  617 

Flaxseed,  618 

Gelati'num,  696 

Glycyrrhetin,  616 

oil  of,  618 

Gelsemine,  403 

Glycyrrhi'za,  616 

Fleabane,  oil  of,  519 

Gelseminic  acid,  403 

Glycyrrhizin,  616 

Fleming's  tincture,  437 

Gelseminine,  403 

ammoniated,  617 

Flexible  collodion,  665 

Gelse'mium,  403 

Glycosuria,  98 

Flies,  Spanish,  697 

General  therapeutics,  9 

Gnoscopine,  350 

Flitwick  water,  205 

Generation,  action  of  drugs 

Goa  powder,  660 

Flowers  of  sulphur,  258 

on,  112 

Gold,  209 

Fluid  extracts,  24 

Gentian,  583 

and  sodium  chloride,  209 

Fly  fungus,  402 

Gentia'na,  583 

Golden  seal,  640 

Fceni'culum,  550 

Gentisic  acid,  583 

Gossy'pii  ra'dicis  co'rtex,  642 

Fome'nta,  37 

Gentiogenin,  583 

Gossy'piumpurifica'tum,  665 

Fomentations,  37 

Gentiopicrin,  583 

Goulard's  cerate,  167 

Foods,  684 

Geraniol,  589 

extract,  166 

Formal,  344 

Gera'nium,  602 

Grana'tum,  624 

Formaldehyde,  344 

German  chamomile,  555 

Granulated  ferrous  sulphate, 

Formaldehy'dum,  344 

Gin,  281 

ri, 

Formalin,  344 

Ginger,  543 

Granules,  37 

Formic  aldehyde,  344 

Gingerol,  543 

Gray  powder,  210 

Foxglove,  421 

Glacial  acetic  acid,  266 

Gregory's  powder,  490 

Fowler's  solution,  224 

Glauber's  salt,  142 

Green  mercurous  iodide,  212 

Fra'ngula,  495 

Glonoin,  308 

hellebore,  442 

Frangulin,  495 

spirit  of,  308 

Paris,  228 

Frankincense,  523 

Glonoi'num,  308 

Scheele's,  228 

Franz  Joseph,  144 

Glucose,  681 

Schweinfurth's,  228 

Friedrichshall,  144 

Glucosides,  12 

soap,  607 

Friar's  balsam,  656 

Glucusimide,  346 

solution,  479 

Fuller's  earth,  187 

Gluside,  346 

vitriol,  189 

Fusel  oil,  289 

Glusi'dum,  346 

Griffith's  mixture,  189 

Gluten,  695 

Grinde'lia,  568 

pADUIN,685 

Glycerin,  608 

Grindeline,  568 

VJ     Galactagogues,  114 

suppositories,  609 

Guaiac,  670 

Galba'num,  561 

Glyceri'num,  608 

resin,  670 

Galipeine,  586 

Glyceri'ta,  26 

wood,  669 

Galipidine,  586 

Glycerites,  26 

Guai'aci  li'gnum,  670 

Gall,  ox,  680 

Glyceri'tum  a'cidi  carbo'lici, 

resi'na,  670 

Ga'lla,  592 

329 

Guaiacic  acid,  670 

Gallic  acid,  592,  596,  602,  603 

a'cidi  ta'nnici,  593 

Guaiacol,  336,  670 

Gallotannic  acid,  593 

a'myli,  609 

benzoate,  336 

Gamboge,  508 

boroglyceri'ni,  273 

carbonate,  336 

Gambogia,  508 

hydra'stis,  641 

salicylate,  337 

Gambogic  acid,  508 

vite'lli,  609 

Guaiaco'li  be'nzoas,  336 

Ganga,  387 

Glycerol,  608 

ca'rbonas,  336 

Gargari'smata,  37 

Glyceryl  borate,  glycerite  of, 

sali'cylas,  337 

Gargles,  37 

273 

Guaiaconic  acid,  670 

Garlic,  455 

butyrate,  538 

Guaiaretic  acid,  670 

Gastric  antiseptics,  84 

myristate,  538 

Guara'na,  391 

juice,  action  of  drugs  on, 

oleate,  538 

Guaranine,  389,  392 

82 

trinitrate,  308 

Guinea  pepper,  541 

sedatives,  8; 

Glycogelatin,  696 

Gum  arable,  615 

INDEX. 


731 


Gum  Benjamin,  656 

camphor,  648 

guaiac,  670 

resins,  15 
Gums,  15 

Gun  cotton,  soluble,  665 
Gunjah,  387 
Gu'ttae,  37 
Guy's  pill,  220,  433 
Gynocardic  acid,  678 
Gypsum,  dried,  159 

H^EMATIN,  600 
Haematinics,  53 

indirect,  53 
Haematoxylin,  600 
Haemato'xylon,  600 
Haemostatics,  63 
Hamame'lis,  601 
Habit,  40 
Hard  soap,  607 
Hard  petrola'tum,  278 
Harrogate  water,  261 
Haschisch,  387 
Hartshorn,  150 
Hau's"tus,  37 
Hazeline,  601 

Heart,  drugs  acting  on,  56 
Heavy  magnesia,  163 
Hedeo'ma,  553 
Helenin,  459 
Hellebore,  American,  442 

green,  442 

false,  436 

Hemidesmic  acid,  676 
Hemidesmine,  676 
Hemide'smus,  676 
Hemlock,  405 
Hemp,  Indian,  386 

Canadian,  632 
Henbane,  383 
Hepatic  stimulants,  96 

aloes,  497 
Heroine,  363 
Hesperidene,  589 
Hesperidin,  589 
Hexamethylentetramine,  345 
High  bush  cranberry,  644 
Himrod's  cure,  383 
Hircin,  693 
Hiru'do,  700 
Hive  syrup,  231 
Hoang-Nan,  393 


Hock,  281 

Hoffmann's  anodyne,  298 

Homatropi'nae       hydrobro'- 

mas,  381 
Homatropine  hydrobromate, 

Homochelidonine,  450 
Homoquinine,  464 
Homolle's  digitalin,  421 
Homopterocarpin,  664 
Honey,  681 

clarified,  681 

of  rose,  555 
Honey,  28 
Hops,  368 
Ho'rdeum    decortica'tum, 

620 

Horehound,  634 
Horseradish,  541 
Hot  pack,  119 

bath,  119 

Huile  de  Cade,  522 
Human  milk,  artificial,  687 
Hu'mulus,  368 
Hunyadi  Janos,  93 
Hydragogues,  93 
Hydra'rgyri  chlo'ridum 
corrosi'vum,  211 

chlo'ridum  mi'te,  212 

cya'nidum,  213 

empla'strum,  210 

io'didum  fla'vum,  212 

io'didum  ru'brum,  212 

o'xidum  fla'vum,  211 

o'xidum  ru'brum,  210 
Hydra'rgyri  subsu'lphas 

flavus,  214 
Hydra'rgyrum,  210 

ammonia'tum,  213 

cum  cre'ta,  210 
Hydrastine,  641 
Hydrastini'nae  hydrochlo'- 

ras,  641 
Hydrastinine   hydrochlo- 

rate, 641 
Hydra'stis,  641 
Hydrated  alu'mina,  186 

ferric  oxide,  193 
Hydriodic  acid,  syrup  of,  248 
Hydrobromic  acid,  diluted, 
258 

ether,  301 
Hydrochloric  acid,  265 


Hydrochloric  ether,  303 
Hydrocotarnine,  350 
Hydrocyanic  acid,  diluted, 

'34 
Hydrogen  dioxide,  solution 

of,  1 20 

peroxide  solution,  120 
Hydrous  wool-fat,  694 
Hydroquebrachine,  459 
Hydroxide,  ferric,  193 
potassium,  123 
sodium,  138 

Hydrophobia  antidote,  710 
Hyosci'nas  hydrobro'mas, 

38s 

Hyoscine  hydrobromate,  385 
Hyoscyami'nae    hydrobro'- 
mas, 385 
su'lphas,  384 
Hyoscyamine  hydrobromate, 

3*5 

sulphate,  384 
Hyoscy'amus,  384 
Hypnal,  312 
Hypnotics,  106,  309 
Hypodermatic    injections, 

38 

Hypophosphites,  239 
syrup  of,  239 

with  iron,  240 
Hypophosphorus  acid,  di- 
luted, 240 

ICE  BAGS,  119 

poultices,  118 
Iceland  moss,  621 
Ichthyoco'lla,  694 
Ichthyol,  699 
Ichthy'olum,  699 
Idiosyncrasy,  40 
Igasuric  acid,  393 
llli'cium,  549 
Imperial  drink,  131 
Incompatibility,  chemical, 

pharmacological,  43 

physical,  43 
Index,  721 
India  rubber,  667 

senna,  493 
Indian  cannabis,  386 

hemp,  386 

tobacco,  456 


732 


INDEX. 


Indian  sarsaparilla,  676 

Iron  arsenate,  196 

Kinovic  acid,  464 

Indifferent  bath,  117 

by  hydrogen,  188 

Kinovin,  464 

Indirect  action,  47 

dialyzed,  196 

Kissingen,  144 

Indurated  lard,  690 

glycerophosphate,  242 

Ko'la  nut,  389 

Ineine,  429 

metallic,  188 

Kombe  poison,  431 

Infu'sa,  26 

mixture,    compound, 

Kombic  acid,  429 

Infusions,  26 

189 

Kooso,  624 

Inhalations,  37,  74 

plaster,  193 

Kosin,  625 

Inje'ctiones,  37 

Quevenne's,  188 

Koumiss,  688 

Injections.  37 

quinine,  strychnine  phos- 

Koussin, 625 

Insuffla'tiones,  37 

phates,  syrup  of,  194 

Kousso,  624 

Insufflations,  37 

reduced,  188 

Krame'ria,  598 

Intestinal  antiseptics,  94 

tartrated,  194 

Kramero-tannic  acid,  598 

astringents,  95 

troches  of,  193 

Kumyss,  281,  688 

Intestines,  drugs  acting  on, 

wood,  459 

9° 

Irritants,  61 

Intra-ocular  tension,  112 

gastrointestinal,  84 

LABARRAQUE'S      solu- 

I'nula, 458 

Isinglass,  694 

tion,  243 

Inulin,  459 

Isohesperidin,  589 

La  Bourboule,  205 

Iodides,  247 

Isopelletierine,  624 

Lac,  687 

Iodine,  245 

Isotrophylcocaine,  412 

su'lphuris,  259 

compound  solution  of,24  5 

Itrol,  173 

Lactic  acid,  267 

ointment.  245 

Ivy,  poison,  660 

Lactophenin,  324 

tincture  of,  245 

Izal,  338 

Lactopheni'num,  324 

lo'dum,  245 

Lactose,  695 

lodoform,  338 
lodofo'rmum,  338 

jABORANDI,  417 
*J     Pernambuco,  417 

Lactuca'rium,  370 
Lactucerina,  370 

lodol,  341 
lodo'lum,  341 

Rio  Janeiro,  417 

Lactucin,  370 
Lactucon,  370 

lodantipyrin,  323 

Jaborine,  417 

Lactylparaphenetidine,  324 

lodopyrin,  323 

Jalap,  501 

Lady  Webster's  pill,  498 

lodosalicylic  acid,  342 

Jala'pa,  501 

Ladies'  slipper,  559 

lodothyrin,  703 

Jalapin,  501,  502 

Lame'llae,  37 

Ipecac,  451 
Ipecacua'nha,  451 
Ipecacuanhic  acid,  451 
Iridin,  513 

Jalapurgin,  502 
James'  powder,  231 
Jamestown  weed,  382 
Jarisch's  ointment,  597 

Lanolin,  694 
Lanthropine,  350 
La'pis  divi'nus,  180 
inferna'lis,  171 

Iridi'num,  513 

Jasmine,  yellow,  403 

La'ppa,  674 

Iris,  512 

Jervine,  442 

Lard,  690 

Irish  moss,  608 

Jeyes1  disinfectant,  338 

benzoinated,  656 

Irisin,  513 

Jordan  almond,  613 

indurated,  690 

Iron,  188 

Juglandic  acid,  492 

oil,  690 

and  ammonium  acetate, 

Ju'glans,  492 

Latin  phrases,  719 

solution  of,  193 
and  ammonium  citrate, 

Juices,  37 
Juniper  tar  oil,  522 

Laudanine,  350 
Laudanosine,  350 

'94 

Laudanum,  352 

tartrate,  195 

KAMA'LA,  625 

Laurel  camphor,  648 

and  potassium  tartrate, 

Kaolin,  187 

Laurocerasin,  656 

'94 

Kermes  mineral,  230 

Lauroce'rasus,  655 

and  quinine  citrate,  195 

Kinic  acid,  464 

Lavender,  oil  of,  545 

soluble,  195 

Ki'no,  599 

flowers,  oil  of,  545 

and  strychnine  citrate, 

Kinoin,  599 

Law  of  dissolution,  104 

'95 

Kino-tannic  acid,  599,  604 

Laxatives,  91 

INDEX.  733 


Lead,  165 

Liniments,  27 

Lo'tio  n'igra,  218 

acetate,  166 

Linime'ntum    acon'iti    com- 

ru'bra,  178 

carbonate,  166 

positum,  440 

spi'ritus,  287 

ointment,  167 

chlorofo'rmi,  291 

Lotio'nes,  37 

iodide,  167 

Linolein,  618 

Lotions,  37 

ointment,  167 

Linseed,  618 

Lugol's  solution,  245 

nitrate,  167 

oil  of,  618 

Lunar  caustic,  170 

oxide,  165 

Li'num,  618 

Lupulin,  369 

plaster,  166 

Liquid  petrola'tum,  277 

Lupulinic  acid,  369 

poisoning,  169 

Liqueurs,  281 

Lupuli'num,  369 

subacetate,  cerate  of,  166 

Li'quor  ca'lcis,  157 

Lutidine,  408 

solution  of,  167 

carbo'nis  dete'rgens,  521 

I.ycopo'dium,  668 

sugar  of,  166 

pancrea'tis,  688 

Lye,  1  6 

white,  167 

pi'cis  carbo'nis,  521 

Lysol,  338 

water,  166 

pota'ssae,  123 

Ly'solum,  338 

Ledoyen's  disinfecting  fluid, 

so'dae,  138 

167 

thyroi'dei,  701 

MACE,  539 

Leech,  700 

Liquo'res,  27 

Macene,  539 

Leiter's  coils,  119 

Liquorice  root,  616 

Maceration,  16 

Lemon,  654 

powder,  compound,  494 

Macis,  539 

juice,  654 

Russian,  616 

Madeira,  281 

oil  of,  654 

Lister's  ointment,  275 

Macrotin,  588 

peel,  654 

Litharge,  165 

Magendie's  solution,  355 

Leopardsbane,  530 

Li'thii  be'nzoas,  657 

Magne'sia,  163 

Lepta'ndra,  511 

bro'midum,  253 

calcined,  163 

Leptandrin,  511 

ca'rbonas,  153 

heavy,  163 

Lettuce,  370 

ci'tras,  153 

light,  163 

Levant  wormseed,  626 

efferve'scens,  154 

pondero'sa,  163 

Levigation,  16 

sali'cylas,  475 

Magne'sii  ca'rbonas,  162 

Levico  water,  205 

Lithium,  153 

ci'tras  efferve'scens,  162 

Lichenin,  621 

benzoate,  657 

su'Iphas,  162 

Lichenstearic  acid,  622 

bromide,  253 

Magne'sium,  162 

Light  magnesia,  163 

carbonate,  153 

carbonate,  162 

Li'gnum  vi'tae,  669 

citrate,  153 

citrate  effervescent,  162 

Lily  of  the  valley,  431 

effervescent,  154 

solution  of,  163 

Lime,  157 

glycerophosphate,  242 

glycerophosphate,  242 

chlorinated,  243 

salicylate,  475 

sulphate,  162 

liniment,  157 

Lithontriptics,  68 

Maizenic  acid,  633 

phosphate,  precipitated, 

Liver,  drugs  acting  on,  96 

Male  fern,  623 

158 

of  sulphur,  261 

Malic  acid,  557 

solution  of,  157 

Lixiviation,  16 

Malt,  620 

syrup  of,  157 

Llangammarch  wells,  161 

Maltose,  620 

water,  157 

Lobelacrin,  456 

Ma'ltum,  620 

Limonene,  654 

Lob'elia,  456 

Mancona  bark,  435 

Limonine,  546 

Lobeline,  456 

Mandrake,  509 

Limo'nis  co'rtex,  654 

Local  action,  46 

Manganese,  206 

su'ccus,  655 

anodynes,  101 

black  oxide,  206 

Linalool,  546 

anaesthetics,  101 

dioxide,  206 

acetate,  546 

Loganin,  393 

sulphate,  207 

Li'nctus,  37 

Logwood,  600 

Manga'ni  dio'xidum,  206 

opia'tus,  361 

London  paste,  157 

su'Iphas,  207 

Liniment,  volatile,  149 

Losophan,  342 

Manganous  sulphate,  207 

Lanime'nta,  27 

Lo'tiofla'va,  218 

Manga'num,  206 

734 


INDEX. 


Manilla  elemi,  533 

Mercuric  chloride,  cor- 

Milk, 687 

Ma'nna,  485 

rosive,  211 

artificial  human,  687 

Marc,  1  6 

cyanide,  213 

drugs  acting  on,  114 

Marienbad,  144 

iodide,  red,  212 

drugs  excreted  by,  114 

Marigold,  676 

nitrate,  ointment  of,  213 

of  almond,  613 

Marrubiin,  634 

solution  of,  213 

of  asafetida,  560 

Marru'bium,  634 

oxide,  red,  210 

of  sulphur,  259 

Marsden's  paste,  226 

ointment  of,  211 

peptonized,  688 

Marsh's  test,  229 

yellow,  211 

sugar  of,  695 

Marshmallow,  612 

ointment  of,  211 

Mindererus,  spirit  of,  152 

Mass,  blue,  210 

subsulphate,  yellow,  214 

Mistu'ra  amy'gdalae,  613 

of  copaiba,  571 

sulphate,  basic,  214 

Mistu'rae,  28 

of  ferrous  carbonate,  190 

Mercurous     chloride,     mild. 

Mixtures,  28 

Vallet's,  190 

212 

Mitigated  caustic,  171 

Ma'ssa  copa'ibae,  571 

iodide,  yellow,  212 

Molli'num,  37 

fe'rri  carbona'tis,  190 

tannate,  220 

Monkshood,  437 

hydr'argyri,  210 

Mercuro-zinc  cyanide,  221 

Monobromated    camphor, 

Ma'ssae,  28 

Mercurol,  220 

649 

Masses,  28 

Mercury,  210 

Monsel's  solution,  193 

Mastic,  666 

administration  of,  221 

Moonseed,  Canadian,  673 

Mastiche,  666 

i     ammoniated,  213 

Morphi'na,  353 

Masticbic  acid,  667 

ointment,  213 

Morphi'nae  ace'tas,  354 

Masticin,  667 

bichloride,  211 

hydrochlo'ras,  353 

Mate,  389 

biniodide,  212 

su'lphas,  354 

Mat'eria  me'dica,  9 

chloride,  corrosive,  211 

Morphine,  353 

Ma'tico,  576 

mild,  212 

acetate,  354 

Matrica'ria,  555 

iodide,  green,  212 

benzylic     ether    hydro- 

May  apple,  509 

red,  212 

chlorate,  363 

McDade's  formula,  672 

yellow,  212 

diacetic  ether,  363 

Measures,  18 

mass  of,  210 

hydrochlorate,  353 

domestic,  18 

oleate  of,  211 

monoethyl  ether   hydro- 

Meadow  saffron,  645 

protiodide  of,  212 

chlorate,  363 

Meat  extract,  689 

subchloride,  212 

sulphate,  354 

Meconic  acid,  350,  353 

tannate,  220 

Morrhuol,  685 

Meconidine,  350 

with  chalk,  210 

Morton's  fluid,  247 

Meconin,  350 

Metabolism,  drugs  acting  on. 

Mo'schus,  679 

Meconoiasin,  350 

"5 

Mosquera-Julia  beef  meal. 

Mel,  681 

Metadioxybenzol,  344 

689 

despuma'tum,  681 

Methyl  acetanilid,  324 

Moss,  Iceland,  621 

ro'sz,  555 

amine,  663 

Irish,  608 

Me'llita,  28 

benzoylecgonime,  412 

Motor  nerves,  drugs  acting 

Meli'ssa,  661 

coniine,  406 

on,  99 

Menispe'rmum,  673 

morphine,  366 

Moulded  silver  nitrate,  171 

Menispine,  673 

pelletierine,  624 

Mountain  balm,  460 

Mental  emotion,  40 

pyrocatechin,  336 

Mucilage,  28 

Me'mha  piperi'ta,  546 

salicy'las,  481 

Mucila'gines,  28 

vi'ridis,  548 

salicylate,  481 

Muriatic  acid,  264 

Mentbene,  547,  548 

Methylene  blue,  347 

diluted,  265 

Menthol,  547,  652 

Metrical  system,  17 

Muscari'na,  402 

Mercurial  ointment,  210 

Mezerein,  532 

Muscarine,  402 

plaster,  210 

Mezereon,  532 

Muscles,  drugs  acting  on. 

Mercuric    ammonium     chlo- 

Mezere'um, 532 

99 

ride,  213 

Michel's  paste,  268 

Musk,  679 

INDEX. 


735 


Musk  root,  544 

Nitromuriafic  acid,  264 

Oil  of  juniper,  569 

Mustard,  524 

diluted,  264 

lard,  690 

black,  524 

Nitrous    ether,    spirit    of, 

lavender,  545 

paper,  525 

3°4 

flowers,  545 

white,  524 

Norwood's  tincture,  442 

lemon,  654 

Mutton  suet,  693 

Nucin,  492 

linseed,  618 

Mydriatics,  in 

Nutgall,  592 

mustard,  volatile,  525 

Myosin,  626 

Nutmeg,  538 

myrcia,  663 

Myotics,  in 

Nutrient  serum,  710 

neroli,  591 

My'rcia,  oil  of,  663 

Nux  vo'mica,  393 

nutmeg,  538 

Myricin,  696 

expressed,  538 

Myri'stica,  538 
Myristicine,  538 

OAK  bark,  592 
poison,  660 

olive,  605,  606 
orange  flowers,  591 

Myristicol,  538 

white,  592 

peel,  590 

Myristin,  618 

CE'sypum,  694 

pennyroyal,  553 

Myrosin,  524,  525 

Oil  of  allspice,  536 

peppermint,  547 

Myrrh,  562 

almond,  expressed,  613 

Chinese,  653 

My'rrha,  562 

American  wormseed,  629 

Japanese,  653 

Myrrhin,  562 

anise,  549 

phosphorated,  237 

Myrrhol,  562 

bay,  663 

pimenta,  536 

benne,  663 

pine,  567 

NANTWICH  water,  145 

bergamot,  546 

rose,  556 

Napelline,  437 

betula,  volatile,  480 

rosemary,  530 

Naphtalin,  342 

bitter  almond,  612 

rue,  579 

Naphtali'num,  342 

cade,  522 

sandal  wood,  576 

Naphtol,  342 

cajuput,  527 

santal,  576 

Narceine,  350,  366 

caraway,  551 

sassafras,  675 

Narcotics,  106 

carron,  157 

savine,  578 

Narcotine,  350,  366 

cassia,  540 

sesame,  663 

Nativelle's  digitalin,  421 

castor,  487 

sweet,  605 

Natural  orders,  692 

chamomile,  555 

spearmint,  548 

Ne'bulae,  37 

chaulmoogra,  678 

sweet  birch,  480 

Nepenthe,  352 

chenopodium,  629 

tar,  520 

Neroli,  oil  of,  591 

cinnamon,  540 

teel,  663 

Nerves,  drugs  acting  on,  99, 

cloves,  534 

theobroma,  666 

405 

cod  liver,  684 

thyme,  574 

Neuritis,    drugs    causing, 

copaiba,  571 

turpentine,  515 

IO2 

coriander,  550 

rectified,  516 

Nicotianine,  408 

cotton  seed,  666 

vitriol,  263 

Nicotine,  408 

croton,  503 

wintergreen,  480 

Night    blooming    cereus, 

of  cubeb,  575 

artificial,  481 

447 

dill,  552 

synthetic,  480 

Nightshade,  deadly,  371 

erigeron,  519 

Oils,  29 

woody,  635 

ethereal,  298 

essential,  13 

Nitric  acid,  264 

eucalyptus,  528 

fixed,  12 

diluted,  264 

eulachon,  684 

nitrogenated,  14 

Nitrites,  303 

fennel,  551 

oxygenated,  14 

Nitre,  131 

firwood,  567 

sulphurated,  14 

sweet  spirit  of,  304 

flaxseed,  618 

volatile,  13 

Nitroglycerin,  308 

fleabane,  519 

Ointments,  35 

spirit  of,  308 

fusel,  290 

O'lea,  29 

Nitrohydrochloric  acid,  264 

gaultheria,  480 

Olea'ta,  28 

diluted,  264 

hedeoma,  553 

Oleate  of  mercury,  211 

736 


INDEX. 


Oleate  of  veratrine,  445 

O'leum      phosphora'tum, 

HACK,  cold,  118 

zinc,  177 

237 

'       hot,  119 

Oleates,  28 

pi'cis  li'quidae,  520 

Paint,  37 

Olea'tum  hydra'rgyri,  211 

pime'ntae,  536 

Pale  rose,  555 

veratri'nae,  445 

pi'ni,  567 

Palmitic  acid,  691 

zi'nci,  177 

ri'cini,  487 

Palmitin,  618,  666,  684,  693 

Oleic  acid,  611 

ro'sae,  556 

Panama  bark,  668 

Olein,  666,  684,  693 

rosmar'ini,  530 

Pancreatin,  683 

Oleoresins,  14 

ru'tae,  579 

Pancreati'num,  683 

CKleum  a'dipis,  690 

sabi'nae,  578 

Papa'ver,  350 

aethe'reum,  298 

sa'ntali,  576 

Papaverine,  350 

amy'gdalae     ama'rae, 

sa'ssafras,  675 

Paper,  mustard,  525 

612 

se'sami,  663 

potassium  nitrate,  131 

expre'ssum,  613 

si'napis  vola'tile,  525 

Papers,  20 

ane'thi,  552 

terebi'nthinx,  515 

Para-acetphenetidin,  323 

ani'si,  549 

rectifica'tum,  510 

Paraguay  tea,  389 

anthe'midis,  554 

theobro'matis,  666 

Paraldehyde,  315 

aura'ntii  co'rticis,  590 

thy'mi,  574 

Paraldehy'dum,  315 

flo'rum;  591 

ti'glii,  503 

Paramorphine,  366 

berga'mii,  546 

Olive  oil,  605 

Para  rubber,  667 

bergamo'ttae,  546 

Ophelic  acid,  585 

Parasiticides,  51 

be'tulae  vola'tile,  480 

O'pii  pu'lvis,  351 

Paregoric,  352 

cadi'num,  522 

Opium,  350 

Scotch,  352 

cajupu'ti,  527 

Constantinople,  350 

Pare'ira,  634 

ca'ri,  551 

Egyptian,  350 

brava,  634 

caryo'phylli,  534 

Levant,  350 

Pariglin,  672 

chenopo'dii,  629 

Patna,  351 

Pari'lla,  yellow,  673 

cinnamo'mi,  540 

Smyrna,  351 

Parillin,  672 

copai'bae,  571 

Turkey,  350 

Parillinic  acid,  672 

coria'ndri,  550 

Opodeldoc,  607 

Paris  green,  228 

cube'bae,  575 

Orange  peel,  589 

Parish's  food,  206 

erigero'ntis,  519 

bitter,  589 

Parsley,  645 

cucaly'pti,  528 

oil  of,  590 

Parvoline,  408 

foeni'culi,  551 

sweet,  590 

Paste,  37 

gaulthe'riae,  480 

Ordeal  bark,  435 

Coster's,  247 

gossy'pii  se'minis,  666 

bean,  399 

London,  157 

gynoca'rdise,  678 

Organic  extracts,  701 

Marsden's,  226 

hede'omz,  553 

Organs  of  generation,  drugs 

Ricord's,  268 

jecoris  ase'lli,  684 

acting  on,  112 

Vienna,  123 

juni'peri,  569 

Ouabain,  416 

Pasti'llus,  37 

empyreuma'ticum, 

Ouabai'num,  416 

Pastils,  37 

522 

Ourari,  411 

Pearl  ash,  139 

lave'ndulae,  545 

O'vi  a'lbumin,  691 

barley,  620 

lavendube  florum,  545 

Oxgall,  680 

Pearson's  solution,  134 

limo'nis,  654 

purified,  680 

Pellitory,  533 

li'ni,  618 

Oxygen,  123 

Pelletierine,  624 

me'nthae  piperi'tac,  547 

Oxyge'nium,  taa 

Pelosine,  634 

vi'ridis,  548 

Oxymel,  681 

Pellotine,  370 

mo'rrhuz,  684 

Oxyme'llita,  37 

Pelloti'num,  370 

my*  re  iz,  663 

Oxynarcotine,  350 

Pennyroyal,  553 

myri'sticac,  538 

Oxytocics,  113 

Pental,  302 

expre'ssum,  538 

Oxytoluyltropine,  381 

Pe'ntalum,  303 

olj'vz,  605 

Pe'po,  635 

INDEX.  737 

Pepper,  537  Phenylacetamide,  salicylate,     Pilocarpidine,  417 

African,  541  481  Pilocarpi'nae  hydrochlo'ras, 

black,  537  Physical  incompatibility,  43  417 

cayenne,  541  Phosphorated  oil,  237  hydrochlorate,  417 

guinea,  541  Phosphoric  acid,  265  Pilocarpine,  417 

Peppermint,  546  diluted,  265  Piloca'rpus,  417 

Pepsin,  682  Pho'sphorus,  236  Pi'lula  hydra'rgyri,  210 

saccharated,  682  elixir  of,  237  tri'um  phospha'tum,  205 

Pepsi'num,  682  pills  of,  237  Pi'lulae,  30 

sacchara'tum,>68a  spirit  of,  237  Pime'nta,  536 

Peptonized  milk,  688  Physosti'gma,  399!  Pink,  Carolina,  628 

Percolation,  16  Physostigmi'nae  salicy'las,        Pink  root,  628 

Pe'rles,  37  399  Pinene,  663 

Pernambuco  Jaborandi,  417  su'lphas,  399  Pinol,  567 

Peronine,  363  Physostigmine,  399  Pi'per,  537 

Pessaries,  37  salicylate,  399  Piperidine,  537 

Pe'ssus,  37  sulphate,  399  Piperazidine,  348 

Petrola'tum,  277  Phytola'cca,  486  Piperazine,  348 

hard,  278  fruit,  486  Pipera'zinum,  348 

liquid,  270  root,  486  Piperin,  537 

li'quidum,  277  Phytolaccic  acid,  486  Piperi'num,  537 

mo'lle,  278  Phytolaccin,  486  Piperonylic  acid,  604 

soft,  278  Pichi,  636  Pipsi'ssewa,  636 

spi'ssum,  278  Picoline,  408  Pitch,  Burgundy,  522 

Petroleum  benzin,  279  Picro-aconitine,  437  plaster,  522 

ether,  279  crocin,  664  cantharidal,  522 

ointment,  soft,  278  podophyllin,  510  Pix  Burgu'ndica,  522 

hard,  278  Picrotoxin,  629  li'quida,  520 

Phaeoretin,  490  Picrotoxi'num,  629  Plague  serum  and  inocula- 

Pharmaceutical  processes,  15  Pigme'ntum,  37  tion,  709 

Pharmacognosy,  definition,  9  Pills,  30  Plasma,  drugs  acting  on,  51 

Pharmacological  incompati-  of  aloes,  497  Plaster,  adhesive,  523 

bility,  43  and  asafetida,  497  diachylon,  166 

Pharmacology,  definition,  9,  and  mastic,  498  lead,  166 

38  and  myrrh,  498  of  Paris,  ^59 

Pharmacopoeia,  definition,  antimony,   compound,  Plasters,  21 

10  212  Plait's  chlorides,  176 

preparations  of  the,  19  asafetida,  560  Pleurisy  root,  457 

Pharmaco-dynamics,  10  Blaud's,  190  Plu'mbi  ace'tas,  166 

Pharmacy,  definition,  10  blue,  210  ca'rbonas,  167 

Phellandrene,  516  cathartic,  compound,  212  io'didum,  167 

Phenacetin,  323  vegetable,  506  ni'tras,  167 

Phenaceti'num,  323  chalybeate,  190.  o'xidum,  165 

Phenazo'num,  321  ferrous  carbonate,   190  Plu'mbum,  165 

Phenic  acid,  329  iodide,  190  Plummer's  pills,  212 

Phenocoll  hydrochloride,  325  ferruginous,   190  Pneumogastric,  drugs  acting 

Phenoco'lli  hydrochlo'ridum,  opium,  351  on,  57 

325  phosphorus,  237  Podophyllin,  509 

Phenol.  329  Plummer's,  212  Podophyllic  acid,  509,  510 

Phenylacetamide,  319  rhubarb,  490  Podophy'llum,  509 

dimethylpyrazolone,  321  compound,  490  Podophyllotoxin,  510 

alcohol,  329  saccharated  iron  carbon-     Poison  ivy,  660 

propylcinnamate,  567  ate,  190  nut,  393 

47 


738 


INDEX. 


Poison  oak,  660 
Poke  berry,  486 

root,  486 
Polychroite,  664 
Pomegranate,  624 
Pond's  extract,  601 
Poppy  capsules,  359 
Port,  281 
Porter,  281 
Posology,  39 
Potash,  caustic,  123 

yellow  prussiate  of,  134 
Pota'ssa,  122 

cum  cal'ce,  123 

solution  of,  123 

sulphura'ta,  261 

with  lime,  123 
Pota'ssii  ace'tas,  127 

bica'rbonas,  126 

bichro'mas,  138 

bita'rtras,  129 

bro'midum,  253 

ca'rbonas,  125 

chlo'ras,  132 

ci'tras,  127 

efferve'scens,  127 

cya'nidum,  134 

et  so'dii  ta'rtras,  143 

ferrocya'nidum,  134 

hypopho'sphis,  239 

io'didum,  248 

ni'tras,  133 

perma'nganas,  207 

su'lphas,  129 

Potassio-ferric  tartrate,  194 
Pota'ssium,  133 

acetate,  127 

alum,  185 

and  sodium  tartrate,  143 

arsenite,  solution  of,  224 

bicarbonate,  126 

bichromate,  138 

bitartrate,  129 

bromide,  253 

cantharidinate,  699 

carbonate,  125 

chlorate,  132 

troches  of,  132 

citrate,  127 

effervescent,  127 
solution  of,  127 

cyanide,  134 

dichromate,  235 


Pota'ssium     ferrocyanide, 

134 

glycerophosphate,  242 
hydrate,  122 

solution  of,  123 
hydroxide,  122 
hypophosphite,  239 
iodide,  248 

ointment  of,  248 
oleate,  607 
nitrate,  131 

paper,  131 
permanganate,  207 
sulphate,  129 
tartrate,  acid,  129 
Powder,  antimonial,  231 
aromatic,  540 
compound  chalk,  155 
effervescent,  143 
glycyrrhiza,  494 
jalap,  502     . 
morphine,  351 
Dover's,  352 
ipecac  and  opium,  352 
James',  231 
opium,  351 
Seidlitz,  143 
Tully's,  354 
Powders,  31 
Poultices,  36 
Precipitate,  red,  210 

white,  213 

Precipitated  calcium  carbon- 
ate, 155 
phosphate,  158 
sulphur,  259 
Preface,  5 
Preparations,    standardized, 

16 

pharmacopoeia),  19 
Prepared  chalk,  155 
Prescribing,  41 
Prescription,  44 
Prickly  ash,  671 
Primary  action,  46 
Prince's  pine,  636 
Proof  spirit,  279 
Propenyl  trinitrate,  308 
Protopine,  350,  450,  513 
Protargol,  173 
Prune,  483 
Pru'num,  483 
Pru'nus  Virginia'na,  463 


Prussiate  of  potash,   yellow, 

134 

Prussic  acid,  134 
Pseudo-aconitine,  437 

aconine,  437 

jervine,  442 

morphine,  350 

pelletierine,  624 
Pterocarpin,  664 
Pullna,  93,  144 
Pulsati'lla,  456 
Pu'lvis  antimo'nialis,  231 

aroma'ticus,  540 

cre'tae  compo'situs,  155 

efferve'scens      compo'si- 
tus, 143 

glycyrrhi'zse     compo'si- 
tus, 494 

ipecacua'nhae    et     o'pii, 

352 

jala'px  compo'situs,  502 
morphi'nae    compo'situs, 

354 

pu'rgans,  502 
rhe'i  compo'situs,  490 
salicy'licus  cum    ta'lco, 

479 

Pu'lveres,  31 
Pumiline,  567 
Pumpkin  seed,  625 
Punicotannic  acid,  624 
Pupil,  drugs  acting  on,  no 
Purgatives,  91,  483 

drastic,  92 

saline,  93 

simple,  92 
Purging  cassia,  485 
Purified  cotton,  665 

oxgall,  680 
Pustulants,  61 
Pyre'thrum,  533 
Pyridine,  408 
Pyrocatechin,  599,  604 
Pyrogallic  acid,  596 
Pyrogallol,  596 
Pyroxylin,  665 
Pyroxyli'num,  665 

/QUAKER  BUTTON,  393 
v^     Qua'ssia,  584 
Quassiin,  584 
Quebrachamine,  459 
Quebracho,  459 


INDEX.  739 


Queen's  delight,  674 

Remote  action,  47 

Rottle'ra,  625 

root,  674 

Remijia  bark,  464 

Rottlerin,  625 

Quercin,  592 

Repercolation,  16 

Rubber,  India,  667 

Quercitannic  acid,  592 

Resin,  523 

Para,  667 

Quercite,  592 

of  copaiba,  572 

Rubefacients,  60 

Que'rcus  a'lba,  592 

of  jalap,  502 

Rubidine,  408 

Quevenne's  digitalin,  421 

of  podophyllin,  509 

Rubidium    and    ammonium 

iron,  1  88 

of  scammony,  500 

bromide,  257 

Quicksilver,  210 

soap,  523 

iodide,  252 

Quillaic  acid,  669 

Resi'na,  523 

Rubijervine,  443 

Quilla'ja,  668 

Resins,  14 

Rubinat,  93 

Quinamine,  463 

Resorcin,  344 

Condal,  144 

Quinidi'nae  su'lphas,  466 

Resorcinol,  344 

Ru'bus,  602 

Quinidine,  463 

Resorci'num,  344 

idae'us,  662 

sulphate,  466 

Respiration,  drugs  acting  on, 

Rusbyine,  461 

Quinic  acid,  463 

74 

Rush's  thunderbolt,  503 

Quini'na,  465 

Respiratory     centre,     drugs 

Rum,  281 

Quini'nae  bisu'lphas,  466 

acting  on,  75 

Ru'mex,  603 

hydrobro'mas,  466 

depressants,  76 

Rumicin,  603 

hydrochlo'ras,  466 

disinfectants,  75 

Russian  liquorice,  616 

su'lphas,  465 

stimulants,  76 

Rutin,  570 

valeria'nas,  558 

Rha'mnus,  purshia'na,  495 

Quinine,  463,  465 

Rhamnose,  495 

bisulphate,  466 

Rhatanin,  598 

0  ABI'NA,  577 

carbamide,  473 

Rhatany,  598 

*J    Saccharated  ferrous  car- 

hydrobromate, 466 

Rheotannic  acid,  490 

bonate,  190 

hydrochlorate,  466 

Rhe'um,  489 

ferrous  iodide,  190 

sulphate,  465 

Rhein,  490 

pepsin,  682 

valerianate,  558 

Rhine  wine,  283 

Saccharin,  346 

Quinovic  acid,  464 

Rnodinal,  556 

Sacchari'num,  346 

Quinovin,  464 

Rhoeadine,  350 

Sa'ccharum,  619 

Rhubarb,  489 

la'ctis,  695 

RAISINS,  622 

Ricinine,  487 

Sacred  bark,  495 

Rash,  drugs  producing, 

Ricinolein,  487 

Saffron,  664 

66 

Rhus  gla'bra,  601 

meadow,  645 

Raspberry,  662 

toxicode'ndron,  660 

Sage,  663 

Rate  of  excretion,  40 

Richfield  Springs,  260 

Saigon  cinnamon,  539 

Rational  therapeutics,  9 

Ricord's  paste,  268 

Sal  alembroth,  220 

Rectified   oil  of   turpentine, 

Rio  Janeiro  jaborandi,  417 

ammoniac,  151 

5'6 

Rise  of  temperature,   drugs 

soda,  139 

Red  corpuscles,  drugs  acting 

causing,  73 

volatile,  150 

on,  53 

Rochelle  salt,  142 

Salicin,  474 

cinchona,  464 

Ro'sa,  556 

Salici'num,  474 

gum,  604 

ga'llica,  555 

Salicylic  'acid,  475 

lotion,  178 

centifo'lia,  555 

ether  of  phenol,  481 

precipitate,  210 

Rose,  555 

Salicylism,  478 

rose,  555 

attar  of,  556 

Saline  purgatives,  93 

saunders,  664 

pale,  555 

Salipyrin,  322 

scale  insect,  692 

red,  555 

Salivary  glands,   drugs  act- 

wine, 285 

•water,  556 

ing  on,  79 

Reduced  iron,  188 

Rosemary,  530 

Salol,  481 

Refrigerants,  82 

oil  of,  530 

Salophen,  483 

Reinsch's  test,  229 

Rosin,  523 

Salt,  common,  144 

740 


INDEX. 


Salt,  Epsom,  162 

Scopa'rius,  434 

Si'napis,  524 

Glauber's,  143 

Scopolamine,  384 

a'lba,  524 

Rochelle,  149 

Scotch  paregoric,  352 

ni'gra,  524 

Salts  of  tartar,  125 

Scott's  ointment,  218 

Sinigrin,  525 

Saltpetre,  131 

Scullcap,  677 

Skin,  drugs  acting  on,  64 

Sa'lvia,  663 

•^  Scutella'ria,  677 

Slippery  elm  bark,  616 

Salviol,  663 

Sea  onion,  432 

Smedley's  paste,  542 

Sambu'cus,  552 

Secondary  action,  46 

Smilacin,  672 

Sandalwocd,  oil  of,  576 

Secretion  of  milk,  drugs  act- 

Snakeroot, black,  587 

Sanguina'ria,  450 

ing  on,  114 

senega,  448 

Sanguinarine,  450,  519 

Sedatives,  gastric,  85 

Virginia,  587 

Sanitas,  518 

Seidlitz  powder,  143 

Soap,  607 

Santal,  664 

•water,  143 

bark,  668 

oil  of,  576 

Se'nega,  448 

constitution  of,  13 

Santalal,  576 

root,  448 

curd,  693 

Santalin,  664 

Senegin,  448 

green,  607 

Santalol,  576 

Se'nna,  493 

hard,  607 

Sa'ntalum  ru'brum,  664 

Alexandria,  493 

lees,  139 

Santo'nica,  626 

Tinnivelly,  493 

soft,  607 

Santonin,  626 

India,  493 

white  castile,  607 

Santoni'num,  626 

Sennacrol,  493 

Socaloin,  498 

Sa'po,  607 

Sennapicrin,  485,  493 

Socotrine  aloes,  497 

anima'lis,  693 

Sensory  nerves,  drugs  acting 

Soda,  138 

mo'llis,  607 

on,  100 

baking,  140 

vi'ridis,  607 

Serpenta'ria,  587 

caustic,  138 

Sapogenin,  448 

Serum,   antipneumococcic, 

solution  of,  138 

Saponin,    421,    448,    643, 

709 

washing,  139 

669 

antistreptococcic,  708 

tartrated,  142 

Sapotoxin,  669 

antivenomous,  709 

So'dii  ace'tas,  147 

Sarsapari'lla,  672 

nutrient,  710 

a'rsenas,  224 

Indian,  676 

and  inoculation,  cholera* 

be'nzoas,  657 

Sa'ssafras,  675 

709 

bica'rbonas,  140 

medu'lla,  675 

plague,  709 

bisu'lphis,  146 

oil  of,  675 

typhoid,  710 

bo'ras,  273 

pith,  675 

Sesame,  oil  of,  663 

bro'midum,  253 

Sassy  bark,  435 

Se'vum,  692 

ca'rbonas,  139 

Saunders  red,  664 

Sherry,  281 

exsicca'tus,  140 

Savanilla  rhatany,  598 

Sialogogues,  80 

cblo'ras,  147 

Savine,  577 

Siddhi,  387 

chlo'ridum,  144 

Scaling,  16 

Silver,  170 

e'thylas,  148 

Scammonin,  501,  502 

caseinate,  173 

hypopho'sphis,  239 

Scammo'nium,  500 

citrate,  173 

hyposu'lphis,  146 

?cammony,  500 

colloidal,  174 

io'didum,  248 

Ichcele's  prussic  acid,  134 

cyanide,  171 

ni'tras,  147 

green,  228 

iodide,  172 

ni'tris,  303 

ichleich's  infiltration,  414 

lactate,  173 

pho'sphas,  142 

Scbweinfurth's  green,  228 

nitrate,  170 

pyropho'sphas,  148 

Sci'lla,  432 

diluted,  171 

salicy'las,  475 

Scillin,  432 

moulded,  171 

su'lphas,  142 

Scillipicrin,  432 

oxide,  175 

su'lphis,  145 

Wllitoxin,  432 

soluble,  174 

sulphoca'rbolas,  333 

S*Wotinic  acid,  603 

Sinalbin,  524 

valeria'nas,  558 

*    e-parin,  434 

Sinapin,  sulphate,  524 

Sodium,  138 

INDEX.  741 


Sodium  acetate,  147 

Sparteine  sulphate,  434 

Stro'ntii  la'ctas,  160 

arsenate,  224 

Spermace'ti,  691 

Stro'ntium,  160 

solution  of,  224 

Spige'lia,  628 

bromide,  254 

benzoate,  657 

Spigeline,  628 

iodide,  249 

bicarbonate,  140 

Spinal  cord,  drugs  acting  on, 

lactate,  160 

troches,  140 

102,  393 

Strophanthidin.  429 

bisulphite,  146 

Spindle  tree,  513 

Strophanthin,  429 

borate,  273 

Sphacelic  acid,  637 

Stropha'nthus,  429 

bromide,  253 

Sphacelotoxin,  637 

kombe,  429 

cacodylate,  228 

Spirit  of  nitrous  ether,  304 

Strychni'na,  393 

carbonate,  139 

mindere'rus,  152    ' 

Strychni'nae  su'lphas,  394 

dried,  140 

of  wine,  279 

Strychnine,  393 

chlorate,  147 

Spirits,  31,  281 

sulphate,  394 

chloride,  144 

Spi'ritus,  31 

Styptic  collodion,  593 

ethylate,  148 

ae'theris  nitro'si,  304 

Styptics,  63 

glycerophosphate,  241 

frume'nti,  280 

Styracin,  567 

hydrate,  138 

rectifica'tus,  281 

Styrax,  567 

solution,  138 

te'nuior,  281 

Styrol,  567 

hydroxide,  138 

vi'ni  ga'llici,  280 

Sublimate,  corrosive,  2x1 

hydropbosphite,  239 

Sponging,  cold,  118 

Sublimed  sulphur,  258 

hyposulphite,  146 

hot,  120 

Su'cci,  37 

iodide,  248 

Spotted  hemlock,  405 

Sucrose,  619 

nitrate,  147 

Sprays,  37 

Sudorifics,  65 

nitrite,  303 

Squaw  root,  643 

Suet,  692 

oleate,  607 

Squill,  432 

mutton,  693 

orthophosphate,  142 

compound  syrup  of,  231 

Sugar,  619 

paraphenolsulphonate. 

Squire's  chemical  food,  206 

cane,  619 

333 

Squirting  cucumber,  507 

drugs  causing  it  in  urine, 

phosphate,  149 

Standardizing,  16 

70 

pyroborate,  273 

Staphisa'gria,  629 

of  milk,  695 

pyrophosphate,  148 

Staphisagrine,  629 

of  lead,  166 

salicylate,  475 

Star  anise,  549 

Sulphanilic  acid,  250 

sesquicarbonate,  140 

Starch,  667 

Sulphonal,  317 

sulphate,  142 

Stavesacre,  629 

Sulphona'lum,  317 

sulphite,  145 

Stearic  acid,  693 

Su'lphur,  258 

sulphocarbolate,  333 

Stearin,  666,  693 

flowers  of,  258 

thiosulphate,  146 

Stearoptens,  14,  648 

iodide,  261 

valerianate,  558 

Stilli'ngia,  674 

liver  of,  261 

Soft  petrola'tum,  278 

Stimulants,  cerebral,  105 

lo'tum,  259 

petroleum  ointment,  278 

hepatic,  96 

milk  of,  259 

soap,  607 

Stinkweed,  382 

ointment,  259 

liniment,  607 

Stomach,  drugs  acting  on,  82 

precipitated,  259 

Solanine,  635 

Stomachics,  82 

precipita'tum,  259 

Solidified  copaiba,  571 

Sto'rax,  567 

sublima'tum,  258 

Soluble  silver,  174 

Storesin,  567 

sublimed,  258 

Soporifics,  350           • 

Stout,  281 

vegetable,  668 

Soja  bean,  621 

Stramo'nium,  382 

washed,  259 

Sorghum,  619 

Stramo'nii  fo'lia,  383 

Sulphuric  acid,  263 

Sozo-iodol,  342 

se'men,  382 

aromatic,  264 

Spanish  flies,  697 

Strengthening  plaster,  193 

diluted,  363 

Spearmint,  548 

Streptococcus  antitoxin,  708 

ether,  297 

Spartei'na:  su'lphas,  434 

Stro'ntii  bro'midum,  254 

Sulphurated  lime,  261 

Sparteine,  434 

io'didum,  249 

potassa,  261 

742 


INDEX. 


Sulphurated  antimony,  230 

Tartar  emetic,  231 

Su'lphuris  io'didum,  261 

cream  of,  129 

Sulphurous  acid,  272 

salts  of,  125 

Sumach,  601 

Tartaric  acid,  266 

Sumatra  camphor,  649 

Tartrated  antimony,  231 

Sumbul,  544 

iron,  195 

Sumbulic  acid,  545 

Tea,  389 

Supposito'ria,  32 

Teel  oil,  663 

Suppositories,  32 

Teeth,  drugs  acting  <  n,  79 

Suprarenal  extract,  704 

Tepid  bath,  120 

Sweet  almond,  613 

Terebene,  564 

flag,  582 

Terebe'num,  564 

oil,  605 

Terebi'nthina,  515 

orange  peel,  590 

canade'nsis,  524 

spirit  of  nitre,  304 

Terpenes,  14 

Sydenham's  laudanum,  351 

Terpin  hydrate,  564 

Sylvacrol,  674 

Terpi'ni  hy'dras,  564 

Symbols,  17 

Terpinene,  544 

Sympathetic    system,   drugs 

Tertiary    amylic    alcohol 

acting  on,  112 

315 

Synthetic  oil  of  wintergreen, 

Testicular  juice,  705 

480 

Tetanocannabine,  387 

Syrup,  619 

Tetanus  antitoxin,  708 

Sy'rupi,  32 

Tetraiodopyrrol,  341 

Syrups,  32 

Tetronal,  318 

Sy'rupus,  619 

Tetramethylthionin  chloride, 

gluco'si,  619 

347 

sci'llae  compo'situs,  231 

Thalli'nae  suHphas,  326 

hypophosphi'tum      cum 

Thalline  sulphate,  326 

fe'rro,  240 

Thebaine,  350,  366 

tri'um  phospha'tum,  194 

Thebolactic  acid,  351 

Theine,  388 

TABA'CUM,  408 

Theobro'ma,  oil  of,  666 

Tabe'llae,  37 

Theobromi'nae   sodio-salicy'- 

Tablet  triturates,  37 

las,  392 

Tablets,  37 

Theobromine    sodio-salicy- 

Tabloids,  37 

late,  392 

Tamar  indien,  495 

Therapeutics,  38 

Tamarind,  484 

definition  of,  9 

Tamar'indus,  484 

general,  9 

Tanacetin,  579 

rational,  9 

Tanace'tum,  579 

empirical,  9 

Tannalbin,  596 

experimental,  10 

Tannic  acid,   592,  593,  600, 

Therapo-dynamics,  10 

602,  603,  604 

Thermogenesis,  71 

Tannigen,  595 

Thermolysis,  71 

Tannin,  593 

Thermotaxis,  71 

Tansy,  579 

Thiol,  700 

Tar,  520 

Thiersch's  solution,  275 

Tarasp,  144 

Thompson's  fluid,  275 

Taraxacin,  589 

solution,  237 

Taraxacerin,  589 

Thorn-apple,  382 

Ta'raxacum,  588 

Thoroughwort,  487 

Thus  America'num,  524 
Thyme,  oil  of,  574 
Thymene,  574 
Thymol,  652 
Thyroid,  dry,  701 

solution  of,  701 
Thyro'ideum  si'ccum,  701 
Thyroidin,  701 
Tiglinic  acid,  504 
Tinctu'ra  antiperio'dica,  474 

carminati'va,  545 

chloro'formi  et  morphi'- 
nae  compo'sita,  291 

ergo'tae  ammonia'ta,  638 

laxati'va,  493 

o'pii  ammonia'ta,  352 

sa'ponis  vi'ridis,  607 
Tinctu'rae,  32 
Tinctures,  32 
Tobacco,  408 

Indian,  456 
Tolu,  balsam  of,  566 
Toluene,  566 
Tonga,  677 
Tongine,  677 
Tonic,  definition  of,  115 
Toxicodendric  acid,  661 
Toxicology,  definition  of,  10 
Tragacanth,  614 
Tragaca'ntha,  614 
Tribromomethane,  302 
Trichloromethane,  290 
Trichlor-tertiary  butyl-alco- 
hol, 314 

Tri-iodomethane,  338 
Trimethylethylene,  302 
Trinitrin,  308 
Trional,  318 
Trionalum,  318 
Triple  orange  flower  water, 

591 

rose  water,  556 
Triticin,  633 
Tri'ticum,  633 
Trituratio'nes,  34 
Triturarions,  34 
Troches,  35 
Trochi'sci,  35 
Tropine,  381 
Trousseau's  pill,  179 
Trunks  of  nerves,  drugs  act- 
ing on,  102 
Tully's  powder,  354 


INDEX. 


743 


Turpentine,  515 

Vegetable     cathartic     pills, 

Wash,  yellow,  218 

Canada,  524 

5°6 

Washed  sulphur,  259 

liniment,  516 

drugs,  349 

Washing  soda,  139 

rectified  oil  of,  516 

mercury,  510 

Water,  116 

Turpeth  mineral,  214 

natural  orders,  692 

distilled,  116 

Typhoid  serum  and  inocula- 

sulphur, 668 

Waters,  19 

tion,  710 

Veratri'na,  444 

Waukesha,  156 

Veratrine,  444 

Wax,  696 

U'LMUS,  616 

Verotroidine,  442 

yellow,  696 

Ungue'nta,  35 

Vera'trum,  vi'ride,  443 

white,  696 

Ungue'ntum    metallo'rum, 

Vermicides.  51 

Weights,  17 

178 

Vermifuges,  51 

Weld's  syrup  of  ferric  chlo- 

United    States     Pharmaco- 

Vesicants, 60 

ride,  199 

poeia,  ii 

Vessels,    drugs    acting    on, 

Whiskey,  280 

Urari,4ii 

59 

White  corpuscles,  drugs  act- 

Urea, drugs  acting  on,  98 

Viburnin,  644 

ing  on,  54 

Urethane,  318 

Vibu'rnum  o'pulus,  644 

arsenic.  223 

Uretha'num,  318 

prunifo'lium,  643 

castile  soap,  607 

Urethra,  drugs  acting  on,  70 

Vienna  caustic,  123 

lead,  167 

Urinary  system,  drugs  act- 

paste, 123 

mustard,  524 

ing  on,  66 

Villacabras,  93,  144 

oak,  592 

sedatives,  70 

Villosin,  603 

precipitate,  213 

antiseptics,  69 

Vi'na,  35 

ointment,  213 

Urine,    composition   altered, 

Vinegars,  19 

vitriol,  176 

69 

Vi'num,  280 

wax,  696 

increased,  66 

antimo'nii,  231' 

wine,  280 

diminished,  68 

a'lbum,  280 

Wild  cherry,  462 

rendered  acid,  68 

fo'rtius,  281 

Willow,  474 

alkaline,  68 

aura'ntii,  281 

Wine  of  iron,  bitter,  196 

aseptic,  69 

ru'brum,  281 

red,  281 

Urotropin,  345 

Virginia  snake  root,  587 

Rhine,  283 

Urotropi'num,  345 

Vitellin,  626 

white,  280 

Uterus,  drugs  acting  on,  113 

Vite'llus,  691 

Wines,  35 

Uterine   action,  substances 

Vitriol,  blue,  179 

Wintergreen,  oil  of,  480 

which  depress,  114 

elixir  of,  264 

artificial  oil  of,  480 

U'va  u'rsi,  631 

green,  189 

synthetic  oil  of,  480 

U'vz,  622 

oil  of,  263 

Witchhazel,  601 

white,  176 

Wolfsbane,  437 

A  /AGUS  centre,  drugs  act- 

Vittel,  156 

Wood  charcoal,  276 

»       ing  on,  58 

Volatile  liniment,  149 

Woody  nightshade,  635 

Valerian,  556 

oils,  13,  514 

Wool-fat,  694 

Valeria'na,  556 

oil  of  betula,  480 

hydrous,  694 

Valerianic  acid,  545,  553,  557, 

oil  of  mustard,  525 

Wormseed,  American,  628 

644 

Vulcanite,  667 

oil  of,  629 

Valerol,  369 

Levant,  626 

Vallet's  mass,  190 

Wormwood,  553 

Vani'lla,  662 
Vanillin,  567,  66a 

WAHOO,  513 
Warburg's      tincture, 

Woorara,  411 
Wourara,  411 

Vapo'res,  38 

474 

Wourali,  411 

Vascular  irritants,  61 

Ward's  paste,  538 

Wourari,  411 

Vaseli'num,  38 

Warm  baths,  119 

Vasomotor  centre,  drugs 

Warming  plaster,  522 

yANTHOXYLON,  671 

acting  on,  62 

Wash,  black.  218 

*»     Xantho'xylum,  671 

744 


INDEX. 


YELLOW  DOCK,  603 
jasmine,  403 
mercuric  oxide,  211 

subsulphate,  214 
"     mercurous  iodide,  212 
parilla,  673 

Prussia te  of  potash,  134 
puccoon, 640 
wash,  218 
wax,  696 

Ye'rba  Sa'nta,  460 
Yolk  of  egg,  691 


•yfANZIRAR  aloes,  498 

L  £^,633 


Zinc,  175 

acetate,  177 
bromide,  254 
butter  of,  175 
carbonate,    precipitated, 

176 
chloride,  175 

solution,  175 
iodide,  249 
oleate,  177 
oxide,  176 

ointment,  177 
paraphenol     sulphonate, 

334 

phosphide,  240 
sulphate. 


Zinc  sulphocarbolate,  334 

valerianate,  558 
Zi'nci  ace'tas,  177 

bro'midum,  254 

ca'rbonas  praecipita'tus, 
176 

chlo'ridum,  175 

io'didum,  249 

o'xidum,  176 

pho'sphidum,  240 

su'lphas,  176 

sulphoca'rbolas,  334 

valeria'nas,  558 
Zi'ncum,  175 
Zi'ngiber,  543 
Zymine,  683] 


Notices  of  the  Press  of  Previous  American  Editions, 

From  the  Boston  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. — This  book  is  a 
model  of  its  kind.  It  gives  a  concise  and  thorough  review  of  the  subject  of 
materia  medica,  just  such  an  one  as  should  be  of  most  use  to  the  physician  in 
practical  work.  The  therapeutics  is  thoroughly  modern,  and  quite  as  practical 
as  the  conditions  of  a  work  upon  therapeutics  pure  and  simple  allow. 

From  the  New  York  Medical  Record. — This  well-known  and  really 
excellent  work  has  been  made  more  useful  by  the  thorough  revision  of  the  latest 
English  edition  which  the  American  editor  has  given  us. 

From  the  New  York  Medical  Journal. — The  well-deserved  success 
this  book  has  had  is  not  likely  to  suffer  diminution  from  any  fault  of  the  fourth 
American  edition.  Such  revision  as  pharmacological  progress  has  demanded 
has  been  conscientiously  done,  and  the  work  is  an  admirable  and  useful  pre- 
sentation of  a  none  too  easy  subject.  For  these  reasons  the  popularity  of  the 
book  with  teachers  is  not  to  be  wondered  at. 

From  the  Medical  News. — As  a  note-book  to  refresh  the  memory  of 
the  student,  and  as  a  quick  reference-book  for  the  experienced  physician,  who 
merely  wishes  a  concise  statement  of  some  certain  point,  the  book  is  admirable. 
Evidently  no  pains  have  been  spared  to  make  it  accurate,  and  its  arrangement  is 
scientific.  It  is  the  best  of  its  class  in  the  market,  and  it  has  been  made  so  in 
no  slight  degree  by  the  additions  and  emendations  of  the  American  editor. 

From  the  Vermont  Medical  Monthly. — As  a  condensed,  yet  complete 
work,  containing  in  small  compass  the  essential  details  of  the  whole  subject, 
his  book  stands  without  an  equal. 

From  the  Southern  Practitioner. — A  most  excellent,  comprehensive, 
complete,  yet  condensed  work,  containing  in  small  compass  the  common  and 
accepted  facts  essential  to  the  student  and  medical  practitioner.  The  brevity 
of  expression  throughout  the  work  is  remarkable,  yet  it  is  so  practical  and  clear 
that  the  dull  and  monotonous  subject  of  Materia  Medica  is  really  made  attrac- 
tive. The  work  of  the  American  editor  has  been  well  and  satisfactorily  exe- 
cuted, and  the  more  recent  remedial  agents  of  even  this  go-ahead  country  have 
not  been  overlooked. 

From  the  Texas  Courier- Record  of  Medicine. — By  the  labor  and 
skill  of  the  editor,  the  work  has  been  thoroughly  adapted  for  the  use  of  Ameri- 
can physicians.  The  editor's  additions  and  corrections  are  copious  and  note- 
worthy, and  change  the  character  of  the  work  more  or  less  completely,  so  far 
as  American  readers  are  concerned.  These  additions  are  distinguished  from 
the  text  by  the  use  of  brackets.  The  book  has  thus  been  transformed  into  a 
work  of  the  highest  practical  value,  almost  every  drug  in  use,  even  down  to 
the  most  recent,  having  received  due  attention.  The  best  results  of  all  the 
more  recent  developments  in  Therapeutics  have  been  incorporated,  and  Dr. 
Wilcox's  labors  have  been  performed  with  excellent  judgment  and  skill. 

From  the  Cleveland  Medical  Gazette. — The  care  with  which  Dr. 
Wilcox  has  performed  his  work  is  conspicuous  on  every  page,  and  it  is  evident 
that  no  recent  drug  possessing  any  merit  has  escaped  his  eye.  We  believe,  on 
the  whole,  this  is  the  best  book  on  Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics  to  place 
in  the  hands  of  students,  and  the  practitioner  will  find  it  a  most  satisfactory 
work  for  daily  use. 

From  the  Medical  Age. — It  is  among  the  very  best  of  reference  text- 
books, equally  available  for  the  student  or  the  experienced  physician,  and  its 
conciseness  is  certainly  very  far  from  being  the  least  of  its  merits.  Another 
notable  feature  is  that  the  volume  abounds  in  italicized  notes  calling  attention 
to  errors  or  misunderstandings  which  experience  has  shown  to  be  likely  to 


arise  in  a  work  of  this  kind  ;  these  notes  constitute  very  important  danger 
signals. 

From  the  Denver  Medical  Times. — This  is  an  excellent  manual  for  sta- 
dents  particularly,  being  arranged  systematically  and  showing,  as  well  as  the  pres- 
ent state  of  the  science  allows,  the  reasons  for  the  administration  of  each  certain 
drug.  The  subject  is  presented  in  a  terse,  rational  and  perspicuous  manner. 

From  the  Pharmaceutical  Era. — We  have  taken  considerable  pains  to 
compare  this  book  with  the  Pharmacopoeia,  for  we  firmly  believe  that  any  work 
to  be  used  or  studied  as  a  text-book  by  the  pharmacist  or  pharmacy  student 
should  conform  in  its  statements  to  those  given  by  the  official  standard  in 
definition,  description,  solubilities,  etc.  And  in  this  particular  the  editor  is  to 
be  congratulated,  for  he  has  painstakingly  and  satisfactorily  done  his  work. 
For  study  in  the  class-room  or  reference  in  the  store,  the  book  will  certainly 
be  appreciated.  We  know  of  none  better. 

From  the  Virginia  Medical  Semi-Monthly. — There  is  a  conciseness 
and  clearness  about  the  descriptions  of  drugs  and  their  therapeutic  effects  and 
uses  that  makes  the  book  easy  reading,  and  thus  permits  the  teachings  to  be 
easily  remembered.  It  is  in  every  respect  a  first-rate  text-book. 

From  the  Medical  and  Surgical  Reporter. — It  is  a  well-arranged  and 
accurate  text-book,  especially  in  Therapeutics. 

From  the  American  Practitioner  and  News. — It  is  a  live  book,  con- 
densed it  is  true,  but  one  in  which  every  line  tells.  As  a  reference-book  to 
refresh  the  memory  on  all  important  points  it  has  no  superior.  It  is  represen- 
tative of  the  highest  authority  and  the  most  scrupulous  care. 

From  the  Buffalo  Medical  and  Surgical  Journal. — The  fourth  edition 
of  this  valuable  work  shows  that  its  worth  and  excellence  has  been  appreciated 
by  the  profession,  and  in  this  new  edition  the  confidence  put  in  the  former  edi- 
tions may  be  safely  continued.  The  manner  in  which  the  action  of  various  drugs 
upon  the  various  systems  is  discussed  in  the  book  is  an  admirable  one,  thus 
enabling  the  busy  practitioner  to  seek  the  desired  information  in  a  few  moments. 

From  the  Chicago  Medical  Recorder. — In  point  of  excellent  arrange- 
ment, accuracy,  conciseness,  practical  usefulness  and  completeness,  this  hand- 
book is  without  a  peer.  The  author  and  editor  both  deserve  congratulations. 

From  the  Alumni  Journal,  New  York. — Preparations  into  which 
articles  or  their  preparations  enter,  though  not  mentioned  in  the  list  of  prepa- 
rations named  in  the  Pharmacopoeia,  are  carefully  introduced.  Secondly,  the 
entire  work  abounds  in  italicized  notes,  calling  attention  to  errors  or  misun- 
derstandings which  experience  has  shown  to  be  likely  to  arise  in  the  work  of 
either  the  pharmacist  or  the  physician,  and  constitute  a  very  important  collec- 
tion of  danger  signals.  It  will  thus  be  seen  that  the  second  edition  is  made 
even  more  characteristically  a  multum  in  parro  than  its  predecessor,  and  that 
properly  used  it  must  prove  an  invaluable  aid  to  students  of  pharmacy. 

From  the  Brooklyn  Medical  Journal. — The  editor's  practical  experi- 
ence makes  his  reviewing  of  the  unofficial  preparations  of  especial  value. 
Taken  as  a  whole,  the  volume  seems  to  us  to  be  most  admirably  adapted  to  be 
both  a  text-book  for  students  and  a  reference-book  for  physicians,  a  combina- 
tion which  is  not  found  in  all  the  works  treating  of  these  subjects. 

From  the  Physician  and  Surgeon.— Brevity  and  lucidity  of  expression 
characterize  the  descriptive  writing,  and  careful  and  scientific  arrangement 
enable  the  reader  to  avail  himself  expeditiously  of  the  resources  placed  at  his 
command. 

*.*The  price  of  this  book  is  $3.00  net  in  cloth  binding,  or  $3.50  net  in  full  leather. 
It  may  be  obtained  through  any  bookseller,  or  upon  receipt  of  price  will  be  sent, 
postpaid,  to  any  address,  by  the  publishers. 


^  QjLs-bAS*-4u<S~   .    — 


/?  /* 

O^xXUv-iCta^C  -/(2u4/u5u, 


T 

r 


.  > 


p 


Date  Due 


JUN2 


8RECD 


CAT.    NO      ?3    233  PRINTED    IN    U.S.A. 


•r~L 


A  000  500  567  3 


QVU 
W589m 

1901 
White. 

Materia  medica,  pharmacy, 
pharmacology  and  therapeutics 


CALIFORNIA  COLLEGE  OF  MEDICINE  LIBRARY 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA,  IRVINE 

IRVINE,  CALIFORNIA  92664 


